Electrical Engineering BULLET Point To Point Quick Revision

All India (English-efnvoer)
Electrical Engineering
BULLET VOLUME-I
(Point to Point Quick Revision)

Useful for : SSC JE, UPPCL, UPRVUNL JE/AE, UPPSC AE, UPSSSC JE, UP JN, APGCL AM/JM, BSPHCL JE,
CHHATTISGARH PSC/CGPEB AE/JE, DSSSB JE, DDA JE, ESE, ESIC, GUJARAT/ GSSSB/GMC
/GSECL/MGCVCL/PGVCL, HPSSC, HSSC, ISRO TA, JAMMU & KASHMIR SSB, JHARKHAND
PSC, KARNATAKA PSC/KPTCL/KPCL/BMRCL, KERALA PSC AE/JE, DMRC/NMRC/ UPMRCL/
JMRC JE/AM, MAHARASHTRA JE, MIZORAM PSC JE/AE, MPPEB, NAGALAND PSC, NCL
OVERSEER/SURVEYOR, NLC GET, OPSC AEE, OSSC JE, PGCIL Diploma Trainee,
PSTCL/PSPCL, RSMSSB JE, RPSC AE, RRB JE, TELANGANA PSC AEE/AE, UTTARAKHAND
PSC/UKSSSC/UJVNL/PTCUL/UPCL AE/JE, WEST BENGAL PSC/SUB ASSISTANT ENGINEER/
JE/KMC SAE, OTHER STATE PSC JE/PSU JE.
mebheeove SJeb mebkeâueve
Fuesefkeäš^keâue DeefYeÙeblee hejer#ee efJeMes<e%e meefceefle
uesKeve menÙeesie
Fbpeer. DeJeOesMe kegâceej hešsue, Fbpeer. oerhekeâ ceewÙee&, Fbpeer. mevlees<e kegâceej ÙeeoJe, Fbpeer. efpeÙeeGöerve
Deebleefjkeâ meppee
yeeueke=â<Ce, ÛejCe efmebn
mebheeokeâerÙe keâeÙee&ueÙe
ÙetLe keâe@efcheefšMeve šeFcme
12, ÛeÛe& uesve, ØeÙeeiejepe-211002
cees. : 9415650134
Email : yctap12@gmail.com
website : www.yctbooks.com
ØekeâeMeve Iees<eCee
mecheeokeâ SJeb ØekeâeMekeâ Deevevo kegâceej cenepeve ves Deej.S. efmekeäÙeesefjšer efØebšme&, ØeÙeeiejepe mes cegefõle keâjJeekeâj,
ÙetLe keâe@efcheefšMeve šeFcme, 12, ÛeÛe& uesve, ØeÙeeiejepe-2 kesâ efueS ØekeâeefMele efkeâÙee~
Fme hegmlekeâ keâes ØekeâeefMele keâjves ceW mecheeokeâ SJeb ØekeâeMekeâ Éeje hetCe& meeJeOeeveer yejleer ieF& nw
efHeâj Yeer efkeâmeer $egefš kesâ efueS Deehekeâe menÙeesie SJeb megPeeJe meeoj Dehesef#ele nw~ cetuÙe : 795/-
efkeâmeer Yeer efJeJeeo keâer efmLeefle ceW vÙeeefÙekeâ #es$e ØeÙeeiejepe nesiee~
efJe<eÙe-metÛeer.
efJeÅegle keâer cetue DeJeOeejCee (Basic Concepts of Electricity).................................................................................5-82
 heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) ..............................................................................................................................................
 Oeeje, Jeesušspe Deewj ØeeflejesOe (Current, Voltage & Resistance))......................................................................................
 efJeÅegle Meefòeâ (Electrical Power) ................................................................................................................................
 efJeÅegle Tpee& (Electrical Energy) ...............................................................................................................................
 NUMERICALS QUESTIONS ...........................................................................................................................
efo° Oeeje heefjheLe Deewj vesšJeke&â (DC Circuit and Network)..............................................................................83-175
 [suše-mšej Deewj mšej-[suše heefjJele&ve (Delta-Star and Star-Delta Transformation)).......................................................
 efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe efveÙece (Kirchhoff's Law) .........................................................................................................................
 efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe ØeLece efveÙece (Kirchhoff's 1
st Law
) ..........................................................................................................
 efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe ØeLece efveÙece (Kirchhoff's 2
nd Law
) .........................................................................................................
 LesJesefveve keâe ØecesÙe (Thevenin's Theorem)) ...................................................................................................................
 veeš&ve keâe ØecesÙe (Norton's Theorem) .........................................................................................................................
 DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe (Super Position Theorem) .............................................................................................................
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe ØecesÙe (Maximum Power Transfer Theorem) .......................................................................
 efceuecewve keâe ØecesÙe (Millman's Theorem) .........................................................................................................................
 šsefueieve keâe ØecesÙe (Tellegen's Theorem) .......................................................................................................................
 št heesš& vesšJeke&â (Two Port Network) .........................................................................................................................
 jsefmeØeesefmešer ØecesÙe (Reciprocity Theorem) ......................................................................................................................
yewšjer Deewj efJeÅegle-DeheIešdÙe (Batteries and Electrolysis) ................................................................................176-202
 mesue kesâ Øekeâej (Types of Cells) .................................................................................................................................
 ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue (Primary Cells) ...............................................................................................................................
 efÉleerÙekeâ mesue (Secondary Cells) ...........................................................................................................................
 mesueeW keâe mecetnerkeâjCe (Grouping of Cells) ..................................................................................................................
 mesue keâer o#elee (Efficiency of Cell) ...........................................................................................................................
 JewÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe (Electro-Chemical Effect) .....................................................................................................
 ELECTROLYSIS ................................................................................................................................................
efJeÅegle mLeweflekeâer Deewj mebOeeefj$e (Electrostatics and Capacitor)......................................................................203-249
 Oeeefjlee Deewj mebOeeefj$e keâe mebÙeespeve (Capacitance and Combination of Capacitor)) ..........................................................
 mebOeeefj$e kesâ Øekeâej (Type of Capacitor) .......................................................................................................................
 mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMeve Deewj efvejeJesMeve (Charging And Discharging of Capacitor) ..........................................................
 meceevlej huesš mebOeeefj$e kesâ yeerÛe ueieves Jeeuee yeue (Force Acting between Parallel Plate Capacitor) ....................................
 mebOeeefj$e ceW Tpee& meb«enCe (Energy Store in Capacitor) .................................................................................................
 efMejesheefj ueeFve keâer Oeeefjlee (Capacitance of Overhead Line)) .......................................................................................
 kesâyeue keâer Oeeefjlee (Capacitance of Cable))..................................................................................................................
 NUMERICALS QUESTIONS .............................................................................................................................
efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâlJe Deewj efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe (Electromagnetism and Electromagnetic Induction).............250-314
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe (Magnetic Circuit) .........................................................................................................................
 efJeÅegle heefjheLe Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ yeerÛe meceevelee (Analogy between Electric and Magnetic Circuit) ........................
 B–H keâJe& Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe efnmšsefjefmeme/YebJej Oeeje ne@efve (B-H Curve and Magnetic Hysteresis)).........................................
 efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe (Electromagnetic Induction)) ....................................................................................................
 heejmheefjkeâ Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (Mutually Induced emf) ..........................................................................................
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Tpee& meb«enCe (Energy Store in a Magnetic Circuit) .......................................................................
 OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ hej ueieves Jeeuee yeue (Force Acting on a Current Carrying Conductor))...............................................
2
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe (AC Circuit) ..............................................................................................................315-411
 Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe (Pure Resistive Circuit)) ............................................................................................................
 Megæ ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe (Pure Inductive Circuit)) ............................................................................................................
 Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe (Pure Capacitive Circuit) .........................................................................................................
 R-L heefjheLe (R-L Circuit) ........................................................................................................................................
 R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe (R-L Series Circuit) ..................................................................................................................
 R-L meceeblej heefjheLe (R-L Parallel Circuit) ...........................................................................................................................
 R-C heefjheLe (R-C Circuit).........................................................................................................................................
 R-C ßesCeer heefjheLe (R-C Series Circuit)..................................................................................................................
 R-C meceeblej heefjheLe (R-C Parallel Circuit) ...........................................................................................................................
 L-C heefjheLe (L-C Circuit) .....................................................................................................................................................
 L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe (L-C Series Circuit) ..................................................................................................................
 L-C meceeblej heefjheLe (L-C Parallel Circuit) ............................................................................................................................
 R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe (R-L-C Series Circuit) ..............................................................................................................
 R-L-C meceeblej heefjheLe (R-L-C Parallel Circuit)) ........................................................................................................
 ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe (Series Resonance Circuit) .......................................................................................................
 meceeblej Devegveeo heefjheLe (Parallel Resonance Circuit) ..................................................................................................
yengkeâuee ØeCeeueer (Polyphase System) ............................................................................................................412-428
 ØelÙeeJeleer& Oeeje yengkeâuee Deewj Skeâue keâuee kesâ yeerÛe leguevee (Comparision between Polyphase and Single Phase System) ....
 keâuee-Deveg›eâce (Phase Sequence) ...............................................................................................................................
 mšej mebÙeespeve (Star Connection) ...............................................................................................................................
 [suše mebÙeespeve (Delta Connection) ...........................................................................................................................
JewÅegle GheÙev$e SJeb ceeheve (Electrical Instruments and Measurements) ......................................................429-567
 JewÅegle ceeheÙev$eeW keâe heefjÛeÙe (Introduction of Electrical Measuring Instruments)..........................................................
 ceeheve leLee $egefšÙeeB (Measurements and Errors) ..........................................................................................................
 GheÙev$e leLee Gvekeâer DeeJeMÙekeâleeSB (Instruments and Their Requirements) ....................................................................
 Sceeršme& SJeb Jeesušceeršme& (Ammeters and Voltmeters)).................................................................................................
 Jeešceeršme& SJeb cewefkeämecece ef[ceeb[ Fefv[kesâšj (Wattmeters and Maximum Demand Indicator)..........................................
 Tpee&ceeheer (Energy Meter) ...........................................................................................................................................
 ØeeflejesOe, ØesjkeâlJe leLee Oeeefjlee keâe ceeheve (Measurement of Resistance, Inductance and Capacitance) .........................
 Øe›eâce GheÙev$eCe kesâ DeJeÙeJe (Elements of Process Instrumentation) ............................................................................
 Fueskeäšê@efvekeâer GheÙev$e (Electronic Instruments) ...........................................................................................................
 efJeefJeOe ceeheve GheÙev$e (Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments) ..................................................................................
JewÅegle Tpee& kesâ GheÙeesie (Utilization of Electrical Energy) ...........................................................................568-650
 ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee (Direct Lighting Scheme) .......................................................................................................
 DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee (Indirect Lighting Scheme) ..................................................................................................
 Deæ& ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee (Semi Direct Lighting Scheme) ......................................................................................
 Deæ& DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee (Semi-Indirect Lighting Scheme).................................................................................
 efJemejCe leLee hejeJele&ve ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee (Diffusion and Reflection of Light Fittings) ......................................................
 Göerhle ueQhe (Incandescent Lamp) .............................................................................................................................
 šbiemšve efHeâueeceWš efveJee&led uewche (Tungston Filament Vacuum Lamp) ............................................................................
 iewme efHeâu[ ueQhe (Gas Filled Lamp) ...........................................................................................................................
 nwuesepeve ueQhe (Halogen Lamp) ..................................................................................................................................
 Deeke&â ueQhe (Arc Lamp) ............................................................................................................................................
 cejkeâjer Jee<he ueQhe (Mercury Vapour Lamp (HPMV and LPMV) ..............................................................................
3
 meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche (Sodium Vapour Lamp) ............................................................................................................
 efveÙee@ve šŸetye ueQhe (Neon Tube Lamp) .......................................................................................................................
 HeäueesjesmeWš ueQhe (Fluorescent Lamp) ..........................................................................................................................
 peer.Sue.Sme. ueQhe (GLS Lamp) .................................................................................................................................
 Sue.F&.[er. ueQhe (LED Lamp) .....................................................................................................................................
 Heäue[ ueeFefšbie (Flood Lighting).................................................................................................................................
 efJeefYeVe keâeÙe& Deewj mLeeveeW kesâ efueS Øeoerefhle keâe DevegMebefmele mlej
(Recommended Level of Illumination for Different Work and Places) ................................................................
 uÙetefceveme leer›elee keâe ceeheve (Measurement of Luminous Intensity) ..............................................................................
JeeÙeefjbie leLee Yet- mecheke&âve (Wiring and Earthing) .....................................................................................651-675
efJeÅegle GhekeâjCeeW keâe mebmLeeheve, Devegj#eCe Deewj cejccele
(Installation, Maintenance and Repair of Electrical Equipment) .........................................................676-699
 mebÛejCe Deewj efJelejCe ueeFve keâe mebmLeeheve (Installation of Transmission and Distribution lines) .....................................
 Yetefceiele kesâefyeueeW keâes efyeÚevee (Laying of Underground Cables) ....................................................................................
 nwC[efuebie leLee šêbmeHeâece&j keâe efvejer#eCe (Handling and Inspection of Transformers) .......................................................
 efJeefYeVe JewÅegle GhekeâjCeeW keâe hejer#eCe (Testing of Various Electrical Equipment).............................................................
 šêbmeHeâece&j keâe hejer#eCe (Testing of Transformer) .........................................................................................................
 Devegj#eCe kesâ Øekeâej, efveOee&efjle Devegj#eCe, Øeef›eâÙee (Types of Maintenance, Maintenance Schedule, Procedures) ...............
 mebÛejCe leLee efJelejCe leb$e keâe Devegj#eCe (Maintenance of Transmission and Distribution System) .................................
 efJelejCe šêbmeHeâece&j keâe Devegj#eCe (Maintenance of Distribution Transformer)...............................................................
 ef«e[ meye-mšsMeve keâe Devegj#eCe (Maintenance of Grid Sub-Station) .............................................................................
 ceesšj keâe Devegj#eCe (Maintenance of Motor) ..............................................................................................................
 Iejsuet mebmLeeheve (Domestic Installation) .....................................................................................................................
DeewÅeesefiekeâ ØeyevOeve Deewj GÅeefcelee efJekeâeme (Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship Development) .......... 700-719
 GÅeefcelee (Entrepreneurship) ....................................................................................................................................
 yeepeej meJex#eCe leLee DeJemej henÛeevevee (Market Survey and Opportunity Identification) ...............................................
 heefjÙeespevee ØeefleJesove efvecee&Ce (Project Report Making) ..................................................................................................
 ØeyevOe (Management) ..............................................................................................................................................
 efJeefYeVe #es$eeW ceW ØeyevOeve kesâ DeJemej (Management Scope in Different Areas) ................................................................
 keâeÙe& mebmke=âefle (Work Culture) ...................................................................................................................................
 uesKee leLee efJeòe kesâ cetue (Basics of Accounting and Finance) .....................................................................................
 efJeefJeOe efJe<eÙe (Miscellaneous Topics) .....................................................................................................................
Tpee& mebj#eCe (Energy Conservation) ..........................................................................................................720-754
 Tpee& keâe heefjÛeÙe (Introduction of Energy) ..............................................................................................................
 Tpee& mebj#eCe Deewj Tpee& mebj#eCe ØeeJeOeeve 2001(Energy Conservation and EC Act 2001) .............................................
 efJeÅegleerÙe Deehetefle& ØeCeeueer Deewj ceesšj (Electrical Supply System and Motor)....................................................................
 efJeÅegle GheÙeesefieleeDeeW ceW Tpee& o#elee (Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities) ..............................................................
 ØekeâeMe Deewj [erpeue peefve$e ØeCeeefueÙeeB (Light and DG Systems) ..............................................................................
 T<ceerÙe GheÙeesefieleeDeeW ceW Tpee& o#elee (Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities) ......................................................
 Tpee& mebj#eCe YeJeve keâes[ (Energy Conservation Building Code) ...............................................................................
 DeheefMe° mes T<cee Øeeefhle Deewj men-Glheeove (Heat Recovery from Waste and Co-Generation) .......................................
 Tpee& mebj#eCe kesâ megPeeJe (Suggestion of Energy Conservation) ..................................................................................
 Tpee& uesKee hejer#eCe (Energy Audit) ...........................................................................................................................
Fuesefkeäš^keâue Deewj Fueskeäšêefvekeâ FbpeerefveÙeefjbie cešsefjÙeue (Electrical and Electronics Engineering Materials) ................755-784
4
01.
efJeÅegle keâer cetue DeJeOeejCee
(Basic Concept of Electricity)
 Which electrical quantities is represented by 
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) (Sigma) - Conductivity
 efkeâme efJeÅegle cee$ee keâes  (Sigma) Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw-
 The most important properties of insulating material Ûeeuekeâlee
used electrically is-.
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
High resistivity and high dielectric strength
 Components which obey ohm's law known as-
 efJeÅegle ™he mes GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues Fvmeguesš meece«eer kesâ meyemes Ohmic components
cenlJehetCe& iegCe ........... nw~  Deesce kesâ efveÙece keâe heeueve keâjves Jeeues Ieškeâ.............kesâ leewj hej
GÛÛe ØeeflejesOekeâlee leLee GÛÛe hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& peeves peeles nw- Deesefcekeâ Ieškeâ
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II) (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 [LT–2] is the dimension of which quantities -  The centigrade (c) can be converted into Kelvin (K)
Acceleration by using the equation K = °C+-----. 273.15
 [LT–2] efkeâme jeefMe keâe efJecee nw - lJejCe  mesCšer«es[ (°C) kesâ kesâefuJeve (K) ceW meceerkeâjCe K = °C+---- mes
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw- 273.15
 One angstrom is– 1 Å = 0.1 nm (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 Skeâ Sbiemšêce nw– 1 Å = 0.1 nm  The speed of electricity is– 2,97,842 km/s
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)  efJeÅeggle keâer ieefle nw– 2,97,842 km/s
 5400 Kilojoule is– 1.5 kWh
 Specific resistance is the resistance offered between
 5400 efkeâueespetue nw– 1.5 kWh
the two ends of material having–
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
Area of 1 cm2 and length 1 cm
 The dimensional formula [ML2T–2] may correspond
to - Torque, Energy, Work
 efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe heoeLe& kesâ oes efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe Øemlegle ØeeflejesOe nw–
 efJeceerÙe met$e [ML T ] kesâ Deveg™he nes mekeâlee nw-
2 –2 1 mesceer2. keâe #es$eheâue Deewj uecyeeF& 1 mesceer.
yeueeIetCe&, Tpee&, keâeÙe&  The SI unit of electric charge is - Coulomb
 efJeÅegle DeeJesMe keâe S.I. cee$ekeâ nw– ketâuecye
(UPPCL JE - 08.09.2021 Shift-I)
 The SI unit of which quantity is 'Newton'- Force (RRB JE-01.09.2019 Shift-I)
(S.J.V.N.L 30.09.2018)
 efkeâme jeefMe keâe S.I. cee$ekeâ ‘vÙetšve’ nw - yeue (Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) (SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
 1 kWh = 860 kCal = ............
 The average resistance of a human body is- 1000 
3600 kJ (3.6 × 106 Joule)
 1 efkeâuees Jeeš IeCše · 860 efkeâuees kewâueesjer · ........  ceeveJe Mejerj keâe Deewmele ØeeflejesOe neslee nw- 1000 
3600 efkeâuees petue (3.6 × 106 petue) (DSSSB JE- 19.03.2021)
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)  The unit of conductivity is-
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) Siemens/m or mho/meter
 10
joule
is equal to- 10 V
 Ûeeuekeâlee keâer FkeâeF& nw- meerceWme/ceer. Ùee cnes/ceeršj
coulomb (DSSSB JE- 19.03.2021)
petue (SSC JE- Morning 22-01-2018)
 10 kesâ yejeyej nw- 10 V
keâtuecye  The value of temperature coefficient of resistance of
(UPPCL JE 29.03.2022 Shift-II) a given conductor–
(SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II) Different at different given temperatures
 1 Volt is equal to - 1 Joule/Coulomb  Skeâ efoÙes ieÙes Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve
 1 Jeesuš yejeyej nw - 1 petue/ketâuecye keäÙee neslee nw– efoÙes ieS efYeVe leeheceeveeW hej efYeVe jnlee nw~
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 10 am)
Basic Concept of Electricity 5 YCT
 The unit of specific resistance is– Ohm-meter  The resistance of an ideal conductor is - Zero
 efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe keâe cee$ekeâ nw– Deesce-ceeršj  Skeâ DeeoMe& Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe............neslee nw– MetvÙe
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) (UPRVUNL JE - 21.10.2021 Shift-I)
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)  The dimension of electrical conductivity is -
(LMRC JE- 2015), (UPPCL JE- 2013) [M–1L–3T3A2]
 The unit of electric current– Ampere  efJeÅegle Ûeeuekeâlee keâer efJecee nw– [M–1L–3T3A2]
 efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe cee$ekeâ nw– SefcheÙej (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)  The electrical resistivity of very pure silver near 0
(RRB JE-01.09.2019 Shift-I) Kelvin temperature is - Very low but measurable
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)  MetvÙe kesâefuJeve leeheceeve kesâ efvekeâš Deefle Megæ ÛeeBoer keâer efJeÅegle
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) ØeeflejesOekeâlee– yengle efvecve uesefkeâve ceeheveerÙe
 1 coulomb is equivalent to – 1 ampere second
 1 ketâuee@ce efkeâmekesâ yejeyej neslee nw– 1 SsefcheÙej meskebâ[ kesâ (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
 Which elements has the highest conductivity– Silver
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
 The potential difference is –  efkeâme lelJe keâer Ûeeuekeâlee GÛÛelece nesleer nw– ÛeeBoer
It is the difference of potential between two (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
points in an electric circuit  For best conductivity, which type of copper is
 efJeYeJeevlej nw– efkeâmeer efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW oes efyevogDeeW suitable - Pure annealed copper
kesâ efJeYeJe keâe Devlej nw~  GÛÛelece Ûeeuekeâlee kesâ efueÙes, efkeâme Øekeâej keâe leeByee GheÙegòeâ neslee
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
nw– Megæ Deveerueerke=âle leeByee
 The unit of electrical energy is– kWh (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
 efJeÅegle Tpee& keâe cee$ekeâ..........nw– kWh  Manganin type of material is suitable for making -
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) Standard resistance
 Formula of energy is– Power × time  ceQ i eef v eve Øekeâej keâe heoeLe& .........yeveeves kes â efueÙes GheÙegòeâ neslee nw–
 Tpee& keâe met$e nw– Meefòeâ × meceÙe ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOe
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
cetue cee$ekeâ  The change in the resistance of a conductor per unit
original resistance per degree rise in temperature is
Yeeweflekeâ jeefMe cetue cee$ekeâ mebkesâle called– Temperature coefficient of resistance
õJÙeceeve efkeâuees«eece kg  Øeefle DebMe leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ kesâ efueS Øeefle FkeâeF& cetue ØeeflejesO e
meceÙe meskesâC[ s Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW heefjJele&ve keâes keâne peelee nw–
uecyeeF& ceeršj m ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ
 The hot resistance of an incandescent lamp is about
leehe kesâefuJeve K
.............. of its cold resistance– 10 times
efJeÅegle Oeeje SefcheÙej A  Skeâ Göerhle uewche keâe iece& ØeeflejesOe ueieYeie Fmekesâ "b[s ØeeflejesOe
pÙeesefle leer›elee keQâ[suee cd mes...........neslee nw– 10 iegvee
heoeLe& keâer cee$ee ceesue mol  The electrons in the outer most orbit of an atom are
mechetjkeâ cee$ekeâ knows as - Valence electrons
 efkeâmeer hejceeCeg kesâ yee¢elece keâ#e ceW Fueskeäšêve............kesâ ™he ceW
meceleue keâesCe jsef[Ùeve rad
peeves peeles nQ– mebÙeespeer Fueskeäšê@vme
Ieve keâesCe mšsjsef[Ùeve Sr
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
 The ability of a material to absorb a large amount of veece Fueskeäšê@ve Øeesše@ve vÙetšê@ve
energy is defined as its - Toughness
 efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe Gâpee& keâer DeefOekeâ cee$ee DeJeMeesef<ele keâjves keâe õJÙeceeve 9.10910-31 1.67310-27 1.67510-27
iegCe Fmekesâ……….kesâ ®he ceW heefjYeeef<ele keâer peeleer nw– keâ"esjlee (kg ceW)
(UPRVUNL JE - 27.11.2019 Shift-I) õJÙeceeve 5.48510-4 1.007 1.008
 An atom of hydrogen has……….in its first orbit -
(amu ceW)
1 Electron
 neF[êspeve hejceeCeg keâer ØeLece keâ#ee ceW............neslee nw– Ûeepe& (ketâuee@ce) 1.60210-19 1.60210-19 0
Skeâ Fueskeäšêve Ûeepe& keâer Øeke=âefle $e+Ceelcekeâ Oeveelcekeâ Goemeerve
(UPPCL JE - 08.09.2021 Shift-II)
 The resultant charge in a body is whenever the  The law governing the force between electric charge
number of protons equals the number of electron in is known as.- Coulomb's law
it– Zero charge  efJeÅegle DeeJesMees kesâ yeerÛe kesâ yeue keâes mebÛeeefuele keâjves Jeeuee efveÙece
 efkeâmeer efvekeâeÙe ceW heefjCeeceer DeeJesMe .......... nw~ peyeefkeâ FmeceW .............keânueelee nw– ketâuee@ce keâe efveÙece
ØeesševeeW keâer mebKÙee FueskeäšêveeW keâer mebKÙee kesâ yejeyej nw– (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
MetvÙe DeeJesMe  The condition for the application of Ohm's law is–
Constant Temperature
 Deesÿe kesâ efv eÙece kesâ ueeiet nesv es keâer Mele& nw–
 If one of the parallel resistors in any parallel circuit
is removed from the circuit, then the total efveÙele leeheceeve
resistance– Increases (SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer Yeer meceeveeblej heefjheLe ceW mes Skeâ meceeveevlej ØeeflejesOe (SSC JE-3 March 2017, 10 am)
yeÌ{ peelee nw  If 12.25  10 electrons pass through a conductor in
16
keâes nše efoÙee peelee nw, lees kegâue ØeeflejesOe–
1 s, then how much current (in mA) will– 19.6
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  Ùeefo 12.25  1016 Fueskeäšê@ve 1 meskebâ[ ceW Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ceeOÙece
 Cork Screw Rule is used to get–
Direction of current coil
mes iegpejles nw, lees efJeÅegle Oeeje (efceueer-SefcheÙej ceW) efkeâleveer nesieer–
 keâeke&â m›etâ efveÙece...........%eele keâjves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie neslee nw– 19.6
(SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
Oeeje kegâC[ueer keâer efoMee
efJeÅegle kesâ Øekeâej
(SSC JE-24.03.2021)
 A............is an fundamental quantity which flows (Type of Electricity)
through the material when electrical energy is
applied and has a unit........... Charge, Coulomb
 ...........Skeâ ceewefuekeâ jeefMe nw pees heoeLe& mes ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw peye
efJeÅegle Tpee& ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw peye efJeÅegle Tpee& ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee
peelee nw Fmekeâer FkeâeF&.........nw- DeeJesMe, ketâuee@ce
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 With the increase in atomic number in period its
occour- Metallic character decreases
 efkeâmeer DeeJele& ceW hejceeCeg ›eâceebkeâ ceW Je=efæ nesves hej .......... neslee
nw– OeeeflJekeâ iegCe ceW keâceer nesleer nw~  Static electricity is produced by..............
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) Both friction and induction
kegâÚ cenlJehetCe& leLÙe  mLeweflekeâ efJeÅegle .......... GlheVe nesleer nw–
(Some Important Facts) Ie<e&Ce Deewj ØesjCe oesveeW mes
 Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâe JÙeeme 10-15 ceeršj neslee nw~ (SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018)
(SSC JE-2 March 2017 Time 2:45)
 Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâe õJÙeceeve, Øeesšê@ve kesâ õJÙeceeve keâe  The correct Law of ohm's is......... V  I and V = IR
1/1840 iegvee neslee nw~  Deesÿe kesâ efveÙece keâe mener ™he nw– V  I Deewj V = IR
 Øeesšê@ve Deewj vÙetšê@ve kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 2-3 heâceea ceeršj (DMRC JE- 2014)
nesleer nw~ (SSJ JE- Evening 23-01-2018)
 ØelÙeskeâ vÙetšê@ve leLee Øeesšê@ve keâer mebnefle Skeâ neF[êspeve (SSC JE- 4 March 2017 Time 10:00)
 Electric charge measured in Coulombs has the charge
hejceeCeg keâer mebnefle kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~ of how many electron– 6.25 × 1018
 meeceevÙe DeJemLee ceW heoeLe& keâe ØelÙeskeâ hejceeCeg meowJe  ketâuee@ce ceW Fuesefkeäš^keâ Ûeepe& efkeâleves Fueskeäšê@veeW kesâ DeeJesMe kesâ yejeyej
efJeÅegle Goemeerve neslee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ hejceeCeg ceW Oeveelcekeâ nw– 6.25 × 1018
leLee $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe meceeve neslee nw~ (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Morning)
 veeefYekeâ kesâ heeme Jeeues Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ heeme keâce Tpee& (UP Jal Nigam AE- 2016)
mlej leLee DeefOekeâlece veeefYekeâerÙe yeue neslee nw, peyeefkeâ (DMRC JE -2017)
 If the resistor obeys Ohm's law, it is called a–
veeefYekeâ mes otjer yeÌ{ves hej DeLee&led keâ#ee keâer mebKÙee yeÌ{ves
Linear resistor
hej Fueskeäšê@ve keâer Tpee& mlej yeÌ{leer nw leLee veeefYekeâerÙe  Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe Deesåce kesâ efveÙece keâe heeueve keâjlee nw, lees Fmes keâne
yeue keâce neslee nw~ peelee nw– jsKeerÙe ØeeflejesOe
 veeefYekeâ ceW Øeesše@ve leLee vÙetšê@ve keâer mebKÙee yejeyej nesleer nw~ (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018), (SSC JE - 2009)
ÂMÙe ØekeâeMe lejbie owOÙe&  The specific resistance of a copper conductor
is.......... More than the specific resistance of silver
(Visible light) (Wave length)
 keâe@hej Ûeeuekeâ keâe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe neslee nw–
yewieveer (Violet) 4000 A0
ÛeeBoer kesâ efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe mes DeefOekeâ
Deemeceeveer (Indigo) 4500 A0 (Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
veeruee (Blue) 4700 A 0
 The force between two charges is true–
A force of repulsion exists between
nje (Green) 5500 A0
two like Charges
heeruee (Yellow) 5700 A0  oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe ueieves Jeeues yeue kesâ yeejs ceW melÙe nw–
veejbieer (Orange) 6500 A 0
oes meceeve DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe Skeâ Øeeflekeâef<e&le
ueeue (Red) 7500 A0 yeue ceewpeto neslee nw~
 The ability of a charged particle to do work is (SSC JE-1 March 2017 10 am)
known as– Electric potential energy (DMRC JE-2014)
 Skeâ DeeJesefMele keâCe kesâ keâeÙe& keâjves keâer #ecelee keâes keäÙee keânles nQ–  The electrons revolve around the nucleus with high
velocity. Which type of force acts against centrifugal
efJeÅegle efJeYeJe Tpee& force– Electrostatic force of attraction
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)  Fueskeäšê@vme veeefYekeâ kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj yengle lespeer mes Ietceles nQ~
 No current flows through two charged bodies if they
have equal– Potential
DehekeWâõer yeue kesâ efJe®æ efkeâme Øekeâej keâe yeue ueielee nw, pees
 Ùeefo oes DeeJesefMele efvekeâeÙeeW ceW............Skeâ meceeve nes, lees GveceW Fueskeäšê@vme keâes Gvekeâer keâ#ee ceW yeveeS jKelee nw–
mes keâesF& efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle veneR nesleer nw– efJeYeJe Deekeâ<e&Ce keâe efmLej JewÅegle yeue
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) (SSC JE- 1 March 2017 10 am)
 In case of projectile motion, where is the kinetic  The difference between an atom and an ion is–
energy minimum - At the highest point Ions are always charged particles while
the atoms are neutral as a whole
 Øe#eshÙe ieefle kesâ ceeceues ceW, ieeflepe Tpee& efkeâme efmLeefle ceW vÙetvelece
 Skeâ hejceeCeg Deewj Skeâ DeeÙeve ceW Deblej neslee nw–
nesleer nw- GÛÛelece efyevog hej
DeeÙeve ncesMee DeeJesefMele keâCe nesles nQ peyeefkeâ
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 A group of passive devices only is–
hejceeCeg hetCe& ™he mes Goemeerve nesles nQ
Transformer, Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor (IOF-2014)
(SSC JE- 1 March 2017 10 am)
 kesâJeue efveef<›eâÙe Ùegefòeâ keâe Skeâ mecetn nw–
šêbmeheâece&j, ØeeflejesOekeâ, mebOeeefj$e, Øesjkeâ cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@me (Free Electrons)
(BSPHCL JE 30.01.2019, Batch -01)  efkeâmeer "esme heoeLe& ceW efJeÅegle keâe ØeJeen GmeceW GheefmLele
 What is meant by zero initial condition for a cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW kesâ ØeJeen kesâ Éeje neslee nw~
system– System is at rest and no energy is
stored in any of its components
 cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve "esme hejceeCeg kesâ Jes Fueskeäšê@ve nesles nw,
 efmemšce kesâ efueS MetvÙe ØeejefcYekeâ efmLeefle keâe keäÙee DeLe& nw– pees hejceeCeg kesâ meyemes yeenjer keâ#ee ceW nesves kesâ keâejCe
ØeCeeueer efmLej nw Deewj Fmekesâ efkeâmeer Yeer veeefYekeâ mes Dehes#eeke=âle keâce yeue mes yebOes jnles nw leLee
Ieškeâ ceW keâesF& Tpee& meb«eefnle veneR nw~ LeesÌ[er meer Tpee& efceueves hej hejceeCeg mes Deueie nes peeles
(DFCCIL -17.04.2016) nw~
 Reciprocal of resistivity – Conductivity  cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ keâejCe ner DeeJesMe, Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Skeâ
 ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâe JÙegl›eâce nw– Ûeeuekeâlee efmejs mes otmejs efmejs lekeâ hengBÛelee nw~
(SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018)  "esme Oeeleg heoeLeeX ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ØeJeen cegòeâ
 Analogous to conductivity is – Permeability Fueskeäšê@vme kesâ keâejCe neslee nw peyeefkeâ JewÅegle DeheIešdÙe ceW
 ÛeeuekeâerÙelee kesâ Deveg™he nw– heejiecÙelee Oeeje keâe ØeJeen DeeÙeve kesâ keâejCe neslee nw~
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)  A charge exists on a conductor. The best way to
 The value of temperature coefficient of resistance remove this charge is to...............
(α) depends upon – Ground the conductor
Nature of material and temperature  Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ ceW DeeJesMe ceewpeto nw~ Fme DeeJesMe keâes nševes keâe
 ØeeflejesOe kesâ leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ () keâe ceeve efkeâme hej efveYe&j keâjlee meyemes GheÙegòeâ efJeefOe nw- kebâ[keäšj keâes «eeGb[ keâjkesâ
nw– heoeLe& keâer Øeke=âefle Deewj leeheceeve hej (SSC JE- 2 March 2017 10 am)
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)  Midway between two equal and similar charges, a
 Ohm's law is valid for – All conductors third equal and similar charge is placed. Then this
 Deesÿe keâe efveÙece efkeâmekesâ efueS JewOe nw– meYeer ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ efueS third charge will.............
(LMRC (SCTO) 16.04.2018, 1st Shift) Remain in stable equilibrium
 oes meceeve Deewj Skeâ™he DeeJesMe kesâ ceOÙe ceW leermeje meceeve Deewj  An electron has – Negative charge
Skeâ™he DeeJesMe keâes mLeeefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ lees Ùen leermeje  Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve ceW neslee nw– $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe
DeeJesMe........... nesiee- mLeeÙeer meecÙeeJemLee ceW (FCI- 4.10.2015)
 The effect on electric potential energy of charges
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 10 am) when the separation between two charge increases
heoeLe& ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâer hejeme is– It decreases
(Material) (Range of Resistivity)
 peye oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe DeueieeJe yeÌ{ peelee nw leye DeeJesMeeW
keâer efJeÅegle efJeYeJe Tpee& hej ØeYeeJe heÌ[lee nw– Ùen Ieš peeleer nw
Ûeeuekeâ heoeLe& 10-2 mes 10-8 -m (UPRVUNL AE Electrical Instrument-2014)
(Conductive material)  A moving charge produces –
Deæ&-Ûeeuekeâ heoeLe& 10-6 mes 106 -m Both an electric field & magnetic field
(Semiconductor
 Skeâ ieefleceeve DeeJesMe Glhevve keâjlee nw–
material) efJeÅegleerÙe #es$e Je ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e oesveeW
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
efJeÅeglejesOeer heoeLe& 1011 mes 1019 -m  One commercial unit of electrical energy converted
(Insulating material) to Joule is equal to– 3.6  106 J
 The electrical conductivity of metals typically of the  efJeÅegle Tpee& keâer Skeâ JeeefCeefpÙekeâ FkeâeF& keâe petue ceW ceeve neslee
order of (in ohm–1m–1)............. 107 nw– 3.6  106 J
 Oeeleg keâer efJeÅegle Ûeeuekeâlee efJeefMe° ™he mes..........kesâ ›eâce ceW nesleer (BSNL TTA-2015)
nw~ (Deesÿe –1 ceer–1 ceW)– 107  The three fundamental quantities are–
Mass, Length, Time
(SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am )
 If an atom losses one or more electrons, it
 leerve ceewefuekeâ heefjceeCe nQ – õJÙeceeve, uecyeeF&, meceÙe
becomes............ Electrically positive (DMRC JE- 2015)

One kWh of electrical energy equals – 860 kcal
 Ùeefo Skeâ hejceeCeg Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ Fueskeäšê@ve Keeslee nw, lees
 Skeâ kWh keâer efJeÅegle Tpee& yejeyej nesieer – 860 kcal kesâ
Jen yeve peelee nw– efJeÅegle Oeveelcekeâ (RPHED JE- 2015)
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)  A Charged particle of charged q moving with a
(IOF JE- 2014) velocity v along the axis of a current carrying
 The lines of force due to charged particles are........... solenoid, The magnetic force on the particle is– 0
Always curved  DeeJesMe q keâe Skeâ DeeJesefMele keâCe OeejeJeener heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ De#e
 DeeJesefMele keâCeeW kesâ keâejCe yeue keâer jsKeeSb............nesleer nQ- kesâ DevegefoMe v Jesie mes Ietce jne nw~ keâCe hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue nw– 0
ncesMee Je›eâ (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016-10 am)
(SSC JE-3 March 2017 10 am)  Whenever a charged particle moves in a Electric
 The charge of a stable atom is – Uncharged Potential– Particle gets kinetic energy
 efmLej hejceeCeg keâe DeeJesMe ........... neslee nw~ DeveeJesefMele  peye Yeer Skeâ DeeJesefMele keâCe Skeâ efJeÅegle efJeYeJe ceW ieefle keâjlee nw
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015) lees – keâCe ieeflepe Tpee& Øeehle keâjlee nw
(JUVNL JE- 08.03.2017,2.30-5.00 pm) (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016_10 am)
 Electric charge of a body is a condition due to –  The maximum number of electrons which the
valence shell of an atom can have is – 8
Deficiency or excess of electrons
 efkeâmeer efheC[ keâe efJeÅegle DeeJesMe ........... kesâ keâejCe neslee nw–  Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer DeefOekeâlece mebKÙee pees Skeâ hejceeCeg keâe mebÙeespekeâ
keâesMe OeejCe keâj mekeâlee nw– 8
Fueskeäšê@ve keâer keâceer Ùee Je=efæ
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
(DMRC JE- 2017)  A hollow sphere of charge does not produce an
 In any electric circuit the flow of electron electric field at– Interior point
constitutes– An electric current  Skeâ DeeJesefMele KeesKeues ieesues ceW ......... hej efJeÅegle #es$e Glhevve
 efkeâmeer efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW Fueskeäšê@veeW keâe ØeJeen efveOee&efjle keâjlee nw– veneR nesiee- Deevleefjkeâ efyevog
Skeâ efJeÅegleerÙe Oeeje (BSNL TTA -2013)
(SSC JE-1 March 2017 2.45 pm)  Electron are held in atom due to – Coulombs force
(RRB JE- 2014), (LMRC JE- 2016)  hejceeCeg ceW Fueskeäšê@ve............kesâ keâejCe jnlee nw– ketâuee@ce yeue
 An electric current can be classified as – (BSNL TTA - 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
Conduction, Convection and  The thermal noise is due to random..............
Displacement current Motion of free electrons
 efJeÅegle ØeJeen keâes Jeieeake=âle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  ............kesâ keâejCe leeheerÙe Meesj neslee nw–
Ûeeueve, mebJenve Deewj efJemLeeheve Oeeje cegkeäle Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer ieefle
(UPRVUNL AE -2014) (BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM)
 Refractive index of materials is approximately equal  The total energy of a revolving electron in an atom–
to square root of– Electrical permittivity Can never be positive
 heoeLe& keâe DeheJele&ve Fb[skeäme ueieYeie.............kesâ Jeie&cetue yejeyej  Skeâ hejceeCeg ceW Skeâ heefj›eâceer Fueskeäšê@ve keâer kegâue Tpee& –
neslee nw– efJeÅegleerÙe efJeÅegleMeeruelee keâYeer Yeer Oeveelcekeâ veneR nes mekeâlee nw
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm) (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
 For an electron to be confined to a nucleus its speed  The resistivity of lead is– 20.8  10–8  m
relative to speed of light would have to be– Greater  meermes keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee nw– 20.8  10–8  m
 Fueskeäšê@ve keâes veeefYekeâ ceW meerefcele jnves kesâ efueÙes Fmekeâer mecyeefvOele (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
ieefle, ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle mes............nesleer nw– DeefOekeâ (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 10 am)
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm) (SSC JE- 2 March 2017 10 am)
 Ohm's Law is applicable to –  Current always flow in direction –
Resistive Circuits & Reactive Circuits Opposite to that of Electron
 Deesndce (Ohm's law) keâe efveÙece ueeiet neslee nw–
 Oeeje ncesMee ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw – Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ efJehejerle efoMee ceW
ØeeflejesOekeâ heefjheLeeW Deewj ØeefleIeeleerÙe heefjheLeeW ceW (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Conduction of electricity through conductor takes
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm) place by– Free electrons
 The force of attraction between two charge particles  efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ ceW efJeÅegle keâer Ûeeuekeâlee .......... kesâ Éeje nesleer nw~
is– Directly proportional to the amount of charge
cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@vme
 oes DeeJesefMele keâCeeW kesâ ceOÙe Deekeâ<e&Ce keâe yeue ........ neslee nw~
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
DeeJesMe keâer cee$ee kesâ meerOes meceevegheeleer  Conduction will not occur when bodies are –
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM) At same temperature
ØeeflejesOekeâlee Ùee efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe  peye efvekeâeÙe...........lees Ûeeueve (kebâ[keäMeve) Ieefšle veneR nesiee–
(Resistivity or Specific Resistance) Skeâ ner leeheceeve ceW neWies
 ØeeflejesOekeâlee Ùee efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe, heoeLe& keâer Øeke=âefle hej (UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
 The excessive neutral current is caused by –
efveYe&j keâjlee nw DeLee&led efYeVe-efYeVe heoeLe& kesâ efueS Electronic ballasts
ØeeflejesOekeâlee Ùee efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve efYeVe-efYeVe  Deefleefjòeâ vÙetšûe Oeeje keâe keâejCe neslee nw–Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ yueemš
neslee nw~ Fmes '' Øeleerkeâelcekeâ efÛevn mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles (DMRC JE- 2015)
nw~ 
Two wires A and B of the same material but of
Ra different lengths L and 2L have the radius r and 2r

l respectively. The ratio of specific resistance will
 Fmekeâe cee$ekeâ ‘Deesÿe-ceeršj’ neslee nw~ be– 1:1
2  A leLee B, oes leej, pees Skeâ ner heoeLe& kesâ nQ, efkebâleg efYeVe uebyeeF& L
 Ûeeuekeâ keâe DevegØemLe keâeš #es$e a= 1 ceeršj leLee
leLee 2L kesâ nQ, ›eâceMe: r leLee 2r ef$epÙee Jeeues nQ~ leoevegmeej Gvekesâ
Ûeeuekeâ keâer uecyeeF& l = 1 ceeršj jKeves hej Ûeeuekeâ efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe keâe Devegheele efkeâlevee nesiee– 1:1
heoeLe& keâe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe  =R Deesÿe-ceeršj (-m)
(SSC JE- 2012)
Dele: efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe Gme heoeLe& kesâ (BSNL TTA- 25.9.2016, 10am)
ØeeflejesOe kesâ meceleguÙe nw efpemekeâer uecyeeF& FkeâeF& leLee (UPSSSC JE- 2016)
DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue Yeer Skeâ Jeie& FkeâeF& nes~  Specific resistance of a conductor depends upon –
 While transisting from One level to another Level an Composition of conductor material
electron– Emits or Absorbs Photon and temperature
 Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve peye Skeâ uesJesue mes otmejs uesJesue ceW heejieceve keâjlee  efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ keâe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
nw leye– Heâesše@ve keâes Glmee|pele Ùee DeJeMeesef<ele keâjlee nw Ûeeuekeâ õJÙe kesâ mebIešve Deewj leeheceeve hej
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM) (SSC JE- 2009)
 The value of relative permittivity of vacuum is – 1 (UTTARAKHAND JE-2013)
 efveJee&le keâer meehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee nesleer nw– 1  .............. particle act as a current carrier in a metallic
(BSNL TTA -2015) conductor– Only free electrons
 Electric field is defined as the electric force per  .......... keâCe efkeâmeer OeeeflJekeâ megÛeeuekeâ ceW Oeeje Jeenkeâ keâe keâeÙe&
unit.............. Charge keâjlee nw– kesâJeue cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve
 efJeÅegle #es$e keâes efJeÅegle yeue Øeefle FkeâeF&&..............kesâ ™he cebs
(IOF JE- 2014)
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeeJesMe (SSC JE - 1 March 2017 10 am)
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) (HPCL AMT- 20.04.2019)
Deesce keâe efveÙece (Ohm's Law) efJeefYeVe lelJeeW keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 200 C hej
Deesce kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej Ùeefo efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ keâer Yeeweflekeâ ›eâ.meb. heoeLe& ØeeflejesOekeâlee (
-m)
DeJemLee (pewmes-leehe) ceW keâesF& heefjJele&ve ve nes lees Gmekesâ 1. ÛeeBoer 1.610 -8
efmejeW hej ueieeÙes ieÙes efJeYeJeevlej leLee GmeceW yenves Jeeueer 2. leeByee 1.7210-8
Oeeje keâe Devegheele efveÙele jnlee nw~ 3. SuÙegefceefveÙece 2.810-8
V
4. meesvee 2.4510-8
 efveÙeleebkeâ 5. keâeye&ve 410-5
I
V 6. pecexefveÙece 4710-2
R
I 7. efmeefuekeâe@ve 6.410-2
■ Ùeefo efJeYeJeevlej (V) leLee Ûeeuekeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje 8. heshej 1010
(I) kesâ yeerÛe «ee@Heâ KeeRÛes lees Jen Skeâ mejue jsKee
9. DeYeükeâ (ceeFkeâe) 51011
nesieer~ 10. iueeme 1012

11. šsHeäuee@ve 31012
 According to the study of static electricity, the
potential of a charged field is –
Inversely proportional to the distance
'r' from the observation point keeps changing
 mLeweflekeâ efJeÅegle kesâ DeOÙeÙeve kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ Ûeepe& efkeâÙes ngS #es$e
Deesce keâe efveÙece kesâJeue Oeeleg ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ efueS melÙe nw~ keâe mecYeeefJele Jeesušspe– DeJeueeskeâve efyebog mes otjer 'r'
Note– Deesce keâe efveÙece kesâJeue [er.meer. heefjheLeeW kesâ efueS veneR kesâ meeLe JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer yeouelee jnlee nw~
yeefukeâ S.meer. heefjheLeeW leLee Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (UPPCL JE- 2016)

A current of 18 A flows through a conductor for half
pees efkeâ mJeØesjkeâlJe heefjheLeeW kesâ Éeje GlheVe neslee nw kesâ
a minute. The total charge flow within the conductor
efueS Yeer ueeiet neslee nw~ in the same time was– 540 C
 When alternating current pass through a conductor–  Skeâ keb â [keäšj mes 18 A keâer Oeeje DeeOes ef c eveš kes â ef ueS yenleer nw~
Portion of conductor near the surface Gleves meceÙe ceW kebâ[keäšj kesâ Yeerlej yene kegâue DeeJesMe– 540 C
carries more current as compared to the core (UPPCL JE- 2016)
 Skeâ kebâ[keäšj kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje iegpejleer nw, leye–  The potential inside a charged hollow sphere is –
Same as that on the surface
keâesj keâer leguevee ceW melen kesâ heeme DeefOekeâ Oeeje nesleer nw  efkeâmeer DeeJesefMele KeesKeues ieesues kesâ Devoj efJeYeJe keâe ceeve neslee
(UPSSSC JE- 2015) nw– melen kesâ DeeJesMe kesâ yejeyej
 The total number of lines of force emanating from
(UPSSSC JE-2016,
certain charge is called as– Electric flux (SSC JE- 3 March 2017)
 efveef§ele Ûeepe& mes efvekeâueves Jeeues yeue keâer jsKeeDeeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee  For a hollow charged thin metallic sphere with
keâes keâne peelee nw– efJeÅegle heäuekeäme center O and a point on the surface of sphere as, R,
the magnitude of Electric Field and Potential from O
(MP JE- 2016)
to R is respectively– Zero, Constant
 The charge q1 exerts a slight force on the charge q2,
 O kesâvõ Jeeues Skeâ KeesKeues DeeJesefMele heleues OeeeflJekeâ ieesues kesâ
if the charge q3 is brought near them, then the force
efueS, ieesues keâer melen hej efyevog R hej, efJeÅegle #es$e keâe ceeve Deewj
of q1 exerted on q2– Will be constant
O mes R kesâ ceOÙe efJeYeJe ›eâceMe: Ùen neWies– MetvÙe, efveÙeleebkeâ
 DeeJesMe q1, DeeJesMe q2 hej Dehevee LeesÌ[e yeue ØeÙeesie keâjlee nw~
(UPPCL (AE) Re-Exam- 30-12-2016)
Deye Ùeefo DeeJesMe q3 keâes Fvekesâ meceerhe ueeÙee peeS lees q2 hej q1  Around a point charge, equipotential surfaces are –
kesâ yeue ØeÙeesie.............. efmLej jnsiee Spherical
(RRB JE- 2014)  Skeâ ef
y evog DeeJes
M e kes
â Ûeejeb s Dees
j meceef
J eYeJe melenW nesleer nQ
– ieesueerÙe
 The electric field strength of a charge– (UPPCL (AE) Re-Exam- 30-12-2016)
 Drift velocity acquired per unit electric field applied
Decrease with the square of the distance
is called as – Electron mobility
 efkeâmeer DeeJesMe keâe efJeÅegle #es$e meeceLÙe& (electric field  Øeefle FkeâeF&& efJeÅegle #es$e ueeiet keâjves hej Øeehle ef[^Heäš Jesie keânueelee
strength)– otjer kesâ Jeie& kesâ meeLe Iešlee nw nw – Fueskeäšêve ieefleMeeruelee
(RRB JE- 2014) (UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
 Mobility is highest– Electron efJeÅegle jeefMeÙeeB SJeb cee$ekeâ
 ieefleMeeruelee GÛÛelece nesleer nw– Fueskeäšê@ve (Electrical Quantity and units)
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
(Jharkhand JE- 08.03.2017) ›eâ.meb. efJeÅegle jeefMe cee$ekeâ
 Ampere-second could be the unit of – Charge S.N. (Electrical (Unit)
 SeqcheÙej-meskebâ[..........keâer FkeâeF& nw– DeeJesMe Quantity)
(SSC JE-2013) 1. Oeeje (Current) SefcheÙej (Ampere)
(UPRVUNL AE- 11.06.2014)
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm) 2. DeeJesMe (Charge) ketâuee@ce (Coulomb)
 The conductivity of a metal is determined by– 3. Oeeje IevelJe SefcheÙej/ceer2 (A/m2)
The electronic concentration and the (Current density)
mobility of the free electrons
 Oeeleg keâer Ûeeuekeâlee efkeâmekesâ Éeje efveOee&efjle keâer peeleer nw– 4. ØeeflejesOe (Resistance) Deesce (Ohm)
cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer ieefleMeeruelee Deewj 5. ÛeeuekeâlJe meercesve (S) Ùee cnes
Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ meebõlee (Conductance) ()
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening) 6. ØeeflejesOekeâlee Deesce ceeršj (Ohm-
 An electric current is– The movement of free meter)
(Resistivity)
electrons predominantly in one direction
 efJeÅegle Oeeje nw– cegKÙe ™he mes Skeâ efoMee ceW cegòeâ 7. Ûeeuekeâlee cnes/ceeršj Ùee meercesve
Fueskeäšê@veeW keâe ÛeueeÙeceeve nesvee (Conductivity) /ceeršj
(NPCIL- 08.06.2018, 3rd shift] 8. ØeeflejesOe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ / 0C
 An electric current is the flow of– (Temperature
Both positive and negative charges coefficient of
 Skeâ efJeÅegle Oeeje .......... keâe ØeJeen neslee nw– Resistance)
oesveeW Oeveelcekeâ Deewj $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe  A free electron means– Valence electrons which
(UPPCL JE - 27.08.2018) are loosely attached to the nucleus
 The material which offers very low resistance to the
flow of electron is known as– Conductor
 Skeâ cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâe celeueye nw–
 Jen heoeLe& pees Fueskeäšêve kesâ ØeJeen kesâ efueÙes yengle keâce ØeeflejesOe mebÙeespeer Fueskeäšê@vme pees veeefYekeâ mes {erues ®he mes pegÌ[s nw
ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw, ....... kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~ Ûeeuekeâ  Electrically charged atom is generally termed as– Ion
(Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)  efJeÅegleerÙe ®he mes DeeJesefMele hejceeCeg keâes meeceevÙele: keâne peelee nw–
 The resistance of a conductor, when its temperature DeeÙeve
is increased – Increases  The quality of a good conductor is–
 peye leeheceeve yeÌ{lee nw, lees efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe– yeÌ{lee nw Low specific resistance
(SSC JE - 1 March 2017 10 am)  Skeâ DeÛÚs Ûeeuekeâ kesâ iegCe nQ– efvecve efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe
 The flow of electric current in a conductor is due to
flow of – Electrons Ûeeuekeâ keâe ÛeeuekeâlJe Ùee Ûeeuekeâlee
 Ûeeuekeâ ceWs Oeeje keâs ØeJeen keâe keâejCe neslee nw– Fueskeäšê@vme (Conductance of Conductor)
 When an electric current flows through a conductor,  efkeâmeer heefjheLe Ùee heoeLe& keâe Jen iegCe pees heefjheLe Ùee
its temperature rises. This is beacuse of– heoeLe& ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen kesâ efueS meneÙekeâ neslee
Collisions between conduction nw, Ûeeuekeâlee keânueelee nw~
electrons and atoms  efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ keâer Ûeeuekeâlee Gmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe efJeueesce
 peye keâesF& efJeÅegle Oeeje efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ mes neskeâj iegpejleer nw, lees
Fmekeâe leeheceeve yeÌ{ peelee nw~ Ssmee FmeefueS neslee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– nesleer nw, Fmes G mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw~
Ûeeuekeâ Fueskeäšê@vme Deewj hejceeCegDeeW G
1
kesâ yeerÛe škeäkeâj nesleer nw~ R
(SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am)  Ûeeuekeâlee keâer FkeâeF& Deesÿe keâe efJeueesce (–1) Ùee cnes
 Sign of "Short Circuit"– High current flow (℧) Ùee meercesve neslee nw~
 ‘‘Mee@š& meefke&âš’’ keâe Skeâ mebkesâle nw– GÛÛe Oeeje ØeJeen
1a
(UPPCL JE- 2016) G
 Which V-I curve is a straight line according to l
ohm’s law – Conductors a
 Deesåce efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej efkeâmekeâe V-I Je›eâ Skeâ meerOeer jsKee nw– G
l
Ûeeuekeâ
(UPPCL JE -13.11.2016) peneB  Ûeeuekeâ keâer efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee nw~
 On application of heat on electrolyte it exhibit– Jewefjmšj
Negative temperature Coefficient
(Varistor)
 FueskeäšêsueeFš hej T<cee kesâ DevegØeÙeesie ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw–
$e+Ceelcekeâ leehe iegCeebkeâ  Jewefjmšj Skeâ DejsKeerÙe ØeeflejesOekeâ (non-linear resistor)
 A source of emf is required in order to– neslee nw, pees Deesÿe kesâ efveÙece keâe heeueve veneR keâjlee nw~
Get the electrons into motion  Jewefjmšj Skeâ Jeesušlee Deeefßele ØeeflejesOekeâ (V.D.R.) neslee nw
 efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue keâe Skeâ œeesle............DeeJeMÙekeâ nw– efpemekeâe ceeve Gme hej Deejesefhele Jeesušspe hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~
Fueskeäšê@vees keâes ieefle ceW ueeves kesâ efueS Jewefjmšj oes Øekeâej kesâ nesles nw–
 For a two terminal device, resistance decreases (i) efmeefuekeâeve keâejyeeF[ Jewefjmšj
when the temperature increases, the device is–
(ii) Oeeleg Dee@keämeeF[ Jewefjmšj
A semiconductor
 Skeâ oes šefce&veue Ùegefòeâ kesâ efueS, peye leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ nesleer nw  efmeefuekeâeve keâejyeeF[ Jewefjmšj keâe efvecee&Ce efmeefuekeâe@ve keâejyeeF[
lees ØeeflejesOe Ieš peelee nw, Ùegefòeâ nw– Skeâ Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ heeG[j keâes efmejsefcekeâ Éeje yeeFv[ keâjkesâ efkeâÙee peelee nw,
 In the case of direct current– Magnitude and peyeefkeâ Oeeleg Dee@keämeeF[ Jewefjmšj ceW Oeeleg Dee@keämeeF[ keâe ØeÙeesie
direction of current remains constant efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 efo° Oeeje kesâ mevoYe& ceW–  Jewefjmšj keâe ØeeflejesOe, Jeesušspe yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe Iešlee nw~
Oeeje keâe heefjceeCe Deewj efoMee efmLej jnleer nw  Jewefjmšj ceW ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje keâes efvecve met$e Éeje
 In a parallel bank with unequal branch resistances– ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw–,
The current is highest in the lowest R
i  KV n
 Demeceeve MeeKee ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ meeLe Skeâ meceevlej yeQkeâ ceW–
efvecve ØeeflejesOe (R) ceW GÛÛelece Oeeje peneB V  Jewefjmšj hej Deejesefhele leel#eefCekeâ Jeesušspe keâe ceeve
 A tolerance of 20% in the value of carbon resistor is K  efveÙeleebkeâ ( Amp / volt ceW)
represented by– Without any band n  1 mes 6  efmeefuekeâe@ve keâejyeeF[ kesâ efueS
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve ceW 20 ØeefleMele keâer menveMeeruelee keâes
efpemekeâe ØeÙeesie leefÌ[le kesâ keâejCe GlheVe GÛÛe Jeesušspe
...........kesâ Éeje ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw– efyevee efkeâmeer heóer
DevegØeÙeesie ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 With the rise in temperature, the resistance of
carbon– Decreases  Oeeleg Dee@keämeeF[ yewefjmšj ceW n keâe ceeve DeefOekeâ neslee nw
 leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe, keâeye&ve keâe ØeeflejesOe– Iešlee nw efpememes Ùen DeefOekeâ DejsKeerÙe neslee nw DeLee&le–FmeceW Jeesušspe
Ûeeuekeâ keâe efJeefMe° ÛeeuekeâlJe kesâ ceeve ceW met#ce heefjJele&ve mes Oeeje kesâ ceeve ceW DelÙeefOekeâ
(Specific Conductance of Conductor) heefjJele&ve neslee nw~
 efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe efJeefMe° ÛeeuekeâlJe Gme heoeLe& kesâ  Jewefjmšj keâe ØeÙeesie efpeme GhekeâjCe kesâ Devegj#eCe
efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe keâe efJeueesce (reciprocal) neslee nw~ (protection) ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw Gmekesâ meceevlej (parallel)
ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~
  l
   G    Jewefjmšj keâe ØeÙeesie GÛÛe Jeesušlee Devegj#eCe (High voltage
  a
protection) ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Ùeefo Ûeeuekeâ keâer uecyeeF& l= 1 ceeršj leLee  Jewefjmšj keâe ØeÙeesie surge keâes Kelce (supress) keâjves kesâ
DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue a=1 Jeie& ceeršj nes efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~
lees efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee   G  Jewefjmšj keâe ØeÙeesie hee@Jej mehueeF& megj#ee, LeeFefjmšj megj#ee,
Dele: efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe efJeefMe° ÛeeuekeâlJe, Gme heoeLe& kesâ [eÙees[ megj#ee leLee mebOeeefj$e FlÙeeefo keâer megj#ee kesâ efueS Yeer
Skeâ ceeršj uecyes leLee Skeâ Jeie&ceeršj DevegØemLe keâeš #es$e efkeâÙee peelee nw~
kesâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ÛeeuekeâlJe kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~  A substance whose molecules consist of dissimilar
 Fmes  (efmeicee) mes JÙeòeâ keâjles nw~ atoms is called– Compound
 Fmekeâe cee$ekeâ cnes Øeefle ceeršj Ùee meerceWme/ceeršj neslee nw~  Skeâ heoeLe& efpemekesâ DeCeg Demeceeve hejceeCeg mes efceuekeâj yeves nesles
 The atomic weight and atomic number of copper are nQ, keânueelee nw– Ùeewefiekeâ
64 and 29 respectively. Therefore, a copper atom  Boltzman constant represents the variation of
has– 29 protons, 29 electrons and 35 neutrons voltage with– Temperature
 leeByes keâe hejceeCeg Yeej Deewj hejceeCeg mebKÙee ›eâceMe: 64 Deewj 29  yeesušdpecesve efmLejebkeâ, Jeesušlee keâe heefjJele&ve efkeâmekesâ meeLe ØeoefMe&le
nw~ FmeefueS leeByes kesâ hejceeCeg ceW............nesies– keâjlee nw – leehe
29 protons, 29 electrons and 35 neutrons (BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Most preferred material for standard resistors–  The dimensions of force are – [MLT–2]
Manganin  yeue keâe efJecee nw– [MLT–2]
 ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOekeâeW kesâ efueS meyemes hemeboeroe heoeLe& nw– ceQieefveve (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 10 a.m.)
(HMWS-15) (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016_10 am)
 Which have same dimensional formula –  Pure metals generally have– High conductivity and
Work and Energy & Impulse and Momentum large temperature coefficient
 efkeâmekesâ meceeve efJeceerÙe met$e nw–  meeceevÙele: Megæ OeelegDeeW kesâ heeme neslee nw–
keâeÙe& SJeb Tpee& Deewj DeeJesie SJeb mebJesie GÛÛe ÛeeuekeâerÙelee Deewj DeefOekeâ leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 10 am)  The lightest particle is– Electron
 One Joule per coulomb is called – Volt  ......... meyemes nukeâe keâCe nw– Fueskeäšê@ve
 Skeâ petue Øeefle ketâuee@ce keânueelee nw– Jeesuš  The heaviest particle is– Proton &Neutron
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 10 am)  ........... meyemes Yeejer keâCe nw– Øeesševe Deewj vÙetšê@ve
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)  In a copper atom, first orbit contains– Two electrons
(DMRC JE- 2017)  Skeâ leeByes kesâ hejceeCeg ceW, ØeLece keâ#ekeâ ceW nesles nQ– oes Fueskeäšê@vme
 The device which does not have frequency  A thermistor has– Negative temperature co–efficient
dependent properties on its own is– Resistor  Skeâ Leefce&mšj nw– $e+Ceelcekeâ leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ
 Jen ef[JeeFme efpemeceW DeeJe=efòe hej efveYe&j keâjves Jeeues iegCe veneR nesles  Drift velocity of electron is–
nw– ØeeflejesOekeâ Very small in comparison to speed of light
(BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016)  Fues k eäš^ e @ v e keâe Devegieceve Jesie neslee nw–
 n small droplets of same size are charged to the ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle keâer leguevee ceW yengle keâce
same potential V. If they coalesce to form one drop,  The colour bands on a fixed carbon resistor are red,
then the potential of the drop will be– n2/3V red, gold, Its value is– 2.2 
 n mebKÙee keâer Úesšer yetbos pees meceeve Deekeâej keâer nw Je meceeve efJeYeJe  Skeâ efveef§ele keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâ hej jbie heæefle ueeue, ueeue,
mes DeeJesefMele nw, meefcceefuele neskeâj Skeâ yeÌ[er yetbo yeveleer nw Gmekeâe megvenjer nw, Fmekeâe ceeve nw– 2.2 
efJeYeJe nesiee- n2/3V  Current velocity through a copper conductor is–
(BSNL TTA-2013) Of the order of a few m/s
 Insulating materials have the function of–  Skeâ leeceü Ûeeuekeâ mes neskeâj peeves Jeeueer Oeeje keâe Jesie............
Preventing a short circuit between neslee nw– kegâÚ m/s kesâ ›eâce keâe
conducting wires  Ohm's law is not applicable to– Semi–conductors
 efJeÅeglejesOeer heoeLe& keâe keâeÙe& nw–  Deesce keâe efveÙece ueeiet veneR neslee nw– Deæ&&-Ûeeuekeâes ceW
Ûeeuekeâ leejeW kesâ yeerÛe ueIeg heefjheLe keâes jeskeâvee  A passive network has–
 The minimum charge on an ion is– Neither current source nor emf source
Equal to the charge of an electron  Skeâ efveef<›eâÙe heefjheLe ceW............neslee nw–
 Skeâ DeeÙeve hej vÙevetlece DeeJesMe neslee nw– ve lees Oeeje Œeesle ve ner emf Œeesle
Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ DeeJesMe kesâ yejeyej Leefce&mšj
 ............. conductor has lowest resistivity at 273K– (Thermistor)
Silver
 Leefce&mšj Ùee Lece&ue ØeeflejesOe Ssmes ØeeflejesOekeâ nesles nw
 ÛeeuekeâeW ceW mes 273K hej ........... keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee meyemes keâce
efpevekeâe ØeeflejesOe leehe hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~
nesieer– ÛeeBoer
 Leefce&mšj, Oeeleg Dee@keämeeF[ keâer efceßeCe pewmes– efveefkeâue,
 Resistance of a material always decreases if–
Number of free electrons available becomes more
keâesyeeuš, ueesne, keâe@hej FlÙeeefo kesâ yeves nesles nw~
 Skeâ heoeLe& keâe ØeeflejesOe ncesMee Iešlee nw Ùeefo–  Leefce&mšj keâe ØeeflejesOe jWpe 0.5 mes 75M lekeâ neslee nw~
GheueyOe cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer mebKÙee DeefOekeâ nes peeleer nw  Leefce&mšj Skeâ DejsKeerÙe Ùegefòeâ (non linear device) nw~
 .........are the materials having electrical conductivity
much less than most of the metals but much greater
than that of typical insulators– Semi-conductor
 ...........heoeLeex keâer efJeÅegle efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee DeefOekeâebMe OeelegDeeW
keâer leguevee ceW yengle efvecve nw, uesefkeâve Øee™heer kegâÛeeuekeâ keâer leguevee
ceW yengle DeefOekeâ nw– Deæ&-Ûeeuekeâ
 All good conductors have high– Conductance  Leefce&mšj keâe ØeeflejesOe leehe iegCeebkeâ GÛÛe efveiesefšJe neslee nw~
 meYeer DeÛÚs ÛeeuekeâeW ceW GÛÛe.............neslee nw– ÛeeuekeâlJe  Leefce&mšj keâe ØeÙeesie Fueskeäšêefvekeâ ÙegefòeâÙeeW hej leehe keâe
 International ohm is defined in terms of the
ØeYeeJe meceehle keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Fmekesâ
resistance of– A column of mercury Deefleefjòeâ Fvekeâe ØeÙeesie leehe, õJe mlej (liquid level),
 Debleje&°êrÙe Deesce keâes ØeeflejesOe kesâ meboYe& ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee iewme ØeJeen (gas flow) FlÙeeefo kesâ ceeheve SJeb kebâšêsue
nw– heejs kesâ Skeâ mlecYe mes nsleg efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 If the number of valence electrons of an atom is less Vx
than 4, the substance is usually– A conductor  Skeâ DeeJesMe ces GlheVe ØesjCe T<cee Éeje oer peeleer nw, peneB
R
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer hejceeCeg kesâ mebÙeespeer Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer mebKÙee 4 mes keâce V DeeJesMe ces Øesefjle Jeesušspe nw Deewj R DeeJesMe ØeeflejesOe nw~ 'X'
nw, lees heoeLe& Deeceleewj hej nw– Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ceeve nw- 2
 If the number of valence electrons of an atom is (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
more than 4, the substance is usually– An insulator  Find the resistance, if the colour code on a resistor
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer hejceeCeg kesâ mebÙeespeer Fueskeäšê@vees keâer mebKÙee 4 mes reads Brown, Black, Red, Gold- 1000   5%
DeefOekeâ nw, lees heoeLe& Deeceleewj hej nw– efJeÅeglejesOekeâ  Ùeefo efkeâmeer ØeeflejesOe hej ceewpeto jbie keâes[-Yetjs, keâeues, ueeue,
 If the number of valence electrons of an atom is 4, megvenjs nQ, lees Gmekeâe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâerefpeS~ 1000   5%
then the substance is usually– Semiconductor (UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I)
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer hejceeCeg kesâ mebÙeespeer Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer mebKÙee 4 nw, lees  Convert 372°C into Kelvin Scale- 645K
heoeLe& Deeceleewj hej nw– Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ  372°C keâes kes
â ef uJeve hew c eeves ceW heef j Jeef le& le keâjW - 645K
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 Electric current is a– Scalar quantity  ........... expressions gives the Joule's law of heating?-
 efJeÅegle Oeeje Skeâ nw– DeefoMe jeefMe I2Rt
H
 The electric current in a discharge tube containing a gas  ........... JÙebpekeâ petue kesâ leeheve efveÙece keâes JÙeòeâ keâjlee nw–
is due to– Electrons, negative and positive ions HI2Rt
 Skeâ iewme Ùegòeâ efJemepe&ve šŸetye ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje efkeâmekesâ keâejCe neslee (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
nw– Fueskeäšê@vme, $e+Ceelcekeâ Deewj Oeveelcekeâ DeeÙeve  .......... parameter is measured by the unit of Siemen -
 The quantity of charge that will be transferred by a Conductance
current flow of 10A over 1 hour period is–  Ùet e f v eš meer c es v me Éeje .......... hew j eceer šj keâes ceehee peelee nw-
3.6  104 C Ûeeuekeâlee
 DeeJesMe keâer Jen cee$ee pees Skeâ IeCšs keâer DeJeefOe ceW ØeJeeefnle 10A (UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)
 Two resistors are said to be connected in series
keâer Oeeje..........kesâ Éeje mLeeveevleefjle nesieer– 3.6  104 C when –
 The drift velocity of free electrons is of the order of– Same current passes in turn through both
10-5 ms-1  oes ØeeflejesOeeW keâes ëe=bKeuee ceW peesÌ[e ieÙee nw Ssmee keânles nQ, peye–
 cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW keâe yeneJe Jesie efkeâme ›eâce keâe neslee nw– oesveeW ceW mes Skeâ ner Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw
10-5 ms-1 (DSSSB JE- 2015)
 The thermal speed of electrons is of the order of–  Two unequal resistance are connected in parallel,
106 ms-1 then –
 Fueskeäšê@vees keâer leeheerÙe ieefle..........kesâ ›eâce keâer nesleer nw– Large current flows through smaller resistance
106 ms-1  oes Demeceeve ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ, leye-
 Rate of flow of electric charge through a given point efvecve ØeeflejesOe mes GÛÛe Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer~
is known as– Current (MPPKVVCL-2017)
 efkeâmeer efyevog hej DeeJesMe ØeJeen keâer oj keâes keânles nw– Oeeje  Which is true for the parallel connection of resistors-
(PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift) Total power is equal to sum of individual
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II) branch power
 A piece of aluminium (Al) and germanium (Ge) are  ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ meceeveeblej keâveskeäMeve kesâ efueS mener nw -
cooled fromT1 K to T2 K. The resistance of–
kegâue Meefòeâ efJeefMe° MeeKee Meefòeâ kesâ Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej nw~
Aluminium decreases and that of
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
germanium increases
 Three resistances of 30 ohm, 15 ohm and 5 ohm are
 SuÙegefceefveÙece (Al) Deewj pecexefveÙece (Ge) keâe Skeâ šgkeâÌ[e T1K connected in parallel, their combine resistance will
mes T2K lekeâ "b[e efkeâÙee peelee nw, keâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee– be – Less than 5 ohm
SuÙegefceefveÙece ceW keâceer Deewj pecexefveÙece ceW Je=efæ nesieer~  30 ohm, 15 ohm leLee 5 ohm kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOeeW keâes meceeveeblej
™he mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Gvekeâe mebÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
2. Oeeje, Jeesušspe Deewj ØeeflejesOe 5 ohm mes keâce
(N.P.C.I.L 08.06.2018, 3rd shift]
(Current, Voltage & Resistance)
 If ten resistances of 10 ohms each are connected in
 The induction heat produced in a charge is given by parallel, the total resistance will be– 1
Vx
 Ùeef o 10 Dees ÿ e kes â 10 Øeef lejes O e meceevlej ceW Deeyeæ nQ lees kegâue
where V is voltage induced in the charge and ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee– 1
R rd
R is the charge resistance. The value of 'X' is - 2 (N.P.C.I.L 08.06.2018, 3 shift]

 If two or more components are connected in they  Due to the properties of a conductor, does it pass
have the same potential difference (voltage) across current– Conductance
their ends how is connected– Parallel  kebâ[keäšj kesâ efkeâme iegCeOece& kesâ keâejCe Oeeje ØeJeen neslee nw–
 peye oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ DeJeÙeJe ceW pegÌ[s nesles nw lees Gvekesâ efmejeW Ûeeuekeâlee
kesâ yeerÛe meceeve efJeYeJeevlej neslee nw lees kewâmes peg[Ì e nw– meceevlej (UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
(DFCCIL 17.04.2016)  The filament of an electric bulb is made up of
(SSC JE- 1 March 2017 10 am) tungsten because– Its melting point is high
 In which circuits is the total voltage drop equal to  Skeâ efJeÅegle yeuye keâe efheâueeceWš šbiemšve keâe yeveeÙee peelee nw
the sum of the voltage drops in various element of keäÙeeWefkeâ– Gmekeâe ieueveebkeâ DeefOekeâ neslee nw
the circuits - Series electric circuit
(UPSSSC JE - 2015)
 efkeâme heefjheLe ceW kegâue Jeesušlee heele heefjheLe kesâ efJeefYeVe lelJeeW ceW
 The fuse operate due to the...........effect of current-
Jeesušlee heele kesâ Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej nw- ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe heefjheLe Heating
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)  heäÙetpe, Oeeje kesâ.........ØeYeeJe kesâ keâejCe mebÛeeefuele neslee nw-
 The leakage resistance of a 50 km long cable is 1 m leeheve
for a 100 km long cable, it will be– 0.5 m 
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 50 efkeâceer. uecyes kesâyeue keâe ueerkesâpe jefpemšWme 1 m nw~ 100
 The type of resistance has highest value of
efkeâceer. uecyes kesâyeue kesâ efueS Ùen ....... nesiee– 0.5 m 
temperature coefficient is- Carbon Composition
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 The tolerance band of a colour-coded resistor having  .......... Øekeâej kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve
±10% tolerance will be of ______colour- Silver GÛÛelece neslee nw - keâeye&ve mebIešve
  10% menveMeeruelee Jeeues jbie-keâesef[le ØeeflejesOe keâe menveMeeruelee (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
yeQ[ (tolerance band) efkeâme jbie keâe nessiee~ efmeuJej (ÛeeBoer)  Ideal voltage source should have -
(UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I) Zero internal resistance
 Fusing factor is defined as the ratio between–  DeeoMe& Jeesušlee Œeesle ceW nesvee ÛeeefnS–
Minimum fusing current and rated current
 heäÙetefpebie hewâkeäšj keâes ...... kesâ yeerÛe kesâ Devegheele kesâ ™he ceW MetvÙe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– vÙetvelece heäÙetefpebie Oeeje Deewj (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
efveOee&efjle Oeeje (SSC JE - 24.3.2021)
(HPSSC JE – 18.7.2021)
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 One international ohm is equal to –  ……….was based upon the idea that the conduction
1.00049 absolute ohm of electric and thermal current in metals is by
 Skeâ Debleje&°êrÙe Deesÿe kesâ yejeyej nw– 1.00049 efvejhes#e Deesÿe electrons - Drude theory
(DMRC JE- 2016)  OeelegDeeW ceW efJeÅegle Deewj leeheerÙe Oeeje keâe ØeJeen FueskeäšêveeW Éeje
 The SI unit of conductance is – Siemens neslee nw, Ùen efkeâme efmeæevle hej DeeOeeefjle nw– [Í[ efmeæevle
 Ûeeuekeâlee keâer Sme. DeeF&. FkeâeF& nw– meercesvme (UPPCL JE - 08.09.2021 Shift-I)
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)  The symbol of current density is– J
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 Oeeje IevelJe keâe Øeleerkeâ nw– J
(UPSSSC JE 2016)
(SSC JE 27.01.2018 Evening) (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
(NPCIL 08.06.2018 shift-III)  If the material has negative temperature coefficient,
 The charge on one electron is – 1.602 × 10-19C the resistance….……with increase in temperature.
 efkeâmeer Fueskeäšê@ve hej efkeâlevee DeeJesMe neslee nw– 1.602 × 10 C
-19
Decreases
(LMRC (SCTO). 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)  Ùeefo meece«eer ceW $e+Ceelcekeâ leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ nw, lees leeheceeve ceW
(DSSSB JE- 19.03.2021) Je=efæ kesâ meeLe ØeeflejesOe............– keâce nes peeleer nw
 1 Joule of electrical energy equals – 1 Watt.sec
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
 efJeÅegle Tpee& keâe 1 petue...........kesâ yejeyej nw– 1 Jee@š-mes.
 A practical current source is equivalent to an ideal
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift) current source in parallel with………
 An active element in a circuit is one which–
Supplies energy Low conductance
 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW meef›eâÙe SefueceWš Jen neslee nw pees–  Skeâ JÙeeJeneefjkeâ efJeÅegle Oeeje Œeesle.............kesâ meceeveeblej Skeâ
Tpee& Deehetefle& keâjlee nw DeeoMe& efJeÅegle Oeeje Œeesle kesâ yejeyej nw– keâce Ûeeuekeâlee
(SSC JE- 2015) (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
 Is defining the unit of electric current.  efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW Skeâ DeJeÙeJe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee Fmemes ØeJeeefnle

Coulomb/sec, ampere and volt/ Oeeje kesâ jwefKekeâ ™he mes meceevegheeleer nw, leye Ùen nw Skeâ–
 efJeÅegle Oeeje keâer FkeâeF& heefjYeeef<ele nw– ØeeflejesOekeâ
ketâuecye/meskebâ[, SefcheÙej, Jeesuš/ (ESE- 2019)
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)  The ratio of voltage and current in a closed circuit–
 Consider an element represent by the relationship Remains constant
between current i(t) and voltage v(t) as follows v(t)  yevo heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee SJeb Oeeje keâe Devegheele– efmLej jnlee nw
= i2(t) this device is classified as - (BSNL TTA-2016, 10AM)
Non-linear time invariant (Sail (RSP) OCTT- 17.03.2019)
 Skeâ Ssmes SueerceWš hej efJeÛeej keâjW efpemeceW Oeeje i(t) Deewj Jeesušlee  Determine the value of current (in A) that flows
v(t) kesâ yeerÛe keâe mecyevOe v(t) = i2(t) nw~ Fme GhekeâjCe keâes through a resistor of 9 ohms, when the potential
difference between the ends of the resistor is 36V– 4
........... ®he ceW Jeieeake=âle efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 9 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve
DejwefKekeâ keâeue DeheefjJele&veerÙe (SeqcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye ØeeflejesOe kesâ efmejes kesâ yeerÛe
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II) efJeYeJeevlej (heesšWefMeÙeue ef[heâjWme) 36 Jeesuš nw– 4
 For a given conductor, if the cross-sectional area (SSC JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
increases, then– . What will be the potential difference (in V) between
Resistance of the conductor decreases the ends of a resistor of 10 ohms resistance, when
 efkeâmeer efoS ieS Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueS, Ùeefo DevegØemLe keâeš keâe the current through the resistor 3.5 A– 35
#es$eheâue yeÌ{lee nw lees– Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe Iešlee nw  Skeâ 10 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe efJeYeJeevlej
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) (heesšWefMeÙeue ef[HeâjWme) Jeesuš ceW keäÙee nesiee peye ØeeflejesOe mes
 If the voltage source has a very high internal ØeJeeefnle efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve 3.5 SefcheÙej nw– 35
impedance when compared to the external load (SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018)
impedance, then it can be considered as:  Determine the power (in W) dissipated by a 16 ohms
Constant Current Source resistor, when the potential difference between the
 Ùeefo Jee¢e uees[ ØeefleyeeOee keâer leguevee ceW Jeesušlee œeesle ceW yengle
ends of the resistor is 32 V– 64
 Skeâ 16 Deesÿe ØeeflejesOe Éeje #eÙe efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâe efveOee&jCe (Jeeš
DeefOekeâ ØeefleyeeOee nw lees Fmes..........kesâ ™he ceW ceevee pee mekeâlee
cebs) keâjW, peye ØeeflejesOe kesâ DebleeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej 32 Jeesuš
nw~ efmLej Oeeje œeesle
nw– 64
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 Usually resistance used in electronic circuitly use -  What will be the potential difference (in V) between
Ohmic and wattage rating the terminals of the resistor of 8 ohms, when the
 meeceevÙele: Fueskeäšêefvekeâ heefjheLeeW ceW ØeÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe GheÙeesie keâjlee current through the resistor is 3A – 24
nw– Deesefcekeâ Deewj Jeešspe jsefšbime  Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ šefce&veueeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej (heesšsWefMeÙeue
(SSC JE-24.03.2021) ef[HeâjWme) (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nesiee, peye ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes
 If n identical resistance, each of resistance R are
yenves Jeeueer efJeÅegle Oeeje 3 SefcheÙej nw– 24
connected in parallel, the equivalent resistance is.
R
R-equivalent =  What will be the value of current (in A) through a
n resistor of 40 Ohms when the potential difference
 ØelÙeskeâ R ØeeflejesOe Jeeues n mece™he ØeeflejesOekeâes keâes Ùeefo heeÕe& ›eâce between two ends of the resistor is 20 V– 0.5
ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees leguÙeceeve ØeeflejesOe...........nesiee~  Skeâ 40 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW efJeÅegleOeeje keâe ceeve (SefcheÙej ceW)
R-meceleguÙe=
R keäÙee nesiee peye ØeeflejesOe kesâ oesveeW efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej 20 V
n nwb– 0.5
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) (SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
 In which circuits the transient currents may not  The precision resistors are – Wire-wound resistors
occur– Pure resistive circuits  heefjMegæ ØeeflejesOe nw– JeeÙej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOe
 efkeâme heefjheLe ceW, #eefCekeâ OeejeSb veneR nes mekeâleer nw– (ESE- 2016)
hetCe& ØeeflejesOekeâ heefjheLe  The slope of the graphical representation of Ohm’s
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) law represents .............. components– Resistance
 If the voltage across an element in a circuit is  Deesce kesâ efveÙece keâe «eeefheâkeâue ØeoMe&ve {eue ........... Ieškeâ keâes
linearly proportional to the current through it, then it Øemlegle keâjlee nw– ØeeflejesOe
is a– Resistor (PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
 Electric field intensity at any point is equal to–  The material to be used in the manufacture of a
Potential gradient at that point standard resistor should be of– High resistivity and
 efkeâmeer efyevog hej efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee yejeyej nesleer nw– low temperature coefficient
Gme efyebog hej efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee kesâ  ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ efvecee&Ce ceW ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeves Jeeueer heoeLe& ceW
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016) .......... nesvee ÛeeefnS– GÛÛe ØeeflejesOekeâlee
 Three wires having conductances 2,3 and 6 mho
Deewj efvecve leehe iegCeebkeâ
respectively are connected in parallel in a circuit.
The equivalent resistance in the circuit will be– (SSC JE- 2014)
1/11 ohms  In a circuit a 33 Ohm resistor carries a current of 2A.
 Ùeefo leerve leejeW keâer Ûeeuekeâlee ›eâceMe: 2, 3 SJeb 6 cneW nw Deewj Jes The voltage across the resistor is– 66 V
meceeblej ceW mebÙeesefpele keâer ieF& nQ, lees heefjheLe keâe kegâue ØeeflejesOe  Skeâ heefjheLe ceW 33 Deesÿe keâe ØeeflejesOekeâ 2A keâer efJeÅegled Oeeje
nesiee– 1/11Deesåce Jenve keâjlee nw~ Gme ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ meceerhe Jeesušspe nesiee– 66 V
(UPPCL JE-11.11.2016) (DSSSB JE- 2015)
 If 2.2 m long conductor has a cross sectional area of  A light bulb draws 300 mA when the voltage across
0.025 m2 and resistance of 5 ohms, its resistivity is– it is 240 V. The resistance of the light bulb is– 800 
0.057 ohm-m  Skeâ efJeÅegled yeuye peye Gme keâe Jeesušspe 240 V jnlee nw leye Jen
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer 2.2 m uecyes Ûeeuekeâ keâe DevegØemLe keâeš 0.025 m2 300 mA Øeehle keâjlee nw~ Gme efJeÅegled yeuye keâe ØeeflejesOe nw–
SJeb ØeeflejesOe 5 Deesÿe nw, lees Gmekeâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee nw– 800
0.057 ohm-m (DSSSB JE- 2015)
(UPPCL JE-11.11.2016)  If the energy is supplied from a source, whose
 Inside a conducting sphere, ................remains resistance is 1 Ohm, to a load of 100 Ohms the
constant– Potential source will be– A voltage source
 Ûeeuekeâ ieesuee kesâ Devoj..............ncesMee efmLej jnlee nw– efJeYeJe  1 Deesce ØeeflejesOe Jeeues œeesle mes Ùeefo 100 Deesce Yeej keâess Tpee&
(DMRC JE -2017) mehueeF& keâer peeleer nw, lees œeesle nesiee– Jeesušspe œeesle
 If a voltage changes instantly the current through a (DSSSB JE- 2015)
resistor connected across it–  Two long parallel conductors carrying currents in
Changes instantly opposite directions.............each other – Repel
 Ùeefo Skeâ Jeesušspe ceW lJeefjle heefjJele&ve neslee nw, lees Fmemes pegÌ[s  oes uebyes meceeveeblej Ûeeuekeâ pees efJehejerle efoMeeDeeW ceW Oeeje keâe Jenve
ØeeflejesOe cebs ØeJeeefnle Oeeje– legjble yeoue peeleer nw keâjles nw Skeâ otmejs keâes........... Øeeflekeâef<e&le keâjles nQ
(UPRVUNL AE- -2014) (BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016)
 When the air pocket is trapped inside a dielectric of (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10am)
relative permittivity "5", for a given applied voltage  When a voltage is applied, the direction of electric
across the dielectric, the ratio of stress in the air field is always from.........to..........Positive, Negative
pocket to that in the dielectric is equal to– 5
 peye Jeesušlee ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw lees efJeÅegle #es$e keâer efoMee
 DeÛeeuekeâ kesâ S›eâe@me ueieeÙes ieÙes Jeesušspe kesâ efueÙes, peye JeeÙeg kesâ
meowJe.........mes........... neslee nw– Oeveelcekeâ, $e+Ceelcekeâ
iegÛÚs, meehes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee ‘5’ kesâ DeÛeeuekeâ kesâ Devoj heBâme
(UPRVUNL AE-11.06.2014)
peeles nQ (efceue peeles nQ) lees JeeÙeg iegÛÚs kesâ Devoj leveeJe leLee  In parallel combination of resistance, the voltage –
DeÛeeuekeâ kesâ Devoj leveeJe keâe Devegheele yejeyej nw– 5 Same across each resistance
(LMRC AE-2016)  ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ meceeveeblej mebÙeespeve ceW, Jeesušspe............neslee nw–
 Under thermal and electrical system analogy, ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOe hej Skeâ meceeve
temperature is considered analogous to– Voltage
(SSC JE- 22.01.2018, Morning)
 leeheerÙe leLee JewÅegle ØeCeeueer ceW leeheceeve ........... kesâ meceeve neslee
nw~ Jeesušspe  Electrical conductor opposes the flow of current
through it – Resistance
(BSNL TTA -2013)
 One mega ohm equals to – 106 Ohm  efJeÅegle megÛeeuekeâ keâe iegCe nw, pees Fmemes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer efJeÅegle
 Skeâ cesiee Deesÿe..............kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw- 106 Ohm Oeeje keâe ......... efJejesOe keâjleer nw– ØeeflejesOe
(DMRC JE- 2015) (SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
 If ten resistances of 10 ohms each are connected in (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
parallel, the total resistance will be – 1 Ohm (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
 Ùeefo 10 Deesÿe kesâ 10 ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ceW Deeyeæ nQ lees kegâue  Potential difference is measured in – Volts
ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee– 1 Ohm  heesšWefMeÙeue ef[HeâjWme...........ceW ceehee peelee nw– Jeesuš
(DMRC JE - 2015) (SSC JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâ  As the temperature of pure metal increases, the
product of its resistivity and its conductivity–
(Carbon Resistor)
Remains constant
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes kesâ efueS meceevÙele: keâuej keâesef[bie keâe  pewmes-pewmes Megæ Oeeleg keâe leeheceeve yeÌ{lee nw, Gmekeâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Deewj Gmekeâer Ûeeuekeâlee keâe iegCeveheâue– efmLej jnlee nw
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes keâes yeveeves kesâ efueS keâeye&ve keâCe keâes (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
heleueer hejle kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~  In series-parallel combination of resistance, the
ØeeflejesOekeâes keâe FefÛÚle ceeve (desired value) Øeehle minimum number of resistance required is– Three
keâjves kesâ efueS hejle keâer ceesšeF& keâes keâce keâjles nw  ØeeflejesOe kesâ ßesCeer-meceeblej ›eâce kesâ mebÙeespeve ceW, ØeeflejesOe keâer
efpemekeâes efšêfcebie keâne peelee nw~ vÙetvelece DeeJeMÙekeâ mebKÙee nw– leerve
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes keâer jWpe 1 mes 22 M lekeâ (M.P. Sub Engineer - 01.09.2018)
nesleer nw~  If two equal resistances connected in series across a
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes keâer hee@Jej jsefšbie meeceevÙele: certain supply are now connected in parallel across
the same supply, the power produced will be............
1 1 1
W , W , W ,1W leLee 2W nesleer nw~ that of series connection– Four times
8 4 2
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer Deehetefle& mes ßesCeer ›eâce ces mebÙeesefpele oes meceeve ØeeflejesOe
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâ meowJe šeuejWme kesâ meeLe GheueyOe
Deye Gmeer Deehetefle& mes meceeveeblej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[s peeles nQ, lees GlheVe
nesles nw~
efJeÅegle Meefòeâ ßesCeer mebÙeespeve keâe............ nesieer– Ûeej iegvee
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâjves hej Meesj
(M.P. Sub Engineer- 01.09.2018)
(noise) GlheVe keâjles nw~  Pertains to resistor only –
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes keâe ØeeflejesOe GÛÛe DeeJe=efòeÙees hej They can dissipate desirable amount of power
yengle lespeer mes Iešlee nw~  ØeeflejesOe mes mecyeefvOele nw–
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes keâe leehe iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve ueieYeie Ùen SsefÛÚkeâ jeefMe keâer Meefòeâ keâes efJemeefjle keâj mekeâles nw~
0.12% / C neslee nw~ (SSC JE - 4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâ ueeiele ceW memles, Deekeâej ceW Úesšs leLee (UTTARAKHAND JE- II 2013)
 Determines total power in a series circuit –
Jepeve ceW nukesâ nesles nw~
Multiplier of source voltage and current
 keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes kesâ Deekeâej keâe JÙeeme 1 mesceer. mes  Skeâ ßesCeer heefjheLe cebs kegâue Meefòeâ keâes efveOee&efjle keâjlee nw–
pÙeeoe veneR neslee nw~ efJeYeJe œeesle leLee Oeeje keâe iegCekeâ
 In series combination of resistance, the current (SSC JE- 1 march 2017 2.45 pm)
through each resistance is – Same
 A current mirror can be used as an active load
 ØeeflejesOe kesâ ëe=bKeuee meceeÙeespeve ceW, ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje because – It has high AC resistance
nesleer nw– meceeve  Skeâ keâjWš efcejj keâes meef›eâÙe uees[ kesâ ™he cebs ØeÙeesie keâj mekeâles nQ
(SSC JE-Evening 27-01-2018) keäÙeebsefkeâ–
 The internal resistance of an ideal current source is –
Infinite
Fmekeâe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (S.meer.) ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
 Skeâ DeeoMe& efJeÅegle Oeeje œeesle keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe neslee nw– (SSC JE- 1 march 2017 2.45 pm)
Deveble  In a parallel circuit the potential difference across
the resistance– Is always constant
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
 The relationship between Electrical Power and  meceevlej heefjheLe ceW, ØeeflejesOe kesâ Deej-heej efJeYeJeeblej neslee nw-
current is– Non-linear ncesMee efmLej
 efJeÅegle Meefòeâ Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe nw– DejwefKekeâ (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 10 am)
(SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)  An electromotive force is–
 When the current flows through the heater coil, it The voltage produced by voltage source
will illuminate, but the power supply line will not  Skeâ efJeÅegleJeenkeâ (FueskeäšêsceesefšJe) yeue neslee nw–
illuminate because– Resistance of heater coil is Jeesušlee (Jeesušspe) œeesle Éeje Glheeefole Jeesušlee
more than supply wire (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45)
 peye leehekeâ (neršj) keâer kegbâ[ueer ceW mes efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle neslee  A current is said to be direct current when its–
nw, lees Ùen ØekeâeMe Glhevve keâjleer nw, hejvleg efJeÅegle Deehetefle& leej Magnitude remains constant with time
ØekeâeMe Glhevve veneR keâjlee keäÙeeWefkeâ– neršj kegâC[ueer keâe ØeeflejesOe  efkeâmeer Oeeje keâes efo° Oeeje leye keânles nQ peye Fmekeâe–
Deehetefle& leej mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw~ heefjceeCe, meceÙe kesâ meeLe efveÙele (keâe@vmšWš) nes
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) (SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am)
JeeÙej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâ  The resistance R offered by a conductor varies–
Directly as the resistivity and length of the
(Wire Wound Resistors)
material and inversely as its cross sectional area
 Jee@Ùej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâes keâes KeesKeues heesme&efueve keâesj  Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ Éeje Øemlegle ØeeflejesOe (R) yeouelee nw–
Ùee mesjefcekeâ keâesj (ceramic core) hej ØeeflejesOeer leej heoeLe& kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâlee Deewj uecyeeF& kesâ meceevegheeleer Deewj
(pewmes-veeF›eâesce, keâevmešsvešve, cewieveerve FlÙeeefo) Fmekesâ DevegØemLe keâeš kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer~
uehesškeâj yeveeÙee peelee nw~ (LMRC JE- 2016)
 JeeÙej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer jWpe 1 mes 100K  Reciprocal of resistance is called – Conductance
 ØeeflejesOe keâe JÙegl›eâce keâne peelee nw– ÛeeuekeâlJe
lekeâ nesleer nw~
(Jammu & Kashmir JE-2016)
 Jee@Ùej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâer hee@Jej jsefšbie 200W lekeâ  A practical voltage source consists of an ideal
nesleer nw~ voltage source in– Series with internal resistance
 Jee@Ùej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâer šeuejWme keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâes  Skeâ ØeÙeesieelcekeâ Jeesušspe œeesle Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesušlee œeesle
mes keâce ueieYeie 1% nesleer nw~ keâes.............ceW jKelee nw– Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe ßesCeer~
(Jammu & Kashmir JE- 2016)
 Jee@Ùej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâes ceW Meesj (noise) yengle keâce  To determine the polarity of the voltage drop across
DeLee&led veieCÙe neslee nw~ a resistor, it is necessary to know–
 Jee@Ùej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâe ØeÙeesie GÛÛe DeeJe=efòeÙeeW Direction of current through the resistor
(25 kHz mes DeefOekeâ) hej veneR keâjles nQ keäÙeeWefkeâ GÛÛe  Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ Deej-heej Jeesušspe [êhe keâer OegÇJelee efveOee&efjle
DeeJe=efòe hej ØeeflejesOe leej kesâ efJeefYeVe hesâjes kesâ yeerÛe keâjves kesâ efueS Ùen peevevee DeeJeMÙekeâ nww –
efJeleefjle Oeeefjlee ueIegheefLele (short circuit) nes ØeeflejesOe ceW efJeÅegle ØeJeen keâer efoMee
(ESIC JE-2016)
peeleer nw~  Two resistors are said to be connected in series
 Jee@Ùej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâes keâe leehe iegCeebkeâ keâeye&ve uniquely if–
ØeeflejesOekeâes mes keâce neslee nw~ Same current passes in turn through both
 Jee@Ùej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâ Deekeâej ceW yengle yeÌ[s nesles nQ  oes ØeeflejesOe efJeefMe° ™he mes ßesCeer›eâce ceW pegÌ[s ngS keâns peeles nQ
DeLee&led Fvekeâe ØeÙeesie Gve mLeevees hej veneR efkeâÙee peelee Ùeefo – meceeve Oeeje oesveeW ØeeflejesOeeW mes neskeâj iegpejs
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
peneB mLeeve meerefcele nes~  To determine the value of the net resistance (R) for
 JeeÙej JeeGv[, ØeeflejesOe keâer keâuej keâesef[bie ceW ØeLece heóer three parallel resistor R1, R2, R3, we can use the
DeefOekeâ ÛeewÌ[er nesleer nw~ equation– 1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3
 Rheostat Skeâ JeeÙej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâ neslee nw~
 leerve meceeveevlej ØeeflejesOekeâeW R1, R2, R3, keâer kegâue ØeeflejesOekeâlee R
keâes efveOee&efjle keâjves kesâ efueS nce .......... meceerkeâjCe keâe ØeÙeesie
 For a voltage source –
Terminal voltage cannot exceed the source emf
keâjles nQ– 1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016_10 am)
 Jeesušlee œeesle kesâ efueS– šefce&veue Jeesušlee, œeesle F&.Sce.SHeâ.  The sum of currents entering a junction is 9A. If the
mes DeefOekeâ veneR nes mekeâleer nw current leaves the junction from 3 different paths
(SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am) having the same resistance, the current leaving from
 Whenever current is supplied by a source its any one of the path will be– 3A
terminal voltage– Decreases  Skeâ pebkeäMeve ceW ØeJesMe OeejeDeeW keâe Ùeesie 9 A nw~ Deiej Oeeje
 peye keâYeer Skeâ œeesle Éeje efJeÅegleOeeje keâer Deehete|le keâer peeleer nw leye pebkeäMeve mes leerve Deueie-Deueie heLeeW mes efvekeâueleer nw efpevekeâe Skeâ
Gmekeâe še|ceveue Jeesušspe– Iešlee nw ner ØeeflejesOe nw, lees efkeâmeer Skeâ heLe mes efvekeâueves Jeeueer Oeeje nesieer–
(UP Jal Nigam AE- Dec-2016) 3A
 A conductors provides a path for flow of current in (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
circuit due to property of– Conductance  For doubling the current in a circuit of constant
resistance the applied voltage must be – Doubled
 Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ efkeâme iegCe keâer Jepen mes heefjheLe ceW Oeeje ØeJeen kesâ
 efveÙele ØeeflejesOe Jeeues efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW keâjWš keâes oesiegvee keâjves kesâ
efueS heLe Øeoeve keâjlee nw– Ûeeuekeâlee efueS ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe nesvee ÛeeefnS– oesiegvee
(ESIC JE- 2016) (IOF Electronic- 2014)
(JUVNL JE -08.03.2017, 2.30-5.00 pm)  The combined resistance of two equal resistors
 A circuit contains two unequal resistance in parallel, connected in parallel is equal to–
then– Potential difference across each is same 1/2 the resistance of one resistors
 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW oes Demeceeve ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ceW ueies nQ, leye–  meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s oes meceeve ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâe mebÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe yejeyej
oesveeW kesâ Deej-heej efJeYeJeevlej meceeve nesiee nesiee– Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ 1/2
(Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017) (IOF Electronic- 2014)
 In a four-branch parallel circuit, there are 50 mA of  For carbon resistance, The colour for 4 is– Yellow
current in each branch. If one of the branches is  keâeye&ve heÇeflejesOe kesâ efueS '4' kesâ efueS jbie nw– heeruee
open, the current in each of the other three branches  The length of a conductor is doubled and its area of
is – Uneffected cross section is also doubled. Then its resistance will
 Skeâ Ûeej MeeKee kesâ meceeveeblej heefjheLe keâer ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee ceW 50 be– Remain unchanged
mA keâer Oeeje nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ MeeKee keâes Keesue efoÙee peeÙes lees  Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâer uecyeeF& keâes oesiegvee Deewj Gmekesâ DevegØemLe keâeš
DevÙe leerveeW MeeKeeDeeW kesâ ØelÙeskeâ ceW Oeeje nesieer– DeØeYeeefJele #es$eheâue keâes Yeer oesiegvee keâjves hej Gmekeâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
(RPHED- 2015) DeheefjJeefle&le jnsiee
ISRO Scientist EE 2013  Whether circuit may be AC or DC which is most
 If two or more components are connected in........... effective in reducing the magnitude of the current–
then they have the same potential difference Resistor
(voltage) across their ends – Parallel  Ûeens heefjheLe S.meer. nes Ùee [er.meer. keâewve Oeeje kesâ heefjceeCe keâes
 Ùeefo oes Ùee DeefOekeâ DeJeÙeJe...........›eâce cebs mebÙeesefpele nw, lees
keâce keâjves kesâ efueS ØeYeeJeer nw– ØeeflejesOekeâ
Gvekesâ efmejeW keâe efJeYeJeevlej meceeve nesiee– meceevlej  When a low resistance is connected in parallel with
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016) a high resistance, the combined resistance is–
 An open inductive coil has– Infinite resistance Always less than the low resistance
 Skeâ Keguee ngDee ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer keâe.......... neslee nw–  peye Skeâ GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW Skeâ efvecve ØeeflejesOe
Devevle ØeeflejesOe mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw, mebÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe nw–
 For a human body the ear to ear resistance is about ncesMee efvecve ØeeflejesOe mes keâce
...........ohm– 100 ohm
 ceeveJe Mejerj kesâ efueS keâeve mes keâeve lekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe ueieYeie ØeeflejesOeeW keâe keâuej keâesef[bie
...........Deesce nw– 100 ohm (Colour coding of Resistance)
Colour Value Multiplier Tolerance
 A resistance having rating 10 ohms, 10 W is likely
Black 0 1 –
to be– Wire wound resistor
Brown 1 10  1%
 Skeâ ØeeflejesOe efpemekeâer jsefšbie 10 Deesce, 10 Jee@š nw, pees mecYeJele:
Red 2 102  2%
nw– JeeÙej JeeGC[ ØeeflejesOekeâ 103
Orange 3  3%
 Resistance above..............is called high resistance– Yellow 4 104  4%
0.1 Mega ohm
Green 5 105  0.5%
 .............kesâ Thej kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâes GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe keâne peelee nw–
Blue 6 106  0.25%
0.1 cesiee Deesce
Violet 7 107  0.10%
 Heat in a conductor is produced on the passes of Grey 8 108  0.05 %
electric current due to– Resistance
White 9 109 –
 Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ ceW T<cee keâe Glheeove efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ØeJeeefnle nesves Gold – 10–1  5%
hej.............kesâ keâejCe neslee nw– ØeeflejesOe Silver – 10–2  10%
 The thickness of insulation provided on the (None) –  20%
conductor depends on– Formula for 4 Band resistor
The magnitude of voltage on the conductor
 Ûeeuekeâ hej Øeoeve keâer ieF& efJeÅeglejesOeve keâer ceesšeF&.........hej efveYe&j
R  AB  10C  Tolerance
keâjleer nw– Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Jeesušspe kesâ heefjceeCe Where A  Ist significant digit
 Resistance of a tungsten lamp...........as applied B  2nd Significant digit
voltage increase– Increases 10C  multiplier
 Skeâ šbiemšve uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe, ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe kesâ yeÌ{ves mes–  In a lamp load when more than one lamp are
yeÌ{lee nw switched on the total resistance of the load–
Decreases
 Which one among Aluminium, Constantan,
Mercury, Carbon have highest resistivity– Carbon  Skeâ uewche uees[ ceW peye Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ uewche uees[ keâes Ûeeuet
 SuÙegefceefveÙece, keâevmešsvšve, heeje, keâeye&ve, ceW mes efkeâmekeâer efkeâÙee peelee nw lees uees[ keâe kegâue ØeeflejesOe– Iešlee nw
ØeeflejesOekeâlee meyemes DeefOekeâ nw– keâeye&ve  When electric current passes through a bucket full of
 Keeping the length constant, the diameter of a wires water, lot of bubbling is observed. This suggests that
is reduced to one half. The new resistance will be– the type of supply is– D.C.
4 times of the original  peye ef JeÅeg le Oeeje heeveer mes Yejer yeeušer mes ieg p ejleer nw , lees yengle
 uecyeeF& keâes efmLej jKeles ngS, Skeâ leej keâe JÙeeme Iešekeâj DeeOee keâj DeefOekeâ yegueyeguee osKee peelee nw~ Ùen megPeeJe oslee nw efkeâ Deehetefle&
efoÙee peelee nw~ veÙee ØeeflejesOe nesiee– cetue keâe 4 iegvee keâe Øekeâej nw– [er.meer.
 Resistance of carbon filament lamp............as the  peye Skeâ Jeesuš keâe Jeesušspe ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw, lees heefjheLe Skeâ
applied voltage increases– Decreases ceeF›eâes-SefcheÙej Oeeje keâes Deheves ceeOÙece mes ØeJeen keâjves keâer
 ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe kesâ yeÌ{ves hej keâeye&ve levleg uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe– Devegceefle oslee nw~ heefjheLe keâe ÛeeuekeâlJe nQ– 1 -
Iešlee nw  The minimum requirements for causing flow of
 Bulbs in street lighting are all connected in– Parallel current are– A voltage source and a conductor
 mšêrš ueeFefšbie ceW meYeer yeuye pegÌ[s nesles nQ– meceeveeblej ceW  Oeeje ØeJeen kesâ efueS vÙetvelece DeeJeMÙekeâleeSB nQ–
 In resistance colour coding the value of 5 is Skeâ Jeesušspe œeesle Deewj Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ
represented by– Green colour  An electric filament bulb can work from–
 ØeeflejesOe jbie mebkesâleerkeâjCe ceW ‘5’ kesâ ceeve kesâ Éeje..........efve®efhele AC supply, DC supply, battery supply
keâjles nw– nje jbie  Skeâ efJeÅegle efheâueeceWš yeuye...........hej keâeÙe& keâj mekeâlee nw–
 In............resistance increases with increase S.meer. Deehetefle&, [er.meer. Deehetefle&, yewšjer Deehetefle&
temperature– Metals  In absence of 150  resistor it can build with–
 ...........ceW leeheceeve Je=efæ kesâ meeLe ØeeflejesOe yeÌ{lee nw– OeelegDeeW Two 50  in series and two 100  parallel
 The resistance of perfect insulator is– Infinite  150 Deesce ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer DevegheefmLeefle ceW Fmekeâe efvecee&Ce nes
 hetCe& kegâÛeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe neslee nw– Devevle mekeâlee nw– oes 50 Deesce kesâ ßesCeer ceW Deewj oes 100 Deesce
 The P.T.C. resistor is called– Sensistors kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâes meceevlej ceW pees[
Ì keâj
 P.T.C. ØeeflejesOekeâ keâes keâne peelee nw– meWefmemšj  With the rise in temperature the insulating property
 Constantan wire is used for making rheostat of an insulator– Weakness
because– No change in resistance when  leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe Skeâ efJeÅeglejesOekeâ keâe efJeÅeglejesOeer iegCe–
temperature varies keâcepeesj nesiee
 keâevmešsvšve leej keâe GheÙeesie efjÙeesmšsš yeveeves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee  If the voltage across a load is to be dropped, a
peelee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– leeheceeve kesâ yeoueves hej ØeeflejesOe ceW resistor should be placed in– Series
keâesF& heefjJele&ve veneR neslee  Ùeefo Skeâ Yeej kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe keâes keâce keâjvee nw lees Skeâ
 A circuit having current zero when load and supply ØeeflejesOekeâ keâes.............ceW jKevee ÛeeefnS– ßesCeer
is given– Open circuit  For a dc voltage an inductor–
 peye Yeej Deewj Deehetefle& efoÙee peelee nw lees Skeâ .......... heefjheLe ceW Is virtually a short circuit
Oeeje MetvÙe nesieer– Kegues heefjheLe  efo° Oeeje Jeesušspe kesâ efueS Skeâ Øesjkeâ–
 When a voltage source is connected to a load, its Jemlegle: ueIeg heefjheLe neslee nw
terminal voltage falls due to–  In a parallel combination of three resistances, the total
High source impedance R1 R 2 R 3
 peye Skeâ Jeesušlee œeesle Skeâ Yeej mes pegÌ[lee nw lees Fmekeâe šefce&veue resistance of a circuit is–
R1 R 2 + R 2 R 3 + R 1 R 3
Jeesušspe..........kesâ keâejCe mes efiejlee nw–
GÛÛe œeesle ØeefleyeeOee  leerve ØeeflejesOe kesâ Skeâ meceevlej mebÙeespeve ceW heefjheLe keâe kegâue
R1R 2 R 3
 In a series circuit with unequal resistances– ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
The highest resistance has the R1R 2 + R 2 R 3 + R1R 3
highest voltage drop  If the diameter of a metal wire of a given length is
 Demeceeve ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe Skeâ ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW– doubled, its resistance will– Be 1 th time
4
GÛÛelece ØeeflejesOe ceW meyemes DeefOekeâ Jeesušlee-heele nesiee  efkeâmeer efoS ieS uecyeeF& kesâ efueS Ùeefo Skeâ Oeeleg kesâ leej keâe JÙeeme
 Electric shock is– Sometimes fatal
oes iegvee nes peeS, lees Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe–
 JewÅegle Peškeâe neslee nw– keâYeer–keâYeer Ieelekeâ
Skeâ–ÛeewLeeF& iegvee nes peeÙesiee
 Voltage dependent resistors are usually made from–
 If a number of resistors are connected in parallel, the
Silicon carbide
reciprocal of the combined resistance is equal to
 Jeesušlee Deeefßele ØeeflejesOekeâ Deeceleewj hej...........mes yeves nesles nQ–
the– Sum of the reciprocal of the
efmeefuekeâe@ve keâeyee&F[ individual resistances
 Voltage dependent resistors are used–  Ùeefo keâF& ØeeflejesOekeâes keâes meceevlej ceW peesÌ[e peeS lees mebÙegòeâ
To supress surges ØeeflejesOe keâe Guše..............kesâ yejeyej neslee nw–
 Jeesušlee Deeefßele ØeeflejesOekeâes keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– JÙeefòeâiele ØeeflejesOees kesâ Øeefleueesce keâe peesÌ[
mepe& keâes oyeeves kesâ efueS  1 Mega ohm, 1 Watt resistance is likely to be a–
 When a voltage of one volt is applied, a circuit Carbon resistor
allows one microampere current to flow through it.  1 cesiee Deesce, 1 Jeeš keâe ØeeflejesOe............kesâ nesves keâer Skeâ
The conductance of the circuit is– 1 - mecYeeJevee nw– keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOekeâ
 In an electric circuit electrons flows from a point of–  A resistor R1 dissipates the power P when connected
Lower potential to higher potential to a certain generator. If resistance R2 is put in series
 Skeâ efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW Fueskeäšê@veeW keâe ØeJeen...........keâer Deesj neslee with R1, the power dissipated by R1– Decreases
nw– efvecve efJeYeJe mes GÛÛe efJeYeJe  peye Skeâ ØeeflejesOe R1 keâes Skeâ efveef§ele peefve$e mes pees[Ì e peelee nw
 When n numbers resistances of each value r are lees Meefòeâ P #eÙe keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe R2 keâes R1 kesâ meeLe
connected in parallel, then the resultant resistance is ßesCeer ceW jKee peeS lees R1 kesâ Éeje #eÙe Meefòeâ– Iešleer nw
x. When these n resistances are connected in series.  Two resistances R1 and R2 are connected in series
total resistance is– n2x across the voltage source where R2 > R1. The largest
 peye ØelÙeskeâ r ceeve keâe n mebKÙee kesâ ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s drop will be across– R2
nesles nQ lees heefjCeeceer ØeeflejesOe x neslee nw~ peye Ùes n ØeeflejesOe  oes ØeeflejesOe R1 Deewj R2 Jeesušlee Œeesle kesâ S›eâeme ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s
ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[les nQ~ lees kegâue ØeeflejesOe nesiee– n2x ngS nQ~ peneB R2 > R1, meyemes pÙeeoe [ê@he.......kesâ S›eâeme nesiee–
 Four resistance R1, R2, R3 & R4 are connected in R2
series across a 220 V supply. The resistances are  The hot resistance of the bulb's filament is higher
such that, R1 > R2 > R3 > R4. The least power than its cold resistance because the temperature co-
consumption will be in– R4 efficient of the filament is– Positive
 220 Jeesuš Deehetefle& kesâ S›eâeme Ûeej ØeeflejesOe R1, R2, R3 Deewj  yeuye efHeâueeceWš keâe iece& ØeeflejesOe, Fmekesâ "b[s ØeeflejesOe keâer leguevee
R4 ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ ØeeflejesOe Fme Øekeâej nw efkeâ ceW DeefOekeâ neslee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ levleg keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ nw–
R1>R2>R3>R4. efvecvelece Meefòeâ Kehele..........ceW nesieer– R4 Oeveelcekeâ
 EMF in a circuit– Maintains potential difference  Four 100 W bulbs are connected in parallel across
 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle-Jeenkeâ-yeue– 200V supply line. If one bulb gets fused–
efJeYeJeevlej keâes yeveeS jKelee nw Rest of the three bulbs will light
 A resistance of 5 ohms is further drawn so that its  Ûeej 100 W kesâ yeuye 200V Deehetefle& ueeFve mes meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s
length becomes double. Its resistance will now be– nQ~ Ùeefo Skeâ yeuye HeäÙetpe nes peeS lees–
20  Mes<e leerveeW yeuye oerefhlele nesieW
 Skeâ 5 Deesce kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer uecyeeF& keâes KeerÛekeâj oesiegvee efkeâÙee  Varistors are– Non-linear resistors
peelee nw~ Deye Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee– 20   Jewefjmšj nesles nQ– DejsKeerÙe ØeeflejesOekeâ
 For a fixed supply voltage the current flowing  Insulating materials have the function of–
through a conductor will increase when it– Preventing a short circuit between conducting
Length is reduced wires and leakage current
 Skeâ efveef§ele Deehetefle& Jeesušlee kesâ efueS efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ mes ØeJeeefnle  efJeÅeglejesOeer heoeLees& keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw– Ûeeuekeâ leejeW Deewj
nesves Jeeueer Oeeje yeÌ{sieer peye Fmekeâe– uecyeeF& IešeF& peeS #ejCe Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe ueIeg heefjheLe keâes jeskeâvee
 The substances which have a large number of free  In a conductor, current density is the–
electrons and offer a low resistance are called– Current flowing per unit area
Conductors  Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ ceW Oeeje IevelJe oMee&lee nw–
 efpeve heoeLeex ceW cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer mebKÙee DeefOekeâ nesleer nw Deewj keâce Øeefle FkeâeF& #es$eheâue ceW ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje
ØeeflejesOe Øeoeve keâjles nw, GvnW keâne peelee nw– Ûeeuekeâ  Formula of specific resistance is–
 ............ happenes to the resistance of a conductor if R.a
m 
its length is increased three times and diameter is l
halved– Resistance is increased 12 times R.a
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ keâer uecyeeF& leerve iegvee yeÌ{e oer peeleer nw Deewj  efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe keâe met$e nw–  m
l
Fmekeâe JÙeeme DeeOee keâj efoÙee peelee nw lees Fmekeâe .........– (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
ØeeflejesOe 12 iegvee yeÌ{ peelee nw
 For current to flow, a circuit must be– Complete 3. efJeÅegle Meefòeâ (Electrical Power)
 Oeeje ØeJeen nesves kesâ efueS Skeâ heefjheLe keâes nesvee ÛeeefnS– hetCe&
 Temperature coefficient of resistance is defined as–  The resistivity of insulators at room temperature is–
Increase in resistance per ohm per 0C Between 109 to 1018 ohm cm
 ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ...........kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee  keâcejs kesâ leeheceeve hej kegâÛeeuekeâ keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee nesleer nw~
peelee nw– ØeeflejesOe ceW Øeefle Deesce Øeefle 0C Je=efæ 109 to 1018 ohm cm kesâ yeerÛe
 For a series as well as a parallel circuit– (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
Powers are additive  Which expression is electric field strength– E = D/
 ßesCeer kesâ meeLe-meeLe meceeblej heefjheLe kesâ efueS–  efJeÅegle #es$e leer›elee kesâ efueS JÙebpekeâ nw– E = D/
Meefòeâ Ùeesieelcekeâ nesleer nw (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
 In M.K.S. system one Kilo Watt is equal to– 1.35 HP  A 60 W bulb in series with a room heater is
 M.K.S. heæefle ceW Skeâ efkeâueesJeeš yejeyej, kesâ neslee nw– connected across the mains. If the 60 W bulb is
1.35 HP replaced by 100 W bulb–
 Which material has 95% electrical conductivity - The heater output will increase
Silver  cegKÙe Deehetefle& kesâ S›eâeme Skeâ 60 Jeeš keâe yeuye Skeâ ™ce neršj
 efkeâme heoeLe& keâer 95% efJeÅegle Ûeeuekeâlee nesleer nw - ÛeeBoer kesâ meeLe ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[e nw~ Ùeefo 60 Jeeš kesâ yeuye keâes 100
(UPRVUNL JE - 21.10.2021 Shift-II) Jeeš kesâ yeuye Éeje ØeeflemLeeefhele efkeâÙee peeÙe leye–
 How much power (in W) will be dissipated by a 5 neršj keâe DeeGšhegš yeÌ{ peeSiee
Ohm resistor in which the value of current is 2 A–  Find unit of power is – Watt
20  Meefòeâ (heeJej) keâer FkeâeF& nesleer nw– Jee@š
 5 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâ Éeje efkeâleveer Meefòeâ (Jee@š ceW) keâes #eÙe
(M.P. Sub Engineer - 01.09.2018)
efkeâÙee peeSiee efpemeceW efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve 2 SefcheÙej nw– 20
(SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018) (SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
 The element which is capable of delivering energy  The rate of doing work is called – Power
by its own is known as– Active element  keâeÙe& keâjves keâer oj keâes keânles nQ– Meefòeâ (meeceLÙe&)
 lelJe pees Deheves Deehe Tpee& Øeoeve keâjves ceW me#ece nw, ...........kesâ (M.P. Sub Engineer - 01.09.2018)
™he ceW peevee peelee nw- meef›eâÙe lelJe  Two bulbs 100 W, 250 V and 200 W, 250 V are
(NMRC-05.03.2017) connected in series across a 500 V line, then–
 Two incandescent light bulbs of 40 W and 60 W 100 W bulb will be fuse
rating are connected in series across the mains.
Then– 40 W bulbs glows brighter
 oes yeuye 100 Jeeš, 250 Jeesuš Deewj 200 Jeeš, 250 Jeesuš
 oes Göerhle ØekeâeMe yeuye 40 W leLee 60W jsefšbie kesâ cesvme kesâ 500 Jeesuš ueeFve kesâ S›eâeme ëe=bKeuee ceW peg[
Ì s ngS nQ, leye–
S›eâe@me ßesCeer cebs mebÙeesefpele nQ, leye– 100 Jeeš keâe yeuye heäÙetpe nes peeSiee~
40 W keâe yeuye pÙeeoe Ûecekeâoej nesiee~  How many 200W/200V incandescent lamps
(TRANSCO-AE-12) connected in series would consume the same total
 One 60 W and one 100 W bulbs are connected in power as a single 100W/220V incandescent lamp– 2
series. When the supply is given–60 W brights more
200W/220V kesâ ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s ngS efkeâleves Göerhle uewche Gleveer
 Skeâ 60 W Deewj Skeâ 100 W keâe yeuye ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ peye 
Deehetefle&& oer peeleer nw leye– 60 Jeeš keâe yeuye pÙeeoe Ûecekesâiee~ ner kegâue Meefòeâ Kehele keâjWies efpelevee keâer 100W/220V keâe Skeâ
 Potential Difference is– Scalar Quantity Göerhle uewche keâjlee nw– 2
 efJeYeJeeblej nw– Skeâ DeefoMe jeefMe  Calculate the power taken by each of the two
 In power control circuit the resistor used are– resistors of value 100, connected in parallel across
Wire wound resistor 100V supply– 100 W
 Meefòeâ efveÙeefv$ele heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–  oes jefpemšj meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s nQ efpemekesâ S›eâeme 100V keâer
JeeÙej JeeGC[ ØeeflejesOekeâ
mehueeF& nw leLee ØelÙeskeâ jefpemšj keâe ceeve 100 nw~ ØelÙeskeâ
 A rheostat differs from potentiometer in the respect
that it– Has higher wattage rating jefpemšj Éeje efueÙes ieÙes Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW– 100 W
 Skeâ efjÙeesmšsš, efJeYeJeceeheer mes efYeVe neslee nw, Fme mecyevOe ceW efkeâ
Fmekeâer– GÛÛe Jee@š #ecelee oj-efveOee&jCe 4. efJeÅegle Tpee& (Electrical Energy)
Ùeebef$ekeâ meeceLÙe&&
(Mechanical Power)  One calorie heat energy is equal to the electrical
keâeÙe& keâjves keâer meceÙe oj keâes Meefòeâ keânles nQ~ DeLeJee Øeefle 103
energy of - kWh
FkeâeF& meceÙe ceW efkeâÙee ieÙee keâeÙe& Meefòeâ Ùee meeceLÙe& 860
keânueelee nw~  Skeâ kewâueesjer T<cee Tpee& efkeâleveer efJeÅegle Tpee& kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw–
keâeÙe& (W) Ùee Tpee& (U) 103
Meefòeâ (P)  kWh
meceÙe (t) 860
(UPRVUNL JE - 25.11.2019 Shift-I)
 Neutral is a circuit conductor that normally carries
...........back to the source- Current
 Goemeerve, heefjheLe ceW pegÌ[e Jen Ûeeuekeâ nw, pees meeceevÙele:
..........keâes Œeesle lekeâ Jeeheme ueelee nw- Oeeje
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
T<cee leLee efJeÅegle keâer cee$ekeâeW ceW mecyevOe T<cee leLee Ùeebef$ekeâ cee$ekeâeW ceW mecyevOe
(Relationship Between Units of Heat and (Relationship Between Heat and
Electricity) Mechanical Units)
(i) 1 efkeâuees kewâueesjer = 4186 Jeeš-mes. = 1.16 Jeeš- (i) 1 efkeâuees kewâueesjer = 4186 petue =
Dee@Jej =1.1610-3 efkeâ.Jeeš.Dee. 4186107Deie& =109082 Hegâš heeGC[ue
(ii) 1 kewâueesjer = 4.186 Jeeš-mes. = 1.1610-3 (ii) 1 kewâueesjer = 4.186 petue = 4.186107Deie&
Jeeš-Dee@Jej =1.1610-6 efkeâ.Jeeš.Dee. =109.082 Hegâš heeGC[ue = 0.3357 Hegâš
(iii) 1 C.H.U = 1900 Jeeš-mes. = 0.528 Jeeš- heeGC[
Dee@Jej = 0.52810-3 efkeâ.Jeeš.Dee. (iii) 1 C.H.U=1900 petue = 1900107Deie&
(iv) 1 B.Th.U = 1055 Jeeš-mes. = 0.294 Jeeš- =44050 Hegâš heeGC[ue = 1400 Hegâš heeGC[
Dee@Jej = 0.29410-3 efkeâ.Jeeš.Dee. (iv) 1 B.Th.U =1058 petue = 1058107Deie&
 Electron volt is the unit of – Energy =250516 Hegâš heeGC[ue = 778 Hegâš heeGC[
 Fueskeäšê@ve Jeesuš FkeâeF&& nw– Tpee& keâer
 If the efficiency of a machine is to be high, what
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) should be low– Losses
 Essential condition for the transfer of heat from
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer ceMeerve keâer o#elee DeefOekeâ nes lees keäÙee keâce nesveer
body to another by means of conduction–
Both the bodies must be at different ÛeeefnS– neefveÙeeB
temperatures  A heater with short circuited heating element is
 Ûeeueve kesâ ceeOÙece mes Skeâ Jemleg mes otmejer Jemleg ceW leehe kesâ tested with a series test lamp, the test lamp will–
nmleeblejCe kesâ efueS Skeâ DeeJeMÙekeâ Mele& nw– Glow normally
oesveeW efvekeâeÙeeW keâes Deueie-Deueie leeheceeve hej nesvee ÛeeefnS~  ueIeg heefjheLe leehekeâ DeJeÙeJe Jeeues Skeâ leehekeâ keâes Skeâ ßesCeer uewche
(UPPCL JE- 2016) kesâ meeLe hejer#eCe efkeâÙee peelee nw~ hejer#eCe uewche–
 The C.G.S. unit of heat is– Calorie meeceevÙe ™he mes Ûecekesâiee
 C.G.S. heæefle ceW T<cee keâer FkeâeF& nw– kewâueesjer  An electron having mass 'm' kg and charge 'e'
 1 newton is the same as– 5
10 dynes coulomb travels from rest through a potential
difference of 'V' volts. It has a kinetic energy of–
 1 vÙetšve, kesâ meceeve nw– 105 [eF&ve
eV Joules
 One B.O.T. unit is – 1 kWh  Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve efpemekeâe õJÙeceeve 'm' kg Deewj DeeJesMe 'e' keâtuecye
 Skeâ B.O.T. FkeâeF&& nesleer nw– 1 kWh
nw, Meeble DeJemLee mes efJeYeJeeblej 'V' Jeesušdme ceW ieceve keâjlee nw~
(SSC JE- 2013) Fmekeâer ieeflepe Tpee& nesieer– eV petue
 SI symbol given by SI system for thermodynamic
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
temperature– K
 One newton meter is same as – One joule
 SI ØeCeeueer Éeje efoÙee ieÙee Leceex[eÙevesefcekeâ leeheceeve kesâ efueS SI
 Skeâ vÙetšve ceeršj kesâ yejeyej nw– Skeâ petue
efÛeÖ keâewve nw– K
(UPSSSC JE-2016)
(MP JE- 2016)  The S.I. unit of electrical energy is – Joule
 .............. energy does a 100 watt bulb consume in  efJeÅegle Tpee& keâer Sme.DeeF&. FkeâeF& nw– petue
day – 2400 Wh
 100 W keâe Skeâ yeuye Skeâ efove ceW ........ Tpee& keâer Kehele
(SSC JE. 2012)
keâjlee nw– 2400 Wh (PGCIL E.R.1 - 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
(ESIC 24.01.2019, Time 9:00-11:00)  'Erg' is a unit of measurement for – Energy
 Four 100 W bulbs are connected in parallel across  ‘Deie&’ kesâ efueS ceehe keâer Skeâ FkeâeF& nw– Tpee&
200V supply line. If one bulb gets fused – (SSC-JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
Rest of the three bulbs will light  Switching of a lamp in house produces noise in the
 Ûeej 100 W kesâ yeuye 200V Deehetefle& ueeFve mes meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s radio. This is because switching operation produces–
nQ~ Ùeefo Skeâ yeuye HeäÙetpe nes peeS lees– Arcs across separating contacts
Mes<e leerveeW yeuye oerefhle nesieW  Iej ceW Skeâ uewche keâes efmJeÛe keâjves mes jsef[Ùees ceW Meesj GlheVe neslee
(SSC JE - 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) nw~ Ssmee FmeefueS neslee nw keäÙeesefkeâ efmJeefÛebie Dee@hejsMeve GlheVe
 Electric current passing through the circuit keâjlee nw– he=Lekeâ mebhekeâex kesâ S›eâeme Deeke&â
produces–  Sparking occurs when a load is switched off because
Magnetic effect, Luminous effect, Thermal effect the circuit has high– Inductance
 heefjheLe mes iegpejves Jeeueer efJeÅegle Oeeje............GlheVe keâjleer nw–  mheeefkeËâie leye nesleer nw peye Skeâ Yeej efmJeÛe Dee@heâ neslee nw~
ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØeYeeJe, oerhle ØeYeeJe, T<ceerÙe ØeYeeJe keäÙeesbefkeâ heefjheLe kesâ heeme GÛÛe..............neslee nw– ØesjkeâlJe
 When resistance element of a heater fuses and then  Insulation resistance is expressed by – Mega ohm
we reconnect it after removing a portion of it, the  DeJejesOe ØeeflejesOe efkeâmekesâ Éeje JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw– cesiee Deesÿe
power of the heater will– Increase (SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
 peye Skeâ leehekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe DeJeÙeJe HeäÙetpe nes peelee nw Deewj efHeâj  Conduct the electricity easily – Sea water
nce Fmekesâ kegâÚ Yeeie keâes nševes kesâ yeeo Fmes hegve: peesÌ[les nQ,  efJeÅegle keâes Deemeeveer mes ØeJeeefnle nesves osiee– mecegõer peue
leehekeâ keâer Meefòeâ nesieer– yeÌ{sieer (Vizag steel JE. - 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
 Four lamps 40 W, 60 W, 100 W and 150 W of same  Production of heat due to current is related by which
voltage rating is connected in series and connected law– Joule's law
across the rated voltage. Which bulb will take more  Oeeje kesâ keâejCe leehe keâe Glheeove efkeâme efveÙece mes mebyebefOele nw–
power– 40 W
petue kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej
 40 W, 60 W, 100 W Deewj 150 W kesâ Ûeej meceeve Jeesušlee
 The resistors are normally specified by–
jsefšbie kesâ yeuye ßesCeer ceW Deewj efveOee&efjle Jeesušlee kesâ S›eâeme pegÌ[s
Nominal value of the resistor, tolerance limit for
ngS nQ~ keâewve mee yeuye DeefOekeâ Meefòeâ uesiee– 40 W
the resistance value, loading capacity in watts
 If I, R and t are the current, resistance and time  ØeeflejesOekeâ meeceevÙe ®he mes............kesâ Éeje efveefo&° efkeâÙes peeles nw–
respectively, then according to joule's law heat
produced will be proportional to– I2Rt ØeeflejesOekeâ keâs Debefkeâle ceeve, ØeeflejesOe ceeve kesâ efueS
 Ùeefo I, R Deewj t ›eâceMe: Oeeje, ØeeflejesOe Deewj meceÙe nQ, lees petue menveMeeruelee keâer meercee, Jeeš ceW Yeej Jenve
kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej Glheeefole T<cee.........kesâ Devegheeeflekeâ nesieer– I2Rt keâjves keâer #ecelee
JewÅegle Tpee& leLee T<ceerÙe Tpee& keâer FkeâeFÙeeW ceW  For testing appliances, the wattage of test lamp
should be– High
mecyevOe
 hejer#eCe GhekeâjCeeW kesâ efueS, hejer#eCe uewche keâer Jee@š #ecelee nesveer
(Relationship Between Units of Electrical
Energy and Thermal Energy) ÛeeefnS– GÛÛe
 For determining of sign for emf a rise in potential
Dee@Jej = 1 efkeâueesJeeš 1 Dee@Jej
1 efkeâueesJeeš
should be considered– Both positive and negative
= 103 Jee@š 3600 meskesâC[  EMF keâs efueÙes efÛeÖ efveOee&jCe keâjves kesâ efueS efJeYeJe ceW Je=efæ hej
= 36105 Jeeš-mes. efJeÛeej efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS– Oeveelcekeâ Deewj $e+Ceelcekeâ oesveeW
36  10 5
 The heating element of an electric heater should be
 efkeâuees kewâueesjer made with a material which should have–
4186
(Q1kcal  4186 joule ) High specific resistance and high melting point
 Skeâ JewÅegle neršj keâs nerefšbie DeJeÙeJe keâes Gme heoeLe& keâs meeLe
1kWh  860 kcal yeveeÙee peevee ÛeeefnS efpemekesâ heeme..............nw–
1 efkeâueesJeeš Dee@Jej = 860000 kewâueesjer GÛÛe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe Deewj GÛÛe ieueveebkeâ efyevog
860000  Ampere-hour is the unit of– Energy
 B.T.U. (Q1BTU  252 Cal.)
252  SefcheÙej-Iebše efkeâmekeâer FkeâeF& nw– Tpee&
1kWh  3412 B.TU JewÅegle Tpee& leLee Ùeebef$ekeâ Tpee& keâer FkeâeF&ÙeeW ceW mecyevOe
3412 (Relationship Between Units of Electrical Energy
 C.HU (Q1C.H.U  1.8 BT.U) and Mechanical Energy)
1.8
1kWh  1895.5C.H.U 1 efkeâueesJeeš Dee@Jej = 1 efkeâueesJeeš  Dee@Jej
= 103 Jeeš  3600 meskesâC[
 If w is energy, t is time and q is charge in an element = 36105 Jeeš meskesâC[
dw 1 efkeâueesJeeš Dee@Jej = 36105 vÙetšve-ceer (petue)
then the voltage across the element is–
7
dq = 3610510 Deie&
 Ùeefo w Tpee&, t meceÙe leLee q Skeâ DeJeÙeJe hej DeeJesMe nQ, lees (Q 1 petue =107 Deie&)
dw
DeJeÙeJe (lelJe) kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe nw- 1kWh  36 1012 Deie&
dq
(MPPKVVCL JE- 2017) 1 efkeâueesJeeš Dee@Jej = 36105 23.67 Hegâš heeGC[ue
 One unit of electrical energy equals – 1 KWh
(Q 1 petue = 23.76 Hegâš heeGC[ue)
 Skeâ FkeâeF& JewÅegle Tpee&, yejeyej nesleer nw– 1 KWh
(SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018) 1kWh  855.36  105 Heâgš heeGC[ue
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
NUMERICALS QUESTIONS
1. A consumer has five lamps of 40W each and Skeâ efveef§ele efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe GheYeesòeâe 540J/s keâer oj
two fans of 300 W each. On an average, he used mes Tpee& JÙeÙe keâjlee nw~ 3.5h ceW Ùen efkeâleves kWh Tpee&
the appliances for five hours a day. Find the keâer Kehele keâjlee nw 1.89 kWh
energy consumption for the month of April.
Skeâ GheYeesòeâe kesâ heeme 40 Jeeš kesâ heeBÛe uewche Deewj 300 7. An electric kettle needs six minutes to boil 2 kg
of water from the initial temperature of 20°C.
Jeeš kesâ oes hebKes nQ Deewmeleve, Jen Øeefleefove heeBÛe Iebšs The cost of electrical energy required for this
GhekeâjCeeW keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw~ DeØewue ceen keâer Tpee& operation is 12 paise. The rate being 40 paise
keâer Kehele %eele keâerefpeS~ per kWh. The kW-rating is:
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
Skeâ JewÅegle kesâleueer keâes 2 kg heeveer keâes 200C kesâ
Sol. E = n1p1t1 + n2p2t2
ØeejefcYekeâ leeheceeve mes Gyeeueves kesâ efueS 6 efceveš keâer
= 5 × 40 × 5 × 30 + 2 × 300 × 5 × 30 DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ Fme ØeÛeeueve kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ
= 30,000 + 90,000 JewÅegle Tpee& keâer ueeiele 12 hewmes nw~ oj 40 hewmee/ kWh
E  120 kWh Ans.
nw~ kW jsefšbie nw–
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
2. How much energy does a 100 W electric bulb
12
consume in two hours. Sol. Input energy = kWh  0.3kWh
100W keâe efJeÅegle yeuye oes IeCšs ceW efkeâleveer Tpee& keâer 40
input energy
Kehele keâjlee nw~ Input power =
time
(SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
0.3  60
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)   3 kW
6
Sol : efoÙee nw P = 100 watt
P = 3 kW Ans.
t = 2 hours = 2×60×60 = 7200 second
Consumer energy = P × t 8. An element consumers W energy in joules for a
= 100×7200 time period t second. What is the power of the
3
= 720×10 watt second electrical energy given to the element?
= 720 kJ Ans. Skeâ DeJeÙeJe t meskesâC[ kesâ DeeJele&keâeue kesâ efueS petue ceW
3. A 300 V energy source delivers 500 mA for 1 W Tpee& Kehele keâjlee nw~ DeJeÙeJe keâes efoÙee ieÙee JewÅegle
hour. The amount of energy represented is: Tpee& Meefòeâ keäÙee nw~
540 kJ (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
keâesF& 300 V keâe Tpee& œeesle 1 IeCšs kesâ efueS 500 mA W joule
Sol. P  OR watt Ans.
Øeoeve keâjlee nw~ efve™efhele Tpee& keâer cee$ee nw– 540 kJ t second
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) 9. How much electrical energy in kWh is
4. The amount of work done by an electric energy consumed in operating ten 50W bulbs for 10
source with a potential difference of 3 kV that hrs in a day in a month of 30 days.
delivers a current of 1 A for 1 minute is: 180 kJ 30 efoveeW kesâ cenerves ceW Skeâ efove ceW 10 Iebšs kesâ efueS ome
Skeâ efJeÅegle Tpee& œeesle Éeje 3 kV kesâ efJeYeJeeblej kesâ 50W yeuye kesâ mebÛeeueve ceW efkeâleveer efJeÅegle Tpee& keâer
meeLe pees 1 efceveš kesâ efueS 1 A keâer Oeeje Øeoeve keâjleer Kehele (kWh) nesieer~
nw, efkeâS ieS keâeÙe& keâer cee$ee nw- 180 kJ (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) Sol. watt  time  day
kWh =
5. When a bulb of 50W is connected across 200V, 1000
the energy consumed in 1 minute is ………..
=
10  50   10  30
watt sec. 3000 watt sec 1000
Skeâ 50W keâe yeuye 200V kesâ efmejes mes pegÌ[e neslee nw, kWh = 150 unit Ans.
lees 1 efceveš ceW Kehele nesves Jeeueer Tpee& ........... Jeeš 10. The electrical energy required to heat a bucket
meskesâC[ nesleer nw~ 3000 watt sec of water to a certain temperature is 4 kWh. If
the heat losses are 20 percent, the energy input is
6. A certain electrical appliance consumers
Skeâ efveef§ele leeheceeve hej heeveer keâer Skeâ yeeušer keâes iece&
energy at the rate of 540J/s. How many kWh of keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ efJeÅegle Tpee& 4 kWh nw~ Ùeefo
energy does it consume in 3.5 h 1.89 kWh T<cee neefve 20 ØeefleMele nes, lees Fvehegš Tpee& nw–
Sol. Sol. efoÙee nw -
ceevee Input energy x kWh nw~ Jeesušspe V  3V
lees ØeMveevegmeej– Oeeje ( I )  200 mA
–3
20  200  10 A
x x 4
100 meceÙe (t )  5 minute
100 x – 20 x = 400 5
80x = 400  IeCše
60
Q DeJeMeesef<ele Tpee&  E   V.I.t.
400
x 5
80
–3 5
x = 5 kWh Ans.  3  200  10  Jeeš IeCše
11. A current of 3A flows for 50 hours through a 60
–3
6Ω resistor. The energy consumed by the 60  10 5
resistor is. ··
6
Skeâ 6  ØeeflejesOe ceW mes 50 Iebšs kesâ efueS 3 A efJeÅegle –3
 50  10 Wh
Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ Éeje GheYeesie keâer ieF& E  50 mWh Ans.
Tpee& efkeâleveer nesieer? 14. Energy consumed by an electric iron of rating
Sol. 1000W as compared to 750W will be____:
Formula – E = I2 R  t 750W keâer leguevee ceW 1000W jsefšbie Jeeueer efJeÅegle FŒeer
efoÙee nw– (Øesme) Éeje efkeâleveer Tpee& KeÛe& nesieer-
I = 3A (SSC JE-3 March 2017 10 am)
R = 6Ω V2 V2
t = 50 hours Sol. P  mes leLee R 1000 
R 1000
E = (3)2  6  50 = 9  6  50 V2
E = 2700 Wh R1000  , R1000 keâe ØeeflejesOe keâce nesiee
1000
E = 2.7 kWh Ans.
V2
12. What will be energy used by the battery if the R 750  , R750 keâe ØeeflejesOe pÙeeoe nesiee Ans.
battery has to drive 6.28×1018 electrons with 750
potential difference of 20 V across the terminal? Dele: I2R keâe ceeve 1000 W keâe efJeÅegle Øesme pÙeeoe T<cee Glhevve
Ùeefo yewšjer keâes šefce&veue kesâ S›eâeme 20 Jeesuš kesâ efJeYeJeevlej keâjsiee~ keäÙeesefkeâ efJeÅegle GheÙeb$eeW keâes ncesMee meceevlej ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw~
kesâ meeLe 6.28×1018 Fueskeäšê@vees keâes ØeJeeefnle efkeâÙee peelee 15. An electric bulb of rating 40W, 220V is used for
10 hrs daily for 10 days. Energy consumed is:
nw, lees yewšjer Éeje GheÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer Tpee& keäÙee Skeâ efJeÅegle yeuJe efpemekeâer jsefšbie 40W, 220V nw
nesieer? efpemekeâe GheÙeesie 10 Iebše Øeefleefove 10 efoveeW kesâ efueS
Sol. neslee nw, lees ØeÙegòeâ Tpee& nesieer~
Energy used by the battery– (DMRC JE -2017)
 E or W  Sol. efkeâueesJeeš Iebšs ceW Ùetefvešes keâer mebKÙee
E = qV Q q  V  Jeeš  Iebše  efove
  
= ne.V 1000
= 6.28  1018  1.6  10–19 20 40  10 10
ØeÙegòeâ Tpee&   4kWh Ans.
= 1.0048  20 1000
= 20.096 J 16. Amount of electricity consumed by a 100 watt
E = 20 J Ans. bulb (in the On state for 10 hours) is–
E  1kWh  1Unit
13. The battery of a flashlight develops 3V, and the Skeâ 100 Jee@š kesâ yeuye Éeje (10 Iebšs mes Ûeeuet DeJemLee
current through the bulb is 200 mA. Calculate
ceW) Kehele keâer peeves Jeeueer efyepeueer keâer cee$ee nw–
the energy absorbed by the bulb in a five-
minute period. E  1kWh  1Unit
Skeâ heäuewMeueeFš keâer yewšêr 3V yeveeleer nw, Deewj yeuye ceW (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
17. Energy consumed by a heater of rating 1000
Oeeje 200 mA nw~ lees 5 efceveš meceÙe kesâ oewjeve yeuye watts by operating it for a period of 2 hours
Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele keâer ieF& Tpee& keâer ieCevee keâjW- will be– 2 Unit
1000 Jee@š jsefšbie Jeeues Skeâ neršj keâes oes Iebšs lekeâ Sol. 40 watt keâe uewche lespe Ûecekesâiee~
ØeÛeeefuele keâjves hej Fmekesâ Éeje GheYeesie keâer ieF& Tpee& V2
Q P R1  R 2
nesieer– 2 Unit R
(Sail (RSP) OCTT- 17.03.2019 ) 1
R efoÙes ieÙes Jeesušspe nsleg~
18. Determine the heat (in joules) dissipated P
through a resistor of 15 ohms resistance, when ÛetBefkeâ oesveeW Resistor ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nw lees Gmemes OeejeDeeW keâe ceeve
0.5 A of current is flowing through the resistor meceeve nesiee leLee nce peeveles nw efkeâ efkeâmeer yeuye keâer heeJej neefve
for 8 seconds. (I2R) kesâ meceleguÙe nesleer nw~ FmeefueÙes Jen yeuye lespe Ûecekesâiee efpemekeâe
15 Deesÿe ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes T<cee keâe DeheJÙeÙe Resistance pÙeeoe nesiee DeLeJee power rating keâce nesieer~ DeLee&led
(petue ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye ØeeflejesOe kesâ Éeje 0.5 efpemeceW Meefòeâ neefve pÙeeoe nesieer Jen lespe Ûecekesâieer~ Ans.
SeqcheÙej keâer efJeÅegle Oeeje 8 meskebâ[ kesâ efueS yen jner nw– 22. Which is equivalent to 0.5 kWh?
(SSC JE- Morning 22-01-2018) keâewve mee 0.5 efkeâuees–Jeeš Dee@Jej kesâ yejeyej nw?
Sol. efoÙee nw,
Sol. Q 1 Kilowatt hour = 1000 watt × 1 hour
Oeeje (I) = 0.5 A, meceÙe (t) = 8 second = 1000 × 3600 watt second
ØeeflejesOe (R) = 15 Deesÿe 1 Kilowatt hour = 3600000 petue
T<cee keâe DeheJÙeÙe (H) = I2Rt = 0.5  0.5  15  8 3600000
 0.5 Kilowatt hour  petue
H = 0.25  120 2
H= 30 petue Ans. 0.5 kWh = 1800000 petue Ans.
19. Let dq. be the differential charge, dw be the 23. Determine the heat dissipated (in Joule)
differential energy. The rate of change of through a conductor of 10 ohms resistance,
dw dq when 1 A of current is flowing through the
energy with time is given as: P  conductor for 5 seconds.
dq dt 10 Deesÿe ØeeflejesOe kesâ Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ceeOÙece mes
Ùeefo dq DeJekeâueveerÙe DeeJesMe Deewj dw DeJekeâueveerÙe efJeIeefšle T<cee (petue ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye 1 SefcheÙej
Tpee& nw, lees meceÙe kesâ meeLe Tpee& heefjJele&ve keâer oj nw- efJeÅegle Oeeje Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ceeOÙece mes 5 meskebâ[ kesâ efueS
P
dw dq
 yen jner nw–
dq dt (SSC JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
(PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) Sol. efoÙee nw–
20. A factory runs in 4 shifts of 6 hours each, in ØeeflejesOe (R) = 10
which it consumes 36 kW, 86kW, 50 kW and Oeeje (I) = 1 A meceÙe (t) = 5 sec.
20 kW in each shift respectively. Calculate the efJeIeefšle T<cee = ?
energy (in kWh) consumed by the factory per
day. Formula efJeIeefšle T<cee  Q   I 2 Rt
Skeâ keâejKeevee 6 Iebšs keâer 4 heeefueÙeeW ceW Ûeuelee nw, = (1)2 × 10 × 5
efpemeceW Ùen ›eâceMe: ØelÙeskeâ efMeheäš ceW 36 efkeâuees-Jeeš,  Q   50 Joule Ans.
86 efkeâuees Jeeš, 50 efkeâueesJeeš Deewj 20 efkeâuees-Jeeš keâer
24. A stove element draws 15A when connected to
Kehele keâjlee nw~ keâejKeeves keâer Øeefleefove Tpee& Kehele 230 V line. How long does it take to consume
(efkeâuees-Jeeš-Iebšs ceW) keâer ieCevee keâjW– one unit of energy?
(SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018) 230 V ueeFve mes pegÌ[s nesves hej Skeâ mšesJe DeJeÙeJe 15A
Sol. kegâue Meefòeâ = (36 + 86 + 50 + 20) kW = 192 kW «enCe keâjlee nw~ Tpee& keâer Skeâ FkeâeF& keâe GheYeesie keâjves
kesâ efueS Ùen efkeâlevee meceÙe uesiee?
Øeefleefove Tpee& Kehele  192  6  4
Sol.
 4608 kWh Ans.
Jeeš  IeCše  efove
Ùetefveš keâer mebKÙee 
21. Two incandescent lamps of wattage 40W, 60 W 1000
are connected in series with voltage of 230 V. 230  15  h
Which out of the two lamps will glow brighter? 1
1000
40 Jee@š, 60 Jee@š kesâ oes Göerhle uewche 230V Jeesušspe
1000
keâer ßesCeer ceW keâveskeäšs[ nQ keâewve DeefOekeâ Ûecekeâ mes h
230  15
peuesiee? h  0.289hours Ans.
25. If a 220 V heater is used on 110 V supply, heat Sol. For 200W load
produced by it would be P  VI
Ùeefo Skeâ 220 V kesâ neršj keâe GheÙeesie 110 V keâer
200 = I × 14
Deehetefle& hej efkeâÙee peelee nw lees Fmekesâ Éeje Glheeefole
200
T<cee nesieer– I
14
Sol. Voltage drop across internal resistance
V2 200 2
Q H .t V  
R 14 100
 H  V2
V  0.28V Ans.
2
 110 
H   28. Two brass plates are arranged horizontally,
 220  one 2 cm above the other and the lower plate is
1 earthed. The plates are charged to a difference
H= (Skeâ ÛeewLeeF&) Ans.
4 of potential of 6000 volts. A drop of oil with an
26. A 100 watt, 250 V lamp is connected in parallel electric charge of 1.6×10 –19C is in equilibrium
with an unknown resistance R across a 250 V between the plates so that it neither rises nor
supply. The total power dissipated in the circuit falls. The mass of the drop is-
is 1100 watts. The value of unknown resistance oes heerleue keâer huesšs #eweflepe ™he mes meceeÙeesefpele keâer ieF&
is...............(Assume the resistance of the lamp
remains unaltered.)
nw, GmeceW mes Skeâ, otmejs Jeeueer mes 2 cm Ghej leLee veerÛes
Skeâ 100-Jeeš, 250 V keâe uewche 250 V mehueeF& kesâ Jeeueer huesš Yetefceiele nw~ huesšeW keâes 6000 V lekeâ
S›eâe@me Skeâ De%eele ØeeflejesOe R kesâ meceeblej ceW mebÙeesefpele DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ 1.6×10 –19C kesâ efJeÅegle DeeJesMe
nw~ heefjheLe ceW kegâue #eÙe Meefòeâ 1100 Jeeš nw~ De%eele Jeeues lesue keâer Skeâ yetbo huesšeW kesâ ceOÙe meecÙeeJemLee ceW nw
ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nw– leeefkeâ Ùen ve lees Thej G"s Deewj ve ner efiejs~ yetbo keâe
(ceevee efkeâ uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe DeheefjJeleea nw) õJÙeceeve nw-
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Sol. Total power = 1100W Sol. At equilibrium-
Power dissipated in R = 1100 – 100 F  qE  mg
= 1000 W
qE
V2 m
P g
R
q V 1.6  1019 6000
V 2 250  250 m   
R  g d 9.81 2  102
P 1000
625 1.6  6
R m  1019  3 2
10 9.81 2
R  62.5  Ans. m  0.489  1014
27. A lead acid battery fitted in a truck develops 14 m  4.89 1015 kg Ans.
V and has an internal resistance of 0.02 . It is
used to supply current to the head lights. If the 29. An energy flows a steady current of 2A to 10s
total load is equal to 200 W, then the voltage in an electric bulb. If it emits 2.3kJ of energy in
drop in internal resistance is: the form of light and thermal energy. Find the
š^keâ ceW ueieer Skeâ ues[ Sefme[ yewšêr 14 V efJekeâefmele voltage drop in the bulb.
keâjleer nw Deewj Fmekeâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.02  nw~ Skeâ Tpee& Œeesle Éeje Skeâ efJeÅegle yeuye ceW 10 mes. kesâ
Fmekeâe GheÙeesie ns[ueeFš keâes Oeeje keâer Deehetefle& kesâ efueS efueS 2A keâer efmLej Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâjlee nw Ùeefo Ùen
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo kegâue Yeej 200 W kesâ yejeyej nw lees ØekeâeMe Deewj leeheerÙe Tpee& kesâ ™he ceW 2.3kJ Tpee& keâe
Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW Jeesušspe [êhe nw~ Glmepe&ve keâjlee nw yeuye ceW Jeesušspe [ê@he %eele keâerefpeS~
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)

Sol. Given that, Sol. efoÙee nw,
H = 2.3 kJ = 2.3 × 103 J I = 5 amp
I = 2A t = 3 min = 3 × 60 sec
t = 10s Q=I×t
H = I2Rt
= 5 × 180
H 2.3 103
R  Q  900C Ans.
I2 t 4  10
R = 57.5  33. Two charges are spaced apart 10cm in vacuum.
Voltage drop = IR It's know that the charges are 410-8C and
= 2 × 57.5 610-5 C respectively. If the same charges are
= 115 V Ans. separated by the same distance in kerosene
30. If the current flowing through the conductor is with r = 2, find the force of interaction.
5A, then electrons per second will flow in the efveJee&le ceW oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 10 mesceer. nw~
conductor at any passage - %eele nw efkeâ DeeJesMe ›eâceMe: 410-8 C Deewj 610-5C
Ùeefo Ûeeuekeâ mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje 5A nw, lees nw~ r = 2 ceW kesâjesefmeve ceW GvneR DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe Jener
Ûeeuekeâ ceW Øeefle meskebâ[ Fueskeäšêve efkeâmeer Yeer ceeie& hej otjer nesves hej Deble:ef›eâÙee yeue %eele keâjW~
ØeJeeefnle nesiee - (UPRVUNL AE Electrical Instrument-2014)
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020) -
Sol. otjer d = 10 mesceer. Ùee 1010 2 ceeršj
Sol. I = 5A, t = 1 sec, e = 1.6 × 10–19C
Q = It DeeJesMe q1 = 410-8C -
q2 = 610 5C
ne = It r = 2
It 5 1 9  109  q1q 2 9  109  4  108  6  10 5
n= =  31.25  10 18
Fues k eäš^ e @ v e Ans. F  =
e 1.6  1019 r d2 2  (10  102 )2
31. The initial temperature of machine is 45ºC = 108 × 10–2
calculate the temperature of machine after 1.2 = 1.08 N Ans.
hours, if its final steady temperature rise is 34. For a perfect conductor, the field strength at a
85ºC and the heating time constant is 2.4 hours.
distance equal to the skin depth is X% of the
Consider ambient temperature is 25ºC.
field strength at its surface. The value X% is–
efkeâmeer ceMeerve keâe ØeejefcYekeâ leeheceeve 45ºC nw~ 1.2 Iebšs
Skeâ mechetCe& Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueS, lJeÛee keâer ienjeF& kesâ
kesâ yeeo ceMeerve keâe leeheceeve keäÙee nesiee Ùeefo Fmekeâe
yejeyej efJeÅegle #ecelee keâe ceeve Gmekeâer melen hej JÙeehle
Deefvlece efmLej leeheceeve 85ºC mes yeÌ{ peelee nw~ Deewj
T<ceve meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ 2.4 Iebšs nw~ ceevee Deeme-heeme keâe efJeÅegle #ecelee kesâ X% kesâ yejeyej nw~ X% keâe ceeve
leeheceeve 25ºC nw~ nesiee–
(LMRC AE -2016)
Sol. nerefšbie kesâ efueÙes - Sol. Skin depth   
1

2
 
  m 1  e  t /    i e  t / 
peneB  = frequency
m = final steady temperature rise = 85ºC
 = permeability
i = Initial temperature rise over ambient
 = conductivity
= 45ºC – 25ºC = 20ºC
t = 1.2 hours Conductor keâer conductivity () = 
 = 2.4 hours Dele: 0 Ans.
 = m – me–t/ + ie–t/
35. Let q be the net charge passing through an
= m – (m – i)e–t/
–1.2/2.4 element in a period of t, what is the current
= 85 –(85 – 20) e
Δq
 = (85 – 65 e )ºC–0.5
Ans. passing through that element- C/sec
Δt
32. What is the value of charge flow in a conductor
if the current is 5A flowing in 3 minute. ceeve ues efkeâ t DeJeefOe ceW efkeâmeer lelJe mes neskeâj ØeJeeefnle
Ùeefo 3 efceveš ceW 5A Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nes jner nes lees efkeâmeer nesves Jeeuee kegâue DeeJesMe q nw~ Fme lelJe mes ØeJeeefnle
Ûeeuekeâ ceW DeeJesMe ØeJeen keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee - q
nesves Jeeueer Oeeje keâe ceeve efkeâlevee nesiee - C / sec
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022) t
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
36. Find the conductance of a short circuit on 100V Sol. efoÙee nw,
which results in a short circuit current of 500A. I1 = 8 Amp, I2 = 1 Amp,
100V hej Skeâ ueIeg heefjheLe kesâ ÛeeuekeâlJe keâer ieCevee d1= 0.75 mm, d2 = ?
keâerefpeS efpemekeâer ieCevee 500A keâer ueIeg heefjheLe Oeeje  I2 
2/ 3
kesâ ™he ceW nesleer nw? d 2  d1  

 I1 
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
2
Solution : efoÙee nw–  1 3
d 2  0.75  
V = 100 Volt, I = 500A 8
V 100 1 d = 0.75×0.25
R    2
I 500 5 d2 = 0.1875 mm
1 39. Consider two wire of same length and made of
G
R same material. The radius of the first wire is twice
= 5 mho as that of the second wire. Find the ratio of its
37. A Conducting wire has a resistance of 10. What resistances.
is the resistance of another wire of the same Skeâ ner uecyeeF& kesâ Deewj Skeâ ner heoeLe& mes yeves oes leejeW hej
material but having half the diameter and four ef J eÛeej keâjW~ henues leej keâer ef$epÙee otmejs leej keâer ef$epÙee keâer
times the length? ogiegveer nw~ lees Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOeeW keâe Devegheele %eele keâerefpeS~
Skeâ Ûeeueve leej ceW 10 keâe ØeeflejesOe nw~ Gmeer meece«eer kesâ (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
otmejs leej keâe ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee, efpemekeâe JÙeeme DeeOee nw Sol : ÛetBefkeâ oesvees leej Skeâ ner heoeLe& mes yeves nw Deewj uecyeeF& ceW Yeer
Deewj uecyeeF& Ûeej iegvee nw~ meceeve nw leye oesveeW leejeW kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOekeâlee Deewj uecyeeF& efveÙele nesieer–
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) l
Dele: R  mes
l A
Sol:- R
A 1
R
A  r 2    d / 2 
2
Q a
A(r)2 (a = r2)
d 2
 2
4 R1  r2 
 
4l R 2  r1 
R
d 2 R1  r2 
2
4l   [Q r1  2r2 ]
10  2 ............(1) R 2  2r2 
d
ceevee otmejs leej keâe ØeeflejesOe x Deesce nw~ R1 1

4l ' R2 4
x
d '2 40. A 20 metre length of cable has a cross-sectional
d area of 1mm2 and resistance of 4 ohm. Calculate
l '  4l, d '  the conductivity of the cable...............
2
64l Skeâ 20 ceeršj uecyeeF& Jeeues leej kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš keâe
x ............(2) #es$eheâue 1 efceceer2 Deewj ØeeflejesOe 4 Deesåce nw~ leej keâer
d 2
meceer. (1) ceW (2) mes Yeeie osves hej Ûeeuekeâlee %eele keâjW~ (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
10 4l d 2 Sol. efoÙee nw–
  l = 20 m
x d 2 64l a = 1 mm2 = 1×10-6 m2
x = 160 R = 4
38. A fuse wire of circular cross-section has a radius RA
of 0.75mm. The wire blows off at a current of 8A. Q =
l
Calculate the radius of the wire that wire blow
off at a current of 1A. 4 1  106 1  106
= 
Je=òeekeâej DevegØemLe keâeš Jeeues Skeâ heäÙetpe leej keâer ef$epÙee 20 5
0.75 mm nw~ 8A keâer Oeeje hej leej yuees Dee@Heâ nes peelee nw~ efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee,
Gme leej keâer ef$epÙee %eele keâerefpeS efpemekeâe yuees Dee@Heâ 1A 1 5
  = 5×106
keâer Oeeje hej nes peeSiee~  1106
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) = 5 M Siemens/m

41. A lead wire and an iron wire are connected in 43. How much time (in sec) will be taken by 40 C
parallel. Their respective specific resistances of charge to pass through a point in a circuit, if
are in the ratio 40 : 20. The former carrier a current of 8 A flows through it – 5 second
80% more than the letter, and the letter is 45% heefjheLe ceW efkeâmeer efyevog keâes heej keâjves kesâ efueS 40 ketâuee@ce
lorger than former. Determine the ratio of their kesâ DeeJesMe keâes efkeâlevee meceÙe (meskesbâ[ ceW) ueiesiee, Ùeefo
cross-sectional areas - efyevog kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle efJeÅegle Oeeje 8 SefcheÙej nw–
Skeâ meermes keâe leej Deewj Skeâ ueesns keâe leej meceeveeblej ceW 5 meskesâC[
pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ Gvekesâ mebyebefOele efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe 40:20 kesâ 44. For transferring a charge of 300C, how long
Devegheele ceW nw~ henuee otmejs keâer leguevee ceW 80³ DeefOekeâ must a current of 0.1 A flow– 50 minute
Oeeje keâe Jenve keâjlee nw, Deewj otmeje henues keâer leguevee ceW 300 C kesâ DeeJesMe keâes mLeeveebleefjle keâjves kesâ efueS, 0.1
45³ uecyee nw~ lees otmejs Deewj henues kesâ DevegØemLe-keâeš A efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ØeJeen efkeâleves meceÙe lekeâ nesvee
#es$eheâue keâe Devegheele %eele keâerefpeS- ÛeeefnS– 50 efceveš
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
45. Determine the total charge entering a terminal
Sol. Oeeje efJeYeepeve efveÙeceevegmeej -
between t1 = 1 s and t2 = 2 s, if the current
R 2 I1 passing the terminal is (3t2–t)A.
=
R1 I2 t1 = 1 s Deewj t2 = 2 s kesâ yeerÛe šefce&veue ceW ØeJesMe keâjves
Oeeje I1 = I2 keâer leguevee ceW 80% DeefOekeâ = 1.8 I2 Jeeues kegâue DeeJesMe keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS, Ùeefo šefce&veue
uecyeeF& L2 = L1 keâer leguevee ceW 45% uecyee = 1.45 L1 mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje (3t2–t)A nw~
1 : 2 = 40 : 20 (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
  3t 
t2 2
R 2 I1 R 1.8I 2
 i  t  dt  2
  2   1.8 Sol : Q =  t dt
R1 I2 R1 I2 t1 1
2
L 2  t2 
Ûetbefkeâ ØeeflejesOe R   =  t3    
A  1  2 
 1
L2
2    1 
R A 2  2 L 2 A1 =  8  1   2   
 2    2 
R1 L1 1L1A 2
1 Q = 5.5 C
A1
46. If a copper wire was wrapped around the earth
2  L 2 A1 20  1.45L1  A1
1.8   10 times it would take how many seconds to
1L1A 2 40  L1A 2 turn the light on at the other end?
A2 Deiej he=LJeer kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj Skeâ leeByes keâe leej 10 yeej
 0.402
A1 uehesše peeS lees leej kesâ otmejs Úesj hej ueeFš Dee@ve nesves
ceW efkeâleves meskesâC[ ueieWies?
42. The lightning discharge between clouds during
thunder storm is 25C. If the average lighting (BSPHCL JE- 31.01.2019, Batch -2)
current is 2.5 kA. Then find the time of Sol. efoÙee nw–
immersion. he=LJeer keâer ef$epÙee (r) = 6400 km = 6400  103 m
efkeâmeer letheâeve kesâ oewjeve yeeoueeW kesâ yeerÛe leefÌ[le efJemepe&ve heefjefOe  2r
25C nw~ Ùeefo Deewmele leefÌ[le Oeeje 2.5 kA nw~ lees heefjefOe = 2  3.14  6400  103 = 40192000 m
efJemepe&ve keâe meceÙe %eele keâjW~ leej keâer kegâue uecyeeF& = 4019200010 = 401920000 m
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II) Q efJeÅegle keâer ieefle, ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw, Dele: otmejs End hej hengBÛeves ceW ueiee meceÙe
q = 25 C, I = 2.5 kA = 2.5 × 103 A, t=? 401920000
q   1.33 meskesâC[
t 3  108
i 47. Find the current in an element when the charge
25 entering the element is q(t) = 10e-t C.
t
2.5  103 Skeâ DeJeÙeJe ceW Oeeje keâer ieCevee keâjW peyeefkeâ DeJeÙeJe ceW
t = 10 ms ØeJesefMele DeeJesMe q (t) = 10.e–t ketâuee@ce nes~
Sol. Given : 52. The number of free electrons passing through
q (t )  10e  t the filament of an electric lamp in one hour
when the current through the filament is 0.32 A
 DeeJesMe ØeJeen keâer oj Oeeje keânueeleer nw~
will be– 7.21021 electron
d
i  (10e  t ) peye levleg kesâ ceeOÙece mes 0.32 A keâer Oeeje iegpej jner nes,
dt
lees efJeÅegle uewche kesâ levleg mes Skeâ Iebšs ceW iegpejves Jeeues
i  10e  t A Ans. cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer mebKÙee nesieer– 7.21021 Fueskeäšê@ve
48. A conductor has a constant current of 6A, how 53. A conductor carries a current of 4 A and if
many electrons pass a fixed point on the magnitude of charge of an electron e = 1.610-19
conductor in two minute. Coulomb, then the number of electrons which
efkeâmeer kebâ[keäšj ceW 6A keâe efmLej Oeeje nes, lees oes efceveš flow through the cross section per sec is.
ceW Gme kebâ[keäšj hej Skeâ efveef§ele efyebog mes efkeâleves 2.51019 electron
Fueskeäšê@ve iegpejles nQ– Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ ceW 4A Oeeje nes Je Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâe
(MP JE- 2016) DeeJesMe e=1.610–19 Coulomb nes lees DevegØemLe keâeš mes
Sol. efoÙee nw– Øeefle meskebâ[ yenves Jeeues Fueskeäšê@vees keâer mebKÙee nesieer-
i = 6A, t = 2 min 2.51019 Fueskeäšê@ve
= 120 sec
(BSNL TTA -2013)
Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer mebKÙee, n = ?
54. If 12.251016 electrons pass through a
q = ne = it
conductor in 1sec, then how much current (in
it
n mA) will–
e Ùeefo 12.25  1016 Fueskeäšê@ve 1 meskebâ[ ceW Ûeeuekeâ kesâ
6 120 ceeOÙece mes iegpejles nw, lees efJeÅegle Oeeje (efceueer-SefcheÙej
n
1.6  1019 ceW) efkeâleveer nesieer–
720  1019 Sol. efoÙee nw–

1.6
e  1.6 1019 C 
 4.5  1021 Electrons Ans. q  ne
n  12.25  1016 Electron 
49. A constant current of 3 A flows through a DC q  it
Circuit. What is the number of electrons t  1sec  q
passing through the circuit every minute– q  1.6  1019  12.25  1016 i 
1.12 × 1021 Fueskeäšê@ve  t
3 A keâer melele efJeÅegle Oeeje, DC meefke&âš mes ØeJeeefnle = 19.6  103 C
nesleer nw~ Skeâ efceveš ceW meefke&âš mes efkeâleves Fueskeäšê@ve q 19.6  10 3
i 
ØeJeeefnle neWies– 1.12 × 1021 Fueskeäšê@ve t 1
(BSPHCL JE 30.01.2019, Batch -01) i  19.6 mA Ans.
50. The number of electron presents in 1 coulomb 55. Calculate the current (in Amperes) flowing in
of charge is- 6.251018 electron the conductor when 51019 electrons are
1 ketâuee@cye kesâ DeeJesMe ceW GheefmLele FueskeäšêveeW keâer mebKÙee flowing per second through it. 8 Amp
nesleer nw- 6.25 × 1018 Fueskeäšê@ve Ûeeuekeâ ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje keâer (SefcheÙej ceW) ieCevee
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II) keâjW peye Fmemes 51019 Fueskeäšê@ve Øeefle meskebâ[ yen jns nQ~
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) 8 Amp
51. When 2A current flows through a copper wire (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Morning)
for 3 micro-second, what will be the 56. 5×1016 electrons pass across the section of a
approximate number of electrons that will flow conductor in 1 minutes and 20 second. The
in the cross section of the wire during that time current flowing is 0.1 mA
(charge of electrons = 1.6  10–19C)? 5×1016 Fueskeäšê@ve Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš keâes 1
3.75  1013 Electron
peye 2A Oeeje, Skeâ leeByes keâer leej ceW 3 ceeF›eâes meskesâC[ efceveš Deewj 20 meskesâC[ ceW heeme keâjles nQ~ ceewpetoe
kesâ efueS ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw, leye Gme oewjeve (Fueskeäšê@ve keâe ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nw~ 0.1 mA
Ûeepe& =1.6  10–19 C) leej kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš (cross- 57. A billion electrons pass through a cross-section
section) ceW ØeJeeefnle Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer Deewmeleve mebKÙee of a conductor in 10-3s. The current is–1.610-7 A
keäÙee nesieer– 3.75  1013 Fueskeäšê@ve
Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš mes 10-3s ceW Skeâ
(RRB JE- 2014) efyeefueÙeve Fueskeäšê@vme kesâ iegpejves hej Oeeje nw- 1.610-7 A
58. 1020 electrons each having a charge of 1.6  Sol.
10-19 C pass from a point X to a point Y in 0.1 s. V  12 V , P  30 W , t  1min  60sec
The current flowing is– 160 Amp q  ?
1020 Fueskeäšê@vees ceW mes ØelÙeskeâ kesâ heeme 1.6 × 10–19 C keâe
DeeJesMe nw~ pees efyevog X mes efyevog Y lekeâ 0.1s ceW heeme neslee q  it
nw~ ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nw- 160 Amp P 30
i 
59. Point form of Ohm's law is represented by the V 12
relation– 30
Deesÿe kesâ efveÙece keâes efyevog ™he ceW ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw– q   60  150 C
12
(Uttarakhand AE (Paper-I)-2013)
q  150 C Ans.
Sol. Deesÿe kesâ efveÙece keâes efyevog ™he ceW J  E mes ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee
peelee nw~ 62. If a differential charge dq is given a differential
energy dw, the rise in potential of the charge is:
Deesÿe efveÙece keâe standard ™he– Ùeefo Skeâ DeJekeâueveerÙe DeeJesMe dq keâes dw Tpee& oer
V = IR peeleer nw lees DeeJesMe kesâ efJeYeJe ceW Je=efæ (rise) nesieer~
Deesce efveÙece keâe otmeje lejerkeâe hJeeFvš heâece& Deesÿe efveÙece nw~
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
hJeeFbš heâece& Deesÿe efveÙece meceevÙele: Oeeje IevelJe (current density)
Sol. efoÙee nw-
(J), Ûeeuekeâlee (conductivity) (), Deewj efJeÅegle #es$e (E) kesâ yeerÛe
DeJekeâueveerÙe DeeJesMe = dq
mecyevOe nw- DeJekeâueveerÙe Tpee& = dw
V  Devevle mes efkeâmeer Skeâebkeâ DeeJesMe keâes efJeÅegle #es$e kesâ efkeâmeer efyevog
I
R lekeâ ueeves ceW pees keâeÙe& keâjvee heÌ[lee nw Gmekeâes efJeÅegle efJeYeJe keânles nw~
 l  w
V Q R  
 JA  A i.e. V 
l I  J  A  q
A dw
AV Ùee V  Jeesuš Ans.
 JA dq
l
63. The total charge entering the terminal of an
peneB, J= Oeeje IevelJe, A = DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue element is given by :
 1  q = (6t2-12t)mC
Q     The current at t = 3s is
J  E   ef keâmeer DeJeÙeJe kesâ efmejeW ceW ØeJesMe keâjves Jeeuee kegâue
V  E 
 l  DeeJesMe efoÙee ieÙee nw-
q = (6t2-12t)mC
peneB E= vector quantity t = 3s hej Oeeje nw-
Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw, q = (6t –12t)mC,
2
 = scalar quantity. t = 3 sec
60. What is the current through an elements if the Current.
charge entering the elements is q = 10t C? dq d
Skeâ DeJeÙeJe ceW Oeeje keäÙee nesieer, Ùeefo DeJeÙeJe ceW i  dt  dt (q)
ØeJesefMele DeeJesMe q = 10t ketâueece (C) nes? d
 (6t 2  12t)
(PGCIL ER1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) dt
Sol. efoÙee nw,  (12t  12) mA
q  10t ketâueecye], i  ? At t = 3s, i = 12  3 – 12 = 36 – 12 = 24 mA Ans.
2
q 10t 64. A copper wire of area of X-section 4 mm is 4
i   10 m long and carries a current of 10A. The
t t
i  10A Ans. number density of free electrons is 8  1028 m-3.
The time required by an electron to travel the
61. A 12 V automobile light is rated at 30W. The length of the wire is–
total charge that flows through the filament in 4mm2 kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš #es$e kesâ Skeâ leeByes keâe leej 4
one minute is ceeršj (m) uecyee nw Deewj 10 A keâe Oeeje Jenve keâjlee nw~
Skeâ 12 Jeesuš keâe DeeBšesceesyeeFue ØekeâeMe 30 Jee@š hej cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@vees keâer mebKÙee keâe IevelJe 8  1028 m-3 nw~
efveOee&efjle nw~ Skeâ efceveš ceW levleg mes neskeâj ØeJeeefnle nesves Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ Éeje leej keâer uecyeeF& keâes mLeeveevleefjle
Jeeues kegâue DeeJesMe nw- keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ meceÙe nw-
Sol. efoÙee nw–   8 2 
A = 4 mm2 =410-6 m, l= 4m, I=10 A  6  104 1    
  12  
n = 81028 m-3 e = 1.6 ×10–19C
 Drift velocity,  64 
 6  104 1 
I 10  144 
vd  
nAe 8  10   4 10 6   1.6  10 19
4
28  144  64  6  10  80
 6  104  
 144  144
 1.95  10 4 ms 1
 33,333.3 A / m
 Time taken by the electron to travel the length of the
wire is–
›eâeefvlekeâ Oeeje  2rHc
l 4  2  3.14  1  103  33333.3  209 A Ans.
t   2.05 104 s  5.69 h Ans.
v d 1.95  104 68. What will be the value of critical current (in A)
2 through a wire that has a diameter of 4mm at
65. A copper wire of area of X-section 1 mm is 10K? If the critical temperature of the material
carrying a current of 10A. If the number is 20K and the magnetic field strength is 2103
density of conduction electrons is 1028 m-3, then A-m–1
drift velocity of conduction electrons is– 1/160 10kesâefuJeve leeheceeve hej 4 efceueerceeršj kesâ JÙeeme Jeeues
ms-1–
leej kesâ ceeOÙece mes ›eâebeflekeâ efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve
1 mm2 DevegØemLe keâeš #es$e keâe Skeâ leeByes keâe leej 10A
(SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee nesiee? Ùeefo heoeLe& keâe ›eâebeflekeâ
keâe Oeeje Jenve keâj jne nw~ Ùeefo Ûeeueve Fueskeäšê@vees keâer
leeheceeve 20 kesâefuJeve nw Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee
mebKÙee keâe IevelJe 1028 m-3 nes, lees Ûeeueve Fueskeäšê@vees
2103 A-m–1 nw~
keâe ØeJeeefnle Jesie nw- 1/160 ms-1
66. An electron (charge = 1.6  10-19 C) is moving Sol. efoÙee nw,
in a circle of radius 5.1  10-11 m at a frequency Temperature (T) = 10K
of 6.8  1015 revolutions per second. The Critical Temperature (TC) = 20K
equivalent current is approximately– leej keâe JÙeeme · 4mm = 0.004m
Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve (DeeJesMe = 1.6  10-19 C) 6.8  1015 ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee HC0 · 2  103 Am-1
heefjYeüceCe Øeefle meskeâC[ keâer DeeJe=efòe hej 5.1  10-11 Critical current IC = ?
ceeršj ef$epÙee kesâ Skeâ Je=òe ceW ieefle keâj jne nw~ meceleguÙe   T 2 
Oeeje ueieYeie nw– formula; (1) H CT  H C0 1    
T   C  
Sol. We know that,
Charge   10  2 
Current   Charge  Frequency HCT = 2  103 1    
Time period
  20  
= (1.6  10-19)  (6.8  1015) = 10.88  10-4A Ans. HCT = 2  10 [1– 0.25]
3
67. Determine the critical current (in A) for a wire HCT = 2  103  0.75
of a material that has a diameter of 2 mm at 8 HCT = 1.5  103
K if the critical temperature for the material is formula; (2) Critical current (IC) = 2rHCT
12 K and the magnetic field is 6 × 104 Am–1. 0.004
Skeâ heoeLe& kesâ leej keâe 8 K hej JÙeeme 2 mm nw~ Ùeefo IC = 2  1.5  103
2
Fme heoeLe& keâe ›eâebeflekeâ leeheceeve 12 K nw Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe IC = 6  
#es$e 6×104 Am–1 nw lees Gmekeâe ›eâebeflekeâ Oeeje (A ceW) IC = 18.84 Amp. Ans.
keäÙee nesiee? 69. Under thermal and electrical system analogy,
(SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018 temperature is considered analogous to
Sol. ›eâeefvlekeâ leehe (TC)= 12K leeheerÙe Deewj efJeÅegleerÙe ØeCeeueer ceW leeheceeve efkeâmekesâ
›eâeefvlekeâ #es$e (H0)=610 A/m 4 meceeve neslee nw?
leeheceeve (T) = 8K Sol.
ef$epÙee (r) = 2/2=110-3m Electrical System Thermal System
Charge (Q)  Heat flow (J)
›eâeefvlekeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
J
  T 2  Current (I)  Heat flow rate  
(H C )  H 0 1     S
  TC   Voltage (V)  temperature (oC)

  Solution : efoÙee nw~
 oC  a = 2.5 cm × 0.05 cm
Resistance ()  Resistance  
 J  = 0.125 cm2 = 0.125 × 10–4 m2
W  l = 1 km = 1 × 103 m
 J   = 1.75 × 10–8  - m
Capacitance (C)  Capacitance  o 
 C l
Thermal and electrical system analogy ceW temperature R 
a
voltage kesâ analogous neslee nw~ Ans.
103
70. If a copper wire was wrapped around the earth R  1.75 108 
0.125  104
10 times it would take how many seconds to
turn the light on at the other end? R = 1.4  Ans.
Deiej he=LJeer kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj Skeâ leeByes keâe leej 10 yeej 74. Calculate the total 2
D.C. resistance of a 100 meter
uehesše peeS lees leej kesâ otmejs Úesj hej ueeFš Dee@ve nesves roll of 2.5 mm Copper wire it the resistivity of
–8
ceW efkeâleves meskesâC[ ueieWies? Copper at 20°C is 1.72×10 m– 0.688
2.5 mm Jeeues leebyes kesâ leej kesâ 100 ceeršj kesâ jesue keâe
2
Sol.
efoÙee nw– he=LJeer keâer ef$epÙee (r) = 6400 km kegâue D.C. ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjW, Ùeefo 20°C hej leebyes keâer
= 6400  103m ØeeflejesOekeâlee 1.72×10–8 m nw– 0.688
heefjefOe  2r (RRB JE-01.09.2019 Shift-I)
heefjefOe = 2  3.14  6400  103 m 75. A supply of 120 V is applied to three lamps
connected in parallel the power rating of the
= 40192000 m
lamps are 60 w, 40 w and 100 w. Determine the
leej keâer kegâue uecyeeF& = 4019200010 total resistance and total current.
= 401920000 m 60 w, 40 w Deewj 100 w keâer heeJej jsefšbie Jeeues leerve ueQhe
Ûetefkeâ efJeÅegle keâer ieefle, ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~ Dele:
meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s ngS nw efpeveceW 120 V keâer Deehetefle&
otmejs End hej hengBÛeves ceW ueiee meceÙe
keâer peeleer nw~ kegâue ØeeflejesOe Deewj kegâue Oeeje keâer ieCevee
401920000
  1.3 meskesâC[ Ans. keâerefpeS~
3  108
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
71. The dimensional formula for frequency is :
DeeJe=efòe keâe efJeceerÙe met$e keâewve–mee nw? Solution : efoÙee nw–
(S.J.V.N.L- 30.09.2018) P1=60 W, P2= 40W, P3= 100 W,
Sol. DeeJe=efòe keâe efJeceerÙe met$e– V =120V I=?
1 V2 V2 120 120
f= R mes , R1  , R1   240
T P P1 60
1 V2 120  120
f= R2  , R2   360
T  P2 40
f  T 1  V2 120  120
R3  , R3   144
P3 100
f   M 0 L0T 1  Ans.
meYeer uewche meceevlej ceW peg[Ì s nw~
72. 1 Wh = ________ J 1 1 1 1
(ESIC 24.01.2019, 9:00-11:00)   
R eq R l R 2 R 3
Sol. 1 Wh = 6060
1 1 1
= 3600 joule   
240 360 144
1 kWh = 36001000=36 105 Joule Ans.
3 25
73. Find the resistance of a 1 km strip of copper 
720
with rectangular cross section 2.5 cm  0.05 cm
if  = 1.75 × 10–8  - m. R eq  72
Ùeefo  = 1.75 × 10–8  - m nw~ lees 2.5 cm × 0.05 V 120
I 
cm DeeÙeleekeâej DevegØemLe keâeš Jeeueer 1 km uecyeeF& R eq 72
Jeeueer leebyes keâer heóer keâe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjs~ I = 1.67 Amp. Ans.
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
76. A device stores 500 J of energy and releases 78. Find the value of Geq in the following circuit
this energy in the form of an electric current of efvecve heefjheLe ceW Geq keâe ceeve %eele keâjW
40A, which has a duration of 15 ms. Find the
average voltage across the terminals of the
devices.
Skeâ GhekeâjCe 500J Tpee& keâe Yeb[ejCe keâjlee nw~ Deewj
Fme Tpee& mes 40A keâer efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ™he ceW DeJecegòeâ
keâjlee nw~ efpemekeâer DeJeefOe 15 ms nw~ GhekeâjCe kesâ (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
šefce&veueeW hej Deewmele Jeesušspe keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~ Sol:- 20 S Deewj 5S ßesCeer ces peesÌ[ves hej
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) 1 1 1
 
Solution : efoÙee nw~ G T G1 G 2
E = 500 Joule, i = 40A, t = 15 ms = 15 × 10–3 sec G1G 2
GT =
E = Vit G1  G 2
E 500 20  5
V 
i  t 40 15 103 GT =
20  5
500  103 100
V GT =  4S
600
25
V = 833.4 Volts Ans.
77. Determine the ohm meter value in the given
network when R1 = 16 .
Ùeefo R1 = 16  nw~ lees efoS ieS vesšJeke&â ceW Deesceceeršj
kesâ ceeve keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~ Deye 4S Deewj 6S keâes meceevlej ceW pees[Ì ves hej
Geq = 4+6
Geq = 10S Ans.
79. The resistance of a conductor of diameter "D" and
Length "L" is R. If the diameter of the
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) conductor is halved and its length is also halved,
Solution : the resistance will be.
Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe JÙeeme "D", uecyeeF& "L" Deewj ØeeflejesOe
 nw~ Ùeefo Ûeeuekeâ keâe JÙeeme DeeOee keâj efoÙee peelee nw
R
Deewj Fmekeâer uecyeeF& Yeer DeeOeer keâj oer peeleer nw, lees ØeeflejesOe
nesiee–
R T  R1  R 2 (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
R T  16  4 Sol–
Given that,
R T  20 Diameter of conductor = D
Length of Conductor = L
l  d 2 
Q Resistance (R) =   A  
A  4 
l 4l
R=  4  2 .........(i)
R .R d 2 d
R eq  T 3
RT  R3 d
If diameter conductor is halved d' =
20  20 400 2
R eq    10
20  20 40 l
If length of conductor is halved l' =
2
l'
New resistance RNew = 
A'
4l ' 4  l/ 2   4l 
= =  2 2 
  d '   d / 2  d 
2 2
R eq  10  2
R eq  12 Ans. Q RNew = 2R Ans.

80. What will happen is two bulbs 100 W, 250 V and Req = (22.5 + 22.5)
200 W, 250 V are connected in series across a 500 Req = 45.0
V line– P = VI
keäÙee nesiee Ùeefo oes yeuye 100 W, 250 V Deewj 200 W, 10 = 15 I
250 V keâes 500 V ueeFve ceW ßeb=Keuee ceW peesÌ[e peeS– I=
10 2
 Amp.
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) 15 3
Sol– uewche keâes jsšs[ efmLeefle ceW mebÛeeefuele keâjves kesâ efueS–
2 300

3 45  R
R = 405  Ans.
82. Determine the voltage drop across 2 resistor of
the circuit shown in fig.
efÛe$e ceW efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ 2 ØeeflejesOe ceW Jeesušlee heele
%eele keâerefpeS~
V 2 250  250
yeuye A keâe ØeeflejesOe R1 = 1  = 625 
P1 100
V22 250  250
yeuye B keâe ØeeflejesOe R2 =  = 312.5 
P2 200
kegâue ØeeflejesOe R = R1 + R2 = 625 + 312.5 = 937.5 
ßesCeer ceW pees[Ì ves hej heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle kegâue Oeeje
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
keesušspe 500 Sol:- heefjheLe keâe kegâue ØeeflejesOe = (5+2+3)
I= = = 0.533 A
keâgue ØeeflejesOe 937.5 = 10
Q ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve meceeve neslee nw~ 100
heefjheLe ceW Oeeje (I) =
Dele: yeuye A ceW Jeesušleeheele = 0.533  625 10
= 333.33 Volt = 10A
Dele: yeuye A kesâ jsšs[ Jeesušspe mes DeefOekeâ Jeesušspe [ê@he nesves kesâ 2 kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW Jeesušleeheele · 10×2
keâejCe yeuye A heäÙetpe nes peeÙesiee~ Ans. = 20V Ans.
81. In the circuit shown in Fig. Find the value of the 83. Determine the Voltage drop across the 8
resistor R so that the lamps L1 and L2 operate at resistor of the circuit shown in fig.
rated Condition. the rating of each of the lamps is efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ 8 ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Jeesušleeheele %eele
15V, 10W. keâerefpeS~
efÛe$e ceW efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW, ØeeflejesOekeâ R hej ceeve %eele
keâerefpeS leeefkeâ ueQhe L1 Deewj L2 efveOee&jCe (jsšs[) efmLeefleÙeeW
hej mebÛeeefuele nes~ ØelÙeskeâ ueQhe keâe efveOee&jCe (jWefšbie) 15V,
10W nw~
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Sol:- 8 ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje
8
I = 5
20
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) I = 2A
Sol:- uewche keâe power = 10 W 8 ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Jeesušleeheele = 8×2
uewche keâe jsšs[ Jeesušspe · 15 V = 16V Ans.
uewche L1 keâe ØeeflejesOe – 84. The total current flowing throught a parallel
15  15 connection of 20 and 60 resistors is 40A. What
R1   22.5  will be the current flowing throught the 60
10
resistor. 10 Ampere
uewche L2 keâe ØeeflejesOe – 20 Deewj 60 kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâes kesâ meceevlej mebÙeespeve mes
15  15 ØeJeeefnle kegâue Oeeje 40A nw~ 60 ØeeflejesOe mes ØeJeeefnle
R2   22.5
10 Oeeje keäÙee nesleer nw~ 10 Ampere
oesveeW uewche ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[e nw leye leguÙe ØeeflejesOe– (SSC JE-24.03.2021)
85. A voltage source and two resistors are connected
in the given circuit. Suppose that Vs = 150 V, R1 =
50, and R2 = 25, find the current i1 and i2 in
each resistor.
Skeâ Jeesušlee Œeesle Deewj oes ØeeflejesOekeâ efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW
mebÙeesefpele nw~ ceevee Vs = 150 V, R1 = 50, Deewj R2 = 4 and 6 in parallel then,
25, ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Oeeje i1 Deewj i2 %eele keâjes~ 46
Req =  2.4
10
(SSC JE-24.03.2021)
Sol:-
RAB = 4+2.4+8
RAB = 14.4 Ans
87. What is the value of equivalent resistance if the
resistor 10 is parallel to 20. 6.66 
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee Ùeefo ØeeflejesOekeâ 10,
ØeeflejesOe R1 ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje– 20 kesâ meceeveeblej nw~ 6.66 
V 150 (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
i1 = S   3 Ampere
R1 50 88. In the given circuit find the current(i) in the 3
k resistor at time t = 2 second
ØeeflejesOe R2 ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje–
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW meceÙe t = 2 meskesâC[ hej 3 k
VS 150
i2     6Ampere ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje i %eele keâjes~
R2 25
(i1 = 3A, i2 = –6A) Ans.
86. Find the value of 'Req' for the following circuit
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW 'Req' keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS–
(SSC JE-24.03.2021)
Sol:- t = 2 meskesâC[ hej 6V switch short circuit nes peeÙesiee leLee
12V keâe switch open circuit nes peelee nw~
(SSC JE-24.03.2021)
Sol:-
i = V/R mes V = 6 volt, R = 3k

6
i= 3
 2  103
3 10
i = 2mA Ans.
R1 and R2 Parallel 89. A resistor is rated for 2.5 k, 1 watt determine
its maximum voltage and current rating
R1  R 2 6  3
RT =   2 Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ 2.5 k Deewj 1 Jeeš kesâ efueS efveOee&efjle nw
R1  R 2 9
Fmekeâer DeefOekeâlece Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje jWefšime keâer ieCevee
RT and R3 series = 2 + 2 = 4 keâjs~
R4 and R5 series = 1+5=6 (SSC JE-24.03.2021)
Sol :- efoÙee nw: R = 2.5 k P = 1watt, Vmax = ?, I = ? Sol. I50  7.2A
R = 2500 R2
I50  I 
V2 R1  R 2
P=
R
100
2
Vmax = PR 7.2  I 
150
Vmax = PR 7.2  15 108.0
I   10.8 A
= 2500  1 10 10
Vmax = 50 volts A
2 A A
P= I R I
P
I2 =
R
1
I2 =
2500
1 1
I =  ceevee ueeFve Oeeje 12.1 A yeveeves nsleg meceevlej ceW peesÌ[s peeves Jeeuee
2500 50
I = 20mA Ans.
ØeeflejesOe R nw leye–
90. All the resistances in the given figure are in
ohms. The effective resistance between the A
points A and B is :
efÛe$e ceW efoS ieS meYeer ØeeflejesOe Deesce ceW nQ~ efyevogDeeW A
Deewj B kesâ ceOÙe ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe nw-
(DSSSB JE- 19.03.2021)
50 Deewj 100 kesâ ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ceW nw, leye leguÙe ØeeflejesOe–
100  50
Req 
150
100
 
3
Sol. RAD = 3
RAE = 3
RAF = 3
3 6
RAB =
36
RAB = 2 Ans. Oeeje efJeYeepekeâ efveÙece ueieeves hej –
91. A 50 Ω resistor is in parallel with a 100 ohm 10.8 = 12.1× R
resistor. The current in the 50 Ω resistor is 7.2 R  100 / 3
A. What is the value of the third resistance to 100
R  1.12R
be added in parallel to make the line current 3
12.1 A? R = 276.9
Skeâ 50 Ω keâe ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ 100 Ω ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ R = 277  Ans.
meeLe meceeblej ceW nQ~ 50 Ω ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Oeeje 7.2 A nw~ 92. A current of 10 A flows through a resistor for
ueeFve Oeeje keâes 12.1 A yeveeves nsleg meceeblej ceW peesÌ[s 10 minutes and the power dissipated by the
peeves Jeeues leermejs ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nw? resistor is 100 watts. The p.d. across the
(DSSSB JE- 19.03.2021) resistor is-
10 A keâer Oeeje efkeâmeer ØeeflejesOekeâ mes 10 efceveš kesâ efueS 95. The maximum voltage that can be applied
ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw Deewj ØeeflejesOekeâ Éeje #eÙe Meefòeâ 100 across a 100 Ω, 10 W resistor in order to keep
within the resistor’s power rating is:
Jeeš nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ S›eâe@me efJeYeJeeblej (p.d.) nw–
DeefOekeâlece Jeesušlee pees 100 Ω, 10 W ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
S›eâe@me ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ hee@Jej jsefšbie kesâ Yeerlej jKeves nsleg
Sol. efoÙee nw– P = 100 W, I = 10 Amp
ueieeÙee pee mekesâ, Jen nw–
From P = VI
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
100 = V×10
2
V = 10 Volt Ans. Sol. P  V
93. A coil consists of 2000 turns of copper wire R
2
having a cross-sectional area of 0.8 mm .The V  P  R
mean length per turn is 80 cm and the
V  100  10
resistivity of copper is 0.02 µ-m. The
resistance of the coil when connected across V  1000
110 V DC supply is: V = 31.6 Volt Ans.
0.8 mm2 kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš Jeeueer Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW leeceü 96. What will be the value of voltage drop of 2kW
leej kesâ 2000 Jele&ve nQ~ Øeefle šve& ceeOÙe uecyeeF& 80 cm electric heater of 20 resistance- 200V
nw Deewj leeceü keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 0.02 µ-m nw~ peye 110 20  ØeeflejesOe Jeeues 2 kW kesâ efJeÅegle neršj keâer Jeesušlee
V DC mehueeF& kesâ S›eâe@me mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peeS lees heele keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? 200 V
kegâC[ueer keâe ØeeflejesOe nw– (HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019, 2:30-4:30)
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) 97. An electromagnet of resistance 12.4 Ω requires
Sol. Total mean length ( l ) = 80 × 2000 cm a current of 1.5 A to operate it. The required
= 160000 cm voltage is :
= 1600 m 12.4 Ω ØeeflejesOe kesâ Skeâ JewÅegle Ûegcyekeâ keâes ØeÛeeefuele
2
A = 0.8 mm =0.8×10 m -6 2 keâjves nsleg 1.5 A keâer Oeeje keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~
l 1600 DeeJeMÙekeâ Jeesušlee nw–
Resistance R    0.02 106 
A 0.8  106 (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
R  40  Ans. Sol. V  IR I  1.5A & R  12.4
94. A liquid resistor consists of two concentric V  1.5  12.4

metal cylinders of diameters D = 35 cm and d = V= 18.60 Volt Ans.
20 cm respectively with water of specific 98. A searchlight takes 100 A at 80 V. It is to be
resistance ρ = 8000 Ω-cm between them. The operated from a 220 V supply. Find the value
length of both cylinders is 60 cm. The of the resistor to be connected in series.
resistance of the liquid resistor is : Skeâ meÛe&ueeFš 80 V hej 100 A uesleer nw~ Ùen 220 V
Skeâ lejue ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW oes mebkesâefvõle Oeeleg efmeueW[j nw mehueeF& mes ØeÛeeefuele efkeâÙee peevee nw~ ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele
efpevekeâe JÙeeme ›eâceMe: D = 35 cm Deewj d = 20 cm, efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW–
Gvekesâ ceOÙe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe ρ = 8000 Ω-cm keâe peue (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
nw~ oesveeW efmeefueC[jeW keâer uecyeeF& 60 cm nw~ lejue Sol.
ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe nw–
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Sol. r1 = 10 cm, r2 = 17.5 cm
 = 8  103   cm, l  60cm
 r 
R ln  2 
2.l  r1 
80
8 103  17.5  Imax=100A, Rse =
R  ln   100
2 60  10  80
8000 220 = 100  100  R ext
R  0.558  ln(1.75  0.558) 100
376.8 140  100  R ext
R  11.85  Ans. R ext  1.4  Ans.

99. Two resistors of 4 and 6 are connected in 101. The area of cross-section of copper wire is 3 ×
series and supplied by 50V dc. What is the 10–6m2. It carries a current of 4.2A. Calculate
voltage across 6 resistor. current density in the wire.
oes ØeeflejesOe 4 Deewj 6 ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nQ Deewj 50 Jeesuš leeceü leej keâe DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue 3 × 10–6m2 nw~
[ermeer Éeje Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw 6 kesâ Deej-heej Ùen 4.2 A Oeeje Jenve keâjlee nw~ leej ceW Oeeje IevelJe keâer
Jeesušspe keäÙee nesiee - ieCevee keâjW~
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
Sol. Sol. efoÙee nw -

DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue (A) = 3 × 10–6 m2
I = 4.2 A
I 4.2
J 
A 3 106
J = 1.4 × 106 A/m2 Ans.
102. Calculate the resistance of an 800 m long cable
composed of 16 strands of similar copper
Voltage divider rule– conductors each strand being 1.2 mm in
R2 diameter. Allow 4% increase in length for the
V2  V 
R1  R 2 'lay'(twist) of each stands in completed cable.
6 The resistivity of copper may be taken as 1.32 ×
 50  10–8 –m.
46
=6×5 Skeâ 800 ceer. uecyeW kesâefyeue kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer ieCevee keâjW,
pees leebyes kesâ Ûeeuekeâes kesâ 16 mš^Q[dme mes yevee nw, ØelÙeskeâ
V2  30V Ans.
mš^wC[ 1.2 efceceer. JÙeeme keâe nw~ hetCe& kesâefyeue ceW ØelÙeskeâ
100. In the circuit show below is the resistor 3 mš^wC[ kesâ ues (šdefJemš) kesâ efueS 4³ keâer Je=efæ keâer
across the terminals A-B is disconnected, then
Devegceefle oW~ leebyes keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 1.32 × 10–8 -m kesâ
find the voltage VAB.
veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW, Ùeefo šefce&veuees A-B kesâ ®he ceW ueer pee mekeâleer nw-
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
Deej-heej 3  keâe ØeeflejesOe keâeš efoÙee peelee nw, lees
4
VAB Jeesušspe %eele keâerefpeS~ Sol. kegâue uecyeeF& l = 800  800 
100
= 832 m
16 Strands
d = 1.2 mm
 = 1.32 × 10–8 -m
Q a = r2
2
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) d
a   
Sol. When, 3 resistor disconnected from circuit as 2
an open circuit. The voltage across the terminal
A and B is equal to supply voltage. 
1.2 10  3 2
So, 4
a = 1.1304 × 10–6 m2
Total area (at) = 16 × a
= 16 × 1.1304×10-6 m2
at = 18.08 × 10–6 m2
1.32  108  832
R
18.08  106
VAB  100V Ans. R  0.6 Ans.

103. A 100W, 250V bulb is put in series with a 40W, Sol. efoÙee nw -
250V bulb across 500V supply. The current
l = 200 m
drawn will be.
Skeâ 100W, 250V yeuye keâes 500V Deehetefle& ceW 40W, A = 0.8 µm2
 = 0.02 µ-m
250V yeuye kesâ meeLe ëe=bKeuee ces jKee ieÙee nw, Oeeje keâe
l
ceeve nesiee~ R 
A
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
Sol : 0.02  106  200

, , 0.8  106
R = 5 Ans.
1 2 106. What will be the potential difference (in V)
between the ends when the electric current
flow is 3A and conductance is 0.3  in the
conductor medium-
Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee
yeuye 1 keâe ØeeflejesOe– nesiee peye Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ceeOÙece mes efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeen 3
V 2 250  250 SeqcheÙej Deewj Ûeeuekeâlee keâe ceeve 0.3 cnes nw–
R1 =   625
P1 100 (SSC JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
yeuye 2 keâe ØeeflejesOe– Sol. efoÙee nw– Oeeje (I) = 3 A
V 2 250  250 Ûeeuekeâlee (G) = 0.3 mho
R2 =  = 1562.5
P2 40 1 1 10
lees R=   
oesveeW yeuyeeW keâe mebÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe R = (R1+R2) G 0.3 3
= (625+1562.5)  10
efmejeW keâe efJeYeJeevlej (V) = IR = 3  V
=2187.5 3
mehueeF& Jeesušlee V = 10 volt Ans.
heefjheLe cesW Oeeje (i)  107. Determine the value of current (in A) drawn
oesvees yeuyees keâe mebÙegkeäòeâ ØeeflejesOe
from a 8V battery, when a wire of 24 ohms
500 resistance is stretched doubled its original length

2187.5 and then cut into two equal parts and these
i  0.2286A equal part are connected in parallel with the
battery?
104. In an element from t = 0s to t = 5s, 12C of 8 Jeesuš yewšjer mes yeves efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve (SeqcheÙej ceW)
charge is entered find the flow of current in the keäÙee nesiee, peye 24 Deesÿe ØeeflejesOe keâe leej efpemekeâer cetue
element.
Skeâ Sueercesvš ceW t = 0s mes t = 5s lekeâ 12 C keâe DeeJesMe uebyeeF& keâes KeeRÛe keâj oesiegvee efkeâÙee peelee nw, efheâj Gmes oes
ØeJesefMele neslee nw~ Gme Sueercesvš ceW Oeeje keâe ØeJeen %eele yejeyej YeeieeW ceW keâeš efoÙee peelee nw Deewj Ùes yejeyej YeeieeW
keâjW~ keâes yewšjer kesâ meceevlej ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw–
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II)
Sol. leej keâes KeeRÛekeâj ogiegveer uecyeeF& keâjves hej leej keâe veÙee
Sol. efoÙee nw - ØeeflejesOe–
dt = 5 second, dq = 12 C, i(t) = ? R = n2R
dq 12
it   R  2 2  24
dt 5 R  96
i(t) = 2.4 ampere Ans. oes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW yeebšves kesâ yeeo meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej,
105. The cross-sectional area of a 200 m long copper meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe–
wire is 0.8 µm sq. Calculate the resistance of
48  48
the wire if its resistivity is 0.02 micro ohm-m at R eq 
normal working temperature. 48  48
Skeâ 200 ceeršj uebyes leeByes kesâ leej keâe DevegØemLe keâeš R eq  24
#es$eheâue 0.8 ceeF›eâes ceer. Jeie& nw~ leej kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer V 8
I 
ieCevee keâjW Ùeefo Fmekeâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee meeceevÙe keâeÙe& R 24
leeheceeve hej 0.02 ceeF›eâes Deesce-ceeršj nw -  0.33A Ans.
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021, Shift-I)
108. A 100 W, 330 V lamp is connected to a 330 V 111. The electric iron consumer 4A at 230V find its
supply. A 100 W, 110 V lamp is supplied with resistance.
110 V. The ratio of their resistances is Skeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâ DeeÙejve 230 V hej 4 A GheYeesie keâjleer
Skeâ 100 W, 330 V kesâ uewche keâes 330 V Deehetefle& Øeoeve nw~ Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâerefpeS~
keâer ieF& nw~ 100 W, 110 V kesâ uewche keâes 110 V Deehetefle& (ESIC- 24.01.2019, 9:00-11:00)
Øeoeve keâer ieF& nw~ Gvekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe Devegheele keäÙee Sol. efoÙee nw– V  230V , I  4A
nesiee?
V  IR
(BSPHCL JE- 30.01.2019, Batch -01)
V 230
Sol. efoÙee nw, 100W, 330V uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe– R 
I 4
V12  V2  R  57.5  Ans.
R1  Q P  
P1  R  112. An energy source forces a current of 1A for 10
330  330 s to flow through a light bulb If 2.3 kJ is given
 off in the form of light and heat energy, then
100
calculate the voltage drop the bulb
= 1089
Skeâ Tpee& Œeesle Skeâ ØekeâeMe yeuye kesâ ceeOÙece mes
100W, 110V uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe
ØeJeeefnle nesves kesâ efueS 1A keâer Oeeje 10 meskesâC[ kesâ efueS
V22
R2  Øeoeve keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo 2.3 kJ keâer Tpee&, ØekeâeMe Deewj
P2
leehe Tpee& kesâ ®he ceW oer peeleer nw lees yeuye keâe Jeesušspe
110  110
  121  [êhe %eele keâerefpeS
100
(ESIC- 24.01.2019, 9:00-11:00)
1089
ØeeflejesOees keâe Devegheele  9 Ans. Sol. I=1 A t=10 sec. W= 2.3 kJ
121 W=I2Rt
109. An electric heater is marked with 1000 W, 200 W 2.3  1000
V. The resistance of the coil is? R 2  2  230
Skeâ JewÅegle neršj hej 1000 W, 200 V Debefkeâle nw~ I t 1 10
Voltage drop  IR
kegâC[ueer keâe ØeeflejesOe nw?
(HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019, 2:30-4:30)  230  1  230 V Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw- 113. If 120 C of charge passes through a conductor
P = 1000 W V = 200V in 60 sec, the current in the conductor is
Ùeefo Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ mes 60 meskeâC[ ceW 120 C DeeJesMe
V2
Formula - R = ØeÛeeefuele neslee nw lees Ûeeuekeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nesieer-
P
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
200  200
 = 40 Ans. (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
1000
Sol. efoÙee nw,
110. Three resistances of 30 ohm, 15 ohm and 5 ohm
are connected in parallel, their combine Oeeje (I) =
Ûeepe& (Q)
resistance will be? meceÙe (t)
30 ohm, 15 ohm and 5 ohm kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOeeW keâes efoÙee ieÙee nw-
meceeveeblej ™he mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Gvekeâe Q = 120 C, t = 60 meskesâC[
mebÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe nesiee? 120
I=
(Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019, 03 -05 ) 60
Sol. 30, 15 leLee 5 ØeeflejesOe keâes meceevlej mebÙeesefpele keâjves I = 2A Ans.
hej– 114. The Electron relaxation time of metal A is 2.710-
4
s and that of B is 1.3510-4 s. The relation of
1 1 1 1 1 2  6 9
     resistivity of B to resistivity of A will be :
R e q 30 15 5 30 30 Oeeleg A keâe Fueskeäšêve efJeßeebefle keâeue (electron
30 relaxation time) 2.710–4 s Deewj B keâe 1.3510–4 s
R eq   3.33
9 nw~ B Deewj A keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee (resistivity of B and
meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele ØeeflejesOeeW keâe leguÙeebkeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve meyemes A) keâe Devegheele efkeâlevee nesiee?
keâce ceeve kesâ ØeeflejesOe mes Yeer keâce neslee nw~ Ans. (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
m 117. Calculate the length of a wire required for an
Sol. Relaxation time   electric radiator to dissipate 1 kW when
ne 
2
peneB m = mass of electron connected to a 230 V supply, if the coils of the

n = No. of free electron per unit volume radiator are made of wire 0.5 mm in diameter
e = charge of one electron having resistivity of 60  cm.
 = Resistivity 230 V Deehete|le mes peesÌ[ves hej 1 kW keâes Kehele kesâ efueS
Relaxation time is inversely Proportional to the
resistivity of material. Skeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâ jsef[Sšj kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ leej keâer
TA  2.7  10 S4
uecyeeF& keâer ieCevee keâjW Ùeefo jsef[Sšj keâer kegâC[efueÙeeW
TB  1.35  10 4 S keâe JÙeeme 0.5 mm leLee ØeeflejesOekeâlee 60  cm nQ~
B TA (DMRC JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift)

A TB Sol. efoÙee nw, P = 1 kW, V= 230 V, d = 0.5 mm
2.7  104 r = 0.25×10-3 m

1.35  104  = 60 -cm
B = 60×10-6 ×10-2 -m
2 Ans.
A = 60×10-8 -m
115. Calculate the resistance of wire V 2 230  230
R 
leej kesâ jefpemšWme keâer ieCevee keâjW~ P 1000
Given data–/Length = 150 m  52.9 
Øeoòe [sše –/uebyeeF& = 150 m
l
Cross sectional area = 0.2 mm2 R
›eâe@me meskeäMeveue SefjÙee = 0.2 mm2 A
Resistivity = 5010–8 -m RA
l
jsefpeeqmšefJešer = 5010–8 -m 
(MP JE- 2016) 52.9  3.14  0.25  103  0.25  103
Sol. efoÙee nw– 
60 108
Length = 150 m
Cross sectional area = 0.2 mm2 = 0.2×10-6 m2 l  17.30 m Ans.
Resistivity = 50  10 -m–8
118. A device stores 500 J of energy. It releases this
l
R=  energy in the form of an electric current of 40
a
A, which has a duration of 5 ms. Determine the
50  108  150
R voltage across the terminals of the device.
0.2  106 Skeâ Ùegefòeâ 500 J Tpee& meb«eefnle keâjleer nw~ Ùen Fme Tpee&
 250  150  10 2
R = 375 Ans.
keâes 40 A efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ™he ceW efveceg&òeâ keâjleer nw
116. A potential difference of 12 V is applied to a efpemekeâer meceÙeeJeefOe 5 ms nQ~ lees Ùegefòeâ kesâ efmejs kesâ
7.5 resistance for a period of 5 seconds. The S›eâeme Jeesušlee %eele keâerefpeS~
electric charge transferred in this time is :
(PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
12 V keâe efJeYeJeevlej 7.5 kesâ Skeâ ØeeflejesOe hej 5
meskeâC[ kesâ efueS ueieeÙee peelee nw Fme meceÙe ceW Sol. Tpee& (W )  500 J
mLeeveevleefjle efJeÅegle DeeJesMe nw~ Oeeje ( I )  40 A
(MP JE- 2015)
meceÙe (t )  5ms  5  10 –3 sec
Sol. efoÙee nw-
V = 12V, R = 7.5 , t = 5 sec Jeesušlee V  ?
V 12 120 W  VIt
I  
R 7.5 75 W
q  It V
It
120
  5  8C V
500
75 40  103  5
q  8C Ans. V  2500V Ans.

119. Determine the conductance of a short circuit lC
on 120 V, which results in a short circuit RC  C
AC
current of 500 A?
lC
120 V hej ueIegheefjheLe kesâ Ûeeuekeâlee keâer ieCevee keâjW, 100   C .............(ii)
AC
efpemekeâe heefjCeece ueIegheLeve Oeeje 500 A nw~
meceerkeâjCe (i) Je (ii) mes
ISC  500A G? 500 l B
Sol, V  120V 
100 l C
I 500
G 
V 120 5 lB

G  4.16 S Ans. 1 lC
120. Determine the resistance of a 1 km strip of Dele: levleg B, C mes 5 iegvee uecyee nesiee~ Ans.
copper of rectangular cross-section 2.5 cm by 122. Determine the potential difference (in V)
0.05 cm. Assume  is the resistivity of the copper. between the ends of a conductor when the
2.5 mesceer. Deewj 0.05 mesceer. keâer DeeÙeleekeâej DevegØemLe conductor has a conductance of 0.4 Siemens
keâeš Jeeueer keâehej keâer 1 efkeâceer. keâer efmš^he (heòeer) kesâ and carrying a current of 8 A.
ØeeflejesOe keâer ieCevee keâjW, ceevee  keâehej keâer Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ oesveeW ÚesjeW kesâ yeerÛe kesâ efJeYeJeevlej keâe
ØeeflejesOekeâlee nw~ ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) %eele keâerefpeÙes, Ùeefo Ûeeuekeâ keâer Ûeeuekeâlee
(PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) 0.4 meercesvme nw Deewj ØeJeeefnle efJeÅegle Oeeje 8 SefcheÙej nw~
Sol. l  1km  10 m , 3
R=?
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Ûeeuekeâlee = 0.4 meercesvme
DeeÙeleekeâej DevegØemLe keâeš keâe #es$eHeâue– Oeeje = 8 Amp.
a  2.5cm  0.05 cm  0.125  104 m 2 1
ØeeflejesOe  mes,
l
R  
1103 ÛeeuekeâlJe
a 0.125  104 1
ØeeflejesOe 
 2.5 
R  80M Ans. 0.4
121. Here are two threads B and C have the same Jeesušlee (V) = ØeeflejesOe  Oeeje
cross-section and are made of the same = 2.5 8 Jeesuš = 20 Jeesuš Ans.
material. RB = 500  and RC = 100. The 123. Determine the temperature coefficient of
number of times B is longer than C is _____. resistance of a resistor at 0 degree Celsius,
oes lebleg B Deewj C Skeâ ner ›eâe@me-meskeäMeve ceW nw Deewj Jes when the resistor has a resistance of 20 ohms at
meceeve heoeLe& mes yeves nQ~ RB = 500  and RC = 100 0 degree Celsius and 40 ohms at 60 degree
nw~ lees B, C mes _____iegvee uecyee nw~ Celsius.
Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ ØeeflejesOe leehe iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve 0
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Morning)
ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme hej %eele keâerefpeÙes peye ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer
Sol. efoÙee nw–
ØeeflejesOe 0 ef[«eer hej 20 Deesÿe nw Deewj 60 ef[«eer
B keâe ØeeflejesOe RB = 500 
mesefumeÙeme hej 40 Deesÿe nw~
C keâe ØeeflejesOe RC= 100 
Ûetefkeâ oesvees Ùegefòeâ meceeve Material Deewj meceeve Cross section
Sol. efoÙee nw,
Area kesâ yeves nw FmeefueS–
t  t 2  t1  60  0
ØeeflejesOekeâlee  B   C
t  600 C
Area AB  AC Ro = 20 
l Rt = R60 = 40
R  Rt = R0 (1+  t)
A
40  20(1    60)
lB
RB  B 40  20  1200
AB
20  1200
lB
500   B ...........(i)
AB   0.017 / 0 C Ans.

124. A wire of 30 ohms resistance is stretched to 126. Find the resistivity of a material (in Ohms–cm)
double its original length and then cut into two of wire whose resistance is 5 ohms. (Assume
equal parts. These two equal parts are length of the wire is 15 m, diameter of wire is
connected in parallel with a battery that draws 0.15 cm)
a current of 2 A. Determine the potential Skeâ heoeLe& keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee (Deesÿe–mebsšerceeršj ceW) %eele
difference (in V) between the terminals of the keâerefpeS efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe 5 Deesÿe nw~ (leej keâer uebyeeF&
battery.
15 ceeršj nw, leej keâe JÙeeme 0.15 meWšerceeršj nw)–
Skeâ 30 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues leej keâes Gmekeâer uecyeeF&
mes ogievee KeerÛee peelee nw Deewj oes yejeyej efnmmes ceW keâeš
Sol. efoÙee nw–
efoÙee peelee nw~ Fve leej kesâ oes efnmmeeW keâes Skeâ yewšjer kesâ
leej keâe ØeeflejesOe = 5 
meeLe meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw~ efpememes 2
leej keâer uecyeeF& = 15 ceeršj = 15  100 cm
SefcheÙej keâer efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ yewšjer kesâ leej keâe JÙeeme = 0.15 cm
šefce&veue kesâ yeerÛe kesâ efJeYeJeevlej (heesšWefMeÙeue ef[HeâjWme) ef$epÙee (r) = 0.075 cm
keâe ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) %eele keâerefpeÙes~
FmeefueÙes leej keâe #es$eheâue A  r 2 mes
Sol. efoÙee nw,
#es$eheâue  A   3.14  0.075  0.075
R = 30   0.01766 cm2
R keâes KeeRÛekeâj oes iegvee yeÌ{eves hej veÙee ØeeflejesOe, RA

Rn = n R2 l
= (2)  30
2 5  0.01766
  0.000058875
= 4  30 1500
Rn = 120    5.88  105   cm Ans.
Deye Rn keâes DeeOee–DeeOee keâeš keâj yewšjer kesâ meceevlej ceW pees[Ì ves hej 127. The dimensions of a cuboidal metal strip are a
meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe– = 5 cm, b = 15 cm and c = 10 cm. What is the
60  60 ratio of resistances Ra : Rb : Rc between the
R eq   30
60  60 respective pairs of opposite faces ?
V  IR mes Skeâ Ieveekeâej Oeeleg heóer kesâ DeeÙeece a = 5 cm, b = 15
V  2  30 cm Deewj c = 10 cm nw~ mebyebefOele efJehejerle YegpeeDeeW kesâ
V  60 Jeesuš Ans. peesÌ[eW kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe keâe Devegheele Ra : Rb : Rc
125. At 20 degree Celsius, aluminium wire has a keäÙee nw?
resistance of 30 ohms. The temperature (SSC JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
coefficient of resistance is 0.00305 per degree l
Celsius. What is the approximate resistance of Sol. R a  A
the wire (in ohms) at 30 degree Celsius ?
a
20 ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme hej, SuÙetceerefveÙece leej ceW 30 Deesÿe Ra  
bc
ØeeflejesOe neslee nw~ ØeeflejesOe keâe leehe iegCeebkeâ 0.00305 5 
Øeefle ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme nw~ 30 ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme hej leej Ra  
150 30
keâe Devegceeefvele ØeeflejesOe (Deesÿe ceW) keäÙee nesiee?
Sol. 20 C hej Al keâe ØeeflejesOe = 30 = R t1
o
ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheiegCeebkeâ (0) = 0.00305 Øeefle ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme

R t 2 = R t1 (1 + 0t) mes
Qt  30o  20o C 10o C 

R 30o  30 1  0.00305  10  Fmeer Øekeâej,
b
R 30o  30 1  0.0305  Rb 
ac
= 30(1.0305) 15 3
R 30o  31  Ans. Rb  
50 10

Skeâ 2 Deesÿe yesueveekeâej leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee (Deesÿe–
ceer. ceW) keäÙee nesieer peye leej keâer uecyeeF& Deewj leej keâe
JÙeeme ›eâceMe: 10 ceer. Deewj 0.4 ceer. nw?
Sol. efoÙee nw,
c
Rc  ØeeflejesOe (R) = 2
ba
leej keâer uecyeeF& (l) = 10 ceeršj
10 2
Rc     leej keâe JÙeeme (d) = 0.4 ceeršj
75 15
RA
ØeeflejesOekeâlee   mes,
l
d 0.4
r   0.2 m
2 2
R  r 2

 3 2 l
Ra : Rb : Rc  : :
2  3.14   0.2 
2
30 10 15

R a : R b : R c  1: 9 : 4 Ans. 10
0.2512
128. What will be the cross-sectional area (in sq. m) 
of an 18 m long cylindrical wire when the 10
resistivity of the wire is 0.67 ohm-meter and   0.025 m Ans.
the resistance of the wire is 12 ohms? 131. Two wires of same resistivity have equal
Skeâ 18 ceer. uecyes yesueveekeâej leej keâe keâeš-DevegØemLe length. The cross sectional area of first wire is
#es$e (Jeie& ceer.) ceW keäÙee nesiee peye leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee two times to the area of the other. What will be
0.67 Deesÿe-ceer nw Deewj leej keâe ØeeflejesOe 12 Deesÿe nw– the resistance (in ) of the wire that has a large
(SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018) cross sectional area, if the resistance of the
Sol. uecyeeF& ( l ) = 18 ceer. other wire is 20 ?
#es$eheâue (A) = ? Skeâ ner ØeeflejesOekeâlee kesâ oes leej meceeve uecyeeF& kesâ nw~
ØeeflejesOekeâlee () = 0.67 -m Skeâ leej keâe DevegØemLe #es$eheâue otmejer leej keâe oesiegvee nw~
ØeeflejesOe (R) = 12  efpeme leej keâe DevegØemLe #es$eheâue pÙeeoe nw, Gmekeâe
l ØeeflejesOe ( ceW) keäÙee nesiee Deiej otmejs leej keâe ØeeflejesOe
ØeeflejesOe (R) =  mes, 20  nw?
A
0.67 18 (SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018)
#es$eheâue (A) =  1.005
12 Sol. efoÙee nw,
#es$eheâue (A) = 1 Jeie& ceeršj Ans. l1  l 2 1  2  
129. Determine the current (in A) that flows ØeMveevegmeej–
through a 15 ohms resistance, when the A1  2A 2
potential difference between the terminals of
R 2  20  R1  ?
the resistor is 60 V.
efJeÅegle Oeeje (SefcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW pees 15 Deesÿe R1 l1 A 2
  mes, (peye efkeâ  efmLej nw~)
ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle neslee nww, peye ØeeflejesOe R 2 l 2 A1
kesâ šefce&veueeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej 60 Jeesuš nQ~ R 1 l1 A1 / 2
 
 A1 
Q A 2  
(SSC JE-Evening 23-01-2018) 20 l1 A1  2 
Sol. efoÙee nw– R = 15  V = 60 Volt 20
R1 
V
Oeeje  I   2
R R1  10  Ans.
60
Oeeje (I)   4 Amp. Ans. 132. What will be the resistance (in ) of bulb A for
15 the circuit given below?
130. What is the resistivity (in Ohms-m) of a 2 Ohm veerÛes efoÙes ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS yeuye A keâe ØeeflejesOe (
cylindrical wire when the length and the ceW) keäÙee nesiee?
diameter of the wire are 10 m and 0.4 m
respectively? (SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018)

0.4  4 0.4  4
R 
  0.1
2
22
 0.01
7
4  4  7  10
  50.90  51  Ans.
22
135. What will be the value of current 'I' (in A) for
Sol. efoÙee nw, the given circuit diagram?
P1 = 100 Jee@š P2 = 10 Jee@š V = 20 Jeesuš efvecve heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje 'I' keâe ceeve (A ceW) keäÙee
kegâue Meefòeâ  PT   100  10 nesiee?
= 110 Jee@š (SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
PT
I
V
110
Oeeje  I    5.5Amp
20
P 100 100
yeuye A keâe ØeeflejesOe  R   21  
 5.5 30.25 Sol. Equivalent Resistance (Req) = 8||8+4+2
2
I
88
ØeeflejesOe  R   3.3  Ans.   4  2  4  4  2  10
88
133. Determine the value of resistance (in Ohms) of Req = 10
a resistor at 40 degree Celsius, when the V 40
resistor has a resistance of 10 Ohms at 0 degree I   4Amp
R e q 10
Celsius and the temperature coefficient at 0
I = 4Amp Ans.
degree Celsius is 0.04.
136. There are N resistances, each are connected in
ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve keâes 40 ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme
parallel having value R with equivalent
hej (Deesÿe ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye 0 ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme hej resistance of X. What will be the total
ØeeflejesOe 10 Deesÿe neslee nw Deewj 0 ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme hej resistance when these N resistances are
leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ 0.04/ºC nw– connected in series?
efkeâmeer meceeblej ›eâce ceW, 'N' ØeeflejesOekeâ pegÌ[s nQ Deewj
ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 'R' nw Deewj Gvekeâe meceleguÙe
Sol. efoÙee nw– Ro = 10  Rt =R40= ?,
ØeeflejesOe 'X' nw~ peye Fve 'N' ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâes ëe=bKeuee ceW
α o = 0.04/º C
peesÌ[e peelee nw lees Fvekeâe kegâue ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee?
t = 40–0=400C
R t  R o (1   o t) Sol. meceevlej mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS–
R40 = 10(1 + 0.04  40) 1 1 1 1
R40 = 10  2.6 = 26 Ans.    ........
R eq R1 R 2 Rn
134. What will be the resistance (in ohms) of a
cylindrical wire, if the length, diameter and the ØeMveevegmeej,
resistivity of the wire is 4 m, 0.2 m and 0.4 1 1 1 1
   .......
Ohms-m respectively? X R R RN
Deiej Skeâ yesueveekeâej leej keâer uecyeeF&, JÙeeme Deewj leej keâer 1 N

ØeeflejesOekeâlee ›eâceMe: 4 ceeršj, 0.2 ceeršj Deewj 0.4 Deesÿe- X R
ceeršj nw, lees Gme leej keâe ØeeflejesOe (Deesÿe ceW) keäÙee nesiee? R = NX ...........(i)
(SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018) ßesCeer mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS–
Sol. uecyeeF& (length) = 4m R eq  R1  R 2  R 3  .........R n
JÙeeme = 0.2m R e q  R  R  R............  R N (N times)
0.2
ef$epÙee (r)   0.1m Req = NR .........(ii)
2 meceerkeâjCe (i) Je (ii) mes–
leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee () = 0.4ohm-meter R eq  N  N  X
l
R
a
 a  r 2  R eq  N 2 X Ans.

137. What is the conductivity (in Mho/m) of a 2 1 14  d2 
Ohm circular wire, when the length and the R   Q A 
12  0.6 2  4
diameter of the wire are 10 m and 0.8 m  
4
respectively ?
14  4
2 Deesÿe Jeeues ieesueekeâej leej keâer Ûeeuekeâlee (cnes/ceer. ceW) 
12    0.6 
2
keäÙee nesiee, peye leej keâer uebyeeF& Deewj JÙeeme ›eâceMe: 10
ceer. Deewj 0.8 ceer. nw? 14  4 14
   4.12
(SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018) 12  3.14  0.6  0.6 3.39
d 0.8 R  4.12 Ans.
Sol. ef$epÙee (r)    0.4 m
2 2 139. What will be the value of current (in A) drawn
ØeeflejesOe (R)  2, l  10m from a 4 V battery when a wire of 20 ohms
l resistance is stretched to double its original
R length and then cut into two equal parts and
A these equal parts are connected in parallel with
RA the battery ?

l 4 Jeesuš yewšjer mes yeves efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve (SefcheÙej
2  3.14  0.4  0.4 ceW ) keäÙee nesiee, peye 20 Deesÿe ØeeflejesOe keâe leej efpemekeâer

10
Q A  r 2 
cetue uebyeeF& keâes KeeRÛe keâj oesiegvee efkeâÙee peelee nw, efHeâj
6.28  0.16 Gmes oes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW keâeš efoÙee peelee nw Deewj Ùes

10 yejeyej YeeieeW keâes yewšjer kesâ meceeveeblej ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw?
1.0048
 (SSC JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
10 Sol. efoÙee nw–
  0.10048 -m
Jeesušspe (V) = 4V, Oeeje (I) = ?
1
ÛeeuekeâlJe ()  leej keâe ØeeflejesOe R = 20

ØeLece Condition :
1

0.10048
  9.952 mho / m
  10 mho / m Ans.
138. Determine the resistance (in ohms) of a 14 m 2nd Condition : ØeeflejesOe keâes KeeRÛeves hej Gmekeâer uecyeeF& oes iegvee
long circular wire when the diameter and the efkeâÙee peelee nw efHeâj Gmes oes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW keâeš efoÙee peelee nw Deewj
conductivity of the wire are 0.6 m and 12
mho/meter respectively.
efHeâj Gmekeâes yewšjer kesâ meceeveevlej ceW peesÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw–
Skeâ 14 ceeršj uebyeer ieesueekeâej leej keâe ØeeflejesOe (Deesÿe KeeRÛeves hej ØeeflejesOe ceW heefjJele&ve = n  R
2
ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye leej keâe JÙeeme Deewj leej keâer = 2  20 = 80 
2
Ûeeuekeâlee ›eâceMe: 0.6 ceeršj Deewj 12 cnes/ceeršj nw~

Sol. efoÙee nw–
leej keâer uebyeeF& (l) = 14m
leej keâe JÙeeme (d) = 0.6m RR
Ûeeuekeâ keâer Ûeeuekeâlee () = 12 cnes/ceeršj R eq  1 2
R1  R 2
ØeeflejesOe R = ?
40  40 40  40
1 R eq    20
Ûeeuekeâ keâer Ûeeuekeâlee     mho/meter 40  40 80
 V
Formula : current (I) 
1 1 R eq
 , 
 12 4

l 20
Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe R 
A I  0.2 Ampere Ans.

140. What will be the length (in m) of a 10 Ohm 2 R 2 A 2 l
wire, when the resistivity of the wire is 0.1   1
1 l2 R 1A1
Ohms-m and the diameter of the wire is 0.5 m?
Skeâ 10 Deesÿe Jeeues leej keâer uecyeeF& (ceer. ceW) keäÙee Q R1  3R 2 
2 R 2 A 2 l2  
nesieer, peye leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 0.1 Deesÿe-ceer. Deewj    l1  l 2 
3 l2 3R 2 A 2  A A 
JÙeeme 0.5 ceer. nw?  2 1 
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) 1
2   3
Sol. efoÙee nw, 3
ØeeflejesOe (R) · 10 2  1   m Ans.
leej keâe ØeeflejesOekeâlee () · 0.1 -m 142. In the figure shown below, the equivalent
leej keâe JÙeeme (d) · 0.5 m resistance (in ohms) across terminals A-B is......
veerÛes efoKeeF& ieÙeer Deeke=âefle ceW, šefce&veue A–B kesâ yeerÛe
l=?
meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe (Deesÿe ceW)..............nw~
0.5
r  0.25 m (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
2
l
formula; R  
A
A  r 2
 3.14   0.25   0.19625m 2
2 Sol.
RA
l

10  0.19625
l
0.1 8 Deewj 4 ßesCeer ›eâce ceW
1.9625 R eq  4  8  12
l
0.1 6  12
R AB 
l  19.625 m Ans. 6  12
72
141. Two wires of the same cross sectional area have  4
18
equal length. The resistance of first wire is
R AB  4 Ans.
three times the resistance of the other. What
will be the resistivity (in Ohms-m) of the wire 143. A hot wire supplies 100 kJ in 10 minutes. What
that has low value of resistance, if the other is the potential difference (in V) across the
wire is 3 Ohms-m? wire, when the current is 2 A?
Skeâ meceeve DevegØemLe-keâeš #es$eHeâue Jeeues oes leejeW keâer Skeâ iece& leej 10 efceveš ceW 100 efkeâuees-petue Øeoeve
keâjlee nw~ leej kesâ oesveeW efmejes kesâ yeerÛe heesšsbefMeÙeue
uecyeeF& Skeâ meceeve nw~ henues leej keâe ØeeflejesOe otmejs leej
ef[heâjWme (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nw, peye GmeceW efJeÅegle Oeeje 2
mes leerve iegvee nw~ keâce ØeeflejesOe Jeeues leej keâer SefcheÙej nw?
ØeeflejesOekeâlee (Deesÿe-ceeršj ceW) keäÙee nesieer Deiej otmejs (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 3 Deesÿe-ceeršj nw? Sol.
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) I  2 Amp P  VI
Sol. ØeLece leej keâe ØeeflejesOe R1 = 3R2 
W  100  10 Joule  W  VIt
3
ØeLece leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 1 = 3-m t  10 minutes (10  60 sec)  W  Pt

efÉleerÙe leej keâe ØeeflejesOe · R2 
P
W P  W
efÉleerÙe leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 2 = ? t  t
Q oesveeW leej meceeve DevegØemLe keâeš kesâ nQ, lees l1 = l2 100  103 1000 500
   Jee@š
leLee A1 = A2 10  60 6 3
P
R1A1 V
1  ...........(i) I
l1
500 250
R 2A2 V   83.33 volt
2  .............(ii) 3 2 3
l2 V  83.33 volt Ans.

144. The length of a copper wire is increased by 2%. Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&S ieS uesKeeefÛe$e kesâ efueS, ØeeflejesOekeâ
Calculate the percentage change (in %) in its keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ (0C ceW ) %eele keâjW~
resistance. (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
leebyee kesâ leej keâer uecyeeF& 2% yeÌ{e oer ieÙeer nw~ Gmekesâ
ØeeflejesOe ceW ØeefleMele heefjJele&ve keâer ieCevee (% ceW ) keâjW~
2l
Sol. l '  l 
100
  l  0.02l   1.02l
l '  1.02  l
al  a ' l '
al  1.02l  a ' Sol. R0 = 30, Rt = 60, t = 150C, 0 = ?
al R t  R 0 1  0 t 
 a'
1.02l 60  30 1  015
l
R old   60
a 1  150   2
30
l'
R 'new   150  2  1
a'
1
l' 0   0.066
R'  15
a'
1.02l 1.02 1.02  l  0  0.066 / 0 C Ans.
R'  
a /1.02 a 147. Ten numbers of 20 ohm resistors are connected
l in parallel across a 220 V DC supply. The
R '  1.04   branch current is:
a
R '  1.04R 20 Deesce kesâ 10 ØeeflejesOe 220 V [er.meer. Deehetefle& kesâ
R ' R  1.04R  R  0.04R S›eâeme meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele nQ~ MeeKee Oeeje nw–
0.04R Sol.
%increase   100
R
 4%
145. Calculate the value of maximum safe current
(in A) that can flow in a 50 Ohms, 4 W resistor.
DeefOekeâlece megjef#ele efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ceeve keâer ieCevee
(SefcheÙej ceW) keâjW pees 50 Deesÿe, 4 Jeeš kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW
ØeJeeefnle nes mekeâleer nw~
Sol. R = 50, P = 4W, i=?
Pi R
2
R = 20
P 4 1 10
i2     n = 10
R 50 12.5 125
R
10 10 1 10 Req 
i   n
125 555 5 5
2 1.414 20
   0.28 Q R eq   2
5 5 10
i  0.28 Amp Ans. 220
I=  110 A
2
146. For the graph shown in the figure, find the
110
value of the temperature coefficient of Branch current =  11 A Ans.
resistance (in 0C) 10

148. Copper wire of certain length and resistance is Sol.
drawn out to three times its length without
change in volume, the new resistance of wire
becomes
kegâÚ efveef§ele uebyeeF& Deewj ØeeflejesOe kesâ leeByes kesâ leej keâes
efyevee DeeÙeleve ceW heefjJele&ve efkeâÙes Fmekeâer uebyeeF& keâes leerve 6
Req  
5
iegvee KeeRÛee peelee nw, leej keâe veÙee ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
Sol.
Trick–Ùeefo efkeâmeer wire keâes Gmekesâ DeeÙeleve ceW heefjJele&ve efkeâÙes efyevee
n iegvee lekeâ KeeRÛee peelee nw~ lees Gmekeâe veÙee ØeeflejesOe cetue ØeeflejesOe ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe R 2  2
keâe n2 iegvee nes peelee nw~
1 1 1
i.e Rnew = n2 Rold  
R eq R1 R 2
Rnew = (3)2  R
5 1 1
=9R  
6 R1 2
= 9 iegvee Ans.
1 5 1
149. If the total current through a parallel  
R1 6 2
combination of 2 and 3 is 6A, current

through 2 resistor is: R1 
2
Ùeefo 2 Deesce Deewj 3 Deesce kesâ meceeveeblej mebÙeespeve kesâ
R1  3 Ans.
ceeOÙece mes kegâue 6 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje pee jner nw, lees 2
Deesce kesâ ØeeflejesOe mes Oeeje peeSieer- 151. If the diameter of a conductor is doubled, its
current carrying capacity becomes :
Sol.
Ùeefo Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe JÙeeme oes iegvee nes peeS lees Fmekeâer
Current in 2  resistance–
Oeeje Jenve #ecelee nes peeSieer :
3
I 2   6  (According to current divider rule)
5 Sol.
I 2  3.6Ampere Q IR  V
2
d
V  
I=
V

V

VA
 2
R  l l l
A
Vd 2

4l
Ans.  V 
 I  d2  4l  constant 
150. Two resistances are joined in parallel whose  
resultant is 6/5 ohm. One of the resistance I  (2)2
wires is broken and the effective resistance I = 4 iegvee Ans.
becomes 2. Then the resistance in ohm of the 152. The resistance of 1 m length of 18 gauge copper
wire that got broken was: wire is 1 k. The resistance of 1 m length of 24
oes ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ efpevekeâe leguÙe gauge copper wire will be:
ØeeflejesOe 6/5 Deesce nw~ Skeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe leej štš peelee 1 ceeršj uecyeeF& kesâ 18 iespe keâe@hej leej keâe ØeeflejesOe 1
nw Deewj ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe 2 Deesce nes peelee nw~ štšs ngS efkeâuees Deesce nw~ Skeâ ceeršj uecyeeF& kesâ 24 iespe keâe@hej
leej kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve Deesce ceW Lee– leej keâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee~
Sol. Sol.
l1=l2=1, A1=18 gauge, R1=1 k, A2=24 gauge, R2 =?
l
R mes
A
RA  l
RA  Constant
R1A1  R 2 A 2
118  R 2  24 
18
R2  peye oes yeuye meceeve Jeesušlee ceeve kesâ meceeve Jeesušlee Deehetefle& mes ßesCeer
24 ›eâce ceW peg[s nes leye oesveeW yeuyeeW kesâ Éeje
3 P1  P2
R2  Kehele Meefòeâ  P  
W
4 P1  P2
R 2  0.75 k
200  100
  66.67 W Ans.
R 2  750 Ans. 200  100
153. A coil has a resistance of 100  at 900C. At 156. A wire of resistance 10 is bent to form a
circle. Effective resistance between two points
1000C, its resistance is 101 . The temperature on any diameter of the circle is :
coefficient of the wire at 900C is: Skeâ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe 10 Deesce nw Fmes Skeâ Je=òe kesâ ™he
Skeâ kegâC[ueer keâe 900C hej ØeeflejesOe 100 Deesce nw~ ceW ceesÌ[e ieÙee nw~ Je=òe kesâ efkeâmeer Yeer JÙeeme hej oes
1000C hej, Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe 101 Deesce nw~ 900C hej efyevogDeeW kesâ yeerÛe ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe nesiee-
leej keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ nw~ Sol.
10
Sol. Q oesveeW lejHeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe (R ')  R / 2   5
t1 = 90ºC R1 = 100  t2 = 100ºC 2
 oesveeW ØeeflejesOe (Parallel) ceW lees–
R2 = 101  90 = ?
RR 55
R 2  R1 R eq  1 2 
 R1  R 2 5  5
R 1  t 2  t1 
25
101  100 Req 
 2.5  Ans.
90  10
100 100  90 
157. Two resistances R1 and R2 give combined
90  0.001 /ºC Ans. resistances 4.5  and 1  when they are
connected in series and parallel respectively.
154. Four resistances of values 400, 300, 200 and 100 What would be the values of these resistances?
ohms are connected in parallel, the equivalent oes ØeeflejesOe R1 Deewj R2 ëe=bKeuee Deewj meceevlej ceW peesÌ[ves
Resistance will be : hej meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: 4.5 Deesce Deewj 1 Deesce nw~
400, 300, 200 Deewj 100 Deesce ceeve kesâ Ûeej ØeeflejesOe Fve ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ ceeve keäÙee neWies–
meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ leguÙe ØeeflejesOe nesiee– Sol.
Sol. R1  R 2  4.5  ..............(i)
1 1 1 1 1 R1  R 2
     1 ..........(ii)
R eq 400 300 200 100 R1  R 2
3  4  6  12 25 1 meceer. (i) Je (ii) keâes nue keâjves hej
   R1  3
1200 1200 48
Req = 48  Ans. R 2  1.5 Ans.
155. Two bulbs marked 200 watts–250 V, and 100 158. Two identical resistors are first connected in
watts–250 V are joined in series to 250 V parallel then in series. The ratio of resultant
supply. The power consumed by the circuit is resistance of the first combination to the second
oes yeuye efÛeefÖle 200 Jeeš 250 Jeesuš Deewj 100 Jeeš will be
oes meceeve ØeeflejesOekeâ henues meceevlej ceW efHeâj ëe=bKeuee ceW
250 Jeesuš ëe=bKeuee ceW 250 Jeesuš Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[s nQ~ pegÌ[les nw~ henues mebÙeespeve mes otmejs mebÙeespeve kesâ heefjCeeceer
heefjheLe kesâ Éeje Kehele Meefòeâ nw- ØeeflejesOe keâe Devegheele nesiee?
Sol. 161. The resistance of a parallel circuit consisting of
R.R R R 2 two branches is 12 ohms. If the resistance of
Req P R  R 2R one branch is 18 ohms, what is the resistance of
   2 the other?
ReqS R  R 2R 2R
oes MeeKeeDeeW mes Ùegòeâ Skeâ meceeveeblej heefjheLe keâe
R
R eq p R 1 ØeeflejesOe 12 Deesce nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ MeeKee keâe ØeeflejesOe 18
 2    0.25 Deesce nw, lees otmejs keâe ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nw?
ReqS 2R 4R 4
Sol.
R e qP
 0.25 According to question–
Ans.
R e qS
R1  R 2
 12
159. The hot resistance of a tungsten lamp is about R1  R 2
10 times the cold resistance. Accordingly, cold
resistance of a 100 W, 200 V lamp will be R1 = 18, R2 = ?
Skeâ šbiemšve uewche keâe iece& ØeeflejesOe Fmekesâ "b[s ØeeflejesOe 18  R 2
 12
keâe ueieYeie 10 iegvee neslee nw~ leodvegmeej, 100 Jeeš, 200 18  R 2
Jeesuš uewche keâe "b[e ØeeflejesOe nesiee~ 18 R2 = 216 + 12 R2
Sol. 18 R2 – 12 R2 = 216
P  100 W , V  200V
216
R ?  cold resistance  R2 
6
=36 Ans.
V2
Q P 162. Four wires of same material, the same cross-
R sectional area and the same length when
V 2 (200) 2 connected in parallel give a resistance of 0.25
 R 
P 100 Ω. If the same four wires are connected in
200  200 series the effective resistance will be
  400  hot resistance 
100 meceeve heoeLe&, meceeve DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eHeâue Deewj
1
R cold  400   40
meceeve uebyeeF& kesâ Ûeej leej peye meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ
10 lees 0.25 Ω keâe ØeeflejesOe osles nQ~ Ùeefo ßesCeer ceW meceeve
R cold  40 Ans. Ûeej leej pegÌ[s nes, lees ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
160. Four identical resistors are first connected in Sol.
parallel and then in series. The resultant R = R = R = R = R (ceevee)
1 2 3 4
resistance of the first combination to the second
will be Req = 0.25  ( ef oÙee nw)
Ûeej meceeve ØeeflejesOekeâ henues meceevlej ceW Deewj efheâj 1 1 1 1 1
ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[s nesles nQ~ henues mebÙeespeve keâe otmejs Q R eq  R1  R 2  R 3  R 4 (In Parallel)
mebÙeespeve mes heefjCeeceer ØeeflejesOe ........... nesiee~
1 1 1 1 1
Sol.    
R eq R R R R
1 1 1 1 1
     In parallel R
R e qP R R R R
0.25 
R 4
R e qP  R = 0.25  4 = 1.00 
4
R e qS  RRRR  In series  R'eq = R1 + R2 + R3 + R4 (In series)
R'eq = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 4
R e qS  4R
R'eq = 4  Ans.
R e qP R/4 1
  163. A current of 16 amperes divides between two
R e qS 4R 16 branches in parallel of resistances 8 ohms and
R e qp 12 ohms respectively. The current in each
1
 branch is
R e qs 16
16 SefcheÙej keâer Skeâ Oeeje meceeveeblej ceW oes MeeKeeDees kesâ
1 ØeeflejesOees 8 Deesce Deewj 12 Deesce kesâ yeerÛe ›eâceMe:
R e qp  R e qs Ans.
16 efJeYeeefpele nw~ ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee ceW Oeeje nw–
Sol. 166. A metal resistor has resistance to 10 ohm at
00C and 11 ohms at 1600C, the temperature
coefficient is
Skeâ Oeeleg ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe 00C hej ØeeflejesOe 10 Deesce
Deewj 1600C hej 11 Deesce nw~ leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ nw-
Sol.
t 0  00C , R 0  10 , R t  R160  11 
According to current division law– Rt  R0
Q 0 
I  R1 R 0  t 2  t1 
I2 
R1  R 2 11  10
Q 0 
12 12 10(160  0)
I 2  16   16   9.6 Amp
12  8 20 1
8 8 0 
I1  16   16   6.4 Amp 1600
12  8 20
 0  0.000625 / 0 C Ans.
I1 and I2 = 6.4 A, 9.6 A Ans.
164. The ratio of the resistance of a 100 W, 220 V 167. A wire of resistance R  has it length and
lamp to that of a 100 W, 110 V lamp will be cross–section area both doubled. Its resistance
nearly will become
Skeâ 100 Jeeš, 220 Jeesuš leLee 100 Jeeš, 110 Jeesuš R Deesce ØeeflejesOe kesâ Skeâ leej keâer uecyeeF& Deewj DevegØemLe
uewche kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe Devegheele ueieYeie nesiee keâeš #es$eheâue oesveeW keâes ogiegvee keâjves hej Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe
Sol. nes peeSiee~
P1  100 W , V1  220V
Sol.
220  220 l
R1   484  R 
100 A
P2  100 W , V1  110V 2l l
R' 
110  110 2A A
R2   121 
100 i.e R '  R Ans.
R1 484
 168. Copper has a resistivity of 17  10–9-m. What
R 2 121
is the end to end resistance of a copper strip, 2
R1 cm long with cross sectional dimensions
4 Ans.
R2 5mm1mm?
165. A wire of 0.14 mm diameter and specific
keâe@hej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 17  10-9 -m nw~ 5 mm 
resistance 9.6 micro ohm–cm is 440 cm long. 1mm DevegØemLe keâeš efJecee Jeeues 2 cm uecyes, keâe@hej
The resistance of the wire will be efmš^he kesâ efmejs mes efmejs lekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe nw?
0.14 efceceer JÙeeme keâe Skeâ leej Deewj efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe
Sol.
9.6 ceeF›eâes Deesce–mesceer. 440 mesceer. uecyee nw~ leej keâe
  17  10 9   m
ØeeflejesOe nesiee
Sol. A  5 mm  1mm  5  10 3  1 10 3 m 2  5  10 6 m 2
d  0.14 mm l  2 cm  2  10 2 m , R ?
0.14 2  10 2
r  0.07 mm  0.07  103 m  7  105 m Q R 
l
 17 109 
2 A 5 106
  9.6  10 6  10 2   m  9.6  10 8   m
R  68  Ans.
l  440 cm  440  10 2 m  4.4 m
l 4.4 169. If the length of a wire of resistance R is
Q R   9.6  10 8  2 uniformly stretched to n times its original
A r
value, its new resistance is
42.24  10 8
R Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe R Jeeues Skeâ leej keâes Skeâmeceeve ™he mes
3.141 (7  105 )2
KeeRÛekeâj Fmekeâer uecyeeF& cetue uecyeeF& keâe n iegvee keâj
R  27.4 Ans. efoÙee peeS lees Fmekeâe veÙee ØeeflejesOe nw?
Sol. leej keâes KeeRÛekeâj cetue uecyeeF& keâe n-iegvee keâjves hej DeeÙeleve Sol.
RA = 600 
efmLej jnsiee~
RB = 100 
Q l '  nl Area of A = Area of B
A ' l '  Al lA = lB = ?
l
R
Al Al A A
A'    b
l ' nl n Rl
R A lA
l' 
R' R B lB
A'
600 lA
nl l  l 
R'  n 2 Q R   A  100 lB
A/n A  
lA = 6 lB Ans.
0
R' n R 2
Ans. 172. The resistance of a conductor is 5Ω at 50 C and
6Ω at 1000C. Calculate its resistance at 00C.
170. Three parallel resistive branches are connected Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe 50oC hej 5Ω Deewj 100oC hej
across a dc supply. What will be the ratio of the 6  nw~ 0oC hej Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer ieCevee keâjW?
branch current I1 : I2 : I3 if the branch
Sol.
resistances are in the ratio R1 : R2 : R3 : : 2 : 4 : 6? Formula – R = R (1 +  t)
t 0 0
ØeeflejesOeer keâer leerve meceeblej MeeKeeSB efkeâmeer [er.meer. Ist Condition–
Deehetefle& kesâ S›eâe@me mebÙeesefpele nQ~ Ùeefo MeeKee ØeeflejesOeeW Rt = 5Ω
t = 500C
keâe Devegheele R1 : R2 : R3 : : 2 : 4 : 6 nes lees MeeKee 5 = R0(1+500)----------- (I)
nd
OeejeDeeW keâe Devegheele I1 : I2 : I3 keäÙee nesiee? II Condition–
Rt = 6Ω
Sol. t = 1000C
R1 : R 2 : R 3  2 : 4 : 6 6 = R0 (1+1000)----------- (II)
meceer. (I) Je (II) keâes nue keâjves hej
Q V  IR
6 R 0 1  100 0 

I
V 5 R 0 1  50 0 
R
6 1  1000
1 
I 5 1  50 0
R
6 + 300 0 = 5 + 5000
1 1 1 1
I1 : I 2 : I3  : : 0 
R1 R 2 R 3 200
1 1 1 0 = 0.005
 : : 0 keâe ceeve meceerkeâjCe (II) ceW jKeves hej
2 4 6
6 = R0 (1+1000.005)
12 12 12 6
 : : R0  = 4Ω Ans.
2 4 6 1.5
I1 : I 2 : I3  6 : 3 : 2 173. A 100 , 1 W resistor and an 800  2 W
Ans.
resistor are connected in series. The maximum
171. Two wires A and B have the same cross-section DC voltage that can be applied continuously to
and are made of the same material. RA= 600 the series circuit without exceeding the power
limit of any of the series resistors is–
and RB=100. The number of times A is longer
Skeâ 100 , 1 W ØeeflejesOe SJeb Skeâ 800 , 2 W
than B is
ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW ueies ngS nQ~ ßesCeer ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâer
oes leejs A Deewj B keâe DevegØemLe keâeš meceeve nw Deewj
Meefkeäle meercee heej efkeâÙes efyevee ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW ueieeleej
meceeve heoeLe& kesâ yeves nQ~ RA=600 Deewj RB=100 efkeâleveer DeefOekeâlece DC Jeesušlee Deejesefhele keâer pee
nw, lees A, B mes efkeâlevee iegvee uecyee nw? mekeâleer nw?
Sol. 176. The three bulbs give 50 W, 70 W and 80 W.
Out of the three bulbs, which bulb has thickest
filament assuming all the bulbs have tungsten
filament of same length.
leerve yeuye 50 Jeeš, 70 Jeeš Deewj 80 Jeeš keâer Meefòeâ
osles nQ~ Fve leerve yeuyeeW ceW mes efkeâme yeuye ceW meyemes
DeefOekeâ ceesšeF& Jeeuee efheâueeceWš nesiee Ùeefo meYeer yeuyeeW
V2 ceW meceeve uecyeeF& keâe šbiemšve efHeâueeceWš nw~
P (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
R
V 2  P.R Sol. 80 Jeeš kesâ yeuye kesâ efheâueecesvš keâer ceesšeF& pÙeeoe nesieer keäÙeeWefkeâ
V12 1100 R
1
(efveÙele Jeesušlee kesâ mevoYe& ceW)
V1 = 10 volt [ yeuye 1 keâe Jeesušlee ceeve] P
V22  2  800 mhe° nw efkeâ efpeme yeuye keâe Jeešspe DeefOekeâ nesiee Gmekeâe ØeeflejesOe keâce
V22 1600 nesiee Deewj efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe keâce nesiee Gmekeâer ceesšeF& DeefOekeâ nesieer
V2 = 40 volt [ yeuye 2 keâe Jeesušlee ceeve] keäÙeeWefkeâ R
1
mehueeF& keâer peeves Jeeueer DeefOekeâlece [er.meer. Jeesušlee a
V = V1 + V2 peneB a = DevegØemLe keâeš keâe #es$eheâue Ans.
V = 40 + 10 = 50 V Ans. 177. Three resistors of 6Ω each are connected in
174. How much will be the current drawn when 15 parallel. Then, the equivalent resistance will be:
lamps of 50 watts are used for 5 hours per day 6Ω kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâes meceeblej ›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele
in a hostel?
efkeâleveer efJeÅegle keâer Kehele nesieer Ùeefo 50 Jeeš keâe 15 efkeâÙee ieÙee nw lees leguÙe ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee?
ueQhe Skeâ Úe$eeJeeme YeJeve ceW Øeefleefove 5 Iebšs lekeâ (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw? Sol. Formula–peye n ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s neW–
1 1 1 1
Sol. efoÙee nw,   
No. of Lamps = 15 R eq R1 R 2 Rn
Wattage of each Lamps = 50 W. efoÙee nw–
No. of hours used = 5 hrs R1 = R2 = R3 = 6Ω
If system supply voltage = 240 V. 1 1 1 1 3
Total wattages of 15 Lamp = 15  50 = 750 Watt    
Q P = V.I R eq 6 6 6 6
P 750 Req = 2Ω Ans.
I= =  3.125A
V 240 178. A 100W electric bulb is connected to 250V AC
I = 3.125 A Ans. supply. The current in the circuit is :
175. An electric cabin heater draws 15 A at 110 V. 100 W keâe Skeâ efJeÅegle yeuye 250 V ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje
If the voltage is reduced to 95 V, the current (S.meer.) Deehetefle& kesâ meeLe mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~
will be– heefjheLe ceW efkeâleveer Oeeje nw?
Skeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâ kesâefyeve neršj 110 Jeesušspe hej 15 (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
SeqcheÙej Oeeje Øeehle keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo Jeesušspe keâce neskeâj Sol.
95 Jeesušspe jn peelee nw, lees efkeâleveer efJeÅegle Oeeje
ØeJeeefnle nesieer–
Sol. V1 = 110 V I1 = 15 amp 250
V2 = 95 V, I2 = ?
V1 V2
Q R1 = & R2 =
I1 I2
Formula – P = VI
Q R1 = R2 (for same Heater) efoÙee nw– P = 100W
V V V = 250V
Hence = 1 = 2
I1 I2 lees
110 95 95 15 P 100
   I2 =  12.95 Ùee 13A I= =
15 I 2 110 V 250
 I2 = 13 A Ans. I = 0.4A Ans.

179. Find the resistance of a filament of 60W in a 185. A conductor whose resistance are in stretched
230V supply lamp at its working temperature. and double in length. What will the resistance
230V Deehetefle& hej 60W kesâ ueQhe kesâ Skeâ lebleg keâe Fmekesâ of new conductor
keâeÙe&Meerue leeheceeve hej ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjW– Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe R nw KeeRÛekeâj uebyeeF& ceW
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Sol. Formula–
oesiegvee keâj efoÙee peelee nw veS Ûeeuekeâ keâe Deye ØeeflejesOe
V2 efkeâlevee nesiee?
R (UPPCL JE- 2013)
P
efoÙee nw– V = 230V (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
P = 60 Sol. Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe R nw KeeRÛe keâj uecyeeF& oesiegvee
 230  2
230  230 keâj efoÙee peelee nw veÙes Ûeeuekeâ keâe Deye 4R ØeeflejesOe nesiee~
R 
60 60 l
R = 881.66Ω Ans. R  ................. (i)
A
180. A 240V, 60W lamp has a working resistance of: 2l
960Ω R'
A
Skeâ 240 V, 60 W ueQhe keâe keâeÙe&Meerue ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee
2
nesiee? 960Ω
4 l
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) R' ................. (ii)
181. Calculate the resistance of filament of a 50W, A
100V bulbs- 200 meceerkeâjCe (i) keâes (ii) mes Yeeie osves hej~
50 W, 100 V yeuye kesâ lebleg (efheâueeceWš) kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer R 1
ieCevee keâjW~ 200 
rd
R' 4
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3 Shift)
182. Find the resistance of an electric heater that R '  4R Ans.
absorbs 2400W when connected to a 120V 186. If 10 lamps are connected in series across a
supply. 6 power supply, then determine the voltage of the
Skeâ efJeÅegle neršj keâe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâefjÙes pees 2400W supply when it is given that the voltage across
Keheelee nw peye 120V mehueeF& mes peesÌ[e peelee nw– 6 each lamp is 6.0 V.
(Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017) Ùeefo 10 uewche ßesCeer (series) ces efJeÅegle m$eesle mes pegÌ[s nw
183. The resistance of a 100W, 200V lamp is–
400Ω Deewj heÇlÙeskeâ uewche keâs efmejes hej (across each lamp)
100W, 200V Jeeues uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee– 400Ω Jeesušlee 6.0V nw lees efJeÅegle m$eesle keâer Jeesušlee keâer
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
184. What is the equivalent resistance of a network
ieCevee keâerefpeS~
having 5 resistors of each 10 ohm connected in (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
parallel?
10 ohm kesâ 5 ØeeflejesOekeâ Skeâ vesšJeke&â cebs meceeveevlej ceW Sol. Ten lamp in series
pegÌ[s nw~ Gvekeâe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
(Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
Sol. efoÙee nw,
R = 10 
N=5
1 1 1 1 1 1 equivalent voltage
     V  V1  V2  V3  V4  V5  V6  V7  V8  V9  V10
R e q R1 R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5
Ûetefkeâ ØeeflejesOe meceeve nw V 6666666666
R = 60V Ans.
FmeefueS R eq 
N 187. The equivalent resistance in ohms in the circuit
10 shown is
R eq 
5 oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe Deesce cebs nesiee-
Req = 2 nesiee~ Ans. (APSPDCL-14)
10 kesâ 5 ØeeflejesOekeâ Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~
Gvekeâe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe 2 nesiee~
Sol. ÙeneB ÛeeuekeâlJe (G) meercesvme ceW efoÙee ieÙee nw pees ØeeflejesOe keâe Sol.
1 1 l l'
JÙegl›eâce neslee nw~ Dele: R1  , R 2   R   ;R'   '
2 4 a a
0.1
Now, l'  l+  l  1.001l
100
As volume remains the same,
leye A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe l al a
1 1 1 3 3 al = a' l' or a'  a '  
Req    .   Ans. l 1.001l 1.001
2 4 2  2  4
R '  l'   a 
188. A length of wire has a resistance of 6 ohms. The         (1.001)  (1.001)  1.002
R  l  a'
resistance of a wire of the same material three
times as long and twice the cross-sectional area or R ' R
 0.002
will be? R
Skeâ leej keâer uecyeeF& keâe ØeeflejesOe 6 Deesce nw~ meceeve  Percentage increase
heoeLeeX mes yeves leej keâer uecyeeF& leerve iegvee Deewj R ' R
  100  0.002  100  0.2% Ans.
DevegØemLe-keâeš #es$e oes iegvee keâjves hej ØeeflejesOe nesiee- R
Sol. 191. The temperature co-efficient of resistance of a
wire is 0.00125 per ºC. At 300 K, its resistance
l l
R1   1 ; R2   2 is 1 . The resistance of the wire will be 2  at?
a1 a2 Skeâ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe leehe iegCeebkeâ 0.00125 Øeefle ºC nw~
R 2  l2   a1   3 l   a  300K, hej Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe 1  nw~ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe
              1.5
R 1  l1   a 2   l   2a  .......... hej 2  nesiee-
or R2 = 1.5 R1 = 1.5  6 = 9 ohms Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw–
189. A piece of aluminium wire is stretched to   0.00125 / 0C
reduce its diameter to half of its original value. The resistance of wire at 300 K (27ºC) is
Its resistance will become? R1 = 1
SuÙegefceefveÙece leej kesâ Skeâ šgkeâÌ[s keâe JÙeeme KeeRÛekeâj Let at t ºC, the resistance of the wire be
Gmekesâ cetue ceeve keâe DeeOee keâj efoÙee peelee nw~ leye R2= 2
Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee? Now,
Sol. R2 = R1 [1 +  (t – 27)]
2 = 1 [1 + 0.00125 (t – 27)]
l l R l   a 
R1   1 ; R 2   2 ; 2   2    1  On solving, t = 827ºC
a1 a 2 R 1  l1   a 2   Temp. in kelvin = 827 + 273 = 1100 K Ans.
d 2
192. Referring to Fig. the value of 50 will be.......... ?
a1  r12  1
4 efÛe$e keâes meboefYe&le keâjles ngS 50 keâe ceeve nesiee-

d 2
d 2  d1 
a2  2  1 d 2  2 
4 16  
a1
a2 
4
a 
Now, l1a 1  l2 a 2 or l1a1  l2  1  l2  4 l1
4
R 2  4l1  a1
     16 or R 2  16 R 1 Ans.
R 1  l1   a1 / 4 
Sol.
190. A copper wire is stretched so that its length is
increased by 0.1%. The change in its resistance Slope of temp./resistance graph
50 
is? R 50
Skeâ leeByes keâe leej KeeRÛee peelee nw leeefkeâ Gmekeâer uecyeeF& 10 / 50
  0.004 /º C Ans.
0.1% yeÌ{ peeS~ Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW heefjJele&ve nw? 50
193. The value of 0 of a conductor is 1/236 per Sol.
ºC.The value of 18 will be...............? R85 = R20[1 + 20 (t2 – t1)]
Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ 0 keâe ceeve 1/236 Øeefle ºC nw~ 18 keâe = 0.125[1 + (-0.0005)  (65)]
ceeve nesiee- = 0.121  Ans.
Sol. 197. The specific resistance of a wire 1.1m long, 0.4
0 1 1 mm diameter having a resistance of 4.2  will
18    be?
1   0  18 1/  0   18 236  18
4.2  kesâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues 1.1 ceer. uecyes, 0.4mm JÙeeme
1 kesâ leej keâe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee?
 / ºC Ans.
254
Sol.
194. The value of 50 of a conductor is 1/230 per ºC. R = 4.2 , l = 1.1 m
The value of 0 will be?
d = 0.4 mm, r = 0.4/2 = 0.2 mm = 0.2  10–3 m
Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ 50 keâe ceeve 1/230 Øeefle ºC nw~ 0 keâe  = ?
ceeve nesiee? l
QR 
Sol. A
1 RA
 50  /º C 
230 l
0 = ?
4.2    0.2  103 
2
0 
t  1.1
1  0 t
 = 48  10–8 -m Ans.
1 0
 198. A resistor develops 400 J of thermal energy in
230 1   0  50 10 s when a current of 2 A is passed through it.
230 0 = 1 + 50 0 The resistance of the resistor is?
1
Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ 10s ceW 400J keâe leeheerÙe Tpee& efJekeâefmele
0  /º C Ans. keâjlee nw peye Fmekesâ ceeOÙece mes 2 A keâer Oeeje heeme nesleer
180
nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe nw?
195. A copper wire has a resistance of 10 . It is
stretched by one-tenth of its original length. Sol. efoÙee nw–
Then its resistance will be? I = 2A, t =10 S, Energy = 400 J
Skeâ leeByes kesâ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe 10  nw~ Fmes Fmekesâ cetue Energy  I 2 Rt
uecyeeF& kesâ omeJeW efnmmes lekeâ KeeRÛee peelee nw~ leye Fmekeâe Energy 400 Ans.
R    10
ØeeflejesOe nesiee? 2
It (2) 2 10
Sol. 199. How much voltage is necessary to create a flow
DeeÙeleve ceW efyevee Je=efæ efkeâÙes, uecyeeF& ceW Je=efæ keâjves hej yeÌ{e ngDee of 0.24C in 0.8s through a resistance of 500?
ØeeflejesOe– 500 kesâ Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes 0.8s ceW 0.24C
R' = n2.R keâe ØeJeen GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâlevee Jeesušlee
 1
2
DeeJeMÙekeâ nw?
R' = 1    10 (ceevee cetue ue. 1 m nw)
 10  Sol.
121 Q 0.24
  10  12.1 Ans. Current, I    0.3A.
100 t 0.8
196. A carbon electrode has a resistance of 0.125  Voltage, V = IR
at 20ºC. The temperature coefficient of carbon = 0.3  500
is – 0.0005/ºC at 20ºC.What will be the = 150 V Ans.
resistance of electrode at 85ºC? 200. The maximum possible conductance of a 75
Skeâ keâeye&ve Fueskeäšês[ keâe 20ºC hej ØeeflejesOe 0.125  k, 10% resistor is?
nw~ keâeye&ve keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ 20ºC hej –0.0005/ºC Skeâ 75 k, 10% ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe DeefOekeâlece mecYeJe
nw~ 85ºC hej Fueskeäšês[ keâe ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee? ÛeeuekeâlJe nw?
Sol. Sol.
Conductance G = 1/R so that conductance will be
maximum when R is minimum. Minimum value of R =
75 – (75  10/100) = 67.5 k
 Maximum conductance
1 1
 
67.5k 67.5  103
S  14.81S Ans. ëe=bKeuee ceW Oeeje meceeve nesleer nw~
201. A solid cube of silver has mass of 84 g. The ceevee yeuye kesâ S›eâeme ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje I nw~
density of silver is 10.5 g/cm3 and its resistivity formula–
is 1.6  10-6 -cm. The resistance between the P = VI
opposite faces of the cube is? 100 = 100×I
I = 1 Amp.
ÛeeBoer kesâ Skeâ "esme Ieve keâe õJÙeceeve 84 «eece nw~ ÛeeBoer V = V1 + V2
keâe IevelJe 10.5 «eece/mesceer3 Deewj Fmekeâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 250 = 100 + IR
1.6  10-6  cm nw~ Ieve kesâ efJehejerle melenes kesâ yeerÛe Ùee 150  1 R Q I  1A
ØeeflejesOe nw- R = 150 ohm Ans.
Sol. 205. A copper conductor has a resistance of 10Ω at
Mass 84 200C and RTC of 0.0039 per 0C at 200C. Find
Volume of cube    8cm3 . Therefore, RTC at 00C.
Density 10.5 200C hej Skeâ leeByes kesâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe 10Ω nw
1/3
each side of the cube is (8) = 2 cm. Deewj Deejšermeer 0.0039 Øeefle 0C nw~ 00C hej Deej.šer.meer.
l 2 %eele keâjW~
R   1.6 106   0.8  106  Ans.
A 2 2
Sol.  20  0.0039 / 0 C
202. The temperature at which the resistance of a
0
conductor becomes double to that at 0ºC is- Q t  ....(1)
Jen leeheceeve efpeme hej Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe 0ºC hej 1   0t
ØeeflejesOe keâe oesiegvee nes peelee nw- 0
0.0039 
Sol. Rt = R0 (1 + 0t). 1   0  20
It is given that, Rt = 2R0. 0.0039  0.0039  0  20   0
 2R0 = R0 (1 + 0t) or t = 1/0 ºC Ans.  0 (1  0.0039  20)  0.0039
203. If a wire is a melted and recast to half of its  0 (0.922)  0.0039
length, then the new resistance is? 0.0039
Ùeefo efkeâmeer leej keâes efheIeueeÙee peeS Deewj Gmekeâer uecyeeF& 0 
0.922
keâes DeeOee keâjves kesâ efueS Gmes efheâj mes {euee peeS lees RTC at 0 C  0  0.00423 per C Ans.
veÙee ØeeflejesOe nw-
206. The resistance of a silver conductor at 250C is
Sol. 55Ω and at 750C is 57.2Ω. Find its RTC at 00C.
l l' ÛeeBoer kesâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe 25oC hej 55 nw Deewj
R and new resistance R '  '
A A 75oC hej 57.2 nw~ 0oC hej Fmekeâer Deej.šer.meer. %eele
Since volume of wire remains same, keâjW~
A l ' 0.5l 1 Sol.
lA = l'A' or   
A' l l 2 Formula–
R' l ' A 1 1 1 Rt = R0 (1+0t)
Now,      R'  R / 4 Ans. 1st Condition–
R l A' 2 2 4
Rt = 55Ω
204. A 100 watt 100V lamp is to be operated on 250 t = 250C
volt supply, the value of additional resistance to 55 = R0 (1+0  25)------------ (I)
be connected in series will be: 2nd Condition–
Skeâ 100 Jee@š 100 Jeesuš uewche keâes 250 Jeesuš Deehetefle& Rt = 57.2Ω
hej ØeÛeeefuele efkeâÙee peevee nw, ëe=BKeuee ceW Deeyeæ t = 750C
Deefleefjòeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nesiee : 57.2 = R0 (1+0  75)------------ (II)

meceer. (I) Je (II) keâer meneÙelee mes– 209. If a wire conductor of 0.2 ohm resistance is
55 R 0 1   0  25  doubled in length, its resistance becomes

57.2 R 0 1   0  75  Ùeefo 0.2 Deesce ØeeflejesOe keâe Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ leej uebyeeF& ceW
55 +  0  75  55 = 57.2 +  025  57.2 oesiegvee nes peelee nw, lees Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
2.2 = 2695  0
Sol.
2.2
0  R1 = 0.2 , l1 = l,
2695
 0 = 0.0008163 l2 = 2l, R2 = ?
 0 ≃ 0.0008/0C Ans. l
Q R 
207. An aluminium conductor, having resistance of A
15 Ω at 400C, is heated to 1200C If the RTC at
Rl
00C is 0.00333/0C its RTC at 400C will be
.............. 0C. R1 l1

Skeâ SuÙetceerefveÙece keâes, efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe 40 C hej 15
o
R 2 l2
 nw, 120oC lekeâ iece& efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo Fmekeâer
0.2 l
(Deej.šer.meer.) 0oC hej 0.00333/oC nw, lees 40oC hej 
R 2 2l
Fmekeâer (Deej.šer.meer.) .............../ C nesieer~
o
Sol. R2 = 0.2  2 = 0.4  Ans.

0 210. Three identical resistors are first conected in
Formula–  t 
1  0 t parallel and then in series. The resultant
efoÙee nw– t = 400C resistance of the first combination to the
 0 = 0.00333/ºC second will be
 40 
0.00333
  40 
0.00333 leerve Skeâ meceeve ØeeflejesOe keâes henues meceevlej ›eâce ceW
1  40  0.00333 1.1332
Deewj efheâj ßesCeer ›eâce ceW peesÌ[e ieÙee nw~ henues mebÙeespeve
 40 = 0.00294/oC Ans.
208. The resistance of a wire is 6Ω if the length of keâe otmejs mebÙeespeve mes heefjCeeceer ØeeflejesOe ............ nesiee~
the same wire is increased 3 times and cross- Sol.
sectional area is increased 2 time, then the
resistance of wire will become. 1 1 1 1 3
   
Skeâ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe 6  nw~ Ùeefo leej keâer uebyeeF& ceW 3 R eq R R R R
iegvee Je=efæ keâer peeleer nw Deewj DevegØemLe keâeš kesâ #es$eheâue R = R/3 
eq
ceW 2 iegvee Je=efæ keâer peeleer nw, lees leej keâe ØeeflejesOe keäÙee
R'eq = R + R + R = 3R
nes peeSiee?
According to question–
Sol.
l R eq R /3 1 1
Formula – R      iegvee
a R 'eq 3R 3  3 9
R1 1 l1 a 2
   Req =
1
R'eq Ans.
R 2 2 l 2 a1 9
efoÙee nw–
211. Two copper conductors have equal length. The
ρ1 = ρ2 = ρ
cross-sectional area of one conductor is four
l1 = l l2 = 3 l
a1 = a a2 = 2a times that of the other. If the conductor having
R1 = 6Ω R2 = ? smaller cross-sectional area has a resistance of
ceeve jKeves hej– 40 ohms the resistance of other conductor will be
6  l 2a oes leeByes kesâ ÛeeuekeâesW keâer uebyeeF& meceeve nw~ Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ
  
R 2  3l a
keâe DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue otmejs keâe Ûeej iegvee nw~ Ùeefo
63
R2 =
2
Úesšs DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue Jeeues Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe
R2 = 9Ω Ans. 40 Deesce nw, lees DevÙe Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–

Sol. 214. How many units (KWh) of electrical energy
A1 = 4A2 = 4A, l1 = l2 have been used in a home if an 8 KW geyser, a
A2 = A (ceevee) 5 KW electric press and four 100 watt bulbs
have been in use for 10 hours? -
R2 = 40 , R1 = ?
Skeâ YeJeve cebbs efkeâleves Ùetefveš efJeÅegle Tpee& keâer Kehele
l
QR  nesieer Ùeefo Skeâ 8 efkeâuees Jeeš keâe ieerpej leLee 5 efkeâuees
A
Jeeš keâe efJeÅegle hesÇme leLee 100 Jeeš kesâ Ûeej yeuye 10
l
 R IeCšs lekeâ GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peeÙes-
A
(UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)
R1 A 2 R A
  1 Sol. efoÙee nw-
R 2 A1 40 4A
ieerpej- 8 kW
40
R1 =  10 Fuesefkeäš^keâ Øesme- 5 kW
4 4 yeuye, 100 Jeeš- 400 W
R1 = 10  Ans. keg â ue Yeej = 8 kW + 5kW+400W = 13400W
212. At 00C, a specimen of copper has a resistance of Load  hour  day 13400 10
a 4mΩ and its temperature coefficient of kWh = 
0
resistance is 1/234.5 per C. Find the value of 1000 1000
its resistance at 70 C 0 kWh = 134 units Ans.
0 C hej, leeByes kesâ Skeâ vecetves ceW 4 mΩ keâe ØeeflejesOe nw 215. There are two lamps with resistances 120 ohms
0
Deewj Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ 1/234.5 Øeefle and 60 ohms each. What will be the value of the
power drawn by them if they are connected to
0
C nw~ 70 C hej Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve %eele keâjW–
0
a 240 V outlet.
Sol. 120 Deewj 60 kesâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues oes uewche nw, Ùeefo Jes
Formula– Rt = R0 (1+0t) 240 volt DeeGšuesš mes pegÌ[s nw lees Gvekesâ Éeje Kehele
efoÙee nw –
t = 700C
Meefòeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee~
R0 = 4mΩ = 4  10–3Ω (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
1 V2
0  = 0.004264/0C Sol:- Power consumed by bulb 1 =
234.5 R1
Rt = 4  10–3 (1 + 0.004264  70)
= 4  10–3 (1 + 0.29848) =
 240 
2
= 480W
= 4  10–3  1.29848 120
Rt = 5.19392  10–3Ω Power consumed by bulb 2 =
V 2  240 
2
Rt = 5.19 mΩ Ans.
0
213. At 0 C a specimen of copper has a resistance of   960W
R2 60
4mΩ and its temperature coefficient of
resistance is 1/234.5 per 0C. Find the value of Total power drawn by two bulbs PT = P1+P2
its temperature coefficient at 70 C. 0 = 480+960 = 1440 watt Ans.
0 C hej, leebyes kesâ Skeâ vecetves ceW 4mΩ keâe ØeeflejesOe nw
0 216. For the following circuit calculate the power
supplied by the source.
Deewj Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ 1/234.5 Øeefle
ef vecveefueefKele heefjheLe kesâ efueS Œeesle kesâ Éeje Deehetefle& keâer
0
C nw~ 700C hej Fmekesâ leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve %eele
ieÙeer Meefòeâ %eele keâerefpeS
keâjW~
Sol. Formula–
0
t =
1  0t
1
efoÙee nw–  0 =  0.004264 /º C
234.5 (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
0
t = 70 C Sol. Req = (12+6)=18
0.004264 0.004264 18  9
t   Req =
1  0.004264  70 1  0.2985 18  9
0.004264 18  9
t  Req =
1.2985 27
t = 0.003284/0C Ans. Req = 6k
Œeesle kesâ Éeje mehueeF& keâer ieF& Meefòeâ = I2Req oes ØeeflejesOekeâ R1 = 10 Deewj R2 = 20 Skeâ 30V DC
–3 2 3
P = (30×10 ) ×6×10 Œeesle kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[e nw~ ØeeflejesOeeW Éeje KeÛe& keâer
P = 900×10–6×6×103
ieF& Meefòeâ keâe Devegheele (P1/P2) %eele keâerefpeS~
P = 5400×10–3
P = 5.4 watt Ans. (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
217. A 12 resistance is connected in parallel with a Sol. I  V  30  1A
6 resistor. What will be the equivalent R 10  20
resistance. P1 = I2R1 = 12 × 10 = 10W
12 keâe Skeâ ØeeflejesOe 6 kesâ Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe P2 = I2R2 = 12 × 20 = 20W
meceevlej ›eâce ces pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ leguÙe ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee P1 10

nesiee~ P2 20
P1 1
Sol:- efoÙee nw  Ans.
P2 2
R1 = 12, R2 = 6
R1 R 2 12  6 221. What is the maximum allowable wattage that
RT = = = 4 Ans.
R1  R 2 18 can be connected to a 240V, 20A, single phase
circuit feeding residential electric heater -
218. The current and voltage in the given element
are i(t) = 5e–5t A and v(t) = 10e–5t V for t  0 DeefOekeâlece mJeerkeâeÙe& Jeeš #ecelee keäÙee nw, efpemes 240
respectively. Both v(t) and i(t) are zero for t < Jeesuš, 20A Skeâue hesâpe heefjheLe Heâeref[bie DeeJeemeerÙe
0, find the power supplied to the element. Fuesefkeäš^keâ neršj mes peesÌ[e pee mekeâlee nw -
efoÙes ieÙes DeJeÙeJe ceW Oeeje Deewj Jeesušlee t  0 kesâ efueÙes (RSMSSB JEN, 26.12.2020, Shift-II)
›eâceMe: i(t) = 5e–5t A Deewj v(t) = 10e–5t V nw~ t < 0 Sol. Circuit feeding electric heater is considered
kesâ efueÙes v(t) Deewj i(t) MetvÙe nw~ DeJeÙeJe keâes Deehetefle&le continuous and must be reduced 80% it normal
Meefkeäle keâer ieCevee keâjes– rating.
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) V = 240 V, I = 20 A
80
P = 240 × 20 ×
100
P = 3840 Watt Ans.
Sol.–efoÙee nw, 222. Calculate the power of a lamp if it consumer
v(t) = 10e V, –5t
i(t) = 5e A–5t 500J in 20 seconds -
p(t) = v(t) × i(t) Skeâ uewche keâer Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW Ùeefo Jen 20
= 10e–5t × 5e–5t meskesâC[ ceW 500 J keâer Kehele keâjlee nw -
= 50e–5t + (–5t)
p(t) = 50e–10t Watt Ans. (UPRVUNL JE - 21.10.2021 Shift-I)
219. What is the maximum safe current flow in a Sol. efoÙee nw -
47Ω, 2 W resistor? meceÙe (t) = 20 sec
47 Ω, 2 W ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW DeefOekeâlece megjef#ele ØeJeeefnle Tpee& (W) = 500 J
Oeeje keäÙee nw? P=?
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) W=P×t
Sol. efoÙee nw– P = 2W, R = 47, W
P
P=I R mes
2
t
I R2
2 500

I 2  2 / 47 20
2
I = 0.04255 = 25 watt Ans.
I = 0.206 A 223. A coil consists of 4000 turns of copper wire
Ans. having a cross-sectional area of 0.6 mm2. The
220. Two resistors R1 = 10 and R2 = 20 are mean length per turn is 60 cm, and the
connected in series order to a 30V DC source. resistivity of copper is 0.04 µ-m. Find the
Find the ratio (P1/P2) of the power expended by power absorbed by the coil when connected
the resistors - across 110 V DC supply?
Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW leeByes kesâ leej kesâ 4000 IegceeJe nesles nQ, meerjer]pe ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ, otmejs neršj ceW, nerefšbie lelJe
efpevekeâe DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue 0.6 mm2 nw~ Øeefle meceeveeblej pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ ØelÙeskeâ neršj keâe mehueeF& Jeesušspe
IegceeJe Deewmele uecyeeF& 60 cm nw, Deewj leeByes keâer 400V nesves hej, henues Deewj otmejs neršj keâer kewâueesjer ceW
ØeeflejesOekeâlee 0.04 µ m nw~ 110 V DC Deehetefle& mes Øeefle meskeWâ[ leehe oj ›eâceMe: nesieer–
pegÌ[s nesves hej kegâC[ueer Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ %eele keâjW? ceeve ueerefpeS– (1 kewâueesjer = 4.2 petue)
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) (BSPHCL JE- 31.01.2019, Batch -2)
Sol. efoÙee nw– V = 110 V, Sol. efoÙee nw–
 = 0.04 µ -m = 0.0410 -m -6 ØeLece neršj- 50 kesâ nerefšbie lelJe ßesCeer ceW
N = 4000, L = 60 cm = 60 × 10–2 m/turn Req = (50+50+50+50)
l = 200 
R
A efÉleerÙe neršj- 50 kesâ nerefšbie lelJe meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s nQ-
A = 0.6 mm2 = 0.6 × 10–6 m2 Req = 50||50||50||50
l = NL = 4000 × 60 × 10–2 = 2400 m = 50/4=12.5
l 0.04  106  2400 V 2 400  400
R   160 P1    800 Joule/sec
A 0.6  106 R eq 200
V2 V 2 400  400
DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ (P)  P2    12800 Joule/sec
R R eq 12.5
1102
P 1 kewâueesjer · 4.2 Joule
160
800
P = 75.625 W Ans. Q P1   190.47 cal / sec
4.2
224. When three identical bulbs of 60 watt, 200 volt
rating are connected in series to a 200 volt P1  190.5cal / sec
supply, the power drawn by them will be. 12800
peye 60 Jeeš, 200 Jeesuš jsefšbie kesâ leerve meceeve yeuye P2  4.2  3047.6 cal / sec Ans.
200 Jeesuš keâer Deehetefle& mes ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[s nesles nQ lees 226. Two bulbs of 100 W/250 V and 150 W/250 V
Gvekesâ Éeje KeeRÛeer peeves Jeeueer Meefòeâ nesieer~ are connected in series across a supply of 250
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022) V. The power consumed by the circuit is?
Sol. If rated voltage = Supply voltage oes yeuye 100W/250V Deewj 150 W /250V kesâ, 250 V
For series combination - mehueeF& kesâ S›eâe@me ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ heefjheLe kesâ Éeje
1 1 1 1 Kehele Meefòeâ nw?
    .........
Peq P1 P2 P3 Sol. For series connection–
1 1 1 1 P P
   Peq  1 2
P 60 60 60 P1  P2
eq
1 3 P1=100W P2  150W

Peq 60
100  150
Peq  20 watt Ans. Peq   In series 
100  150
225. Each of two electric heaters has four heating Peq  60 W Ans.
elements of resistance 50 Ω each. In the first
heater, four heating elements are connected in 227. What would be the total power drawn from the
series. In the second heater, elements are supply, when two heaters, rated at 1000 W, 250
connected in parallel. When supply voltage of V each are connected in series across a 250V,
each heater is 400 V, the rate of heat in calories 50 Hz supply? 500 W
per second of the first and second heaters peye oes neršj efpeveceW ØelÙeskeâ keâer jsefšbie 1000 W, 250 V
respectively, are nw leLee 250V, 50 Hz mehueeF& kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW
(Consider 1 Calorie = 4.2 Joule) mebÙeesefpele nw~ Fvekesâ Éeje mehueeF& mes ueer ieÙeer kegâue Meefòeâ
oes Fuesefkeäš^keâ neršjeW ceW mes ØelÙeskeâ ceW 50 Ω ØeeflejesOe kesâ efkeâleveer nesieer? 500 W
Ûeej nerefšbie lelJe nQ~ henues neršj ceW, Ûeej nerefšbie lelJe (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
228. Two bulbs are rated 100 W each. If these bulbs  V 2 80  80  106
are connected in series to the mains supply, DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ  th 
220V, the total power consumed by both the 4R th 4  10  106
bulbs would be– 50 W 6400 106  106
oes yeuye keâer jsšs[ #ecelee 100 W nw~ Ùeefo Fve yeuyeeW 
40
keâes 220V cesve Deehete|le mes Skeâ ëe=bKeuee ceW peesÌ[ efoÙee  16  10 11
peelee nw, lees oesveeW yeuyeeW Éeje efkeâlevee heeJej (Meefòeâ) keâer
 0.16  109 W
Kehele nesieer? 50 W Ans.
Pmax  0.16 nW
(RRB SSE Secunderabad - 21.12.2014)
229. The percentage by which the incandescence of 232. The energy used by a 1.5 kW heater in 5
lamp decreases due to drop of current by 3% minutes is:
is? 1.5 kW neršj Éeje 5 efceveš ceW ØeÙegòeâ Tpee& nw :
Jen ØeefleMele keäÙee nw, efpemekesâ Éeje uewche keâe Göerheve, (DMRC JE- 2016)
Oeeje keâer 3% keâceer kesâ keâejCe Ieš peelee nw - Sol. E = VIt (VI= 1.5kW)
= 1500560 = 450000J
Sol.
E  450000 J Ans.
P I
P  I 2 R or P  2I(I)R or 2  2  3%  6% 233. Determine the power (in W) of lamp A and
P I
lamp B respectively for the given circuit
Ans.
diagram.
230. The power dissipated in a resistor in terms of efoS ieS heefjheLe DeejsKe ceW ueQhe A Deewj ueQhe B keâer
its conductance G and the voltage V across it is
Meefkeäle ›eâceMe: (Jeeš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW–
ØeeflejesOekeâes ceW Fmekesâ Ûeeuekeâlee (G) Deewj Fmekesâ S›eâe@me
Jeesušlee V kesâ heoes ceW JÙeÙe Meefòeâ nesleer nw-
Sol.
V2 1
Power dissipated, P   V 2   V 2 G Ans.
R R
231. A human nerve cell has an open- circuit voltage
of 80 milli Volt and it can deliver a current of 5
nano Ampere through a 6 mega  load. What Sol. efoÙee nw, mehueeF& Jeesušlee = 40 volt
is the maximum power available from the cell? kegâue ØeeflejesOe = 10 + 5 (Q 10 Je 5 ßesCeer›eâce ceW nw)
Skeâ ceeveJe lebef$ekeâe keâesefMekeâe ceW 80 efceueer Jeesuš (mV) = 15
keâer Skeâ Kegueer heefjheLe Jeesušlee (Deesheve mee|keâš Jeesušspe) V
Oeeje  I   mes,
nw Deewj Ùen 5 vewvees SsefcheÙej (nA) keâer Skeâ Oeeje 6 cesiee R
 uees[ kesâ ceeOÙece mes efJeleefjle keâj mekeâleer nw~ mesue ceW =
40
= 2.66 A
efceueves Jeeueer DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ keäÙee nw? 15
10 ØeeflejesOe keâer Meefkeäle PA = I2R mes,
Sol.
VL  6M  5nA  2.66  2.66 10
= 70.75 W
 6  106  5  10 9 Volt
5 ceW Meefkeäle PB = I2R mes
 30  103  2.66  2.66  5
VL  30mV = 35.37 W
Vi  80  30  50mV
Dele: 10 Je 5 ceW Meefkeäle ›eâceMe: 70.75 Jee@š, 35.37 Jee@š nesiee~
Ans.
3
50mV 50  10 234. The cost of running 3 kW load for 10 hours at
R th  
5nA 5  109 60 Ps/kWh is Rs ...................
6
 10  10  10 M 60 hewmes/efkeâuees-Jeeš IeCše ceW 10 IeCšs kesâ efueS 3
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS, efkeâueesJeeš uees[ keâes Ûeueeves keâer ueeiele nw~
Sol.
R L  R th
60
R L  10 M
ueeiele (Cost) = 10  3   18 Rs. Ans.
100

235. When voltage reduces to 1/2, the power 239. A coil and a bulb are connected in series with a
consumption of bulb becomes : 5V dc source. When a soft-iron core is inserted
peye Jeesušspe Ieškeâj DeeOee nes peelee nw, yeuye keâer Kehele in the coil, the light emerging from the bulb-
Skeâ coil Deewj Skeâ yeuye keâes 5V dc source mes ßesCeer
Meefòeâ ............ nes peeÙesieer~ ›eâce ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ soft-iron core keâes
Sol. coil ceW Yespee peeÙes lees yeuye ceW mes Glmeefpe&le ØekeâeMe keäÙee
V2 nes ieer-
P
R (BSNL TTA JE-2013)
P  V2 Sol.
2
1 1
P     times
 
2 4
1
P= times Ans. peye Soft-iron core keâes Coil ceW Yespee peeS lees yeuye kesâ Glmeefpe&le
4 ØekeâeMe ceW keâesF& heefjJele&ve veneR nesiee Deewj ØekeâeMe meceeve jnsiee~ Ans.
236. A small portion of a 1000 W heater coil is 240. A resistance thermometer has a temperature
broken. The power consumed by the remaining coefficient of resistance 10–3 per degree and its
portion which is connected to the same supply resistance at 00 C is 1.0. At what temperature
will be: is its resistance 1.1 .
1000 W neršj kegbâ[ueer keâe Skeâ Úesše mee efnmmee štš Skeâ ØeeflejesOe leeheceeheer keâe ØeeflejesOe leeheiegCeebkeâ 10–3
peelee nw~ Mes<e yeÛes ngS Yeeie Éeje GheYeesie keâer peeves /0C Deewj 00C hej ØeeflejesOe 1.0 nes lees efkeâme leeheceeve
Jeeueer Meefòeâ nesieer pees meceeve Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[er nw? hej Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe 1.1  nesiee-
(BSNL TTA -2013)
l Sol. temperature coefficient of resistance
Sol. Q R 
A () = 10–3 per degree
Power keâe ceeve yeÌ{ peeSiee peye ØeeflejesOe keâce nes peeSiee~ Ro= 1
V 2 Rt = 1.1
and P = T=?
R met$e – Rt= Ro (1+T)
i.e greater than 1000 W. Ans.  1.1 = 1(1+10–3T)
237. With three resistance connected in parallel, if  1.1=1+10–3T
each dissipates 20 W the total power supplied  0.1 = 10–3T
by the voltage source  T = 0.1103
meceeveevlej ceW pegÌ[s leerve ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ meeLe, Ùeefo ØelÙeskeâ T  100o C Ans.
20 Jeeš DeheJÙeÙe keâjlee nw, lees Jeesušspe Œeesle Éeje 241. Dimension of Resistance-
Deehetefle& keâer ieF& kegâue Meefòeâ nesieer– ØeeflejesOe keâer efJecee nesieer-
Sol. (BSNL TTA -2013)
V
P1 = P2 = P3 = 20 W Sol. ØeeflejesOe  R  
Ptotal = P1 + P2 + P3 [In parallel] I
Pt = 20 + 20 + 20 SI cee$ekeâ – Deesce
Pt = 60 W Ans. CGS cee$ekeâ –Deesce 2 –3 –2
efJeefceÙe met$e – [ML T A ] Ans.
238. A nickel coil has a resistance of 13 at 50oC. If
o 242. The temperature coefficient of resistance of a
the temperature coefficient of resistance at 0 C material is given as :
is 0.006/oC, the resistance at 0oC is : ef keâmeer heoeLe& kesâ ØeeflejesOe leehe iegCeebkeâ keâes efkeâme Øekeâej
Skeâ efvekeâsue kegâC[ueer keâe 50oC hej 13 ØeeflejesOe nw~ JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw?
Ùeefo 0oC hej ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ 0.006/oC nw (KVS JE -2016)
lees 0oC hej ØeeflejesOe nw: Sol. efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe ØeeflejesOe leehe iegCeebkeâ Ùeefo 00C hej leej keâe
(DMRC JE- 2016) ØeeflejesOe R0 nes leLee t C hej Rt nes leye Rt=R0 (1+t)
0
Sol. Rt = Ro(1+ot) peneb  Skeâ efveÙeleebkeâ nw~ efpemes leej keâer Oeeleg keâe ØeeflejesOe leehe
13=Ro (1+.00650) R R
iegCeebkeâ keânles nw~   t 0
Ro 
13
 Ro 
13 R 0  t 2  t1 
1  0.3 1.3 veesš–efkeâmeer Oeeleg kesâ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe Ùee ØeeflejesOekeâlee Fmekesâ hejce
Ro  10 Ans. leehe kesâ ueieYeie meceevegheeleer neslee nw~

243. A flow of 1,00,000 electrons per second 6 + 300 0 = 5 + 5000
constitutes a current of : 1
Øeefle meskeâC[ 1,00,000 Fueskeäšê@veeW keâe ØeJeen ______ 0 
200
efJeÅegleOeeje keâe efvecee&Ce keâjlee nw– 0 = 0.005
(M.P. Sub Engineer 01.09.2018) 0 keâe ceeve meceerkeâjCe (II) ceW jKeves hej
Sol. Given– n = 100000 e=1.610-19C 6 = R0 (1+1000.005)
t=1 meskeâC[ 6
R0  = 4Ω Ans.
DeeJesMe (q) 1.5
Oeeje (i) 
meceÙe (t) 246. 1 coulomb of charge is equivalent to charge
on :
q
i Q q  ne 1 ketâuee@ce DeeJesMe efkeâleves Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ DeeJesMe kesâ yejeyej
t neslee nw?
ne
i (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
t Sol. Formula –
100000 1.6  1019 q = ne
i q = 1 coulomb
1
e = 1.610–19
1105  1.6  1019
i q 1
1 n 
e 1.6  10 –19
14
i  1.6 10 A Ans n = 0.625  1019
244. What is the current through an elements if the Ùee n = 625  1016 electrons Ans.
charge entering the elements is q = 10t C? 247. The temperature coefficient of resistance of a
Skeâ DeJeÙeJe ceW Oeeje keäÙee nesieer, Ùeefo DeJeÙeJe ceW wire is 0.00125 per 0C. At 300 K, its resistance is
ØeJesefMele DeeJesMe q = 10t ketâueece (C) nes? 1Ω. the resistance of the ----- wire will be 2Ω at:
nd
(PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 II shift ) Skeâ leej kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ 0.00125 Øeefle
o
C nw~ 300K hej, Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe 1 nw~ Gmeer leej keâe
Sol. q  10t kegâueece], i  ?
ØeeflejesOe 2 keâye nesiee?
q
i (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
t Sol. efoÙee nw–
10t 0  0.00125 / 0 C
i  10
t
R t  R 300  1
i  10A Ans.
t  300 K  300  273  27C
245. The resistance of a conductor is 5Ω at 500C and
0
6Ω at 100 C. Calculate its resistance at 0 C. 0 formula–
Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe 50oC hej 5Ω Deewj 100oC hej R t  R 0 1   0 t 
6  nw~ 0oC hej Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer ieCevee keâjW? 1  R 0 (1  0 t1 ) ....(i)
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) Fmeer Øekeâej 2 = R0 (1 + 0t2) .....(ii)
Sol. meceer. (i) ceW (ii) mes Yeeie osves hej–
Formula – Rt = R0 (1 + 0t) 1 R 0 (1  0 t1 )
Ist Condition– 
2 R 0 (1  0 t 2 )
Rt = 5Ω
t = 500C 1 (1   0 t1 )

5 = R0(1+500)----------- (I) 2 (1  0 t 2 )
IInd Condition– 1   0 t 2  2  20 t1
Rt = 6Ω
t = 1000C 0 t 2  20 t1  1
6 = R0 (1+1000)----------- (II) 1 1
t 2  2t1    800
meceer. (I) Je (II) keâes nue keâjves hej 0 0.00125
6 R 0 1  1000  t 2  2  27  800

5 R 0 1  50 0  t 2  854C
6 1  100 0  (854  273) K

5 1  50 0 t2  1127 K Ans.

248. The resistance of the field coil of a shunt motor meceerkeâjCe (i) Je meceerkeâjCe (ii) mes
is 45at 200C and average temperature of the 1 1  0.00125  27
cycle when the resistance is increases to 48 
R t 2 1  0.00125  827
heating coefficient of resistance 0.004/0C
efkeâmeer Mebš ceesšj keâer #es$e kegbâ[ueer keâe ØeeflejesOe 20 0C 1  0.00125  827
Ùee R t2 
hej 45  nw~ Ûe›eâ kesâ Deble ceW JeeFbef[bie kesâ Deewmele leehe 1  0.00125  27
keâes %eele keâjW peye ØeeflejesOe 48  keâj efoÙee peelee nw~ Ùee 2.03375
R t2   2 Deesÿe Ans.
1.03375
ØeeflejesOe keâe leehe iegCeebkeâ 0.004/ C nw~
0
250. At 00C, a specimen of copper has a resistance of

(DMRC JE-. 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
a 4mΩ and its temperature coefficient of
Sol. R1  45  , R 2  48  , t1  200 C resistance is 1/234.5 per 0C. Find the value of
t2  ? its resistance at 700C
00C hej, leeByes kesâ Skeâ vecetves ceW 4 mΩ keâe ØeeflejesOe nw
 o  0.0040 C
Deewj Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ 1/234.5 Øeefle
R t  R 0 1  0 t  mes 0
C nw~ 700C hej Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve %eele keâjW–
45  R 0 1  0 t1  ................(i) (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
48  R 1   t  ...............(ii)
0 0 2
Sol. Formula– Rt = R0 (1+0t)
efoÙee nw –
meceer (i) ceW (ii) mes Yeeie osves hej t = 700C
45 R 0 1  0 t1  R0 = 4mΩ = 4  10–3Ω

48 R 0 1  0 t 2  1
0  = 0.004264/0C
15 1  0 t1 234.5
 Rt = 4  10–3 (1 + 0.004264  70)
16 1   0 t 2
= 4  10–3 (1 + 0.29848)
15  150 t 2  16  160 t1 = 4  10–3  1.29848
0 15t 2  16t1   1 Rt = 5.19392  10–3Ω
1 1 Rt = 5.19 mΩ Ans.
15t 2  16t1   251. An aluminium conductor, having resistance of
0 0.004
15 Ω at 400C, is heated to 1200C If the RTC at
15t 2  16  20  250 00C is 0.00333/0C its RTC at 400C will be .......
0
250  320 570 C.
t2    380 C Ans. Skeâ SuegefceefveÙece keâes, efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe 40oC hej 15 
15 15
249. At 300K temperature coefficient of a wire is nw, 120oC lekeâ iece& efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo Fmekeâer
0.001250C and its resistance is 1Ω. What will be (Deej.šer.meer.) 0oC hej 0.00333/oC nw, lees 40oC hej
its resistance at 1100 K Fmekeâer (Deej.šer.meer.) .............../oC nesieer~
300 K hej, Skeâ leej kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
0.00125/ C nw Deewj Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe 1  nw~ 1100 K
0
0
Sol. Formula–  t 
hej Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee? 1  0 t
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) efoÙee nw– t = 400C
Sol. met$e Rt=R0(1+0t)  0 = 0.00333
Rt =1 0.00333
 40 
0 = 0.00125 Øeefle 0C 1  40  0.00333
t =300 K 0.00333
= (300 – 273)=270C  40 
1.1332
Dele: Rt = R0(1+0t)  40 = 0.00294 Ans.
Ùee 1=R0 (1+0.0012527) ..............(i) 252. The resistance of a silver conductor at 250C is
R t2  ? 55Ω and at 750C is 57.2Ω. Find its RTC at 00C.
t = 1100 K ÛeeBoer kesâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe 25oC hej 55 nw Deewj
=(1100 – 273) 75oC hej 57.2 nw~ 0oC hej Fmekeâer Deej.šer.meer. %eele
0
=827 C keâjW~
R t 2 =R0(1+0.00125827) ...............(ii) (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Sol. Formula– Ùeefo Skeâ heejs<eCe ueeFve ceW Ûeeuekeâ mes ØeJeeefnle nesves
Rt = R0 (1+0t) Jeeueer Oeeje keâes 3 kesâ iegCekeâ mes (DevÙe ceeheob[eW keâes
1st Condition– efveÙele jKeles ngS) keâce keâj efoÙee peeS, lees Gmekeâe
Rt = 55Ω
ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe .............~
t = 250C
(UPPCL AE- Re-Exam 30-12-2016)
55 = R0 (1+0  25)------------ (I)
2nd Condition– Sol. Ùeefo Skeâ heejs<eCe ueeFve ceW Ûeeuekeâ mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje
Rt = 57.2Ω keâes 3 kesâiegCekeâ mes (DevÙe ceeheob[eW keâes efveÙele jKeles ngS) keâce keâj
t = 750C efoÙee peeS lees Gmekeâe ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe 9 iegvee yeÌ{ peeÙesiee~
57.2 = R0 (1+0  75)------------ (II) Ûeeuekeâ cesW heeJej neefve
meceer. (I) Je (II) keâer meneÙelee mes– R eff = 2
Deesnce
I
55 R 0 1   0  25  peneB Reff = Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe

57.2 R 0 1  0  75  1
R eff 
55 +  0  75  55 = 57.2 +  025  57.2 2
I
2.2 = 2695  0  
3
2.2 9
0 
2695 R eff  2
I
 0 = 0.0008163
R eff  9 iegvee Ans.
 0 ≃ 0.0009/0C Ans.
253. A copper conductor has a resistance of 10Ω at 256. The equivalent resistance in ohms in the circuit
200C and RTC of 0.0039 per 0C at 200C. Find shown is
RTC at 00C. oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe Deesce cebs nesiee-
200C hej Skeâ leeByes kesâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe 10Ω nw (APSPDCL-2014)
Deewj Deejšermeer 0.0039 Øeefle C nw~ 0 C hej Deej.šer.meer.
0 0
%eele keâjW~ Sol. ÙeneB ØeeflejesOe meercevme cebs efoÙee ieÙee nw DeLee&le Ùen kebâ[keäšWme nw,
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) 1
Dele: R 
0 G
Sol. Q t  ....(1)
1   0t 1 1
R1  , R 2  
0 2 4
0.0039 
1   0  20
0.0039  0.0039  0  20   0
 0 (1  0.0039  20)  0.0039 leye A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe
 0 (0.922)  0.0039 1 1 1 3 3
Req 
  .   Ans.
0.0039 2 4 2  2  4
0 
0.922 257. If a wire conductor of 0.2 ohm resistance is
RTC at 0 C  0  0.00423 per C Ans. doubled in length, its resistance becomes
Ùeefo 0.2 kesâ megÛeeuekeâ leej keâer uecyeeF& keâes oesiegvee
254. With reference to v and i defined in the circuit, efkeâÙee peelee nw lees, Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe nes peeÙesiee–
compute R if i = –3.4 mA and v = –8.9 V.
(UPSSSC JE-2016)
v Deewj i meboYe& cebs heefjheLe keâes heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee,
l
R keâer ieCevee keâjs, Ùeefo i = –3.4 mA Deewj v = –8.9 V nw~ Sol. R1 
A
(UPPCL JE-13.11.2016)
2l
V R2 
Sol. R  A
I R 2 2l A
8.9  
R  2.61 103   2.61k  Ans. R 1 A l
3
3.4  10 R2
255. If current passing through a conductor in a 2
R1
transmission line is decreased by a factor of 3
(keeping other parameters constant), its R 2  2  0.2  R1  0.2 
effective resistance …………... R2 = 0.4 Ans.
258. The cross sectional area of wire 100m long is 260. If 10 lamps are connected in series across a
one 0.1 mm2 resistivity 50×10–8m. What will power supply, then determine the voltage of the
resistance- supply when it is given that the voltage across
100 ceeršj uebyeer Skeâ leej keâe DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue each lamp is 6.0 V.
0.1 mm nw leLee ØeeflejesOekeâlee 50  10  m nw,
2 –8 Ùeef o 10 uewche ßesCeer (series) ces efJeÅegle m$eesle mes pegÌ[s nw
Gmekeâe ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee? Deewj heÇlÙeskeâ uewche keâs efmejes hej (across each lamp)
(RRB JE- 2014) Jees ušlee 6.0V nw lees efJeÅegle m$eesle keâer Jeesušlee keâer
Sol. length (l) = 100 m,  =5010-8 -m ieCevee keâerefpeS~
cross sectional area (a) = 0.1 mm2 = 110–7m2 (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
l Sol. 10 lamp in series
R= 
a
50 108 100
R= = 5010–8107100
1107
= 5100 = 500  equivalent voltage
R= 500  Ans. V  V1  V2  V3  V4  V5  V6  V7  V8  V9  V10
259. An electric heating element is designed in such
V 6666666666
a way that is a dissipated 450W at 250V main
and is made from nichrome ribbon of 1 mm = 60V Ans.
wide and 0.5 mm thick if the resistivity of 261. If 750 A is flowing through 11 k of
nichrome is 1.10×10–8-m. What is the length resistance, what is the voltage drop across the
of the ribbon required. resistor?
Skeâ efJeÅegle leeheve DeJeÙeJe keâer DeefOekeâuhevee Fme Øekeâej Ùeef o 11 k kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW 750 A ØeJeeefnle nes jne nw
keâjleer nw efpememes Jen 250 V cesvme (mains) hej 450 W lees hetjs ØeeflejesOe ceW Jeesušlee heele efkeâlevee nesiee?
keâe efJemejCe efkeâÙee nw Deewj efpemes 1 mm ÛeewÌ[s SJeb 0.05 (SSC JE- 2015)
mm keâer ceesšeF& keâer veeF›eâesce efjyyeve mes yeveeÙee ieÙee nw~ Sol. efoÙee nw-
I = 750  10-6A
Ùeefo veeF›eâesce keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 1.1010–8-m nw, lees
R = 11  103
DeeJeMÙekeâ efjyyeve keâer uecyeeF& keäÙee nw? V=?
(RRB JE- 2014) V = IR
Sol. V = 250 volts V = 750  10-6  11  103
P = 450 W  .750  11 = 8.250
ÛeewÌ[eF& b = 1 mm = 10–3m V  8.25 Volt Ans.
ceesšeF& t = 0.05 mm = 5  10–5m 262. A resistor is connected across a 50 V source.
ØeeflejesOekeâlee  = 1.1010–8-m The current in the resistor if the colour code is
DeeJeMÙekeâ efjyeve keâer uecyeeF&, l = ? red, orange, orange, silver is?
efjyeve keâer ›eâeme-meskeäMeve keâe #es$eheâue = bt Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ 50 V œeesle mes Deej-heej pegÌ[e ngDee nw~
A = 10–3  5  10–5 Ùeefo jbie keâe keâes[ ueeue, veejbieer, veejbieer efmeuJej nw lees
A = 5  10–8 m2 ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW efkeâlevee keâjWš nw?
V2 V2 (SSC JE- 2015)
QP = R 
R P Sol. ØeeflejesOe keâe Colour code
250  250 250  5 1250 Red – 2
 R   R 
450 9 9 Orange – 3
l R.A Orange – 103
QR = l  equivalent resistanse (Req) = 23  103
A 
Source voltage = 50V
1250
 5 108 50 50
9 1250  510 yenves Jeeueer Oeeje   mA
l= 8
= 23 103 23
1.10 10 9 11
 2.17
l = 631 m Ans.
Dele: DeeJeMÙekeâ efjyyeve keâer uecyeeF& 631 m nesieer~  2.2mA Approximate Ans.

263. Resistance of a wire is r ohms. The wire is A1l 1  A 2 ml 1
stretched to double its length, and its radius is
Halfed then its resistance in ohms is A1  mA 2
Skeâ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe r ohms nw~ leej keâes Fmekeâer uebyeeF& R1 l A2
kesâ ogieves lekeâ KeeRÛeves Deewj Fmekeâer ef$epÙee keâes DeeOee  1
R 2 mA 2 ml 1
keâjves hej Fmekeâer ØeeflejesOe Deesnce ceW .......... nesieer~
R1 1
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)  2
(UPSSSC JE-2016) R2 m
Sol. (c) l1 = l r1 =r A1 = r 2
R 2  m 2 R1 Ans.
l2 = 2 l r2 = r/2 A2 = (r/2)2
r 2 A1 266. Find out resistance between X and Y in
A2  
4 4 following :
R 1 l1 A 2 l A1 / 4 efvecveefueefKele ceW X Deewj Y kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe %eele
   
R 2 l 2 A1 2l A1 keâerefpeS–
R1 1 1 (UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
 
R2 2 4
R2 = 8R1 (R1 = r)
Dele: leej keâe ØeeflejesOe Deye 8r nesiee~
264. The resistance of a parallel circuit consisting of
two resistors is 12 ohms. One of the resistance
wire breaks and the effective resistance become
18 ohms. The resistance of the broken wire is:
Skeâ meceeblej heefjheLe oes ØeeflejesOe mes yevee nw efpemekeâe
ØeeflejesOe 12 Deesce nw~ Skeâ ØeeflejesOe leej kesâ štš peeves hej Sol.
ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe 18 Deesce nes peelee nw~ štšs leej keâe
ØeeflejesOe nw-
(BSNL TTA - 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
R1  R 2
Sol. leguÙe ØeeflejesOe · = 12
R1  R 2
R1  18
= 12
R1  18
R1 Deewj R2 ßesCeer›eâce ceW nw DeLee&le R1 + R2 = 10 + 10 = 20
R1 = 36
štšs ngS leej keâe ØeeflejesOe = 36 Ans. leLee R3 leLee R4 ßesCeer ›eâce ceW nw~
265. If the length of a wire having uniform DeLee&led R3 + R4 = 10 + 10 = 20
resistance R is stretched in m times with Q Ûetbefkeâ ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW nw lees
volume remaining same. What will be new
resistance value ? 1 1 1
 
Ùeefo Skeâ meceeve ØeeflejesOe R Jeeues leej keâer uecyeeF& m R eq 20 20
iegvee yeÌ{e efoÙee peeS Deewj DeeÙeleve meceeve jKee peeÙe 1 2 1 1
leye veÙee ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee~   
R eq 20 R eq 10
(UPRVUNL JE-9-11-2016)
R eq  10
l 1 l
Sol. R1  , R2  2
A1 A2 Dele: X Deewj Y kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 10  nw~ Ans.
R1 l 1 A 2 267. What is the equivalent resistance of a network
 . having 5 resistors of each 10 ohm connected in
R 2 A1 l 2
parallel?
l 2  m.l 1
10 ohm kesâ 5 ØeeflejesOekeâ Skeâ vesšJeke&â cebs meceeveevlej ceW
DeeÙeleve efveÙele nw~
A1l 1  A 2 l 2
pegÌ[s nw~ Gvekeâe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–

Sol. 10 kesâ 5 ØeeflejesOekeâ Skeâ heefjheLe ces meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele 2
I A
nw~ Dele: R = 10 3
N=5 V  Lamp kesâ S›eâebme Jeesušspe [ê@he ± ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâebme Jeesušspe [ê@he
1 1 1 1 1 1 2
     230  120   R
R e q R1 R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5 3
Ûetefkeâ ØeeflejesOe meceeve nw 2
230  120   R
1 1 1 1 1 1 3
FmeefueS     
R e q 10 10 10 10 10 2
110   R
10 3
R eq 
5 110  3
R
Req = 2 nesiee~ 2
Trick : Ùeefo R Deesce kesâ n ØeeflejesOekeâ meceeblej ceW pegÌ[s neW lees leguÙe R  165 Ans.
ØeeflejesOe- 270. Of the three bulbs of 25W, 40W and 60W
peneB R = 10, n =5 which would have the lowest resistance?
R 25 W, 40 W Deewj 60 W kesâ leerve yeuyeeW ceW mes meyemes
Req 
n keâce ØeeflejesOe efkeâmekeâe nesiee?
10 (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Req 
 2 Ans. Sol. Formula –
5
2
268. The load resistance in a 220 V circuit is 40 P  V V2
R
Determine the load current. R P
220 V kesâ heefjheLe ceW Yeej ØeeflejesOe 40 nw, Yeej Oeeje 25 Jee@š yeuye kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOe–
keâer ieCevee keâjW- V2
(PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) R1 
25
Sol. efoÙee nw- 40 Jee@š yeuye kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOe–
V = 220 V, R = 40 
V2
V 220 R2 
i  40
R 40
i  5.5A Ans. 60 Jee@š yeuye kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOe–
269. A filament lamp is rated 120V and 80 Watts. V2
R3 
The value of series resistance required to 60
operate this lamp on a 230V mains is_____. DeLee&led R1 > R2 > R3 Ans.
Skeâ lebleg ueQhe keâes 120 Jeesuš, 80 Jeeš hej efveOee&efjle Dele: 60 Jee@š yeuye keâe ØeeflejesOe R meyemes keâce nesiee~
3
efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ 230 Jeesuš cegKÙe ueeFve hej Fme uewche keâes 271. The potential difference of an energy source
mebÛeeefuele keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ ßeb=Keuee ØeeflejesOe keâe that provides 75 mJ of energy for every micro-
ceeve ______ nw~ coloumb of charge that flows is:
(M.P. Sub Engineer 01.09.2018) Skeâ Tpee& œeesle, pees ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeues DeeJesMe kesâ
Sol. ØelÙeskeâ ceeF›eâes-ketâuee@ce kesâ efueS 75 mJ Tpee& Øeoeve
keâjlee nw, keâe efJeYeJeeblej keäÙee nw?
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
W
I Sol. Formula – V 
q
efoÙee nw– W = 75mJ = 7510–3J
q = 10–6C
I
P 75  10 –3
V
V 10 –6
I
80 V = 75103V
120 V = 75kV Ans.

272. If a current of 5 A flows for a period of 3
minutes, then the quantity of charge
transferred will be :
Ùeefo 5A keâer efJeÅegle Oeeje 3 efceveš keâer DeJeefOe kesâ efueS
ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw, lees mLeeveebleefjle DeeJesMe keâer cee$ee keäÙee
nesieer?
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Sol. Formula– q = i.t. Sol. V = 230 mV Ùee 230 × 10–3 V, i = 5.4 A
efoÙee nw– P = ?, P = VI = 230 × 10–3 × 5.4 = 1.242 W
i = 5A
t = 3minute = 3  60 second
q = 5  3  60
q = 900C Ans.
273. A resister is colour coded with blue, grey,
orange and silver bands. Find the value -
Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ veeruee, «es, veejbieer Deewj efmeuJej yeQ[ mes Ans.
jbie keâes[ efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ ceeve %eele keâjW - 276. Amount of electricity consumed by a 100 watt
bulb (in the On state for 10 hours) is–
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019, Shift-I)
Skeâ 100 Jee@š kesâ yeuye Éeje (10 Iebšs mes Ûeeuet DeJemLee
Sol. Blue (A) - 6
ceW) Kehele keâer peeves Jeeueer efyepeueer keâer cee$ee nw–
Gray (B) - 8
Orange (C)- 3 (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
Silver - ± 10% Sol. efkeâmeer JewÅegle heefjheLe ceW Tpee& JÙeÙe efJeYeJeevlej, Oeeje leLee meceÙe
Value of resistance = AB × 10C ± tolerance keâe iegCeveheâue nesleer nw~ Fmekeâer FkeâeF& SI heæefle ceW efkeâueesJeeš Iebše
= 68 × 103 ± 10% nesleer nw~
= 68 k ± 10% Ans. met$e JewÅegle Tpee& E  V.I.t
274. Three 2 resistance are connected to form a V.I.t
triangle, the resistance between any two kWh E
1000
corners is. 100  10
ef$eYegpe yeveeves kesâ efueS leerve 2 ØeeflejesOe pegÌ[s ngS nw, E
1000
efkeâvner oes keâesveeW kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe nw~ E  1kWh  1Unit Ans.
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) 277. Two bulbs are rated 100 W, each. If these
Sol : bulbs are connected in series to the mains
supply, 220V, the total power consumed by
both the bulbs would be–
oes yeuye keâer jsšs[ #ecelee 100 W nw~ Ùeefo Fve yeuyeeW
keâes 220V cesve Deehete|le mes Skeâ ëe=bKeuee ceW peesÌ[ efoÙee
peelee nw, lees oesveeW yeuyeeW Éeje efkeâlevee heeJej (Meefòeâ) keâer
Kehele nesieer?
(RRB SSE Secunderabad Green paper, 21.12.2014)
RAC = RAB = RBC
P P
2 4 Sol. P = 1 2
= P1  P2
6
100 100
= 
4
Ans.  50 Watt Ans.
3 100  100
275. Find the power being absorbed by the circuit 278. A 100  resistor is to be used to carry a current
element in the given figure. of 0.5 A. Its power rating should be............watt
efoS ieS efÛe$e cebs heefjheLe DeJeÙeJe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ 100  ØeeflejesOe keâe ØeÙeesie 0.5 A keâjWš ues peeves kesâ
keâe helee ueieeÙes~ efueS neslee nw~ Gmekeâer hee@Jej jsefšbie nesieer............Jeeš~
(UPPCL JE-13.11.2016) (IOF Electronic- 2014)
Sol. ØeeflejesOe (R)  100  V 2 (200)2
Sol. R    400
Oeeje (I)  0.5 Amp P 100
hee@Jej jsefšbie (p)  i 2 R  (0.5)2  100 kegâue ØeeflejesOe  2  400  800
 0.25  100  25 watt Ans.
279. An electric heater draws 1000 watts from a
250 V source. The power drawn from a 200 V
source is
Skeâ JewÅegle leehekeâ efkeâmeer 250 V œeesle mes 1000 Jeeš ueslee nw~
200 V œeesle mes ueer ieF& Meefòeâ nw V 200
(SSC JE- 2013) I   0.25 Amp.
R 800
Sol. P1 = 1000, V1 = 250, V2 = 200V
Øeefle uewche efyepeueer Kehele–
v2
P P  I 2R  (0.25) 2  400  25Watt Ans.
R
2 282. A Y connected load is supplied from 3-phase
P1 V12 1000  250 
 2    240 V mains. Each branch of the load is a
P2 V2 P  200  resistor of 20. Using 240 V and 10 kVA,
P = 640 W Ans. calculate the values of the current and power
280. A 200 W, 200 V bulb and a 100 W, 200 V bulb taken by the load.
are connected in series and the voltage of 400 V Skeâ Y mebyeefOele Yeej (waye connected) 3 Hesâpe
is applied across the series connected bulbs.
Under this condition 240V ØeoeÙeer œeesle mes pegÌ[e nw~ Yeej keâer ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee
200 W, 200 V yeuye Deewj 100 W, 200 V yeuye ëe=bKeuee ceW 20 keâe ØeeflejesOe ueiee nw~ 240V Deewj 10kVA keâe
ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ Deewj 400 V keâe Jeesušspe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s yeuyeeW GheÙeesie keâjles ngS Yeej keâer Oeeje Deewj Meefòeâ (current
hej ueieeÙee peelee nw~ Fme efmLeefle ceW keäÙee nesiee?
and power taken by the load) keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~
(SSC JE 2014 Morning Shift)
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM) (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
Sol. 200W, 200V kesâ efueS (yeuye-1) Sol. 3– connection
supply voltage  240 volt
200 2
R1 = = 200  load resistance – 20 
200
100W, 200 V kesâ efueS (yeuye-2) 240 12
value of current =   6.9Amp
20  3 3
200 2
R2 = = 400  power taken by the load
100
400 4 2 V 2 240  240
Oeeje (I) = = = A P    2880W
200  400 6 3 R 20
yeuye (1) kesâ efueS Meefòeâ efJelejCe 2880
 2.88kW Ans.
2 1000
2 800
P1=200    = W 283. The resistance of a 100W, 200V lamp is
3 9
100W, 200V Jeeues uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
yeuye (2) kesâ efueS Meefòeâ efJelejCe
2 (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
2 1600
P2 = 400    = W Sol. P = 100W, V = 200 Volt
3 9
P = V.I
Q 100 W yeuye 200 W yeuye mes DeefOekeâ Ûecekeâoej nesiee
V2
keäÙeeWefkeâ 100 W Jeeues yeuye keâe ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâ nesiee efpememes P
R
FmeceW Meefòeâ #eÙe DeefOekeâ nesieer~ Ans.
 200 
2
281. Two 100 W, 200 V lamps are connected in 100 
series across a 200V supply. The total power R
consumed by each lamp will be watts. 40000
oes 100 W, 200 V uewche 200 V mehueeF& hej ßeb=Keuee ceW R
100
pegÌ[s ngS nw~ Øeefle uewche kegâue efkeâleves Jeeš efyepeueer keâer Kehele R = 400Ω
nesieer?
Dele: uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe 400Ω nesiee~ Ans.
(SSC JE- 2014 Evening Shift)
284. Which has a higher resistance: a 2 KW electric Sol. Vo  6M  5nA
heater or a 200 W filament bulb, both marked  6 106  5  10 9 Volt
for 230V-
 30  103
efkeâmekeâe ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâ nesiee, Skeâ 2 KW neršj keâe
Vo  30 mV
Ùee 200 W yeuye keâe, oesveeW hej 230V Debefkeâle nw-
(BSNL TTA -2013) Vi  80  30  50 mV
Sol. P1  2  103 W (neršj) 50mV 50  103
R th  
P2  200W (yeuye) 5nA 5  109
V  230V  10 106  10 M
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS,
V 2  230 
2
ØeeflejesOe (neršj)   R L  R th
P1 2000
R L  10 M
52900

2000  Vth 2 80  80  106
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ  
264.5 4R th 4  10  106

10 6400  106 106

 26.45 40
11
 16 10
V 2  230 
2
ØeeflejesOe (yeuye)    264.5 Ans.  0.16 109 W

P1 200
Pmax  0.16 nW Ans.
Dele: 200W yeuye keâe ØeeflejesOe 2KW neršj kesâ ØeeflejesOe mes
287. The current rating of a 5k, 1/2W resistor is:
DeefOekeâ nw~ 5k leLee 1/2W jefpemšj keâe Oeeje jsefšbie nw-
285. A 12V source has an internal resistance of 90Ω. (MPPKVVCL -2017)
If a load resistance of 20Ω is connected to the Sol. R = 51000 = 5000
voltage source, the load power, PL is– 1
P = watt
Skeâ 12V kesâ œeesle keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 90Ω nw~ Ùeefo 2
Jeesušspe œeesle mes 20Ω kesâ uees[ ØeeflejesOe keâes peesÌ[e P
I=
peeÙe, lees uees[ keâe Meefkeäle #eÙe PL nesiee– R
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM) 1
I=
Sol. V = 12 volt Rs = 90Ω RL = 20Ω 2  5000
V 12 12 I = 0.01Amp Ans.
I=    0.10909 288. A 1 220V, 1000W resistive electric heater is
R S  R L 90  20 110
connected to a 110V-DC source. What is the
uees[ Éeje #eÙe Meefkeäle = I2RL= 0.10909×0.10909×20 power absorbed by the heater from the 110V
= 0.238 watt source?
Skeâ 1 220V, 1000W ØeeflejesOeer efJeÅegle neršj keâes
PL  238mW Ans.
110V-DC œeesle mes peesÌ[e peelee nw~ 110V œeesle mes
Dele: uees[ Éeje #eÙe Meefkeäle keâe ceeve 238 mW nesiee~ neršj Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ keäÙee nesieer?
286. A human nerve cell has an open- circuit voltage (MPPKVVCL -2017)
of 80 milli Volt and it can deliver a current of 5 V2
Sol. P =
nano Ampere through a 6 mega  load. What R
is the maximum power available from the cell? 220  220 48400
R= R=
Skeâ ceeveJe lebef$ekeâe keâesefMekeâe ceW 80 efceueer Jeesuš (mV) 1000 1000
keâer Skeâ Kegueer heefjheLe Jeesušlee (Deesheve mee|keâš Jeesušspe) R = 48.4
2
nw Deewj Ùen 5 vewvees SsefcheÙej (nA) keâer Skeâ Oeeje 6 cesiee now, P = V
R
 uees[ kesâ ceeOÙece mes efJeleefjle keâj mekeâleer nw~ mesue ceW
110  110
efceueves Jeeueer DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ keäÙee nw? P=
48.4
(SSC JE-3 March 2017 2.45) P = 250watt Ans.

289. A lamp rated at 60V, 40W is to be connected 291. A 230V lamp is determined to pass 0.24A of the
across 230V. What is the value of resistance to current calculate of the power output if
be connected in series with lamp? another similar lamp is connected in parallel
Skeâ ueQhe efpemekeâe 60V hej 40W cetuÙeebkeâve efkeâÙee ieÙee with it calculate the supply current require in
nw, 230V mes peesÌ[e peevee nw~ ueQhe kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW produce the same power output in each lamp
peesÌ[er peeves Jeeues ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? Skeâ 230 V ueQhe ceW 0.24 A keâjbš heeme efkeâÙee peevee
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016) efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Fmekesâ hee@Jej DeeGšhegš keâer
Sol. ueQhe keâe ceevekeâ Jeesušspe = 60V ieCevee keâerefpeS~ Ùeefo Fmekesâ pewmee ner otmeje ueQhe Fmekesâ
heeJej = 40W meeLe hewjsueue ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees ØelÙeskeâ ueQhe ceW Flevee
V 60 2 ner hee@Jej DeeGšhegš osves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Deehetefle&
ueQhe ceW 60V hej ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve    A
keâjbš keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~
R 90 3
2 (DFCCIL JE- 11.11.2018 )
peye ueQhe keâes 230V mes pees[Ì e peelee nw lees ueQhe ceW A keâer Oeeje
3 Sol. oesveeW uewche Skeâ meceeve nesves kesâ keâejCe oesveeW keâer heeJej
ØeJeeefnle keâjves kesâ efueS peesÌ[e ieÙee ØeeflejesOe R nes lees – DeeTšhegš meceeve nesieer~
V  60  IR
2
230  60  R
3
2
R  170
3
170  3 P1 = VI1
R
2 = 230  0.24
R  255 Ans. = 55.2 W
290. Two heaters rated at 1000W, 250 V each are P1 = P2 = 55.2 W
connected in series across a 250V, 50Hz ac kegâue DeeGšhegš heeJej P = 55.2 + 55.2
mains. The total power drawn from the supply = 110.4 W
would be ............ watt. P
kegâue Oeeje I 
250 Jeesuš, 50 nšd&pe keâer cegKÙe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (S.meer.) V
mes 1000 Jee@š, 250 Jeesuš kesâ oes neršj ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[s 110.4

ieS nQ~ Deehetefle& mes kegâue.............Jeeš Meefòeâ efveie&le nesieer~ 230
(SSJ JE-2008) I  0.48A
(Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016) IInd Method–
(SSC JE-1 march 2017 2.45 pm) oesveeW uewche meceeve nesves kesâ keâejCe oesveeW ceW meceeve Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer~
Sol. DeLee&led  I1  I 2  0.24
kegâue Oeeje  I1  I 2
 0.24  0.24  0.48A Ans.
292. If a D.C. 240 V is connected across 240 
(ohm) resistance, the power of the load is
240 V, D.C. keâes 240 ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâe@me mLeeefhele
keâjves hej, uees[ Meefòeâ nesieer–
(UJVNL-2016)
Sol. 240 V D.C. keâes 240  ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâe@me mLeeefhele keâjves
V2
ØelÙeskeâ uewche keâe ØeeflejesOe R  hej,
P
250  250
R
1000
R = 62.5
250
heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje   2A uees[ ØeeflejesOe ceW nesves Jeeueer #eÙe Meefòeâ
62.5  62.5
Deehetefle& mes efueÙee ieÙee Meefòeâ P = VI V 2 240  240
P   240Watt Ans.
= 2502= 500W Ans. R 240

293. Calculate the maximum safe current that can 296. Two resistances R and 2R are connected in
pass through a 1.8 kΩ resistor rated at 0.5 W. parallel in an electric circuit. The thermal
Gme DeefOekeâlece megjef#ele efJeÅegle Oeeje keâer ieCevee keâjWs pees energy developed in R and 2R are in the ratio
0.5 W hej efveOee&efjle efkeâÙes ieS 1.8 k ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW mes R leLee 2R kesâ oes ØeeflejesOe Skeâ efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW
iegpej mekeâleer nw? hejmhej meceeveeblej ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ R leLee 2R ceW GlheVe
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) leeheerÙe Tpee& keâe Devegheele nesiee–
Sol. (BSNL TTA -2015)
Formula–
P=iR 2 Sol.
efoÙee nw– P = 0.5W
R = 1.8kΩ = 1800Ω
P 0.5
i 
R 1800 V2
R Thermalenergy t
2
5 1  R2  2:1 Ans.
  A  16.67mA Ans. 2R Thermalenergy V 1
18000 60 t
2R
294. A 25W, 220V bulb and 100W, 220V bulb are
joined in parallel and connected to a 220 297. Two heater wires of equal length are connected
supply. Which bulb will glow more brightly. first in series and then in parallel. The ratio of
Skeâ 25 W, 220 V keâe yeuye Deewj Skeâ 100 W, 220 V heat generated from series to parallel
keâe yeuye meceeblej ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙes ieS nQ Deewj 220 V connection will be
Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ keâewve–mee yeuye DeefOekeâ ØekeâeMe Skeâ meceeve uecyeeF& kesâ oes leehekeâ leej henues ßesCeer ceW
GlheVe keâjsiee? Deewj yeeo ceW meceeblej ›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙes peeles nQ~
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) ßesCeer mes meceeblej ›eâce kesâ mebÙeespeve ceW GlheVe T<cee keâe
Sol. Devegheele nesiee
(UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
(HPSSC JE 18.07.2021)
L1
Sol. (i) In series connection
L2
meceevlej ›eâce ceW Ùeefo yeuye keâer Jeesušspe meceeve nw lees efpeme yeuye keâer
Meefkeäle jsefšbie pÙeeoe nesieer Jen lespe peuesiee (glow)~ Dele: 100W
keâe yeuye lespe ØekeâeMe GlheVe keâjsiee~ Req = 2R, Supply voltag = V
V2 V2
P H1 = ×t
R 2R
ßesCeer ›eâce ceW efpeme yeuye keâer hee@Jej jsefšbie keâce nesieer Jen meyemes lespe (ii) In Parallel Combination
peuesiee (glow)~
V2
R Ans.
P
295. A 3Ω resistor with 2A current will dissipate
power of: R
Req 
2A efJeÅegle Oeeje Jeeuee Skeâ 3 Ω keâe ØeeflejesOekeâ efkeâleveer 2
Meefkeäle DeheJÙeÙe keâjsiee? Supply voltage = V
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) 2V 2
2 H2 = t
Sol. formula – P = i R R
efoÙee nw– V2
R = 3Ω t
i = 2A H1 : H2 = 2R2
2V
P = (2)2  3 t
=43 R
P = 12W Ans. H1 : H2 = 1 : 4 Ans.

298. Two 2000 , 2 watt resistors are connected in Sol. (d) V=24 volt, I=2A
parallel. Their combined resistance value and mehueeF& ØeCeeueer Éeje efoÙee ieÙee Meefòeâ (P) = VI
wattage rating are = 242
oes 2000 , 2 Jeeš ØeeflejesOekeâ meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâS = 48 watt
ieS nw~ Gvekeâe mebÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve Deewj Jeeš oj nQ  48  20 
(UPRVUNL JE-2014)  48  100 
yeuyees keâer meb K Ùee  n   
(SSC JE- 2013) 0.5
Sol. oes meceeve ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW peg[
Ì s nw Dele:– 48  9.6

0.5
n  76.8
n  77 Ans.
301. Given the current i and voltage v of a circuit
elements, the power P and energy w are given
1 1 1 by:
  
RAB R1 R2 Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ DeJeÙeJe keâe Oeeje Deewj Jeesušlee ›eâceMe:
1 1 1 i Deewj v nw lees Meefòeâ (P Watt) Deewj Tpee& nesieer-
 
RAB 2000 2000 (PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
RAB 1000 Sol. Ùeefo Oeeje = iA leLee Jeesušspe = V nes lees
P = V.I Jeeš
Total watt  2W  2W  4W Ans. t
299. Two bulbs of rating 60W, 250V and 100W, leLee W   Pdt petue Ans.
0
250V are connected in series across a supply of 302. The battery of a flashlight develops 3V, and the
250V in a room. What will be the total power current through the bulb is 200 mA. Calculate
dissipation in the circuit? the energy absorbed by the bulb in a five-
60W, 250V leLee 100W, 250V kesâ jsefšbie Jeeues oes minute period.
yeuye Skeâ keâcejs ceW 250V keâer Deehetefle& kesâ yeerÛe ëe=bKeuee Skeâ heäuewMeueeFš keâer yewšêr 3V yeveeleer nw, Deewj yeuye ceW
ceW peesÌ[s peeles nQ~ heefjheLe ceW kegâue efJeÅegle #eÙe efkeâlevee Oeeje 200 mA nw~ lees 5 efceveš meceÙe kesâ oewjeve yeuye
nesiee? Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele keâer ieF& Tpee& keâer ieCevee keâjW-
(FCI- 4.10.2015) (PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
Sol. 60 watt leLee 100 watt kesâ oes yeuyeeW keâes Series ceW peesÌ[ves Sol. efoÙee nw -
hej 250 V keâer supply osves kegâue power dissipate: Jeesušspe V  3V
P1 = 60 W Oeeje ( I )  200 mA
–3
P2 = 100 W  200  10 A
Series ceW peesÌ[ves hej, meceÙe (t )  5 minute
p1  p 2 60  100 6000
Total power    5
p1  p 2 60  100 160  IeCše
60
= 37.5 watt Ans.
300. A 24 V power supply used for lighting system Q DeJeMeesef<ele Tpee&  E   V .I .t.
can provide a maximum output current of 2A –3 5
the lighting system is design using 0.5W bulbs.  3  200  10  Jeeš IeCše
60
The maximum number of bulbs. That can be
60  10  5
–3
connected to the power supply with out
exceeding 80% of it maximum power is- · ·
6
Skeâ ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee kesâ efueS GheÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer 24 –3
= 50 ×10 Wh
Jeesuš Meefòeâ Deehetefle& 2 ScheerÙej keâer DeefOekeâlece efveie&le E = 50 mWh Ans.
efJeogÙele Oeeje keâes Øeoeve keâj mekeâleer nw~ ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee
303. The heater draws a current of 7A from a 230V
keâes 0.5 Jee@š yeuyeeW keâe GheÙeesie keâj ef[peeFve efkeâÙee ieÙee source for 12 hours consumption in kWh
nw~ yeuyeeW keâer DeefOekeâlece mebKÙee pees Meefòeâ Deehetefle& mes Skeâ neršj 12 Iebše kesâ efueS 230 V meesme& mes 7 A keâe
Gmekeâer DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ keâe 80% mes DeefOekeâ efkeâS efyevee keâjbš ueslee nw~ Tpee& keâer Kehele keâer ieCevee kWh ceW
mebÙeesefpele efkeâS pee mekeâles nw, ____ nQ~ keâerefpeS~
(M.P. Sub Engineer 01.09.2018) (DFCCIL JE- 11.11.2018 )
Sol. efoÙee nw, 306. Three equal resistors are connected in series,
t = 12 h, V = 230 V, I = 7A across a source of emf, dissipate 10 W of
met$e– W = VIt power. What would be the power dissipated
when they are connected in parallel across the
= 230  7  12
same source.
= 19320 Wh
W = 19.32 kWh Ans.
meerjerpe mes pegÌ[s leerve meceeve ØeeflejesOekeâ m$eesle kesâ heej 10
304. A current of 3A flows for 50 hours through a Jeeš efJeÅegle #eÙe keâjles nw~ efkeâleveer efJeÅegle #eÙe nesieer Ùeefo
6Ω resistor. The energy consumed by the GvnW Gmeer m$eesle kesâ heej meceeveevlej ceW peesÌ[ efoÙee peeS
resistor is. (UPSSSC JE- 2015)
Skeâ 6  ØeeflejesOe ceW mes 50 Iebšs kesâ efueS 3 A efJeÅegle Sol. (i) ØeeflejesOe peye ßesCeer ›eâce nes
Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ Éeje GheYeesie keâer ieF&
Tpee& efkeâleveer nesieer?
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Sol. Formula – E = i2 R  t
efoÙee nw–
i = 3A V
R = 6Ω V
2
t = 50 hours  
E = (3)2  6  50 = 9  6  50 Skeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW JÙeÙe Meefkeäle P1 =  3 
E = 2700wh R
E = 2.7 kwh Ans. V2
P1 =
305. Power consumed in the given circuit is 9R
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle keâer Kehele efkeâleveer nw? leerveeW ØeeflejesOeeW ceW JÙeÙe Meefkeäle P = 3P1
3V 2
P=
9R
V2
P=
3R
ßesCeer ›eâce ceW JÙeÙe Meefkeäle = 10 watt
V2
P= = 10
3R
V2
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning Shift) = 30 watt
R
Sol. (ii) ØeeflejesOe peye meceevlej ›eâce ceW nes
kegâue ØeeflejesOe = (30||20) + 8 = 20 leerveeW ØeeflejesOe kesâ heeMJe& ceW meceeve Jeesušlee V nesieer~
V 2
V2
P Skeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW JÙeÙe Meefkeäle =
R R
3V 2
leerveeW ØeeflejesOe ceW JÙeÙe Meefkeäle =

10 2 R
20 leerveeW ØeeflejesOe ceW JÙeÙe kegâue Meefkeäle peye meceevlej ›eâce ceW nes
100  V2 
P Q  30 watt 
20  R 
P= 5 watt Ans. = 3  30 = 90 watt Ans.
02.
efo° Oeeje heefjheLe Deewj vesšJeke&â
(DC Circuit and Network)
cenlJehetCe& leLÙe
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) (Important Facts)
 Skeâ Ssmee yevo heefjheLe efpemeceW Oeeje keâe ØeJeen neslee nw
 The number of independent equations to solve a
network is equal to– The number of chords
heefjheLe (circuit) keânueelee nw~
 vesšJeke&â keâes nue keâjves kesâ efueS mJeeJeuecyeer meceerkeâjCeeW keâer mebKÙee  Jes heefjheLe efpevekeâs DeJeÙeJeeW ceW Oeeje SJeb Jeesušlee kesâ
Fmekesâ yejeyej nesleer nw– peerJeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee keâejCe keâesF& yeoueeJe vener jsKeerÙe heefjheLe (linear
(DSSSB JE- 2015) circuit) keânueelee nw~
 A lag network for compensation normally consist  Jes heefjheLe efpevekeâs DeJeÙeJeeW ceW Oeeje SJeb Jeesušlee kesâ
of– R and C elements keâejCe yeoueeJe Deelee nw DejsKeerÙe heefjheLe (non
 Skeâ keâchevmesmeve kesâ efueS uewie vesšJeke&â meeceevÙeleŠ yevee neslee nw– linear circuit) keânueelee nw~
R Deewj C lelJe  heefjheLe kesâ Jes meYeer DeJeÙeJe pees Tpee& Øeoeve keâjles nw
(BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 10 AM) meef›eâÙe DeJeÙeJe (Active element) keânueeles nQ~
 The internal resistances of an ideal Voltage source  heefjheLe kesâ Jes meYeer DeJeÙeJe pees Tpee& «enCe keâjles nw
and an ideal current source respectively are (in efveef<›eâÙe DeJeÙeJe (Passive element) keânueeles nw~
ohms)– 0 and   meef›eâÙe DeJeÙeJe ncesMee Tpee& keâer mehueeF& keâjles nQ, peyeefkeâ
 Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesušspe meesme& SJeb Skeâ DeeoMe& Oeeje meesme& kesâ efveef<›eâÙe DeJeÙeJe ncesMee Tpee& keâer Kehele keâjles nw~
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: efvecve nesles nQ (Deesce ceW)– 0 and   efkeâmeer cegòeâ Je yebo efJeÅegle heefjheLe keâes heeMe (loop) keânles nw~
(UPSSSC JE- 2015)  Jen uethe pees hegve: yebo heefjheLe ceW efJeYeeefpele ve nes cesMe
 Constant voltage source is – Active and unilateral
(mesh) keânueelee nw~
 efveÙele Jeesušspe œeesle.......neslee nw– meef›eâÙe Deewj Skeâhe#eerÙe
 meYeer cesMe uethe nes mekeâles nQ uesefkeâve meYeer uethe cesMe vener
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
nes mekeâles~
 A network which contains one or more than one source
of emf is known as – Active network  Ssmee peefšue heefjheLe, pees Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ heeMe (loop)
 Jen vesšJeke&â efpemeceW Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ emf Jeeuee œeesle leLee DeJeÙeJeeW (element) mes efceuekeâj yevee neslee nw
keânueelee nw– meef›eâÙe vesšJeke&â efJeÅegle vesšJeke&â (Electrical network) keânueelee nw~
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015),  Ssmee efyevog peneB hej oes-Ùee-oes mes DeefOekeâ JewÅegle DeJeÙeJe
(BSNL TTA 21.02.2016) efceueles nQ vees[ (Node) keânueelee nw~
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 10 am)  Ssmee efyevog peneB hej leerve Ùee leerve mes DeefOekeâ JewÅegle
 A node in a circuit is defined as a – DeJeÙeJe efceueeles nw meefvOe (Junction) keânueelee nw~
Where two or more than two elements meets
 meYeer pebkeäMeve vees[ nes mekeâles nw, uesefkeâve meYeer vees[
 heefjheLe ceW Skeâ vees[ keâes efkeâme ®he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
pebkeäMeve veneR nes mekeâles nw~
peneB oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ SefueceWšeW keâer mebefOe nes
(SSC JE- 2009) MeeKee (b)  (vees[ (n)-1)  uethe (l)
 A linear circuit is one whose parameters – b  (n  1)  l
Do not change with voltage and current
 Skeâ jwefKekeâ heefjheLe Jen neslee nw efpemekeâe hewjeceeršj–  efkeâmeer efJeÅegle heefjheLe kesâ Skeâ vees[ mes otmejs vees[ keâes
Jeesušlee Deewj keâjWš ceW heefjJele&ve nesves hej peesÌ[ves Jeeues Yeeie keâes MeeKee (Branch) keânles nQ~
heefjJeefle&le veneR neslee  Jen œeesle, pees heefjheLe keâes œeesle kesâ ™he ceW Oeeje Øeoeve
(SSC JE- 2009)
keâjlee nw, Oeeje œeesle (Current source) keânueelee nw~
D.C. Circuit and Network 83 YCT
 DeeoMe& Oeeje œeesle keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe (internal  Skeâ jwefKekeâ heefjheLe ceW Skeâ DeeoMe& ØeeflejesOe leLee Jeesušspe œeesle mes
resistance) Devevle (infinite) neslee nw~ yevee nw~ Ùeefo meYeer jefpemšj keâe ceeve keâes DeeOee keâj efoÙee peeÙes
 ØeeÙeesefiekeâ Oeeje œeesle (practical current source) keâe lees ØelÙeskeâ jefpemšj kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe nesiee– DeheefjJeefle&le
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâlece neslee nw~ (UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
 Jen œeesle pees heefjheLe keâes œeesle kesâ ™he ceW Jeesušspe Øeoeve  A dependent source –
keâjlee nw, Jeesušspe œeesle keânueelee nw~ May be a current source or a voltage source
 DeeoMe& Jeesušspe œeesle keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve  efveYe&j œeesle neslee nw–
MetvÙe neslee nw~ Oeeje œeesle DeLeJee Jeesušlee œeesle nes mekeâlee nw~
 ØeeÙeesefiekeâ Jeesušspe œeesle (practical voltage source) (SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am)
keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve vÙetvelece neslee nw~  How many loop, an electric circuit with 10 branches
and 7 nodes will have– (b-n +1), 4
 Jen Jeesušspe œeesle efpemekeâer Jeesušlee DevÙe efkeâmeer Jeesušspe
 10 MeeKeeDeeW Deewj 7 vees[eW mes Ùegòeâ JewÅegle heefjheLe ceW efkeâleves uethe
œeesle hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw, Deeefßele Jeesušspe œeesle
(Dependent voltage source) keânueeleer nw~ Ùes Ûeej
neWies– (b-n +1), 4
Øekeâej kesâ nesles nw~ (UPRVUNL AE- November-2016)
(FCI- 4.10.2015)
 A network having a battery source in one of its arms
is termed as– Active Network œeesle Deewj efmebkeâ keâer DeJeOeejCee
 Skeâ vesšJeke&â efpemekeâer Skeâ MeeKee ceW yewšjer œeesle pegÌ[e nw, Jen (Concept of Source and Sink)
nesiee– meef›eâÙe vesšJeke&â
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016_3 pm)
 An active element in a circuit who–
Supplies electrical energy
 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW Skeâ meef›eâÙe lelJe pees–
efJeÅegle Tpee& keâer Deehetefle& keâjlee nw
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
 An ideal voltage source will charge an ideal
capacitor – Instantaneously
 Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesušspe œeesle DeeoMe& mebOeeefj$e keâes Ûeepe& keâjsiee–
leel#eefCekeâ
(BSNL TTA 21.02.2016)
 In a parallel circuit all components must –  Ùeefo Oeeje Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ Oeveelcekeâ efmejs (Terminal) ceW
Have same potential difference across them ØeJesMe keâjlee nw lees Fmes DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ (absorbed
 Skeâ meceeblej meefke&âš cebs meYeer IeškeâeW keâs– power) kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~
Deej-heej meceeve efJeYeJeevlej nesvee ÛeeefnS~  Ùeefo Oeeje Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ $e+Ceelcekeâ efmejs ceW ØeJesMe
(BSNL TTA 21.02.2016) keâjlee nw lees Fmes Øeole Meefòeâ (delivered power) kesâ
 What is called the electro-motive force(e.m.f) of a
™he ceW peevee peelee nw~
voltage source–
Internal voltage when no load is applied  A linear circuit is one whose parameters (e.g.
 Jeesušlee œeesle keâe Deevleefjkeâ efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue keäÙee nw– resistance) etc –
Deebleefjkeâ Jeesušlee, peye uees[ keâer Deehetefle& ve keâer ieF& nes Do not change with voltage and current
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)  Skeâ jw e f K ekeâ heef jheLe Jen nw efpemekesâ hewjeceeršj (GoenjCeeLe& ØeeflejesOe
 The internal voltage drop of a voltage source – Deeefo)– Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje ceW heefjJele&ve kesâ
Depends upon the internal resistance meeLe heefjJeefle&le veneR nesles nw
of the source (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
 Jeesušlee œeesle ceW Deebleefjkeâ Jeesušlee heele–  A passive network is one which contains –
œeesle kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw No source of e.m.f. in it
(SSC JE-2 March 2017 2.45 pm)  Skeâ efveef<›eâÙe vesšJeke&â ceW meefcceefuele nesles nw–
 A linear circuit contains ideal resistors and ideal FmeceW e.m.f. keâe keâesF& Œeesle veneR neslee nw
voltage source. If values of all the resistors are
halved then voltage across each resistor becomes– (UPSSSC JE- 2015)
Remains unchanged (DDA JE- 25.04.2018, First Shift)
Øeleerkeâ œeesle kesâ Øekeâej vees[ue efJeMues<eCe
mJeleb$e Oeeje œeesle (Nodal Analysis)
(Independent current source )  Ùen 'KCL' keâe efJemle=le ™he nw, Deewj heefjheLe kesâ
vees[ hej vees[ Jeesušspe Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ
mJeleb$e Jeesušspe œeesle efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(Independent voltage source)  efkeâmeer Nodal analysis ceW no of node
equation, (J-1) nesiee~ peneb J= no. of
Deeefßele Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ meeLe Junction
(Dependent voltage source)  Ùeefo Nodal analysis ceW efkeâmeer node kesâ Just
meceevlej ceW Jeesušspe œeesle ueiee nes lees vees[ keâe
Deeefßele Oeeje œeesle meceerkeâjCe efueKeves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee veneR nesleer nw
(Dependent current source) yeefukeâ Gmekeâe ceeve efoS ieS Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ yejeyej
nesiee~
 The internal voltage drop in an ideal constant-
voltage source– 0 (Zero)
OÙeeve os–
 Skeâ DeeoMe& efveÙele Jeesušspe Œeesle ceW Deebleefjkeâ Jeesušspe [ê@he neslee  FmeceW Common node keâes referance ceeveles nw~
nw– 0 (MetvÙe)  ØelÙeskeâ vees[ mes Oeeje keâes yeenj peelee ngDee ceevee
(M.P. Sub Engineer 01.09.2018)

peeÙesiee hejvleg Ùeefo efkeâmeer yeÇebÛe ceW Oeeje œeesle ueiee
 A primary characteristic of an ideal voltage source –
nes lees Gmekeâe ceeve sign convention kesâ Devegmeej
It has zero internal resistance direct efueKee peeÙesiee~
 DeeoMe& Jeesušspe Œeesle keâer ØeeLeefcekeâ efJeMes<elee nw–  efpeme vees[ keâer yeele nesleer nw, JeneB kesâ Jeesušspe keâes
FmeceW Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe MetvÙe neslee nw JejerÙelee oer peeleer nw, DeLee&le Gme vees[ keâes yeÌ[e
ceeveles nw~ Ûeens yeieue keâe Jeesušspe Gmemes DeefOekeâ Ùee
(DDA JE- 25.04.2018, First Shift)
keâce nes~
 When the graph between current and voltage across  In DC circuit, which components is used to reduce
a device is a straight line, the device is referred to the voltage– Resistor
as– Linear  DC meef
k e&
â š ceW , Jees ušs
p e keâes keâce keâjves kes
â ef
u eS IeškeâeW ceW mes efkeâme
 peye ef[JeeFme ceW mes keâjbš Deewj GmeceW Jeesušspe kesâ yeerÛe keâe «ee@heâ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– ØeeflejesOekeâ
Skeâ meerOeer jsKee neslee nw, lees Ùegefòeâ keâes .................kesâ ™he ceW (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Morning)
peevee peelee nw– jwefKekeâ  Dependent sources are also called –
Controlled sources
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
 ef v eYe& j œees leeW keâes Yeer keâne peelee nw – efveÙebef$ele œeesle
(EDCIL DDA. JE- 25.04.2018, 2st Shift)
 In order to replace internal resistance, the ideal
 How many types of dependent sources are there – 4
current source is replaced by– Open circuit
 efveYe&j œeesle efkeâleves Øekeâej kesâ nesles nQ– 4
 Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOekeâeW kesâ ØeeflemLeeheve kesâ efueS, DeeoMe& efJeÅegle Oeeje
kesâ œeesle keâes efkeâmemes ØeeflemLeeefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw–  Active elements in electrical network –
Kegues heefjheLe (Deesheve meefke&âš) mes Current source, voltage sources and generators
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) efJeÅegleerÙe vesšJeke&â ceW, meef›eâÙe DeJeÙeJe nw–
 In nodal analysis, for a network of N nodes, the Oeeje œeesle, Jeesušspe œeesle Deewj pevejsšj
number of simultaneous equations to be solved– (BSPHCL JE- 30.01.2019, Batch -01)
N1  The closed path made by the combination of several
 N-vees[ kesâ vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS vees[ue efJeMues<eCe ceW, vesšJeke&â keâes branches of the network is called as– Loop
nue keâjves kesâ efueS Skeâ meeLe meceerkeâjCe keâer mebKÙee– N1  vesšJeke&â ceW keâF& MeeKeeDeeW kesâ mebÙeespeve Éeje yeveeÙes ieS yebo heLe
(DMRC JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift) keâes keâne peelee nw– hee@Me (}the)
(Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021) (SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
 Which is a passive element to an electrical circuit– DeeoMe& Jeesušspe œeesle keâe ßesCeer mebÙeespeve
Resistor, inductor, capacitor (Series Connection of Ideal Voltage Source)
 keâewve efJeÅegle heefjheLe kesâ efueS Skeâ efveef<›eâÙe lelJe nw–
ØeeflejesOe, Øesefj$e, mebOeeefj$e
 A point where two or more than two branches
connect is called as– Node
 Skeâ efyebog peneB oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ MeeKeeSB pegÌ[leer nQ Gmes keâne
peelee nw– vees[
 The circuit whose properties or characteristics
change with the direction of current or voltage it’s  How many total links are required to connect 12
called– Unilateral circuit devices in a fully connected mesh network –
 Ssmee heefjheLe efpemekeâe iegCe Ùee DeefYeue#eCe Fmekesâ Oeeje Ùee Jeesušspe n(n  1) 12(12  1)
No.of .Links    66
keâer efoMee yeoueves hej yeoue peelee nQ– SkeâefoMeerÙe heefjheLe 2 2
(DMRC JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift)  hetjer lejn mes pegÌ[s cesMe vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS 12 ef[JeeFme keâveskeäš
 A conductor whose resistance does not follow ohm's keâjves nsleg efkeâleves efuebkeâ keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw–
law is called - Non-linear conductor n(n - 1) 12(12 - 1)
 Jen Ûeeuekeâ efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe Deesce kesâ efveÙece keâe heeueve vener efuebkeâ keâer mebKÙee = = = 66
2 2
keâjlee nw, Gmes ............keâne peelee nw - DejwefKekeâ Ûeeuekeâ (BSPHCL JE- 31.01.2019)
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021, Shift-I)  If we want to represent a relation between number of
Jeesušlee œeesle keâe DeefYeue#eCe link currents and number of branch currents in a
(Characteristics of Voltage Source) directional graph. we should use– Tie set
 Deiej nce efoMeelcekeâ «eeHeâ ceW efuebkeâ OeejeDeeW Deewj MeeKee OeejeDeeW
keâer mebKÙee kesâ yeerÛe mecyevOe ØeoefMe&le keâjvee Ûeenles nw lees nces
GheÙeesie keâjvee ÛeeefnS– šeF& mesš
(DFCCIL- 17.04.2016)
 For a power system under dynamic perturbation –
QV loop will drastically affect the Pf loof
 ieefleMeerue ie[yeÌ[er kesâ lenle Skeâ Tpee& ØeCeeueer (power system
under dynamic perturbation) kesâ efueS– QV heeMe (Loop)
Pf heeMe (Loop) keâes Øeyeuelee mes ØeYeeefJele keâjsiee
(AAI -2016)
 ________in a magnetic circuit is analogous to
resistivity in an electrical circuit - Reluctivity
veesš– DeeoMe& Jeesušlee œeesle keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe MetvÙe nesvee  efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW ceewpeto ØeeflejesOekeâlee kesâ meÂMe, ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe
ÛeeefnS~ ØeeÙeesefiekeâ (paractical) Jeesušspe œeesle keâe ceW neslee nw - Øeefle°befYelee
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW ØeYeeJeer neslee nw~ (SSC JE - 24.03.2021, Shift – II)
 What is true about the characteristics of an ideal  The figure shown in below–
current source - Source-P is a voltage dependent current source and
It is capable of supplying infinite power source-Q is a voltage dependent voltage source
 DeeoMe& Oeeje Œeesle kesâ DeefYeue#eCeeW kesâ efJe<eÙe ceW melÙe nw-  veerÛes oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw–
Ùen Devevle Meefòeâ keâer Deehetefle& keâjves ceW me#ece nw Œeesle-P Skeâ Jeesušspe efveYe&j Oeeje Œeesle nw Deewj
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021, Shift-I) Œeesle-Q Skeâ Jeesušspe efveYe&j Jeesušspe Œeesle nw
 A typical circuit whose parameters change their
values with the change in time, temperature, voltage
etc. is knows as - Non-linear circuit
 Skeâ efJeefMe° heefjheLe efpemekesâ hewjeceeršj meceÙe, leeheceeve, Jeesušspe
Deeefo ceW heefjJele&ve kesâ meeLe Deheves ceeve keâes yeoueles nw Gmes efkeâme
™he ceW peevee peelee nw- iewj-jwefKekeâ heefjheLe
(PGCIL NR-II 12.03.2022 (UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
œeesle ™heevlejCe Deeefßele Œeesle
(Source Transformation) Dependent Source
(i) Jeesušspe œeesle mes Oeeje œeesle ceW ™heevlejCe Jeesušspe Deeefßele Jeesušspe œeesle
(Voltage to Current Source Conversion) (Voltage dependent voltage source)
Oeeje Deeefßele Jeesušspe œeesle

(Current dependent voltage source)
Jeesušspe Deeefßele Oeeje œeesle

(Voltage dependent current source)
E
peneB IS  Oeeje Deeefßele Oeeje œeesle
R int  R L
(Current dependent current source)
(ii) Oeeje œeesle mes Jeesušspe œeesle ceW ®heevlejCe
(Current Source to Voltage Source Conversion)  The circuit whose properties are same in either
direction is known as– Bilateral circuit
 oesveeW efoMeeDeeW ceW Skeâ pewmes iegCeOece& Jeeues heefjheLe keâes keânles nQ–
efÉhe#eerÙe heefjheLe
(DSSSB JE- 2015)
DeeoMe& Oeeje œeesle keâe meceeblej mebÙeespeve
veesš– (Parallel Connection of Ideal Current Sourec)
 œeesle ®heevlejCe DeeoMe& Jeesušlee œeesle leLee DeeoMe& Oeeje œeesle

kesâ efueS JewOe vener neslee nw~
 œeesle ®heevlejCe Deeefßele leLee mJeleb$e oesveeW œeesle kesâ efueS JewOe
nw~
 The figure shown in below–.
Source-M is a current dependent current
source and source-N is a voltage
dependent current source
 veerÛes oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw– jwefKekeâ Deewj DejwefKekeâ DeJeÙeJe
Œeesle-M Skeâ Oeeje efveYe&j Oeeje Œeesle nw Deewj Œeesle-N (Linear and Non-linear Element)
Skeâ Jeesušspe efveYe&j Oeeje Œeesle nw~ Jen DeJeÙeJe pees Deesce kesâ efveÙece keâe DevegmejCe keâjlee nw jwefKekeâ
DeJeÙeJe keânueelee nw~ pees DeJeÙeJe Deesce kesâ efveÙece keâe heeueve vener
keâjlee DejwefKekeâ lelJe keânueelee nw~
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
 The flow of charged particles in one unchanging
direction is called– Direct Current
 Skeâ DeheefjJele&veerÙe efoMee ceW Ûeepe& keâCeeW keâe ØeJeen keânueelee nw–
ØelÙe#e Oeeje
veesš– Skeâ DeeoMe& Oeeje œeesle keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Deveble neslee
nw~
ØeeÙeesefiekeâ Oeeje œeesle (Paractical current source)
ceW Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ceW ØeYeeJeer neslee nw~
 For DC voltage, inductor behaves as – Short circuit
 [er. meer. Jeesušspe kesâ efueS, hesÇjkeâ efkeâme lejn JÙeJenej keâjlee nQ-
Jeesušspe efJeYeepeve keâe efveÙece Meeš& heefjheLe
(Voltage Divider Rule) (EPDCL-2010)
 An electrical network with 8 independent nodes will
have– 7 nodal equations
 Skeâ efJeÅegle vesšJeke&â; 8 mJeleb$e vees[ kesâ meeLe cebs nesiee–
7 vees[ue meceerkeâjCe
(APSPDCL-2012)
Oeeje keâe efJeYeepeve efveÙece
R1 (Current Divider Rule)
V1  V
R1  R 2  R 3
R2
V2  V
R1  R 2  R 3
R3
V3  V
R1  R 2  R 3 R2
I1  I 
R1  R 2
 The study of various methods of solution to power
R1
system network is referred to as study– I2  I 
Load flow study R1  R 2
 Tpee& ØeCeeueer vesšJeke&â kesâ meceeOeeve keâjves keâer efJeefYeVe efJeefOeÙeeW kesâ  If the number of branches in a network is B, the
DeOÙeÙeve keâes ØeJeen DeOÙeÙeve kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw– number of nodes is N, the number of independent
Yeej ØeJeen DeOÙeÙeve loops is L, then the number of independent node
equations will be– N–1
(MP JE- 2016, Morning Shift)
 Skeâ vesšJeke&â cebs MeeKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee B nw, Deewj vees[dme keâer
 Number of nodes in a graph is 4. Number of tree in
the graph is – 16
mebKÙee N nw, Fbef[heW[Wš uethme keâer mebKÙee L nw lees Fbef[heW[Wš vees[
 efkeâmeer «eeheâ ceW vees[es keâer mebKÙee 4 nw Deye «eeheâ ceW šêr keâer mebKÙee
meceerkeâjCeeW keâer mebKÙee nesieer– N–1
(SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 a.m.)
nesieer– 16
(UPRVUNL AE- November-2016)
Oeeje œeesle keâe DeefYeue#eCe meghej vees[ue efJeMues<eCe
(Characteristics of Current Source) (Super Nodal Analysis)
 peye oes vees[ kesâ yeerÛe kesâJeue Ideal voltage source
ueiee nes lees JeneB KCL ueieevee mecYeJe veneR neslee Dele:
JeneB meghej vees[ue efJeMues<eCe keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles nw~
 efpeme vees[ kesâ yeerÛe Ideal voltage source ueiee nes
Gve vees[es keâes meghej vees[ keânles nw~
STEPS– [suše-mšej Deewj mšej-[suše heefjJele&ve
 vees[ mes Ideal voltage source keâes nše oW leLee (Delta-Star and Star-Delta Transformation)
Gvekeâe meceerkeâjCe Deueie mes efueKes~ Delta to Star Star to Delta
 Deye meghej vees[ keâes ueIegheefLele keâj oW Deewj Gmekesâ yeeo
vees[ue efJeMues<eCe ueieeÙeW DeLee&led meghej vees[ keâes Skeâ
vees[ ceevekeâj meceerkeâjCe efueKes~
2. [suše-mšej Deewj mšej-[suše heefjJele&ve

(Delta-Star and Star-Delta
Transformation) R 12 R 31 R 1R 2
R1  R 12  R1  R 2 
R 12  R 23  R 31 R3
 Delta/star or star/delta transformation technique is R12 R 23 R2R3
applied to – Three terminal network R2  R 23  R 2  R 3 
R 12  R 23  R 31 R1
 [suše/mšej Ùee mšej/[suše šêbmeHeâe@ces&Meve lekeâveerkeâ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee R 31R 23 R 3 R1
R3  R 31  R 3  R1 
peelee nw efpeme hej – leerve šefce&veue vesšJeke&â R12  R 23  R 31 R2
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)  Kirchhoff's first law states that a junction in an
 The phase voltage of a star connected, three phase electric circuit -  I = 0
circuit is 200 V, the line voltage will be– 346.4 volt
 mšej mebÙeesefpele 3-hesâpe heefjheLe keâe hesâpe Jeesušspe 200 V nw~  efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe henuee efveÙece keânlee nw efkeâ efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW Skeâ
ueeFve Jeesušspe efkeâlevee nesiee– 346.4 Jeesuš pebkeäMeve hej - I = 0
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe efveÙece
3. efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe efveÙece (Kirchhoff's Law) (Kirchoff's Law)
 efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe efveÙece distributed parameter kesâ efueS ueeiet
(a) efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe ØeLece efveÙece veneR neslee nw~
(Kirchhoff's 1st Law)  efkeâjÛee@heâ kesâ oes efveÙece nw-
efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe Oeeje efveÙece
 If there are "n" nodes in the circuit there will be ------- (Kirchoff's Current Law)
independent to nodal equation– n-1  KCL DeeJesMe mebj#eCe kesâ efmeæeble hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
 Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW "n" vees[ nw lees ÙeneB ........ efyevee DeeOeeefjle
 Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej- JewIegle heefjheLe kesâ efkeâmeer vees[ hej
vees[ue meceerkeâjCe neWies– n-1 efceueves Jeeueer meYeer OeejeDeeW keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee
 The average value of the current is the ------- divided nw~
by the number of currents-
 Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej– JewIegle heefjheLe kesâ efkeâmeer vees[ hej
Sum of all currents
Deeves Jeeueer OeejeDeeW keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie, peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
 Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve ------- keâes OeejeDeeW keâer mebKÙee mes
kesâ yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
efJeYeeefpele keâjves hej Øeehle neslee nw- meYeer Oeeje keâe Ùeesie
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 In a close loop, the sum of voltage drops across
components is equal to- The applied voltage
 Skeâ yevo heeMe ceW, IeškeâeW kesâ šefce&veueeW kesâ yeerÛe Jeesušspe [ê@he keâe
Ùeesie yejeyej neslee nw- ueieeS ieÙes Jeesušspe
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 Which law's is applied for mesh analysis of the efkeâjÛee@heâ kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej–
network- Kirchhoff's voltage law
 I1  I 2  I 3  I 4  I 5  0
 vesšJeke&â kesâ cesMe efJeMues<eCe kesâ efueS keâewve mee efveÙece ueeiet neslee
nw- efkeâjÛeeheâ Jeesušlee efveÙece I1  I 5  I 2  I 3  I 4
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje = peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe Jeesušlee efveÙece (Kirchoff's Voltage Law)  Between the branch voltage of a loop, the
 Ùen Tpee& mebj#eCe kesâ efmeæeble hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~ Kirchhoff's voltage law imposes – No constraints
 Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej– efkeâmeer yebo heefjheLe (closed circuit)
 Skeâ uethe keâer MeeKee Jeesušspe kesâ yeerÛe, efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe Jeesušspe
ceW efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (EMF) leLee heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee heele efveÙece ueeiet neslee nQ– keâesF& yeeOee veneR
keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee nw~ (DDA J.E. 25.04.2018, First Shift)
 The nodal method of circuit analysis is based on –
Ùee
KCL and Ohms law
 Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej– ‘‘efkeâmeer yebo heefjheLe (closed  heefjheLe efJeMues<eCe keâer vees[ue efJeefOe efkeâme hej DeeOeeefjle nw–
circuit) ceW efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (EMF) keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe kesâmeerSue Deewj Deesÿe keâe efveÙece
Ùeesie, yebo heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee heele kesâ yejeyej neslee nw’'~ (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45)
K b
(IOF Electronics-2014)
 V   IR  0
K 1 b 1 (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
K b  Kirchoff's current law (KCL) is applicable only to –
 V   IR Junction in a network
K 1 b 1
 efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe Oeeje efveÙece (kesâmeerSue) ueeiet neslee nw–
 According to kirchhoff's voltage law, the algebraic vesšJeke&â keâer mebefOe (pebkeäMeve) hej
sum of all voltage drop and e.m.f. in any closed (SSC JE-1 march 2017 2.45 pm)
circuit in a network is equal to - Zero  Kirchhoff's law states that in a closed loop of a
 efkeâjÛee@heâ kesâ Jeesušlee efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, vesšJeke&â ceW efkeâmeer Yeer circuit–
yevo heefjheLe ceW meYeer Jeesušspe [êhe Deewj e.m.f. keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe The algebraic sum of the potential
Ùeesie yejeyej nw - MetvÙe differences is zero
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)  efkeâjÛee@Heâ efveÙece ceW GuuesefKele nw efkeâ Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ yebo uethe ceW–
(DMRC JE-09.04.2018) efJeYeJeeblej keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee nw
(DSSSB JE-2015) (SSC JE-2 March 2017 10 am)
 In a circuit, at a node, three branches meet. The node  Kirchoff's voltage law applied to circuit with –
has an incoming current of 2A and an outgoing Linear, non-linear, active, passive time variant as
current of 3A from two of these branches. The third well as time invariant elements
branch will have an: Outgoing current of - 1A  efkeâjÛee@Heâ Jeesušlee efveÙece efkeâve heefjheLeeW hej ueeiet neslee nw–
 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW, Skeâ vees[ hej, leerve MeeKeeSb efceueleer nQ~ vees[ ceW jwefKekeâ, DejwefKekeâ, meef›eâÙe, efveef<›eâÙe, meceÙe heefjJeleea kesâ
Fve oes MeeKeeDeeW mes 2A keâer Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje, 3A keâer Skeâ peeves
meeLe meceÙe DeheefjJeleea DeJeÙeJeeW Jeeues
Jeeueer Oeeje nw leermejer MeeKee ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)
-yeenj keâer Deesj - 1A
cesMe efJeMues<eCe
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
(Mesh Analysis)
 The algebraic sum of the electric currents meeting at
a junction point is– Zero  Ùen KVL keâe Extension form nw leLee Tpee& mebj#eCe
 Skeâ pebkeäMeve efyebog hej efceueves Jeeueer efJeÅegle OeejeDeeW keâe kesâ efmeæeble hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie neslee nw– MetvÙe  Fmekeâe ØeÙeesie ØeeÙe: cesMe Ùee yeÇebÛe keâjsvš %eele keâjves ceW
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018) OÙeeve os–
 Which law is based on the principle of conservation  ØelÙeskeâ Mesh ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve clock wise direction
of electric charge– Kirchhoff's current law ceW ceevee peeÙesiee~
 keâewve mee efveÙece DeeJesMe kesâ mebj#eCe kesâ efmeæeble hej DeeOeeefjle nw–
 FmeceW efpeme cesMe ceW keâeÙe& keâjWies Gmekesâ hewjeceeršme& keâes
efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe Oeeje efveÙece
DeefOekeâ cenlJe efoÙee peeÙesiee DeLee&le efpeme cesMe kesâ efueS
cesMe meceerkeâjCe efueKee pee jne nw Gme cesMe keâer cesMe Oeeje
 Algebraic sum of all currents meeting at a point is
meyemes pÙeeoe ceeveer peeÙesieer~
zero. Stated law is – Kirchhoff's first rule
 Skeâ ner efyebog hej efceueves Jeeueer meYeer OeejeDeeW keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe  Ùeefo efkeâmeer cesMe keâer yeenjer heefjceehe hej Oeeje œeesle ueiee
Ùeesie MetvÙe nw~ JeefCe&le efveÙece keâe veece nw– nes lees Gme cesMe keâer cesMe Oeeje efvekeâeueves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe henuee efveÙece veneR nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ Gmekeâe ceeve efoS ieS Oeeje œeesle kesâ
(N.P.C.I.L 08.06.2018, 3rd shift]
yejeyej neslee nw~
 Mesh analysis is based on –  Kirchoff's current law at a junction deals with–
Kirchhoff's Voltage law Conservation of charge
 cesme efJeMues<eCe efkeâme hej DeeOeeefjle nw–  efkeâjÛee@Heâ Oeeje efveÙece mecyeefvOele nw– DeeJesMe mebj#eCe
efkeâjÛee@heâ Jeesušspe efveÙece (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
(RRB JE, 29.08.2015 (Shift-I)), (SAIL 29.3.2014)  According to KCL as applied to a junction in a
network of conductors – Algebraic sum of the
 For large networks generally – all currents meeting at the junction is zero
The node analysis is preferred  ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ vesšJeke&â kesâ pebkeäMeve ceW ueeiet KCL kesâ Devegmeej–
 yeÌ[s vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS Deece leewj hej– pebkeäMeve hej efceueves Jeeueer meYeer OeejeDeeW keâe
vees[ efJeMues<eCe hemebo efkeâÙee peelee nw yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee nw~
(UPRVUNL AE -2014) (DSSSB JE- 2015, (IOR Electronic 2014)
 The laws used in cutsets and tiesets of a network (UPPCL JE- 2013), (BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
are– Kirchoff's laws  Kirchoff’s first and second laws are respectively
 Skeâ vesšJeke&â kesâ keâšmesš Deewj šeF&mesš ceW ØeÙegòeâ efveÙece nw– based on– Conservation of charge and energy
efkeâjÛee@Heâ efveÙece  efkeâjÛee@heâ keâer efJeÅegle kesâ ØeLece leLee efÉleerÙe efveÙece ›eâceMe:
(UPRVUNL AE--2014) DeeOeeefjle nQ– DeeJesMe leLee Tpee& kesâ mebj#eCe hej
(LMRC JE- 2015)
meghej cesMe efJeMues<eCe
 Kirchoff's voltage law is concerned with–
(Super Mesh Analysis) IR drop, Battery e.m.f.
 Ùen Yeer KVL keâe Extension form nw~  efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe Jeesušlee efveÙece mecyeefvOele nw–
 peye efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW keâesF& ideal current source IR Üeme, yewšjer F&.Sce.Sheâ.
Dee peeÙes DeLee&le efpemes Voltage source ceW heefjJeefle&le (UPSSSC JE-2016), (UK JE-II 2013)
veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee JeneB hej meghej cesMe efJeMues<eCe  Kirchhoff’s voltage laws are NOT applicable to
circuits with – Distributed parameters
ØeÙeesie keâjles nw~
 efkeâjÛee@heâ Jeesušlee efveÙece............ Jeeues heefjheLe kesâ efueS ueeiet
 Fme heæefle ceW meghej cesMe meowJe Gve yeÇebÛe mes efceuekeâj
veneR nesles– efJeleefjle hewjeceeršj
yevee neslee nw pees oesvees uethe ceW common ve nes~
(UPRVUNL AE- November,2016)
 efpeme yeÇebÛe ceW Oeeje œeesle ueiee nw Gmekeâe meceerkeâjCe  The branch current method uses -----
Deueie mes efueKeles nw~ Kirchhoff's current law
STEP –  MeeKee Oeeje efJeefOe ------ keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw-
 meghej cesMe mes Oeeje œeesle keâes Deueie keâjW leLee Gvekeâe efkeâjÛeeheâ keâe Oeeje efveÙece
meceerkeâjCe Deueie mes efueKes~ (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 In the circuit shown, the total number of currents
 Deye meghej cesMe kesâ yeÇebÛe keâes open jnves os Deewj meghej
meeting at node 'B' is equal to- 3
cesMees ceW cesMe efJeMues<eCe ueieeÙes~
 Kirchoff's law is applicable to – A.C. networks,
D.C. networks
 efkeâjÛee@heâ efveÙece efvecve hej ueeiet neslee nw– ØelÙeeJeleer vesšJeke&â
effo° vesšJeke&â
(FCI- 4.10.2015)
 Kirchhoff's second law is based on law of
conservation of – Energy
 efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe otmeje efveÙece ––––––mebj#eCe kesâ efveÙece hej  efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW, vees[ 'B' hej efceueves Jeeueer OeejeDeeW keâer
DeeOeeefjle nw– Tpee& kegâue mebKÙee nw- 3
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM) (UPPCL JE- 29.03.2022 Shift-II)
 Kirchoff's Voltage Law is known as –  Kirchoff's Current law (KCL) is the first law that
Energy Conservation deals with the conservation of– Charge
 efkeâjÛee@Heâ kesâ Jeesušlee efmeæeble keâes keâne peelee nw- Tpee& mebj#eCe  efkeâjÛee@heâ keâjWš uee@ henuee efveÙece nw, pees ..... kesâ mebj#eCe mes
(BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 10 AM) mebyebefOele nw– DeeJesMe
(BSNL TTA 21.02.2016) (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 According to Kirchoff's law, the sum of the currents  Which linear circuit can be used as an equivalent
entering a point in the circuit is equal to the – circuit for a single voltage source and a series
Sum of the currents leaving that point resistance- Thevenin equivalent circuit
 efkeâjÛee@heâ kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, heefjheLe ceW Skeâ efyebog ceW ØeJesMe  Skeâ Skeâue Jeesušspe Œeesle Deewj Skeâ ëe=bKeuee ØeeflejesOe kesâ efueS
keâjves Jeeueer OeejeDeeW keâe Ùeesie ........ kesâ yejeyej neslee nw– keâewve mee jwefKekeâ heefjheLe mecekeâ#e meefke&âš kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
Gme efyebog mes efvekeâueves Jeeueer OeejeDeeW keâe Ùeesie pee mekeâlee nw- LesJesefveve mecekeâ#e heefjheLe
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 Total current or charge entering a junction is exactly (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
equal to charge leaving the node which means all the LewJesveerve ØecesÙe
current entering and leaving the junction should be (Thevenin Theorem)
equal to zero. Which circuit law is mentioned in this
context -Conservation of charge  Fme ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej, ‘‘Ùeefo efkeâmeer peefšue heefjheLe ceW
 Skeâ pebkeäMeve ceW ØeJesMe keâjves Jeeuee kegâue Oeeje Ùee DeeJesMe vees[ mes keâF& œeesle leLee ØeeflejesOe ueies nes lees Fme heefjheLe keâes
efvekeâueves Jeeues DeeJesMe kesâ yejeyej neslee nw, efpemekeâe DeLe& nw efkeâ efkeâmeer efoS ieS šefce&veue kesâ ceOÙe Skeâ Ssmes leguÙeebkeâ
pebkeäMeve ceW ØeJesMe nesves Deewj peeves Jeeueer meYeer OeejeDeeW keâe (equivalent) heefjheLe ceW yeouee pee mekeâlee nw efpemeceW
yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie MetvÙe kesâ yejeyej nesveer ÛeeefnS~ Fme mevoYe& ceW kesâJeue Skeâ Jeesušspe œeesle (efpemes LewJesveerve Jeesušspe œeesle
efkeâme heefjheLe efveÙece keâe GuuesKe efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Vth keânles nw) leLee Skeâ ØeeflejesOe (efpemes LewJesveerve
-DeeJesMe keâe mebj#eCe ØeeflejesOe (Rth) keânles nw) ßesCeer ceW ueies nes~
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
heefjheLe keâes LewJesveeFpe keâjves kesâ ÛejCe–
 Which laws states that the algebraic sum of the
current at a node at any instant is zero– STEP-1
Kirchhoffs current law heefjheLe mes load (efpemeceW Oeeje %eele keâjveer nes) keâes
 keâewve mee efveÙece Ùen keânlee nw efkeâ efkeâmeer Yeer vees[ hej efkeâmeer #eCe DemLeÙeer ™he mes heefjheLe mes Deueie keâj uesles nw~
OeejeDeeW keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee nw– efkeâjÛee@heâ keâe STEP-2
Oeeje efveÙece Load terminal kesâ Across Keguee heefjheLe Jeesušspe
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) efkeâmeer Yeer efJeefOe (KCL, KVL, Mesh Ùee Nodal)
Éeje %eele keâjW~ Ùen Keguee heefjheLe Jeesušspe LewJesveerve
(b) efkeâjÛee@Heâ keâe efÉleerÙe efveÙece
Jeesušspe (Vth) keânueelee nw~
(Kirchhoff's 2nd Law) STEP-3
 Which laws states that the algebraic sum of EMFs  Load terminal (efpevekesâ yeerÛe mes load keâes nšeJee
around a closed loop equal the algebraic sum of IR ieÙee nes) kesâ ceOÙe heefjheLe keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjs
drops around the loop- Kirchoff's Voltage Law Deewj Fmeer leguÙe ØeeflejesOe keâes LewJesveerve ØeeflejesOe (Rth)
 keâewve mee efveÙece keânlee nw efkeâ Skeâ yevo uethe kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj keânles nw~
EMFs keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie uethe kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj IR [êhe kesâ
 Rth %eele keâjles meceÙe meYeer œeeslees keâes Gvekesâ Deebleefjkeâ
yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej neslee nw -
ØeeflejesOe Éeje Replace keâj efoÙee peelee nw~
efkeâjÛee@heâ Jeesušlee efveÙece
STEP-4
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
Rth keâes RL kesâ meeLe Vth kesâ ßesCeer ceW pees[s–
4. LesJesefveve keâe ØecesÙe
(Thevenin's Theorem)
 Which theorem is advantageous, when we have to
determine the current in a particular element of a
linear bilateral network particularly when it is
desired to find the current which flows through a
resistor for its different values- Thevenin theorem Dele:
 keâewve mee ØecesÙe ueeYekeâejer nw, peye nceW Skeâ jwefKekeâ efÉhe#eerÙe Vth
IL 
vesšJeke&â kesâ Skeâ efJeMes<e lelJe ceW Jele&ceeve keâe efveOee&jCe keâjvee neslee Rth  RL
nw, Keemekeâj peye Ùen Deheves efJeefYeVe ceeveeW kesâ efueS Skeâ ØeeflejesOe
 LewJesveerve ØecesÙe efkeâmeer efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efmejes kesâ
kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje ØeJeen keâes Keespeves kesâ efueS JeebefÚle neslee nw -
ceOÙe Skeâ Voltage equivalent circuit Øeoeve
LesJesefveve ØecesÙe
keâjlee nw~
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
 Thevenin's equivalent circuit consists of –  Thevenin's theorem reduces a two terminal network
Voltage source and series impedance to a – Voltage source in series with an impedence
 LesJeefveve kesâ leguÙeebkeâ heefjheLe ceW neslee nw–  LesJesefveve ØecesÙe oes šefce&veue keâes Ieše keâj ............... oslee nw–
Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ ßesCeer ceW ØeefleyeeOee peesÌ[
Jeesušlee œeesle Deewj ßesCeer ØeefleyeeOee
(BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
(ESE 2019)  Closed circuit technique are based on –
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016) Thevenins theorem
 According to Thevenin's theorem, electrical network  keäueesp[ meefke&âš lekeâveerkeâ hej DeeOeeefjle nw– LesJesefveve ØecesÙe
can be reduced to -------- in series with load resistor– (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016,10 AM)
Single emf source and series resistor  While calculating thevenin resistance (Rth), constant
 LesJesefveve kesâ efmeæeble kesâ Devegmeej, uees[ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ meeLe current sources in the circuit are –
ßesCeer›eâce ceW efJeÅegle mebpeeue (vesšJeke&â) keâes ............ lekeâ keâce Replaced by 'opens'
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  LesJesefveve ØeeflejesOe (Rth) keâer ieCevee kesâ oewjeve, heefjheLe keâe efmLej
Skeâue efJeÅegleJeenkeâ yeue œeesle Deewj ßesCeer›eâce ØeeflejesOekeâ Oeeje œeesle neslee nw– Deesheve kesâ meeLe yeoueles nQ
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016_3 pm)
(UPPCL J.E. 27.08.2018)
 In Thevenin's Model the Resistance Rth is defined as–
 In Thevenin's theorem, to find Z – Impedance calculated by replacing
All independent voltage sources are short voltage/ current source with their impedance
circuited and all independent current source are  LesJesefveve cee@[ue (Thevenin's Model) ceW ØeeflejesOekeâ Rth
open circuited heefjYeeef<ele neslee nw– Jeesušlee/Oeeje œeesle keâes Gvekeâer
 LesJesefveve ØecesÙe ceW Z Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS– ØeefleyeeOee mes yeoueves hej heefjkeâefuele ØeefleyeeOee
meYeer mJelev$e Jeesušspe Œeesle ueIeg heefLele leLee meYeer mJelev$e (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016_10 AM)
Oeeje Œeesle Keguee heLe efkeâÙes peeles nQ~  In the analysis of a vacuum tube circuit, we
generally use Theorem – Thevenin's
(DDA J.E. 25.04.2018, First Shift)
 efveJee&le šŸetye heefjheLe keâe efJeMues<eCe keâjves ceW meeceevÙele: nce ØecesÙe
 Which statement about electrical network and
keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nw– LewJesefveve keâe ØecesÙe
electrical circuit is CORRECT–
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016_3 pm)
Every electrical circuit is a network but all  While Thevenizing a circuit between two terminals,
networks are not circuits VTH is equal to – Open-circuit terminal voltage
 efJeÅegle kesâ vesšJeke&â Deewj efJeÅegle keâer meefke&âš kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe –  oes efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe kesâ heefjheLe keâe LewJesefveve meceleguÙe yeveeves ceW VTH keâe
nj efJeÅegle keâe meefke&âš Skeâ vesšJeke&â nw, uesefkeâve meYeer ceeve nesiee– Keguee–heefjheLe efmeje efJeYeJe
vesšJeke&â meefke&âš veneR nw (UPSSSC-JE-2016)
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016_3 pm)
(AAI -2016)  How can Thevenin's impedance and Norton's
 Thevenin's theorem cannot be applied to networks impedance be correlated in a AC circuit–
that contain elements which are– Non-Linear Always the same
 LesefJeefveve keâer ØecesÙe Ssmes vesšJeke&âmed ceW ØeÙeesie veneR keâer pee mekeâleer nw  S. meer. meefke&âš vesšJeke&â ceW, LewJesefveve ØeefleyeeOee Deewj vee@š&ve
efpeveceW Ssmes lelJe nes pees efkeâ– DejwefKekeâ ØeefleyeeOee keâes efkeâme Øekeâej hejmhej mecyeefvOele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
(Uttarakhand A.E -Paper-I-2013)
ncesMee meceeve jnleer nw
(JMRC JE- 2012)
 As per Thevenin's theorem: If internal impedance
 While calculating Rth in Thevenin's theorem and
are not known, independent voltage and current Norton equivalent –
sources will– All independent sources are made dead
Be replacec by short and open circuit respectively  LewJesefveve Deewj vee@š&ve efmeæeble ceW Rth keâe heefjkeâueve keâjles meceÙe–
 LewJesefveve kesâ ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej- Ùeefo Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee %eele ve nes meYeer mJelev$e œeesleeW keâes efveef<›eâÙe efkeâÙee peelee nw
lees mJeleb$e Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje œeesle– (DSSSB J.E- 2015), (ESIC J.E -2016)
 Thevenin's theorem converts a circuit to an
›eâceMe: ueIeg Deewj Kegues heefjheLe Éeje ØeeflemLeeefhele nes peeSbies equivalent form consisting of –
(UPRVUNL A.E- Instrument -2014) A Voltage source and a series resistance
 Thevenin's theorem is form of an equivalent circuit  LewJesefveve keâe ØecesÙe Skeâ heefjheLe keâes Skeâ mecekeâ#e ¤he ceW heefjJeefle&le
–Voltage keâjlee nw efpemeceW neslee nw–
 LesJesefveve ØecesÙe kesâ meceleguÙe heefjheLe neslee nw – Jeesušspe Skeâ Jeesušlee œeesle Deewj Skeâ ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe
(BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 3 pm) (RPHED 2015)

5. veeš&ve keâe ØecesÙe (Norton's Theorem) Which theorem is also regarded as Dual of
Thevenin's Theorem - Norton's Theorem
 efkeâme ØecesÙe keâes LesJesefveve kesâ ØecesÙe keâe Éwle Yeer ceevee peelee nw-
 Norton's equivalent is -Parallel Ckt
 vee@š&ve kesâ mecekeâ#e nw~ -meceeveeblej heefjheLe vee@š&ve ØecesÙe
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
 Which theorem is the converse of Thevenins  According to Norton's theorem, the expression for
theorem – Norton's theorem R int
load current is - I L = I SC ×
 keâewve meer ØecesÙe LesJesefveve ØecesÙe kesâ efJehejerle nw– veesš&ve ØecesÙe R int + R L
(SSC-J.E-Morning 24-01-2018)  vee@š&ve kesâ ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej, uees[ Oeeje kesâ efueS meceerkeâjCe ---
 According to Norton's theorem, electrical network R int
----- nw I L = I SC ×
can be reduced to in parallel with load resistor– R int + R L
Single current source and parallel load resistor
 vee@š&ve kesâ efmeæeble kesâ Devegmeej, uees[ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe meceeblej (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
™he ceW efJeÅegle mebpeeue (vesšJeke&â) keâes lekeâ keâce efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee  While applying Notorn's Theorem to DC networks,
nw– the network is replaced by a –
Skeâue efJeÅegle Oeeje œeesle Deewj meceeblej ceW uees[ ØeeflejesOe Current source in parallel with a resistance
(UPPCL J.E. 27.08.2018)  efo° Oeeje vesšJeke&â hej veeš&ve ØecesÙe ueeiet keâjles meceÙe vesšJeke&â keâes
 While calculating Thevenin's equivalent in yeoue efoÙee peelee nw–
Thevenin's theorem and Norton's equivalent, are Oeeje œeesle Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW
made dead –– All independent sources (BSNL TTA -2015)
 peye LewJesefveve ØecesÙe Deewj vee@š&ve ØecesÙe keâes LewJesefveve ØecesÙe Deewj veeš&ve ØecesÙe
vee@š&ve ØecesÙe kesâ yejeyej heefjheLe keâer ieCevee keâer peeleer nw lees (Norton's Theorem)
Skeâ®helee Deewj meghejheesefpeMeve oesveeW keâer efmLeefle meceehle efkeâÙes peeles
Fme ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej, ‘‘Ùeefo efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW keâF& œeesle leLee
nw– meYeer mJelev$e Œeesle
ØeeflejesOe pegÌ[s nes lees Gme heefjheLe keâes efkeâmeer efoS ieS šefce&veue
kesâ ceOÙe Skeâ Oeeje œeesle (efpemes veeš&ve Oeeje (IN) keânles nw)
 Norton's Theorem is a way to reduce a network
to– An equivalent circuit composed of a single leLee meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s Skeâ ØeeflejesOe (efpemes veeš&ve ØeeflejesOe
current source, parallel resistance, (RN) keânles nw~) kesâ Éeje Replace keâj efoÙee peelee nw~
and parallel load Procedure–
 vee@š&ve keâe ØecesÙe, Skeâ vesšJeke&â keâes keâce keâjves keâe Skeâ lejerkeâe nw– STEP-1
Skeâ meceleguÙe Oeeje œeesle meceevlej ØeeflejesOe  heefjheLe mes load (efpemeceW Oeeje %eele keâjveer nes) keâes DemLeeÙeer
leLee meceevlej Yeej~ ™he mes heefjheLe mes Deueie keâj uesles nw~
(Jammu & Kashmir J.E -2016) STEP-2
 Norton's theorem states that a complex network  Load terminal (peneB mes Load keâes nšeÙee ieÙee nes) keâes
connected to a load can be replaced with an short circuit keâjkesâ short circuited branch ceW Oeeje keâe
equivalent impedance – ceeve %eele keâj uesles nw, Fmes ner veeš&ve Oeeje (IN) keâne peelee
In parallel with a current source
nw~
 vee@š&ve ØecesÙe keânleer nw efkeâ Skeâ uees[ mes pegÌ[e keâe@chueskeäme vesšJeke&â
STEP-3
keâes yejeyej ØeefleyeeOee mes yeouee pee mekeâlee nw–
 Load terminal kesâ ceOÙe heefjheLe keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe %eele
Oeeje œeesle kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW
keâjs, efpemes veeš&ve ØeeflejesOe (RN) keâne peelee nw~
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016_10 AM)
 RN %eele keâjles meceÙe meYeer œeeslees keâes Gvekesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
 Norton's Theorem results in –
A Current source with an impedance in Éeje Replace keâj efoÙee peelee nw~ Ùen Rth kesâ yejeyej ner
Parallel neslee nw~
 vee@š&ve kesâ ØecesÙe ceW heefjCeece– STEP-4
Oeeje œeesle ØeefleyeeOee kesâ meceevlej cebs  Deye Load terminal kesâ ceOÙe heefjheLe keâes Oeeje œeesle (veeš&ve
(Coal India Ltd. 26.03.2017) Oeeje œeesle) leLee meceevlej ceW Skeâ ØeeflejesOe (RN = Rth ) kesâ
(BSNL TTA 21.02.2016) Éeje Replace keâj uesles nw Deewj Fve Load terminal kesâ
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016-3 pm)
ceOÙe Load keâes pees[Ì keâj Oeeje keâe ceeve %eele keâj uesles nw~
(SSC JE- 2013)
6. DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe
(Super Position Theorem)
 Which theorem works only for circuits that are
reducible to series/parallel combinations for each of
the power sources at a time and it only works where
underlying equations are linear
-Superposition theorem
 keâewve mee ØecesÙe kesâJeue Gve heefjheLeeW kesâ efueS keâece keâjlee nw pees
Skeâ meceÙe ceW ØelÙeskeâ Meefòeâ Œeesle kesâ efueS ßesCeer/meceeveeblej
mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS ueIegkeâjCeerÙe nes peeles nw Deewj Ùes kesâJeue JeneR
keâece keâjlee nw peneB Debleefve&efnle meceerkeâjCe jwefKekeâ nesles nw-
DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
I  RN  Superposition theorem is valid for which circuit
IL  N
RL  RN elements - Linear bilateral elements
 veeš&ve ØecesÙe efkeâmeer efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efmejes kesâ ceOÙe Skeâ  meghejheespeerMeve ØecesÙe efkeâme heefjheLe lelJe kesâ efueS ceevÙe nw -
current equivalent circuit Øeoeve keâjlee nw~
jwefKekeâ efÉhe#eerÙe lelJe
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
 Norton equivalent circuit keâes Thevenin equivalent
 When the voltage sources are replaced with short
circuit mes Øeehle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw, efpemekesâ efueS meceevÙele: circuits and current sources are replaced with open
Jeesušspe œeesle keâe Oeeje œeesle ceW conversion keâjvee heÌ[lee circuits, leaving dependent sources in the circuit, the
nw~ theorem applied is– Superposition Theorem
 Deeefßele œeesleeW keâes heefjheLe ceW ÚesÌ[keâj, peye Jeesušlee œeesle keâes
Meeš& meefke&âš Éeje ØeeflemLeeefhele keâj efoÙee peelee nw leLee Oeeje œeesle
keâes Deeshesve meefke&âš Éeje ØeeflemLeeefhele keâj efoÙee peelee nw, lees ØeÙegòeâ
ØecesÙe nw– DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe
(ESE 2019)
 On which concept, the superposition theorem is
based – Linearity
 meghejheesef]peMeve ØecesÙe efkeâme DeJeOeejCee hej DeeOeeefjle nw– jwefKekeâlee
(SSC-JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
veeš&ve Deewj LewJesveerve ØecesÙe keâer ØeÙeespÙelee kesâ efueS Mele&  Superposition theorem is applicable to –
Linear bilateral network
(Condition for Applicability of Norton's and
 DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe ueeiet neslee nw– jsKeerÙe efÉhe#eerÙe vesšJeke&â
Thevenin's Theorem)–
(UPPCL J.E. 27.08.2018)
 Ùen Gme heefjheLe ceW GheÙeesieer veneR nesles efpemeceW SkeâefoMeerÙe
 According to Super position theorem. a voltage
DeJeÙeJe (pewmes Diode) ueies nes~ source of 0 V can be replaced by a – Short circuit
 Ùen Gme heefjheLe ceW GheÙeesieer veneR nesles efpemeceW DejsKeerÙe DeJeÙeJe  meghejheesefpeMeve ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej, 0 V kesâ Jeesušlee Œeesle keâes
(Non linear elements) ueies neW~ efkeâmemes yeouee pee mekeâlee nw– ueIeg heefjheLe
 Ùes Gme heefjheLe ceW GheÙeesieer veneR nesles efpemeces Dependent (DFCCIL JE-17.04.2016)
source kesâ ßesCeer Ùee meeceevlej ceW uees[ ueies nes~  A non–linear network does not satisfy –
 Ùes Gme heefjheLe ceW GheÙeesieer veneR nesles efpemeceW time varient Both homogeneity as well as
superposition condition
DeJeÙeJe pewmes- Thermister, Varister etc. ueies nes~
 Skeâ iewj jsKeerÙe vesšJeke&â mevleg° vener keâjlee nQ–
 Ùen Gme heefjheLe ceW Yeer GheÙeesieer veneR nesles efpemeceW uees[ Ùee Skeâ®helee Deewj meghejheesefpeMeve oesveeW keâer efmLeefle
efkeâmeer DeJeÙeJe kesâ yeerÛe ÛegcyekeâerÙe Ùegiceve nes~ (DDA J.E. 25.04.2018, First Shift)
DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe  -------- is applicable to both linear and non linear
(Super Position Theorem) circuits- Substitution theorem
 -------- ØecesÙe, jwefKekeâ Deewj iewj-jwefKekeâ heefjheLe oesveeW hej ueeiet
 efkeâmeer ueerefveÙej vesšJeke&â ces, efpemeceW Deveskeâ Jeesušspe œeesle
Ùee Oeeje œeesle leLee ØeefleyeeOeeÙeW ueieer neW, efkeâmeer efyevog mes nesleer nw- ØeeflemLeeheve ØecesÙe
ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje, Gve meYeer OeejeDeeW keâe meefoMe (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Ùeesie nesleer nw pees heefjheLe ceW mebÙeesefpele œeesleeW kesâ Deueie-  Superposition theorem is applicable for –
Linear network
Deueie Dekesâues meef›eâÙe nesves hej ØeJeeefnle nesleer nQ, peyeefkeâ
meef›eâÙe œeesle kesâ Deefleefjòeâ DevÙe meYeer œeesleeW keâes Gvekeâer  meghejhee@efpeMeve ØecesÙe efkeâmekesâ efueS ueeiet neslee nw- jwefKekeâ vesšJeke&â
Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee Éeje ØeeflemLeeefhele keâj efoÙee ieÙee nes~ (UPRVUNL A.E Instrument -2014)
 Jeesušspe œeesle keâes Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee Ùee ØeeflejesOe mes
 Superposition theorem is only applicable for
determining ______ only– Voltage and current
ØeeflemLeeefhele (Replace) keâjves keâe leelheÙe& ueIegheefLele
 meghejheesefpeMeve ØecesÙe kesâJeue ......... kesâ efveOee&jCe kesâ efueS ueeiet
(short ciruited) keâj osvee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ DeeFef[Ùeue
neslee nw– Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje
Jeesušspe œeesle keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe MetvÙe neslee nw~
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 Oeeje œeesle keâes Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee Ùee ØeeflejesOe mes
 In electrical circuits states that for a response
ØeeflemLeeefhele keâjves keâe leelheÙe& Keguee heefjheLe (open (voltage or current) in any branch of a bilateral
circuit) keâj osvee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ DeeFef[Ùeue Oeeje œeesle keâe linear circuit having more than one independent
Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Devevle neslee nw~ source equals the algebraic sum of the responses
meghej heespeerMeve ØecesÙe kesâ DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS Mele& caused by each independent source acting alone–
(Condition for Applicability of Super Position Superposition Theorem
Theorem)–  Ùen ØecesÙe keânleer nw efkeâ efkeâmeer Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ mJeleb$e œeesle Jeeues
 Ùen non-linear system ceW ueeiet veneR nesleer~ efÉhe#eer jsKeerÙe heefjheLe keâer ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee ceW (Jeesušspe Ùee Oeeje
 Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Power calculation ceW veneR efkeâÙee keâe) efjmhee@vme ceW ØelÙeskeâ mJeleb$e œeesle Éeje efoÙes peeves Jeeues
peelee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Power, non linear neslee nw~ efjmhee@vme kesâ yeerpeieefCeleerÙe peesÌ[ kesâ yejeyej neslee nw–
 Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Gve heefjheLe kesâ efueS veneR efkeâÙee pee meghejheesefpeMeve ØecesÙe
mekeâlee efpemeceW dependent source ueies nes~ (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016 -3 pm)
 Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Gve heefjheLe ceW efueS veneR efkeâÙee pee  The Superposition theorem is used when the circuit
mekeâlee peneB oes Jeesušspe œeesle direct meceevlej ceW DeLeJee contains –
oes Oeeje œeesle direct ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nes~ Many number of voltage or current source
 DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nw peye heefjheLe ceW peg[Ì s nes
 The Superposition Theorem is applicable to –
Current, voltage
keâF& Jeesušlee œeesle Ùee Oeeje œeesle
 DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe efkeâmekesâ efueS ueeiet nesleer nw– Oeeje, Jeesušlee (SSCJE 2009)
 A network has two AC sources of different
(SSC JE -1 March 2017 10 am)
frequencies. Which method of analysis can be used
to find current and voltage of different branches–
 To neglect a voltage source, the terminals across the Superposition theorem
source are– Short-circuited
 vesšJeke&â ceW efJeefYevve DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ oes S. meer. kesâ m$eesle nQ~
 Jeesušlee œeesle keâer Ghes#ee kesâ efueS, œeesle ceW šefce&veue nesles nQ-
Deueie-Deueie MeeKeeDeeW keâer Oeeje Deewj Jeesušspe keâes %eele keâjves kesâ
ueIeg heefjheLe Jeeues
efueS efJeMues<eCe keâer efkeâme efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(SSC JE - 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)
meghejheesefpeMeve keâe efmeæevle
 A linear element satisfies the properties of –
(SSCJE 2009)
Superposition and Homogeneity
 The superposition theorem requires as many circuits
 keâesF& jwefKekeâ DeJeÙeJe efkeâme iegCeOece& keâe hegef°keâjCe keâjlee nw– to be solved as there are – Sources
DeOÙeejesheCe Deewj meceebielee  DeefOemLeeheve (meghejheesefpeMeve) efmeæevle ceW Gleves ner heefjheLeeW keâes
(KVS JE -2016) nue keâjvee nw efpeleves nesles nQ- œeesle
 Superposition theorem is used to obtain current or (DSSB J.E. 2015)
voltage across any conductor of the – Linear network
 In applying superposition theorem, to determine
 DeOÙeejesheCe keâe ØecesÙe kesâ efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Deej-heej Oeeje Deewj branch currents and voltages–
Jeesušspe efveOee&efjle keâjves ceW neslee nw– jsKeerÙe vesšJeke&â Voltage sources are shorted and current
(LMRC JE -2016) sources are open circuited
 DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe ueieeles meceÙe MeeKee keâer OeejeDeeW leLee Jeesušspe  keâewve mee meceerkeâjCe DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ ØecesÙe keâe meceerkeâjCe nw–
keâes %eele keâjves kesâ efueS– Jeesušspe Œeesle keâes ueIeg heefjheLe leLee V2
Pmax = Th
Oeeje Œeesle keâes Keguee heefjheLe efkeâÙee peelee nw~ 4R L
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) (SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe ØecesÙe
7. DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe ØecesÙe (Maximum Power Transfer Theorem)
(Maximum Power Transfer Theorem)  Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej- efkeâmeer meef›eâÙe heefjheLe ceW ueies
 What is the true condition for maximum power
uees[ ØeeflejesOe keâes DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ leye Øeehle nesleer nw,
transfer from source to load as per maximum power peye uees[ ØeeflejesOe (RL) keâe ceeve œeesle kesâ Deebleefjkeâ
transfer theorem. ØeeflejesOe (Ri) kesâ leguÙe neslee nw~
- Source resistance is equal to load resistance DeLee&le RL  Ri
 DeefOekeâlece heeJej šêbmeHeâj ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej œeesle mes uees[ ceW Ùee
DeefOekeâlece heeJej šêbmeHeâj keâer mener eqmLeefle keäÙee nw -  ‘‘Ùeefo efkeâmeer vesšJeke&â keâes LewJesveeFp[ keâj efoÙee peeÙes, lees
-œeesle ØeeflejesOe Yeej ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej nw vesšJeke&â kesâ DeeGšhegš šefce&veueeW hej ueies uees[ keâes
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ leye mLeeveevleefjle nesieer
 When a source is delivering maximum power to the
peye RL  Rth nes peeÙes’’~
load; the efficiency will be - 50%
 peye keâesF& Œeesle Yeej mes DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ Øeehle keâj jne nes lees
o#elee nesieer - 50%
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
Note : ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâer Øeefle°befYelee JewÅegle heefjheLe keâer
ØeeflejesOekeâlee kesâ meceeve nesleer nw~
Electric Circuit Magnetic Circuit
Resistivity Reluctivity
Conductance Permeance Q Rinternal  Rg  R  Ri
Conductivity Permeability E
heefjheLe Oeeje I 
Current density Flux density RL  Ri
uees[ Éeje GheYeesefiele Meefòeâ
 The maximum power is delivered from a source to a
E 2 RL
load when the source resistance is – PL  I 2 RL 
Equal to load resistance ( RL  Ri )2
 œeesle Éeje uees[ keâes DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ efJeleefjle keâer peeleer nw peye DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS
œeesle ØeeflejesOe neslee nw- uees[ ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej PL
0
(ESE 2019) RL
 At the maximum power transfer condition, the Dele: RL  Ri
power transferred to the load is 70W. What is the
total power (in W) generated by the voltage source – E 2 RL
PLmax 
 RL  RL 
2
140W
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ nmleeblejCe keâer efmLeefle ceW, uees[ keâes nmleebleefjle
E2 E2
keâer peeves Jeeueer Meefòeâ 70 Jeeš nw~ Jeesušspe œeesle Éeje GlheVe PLmax  
4 RL 4 Ri
kegâue Meefòeâ (Jeeš ceW) keäÙee nw– 140 W
 AC heefjheLe kesâ efueS efkeâmeer Active network ceW
 Which expression is the expressed of maximum
mebÙeesefpele uees[ keâes DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ Gme efmLeefle ceW
2
VTh
mLeeveevleefjle nesleer nw, peye uees[ ØeefleyeeOee, vesšJeke&â keâer
power theorem – Pmax =
4R L
leguÙe ØeefleyeeOee keâe complex conjugate nesleer nw DeLee&le

A.C. Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe keâer efmLeefle ceW Ùeefo Deebleefjkeâ  The maximum power that can be transmitted in
ØeefleyeeOee Zi = Ri + JXi nw lees DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ network between sources and loads when the system
is subject to small disturbances is called–
mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS uees[ ØeefleyeeOee ZL = Ri – JXi
Steady–State Stability Limit
nesiee~
 leb$e ceW peye Úesšs-Úesšs efJe#eesYe nes jns neW leye œeesle leLee Yeej kesâ
 Ùeefo heefjheLe kesâ œeesle keâer Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee keâes keâce
yeerÛe efkeâmeer vesšJeke&â ceW pees DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ Øesef<ele keâer pee mekeâleer nw
keâjves keâer mJeleb$elee nes lees DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe Gmes keânles nQ– efmLej-DeJemLee mLeeefÙelJe meercee
keâer efmLeefle ceW œeesle keâer Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee keâe ceeve MetvÙe (FCI- 4.10.2015)
nesvee ÛeeefnS Ùee keâce mes keâce nesvee ÛeeefnS~  The maximum power transfer theorem is used in –
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe ØecesÙe keâe GheÙeesie Electronic circuits
Impedance matching kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~  DeefOekeâlece heeJej šê@vmeheâj ØecesÙe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeevlejCe ØecesÙe keâe ØeÙeesie ØeeÙe: FmeceW– Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ heefjheLe
Fueskeäšêefvekeâ SJeb mebÛeej FbefpeefveÙeeEjie ceW neslee nQ~ (BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Given condition justifies which network theorems –
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe keâer efmLeefle ceW vesšJeke&â keâer
The load impedance should be complex conjugate of
o#elee 50% mes keâce nesleer nw~ the internal impedance of the active network–
Ùen ØecesÙe meYeer heefjheLees ceW Applicable nQ, efkeâvleg Time Maximum power transfer theorem
varient heefjheLe ceW ueeiet veneR neslee nw~  oer ieÙeer Mele& efkeâme vesšJeke&â LÙeesjce keâe meceLe&ve keâjleer nw– meef›eâÙe
 Maximum power transfer from source to load occurs vesšJeke&â keâer Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee keâe meeqcceße mebÙegice uees[ ØeefleyeeOee
when the load resistance is ……. the internal nesvee ÛeeefnS– cewefkeämecece heeJej šêbmeheâj LÙeesjce
resistance of the circuit– Equal to (MP JE- 2016 Morning Shift)
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeevlejCe leye œeesle mes Yeej ceW neslee nw, peye  In a maximum power transfer theorem the internal
Yeej ØeeflejesOe heefjheLe kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ……… neslee nw– resistance must be– Equal to load resistance
yejeyej  Deef O ekeâlece Meef òeâ mLeeveevlejCe Øeces Ùe cebs Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe nesvee
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift) ÛeeefnS– uees[ ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej
 It is not desired to attain the condition of maximum (HMWS-2015), (ESE- 2019)
power transfer – Electric circuits
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe keâer efmLeefle keâes Øeehle keâjvee JeebefÚle 8. efceuecewve keâe ØecesÙe (Millman's Theorem)
veneR neslee nw– Fuesefkeäš^keâ heefjheLe
 Enables a number of voltage (or current) source to
(SSC JE -1 march 2017, 2.45 pm)
be combined directly into a single voltage (or
 Maximum power transfer theorem states an
current) source– Millman's theorem
independent voltage source in series with an
 ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej keâF& meejs Jeesušlee (Ùee Oeeje) œeesle keâes meerOes
impedance Zth delivers a maximum average power
to the load impedance ZL: where in– Z*th=ZL peesÌ[keâj Skeâ Jeesušlee Ùee (Oeeje) œeesle yeveeÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
 DeefOekeâlece Tpee& nmleeblejCe ØecesÙe yeleelee nw efkeâ DeJejesOe Zth kesâ efceuecewve ØecesÙe
meeLe ëe=bKeuee keâe mJeleb$e Jeesušspe œeesle Yeej DeJejesOe ZL keâes (SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
DeefOekeâlece Deewmeleve Tpee& Øeoeve keâjlee nw, efpemecebs efkeâ–Z*th=ZL  Millaman's theorem yields–
Equivalent voltage or current source
(RRB SSE (Shift –iii) 03.09.2015)
 efceuecewve ØecesÙe Øeoeve keâjlee nw–
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)
leguÙe Jeesušspe œeesle DeLeJee leguÙe Oeeje œeesle
 "Maximum power output is obtained from a network
(UPRVUNL - JE 2015)
when the load resistance is equal to the output
resistance of the network as seen from the terminals (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
of the load". The given statement is associated with–  "This theorem is applicable only to two sources
directly connected in parallel. It is not applicable
Maximum power transfer theorem
where there are resistance elements between the
 ‘‘Yeej keâs šefce&veuees mes ØeoefMe&le, peye Yeej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee vesšJeke&â sources". This theorem is– Millman's theorem
kesâ Glheeove ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw, lees vesšJeke&â mes  ‘‘Ùen ØecesÙe kesâJeue meerOes meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s oes œeesleeW kesâ efueS
DeefOekeâlece efJeÅegle Glheeove neslee nw~’’ efoÙee ieÙee keâLeve efkeâmemes ueeiet nw~ peneB œeesleeW kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe lelJe nQ JeneB Ùen ueeiet veneR
mebyebefOele nw– DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe ØecesÙe nw’’~ Ùen ØecesÙe nw– efceuecewve keâe ØecesÙe
(ESIC JE -2016) (UPPCL - JE 2016)
efceuecewve ØecesÙe Ùee meceevlej peefve$e ØecesÙe kesâ ceevees keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie neslee nw leLee mechetCe& Deebleefjkeâ
(Millman's Theorem or Parallel Generator ØeefleyeeOee, meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s meYeer œeesleeW keâe meceevlej leguÙe
Theorem) ØeefleyeeOee neslee nw~
 Ùen vee@š&ve Deewj LewJesveerve ØecesÙe keâe meefcceefuele ™he nw~
 Ùen AC Deewj D.C. oesveeW kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw~
 meeceevÙe leewj hej efceuecewve ØecesÙe keâe ØeÙeesie Gme heefjheLe kesâ
efueS keâjles nw efpemeceW oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ œeesle direct
meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s nesles nw~
 Ùen ØeceWÙe Ùee lees Jeesušspe Ùee Oeeje oesveeW œeesleeW kesâ efueS
I1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~     ..... n
Y Y2 Y3 Y4 Yn
(a) Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ efueS (As Applicable to voltage I eq  1
1 1 1 1 1
source)–    .... 
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Yn
 Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej Ùeefo keâF& Jeesušspe œeesle ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s
ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s nes lees meYeer Jeesušspe œeesleeW I1 Z1  I 2 Z 2  I 3 Z 3  I 4 Z 4  ....I n Z n
Ùee I eq 
keâes Skeâ common voltage source ceW yeouee pee Z1  Z 2  Z 3  Z 4 ....  Z n
mekeâlee nw~ efceuecewve ØecesÙe kesâ ØeÙeespÙelee kesâ efueS Mele& (condition for
applicability of millman's theorem)–
 Ùeefo oes independent source kesâ ceOÙe keâesF& ØeeflejesOe Ùee
ØeefleyeeOee nesleer nw lees Gme heefjheLe ceW Ùen ØecesÙe ueeiet veneR
neslee~
 Ùeefo independent sources kesâ yeerÛe keâesF& Dependent
source ueiee nes lees Yeer Ùen ØecesÙe ueeiet veneR neslee~
 Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW oes mes keâce independent source ueies nes
lees Yeer Jene@ Ùen ØecesÙe ueeiet veneR neslee~
1
Rm 
1 1 1
 
R1 R 2 R 3
E1 / R1  E2 / R2  E3 / R3 I1  I 2  I 3 I
VAB   
1/ R1  1/ R2  1/ R3 G1  G2  G3 G
 Ùen Jeesušspe,LewJesveerve Jeesušspe kesâ meceeve neslee nw~
Dele: VAB  Vth
Vth
Dele: I L 
Rth  RL
(b) Oeeje œeesle kesâ efueS
(As Applicable to current source)
 Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej– Ùeefo yengle efveÙele Oeeje œeesle pees
meceevlej ceW meerOes pegÌ[s nw Gvekeâes Skeâ Oeeje œeesle ceW heefjJeefle&le
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw, efpemekesâ Oeeje keâe ceeve meYeer Oeeje œeeslees

9. šsefueieve keâe ØecesÙe (Tellegen's Theorem) According to Tellegen's Theorem, the sum of
instantaneous powers for the n branches in a
network is always – Equal to zero
 The Tellegan's theorem can be applied to -
Passive, Active, Linear and non-linear,  šsu eer i eve Øeces Ù e kes â Deveg meej Skeâ ves šJeke& â kes â n MeeKeeDeeW ceW
hysteresis and non-hysteresis network. leel#eefCekeâ jeefMeÙeeW keâe Ùeesie ncesMee neslee nQ– MetvÙe kesâ yejeyej
 šsefueieve keâe ØecesÙe ------- hej ueeiet neslee nw - (DMRC.J.E. 10.04.2018, Second Shift)
efveef<›eâÙe, meef›eâÙe, jwefKekeâ leLee DejwefKekeâ,  Which one of applicable to any network linear or
efnmšsjsefmeme Deewj vee@ve-efnmšsjsefmeme vesšJeke&â non-linear, active or passive, time varient or
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) invarient as long as Kirchhoff's laws are not
(HMWS-2012) violated– Tellegen's theorem
šsueeriessvme ØecesÙe  peye lekeâ efkeâjÛee@heâ efveÙece keâe GuuebIeve veneR neslee, efvecve ceW mes
(Tellegens Theorem) keäÙee, efkeâmeer Yeer jsKeerÙe Ùee DejsKeerÙe, meef›eâÙe Ùee efveeq<›eâÙe, meceÙe
Fme ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej, ‘‘efkeâmeer Yeer meceÙe kesâ efueS efJeÅegle kesâ meeLe heefjJeefle&le Ùee DeheefjJeefle&le vesšJeke&â hej ueeiet neslee nw–
heefjheLe kesâ meYeer yeÇebÛe keâer Meefòeâ MetvÙe nesleer nw~ šsueerieve ØecesÙe
K th yeÇebÛe kesâ efueS– (SSC JE-1 March 2017, 2.45 p.m.)
K (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
V I
K 1
K K 0
 Ùen ØecesÙe efkeâjÛee@heâ efveÙece hej DeeOeeefjle neslee nw~

10. št heesš& vesšJeke&â (Two Port Network)
 Ùen ØecesÙe meYeer Øekeâej kesâ element kesâ efueS ueeiet nesleer  A passive 2-port network is in a steady- state.
nw~ Compared to its input, the steady state output can
 Ùen ØecesÙe meYeer heefjheLees pewmes- linear, Non linear, never offer– Greater power
Active, passive, Unilateral, Biletral, time  Skeâ Deef›eâÙe 2-heesš& vesšJeke&â meecÙe DeJemLee ceW nw~ Fmekesâ
varient Deewj Time invarient kesâ efueS ueeiet nesleer nw~
Fvehegš keâer leguevee ceW meecÙe DeJemLee keâe DeeGšhegš keâYeer Yeer
 Which theorem states that the sum of instantaneous ØemleeefJele veneR keâjlee nw– DeefOekeâ Meefòeâ
power in 'n' number of branches of an electrical
network is zero?– Tellegen's (SSC JE-3 March 2017 10 am)
 keâewve mee ØecesÙe yeleelee nw efkeâ efJeÅegle vesšJeke&â kesâ 'n' mebKÙeeDeeW keâer 
2 two-port networks are connected in cascade. The
leelkeâeefuekeâ Meefòeâ keâe Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee nw– šsueerieve combination is to represent as a single two-port
networks. The parameters of the network are
obtained by multiplying the individual–
♦ The theorem which states that in any linear
nonlinear, passive, active, time-variant and time- ABCD-parameter matrix
invariant network, the summation of instantaneous  2 oes - hees š& ves šJeke& â keâemkes
â [ ceW ueies ngS nQ~ Fme mebÙeespeve keâes
powers is zero will be called as–Tellegen's theorem Skeâue oes-heesš& vesšJeke&â oMee&lee nw~ vesšJeke&â kesâ ceeheob[ efkeâmes
 Jen ØecesÙe pees Ùen keânlee nw efkeâ efkeâmeer jsKeerÙe, DejsKeerÙe, hewefmeJe, Skeâue iegvee keâjves hej heeS peeÙeWies– ABCD-ceeheob[ cewefš^keäme
SefkeäšJe, meceÙe-heefjJele&veerÙe Deewj meceÙe-DeheefjJele&veerÙe vesšJeke&â ceW (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ keâe Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee nw, keânueeSiee–  Two terminals constitute a "Port", if they satisfy port
šsefueieve ØecesÙe condition. The port condition indicates–
 The maximum power transfer theorem can be Current entering one terminal is equal to the
applied to - Both AC and DC circuits current leaving the other terminal
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  oes šefce&veue Skeâ ‘‘heesš&’’ keâe ie"ve keâjles nw, Deiej Jes heesš&
 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ DevlejCe ØecesÙe keâes ------ ueeiet efkeâÙee pee efmLeefle keâes mebleg° keâjles nes lees heesš& keâer efmLeefle Fbefiele keâjleer nw–
mekeâlee nw - AC Deewj DC heefjheLe oesveeW hej
Skeâ šefce&veue cebs ØeJesMe Oeeje otmejs šefce&veue keâes ÚesÌ[ves
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Jeeueer Oeeje kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
 Tellegen's theorem is based on the principle of law
of – Conservation of energy (BSNL TTA 21.02.2016)
 šsueerieve keâe ØecesÙe kesâ efveÙece kesâ efmeæevle hej DeeOeeefjle nw–  A two port network is symmetrical if– A=D
Tpee& keâe mebj#eCe  Skeâ oes heesš& vesšJeke&â meercesefš^keâue neslee nw Ùeefo– A=D
(SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018) (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016,10 AM)
 When analysing two port network in cascade, which  vesšJeke&â šesheesuee@peer kesâ efkeâme Meyo keâes efoMee keâe meboYe& Øeehle ngDee
is more convenient to use– nw Deewj Gmes efkeâveejeW hej leerj kesâ efveMeeve mes efÛeefÖle efkeâÙee ieÙee
T-parameters nw– DeesefjÙesvšs[ «eeheâ
 meesheeve (Cascade) ceW oes heesš& kesâ vesšJeke&â keâe efJeMues<eCe keâjles
(MPJE 2016- Evening)
meceÙe, efkeâmekeâe GheÙeesie Deemeeve neslee nw–  Which network analysis states that the algebraic sum
T-ceeheoC[ of voltage on a closed loop is zero –
(JMRC- J.E. 2012) Loop current method of analysis
 Which network topology term got reference  keâewve-mee vesšJeke&â Sveeefueefmeme yeleelee nw efkeâ Skeâ keäueesp[ uethe hej
directions and marked on the edges of the graph by eqmLele Jeesušspe keâe DeupesefyeÇkeâ Ùeesie MetvÙe neslee nw–
arrow heads– uethe Oeeje efJeefOe keâe efJeMues<eCe
Oriented graph
(MPJE 2016- Evening)
Two Port Network

št heesš& vesšJeke&â
Sr. Parameter Dependent Independent Equation Matrix Form

variable variable
1. Z-Parameter V1,V2 I1,I2 V1=Z11I1+Z12I2 Z Z12 
V2=Z21I1+Z22I2  Z22   Z11 Z22 
 21
2. Z-Parameter I 1, I 2 V1,V2 I1=Y11V1+Y12V2 Y Y12 

I2=Y21V1+Y22V2  Y 22   Y11 Y22 
 21
3. Z-Parameter V1,I2 I1,V2 V1=h11I1+h12V2 h h12 

I2=h21I1+h22V2  h   h 11 h 22 
 21
4. Z-Parameter I1,V2 V1,I2 I1=g11V1+g12I2 g g12 

V2=g21V1+g12I2  g   g11 g 22  22
 21
5. ABCD Parameter V1,–I1 V1,–I2 V1=AV2–BI2 A B 

I1=CV2–DI2 T   
 C D  22
6. T Inverse Parameter/ V2,I2 V1,–I1 V2=A-1V1–B-1I1 a b 
 ABCD  T  
1 1
ABCD Inverse I2=C-1V1–D-1I1 
c d 
Parameter
mece™helee Deewj heejmheefjkeâlee keâer Mele&

(Symmetricity and Reciprocity Condition)
Parameter Condition for symmetry Condition for reciprocity
Z Z11 = Z22 Z12 = Z21
Y Y11 = Y22 Y12 = Y21
h h = |h| = h11 h22 – h21 h12 = 1 h12 = –h21
g g = |g| = g11 g22 – g12 g21 = 1 g12 = –g21
ABCD A=D |T| = AD – BC = 1
–1 –1 –1 –1 –1 –1
A B C D A =D A–1 D–1 – B–1 C–1 =1

otmejer MeeKee ceW ØeÙegkeäle meceeve efJe.Jee. yeue, ØeLece MeeKee ceW
11. jsefmeØeesefmešer ØecesÙe (Reciprocity Theorem) meceeve Oeeje I Glhevve keâjsiee~ Ùen keâLeve efvecve mes mecyeefvOele nw–
 Which step for solution of a network utilizing jsefmeØeesefmešer ØecesÙe
reciprocity theorem is truly stated - (UPSSSC-JE-2016)
The current in the branch  The reciprocity theorem is applicable for–
Only single source network
where voltage source was
 jssmeerØeesefmešer ØecesÙe kesâ efueS GheÙeesieer nw–
 jsefmeØeesefmešer ØecesÙe keâe GheÙeesie keâjves Jeeues vesšJeke&â kesâ meceeOeeve kesâ
kesâJeue Skeâue œeesle vesšJeke&â
efueS keâewve mee heo mener keâne ieÙee nw-
(HMWS-15)
Gme MeeKee ceW Oeeje peneB Jeesušspe Œeesle Lee jsmeerØeesefmešer ØeceWÙe
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021) (Reciprocity Theorem)
 Which is the direct method of network analysis -  Reciprocity theorem kesâ Devegmeej Ùeefo efkeâmeer
Reciprocity theorem yeeFuesšjue ueerefveÙej ØeefleyeeOeeDeeW mes efveefce&le vesšJeke&â kesâ oes
 keâewve mee vesšJeke&â DeJeueeskeâve keâe ØelÙe#e efJeefOe nw- efyebogDees kesâ ceOÙe Jeesušspe V ShueeF& keâjves hej vesšJeke&â kesâ
jsefmeØeesefmešer ØecesÙe efkeâvneR oes efyevogDeeW kesâ ceOÙe ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve I nes
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) Deewj Ùeefo V lees I keâer heesefpeMeve hejmhej yeoue os lees Yeer
 A network contains linear resistors and ideal voltage V leLee I keâe Devegheele meceeve jnlee nw~
sources. If values of all the resistors are doubled, then
the voltage across each resistor is– Not changed
 Skeâ vesšJeke&â ceW jwefKekeâ ØeeflejesOeeW Deewj DeeoMe& Jeesušspe œeesle nQ~ Ùeefo
meYeer ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ ceeve oesiegves nes peeSB lees ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW Jeesušspe
keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee– DeheefjJeefle&le jnsiee
(LMRC- SCTO. 16.04.2018 )
 In balanced bridge, if the positions of detector and According to reciprocity theorem
source are interchanged, the bridge will still remain V1 V2

balanced. This can be explained from which I2 I1
theorem– Reciprocity Theorem  Ùen ØecesÙe DeOÙeejesheCe ØecesÙe hej DeeOeeefjle neslee nw~
 mevlegefuele efyeÇpe ceW, Deiej ef[šskeäšj Deewj œeesle keâer efmLeefle hejmhej  Fmekeâe ØeÙeesie cegKÙele: mebjÛejCe ueeFveeW ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
yeoue oer peeleer nw, lees Yeer efyeÇpe mevlegefuele jnsiee~ Ùen efkeâme ØecesÙe jsmeerØeesefmešer ØecesÙe kesâ ØeÙeespÙelee kesâ efueS Mele&
mes mecePee pee mekeâlee nw– efJeefveceÙe keâe ØecesÙe (Condition for Applicability of Reciprocity
(UP Jal Nigam AE - Dec-2016) theorem)–
 In any bilateral network, if a source of e.m.f. E in  Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW keâesF& Dependent source nes Ûeens Jen
any branch produces a current I in any other Linear ner keäÙees ve nes Jene@ jwmeerØesefmešer ØecesÙe ueeiet veneR
branch, then same e.m.f. acting in the second neslee nw~
branch would produce the same current I in the  Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW keâesF& Time varient element nes lees
first branch. This statement is associated with– JeneB Yeer jwmeerØeesefmešer ØecesÙe ueeiet veneR neslee nw~
Reciprocity theorem
 Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW keâesF& Non linear element nes lees Jene@
 efkeâmeer efÉefoMeerÙe vesšJeke&â ceW Ùeefo efkeâmeer MeeKee keâe efJe.Jee. yeue
Yeer Ùen ØecesÙe ueeiet veneR neslee nw~
keâe œeesle E, efkeâmeer otmejer MeeKee ceW I Oeeje Glhevve keâjlee nw, lees

1. In the circuit shown below, D1 and D2 are ideal Q I = 2 Amp.
diodes. The current I1 and I2 are: R DBC
veerÛes efoS ngS heefjheLe ceW, D1 Deewj D2 DeeoMe& [eÙees[ IDAC = I  Oeeje efJeYeepekeâ efveÙece mes,
R DBC  R DAC
nQ~ Oeeje I1 SJeb I2 keâe ceeve nesiee:
5
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) IDAC = 2
10
IDAC = 1Amp.
IDBC = I – 1 Amp.
IDBC = I – IDAC = 1Amp
Loop DABD ceW KVL ueieeves hej–
Sol. 2  1 + VAB – 3 ×1= 0
VAB = 1
VA – VB = 1 Ans.
3. When all the resistance in the given circuit are
Current meowJe efJeYeJeevlej keâer Jepen mes flow nesleer nQ Deewj Deiej 1 each, the equivalent resistance across the
Same potential nw leye GmeceW yenves Jeeueer current zero nesieer~ points A and B will be?
[eÙees[ D1 kesâ efmejeW hej meceeve efJeYeJe nw~ Dele: [eÙees[ D1 ceW Oeeje efoÙes ngS heefjheLe ceW peye meYeer ØeeflejesOe 1 keâe nw lees A
MetvÙe nesieer~ Deewj B kesâ ceOÙe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
Ûetbefkeâ diode D2 HeâejJe[& yeeÙeme ceW mebÙeesefpele nw Dele: diode D2 ceW (Noida Metro Rail Corporation-05.03.2017)
yenves Jeeueer Oeeje–
53 2
I2    4  103
500 500
I 2  4mA
I1  Zero
Ans. Sol.
I 2  4mA
2. A current of 2A flows in the circuit shown in
figure. The potential difference VA-VB is:
ØeoefMe&le efÛe$e ceW 2A keâer Oeeje heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle nes
jner nw, VA-VB kesâ ceOÙe efJeYeJeevlej nw–
(Noida Metro Rail Corporation-05.03.2017)
Ûetbefkeâ Ùen meblegefuele heefjheLe nw Dele: CD ceW keâesF& Oeeje ØeJeeefnle veneR
nesieer~
Dele: RACB = RADB = 1 + 1 = 2 
Sol.
2  2 1
Dele: leguÙe ØeeflejesOe =
2  2  2 11 2
4 4
RDAC = 2+3 = 5 =   0.5 Ans.
RDBC = 3+2 = 5 4  2 2 8

4. For the given circuit shown, the current
supplied by the battery is :
efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e cebs yewšjer Éeje mehueeF& keâer ieF& Oeeje nw?
(DMRC JE -2017)
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Sol. I1 I2
Appling KVL in loop (I)

40–200I1–500I1+500I2=0
700I1–500I2 = 40 ....... (I)
Appling KVL in loop (II)
150I2+600I2+500I2–500I1 = 0
1250I2–500I1=0 ......... (II)
From 5 equation n. (I) and 7 equation n. (II)
3500I1–2500I2=200
– 3500I1+8750I2=0
6250I2=200
200
I2 
6250
12  8 I 2  0.0320 Amp
Dele: leguÙe ØeeflejesOe = = 4.8
12  8
I2  32 mA Q I2  i 
24
Dele: yewšêr mes efvekeâueves Jeeueer Oeeje (I) =  5 Amp Ans.
4.8 i  32 mA Ans.
5. If a DC supply of 180V is connected across 7. A current source and a voltage source are
terminals AB in figure, then current in 6 connected in parallel with a resistor as shown
resistor will be : below. Suppose that vs = 15V, is = 5A and R =
Ùeefo Skeâ 180V keâer efo<šOeeje mehueeF& efÛe$e
ceW efmejes 5. What is the current i in the resistor and the
AB kesâ across pegÌ[e nes lees, 6 ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje power absorbed by the resistor?
nesieer- Skeâ Oeeje œeesle leLee Jeesušspe œeesle Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ
meeLe meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nw~ ceevee efkeâ vs = 15V, is =
5A leLee R = 5 nw, ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje i leLee ØeeflejesOe
Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ %eele keâjW-
(MPPKVVCL -2017)
Sol. 12 Deewj 6 ßesCeer ceW nw~ Deewj Ùes oesveeW 180Jeesuš kesâ
S›eâe@me mebÙeesefpele nQ leye 6 ceW ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje
R  12  6  18 ,
15
I6 
180
·10A Ans.
Sol. 5 Deesce ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje  i    3A
5
18
Voltage across R = 15Volt
6. Determine the value of the current i for the
V 2 152
circuit shown below. Power absorbed by resistor = 
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW i keâe ceeve nw- R 5
= 45Watt Ans.
(MPPKVVCL -2017)
8. A current source and a voltage source are 10. n vees[dme Deewj b yeÇebÛeeW Jeeues Skeâ vesšJeke&â ceW mJeleb$e
connected in series with a resistor as shown uetheeW keâer mebKÙee..............nesleer nw-
below. Suppose that Vs = 10V, is = 3A and R = (Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017)
5. What is the voltage across the resistor and (Jammu Kashmir JE-2016), (RPHED-2015)
the power absorbed by the resistor?
Sol. n vees[dme Deewj b yeÇebÛeeW Jeeues Skeâ vesšJeke&â ceW mJeleb$e uetheeW keâer
Skeâ Oeeje œeesle leLee Skeâ Jeesušspe œeesle Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ mebKÙee b – n+ 1 nesieer~
meeLe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ, pewmee efkeâ veerÛes efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~
mJeleb$e uethe  b  n  1 Ans.
ceevee efkeâ vs = 10V, is = 3A leLee R = 5 nw ØeeflejesOe kesâ
S›eâeme Jeesušspe leLee ØeeflejesOe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ %eele 11. A current source and a voltage source are
connected in parallel as shown below. Suppose
keâjW- that vs = 12V and is = 3A. What is the power
(MPPKVVCL- 2017) supplied by each source?
Skeâ Oeeje œeesle leLee Skeâ Jeesušspe œeesle meceevlej ›eâce ceW
pegÌ[s nw pewmee efkeâ veerÛes efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw Vs = 12V leLee
is = 3A ~ ØelÙeskeâ œeesle Éeje mehueeF& Meefòeâ %eele keâjW-
(MPPKVVCL -2017)
Sol. peye Skeâ Voltage Source leLee Skeâ Current Source

Series ceW pegÌ[s neW lees Gvekeâe meceleguÙe efoÙes ieÙes Current Source
kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~ Dele:
Sol. Current Source = 312
= 36watt
Voltage Source = 36watt
is = 3A, R = 5
vR = 35 = 15volt
ØeeflejesOe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ = is2 R
= 95 = 45 watt Dele: efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le Oeeje œeesle 36 Jeeš mehueeF& keâjsiee leLee
9. Determine the current i in the circuit shown Jeesušspe œeesle (source) 36 Jeeš DeJeMeesef<ele keâjsiee Ùee -36 Jeeš
below : mehueeF& keâjsiee~ Ans.
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW i keâe ceeve nw- 12. A network has 4 nodes and 3 independent loops.
(MPPKVVCL -2017) What is the number of branches in the network?
efkeâmeer vesšJeke&â cebs 4 efvemhebo (vees[dme) Deewj 3 mJeleb$e heeMe
(uethe) nQ~ vesšJeke&â cebs MeeKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee keäÙee nesieer?
(SSC JE-4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
Sol. efkeâmeer vesšJeke&â ceW 4 vees[dme Deewj 3 uethe nw~ leye,
MeeKee b  l  n 1
Sol. 4A
b = 3 + 4 –1  b = 3 + 3  b = 6
Dele: MeeKee 6 nesieer~ Ans.
13. A 10m long wire of resistance 20 is connected
in series with a battery of e.m.f. 3V(negligible
internal resistance) and a resistance of 10.
The potential gradient along the wire in volt
per meter is.
20 keâe ØeeflejesOe Skeâ 10 ceeršj uebyee leej 3V e.m.f
keâer yewšjer (veieCÙe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe) Deewj 10 kesâ
ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[e ngDee nw, Jeesuš Øeefle
ceeršj ceW leej kesâ DevegefoMe efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee nw~
Ans. (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
Sol : 16. Conductivity is reciprocal of :
efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee efkeâmekesâ JÙegl›eâce nesleer nw?
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Sol. efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ heoeLe& keâer efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee, ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâe
efJeueesce nesleer nw~
1
Conductivity (σ) = 
Resistivity ()
20
Vv = 3   2volt Gl   m
30     / m Ùee meercesvme/ceeršj (S/m)
Potential difference (dv)
a m2
Potential gradient  17. If two identical resistors of resistance 4 ohms
length (dl) each are connected in parallel, then what will
2 be the total resistance?
Potential gradient =
10
= 0.2V/m Ans. Ùeefo 4 Deesnce kesâ oes meceeve ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW
pegÌ[s nw lees kegâue ØeeflejesOe nesiee
14. Determine the supply current in the given
network take the voltage drop during the (Vizag steel JE. 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
forword biased condition is 0.3V. Sol. efoÙee nw–
efoS ieS vesšJeke&â ceW Deehetefle& Oeeje keâer ieCevee keâjW~ De«e R1=R2=4
DeefYevele efmLeefle kesâ oewjeve Jeesušleeheele 0.3V ueerefpeS~ 1 1 1
 
R e q R1 R 2
R1  R 2 4  4 16
Req   
R1  R 2 4  4 8
R e q  2 Ans.
18. What is the dimensional representation of power?
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II) Meefòeâ keâe efJeceerÙe ØeoMe&ve keäÙee nesiee?
Sol. (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
Ans. Meefòeâ keâe efJeceerÙe ØeoMe&ve ML2T–3 neslee nw~
19. Two electric bulbs of 50W and 100W are
connected in series to mains. Which of the two
bulbs will glow brighter?
50W leLee 100W Jeeues oes efJeÅegle yeuye cesvme mes Skeâ
–12 + 2I + 0.3 + 4I = 0 ëe=bKeueeyeæ ™he mes pegÌ[s nQ~ FveceW mes keâewve mee yeuye
11.7 = 6I pÙeeoe lespe ØekeâeMe osiee?
11.7 (BSNL TTA -2015)
I Sol.
6
I = 1.95 Ampere Ans.
15. What is value of current in given circuit.
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee~
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
50Watt keâe yeuye pÙeeoe lespe ØekeâeMe osiee keäÙeeWefkeâ ßesCeer ›eâce ceW
Oeeje meceeve nesleer nw leLee Jeesušspe efYevve-efYevve nesleer nw~ Dele: oesveeW
yeuyeeW ceW 50watt keâe yeuye DeefOekeâ lespe ØekeâeMe osiee keäÙeeWefkeâ 50W
keâe ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâ nesiee leLee GmeceW neefveÙeeB DeefOekeâ nesieer~ Ans.
20. The value of an inductor current just prior to
Sol. kegâue ØeeflejesOe · Yeej ØeeflejesOe ± Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe the closing of a switch is iL(0–) and just after
the switch has been closed in iL(0+) then:
R=1+1
Skeâ Øesjkeâ ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve kegBâpeer yevo keâjves mes
R = 2
V = 100V
legjvle henues iL(0–) Deewj legjvle yeeo iL(0+) nw~ leye:
(M.P. JE- 2015)
V
I mes Ans. oesveeW condition ceW close switch Skeâ otmejs kesâ yejeyej
R nesies iL(0+) = iL(0–)
100
I keäÙeeWefkeâ inductor Oeeje heefjJele&ve keâe efJejesOe keâjlee nw FmeefueS Ùen
2 initial 0 kesâ efueS switch close keâjves ceW inductor open
I  50 A Ans. ckt keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjlee nw~
21. An electric cabin heater draws 15 A at 110 V. Sol.
If the voltage is reduced to 95 V, the current
will be–
Skeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâ kesâefyeve neršj 110V Jeesušspe hej 15 R1 R2
SeqcheÙej Oeeje Øeehle keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo Jeesušspe keâce neskeâj I
95 Jeesuš jn peelee nw, lees efkeâleveer efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle
nesieer–
(M.P.JE- 2016) Write KVL equation–
Sol. V1 = 110 V I1 = 15 amp 12 = I×1+4+I×R3
V2 = 95 V, I2 = ?
8  I  IR 3 ––––––(i)
V1 V2
Q R1 = & R2 = IR3= (8–I)
I1 I2
R3 kesâ S›eâe@me hee@Jej
Q R1 = R2 (for same Heater)
V V I 2 R 3  12
Hence = 1 = 2
I1 I2 I.IR 3  12
110 95 (8-I) I =12
 
15 I 2 8I  I2  12
95 15 I 2  8I  12  0
 I2 =  12.95 Ùee 13A
110 I 2  6I  2I  12  0
 I2 = 13 A Ans. (I  6)(I  2)  0
22. Two wires A and B have the same cross section I  2, 6 Amp Ans.
and are made of the same material. RA = 800 
and RB = 100. The number of times A is longer 24. The circuit shown in the given figure is
than B is: equivalent to a load of
oes leej A Deewj B ceW meceeve DevegØemLe keâeš nw Deewj Jes meceeve oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeÙee ieÙee heefjheLe efkeâme Yeej kesâ leguÙe nw?
meece«eer kesâ yeves ngS nw~ RA = 800  Deewj RB = 100  ~ I 2
A, B mes efkeâleves iegvee uebyee nw ?
(SSC JE- 2014 Evening Shift) +
V –– 2 I
l 4
Sol. R = p
A
l
R (SSC JE- 2014 Morning)
A
DevegØemLe keâeš meceeve nw~ Sol.
RA l A heef jheLe ceW 4 Deewj 2 leLee 2I keâe Tpee& Œeesle meceevlej ceW nw~

RB lB I I–I1
800 l A

100 lB 2
l 4
8 A
lB +
–– 2I
I1
lA  8lB Ans.
23. Three resistors are connected in series across a
12-V battery. The first resistor has a value of 1 4 I1  2( I  I1 )  2 I
Ω, second has a voltage drop of 4 V and the 3I1  2 I ....(i )
third has a power dissipation of 12 W. The
value of the circuit current is:
heefjheLe kesâ Devegmeej
V  4 I1 ....(ii )
leerve ØeeflejesOekeâ efkeâmeer yewšêr kesâ S›eâe@me ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele
efkeâS ieS nQ~ henues ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe ceeve 1 Ω nw~ otmejs keâe V
meceerkeâjCe (i) Deewj (ii) mes 3   2I
Jeesušleeheele 4 V nw Deewj leermejs ceW Meefòeâ #eÙe 12 W nw~ 4
heefjheLe Oeeje keâe ceeve nw– V 8
R  Ans.
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) I 3

25. The dependent source in the circuit shown is 30. In the given circuit, which contains a current
classified as dependent voltage source, what is the voltage of
oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs efveYe&j œeesle Jeieeake=âle nw- the dependent source -
(APSPDCL-14) efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, efpemeceW Skeâ Oeeje-Deeefßele Jeesušlee
Œeesle nw, Deeefßele ßeesle keâer Jeesušlee keäÙee nw -
Ans. efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs efveYe&j œeesle, Jeesušspe V0 mes heefjJeefle&le
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
neslee nw peyeefkeâ efveYe&j œeesle 2V0 nw DeLee&le Ùen Oeeje œeesle nw Dele:
Sol. Clockwise direction ceW DeLee&led DABC mes Ûeue jne nw~
efoÙee ieÙee heefjheLe Jeesušspe efveÙebef$ele Oeeje œeesle (VCCS) nw~ –6 + V1 – 5i + V2 = 0
26. In an n-bus power system, considering n-nodes –6 + 4i – 5i + 6i = 0
network, the size of ybus is
6
Skeâ n yeme hee@Jej efmemšce ceW, n-vees[ vesšJeke&â ceevee i   1.2A
peeS, ybus keâe Deekeâej nesiee 5
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
Deeef ß ele Œees le keâer Jeesušlee 5i = 5 × 1.2 = 6 Volt Ans.
Ans. Skeâ n yeme hee@Jej efmemšce ceW n-vees[ vesšJeke&â ceevee peeÙes lees 31. Four resistors of 50, 50, 100 and 100
each are connected in parallel across 100V dc
ybus keâe Deekeâej n  n nesiee~ supply. What is the current through each
27. The voltage Vab in the figure will be branch if both the resistors of 50 burn out?
Gkeäle efÛe$e ceW Vab keâe ceeve nesiee ? 50, 50, 100 Deewj 100 Ûeej heÇeflejesOe 100V
[ermeer keâer Deehetefle& mes meceebveeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ Ùeefo
50 kesâ oesveeW ØeeflejesOe peue peeles nQ lees ØelÙeskeâ yeÇebÛe mes
efkeâleveer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer?
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
Sol. 50, 50, 100 Deewj 100 Ûeej ØeeflejesOe 100V D.C.
(UPSSSC JE- 2015) keâer Deehetefle& mes meceeveeblej ceW peg[
Ì s ngS nw~ Ùeefo 50 kesâ oesveebW ØeeflejesOe
Sol. Va + 5 – 3 + 1 – Vb = 0 peue peeles nw, leye ØelÙeskeâ yeÇebÛe ceW Oeeje
Va – Vb + 3 = 0
Va– Vb = –3
Vab = –3V Ans.
28. The voltage Vab in the circuit (which is a part
of a larger circuit) will be
Gkeäle efÛe$e ceW (pees Skeâ yeÌ[s meefke&âš keâe efnmmee nw) ceW Jeesušspe
Vab nesiee?
100 100
I1   1A , I 2   1A Ans.
100 100
32. In the figure given below, the value of R :
veerÛes oer Deeke=âefle cebs R keâe ceeve..............nesiee :
(UPSSSC JE- 2015) (UPSSSC JE- 2016)
Sol. b, point hej Deeves Jeeueer current = 5–2 = 3 A (SSC JE- 2014 Morning Shift)
Vba = 3  5 = 15 V
Vab = – 15 V Ans.
29. A network has 8 branches has and 3
independent loops. How many nodes are there
in the network Sol.
Skeâ vesšJeke&â ceW 8 MeeKeeSb nQ Deewj 3 mJeleb$e uethe nQ~ oÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW-
ef
Req = R + (10 10) = R + 5
vesšJeke&â ceW efkeâleves vees[dme nQ– V = 100 Volt, I = 8A
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) heefjheLe ceW Oeeje-
Sol.– efoÙee nw– V 100
b = 8, l = 3 I , 8
l=b–n+1 R R 5
3=8–n+13–1=8–n 8 R + 40 = 100, 8R = 60
 2 = 8 – n  –6 = –n R
60
 7.5 Ans.
n=6 Ans. 8
33. Find the value of unknown resistance R if the
voltage drop across 500 ohm is 2.5 volts -
De%eele ØeeflejesOe R keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeÙes Ùeefo 500 Deesce
ceW Jeesušlee heele 2.5 Jeesuš nw -
XY hej ØeeflejesOe (RXY) = r||(r + r) || (r + r)
 RXY = r || r = r/2
Ùeefo r = 10  nw~
 RXY = r/2 = 10/2 = 5 Ans.
35. A 40  resister is in parallel with an 80 ohm
resistor current in the 40 ohm resistor is 6A.
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021, Shift-I) How will you add a third resistor and what will
Sol. 500 ØeeflejesOe mes yenves Jeeueer Oeeje be its value if the line current is to be 10A?
2.5 Skeâ 40  keâe ØeeflejesOe Skeâ 80  kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ
i  0.005 amp
500 meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ 40  kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW 6 keâer Oeeje
Q 50 leLee 500 ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nQ nw~ Ùeefo FmeceW ueeFve Oeeje keâe ceeve 10 SefcheÙej nw lees
 Fvekesâ across voltage drop leermeje ØeeflejesOe kewâmes mebÙeesefpele nesiee leLee Gmekeâe ceeve
V = 0.005 × 550
keäÙee nesiee~
= 2.75 V (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
550  ceW yeneves Jeeueer Oeeje - Sol. 40  ØeeflejesOe keâes 80  ØeeflejesOe kesâ
ØeejefcYekeâ efmLeefle ceW,
12  2.75 meeLe meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~
I  0.0168 amp efoÙee nw, 40  ceW Oeeje = 6 Amp.
550
R ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje - Dele: meceeveevlej heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee meceeve neslee nw~
IR = 0.0168 – 0.005 40 × 6 = 240 volt
240
= 0.0118 amp FmeefueS 80  ceW Oeeje   3 Amp.
Q R ØeeflejesOe 50 leLee 500 kesâ meceevlej ceW nw 80
ueeFve Oeeje = 10 Amp.
 R ØeeflejesOe kesâ across voltage 2.75 V ueiesiee
Deye Skeâ veÙes ØeeflejesOekeâ R keâes Fmekesâ meceeveeblej ceW peesÌ[e
2.75
R peelee nw~
0.0118 Dele:
= 233  Ans.
34. The given circuit, if all the resistances are of
10 then calculate the equivalent resistance
between XY diagonal points.
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, Ùeefo meYeer ØeeflejesOeeW keâe ceeve 10
nw, leye efJekeâCe& efyevogDeeW XY kesâ yeerÛe mecekeâ#e ØeeflejesOe IL = 6 + 3 + IR
keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS- 10 = 6 + 3 + IR
IR = 1 Amp.
V = I R× R
240 = 1 × R
R = 240  Ans.
Dele: 240  keâe ØeeflejesOe meceeveevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele keâjWies~
36. Determine the source voltage Vs
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) œeesle Jeesušlee Vs %eele keâjW~
Sol. Fme heefjheLe keâes efvecve ®he ceW yeveeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~

Sol. efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW KVL ueieeves hej
50 – 30 – Vs – 10 + 20 = 0
meblegueve efyeÇpe efmLeefle mes - Vs = 30 volts

37. For the given circuit, find relation between I1 Sol : Nodal Analysis at node 'a'
and I2. i0 = 0.5i0 + 3
efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS, I1 Deewj I2 kesâ yeerÛe mecyebOe i0 -0.5i0=3
0.5i0 = 3
%eele keâjs~
3
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) i0 =
0.5
30
i0 =
5
i0 = 6 Ampere Ans.
40. The value of 'R' in the circuit is
Gkeäle efÛe$e ceW R keâe ceeve nesiee ?
Sol : efoÙee nww V = 24V, R1 = 8, R2 = 12
meceeveeblej efmLeefle ceW Jeesušspe meceeve nesiee~
V 24
I1 =   3A
R1 8
V 2 (UPSSSC JE-2015)
I2 =   2A Sol.
R 2 12
2I1 = 3I2 Ans.
38. When switch 'S' is closed in given figure, then
current's value at time t = 0 will be -
efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW peye efmJeÛe S yevo neslee nw lees Oeeje
keâe ceeve t = 0 hej nesiee - ceevee Loop ceW I current flow nes jner nw
Loop ceW KVL ueieeves hej
20 + 30 = IR + 10 I
50 = 10 + 10 I
10 I = 40
I=4A
De%eele R kesâ across voltage drop = 10 V
 IR = 10
4  R = 10
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) R = 2.5  Ans.
41. A network has 12 branches and 5 nodes. Find
Sol. When time t = 0
the number of independent loops in the
switch 's' is closed - network.
Capacitor will behave as short circuit - efkeâmeer vesšJeke&â keâer 12 MeeKeeSB Deewj 5 vees[ nw~ vesšJeke&â
So, ceW mJelev$e uethe keâer mebKÙee %eele keâjW~
V (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
Current i 
R Sol : Branch = 12
12 Nodes = 5
 Loop = B–N+1
200 = 12–5+1
= 0.06 = 7+1
i  60mA Ans. Loop =8 Ans.
42. Obtain the relation between ia and im for the
39. Find the current "i0" in the following circuit
given network.
efvecve heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje "i0" %eele keâerefpeS~
efoS ieS vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS ia Deewj im ceW mecyevOe yeleeFS-
(PGCIL ER1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift )

Sol. efyevog A hej efkeâjÛee@Heâ kesâ efveÙece mes- 23 6
Sol. R bc  
23 5
6 56
R ab  10  
5 5
R ab  11.2  Ans.
A
I   3I   I m  0 46. A circuit consist of four resistor 5, 10, 20
I m  –4I  Ans. and 30 connected in parallel and supplied by
a dc source of 100V. Which resistor among the
43. In the given network, if the 10-ohm resistor is four in the above circuit has least value of
open circuited, then the equivalent resistance current.
between A and B is equal to -
Skeâ heefjheLe ceW Ûeej ØeeflejesOe 5, 10, 20 Deewj 30
efoS ieS vesšJeke&â ceW, Ùeefo 10-Deesce ØeeflejesOe Keguee ngDee
meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s nQ Deewj 100V [ermeer Œeesle Éeje
nw lees A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe yejeyej nw~
Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw heefjheLe ceW ÛeejeW ceW mes efkeâme
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve meyemes keâce nesiee~
Solution : Rab = 5 + 15 (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)

Rab = 20  Sol.
When the resistance of 10 ohms is open, the resistance V=IR
of 5 and 15 ohms will be in series, so the total resistance 
will be 20 ohm. I
R
44. Fig. shows two alternators with identical speed So, If the resistance value is more than the
l local characteristics connected in parallel. The current less.
circulating current under no-load condition is. Hence, in 30 resistance minimum value of
efÛe$e ceW mece™he Ûeeue l Yeej DeefYeue#eCe Jeeues meceeblej current flows. Ans.
ceW pegÌ[s oes ØelÙeeJele&keâ oMee&S ieS nw~ MetvÙe-Yeej efmLeefle 47. In the circuit shown below, RAB = 3, RBC = 6
ceW heefjmebÛeejer Oeeje -–––––– nesieer~ and RAC = 9 are connected in delta. Find the
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) star equivalent of the delta connected resistors?
Sol: veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW, RAB = 3, RBC = 6
Deewj RAC = 9 [suše ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ [suše pegÌ[s
ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ yejeyej mšej ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjW-
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
Sol.
E1  E 2
MetvÙe Yeej keâer efmLeefle ceW heefjmebÛeejer Oeeje =
Z1  Z2
45. Find the value of resistance Rab in the following Given that,
circuit -
RAB = 3, RBC = 6, RAC = 9
efvecveefueefKele heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe Rab keâe ceeve %eele
R AB  R AC 3 9
keâjW- RA    1.5 
R AB  R BC  R AC 369
R AB  R BC 3 6
RB    1
R AB  R BC  R AC 3 69
R AC  R BC 96
RC = =  3
R AB  R BC  R AC 3  6  9
RA = 1.5, RB = 1, RC = 3 Ans.
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
48. Two equal resistors are first connected in series Sol. B leLee E kesâ ceOÙe mebÙeesefpele 1 ØeeflejesOe mes neskeâj ØeJeeefnle
and then in parallel across a dc supply. What is Oeeje -
the ratio (series circuit to parallel circuit) of
total heat dissipated by the resistors for the two Oeeje efJeYeepeve efveÙece -
cases at a given time. R CD 1
oes meceeve ØeeflejesOe henues ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ Deewj efheâj I BE   I  I BE  1
R BE  R CD 11
meceeveeblej ceW Skeâ [ermeer Deehetefle& ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Skeâ IBE = 0.5 A Ans.
efveef§ele meceÙe ceW ØeeflejesOees Éeje ve° keâer ieF& ieceea keâe
51. Three resistors 150, 200 and 600 are
Devegheele (ßesCeer heefjheLe mes meceeveeblej heefjheLe) keäÙee nw- connected in parallel find the effective
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) resistance of the parallel.
Sol. ØeMve kesâ Devegmeej- leerve ØeeflejesOe 150, 200 Deewj 600 meceevlej ›eâce ceW
ßesCeer ceW- pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ meceevlej mebÙeespeve keâe ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe %eele
Req = R + R = 2R keâjW~
V2
T<cee  H1   t
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II)
2R Sol.
A
meceevlej ceW-
R
R eq 
2
B
2V 2 1 1 1 1
T<cee  H 2   t   
R AB 150 200 600
R
H1 V 2 t / 2R 4  3 1
Dele:  
H 2 2V 2 t / R 600
600
H1 : H 2  1: 4 Ans. RAB   R AB = 75Ω Ans.
8
49. The value of current 'I' in the circuit is - 52. A voltage source having an open circuit voltage of
heefjheLe ceW Oeeje 'I' keâe ceeve %eele keâjW - 100 V and internal resistance of 50 is equivalent
to a current source............
100 V Keguee heefjheLe Jeesušspe Deewj 50 Deebleefjkeâ
ØeeflejesOe Jeeues Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ meceleguÙe Oeeje œeesle
................nesiee~
(SSC JE - 4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) Sol. 100 Volt Keguee heefjheLe (Open circuit) Jeesušspe Deewj
Sol. All resistance are connected in parallel Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 50 Jeeues Jeesušspe œeesle kesâ meceleguÙe Oeeje œeesle
R 3 50 kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW 2 Amp. nesiee~ Jeesušspe œeesle keâe
 R eq    1
n 3 Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Gmekesâ ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele neslee nw~ peyeefkeâ Oeeje
V 2 œees le keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Gmekesâ meceeveevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele neslee nw~
 Current i  
R 1 100
i  2.0 Amp Ans. Jeesušspe œeesle keâe Oeeje I = = 2A FmeefueS Ùen 2A keâe Oeeje
50
50. The current flowing through 1 resistor œeesle 50 kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW ueiee jnsiee~ Ans.
connected between B and E in circuit - 53. All the resistances in figure shown below are 1
B leLee E kesâ ceOÙe mebÙeesefpele 1 kesâ ØeeflejesOe mes yenves  each. The value of current 'I' is:
Jeeueer Oeeje nesieer - oMee&F& ieF& Deeke=âefle cebs meYeer ØeeflejesOe 1  kesâ nQ~ Oeeje
'I' keâe ceeve............nesiee~
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
Sol. 54. Consider the following given circuit and find
the value of total current drawn from the cell
and the potential difference across the 3
resistor respectively.
efvecve heefjheLe ces Œeesle mes ueer peeves Jeeueer kegâue Oeeje
(total current) SJeb 3 ØeeflejesOe kesâ efmejeW hej
efJeYeJeevlej (potential difference) efkeâlevee nesiee?
ÙeneB ØeeflejesOe R1R2, R3R4, R5R6 leLee R7R8 meceevlej ›eâce nw peneB
ØelÙeskeâ keâe ceeve meceeve nw DeLee&led R nQ~ leye,
R R R R (UPRVUNL JE-2014)
R12  , R 34  , R 56  ,R 78 
2 2 2 2 Sol.
ÙeneB efyevog C leLee D kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe
 R  R
R CD   R 9   ||  R 10  
 2   2
 R  R
  R   ||  R  
 2   2
3R 3 3 3 6
 || R  R Rtotal  2   4Ω
2 2 4 3 6
3 1.6
Fmeer Øekeâej, R EF  R Total current in source I   0.4 Amp. Ans.
4 4
0.4  6 0.4  2 0.8
I1    Amp
9 3 3
Potential difference across the 3Ω
0.8
  3  0.8Volt Ans.
3
ÙeneB efyevog A, B kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe 55. What is the power supplied by the DC voltage
 3R   3R  source in the circuit shown below?
R AB   R13   ||  R 14  
 4   4  veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW DC Jeesušlee m$eesle Éeje
 3   3R  mebÛeeefjle Meefkeäle nesieer–
  R  R  ||  R  
 4   4  (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
7R 7 7
 || R  R
4 4 8
mechetCe& heefjheLe keâe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe
7 7 15
R eq  R  R 15  R  R  R
8 8 8
V 1 Sol.
Oeeje I 
R eq 15
R
8

 R Amp
15
8
 1 Q R  1
15 3  6 18
8 R eq1   
i Amp Ans. 36 9
15 Req1 = 2

Sol. Q [eÙees[ D1 Gl›eâce DeefYevele ceW nQ Dele: FmeceW keâesF& Oeeje
ØeJeeefnle veneR nesieer peyeefkeâ D2 De«e DeefYevele ceW nw Dele: FmeceW Oeeje
ØeJeeefnle nesieer~
5 5 1
Req = Req1 + 1 Dele: i   i   0.1 Amp. Ans.
=2+1 20  30 50 10
Req = 3 58. In the given figure the equivalent resistance
between A and B will be-
efoS ngS efÛe$e ceW A Je B efyevogDeeW kesâ ceOÙe leguÙe
ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
(UPPCL JE- 2013)
DC Jeesušlee Œeesle Éeje mebÛeeefjle Meefòeâ
V2
P=
R eq
3 3
P=  3watt
3 Sol. leguÙe ØeeflejesOe
P = 3 watt Ans. 4 4
Rab  2  2
56. In a circuit two resistance 9 are in a series 44
with a parallel combination of two resistance of 4 4
 2 2
2if the supply voltage is 38V. What will be 8
the value of current in the circuit Rab = 6Ω Ans.
Skeâ heefjheLe ceW 9 Deesåce kesâ oes ØeeflejesOe, 2 Deesåce kesâ oes 59. The current is 8Ω resistance in the circuit so in
ØeeflejesOe kesâ meceevlej mebÙeespeve kesâ meeLe ßesCeer›eâce ceW nw~ the figure will be-
Deiej mehueeF& Jeesušlee 38V nw, lees heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâe efÛe$e ceW JÙeòeâ heefjheLe ceW 8Ω ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje nesieer–
ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
(UPPCL JE- 2015)
Sol.
(UPPCL JE- 2013)

Sol.
9 kesâ oes ØeeflejesOe keâe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe I1

= 9 + 9 = 18 Deesce
2 kesâ oes ØeeflejesOekeâ meceevlej ›eâce ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe
1 1
   1 I2
2 2
kegâue leguÙe ØeeflejesOe (R) = 18+1=19Ω
V = 38V
V 38 4I1 + 8(I1+I2) = 8
I   2A Ans. 3I1 + 2I2 = 2 ………….. (i)
R 19 8(I1 + I2) +6I2 = 6
57. Which is the current to the equivalent source to 4I1 + 7I2 = 3 ………….. (ii)
the voltage source in the given figure- meceerkeâjCe (i) ceW 4 mes leLee meceerkeâjCe (ii) ceW 3 mes iegCee keâjves hej
efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW Jeesušlee œeesle keâe leguÙe Oeeje œeesle 12I1 + 8I2 = 8 ………….. (iii)
efvecve ceW mes keâewve nw? 12I1 + 21I2 = 9 ………….. (iv)
(UPPCL JE- 2013) meceerkeâjCe (iv) ceW mes meceerkeâjCe (iii) Ieševes hej
13I2 = 1
1
I2  A
13
I2 keâe ceeve meceerkeâjCe (ii) ceW jKeves hej
1
4 I1  7   3
13

4 I1  3 
7 Sol. 10 kesâ Parallel ceW keâesF& ØeeflejesOe veneR nw DeLee&led
13 R = 0 leye 10 leLee 0 parallel ceW pegÌ[s nw~
4 I1 
32 10  0
13 Fve oesveeW keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe = =0 Ans.
10  0
8
I1  A 63. Voltage drop across 14.5 ohm resistor as in
13 figure is :
8Ω ceW
1 8
Oeeje I = I1 +I2   
9 Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeÙes efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej 14.5 Deesÿe
13 13 13 ØeeflejesOe kesâ meehes#e Jeesušspe [ê@he-
I = 0.69A Ans. (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
60. Four resistance are connected in the circuit lie
in the given figure the value of current in 4Ω
and 6Ω resistance respectively will be-
Ûeej ØeeflejesOe efoÙes ngS efÛe$e keâer lejn Skeâ heefjheLe ceW
pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ 4 Deesce Deewj 6 Deesce ØeeflejesOe ceW ›eâceMe:
efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve nesiee– Sol.
Vs = 200V R1 = 14.5 
(UPPCL JE- 2013) R2 = 26.5 R3 = 60 
4 4 6 6 heefjheLe keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe
Sol. leguÙe ØeeflejesOe (R)  
44 66
Req = 14.5 + 26.5 + 60 (QmeYeer ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW nw)
 2± 3  5 = 41 + 60
V = IR leguÙe Req = 101
20 = I 5 heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje
I = 4A
4 Deesce Deewj 6 Deesce ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve ›eâceMe: Is =
Vs
4 R eq
I4  4   2 A
8 200
Is = = 1.98Amp.
6 101
I6  4   2 A b Ans.
12 Deye 14.5 ØeeflejesOe kesâ meehes#e Voltage drop
61. A Deewj B šefce&veue hej 60V ueieeves hej heefjheLe ceW kegâue V1 = R1IS = 14.51.98 = 28.71 volt
Oeeje (total current) efkeâlevee nesiee? V1 = 28.71 volt Ans.
64. Two resistance R1 and R2 are connected in
series R1 = 528  5 and R2 = 325  3. The
total resistance will be–
oes ØeeflejesOe R1 Deewj R2 ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ R1 =
528  5 Deewj R2 = 325  3 kegâue ØeeflejesOe nesiee~
(BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
Sol.
(UPPCL JE- 2013)
Sol. efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe (R) = 60Ω
V = 60 Volt
V 60
i 
R 60
I = 1 amp. Ans.
kegâue ØeeflejesOe = (5285)+(3253) =(8538) Ans.
62. The resistance between X1 and X2 is
X1 Deewj X2 kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve ....... nesiee~ 65. Find the current through 5  resistor:
5  ØeeflejesOe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje %eele keâerefpeS:
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015)

(JUVNL JE -08.03.2017, 2:30 pm) (SSC JE- 2014)
1 1 1 7 10 68. A student connects four cells each of emf 2V
Sol. leguÙe ØeeflejesOe     Ùee R  and internal resistance 0.5, in series but the
R 2 5 10 7
one cell has its terminal reversed. This sends
heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee V = iR = 10  10 100
 V current in a 2 resistor. The current is -
7 7
Skeâ Úe$e 4 mesue, ØelÙeskeâ keâe emf 2V Je Deebleefjkeâ
5 ØeeflejesOe ces Oeeje i = V = 100 [meceevlej ceW Jeesušlee meceeve ØeeflejesOe 0.5 nes, keâes ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[lee nw efkeâvleg
R 5 7 nesleer nw]
= 2.85 Amp YetueJeMe Skeâ mesue Guše ueie ieÙee nw~ Gmemes pegÌ[er 2
Ans. ØeeflejesOe ceW mes efkeâleveer Oeeje yensieer -
66. The value of current I flowing in the 1  resistor (BSNL TTA -2013)
in the circuit shown in the figure below will be : Sol.
veerÛes efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW 1  ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW
ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje I keâe ceeve nesiee–
(SSC JE- 2009)
kegâue Jeesušspe =2+2+2–2
= 4Volt
kegâue ØeeflejesOe = R+r1+r2+r3+r4
= 2 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 = 4
Sol. Dele: 2 ØeeflejesOe mes ØeJeeefnle kegâue Oeeje
V 4
i   1 SefcheÙej Ans.
R 4
69. A 12 V battery with an internal resistance 0.5
5 Jeesuš hej S›eâeme Oeeje leLee 1 ØeeflejesOe oesveeW kesâ meeLe ØeÙeesie ohms feeds a series circuit containing 20 ohms,
efkeâÙee peeÙesiee~ 10 ohms, and R. Find the value of R if the
5 current in the circuit is 0.26A.
FmeefueS Oeeje   5 Amp Ans. Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.5 Deesåce Jeeueer Skeâ 12 V yewšjer
1
67. In the given circuit, R1 > R2, Power dissipation
ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW 20 Deesåce, 10 Deesnce Deewj R kesâ efueS
will be– ueieer ngF& nw~ R keâe ceeve %eele keâjes Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW 0.26
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, R1 > R2, lees Meefòeâ keâe #ejCe SefcheÙej keâjWš nes–
efvecve ceW mes kewâmee nesiee- (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
(BSNL TTA JE-2013) Sol.
efkeâjÛee@heâ kesâ Jeesušspe efveÙece mes–

12 = 0.5  0.26 + 20  0.26 + 10  0.26 + R  0.26
12 = 0.13 + 5.20 + 2.6 + R  0.26
R =15.65385  15.5 
Sol. Ûetefkeâ oesveeW ØeeflejesOe meceevlej cebW mebÙeesefpele nw Dele: Gvekesâ S›eâebme
Dele: R = 15.5 Ans.
JeesušWpe meceeve nesiee~
70. The current in 3KΩ resistors in figure
V2 converting the current source into voltage
Q Meefòeâ #ejCe (Power dissipation) P  vi 
R source will be
V2 efÛe$e ceW Oeeje œeesle keâes Jeesušlee œeesle ceW yeoueves hej
 R1 ØeeflejesOe ceW Meefòeâ #ejCe P1  3KΩ ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Oeeje nesieer–
R1
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 10 am)
V2
leLee R2 ØeeflejesOe ceW Meefòeâ #ejCe P2 
R2
Ûetbefkeâ R1 > R2
FmeefueS P2 > P1, Dele: R2 ØeeflejesOe ceW Meefòeâ #ejCe R1 mes DeefOekeâ nesiee~
Ans.

Sol. Oeeje œeesle keâes Jeesušspe Œeesle ceW yeoueves hej- ÛetBefkeâ 2Ω leLee 4Ω kesâ ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nw Dele: GveceW yenves
Jeeueer Oeeje meceeve nesieer~
9 9
FmeefueS 2Ω ØeeflejesOe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje  
24 6
 1.5Amp Ans.
72. Consider the following given figure and
calculate RAB :
veerÛes efoS ieS efÛe$e hej efJeÛeej keâjW Deewj RAB keâer
V  IR ieCevee keâjW-
15mA  6k (UPRVUNL AE- 2014)
 15  103  6  103
 90Volt
Ûebtefkeâ 6k Deewj 3k ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nQ

90
Dele: 3k ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje 
 6  3  103
Sol.
90 103
  10  103  10mA Ans.
9
71. A battery of 24V is applied across terminals
AB of the circuit shown in fig. Current in 2
Ohm resister will be
efoKeeS ieS efÛe$e ceW šefce&veue AB kesâ Deej-heej Skeâ
24V keâer yewšjer keâes ueieeÙee peelee nw~ 2 Ohm kesâ
meceleguÙe heefjheLe nesiee-
ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nesieer–
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 10 am)
ØeeflejesOe, RAB = 1+1 = 2 Ans.

73. Find the value of Req in the figure given below–
efoÙes ngS efÛe$e ceW Req keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~
Sol.
(UPRVUNL AE -2016)
Sol.
Q VAB = 24 Volt A C D
 vees[ C keâe Jeesušspe 24 V nesiee~

vees[ D hej vees[ue efJeMues<eCe mes- O
V  24 V V
  0
5 6 6
E
6V  144  5V  5V B F
0 CDEFO heefjheLe ceW balanced bridge yeve jne nw~
30
16V  144 49  6 6
144 36  36 OP MeeKeeDees ceW pegÌ[s ØeeflejesOees keâe iegCeveHeâue yejeyej nw~
V  9Volt Dele: OD MeeKee ceW keâesF& Oeeje ØeJeeefnle vener nesieer~
16
A C D 75. For the circuit shown in the figure, the
ammeter will read .............
efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe kesâ efueS Sceeršj keâe
O
hee"Ÿeebkeâ nesiee–
(Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017)
F E
B
10  15 150
Req   6
25 25
 12  6 ||18
Sol.
 18 ||18
 9  Ans.
74. Twelve 1  resistors are used as edge to form a
cube. The resistance between two diagonally
opposite corners of the cube is–
yeejn 1  kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâesveeW kesâ ™he ceW Skeâ Ieve yeveeles nQ~ 
Ieve kesâ efJekeâCe& ™he mes efJehejerle keâesveeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe ØeeflejesOe
keäÙee nesiee?
(UPRVUNL AE -2016), (DMRC JE-2014)
(SSC JE -3 march 2017-2:45 pm)

Sol.
Fmekesâ nj point hej Skeâ Deesce keâe Resistance ueiee ngDee nw 

efpememes oes diagonally efJehejerle keâesvees kesâ yeerÛe Equivalent
Resistance
1 1 1 1 1
    R1 =  
R1 1 1 1 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
     
R2 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
R2 = 
6
KVL ueieeves hej
1 1 1 1 1
   3  R3 =  2I + 8I – 100 = 0  10 I = 100
R3 1 1 1 3 100
I , I  10A Ans.
10
76. Two resistors of 200 ohm and 100 ohm are
connected in parallel to a 100 volt source. Total
current taken by the circuit will be–
1 1 1 2 1  2 5
Req = + +  R eq    200 Deesce Deewj 100 Deesce kesâ oes ØeeflejesOe Skeâ 100 Jeesuš
3 6 3 6 6
œeesle kesâ meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ meefke&âš Éeje efueS peeves
5
Req =  Ans. Jeeuee kegâue Oeeje nesieer–
6
(LMRC JE-2016)
Sol. Sol. is = 25mA, R1 = 4, R2 = 8
R1 keâer S›eâeme Jeesušlee

V1 = 254×10–3V  V1 = 10010–3 V
V1 = 0.1 V
R2 keâer S›eâeme Jeesušlee
R1= 200, R2 = 100
V2 = 25810-3 V2 = 20010-3
1 1 1 1 1 1 2
    =  V2 = 0.2volt Ans.
R R1 R 2 200 100 200 79. A voltage source of 10V and resistor are connected
200 in series. Specify the resistance R so that both
Req   of the following conditions are satisfied :
3
i > 40mA and the power absorbed by the
V = 100V resistor is < 0.5W.
V 100  3 10 Jeesuš keâe Skeâ Jeesušspe œeesle leLee Skeâ ØeeflejesOe
I   1.5 Amp. Ans.
R eq 200 ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nQ, ØeeflejesOe R keâe ceeve Fme Øekeâej %eele
keâefjÙes efkeâ efvecve oesveeW oMeeÙeW mebleg<š neW, i > 40mA nes
77. The equivalent resistance of a series parallel Deewj ØeeflejesOe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefkeäle P < 0.5W nes–
circuit shown in the figure is:
(MPPKVVCL -2017)
efÛe$e ceW oMee&S ieS Skeâ ßeb=Keuee meceeveeblej heefjheLe keâe Sol.
meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe nw-
(ESIC JE -2016)
10
Sol. I
R
Ùeefo R keâe ceeve keâce nesiee lees I keâe ceeve yeÌ{siee 40 mA Oeeje kesâ
efueS R keâe ceeve–
10 10 104
40 mA   R   250 
R 40 103 40
12  leLee 24  ØeeflejesOe keâe mebÙeespeve meceevlej ›eâce nw~ Dele: I keâe ceeve 40 mA mes DeefOekeâ nesves kesâ efueS R keâe ceeve
1 1 2 1 250 mes keâce nesvee ÛeeefnS
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe   =  
1
 
R 12 24 24 I  40 mA for R  250
24 at I = 40 mA, R = 250
R= =8
3 Power absorbed by resistor = I2R
= (40 × 10–3)2 × 250
= 0.4 watt
A Je B keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe = 8 + 8 ØeeflejesOe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefkeäle keâe ceeve 0.5 watt mes keâce nesves kesâ
= 16  Ans. efueS ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 250 mes keâce nesvee ÛeeefnS
78. A current source and two resistors are Dele: Deiej ØeeflejesOe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefkeäle = 0.5 watt nes lees
V 2 10 
2
connected in series, suppose that is = 25mA, R1 1000
ØeeflejesOe R =   = 200
= 4 and R2 = 8. What is the voltage across P 0.5 5
each resistor? Deiej ØeeflejesOe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefkeäle 0.5 watt mes keâce nes lees
Skeâ Oeeje œeesle leLee oes ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 200 mes pÙeeoe nesiee~
ceevee is = 25mA, R1 = 4 and R2 = 8 ØelÙeskeâ Dele: R keâer jWpe 200  R  250
ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? efve<keâ<e&– for i > 40 mA Deewj P < 0.5 watt hej ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve
(MPPKVVCL -2017) 200  mes 250  kesâ yeerÛe nesiee~ Ans.

80. A voltage source and two resistors are
connected in parallel. Suppose that vs = 150V,
R1 = 50 and R2 = 25. Then each resistance
contain current?
Skeâ Jeesušlee œeesle (source) leLee oes ØeeflejesOe meceevlej
ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ ceevee vs = 150V, R1 = 50 and R2 = R3 Je R4 ØeeflejesOe keâes meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej–
25.lees ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe Oeeje keäÙee nw? 1.75 1.75
R  5  0.875
(MPPKVVCL -2017) 1.75  1.75
Sol. VS = 150V, R1 = 50, R2 25
1 Deewj R5 ØeeflejesOe keâes ßesCeer ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej–
RAB = 1+0.875
RAB  1.875  Ans.
150V
82. For the circuit shown below, find the resistance
between points P & Q.
veerÛes oMee&S ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS efyebog P Deewj Q kesâ
Vs 150 yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjW~
i1 =  = 3A
R1 50
Vs 150
i2 =  = 6A Ans.
R2 25
81. Equivalent resistance between A & B, in the (SSC JE- 2009)
figure above is Sol.
 1  1  2
Thej efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe

ØeeflejesOe nw
Sol.
2 2 4
   1
22 4
1.5 kesâ 2-2 ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW pees[Ì ves hej–
 1  1  2
1.5  1.5
R1   0.75 2 2 4
1.5  1.5 R eq    1
22 4
1.5 1.5
R2   0.75 R eq  1 Ans.
1.5  1.5
83. Resistance between terminals A and B of the
given figure is
efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW šefce&veueeW A leLee B kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe nw
1 Deewj 0.75 ØeeflejesOe keâes ßesCeer ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej–

R 3  1  0.75  1.75 
R 4  1  0.75  1.75  (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
Sol. 85. The equivalent resistance between terminals X
and Y of the network shown is
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le vesšJeke&â keâe X leLee Y šefce&veueeW kesâ yeerÛe
leguÙeceeve ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee?
(SSC JE- 2012)
R  R R2 R Sol.
 
R  R 2R 2
R 3R
R
2 2 from balance bridge condition–
3R 3R 2
R
RAB  2  2
3R 5R
R
2 2
3R 2 3R
 
2 5R 5 20  40 40
Rxy = =  Ans.
3R 20  40 3
RAB  Ans.
5 86. In the circuit shown in Fig. the currents I1 and
84. For the network shown in the figure, the value of I2, respectively are
current in 8  resistor is efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje I1 leLee I2 keâe ceeve
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS] 8  ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Oeeje ›eâceMe: nw–
keâe ceeve efkeâlevee nw? (BSNL TTA -2015)
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning Shift)
P I
48V 20 12 Sol. efkeâmeer ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje keâe efJeYeepeve kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej,
IR 2
I1 =
Q 8 R1  R 2
Sol. IR1
I2 =
P I R1  R 2
I = 6A, R1 = 4, R2 = 2
48V 20 12 6 2
I1 =  I1 = 2A
42
6 4
Q 8 I2 =  I2 = 4A Ans.
42
R  12  8  20 87. A 680  load resistor RL, is connected across a
V 48 constant current source of 1.2A source
I8     2.4 A Ans. resistance, RS, is 12k. The load current
R 20
through RL, is :
Skeâ 680  uees[ ØeeflejesOe RL Skeâ efmLej Oeeje œeesle 89. Three resistors of 20, 10 and 5 are
1.2A kesâ meeLe 12k œeesle ØeeflejesOe kesâ Deejheej peesÌ[e connected in parallel, what is the effective
resistance?
ieÙee nw lees RL ceW mes ØeJeeefnle uees[ Oeeje nesieer~
20, 10 Deewj 5 kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOe meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
ngS nQ, ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nQ?
Sol.
(UPRVUNL JE-9-11-2016)
uees[ ØeeflejesOe = 680 
1 1 1 1
Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe = 12 KΩ Sol.   
R eq 20 10 5
meesme& Oeeje = 1.2A
uees[ ØeeflejesOe kesâ Éeje Oeeje 1 1 2  4 7
 
R eq 20 20
20
R eq   2.85 Ans.
7
90. A 100W electric bulb is connected to 250V AC
supply. The current in the circuit is:
100 W keâe Skeâ efJeÅegle yeuye 250 V ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje
(S.meer.) Deehetefle& kesâ meeLe mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~
According to the current dividing rule–
heefjheLe ceW efkeâleveer Oeeje nw?
 Rs 
I L  Is    (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
 Rs  R L  Sol.
 12000 
 1.2   
 12000  680  250
12000
 1.2 
12680
IL = 1.135A Ans. Formula – P = VI
88. A 16mA current source has an internal efoÙee nw– P = 100W
resistance of 10 kohm. How much current will V = 250V
flow is a 2.5 K ohm load connected across its lees
terminals P 100
Skeâ 16mA Oeeje œeesle keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 10 I= =
V 250
Kohm nw~ Fmekesâ šefce&veueeW kesâ efieo& keâveskeäšs[ Skeâ 2.5
I = 0.4A Ans.
K ohm uees[ ceW efkeâleveer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer? 91. If the length of a cable is doubled, then its
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 10 am) insulation resistance will:
Sol. Ùeefo Skeâ leej keâer uecyeeF& oesiegveer keâj oer peeleer nw, lees
I = 16 m Amp Fmekeâe jesOeve ØeeflejesOe keâe keäÙee nesiee?
I = 16 × 10–3 Amp (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
R1 = 10 KΩ
R1 = 10 × 103Ω  r
Sol. formula – R  log e 2
R2 = 2.5 KΩ 2l r1
R2 = 2.5 × 103Ω
1
R
l
efoÙee nw– l1 = l l2 = 2l
R1 l 2

R1 R2 l 1
I2 = I (Oeeje efJeYeepekeâ efveÙece mes) R1 2l
R1  R 2 
R2 l
10  103
I2 = 16 × 10–3× R1
12.5 103 2
160 R2
I2 = × 10–3 R2 = 0.5 R1
12.5
R2 = 50% R1 Ans.
I2 = 12.8 mA Ans.
Dele: 2.5 KΩ ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje 12.8 mA nesiee~ Dele: jesOeve ØeeflejesOe 50% keâce nes peeÙesiee~
92. Three resistors of 6Ω each are connected in 95. A Primary cell has an emf of 1.5 V. When short
parallel. Then, the equivalent resistance will be: circuited, it gives a current of 3 A. The internal
6Ω kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâes meceeblej ›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele resistance of cell is?
efkeâÙee ieÙee nw lees leguÙe ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee? Skeâ ØeeFcejer mesue keâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue 1.5 V nw~ peye
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) ueIeg heLe nes lees Ùen 3 A keâjWš oslee nw~ mesue keâe
Sol. Formula–peye ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s neW– Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nw?
1 1 1 1 (SSC JE- 2015)
   Sol.
R eq R1 R 2 Rn
efoÙee nw– R1 = R2 = R3 = 6Ω
1 1 1 1 3
   
R eq 6 6 6 6
Req = 2Ω Ans.
93. Two bulbs with power 500W and 200W e 1.5
r  r  0.5
respectively, and rated at 250V, will have the i 3
resistance ratio as: r  0.5 Ans.
›eâceMe: 500 W Deewj 200 W Meefòeâ Jeeues oes yeuye 250
96. Three resistance of 10 Ohms, 15 Ohms and 30
V hej efveOee&efjle nQ, Gvekesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe Devegheele nesiee?
Ohms are connected in parallel. The total
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) resistance of the combination in
Sol. efoÙee nw– 10 Deesce, 15 Deesce Deewj 30 Deesce kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOe
P1 = 500W meceevlej pees[
Ì s ieÙes nQ~ Fme mebÙeespeve keâe kegâue ØeeflejesOe nw :
P2 = 200W
(DSSSB JE- 2015)
V1 = V2 = V = 250V
Sol.
V2
Q R
P
V2 V2
 R1  and R2 
P1 P2
2
R1 P2  V1  R1 200 1 1 1 1
       
R 2 P1  V2  R 2 500 R eq R 1 R 2 R 3
R1 : R2 = 2:5 Ans. 1 1 1 1 1 3  2 1 6
94. We have three resistances each of value 1  , 2       
R eq 10 15 30 R eq 30 30
and 3. If all the three resistances are to be
connected in a circuit, how many different values Req = 5 Ans.
of equivalent resistance are possible? 97. The current through 8 ohms branch is–
nceejs heeme leerve ØeeflejesOe nw efpevekeâe ceeve 1  , 2 Deewj 3  8 ohms keâs MeeKee ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje nesieer–
nw~ Ùeefo leerveeW ØeeflejesOeeW keâes Skeâ heefjheLe ceW mebÙeesefpele keâjvee nes, lees
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe kesâ efkeâleves efYeVe ceeve mebYeJe nw?
(SSC JE- 2013)
Sol. (DMRC JE- Electronic 2014)
Sol.
No. of equivalant resistance = 2n = 23 = 8 Ans.

10  10 Sol. efoÙee nw, yeÇebÛeeW keâer mebKÙee B = 12
Req = 5
10  10 mJeleb$e uetheeW keâer mebKÙee L = 8
I=
10
 2 Amp
vees[es keâer mebKÙee N = ?
5 leye, L = B – (N – 1)
keâjWš ef[JeeF[j efveÙece mes  L=B–N+1 N=B–L+1
10 2 10  N = 12 – 8 + 1  N = 5 Ans.
I2  I    1Amp. 102. A 100 watt 100V lamp is to be operated on 250
10  10 20
volt supply, the value of additional resistance to
10 110 1
I"2  I 2     0.5Amp. Ans. be connected in series will be:
10  10 20 2 Skeâ 100 Jee@š 100 Jeesuš uewche keâes 250 Jeesuš Deehetefle&
98. If two resistance of 660 are connected in hej ØeÛeeefuele efkeâÙee peevee nw, ëe=BKeuee ceW Deeyeæ
parallel, the total or equivalent resistance is Deefleefjòeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nesiee:
Ùeefo 660 kesâ oes ØeeflejesOekeâ meceeveevlej ™he mes peesÌ[ (N.P.C.I.L 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)
efoÙes peeles nQ kegâue DeLeJee meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe nw~ Sol:
(DMRC JE- Electronic 2015)
Sol.
ëe=bKeuee ceW Oeeje meceeve nesleer nw~

ceevee yeuye kesâ S›eâebme ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje I nw~
1 1 1 formula– P = VI
  100 = 100×I
R AB 660 660 I = 1 Amp.
660 V = V1 + V2
R AB   330
2
Ans.
250 = 100 + IR Ùee 150  1 R Q I  1A
99. If 5, 10 & 15 ohms resistance are connected in R = 150 ohm Ans.
parallel, the combined resistance is 103. The value of RAB will be
............ohms. Gkeäle efÛe$e ceW RAB keâe ceeve nesiee–
Ùeefo 5, 10 Deewj 15 Deesce kesâ ØeeflejesOe meceeveevlej ceW
pegÌ[s nw lees meefcceefuele ØeeflejesOe .............. Deesce nesiee~
(UPSSSC JE- 2015)
Sol. Ùeefo leerve Resistance parallel ceW pegÌ[s nes lees Gvekeâe
equivalent resistance meyemes keâce ceeve kesâ Resistance mes Yeer
keâce nesiee~ (UPSSSC JE- 2015)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (SSC JE-2014, Morning shift)
       Sol. 6  leLee 3  keâe meceevlej ceW leg uÙe Øeef lejes O e
R eq R 1 R 2 R 3 R eq 5 10 15
63
1 6 3 2 1 11 = =2
   63
R eq 30 R eq 30
1  leLee 5 keâe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe = 1+5 = 6
30
Req = = 2.73  Ans.
11
100. What is the number of independent loop for a
network of 10 branches and 4 nodes?
10 yeÇebÛe SJeb 4 vees[ Jeeues vesšJeke&â ceW mJeleb$e uethe keâer
mebKÙee keäÙee nesieer?
UPPCL AE- Re-Exam 30-12-2016) 6 leLee 4 keâe meceevlej ›eâce ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe
Sol. mJeble$e uetheeW keâer mebKÙee = b  n + 1 6 4
= = 2.4
b = 10 n = 4 6 4
mJeble$e uetheeW keâer mebKÙee = 10  4+ 1= 7 Ans.
101. A network has 12 branches and 8 independent
loops. The number of nodes in the network is
Skeâ vesšJeke&â cebs 12 yeÇebÛe leLee 8 mJeleb$e uethe nw~ vesšJeke&â
cebs vees[es keâer mebKÙee nw– 4 leLee 2.4  leLee 8 keâe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe
(APSPDCL-2014) = 4 + 2.4 +8 = 14.4  Ans.
104. Find the value of the resistor R1 from the given 107. In the circuit given below the current following
circuit. through the 6
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe R1 keâe ceeve %eele keâjW veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW 6 ØeeflejesOe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje
(MP JE- 2016, Morning Shift) keäÙee nw?
Sol. meYeer ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nesves kesâ keâejCe meYeer ØeeflejesOe ceW (RRB JE -Jharkhand 2014)
meceeve Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer~ Sol.
Q VR1 = 6 V , I = 4 A , R1 = ?
6 ceWb yenves Jeeueer Oeeje
V 6
Q R1 = 1   R1 = 1.5  Ans. equivalent Resistance
I 4 8  2 16 16  20 36
105. Three resistors of 3 ohm, 10 ohm and 15 ohm Req = 2   2= 
are connected in parallel in a 30 V circuit. The 8  2 10 10 10
current will that flow through the 3-ohm 36
Req =
resistor is– 10
leerve ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: 3 Deesce, 10 Deesce Deewj 15 Deesce 10 25
Total current = 10 = amp
Skeâ 30 Jeesuš Jeeues heefjheLe ceW meceeveeblej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s 36 9
nQ~ 3-Deesce Jeeues ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ ceeOÙece mes efkeâleveer Current divider rule ueieeves hej
efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer– 25
2
(MP JE- 2016) Morning Shift 25 2 5 2
I1  9 = 
Sol. R1 = 3, R2 = 10 , R3 = 15  8 2 9  10 9  2
Connected in parallel across 30 V. 5
I1 = = 0.55 A,
9
I1 = 0.55 A Ans.
108. In the following figure, the equivalent
resistance at terminals A and B will be
meYeer ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nesves kesâ keâejCe meYeer ØeeflejesOe kesâ efvecveefueefKele efÛe$e ceW A Deewj B efMejeW hej meceleguÙe
S›eâe@me Jeesušspe meceeve nesiee~ ØeeflejesOe nesiee :
Current in 3- Resistor i3 = ?
Q V = 30 V
30
Hence = i3 = = 10 Amp. Ans.
3
106. Whose electrical connection is formula
RR (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
R 1 2 Sol.
R1  R 2
RR
R  1 2 met$e efkeâmekeâe Fuesefkeäš^keâue keâveskeäMeve nw?
R1  R 2
(RRB JE - Jharkhand 2014)
RR
Sol. R  1 2 parallel connection RAB  100   50 || 75 || 50 
R1  R 2
 (75  50)   75  50 
 100  50 ||   100  50 ||
 75  50   125 
50  30 150
 100  50 || 30  100   100 
80 8
800  150 950
 
R 1R 2 8 8
Req = Ans.
R1  R 2 RAB  118.75 Ans.

109. In the given circuit the currents I1 and I2 are : Sol. peye 4 keâe ØeeflejesOe heefjheLe ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ leye heefjheLe keâe
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW, Oeeje I1 Deewj I2 nQ- kegâue ØeeflejesOe –
(BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 10 AM) Req= 4||4+2+6
Req = 10 
24
I1 = = 2.4A
10
peye 4 ØeeflejesOe keâes nševes hej –
Sol. Req=4+2+6=12
24
I2 = = 2A
12
Dele: heefjheLe ceW Oeeje henues keâer Dehes#ee Ieš peeÙesieer~ Ans.
112. Four resistances 2, 4, 5, 20 are
connected in parallel. Their combined
Current divider Rule mes
resistance is
6
I1   9  6Amp Ûeej ØeeflejesOe 2, 4, 5, 20 meceeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~
36 Gvekeâe mebÙegòeâ ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee?
3
I2   9  3Amp Ans. (SSC JE- 2014 Morning Shift)
3 6
110. Three equal resistors each equal to R ohm are Sol. meceevlej ›eâce ceW ØeeflejesOe–
connected as shown in fig. The equivalent 1 1 1 1
  .......
resistance between points A and B is : R R1 R2 Rn
leerve Skeâmeceeve ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâes efpeveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ R
1 1 1 1 1
Deesce kesâ yejeyej nw, veerÛes efÛe$e ceW oMee&S Devegmeej    
R 2 4 5 20
mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ efyevog A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe
meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe nw : 1 20
 , R  1 Ans.
R 20
113. In the circuit, VS is
heefjheLe ceW, VS keâe ceeve nw
(DMRC JE- 2016)
Sol. DeveeJeMÙekeâ leej keâes nše efoÙee peeÙe lees meYeer ØeeflejesOe kesâJeue
oes efyevogDeeW hej peg[Ì s nQ pees efkeâ Skeâ otmejs kesâ meceevlej nQ~

1 1 1 1 Sol.
  
Req R R R
1 3 R
 Req  Ans.
Req R 3
111. In the network shown, if one of the 4  VS = ?
resistances is disconnected, when the circuit is 4 ØeeflejesOe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje
active, the current flowing now will 8
efoKeeS ieS vesšJeke&â ceW, Ùeefo 4  keâe Skeâ ØeeflejesOe Gme i   2 Amp
4
meceÙe keâeš efoÙee peeS peye heefjheLe meef›eâÙe nes, lees ØeJeener
4 Deewj 2 kesâ ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW peg[Ì s nesves kesâ keâejCe oesveeW ØeeflejesOe
Oeeje Deye kewâmeer nesieer?
ceW meceeve Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer~
VS = 22+42=12 volt
VS  12V Ans.
114. Equivalent resistance between point A and B in
following figure is :
efvecveefueefKele efÛe$e ceW efyevog A SJeb B kesâ ceOÙe mecekeâ#e
ØeeflejesOe nesiee :
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning Shift) (DMRC JE- 2015)
Sol.
4Ω leLee 6Ω meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~

peye efmJeÛe S Keguee nw,
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe    2.4
1 1
4 6  V 
V1    R1 .............(i)
 R1  R 2 
10Ω leLee 2.4Ω ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~  V 
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe = 10+2.4 = 12.4Ω Ans. V2   .R 2  ...........(ii)
 R1  R 2 
115. A 10 Ω resistor is connected in parallel with a
15 Ω resistor and the combination in series peye efmJeÛe yevo nw leye heefjheLe
with a 12 Ω resistor. The equivalent resistance of
the circuit is :
Skeâ 10 Ω kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâes Skeâ 15 Ω kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâ mes
meceeveeblej peesÌ[e ieÙee nw Deewj Fme mebÙeespeve keâes 12 Ω kesâ
ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ meeLe Skeâ ßesCeer›eâce ceW peesÌ[e ieÙee nw~
heefjheLe (meefke&âš) keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe nesiee : R eq  R 1 || R 3
(RPHED 2015)
R1R 3
Sol. meceevlej ceW mebÙeespeve leguÙe ØeeflejesOe Req 
R1  R 3
 V 
V1    .R eq
R R
 eq 2 
1 1 1 1 1 nue keâjves hej,
  
R AB R1 R 2 10 15
R AB  6  V 
V1   R
 R  R  eq
.........(iii)
ßesCeer-meceevlej mebÙeespeve keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe = RAB+RBC  eq 2 
6 + 12 = 18Ω Ans.
116. In the circuit shown below, how will the voltage  
V
V1 and V2 change when the switch 'S' is closed V2   R .......(iv)
veerÛes oMee&S heefjheLe ceW, peye efmJeÛe 'S' yebo neslee nw,   R eq  R 2   2
 
Jeesušspe V1 Deewj V2 efkeâme Øekeâej heefjJeefle&le nesles nQ? meceer. (iii) Deewj (iv) ceW nj meceeve uesefkeâve DebMe mes Ùen %eele efkeâ V1
(SSC JE- 1 March 2017 10 am) keâe ceeve Iešsiee Deewj V2 keâe ceeve yeÌ{siee~ Ans.
117. For the simple ladder network in the given
figure, the input voltage V(i) which produces a
current of 0.25 A in the 3  resistor is ______.
(All resistances are in )
efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW meeOeejCe uew[j vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS Fvehegš
Jeesušlee V(i) pees 3 kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW 0.25 A keâer Oeeje
GlheVe keâjleer nw, keäÙee nw?
Sol.V1 Iešlee nw, V2 yeÌ{lee nw~ (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)

Sol. nw? 8ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušleeheele 20 V nw~
Sceeršj ceW Oeeje hee"Ÿeebkeâ nw–
Given, I1 = 0.25
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Sol. Given,
V8  20V
20
I  2.5A
8
I 2  0.25A (I1= I2) From current division-
11
At node B I 2  2.5 
I 4  I1  I 2  0.25  0.25 11  15  13
11
I4  0.50A I 2  2.5 
39
A I2  0.70A Ans.
I4 119. Find the current in a 28 Ω resistor in the
circuit shown in the given figure:
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
At node A
Than I3 = 0.5A
Sol.
I  I3  I 4 (I3=I4)
I  1A
Source transformation-
V  IR I28
V  1  20
I
V = 20V Ans.
118. A battery of unknown emf is connected across
resistances as shown in the given figure. The
voltage drop across the 8 resistor is 20 V. The
current reading in the ammeter is: 40  40
I28 =
De%eele emf keâer Skeâ yewšêr Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâe@me 4  28  8
mebÙeesefpele keâer ieF& nw pewmee efkeâ efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le I28 = 2A Ans.

120. The value of unknown resistor R in the given Sol.
figure is _____, if the voltage drop across the
500  resistor is 2.5 V.
efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW De%eele ØeeflejesOe R keâe ceeve .......... nw,
Ùeefo 500 kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušleeheele 2.5 V nw~
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 3 5 
V    5
 10 
15
V 5
10
V = 7.5 Volt Ans.
122. The power dissipated in watts, in the resistor R
Sol. is
ØeeflejesOe R cebs Meefòeâ #eÙe Jee@š cebs nw-
(TSNPDCL-15)
V
I mes
R Sol.
2.5 1
I1   A
500 200
AB kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe ef[efJepeve efveÙece mes–
R2
V2  V 
R1  R 2
500 Oeeje œeesle keâes Jeesušspe œeesle cebs yeoueves hej leLee KVL ueieeves hej,
2.5  V 
550
550
V  2.5 
500
V  2.75V
12  2.75 (10 + R + 6) i + 60 – 60 = 0
I  0.0168A
550  i ( 16 + R) = 0
Current in R = I R  0.0168  0.005  i=0
I R  0.0118 Dele: Meefòeâ #eÙe
2.75 P = i2.R = 0.R
R  233.05  233 Ans.
0.0118 P = 0 Jee@š Ans.
121. In the circuit shown, the value of voltage v 123. Four parallel resistors connected in parallel
across 5 is with five series resistors are connected to a DC
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW 5 ØeeflejesOe kesâ Deej–heej supply of 210 V. If ‘R’ is resistance of each
Jeesušlee efkeâlevee nesiee? resistor and supply current is 5A, then the
value of ‘R’ is
Ûeej meceevlej ØeeflejesOe heeBÛe ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe meceevlej
cebs 210 V [er. meer. mehueeF& kesâ meeLe pegÌ[s nw Ùeefo ØelÙeskeâ
ØeeflejesOeeW keâe ØeeflejesOe R nes leLee mehueeF& Oeeje 5A nw leye R
keâe ceeve nw-
(UPPCL A.E.- 26.07.2015) (TSSPDCL-15)
Sol. efoÙee nw Ûeej meceevlej ØeeflejesOe, R ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe 125. The resistance of a parallel circuit consisting of
meceevlej cebs pegÌ[s nw leye, heefjheLe two branches is 12 ohms, If the resistance of
one branch is 18 ohms, what is the resistance of
R
ÙeneB efyevog a leLee b kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe R ab  efyevog a leLee c the other
4 oes MeeKeeDeeW mes efceuekeâj yeves meefke&âš keâe heefjCeeceer ØeeflejesOe
kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe Rac = R + R + R + R + R = 5R 12  nw~ Skeâ MeeKee keâe ØeeflejesOe 18  nw lees otmejer MeeKee
keâe ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
(UPSSSC-JE-2016)
Sol. R = 12 R1 = ? R2 = 18 
1 1 1
 
R R1 R 2
1 1 1
  
12 R1 18
veÙee heefjheLe nesiee, V = IR mes, 
1 1 1
 
R1 12 18
1 32 1
  
R1 36 36
1 1
 
R 36
 R   R = 36  Ans.
 5R  4  126. A series circuit has 3, 10 and 20 and 2V
 210  5  
 5R  R  DC in series. If 10 resistor is replaced by
 4  open circuit, the current in the circuit is
Skeâ ßesCeer heefjheLe cebs 3 , 10  Deewj 20  leLee 2V DC
 5R  2
ßes Ceer ceb s ueies nQ ~ Ùeef o  Øeef l ejes
O e keâes Keguee heefjheLe mes
210  4 
10
210 5R
      yeoue ef o Ùee peeS lees heef jheLe ceb s Oeeje nQ -
5  21R  5 21 (EPDCL-10)
 4 
  Ans. efoÙee ieÙee heefjheLe, ØeMveevegmeej
210  21 4410
R   Ans.
5 5 25
124. The value of resistance between terminals A
and B is changed to 5. Then the
Compensating Voltage is
 mes heefjJeefle&le Fme efmLeefle cebs, Fmecebs yenves Jeeueer i 
šefce&veue A leLee B kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe keâes 5
keâj efoÙee peelee nw leye hetjkeâ (Compensating) efJeYeJe nw- V 2
  0.06 Amp.
(EPDCL-14) R 3  10  20
peye 10  ØeeflejesOe keâes Kegues heefjheLe (open circuit) mes yeoue
efoÙee peelee nQ, lees veÙee heefjheLe,
Sol. henueer efmLeefle cebs,

8
heefjheLe ceW Oeeje I   2 SefcheÙej
3 1 Fme heefjheLe cebs keâesF& Oeeje ØeJeeefnle veneR nesieer keäÙeeWefkeâ heefjheLe Keguee
heefjheLe nQ Deewj ncesMee Oeeje keâe ØeJeen efkeâmeer yevo uethe Ùee heefjheLe cebs
neslee nQ~
127. Find R3 for the circuit shown in figure:
Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&S ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS R3 %eele keâerefpeS:
peye šefce&veue A leLee B kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe keâes 5 mes heefjJeefle&le keâj
efoÙee peelee nw lees,
R  5  3  2 
leye hetjkeâ efJeYeJe  I.R
 2  2  4V Ans. (SSC JE- 2014 Evening)
Sol. efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe R3 ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve Sol. Q Jnerš mšesve efyeÇpe kesâ meblegueve efveÙece kesâ keâejCe
= (50–10) = 40mA 50 ØeeflejesOe ceW MetvÙe Oeeje heeme nesieer~
R2 Je R3 meceevlej ceW nw~ Dele: Fvekesâ heej Jeesušspe keâe ceeve meceeve nesiee~ RAB =
R34010-3=R21010-3
100  103  10  103
R3   25K  Ans.
40 103
128. Calculate the voltage drop across 14.5  resistance.
30  45
14.5  ØeeflejesOe hej Jeesušspe Üeme (Jeesušlee heele) keâe heefjkeâueve = 18 
RAB =
keâerefpeS~ 75
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning) 131. The resistance in the element D of the given
figure is–
efoS ieS efÛe$e kesâ SefueceWš D ceW ØeeflejesOe nw–
200
Sol. (c) I = = 2A (UPPCL JE- 2016)
14.5  25.5  60
Jeesušlee heele 14.5 ØeeflejesOe kesâ efueS Sol.
14.5  2 = 29V Ans.
129. A resistance R is measured by ammeter-voltmeter
method. The voltmeter reading is 200 V and its
internal resistance is 2 K  If the ammeter reading
is found to be 2 A, then value of R is
ØeeflejesOe R keâes Ssceeršj-Jeesušceeršj heæefle mes ceehee peelee nw~ Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe kesâ mevlegefuele efmLeefle ceW
Jeesušceeršj he"ve 200 V nw Deewj Gmekeâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 2 kesâefuJeve mesleg mes P  R
K  nw~ Ùeefo Ssceeršj he"ve 2 A heeÙee ieÙee nes, lees R keâe ceeve Q S
keäÙee nesiee? P = 10  Q=D
R=5 S = 3
10 5 10  3
 D= 6 Ans.
D 3 5
132. A voltage source having an open circuit voltage
of 100 V and internal resistance of 50 ohms is
(SSC JE 2014 Morning) equivalent to a current source of:
100V Jeeues Skeâ cegòeâ heefjheLe Jeesušspe Jeeuee Jeesušspe œeesle
Sol. Jeesušceeršj ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje
leLee 50 ohms() Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe efvecve cebs mes efkeâme
200
·  100 mA  0.1A Oeeje œeesle kesâ meceleguÙe nw?
2K
R ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje · (2 – 0.1 ) = 1.9A (LMRC SC/TO 2015)
Voltage across Voltmeter Sol.
Dele: R =
Current through R
200
= = 105.3 Ans.
1.9 V 100
130. Find RAB for the circuit shown in figure. i 
R 50
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS RAB %eele keâerefpeS~ i= 2A Ans.
A
133. In the following figure, the resistance measured
30Ω across A and B will be
20Ω efvecveefueefKele efÛe$e ceW A Deewj B kesâ ceOÙe ceeefhele ØeeflejesOe
50Ω RAB nesiee :
10Ω 15Ω
B
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning) (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)

Sol. 20 k
t = ∞ hej Capacitance hetCe& DeeJesefMele nesles nQ efpememes
Capacitance open pewmes JÙeJenej keâjsiee~ FmeefueS 20 k
ØeeflejesOe ner heÌ{e peeÙesiee~
134. The resistance Rab will be
ØeeflejesOe Rab keâe ceeve nesiee? Deye Req2, R5 Deewj R6 keâes ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[ves hej–
Req3  400 + 200 + 200
= 800 
(UPSSSC J.E- 2015)

Sol. 5 leLee 20 keâe meceevlej ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe
20  5 100
=  =4 Deye Req3 Deewj R7 keâes meceeveevlej ›eâce ceW pees[Ì ves hej–
20  5 25
40  leLee 10  keâe meceevlej ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe 1 1 1 1
  
40 10 400 R eq4 800 800 400
=  =8
40  10 50 R e q4  400 
4  leLee 8  keâe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW leguÙe ØeeflejesOe

RAB= 8 + 4= 12  Ans.
135. The equivalent resistance of the circuit is:
heefjheLe keâe mecekeâ#e ØeeflejesOe nw: Deye Req4, R8 Je R9 keâes ßesCeer ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej–
(Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019, 03 -05 ) Req  400 + 100 + 100
(N.P.C.I.L 08.06.2018, 3rd shift) = 600  Ans.
136. If three Voltage Sources are connected in series
as shown in figure the Resultant Voltage in volt
is :
Ùeefo leerve Jeesušspe Œeeslees keâes efoS ieS efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej
ßesCeer›eâce ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees heefjCeeceer Jeesušspe nesiee~
Sol. (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Sol:
heefjheLe ceW R1, R2 Je R3 ØeeflejesOe keâes ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pees[Ì ves hej–
Req1 = R1 + R2 + R3 E = E1 + E2 + E3
1= 400 + 200 + 200 137. What is the value of the current i in the given
= 800  network at time t = 6 s?
efoS ieS vesšJeke&â nsleg meceÙe t = 6 sec hej Oeeje i keâe
ceeve keäÙee nw?
(PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift)
Deye R e q1 Je R4 keâes meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej

1 1 1 2 1
   
R eq 2 800 800 800 400
R e q 2  400 

Sol. efÛe$e ceW di  t R V
 i
Current i = ? peyeefkeâ t = 6S neW, dt L L
t = 6 hej, di  t  R
veesš– t =6 sec hej 6 Jeesuš Jeeuee heefjheLe Open nes peeÙesiee Deewj C.F.   i0
dt L
12 V Jeeuee heefjheLe Closed nes peeÙesiee
 tR
V  12V V 12
i  i(t)  K.e L
R  3k R 3000
i  4mA V
Ans. P.I.  i(t)  (Steady state)
138. A constant voltage of 60V is applied at t = 0 R
across a series R–L circuits as shown in the i(t) = C.F. +P.I.
figure Determine the current (in A) in the  Rt
V
circuit at t = 0 i(t)  Ke L 
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ëe=bKeuee R–L heefjheLe ceW Skeâ 60V R
kesâ efveÙele Jeesušspe keâe GheÙeesie t = 0 hej efkeâÙee peelee nw~ at t  0 , i0
heefjheLe ceW t = 0 hej efJeÅegle Oeeje (SefcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle V
K
keâjW~ R
V t 
(SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018) R
Now i(t)  1  e L 
R 

di(t)
VL  L
dt
 tR
VR
 L e L
R L
Sol. efoÙee nw–
 tR
 Ve L
VR  V  VL
 tR
 V  Ve L
  tR 
At t = 0 hej efmJeÛe yevo
+
nesieer Dele: Fme meceÙe Inductor open  V 1  e L 
 
circuit keâer lejn behave keâjsiee leLee heefjheLe ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje  
keâe ceeve MetvÙe nes peeÙesiee~
Dele: RL heefjheLe keâe DeeJesie Devegef›eâÙee (impulse response) Iešlee

Dele: heefjheLe ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje keâe ceeve MetvÙe nesiee~ Ans.
139. The impulse response of an R-L circuit is a___:
ngDee ÛejIeeleebkeâerÙe hebâkeäMeve neslee nw~ Ans.
R-L heefjheLe keâe DeeJesie Devegef›eâÙee _____ neslee nw- 140. In the following circuit, determine the
(SSC JE - 3 March 2017 10 am) equivalent resistance between points A and B.
(BSNL TTA JE 27-9-2016 10 am) efvecve heefjheLe ceW efyebog A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe keâe leguÙe
Sol. ØeeflejesOe (equivalent resistance) keäÙee nw?
di  t 
V  iR  L
dt (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
Sol. Sol.

C
15  10
 R AC   6
ÛetBefkeâ [suše mebÙeespeve ceW ueies leerveeW ØeeflejesOe meceeve nQ~ Dele: mšej
25
6 4
mebÙeespeve ceW Yeer ØeeflejesOe meceeve neWies DeLee&led Ra = Rb = Rc
 R CB   2.4 3 3
10 Ra = Rb = Rc = 1 Ans.
33 3
143. A star circuit has element of R/2. The
Dele: A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe keâe leguÙe ØeeflejesOe equivalent delta elements will be:
Skeâ mšej heefjheLe ceW R/2 keâe SueerceWš nw~ Gmekesâ
RAB = 6+2.4
meceleguÙe [suše SueerceWš keäÙee neWies?
RAB= 8.4Ω Ans.
(ESIC JE -2016)
141. If the  network of Figure-I and T-network of Sol. mšej heefjheLe mes [suše heefjheLe ceW heefjJele&ve–
Figure-II are equivalent, then values of R1, R2
and R3 will be respectively-
 3R/2 3R/2
3R/2
[suše mebÙeespeve = 3  R/2 = 3R/2 Ans.

144. Three resistors, each of ′R′  are connected in
Ùeefo veerÛes efoÙes ieS heefjheLe ceW Figure-I keâe  star. What is the value of equivalent delta
network Je Figure-II keâe T-network, mecekeâ#e nes connected resistors?
Øeefle ′R′  kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOekeâ mšej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nw~ meceleguÙe
lees R1, R2 SJeb R3 keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee-
[suše mes pegÌ[s ØeeflejesOekeâeW keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
(Uttarakhand JE-II 2013) (SSC JE- 2014 Evening Shift)
(BSNL TTA -2013) Sol.
Sol. Delta to star conversion mes–
Rc=16
Ra=24 Rb=24 
star to delta conversion mes

R1 
 Ra  Rc  
24 16
 6
RR
RAB = R + R + = 3R ]
 Ra  Rb  Rc   24  24  16  R
Rb  Rc 24  16 R AB  R BC  R CA  3R Ans.
R2    6
Ra  Rb  Rc  24  24  16  145. Three resistances of 1 ohm, 2 ohms and 3 ohms
are connected in delta. These resistances are to
Ra  Rb 24  24 replaced by star connection as shown in the
R3    9 Ans.
Ra  Rb  Rc  24  24  16  figure below, maintaining the same terminal
conditions. The value of highest resistance in
142. Three equal resistances of 3 ohms each are star will be
connected in delta. The star equivalent value of leerve ØeeflejesOe 1 Deesce, 2 Deesce leLee 3 Deesce kesâ [suše cebs
resistance in ohms is mebÙeesefpele nQ~ veerÛes oMee&ÙeW ieÙes efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej Fve
3 Deesnce kesâ leerve ØeeflejesOekeâ [suše ceW ueies nQ~ Deesnce ceW ØeeflejesOeeW keâes mšej mebÙeespeve cebs yeouee peelee nw~ meceeve
šefce&veue efmLeefleÙeeW keâes yeveeS jKeles ngS, mšej cebs
ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer mšej leguÙe ceeve nesiee– GÛÛelece ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nesiee-
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM) (APSPDCL-2012)
R A .R B R A .R C
R1  , R2  ,
RA  RB  RC RA  RB  RC
R B .R C
R3 
RA  RB  RC
peneB efoÙee nQ, R A  R B  R C  R
RR R
Sol. [suše mes mšej ™heevlejCe efJeefOe mes, leye R1  R 2  R 3    Ans.
RRR 3
1 2 2 1 148. Convert -network shown in fig. to an equivalent
R1      0.33
1 2  3 6 3 Y-network.
1 3 3 1 efÛe$e ceW efoS ieS -vesšJeke&â keâes Skeâ leguÙeceeve Y- vesšJeke&â
R2      0.5
1 2  3 6 2 ceW yeoues~
3 2 6
R3    1 Ans.
1 2  3 6
Dele: mšej mebÙeespeve cebs GÛÛelece ØeeflejesOe R 3  1 nesiee~
146. Three resistances 5 each are connected in star.
Values of equivalent delta resistances are
leerve ØeeflejesOe, efpeveceW ØelÙeskeâ 5 nw, mšej ceW peesÌ[s ieS nQ~ leovegmeej
Gvekesâ Deveg™he [suše-ØeeflejesOeeW keâe ceeve efkeâlevee nesiee?
(SSC JE- 2012) (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Sol. Sol : [suše mes mšej ceW yeouevee
RB
RC
RA
RA RB
RAB  RA  RB 
RC
55
 55  15 RaRb 10  25
5 RA =   5
Ra  Rb  Rc 50
R AB  R BC  R CA  15 Ans.
RcRa 15 10
147. Three resistances of R ohms each are RB =   3
Ra  Rb  Rc 50
connected in delta. Its equivalent resistances in
star connection per phase is RcRb 15  25
RC =   7.5
leerve ØeeflejesOe R Deesce kesâ, ØelÙeskeâ [suše (Delta) cebs Ra  Rb  Rc 50
mebÙeesefpele nQ~ Fmekeâe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe mšej mebÙeespeve
Øeeflehesâpe cebs nesiee :
(TRANSCO-SE-12)
Sol. Ùeefo [suše vesšJeke&â kesâ leerveeW ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve Skeâ meceeve nes
lees meceleguÙe mšej vesšJeke&â cebs heefjCeeceer ØeeflejesOe, [suše ØeeflejesOe kesâ
ceeve kesâ Skeâ efleneF& Yeeie kesâ meceeve neslee nQ~
1
R STAR   R DELTA
3
Ans.
149. If each branch of star connection is 3. Then
its corresponding delta connection will
contain______.
Ùeefo mšej keâveskeäMeve keâer ØelÙeskeâ yeÇebÛe 3 nw~ lees Fmekesâ
Deveg™he [suše keâveskeäMeve ceW ................ Meeefceue nesiee–
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)

Sol. Change star to delta connection– 151. Three resistors each one with a resistance of 27
, are connected in delta formation. If the delta
A to star conversion is performed each resistor
A will be changed to–
=3 leerve ØeeflejesOekeâ efpeveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ keâe ceeve 27 Deesce nw~
RA RB [suše ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ Ùeefo [suše mes mšej mebÙeespeve

=3 =3 efve<heeefole efkeâÙee peeS lees ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ ....... ceW
C B heefjJeefle&le nes peeSiee–
C B RC (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
Sol. efoÙee nw,
Ra Rb  RbRc  RcRa
RA  [suše mebÙeespeve- R12 = R23 = R31 = 27
Rb [suše mes mšej mebÙeespeve ceW heefjJele&ve
3  3  3  3  3  3 27
RA    9 Ans.
3 3
meYeer yeÇebÛe ceW ØeeflejesOe meceeve nw Dele: RA=RB=RC=9
 mšej ceW meceeve ØeeflejesOe R nesves hej, mšej mes [suše ceW yeoueves
hej [suše ceW ØeeflejesOe 3R nes peelee nw~
150. Consider the star network shown in Figure.
The resistance between terminals A and B with
C open is 6 between terminals B and C with
A open is 11, and between terminals C and A
with B open is 9. The values of RA, RB, RC are R 31  R12
R1 
R12  R 23  R 32
ceevee efkeâ mšej vesšJeke&â efÛe$e cebs efoKeeÙee ieÙee nQ šefce&veue A
leLee B kesâ yeerÛe C Keguee keâjkesâ ØeeflejesOe 6, šefce&veue B 27  27 729
R1 
leLee C kesâ yeerÛe A Keguee keâjkesâ ØeeflejesOe 11 leLee šefce&veue 
27  27  27 81
C leLee A kesâ yeerÛe B Keguee keâjkesâ ØeeflejesOe 9 nQ leye RA,
R1 = 9
RB, RC keâe ceeve nw : R1 = R2 = R3 = 9 Ans.
(TRANSCO-AE-12) 152. In the circuit shown, calculate the value of the
unknown resistance R when the current in the
branch OA is zero.
efoKeeÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, De%eele ØeeflejesOe R kesâ ceeve keâer
ieCevee keâjW peye MeeKee OA ceW Oeeje MetvÙe nw -
Sol.peye C Keguee nes lees A leLee B kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe

RAB = RA + RB = 6 ……….. (i)
peye A Keguee nes, ØeeflejesOe B leLee C kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe
RBC = RB + RC = 11 ……….. (ii)
peye B Keguee nes, A leLee C kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe,
RAC = RA + RC = 9 ……….. (iii) (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
meceerkeâjCe (i), (ii) leLee (iii) mes, Sol. Ûetbefkeâ, OA kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje MetvÙe nw, Fme Øekeâej heefjheLe
RA + RB + RB + RC + RC + RA = 6 + 11 + 9 ceW OA keâes Keguee heefjheLe oMee&Ùee pee mekeâlee nw~
2(RA + RB + RC) = 26
RA + RB + RC = 13
leye RC = 13 – (RA + RB)
RC = 13 – 6
RC = 7
RB = 13 – (RA + RC)
RB = 13 – 9
RB = 4
Ûetbefkeâ, XY yeÇevÛe PQ kesâ meceeveevlej nw,
RA = 13 – (RB + RC) Fme Øekeâej VXY = VPQ
RA = 13 – 11 6 × 3I = (6 + R) I
RA = 2 Ans. 18I = 6I + RI  12I = RI
Dele: RA = 2, RB = 4 leLee RC = 7 nw~ R = 12  Ans.

153. What will be the power consumed in 2 Sol. [suše mes mšej ceW heefjJele&ve–
resistor connected across A – B ?
A – B mes pegÌ[s 2 ØeeflejesOe ceW Kehele nesves Jeeueer Meefòeâ
keäÙee nesieer- Rca Rab
R ab  R ca 30  20
Ra    6
R ab  R bc  R ca 100
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) R bc  R ab 50  30
Rb    15
Sol. R ab  R bc  R ca 100
R bc  R ca 50  20
Rc    10 
R ab  R bc  R ca 100
R a  6, R b  15, R c  10 Ans.
156. Convert the Delta network into equivalent star
Apply Nodal at point B - network :
i1 + i2 + i3 = 0 [suše vesšJeke&â keâes meceleguÙe mšej vesšJeke&â ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjW-
V  6 V V  12 (NMRC JE -05.03.2017)
  0
2 2 2
V  6  V  V  12
0
2
V=6
The potential difference at point A and B is same
then current flow though A-B is zero.
P=V×I (I = 0)
P=0 Ans. Sol. [suše mebÙeespeve keâes mšej ceW yeoueves kesâ efueS,
154. Three identical impedances (3+J6) are R AB  40 , R BC  40 , R CA  20 
connected in delta to a three phase, 50Hz
R AB R CA 40  20
Supply. What wire be the equivalent star R1 =  = 8
connected impedance that draws the same R AB  R BC  R CA 100
current when connected to the same supply. R AB R BC 40  40
leerve mece™he ØeefleyeeOeeSB (3+J6) , Skeâ leerve-ÛejCe R2 =  = 16
R AB  R BC  R CA 100
50Hz Deehetefle& mes [suše ceW pegÌ[er nw~ Jen leguÙeceeve mšej
mebÙeesefpele ØeefleyeeOee keäÙee nesieer efpemes meceeve Deehetefle& R CA R BC 20  40
R3 =  = 8
Jeesušspe mes peesÌ[ves hej Ùen meceeve Oeeje KeerÛesieer~ R AB  R BC  R CA 100
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) R1 = 8, R2 = 16, R3 = 8 Ans.
[suše keâer ØeefleyeeOee 157. Three equal resistances of 5 are connected in
Sol : mšej keâer ØeefleyeeOee =
3 delta. What is the resistance in one of the arms
3  J6 of the equivalent star circuit?
=
3 5 kesâ leerve meceeve ØeeflejesOe [suše ceW pegÌ[s nw~ mece™heer
mšej keâer ØeefleyeeOee = 1 + J2 Ans. mšej heefjheLe ceW YegpeeDeeW ceW mes Skeâ ceW ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee?
155. Three resistance, whose values are 20, 30 (IOF Electronic 2014)
and 50 are connected in delta. If the delta to Sol.
star conversion is done, what will be the
equivalent resistance used in the star
combination. RA
leerve ØeeflejesOe, efpevekesâ ceeve 20, 30 Deewj 50 pees
[suše ceW pegÌ[s nQ Ùeefo [suše mes mšej ™heeblejCe efkeâÙee Rc Ra 
peelee nw, lees mšej mebÙeespeve ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues RC RB
mecekeâ#e ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee~ R b
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
Ra  Rc Sol. Skeâue leguÙe Oeeje œeesle %eele keâjves kesâ efueS–
RA 
Ra  R b  Rc Step-1 : short the terminal A-B
55 Assuming i Amp. keâer Oeeje 10  ØeeflejesOe ceW ØeJeeefnle nes jner nww~
RA 
555 –5 – 10 + 5 + 10i = 0
25 i = 1Amp.
RA  Dele: efyevog B hej efceueves Jeeueer kegâue Oeeje = 1 + 1 = 2 Amp.
15
5 Q efkeâjÛee@heâ kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej–
R A   1.67 Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje = peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
3
R A  R B  R C  1.67  Ans. Dele: Short circuit current = 2 Amp. = IAB
158. The voltage source in the given circuit supplies
24W of power. The current source supplies
6.0W. Determine the values of the resistances
R1 and R2 :
Skeâ Jeesušlee œeesle efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâes 24W Meefòeâ nw~
Skeâ Oeeje œeesle 6.0W Deehetefle& keâjlee nw~ R1 leLee R2
keâe ceeve %eele keâjW~
(MPPKVVCL -2017)
Sol. Voltage Source,
Step-2 :
efoÙes ieÙes Circuit keâe R %eele keâjvee nw Fmekesâ efueS Voltage
source keâes Short Circuit keâj oWies leLee Current source keâes
Open Circuit keâj oWies–
P = VI 24 = 24I I = 1A 1 1 1
 
Current source, R 10 10
P = VI 6 = VI V = 6Volt 10 10
R  R  5
Loop in ABCD, 10  10
V = IR1 (24-6) = 1R1 R1 = 18 Step-3 :
Loop in BCEF, Dele: Skeâue leguÙe Oeeje œeesle =
V = IR2 6 = (1+1)R2 R2 = 3
Ans.
159. An equivalent single current source and
equivalent resistance between 'A' and 'B' in the
following figure will be :
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW 'A' Deewj 'B' kesâ yeerÛe Skeâue leguÙe Ans.
Oeeje œeesle Deewj Skeâue leguÙe ØeeflejesOe nesiee– 160. For the network shown in the following figure
(KVS JE -2016) the value of VS which makes I0= 7.5 mA is :
DeejsKe ceW oMee&S ieS vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS VS keâe Jen ceeve
keäÙee nw, pees I0 = 7.5mA keâj oslee nw–
(KVS JE -2016)

Sol. Sol. ceevee N = 3
N > 2 vees[me kesâ pegÌ[s vesšJeke&â ceW efkeâmeer Yeer vees[dme kesâ peesÌ[eW keâes
Loop (1) ceW– meerOes efceueeves kesâ efueS vÙetvelece Skeâ MeeKee nesleer nw~ vesšJeke&â kesâ «eeheâ
Vs – 8I1 – 7(I1–I2) – 12I1 = 0 ceW keâce mes keâce Skeâ Ùee DeefOekeâ yevo heLees kesâ DeefmlelJe kesâ efueS N
Vs – 27I1 + 7I2 = 0 MeeKeeSb DeJeMÙe nesveer ÛeeefnS~ Ans.
27I1 – 7 I2 = Vs ......(i)
163. In the given figure, the voltage across R is.
Loop (2) ceW–
oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW, R kesâ Deej-heej Jeesušspe nw~
–4I2 – 6(I2–I3) –7(I2–I1) = 0
4I2 + 6I2 – 6I3 + 7I2 – 7I1 = 0
–7I1 + 17I2 –6I3 = 0 .........(ii)
Loop (3) ceW–
6I3 + 6(I3–I2) = 0
12I3 – 6I2 = 0 ........(iii) (UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
meceer. (iii) ceW I3 keâe ceeve jKeves hej Sol. Using KVL
12I3  6I2 15 + 2 = V1 + VR
17 = 2 × 2 + VR
12  7.5
I2  Q I3  I0  7.5 mA  VR  13V Ans.
6
I 2  15 mA , I3=7.5 mA 164. In the circuit shown in the figure, find the
current flowing through the 8 resistor.
I2 leLee I3 keâe ceeve meceer. (ii) ceW jKeves hej
7I1  17  15  6  7.5  0
efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW, 8 ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW yenves
Jeeueer Oeeje %eele keâerefpeS -
7I1  255  45
I1  30 mA
I1 leLee I2 keâe ceeve meceer. (i) ceW jKeves hej
27  30  7 15  VS
VS  705 mV Ans. (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
Sol. vees[ue efJeefOe Éeje–
161. _______remains same in all parts of a series
circuit: i1  i  i 2
ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW ...........keâe ceeve meYeer Yeeie ceW meceeve 5V V V3
 
neslee nw- 2 8 4
(Noida Metro Rail Corporation-05.03.2017) 5  V V  2V  6

Sol. ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW ueies meYeer lelJe ceW meceeve Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ 2 8
ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ Across Voltage Drop keâe 40  8V  2V  4V  12
ceeve ØeeflejesOe ceeve kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw~ 14V  28
 Jeesušspe ØelÙe#e pegÌ[les nQ V  2V
 ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe meyemes yeÌ[er ØeeflejesOe mes yeÌ[e V 2
i   0.25 Amp Ans.
neslee nw~ Ans. 8 8
162. A connected network of N > 2 nodes has at 165. Find the value of Vx in the given circuit.
most one branch directly connecting any pair efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW Vx keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~
of nodes. The graph of the network............
N > 2 vees[dme kesâ pegÌ[s vesšJeke&â cebs efkeâmeer Yeer efvemhebo
(vees[dme) kesâ peesÌ[es keâes meerOes efceueeves kesâ efueS vÙetvelece
Skeâ MeeKee nesleer nw~ vesšJeke&â kesâ «eeHeâ ceW..............
(SSC JE- 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
Sol. 169. Consider the following image and find the
current through the 4 resistor.
efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW 4 ØeeflejesOe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâer
ieCevee keâerefpeS~
Apply KVL
–35 + 10I + 2Vx + 5I = 0 (Vx = 10I)
35I – 35 = 0
I = 1A (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
Hence, Sol.
Vx = 10 × 1
Vx  10V Ans.
166. Value of current 'I' in a junction of following
circuit will be - 
veerÛes efoÙes heefjheLe ceW Oeeje 'I' keâe ceeve pebkeäMeve hej %eele
keâjW - 
4 2 4
I2 
  1.33 Amp Ans.
6 3
170. Statements is with regard to the given node?
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) oer ieÙeer vees[ (node) kesâ mecyebOe ceW keâLeve yeleeDees -
Sol. KCL efJeefOe mes–
Incoming current = outgoing current
4+1=4+1+ I
5=5+I
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
I  0 Amp Ans.
Solution : KCL kesâ
Devegmeej -
167. Find the current I flowing towards the node (N) efkeâmeer vees[ hej efceueves Jeeueer mecemle OeejeDeeW keâe yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie
in the circuit shown below-
MetvÙe neslee nw~
veerÛes efoKeeÙes ieS heefjheLe ceW vees[ (N) keâer Deesj yenves
DeLee&led
Jeeueer Oeeje I keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee-
vees[ hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje · vees[ mes otj peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
i1  i 4  i 2  i3  i5
171. The current flowing through the voltage source
in the below circuit is-
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW Jeesušspe œeesle mes neskeâj yenves
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
Jeeueer Oeeje nw-
(BSNL TTA -2013)
Sol. KCL eqJeefOe mes–
Incoming current = outgoing current
1+I+4=2+3+5
I5 Ans.
Sol. Oeeje œeesle keâes Jeesušspe œeesle ceW yeoueves hej
168. ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW Skeâ meskeäMeve ceW Oeeje I keâe ceeve
nesiee–
(UPPCL J.E-2013)
Sol. efkeâjÛee@heâkesâ efveÙece mes, KVL ueieeves hej
3+1= 4I  4 = 4I
vees[ hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje  vees[ mes peeves Jeeueer Oeeje 4
2+1 = 1.3+I I   1A Ans.
I = 1.7 Amp. Ans. 4

172. In the interconnection of ideal sources shown
in the following figure, it is known that the 60
V source is absorbing power. Which of the
following can be the value of the current
source I?
DeejsKe ceW oMee&S ieS DeeoMe& œeesleeW kesâ hejmhej mebyeæve
ceW, Ùen %eele nw efkeâ 60V œeesle Meefòeâ DeJeMeesef<ele keâj
jne nw~ efvecveefueefKele cebs mes Oeeje œeesle I keâe keäÙee ceeve
nes mekeâlee nw?
(KVS JE -2016)
Write KVL equation-

–100+10(i3 – i1) +4(i3–i2) = 0
14i 3  10i1  4i 2  100 ––––––(i)
Sol.
20i1  6  i1  i 2   10  i1  i3   0
36i1  6i 2  10i3  0
18i1  3i 2  5i3  0 ––––––(ii)
5i 2  4  i 2  i3   6  i 2  i1   0
Node B hej KCL ueieeves hej–
6i1  15i 2  4i3  0 ––––––(iii)
Node B hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje = Node B mes peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
I1 + I =12 From equation (ii) and (iii)
Dele: I keâe 12 A mes DeefOekeâ veneR nes mekeâlee Dele: mecYeeefJele Oeeje i 2  i1  0.67A Ans.
12 A mes keâce nesiee~ Ans. 174. Find out the value of i.
173. A Wheatstone bridge ABCD is arranged as i keâe ceeve %eele keâjW~
follows: (UPPCL J.E.- 13.11.2016)
AB = 20Ω, BC = 5Ω, CD = 4Ω and DA = 10Ω.
A galvanometer of resistance 6 Ω is connected
between B and D. A 100 volt supply of
negligible resistance is connected between A
and C with A positive. The magnitude of the
galvanometer current is:
Skeâ Jneršmšesve mesleg ABCD efvecve ™he ceW JÙeJeefmLele
keâer ieF& nw~ Sol.
AB = 20 Ω, BC = 5 Ω, CD = 4 Ω Deewj DA = 10 Ω
6 Ω ØeeflejesOe keâe Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj B Deewj D kesâ ceOÙe
mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~
veieCÙe ØeeflejesOe keâer 100 v mehueeF& A Oeveelcekeâ kesâ meeLe
A Deewj C kesâ ceOÙe mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~
iewuJesveesceeršj Oeeje keâe heefjceeCe nw- Current source keâes voltage source cebs yeoueves hej–
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Sol.
V V
Close loop ceW KVL ueieeves hej–

–15i – 8 – 4i – 5i – 25 = 0
– 24i = 33
33
i  1.375A Ans.
24

175. An ideal ammeter is connected between terminals Sol .
A and B. The reading of the ammeter is
šefce&veue A leLee B kesâ yeerÛe Skeâ DeeoMe& Sceeršj mebÙeesefpele
efkeâÙee ieÙee nQ, Sceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ nQ,
(EPDCL-14)
vees[ a hej KCL -

5 = 3 + IV
IV = 2 A
P = VIV
Sol. heefjheLe cebs Sceeršj 6 ØeeflejesOe kesâ meehes#e pegÌ[e nw leLee DeeoMe& = 10 × 2
Sceeršj keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe MetvÙe nw Dele: Ùen yevo heefjheLe P  20W Ans.
(short circuit) keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjlee nQ leye meYeer Oeeje Sceeršj
mes neskeâj peeÙesieer leLee ØeeflejesOe 6, efyevog c, d hej cebs Oeeje veieCÙe 177. Find the current il and voltage v2 in the given
network -
peeÙesieer leye veÙee heefjheLe,
efoS ieS vesšJeke&â ceW Oeeje il Deewj Jeesušspe v2 %eele
keâerefpeS-
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)

Solution :
ceevee I SefcheÙej Oeeje heeMe (1) ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw, leLee heeMe (2) ceW
oesveeW ØeeflejesOe meceeve nw Dele: Oeeje I, heeMe (2) kesâ oesveeWs ØeeflejesOe ceW KCL applied at node A
meceeve ™he (I/2) mes efJeYeeefpele nesieer~ mebefOe hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje · mebefOe mes otj peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
I il + 2 = 3.5
ISC 
2 il = 3.5 – 2
I  2.ISC il = 1.5 Amp.
leye, cesMe (1) cebs KVL efveÙece ueieeves hej, V2 = 32 + 14
I V2 = 46 volt
6.I  6. 9
2 178. Find the voltage 'V0' across 4 resistor in the
I.9 = 9 following circuit.
I = 1 SefcheÙej efvecveebefkeâle heefjheLe ceW 4 Jeeues ØeeflejesOe ceW Jeesušlee
peneB I  2.ISC 'V0' %eele keâjW~
1
ISC   0.5 SefcheÙej Ans.
2
Dele: Sceeršj 0.5 SefcheÙej hee"Ÿeebkeâ osiee~
176. The power absorbed by a 10V source in the
given circuit is.
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW 10V œeesle Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ nw- (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II)
Apply to KCL Sol.
0.5 I0 + 3 = I0
3
I0  6
0.5
V0 = I 0 × 4
V0 = 6 × 4
V0 = 24 Volt
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021) 179. Determine the current ia in the given network

efoÙes ieÙes vesšJeke&â ceW Oeeje ia %eele keâjW~ I 2  1  (5  I1 )  1  I1 1  0
2I1  I 2  5 ............(i)
Loop B ceW KVL efJeefOe mebs–
16  (I1  I 2 ) 1  12  (I1  I 2 ) 1  I 2  1  0
16  I1  I 2  12  I1  I 2  I 2  0
2I1  3I 2  28 ...........(ii)
meceer. (ii) mes meceer. (i) keâes Ieševes hej
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II)
2I1  3I 2  28
Sol.
2I1  I 2  5
4I 2  23
I2  5.75 A
Dele: AB kesâ S›eâeme Oeeje I2 = 5.75 A ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw~
181. In the circuit below, the current through E2 is
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW E2 ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje nesieer:
Node A KCL
ia + 3ia + Im = 0
4ia + Im = 0..........(i)
V = 2Im
V
Im  …(ii)
2
V–12 = ia × 4
V  12
ia  …(iii) (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
4
Sol.
ia leLee Im keâe ceeve meceerkeâjCe (i) ceW jKeves hej
 V  12  V
4   0
 4  2
V = 8 Volt
V keâe ceeve meceerkeâjCe (iii) ceW jKeves hej
8  12 4
ia    1 Ampere Ans.
4 4
heefjheLe ceW KCL ueieeves hej–
180. In the following dc circuit, determine the
current in branch A-B
pebkeäMeve hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje · pebkeäMeve mes otj peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
efvecve efo°Oeejer heefjheLe (dc circuit) ceW MeeKee I 1= I 2 + I 3
5 = 4+I3
(branch) A-B ceW Oeeje keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~ I = 1Amp Ans.
3
182. Value of R is-
ØeeflejesOekeâ (R) keâe ceeve–
(UPRVUNL JE-2014)
SOL. (UPSSSC JE 2015)
Sol.
MeeKee BC ceW I A keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer

meefvOe hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje · meefvOe mes otj peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
2 = 1 + IBC
Loop A ceW KVL efJeefOe mes– IBC = 1 A

MeeKee BE kesâ heeMJe& ceW Jeesušleeheele
= MeeKee BC ceW Jeesušleeheele + MeeKee CD ceW Jeesušspe
12  1 = 1  R + 6
R = 12 – 6
R=6 Ans.
183. For the circuit shown in figure, when VS = 0, I =
3A. When VS = 200 V, what will be the value of I?
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS, peye VS = 0, I = 3A
neslee nw~ peye VS = 200 V, lees I keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? (UPRVUNL A.E.-11.06.2014 14:36:06)
(SSC JE 2014 Morning Shift) Sol.
I3
Sol . Ist case– VS = 0, I = 3
vees[ A hej vees[ue Sveeefueefmeme ueieeves hej–

I1  I2  I3
12  V2 V2 V2
 
2 6 3
Current division efveÙece mes
12  V2 3V2
20 
I  Ig  2 6
20  30
36  3V2  3V2
20
3  Ig  V2  6
50
Ig  7.5 Amp V2
I2   1Amp
IInd Case – 6
Vs  200 V, I '  ? R4 kesâ S›eâebme Jeesušspe [êhe
 I2  3
 1 3
 3V Ans.
185. In the circuit shown. The voltage across 4
vees[ue efJeefOe mes – resistance ‘v’ can be expressed as :
Ig  I ' I '' oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs, 4 ØeeflejesOe kesâ meehes#e efJeYeJe v
keâes oMee&Ùee pee mekeâlee nQ :
V V  200
7.5   (APGenco-12)
30 20
450  5V  600
V  30 V
V 30
I'  
30 30
I '  1 Amp Ans.
184. For the given circuit calculate voltage drop Sol.
across R4. Given V = 12 V
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW R4 kesâ ÚesjeW hej Jeesušlee efkeâleveer
nesieer, Given V = 12 V–
R1 = 2 ohm, R2 = 3 ohm
R3 = 3 ohm, R4 = 3 ohm

vees[ (A) hej vees[ue ØecesÙe (Nodal analysis) ueieeves hej, Sol. efoÙee nw-
VE V I1 = 7 Amp, I2 = 2 Amp.
 I0
6 4 I4 = 3 Amp, I3 = ?
1 1 E KCL kesâ Devegmeej
 V    I
6 4 6 I3+I2=I1+I4
 10  E  6I I 3 = (I1 + I4) – I2
 V   I 3 = (7 + 3) –2 = 8 Amp. Ans.
 24  6
24 188. Current i4 in the figure will be
 V   E  6I  efÛe$e ceW Oeeje keâe i4 ceeve nesiee
60
 V  0.4E  2.4I Ans.
186. In the circuit shown, the dependent source
oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW efveYe&j œeesle (Dependent
source) nw :
(EPDCL-14)

Sol. I 4  i1  i2  i3 , I 4  4  2.5  2
I 4  4.5 A
Sol.
vees[ A hej KCL efveÙece ueieeves hej I 4  4.5 Amp Ans.

VA  20 VA V1
 
1 1 5 189. The current 'I' in the electric circuit shown
V below is?
 VA  20  VA  1 veerÛes oMee&S ieS efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW keâjWš 'I' efkeâleveer nw
5
20
 2VA   20 Q V1  20 
5
 2VA  24
24
 VA   12V
2 (SSCJE 2015)
Dele: efveYe&j œeesle keâe efJeYeJe VA  12V leLee Sol.
V 20
Oeeje I 1   4 SefcheÙej
5 5
leye Meefòeâ P = V.I
P = 12 × 4
P = 48W Ans. I = 3 – 1.3 = 1.7 Amp.
leLee œeesle ncesMee Tpee& oslee nQ Dele: Ùen 48 Jee@š Meefòeâ osiee~ I  1.7A Ans.
187. Calculate the current in I3 in the circuit 190. In a circuit, at a node, two current I1 and I2 are
heefjheLe ceW I3 keâjsvš keâer ieCevee keâjW– entering the node and three current I3, I4 and I5
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016 10 am) are leaving the node. If KCL is applied at the
node the correct equation will be
Skeâ heefjheLe ceW Skeâ meefvOe hej oes OeejeSB I1 Deewj I2 mebefOe
ceW ØeJesMe keâj jner nw~ Deewj leerve OeejeSB I3, I4 Deewj I5 mebefOe
ceW yeenj pee jner nw~ Ùeefo mebefOe hej efkeâjÛeeheâ Oeeje efveÙece
(KCL) ueeiet neslee nw lees mener meceer. ______ nesiee~
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II)
Sol. KCL kesâ Devegmeej,
pebkeäMeve hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje · pebkeäMeve mes otj peeves Jeeueer Oeeje
(UPRVUNL JE -2014)
Sol. Oeeje Œeesle keâes Jeesušspe Œeesle ceW yeoueves hej–
I1 + I2 = I3 + I4 + I5 Ans.
Note : KCL, DeeJesMe mebj#ekeâ efmeæevle hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
191. Consider the circuit given below. What is the KVL efJeefOe mes–
power delivered by the 24V source? 8  7I1  I5  5I1  45  9I1  2  0
veerÛes efoÙes heefjheLe hej efJeÛeej keâerefpeS~ 24V œeesle Éeje
21I1  36
oer peeves Jeeueer Meefòeâ efkeâleveer nesieer?
(SSC JE 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) I1  1.71A
194. For the circuit of the given figure, the value of
current I is
efÛe$e ceW oMee&S efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW Oeeje I keâe ceeve nesiee
24
Sol. Ig   4A
6
2Ig  2  4  8A
24 Volt meesme& mes efoÙee ngDee (Delivered) kegâue Oeeje = 4 + 8
= 12A
24 Volt meesme& mes efoÙee ngDee (Delivered) Meefòeâ = 24  12 (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
= 288 Watt Ans. Sol. GheÙeg&òeâ efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej ØelÙeskeâ oes 6-6 Deesce kesâ ØeeflejesOe
192. The current through 120 ohm resistor in the ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ~
circuit shown in the figure is........... Dele: R e q  6  6  12
oMee&F& ieF& Deeke=âefle kesâ heefjheLe ceW 120 Deesce ØeeflejesOe ceW
Oeeje............nesieer~
ceevee 12 Jeesuš mes Oeeje I1 yen jner nw–

Sol.
A
12 3
25 I1  
vees[ A hej Deeves Jeeueer Oeeje · A 4  12 4
7
keâjWš ef[efJepeve efJeefOe mes–
25 4
120 kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve ·  12
7 7 I  I1 
12  6
· 3A
3 12
193. In the following circuit, determine the current I 
4 12  6
l1 by using mesh analysis.
efvecve heefjheLe ceW peeue efJeMues<eCe (mesh analysis) I
3
 0.5 A Ans.
Éeje l1 keâe ceeve efvekeâeefueS~ 6

195. If the current flowing in the circuit shown is
2A, the value of resistance R will be
Deiej efvecve heefjheLe ceW 2 SefcheÙej Oeeje yenleer nw lees
ØeeflejesOe R keâe ceeve nesiee
(UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)

(UPSSSC JE- 2015)
Sol.
Sol. (c) circuit ceW Ùeefo I = 2 Amp current flow nes jner nw  R2 kesâ open circuit nesves kesâ yeeo heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve
lees KVL mes- MetvÙe nes peeÙesiee Dele: Jeesušceeršj kesâ heeMJe& mechetCe& œeesle Jeesušlee
I 200 V ØeÙegòeâ nesiee Dele: Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"dÙeebkeâ 200 V nesiee~
198. In the following given circuit what will be the
value of current i in the 5 resistor?
efvecve Øeoòe heefjheLe ceW 5 ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje i keâe ceeve
nesiee?
24 = 3I + RI
24 = 32 + R2
18 = 2R,
R=9 Ans.
196. Value of R in 
R keâe ceeve  ceW
(DMRC J.E- 2016)
Sol.
VA VB
(UPSSSC J.E-2015)
Sol. 1A
I-2 efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW vees[ue efJeefOe ueieeves hej

vees[ A hej –
VA  5 VA  VB
 1
5 2
2VA  10  5VA  5VB  10
Loop A B E F ceW KVL ueieeves hej– 7VA  5VB  20 ..........(i)
100 = 10 I + 10 (I–2) 7VA  20
100 = 10 I + 10 I – 20 VB 
5
20 I = 120 vees[ B hej –
I=6A
VA  VB VB VB  5
yeÇebÛe BE kesâ 10  kesâ Resistance ceW peeves Jeeueer Oeeje = I–2  
2 2 4
= 6–2 = 4 A
4VA  4VB  4VB  2VB  10
MeeKee BE leLee CD kesâ heeMJe& ceW Jeesušspe meceeve nesiee keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùes
2VA  5VB  5 ..........(ii)
Skeâ otmejs kesâ meceevlej ceW nQ
2VA  5
VBE = VCD VB 
4  10 = 2  R  R = 20  Ans. 5
197. In the following figure, resistor R2 becomes
meceer. (i) mes VB keâe ceeve leLee meceer. (ii) mes VB keâe ceeve yejeyej
open circuited, the reading of voltmeter will be keâjves hej–
efvecveefueefKele efÛe$e ceW ØeeflejesOekeâ R2 Keguee heefjheefLele nes 7VA  20 2VA  5

peelee nw, Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"dÙeebkeâ nesiee : 5 5

5VA  25
VA  5
VA  5
Dele: i 
5
55 Sol. 2 ØeeflejesOe cebs ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve 1 SefcheÙej nQ Dele:
i
5 KVL efveÙece ueieeves hej,
i0A Ans. Va – 2i + 5 – Vb = 0
Vab = 2 × 1 – 5
199. Thevenin's equivalent voltage and resistance Vab = –3V Ans.
between the terminal A and B for network of 201. The current in the circuit is
given figure is: heefjheLe cebs Oeeje nw-
oer ieF& Deeke=âefle kesâ vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS šefce&veue A Deewj B kesâ (APSPDCL-14)
yeerÛe LesJeefveve meceleguÙe Jeesušspe Deewj ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee ?
(SSC JE- 2014 Evening Shift)
5 15
Sol. efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs, KVL ueieeves hej,
A –36 + 4i0 + 5i0 = 0
10Ve 20 V
B  9i0 = 36
36
 i0   4 SefcheÙej Ans.
9
Sol. 202. The current in the 1 resistor in the network
as shown is
ØeoefMe&le vesšJeke&â ceW 1 ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Oeeje nw-
(ESE 2018)
oesveeW ØeeflejesOe meceevlej ceW nesieer

Sol.
1 1 1 1
  
R Rth 5 15 I
Rth  3.75
LesJeefveve Jeesušspe Vth kesâ efueS KVL mes–
5I1  Vth  10  0 .......(i ) ©
15I1  20  Vth  0 .......(ii ) Applying nodal analysis
VA  2 V A  3 V A
meceerkeâjCe (i) mes (I1) keâe ceeve (ii) ceW jKeves hej   2
2 2 1
 10  Vth 
15    20  Vth  0 VA  2  VA  3  2VA
 5  2
2
30  3Vth  20  Vth  0 4VA = 4+2+3
50 9
Vth   12.5V VA = Volt
4 4
Dele: Rth =3.75, Vth = 12.5 V Ans. ceevee 1 ceW ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje I nw~
200. Assuming ideal elements in the circuit shown V
I= A
below, the voltage Vab will be 1
ceevee veerÛes oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs DeeoMe& lelJe 9
I= = 2.25A
(element) nw, leye efJeYeJe Vab nesiee : 4
(TRANSCO-AE-12) I = 2.25A Ans.

203. In the circuit shown the current through 5 ohm 205. The current I flowing in the following circuit is
resister is efvecveefueefKele heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje I nw :
veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW 5 Deesce ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ I
ceeOÙece mes Oeeje nw?
(Sail RSP OCTT 17.03.2019 Time 03 -05) (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)

Sol.
I Sol.
Loop 1 ceW KVL ueieeves hej

8+5I–6=0
2
I= – = – 0.4 Amp Ans. 20  keâe ØeeflejesOe 100 V kesâ meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s nesves kesâ keâejCe 20
5
204. Find the value of i1 and i2 respectively following  kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe 100 V nesiee~
circuit. VA  100 100  100 0
I    0A
efvecveefueefKele heefjheLe (meefke&âš) ceW ›eâceMe: i1 Deewj i2 keâe 30 30 30
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ I  0A Ans.
(ESIC 24.01.2019 Time 9:00-11:00) 206. Find the node voltage V :
A
vees[ Jeesušlee VA %eele keâjW:
Sol.
(DMRC J.E.- 2016)

Loop 1 ceW KVL ueieeves hej Sol. efoÙes ieÙes Circuit ceW Nodal Analysis ueieeves hej
45  2i1  12  i1  i 2   4i1  0 VA  12 VA  0 VA  6
0  
49 24 80
18i1  12i 2  45..........(i)
240VA  2880  490VA  147VA  882
Loop 2 ceW KVL ueieeves hej 0
49  240
30  9i 2  12(i 2  i1 )  3i 2  0
0 = 877VA–3762
24i 2  12i1  30
877VA = 3761
12i1  24i 2  30........(ii) 3762
VA  VA = 4.28 Volt Ans.
meceer (i) ceW 2 mes iegCee keâjkesâ meceer (ii) keâer meneÙelee mes nue keâjves hej 877
36i1  24i 2  90 207. Value of V1 will be-
12i1  24i 2  30 V1 keâe ceeve nesiee
24i1  60
60
i1   2.5A
24
meceerkeâjCe (i) mes,
i 2  0A i1 = 2.5A, i2 = 0A Ans. (UPSSSC JE- 2015)
Sol. VA  VB VB VB  2
vees[ B   
1 2 1
2VA  5VB  4 ...........(ii )
meceer. (i) leLee meceer (ii) mes
VB  1.25 volt
VB 1.25
2 ceW Oeeje ( I )    0.625 Amp Ans.
2 2
Nodal Analysis at Node V1
1  I1  I 2 209. Find the node voltage VA.
V V V
vees[ Jeesušlee VA %eele keâjW–
1= 1 1 2
2 6
6 = 4V1 – V2..............(i)
Nodal analyiss at Node V2
V V V
–4= 2 1 2
6 7
– 168 = 13V2 – 7V1..........(ii)
meceerkeâjCe (I)3 Deewj meceerkeâjCe (II) mes
78 = 52V1 – 13V2
meceer. (i) Deewj (ii) keâes peesÌ[ves hej
(SSCJE 2009)
– 90 = 45 V1
 90 Sol.
V1 =
45
V1 = – 2V Ans.
208. In the figure below, if we connect a source of 2-
V, with internal resistance of 1 at AA’ with
positive terminal at A, then current R is :
veerÛes ØeoefMe&le efÛe$e ceW Ùeefo nce 1 kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
Jeeues 2V kesâ Skeâ œeesle keâes A hej Oeve šefce&veue kesâ meeLe
AA’ hej mebÙeesefpele keâj oW, lees R mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nw–
Node Analysis
I1  I3  I 2
12  VA 6  VA VA
 
1 1 1
12  VA  6  VA  VA
(Uttarakhand JE-II 2013)
18  2VA  VA
(SSC JE 3March 2017, 10 a.m.)
(SSC JE- 2009) 3VA  18
Sol. 18
VA  6
3
VA  6 volt Ans.
210. The voltage across the 1k resistor of the
network shown in the given figure is :
veerÛes oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&S ieS vesšJeke&â kesâ 1k kesâ
ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer Deej-heej Jeesušlee efkeâleveer nw?
vees[ Sveeueerefmeme ØeÙeesie keâjves hej A leLee B hej

VA VA  VB
vees[ A   1
1 1
2VA  VB  1 .............(i ) (SSC JE- 2009)
Sol. : Sol. :
V1 V
vees[ V1 hej vees[ue ueieeves hej,

V1  10 V1 V1  2 Nodal ueieeves hej–
  =0
2 1 2 I1  I2  I3
V1 = 2 Volt Ans. 15  V V V  10
211. In a circuit shown below, if I1 = 1.5 A, then I2  
5 10 10
will be/veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW Deiej, I1 = 1.5A nw,
V  15 V  10 V
lees l2 keâe ceeve efkeâlevee nesiee?   0
5 10 10
2V  30  V  10  V  0
4V  40
V  10
15  10
Oeeje I1   1A
5
10
I2   1A
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015) 10
Sol. : efoÙee nw 10  10
I3   0A Ans.
Oeeje I1=1.5 A 10
213. In the shown in figure the voltage at the node B
V I3 with respect to node D is calculated to be 15V.
Then the current in 30 resistance will be:
efÛe$e ceW efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~ efkeâ vees[ D kesâ mecyebOe ceW vees[
B hej Jeesušspe keâer ieCevee 15V keâer peeleer nw~ leye 30
ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje nesieer~
vees[ue efJeefOe mes–
I1  I2  I3
V V 3
1.5  
2 2
3  2V  3 ]
2V  6 Sol. efoÙee nw– VBD  15V
V 3 30  VD 30  15
V3 I2    1.5 A Ans. 30 ceW Oeeje · 
2 2 30 30
212. Find the value of i1 and i2 respectively following · 0.5A Ans.
circuit. 214. Calculate the values of i1 and i2 in the given
efvecveefueefKele heefjheLe (meefke&âš) ceW ›eâceMe: i1 Deewj i2 keâe circuits-
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW Oeeje i1 Deewj i2 keâe ceeve %eele keâjW-
(ESIC 24.01.2019 Time 9:00-11:00) (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)

Sol : 216. The power delivered by the dependent-source
in the given figure is:
efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW Deeefßele œeesle Éeje Øeoeve keâer ieF&
Meefòeâ nw-
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
cesMe 1 ceW KVL ueieeves hej

–12.5 + 1(i1) + 3(i1 + i2) = 0
4i1 + 3i2 = 12.5 –––––––(I)
cesMe 2 ces KVL ueieeves hej-
–7.5 + 2i2 +3(i2+i1) = 0 Sol.
3i1 + 5i2 = 7.5–––––––––(II)
meceer. (I) keâes 3 mes Deewj meceer. (II) keâes 4 mes iegCee keâjves hej-
12i1  9i 2  37.5
12i1  20i 2  30
  
 11i 2  7.5
7.5
i2   0.6818 A
11
i2 keâe ceeve meceer. (I) ceW jKeves hej- Apply KVL-
4i1 = 12.5 – 3i2 10  2I  4I  3I  0
4i1 = 12.5 – 3(–0.6818) 9I = 10
4i1 = 12.5 + 2.045 10
i1 = 3.636 I= A
9
 i1 = 3.636 A, i2 = – 0.6818 A Ans. P = VI  4I  I
215. The value of v in the circuit shown in the given 4 100
figure is: P = –4I2 =
81
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
P = –4.93 W Ans.
217. In the circuit shown the power in resistor R is 8
W, when VS 1 = 12V and VS 2 = 0 V. Find the
power in the same resistor R when VS 1 = 12V
and VS 2 = 24V, in watts.
Sol.
oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs R ØeeflejesOe cebs Meefòeâ 8W nw peye
VS 1 = 12V leLee VS 2 = 0 V Gmeer ØeeflejesOe R cebs Meefòeâ
(Jee@š cebs) %eele keâefjÙes peye VS 1 = 12V leLee VS 2 = 24V
(TSNPDCL-2015)
i3 = 4 – i1 + 2i1
i3 = 4 + i 1
Apply KVL-
6i1  2i 3  0 Sol. efoÙee ieÙee heefjheLe nw
6i1  2  4  i1   0
6i1  8  2i1  0
4i1  8  0
i1  2A
V  6i1 henueer efmLeefle cebs,
 6  2  12 Volt Ans. VS1 = 12V leLee VS 2 = 0V ØeeflejesOe R cebs Meefòeâ = 8W

otmejer efmLeefle cebs, VS1 = 12V leLee VS 2 = 24V leye ØeeflejesOe R 219. Find the value of V0 in the following circuit
cebs Meefòeâ nw, leye veÙee heefjheLe nw, efvecveefueefKele heefjheLe ceW V0 keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~
vees[ A hej vees[ue ØecesÙe ueieeves hej

12  VA 0  VA VB  VA
  0
2 2 1
12  VA  VA  2VB  2VA  0 (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II)
2VB  4VA  12
Sol. efoÙee nw, V0 = –6I
2VA  VB  6 ..........(i) Apply KVL –
vees[ B hej vees[ue ØecesÙe ueieeves hej 12 – 4I – 2V0 + 4 – 6I = 0
VA  VB 0  VB 24  VB 12 – 4I + 12I + 4 – 6I = 0
  0
1 2 2 –16 = 2I
2VA  2VB  VB  24  VB  0 I = –8 Ampere
2VA  4VB  24 V0 = –6 × (–8)
VA  2VB  12......... (ii) V0 = 48 volts Ans.
meceerkeâjCe (i) leLee (ii) keâes nue keâjves hej 220. Determine the resistance R in the given circuit
VA  8V, VB  10V if the voltage at node-b is Vb = 5V
leye ØeeflejesOe R kesâ meehes#e Meefòeâ #eÙe, efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe R keâer ieCevee keâjW Ùeefo vees[
- b hej Jeesušlee Vb = 5V nw~
VA 2  8 
2
64
PR     32W Ans.
R 2 2
218. Determine the current in each branch (I1, I2, I3,
I4) of the given network
efoÙes ieÙes vesšJeke&â ceW ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee ceW Oeeje I1, I2, I3,
Deewj I4 %eele keâjW~

Sol. Node Va leLee Node Vb hej Nodal analysis ueieeves
hej At node-Va
Va Va  Vb
 40
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II) 10 5
Sol. Apply to node Va Va  5
 40 [peneB Vb = 5V]
I1 = I2 + I3 + I4 10 5
60  V V V V 3Va – 10 + 40 = 0
  
7 12 6 12 Va = –10V
720 – 12 V = 28V At node Vb
40V = 720 Vb Vb  Va
720  40
V R 5
40
5 5   10 
V = 18 volt  40 (peneB Vb=5)
60  18 R 5
I1   6 Ampere 5 15
7  40
18 R 5
I 2   1.5 Ampere 5
12 34  0
18 R
I3   3 Ampere
6 5
1
18 R
I 4   1.5 Ampere Ans.
12 R = 5
221. Determine the current in the given network. 20  8
VA   32
efoS ieS vesšJeke&â ceW OeejeDeeW keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS- 5
Current through 3
V 32
I A 
8 8
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) I  4A Ans.
Solution :
223. Find delta equivalent resistance R12, R23 and
i1
R31 from the given star configuration.
efoS ieS mšej keâe@eqvHeâiejsMeve mes [suše mecekeâ#e ØeeflejesOe
R12, R23 Deewj R31 %eele keâjW -
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
Nodal analysis at node VA 1
i1+i2+i3=0
VA  30 VA  40 VA
  0
4 4 2
VA  30  VA  40  2VA  0
VA  17.5 Volt
VA  30 17.5  30 12.5
i1   
4 4 4
i1  3.125 Amp. Solution :
1 1
VA  40 17.5  40 22.5
i2   
4 4 4
i 2  5.625 Amp.
VA 17.5
i3    8.75 Amp. Ans.
2 2
222. What is the value of the current slowing in 3
resistor -
3 ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve keäÙee nw -
2  3  3  6  2  6 36
R 12    6
6 6
2  3  3  6  2  6 36
R 23    18
2 2
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) 2  3  3  6  2  6 36
R 31    12
Sol. Nodal apply at point A 3 3
VA R12  6, R 23  18, R 31  12 Ans.
224. Using mesh analysis the current through the 4

ohm resistor in a circuit shown below is :
heeMe efJeMues<eCe keâe GheÙeesie keâjves hej oMee&S ieS heefjheLe
ceW 4 ØeeflejesOekeâ mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nw–
VA  20 V (KVS J.E -2016)
 10  A  0
2 53
VA V
 10  10  A  0
2 8
5VA
 20
8
Sol. 226. Obtain the thevenin equivalent circuit
parameters Vth and Rth for the following
Network.
efvecve vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS LesJeefveve leguÙeebkeâ heefjheLe
hewjeceeršj Vth Deewj keâer Rth ieCevee keâjW
Loop (1) ceW–
10 – 2I1 – 4 (I1 + I2) = 0
10 – 6I1 – 4I2 = 0
10 – 4I2 – 6I1 = 0
6I1 + 4I2 = 10 ........... (i)
10  6I1
I2  (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
4
Loop (2) ceW– Sol. : Rth keâes %eele keâjves kesâ efueS voltage source keâes short
–5+6I2+4(I2+I1)=0 keâjles nQ~ current source keâes open keâjles nQ~
10I2+4I1=5 ..........(ii)
5  4I1
I2 
10
meceer. (i) leLee meceer. (ii) ceW I2 keâe ceeve yejeyej keâjves hej
10  6I1 5  4I1

4 10 63
100  60I1  20  16I1 R th  3
63
80 20 Rth = (2 + 3) 
I1   A
44 11 Rth = 5
meceer. (i) ceW I1 keâe ceeve jKeves hej
20
10  6 
11 10
I2  
4 44
4 ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje
20 10 35
 (I1  I 2 ) 
  A Ans. GheÙegkeäle yevo heefjheLe ceW KVL ueieeves hej
11 44 22
20  3I  6I  10  0
225. What is voltage VAB across the current source
in the following figure 9I  10
efvecveefueefKele efÛe$e cebs Oeeje œeesle kesâ meehes#e efJeYeJe VAB keäÙee nw? 10
I
(TSSPDCL-15) 9
Vth  6I  10
10
 6  10
9
Sol. 20
  10
3
50
Vth  V Ans.
3
227. The thevenin's Voltage across terminals a and b
heefjheLe keâe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe of the circuit in figure is:
R AB  8 || 2  2 efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW heefjheLe kesâ a Deewj b šefce&veue ceW LesJesefveve
8 2 16 Jeesušspe keäÙee nesiee~
 2   2  1.6  2  3.6
8 2 10
Oeeje œeesle kesâ meehes#e Jeesušspe
VAB  IR AB  3  3.6  10.8
54
VAB  V Ans.
5 (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Sol. : V 180 18 9
i2     A
10 8  10 8 4
9
Vth  i 2  R   4  9V
4
kegâue ØeeflejesOe (R) = 5+20

= 25
50
Oeeje (I) = = 2A Vth
25
Vth across a and b
Vab = 50 – 5 × 2
Vab = 50 – 10 Vth 9
I 
= 40V Ans. R th  R L 3  1
228. For the circuit shown here find the current I
I  2.25Amp Ans.
using thevenin's theorem -
efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS LesJesefvevme ØecesÙe keâe GheÙeesie 229. Determine thevenin equivalent circuit
keâjkesâ Oeeje keâe ceeve %eele keâjes~ parameters for the given circuit.
efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS LesJeefveve leguÙe heefjheLe %eele
keâjW~
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
Sol. Thevenin's resistance - (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
V
Sol. I
R1  R 2
100
I
10  10
100
I
12  4 20
R th   3
12  4 I = 5 Ampere
Thevenin's voltage -
I R1
V
R2
Vth = IR2
Vth = 5 × 10
vees[ue efJeefOe mes– Vth = 50 volts
i1  i 2  3 Rth keâes %eele keâjves kesâ efueS voltage source keâes short
efkeâÙee peelee nw leLee current source keâes open efkeâÙee
V  18 V peelee nw~
 3
6 10
5V  90  3V
3
30
8V  180
180
V
8

R th 
R 1R 2
 R3  (2  j4)  5  10  20j
R th     3  7  j4  3  5.30  j1.53
R1  R 2  2  j4  5 
10  10
R th   15 =5.526–16.16
10  10
R th 
100
 15 
I
20 
Rth = 5 + 15 Vth
Rth = 20
Vth = 50 V, Rth = 20
230. The Thevenin voltage across terminals 1 and 2
5I  2I  j4I  2000
of the circuit in Figure :
efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ šefce&veue 1 Deewj 2 kesâ 2000
I
yeerÛe LewJesefveve Jeesušlee efvecveefueefKele nesiee 7  j4
Calculation of voltage across 5 resistor
 20 
V5 =    5  12.429.74
 7  j4 
(RPHED 2015) Vth = 16.889 – 171.079 Ans.
Sol. 232. In the given circuit, thevenin voltage across the
terminal AB is
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, šefce&veue AB kesâ yeerÛe LewJesefveve
Jeesušspe nw
I
+
Vth
-
+9(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)

–60+30I+60I+30=0 So.
60  30
I= = 0.33A
90
so, Vth= 60–30I
Vth = 60 – 300.33  50 volt Ans.
231. Thevenin's Equivalent across AB is given by :
AB kesâ heeÕe& ceW LewJesefveve kesâ meceleguÙe nw :
GheÙeg&òeâ efÛe$e ceW KVL ueieeves hej–
–10+I1 +I1 = 0
I = 5Amp
1 ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe –
V = IR = 51 = 5 V
(UPPCL A.E -26.07.2015)
Sol.
Vth
Vth = 5+10=15 Volt

Vth =15Volt Ans.
Rth= [(2 – j4)||5] + 3
233. Thevenin equivalent of the above circuit will be Rth %eele keâjves kesâ efueS keâjWš œeesle keâes Keguee heefjheLe leLee Oeeje œeesle
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâe LewJesefveve meceleguÙe nesiee keâes ueIeg heefjheLe keâjves hej~
Rth = 20+20 = 40 
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) Oeeje œeesle keâes Jeesušspe œeesle ceW yeoueves hej-
Sol.
+
Vth
-
VS  o o  Vth

R1 R2
R th  40
Ans.
VS Vth Vth  110 V
Ùee 
R1 R2 235. For the circuit given in the fig, the thevenin's
R2 voltage and resistance as seen at AB are
Ùee Vs  Vth represented by :
R1
efÛe$e ceW efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS AB hej osKes peeves
 R2 Jeeueer LewJesefveve Jeesušlee Deewj ØeeflejesOe efvecve Éeje
Vth  Vs
R1 heefjueef#ele nesles nQ:
Vth
Ans.
234. The thevenin equivalent for the network of the
figure is : (DMRC J.E- 2016)
efÛe$e ceW efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâe LewJesefveve meceleguÙe nw : Sol. meefke&âš ceW Vth = VAB
VAB= 10 kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW Jeesušleeheele
10V kesâ Source mes efvekeâueves Jeeueer Oeeje
R = 10+10=20
V
I  mes
R
(MP J.E- 2015) 10
I
Sol. 20
I = 0.5A
Vth = IR
= 0.510
Vth  5V
100 V Jeesušspe œeesle keâes Oeeje œeesle ceW yeoueves hej Rth %eele keâjves kesâ efueS 10V kesâ Source keâes nšekeâj Short
circuit keâjves hej 10 leLee 10 meceevlej ceW nes peeÙesies efpemekeâe
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe
10  10
Req   5
10  10
5 leLee 5 meerjerpe ceW nw~
Rth = 5+5
Rth  10 Ans.

236. In the network shown in the figure, the value of Sol. Rth kesâ efueS
RL such that maximum possible power will be
transferred to RL is
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS vesšJeke&â ceW, RL keâe ceeve Gme efmLeefle ceW 48 
120 
efkeâlevee nesiee peyeefkeâ DeefOekeâlece mebYeJe efJeÅegle heeJej RL ceW
a 4V
Debleefjle nes peeS?
80
b
10 5
RL
IS A B Rth = 12080
Rth = 120  80 = 48 
120  80
6 4
Vth a Deewj b kesâ yeerÛe Jeesušlee nw
80
Vth = 10 = 4 V
200
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning Shift) Rth = 48, Vth = 4V Ans.
Sol. efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW Oeeje œeesle keâes Keguee heefjheLe leLee RL 238. To find current in a resistance connected in a
ØeeflejesOe keâes nševes hej keâjves hej- network, Thevenin's theorem is used VTH=20V
and RTH= 5  . The current through the
resistance.
vesšJeke&â ceW mebÙeesefpele ØeeflejesOekeâ, ceW peeveves kesâ efueÙes
LewJesefveve ØecesÙe VTH=20V leLee RTH=5  keâe ØeÙeesie
Rth efkeâÙee peelee nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ ceOÙe mes Oeeje~
(DMRC JE- Electronic 2016)
Sol.
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe keâer efmLeefle ceW
RL = Rth= RAB
R th  10  5  6  4
 15 10
1 1 1
  VTh = 20 v
R th 15 10
RTh = 5 
Rth = 6 Ans. VAB = VTh
237. A voltage divider circuit and its Thevenin's RTh = RAB
equivalent are shown below. The values of Vth V V 20
and Rth will be I = Th  Th   4 SeqcheÙej Ans.
R Th R Th 5
Skeâ Jeesušlee efJeYeepekeâ heefjheLe Deewj Gmekeâe LewJesefveve meceleguÙe
239. Thevenin's equivalent voltage and resistance
veerÛes efoKeeS ieS nw~ Vth Deewj Rth kesâ ceeve neWies
for the circuit shown, when R2 is considered as
(SSC JE- 2011) the load resistance, are–
oMee&S heefjheLe ceW, peye R2 keâes Yeej ØeeflejesOe ceevee peelee
nw, leye LesefJeefveve meceleguÙe Jeesušlee SJeb ØeeflejesOe neWies–
(Uttarakhand AE Electrical Paper-I-2013)
Sol.

To find Vth, 2 ØeeflejesOe keâes nševes hej 241. For the circuit find the equivalent thevenin's
voltage and resistance
Ghejesòeâ heefjheLe kesâ efueS leguÙe LesJesefveve Jeesušspe Deewj
ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
VTH , RTH = ?
Vth || 7V, Vth kesâ Deej-heej 7V ueiee nw~ leye, Vth = 7V, (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
To find Rth Jeesušspe œeesle keâes Short keâjves hej,
RTh = 0  Ans.
240. Find the Thevenin equivalent VTH and RTH Sol. LesJesefveve ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej LesJesefveve ØeeflejesOe efvekeâeueles meceÙe
between the terminals A & B of the circuit Jeesušspe œeesle keâes ueIeg heefjheLe SJeb Oeeje œeesle keâes Keguee heefjheLe keâj
heefjheLe kesâ šefce&veue A Deewj B kesâ ceOÙe LesJesefveve mecekeâ#e
VTH Deewj RTH keâe ceeve nesiee–
osles nw~
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016_10 am)
 RTH = 30 + 25 = 55
R TH  55
LesJesefveve Jeesušspe (Vth) kesâ efueÙes-
Sol. LesJesefveve ØeeflejesOe (RTH) %eele keâjves kesâ efueS Jeesušspe œeesle keâes
Mee@š& meefke&âš keâjles nQ
Nodal Analysis mes

V5
ØeeflejesOe 68Ω Deewj 100Ω ßesCeer ceW nw 5  0
30
R1 + R2 = 168Ω
168Ω ØeeflejesOe, 120 Ω ØeeflejesOe kesâ meceevlej ceW nw V – 5 –150 = 0
168  120 V = 155Volt
Dele: R TH  Dele: VTH  V  155 Volt
168  120
R TH = 70  RTH = 55, VTH = 155Volt Ans.
LesJesefveve Jeesušspe (VTH) kesâ efueS 242. The Thevenin equivalent resistance (RTh) for
the circuit shown in fig. is :
DeejsKe ceW oMee&S ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS LesJesefveve leguÙe
ØeeflejesOe (RTh) nw–
(KVS JE -2016)
Jeesušspe efJeYeepekeâ ØecesÙe mes
R 3  VS
VTH 
R1  R 2  R 3
120 100 12000
 
68  100  120 288
VTH = 41.67V Ans.

Sol. Fme heefjheLe ceW kesâJeue Skeâ Voltage Dependent current
source ueiee nw~
2Vab
I-2Vab
Vab 40
IN = = 2A
20
RN heefjheLe mes
uethe 2 ceW K.V.L ueieeves hej Current same open circuit
2(I-2Vab)-Vab=0 Voltage same short circuit
2I= 4Vab+Vab
2I =5Vab
2 Vab
  R TH
5 I
Rth = 0.4 Ans.
243. The above result were obtained from
measurements taken between the --------- a 20  5 100
resistive network. The Thevenin resistance of RN =  4
the network is : 20  5 25
Ghejesòeâ heefjCeece............Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ vesšJeke&â kesâ oes
šefce&veue kesâ ceeheve mes Øeehle efkeâS ieS Les~ vesšJeke&â keâe
LesJesefveve ØeeflejesOe nw~
Terminal voltage 12 V 0V Ans.
Terminal current 0A 1.5 A 245. Norton's theorem is_____Thevenin's theorem:
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016_3 pm) vee@š&ve ØecesÙe, LesJesefveve ØecesÙe keâe _____ nw~
Sol. VOC = 12 volt, ISC = 1.5 Amp. (BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
Dele: vesšJeke&â keâe LesJesefveve ØeeflejesOe
vee@š&ve ØecesÙe LesJesefveve ØecesÙe keâe ™heevleefjle efJehejerle otmeje ™he
Sol.
V 12
R th  OC   8 Ans. nw~ LesJesefveve ØecesÙe Éeje efkeâmeer vesšJeke&â keâes meceleguÙe Jeesušlee Œeesle
ISC 1.5
leLee ßesCeer ceW Skeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW yeoueles nQ~ peyeefkeâ vee@š&ve ØecesÙe Éeje
244. Find the Norton equivalent circuit of the circuit
in Fig. at terminals a-b. efkeâmeer vesšJeke&â keâes meceleguÙe Oeeje Œeesle leLee meceeveevlej ceW Skeâ
šefce&veue a-b hej efÛe$e ceW efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW vee@š&ve ØeeflejesOe ceW yeoueles nQ~ oesveeW ØecesÙe Skeâ otmejs kesâ converse ™he
heefjheLe keâe leguÙeceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ nesles nQ~
VTH
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) IN  VTH  I N  R N Ans.
Sol. : R TH
246. The Norton current at terminals a and b of the
circuit shown at Figure :
efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ šefce&veue a Deewj b hej
vee@š&ve Oeeje efvecveefueefKele nesieer :
(RPHED 2015)
Sol. AB kesâ Across current IN
V
A
IN
V B
vees[ue efJeefOe mes–
I1  I 2  I N  0
V  20 V  10 V
  0
3 6 3
2V  40  V  10  2V
0
6
vee@š&ve Current A B Terminal kesâ Short Ckt keâjkesâ In
Current Øeehle keâj ueWies~ 5V  30
V6
V 6
IN    2A
3 3
60
IN   1Amp Ans.
60
247. Norton equivalent of the circuit given below is
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâe veeš&ve meceleguÙe nw :
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) I N  2A, R AB  5  Ans.
248. The impedance in the Norton equivalent of the
circuit shown in figure is :
efÛe$e ceW oMee&S heefjheLe kesâ veeš&ve meceleguÙe ceW ØeefleyeeOee
keâe ceeve nw :
Sol.
(MP J.E- 2015)

Sol.
Zeq Øeehle keâjves ceW current source open leLee voltage
source short nes peelee nw~
 3 6 
R AB   3
 36 
18
R AB   3  5 Zeq   3  j5    2  j1
9
R AB  5 Zeq   5  j6   Ans.

249. Two identical 2Ampere, 4 ohm Norton Sol. veeš&ve ØeeflejesOe kesâ efueS Oeeje œeesle keâes Keguee heefjheLe keâjves hej,
equivalent circuits are connected in parallel
with the like polarity. Combined Norton
equivalent circuit will be ………..
oes Skeâ meceeve 2 A, 4 Deesnce oes vee@š&ve mecekeâ#e heefjheLe
meceeve OeÇgefJelee kesâ meeLe meceevlej ›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele nQ~
mebÙegòeâ vee@š&ve mecekeâ#e heefjheLe ............. nesiee~ Fmes JÙeJeefmLele keâjves hej
(UPPCL A.E; Re-Exam 30-12-2016)
Sol.
Oeeje œeesle kesâ S›eâeme ab keâes Short ckt keâjves hej Short circuit
Oeeje
ISC= 2+2=4A
a, b kesâ S›eâeme Rth kesâ efueS Oeeje œeesle keâes Open keâjves hej
Rth= 2
Dele: Norton equivalent = 4A, 2 Ans. 30  120
R ab 
250. The Norton’s resistance of the circuit shown is 30  120
oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe keâe vee@š&ve ØeeflejesOe nw– R ab 
3600
(APGenco-12) 150
Rab = 24 Ans.
252. For the given circuit, the value of Norton's
equivalent Resistance is:
efoÙes ngS heefjheLe keâe vee@š&vme meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe nw–
Sol. vee@š&ve kesâ meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjves kesâ efueS meJe&ØeLece
heefjheLe kesâ meYeer Tpee& œeesleeW keâes nšeÙee peelee nQ peneB Jeesušspe œeesle
keâes nševes kesâ efueS Gmes yevo heefjheLe (S.C) leLee Oeeje œeesle keâes
nševes kesâ efueS Gmes Keguee heeefjheLe (O.C) keâjles nw~ leLee DeeGšhegš
keâer Deesj mes osKeles ngS meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjles nw~
Dele: Tpee& œeesleeW keâes nševes hej veÙee heefjheLe,
Sol. veeš&ve leguÙeebkeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve uees[ RL keâes DemLeeF& ™he mes
nše keâj Jeesušspe Œeesle keâes ueIegheefLele keâj Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw, efHeâj
AB kesâ Across RN %eele keâjles nQ~
4 12
ÙeneB R N  4 ||12  1   1  3  1  4 Ans.
4  12
251. The Norton’s resistance between terminals a–b
of the circuit is
2 6
heefjheLe kesâ šefce&veue a Deewj b kesâ yeerÛe vee@š&ve ØeeflejesOe nw– RAB =  3 = 1.5
26
(APSPDCL-14)
RAB = 1.5+3 = 4.5
Rth=RN = RAB = 4.5 Ans.
253. Applying Norton's Theorem, the Norton's
equivalent circuit to the left of the terminals "a"
and "b" in the below circuit is having equivalent
current source (IN) and equivalent resistance (RN)
veeš&ve kesâ ØecesÙe keâes ueeiet keâjles ngS veerÛes ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW oMee&S heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo veesš&ve ØecesÙe keâe ØeÙeesie ØeeflejesOe
"a" leLee "b" efmejeW (šefce&veueeW) kesâ yeeÙeeR Deesj kesâ veeš&ve RL ceW Oeeje %eele keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peeS lees veesš&ve
leguÙeebkeâer heefjheLe ceW leguÙeebkeâer Oeeje œeesle (IN) leLee leguÙeebkeâer meceleguÙe Oeeje SJeb ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: neWies–
ØeeflejesOe (RN) keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– (Uttarakhand A.E- Paper-I-2013)
(LMRC A.E -2016)
Sol.
Sol.
IN keâes %eele keâjves kesâ efueS uees[ ØeeflejesOe keâes Short keâjves hej
šefce&veue a Deewj b keâes ueIegheefLele keâjves hej–
25 5 30
IN     15 Amp.
2 2 2
Node V1 hej Nodal ueieeves hej–

V1  24 V
4 1 0
4 4
RN keâes %eele keâjves kesâ efueS Jeesušspe œeesle keâes Short keâjves hej
V1  24 16  V1
0 RN = 2||2
4 2 2
2V1 – 40 = 0 RN   1
22
V1 = 20 V
IN= 15A, RN = 1 Ans.
V 20
4 ceW Oeeje  Isc  · 1   5A 255. In the figure X and Y represent the two
4 4 terminals of an active network. The current
I N  Isc  5 A through 10  resistance is :
RN calculation: efÛe$e ceW X Deewj Y Skeâ meef›eâÙe heefjheLe kesâ oes Úesj
oMee&les nQ~ 10  kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle efJeÅegle
Oeeje nw :
RN
(MP JE- 2015)

Sol. GheÙeg&òeâ efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej Jeesušspe œeesle keâes Oeeje œeesle ceW
R N  8 || 8 yeoueves hej–
88
RN   4
88
Dele: IN = 5 A, RN = 4  Ans.
254. If Norton's theorom is applied to find the
2 Deewj 3 kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâes meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej –
current in resistance RL as shown below. The
23 6
Norton's equivalent current and resistance will R eq   
be 23 5
10
I1  SefcheÙej…………..(ii)
7
Dele: mechetCe& Oeeje I = I1' + I1
Current divider rule ueieeves hej 
10 10

10Ω ceW ØeJeeefnle 7 7
13 6 20
 I SefcheÙej  2.85 SefcheÙej Ans.
4.33  1.2
Current  3 5   .046 Amp. Ans. 7
6 11.2
 10 258. The value of current I flowing in the 1
5
resistor in the circuit shown will be
256. The current in the 1 ohm resistor in the circuit
is veer Ûes oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs 1 ØeeflejesOe cebs yenves Jeeueer
heefjheLe cebs 1 Deesce ØeeflejesOe ceW Oeeje nw- Oeeje keâe ceeve nesiee–
(EPDCL-14) (HMWS-12)
Sol. nce peeveles nw efkeâ meceevlej cebs efJeYeJe keâe ceeve Skeâ meceeve neslee
nQ Dele: veÙee heefjheLe V 5
Ans : I    5A
R 1
259. Superposition Theorem is NOT applicable to
V networks containing___.
leye ØeJeeefnle Oeeje I  meghejheespeerMeve ØecesÙe efkeâme vesšJeke&â kesâ efueÙes ueeiet veneR
R
1 neslee nw–
  1 SefcheÙej Ans.
1 (Jharkhand JE Electrical-08.03.2017)
257. The current I in the circuit is (F.C.I. 4.10.2015, DMRC J.E. Electronic-2016)
heefjheLe cebs Oeeje I nQ,
Ans. meghejheesefpeMeve ØecesÙe keâe ØeÙeesie Gme vesšJeke&â ceW keâeÙe& veneR keâjles
(EPDCL-14)
efpemeceW DejsKeerÙe lelJe (Non linear eleiment) efJeÅeceeve jnles nQ~
meghejheesefpeMeve ØecesÙe only linear Network nsleg Applicable neslee nw~
Fme ØecesÙe mes Deehe Direct Meefòeâ ceeheve veneR keâj mekeâles~
260. Find the maximum power transferred to the
load resistance RL.
Sol. meghej heespeerMeve ØecesÙe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ-
Case–1. Jeesušspe œeesle keâes ueIegheefLele keâjves hej, Oeeje I1' Yeej ØeeflejesOe (RL) keâes nmleebleefjle DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ
%eele keâerefpeS-
I1'
2
I1'  I 2 
5 2 (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
2 10
I1'  5   SefcheÙej…………..(i) Sol. For maximum power transfer the load resistance
5 2 7
is equal to source resistance
Case–2. Oeeje œeesle keâes Keguee heefjheLe keâjves hej,
Rth = RL = 10
I1 Vth = 10V
Vth2 10 10
So, P 
4R L 4 10
2I1  5I1   10 P  2.5 W Ans.

261. For what value of resistance across terminal A- DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ Rth = RL = 25
B, the power transfer will be maximum - Vth efvekeâeueves kesâ efueS
efmejs A-B ceW ØeeflejesOe kesâ efkeâme ceeve kesâ efueS Meefòeâ
nmleeblejCe DeefOekeâlece nesiee -
Vth Vth  180

 0
150 30
6 Vth = 900
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) Vth = 150 Volt
Sol. The power transfer between terminals A and B DeefOekeâlece mLeeveevleefjle Meefòeâ
will be maximum if their load resistance is
 Vth 
2
equal to the thevenin's resistance between A Pmax 
and B - 4R th
Hence,
150 
2
Pmax 
4  25
150 150
Pmax 
100
Pmax = 225 Watt Ans.
263. Calculate the value of load resistance RL to
which maximum power may be transferred
R AB  R th  6 Ans. from the source shown in figure
262. Determine the load resistance RL that will
Yeej ØeeflejesOe RL keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS efpememes efÛe$e ceW
result in maximum power delivered to the load oMee&Ùes ieÙes Œeesle mes GmeceW DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveebleefjle
for the given circuit. Also delivered to the load nes mekesâ~
for the given circuit. Also determine the
maximum power Pmax delivered to the load
resistor.
efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS Jen Yeej ØeeflejesOe RL %eele keâjW
efpemekesâ keâejCe Yeej hej Øeoòe efJeÅegle Meefòeâ DeefOekeâlece
nesieer~ Yeej ØeeflejesOekeâ hej Øeoòe DeefOekeâlece efJeÅegle Meefòeâ (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
Pmax Yeer %eele keâjW~
Sol. heefjheLe ceW DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS -
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift - II) }es[ ØeeflejesOe = œeesle ØeeflejesOe
RL = RS
40  20
Rs   60
20  40
40 40  180
Rs   60 
3 3
220
R   73.33
Sol. Rth efvekeâeueves kesâ efueS voltage source keâes short keâjles nQ~ leLee 3 keâes open keâjles
currentssource nQ~
RL  Rs  73.33  Ans.
264. Find power absorbed/delivered by 120 V source.

120 V Œeesle Éeje Meesef<ele/Øeoòe Meefòeâ %eele keâerefpeS~
30  150
R th 
30  150
150
R th   25  (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
6
Sol. Sol. For maximum power transfer when load is variable
Rth = RL
Rth %eele keâjves kesâ efueS Jeesušspe œeesle keâes ueIeg heefjheLe leLee
uees[ (RL) keâes nše efoÙee peelee nw~
(120  30)
I  2 Amp
45
120 volt power delivered keâjsiee– 3 6
P = VI 4 Rth =
3 6
P = 120  2 = 240 Watt
Rth = 6 
P  240Watt Ans. Dele: RL = 6  hej Ans.
265. In the circuit, the maximum power that can be maximum power transfer nesiee~
transferred to Load ZL is 267. If Rg in the circuit shown in figure is variable
heefjheLe ceW, DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ pees Yeej ZL ceW between 10  and 40 , then maximum power
transferred to the load RL will be
mLeeveevleefjle keâer pee mekeâleer nw, nesieer efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo Rg 10 Deewj 40
kesâ yeerÛe heefjJeleea nw lees uees[ keâes RL keâer Debleefjle
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ nesieer–
Rg
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) (UPSSSC JE- 2015, 2016)

Sol. Sol. DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej – peye Œeesle
keâe ØeeflejesOe heefjJeleea nes lees uees[ ceW DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ
efmLeefle ceW Œeesle keâe ØeeflejesOe vÙetvelece ceeve uesles nw~
Dele: Rg = 10
leye R L  R g  10
Condition for maximum power transferred

ZS  ZL
20
Dele: Oeeje œeesle Éeje Øeoeve keâer ieÙeer Oeeje oes yejeyej YeeieeW I  1A
20
ceW efJeYeeefpele nesieer~ Dele: ZL ceW Oeeje (RMS) ·
10
· 5A Pmax  I 2 R L
2 Pmax  12 10
uees[ ceW heeJej neefve · i  R · 5 10
2
L
2
Pmax = 10 watt Ans.
= 250Watt Ans. 268. In the circuit given below, the value of R
266. For what value of RL (in ohms) it receives required for the transfer of maximum power to
maximum power ? the load having a resistance of 3 will be?
Gkeäle efÛe$e ceW RL kesâ efkeâme ceeve hej DeefOekeâlece heeJej veer Ûes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW 3 ØeeflejesOe mes Ùegòeâ uees[ keâes
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ Debleefjle keâjves kesâ efueS Dehesef#ele R
Øeehle nesiee? keâe ceeve nesiee
(UPSSSC JE- 2015) (DMRC JE- 2016)

Sol. 270. Maximum power transfer takes place at an
efficiency.
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe ............... o#elee hej
mLeeve ueslee nw–
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveebleefjle keâjves kesâ efueS – (EPDCL-2010)
Rth=RL Uttarakhand AE -2013, Paper-I
6 R Sol. DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe (Power transfer) ØecesÙe yeleelee
3
6R nw efkeâ Skeâ efveef§ele Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ œeesle mes DeefOekeâlece yee¢e
18 + 3R = 6R Meefòeâ Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS DeeGšhegš šefce&veue keâer Deesj mes osKeles ngS
18 = 3R Yeej (uees[) ØeeflejesOe, œeesle (source) kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ
R=6 Ans. meceeve nesvee ÛeeefnS~
269. From the diagram given below, find out the
value of RL for which power is maximum.
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle kesâ efueS RL keâe
R
leye o#elee  uees[
R R
uees[ œeesle
RL
UPRVUNL AE-11.06.2014 14:36:06 
RL  Rs
Sol. DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS uees[ ØeeflejesOe, œeesle
ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej nesiee~ DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ keâer efmLeefle cebs RL = Rs
heefjheLe ceW Jeesušspe œeesle keâes ueIegheefjheLe leLee uees[ keâes Keguee heefjheLe RL 1
leye o#elee     0.5 Ùee 50% Ans.
keâjves hej– 2R L 2
271. The resistance which should be connected
between terminals P and Q for maximum
transfer of power from source to the combined
load is
ØeeflejesOe efpemes šefce&veue P leLee Q kesâ yeerÛe peesÌ[vee
ÛeeefnS DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevelejCe kesâ efueS œeesle mes
mebÙeesefpele uees[ keâer Deesj nw–
(APSPDCL-12)
8  Deewj 6  meceevlej ceW nw–

1 8  6 14
 
R 8 6 48 Sol. peye efkeâmeer heefjheLe cebs Tpee& œeesle keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe, hetCe&le:
24 uees[ ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej nes peelee nw lees DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ uees[ hej
R  neslee nw~ efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs Jeesušspe œeesle keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
7
24 RS = 2
ØeeflejesOe R   Deewj 12  ßesCeer ceW peg[Ì s nQ ceevee mebÙeesefpele Yeej cebs P leLee Q kesâ yeerÛe R ØeeflejesOe peesÌ[e ieÙee nw
7
24 108 4 R
R  12   leye uees[ ØeeflejesOe R L  4 || R 
7 7 4R
108 DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS,
ØeeflejesOe  Deewj 5  meceevlej ceW neWies~ RS = RL
7
4R
1

1 1
 2
R 108 5 4R
8 + 2R = 4R
7
4R – 2R = 8
540
R = 3.77  2R = 8
143 R = 4
Dele: RL= 3.77 Ans. Dele: P, Q šefce&veue kesâ yeerÛe 4 keâe ØeeflejesOe nesvee ÛeeefnS~ Ans.
272. The value of variable resistor for maximum
power transfer will be:
 R th  R L 2 Vth2  Vth2 R L 2  R L  R th 
DelÙeeefOekeâ Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS heefjJele&veerÙe R 2th  R 2L  2R th R L  2R 2L  2R L R th
ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nesiee~
R th  R L
2
 Vth 
PLmax    .R L
 RL  RL 
2
Vth
PLmax  Ans.
4R L
274. What is the maximum power transferred to a
load for a resistive Thevenin's circuit and
(UPPCL AE -26.07.2015) condition for which it occurs?
Sol. ØeeflejesOeer LesJeefveve heefjheLe uees[ keâes DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle
mLeeveevlejCe keâer Mele& keäÙee nw–
(Noida Metro Rail Corporation, 05.03.2017)
(JUVNL J.E. - 08.03.2017)
Vth
Sol. Circuit current (I) 
R L  R th
2
 Vth 
Power deliverd toa load Pmax    RL
1. meyemes henues RL keâes nšeÙee~  R L  R th 
2. Jeesušspe meesme& keâes ueIeg heefjheLe keâjkesâ Rth keâe ceeve efvekeâeuevee Q  R th  R L 
Rth = 3 + 2 = 5 Vth 2
FmeefueS DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe kesâ efueS- Dele: Pmax 
4R th
RL = Rth = 5 Ans.
273. The correct relation for maximum power
Transfer
keâewve DeefOekeâlece heeJej mLeeveeblejCe kesâ mebyebOe ceW mener nw?
(ESIC- 24.01.2019)
Sol. efkeâmeer JewÅegle heefjheLe ceW DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe kesâ efueS
uees[ ØeeflejesOe (RL) keâe ceeve œeesle ØeeflejesOe (Rth) kesâ yejeyej nesvee
ÛeeefnS DeLee&led R L  R th Important Point– (i) The efficiency at maximum
power transfer is only 50% as one half of the total
power generated is dessipated in the internal resistance
Ri of the source.
(DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle mLeeveeblejCe keâer oMee ceW o#elee 50³ ner nesleer nw
peyeefkeâ 50³ mechetCe& Glheeefole Meefkeäle keâe œeesle kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
PL  I2L R L ceW JÙeÙe nes peelee nw~)
2 Output Power I2 R L
 Vth  Efficiency   2
  RL Input Power I  R L  R th 
 R th  R L 
RL 1
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe kesâ efueS-    50%
2R L 2
dPL d 2 PL
0,   ve (ii) Under the condition of maximum power transfer the
dR L dR 2L load voltage is one half of the open circuited voltage at
dPL  R th  R L  Vth  Vth R L 2  R L  R th 
2 2 2 the load terminal.
 0 (DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle mLeeveeblejCe keâer oMee ceW uees[ Jeesušspe keâe ceeve
dR L  R L  R th 2 uees[ efMejeW hej Keguee efMeje Jeesušlee keâe DeeOee nes peelee nw~) Ans.
275. In the circuit shown, maximum power will be Sol. œeesle Éeje uees[ keâes DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ Deehetefle& keâer efmLeefle ceW
transferred when. uees[ keâe ØeeflejesOe, œeesle kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej nesiee~
oMee&S ieS heefjheLe ceW, DeefOekeâlece Meeqkeäle keâe DeLee&led RL = Rth
mLeeveeblejCe nesiee peye Š Q Vth = 12V Deewj Rth = 2
(BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
)
Vth2
Dele: œeesle Éeje Deehetefle& keâer ieÙeer DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ 
4 Rth
144

12 2
 18W  Ans.
4 2 8
278. Determine the value of load resistance (in
Ohms) for a circuit, when the maximum power
Sol. efoKeeÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW DeefOekeâlece heeJej šêbmeHeâj nesieer peye- transferred from the source of 50 V to the load
ZL  Zs* (mebÙegiceer) is 25 W.
Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ efueS uees[ ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve keâe
ZL   4.5  j6.5  Ans. efveOee&jCe (Deesÿe ceW) keâjW, peye 50 Jeesuš kesâ œeesle mes
uees[ lekeâ DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle mLeeveeblejCe 25 Jeeš nw–
276. Consider the star network shown in Figure The
resistance between terminals A and B with C
Sol. efoÙee nw,
open is 6, between terminals B and C with A
E th  50 V, Pm  25 watt, RL  ?
open is 11, and between terminals C and A
with B open is 9. Then
DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevlejCe keâer efmLeefle ceW,
Deeke=âefle ceW Skeâ mšej vesšJeke&â efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~ C kesâ Kegues E2 E2
Pm  th R L  th
4R L 4Pm
nesves hej še|ceveue A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe 6, A kesâ
50  50 2  25
Kegues nesves hej še|ceveue B Deewj C kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe 11 RL    25 Ans.
4  25 2
Deewj B kesâ Kegues nesves hej še|ceveue C Deewj A kesâ yeerÛe
279. The condition for maximum power transfer is
ØeeflejesOe 9 nw~ lees– ____ and amount of maximum power is_____.
(BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 10 AM) DeefOekeâlece heeJej Deehetefle& kesâ efueS Mele&..............nw Deewj
DeefOekeâlece heeJej keâer cee$ee...............nQ–
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016), (DSSB JE-2015)
Sol. DeefOekeâlece heeJej Deehetefle& kesâ efueS Mele& RL = Rth Deewj
DeefOekeâlece heeJej keâer cee$ee Vth2 /4Rth nw~
Pm  Vth 2 / 4R Th
Sol. C Deesheve kesâ meeLe A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe keâe ØeeflejesOe 6Ω nw
RA + RB = 6Ω ––––––(I)
A Deesheve kesâ meeLe B Deewj C kesâ yeerÛe keâe ØeeflejesOe 11Ω nw
RB + RC = 11Ω –––––(II) Ùeefo Rth = LewJesefveve ØeeflejesOe, Vth = LewJeefveve Jeesušlee
B Deesheve kesâ meeLe C Deewj A kesâ yeerÛe keâe ØeeflejesOe RL = uees[ ØeeflejesOe
RA + RC = 9Ω –––(III) DeefOekeâlece heeJej kesâ efueS uees[ ØeeflejesOe LewJeefveve ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej
meceerkeâjCe (i), (ii) Deewj (iii) keâes nue keâjves hej– Vth 2
RA = 2Ω, RB = 4Ω, RC = 7Ω Ans. nesves ÛeeefnS leLee DeefOekeâlece heeJej keâer cee$ee keâes kesâ ceeve keâe
4R th
277. The maximum power that a 12V d.c. source nesvee ÛeeefnS~
with an internal resistance of 2 can supply to Fme ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej efkeâmeer heefjheLe Éeje Yeej keâes Deliver keâer peeves
a resistive load is- Jeeueer Meefòeâ DeefOekeâlece nesieer Ùeefo Source keâe ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve Yeej
12V efo°Oeeje œeesle efpemekeâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 2 nes, kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej nes peeÙes~
Skeâ ØeeflejesOeer Yeej keâes efkeâleveer DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle keâes
Vth 2
Deehetefle& keâj mekeâlee nw- Pmax  R L  R th  R S Ans.
4R L
(BSNL TTA J.E.-2013)
280. Find the value of 'I' in the circuit Current division rule ueieeves hej–
heefjheLe ceW Oeeje 'I' keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~
20 7  20
7
I 12  12
20 140
 10
12 12
7  20 12
I=  1
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) 12 140
Sol. GheÙeg&òeâ heefjheLe ceW Jeesušspe œeesle keâes Oeeje œeesle ceW yeoueves hej– I  1Amp Ans.
282. Using Millman′s theorem, find the current

through the load resistance RL of 3 
resistance shown below:
efceuecewve ØecesÙe keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ, veerÛes oMee&S ieS 3 
ØeeflejesOe kesâ Yeej ØeeflejesOe RL ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje %eele keâerefpeS~
3 3 3 RL
8V 16 24
Current division rule ueieeves hej– V
2.5  6 (SSC J.E. 2014 Evening Shift)
I  1 Amp
15 V1 V2 V3
  8 16 24
I  1 Amp Ans.  
R1 R2 R3
Sol. VT =  3 3 3 = 16 volt
281. The current in the R= 10Ω resistance in the 1 1 1 1 1 1
   
circuit below is R1 R2 R3 3 3 3
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW R= 10Ω Jeeues ØeeflejesOe ceW
1 1
Oeeje nw: RT =  =1
1 1 1 1 1 1
   
R1 R2 R3 3 3 3

Sol.
VT 16 16
I=   = 4A Ans.
RT  RL 1  3 4
283. In a two port network how hybrid parameter is
expressed–
heefjheLe ceW ueies Jeesušspe œeesle keâes Oeeje œeesle ceW yeoueves hej efkeâmeer oes heesš& Jeeues vesšJeke&â ceW, neFefyeÇ[ hewjeceeršj keâes
kewâmes JÙekeäle efkeâÙee peelee nw?
(MP JE- 2016- Morning)
Sol. Two port network
10 Deesÿe Deewj 2 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâes meceevlej ›eâce ceW pees[Ì ves hej–
10  2 20
Req  
10  2 12
neFefyeÇ[ hewjeceeršj ceW V1,I2 dependent hewjeceeršj neslee nw peyeefkeâ

I1, V2 Independent hewjeceeršj neslee nw~

284. The two-port parameter h21 is called
št heesš& hewjeceeršj h21 keânueelee nw–
(APGenco-12)
Sol. ÙeneB V1 = h11 I1 + h12 V2
I2 = h21 I1 + h22 V2
Sol. efoÙee ieÙee efÛe$e,
I
h 21  2 V2 = 0
I1
ÙeneB vees[es keâer mebKÙee (N) = 4

yeÇevÛeeW keâer mebKÙee (B) = 6
leye, cewefš^keäme keâe ›eâce = (N-1)B
heâejJe[& šêbmeceerMeve hewjeceeršj h21 DeeGšhegš heesš& Meeš& meefke&âš kesâ = (4 – 1) × 6
= 3 × 6=18 Ans.
meeLe vesšJeke&â kesâ Oeeje ueeYe keâes oMee&lee nw~ FmeerefueS h21 keâes Meeš&
287. For the single-element two-port network in
meefke&âš heâejJe[& keâjWš iesve keânles nw~ figure, y11 is
285. The value of the parameter A for the two port Skeâkeâ lelJe št heesš& vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS, efÛe$e cebs y11 nw–
network shown is (APSPDCL-2014)
oMee&Ùes ieÙes št heesš& vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS hewjeceeršj A keâe
ceeve nw–
Ans : ÙeneB Jeesušspe V1 leLee V2 Skeâ lelJe ØeeflejesOe 10  kesâ

I1
meceevlej cebs ueies nw, leye V1 = V2 leLee Y11 
V1 V2  0
peye V2 = 0 nesiee leye V1 = 0 Yeer nesiee~
Sol. efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs KVL ueieeves hej,
Y- Parameter does not exist

288. For a two port symmetrical bilateral network,
if transmission A = 2, and B = 1 Ohm, then the
V1  5I1  5I 2 ................ (i)
value of parameter C is equal to:
V2  5I 2  5I1  5I 2 oes YeeieeW Jeeues meceefcele efÉhe#eerÙe vesšJeke&â (efmecesefš^keâue
V2  10I 2  5I1 ................ (ii) yeeFuesšjue vesšJeke&â) kesâ efueS, Ùeefo heejs<eCe ØeeÛeue A =
meceerkeâjCe (ii) mes 2 Deewj B = 1 Ohm nw, lees ØeeÛeue C keâe ceeve keäÙee
V  10I 2 nesiee?
I1  2
5 (Jammu & Kashmir JE- 2016)
I1 keâe ceeve (i) ceW jKeves hej (UPRVUNL AE- November-2016)
 V  10I 2  Sol. mescesefš^keâue kesâ efueS A = D neslee nw~
V1  5  2   5I2 A = 2, B = 1
 5 
AD – BC = 1
V1  V2  10I 2  5I 2
2×2–1×C=1 (A, D Ùetefveš less nesles nw~ )
V1  V2  5I2 4–C=1
V1  AV2  BI 2 mes leguevee keâjves hej C = 3 Ans.
A 1 Ans. 289. The V – I relation for the network shown in the
given box is V = 4I – 9. If now a resistor R = 2 
286. The reduced incidence matrix of the graph is connected across it, then the value of I will be :
shown in figure is of the order efoS ieS yee@keäme ceW ØeoefMe&le vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS V – I mecyevOe,
efÛe$e cebs efoKeeS ieÙes «eeheâ keâe keâce FJeWš cewefš^keäme keâe V = 4I – 9 nw~ Deye Ùeefo Gmekesâ heej Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ R=2 
›eâce nw– peesÌ[e peeS, lees I keâe ceeve nesiee–
(APSPDCL-2014) (SSC JE-2011, Evening)
292. In terms of ABCD parameters, a two port
+ I network is symmetrical if and only if–
ABCD hewjeceeršjmed kesâ meboYe& ceW, Skeâ efÉ-heesš& vesšJeke&â
vesšJeke&â R = 2
V mece™he neslee nw, efmeHe&â Deewj efmeHe&â leye peye–
- (Uttarakhand AE- 2013, Paper-I)
Sol.
Sol. + I
vesšJeke&â V R = 2
-
efoÙee nw, v – I mecyevOe V1   A B  V2 

   
V = 4 I – 9 ……………. (i)  I1  C D    I 2  
fig. mes V1= AV2 + B(–I2) Open to port –2, I2 = 0
V = – IR …………….. (ii) I1 = CV2 + D(–I2) A = V1/V2
meceer (i) meceer. (ii) ceW jKeves hej C= I1/V2
4 I – 9 = –I × 2 Short to port -2, V2 = 0
6I=9 V1 I
B D 1
I = 1.5 A
290. In two-port network N has the transmission
Ans.
 2
 I  I2
V1 V2 V I
A B  A 1  1  D
parameter   . The input impdeance of I1 I 2 V2 I 2
 C D
ABCD hewjeceeršjmed kesâ mevoYe& ceW Skeâ efÉ-heesš& vesšJeke&â mece™he neslee
the network at port-1 will be–
nw~ efmehe&â Deewj efmehe&â leye peye A = D nesiee~ Ans.
A B
Skeâ št heesš& vesšJeke&â keâe šêbmeefceMeve hewjeceeršj   293. The correct function for 'Y' parameter in a two
 C D port network?
nw~ heesš& -1 hej vesšJeke&â keâer Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee nesieer– efÉ-heesš& vesšJeke&â ceW Heâueve Y hewjeceeršj kesâ efueS mener nw–
(Coal India Ltd. 26.03.2017) (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 10 AM)
Sol. efÉ heesš& ceW (I1, I2) = f (V1, V2) Heâueve Y hewjeceeršj kesâ efueS
mener nw~
Sol. oes heesš& vesšJeke&â keâe šêbmeefceMeve hewjeceeršj,  I1   Y11 Y12   V1 
 V1   A B   V2  I    Y   
 I    C D   I   2   21 Y22   V2 
 1   2 peneB Y11, Y12, Y21 leLee Y22 keâes Y – hewjeceeršme& keânles nw~ Fmes Mee@š&
meefke&âš Ùee S[efcešsvme hewjeceeršj Yeer keânles nQ~ Ans.
294. The z–parameters of the shown T–network in
Figure given by
V1= AV2–BI2, oMee&S ieS T–vesšJeke&â kesâ efÛe$e cebs z– hewjeceeršj efoÙee
I1= CV2–DI2 peeSiee?
DeeGšhegš heesš& keâes Keguee heefjheLe (open circuit) keâjves hej, (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
I2= 0,
leye V1 = AV2, I1= CV2
V AV A
leLee Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee R11  1  2  Ans.
I1 CV2 C
291. For a two port network to be reciprocal:
oes Yeeie vesšJeke&â nsleg jsefmeØeeskeâue kesâ efueS Mele& nw– Sol.
Z1 Z2
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
Z3
Sol. Two–Port vesšJeke&â cebs jsefmeØeeskeâue nsleg Mele& Y-hewjeceeršj cebW
y12 = y21 neslee nw~ Two – Port vesšJeke&â cebs Reciprocity
Condition nsleg z hewjeceeršj z12 = z21 leLee H– hewjeceeršj h12 = Z11 = Z1 + Z3 Z12 = Z3
–h21 leLee ABCD hewjeceeršj AD–BC = 1 neslee nw leLee Z22 = Z2 + Z3 Z21 = Z3
Symmetrical nsleg Mele& z11 = z22 neslee nw~ FmeefueS Z–hewjeceeršj
y11 = y22, A = D Ans. Z1 = 5 Z2 = 12 Z3 = 8

(i) Z11 = Z1 + Z3 296. T parameter of the networks shown in the figure
=5+8 is
Z11 = 13 veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes vesšJeke&â keâe T hewjeceeršj keäÙee nesiee?
(ii) Z12 = Z3
=8
(iii)Z21 = Z3
=8
(iv) Z22 = Z2 + Z3 = 12 + 8 = 20
Z11, Z12, Z21 leLee Z22 ›eâceMe: 13, 8, 8, 20 nesiee~ Ans. (UPPCL A.E.- 26.07.2015)
295. A network consists of voltage source "V" and Sol.
current source "I" and several resistors as
shown in the figure:
In Transformer :-
A particular resistor "R" dissipates a power of V1 I 2 N1 1
   ..........(i)
4 watts when voltage source alone is active and V2 I1 N2 n
"R" dissipates a power of 9watts when the
V2
current source alone is active. The power V1  ...........(ii)
dissipated by "R" when both the sources are n
active is : meceer. (i) mes -
efÛe$e ceW efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe Jeesušlee meesme& Deewj Oeeje œeesle I1
 n
leLee keâF& ØeeflejesOe mes yevee nw Ùeefo Skeâ efJeMes<e ØeeflejesOe I2
ceW Meefòeâ neefve 4W nw peye Jeesušlee œeesle Dekesâues meef›eâÙe nw~ I1  nI2 ............(iii)
Gmeer ØeeflejesOe ceW 9W Meefòeâ neefve neslee nw peye Oeeje
We know that
œeesle Dekesâues meef›eâÙe nw ØeeflejesOe R ceW Meefòeâ neefve keäÙee
V1  AV2  BI 2
nesieer peye oesveeW œeesle meef›eâÙe nes–
I1  CV2  DI2
(UPPCL AE -26.07.2015)
Dele: meceer. (ii) Je (iii) mes
Sol.
vesšJeke&â keâe T hewjeceeršj
V2
 4 ...........(i) 1 
R A B   0
 C D   n 
Ans.
I 22 R  9 ..........(ii)  
 0 n 
9
V  4R I 22  297. Y parameters of the network are given as
R shown in the figure below. The network is
4R 9 embedded with another resistive circuit as
I1  I2  shown. The new Y parameters of the circuit
R R
will be
P   I1  I 2 
2
vesšJeke&â kesâ Y hewjeceeršme& keâes veerÛes efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW efoKeeÙee
2 ieÙee nw~ vesšJeke&â kesâ meeLe Skeâ Deewj ØeeflejesOekeâ meefke&âš kesâ
 4R 9 
P     R meeLe Scyes[s[ nw efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~ veÙee Y hewjeceeršme& keäÙee
 R R  nesiee?
 4R 9 4R 9
  2   2  R
R R R R 
 4 9 12 
    R
R R R 
 25 
P    R  25W Ans.
R (UPPCL A.E.- 26.07.2015)
Sol. 3 7 4
D   1
5 5 5
 1 1 3
D
28
1
Y hewjeceeršj keâe above network  y1     5 25
 1 1 
3 53
 4 2 D
Y hewjeceeršj keâe otmeje vesšJeke&â  y 2     5 25
1 1  53  5 53
Y hewjeceeršj keâe heefjCeeceer = y1 + y2 D= , D Ans.
25  3 15
 1  4 1  2 
  300. As shown in the figure, 1 resistance is
 1  1 1  1  connected across a source that has a load line v
+ i = 100. The current through the resistance is
5 1  pewmee efkeâ efÛe$e cebs efoKeeÙee nw 1 ØeeflejesOe œeesle mes peesÌ[e
  Ans. ngDee nQ efpemekeâer uees[ ueeFve v + i = 100 nQ~ ØeeflejesOe kesâ
0 2 meehes#e Oeeje nw,
298. For the linear circuit shown in figure. (TRANSCO AE-2012)
when R = , V = 20 V;
when R = 0, I = 4 A;
when R = 5 , the current I is
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS jwefKekeâ heefjheLe kesâ efueS,
peye R = , V = 20 V; Sol. efoÙee nw, V + i = 100 ……..(i)
peye R = 0, I = 4 A; uees[ ØeeflejesOe RL = 1
peye R = 5 , Oeeje I efkeâleveer nesieer? Deesce efveÙece kesâ Éeje, efJeYeJe V = i.RL
I peneB RL = 1
V=1×i
+ V = i …………..(ii)
Linear
Vs R
– Circuit leye meceer k eâjCe (i) leLee (ii) mes,
V + i = 100
 i + i = 100
 2i = 100
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning)
 i = 50 SefcheÙej Ans.
Sol.
301. For network shown in below figure, when I = 0,
peye R=  leye R kesâ heej Jeesušspe Vs= 20 Volt V = 20 V and when R = 0, I = 10 A. If now R =
Deewj peye R = 0 I= 4A 3 what is the value of the current I?
R eq 
20
 5 (jsKeerÙe heefjheLe keâe ØeeflejesOe)
veer Ûes oMee&Ùes ieÙes efÛe$e cebs vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS peye I = 0, V =
4 20V leLee R = 0, I = 10A nQ Ùeefo Deye R = 3 nes peeS
peye R=5 leye Req Deewj R ßesCeer ceW nesies– lees Oeeje I keâe ceeve nw–
V 20 (Transco-2015)
I   2A
R  R eq 5  5
R =  keâe DeLe& R kesâ efmejs Kegues ngS nw~
R = 0 keâe DeLe& ngDee R kesâ efmejs ueIegheefjheLe nesieW~ Ans.
299. For a two port reciprocal network, the three
transmission parameters are given by, A=3/5, B Sol. efoÙee nw, VOC = 20V, ISC = 10A leLee RL = 3 leye
= 7/5, C = 4/5, what is the value of D VOC 20
meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe R th    2
Skeâ efÉ heesš& jsefmeØeeskeâue vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS, leerve mecØes<eCe ISC 10
hewjeceeršj, A=3/5, B = 7/5, C = 4/5 nw, lees D keâe ceeve
nesiee–
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016_10 AM)
Sol. oes heesš& jsefmeØeeskeâue vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS leerve šêbmeefceMeve hewjeceeršj
3 7 4 53
A , B C efoÙee nw lees D keâer JewuÙet nesieer~
5 5 5 15 leye hetCe& ØeeflejesOe = 2 + RL  2 + 3 = 5
Ûettbefkeâ ABCD hewjeceeršj (šêbmeefceMeve hewjeceeršj) keâer jsefmeØeeskeâue 20
vesšJeke&â keâer efmLeefle ceW AD – BC = 1 ØeJeeefnle Oeeje I   4A Ans.
5
03.5.
yewšjer Deewj efJeÅegle-DeheIešdÙe
(Batteries and Electrolysis)
yewšjer (Batteries)  The container of cells are made of ….
 mesue kesâ ef[yyes (kebâšsveme&)......... mes yeves nesles nQ~
Zinc
pemles
(UPPCL JE- 2015)
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction)  The Fill Factor of a silicon solar cell is
approximately– 0.7 to 0.8
 Parallel connection of battery cells increases-  efmeefuekeâe@ve meesuej mesue keâe efHeâue Hewâkeäšj ueieYeie neslee nw–
Current capacity 0.7 to 0.8
 yewšjer mesueeW kesâ meceeblej mebÙeespeve mes–––––yeÌ{lee/yeÌ{leer nw~ (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
Oeeje #ecelee  Photo conductive cell is used for-
(UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I) Low frequency application
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  ØekeâeMe ÛeeuekeâerÙe mesue........... kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie neslee nw~
(SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018) efvecve DeeJe=efòe DevegØeÙeesie
(SSC JE- 03.03.2017, 2.45) (BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016,10 AM)  Batteries are composed of one or more cells, each
 In which cells polarization is the major defect– containing – A positive electrode,
Voltaic cell negative electrode, separator and electrolyte
 efkeâme mesue ceW OegÇJeerkeâjCe ØecegKe oes<e neslee nw– JeesušerÙe mesue  yewšefjÙeeB Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ mesueeW mes yeveer nesleer nw, efpeveceW
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
ØelÙeskeâ ceW .............. meefcceefuele neslee nw–
ØeeLeefcekeâ SJeb efÉleerÙekeâ mesuees ceW Deblej Skeâ Oeveelcekeâ Fueskeäšês[, Skeâ $e+Ceelcekeâ Fueskeäšês[,
(Difference Between Primary and Secondary Cell) efJeYeepekeâ Deewj efJeÅegle DeheIešdÙe (FueskeäšêsueeFš)
ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue efÉleerÙekeâ mesue (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Ùen legjvle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue Fmes henues efJeÅegle oskeâj  --------- batteries are used in car. Lead-acid
GlheVe keâjlee nw~ DeeJesefMele keâjvee heÌ[lee nw,  keâej ceW.........yewšefjÙeeW keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw? meermee Decue
leye Ùen efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
GlheVe keâjlee nw~  The name of the instrument used to measure the
specific gravity of a battery is– Hydrometer
Ùen hegvejeJesefMele keâjves ÙeesiÙe veneR Fmes hegve: hegvejeJesefMele efkeâÙee  yewšjer kesâ efJeefMe° ieg®lJe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ GhekeâjCe keâe
neslee nw~ pee mekeâlee nw~ veece nw– neF[êsceeršj
Ùen Jepeve ceW nukeâe neslee nw~ Ùen Jepeve ceW Yeejer neslee nw~ (NPCIL- 08.06.2018)
Fmekeâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue keâce Fmekeâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (DMRC JE- 2015)
 .......... trickle charging of the batteries is done–
neslee nw~ DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
Keep it fresh and fully charged
Ùen efvecve oj hej efJeÅegle Oeeje Ùen GÛÛe oj hej efJeÅegle Oeeje  yewšjer keâes efš^keâue ÛeeefpeËie ......... keâjles nQb~
Øeoeve keâj mekeâlee nw~ Øeoeve keâj mekeâlee nw~ Fmes leepee Deewj hetjer lejn Ûeepe& jKeves kesâ efueS
Skeâ yeej GheÙeesie keâj uesves kesâ yeeo Fmes yeej-yeej hegvejeJesefMele keâj (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
Ùen yeskeâej nes peelee nw~ GheÙeesie cebs ueeÙee peelee nw~ (BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Solar cell is a............. Photovoltic device  The expression of capacity of a battery is–
Ampere-hour rating
 meesuej mesue Skeâ......nw~ Heâesšes JeesušeFkeâ Ùeb$e
 yewšjer keâer #ecelee kesâ efueS JÙebpekeâ nw– SefcheÙej-Dee@Jej jsefšbie
(UPPCL JE- 2015)
(BSNL TTA-2016), (UJVNL-2016) (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
 How is an electrochemical cell rated if 'n' cells are
(SSC JE- 03.03.2017, 2.45)
connected in series- n Ah
(RRB JE- 2014)
 Ùeefo 'n' mesueeW keâes ßesCeer›eâce ceW pees[ Ì e peelee nw, lees efJeÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ (BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016,3 pm)
mesue keâes kewâmes efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee peelee nw- n Ah (UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
Batteries and Electrolysis 176 YCT
♦ A battery is a sources of– DC voltage ♦ Proper charging rate of a battery in ampere is about
 yewšjer Skeâ ......... keâe Œeesle nw– [er.meer. Jeesušspe ...... of its ampere-hour capacity–
1
♦ The fastest method of charge in batteries is– 8
Constant voltage system  Skeâ yewšjer keâer meeceevÙe DeeJesMe oj SefcheÙej ceW Fmekesâ SefcheÙej-
 yewšefjÙeeW ceW ÛeeefpeËie keâer meyemes lespe efJeefOe ........ nw– 1
IeCše #ecelee kesâ ueieYeie ........... neslee nw–
efmLej Jeesušspe ØeCeeueer 8
♦ The electrode for a battery must be–  A primary cell is chemically............. Irreversible
A good conductor of electricity  Skeâ ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue jemeeÙeefvekeâ ™he mes ........... nesleer nw-
 Skeâ yewšjer kesâ efueS Fueskeäšês[ ........ nesvee ÛeeefnS– DeheefjJele&veerÙe
efJeÅegle keâe Skeâ DeÛÚe Ûeeuekeâ  Which element is used as an anode in a dry cell-
♦ The ampere hour capacity of a battery used on Carbon
trucks is– 100–150 Ah  keâewve mee lelJe Meg<keâ mesue ceW Svees[ kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
 Skeâ yewšjer keâer SefcheÙej-IeCše #ecelee š^keâ hej ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- keâeye&ve
nw– 100-150 SefcheÙej-IeCše ♦ All dry cells when new have about .....– 1.5 V
♦ Internal resistance of a cell is reduced by–  meYeer Meg<keâ mesue peye veÙeer nes, Gmekeâer Jeesušlee ueieYeie
Using vent plug to permit gas formed during ............ nesleer nw– 1.5 V
discharge, increasing the plate area, putting
plates very close together ♦ Polarisation in a cell is due to accumulation of
.......gas over anode– H2
 Skeâ mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe IešeÙee peelee nw–
efJemepe&ve kesâ oewjeve Jesvš hueie kesâ Fmlesceeue mes iewmeeW kesâ  Skeâ mesue ceW Svees[ hej ..............iewmeeW kesâ peceeJe kesâ keâejCe
mLeeveevlejCe mes, huesš kesâ #es$eHeâue keâes yeÌ{ekeâj, huesšeW keâes OeÇgJeerkeâjCe neslee nw– H2
♦ To prevent local action in battery, only ...... is used
Skeâ otmejs kesâ efyeukegâue vepeoerkeâ jKekeâj in electrolytes– Distilled water
♦ If a battery is wrongly connected on charge what  yewšjer ceW mLeeÙeer ef›eâÙee keâes jeskeâves kesâ efueS efJeÅegle DeheIešŸeeW ceW
will happen–
Current drawing will be very high
kesâJeue ............ ØeÙeesie neslee nw– Deemegle peue
 Ùeefo Skeâ yewšjer ieuele lejerkesâ mes DeeJesMeve hej pegÌ[er nw~ lees keäÙee ♦ Even though voltage of a dry cell, big or small, is
1.5 V, small cell delivers less current because it has
nesieer– Oeeje yengle DeefOekeâ uesieer comparatively ......... internal resistance– More
♦ Shelf life of a small dry cell is–  Skeâ Meg<keâ mesue keâe Jeesušspe ÙeÅeefhe yeÌ[e Ùee Úesše nes, 1.5 V
Less than that of large dry cell
nw, legueveelcekeâ ™he mes Úesšer mesue keâce Oeeje Øeoeve keâjleer nw
 Skeâ Úesšs Meg<keâ mesue keâer DeÛeue peerJeve keâeue neslee nw–
keäÙeesefkeâ Fmekeâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ......... neslee nw– DeefOekeâ
yeÌ[s Meg<keâ mesue mes keâce
meermee Decue yewšjer kesâ DeeJesMeve kesâ efueÙes ØeÙegòeâ efJeefOe
(Charging Methods used for Lead-acid Battery)
meermee Decue yewšjer kesâ DeeJesMeve keâer efvecve leerve efJeefOeÙeeb ØeÛeefuele nw–
1. efveÙele Oeeje efJeefOe (Constant Current Method)
 Fme efJeefOe ceW ÛeeefpeËie Oeeje keâe ceeve yewšjer kesâ ÛeeefpeËie DeJeefOe kesâ oewjeve efveÙele (constant) jKee peelee nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW ÛeeefpeËie DeJeefOe kesâ oewjeve yewšjer keâer Jeesušspe Oeerjs-Oeerjs yeÌ{leer nw, FmeefueS current efmLej jKeves kesâ efueS Ùee lees Skeâ
variable ØeeflejesOe (R) keâer help ueer peeleer nw, Ùee efHeâj constant current power supply Ùee yewšjer Ûeepe&j keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW DeeJesMeve Oeeje keâe ceeve keâce jKevee ÛeeefnÙes leeefkeâ mesue ceW DeefOekeâ iewme ve yeveves heeÙes leLee mesue kesâ leeheceeve ceW Yeer 45 C mes
0
DeefOekeâ Je=efæ ve nes~

 Fme efJeefOe ceW efpeleveer keâce Oeeje Éeje DeeJesMeve efkeâÙee peeÙesiee, mesue keâes DeeJesefMele keâjves ceW DeefOekeâ meceÙe ueiesiee, uesefkeâve mesue keâer o#elee
ceW Je=efæ nesieer~
 Fme efJeefOe Éeje keâF& yewefš^ÙeeW keâes ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[keâj GvnW Skeâ meeLe Ûeepe& efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw Ûeepe& keâjves kesâ DevÙe lejerkeâeW keâer leguevee ceW
DeefOekeâ meceÙe ueielee nw~
2. efveÙele Jeesušspe ÛeeefpeËie efJeefOe (Constant Voltage Method)
 Ùen yewšjer keâes Ûeepe& keâjves keâer lJeefjle (quick) efJeefOe nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW ÛeeefpeËie Jeesušspe keâes ÛeeefpeËie kesâ oewjeve efveÙele (constant) jKee peelee nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW ØeejefcYekeâ ÛeeefpeËie Oeeje DeefOekeâ nesleer nw, pees Oeerjs-Oeerjs Iešleer peeleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ yewšjer keâer Jeesušspe yeÌ{leer peeleer nw~
 Fme efJeefOe Éeje yewšjer Ûeepe& keâjves nsleg efveÙele Jeesušspe œeesle (constant voltage source) (yewšjer Ûeepe&j) keâe use efkeâÙee peelee nw~

 Fme efJeefOe ceW mesue keâes DeeJesefMele keâjves ceW ueieYeie DeeOee meceÙe ueielee nw uesefkeâve mesue keâer o#elee (ueieYeie 10³) Ieš peeleer nw leLee mesue
keâer #ecelee (capacity) 20% lekeâ yeÌ{lee nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW Ûeepe& kesâ Deble ceW, ÛeeefpeËie keâer Oeeje ueieYeie MetvÙe nes peeleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ yewšjer keâe Jeesušspe, mehueeF& meefke&âš kesâ Jeesušspe kesâ
yejeyej nes peelee nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW meceeve Jeesušspe Jeeueer yewšefjÙeeW keâes Skeâ ner meceÙe ceW meceeveeblej (parallel) ceW connect keâjkesâ Ûeepe& efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW yewšefjÙeeB meceeveeblej ceW connect nesleer nQ, Dele: efkeâmeer Yeer yewšjer keâes nševes Ùee peesÌ[ves kesâ oewjeve ÛeeefpeËie meefke&âš keâes
yeeefOele keâjves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee veneR nesleer nw~
3. ueeFve hej pegÌ[e ÚesÌ[keâj (Floating on The Line)
 keâF& mLeeveeW hej yewšefjÙeeW keâes ueeFve hej pegÌ[e ÚesÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw~ Ùes yewšefjÙeeB Fme Øekeâej pegÌ[er nesleer nw efkeâ efpeme meceÙe efJeÅegle
uees[ ceeBie meeceevÙe nesleer nw, Gme meceÙe Ùes DeeJesefMele nesleer jnleer nw, hejvleg peye uees[ ceeBie yeÌ{leer nw Ùee meeceevÙe hee@Jej mehueeF&
yevo nes peeleer nw Ùee keâš peeleer nw lees Ùen yewšefjÙeeB mJeÛeeefuele ¤he mes efJemeefpe&le nesvee ØeejcYe keâj osleer nw~
♦ Ampere hour capacity of an industrial battery is  Skeâ mesue keâes keâeÙe& keâjves kesâ efueS keâewve meer DeJemLee pe™jer nesleer
based on ............ hours discharge rate– 8 nw– oes efJeefYeVe Oeeleg Jeeues Fueskeäšês[ pees efyevee Skeâ otmejs
 Skeâ DeewÅeesefiekeâ yewšjer keâer SefcheÙej IeCše #ecelee Fmekesâ ............ kesâ mheMe& mes efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe ceW [tyes nes, efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe
IeCše efJemepe&ve oj hej DeeOeeefjle nesleer nw– 8
keâes keâce mes keâce Skeâ Fueskeäšês[ kesâ meeLe jemeeÙeefvekeâ
♦ All the electrical connections between the battery
and vehicle should be by– Flexible cables ef›eâÙeeMeerue nes, efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe õJe Ùee uegioer
 yewšjer Deewj Jeenve kesâ yeerÛe meYeer efJeÅegle mebÙeespeve..............kesâ ÛeeuekeâerÙe nesvee ÛeeefnS
Éeje pegÌ[e nesvee ÛeeefnS– ueÛeerues kesâefyeueeW ♦ A typical output of a solar cell is– 0.5-0.6 V
 Skeâ meesuej mesue keâe efJeefMe° DeeGšhegš neslee nw– 0.5-0.6 V
mesue keâer Oeeefjlee ♦ Satellite power requirement is provided through–
(Capacity of Cell) Solar cells
 mebÛeeÙekeâ mesue keâer Oeeefjlee SsefcheÙej IeCše ceW ceeheer peeleer nw~  Ghe«en keâes DeeJeMÙekeâ Meefòeâ ............. kesâ ceeOÙece mes Øeoeve keâer
 mesue keâer Oeeefjlee yewšjer kesâ efJemepe&ve oj, efJeÅegle DeheIešdÙe kesâ peeleer nw– meewj mesue
efJeefMe<š IevelJe leLee leeheceeve hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw~ ♦ In a battery, cover is placed over the elements and
 mesue keâer efJemepe&ve oj yeÌ{ves mes mesue keâer Oeeefjlee keâce nes peeleer sealed at the top of the battery container. This is
nw keäÙeeWefkeâ GÛÛe efJemepe&ve oj mes mesue kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ done in order to–
Exclude dirt and foreign matter from the
keâejCe šefce&veue Jeesušlee ceW DeefOekeâ efiejeJeš Dee peeleer nw leLee electrolyte, reduce evaporation of
meeLe ner huesšeW kesâ efÚõeW ceW Decue keâer meeceLÙe& ogye&ue nes peeleer nw~ water from electrolyte
 mesue keâe leeheceeve Ùee efJeefMe<š IevelJe Ùee oesveeW yeÌ{ves ueies lees  Skeâ yewšjer ceW, DeJeÙeJeeW keâes Gmekesâ mLeeve hej {keâe Deewj yewšjer
mesue keâer Oeeefjlee yeÌ{ peeleer nw~ keâvšsvej keâes Meeru[ efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùen Ssmee efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ Standard cell– Oetue Deewj yeenjer heoeLe& keâes FueskeäšêsueeFš mes Deueie keâjvee,
Will have precise and accurate constant FueskeäšêsueeFš mes heeveer kesâ Jee<heve keâes keâce keâjvee
voltage when current drawn from it is few
♦ Internal resistance of a battery cell increases with–
microamperes only
Increase in distance between two electrodes
 ceevekeâ mesue–
 yewšjer mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe................, kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee
ÙeLeeLe& Deewj heefjMegæ efmLej Jeesušspe nesiee, peye Fmemes ueer
nw– oes Fueskeäšês[ kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer ceW Je=efæ
ieF& Oeeje kesâJeue kegâÚ ceeF›eâesSefcheÙej keâer nesieer~
♦ Effect of temperature on internal resistance of a
♦ Pickling is–
battery is– Inversely proportional
Removal of scale, grease etc, from the surface
 Skeâ yewšjer kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe hej leeheceeve keâe ØeYeeJe neslee nw–
 efhekeâefuebie nw– mkesâue, «eerme Deeefo keâes melen mes nševee JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer
♦ The ampere-hour (A.h.) capacity of a battery used
on cars is– 30 to 60 Ah ♦ One ampere hour charges is equivalent to–
 Skeâ keâej kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ yewšjer keâer SefcheÙej IeCše (A.h.) 3600 coulombs
#ecelee nw– 30 mes 60 Ah  Skeâ SefcheÙej Iebše DeeJesMe ........... kesâ yejeyej neslee nw–
♦ For a cell to work, which condition(s) become 3600 ketâuee@ce
necessary– Two electrodes of different metals ♦ .......... battery is used in aeroplanes–
should be inserted in the electrolyte, not touching Nickel-cadmium
each other, Electrolyte must chemically react  nJeeF& penepe ceW ........... yewšjer GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
with one of the electrodes, Electrolyte
liquid or paste should be conducting
efveefkeâue kewâ[efceÙece
♦ The greater of internal resistance of a cell–  ues[ Sefme[ yewšêr keâes DeeJesefMele keâjves hej Fmekesâ Svees[ ceW Yeeweflekeâ
The lesser the terminal voltage heefjJele&ve nesiee- Ûeekeâuesšer Yetje keâuej nes peeÙesiee
 mesue keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâ nesiee lees– (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
šefce&veue Jeesušspe keâce nesiee  Why is the cell of a lead acid battery constructed
♦ The voltage of a simple voltaic cell is– 1.08 V with multiple number of plates, all the positive
plates are joined together and all the negative plates
 Skeâ meeOeejCe JeesušeFkeâ mesue keâe Jeesušspe neslee nw– 1.08 V
are joined together– To minimise the internal
♦ With constant voltage method of charging, the time resistance and to reduce the plate size
of charging is almost reduced to– Half
 ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer kesâ mesue keâes efkeâme Jepen mes SkeâeefOekeâ huesšes mes
 efmLej Jeesušlee efJeefOe kesâ meeLe, DeeJesMeve keâe meceÙe DeefOekeâebMele: efveefce&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~ efpemeceW meYeer Oeveelcekeâ huesšs Skeâ meeLe
.............nes peelee nw– DeeOee (Deæ&) pegÌ[er nesleer nw~ Deewj meYeer $e+Ceelcekeâ huesšs Skeâ meeLe pegÌ[er nesleer
♦ In constant current method of charging, the cell nw - Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe keâes keâce keâjves leLee huesš kesâ
temperature does not exceed ....... ºC– 45
Deekeâej keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS
 DeeJesMeve keâer efmLej Oeeje efJeefOe ceW, mesue keâe leeheceeve
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
..............ef[«eer mesCšer«esš mes DeefOekeâ ve nes– 45
 The physical change will happen to the cathode of
♦ The method of charging the battery at very low rate the lead acid battery on charging–
is– Trickle charge method
The colour will change to grey
 yengle efvecve oj hej yewšjer keâes DeeJesefMele keâjves keâer efJeefOe nw–  ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer keâes Ûeepe& keâjves hej kewâLees[ ceW .........Yeeweflekeâ
efš^keâue DeeJesMeve efJeefOe heefjJele&ve nesiee - «es keâuej keâe nes peeSiee
♦ For a voltage source when internal resistance (Ri) is
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
equal to load resistance (RL), what is maximum–
Power in RL
 Skeâ Jeesušlee Œeesle kesâ efueS peye Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe (Ri) Yeej
ØeeflejesOe (RL) kesâ yejeyej nes peeÙes, keäÙee DeefOekeâlece nw–
RL ceW Meefòeâ
♦ A constant voltage source has–
Low internal resistance
 Skeâ efveÙele Jeesušlee Œeesle keâe .......... neslee nw~
efvecve Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
♦ A cell does 5 joules of work in carrying 10
coulombs of charge around a closed circuit. The emf
of the cell is– 0.5 Volt
 Skeâ yevo heefjheLe kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj 10 ketâuee@ce keâe DeeJesMe ues peeves
ceW Skeâ mesue 5 petue keâe keâeÙe& keâjlee nw mesue keâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ
yeue (emf) nw– 0.5 Volt  The normal cell voltage of a lithium ion battery -
3.6 V
2. mesue kesâ Øekeâej (Types of Cells)  efueefLeÙece DeeÙeve yewšjer keâe meeceevÙe Jeesušspe ......... neslee nw~
3.6 V
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
a. ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue (Primary Cells)  The statement is correct for primary cell with
regards to secondary cell -
 Identify the type of battery structure shown in the Initial cost of primary cell is cheap
figure- Button cell  efÉleerÙekeâ mesue kesâ meehes#e ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue kesâ efueS ......... keâLeve
melÙe nw - ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue keâe ØeejefcYekeâ cetuÙe keâce neslee nws
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
 Depolariser in leclanche cell– MnO2
 ueskeäueebMes mesue ceW efJeOegÇJekeâ kesâ ™he ceW ........ keâeÙe& keâjlee nw–
 efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS yewšjer mebjÛevee kesâ Øekeâej keâer henÛeeve keâjW- MnO2
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
yešve mesue
 A/An ……….. cell is a type of secondary cell -
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
Lead acid
 ........... physical change will happen to the anode of
a lead acid battery on charging–
 ............mesue Skeâ Øekeâej keâe efÉleerÙekeâ mesue nw- ues[ Sefme[
Colour will change to chocolate brown (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021, Shift-I)
 The specific gravity of electrolyte in a lead acid cell ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue
increases, the internal resistance of the cell is
-Decreased Primary Cells
 ues[ Sefme[ mesue ceW FueskeäšêsueeFš keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe yeÌ{ peelee Type Voltage Remark
nw, lees mesue keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW ......... nesiee -keâceer carbon-zinc 1.5V -efvecve keâercele, efvecve Oeeje
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) #ecelee,
-heäuewMe ueeFš Deewj efKeueewvees ceW
ØeÙegòeâ
zinc-chloride 1.5V -keâeye&ve efpebkeâ yewšjer kesâ meceeve
hejvleg GÛÛe Oeeje #ecelee
manganese 1.5V -neF[êkeämeeF[ FueskeäšêsueeFš
alkaline -GÛÛe Oeeje #ecelee
silver oxide 1.5V -neF[êkeämeeF[ FueskeäšêsueeFš
-ceerefveSÛej yešve kesâ Deekeâej keâe
♦ The active material of the positive plates of silver- lithium 2.95V -GÛÛe peerJeve-keâeue
zinc batteries is– Silver oxide
-GÛÛe keâercele
 ÛeeBoer-pemlee yewšefjÙeeW kesâ Oeveelcekeâ huesšeW keâe meef›eâÙe heoeLe& neslee
-GÛÛe Tpee& IevelJe
nw– efmeuJej Dee@keämeeF[
♦ The electrochemical reactions are not reversible in case
mercury 1.35V -kewâLees[ cejkeäÙegefjkeâ DeekeämeeF[
of– Primary cells only neslee nw
 efJeÅegle-jemeeÙeefvekeâ DeefYeef›eâÙee ........ keâer oMee ceW Gl›eâceCeerÙe veneR ♦ Negative electrode of simple voltaic cell is made of–
nesleer nw– kesâJeue ØeeLeefcekeâ mesueeW Zinc
♦ Dry cell is modification of– Leclanche cell  meeOeejCe JeesušeFkeâ mesue keâe $e+Ceelcekeâ Fueskeäšês[ yevee neslee
 Megg<keâ mesue ™heevlejCe Ùee megOeje ™he nw– ueskeäueebMes mesue keâe nw– efpebkeâ
♦ The electrolyte in a Leclanche cell is– ♦ The internal resistance of a dry cell is of the order
Aqueous solution of ammonium chloride of– 0.2 to 0.4 Ohm
 Skeâ ueskeäueebMes mesue ceW efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe neslee nw–  Meg<keâ mesue keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe.......... kesâ ›eâce keâe neslee nw–
DeceesefveÙece keäueesjeF[ keâe peueerÙe efJeueÙeve 0.2 mes 0.4 Deesce
♦ A dry storage cell is– Carbon-zinc cell ♦ The defects of a primary cell is–
 Meg<keâ mebÛeeÙekeâ mesue nw– keâeye&ve-efpebkeâ mesue Local action and polarization
♦ The output voltage of a silver oxide cell is– 1.5 V  Skeâ ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue keâe oes<e nw– ueeskeâue ef›eâÙee Deewj OegÇJeCe
 Skeâ efmeuJej Dee@keämeeF[ mesue keâe DeeGšhegš Jeesušspe nw– 1.5 V ♦ A lead acid cell is rechargeable because–
♦ Capacity of a dry cell, is– Its chemical reaction is reversible
More when it supplies current intermittently  Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue DeeJesefMele nesleer nw keäÙeesefkeâ–
 Skeâ Meg<keâ mesue keâer #ecelee, nw– Fmekeâer jemeeÙeefvekeâ ef›eâÙee Gl›eâceCeerÙe nesleer nw~
DeefOekeâ, peye Ùen Oeeje ®keâ-®keâ keâj Deehetefle& keâjlee nw  The function of the depolarizer in a carbon-zinc cell
♦ Internal resistance of primary cell varies– is that..............
Directly with the distance between It converts the produced hydrogen into water
electrodes, with the nature of electrodes  keâeye&
v e-ef
pebkeâ mesue ceW [erheesuejeFpej keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw–
 ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe yeouelee nw– Ùen Glheeefole neF[êspeve keâes peue ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjlee nw~
meerOes Fueskeäšês[ kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ meeLe, (SSC JE-02.03.2017, 10 am)
 The voltage supplied by the zinc-electrolyte cell
Fueskeäšês[ keâer Øeke=âefle kesâ meeLe
shown in the figure below is...............
♦ ........... primary cells has the highest voltage– Approximately 1.5V
Lithium (2.95V)  veerÛes oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&S ieS efpebkeâ-efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe mesue
 ........... ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue keâer Jeesušlee GÛÛe nesleer nw– Éeje Deehetefle& Jeesušlee nesleer nw– ueieYeie 1.5V
efueefLeÙece (2.95V) (SSC JE- 02.03.2017, 2.45 pm)
Note : Meg<keâ mesue keâe Fueskeäšês[ keâeye&ve kesâ yeves nesles nw leLee Fve
keâeye&ve Fueskeäšês[ mesueeW keâe DeeJejCe SuÙegefceefveÙece Ùee pemlee keâe yeveeÙee peelee nw~
Fmheele DeeJejCe  Which primary cells has the lowest voltage–
Mercury
 efkeâme ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue keâer Jeesušspe vÙetvelece neslee nw– cejkeâjer
efpebkeâ keâsve (UPSSSC JE- 2015)
hesmšs[ efJeÅegle DeheIešdŸe  EMF of silver oxide is– 1.5
 efmeuJej Dee@keämeeF[ mesue keâe emf neslee nw– 1.5
b. efÉleerÙekeâ mesue (Secondary Cells)

 The zinc-carbon cell is true–  The active material of a nickel-iron battery is ...........
The depolarizer mainly contains brown Nickel hydroxide
iron and carbon powder  efveefkeâue ueewn yewšjer keâe meef›eâÙe heoeLe& nw–
 efpebkeâ-keâeye&ve mesue kesâ efueS melÙe nw- efveefkeâue neF[êkeämeeF[
efJeOeÇgJekeâ ceW cegKÙele: Yetje ueewn DeÙemkeâ
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Deewj keâeye&ve heeG[j neslee nw~  In case of lead-acid cell, Lead is known as.............
(SSC JE-02.03.2017, 10 am) Negative active material
 .......... is work for a depolariser in a dry cell–  ues[ Sefme[ mesue ceW, ues[ keâes keâne peelee nw–
Manganese dioxide
 Meg<keâ mesue ceW .......... ef[heesuejeFpej keâer lejn keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~ $e+Ceelcekeâ meef›eâÙe heoeLe&
cewieveerpe [eF&-Dee@keämeeF[ (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
 A Lead-acid battery should not be discharged
(SSC JE- 03.03. 2017, Shift-II)
beyond.............. 1.8 V
 The most common used primary cell is :
Lithium cell  ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer keâes, ........ mes pÙeeoe efJemeefpe&le veneR efkeâÙee
 DeefOekeâebMele: meeceevÙe ™he mes GheÙeesie nesves Jeeuee ØeeLeefcekeâ mesue peevee ÛeeefnS~ 1.8 V
nw– efueefLeÙece mesue  The active materials of a nickel-iron battery are
(KVS JE- 2016) Nickel hydroxide, 21% solution of KOH,
 In dry cells, free electrons are released at– Anode powdered iron and its oxide
 Meg<keâ mesueeW ceW cegòeâ Fueskeäšêve keâneB mes efveceg&òeâ nesles nQ–  efveefkeâue ueewn yewšjer ceW meef›eâÙe heoeLe& nw–
Svees[ hej efveefkeâue neF[ê@keämeeF[,KOH keâe 21% Ieesue
(KVS JE-2016) ueewn ÛetCe& SJeb Fmekesâ Dee@keämeeF[
 Positive Electrode of a dry cell is made of: Carbon (UPSSSC JE-2016)
 efkeâmeer Meg<keâ mesue keâe Oeveelcekeâ Fueskeäšês[ neslee nw– keâeye&ve keâe  During discharging of lead acid cells, the terminal
(UJVNL-2016) voltage decrease with the decrease in
 Generally the Leclanche cell is used for: Discharge rate
Intermittent purposes  ues[ Sefme[ mesue kesâ efJemepe&ve kesâ meceÙe, efkeâmekesâ Iešves kesâ meeLe
 meeceevÙele: ueskeäueebMes mesue ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw–Fvšjefcešsvš kesâ efueS efJeYeJe Iešlee nw– efJemepe&ve oj
(UJVNL-2016) (UPSSSC JE-2016)
 The types of electrochemical cells– (UPPCL JE-Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
1. Galvanic (that produce electrical energy  The e.m.f. of a cell depends upon
spontaneously) and 2. Electroytic (that consume The internal resistance and nature
electrical energy) of electrolyte
 efJeÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ mewue kesâ Øekeâej–  mesue keâe e.m.f. efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
1. iewuJesefvekeâ (pees efJeÅegle Tpee& keâe Glheeove keâjlee nw) Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj FueskeäšêsueeFš keâer Øeke=âefle
2. Fueskeäšêsefueefškeâ (pees efJeÅegle Tpee& keâe (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
GheYeesie keâjlee nw)  The output of a lead acid cell is: 2.2 V
(UPPCL JE- 2018)  ues[ Sefme[ mesue keâe DeeGšhegš neslee nw- 2.2 Jeesuš
 In Leclanche cell the anode is made from – (BSNL TTA JE- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
Carbon rod or plate  Petroleum jelly is applied to the terminals of the lead
 ueskeäueeBMes mesue keâe Svees[ yevee neslee nww– keâeye&ve je@[ Ùee huesš acid battery in order to prevent. Corrosion
 In Leclanche cell the Cathode is made from –  ues [ Sef me[ yew šjer kes â šef c e& v eue hej hes š^ e s e f ueÙece pew ueer .......... mes
Zinc plate yeÛeeves kesâ efueS ueieeles nQ– pebie
 ueskeäueeBMes mesue keâe kewâLees[ yevee neslee nww– efpebkeâ huesš (BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
 When a lead acid cell is recharged : efÉleerÙekeâ mesue
The anode becomes dark chocolate brown
colour,Voltage rises, energy is
Secondary Cell
absorbed by the cell Type votage Remark
 meermee Decue mesue keâes efjÛeepe& keâjves hej : Lead Acid 2.2V -wet electrolyte
Svees[ ienje Ûeekeâuesš Yetje jbie ceW yeouelee nw, Jeesušlee ceW -yengle keâce Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
Je=efæ nesleer nw, mesue Tpee& keâe DeJeMees<eCe keâjlee nw~ -yengle DeefOekeâ Oeeje jsefšbie
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm) Nickel-Iron 1.36V -wet hydroxide electrolyte
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
(Edison cell)
ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer ceW oes<e Je Gvekeâe efveJeejCe Nickel 1.25V -meyemes ØeÛeefuele Rechargeable
oes<e efveJeejCe cadmium battery nw
meuHesâMeve +Ve Ùee –Ve Fmekeâes otj keâjves kesâ silver-zinc 1.86V -Rechargeable dry cell
huesšes hej ues[ efueS yewšjer keâes keâce silver- 1.1V -Rechargeable dry call
meuHesâš keâer len pece efJeÅegle Oeeje hej Ûeepe& cadmium
peevee meuHesâMeve keâjles nw~ -GÛÛe Oeeje efveOee&jCe
keânueelee nw~ -GÛÛe Tpee& IevelJe
yekeâefuebie huesšes keâe cegÌ[ peevee Fme Kejeyeer keâes otj ♦ The colour of the positive plate in a Lead acid cell at
fully discharged condition is– Whitish
yekeâefuebie keânueelee keâjves kesâ efueS huesšes
 Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue kesâ hetjer lejn DeveeJesefMele keâer efmLeefle ceW
nw~ keâes yeoue efoÙee peelee
Oeveelcekeâ huesš keâe jbie ..........neslee nw~ mehesâo
nw~
♦ The number of negative plates in Lead-acid cell is–
mes[ercebsšsMeve yewšêr kesâ huesš kesâ Fme Kejeyeer keâes otj One more than number of positive plates
cešsefjÙeue keâe veerÛes keâjves kesâ efueS yewšjer  Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue ceW $e+Ceelcekeâ huesšeW keâer mebKÙee nesleer nw–
efiejvee mes[erceWšsMeve keâes Keesuekeâj meeHeâ Oeveelcekeâ huesšeW keâer mebKÙee mes Skeâ DeefOekeâ
keânueelee nw~ Fmekesâ keâjkesâ ogyeeje Heâerš ♦ The active material on the negative plate of a fully
keâejCe yewšêr keâer efkeâÙee peelee nw~ FmeceW charged lead acid cell is– Pure lead
ueeFHeâ leLee Jeesušlee Distilled water Yeer  Skeâ hetCe& DeeJesefMele meermee-Decue mesue kesâ $e+Ceelcekeâ huesš hej
keâce nes peeleer nw~ efceueeles nw~ meef›eâÙe heoeLe& nw– Megæ ues[
 Internal resistance of a cell depends on ♦ ............. is used as an electrolyte in a lead acid
Area of the plates,electrolytes and electrodes battery– Sulphuric acid
 efkeâmeer mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe efkeâme hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw–  ............ keâe ØeÙeesie meermee-Decue yewšjer ceW FueskeäšêsueeFš kesâ ™he
huesš keâe #es$eHeâue,FueskeäšêsueeFšdme Deewj Fueskeäšês[dme ceW keâjles nQ– meuheäÙetefjkeâ Decue
♦ Lead acid cell has a life of nearly ..... charges and
 During charging, the specific gravity of the discharges– 1250 times
electrolyte of a lead acid battery...... Increases
 meermee-Decue mesue keâe DeeJesMeve Deewj efJemepe&ve peerJevekeâeue ueieYeie
 ÛeeefpeËie kesâ oewjeve, ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer kesâ efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe
efJeefMe° ieg®lJe................ yeÌ{lee nw .......... neslee nw– 1250 yeej
♦ Life of the Edison cell is at least– Five years
(SSC JE- 02.03.2017, 2.45 pm)
 The best indication about the state of charge in a  S[er meve mes ue keâe peer Jeve keâeue keâce mes keâce nes lee nw – heeBÛe meeue
lead acid battery is given by- ♦ The open circuit voltage of any storage cell depends
Specific gravity of electrolyte wholly upon– Its chemical constituents, on the
 ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer ceW DeeJesMe keâer efmLeefle keâe meJeexòece ue#eCe nw- strength of its electrolyte, its temperature
efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe  efkeâmeer Yeer mebÛeeÙekeâ mesue keâe Keguee heefjheLe Jeesušlee hetjer lejn mes
(SSC JE- 02.03.2017, 2.45 pm) efveYe&j neslee nw– Fmekesâ jemeeÙeefvekeâ mebIeškeâ hej, Fmekesâ
♦ During charging, the electrolyte of a lead acid cell efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe kesâ meeceLÙe& hej, Fmekesâ leeheceeve hej
become– Stronger ♦ When the specific gravity of the electrolyte of a
 Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue keâe FueskeäšêsueeFš ÛeeefpeËie kesâ oewjeve neslee lead-acid cell is reduced to 1.15 to 1.1 the cell is in-
nw– cepeyetle Discharged state
♦ ........... has reverse chemical reaction takes place–  peye Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue kesâ efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe
Secondary cell 1.15 mes 1.1 lekeâ Ieš peelee nw lees mesue nw–
 .......... efjJeme& jemeeÙeefvekeâ Øeefleef›eâÙee keâjlee nw– efÉleerÙekeâ mesue efJemeefpe&le DeJemLee ceW
♦ In .......system the charging current is intermittently  Ùeefo efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe mlej huesšeW kesâ veerÛes peelee nw lees
controlled at either a maximum or minimum value– ..........Ieefšle nesiee– mesue keâer #ecelee keâce nes peeÙesiee,
Two rate charge control
mesue keâe peerJeve keâeue Ieš peelee nw, Keguee huesš
 .............. ØeCeeueer ceW, DeeJesefMele Oeeje keâes Ùee lees DeefOekeâlece Ùee
ues[ meuHesâš ceW heefjJeefle&le nes peelee nw
vÙetvelece ceeve hej efveÙebef$ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ ........... will happen if the specific gravity of
oes oj DeeJesMe efveÙev$eCe electrolyte becomes more than 1.23–
♦ Undercharging– Loss of capacity, Loss of life, Corrosion of the
Reduces specific gravity of the electrolyte grids of the plate
 efvecve DeeJesMeve–  Ùeefo efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe 1.23 mes DeefOekeâ nes
efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe Iešelee nw peelee nw lees .......... ef›eâÙee nesiee–
♦ The effect of sulphation is that the internal #ecelee keâer neefve, peerJeve keâeue keâer neefve,
resistance– Increases huesš kesâ ef«e[ keâe Dehe#eÙe
 meuHesâMeve kesâ ØeYeeJe mes Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe– yeÌ{lee nw ♦ In a lead accumulator, the plates are placed close to
♦ Excessive formation of lead sulphate on the surface each other, as– It decreases the internal resistance
of the plates happens because of– of the accumulator
Allowing a battery to stand in discharged  Skeâ meermee mebÛeeÙekeâ ceW, huesšs Skeâ otmejs kesâ meceerhe efmLele nw
condition for a long time, topping up with pewmes– Ùen mebÛeeÙekeâ keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Iešelee nw
electrolyte, persistent undercharging ♦ Even when not in use, the self-discharge of a battery
 huesšeW kesâ he=‰ hej ues[ meuHesâš kesâ DelÙeefOekeâ ie"ve keâe keâejCe occurs at the rate of–
nw– Skeâ yewšjer keâes efJemeefpe&le DeJemLee ceW uecyes 0.5 to 1% of rated capacity per day
meceÙe lekeâ ÚesÌ[ osvee, efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe kesâ meeLe  GheÙees i e ceW ve nes v es hej Yeer, yewšjer keâe mJe-efJemepe&ve keâer oj
še@efhebie (Thej [euevee), melele efvecve DeeJesMeve ...........hej Øeehle neslee nw–
Øeefle efove efveOee&efjle #ecelee kesâ 0.5 mes 1 ØeefleMele
♦ In a lead-acid cell, PbO2 is called as–
♦ The term trickle charge is associated with–
Positive active material
Lead acid batteries
 Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue ceW, PbO2 keânueelee nw–  efš^keâue DeeJesMe keâe heo .......... kesâ meeLe Ùegòeâ nw–
Oeveelcekeâ meef›eâÙe heoeLe& meermee Decue yewšefjÙeeW
♦ ............ will occur if level of electrolyte falls below ♦ When the battery is being discharged, the terminal
plates– Capacity of the cell is reduced, life of voltage decreases with– Increasing discharge rate
the cell is reduced, open plates are  peye yewšjer efvejeJesefMele (efJemeefpe&le) nes jner nesleer nw, šefce&veue
converted to lead sulphate Jeesušlee ..........kesâ meeLe Iešlee nw– yeÌ{les ngS efvejeJesefMele oj
meermee Decue leLee #eejerÙe mesue keâer legueveelcekeâ leeefuekeâe

(Comparative Table of Lead Acid and Alkaline Cells)
heo meermee Decue mesue #eejerÙe mesue
(Term) (Lead Acid Cell) (Alkaline Cell)
Oeveelcekeâ huesš meermee hejDee@keämeeF[ efÚõ Fmheele keâer veefuekeâeÙeW efpemeceW efveefkeâue Dee@keämeeF[
(Lead peroxide) PbO2 [Ni(OH)4] Yeje jnlee nw~
$e+Ceelcekeâ huesš mhevpeer meermee Úesšs-Úesšs KeeveeW Jeeuee Fmheele keâe yekeämee efpemeceW ueewn
(spongy lead) Dee@keämeeF[ Yeje jnlee nw~
efJeÅegle DeheIešdÙe (electrolyte) leveg ievOekeâ keâe Decue (H2SO4) Deemegle peue ceW 20³ heesšes fMeÙece neF[êsDee@keämeeF[ (KOH)
leLee 1³ ueerefLeÙece neF[^sš (LiOH) keâe Ieesue
Deewmele efJe. Jee. yeue (average 2 Jeesuš Øeefle mesue 1.2 Jeesuš Øeefle mesue
e.m.f.)
o#elee (efficiency)
(i) SsefcheÙej IeCše (ampere 90 mes 95³ ueieYeie 80³
hour)
(ii) Jeeš IeCše (watt hour) 70 mes 80³ ueieYeie 60³
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe (internal keâce neslee nw~ meermee Decue mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
resistance)
cetuÙe ØeejefcYekeâ cetuÙe keâce, uesefkeâve jKe-jKeeJe hej ØeejefcYekeâ cetuÙe meermee Decue mesue mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw, uesefkeâve
DeefOekeâ KeÛe& neslee nw~ jKe-jKeeJe hej keâce KeÛe& neslee nw~
peerJeve (life) ueieYeie 1200 yeej DeeJesefMele leLee efJemeefpe&le keâce mes keâce 5 Je<e&
keâer pee mekeâleer nw~
Yeej DeefOekeâ keâce
meeceLÙe& meeJeOeeveer Ùee jKe-jKeeJe (Devegj#eCe) keâer jKe-jKeeJe keâer keâce DeeJeMÙekeâlee heÌ[leer nw~ DeefOekeâ DeeJesMeve
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ DehetCe& DeeJesMeve leLee leLee efJemepe&ve ceeve hej Yeer "erkeâ jnlee nw~
efJemepe&ve mes meuHesâš keâe ØeYeeJe heÌ[lee nw~
efš^keâue DeeJesMeve peye mesue keâece ve keâj jns neW lees efš^keâue efš^keâue DeeJesMeve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee veneR heÌ[leer nw~
(trickle charging) DeeJesMeve hej ueies nesves ÛeeefnÙes~
DeeJesMeve leLee efJemepe&ve oj FvnW GÛÛe oj mes DeeJesefMele leLee efJemeefpe&le veneR FvnW huesšeW keâes efyevee neefve hengBÛeeS GÛÛe oj mes DeeJesefMele leLee
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ efJemeefpe&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
efJemepe&ve DeJemLee FvnW efJemepe&ve DeJemLee ceW veneR ÚesÌ[e peevee FvnW efJemeefpe&le DeJemLee ceW ÚesÌ[e pee mekeâlee nw~
ÛeeefnÙes~
ueIeg heefjheLe efmLeefle ueIeg heefjheLe keâjves mes mesue keâer DeeÙeg keâce nes ueIeg heefjheLe keâjves hej keâesF& ØeYeeJe veneR heÌ[lee nw~
peeleer nw~
♦ If a lead-acid cell is discharged below 1.8 V then ♦ A substance that changes its Electrical resistance
what will happen– Capacity of cell will when light falls on it, is known as–
reduce, Sulphation of plates will occur, Photo conductive substance
Internal resistance will increase  Skeâ heoeLe& efpeme hej ØekeâeMe heÌ[ves hej Fmekeâer efJeÅegle ØeeflejesOekeâlee
 Ùeefo Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue 1.8 V mes veerÛes efJemeefpe&le neslee nw lees yeoue peeleer nw ........ kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~ Heâesšes
keäÙee Ieefšle nesiee– mesue keâer #ecelee Ieš peeSieer, huesšeW kebâ[efkeäšJe heoeLe&
keâe meuHesâMeve nesiee, Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe yeÌ{sieer (BSNL TTA- 2016)
♦ Life of the batteries is in the ascending order– ♦ Charging of sulphated battery produces..... heat–
Lead-acid cell, Edison cell, Nickel cadmium cell More
 yewšjer kesâ peerJevekeâeue keâe yeÌ{lee ngDee ›eâce nw– meermee-Decue  meuHesâš Ùegòeâ yewšjer kesâ DeeJesMeve mes ............ T<cee GlheVe nesleer
mesue, S[ermeve mesue, efveefkeâue kewâ[efceÙece mesue nw– DeefOekeâ
♦ The function of the depolarizer in a carbon-zinc cell
♦ Excessive charging a battery tends to–
is that–
Produce gassing, increase the internal resistance It converts the produced hydrogen into water
of the battery, to corrode the positive plates into  keâeye&ve-efpebkeâ mesue ceW [erheesuejeFpej keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw–
lead peroxide thereby weakening them physically
Ùen GlheVe neF[êspeve keâes peue ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjlee nw~
 yewšjer keâe DelÙeefOekeâ DeeJesMeve meneÙekeâ neslee nw–
♦ In a lead acid battery, fillers are provided to–
iewmes GlheVe keâjves ceW, yewšjer keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Facilitate flow of gasses
yeÌ{eves, Oeveelcekeâ huesšeW keâes ues[ heje@keämeeF[ ceW yeoueves  meermee-Decue yewšjer ceW efHeâuej GheueyOe keâjeÙee peelee nw–
kesâ efueS efpememes Jes Meejerefjkeâ ™he mes keâcepeesj nes peeles nw iewmees kesâ yeneJe ceW megiecelee kesâ efueS
♦ ......... of electrolyte indicates the state of charge of ♦ Vent plug is provided in each lead acid cell to–
the battery– Specific gravity Pure water or electrolyte when needed, check the
 efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe, yewšjer kesâ DeeJesMeve keâer efmLeefle keâes ........... electrolyte level, allow escape out of gases during
ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw– efJeefMe° ieg®lJe charging
♦ What indicates that battery on charge has attained  ØelÙeskeâ meermee-Decue mesue ceW Jesvš hueie GheueyOe keâjeÙee peelee nw–
full charge– peye DeeJeMÙekeâlee nes lees Megæ heeveer Ùee
Colour of electrode, Gassing, Specific gravity FueskeäšêsueeFš keâes [euevee, FueskeäšêsueeFš kesâ leue
 keäÙee ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw efkeâ DeeJesMeve hej yewšjer hetCe& DeeJesefMele nes keâes peeBÛeves ceW, DeeJesMeve kesâ meceÙe efvekeâueves Jeeues
Ûegkeâer nw– Fueskeäšês[ keâe jbie, iewefmebie, efJeefMe° ieg®lJe iewmees keâes yeenj efvekeâeuevee
♦ In alkaline cell the electrolyte is– KOH ♦ In lead acid batteries, sedimentation occurs due to–
 #eejerÙe mesue ceW efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe neslee nw– Overcharging at high rate
heesšwefMeÙece neF[ê@keämeeF[  meermee-Decue yewšjer ceW DeJemeeove............kesâ keâejCe neslee nw–
♦ For given ampere capacity, weight of lead-acid cell GÛÛe oj hej GÛÛe DeeJesMeve
is ..... times that of Edison cell– 2 ♦ Sulphated cells are indicated by the–
 efoS ieS SefcheÙej #ecelee kesâ efueS, meermee-Decue mesue keâe Yeej Low specific gravity, low voltage on discharge,
S[ermeve mesue keâe ............. iegvee neslee nw– 2 low capacity
♦ Specific gravity of electrolyte in Edison cell is– 1.21  meuHesâšs[ mesueeW Éeje mebkesâle efoÙee peelee nw– efvecve efJeefMe<š
 S[ermeve mesue ceW efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe nw– 1.21 ieg®lJe, efvecve Jeesušspe hej efJemepe&ve, efvecve #ecelee
♦ Mercury cell has characteristics–
Flat discharge current-voltage curve, High power
to weight ratio, Comparatively longer shelf life
under adverse conditions of high temperature
and humidity
 cejkeâjer mesue keâe DeefYeue#eCe nw–
Heäuewš efJemepe&ve Oeeje-Jeesušlee Je›eâ, Meefòeâ Deewj Yeej keâe
GÛÛe Devegheele, GÛÛe leeheceeve Deewj Deeõ&lee keâer Øeefleketâue
efmLeefle kesâ lenle legueveelcekeâ ™he mes uecyeer peerJevekeâeue
♦ Charging of a sulphated battery at high rate causes– ♦ To avoid freezing in cold weather, specific gravity
Warping of plates, boiling of of electrolyte of lead-acid cell should be kept above–
electrolyte owing to gassing, damage to 1.225
separators, cell caps, covers and battery  "b[ kesâ ceewmece ceW peceves mes jeskeâves kesâ efueS Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue
case due to excessive temperature kesâ efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe kesâ efJeefMe° ieg®lJe .............. mes Thej nesveer
 GÛÛe oj hej meuHesâšs[ Ùegkeäle yewšjer kesâ ÛeeefpeËie kesâ keâejCe neslee ÛeeefnS– 1.225
nw– huesšeW keâe cegÌ[vee Ùee šsÌ{e nes peevee, ♦ In nickel-iron cell the electrolyte is–
FueskeäšêsueeFš kesâ Gyeueves kesâ keâejCe iewefmebie keâe nesvee, Dilute potassium hydroxide
DelÙeefOekeâ leeheceeve kesâ keâejCe efJeYeepekeâ, mesue kewâhe,  efveefkeâue-DeeÙejve mesue ceW efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe .......... nw–
DeeJejCe Deewj yewšjer kesâ Keesue keâer #eefle leveg heesšwefMeÙece neF[ê@keämeeF[
♦ Short circuiting of a cell may be caused by– ♦ In Edison cell the concentration of electrolyte–
Buckling of plates, breakdown of one or more Remains unaltered
separators, excessive accumulation of sediments  S[er meve mes ue ceW ef JeÅeg le DeheIešŸe keâe meevõCe----- neslee nw–
at the bottom of the cell DeheefjJeefle&le
 Skeâ mesue keâer ueIeg heefjheLe.........kesâ keâejCe nes mekeâlee nw– ♦ For preparing electrolyte of lead-acid battery, acid is
huesšeW keâe cegÌ[vee, Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ efJeYeepekeâeW keâe poured into water to–
štšvee, mesue kesâ leue hej leueÚš keâe DelÙeefOekeâ mebÛeÙe Avoid generation of excess heat
♦ Short circuiting of a cell results in–  meer mee-Decue yew šjer keâe efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe lewÙeej keâjves kesâ efueS,
Reduced gassing during charging, abnormal high Decue keâes heeveer ceW [euee peelee nw–
temperature, low specific gravity of the DeefOekeâ T<cee GlheVe keâjves mes yeÛes
electrolyte
♦ Specific gravity of alkaline cell is–
 Skeâ mesue keâer ueIeg heefjheLe keâe heefjCeece nesiee–
Remains unchanged
ÛeeefpeËie kesâ oewjeve iewefmebie keâe keâce nesvee, DemeeceevÙe GÛÛe
 #eejerÙe mesue keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe ........ neslee nw–DeheefjJeefle&le
leeheceeve, FueskeäšêsueeFš keâe efvecve efJeefMe<š ieg®lJe
♦ The storage battery generally used in electric power
♦ If the specific gravity of the electrolyte in a lead acid station is– Lead-acid battery
cell increases beyond 1.23 there will be–
 Deeceleewj hej Fuesefkeäš^keâ heeJej mšsMeve ceW Fmlesceeue nesves Jeeueer
Increase in internal resistance
 Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue ceW Ùeefo efJeefMe<š ieg®lJe keâe ceeve 1.23 mes
mšesjspe yewšjer nw– ues[–Sefme[ yewšjer
pÙeeoe nes peeÙes lees -----nesiee– ♦ Negative plate of an Edison cell is made of– Iron
Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW Je=efæ  S[ermeve mesue keâer $e+Ceelcekeâ huesš yeveer nesleer nw– DeeÙejve
♦ The capacity of a lead acid battery does not depend ♦ When water is added to sulphuric acid–
upon– Charge rate Lot of heat is generated
 Skeâ meermee-Decue yewšêr keâer #ecelee efveYe&j veneR keâjleer nw–  peye heeveer keâes meuheäÙetefjkeâ Decue ceW efceueeÙee peelee nw lees–
DeeJesefMele oj hej yengle T<cee GlheVe nesleer nw~
♦ The capacity of a lead acid battery is adversely
affected by increase in– Discharge rate
 efkeâmekeâer Je=efæ mes meermee-Decue yewšêr keâer #ecelee hej Øeefleketâue ØeYeeJe
heÌ[lee nw– efJemepe&ve oj
♦ During charging and discharging of an Edison cell–
Electrolyte does not take part in
chemical reaction
 Skeâ S[ermeve mesue kesâ ÛeeefpeËie Deewj ef[mÛeeefpeËie kesâ meceÙe–
FueskeäšêsueeFš jemeeÙeefvekeâ Øeef›eâÙee ceW Yeeie veneR ueslee nw
♦ Container of a lead acid battery– ♦ When the lead acid cell is fully charged the
Molded hard rubber, ceramics, celluloid electrolyte assumes........appearance– Milky
 ues[–Sefme[ yewšjer keâe keâvšsvej neslee nw–  peye Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue hetCe&™he mes DeeJesefMele neslee nw lees
ceesu[s[ keâ"esj jyej, efmejsefcekeâ, mesuÙegueeF[ FueskeäšêsueeFš _____kesâ ™he ceW ceevee peelee nw– otefOeÙee
♦ The life of a lead acid battery is expected to be– ♦ Sulphation in a lead acid battery occurs due to–
2 to 5 years Incomplete charging
 ues[–Sefme[ yewšêr keâe peerJeve keâeue ueieYeie.............. neslee nw–  meermee-Decue mesue ceW meuhesâšve GlheVe nesves keâe keâejCe .........
2 mes 5 meeue neslee nw~ DehetCe& DeeJesefMele
mesue keâe Oeveelcekeâ $e+Ceelcekeâ huesš FueskeäšêsueeFš OeÇgJeerkeâjCe Deevleefjkeâ efJe.Jee.yeue DevegØeÙeesie
veece huesš ØeeflejesOe (emf)
JeesušeFkeâ leeByes keâer ÚÌ[ pemles keâer ÚÌ[ leveg iebOekeâ Decue neF[êspeve iewme yengle keâce 1.08V efmLej Jeesušspe SJeb Oeeje
mesue (H2SO4) kesâ yegueyegues Øeoeve keâjves Jeeues
JewÅegeflekeâerÙe GhekeâjCees ces
pewmes– šerJeer, efjceesš, keâej
yewšêr, FvJeš&j Deeefo~
[sefveÙeue mesue leeByes keâer ÚÌ[, pemles keâer ÚÌ[ leveg keâe@hej meuHesâš keâe@hej meuHesâš 2 mes 6 1.1V ØeÙeesieMeeuee ceW efmLej
keâe@hej meuHesâš ievOekeâ Decue kesâ Ieesue (CuSO4) keâe lekeâ Jeesušspe Øeoeve keâjves kesâ
kesâ Ieesue ceW ceW jnleer nQ Ieesue efueS
jnleer nw~
uewkeäueebMeer keâeye&ve keâer pemles keâer ÚÌ[ DeceesefveÙece keâeye&ve SJeb 1 mes 5 1.46V peneB ™keâ-®keâ keâj efJeÅegle
mesue ÚÌ[ keäueesjeF[ cewiveerpe [eF& lekeâ Oeeje keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
(NH4Cl) Dee@keämeeF[ ÛetCe& nesleer nw~ pewmes-efJeÅegle
IeCšer, šsueerHeâesve Heäuewme
ueeFš Deeefo~
Meg<keâ mesue keâeye&ve efpebkeâ Fueskeäšêbs[ DeceesefveÙece ceQiveerpe [eF&- 1 1.4V-1.5V še@Ûe&, šsueerHeâesve, kewâceje,
Fueskeäšês[ keäueesjeF[, efpebkeâ DeekeämeeF[, oerJeej IeÌ[er šshe-efjkeâe@[&j
keäueesjeF[ leLee keâeye&ve, Deeefo
hueemšj Dee@Heâ DeceesefveÙece
hesefjme keâer uegieoer keäueesjeF[ leLee
efpebkeâ keäueesjeF[
kesâ ÛetCe&
(10:10:2:1)
kesâ Devegheele ceW
cejkeâjer mesue efveefkeâue pemleW keâer ÚÌ[ heesšwefMeÙece cejkeäÙetefjkeâ 1.35–1.4V keâueeF& IeÌ[er, hee@kesâš
Deeuesefhele neF[ê@keämeeF[ Dee@keämeeF[ kewâuekegâuesšj Deeefo~
mšerue (KOH)
efmeuJej efmeuJej efpebkeâ heeG[j efpebkeâ Dee@keämeeF[ efmeuJej 1.5V ueieeleej efJeÅegle Oeeje
Dee@keämeeF[ Dee@keämeeF[ Dee@keämeeF[ ØeJeen keâjves Jeeues
mesue GhekeâjCeeW ceW, ueIeg Deekeâej
Jeeues ef[efpešue GhekeâjCeeW
leLee Ùev$eeW ceW
#eejerÙe mesue cewiveerpe [eF& pemles keâer ÚÌ[ heesšwefMeÙece GÛÛe 1.5V ef[efpešue kewâceje, MP3
DeekeämeeF[ neF[ê@keämeeF[ huesÙej, jsef[Ùees Deeefo~
yegve mewve mesue keâeye&ve pemlee Meesje Deewj iebOekeâ 0.8 1.9V
keâe Decue
efpebkeâ efpebkeâ keäueesjeF[1.5 V
keäueesjeF[
mesue
♦ In a lead acid cell PbSO4 formed during– ♦ The current flowing between electrodes inside a lead
Discharging only acid battery is– Polarization current
 Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue kesâ Deboj Fueskeäšês[ kesâ yeerÛe yenves Jeeueer
 Skeâ uess[ Sefme[ mesue ceW PbSO4 keâe ie"ve ------- kesâ oewjeve
Oeeje nw– OeÇgJeerkeâjCe Oeeje
neslee nw– kesâJeue efJemeefpe&le
♦ A lead acid battery of 24 volts consists–
♦ The body of Edison cell is made of–
12 cells in series
Nickel plated steel  Skeâ 24 Jeesuš keâer meermee-Decue yewšjer mecyeefvOele nw–
 S[ermeve mesue keâe DeeJejCe yevee neslee nw– efveefkeâue-huesšs[ mšerue 12 mesue ßesCeer ceW
♦ The plates of a lead acid battery are made of– ♦ The output voltage of a charger is–
Cost antimony lead alloy Higher than the battery voltage
 Skeâ meermee-Decue yewšjer keâer huesšs ....... keâer yeveer nesleer nQ–  Skeâ DeeJesMekeâ keâe efveie&le Jeesušspe neslee nw–
keâemš Sefvšceveer meermee efceße Oeeleg yewšjer keâer Jeesušlee mes DeefOekeâ
♦ In a lead acid battery, separators are provided– ♦ During the charging and discharging of a nickel-iron
To avoid internal short circuits cell– Water is neither formed nor absorbed
 Skeâ meermee-Decue yewšjer ceW, efJeYeepekeâ ........... Øeoeve keâjles nQ–  Skeâ efveefkeâue-ueewn mesue kesâ DeeJesMeve Deewj efvejeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve–
Deevleefjkeâ ueIeg heefjheLe mes yeÛeves kesâ efueS heeveer ve lees ieef"le neslee nw ve ner DeJeMeesef<ele neslee nw
♦ The value of specific gravity of acid when a lead
acid battery is fully charged is– 1.285
 peye Skeâ meermee-Decue yewšjer hetCe&le: DeeJesefMele nesleer nw lees Decue
kesâ efJeefMe° ieg®lJe keâe ceeve .......... neslee nw– 1.285
♦ When the lead acid cell is fully discharged the anode
becomes– PbSO4
 peye Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue hetCe&™he mes ef[mÛeepe& nes peelee nw leye
Svees[ neslee nw– PbSO4 ♦ In a lead-acid cell dilute sulphuric acid (electrolyte)
♦ How many number of positive and negative plates approximately comprises–
are placed in a 9 plate lead acid cell– Three parts H2O, one part H2SO4
4 Positive plate and 5 Negative plate  Skeâ meer mee-Decue mes ue ceW leveg Decue (FueskeäšêsueeFš) ueieYeie
 9 huesš keâer Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue ceW efkeâleveer Oeveelcekeâ Deewj ef c eßeCe nes lee nw – leerve Yeeie H2O, Skeâ Yeeie H2SO4
♦ It is noticed that during charging–
$e+Ceelcekeâ huesšeW keâer mebKÙee nw–
There is a rise in voltage, energy is absorbed by
4 Oeveelcekeâ huesš Deewj 5 $e+Ceelcekeâ huesš the cell, specific gravity of H2SO4 is increased
♦ How many number of positive and negative plates  DeeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve Ùen OÙeeve efoÙee peelee nw efkeâ–
are placed in a 9 plate Ni -Cd cell– Jeesušlee ceW Je=efæ ngF& nw, mesue kesâ Éeje Tpee& DeJeMeesef<ele
5 Positive plate and 4 Negative plate efkeâÙee ieÙee nw, H2SO4 keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe yeÌ{ ieÙee nw~
 9 huesš keâer Skeâ efveefkeâue kewâ[efceÙece mesue ceW efkeâleveer Oeveelcekeâ ♦ The capacity of a lead-acid cell depends on–
Deewj $e+Ceelcekeâ huesšeW keâer mebKÙee nw– Rate of discharge, temperature, density of
5 Oeveelcekeâ huesš Deewj 4 $e+Ceelcekeâ huesš electrolyte
 Skeâ meermee-Decue mesue keâer #ecelee efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
♦ It is normally specified by the manufactures that a
lead-acid battery should not remain discharged for
efJemepe&ve oj, leeheceeve, FueskeäšêsueeFš keâe IevelJe
more than– 24 hours ♦ The e.m.f. of an Edison cell, when fully charged, is
nearly– 1.4 V
 Deeceleewj hej efvecee&leeDeeW Éeje efveefo&° neslee nw efkeâ Skeâ meermee-Decue
 Skeâ S[ermeve mesue, peye hetCe&le: DeeJesefMele nes, lees efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ
yewšjer keâes ........... mes DeefOekeâ meceÙe lekeâ kesâ efueS efJemeefpe&le yeue neslee nw, ueieYeie– 1.4 V
veneR Úes[Ì vee ÛeeefnS– 24 IeCšs ♦ The average charging voltage for alkali cell is
♦ In case of a lead-acid battery, a wet battery cover about– 1.7 V
indicates–  #eejerÙe mesue kesâ efueS Deewmele DeeJesefMele Jeesušlee ueieYeie nesleer nw–
Over filling of the battery, excessive gassing 1.7 V
during charging, leaky seals at covers ♦ In a nickel cadmium cell potassium hydroxide
 Skeâ meermee-Decue yewšjer kesâ ceeceues ceW yewšjer kesâ DeeJejCe keâe (KOH) is– The electrolyte
ieerueeheve ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw–  Skeâ ef v eef k eâue kew
â [ef c eÙece mes ue ceW hees šw e f M eÙece neF[ê@keämeeF[
(KOH) neslee nw– efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe
yewšjer keâe DeefleYejeJe, DeeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve DelÙeefOekeâ
 The sulfuric acid (H2SO4) concentration in a lead-
iewefmebie, DeeJejCe kesâ meerue hej efjmeeJe acid battery becomes highest when:
♦ The plates of lead acid storage battery are most The cell is fully charged
likely to be short circuited if–  Skeâ meermee-Decue yewšjer ceW meuHeäÙetefjkeâ Decue (H2SO4) keâe
Sediments collect at the bottom of the battery meevõCe GÛÛelece nes peelee nw peye–
 meermee Decue mebÛeeÙekeâ yewšjer keâer huesšs DeefOekeâebMele: GheÙegòeâ-ueIeg mesue hetCe&le: DeeJesefMele nes peelee nw
heefLele nesleer nw Ùeefo– yewšjer kesâ melen hej leueÚš pecee nes (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)

mesue keâe veece jemeeÙeefvekeâ DeefYeef›eâÙee
Chemical Reaction
ÛeeefpeËie kesâ meceÙe ef[mÛeeefpeËie kesâ meceÙe
uew[-Sefme[ mesue Svees[ hej– Svees[ hej –
PbSO4+2H2O+SO4 PbO2+2H2SO4 PbO2+2H++H2SO4PbSO4+2H2O
kewâLees[ hej– kewâLees[ hej–
PbSO4+2H+ Pb+H2SO4 Pb+O2-+H2SO4  PbSO4 +H2O
efveefkeâue-DeeÙejve mesue Svees[ hej- Svees[ hej-

Ni(OH)2 + 2OH- Ni(OH)4 Ni(OH)4 +2K+Ni(OH)2+2KOH
kewâLees[ hej–
kewâLees[ hej– Fe++2OH-Fe(OH)2
Fe(OH)2 + 2K+Fe+2KOH
efveefkeâue-kewâ[efceÙece mesue Svees[ hej– Svees[ hej

Ni(OH)2+2(OH)- Ni(OH)4 Ni(OH)2 +2K+ + OH-Ni(OH)2 +2KOH
kewâLees[ hej– kewâLees[ hej
Cd(OH)2+ 2K+Cd+2KOH Cd2++2OH-Cd(OH)2
 Complete the cell reaction at positive electrode for  efveefkeâue–kewâ[efceÙece yewšjer kesâ efueS $e+Ceelcekeâ (Fueskeäšês[) hej
nickel cadmium battery. mesue DeefYeef›eâÙee keâes hetje keâjW~
Discharge Discharge
2NiOH + 2H2O + 2e–    Cd + 2(OH)–   Cd (OH)2 + 2e–
charge  charge
– (UPPCL JE-27.08.2018)
2Ni(OH)2+2(OH)
 efveefkeâue–kewâ[efceÙece yewšjer kesâ efueS Oeveelcekeâ efJeÅeglee«e (Fueskeäšês[)  The chemical reaction in a Nickel-Cadmium battery
or cell is perfectly: Reversible
hej mesue DeefYeef›eâÙee keâes hetje keâjW~  Skeâ efveefkeâue-kewâ[efceÙece yewšjer Ùee mesue ceW jemeeÙeefvekeâ DeefYeef›eâÙee
2NiOOH + 2H2O + 2e– 
Discharge
 hetCe&le: nesleer nw– Gl›eâceCeerÙe
charge (UPPCL JE-27.08.2018)
2Ni(OH)2+2(OH)–  Complete the overall cell reaction for a lead-acid
battery:
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Discharge
 The electrolyte in lead-acid battery is a mixture of: PbO2 + Pb + 2H2SO4  
Sulphuric acid and water charge
PbSO4 + 2H2O + PbSO4
 meermee–Decue yewšjer ceW efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe (FueskeäšêsueeFš) ...........
 meermee Decue yewšêr kesâ efueS mechetCe& DeefYeef›eâÙee keâes hetje keâjW :
efceßeCe neslee – meuheäÙetefjkeâ Decue Deewj heeveer keâe Discharge
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) PbO2 + Pb + 2H2SO4  
charge
 Complete the cell reaction at the negative electrode PbSO4 + 2H2O + PbSO4
for a lead-acid battery: (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
Discharge
  NiCd battery in the charged state consists of ---------
Pb + H2SO4  - in the positive electrode and -------- in the negative
charge
+ – electrode. Nickel hydroxide, Cadmium
PbSO4 + 2H + 2e  DeeJesefMele DeJemLee ceW NiCd yewšjer kesâ Oeveelcekeâ efJeÅeglee«e
 meermee Decue yewšjer kesâ efueS $e+Ceelcekeâ efJeÅeglee«e (Fueskeäšês[) hej (Fueskeäšês[) ceW ––––– Deewj $e+Ceelcekeâ efJeÅeglee«e (Fueskeäšês[) ceW
mesue DeefYeef›eâÙee keâes hetje keâjW– ––––– neslee nw~ efveefkeâue neF[ê@keämeeF[, kewâ[efceÙece
Discharge (UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)

Pb + H2SO4 
charge
PbSO4 + 2H+ + 2e–
(UPPCL JE -27.08.2018)
 Complete the cell reaction at negative electrode for
nickel-cadmium battery.
Discharge
 Cd (OH)2 + 2e–
Cd + 2(OH) – 
charge

 The nominal voltage for nickel-cadmium cells is: efjÛeepe& keâjves mes henues GvnW hetjer lejn mes
1.2 V ef[mÛeepe& nesves os keäÙeeWefkeâ Jes mce=efle ØeYeeJe mes «emle nesles nQ~
 efveefkeâue–kewâ[efceÙece mesue keâer Debefkeâle Jeesušlee..........nesleer nw– (BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016)
1.2 V  .......... batteries does not require trickle charging –
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) Alkaline cell
 Acid concentration is generally expressed in terms  .......... yewšjer ceW efš^keâue ÛeeefpeËie keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee veneR nesleer
of: Specific gravity nw– #eejerÙe mesue
 DecueerÙe meevõCe keâes meeceevÙele: ------- ceW ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
nw efJeefMe<š ieg®lJe  During discharge of a battery..........
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) The voltage of cell decreases
 The nominal voltage for lead-acid cells is- 2V  yewšjer kesâ efveJe&nve (ef[mÛeepe&) kesâ oewjeve.............
 meermee-Decue mesue keâer Debefkeâle Jeesušspe nesleer nw– 2V mesue keâer Jeesušlee Iešleer nw
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) (SSC JE- 01.03.2017, 2.45 pm)
 Lead-acid cells are ---------.  Internal resistance per cell of Lead Acid cell is
Rechargeable cells always.......... Less than Edision cell
 meermee Decue mesue ...............nesles nQ–  ues[ Sefme[ mesue keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ncesMee.......... neslee nw-
yeejbyeej DeeJesefMele nesves Jeeues mesue (efjÛeepexyeue mesue) Sef[meve mesue mes keâce
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) (SSC JE- 02.03.2017, 10 am)
 In nickel-cadmium cells, the electrolyte is a mixture ♦ Select examples of secondary cells or rechargeable
of ------------. batteries–
Potassium hydroxide and deionised water
Lithium-ion, Lead acid battery, Glass battery,
 efveefkeâue-kewâ[efceÙece mesue ceW, efJeÅegle DeheIešdÙe (FueskeäšêsueeFš) Magnesium-ion battery
...........keâe efceßeCe neslee nw–  meskeWâ[jer mesue Ùee efjÛeepexyeue yewšjer kesâ GoenjCe……. nQ–
heesšwefMeÙece neF[ê@keämeeF[ Deewj efJeDeeÙeveerke=âle heeveer efueefLeÙece DeeÙeve, uew[ Sefme[ yewšjer, iueeme yewšjer,
(UPPCL JE-27.08.2018)
(LMRC SC/TO- 2015)
cewiveerefMeÙece-DeeÙeve yewšjer
 The colour of negative plates of lead acid battery (UPPCL JE- 2018)
under charged condition is _____ Slate grey Note: Secondary cell
 ues[-Sefme[ yewšjer kesâ hetCe& Ûeepe& keâer oMee ceW $e+Ceelcekeâ huesš keâe Type Voltage
jbie_______neslee nw~ muesš «es Lead acid 2.2V
rd
(Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3 Shift) Nickel iron 1.36V
 The main disadvantage with Nickel-Cadmium cells Nickel Cadmium 1.25V
is– They have to be fully discharged before Silver Zinc 1.86V
recharging, because they suffer from a Silver Cadmium 1.6V
memory effect
 efveefkeâue–kewâ[efceÙece mesue kesâ meeLe cegKÙe vegkeâmeeve nw–
mesue keâe veece Oeveelcekeâ Fueskeäšês[ $e+Ceelcekeâ Fueskeäšês[

uew[-Sefme[ mesue uew[ heje@keämeeF[ (PbO2) uew[ (Pb)
efveefkeâue-DeeÙejve mesue efveefkeâue neF[ê@keämeeF[ DeeÙejve
Ùee S[ermeve mesue Ni(OH)4 (Fe)
efveefkeâue-kewâ[efceÙece mesue efveefkeâue ne[[ê@keämeeF[ Ni(OH)4 kewâ[efceÙece (Cd)
ueerefLeÙece-DeeÙeve mesue efueefLeÙece keâesyeeuš Dee@keämeeF[ Ùee ueerefLeÙece SLeerueerve keâeyeexvesš Ùee [eF& FLeeFue keâeyeexvesš
DeeÙejve HeâemHesâš Ùee ueerefLeÙece ceQieveerpe
Dee@keämeeF[

When two batteries are connected in parallel–
3. mesueeW keâe mecetnerkeâjCe They should have the same emf
(Grouping of Cells)  peye oes yew š jer meceeveeb
l ej ceW pees[Ì er ieF& nw–Gvekeâe emf meceeve nesiee
 A 12V lead acid battery used in a Car contains.  The purpose of combining cell into series is
-6 cells connected in series Increasing the voltage rating
 keâej ceW ØeÙegòeâ 12V ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer ceW neslee nw~  mes ueeW keâes ßes Ceer ceW meb Ù ees e f p ele keâjves keâe GodosMÙe nw–
-ëe=bKeuee ces pegÌ[s 6 mesue Jeesušspe jsefšbie ceW Je=efæ keâjvee
(RRB JE-Chandigarh 2014)
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021 (UPPCL JE 27.08.2018)
 Four 1.5 V cells are connected in parallel. The ♦ Same type of cells connected in parallel–
output voltage is 1.5 V To increase the current rating
 Ûeej 1.5 V kesâ mesue meceeveevlej ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ DeeGšhegš Jeesušlee  Skeâ Øekeâej kesâ mesue keâes meceeveeblej ›eâce ceW pees[Ì e peelee nw–
............nesieer– 1.5 V efJeÅegle Oeeje jsefšbie yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS
(SSC JE-03.03.2017) (SSC JE- 2018), (SSC JE- 2017)
 The voltage rating for batteries is based on the ---- (BSNL TTA -2016), (BSNL TTA JE- 2015)
Number of cells connected in series ♦ When n cell each of e.m.f. E volts and internal
 yewšefjÙeeW kesâ efueS Jeesušlee efveOee&jCe ------- hej DeeOeeefjle nesleer resistance r ohms are connected in parallel the
nw– ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s mesueeW keâer mebKÙee E
strength of current I is given by– I=
(UPPCL JE-27.08.2018)  r
♦ A battery having 10 cells each of 2V, out of which R + 
 n 
two of them connected in the reverse direction by
 peye n mesue, efpemeceW ØelÙeskeâ keâe e.m.f. E volt leLee Deevleefjkeâ
mistake. its effective voltage is– 12 V
ØeeflejesOe r Deesÿe nes, meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s nes lees Oeeje I keâer #ecelee
 Skeâ yewšjer ceW 10 mesue nw, ØelÙeskeâ 2 Jeesuš kesâ nw, efpemeceW mes oes
E
mesue ieueleer mes efJehejerle ceW pegÌ[ ieÙes nw, Fvekeâe ØeYeeJeer Jeesušspe oer peeleer nw– I=
 r
neslee nw– 12 Jeesuš R + 
 n
♦ A 24 V battery of internal resistance r = 4 
♦ When n cell each of e.m.f. E volts and internal
connected to a variable resistance R. The rate of heat
resistance r ohms are connected in series the strength
dissipation in the resistor is maximum when the
 nE 
current drawn from the battery is I. The current of current I is given by– I= 
drawn from the battery will be I/2 when R is equal  R + nr 
to– 12   peye n mesue, efpemeceW ØelÙeskeâ keâe e.m.f. E volt leLee Deevleefjkeâ
 Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe r = 4 Deesce keâer Skeâ 24 V keâer yewšjer Skeâ ØeeflejesOe r Deesÿe nes, ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nes lees Oeeje I keâer #ecelee oer
heefjJeefle&le ØeeflejesOe R mes pegÌ[er nw~ ØeeflejesOe ceW T<cee DeheJÙeÙe keâer peeleer nw– I=
 nE 

oj DeefOekeâlece nesieer, peye yewšjer mes ueer ieF& Oeeje I nes, peye  R + nr 
♦ 30 zinc carbon dry cells are connected in series. The
yewšjer mes ueer ieF& Oeeje I nesieer leye R yejeyej nesiee– total voltage output will be– 45 V
2
12   30 ef p eb k eâ-keâeye& v e Meg
< keâ mes u e ßes Ceer ceW meb Ù ees e f p ele nw ~ keg â ue efveie&le
♦ For a group of cells when internal resistance of the Jeesušlee nesieer– 45 V
group is equal to external load resistance, the group ♦ A bank of 12 cells is connected into 3 parallel
will deliver maximum– Current branches containing 4 cells in series. What is the
 mesueeW kesâ Skeâ mecetn kesâ efueS, peye mecetn keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe equivalent open circuit e.m.f. of bank– 6V
yeenjer Yeej ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej neslee nw, lees mecetn DeefOekeâlece  12 mesueeW keâe mecetn ëe=Kebuee ceW 4 mesueeW Jeeues 3 meceevlej
efJeleefjle keâjsiee– Oeeje MeeKeeDeeW ceW peg[s nQ~ mecetn keâe leguÙe Keguee heLe e.m.f. keäÙee nw–
♦ The arrangement of 12 cells, each of internal 6V
resistance 1.5 , to give maximum current in ♦ A external resistance R is connected to a cell of
external load resistance of 2  will be– internal resistance r, then the current is maximum
when– R=r
4 cells in series with 3 rows in parallel
 Skeâ mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe r leLee yee¢e ØeeflejesOe R mes
 12 mesuees kesâ ØeyebOe ceW ØelÙeskeâ keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 1.5  nw,
2  kesâ yeenjer Yeej ØeeflejesOe ceW DeefOekeâlece Oeeje osves kesâ efueS
mebÙeesefpele nw Oeeje keâe ceeve DeefOekeâlece nesiee peye– R=r
♦ When the internal resistance of a cell is large
nesieer–
compared to the external resistance in the circuit
ßesCeer ceW 4 mesuees kesâ meeLe, meceeblej ceW 3 hebefòeâÙeeB then high current can flow through the external
♦ Total current drawn from two 3.0 volt batteries in resistance by grouping the cells– In parallel
parallel is 1 amp. Each battery supplies– 0.5 amp  peye heefjheLe ceW yee¢e ØeeflejesOe keâer leguevee ceW efkeâmeer mesue keâe
 oes 3V yewšjer pees meceeblej ceW pegÌ[er nQ, 1 Amp keâjWš oslee nw~ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâ neslee nw leye mesueeW kesâ ........... mecetnve
ØelÙeskeâ yewšjer mehueeF& keâjleer nw– 0.5 amp Éeje yee¢e ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes GÛÛe Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nes mekeâlee
(BSNL TTA- 2016) nw– meceevlej ceW
mesueeW keâe mecetnve
(Grouping of Cells)
heo mesueeW keâe ßesCeer mecetnve mesueeW keâe meceevlej mecetnve mesuees keâe efceefßele mecetnve
leguÙe-heefjheLe
kegâue efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue E T  nE ET  E E T  nE

kegâue Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe rT  nr r nr
rT  rT 
n m
heefjheLe keâer kegâue efJeÅegle Oeeje nE nE nmE

I I I
nr  R r  nR nr  mR
GösMÙe DeefOekeâ efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue Øeehle DeefOekeâ ceeve keâer efJeÅegle Oeeje DeefOekeâ efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue
keâjves kesâ efueS mesuees keâes ßesCeer DeLeJee DeefOekeâ meceÙe lekeâ SJeb DeefOekeâ meceÙe lekeâ efJeÅegle
›eâce ceW pees[Ì les nQ~ efJeÅegle Oeeje Øeehle keâjves kesâ Oeeje Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS
efueS mesueeW keâes meceevlej ›eâce mesueeW keâes efceefßele ceW peesÌ[les
ceW mebÙeesefpele keâjles nw~ nw~
♦ If m identical cells of e.m.f. V and internal ♦ Two batteries, each having emf E, are connected in
resistance 'r' are connected in series, the ------------ a series. The combination is connected to an external
current through an external resistance R equal to– variable resistor R. If the internal resistance of the
mv/(R+mr) batteries is r1 and r2 respectively, then the terminal
 Ùeefo emf V Deewj Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe r keâer m meceeve mesue voltage across the first cell (internal resistance r1)
will be zero when– R= (r1–r2)
ßeb=Keuee ceW pegÌ[er ngF& nw, lees ...........Skeâ yeenjer ØeeflejesOe R kesâ  oes yewšefjÙeeB ØelÙeskeâ keâer efJeÅegle-Jeenkeâ yeue (emf) E, ßesCeer ceW
yejeyej Oeeje nw- mv/(R+mr)
mebÙeesefpele nQ~ Skeâ Jee¢e heefjJeleea ØeeflejesOekeâ R mes mebÙeespeve
(BSNL TTA- 2016) mebÙeesefpele nw~ Ùeefo yewšefjÙeeW keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: r1 Deewj
♦ The voltage rating for batteries is based on the–
r2 nw, leye ØeLece mesue (Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe r1) kesâ S›eâeme šefce&veue
Number of cells connected in series
Jeesušlee MetvÙe nesiee peye– R= (r1–r2)
 yewšefjÙeeW kesâ efueS Jeesušlee efveOee&jCe DeeOeeefjle nesleer nw– ♦ Three cells are connected in series to form a battery.
ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s mesueeW keâer mebKÙee hej The internal resistance is 0.1  each. The internal
(UPPCL JE- 2018) resistance of the battery is– 0.3 
♦ Two battery having unequal emf–  leerve mesue ßesCeer ceW Skeâ yewšjer kesâ ™he ceW pegÌ[s nw~ ØelÙeskeâ mesue
Can be connected in series only keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.1  nw~ yewšjer keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
 oes yewšjer Demeceeve EMF kesâ nQ– nw– 0.3 
kesâJeue ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[e pee mekeâlee nw~
♦ When four no. of 2V, 4Ah cells are connected in 4. mesue keâer o#elee (Efficiency of Cell)
parallel, What will be it's Ah capacity– 16 Ah
 peye 2 Jeesuš kesâ Ûeej, 4 SefcheÙej IeCše mesue meceevlej ceW  The ratio of energy obtained from a battery while
mebÙeesefpele nQ, SefcheÙej-IeCše #ecelee keäÙee nesieer– discharging to energy given to the battery while
charging is - WH efficiency
16 SefcheÙej-IeCše
 ef[mÛeepe& keâjles meceÙe yewšjer mes Øeehle Tpee& keâe Ûeepe& keâjles meceÙe
♦ Five carbon zinc cells in series have an output of– yewšjer keâes oer ieF& Tpee& mes Devegheele nw- WH o#elee
7.5 V
 ßesCeer ceW heeBÛe keâeye&ve efpebkeâ mesueeW keâe Skeâ efveie&le nw– 7.5 V (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021, Shift-II)

 WH efficiency of the battery for UPS varies from - ♦
The efficiency of a solar cell may be in the range–
70-80% 10 to 15%
 UPS kesâ efueÙes yewšjer keâer WH o#elee ...... kesâ yeerÛe nesleer nw -  meewj mesue kesâ o#elee keâer meercee nes mekeâleer nw– 10 mes 15%
70-80% ♦ Current efficiency in electroplating is usually–
(UPPCL JE-08.09.2021, Shift-I) 90 to 98%
 The ampere-hour efficiency of lead-acid batteries is  efJeÅegle uesheve ceW Oeeje o#elee meeceevÙele: ....... nesleer nw–
usually between_____. 90 to 95% 90 to 98%
 ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer keâer ScheerÙej-Iebše #ecelee Deeceleewj hej ......... ♦ Energy efficiency during electroplating is usually in
kesâ yeerÛe nesleer nw~ 90 mes 95% the range– 50 to 80%
(UPPCL JE-Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)  efJeÅegle uesheve kesâ oewjeve meeceevÙele: Tpee& o#elee ....... kesâ ›eâce ceW
 ............ efficiency of the battery is more– nesleer nw– 50 to 80%
Ampere hour efficiency ♦ The ratio of ampere-hour efficiency to watt-hour
 yewšjer keâer keâewve meer o#elee DeefOekeâ nesleer nw–
efficiency of a lead acid cell is–
SefcheÙej–Iebše o#elee
Always greater than one
(SSC JE- 01.03.2017, 2.45 pm)
 The equation for kW rating calculation in a battery  meer mee-Decue mes u e keâer Sef c heÙej Dee@ Jej #ecelee mes Jeeš-Dee@Jej #ecelee
charger using taper method is– keâe Deveg h eele nes lee nw – ncesMee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ
kW = (N×Ah×2.25×0.225×0.8/1000) ♦ On the average the ampere-hour efficiency of an
 Skeâ yewšjer Ûeepe&j ceW Mebkegâ efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ efkeâueesJee@š Edison cell is about– 80%
jsefšbie keâe Deebkeâueve keâjves kesâ efueS meceerkeâjCe .............nesleer  Skeâ S[ermeve mesue keâer Deewmele SefcheÙej-IeCše o#elee nesleer nw
nw– kW = (N×Ah×2.25×0.225×0.8/1000) ueieYeie– 80%
yewšjer keâer o#elee
(Efficiency of Battery)
SefcheÙej-IeCše o#elee Jeeš-IeCše o#elee
ØeefleMele SefcheÙej-IeCše o#elee- ØeefleMele Jeeš-IeCše o#elee-
ef[mÛeeefpe&Ëie SefcheÙej  IeCšs ef[mÛeeefpe&Ëie Jeeš  IeCšs
Ah %   100 Wh %  100
Ûeeefpe&Ëie SefcheÙej  IeCšs Ûeeefpe&Ëie Jeeš  IeCšs
Id  h d Vd  Id  h d
Ah %   100 Wh %   100
Ic  h c Vc  Ic  h c
 The advantage of the nickel-iron battery over the  A battery of 80 V with an internal resistance of 2
lead acid battery is that.............. is to be charged from 200 V mains. Find the value of
It needs less maintenance the series resistance for charging current of 5A- 22
 ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer keâer leguevee ceW efveefkeâue-DeeÙejve yewšjer keâe ueeYe  2 Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeueer 80V keâer Skeâ yewšjer keâes 200V
Ùen nw efkeâ...............~ cegKÙe leej (cesvme) mes DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peevee nw~ 5A keâer DeeJesMeve
FmeceW Devegj#eCe keâer keâce DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)
Oeeje kesâ efueS ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ 22 
♦ Nickel–cadmium accumulators in comparison to (UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I)
nickel–iron accumulators have the advantages of–  The INCORRECT battery maintenance requirement
Low internal resistance and longer life of transmission substation -
 efveefkeâue-DeeÙejve mebÛeeÙekeâeW keâer leguevee ceW efveefkeâue-kewâ[efceÙece Check of charger input voltage
mebÛeeÙekeâeW kesâ ueeYe nw–  šêbmeefceMeve meye-mšsMeve keâer yewšjer keâer jKejKeeJe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
keâce Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj pÙeeoe DeeÙeg keâe ieuele DeJeOeejCee nw- Ûeepe&j Fvehegš Jeesušspe keâer peebÛe keâjvee
♦ The internal resistance of an alkali cell is nearly (PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
.......... times that of the lead-acid cell– Five  ........... semiconductor materials are used for
 Skeâ #eejerÙe mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe, meermee-Decue mesue mes manufacturing solar cells– Gallium arsenide,
ueieYeie ............ iegvee neslee nw– 5 Indium arsenide, Cadmium sulphide and Silicon
 .......... is C-rate considering a battery-  meewj mesueeW keâe efJeefvecee&Ce keâjves kesâ efueS .......... Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ
The rate at which battery gets discharged heoeLeex keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– iewefueÙece DeemexveeF[,
 yewšjer keâes OÙeeve ces jKeles ngS meer-jsš nw-
Jen oj efpeme hej yewšjer ef[mÛeepe& nesleer nw~ Fbef[Ùece DeemexveeF[, kewâ[efceÙece meuheâeF[ Deewj efmeefuekeâe@ve
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) (DMRC Electronic- 2014)
 The function of the reference electrode in a pH ♦ Which test is used to ascertain whether the battery
meter is to– plates are defective or not– Cadmium test
Produce a constant voltage  efkeâme hejer#eCe keâe ØeÙeesie helee ueieeves kesâ efueS keâjles nw efkeâ yewšjer
 Skeâ pH meter ceW meboYeea Fueskeäšês[ (reference electrode) keâer huesšW oes<ehetCe& nw Ùee veneR– kewâ[efceÙece hejer#eCe
keâe keâeÙe& nw– efmLej Jeesušlee Glhevve keâjvee ♦ The common voltage of automobile batteries is– 12 V
(UPRVUNL AE- 11.06.2014, 14:36:06)  Dee@šesceesyeeFue yewšefjÙeeW keâer meeceevÙe Jeesušlee nw– 12 V
 Load cell essentially is a – Strain gauge ♦ Battery container should be acid resistance,
 uees[ mesue DeefveJeeÙe&le: neslee nw Skeâ– mš^sve iespe therefore it is made up of– Glass, Plastic, Wood
 yewšjer kebâšsvej DecuejesOeer nesvee ÛeeefnS FmeefueS Ùen yeveeÙee peelee
 Charger used to charge the Batteries of Car are nw– keâeBÛe, hueeefmškeâ, uekeâÌ[er
Pulse Chargers ♦ Persons preparing electrolyte should wear–
 keâej keâer yewšefjÙeeW keâes Ûeepe& keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie ceW Deeves Jeeues Goggles or other face shield, rubber boots and
gloves
Ûeepe&j nesles nQ– heume Ûeepe&j  efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe lewÙeej keâjves Jeeues JÙeefòeâÙeeW keâes henvevee ÛeeefnS–
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM)
ÛeMcee Ùee otmeje Ûesnje keâJeÛe,
 The Battery will get warm, when we try to send too
much current through battery. This is mainly due to jyeÌ[ kesâ petles Deewj omleeves
Internal resistance of the Battery ♦ Hydrogen envolved during charging produces
 peye nce yewšjer kesâ ceeOÙece mes yengle pÙeeoe Oeeje Yespeves keâer explosive mixture when it is more than– 8%
keâesefMeMe keâjWies lees yewšjer iece& nes peeSieer Fmekeâe cegKÙe keâejCe nw–  DeeJes M eve kes
â oew j eve ef Jekeâef mele neF[^ e p
s eve ef JemHeâes škeâ ef c eßeCe hewoe
yewšjer keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe keâjlee nw peye Ùen .................mes Deef O ekeâ nes lee nw – 8%
♦ Weston standard cell at 20oC has voltage of .......
(BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016)
volts– 1.0187
 The usable capacity of a battery-
 Jesmšve ceevekeâ mesue keâer 20oC hej Jeesušlee ............. Jeesuš keâer
Decreases with increased discharge current
 Skeâ yewšjer keâe GheÙeesie keâjves ÙeesiÙe #ecelee– nesleer nw– 1.0187
♦ Battery charging room is to be kept well ventilated
JeefOe&le efveJe&nve efJeÅegle ØeJeen kesâ meeLe keâce nes peeleer nw so as to reduce the hydrogen concentration below
(AAI -2016) ........– 3%
 .......... sources of energy does a fuel cell consist of–  yewšjer DeeJesMeve kesâ ®ce keâes DeÛÚer lejn nJeeoej jKevee ÛeeefnS
Hydrogen leeefkeâ neF[êspeve keâer meevõlee ........... mes keâce nes– 3%
 Skeâ F&Oeve mesue Tpee& kesâ .......... œeesle keâe yevee neslee nw– ♦ Extent of corrosion in the underground metal work
neF[êspeve depends upon–
(AAI -2016) Amount of moisture, type of metals,
 The coordination of atoms in a hexagonal closed type of soil chemicals
pack structure is : 12  YetÙeesefpele OeeeflJekeâ keâeÙe& ceW meb#eejCe keâer meercee efveYe&j keâjleer nw–
 nskeämeeieesveue keäueesp[ hewkeâ mš^keäÛej cebs DeCegDeeW keâer mecevJeÙe mebKÙee veceer keâer cee$ee hej, OeelegDeeW kesâ Øekeâej hej, ce=oe kesâ
nesleer nw– 12 jemeeÙeefvekeâ Øekeâej hej
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016) ♦ The lower specific. gravity of– Water
 An electrically insulating material that is used to  vÙetvelece efJeefMe° ieg®lJe ........ keâe neslee nw– peue
prevent metallic contact between the positive and
♦ Under normal charging rate, the charging current
negative plates in a cell, but permits the flow of ions
should be– 10% of capacity
between the plates, is --------- Separator
 meeceevÙe DeeJesMeve kesâ lenle DeeJesMeve Oeeje nesvee ÛeeefnS–
 Skeâ efJeÅegle jesOeve (Fbmeguesefšbie) heoeLe& pees mesue ceW Oeveelcekeâ Deewj
#ecelee keâe 10%
$e+Ceelcekeâ huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe Oeeleg mebheke&â keâes jeskeâves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie
♦ If a battery is to be charged at a much higher rate as
efkeâÙee peelee nw, hejbleg huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe DeeÙeveeW kesâ ØeJeen nesves oslee compared to normal charging rate, the charging
nw, .......... neslee nw~ efJeYeepekeâ should be restricted to–
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) 80% of the capacity of battery
 The chemical effect of current is used in–  Ùeefo Skeâ yewšjer meeceevÙe DeeJesMeve oj keâer leguevee ceW yengle DeefOekeâ
DC ampere hour meter DeeJesMeve oj mes DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees DeeJesMeve keâes
 Oeeje keâe jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe .........ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– ØeefleyeefvOele efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS–
[er.meer. SefcheÙej Dee@Jej ceeršj yewšjer keâer #ecelee keâe 80%
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018) ♦ A cell which is used as a voltage reference source
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016) for instrument calibration is–
♦ For high current applications we use– Mercury-cadmium cell
Bichromate cell  Skeâ mesue pees Jeesušlee mevoYe& Œeesle keâer lejn GheÙeb$e DebMeekeâve kesâ
 GÛÛe Oeeje kesâ efueS nce DevegØeÙeesie keâjles nw– yeeF›eâescesš mesue efueS ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw– cejkeâjer kewâ[efceÙece mesue
efpebkeâ uesheve Ùee pemleerkeâjCe Ssvees[eFefpebie
(Zinc Plating or Galvanising) (Anodizing)
 ueesns leLee Fmheele hej pebiejesOeer (Rust proof) efheâefveMe keâjves  SsuÙegefceefveÙece hej j#eelcekeâ leLee mepeeJešer heefjmeppee osves kesâ
kesâ efueS efpebkeâ uesheve keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ efueS Ssvees[eFefpebie keâe ØeÙeesie efJemle=le ™he mes efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 ne@š ef[he Øeef›eâÙee Éeje pemleerkeâjCe keâe ØeÙeesie Úle keâer  Svees[eFefpebie Øeef›eâÙee ceW SuÙegceerefveÙece Ùee SuÙegceerefveÙece
Dee@keämeeF[ keâer heleueer DeÂMÙe efheâuce (Film) ÛeÌ{eF& peeleer nw,
veeueeroej ÛeeojW, šQkeâ, efmemš^ve leLee Iejsuet yele&vees FlÙeeefo hej
pees efkeâ melen hej mJeYeeefJekeâ ™he ues uesleer nw, leLee pebie
pebiejesOeer megj#ee hele& ÛeÌ{eves ceW efpebkeâ uesheve keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw~ ØeeflejesOeer nesleer nw~
 efpebkeâ uesheve ceW ØeÙegòeâ Ieesue iewueJesveeFefpebie neslee nw, efpebkeâ Ieesue  Ssvees[eFefpebie Øeef›eâÙee ceW JemlegDeeW keâes heefjheLe ceW Ssvees[ yeveeÙee
meghej peeFšwkeäme yeÇeFš efpebkeâ Ieesue nw~ peelee nw, peyekeâer efJeÅegle uesheve Øeef›eâÙee ceW JemlegDeeW keâes kewâLees[
 efpebkeâ uesheve ceW ØeÙegòeâ Oeeje IevelJe 10 mes 15 SefcheÙej Øeefle yeveeÙee peelee nw~
Jeie& hegâš neslee nw leLee Jeesušlee 2 mes 4 Jeesuš nesleer nw~  Svees[eFefpebie Øeef›eâÙee ceW Svees[ hej cegòeâ Dee@keämeerpeve cetue Oeeleg
hej mebyebæ Dee@keämeeF[ efheâuce yeveeleer nw~
efJeÅegle efve#esheCe keâe cetue efmeæeble
 Svees[eFefpebie ceW ØeÙegòeâ Ieesue iebOekeâ keâe Decue neslee nw~
(Basic Principle of Electro-Deposition)
 meeOeejCele: SsuÙegceerefveÙece efceße OeelegDeeW keâer Oeeje IevelJe 120
 efJeÅegle efve#esheCe Ùee uesheve keâe efmeæeble DeeÙeefvekeâ efJeIešve mes 200 A/m2 neslee nw, leLee Fme Oeeje IevelJe keâes Øeehle keâjves
(Ionic dissociation) leLee efJeÅegle DeheIešveer Øeef›eâÙee hej kesâ efueS 12 mes 16 Jeesuš keâer Jeesušlee DeeJeMÙekeâ nesleer nw~
DeeOeeefjle nw~ ♦ Voltage required for barrel plating is usually–
 efJeÅegle uesheve (electroplating), efJeÅegle cegõCe 6 to 16 Volts
(Electrotyping) leLee efJeÅegle heâeefceËie Fmekesâ GoenjCe nw~  yewjue (yevotkeâ keâer veeue) huesefšbie kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Jeesušlee
 efJeÅegle efve#esheCe efJe%eeve keâer Jen MeeKee nw, efpemeceW efJeÅegle Oeeje meeceevÙele: .......... neslee nw– 6 mes 16 Jeesušdme
keâer meneÙelee mes OeelegDeeW keâes otmejer Oeeleg hej uesefhele Ùee efve#esefhele ♦ In a battery if proper level and gravity of electrolyte
is not maintained, then........... may be permanently
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ damaged– Separators and plates
♦ The best instrument for the measurement of emf of a  Skeâ yewšjer ceW efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe meeceevÙe mlej Deewj ieg™lJe
cell is– Potentiometer mecegefÛele ve nes, lees ______mLeeÙeer ™he mes #eefle«emle nesles nQ–
 Skeâ mesue kesâ efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (emf) kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS DeÛÚe he=Lekeäkeâejer Deewj huesšs
GhekeâjCe ........ nw– efJeYeJeceeheer
♦ Any charge given to the battery when taken off the
♦ The temperature recommended for bronze plating is vehicle is called– Bench charge
usually– 70 to 80 C  yewšjer keâes efoÙee peeves Jeeuee keâesF& DeeJesMe peye Jnerkeâue mes Deueie
o
 meeceevÙele: keâebmee hejle kesâ efueS ............ leeheceeve keâe GheÙeesie keâj efoÙee peelee nw, lees keânueelee nw– yeWÛe DeeJesMe
efkeâÙee peelee nw– 70 mes 80 ef[«eer mesCšer«es[ ♦ Boost charging method are used to charge the........
♦ For chromium plating the current density is usually– Over discharge battery
1500 to 2500 amp/m2  ..............keâes DeeJesefMele keâjves kesâ efueS yetmš DeeJesMeve efJeefOe keâe
 ›eâesefceÙece hejle ÛeÌ{eves kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: Oeeje IevelJe ........ ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Deefle efJemeefpe&le yewšjer
neslee nw– 1500 mes 2500 SefcheÙej/ceeršj2 ♦ The amount of current in a battery can furnish over a
period of time is called– Ampere hour
♦ When the battery is being charged, the terminal
voltage decreases with– Increasing temperature  Skeâ meceÙeeJeefOe ceW Skeâ yewšjer ceW Oeeje keâer cee$ee keâes
................keâne peelee nw– SefcheÙej–IeCše
 peye yewšjer Ûeepe& keâer pee jner nw, lees šefce&veue Jeesušspe ...........kesâ
meeLe keâce nes peelee nw– yeÌ{les leeheceeve yetefmšbie DeeJesMeve
(Boosting charging)
♦ Cell short circuit results in–
 ØeeÙe: yewšefjÙeeB Ssmeer #ecelee keâer nesleer nQ efkeâ Jes hetjs efove efyevee
Low specific gravity, abnormal high yeerÛe ceW DeeJesefMele efkeâÙes keâece keâjleer jnleer nQ uesefkeâve kegâÚ
temperature, reduced gassing on charge
yewšefjÙeeB pees efkeâ š^keâeW, yemeeW, keâejeW, DeLeJee jsueieeefÌ[ÙeeW ceW
 mesue Mee@š& meefke&âš............ kesâ heefjCeece nw– ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nQ GvnW yeerÛe-yeerÛe ceW Deefleefjkeäle DeeJesMeve keâer
efvecve efJeefMe° ieg®lJe, DemeeceevÙe GÛÛe leeheceeve, DeeJeMÙekeâlee heÌ[leer nw~ Fme Øekeâej DeeJesMeve keâjves keâes yetefmšbie
ÛeeefpeËie kesâ meceÙe keâce iewefmebie DeeJesMeve keânles nQ~
♦ Which is invariably seen in an electroplating plant–  yetefmšbie DeeJesMeve ceW DeeJesMeve Oeeje keâe ceeve Glevee ner neslee nw
Rectifier efpeleves SefcheÙej Iebše lekeâ Jen yewšjer Gme meceÙe lekeâ efJemeefpe&le
 keâewve-mee Skeâ Fueskeäšêshuesefšbie mebÙeb$e ceW osKee peelee nw– efo°keâejer nes Ûegkeâer nesleer nw~
efš^keâue DeeJesMeve ♦ If flux () passes through all the N turns of a coil, the
(Trickle Charging) flux linkage of the coil is–  = N  Wb-turn
 Ùeefo Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ meYeer N Jele&veeW ceW mes heäuekeäme () iegpejlee
 Fme efJeefOe ceW DeeJesMeve DelÙeefOekeâ efvecve oj mes efkeâÙee
peelee nw~ nw, lees kegâC[ueer keâe heäuekeäme ueerkesâpe nesiee–  = N Wb-turn
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 Ùen DeeJesMeve Gve yewšefjÙeeW keâes Keguee heefjheLe neefveÙeeW
efveefkeâue uesheve
(open circuit losses) keâer #eeflehetefle&
(compensation) kesâ efueÙes efkeâÙee peelee nw efpevnW (Nickle Plating)
DeeJesMeve kesâ yeeo ØeÙeesie ceW ve ueeÙee pee jne nes~  efveefkeâue Oeeleg hej ›eâesefceÙece uesheve meyemes DeÛÚe neslee
 efpeve yewšefjÙeeW keâes efš^keâue DeeJesMeve mes DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee nw~
peelee nw GvnW Je<eeX lekeâ hetCe&le: DeeJesefMele DeJemLee ceW  efveefkeâue uesheve IeesueeW keâe cegKÙe DeeOeej efveefkeâue meuhesâš
jKee pee mekeâlee nw~ neslee nw~
♦ When charging a battery, the electrolyte temperature  efveefkeâue uesheve ceW ØeÙegòeâ Ieesue efveefkeâue {Oeeleg kesâ ™he
should not be more than– 40ºC ceW)±efveefkeâue keäueesjeF[±yeesefjkeâ Decue±DeceesefveÙee
 peye Skeâ yewšjer keâes Ûeepe& efkeâÙee peelee nw leye FueskeäšêsueeFš keâe meuhesâš} neslee nw~
leeheceeve ––––––––mes pÙeeoe veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS– 40ºC  efveefkeâue uesheve ceW 400 A/m2 lekeâ Oeeje IevelJe ØeÙegòeâ
♦ Trickle charging of a storage battery helps to– neslee nw~
Keep it fresh and fully charged  SuÙegceerefveÙece keâes Deekeâ<e&keâ yeveeves kesâ efueS efveefkeâue
 Skeâ mebÛeeÙekeâ yewšjer keâes efš^keâue DeeJesMeve ceoo keâjlee nw– huesefšbie keâjles nw~
Fmes mJeÛÚ Deewj hetCe& DeeJesefMele jKeves kesâ efueS ♦ Batteries operate by converting chemical energy into
♦ Those substances of the cell which take active part electrical energy through ------------ reactions–
in chemical combination and hence produce Electrochemical discharge
electricity during charging or discharging are known
 efkeâme DeefYeef›eâÙeeDeeW mes yewšefjÙeeB jemeeÙeefvekeâ Tpee& keâes efJeÅegle Tpee&
as ...... materials– Active
 mesue kesâ Jes heoeLe& pees jemeeÙeefvekeâ mebÙeespeve ceW meef›eâÙe Yeeie uesles nQ ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÛeeefuele neslee nw–
Deewj Fme Øekeâej DeeJesMeve Ùee efvejeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve efJeÅegle Glheeefole JewÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ efJemepe&ve
keâjles nw ............ heoeLe& nesles nw– meef›eâÙe (UPPCL JE- 2018)
♦ The process of coating of a metallic surface with a
harder metal by electro-deposition is known as–
5. JewÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe Electrofacing
(Electro-Chemical Effect)
hewâje[s kesâ JewÅegle DeheIešŸe kesâ efveÙece
Oeeleg MeesOeve (Faraday's Law of Electrolysis Process)
(Purification of Metal) ØeLece efveÙece (First Law)

 Fme efJeefOe ceW DeMegæ Oeeleg keâer huesš keâes Svees[ kesâ ™he efkeâmeer JewÅegle Øeef›eâÙee mes Fueskeäšês[ hej pecee Ùee Fueskeäšês[ mes
ceW Gmeer Oeeleg kesâ efkeâmeer ueJeCe ceW Ieesue ceW ueškeâe efoÙee cegòeâ nesves Jeeues heoeLe& keâer cee$ee, Ieesue ceW ØeJeeefnle DeeJesMe keâer
peelee nw~ cee$ee kesâ meceevegheeleer nesleer nw~
 kewâLees[ kesâ ™he ceW Megæ Oeeleg keâer huesš ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer mQ
nw~ Ieesue ceW mes [er.meer. efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâjves hej m  ZIt
Megæ Oeeleg kesâ keâCe kewâLees[ hej Skeâ$e nes peeles nQ leLee efÉleerÙe efveÙece (Second Law)
DeMegefæÙeeB Svees[ hej ner jn peeleer nw~ Fme Øekeâej Ùeefo efJeefYeVe JewÅegle DeheIešŸe Ieesuees ceW meceeve Oeeje meceeve
DeMegæ Oeeleg keâe MeesOeve mecheVe nes peelee nw~ meceÙe lekeâ ØeJeeefnle keâer peeS lees efJeefYeVe JewÅegle DeheIešŸe Ieesuees
♦ ______ of a battery is the ratio of the charged Éeje cegòeâ Ùee pecee heoeLeeW& keâer cee$ee ›eâceMe: Gve heoeLeeX kesâ
capacity to the discharged capacity under the specific jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâer Yeej kesâ meceevegheeleer nesleer nw~
charging and discharging conditions–
Ampere-hour charging factor m1 m 2 m3
 
 Skeâ yewšjer keâe .......... efJeefMe<š DeeJesefMele Deewj DeveeJesefMele w1 w 2 w 3
efmLeefleÙeeW ceW DeeJesefMele #ecelee Deewj DeveeJesefMele #ecelee keâe Devegheele
m1 Z1 w1
neslee nw– SefcheÙej-Iebše DeeJesMeve iegCekeâ  
m 2 Z2 w 2
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 The energy in a lead acid battery is stored in a form
ELECTROLYSIS of- Chemical energy
♦ Silver article become black on prolonged exposure  meermee Decue yewšjer ceW Tpee&, .............. kesâ ™he ceW mebeÛf ele jnleer
to air, this is due to formation of– Ag2S nw– jemeeÙeefvekeâ Tpee&
 uebyes meceÙe lekeâ nJee kesâ mebheke&â ceW jnves hej Ûeeboer keâer yeveer JemlegSB (SAIL (RSP) OCTT- 17.03.2019, 03 -05 PM )
keâeueer nes peeleer nQ~ Ùen Iešvee ............... kesâ yeveves kesâ keâejCe ♦ Internal resistance of a cell is due to–
nesleer nw– Ag2S Resistance of electrolyte, surface contact
resistance between electrode and electrolyte,
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
electrode resistance
♦ There are some liquids in which a passage of electric  efkeâmeer mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ...... kesâ keâejCe neslee nw–
current is accompanied by chemical changes. This
efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe keâe ØeeflejesOe, Fueskeäšês[ Deewj efJeÅegle
effect is known as the ……….. effect of electric
current - Chemical DeheIešŸe keâe melener mecheke&â ØeeflejesOe, Fueskeäšês[ ØeeflejesOe
 kegâÚ lejue heoeLe& Ssmes nesles nQ efpeveceW efJeÅegle ØeJeen kesâ meeLe ♦ Electrode potential of standard hydrogen electrode at
jemeeÙeefvekeâ heefjJele&ve Yeer nesles nQ~ Fme ØeYeeJe keâes efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ 25ºC is– Zero
............ØeYeeJe kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw - jemeeÙeefvekeâ  25ºC hej ceevekeâ neF[^ e s p eve keâe Fues k eä
š ^ e s [ ef JeYeJe nw – MetvÙe
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021, Shift-I) (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
♦ ........... device converts the chemical energy to ♦ .......... electrode should be used for refining copper
electrical energy - Fuel cell (by electrolysis) - Copper sulphate
 ........... GhekeâjCe jemeeÙeefvekeâ Tpee& keâes efJeÅegle Tpee& ceW  leeByes (JewÅegle DeheIešve Éeje) keâes heefj<ke=âle keâjves kesâ efueÙes .........
heefjJeefle&le keâjlee nw - FËOeve mesue Fueskeäšês[ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnÙes- keâe@hej meuhesâš
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021, Shift-I) (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021, Shift-II)
♦ Batteries operate by converting chemical energy into ♦ Law's of electrolysis were formulated by ………
electrical energy through ------------ reactions– Michael faraday
Electrochemical discharge  efJeÅegle DeheIešve kesâ efveÙece ............. Éeje Øeefleheeefole efkeâÙee
 -------- DeefYeef›eâÙeeDeeW mes yewšefjÙeeB jemeeÙeefvekeâ Tpee& keâes efJeÅegle ieÙee Lee - ceeFkeâue hewâje[s
Tpee& ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ ØeÛeeefuele neslee nw– (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021, Shift-II)
JewÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ efJemepe&ve  .......... material is used to coated in galvanization–
♦ The Electroplating is an example for the _____ of Zinc
the electric current– Chemical effect  iewuJesveeFpesMeve ces .......... kesâ heoeLe& keâer hejle Ûe{eF& peeleer nw–
 efJeÅegle DeheIešve, efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ _____ keâe Skeâ GoenjCe nw–
pemles
jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe
(UPPCL JE- 2015)
♦ The electrolyte used in ordinary dry cell is–  The process of coating of a metallic surface with a
Salt Ammonium Chloride harder metal by electro-deposition is known as:
 meeOeejCe Meg<keâ mesue ceW FueskeäšêsueeFš ØeÙegòeâ keâjles nQ– electroplating
mee@uš DeceesefveÙece keäueesjeF[  efJeÅegle efve#esheCe Éeje efkeâmeer Oeeleg keâer melen hej keâ"esj Oeeleg keâer
♦ During electroplating the weight of a substance hejle ÛeÌ{eves keâer Øeef›eâÙee.............keânueeleer nw–
deposited depends upon– Fueskeäšêshuesefšbie
Quantity of electricity (LMRC SC/TO- 2015)
 Fueskeäšêshuesefšbie kesâ oewjeve pecee nesves Jeeues heoeLe& keâe Yeej efveYe&j  In the process of refining of metals, the impure
keâjlee nw– efJeÅegle keâer cee$ee hej metal is made as Anode
♦ While preparing electrolyte for a lead acid battery–  Oeeleg D eeW kes â Meg æer k eâjCe keâer Øeef ›eâÙee ceW , DeMeg æ Oeeleg keâes .......
Acid is poured into water yeveeÙee peelee nw– Svees[
 ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer kesâ efueS FueskeäšêsueeFš lewÙeej keâjles meceÙe- (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
Sefme[ keâes heeveer ceW [euee peelee nw  The material used for coating the electrode is called–
♦ The current in a chemical cell is a movement of due Flux
to– Positive and negative ions.  Fueskeäšês[ keâes keâesefšbie keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ heoeLe& nw– heäuekeäme
 Skeâ jemeeÙeefvekeâ mesue ceW Oeeje keâe ØeJeen......... kesâ keâejCe nw– (SSC JE- 2008)
Oeveelcekeâ Deewj $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeÙeveeW  ............Processes essentially needs direct current–
♦ EMF of cell depends upon– Electroplating
Electrolyte & electrodes  ............Øe›eâce ceW DeefveJeeÙe&le: efo<š keâjsvš ([er.meer.) keâer pe™jle
 mesue keâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (EMF) ......... hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw– efJeÅegle uesheve
nw– efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe Deewj Fueskeäšês[ (SSC JE- 2007)
 Salt solutions are : Good conductors of electricity ›eâesefceÙece uesheve
 vecekeâ keâe efJeueÙeve nw : efJeÅegle keâe DeÛÚe Ûeeuekeâ
(Chromium Plating)
(DMRC JE -2017)
 In the process of Nickel plating of iron articles, iron  ›eâesefceÙece uesheve keâe ØeÙeesie Ûecekeâoej yeojbie jefnle
will first be applied with a film of............to ensure heefjmeppee (brilliant untarnishable finish) Ùee
good quality. Chromium keâ"esj DeheIe<e&Ce jesOeer melen (abrasion resistant
 DeeÙejve Jemleg hej efveefkeâue ÛeÌ{eves keâer Øeef›eâÙee ceW, DeeÙejve keâer surface) Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS keâer peeleer nw~
DeÛÚer iegCeJeòee kesâ efueS meyemes henues Skeâ efHeâuce kesâ meeLe ØeÙegkeäle  ›eâesefceÙece uesheve ceW ØeÙegòeâ efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe (›eâesefceÙece
efkeâÙee peelee nQ~ ›eâesefceÙece Decue ± iebOekeâ keâe Decue ± heeveer) Ùee (›eâesefceÙece ueJeCe
(DMRC.JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift) ± heeveer) neslee nw~
 The Electroplating is an example for the _____ of  ›eâessefceÙece uesheve kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Oeeje IevelJe 250
the electric current. Chemical effect
mes 350 A/m2 lekeâ neslee nw~
 Fueskeäšêshuesefšbie efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ .......... kesâ efueS GoenjCe nw~
jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe  ›eâesefceÙece uesheve ceW meeceevÙele: 3 mes 4 Jeesuš keâer
(Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3 Shift) rd Jeesušlee ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw efkeâvleg Ùeefo JemlegDeeW keâe
 Batteries operate by converting chemical energy into melen #es$e DeefOekeâ nes lees 5 mes 6 Jeesuš keâer Jeesušlee
electrical energy through ------------ reactions. ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw~
Electrochemical discharge  Fmekeâe Svees[ meermee keâe yevee neslee nw~
 -------- DeefYeef›eâÙeeDeeW mes yewšefjÙeeB jemeeÙeefvekeâ Tpee& keâes efJeÅegle ♦
The character of metal deposited is affected by–
Tpee& ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ ØeÛeeefuele neslee nw~ Structure of the metal, surface preparation,
JewÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ efJemepe&ve metal-ion concentration
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)  efveef#ehle (pecee efkeâÙee) Oeeleg keâe hee$e ...... kesâ Éeje ØeYeeefJele neslee
 Water is decomposed into hydrogen and oxygen by nw– Oeeleg keâer mebjÛevee, melen meece«eer, Oeeleg DeeÙeve mebkesâvõCe
means of an electric current by the method of: ♦ Aluminium surface in contact with air is always
Electrolysis cover with a thin layer of– Oxide
 peue keâer efJeefOe Éeje efJeÅegle ØeJeen kesâ ceeOÙece mes neF[êspeve Deewj  nJee kesâ meeLe mecheke&â ceW SuÙetefceefveÙece melen ...... kesâ Skeâ heleues
Dee@keämeerpeve ceW heeveer keâes efJeIeefšle efkeâÙee peelee nw:- hejle kesâ meeLe ncesMee {keâer jnleer nw– Dee@keämeeF[
Fueskeäšêsefueefmeme ♦ Aluminium is produced from bauxite by–
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018) Electrolytic process
 Negative temperature coefficient of resistivity is–  yee@keämeeFš mes SuÙegefceefveÙece .............. kesâ Éeje Glheeefole neslee
Electrolytes nw– efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe Øeef›eâÙee
 ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâe vekeâejelcekeâ leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ ......... ceW neslee ♦ Highest purity copper is obtained by–
nw– FueskeäšêsueeFšdme Electroplating
(BSPHCL JE- 30.01.2019)  GÛÛelece Megæ leeceü ........ kesâ Éeje Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ E.C.E. of silver is– 1.118 mg/coulomb efJeÅegle-uesheve
 efmeuJej keâe E.C.E. nw– 1.118 mg/ketâuee@ce ♦ Highest purity copper is obtained by–
Electroplating
♦ Which metal is deposited to provide hard wearing
surface– Chromium  GÛÛe Megælee Jeeuee leeByee Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 keâ"esj menveMeerue melen Øeoeve keâjves kesâ efueS Oeeleg efveef#ehle (pecee) efJeÅegle huesefšbie Éeje
nesleer nw– ›eâesefceÙece ♦ Galvanising is coating of– Zinc
♦ Which metal is deposited to provide an undercoat  pemleerke=âle keâer keâesefšbie nw– pemlee keâe
for chromium– Bronze ♦ For zinc plating optimum temperature is– 25 to 40oC
 ›eâesefceÙece kesâ efueS Skeâ Demlej Øeoeve keâjves kesâ efueS keâewve meer  efpebkeâ huesefšbie kesâ efueS Devegketâuelece leeheceeve nw– 25 to 40oC
Oeeleg efveef#ehle (pecee) nesleer nw– keâebmÙe ♦ Higher current density is usually recommended for–
♦ Silver coating is provided for– Chromium plating
Protective purposes, Decorative purpose,  meeceevÙe ™he mes GÛÛe Oeeje IevelJe kesâ efueS DeefveJeeÙe& nw–
Bearing surfaces
 ÛeeBoer keâer keâesefšbie ............ kesâ efueS Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw–
›eâesefceÙece huesefšbie
megjef#ele GösMÙeeW, mepeeJešer GösMÙeeW, menveMeeruelee meleneW ♦ Distilled water is invariable used in electrolytes
because it–
♦ The character of metal deposited is affected by–
Current density, Metal concentration, Improves specific gravity of the electrolyte
Temperature  efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe ceW Deemegle peue keâe ØeÙeesie efmLejlee mes neslee nw
 pecee Oeeleg keâe Ûeefj$e ØeYeeJe neslee nw – keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen–
Oeeje IevelJe, Oeeleg mebkesâvõCe, leeheceeve efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe kesâ efJeefMe° ieg™lJe keâes yeÌ{elee nw~
leeceü uesheve  efveefkeâue huesefšbie kesâ efueS efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe .............. mes efveefnle
nw– efveefkeâue Deewj DeceesefveÙece kesâ oesnjs meuhesâš
(Copper Plating)
♦ For cadmium plating electrolyte used is–
 leeceü uesheve keâe ØeÙeesie Iejsuet meeceeve, heâesšes«eeheâ øesâce, Sodium cyanide, cadmium and caustic soda
ojJeepeeW keâes efKebÛeves kesâ efueS nwC[ue FlÙeeefo kesâ uesheve  kewâ[efceÙece huesefšbie kesâ efueS efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe ........ mes ØeÙegòeâ
ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ neslee nw–
 FmeceW ØeÙegòeâ efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe (leeceü meuhesâš±heesšeMe meesef[Ùece meeÙeveeF[, kewâ[efceÙece Deewj keâeefmškeâ mees[e
efheâškeâjer±iebOekeâ keâe Decue) Ùee (leeceü ueJeCe±meesef[Ùece ♦ Zinc plating solution consists of–
meeÙeveeF[±heeveer) neslee nw~ Zinc, sodium cyanide and sodium
 Decue leeceü meuhesâš Ieesue ceW ØeÙegòeâ Oeeje IevelJe 100 mes hydroxide solution
150 A/m2 neslee nw~ efkeâvleg leer›e leeceü uesheve kesâ efueS  efpebkeâ huesefšbie efJeueÙeve ....... mes yevee neslee nw–
250 mes 300 A/m2 Oeeje IevelJe DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw~ efpebkeâ, meesef[Ùece meeÙeveeF[ Deewj
 meeceevÙele: Decue leeceü meuhesâš leeceü uesheve ceW 2 mes 4 meesef[Ùece neF[êkeämeeF[ efJeueÙeve
Jeesuš keâer Jeesušlee DeeJeMÙekeâ nesleer nw, efkeâvleg efJeheefjle ♦ Before starting electroplating, which action is to be
heefjefmLeefleÙeeW ceW 4 mes 12 Jeesuš lekeâ ØeÙegòeâ nes mekeâleer nw~ necessarily taken– Cleaning
 meeÙeveeF[ leeceü uesheve ceW 50 mes 100 A/m2 Oeeje  Fueskeäšêshuesefšbie Meg™ keâjves mes henues, keâewve mee keâeÙe& keâjvee
IevelJe DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw leLee Ssvees[ Deewj kewâLees[ kesâ DeeJeMÙekeâ nw– meheâeF&
ceOÙe 2 mes 2.5 Jeesuš keâer Jeesušlee ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw~ (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
 Skeâ Oeeleg keâer melen keâer Skeâ "esme Oeeleg keâer efJeÅegle efve#esheCe Éeje
♦ Coating usually recommended for electrical contacts
coating ef›eâÙee keânueeleer nw– JewÅegle Deeuesheve
is that of– Silver
 efJeÅegleerÙe mecheke&â kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: ....... keâer hejle ÛeÌ{eÙeer (LMRC SC/TO- 2015)
peeleer nw– efmeuJej (ÛeeBoer) ♦ During the process of electrolysis, when the same
quantity of electricity is passed through different
♦ Which coating is usually recommended for
electrolytes, the mass of substances deposited is
reflectors– Rhodium coating
proportional to - -Chemical Equivalent
 hejeJele&keâ kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: efkeâme hejle keâer keâesefšbie keâer peeleer
nw– jesef[Ùece hejle  JewÅegle DeheIešve keâer Øeef›eâÙee kesâ oewjeve peye meceeve efJeÅegle efJeefYeVe
♦ Which coating is used for bearing surfaces– JewÅegle DeheIešŸeeW mes iegpeejer peeleer nw lees pecee ngS heoeLe& keâe
Lead coating õJÙeceeve ........... kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw -
 efyeÙeefjbie meleneW kesâ efueS efkeâme hejle keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles nQ– -jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ
meermee hejle (UPPCL JE-27.11.2019, Shift-I)
♦ Which is the lowest cathode current density– ♦ According to the table of electro-chemical
Silver plating equivalents of elements ………. element has the
 efkeâmekeâe kewâLees[ Oeeje IevelJe efvecvelece neslee nw– efmeuJej huesefšbie least atomic mass - Hydrogen
♦ Which will have the highest anode current density–  lelJeeW kesâ JewÅegle-jemeeÙeefvekeâ meceleguÙeeW keâer meejCeer kesâ Devegmeej
Zinc plating ............ lelJe keâe hejceeCeg Yeej keâce neslee nw - neF[êspeve
 efkeâmekeâe Svees[ Oeeje IevelJe GÛÛelece neslee nw– efpebkeâ huesefšbie (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021, Shift-I)
♦ In zinc plating the rate of deposit per minute at
♦ The mathematical form of Faraday's first law of
4A/dm2 will be nearly– 0.8 microns
electrolysis is– m = ZQ
 efpebkeâ huesefšbie ceW efve#eshe (pecee) keâer oj Øeefle efceveš 4
 hewâje[s kesâ ØeLece efveÙece keâe ieefCeleerÙe ™he nw– m = ZQ
SefcheÙej/Jeie& [smeerceeršj hej ueieYeie........ nesieer– 0.8 ceeF›eâesve (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
♦ For zinc plating, the anode current density is ♦ For all substances, [chemical equivalent/ electro-
usually– 2 to 4 Amp/ dm2
chemical equivalent]=– 96500 Coulombs
 efpebkeâ huesefšbie kesâ efueS Svees[ Oeeje IevelJe meeceevÙele:
 meYeer heoeLeeX kesâ efueS, (jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ/Fueskeäšês jemeeÙeefvekeâ
..........neslee nw– 2 mes 4 SefcheÙej/Jeie& [smeerceeršj
leguÙeebkeâ) · 96500 ketâuee@ce
♦ Electrolyte for silver plating is–
Double cyanide of silver and potassium solution ♦ The mass of a substance liberated from an
 efmeuJej huesefšbie kesâ efueS efJeÅegle DeheIešŸe ....... nw– electrolyte by one coulomb of electricity is termed
as– Electrochemical equivalent
heesšwefMeÙece Ieesue (efJeueÙeve) Deewj efmeuJej
kesâ oesnje meeFveeF[  Skeâ ketâuee@ce efJeÅegle kesâ Éeje Skeâ FueskeäšêsueeFš mes cegòeâ Skeâ
♦ For nickel plating the electrolyte consists of– heoeLe& keâe õJÙeceeve ............. kesâ heo ceW neslee nw–
Double sulphate of nickel and ammonium efJeÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ meceleguÙe

1. How much of silver will be liberated during 3. A 6V battery is connected to 300  Load. Under
electrolysis when two coulomb charge is passed these conditions, it is rated at 40 Ah. How long
through it? Assume the ECE of silver is 11.13 can it supply current to the load?
mg/c. (ECE = Electrochemical equivalent) Skeâ 6V yewšjer keâes 300Ω uees[ mes peesÌ[e ieÙee nw~ Fme
Fueskeäšêsefueefmeme kesâ meceÙe efkeâlevee Ûee@oer cegòeâ nesiee Ùeefo efmLeefle ceW Gmekeâer jsefšbie 40 Ah nw~ Ùen efkeâleveer osj lekeâ
Fmemes 2-ketâueece DeeJesMe ØeJeeefnle nes jne nes? Ùeefo Ûee@oer uees[ keâes Oeeje keâer Deehetefle& keâj mekeâleer nw?
keâe ECE 11.13 mg/c ceeveles nw~ (ECE = efJeÅegle (BSNL TTA- 2016)
jmeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ) Sol. efoÙee nw-
(Vizag steel JE- 2018) V = 6 volt
Sol. efoÙee nw– R = 300 Deesndce
Z = 11.13 mg/c yewšêr jsefšbie 40 Amp. hour nw~
Q=2 coulomb
V 6
m I=   2  102 Amp.
Q Z R 300
Q
Amp. hour = 40 Amp. hour
Ùee m = ZQ
A.H = 40 A.h.
=11.132
40Amp. hour
m =22.26 mg Ans. H=
2. Five cells are connected in series in a row and 2 102 Amp.
then four such rows are connected in parallel H = 2000 hour Ans.
to feed the current to a resistive load of 1.25 Ω. Dele: 2000 IeCšs lekeâ uees[ keâes Oeeje keâer Deehetelf e& yewšêr Éeje keâer peeÙesieer~
Each cell has emf of 1.5 V with internal 4. What is the capacity of a battery which can
resistance of 0.2 Ω. The current through load deliver a current of 20 Amps Continuously
will be: for 2 hours and 45 minutes?
heebÛe mesueeW keâes Skeâ hebefòeâ ceW ëe=bKeuee ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw Gme yewšjer keâer #ecelee keäÙee nesiee pees 20 SefcheÙej keâer
Deewj efheâj Ûeej Ssmeer hebefòeâÙeeb meceeveeblej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[er Oeeje ueieeleej 2IeCšs 45 efceveš lekeâ Øeoeve keâjs ?
peeleer nQ efpemeceW 1.25 Ω kesâ ØeeflejesOeer uees[ hej Oeeje oer
(Vizag steel JE- 2018)
peeleer nw~ ØelÙeskeâ mesue keâe F&.Sce.Sheâ. 1.5 V nw Deewj
Sol. efoÙee nw– I  20 A
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.2 Ω nww~ uees[ ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve
t  2 hours and 45 minutes
keäÙee nesiee?
(LMRC (SCTO). 2018) 45
 2 hours
Sol. 60
11
 hours
4
formula–
capacity of battery = A–h Unit
11
 20 
4
 55 A.h Ans.
5. 12 V lead-acid battery has an internal
ßesCeer ›eâce Jeesušspe henues hebefòeâ keâe =1.55=7.5 resistance of 0.01 . How much current will
ßesCeer ›eâce ØeeflejesOe henues hebefòeâ keâe =0.25=1 flow when the battery is short-circuited?
meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nesves hej kegâue leguÙe ØeeflejesOe = 0.25 Skeâ 12 V meermee-Decue yewšjer keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
0.01  keâe nw~ peye yewšjer ueIeg heefjheLe nesleer nw lees
efkeâlevee Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer?
Sol. efoÙee nw-
V = 12V, R = 0.01
kegâue ØeeflejesOe =1.25+0.25=1.5 Q
V 12
I 
7.5 R 0.01
kegâue Oeeje   5A Ans. I  1200 A Ans.
1.5
6. A discharged battery is put on charge at 5 A Sol. efoÙee nw-
for 3.5 hours. After charging it is used to  =80%, Vd=1.2V, Vc=1.6V
AH
supply current for 6 hours to a resistance R
ohms. The terminal voltage across the
mes ue keâer Sef c heÙej DeeJej o#elee = 80%
resistance is 12 V. If the ampere hour efficiency mesue keâer Jeeš IeCše o#elee = ?
of the battery is 85% the value of R is 1.2
wh  0.8   60% Ans.
Skeâ efvejeJesefMele yewšjer keâes 5 A hej 3.5 IeCšs kesâ efueS 1.6
DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ DeeJesMeve kesâ yeeo Fmekeâe 9. A lead acid battery discharges at the rate of 8
GheÙeesie 6 IeCšs kesâ efueS R Deesce ceW Oeeje ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee A for 10 hours. How many coulombs of charge
peelee nw~ ØeeflejesOe ceW efmeje Jeesušlee 12 V nw~ Ùeefo yewšjer must be put back into the battery to restore the
keâe SefcheÙej IeCše o#elee 85% nw lees R keâe ceeve nw– original charge assuming 50% efficiency?
Skeâ meermee Decue yewšjer 10 IeCšs kesâ efueS 8 SefcheÙej keâer
Sol. efoÙee nw– oj mes efJemeefpe&le (efvejeJesefMele) nes peeleer nw~ 50 ØeefleMele
tc=3.5 H, IC=5Amp, AH=0.85, td =6 H, Rin=? o#elee ceeveles ngS efkeâleves ketâuee@ce kesâ DeeJesMe JeemleefJekeâ
I t DeeJesMe keâes hegve: mLeeheve keâjves kesâ efueS yewšjer ceW heMÛe
AH  d d
Ic  t c mebÙeesefpele keâjveer ÛeeefnS?
Id  t d  A.H  Ic  t c Sol. efoÙee nw–
Id  td = 0.85  5  3.5 td= 10 h, Id=10 Amp,  = 50%,
= 14.87 Ampere hour output = 810= 80 Ah
14.87 Ampere hour output
Id =  2.47 A Since, Efficiency  100
6 Ampere hour input
12 80
Rin =  4.85  Ans. 50  100
2.47 Ampere hour input
7. A battery has a 20 hour charge rate of 10 A, the 80
mean value of terminal voltage during charging  Ampere hour input  100  160Ah
50
being 2.35 V. It supplies 7 A for 25 hours when
used and the mean terminal voltage, during
 Input charge = 1603600 = 5.76105A-sec
discharging is 1.955 V. The ampere-hour and = 5.76105C Ans
watt-hour efficiencies respectively of the 10. If the e.m.f. of a cell is 2 V, internal resistance
battery are 0.2  and the external resistance 0.8  then the
Skeâ yewšjer ceW 10 A hej 20 IeCšs DeeJesMeve oj nw, current delivered will be
DeeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve efmeje Jeesušlee keâe ceeOÙeceeve 2.35 V Ùeefo Skeâ mesue keâe e.m.f. 2 V nw, Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
nw~ Ùen 25 IeCšs kesâ efueS 7 A keâer hetefle& keâjlee nw peye 0.2  Deewj yee¢e ØeeflejesOe 0.8  leye oer ieF& Oeeje
efJemepe&ve kesâ oewjeve Fmekeâe ceeOÙe efmeje Jeesušlee 1.955 V nesieer–
Fmlesceeue neslee nw~ yewšjer keâer SefcheÙej-IeCše leLee Jeeš Sol. efoÙee nw-
IeCše o#elee ›eâceMe: nw– V = 2V, r = 0.2R = 0.8
Sol. efoÙee nw– V
i=
IC=10 A, tC=20H, Id=7A, td = 25H, Vd=1.955 (r  R)
Vc=2.35 2
= = 2A Ans.
7  25 (0.2  0.8)
AH =  100  87.5%
20 10 11. Five cells are connected in series in a row and
1.955 then four such rows are connected in parallel to
WH = 0.875   72.79% Ans.
2.35 feed the current to a resistive load of 1.25 .
8. A cell has an Ah efficiency of 80%. It has an Each cell has an emf of 1.5 V with an internal
average terminal voltage on discharge and resistance of 0.2 . The current through the
charge of 1.2 V and 1.6 V respectively. The load will be.
Watt-hour efficiency of the cell is ......... %. heeBÛe mesue Skeâ hebefòeâ ceW ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nw, Deewj efHeâj
Skeâ mesue keâer SefcheÙej Dee@Jej o#elee 80% nw~ FmeceW Ûeej Ssmeer ner hebefòeâÙeeB 1.25  kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâ Yeej keâes
›eâceMe: 1.2V Deewj 1.6V kesâ ef[mÛeepe& Deewj Ûeepe& hej Oeeje Heâer[ keâjves kesâ efueS meceeblej ceW pegÌ[er nesleer nQ~ 0.2
Deewm ele šef ce&veue Jees ušspe nw ~ mesue keâer Jeeš Iebšs  kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe ØelÙeskeâ mesue keâe emf
o#elee nw – 1.5 V nw~ Yeej kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje nesieer?

Sol. efoÙee nw- Sol. efoÙee nw-
mnE Oeeje (I) = 3A
mesue keâer mebKÙee (n) = 5 Q I Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ = 1.02 V
nr  mR
ØelÙeskeâ mesue keâe emf (E) = 1.5V mesue keâe Jeesušspe = 1.40 V
E  V 1.40  1.02
ØeeflejesOe (R) = 1.25 Q r 
I 3
4  1.5  5 30 = 0.12666 
IL =   5A Ans.
5  0.2  4 1.25 6 = 0.127  Ans.
12. The open-circuit e.m.f. of a storage cell is 2.2 V. 16. Four dry cells having emfs 1.50, 1.30, 1.35, 1.40
The terminal voltage measured when current is volts and resistances 0.3, 0.4, 0.2, 0.1 ohms, are
6 A is found to be 1.98 V. The internal connected in series to operate a relay having a
resistance of the cell is resistance of 10 ohms. The relay current is
Skeâ mebÛeeÙekeâ mesue keâe Keguee heefjheLe e.m.f. 2.2 V nw, Ûeej Meg<keâ mesueW 1.50, 1.30, 1.35, 1.40 Jeesušdme
peye 6 A Oeeje hej efmeje Jeesušlee ceehee ieÙee lees Ùen efJeÅegle-Jeenkeâ yeue (emf) Deewj ØeeflejesOe 0.3, 0.4, 0.2,
1.98 V Øeehle neslee nw~ mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe nw– 0.1 Deesÿe kesâ ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele, 10 Deesÿe ØeeflejesOe kesâ
efjues keâes ØeÛeeefuele keâjves kesâ efueS nw~ efjues Oeeje ........ nw~
Sol.
Sol. efoÙee nw-
2.2  1.98
mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe  V1 = 1.50V V2 = 1.30V
6 V3 = 1.35 V V4 = 1.40 V
0.22 0.11 R1 = 0.3  R2 = 0.4 
 
6 3 R3 = 0.2  R4 = 0.1 
 0.0366  Ans. I = ?
1.5  1.3  1.35  1.4
13. Six carbon-zinc cells in series have an output of I
0.3  0.4  0.2  0.1  10
ßesCeer ceW Ú: keâeye&ve efpebkeâ mesume keâe efveie&le nw– 5.55
Sol.   0.5045A Ans.
11
ØelÙeskeâ keâeye&ve efpebkeâ mesue keâe Jeesušspe = 1.5 Jeesuš nw 17. A battery cell having an emf of 2.2 volts and an
6 keâeye&ve efpebkeâ mesue keâe Jeesušspe = 1.5 ×6 internal resistance of 0.03 ohms is connected to
= 9 Jeesuš Ans. an external resistance of 0.10 ohm. The current
drawn from the battery could be
14. The open-circuit emf of a storage cell is 2.2 Skeâ yewšjer mesue efpemekeâe Skeâ efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (emf)
volts. The terminal voltage measured when the
2.2 Jeesušdme Deewj Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.03 Deesÿe nw pees
current is 12 A is found to be 1.98 volts. The
internal resistance of the cell is 0.10 Deesÿe kesâ Skeâ yee¢e ØeeflejesOe mes mebÙeesefpele nw~ yewšjer
Skeâ mebÛeeÙekeâ mesue kesâ Keguee-heefjheLe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue mes ØeoefMe&le Oeeje nes mekeâlee nw–
(emf) 2.2 Jeesušdme nw~ ceeefhele šefce&veue Jeesušlee peye Sol. efoÙee nw-
Oeeje 12 SefcheÙej nw 1.98 Jeesušdme heeÙee ieÙee~ mesue keâe E = 2.2V, r = 0.03R
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe .......... nw~ E 2.2
I 
Sol. efoÙee nw- r  R 0.03  0.10
2.2
E = 2.2V, I = 12A, V = 1.98V   16.923A Ans.
For a cell, V = E – Ir 0.13
 Ir = E–V 18. A battery cell having an emf of 2.2 volts and an
E  V 2.2  1.98 internal resistance of 0.03 ohms is connected to
r  an external resistance of 0.10 ohm. The power
I 12 loss in battery was nearly
= 0.0183 Ans. Skeâ yewšjer mesue efpemekeâe Skeâ efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (emf)
15. A voltmeter connected across the terminal of a 2.2 Jeesušdme Deewj Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.03 Deesÿe nw pees
dry cell, reads 1.40 volts when the cell is open-
0.10 Deesÿe kesâ Skeâ yee¢e ØeeflejesOe mes mebÙeesefpele nw~
circuited. The voltmeter reads 1.02 volts when
the cell delivers a current of 3.0 A. The internal yew šjer ceW #eÙe Meefòeâ ueieYeie ........ Leer~
resistance of the cell is Sol. efoÙee nw-
Skeâ Jeesušceeršj Skeâ Meg<keâ mesue šefce&veue kesâ S›eâe@me E = 2.2V, r = 0.03R = 0.10
mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw, hee"Ÿeebkeâ 1.40 Jeesušdme peye E 2.2
I   16.923A
mesue Keguee-heefjheLe nw~ peye mesue 3.0 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje r  R 0.03  0.10
Øeoeve keâjleer nw lees Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ 1.02 yewšjer ceW Meefòeâ Kehele = I r = (16.923)20.03
2
Jeesušdme nw~ mesue keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe .......... nw~ = 8.5916 = 8.6 Watts Ans.
19. A battery cell having an emf of 2.2 volts and an efkeâuees«eece nw~ efyepeueer keâer cee$ee keâe DeeJeMÙekeâ
internal resistance of 0.03 ohms is connected to mewæebeflekeâ ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
an external resistance of 0.10 ohm. The useful (LMRC JE- 2016)
power is
Sol. jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ
Skeâ yewšjer mesue efpemekeâe Skeâ efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (emf)
Z = 30. 4×10-8kg/coulomb
2.2 Jeesušdme Deewj Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.03 Deesce nw 0.10 Z = 30.4×10-5 «eece/ketâuee@ce
Deesÿe kesâ Skeâ yee¢e ØeeflejesOe mes mebÙeesefpele nw~ m =2.147 kg = 2147 «eece
GheÙeesieer Meefòeâ nesiee? m 2147
Sol. efoÙee nw- It =   1961.80556
Z  3600 30.4  105  3600
E = 2.2V, r = 0.03 , R = 0.10   1961 Ah Ans.
E 2.2 23. Weight of the coal is 2g and after heating the
I   16.923A
r  R 0.03  0.10 coal sample the weight of the coal is 1.82g.
yewšjer ceW GheÙeesieer Meefòeâ = I2R What is the % of the moisture in coal?
= (16.923) 0.10 = 28.638 watts
2
Ans.
iece& keâjves mes henues keâesÙeues keâer cee$ee 2 «eece nw Deewj iece&
20. A experimenter connects four 0.25 ohm cells in
keâjves kesâ yeeo 1.82 «eece~ keâesÙeues ceW veceer keâer cee$ee
series but one cell is wrongly connected with its efkeâleves ØeefleMele nesieer?
terminals reversed. The external resistance is 1 (SJVNL-2018)
ohm. If each cell has emf of 1.5 volt, the Sol. keâceer  (2–1.82) «eece  0.18 «eece
current flowing is 0.18
Skeâ ØeÙeesiekeâlee& 0.25 Deesce kesâ Ûeej mesues ßesCeer ceW keâesÙeues ceW ØeefleMele veceer   100  9.89
1.82
peesÌ[lee nw uesefkeâve Skeâ mesue Fmekesâ JÙegl›eâce šefce&veue kesâ  9.9% Ans.
meeLe ieuele ™he mes mebÙeesefpele nw~ yee¢e ØeeflejesOe 1 Deesce 24. How much of silver will be liberated during
nw~ Ùeefo ØelÙeskeâ mesue keâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (emf) 1.5 electrolysis when two coulomb charge is
Jeesuš, ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje nw– passed through it? Assume the ECE of
Sol. efoÙee nw- silver is 11.13 mg/c.
Fueskeäšêsefueefmeme kesâ meceÙe efkeâlevee Ûee@oer cegòeâ nesiee
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe (r) = 0.25
Ùeefo Fmemes 2 ketâuee@ce DeeJesMe ØeJeeefnle nes jne nes?
yee¢e ØeeflejesOe (R) = 1
Ùeefo Ûee@oer keâe ECE 11.13 mg/c ceeveles nw~ (ECE=
Oeeje (I) = ?
efJeÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ)
3
I  1.5 A Ans. (Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
0.25  4  1 Sol. efoÙee nw–
21. 6 cells each of emf 2 volts are connected in series. Z = 11.13 mg/c
The terminal voltage of the battery will be: Q=2 coulomb
6 mesueeW keâes, efpeveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ emf 2 Jeesuš keâe nw ßesCeer m
ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ yewšjer keâer šefce&veue Jeesušlee Z
Q
nesieer: Ùee m = ZQ
(N.P.C.I.L- 08.06.2018, 3rd shift] =11.132
Sol. efoÙee nw- m =22.26 mg Ans.
n=6 25. Electro chemical equivalent of nickel is 30.4 ×
ØelÙeskeâ mesue keâe emf = 2V 10–8 kg/C, mass of nickel is to be deposited on a
V  nE shaft is 2.147 kg. What will be the theoretical
value of quantity of electricity required?
V = 6×2 = 12V efveefkeâue keâe efJeÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ 30.4 × 10–8
peneB n = mesueeW keâer mebKÙee kg/C nw, Skeâ Mee@Heäš hej peceeS peeves Jeeues efveefkeâue keâe
E = ØelÙeskeâ mesue keâe emf Yeej 2.147 efkeâuees«eece nw~ efyepeueer keâer cee$ee keâe
meceevlej ›eâce ceW Jeesušspe meceeve peyeefkeâ Oeeje Demeceeve nesleer nw~ DeeJeMÙekeâ mewæebeflekeâ ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
(LMRC JE -2016)
ELECTROLYSIS Sol. jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ Z = 30. 4×10-8kg/coulomb
22. Electro chemical equivalent of nickel is 30.4 × Z = 30.4×10-5 «eece/ketâuee@ce
10–8 kg/C, mass of nickel is to be deposited on a m =2.147 kg = 2147 «eece
shaft is 2.147 kg. What will be the theoretical m 2147
value of quantity of electricity required? It =   1961.80556
efveefkeâue keâe efJeÅegle jemeeÙeefvekeâ leguÙeebkeâ 30.4 × 10–8 Z  3600 30.4  105  3600
 1961 Ah Ans.
kg/C nw, Skeâ Mee@Heäš hej efveefkeâue keâe Yeej 2.147
04.
efJeÅegle mLeweflekeâer Deewj mebOeeefj$e
(Electrostatics and Capacitor)
♦ To optimize the economic limit, power factor is
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) improved by installing - Static capacitors
 DeeefLe&keâ meercee keâes Devegketâefuele keâjves kesâ efueS .......... keâes
♦ Dielectric constant is mathematically equal to- mLeeefhele keâjkesâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceW megOeej efkeâÙee peelee nw -
Relative permittivity efmLej mebOeeefj$e
 [eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ efmLejebkeâ ieefCeleerÙe ™he mes .......... kesâ yejeyej (UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
nw- Deehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee
›eâ.meb. jeefMe FkeâeF&
♦ Impedance offered to the direct current by a 1. JewÅegleMeeruelee Hewâj[/ceer.
capacitor filter used along with rectifiers having a
capacitance of C farad is - Infinity 2. JewÅegle Heäuekeäme ketâuee@ce Ùee Jeesuš ceer.
 C Hewâj[ keâer Oeeefjlee Jeeues jsefkeäšheâeÙej kesâ meeLe GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves 3. JewÅegle leer›elee/#es$e leer›elee/#es$e meeceLÙe& vÙetšve/ketâuee@ce Ùee
Jeeues kewâheeefmešj efheâušj kesâ Éeje efo° Oeeje kesâ efueS ØemleeefJele Jeesuš/ceeršj
ØeefleyeeOee nesleer nw– Deveble
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021) 4. JewÅegle Heäuekeäme IevelJe/JewÅegle efJemLeeheve ketâuee@ce/ceer2
♦ Absolute permittivity of the material is the– 5. JewÅegle ØeJeCelee Jeesuš/ceeršj
Ratio of electric field density to electric field
intensity producing that field density 6. Oeeefjlee Hewâj[ Ùee ketâuee@ce/Jeesuš
 heoeLe& keâer efvejhes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee nesleer nw– ♦ A cluster of charge with an electric dipole moment
efJeÅegle #es$e IevelJe keâe efJeÅegle #es$e leer›elee kesâ meeLe is often called– Electric dipoles
Devegheele pees Gme #es$e IevelJe keâes Glhevve keâjlee nw  efJeÅegle efÉOegÇJeerÙe DeeIetCe& kesâ meeLe DeeJesMeeW kesâ mecetn keâes ØeeÙe:
(UPPCL JE– 27.08.2018) ........ keâne peelee nw– efJeÅegle efÉOegÇJe
♦ ______ is a region around a stationary electric (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
charge– Electric field
♦ .......... capacitor has the lowest value of leakage
 Skeâ efmLej efJeÅegle DeeJesMe kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj keâe #es$e neslee nw– resistance is - Electrolytic capacitor
JewÅegle #es$e  .........., mebOeeefj$e ceW #ejCe ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve efvecve neslee nw -
(UPPCL JE Re–exam– 27.08.2018, evening)
JewÅegle DeheIešveer mebOeeefj$e
Yeeweflekeâ jeefMeÙees kesâ efJeceeSB
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019, Shift-I)
›eâ.meb. efveÙeleeBkeâ ceeve
-1 -3 4 2 ♦ The formula for the capacitance of capacitor is –
1. efJeÅegleMeeruelee () [M L T A ]
  A
2. JewÅegle #es$e (E) [MLT-3A-1] C o r Farad
d
3. JewÅegle efJeYeJe (V) [ML2T-3A-1]
 efkeâmeer mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee keâe met$e nw:
4. efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee (g) [MLT-3A-1]
5. JewÅegle efÉOeÇgJe DeeIet&Ce (p) [LTA] o r A
Farad C
6. Oeeefjlee (C) -1 -2 4 2
[M L T A ] d
7. ØeeflejesOe (R) [ML2T-3A-2] (DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
[ML3T-3A-2] (SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018)
8. efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe ()
9. efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee () [M-1L-3T3A2]
♦ Absorbed moisture contents affect the dielectric
10. ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e (B) [MT-2A-1] strength– Indirectly
11. ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee () [MLT-2A-2]  DeJeMeesef<ele Deeõ&lee keâCe, hejeJewÅegle #ecelee keâes kewâmes ØeYeeefJele keâjles
12. ÛegcyekeâerÙe efÉOeÇgJe DeeIetCe& (m) [L2A] nQ– DeØelÙe#ele:
13. ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme () [ML2T-2A-1] (SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)
Electrostatics and Capacitor 203 YCT
JewÅegle yeue jsKeeDeeW kesâ iegCe efJeÅegle Øekeâej
(Properties of Electric lines of force) (Types of Electricity)
 Skeâue OeveeJesMe kesâ efueS JewÅegle yeue jsKeeSB DeeJesMe mes efmLej efJeÅegle ieefleMeerue efJeÅegle
ØeejcYe neskeâj Devevle lekeâ meerOeer Ûeueer peeleer nw~ (Static electricity) (Dynamic electricity)
 Skeâue $e+CeeJesMe kesâ efueS JewÅegle yeue jsKeeSB Devevle mes efpeme efJeÅegle ceW Fueskeäšê@ve efJejece efpeme efJeÅegle ceW Fueskeäše^ @ve ieefleceeve
ØeejcYe neskeâj DeeJesMe hej meceehle nes peeleer nw~ DeJemLee ceW jnles nw efmLej efJeÅegle DeJemLee ceW jnlee nw~ ieefleMeerue efJeÅegle
 oes yejeyej SJeb Demeceeve DeeJesMeeW kesâ efvekeâeÙe ceW JewÅegle keânueeles nw~ keânueelee nw~
yeue jsKeeSB OeveeJesMe mes ØeejcYe neskeâj $e+CeeJesMe hej Fmes efJeÅegle DeeJesMe keânles nQ~ Fmes efJeÅegle Oeeje keânles nQ~
meceehle nes peeleer nw~
Fme efJeÅegle keâes efkeâmeer Skeâ mLeeve Fme efJeÅegle keâes efkeâmeer Skeâ mLeeve mes
 oes yejeyej SJeb meceeve DeeJesMe kesâ efvekeâeÙe ceW JewÅegle yeue
mes otmejs mLeeve hej veneR henBgÛeeÙee otmejs mLeeve hej kesâyeueeW, leejeW Éeje
jsKeeSB Skeâ-otmejs keâes Øeeflekeâef<e&le keâjles ngS JÙeòeâ nesleer
pee mekeâlee nw~ henBÛg eeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
nw leLee Fve oesveeW DeeJesMeeW kesâ ceOÙe efyevog hej JewÅegle
GoenjCe-jieÌ[ Éeje Glheeefole GoenjCe-leehe efJeÅegle, ØekeâeMe efJeÅegle,
#es$e MetvÙe nesiee efpemes Goemeerve efyevog (Neutral
point) keânles nQ~
Ie<e&Ce efJeÅegle~ oeye efJeÅegle Deeefo~
 JewÅegle yeue jsKeeSB keâYeer Yeer Skeâ-otmejs keâes veneR keâešleer nw~ ♦ Time constant of a circuit is the time in seconds
 JewÅegle yeue jsKee kesâ efkeâmeer efyevog hej KeerÛeer ieF& mheMe& taken after the application of voltage to each–
jsKee Gme efyevog hej JewÅegle #es$e keâer efoMee keâes ØeoefMe&le 63% of maximum value
keâjleer nw~  Skeâ heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ ØelÙeskeâ........ Jeesušlee kesâ
 JewÅegle yeue jsKeeSB efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ mes neskeâj veneR iegpejleer DevegØeÙeesie kesâ yeeo meskeâC[ ceW efueÙee meceÙe neslee nw–
nw DeLee&led efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Yeerlej JewÅegle #es$e meowJe DeefOekeâlece ceeve kesâ 63%
MetvÙe neslee nw~  Coulomb's law for the force between electric
 Skeâ meceeve JewÅegle #es$e ceW JewÅegle yeue jsKeeSB meerOeer, charges closely resembles with.............
meceeve otjer hej efmLele meceevlej jsKeeSB nesleer nw~ 'Newton's law of gravitation'
♦ If the relative permittivity of the medium increases,  efJeÅegle DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe yeue kesâ efueS ueieves Jeeuee ketâuee@ce keâe
the electric intensity at a point due to a given efveÙece, ueieYeie.............kesâ meÂMÙe neslee nw-
charge– Decreases
vÙetšve kesâ ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce efveÙece
 Ùeefo ceeOÙece keâer efjuesefšJe hejefceefšefJešer yeÌ{ peeleer nw lees Skeâ
(SSC JE-3 March 2017 10 am)
efyevog hej efoÙes ieS DeeJesMe kesâ keâejCe efJeÅegle leer›elee– Iešsiee
♦ When moisture gets into the insulating material
(BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016,3 pm)
♦ While charging accumulators, one should– then- It increases the dielectric loss
Keep it in a well-ventilated space  peye efJeÅeglejesOeer heoeLe& ceW veceer ØeJesMe keâjlee nw leye–
 efyepeueer mebÛeÙekeâ Ùeb$e (SkeäÙegceguesšj) keâes Ûeepe& keâjves kesâ oewjeve– Ùen hejeJewÅegle neBefve keâes yeÌ{elee nw
Kegues nJeeoej mLeeve ceW jKevee ÛeeefnS~ (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021, Shift-I)
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45) ♦ If three 5 F capacitors are connected in parallel,
♦ The capacitance of a capacitor is not influenced by - then the net capacitance is– 15 F
Conductive plate thickness  Ùeefo 5 F kesâ leerve mebOeeefj$e meceeblej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s ngS nes, lees
 mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee ............. kesâ Éeje ØeYeeefJele veneR nesleer nw-
kegâue Oeeefjlee nesieer– 15 F
ÛeeuekeâerÙe huesš keâer ceesšeF&
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019, Shift-I) ♦ Dielectric loss is proportional to– Frequency
♦ The unit of electric field intensity is -
 hejeJewÅegle ne@efve ......... kesâ Deevegheeeflekeâ nw– DeeJe=efòe
Newton/Coulomb, Volt/meter
 efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee keâe cee$ekeâ neslee nw - (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
Mica or ceramic condenser is a type of–
vÙetšve/ketâuee@ce, Jeesuš/ceeršj ♦
Fixed condenser
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021, Shift-I)  DeYeükeâ (ceeFkeâe) Ùee Ûeerveer efceóer (efmejsefcekeâ) kebâ[Wmej, ...........
♦ The unit of electrostatic charge is - Ampere-second
keâe Skeâ Øekeâej nw– efveefMÛele (efheâkeäme[) kebâ[Wmej
 efmLej JewÅegle DeeJesMe keâer FkeâeF& nw - SefcheÙej-meskesâC[
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021, Shift-I)
♦ With the increase in applied frequency, the dielectric
♦ ………. is a proportionality factor relating the
charge between two metal surfaces- Capacitance loss in a material will– Increase
 ………..oes Oeeleg meleneW kesâ yeerÛe DeeJesMe mes mecyeefvOele  Deehetefle&le DeeJe=efòe kesâ yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe heoeLe& ceW hejeJewÅegle #eÙe
Deevegheeeflekeâlee keâejkeâ nw - Oeeefjlee .......... nw– yeÌ{lee
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) (SSC JE- 4 March 2017, 10 am)
♦ The electric field intensity due to an infinite plane heshej mebOeeefj$e
sheet of charge is–
(Paper Capacitor)
Independent of the location
of the field point P  heshej mebOeeefj$e Jen nesles nw efpeveceW mebmesefÛele keâeiepe
 Ûeepe& kesâ Deveble huesve Meerš kesâ keâejCe Fueseqkeäš^keâ #es$e keâer leer›elee nesleer (impreganted paper) (hejeJewÅegleebkeâ ·2-6) keâes
nw– #es$e efyebog P keâer peien mes Deueie hejeJewÅegle kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw!
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)  heshej mebOeeefj$e kesâ Oeeefjlee keâer jsvpe 0.0005F mes
♦ At a dielectric-dielectric boundary the pressure is– 10F lekeâ nesleer nw~
In a direction to draw the dielectric of higher  heshej mebOeeefj$e keâer Jeesušspe jsefšbie jsvpe 100V mes ueskeâj
permittivity into the dielectric
of lower permittivity 1500V lekeâ nesleer nw~
 [eF&-Fueseqkeäš^keâ, [eF&-Fueseqkeäš^keâ meercee hej oyeeJe .......... neslee  heshej mebOeeefj$e keâe #ejCe ØeeflejesOe (leakage
nw– GÛÛe heejiecÙelee keâer [eF&-Fueseqkeäš^keâ keâes efvecve resistance) ueieYeie 100M neslee nw~
heejiecÙelee keâer [eF&-Fueseqkeäš^keâ cebs KeeRÛeves keâer efoMee ceW  heshej mebOeeefj$e keâer menveMeeruelee (tolerance) ueieYeie
(UPRVUNL AE -2014) 10% nesleer nw~
♦ Capacitors with solid dielectric materials -------  heshej mebOeeefj$eeW Éeje keâce Deekeâej ceW DeefOekeâ Oeeefjlee
because– They are smaller in size as compared
Øeehle keâer pee mekeâleer nw~
with air capacitors
 "esme [eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ heoeLeeX Jeeues mebOeeefj$e keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw  heshej mebOeeefj$eeW keâes A.C Je D.C hej meceeve ™he mes
keäÙeeWefkeâ– Jes JeeÙeg mebOeeefj$eeW keâer leguevee ceW Úesšs nesles nQ GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw leLee Fvekeâes GÛÛe Jeesušspe
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
Je GÛÛe Oeeje DevegØeÙeesieeW ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee
♦ The unit of dielectic strength is given by– V/m nw~
 hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& keâer FkeâeF& nw– Jeesuš/ceeršj ♦ The reactance of capacitors increases as :
(UPSSSC JE-2016) Decreases frequency
♦ The essential condition for the Paschen's law to be  mebOeeefj$e keâer ØeefleIeele yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS– DeeJe=efòe keâes Iešeles nw
valid is that– Temperature must be constant (RRB SSE (Shift-II), 03.09.2015)
 heemÛesvme ueeB kesâ GlheVe nesves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâ Mele& Ùen nw efkeâ– (SAIL 29.3.2014)
leeheceeve DeJeMÙe ner efveÙele nes Q
♦ The expression for the capacitance is– C=
(IOF- 2014) V
♦ Sparking occurs when a load is switched off because
Q
the circuit has– High inductance  Oeeefjlee kesâ efueS meceerkeâjCe nw– C=
 peye Skeâ Yeej efmJeÛe Dee@Heâ nes leye mheeefkeËâie nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ V
heefjheLe ceW neslee nw– GÛÛe Fb[keäšWme (SSC-JE-Morning 24-01-2018)
(IOF- 2014) (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3.00 PM)
♦ Which bridges are used to measure dielectric loss of ♦ Dielectric constant of air is– Equal to 1
a capacitor– Schering bridge  JeeÙeg keâe [eF& - Fues e f k eäš ^ k eâ ef v eÙeleeb k eâ nw – 1 kesâ yejeyej
 mebOeeefj$e keâer hejeJewÅegle neefve keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ......... efyeÇpe (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeles nQ– MesÙeefjbie efyeÇpe ♦ The insulating materials used for a capacitor are–
Mica, mineral oil and ceramic
(FCI- 4.10.2015)  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ efueS efJeÅeglejesOeer heoeLe& kesâ ™he ceW .............
♦ The current through a capacitor is given by– ØeÙeesie neslee nw– ceeFkeâe, efcevejue DeeÙeue Deewj efmejsefcekeâ
i = C dv/dt (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nesleer nw– i = C dv/dt ♦ The term used to describe the ability device to store
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016] energy in the form of an electrical charge is–
 In a sample and hold circuit, the voltage across the Capacitance
capacitor changes by........during hold time – 50%  ef JeÅeg le DeeJes M e kes â ™he ceW Tpee& keâes meb j ef #ele keâjves Jeeueer Ùegefòeâ keâer
 Skeâ Øeefle™he (Sample) Deewj OeejCe heefjheLe ceW, OeejCe meceÙe kesâ #ecelee keâes ef v eOee& e f j le keâjves kes â ef ueS .......... Meyo keâe GheÙeesie
oewjeve mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee ceW .........heefjJele&ve neslee nw- neslee nw– Oeeefjlee
50% (RRB SSE- 02.09.2015, Shift –III)
(UPRVUNL AE -2014) (SSC JE- 1 March 2017, 10 am)
♦ An electric element capacitor is specified by– ♦ _____consists of two metal plates separated by a
Voltage and capacitance dielectric can store charge– Capacitor
 Skeâ efJeÅegle DeJeÙeJe mebOeeefj$e keâes ......... Éeje efJeefveefo&° efkeâÙee  .......... hejeJew Å eg le Éeje he= L ekeâ, oes Oeeef lJekeâ hues šeW mes yevee neslee
peelee nw– Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeefjlee nw pees efkeâ DeeJesMe keâes meb«eefnle keâj mekeâlee nw– mebOeeefj$e
(Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019) (SSC JE- 1 March 2017, 10 am)
efJeÅegle heäuekeäme IevelJe efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee
(Electric Flux Density) (Potential Gradient)
 JewÅegle #es$e ceW otjer kesâ meehes#e efJeYeJe heefjJele&ve keâer oj keâes
efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee keânles nw~
dV
efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee 
dr
 Fmekeâe cee$ekeâ Jeesuš/ceeršj Ùee vÙetšve/ketâuee@ce neslee nw~
 efkeâmeer efJeÅegle #es$e ceW yeue jsKeeDeeW mes uecyeJeled efoMee ceW  Ùen Skeâ meefoMe jeefMe nw efpemekeâer efoMee efvecve efJeYeJe mes
iegpejves Jeeues Øeefle Jeie&-ceeršj heäuekeäme keâer cee$ee heäuekeäme GÛÛe efJeYeJe keâer Deesj nesleer nw~
IevelJe keânueeleer nw~ Fmekeâes D mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw  JewÅegle #es$e ceW efkeâmeer efyevog hej JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee, Gme
q efyevog hej $e+Ceelcekeâ ØeJeCelee kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~
D JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee = – (efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee)
A
 Fmekeâe cee$ekeâ ketâuee@ce Øeefle Jeie& ceeršj neslee nw~  dV 
E   
q  dr 
ÛetBefkeâ efJeÅegle #es$e leer›elee E 
4 O r r 2  ÙeneB -Ve sign Ùen oMee&lee nw efkeâ Ùeefo efJeYeJe Deboj keâer
 D o r E (efkeâmeer ceeOÙece cesW)
lejheâ yeÌ{lee nw lees JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee Gmekesâ efJehejerle meerOes
Thej keâer Deesj nesieer~
D o E (nJee ceeOÙece cesW)  Ùeefo Oeeleg keâer oes huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej V leLee Gvekesâ
♦ Generally an electrolytic capacitor is made to yeerÛe keâer otjer d nes lees huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee
provide– Large value of capacitance
V
 meeceevÙele: Skeâ efJeÅegle DeheIešdÙe mebOeeefj$e, .......... Øeoeve keâjves E
d
kesâ efueS yevee neslee nw– Oeeefjlee keâe GÛÛe ceeve
(SSC JE - 1 march 2017 2.45 pm) ♦ The current in capacitive circuits –––––– the
♦ Internal heating of capacitor is usually attributed to– voltage– Leading
Leakage resistance  Oeeefjlee heefjheLe ceW Oeeje, Jeesušlee mes– De«eieeceer neslee nw
 mebOeeefj$e keâer Deebleefjkeâ leeheve (nerefšbie) kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: (BSNL TTA-2015)
……….. keâes efpeccesoej ceevee peelee nw– #ejCe ØeeflejesOe (BSNL TTA -28.09.2016, 10 AM)
(SSC JE- 1 march 2017 2.45 pm) ♦ A trimmer is basically, a– Capacitor
♦ For making capacitors, it is better to select a  Skeâ efš^cej meeceevÙele: neslee nw– mebOeeefj$e
dielectric material having– High permittivity
(BSNL TTA -28.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ efvecee&Ce kesâ efueS …….. Jeeues hejeJewÅegle heoeLe&
♦ ........... is a bilateral element– ,
keâe ÛeÙeve efkeâÙee peelee nw– GÛÛe efJeÅegleMeeruelee Resistance, Inductance, Capacitance
(SSC JE-1 march 2017 2.45 pm)  Skeâ efÉefoMeerÙe DeJeÙeJe neslee nw– ØeeflejesOe, Øesjkeâ, Oeeefjlee
♦ A capacitor has–
(UPSSSC JE-2016)
two Conductors separated by a dielectric
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW.............. nesles nQ– ♦ Capacitors are said to– Block DC and pass AC
hejeJewÅegle Éeje oes Ûeeuekeâ he=Lekeâ  mebOeeefj$eeW kesâ efueS keâne peelee nw–
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45) DC keâes yueekeâ Deewj AC keâes heeme keâjves Jeeuee
♦ A capacitor opposes– Change in voltage ♦ When a current source is connect to a capacitor–
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e efJejesOe keâjlee nw– Jeesušlee ceW heefjJele&ve keâe The displacement current flows through the
(FCI- 4.10.2015), (DMRC JE-2014) capacitor
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm)  peye Oeeje œeesle Skeâ mebOeeefj$e mes pegÌ[e neslee nw–
♦ An electrolytic capacitor can be used for– efJemLeeheve Oeeje mebOeeefj$e kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle neslee nw
only DC ♦ The best place to install a capacitor is–
 Skeâ efJeÅegle DeheIešdveerÙe mebOeeefj$e keâe ØeÙeesie, kesâ efueÙes efkeâÙee pee Across the terminals of the inductive load
mekeâlee nw– kesâJeue efo° Oeeje  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes mLeeefhele keâjves keâe meyemes DeÛÚe mLeeve nw–
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm) ØesjkeâerÙe uees[ kesâ heeÕe& efmejeW hej
♦ passive component is a –
Resistors, Inductors, Capacitors ♦ The capacitance of a capacitor is ............. relative
 efveef<›eâÙe DeJeÙeJe nw– ØeeflejesOekeâ, Øesjkeâ, mebOeeefj$e permittivity– Directly proportional to
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)  meb O eeef j $e keâer Oeeef j lee Deehes e f #ekeâ ef JeÅeg leMeer uelee -------- nesleer nw–
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) keâs meerOes Deevegheeeflekeâ
ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e
(Mica Capacitor) (Ceramic Capacitor)
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e Jen nesles nw efpemeceW hejeJewÅegle kesâ ™he ceW  efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e Jen nesles nw efpeveceW hejeJewÅegle heoeLe&
DeYeükeâ (mica) (hejeJewÅegleebkeâ · 3-8) keâe ØeÙeesie kesâ ™he ceW pewmes– yesefjÙece šeFšwvesš (hejeJewÅegleebkeâ ·
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ 80-120) keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e kesâ Oeeefjlee keâer jsvpe 1pF mes 1F  efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e ØeeÙe: ef[mkeâ DeLeJee šŸetye kesâ Deekeâej
lekeâ nesleer nw~ ceW efveefce&le nesles nQ~
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e keâer Jeesušspe jsefšbie jsvpe meeOeejCele:  efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ Oeeefjlee keâer jsvpe 3PF mes 2F
500V lekeâ nesleer nw~ hejvleg GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe hej FvnW
lekeâ nesleer nw~
40kV lekeâ ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~  efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer Jeesušspe jsefšbie jsvpe 3V mes
6000V lekeâ nesleer nw~
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e keâer še@uejsvme ueieYeie 5% lekeâ nesleer
nw~  efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer še@uejsvme 10% mes 20%
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e ceW #ejCe Oeeje (leakage current) lekeâ nesleer nw~
yengle keâce nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ Fvekeâe #ejCe ØeeflejesOe  efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW #ejCe Oeeje (leakage current)
(leakage resistance) yengle GÛÛe ueieYeie yengle keâce nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ Fvekeâe #ejCe ØeeflejesOe
(leakage resistance) yengle GÛÛe (ueieYeie
1000M neslee nw~
1000M) neslee nw!
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ (Power factor)
 efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e ÂÌ{ (strong) nesles nw~
GÛÛe neslee nw~
 efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e keâe ØeÙeesie A.C. leLee DC oesveeW
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e hej veceer keâe ØeYeeJe veneR heÌ[lee nw~
Øekeâej kesâ heefjheLeeW ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw leLee FvnW Ùegiceve
 ceeFkeâe mebOeeefj$e keâe ØeÙeesie GÛÛe Jeesušspe DevegØeÙeesieeW mebOeeefj$eeW (coupling capacitors) Deewj yeeFheeme
leLee Gve DevegØeÙeesieeW ceW peneB leehe DelÙeeefOekeâ heefjJeefle&le mebOeeefj$eeW kesâ ™he ceW Yeer ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
neslee nw, ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
♦ The capacitor bank used in power factor corrections
♦ A capacitor that has been connected across a battery is expressed in terms of– kVAr
for comparatively long time becomes– Charged  Meefkeäle iegCekeâ mebMeesOeve ceW ØeÙeesie keâer ieÙeer mebOeeefj$e yeQkeâ keâes ----
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e pees legueveelcekeâ ™he mes uecyes meceÙe kesâ efueS Skeâ -- kesâ heoeW ceW JÙekeäle keâer peeleer nw– kVAr
yewšjer mes pegÌ[e nw Jen nesiee– DeeJesefMele ♦ Dielectric constant for mica is nearly– 3 to 8
♦ A dielectric material must be– Insulator  DeYeükeâ kesâ efueÙes hejeJewÅegle efmLejebkeâ ueieYeie neslee nw– 3 to 8
 Skeâ hejeJewÅegle heoeLe& nesvee ÛeeefnÙes– kegâÛeeuekeâ ♦ The value of dielectric constant for vacuum is taken
♦ A gang condenser is a– Variable capacitor as– 1
 Skeâ ieQie mebOeeefj$e .......... neslee nw– heefjJele&veerÙe mebOeeefj$e  ef v eJee& le kes â ef ueÙes hejeJew Å eg le ef mLejeb k eâ keâe ceeve ef ueÙee peelee nw – 1
♦ The units of volume charge density are–
♦ When a dielectric slab is introduced in a parallel
plate capacitor, the potential difference between Coulomb/meter3
3
plates will– Decrease  DeeJesMe IevelJe DeeÙeleve keâer FkeâeF& nesleer nw– ketâuee@ce/ceeršj
 peye Skeâ hejeJewÅegle muewye keâes meceevlej huesš mebOeeefj$e ceW [euee ♦ Dielectric strength of mica is– 50 to 200 kV/mm
peelee nw, lees huesš kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej nesiee– Iešsiee  DeYeükeâ keâe hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& neslee nw– 50 to 200 kV/mm
♦ Capacitance increases with– ♦ The dielectric constant (relative permittivity) of
Increase in plate area and decrease in distance glass is given by– 5 to 10
between the plates  meer mes keâer hejeJew Å eg le ef mLejeb k eâ ( meehes e f #ekeâ ef JeÅeg leMeer uelee ) ...........
 mebOeeefj$e yeÌ{lee nw peye– nesleer nw– 5 to 10
huesš kesâ #es$eheâue ceW Je=efæ Deewj huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer ceW ♦ "The surface integral of normal component of the
electric intensity E over a closed surface is
keâceer keâjves mes 1
♦ The ratio of electric flux density to electric field equal to times the total charge inside it".
0
intensity is called.......of the medium– Permittivity
The above statement is known as–
 efJeÅegle heäuekeäme IevelJe Deewj efJeÅegle #es$e leer›elee kesâ Devegheele keâes
Gauss's theorem
ceeOÙece keâer ------ keâne peelee nw– efJeÅegleMeeruelee  efJeÅegle #es$e leer›elee E kesâ meeceevÙe Ieškeâ keâe Skeâ yevo he=‰ kesâ
♦ The relative permittivity of free space is given by– 1 1
 efveJee&le keâer meehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee nesleer nw– 1 mechetCe& melen, Fmekesâ Devoj kegâue DeeJesMe kesâ iegves kesâ yejeyej
0
♦ Electric field intensity is a.......quantity– Vector
neslee nw, Ghejesòeâ keâLeve peevee peelee nw– iee@me keâe efmeæevle
 efJeÅegle #es$e leer›elee Skeâ ....... jeefMe nesleer nw– meefoMe
JewÅegle efJeYeJe ♦ The electrical equipment occasionally connected
across relay contacts for minimizing arcing is a–
(Electric Potential) Capacitor
 JewÅegle efJeYeJe Jen Yeeweflekeâ jeefMe nw, pees oes DeeJesefMele  keâYeer-keâYeer Deeke&â keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS efjues mechekeâeX kesâ S›eâeme
JemlegDeeW kesâ yeerÛe DeeJesMe ØeJeen keâer efoMee keâes efveOee&efjle Skeâ efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe pees[Ì e peelee nw Jen nw– mebOeeefj$e
keâjlee nw~ ♦ A variable capacitor is one whose capacitance–
 efkeâmeer Oeve hejer#eCe DeeJesMe keâes Devevle mes JewÅegle #es$e kesâ Can be changed
 Skeâ heefjJele&veerÙe mebOeeefj$e nw efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee– yeoue mekeâleer nw
efkeâmeer efyevog lekeâ ueeves ceW, JewÅegle yeue kesâ efJe®æ Jee¢e
♦ Dielectric strength of air is nearly– 3 kV/mm
œeesle Éeje Øeefle Skeâebkeâ DeeJesMe hej efkeâÙee ieÙee keâeÙe&,
 JeeÙeg keâe hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& ueieYeie nw– 3 kV/mm
JewÅegle efJeYeJe keânueelee nw~
♦ Dielectric strength of a medium is usually expressed
W in– kV/mm
JewÅegle efJeYeJe  V  
q0  Skeâ ceeOÙece keâer hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& meeOeejCeleÙee ............. ceW
JÙekeäle keâer peeleer nw– kV/mm
 Fmekeâe cee$ekeâ petue/ketâuee@ce Ùee Jeesuš neslee nw~
♦ ........... medium will have highest value of relative
 Skeâue efyevog DeeJesMe q kesâ keâejCe r otjer hej JewÅegle efJeYeJe permittivity– Water
1 q  ...........ceeOÙece keâer meehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee GÛÛelece ceeve keâer
, V nesieer– heeveer
40 r
♦ Calculate dipole moment for the arrangement shown
 JewÅegle Oeeje meowJe GÛÛe efJeYeJe mes efvecve efJeYeJe keâer Deesj in the figure- 2qr
ØeJeeefnle neslee nw~  efÛe$e ces efoKeeS ieF& JÙeJemLee kesâ efueS efÉOegÇJe DeeIetCe& keâer ieCevee
♦ The inverse of capacitance is called– Elastance keâerefpeS- 2qr
 Oeeefjlee kesâ JÙegl›eâce keâes ........... keâne peelee nw– FueemšWme
♦ ........ field is associated with the capacitor–
Electric (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
 ......... #es$e mebOeeefj$e mes mecyeefvOele neslee nw– efJeÅegle ♦ Electric field inside a hollow metallic charged
sphere is– Zero
♦ .......... at a point is equal to the negative potential
 Skeâ KeesKeues OeeeflJekeâ DeeJesefMele ieesues kesâ Devoj efJeÅegle #es$e neslee
gradient at that point– Electric intensity
nw– MetvÙe
 Skeâ efyevog hej ------- Gme efyevog hej $e+Ceelcekeâ efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee
♦ A conducting body has surface charge density of 
kesâ yejeyej neslee nw– efJeÅegle leer›elee coulombs/m2, the field intensity at its surface will
♦ Dielectric strength .......... with increasing thickness– σ
Decreases be–
ε0εr
 ceesšeF& yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& ......... – Iešleer nw  Skeâ ÛeeuekeâerÙe yee@[er keâe he=‰ DeeJesMe IevelJe  ketâuee@ce/ceer2 nw,
♦ The relation between the breakdown voltage V and σ
the thickness (t) of the dielectric is given V= lees he=‰ hej #es$e leer›elee nesieer–
ε 0εr
At2/3, where A is a constant depending on the nature
of the medium and also on the thickness t The above ♦ The dissipation factor of a good dielectric is of the
order of– 0.0002
statement is known as– Bohr's law
 Skeâ DeÛÚs hejeJewÅegle keâe #ejCe iegCeebkeâ ------ kesâ ›eâce keâe neslee
 Yebpeve Jeesušlee V leLee hejeJewÅegle keâer ceesšeF& (t) kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe V
nw– 0.0002
= At2/3 efoÙee ieÙee nw, peneB A efmLejebkeâ nw, pees efkeâ ceeOÙece keâer
q
Øeke=âefle leLee ceesšeF& t hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw~ Ghejesòeâ keâLeve keâes  The expression for Gauss' Law– E 
0
.......... kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~ yeesj keâe efveÙece
q
♦ The appropriate dielectric strength in (volts/mm) of  iee@me efveÙece kesâ efueS meceerkeâjCe nw– E 
0
gutta-percha is– 10,000–25,000
 iegóe-hejÛee keâe GefÛele [eF&-Fueseqkeäš^keâ mš^WLe (volts/mm) ceW neslee
♦ ........... formula is correct for electric field strength–
nw– 10,000–25,000 E = D/
♦ A capacitance of 1 F equals– 10–6 F  ..........., met$e efJeÅegle #es$e meeceLÙe& kesâ efueÙes melÙe nw–
 1 F keâer Skeâ Oeeefjlee yejeyej neslee nw– 10–6 F E = D/
FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$e hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$e
(Electrolytic Capacitor) (Polyester Capacitor)
FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW ceW Oeeleg DeekeämeeF[ (pewmes–
  hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$e Jen nesles nw efpeveceW hee@efueSmšj keâer
SuÙetefceefveÙece DeekeämeeF[) (hejeJewÅegleebkeâ ·7 mes 25) hejle (polyester film) (hejeJewÅegleebkeâ · 2-3) keâes
keâes hejeJewÅegle kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~ hejeJewÅegle kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW kesâ Oeeefjlee keâer jsvpe 1F mes  hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$e kesâ Oeeefjlee keâer jsvpe 0.0005F
keâF& npeej ceeF›eâes hewâj[ lekeâ nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ mes 10F lekeâ nesleer nw~
DeekeämeeF[ hele& keâer ceesšeF& yengle keâce 10–4 mm nesleer  hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$e keâer Jeesušspe jsefšbie jsvpe 2000V
nw~ lekeâ nesleer nw~
 FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW keâer Jeesušspe jsefšbie jsvpe 1V  hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$e keâer menveMeeruelee ueieYeie 10%
mes 500V lekeâ nesleer nw~ nesleer nw~
 FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW keâer še@uejsvme ueieYeie  hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$e keâe FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe, heshej
10% nesleer nw~ mebOeeefj$eeW mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
 FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW cesb Oeeefjlee leLee DeeÙeleve keâe  hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$eeW keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ (Power
Devegheele yengle GÛÛe neslee nw~ factor) keâce neslee nw~
 FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW ceW [er0meer0 #ejCe Oeeje  hee@efueSmšj mebOeeefj$eeW keâe ØeÙeesie ef[efpešue keâchÙetšj kesâ
GÛÛe nesleer nw~ GhekeâjCeeW ceW leLee jsef[ÙeeW DeeJe=efòe šŸetv[ heefjheLeeW ceW
 FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW keâe ØeÙeesie heeJej mehueeF& ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
efheâušj kesâ ™he ceW leLee Ùegiceve mebOeeefj$e (coupling ♦ The ability of charged bodies to exert force on one
capacitor) kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ another is attributed to the existence of–
Electric field
 FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$eeW keâes [er0meer0 mehueeF& ceW
 DeeJesefMele yee@[er keâer ÙeesiÙelee Deewj yee¢e yeue kesâ efueÙes efkeâmeer Skeâ
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw DeLee&led FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$e
otmejs hej DeefmlelJe kesâ efueÙes JeCe&ve keâjlee nw– efJeÅegle #es$e
ceW Oeveelcekeâ leLee $e+Ceelcekeâ OeÇgJelee (Polarity) yeveer
♦ A small capacitor is connected across a battery for a
jnleer nw~ one minute, If now an ammeter is inserted to
 An electric field of 100 kV/m is equal to–100 V/mm measure the current drawn by the capacitor, it would
 100 kV/m keâe efJeÅegle #es$e .......... kesâ yejeyej nesiee– read– Zero
100 V/mm  Skeâ Úesše mebOeeefj$e Skeâ efceveš kesâ efueS Skeâ yewšjer mes pegÌ[e ngDee
(SSC JE-3 March 2017 2.45) nw~ Ùeefo Deye, mebOeeefj$e Éeje efueS ieÙes Oeeje keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS
♦ In a capacitor the electric charge is stored in– Skeâ Sceeršj pees[Ì e peelee nw lees Ùen heÌ{siee– MetvÙe
Dielectric ♦ The electric field lines and equipotential lines–
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW efJeÅegle DeeJesMe ............... ceW meb«eefnle neslee Cut each other orthogonally
nw– hejeJewÅegle  efJeÅegle #es$e jsKeeSB Deewj meceefJeYeJe keâer jsKeeSB–
♦ The power dissipated in a pure capacitor is– Zero Skeâ otmejs keâes uecyekeâesCeerÙe keâešleer nw
 Skeâ Megæ mebOeeefj$e ceW efJemejCe Meefkeäle nesleer nw– MetvÙe ♦ Space surrounding a charge, within which the
♦ The electric field at a point situated at a distance d influence of its charge extends is known as–
from straight charged conductor is– Electric field
Inversely proportional to d  Skeâ DeeJesMe kesâ Deeme-heeme keâe mLeeve, efpemekesâ Yeerlej Fmekesâ
 meerOes DeeJesefMele Ûeeuekeâ mes d otjer hej efmLele efyevog hej efJeÅegle #es$e DeeJesMe keâe ØeYeeJe nw, ............ kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw–
neslee nw– d kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer efJeÅegle #es$e
♦ The direction of electric field due to positive charge ♦ The sure test of electrification is– Repulsion
is– Away from the charge  efJeÅegleerkeâjCe keâer megefveefMÛele hejer#eCe nw– efJekeâ<e&Ce
 Oeveelcekeâ DeeJesMe kesâ keâejCe efJeÅegle #es$e keâer efoMee ............ ♦ The charge distribution on a conical shaped
nesleer nw– DeeJesMe mes otj conductor is– Uniform
♦ A field line and an equipotential surface are–  Meb k eäJeekeâej Deekeâej kes
â Ûeeuekeâ hej DeeJes M e ef Jeleef j le .......... neslee
Always at 90 o
nw– meceeve ™he mes
 Skeâ heâeru[ ueeFve Deewj Skeâ meceefJeYeJe he=<" neslee nw– ♦ An electric field can deflect– -particles
meowJe 90o hej  Skeâ efJeÅegle #es$e efJe#esefhele keâj mekeâlee nw– - keâCe
♦ An electric line of force always starts on–
kegâÚ ØecegKe hejeJewÅegleeW kesâ hejeJewÅegleebkeâ
A positive charge and ends on a
negative charge ›eâ.meb. hejeJewÅegle heoeLe& hejeJewÅegleebkeâ
 efJeÅegle yeue jsKeeSB meowJe efvekeâueleer nQ– 1. JeeÙeg (Air) 1.0006
Oeveelcekeâ DeeJesMe mes Deewj $e+Ceelcekeâ 2. yewkesâueeFš (Bakelite) 4.5 mes 5.5
DeeJesMe hej meceehle nes peeleer nw~ 3. SsyeesveeFš (Ebonite) 2.8
♦ Static charges generated in liquid reside–
4. heâeFyej (Fiber) 2.5 mes 5
On the top surface of liquid
 õJe efjmeeF[ ceW efmLej DeeJesMe GlheVe nesles nQ– 5. keâe@Ûe (Glass) 5.4 mes 9.9
õJe kesâ Thejer melen hej 6. DeYeükeâ (Mica) 2.5 mes 4.7
♦ The relative permittivity of most materials lies 7. lesue (Oil) 2.2 mes 4.7
between– 1 and 10 8. keâeiepe (Paper) 2.0 mes 2.6
 DeefOekeâebMe heoeLeeX keâer Deehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee ....... kesâ yeerÛe 9. hewjeheâerve (Paraffin) 2.1 mes 2.5
nesleer nw– 1 Deewj 10 10. jyeÌ[(Rubber) 2.0 mes 3.6
♦ The charge of an isolated conductor resides– 11. uekeâÌ[er (Wood) 2.5 mes 7.7
At the conductor surface
12. heesefme&efueve (Porcelin) 5.7 mes 6.8
 He=Lekeâ Ûeeuekeâ heoeLe& kesâ DeeJesMe efmLele nesles nQ–
13. mheâeefškeâ (Quartz) 4.5 mes 4.7
Ûeeuekeâ kesâ melen hej
♦ The minimum value of the charge on any object
14. efveJee&le (Vacuum) 1.000
cannot be less than– 1.6 × 10–19 coulomb 15. šsheäuee@ve (Teflon) 2.0
 efkeâmeer Yeer Jemleg hej DeeJesMe keâe vÙetvelece ceeve ........... mes keâce 16. Deemegle peue (Distilled 80.0
veneR nes mekeâlee nw– 1.6 × 10–19 ketâueece water)
♦ In a cable capacitor, voltage gradient is maximum at  The electric field strength a distance point, due to a
the surface of the– Conductor point charge, +q , located at the origin, is 100Vm.
If the point is now enclosed by a perfectly
 Skeâ kesâefyeue mebOeeefj$e ceW efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee .......... kesâ he=‰ hej conducting sheet sphere at the point P. outside the
DeefOekeâlece neslee nw– Ûeeuekeâ sphere, becomes:– Zero
♦ Permittivity is expressed in– Farad/metre  œeesle hej efmLej, hJeeFvš DeeJesMe +q kesâ keâejCe otj efyevog hej
 efJeÅegleMeeruelee ........... ceW DeefYeJÙekeäle nesleer nw– Hewâj[/ceer efJeÅegle #es$e leer›elee 100Vm nw~ Ùeefo Ùen efyevog Deye ieesues kesâ
(UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018 Shift-II) yeenj, efkeâmeer efyevog P hej hetjer lejn mes Oeeleg Meerš ieesues mes yevo
♦ .......... will happen to an insulating medium if keâj efoÙee peeS lees Ùen nesiee– MetvÙe
voltage more than the breakdown voltage is applied (Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017)
on– It will get punctured or cracked  The law used to determine the force between two
current carrying conductor is– Bio-savart's law
 Yebpeve Jeesušlee mes DeefOekeâ Jeesušlee ØeÙegòeâ keâjves hej efJeÅeglejesOeer
 oes OeejeJeener ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ ceOÙe ueieves Jeeues yeue keâes %eele keâjves
ceeOÙece nesiee– Ùen hebÛej DeLeJee ›ewâkeâ nes peeÙesiee~
Jeeuee efveÙece nw– yeeÙees-mesJeš& efveÙece
♦ The relative permittivity of an insulator cannot be– (UJVNL-2016)
Infinity  ........... does the region around the stationary electric
 Skeâ efJeÅegle jesOeve keâer meehes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee ............ veneR nes charge has– Electric field
mekeâleer nw– Devevle  mLeweflekeâ efJeÅegle DeeJesMe kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj keâe #es$e nesiee– JewÅegle #es$e
♦ A hollow metal sphere of radius 5cm is charge such (Jammu & Kashmir JE- 2016 )
that the potential surface is 10 volts. The potential at  .......... is a scalar quantity – Electric potential
the centre of sphere is– 10V  ........... DeefoMe jeefMe nw– efJeÅegle efJeYeJe
 5 mesceer. ef$epÙee kesâ KeesKeues Oeeleg kesâ ieesues hej Fme Øekeâej DeeJesMe (SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
(Jammu & Kashmir JE-2016)
nw, efkeâ melen efJeYeJe 10 Jeesuš nw~ lees #es$e kesâ kesâvõ hej efJeYeJe (BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
nw– 10 Jeesuš  A closed surface encloses the point charge Q and
 Permittivity of vacuum is – 8.854 × 10-12F/m has a medium with permittivity of free space ε 0 Then
 effveJee&le keâer JewÅegleMeeruelee nesleer nw– 8.854 × 10-12F/m the Gauss's law should not be represented by–
(DMRC JE-2017)  × E = Q/ ε 0

 Skeâ yebo he=‰Yeeie ceW efyebog Ûeepe& Q meefcceefuele nw Deewj cegòeâ #es$e mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMeve SJeb efJemepe&ve
 0 keâer heejiecÙelee kesâ meeLe Skeâ ceeOÙece nw~ leye iee@me efmeæeble (Charging and Discharging of a Capacitor)
keâes ......... kesâ Éeje oMee&Ùee veneR peevee ÛeeefnS– mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMeve mebOeeefj$e keâe efJemepe&ve
 × E = Q/ ε 0
(i) leel#eefCekeâ DeeJesMeve (i) leel#eefCekeâ efJemepe&ve
(UPRVUNL AE-2014)
 The electric field intensity inside a charged spherical Jeesušlee Jeesušlee

conductor is– Zero
Skeâ DeeJesefMele ieesueekeâej Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Yeerlej efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee

v  V 1 – e – t / RC  v  Ve – t / RC
nw– MetvÙe (ii) leel#eefCekeâ DeeJesMeve (ii) leel#eefCekeâ efJemepe&ve

(UPRVUNL AE-2014) DeeJesMe DeeJesMe
(SSC JE-2 March 2017 2.45 pm) q  Q 1 – e – t / RC  q  Qe – t / RC
(SSC JE 27-01-2018 Evening )  
(SSC JE 14/11/2022 Evening) (iii) leel#eefCekeâ DeeJesMeve (iii) leel#eefCekeâ efJemepe&ve Oeeje
 The potential of a point charge at a distance r is Oeeje V
Q1 i  –   e – t / RC
given by– V R
4πε 0 r i  e – t / RC
R i  –Ie – t / RC
 efkeâmeer otjer r hej jKes ngS efyevog DeeJesMe keâe efJeYeJe ........... kesâ i  Ie – t / RC
Q1
Éeje efoÙee peelee nw–  Value of constant k in Coulomb law has value of–
4πε 0r 9 × 109
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)  ketâueecye efveÙece ceW efmLejebkeâ k keâe ceeve neslee nw– 9 × 109
 Point charges of –10 nC and 10 nC are located in (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016_3 pm)
free space at (–1, 0, 0) m and (1, 0, 0) m  Electric field is defined as – Force per unit charge
respectively. The energy stored in the field is–  efJeÅegle #es$e heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
–450 nJ yeue Øeefle FkeâeF&& DeeJesMe kesâ ™he ceW
 –10 nC leLee 10 nC kesâ oes efyevog DeeJesMe Skeâ cegkeäle mLeeve ceW
(BSNL TTA 27.09.2016_3 pm)
›eâceMe: (–1, 0, 0) m SJeb (1, 0, 0) m hej DeJeefmLele nQ~ Fmekesâ  Electric field is a – Vector Quantity
JewÅegle #es$e ceW mebefÛele Tpee& nw– –450 nJ  efJeÅegle #es$e nw : Skeâ meefoMe jeefMe
(LMRC AE -2016) (BSNL TTA 27.09.2016_3 pm)
♦ A unit tube of flux is known as.....tube– Faraday ♦ The value of E within the field due to a point charge
 Heäuekeäme keâer Skeâ FkeâeF& šŸetye keâes ........... šŸetye kesâ ®he ceW can be found with the help of– Coulomb's laws
peevee peelee nw– Hewâje@[s  Skeâ #es$e ceW Skeâ efyevog DeeJesMe kesâ keâejCe E keâe ceeve ---------
♦ The number of Faraday tubes of flux passing keâer meneÙelee mes Øeehle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– ketâuee@ce kesâ efveÙece
through a surface in an electric field is called– ♦ .............. at a point may be defined as equal to the
Electric flux lines of force passing normally through a unit cross-
 Hewâje[s šŸetye kesâ heäuekeäme keâer mebKÙee Skeâ efJeÅegle #ebs$e ceW Skeâ section at that point– Electric intensity
he=‰ ceW mes neskeâj iegpejves hej keâner peeleer nw– efJeÅegle Heäuekeäme  efkeâmeer efyevog hej ............. Gme efyevog hej Skeâ FkeâeF& DevegØemLe
 A uniform plane wave has a wavelength of 2 cm in keâeš ceW mes meeceevÙe ™he mes iegpejves Jeeueerr yeue jsKeeDeeW kesâ yejeyej
free space and 1 cm in a perfect dielectric. The nesleer nw– efJeÅegle leer›elee
relative permittivity of dielectric is– 4
♦ Electric flux density (D) is related to electric field
 Skeâ meceeve leLee huesve lejbie keâer efveJee&le hej lejbie owOÙe& 2 cm leLee intensity (E) by the relation– D =  0 r E
Skeâ heefjMegæ (DeeoMe&) hejeJewÅegle ceW 1 cm nw~ lees hejeJewÅegle keâer  efJeÅegle Heäuekeäme IevelJe (D) keâe mecyevOe efJeÅegle#es$e keâer leer›elee (E)
meehes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee ......... nesleer nw– 4
mes ------ Éeje mecyeefvOele nw– D =  0 r E
(LMRC AE -2016)
♦ A negatively charged body has–
 The ability of charged bodies to exert force on one
another is attributed to the existence of– Excess of electrons
Electric field  Skeâ $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesefMele efheb[ ceW ........ nesleer nw–
 DeeJesefMele JemlegDeeW kesâ Skeâ otmejs hej yeue ueieeves keâer #ecelee Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer DeefOekeâlee
efkeâmekesâ DeefmlelJe kesâ keâejCe nw– efJeÅegle #es$e ♦ A rod insulating material is given a positive charge
(ESIC JE -2016) by rubbing it with a piece of fabric and the Fabric is
 Line charge is given by – Gauss law then tested for electric charge. You would expect the
 jsKeerÙe (ueeFve) DeeJesMe efoÙee peelee nw– iee@me efveÙece fabric to have–
(Uttarakhand AE-2013, Paper-I) A negative charge equal to that on the rod
 Skeâ je@[ efJeÅegle jesefOele heoeLe& keâes keâheÌ[s kesâ šgkeâÌ[s mes jieÌ[ keâj  A electric field line and equipotential surface are –
Oeveelcekeâ DeeJesMe efoÙee peelee nw Deewj efheâj keâheÌ[s keâes efJeÅegle Always at 900
DeeJesMe kesâ efueS hejer#eCe efkeâÙee peelee nw DeehekeâeW keâheÌ[s mes Gcceero  Skeâ efJeÅegle #es$e jsKee Deewj meceefJeYeJe melen jnles nQ–
keâjveer ÛeeefnS–je@[ hej Gmekesâ yejeyej Skeâ $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe ncesMee 900 hej
♦ Two charges of equal magnitude are separated by (UPSSSC JE-2016)
some distance. If the charges are increased by10% to  The unit of electric dipole moment is –
get the same force between them, their separation Coulomb-meter
must be– Increased by 10%  efJeÅegle efÉOeÇgJe DeeIetCe& keâe cee$ekeâ nw– ketâuee@ce-ceeršj
 meceeve heefjceeCe kesâ oes DeeJesMeeW keâes kegâÚ otjer mes Deueie efkeâÙee (HMWS-15)
peelee nw~ Ùeefo Gve oesveeW kesâ yeerÛe meceeve yeue Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS  The electric field lines are –
DeeJesMe ceW 10%keâer Je=efæ keâer peeleer nw, lees Gvekeâe he=LekeäkeâjCe Either straight line or smooth curved lines
 efJeÅegle #es$e jsKeeSB nw–
nesvee ÛeeefnS– 10% mes Je=efæ
Ùee lees meerOeer jsKee Ùee lees mcetLe Je›eâ jsKeeSb
♦ A soap bubble is given a negative charge then its
radius– Increases (HMWS JE-15)
 The total electric flux through any closed surface
 Skeâ meeyegve kesâ yegueyegues keâes $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe efoÙee peelee nw, leye surrounding charges is equal to the amount of
Fmekeâer ef$epÙee– yeÌ{leer nw charges enclosed. The above statement is based on–
♦ Equal charges are given to two spheres of different Gauss’s law
radius. The potential will–  efkeâmeer yebo melen kesâ Deemeheeme DeeJesMeeW kesâ ceeOÙece mes kegâue
Be more on the smaller sphere Fuesefkeäš^keâ heäuekeäme, Gmekesâ yebo DeeJesMeeW keâer cee$ee kesâ yejeyej neslee
 Demeceeve ef$epÙee kesâ oes ieesuees keâes meceeve DeeJesMe efoÙee peelee nw nw~ Ghejesòeâ keâLeve..............hej DeeOeeefjle nw– iee@me kesâ efveÙece
lees, efJeYeJe– Úesšs ieesueW hej DeefOekeâ nesiee (UPRVUNL AE- November-2016)
 Unit of absolute permittivity is – Farad/meter (NMRC-05.03.2017)
 efvejhes#e JewÅegle Meeruelee keâe cee$ekeâ neslee nw– hewâjs[/ceeršj  The force of attraction between two electric charge
(UPSSSC JE-2016) of opposite polarity having 1 Coulomb each when
(UJVNL JE-2016) placed at a distance of 1m is– 9  109 Newton
mebOeeefj$ees kesâ DevegØeÙeesie  oes efJehejerle OeÇgJelee kesâ efJeÅegle Ûeepe& ØelÙeskeâ 1 ketâueecye keâe nw Gvekesâ
(Application of Capacitors) yeerÛe Deekeâ<e&Ce yeue .......... nw Ùeefo Gvekeâes Skeâ ceeršj keâer otjer
 MeefòeâiegCekeâ mebMeesOeve kesâ efueÙes Øeefleoerefhle GhekeâjCeeW, hej jKee peeS– 9  109 vÙetšve
pewmes– Øeefleoerefhle veefueÙeeW (fluorescent tube), (DMRC. JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift)
meesef[Ùece uewche, ceke&âjer uewche Deeefo ceW~  According to Gauss's law, if E is.............the charge
 MeefòeâiegCekeâ mebMeesOeve kesâ efueS, pewmes-DeewÅeesefiekeâ mehueeF& density in the ideal conductors is zero– Zero
ueeFve Deeefo~  iee@me kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej Ùeefo E..............neslee nw lees DeeoMe& Ûeeuekeâ
ceW DeeJesMe IevelJe MetvÙe neslee nw– MetvÙe
 Skeâue keâuee ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ceesšjeW keâes mJeÛeeefuele keâjves
(U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
kesâ efueS, pewmes-hebKes, FC[keäMeve ceesšjW Deeefo~
♦ If a body has identical properties all over, it is
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje mesleg heefjheLeeW keâes mevlegefuele keâjves kesâ known as– Homogeneous
efueS ~  Ùeefo efkeâmeer efvekeâeÙe ceW meceeve iegCe nesles nQ, lees Fmes .........kesâ
 jsef[Ùees efjmeerJejeW ceW mšsMeve keâes efceueeves kesâ efueÙes, pewmes- ™he ceW peevee peelee nw– mece™he
ieQie kebâ[Wmej Deeefo~ ♦ A point charge in space is attracted towards a
 hesšêsue FvpeveeW kesâ ef[mšêryÙetšj ceW mhegâefuebie keâes jeskeâves dielectric material because of the–
nsleg~ Maximization of electrostatic flux.
 heefjheLe GheÙev$eeW ceW JewÅegle DeeJesMe kesâ ™he ceW Tpee& meb«en  Debleefj#e ceW Skeâ efyebog DeeJesMe Skeâ hejeJewÅegle heoeLe& keâer Deesj
keâjves kesâ efueS~ Deekeâef<e&le neslee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
 Fuesefkeäš^keâue SJeb FueskeäšêBefvekeâ heefjheLeeW ceW ØelÙeeJeleea Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ heäuekeäme keâer DeefOekeâlee
efJeÅegle mecyevOeer Jeesušleeheele kesâ efueS~ ♦ The potential gradient across the material of low
 ceeheÙev$eeW kesâ efvecee&Ce ceW pewmes– Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ permittivity is ................ than across the material of
Jeesušceeršj, øeâerkeäJeWmeer ceeršj Deeefo~ high permittivity– Greater
 ØelÙeeJeleea efJeÅegle ueeFveeW keâe Jeesušlee efveÙece ßes‰ yeveeves  GÛÛe efJeÅegleMeeruelee heoeLe& keâer leguevee ceW keâce efJeÅegleMeeruelee heoeLe&
kesâ efueÙes~ keâer efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee ......... neslee nw– DeefOekeâ
♦ When a dielectric is placed in an electric field, it
 Dee@ve-Dee@heâ efmJeÛeeW kesâ ØeÛeeueve leLee efjues heefjheLeeW ceW~ becomes– Polarized
 FueskeäšêBefvekeäme heefjheLe ceW Oeeje kesâ [er.meer. keâcheesvesvš keâes  peye Skeâ efJeÅegle #es$e ceW hejeJewÅegle jKee peelee nw, lees Ùen yeve
jeskeâves nsleg, pewmes- efheâušj meefke&âš Deeefo~ peelee nw– OegÇJeerkeâjCe
♦ XEROX machine is working on– mebOeeefj$ees keâe mebÙeespeve
Electrostatic effect (Combination of Capacitors)
 XEROX ceMeerve .......... hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw–
mebOeeefj$eeW keâe ßesCeer-mebÙeespeve
JewÅeglemLeweflekeâer ØeYeeJe (Series Combination of Capacitors)
♦ An uncharged conductor is placed near a charged
conductor, then– + - + - + -
The uncharged conductor gets charged by
induction and then attracted towards the
charging body
 Skeâ DeveeJesefMele Ûeeuekeâ keâes DeeJesefMele Ûeeuekeâ kesâ heeme jKee peelee
nw, leye–
DeveeJesefMele Ûeeuekeâ ØesjCe Éeje DeeJesefMele neslee nw Deewj
DeeJesefMele efheC[ keâer Deesj Deekeâef<e&le neslee nw  ßesCeer mebÙeespeve ceW Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ $e+Ceelcekeâ huesš keâes
otmejs mebOeeefj$e kesâ Oeveelcekeâ huesš mes mebÙeesefpele keâj
2. Oeeefjlee Deewj mebOeeefj$e keâe mebÙeespeve yeveeF& ieF& ëe=bKeuee keâes ßesCeer mebÙeesefpele mebOeeefj$e
(Capacitance and Combination of (series connected capacitors) keânles nQ~
Capacitor)  mebOeeefj$ees kesâ ßesCeer mebÙeespeve ceW meYeer mebOeeefj$eeW hej
DeeJesMe Skeâ-meceeve (uniform) jnlee nw, hejvleg
♦ In parallel combination of capacitances, the
equivalent capacitance is–Greater than the largest
Jeesušlee mebOeeefj$eeW kesâ S›eâeme Gmekeâer Oeeefjlee kesâ Devegmeej
capacitance of the combination
efYeVe-efYeVe nesleer nw~
 mebOeeefj$e kesâ meceeblej mebÙeespeve ceW, meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee kegâue Jeesušlee · mebOeeefj$eeW kesâ Deej-heej Jeesušleeheele keâe Ùeesie
........................nesleer nw– V= V1+ V2+V3+…….Vn
mebÙeespeve kesâ meyemes yeÌÌ[s mebOeeefj$e mes DeefOekeâ Q Q Q Q Q
    ..........
(SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018) C C1 C2 C3 Cn
Q  1 1 1 1 
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 am)  Q    ........ 
(SSC JE-2015) C  C1 C2 C3 Cn 
(SSC JE-Evening 27.01.2018)
1 1 1 1 1
♦ If a number of capacitors are connected in series,     .........
then the total capacitance of the combination will C C1 C 2 C3 Cn
be– Smaller than the capacitance of  ßesCeer mebÙeespeve ceW mebOeeefj$eeW keâer leguÙe Oeeefjlee keâe
the smallest capacitor
Øeefleueesce, mebOeeefj$eeW keâer ØelÙeskeâ Oeeefjlee kesâ Øeefleueesce kesâ
 Ùeefo keâF& mebOeeefj$e ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[s ngS nw, lees mebÙeespeve keâer kegâue DebkeâieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej neslee nw DeLee&led ßesCeer ›eâce
Oeeefjlee nesieer– meyemes Úesšs mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee mes keâce ceW mebOeeefj$eeW keâer mechetCe& Oeeefjlee (leguÙe Oeeefjlee) Ieš
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) peeleer nw~
(UPSSSC JE 2015)
♦ The unit of capacitance is– Coulomb/Volt
 Ùeefo keâF& mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW peg[Ì s nw lees Gvekeâe meceleguÙe
 Oeeefjlee keâer FkeâeF& ......... nw– ketâuee@ce/Jeesuš Oeeefjlee meyemes keâce ceeve Jeeues mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee mes
Yeer keâce nesiee~
♦ When a dielectric is placed in an electric field, the  Ùeefo C meceeve Oeeefjlee kesâ n mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nes
field strength– Decreases C
lees Gvekeâe meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee kesâ yejeyej nesiee~
 peye Skeâ [eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ keâes efJeÅegle #es$e ceW jKee peelee nw, lees #es$e n
leer›elee.............. nw– Iešleer nw mebOeeefj$eeW keâe meceevlej-mebÙeespeve
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 10 am) (Parallel Combination of Capacitors)
♦ ........... happens to current flow in a capacitive circuit + -
when the DC voltage across the capacitor is
approximately equal to the source voltage– + -
Little current flows
-
 peye mebOeeefj$e ceW [er.meer. Jeesušlee ueieYeie œeesle Jeesušlee kesâ yejeyej +
nes peeleer nw, lees Oeeefjlee heefjheLe ceW Oeeje ØeJeen kesâ meeLe Ieefšle
neslee nw– yengle keâce Oeeje keâe ØeJeen neslee nw + -

 meYeer mebOeeefj$eeW keâe Oeveelcekeâ huesšeW keâes Skeâ-meeLe ♦ The electrical capacitance is analogous of–
mebÙeesefpele keâj leLee meYeer $e+Ceelcekeâ huesšeW keâes Skeâ-meeLe Spring
mebÙeesefpele keâj yeveeF& ieF& ëe=bKeuee keâes meceeveevlej  Fuesefkeäš^keâue kewâhesefmešWme ................... kesâ leguÙe neslee nw– efmØebie
mebÙeesefpele mebOeeefj$e (parallel connected capacitors) (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
keânles nQ~ ♦ A circuit component that opposes the change in
circuit voltage is– Capacitance
 mebOeeefj$ees kesâ meceevlej mebÙeespeve ceW ØelÙeskeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ
 heefjheLe keâe Jen DeJeÙeJe pees efkeâ Jeesušspe heefjJele&ve keâe efJejesOe
S›eâeme Jeesušlee meceeve jnleer nw, hejvleg ØelÙeskeâ mebOeeefj$e keâjlee nw– mebOeeefj$e
hej JewÅegle DeeJesMe Gmekeâer Oeeefjlee kesâ Devegmeej efYeVe-efYeVe
(SSC JE-2008)
nesleer nw~ (BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM)
kegâue DeeJesMe · ØelÙeskeâ mebOeeefj$eeW hej DeeJesMe keâe Ùeesie (sum) ♦ Capacitance of a capacitor–
Q = Q1 + Q2 + Q3+…….Qn Increases with increases in overlapping Area of
CV = C1V+ C2V+C3V+……..CnV plates, Increases with increases in relative
permittivity of the dielectric, Increases
CV = V (C1+C2+C3)+……..Cn)
with decreases in distance between the plates
C= C1+C2+C3+……..Cn  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee–
 meceeveevlej mebÙeespeve ceW mebOeeefj$eeW keâer leguÙe Oeeefjlee keâe huesšdme kesâ DeeÛÚeefole #es$e (DeesJejueshe SefjÙee) kesâ yeÌ{ves kesâ
ceeve, heefjheLe ceW mebueive mebOeeefj$eeW keâer ØelÙeskeâ Oeeefjlee kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee nw, [eF&–Fuesefkeäš^keâ keâer meehes#e hejefceefšefJešer
DebkeâieCeleerÙe Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej neslee nw DeLee&le meceeveevlej kesâ yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee nw, huesšdme kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer Iešves
›eâce ceW mebOeeefj$eeW keâer mechetCe& Oeeefjlee (leguÙe Oeeefjlee) kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee nw~
yeÌ{ peeleer nw~
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016,_3 pm)
 mebOeeefj$e kesâ meceevlej mebÙeespeve ceW meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee keâe ♦ Farad is the unit of– Capacitance
ceeve meyemes yeÌ[s mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee mes Yeer DeefOekeâ  Hewâj[ FkeâeF& nw– kewâheeefmešWme
nesiee~ (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Ùeefo C meceeve Oeeefjlee kesâ n mebOeeefj$e meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s (SSC-JE Evening 24.01.2018)
nes lees Gvekeâe meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee nC kesâ yejeyej nesiee~ meceefJeYeJe he=‰
♦ A capacitor can represented by a capacitance and (Equipotential Surface)
resistance in parallel. For a good capacitor, this
parallel resistance is– Very high
 meceefJeYeJe he=‰ Jen he=‰ nw, efpeme hej meYeer efyevog
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes meceeblej ceW Skeâ Oeeefjlee Deewj Skeâ ØeeflejesOe Éeje meceeve efJeYeJe hej nesles nw~
ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ DeÛÚs mebOeeefj$e kesâ efueS, Fme  meceefJeYeJe he=‰ kesâ efueÙes efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee MetvÙe nesleer nw
meceeblej ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve ........ nesiee– yengle DeefOekeâ efpememes he=‰ kesâ meceleue ceW JewÅegle #es$e meeceLÙe& Ùee Jew]Åegle
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 10 am)
leer›elee (E) keâe Ieškeâ MetvÙe neslee nw~
 meceefJeYeJe he=‰ keâes JewÅegle yeue jsKeeÙes meowJe uecyeJele
efJeÅegle heäuekeäme
efoMee ceW heej keâjleer nw~
(Electric Flux)
 peye Skeâ mebJeenkeâ efvekeâeÙe (conducting body) keâes
 efkeâmeer DeeJesMe mes DeejcYe nesves Jeeueer kegâue yeue jsKeeDeeW keâer DeeJesMe (charge) efoÙee peelee nw lees DeeJesMe hetjer lejn
mebKÙee efJeÅegle heäuekeäme keânueeleer nw leLee Fmes mes ØeoefMe&le mes mebJeenkeâ efvekeâeÙe (pewmes-ieesueerÙe he=‰) kesâ yeenjer melen
keâjles nw~ hej ner jnlee nw Ûeens mebJeenkeâ efvekeâeÙe KeesKeuee Ùee "esme
 efJeÅegle heäuekeäme keâe cee$ekeâ ketâuee@ce neslee nw~ nes DeLee&led Skeâ mebJeenkeâ efheC[ kesâ Yeerlej-
JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee (Electric field intensity)–
 efkeâmeer JewÅegle #es$e ceW, Skeâebkeâ DeeJesMe hej ueieves Jeeuee JewÅegle
yeue, JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee keânueelee nw~ Fmes E mes ØeoefMe&le
keâjles nw~
r
r F 1 q 1 q
E E E
q 40 r r 2 40 r 2
 JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee keâes #es$e meeceLÙe&, JewÅegle #es$e meeceLÙe& Ùee
JewÅegle #es$e meefoMe Yeer keânles nw~
 Fmekeâe SI cee$ekeâ vÙetšve/ketâuee@ce Ùee Jeesuš/ceeršj neslee nw~
 Ùen Skeâ meefoMe jeefMe nw efpemekeâer efoMee OeveeJesMe hej keâeÙe&jle (i) DeeJesMe MetvÙe neslee nw~
JewÅegle yeue keâer efoMee ceW nesleer nw~ (ii) JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee MetvÙe nesleer nw~
 efkeâmeer KeesKeues Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Devoj JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee MetvÙe nesleer nw~ (iii) JewÅegle heäuekeäme keâe ceeve MetvÙe neslee nw~
♦ In a concentric cable capacitor the diameter of the 3. mebOeeefj$e kesâ Øekeâej (Type of Capacitor)
inner and outer cylinders are 3mm and 10 mm
respectively. If r for insulation is 3, find its ♦ The capacitance of a capacitor is _____ the distance
capacitance per metre– 138.8 pF between the metal plates–
 Skeâ mebkesâefvõle kesâyeue mebOeeefj$e ceW Deevleefjkeâ leLee yee¢e efmeefuev[j Inversely proportional to
keâe JÙeeme ›eâceMe: 3 mm leLee 10 mm nw~ Ùeefo efJeÅeglejesOeve kesâ  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee Oeeleg huesšes kesâ yeerÛe keâer
efueS r 3 nes, lees Fmekeâer Øeefle ceeršj Oeeefjlee %eele keâerefpeS– otjer..........nesleer nw ~ kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer
138.8 pF (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ If a capacitor is charged by a square wave current ♦ Capacitors of identical rating will have the smallest
dimensions– Ceramic capacitor
source, the voltage across the capacitor is–
 meceeve jsefšbie kesâ efkeâme mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj) keâer efJeceeSB meyemes
Triangular wave
Úesšer neWieer– efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj)
 Ùeefo Skeâ mebOeeefj$e Skeâ Jeie& lejbie Oeeje œeesle mes DeeJesefMele neslee
(SSC JE- 1 march 2017 2.45 pm)
nw, lees mebOeeefj$e hej.......Jeesušlee nesieer– ef$ekeâesCeerÙe lejbie ♦ The capacitor, commonly used for ceiling fan motor
♦ Two metal plates distance of 'd' apart from a has a value of 2.3F. The type of capacitor used is
capacitor of value C farads. Another metal plate of generally– Paper capacitor
thickness d/2 and of the same area is inserted in  Úle kesâ hebKeeW keâer ceesšj kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves
between these two plates, capacitance of this three Jeeuee mebOeeefj$e keâe ceeve 2.3F nw~ GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues
plate capacitor will be– 2 mebOeeefj$e meeceevÙele: _____ Øekeâej keâe neslee nw– heshej mebOeeefj$e
 'd' otjer hej efmLele oes Oeeleg huesšeW kesâ mebOeeefj$e keâe ceeve C hewâj[ (SSC JE - 3 March 2017 10 am)
nw~ oesveeW huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe d/2 ceesšeF& leLee meceeve #es$eHeâue keâe Oeeleg ♦ In a radio, a gang condenser is a type of–
huesš Yeje peelee nw lees Fme leerve huesš mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee nesieer– Air capacitor
 jsef[Ùees ceW, ieQie mebOeeefj$e (kebâ[Wmej),.......... keâe Øekeâej nw–
2
JeeÙeg mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj)
mebOeeefj$eeW kesâ [suše mebÙeespeveeW leLee mšej mebÙeespeveeW ceW (SSC JE-3 March 2017, 2.45)
heefjJele&ve ♦ In which types of capacitors are should be taken
about the correct polarity while connecting it in a
circuit– Electrolytic capacitor
 heefjheLe ceW pees[Ì ves kesâ oewjeve efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj)
ceW mener Oeg›elee (heesueefjšer) keâe OÙeeve jKevee ÛeeefnS–
efJeÅegle-DeheIešveer mebOeeefj$e
(SSC JE-3 March 2017, 2.45)
♦ A variable capacitance is one whose capacitance–
Can be changed
[suše mebÙeespeve keâe mšej mšej mebÙeespeve keâe [suše
 Skeâ heefjJeleea Oeeefjlee Jen nw efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee–
mebÙeespeve ceW heefjJele&ve mebÙeespeve ceW heefjJele&ve heefjJeefle&le keâer pee mekeâleer nw
CAB CCA CA CB (UJVNL-2016)
CA  CAB  CCA  CAB  ♦ ............ capacitors are used in D.C. circuits–
CBC C A  C B  CC
Electrolytic
 [er.meer. meefke&âš ceW .......... kewâhesefmešj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
C C C B CC nw– efJeÅegle DeheIešveerb (FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ)
CB  CAB  CBC  AB BC CBC 
CCA C A  C B  CC (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
♦ Paper condenser is– Generally used in AC
 heshej mebOeeefj$e nw– Deeceleewj hej S.meer. ceW GheÙeesieer
C C CC CA
CC  CBC  CCA  BC CA CCA  ♦ Electrolytic capacitor is the most commonly used
CAB C A  C B  CC type but it has two disadvantages, mainly–
High capacitance and low insulation resistance
♦ If a third equal and similar charge is placed  Fues k eäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$e meyemes DeefOekeâ ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeuee
between two equal and similar charges, then this Øekeâej nw, uesefkeâve Fmekesâ cegKÙele: oes vegkeâmeeve nQ–
third charge will– Remain in stable equilibrium GÛÛe Oeeefjlee Deewj efvecve efJeÅeglejesOeve ØeeflejesOe
 Ùeefo Skeâ leermeje yejeyej Deewj Skeâ pewmee DeeJesMe kesâ oes Skeâ ♦ The capacitance of a cylindrical capacitor is given
pewmes Deewj meceeve DeeJesMe kesâ yeerÛe ceW jKee peelee nw lees Ùen 2πε 0εr l
by–
leermejer DeeJesMe nesieer– mLeeF& ™he mes meblegefuele nesiee loge r2 /r1

2πε 0εr l  .......... heoeLe& keâe [eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ efmLejebkeâ GÛÛelece ceeve keâe
 Skeâ yesueveekeâej mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee nesleer nw– neslee nw– efmejsefcekeâ
loge r2 /r1
♦ Air capacitors are generally available in the range– ♦ ........... capacitors will have the least variation–
10 to 400 pF Silver plated mica capacitor
 JeeÙeg mebOeeefj$e meeOeejCeleÙee ............ hejeme ceW GheueyOe neslee  ......... meb O eeef j $e ceW meyemes keâce heefjJele&ve nesiee–
nw– 10 to 400 pF ÛeeBoer huesš keâe DeYeükeâ mebOeeefj$e
♦ A mica capacitor and a ceramic capacitor both have ♦ The capacitance of an isolated sphere is given by–
the same physical dimensions. ............. will have 0rr Farad
4
more value of capacitance– Ceramic capacitor  Skeâ DeeFmees u es š s [ iees ues keâer Oeeef j lee ........... nes leer nw–
 Skeâ DeYeükeâ mebOeeefj$e Deewj Skeâ efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e oesveeW Skeâ pewmeer 0rr Farad
4
Yeeweflekeâ efJeceeSW jKeles nQ lees ........... keâe ceeve DeefOekeâ nesiee– ♦ A variable capacitance is one whose capacitance–
efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e Can be changed manually or by
mechanical means
♦ ......... capacitors will have the least value of
 Skeâ heefjJele&veerÙe Oeeefjlee Jen neslee nw efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee–
breakdown voltage– Electrolytic
 .......... mebOeeefj$e keâer Yebpeve Jeesušlee keâe ceeve meyemes keâce nesiee– mJeÙeb heefjJele&ve efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw
FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ DeLeJee Ùeebef$ekeâ Éeje
♦ ......... capacitors can be used for temperature ♦ Paper condenser is– Generally of fixed value
compensation– Ceramic capacitor  heshej mebOeeefj$e neslee nw– meeceevÙele: efmLej ceeve keâe
 ......... mebOeeefj$e leeheceeve #eeflehetefle& kesâ efueÙes ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee ♦ An electrolytic capacitor is generally made to
nw– efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e provide– Large value of capacitance
 Skeâ FueskeäšêsueeFš mebOeeefj$e meeOeejCeleÙee ........... kesâ efueÙes
♦ Paper capacitors usually have a tolerance of–
yeveeÙee peelee nw– Oeeefjlee kesâ DeefOekeâ ceeve
 10%
♦ A circuit requires a capacitor of 100 F , 25 V. The
 heshej mebOeeefj$e keâer meeOeejCeleÙee --------- menveMeeruelee nesleer nw–
capacitor can be– Electrolytic capacitor
 10%  efkeâmeer heefjheLe keâes 100 F , 25V kesâ mebOeeefj$e keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
♦ For closer tolerances which capacitors is usually
preferred– Mica capacitor nesleer nw~ mebOeeefj$e efkeâme Øekeâej keâe nes mekeâlee nw–
 ..........., mebOeeefj$e kesâ menveMeeruelee kesâ efueÙes meeOeejCeleÙee hemebo
efJeÅegle DeheIešveer mebOeeefj$e
efkeâÙes peeles nQ– DeYeükeâ mebOeeefj$e
4. mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMeve Deewj efvejeJesMeve
Q
♦ The potential of the sphere is given by– (Charging And Discharging of
4πε 0 r
Capacitor)
Q
 ieesues keâe efJeYeJe ----- kesâ Éeje efoÙee peelee nw–
4πε 0r ♦
In an R-C circuit, when the switch S is closed, the
response is– Delays with time
♦ ......... capacitors are used in transistor circuits–
 Skeâ R-C heefjheLe ceW, peye efmJeÛe S yevo nes, lees Øeefleef›eâÙee
Ceramic
 .......... mebOeeefj$e keâe GheÙeesie šêbefpemšj meefke&âš (heefjheLe) ceW ........... mes nesleer nw– meceÙe kesâ meeLe osjer
efkeâÙee peelee nw– efmejsefcekeâ (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ During capacitor charging the voltage actually rises
♦ ......... capacitors are used for audio frequency and to ______ percent of its ____ value– 63.2, final
radio frequency coupling and tuning– Air
 mebOeeefj$e DeeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve JeemleJe ceW Jeesušlee Deheves ...........
 ......... mebOeeefj$e Deeef[ÙeeW DeeJe=efòe Deewj jsef[Ùees DeeJe=efòe keâheefuebie
ceeve keâe ........... ØeefleMele neslee nw– Deefvlece,63.2
leLee šŸetefvebie kesâ efueÙes ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeles nQ– JeeÙeg
♦ Tubular type ceramic capacitors are available in the ♦ After _____ number of time constants the transient
range– 0.5 to 1000 pF portion reaches more than 99% of its final value– 5
 šŸetyeuej šeFhe efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e …… jWpe ceW GheueyOe neslee  meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ .......... mebKÙee kesâ yeeo Fmekeâe #eefCekeâ Yeeie
nw– 0.5 to 1000 pF Deefvlece ceeve kesâ 99% mes DeefOekeâ hengÛB elee nw– 5
♦ Disc type ceramic capacitors are available in the (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
range– 0.002 F to 0.1 F ♦ During capacitor charging the current actually falls
 ef[mkeâ šeFhe efmejsefcekeâ mebOeeefj$e…….. jWpe ceW GheueyOe neslee nw– to percent of its initial maximum value– 37
0.002 F to 0.1 F  mebOeeefj$e DeeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve Oeeje JeemleJe ceW Fmekesâ ØeejefcYekeâ
♦ .......... materials has the highest value of dielectric DeefOekeâlece ceeve keâe ........... ØeefleMele efiejlee nw– 37
constant– Ceramics (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ In a charging RC circuit with supply voltage Vs, the  Skeâ Oeeefjlee C keâes Skeâ ØeeflejesOe R kesâ ceeOÙece mes DeeJesefMele
value voltage at time t = RC will be– 0.63 Vs efkeâÙee peelee nw~ DeeJesefMele heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efmLejebkeâ efoÙee peelee
 Skeâ RC DeeJesMeve heefjheLe ceW Deehetefle& Jeesušspe Vs, GmeceW meceÙe t nw– RC
= RC hej Jeesušspe keâe ceeve nesiee– 0.63 Vs ♦ If A.C. voltage is applied to capacitive circuit, the
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016,10 AM) alternating current can flow in the circuit because–
♦ If an uncharged capacitor is connected to an energy Varying voltage produces the charging and
source then– Current will flow instantaneously discharging currents
 Ùeefo Skeâ DeveeJesefMele kewâheeefmešj keâes efkeâmeer Tpee& Œeesle mes peesÌ[e  Ùeefo Skeâ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe hej S.meer. Jeesušspe ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee
peelee nw lees– Oeeje leel#eefCekeâ ØeJeeefnle nesiee nw, lees ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
(UPRVUNL AE -2014) heefjJele&veerÙe Jeesušlee DeeJesefMele leLee DeveeJesefMele Oeeje
♦ An ideal voltage source will charge an ideal GlheVe keâjleer nw
capacitor– Instantaneously
♦ In charging by induction, the charging body–
 Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesušspe œeesle Skeâ DeeoMe& mebOeeefj$e keâes ........ meceÙe Does not loss any charge
ceW Ûeepe& keâjlee nw– leel#eefCekeâ  ØesjCe Éeje DeeJesefMele, DeeJesefMele yee@[er kesâ–
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm) DeeJesMe ceW keâesF& neefve veneR nesleer nw~
(IOF Electronic-2014)
♦ A capacitor having a capacitance of 40 F is
♦ A 20 micro farad capacitor is connected across an
connected across 250 V D.C. source. The charging
ideal voltage source. The current in the capacitor–
current will be least–
Will be very high at first, then exponentially
When capacitor is fully charged
decay and at steady state will become zero
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee 40 F nw pees efkeâ 250 V D.C Œeesle
 Skeâ 20 ceeF›eâes hewâj[ mebOeeefj$e keâes Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesušlee œeesle mes
kesâ Deej heej pegÌ[e nw lees DeeJesefMele Oeeje keâce mes keâce nesieer
peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees mebOeeefj$e ceW Oeeje–
henues DelÙeefOekeâ nesieer, Gmekesâ yeeo ÛejIeeleebkeâer ™he mes –peye mebOeeefj$e hetCe& DeeJesefMele neslee nw
Iešsieer Deewj efmLej DeJemLee ceW MetvÙe nes peeSieer~ 5. meceevlej huesš mebOeeefj$e kesâ yeerÛe ueieves
(SSC JE- 2012)
♦ The charging of a capacitor through a resistance
Jeeuee yeue (Force Acting between
follows– Exponential law Parallel Plate Capacitor)
 Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMeve DevegmejCe keâjlee ♦ The force between the plates of a parallel plates
nw– Ûej IeeleebkeâerÙe efveÙece capacitor of capacitance and distance of separation
♦ In a capacitive circuit– of plates "d" with a potential difference "V" being
An increase in applied voltage makes a CV 2
capacitor charge the plates is -
2d
 Skeâ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe ceW–  meceeblej huesšes keâer huesš mebOeeefj$e kesâ yeerÛe yeue keâe ceeve .........
ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe mebOeeefj$e nesiee Ùeefo huesšes kesâ yeerÛe otjer "d" Deewj efJeYeJeevlej 'V' nw–
DeeJesefMele neslee nw CV 2
♦ Voltage across capacitor at any time T during -
2d
charging from a D.C. source of voltage V is given (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
by– ν = V 1 - e-t/  ♦ ............ quantity will remain the same, when a layer of
Teflon is inserted between the plates of a charged
 Skeâ V Jeesušspe kesâ [er.meer. Œeesle mes DeeJesefMele keâjves hej T meceÙe parallel plate capacitor– Charge
ceW mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee------ kesâ Éeje oer peeleer nw–  .......... jeefMe ceW keâesF& heefjJele&ve veneR nesiee peye šsHeäuee@ve keâer Skeâ hejle
ν = V 1 - e-t/  DeeJesefMele meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e kesâ huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe [eueer peeleer nw–
♦ Which steady D.C. voltage from a battery applied to DeeJesMe
a capacitance, after it charges to the battery voltage, (SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
the current in the circuit– ♦ ........... symbol represents absolute permittivity of
Is zero for any capacitance value dielectric medium correctly– εr × ε 0
 peye Skeâ yewšjer mes efmLej [er.meer. Jeesušspe, mebOeeefj$e hej ØeÙegòeâ keâer  ........ Øeleerkeâ DeÛeeuekeâ ceeOÙece keâer hetCe& hejeJewÅegleebkeâ keâes mener
peeleer nw, lees yewšjer Jeesušspe keâes Ûeepe& keâjves kesâ yeeo heefjheLe ceW ™he keâess oMee&lee nw– εr × ε 0
Oeeje– –Oeeefjlee kesâ efkeâmeer ceeve hej MetvÙe nesleer nw (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
♦ A capacitance C is charged through a resistance R. ♦ When the plate area of a parallel plate capacitor is
The time constant of the charging circuit is given increased keeping the capacitor voltage constant, the
by– RC force between plates– Increases
 mebOeeefj$e Jeesušlee keâes efmLej jKekeâj Ùeefo meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e kesâ ♦ In a charged capacitor, the energy is stored in–
huesš #es$eHeâue keâes yeÌ{eÙee peeS, lees huesš kesâ yeerÛe yeue–yeÌ{lee nw The field between the plates
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 10 am)  Skeâ DeeJesefMele mebOeeefj$e ceW, Tpee& -------- ceW meb«eefnle nesleer nw–
♦ During dielectric breakdown of a capacitor– huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe kesâ #es$e
Permanent conduction path is established ♦ If Q and C be the charge and capacity of a
between plates condenser, then the energy stored in the capacitor is
 mebOeeefj$e kesâ hejeJewÅegle yeÇskeâ[eGve kesâ oewjeve– 1 2
huesšdme kesâ yeerÛe mLeeÙeer Ûeeueve heLe mLeeefhele nes peelee nw given by– Q /C
2
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)  Ùeefo Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMe Q leLee Oeeefjlee C nes lees mebOeeefj$e
♦ A rubber sheet is introduced between two charges 1 2
separated by a distance. Then the force between ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& neslee nw– Q /C
2
them will– Decreases
♦ In a capacitor, the electric charge is stored in–
 Skeâ jyej keâer Meerš keâes oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe jKee peelee nw, leye
Dielectric
Gvekeâs yeerÛe keâe yeue– Iešsiee  mebOeeefj$e ceW, efJeÅegle DeeJesMe efkeâmeceW Yeb[eefjle neslee nw– hejeJewÅegle
♦ When air is replaced by a medium of dielectric
constant K in between electric charges, the force of
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016 10 am)
attraction between them is– Decreases K times
 peye efJeÅegle DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe nJee keâes hejeJewÅegle efmLejebkeâ K kesâ 7. efMejesheefj ueeFve keâer Oeeefjlee
ceeOÙece mes ØeeflemLeeefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees Gvekesâ yeerÛe Deekeâ<e&Ce
yeue– K iegvee Iešlee nw (Capacitance of Overhead Line)
♦ Calculate of capacitance between line conductors
6. mebOeeefj$e ceW Tpee& meb«enCe and between conductors to neutral or earth is based
(Energy Store in Capacitor) on - The electric field strength, the total
charge with the potential difference,
1 the Potential difference between conductors
♦ Energy stored in capacitor is given by .....– CV 2
2  ueeFve ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ yeerÛe leLee Ûeeuekeâ Deewj lešmLe Ùee Yet-mecheke&âve
 mebOeeefj$e ceW Tpee& mebÛeÙe ....... Éeje efoÙee peelee nw–
1
CV 2 kesâ yeerÛe OeeefjleeDeeW keâer ieCevee .......... hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw -
2 efJeÅegle #es$e keâe meeceLÙe&, efJeYeJeevlej kesâ meeLe kegâue DeeJesMe
(Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021) Ûeeuekeâes kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej
♦ ............. elements are the electric charge stored for a
prescribed duration of time - Capacitor (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
♦ The current in pure capacitors leads the applied
 ......... kesâ lelJeeW ceW Skeâ efveOee&efjle DeJeefOe kesâ efueS efJeÅegle DeeJesMe voltage by– Quarter cycle
meb«eefnle nesles nQ- mebOeeefj$e  Megæ mebOeeefj$e ceW Oeeje, ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe mes ueer[ keâjleer nw–
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) Skeâ ÛeewLeeF& Ûe›eâ
♦ Charging of capacitor has time constant equal to ---- (DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
----- RC ♦ A capacitor consists of two conducting surfaces
 mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMeve meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ ------ kesâ yejeyej nw- RC separeted by an– Insulator
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW GheefmLele oes Ûeeueve melen .......... kesâ Éeje
♦ -------- at a point is defined as the force experienced Deueie neslee nw– efJeÅeglejesOekeâ
per unit positive charge at a point placed in the
electric field- Electric intensity (UPPCL JE Re-exam- 27.08.2018, evening)
 efkeâmeer efyevog hej ------- keâes JewÅegle #es$e ceW efmLele efkeâmeer efyevog hej ♦ The time constant value in an R-C circuit is given
by– RC
jKes ieÙes Skeâebkeâ Oeveelcekeâ DeeJesMe hej ueieves Jeeues yeue kesâ ™he ceW  R-C heefjheLe ceW, meceÙe efmLejebkeâ keâe ceeve efkeâmekesâ Éeje efoÙee
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw- JewÅegle leer›elee peelee nw– RC
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
(UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ .......... has the ability to store energy in the form of ♦ ........... is done to reduce the effect of fringing in a
electric charge– Capacitor capacitive type transducer–
 ......... keâes efJeÅegle Ûeepe& kesâ ™he ceW Tpee& meb«en keâjves keâer #ecelee A guard rings is provided and is
nesleer nw– mebOeeefj$e kept at ground potential.
(SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018)  Oeeef j lee Øekeâej kes
â š^ e b me[d Ù et mej ceW eEøeâeEpeie ØeYeeJe keâes keâce keâjves kesâ
♦ A capacitor stores energy in– An electric field efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e Tpee& keâes ........ mebefÛele keâjlee nw– efJeÅegle #es$e ceW Skeâ iee[& eEjie Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj Gmes Yet efJeYeJe
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015) («eeGb[ heesšWefMeÙeue) hej jKee peelee nw~
(Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017) (SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)
♦ For power factor improvement the amount of  keâce efJeÅegleMeeruelee kesâ heoeLe& kesâ Deej heej efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee GÛÛe
capacitance required for star connected capacitor efJeÅegleMeeruelee heoeLe& kesâ S›eâe@me keâer Dehes#ee ........... nesleer nw–
bank is–
Three times more than delta connected banks
DeefOekeâ
 Meefkeäle iegCekeâ kesâ megOeej kesâ efueS mšej mebÙeesefpele mebOeeefj$e yeQkeâ kesâ ♦ If an ohmmeter reading immediately goes practically
to zero and stays there, capacitor is–
efueS mebOeeefj$e keâer --------- DeeJeMÙekeâ nesleer nw–
Short-circuited
[suše mebÙeesefpele yeQkeâeW mes leerve iegvee pÙeeoe
 Ùeefo Skeâ Deesÿeceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ MeerIeÇ MetvÙe nes peeleer nw leLee
(LMRC JE-2016)
™keâ peeleer nw, lees mebOeeefj$e nw– ueIeg-heefLele
♦ When a current source is connect to a capacitor,–
The displacement current flows through the ♦ The minimum value of potential gradient in a cable
capacitor occurs in– Outer sheath
 Skeâ efJeÅegle ØeJeen keâe œeesle Skeâ mebOeeefj$e mes pegÌ[e nw–  kes â yeue ceW ef JeYeJe ØeJeCelee keâe vÙet v elece ceeve ------ ceW neslee nw–
efJemLeeheve Oeeje mebOeeefj$e kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle neslee nw yeenjer MeerLe
(AAI -2016) ♦ A 'trimmer' capacitor is a variable capacitor used for–
♦ Power factor of a circuit can be improved by the use 'Tuning up' a radio for best sensitivity
of– Capacitor  Skeâ ‘efš^cej’ mebOeeefj$e Skeâ heefjJele&veerÙe mebOeeefj$e nw efpemekeâe GheÙeesie
 heefjheLe keâs Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâes _____ keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ megOeeje efkeâÙee peelee nw– meyemes DeÛÚer mebJesoveMeeruelee kesâ efueS
pee mekeâlee nw– mebOeeefj$e jsef[Ùees ‘šŸetefvebie’ ceW
(BSNL TTA - 27.09.2016, 10 AM) ♦ A bank of capacitors across the load of a factory is
(DMRC JE 2015) used to– Improving power factor
♦ Capacitors used for improvement of power factor of
a system–  Deew Å ees e f i ekeâ Yeej kes â S›eâe@ me meb O eeef j $e kesâ yeQkeâ keâe GheÙeesie ...........
Draws lagging power and supply leading power efkeâÙee peelee nw– hee@Jej hewâkeäšj ceW megOeej kesâ efueS
 Skeâ efvekeâeÙe kesâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ kesâ megOeej kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee ♦ In a fluorescent tube starter, condenser is used–
ieÙee mebOeeefj$e– For minimising radio interference
he§eieeceer heeJej DeJeMeesef<ele keâjlee nw Deewj  heäueesjesmeWš šŸetye mšeš&j ceW, mebOeeefj$e keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
De«eieeceer heeJej Øeoeve keâjlee nw jsef[Ùees FbšjhesâjWme keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) ♦ A trimmer is a variable capacitor in which
♦ Value of power factor in a capacitor, it's value- capacitance is changed by changing–
Zero leading Distance between plates
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW hee@Jej Hewâkeäšj keâe ceeve.........neslee nw–  efš^cej Skeâ heefjJele&veerÙe mebOeeefj$e nw efpemeceW ------yeoueves mes
MetvÙe ueeref[bie Oeeefjlee yeoue peeleer nw– huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer
(UPPCL JE-2015)
♦ In capacitor circuit, the current leads the voltage by ♦ The most convenient way of achieving large
an angle  The loss angle of the same capacitor will capacitance is by using– Multiplate construction
be– (90-)  ...........keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ yeÌ[s Oeeefjlee keâes Øeehle keâjves keâe meyemes
 efkeâmeer mebOeeefj$e heefjheLe ceW keâjWš, Jeesušspe mes keâesCe  Éeje ueer[ megefJeOeepevekeâ lejerkeâe nw– ceušerhuesš mebjÛevee
keâjlee nw~ Gme mebOeeefj$e keâe neefve keâesCe nesiee– (90-) ♦ When a triangular voltage wave is applied across a
(I.O.F. 2014) capacitor, the current wave shape will be–
♦ A bank of condensor across the load of the factor is Square
used for– Improving the power factor  peye ef$ekeâesCeerÙe Jeesušspe lejbie keâes mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me ueieeÙee peelee nw,
 mebOeeefj$e kesâ Skeâ yeQkeâ keâe GheÙeesie Yeej iegCekeâ kesâ _________ lees Oeeje lejbie keâe Deekeâej nesiee– Jeie&
efkeâÙee peelee nw– Meeqkeäle iegCekeâ ceW megOeej keâjves kesâ efueS
♦ Two plates of a parallel plate capacitor after being
(MP JE- 2016) charged from a constant voltage source are separated
♦ While testing a capacitor with ohm-metre, if the apart by means of insulated handles, then the–
capacitor shows charging, but the final resistance Voltage across the plates decreases
reading is appreciably less than normal, it can be
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ oes meceeblej huesšeW keâes Skeâ efmLej Jeesušspe œeesle
concluded that the capacitor is– Leaky
 Deesce-ceeršj mes mebOeeefj$e keâe hejer#eCe keâjles meceÙe, Ùeefo mebOeeefj$e mes DeeJesefMele nesves kesâ yeeo efJeÅegle jesefOele heoeLe& kesâ Éeje Deueie
DeeJesefMele efoKeelee nw uesefkeâve Deefvlece ØeeflejesOe hee"dÙeebkeâ meeceevÙe keâj efoÙee peelee nw, leye–huesšeW kesâ Deej-heej Jeesušlee Iešleer nw
mes keâeHeâer keâce nes lees Ùen efve<keâ<e& efvekeâeuee pee mekeâlee nw efkeâ ♦ The sparking between two electrical contacts can be
mebOeeefj$e ............ nw– efÚõ Ùegòeâ reduced by inserting a–
Capacitor in parallel with contacts
♦ The potential gradient across the material of low
permittivity is ....... than across the material of high  oes efJeÅegle mecheke&â kesâ ceOÙe mheeefkeËâie keâes ........... peesÌ[ keâj keâce
permittivity– Greater efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– mebhekeâeX kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW mebOeeefj$e
♦ One of the best ways to check for an open ♦ What is the value of tangential component of electric
electrolytic capacitor in a circuit is to– field in a dielectric-conductor boundary (interface)–
Temporarily connect a known Zero
good capacitor across it  hejeJew Å eg e f lekeâ-Ûeeuekeâ meer c ee ( Deb lejeHeâuekeâ ) ceW ef JeÅeg le kes â #es $e kesâ
 heefjheLe ceW Kegues FueskeäšêsueeFefškeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer peeBÛe keâjves keâe Skeâ mheMe&jsKeerÙe Ieškeâ keâe ceeve ......... neslee nw– MetvÙe
meyemes DeÛÚe lejerkeâe nw– (UPRVUNL AE Instrument-2014)
Fmekesâ S›eâe@me DeÛÚs mebOeeefj$e keâes ♦ A 10F capacitor in series with a 1M resistor is
connected across a 100V DC supply. The time
DemLeeÙeer ™he mes peesÌ[ keâjkesâ
constant of the circuit 10 sec
♦ Polarization of dielectric materials results in–  Skeâ 10 F mebOeeefj$e 100 V DC Deehetefle& ceW 1 M ØeeflejesOe
Creation of dielectric dipoles
kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efmLejebkeâ
 hejeJewÅegle heoeLeeX kesâ OegÇJeerkeâjCe ceW heefjCeece neslee nw– .......... nw~ 10 sec
[eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ efÉOegÇJeeW keâe efvecee&Ce (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ If C be the capacitance, V be the potential difference ♦ A 20-mF capacitor is in series with a 150-ohm
I resistor. The combination is placed across a 40-V
and I be the current, then will have the unit of– DC source. The time constant of the circuit is _____.
CV
Frequency 3 sec
I  Skeâ 20 mF meb O eeef j $e, 150 Dees ÿ e Øeef lejes O e kes â meeLe ëe= b K euee ceW
 Ùeefo C Oeeefjlee nw V efJeYeJeevlej nw Deewj I Oeeje leye keâer nw~ mebÙeespeve keâes 40 V DC œeesle hej jKee ieÙee nw~ heefjheLe keâe
CV
FkeâeF& nesieer– DeeJe=efòe meceÙe efmLejebkeâ ........... nw~ 3 sec
♦ For a good 0.5 F capacitor ohmmeter reading
♦ What will be the transient time (in seconds) of a series
should–
RC circuit when the value of the capacitance is 600
Show low resistance momentarily and microfarad and the value of the resistance is 20 kilo-
back off to a very high resistance ohms– 12 second
 Skeâ DeÛÚs 0.5 F mebOeeefj$e kesâ efueS Deesce ceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ  ëe=b=Keuee RC heefjheLe keâe #eefCekeâ meceÙe (šêbefpeSvš) (meskebâ[dme ceW)
nesvee ÛeeefnS– keäÙee nesiee peye Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve 600 ceeF›eâes-hewâj[ neslee nw Deewj
LeesÌ[er osj kesâ efueS keâce ØeeflejesOe ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw Deewj ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 20 efkeâuees-Deesÿe neslee nw– 12 second
yeeo ceW Skeâ GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe (SSC-JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
♦ In order to remove static electricity from ♦ Determine the transient time (in seconds) of a series
machinery– Ground the framework RC circuit, when the capacitance of the circuit is
4mF and the resistance of the circuit is 6 kilo-Ohms.
 ceMeervejer mes mLeweflekeâ JewÅegle keâes nševes kesâ efueS–
24 second
øesâce Jeke&â «eeGv[ Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe ceW #eefCekeâ meceÙe (šêbefpeSvš) keâe ceeve
(meskebâ[ ceW) %eele keâerefpeÙes peye heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee 4 efceueer–Hewâj[
8. kesâyeue keâer Oeeefjlee nw Deewj heefjheLe keâe ØeeflejesOe 6 efkeâuees Deesce nw~ 24 meskesâC[
(Capacitance of Cable) (SSC-JE-Morning 24-01-2018)
♦ In a conductor, the effective resistance and the ♦ A 10F capacitor in series with a 1M resistor is
ohmic resistance are the same, when– connected across a 100V DC supply. The time
constant of the circuit 10 sec
Current is uniformly distributed in
 Skeâ 10 F mebOeeefj$e 100 V DC Deehetefle& ceW 1 M ØeeflejesOe
the conductor cross-section
 efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ ceW, ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe leLee Deesefcekeâ ØeeflejesOe leye
kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efmLejebkeâ
.......... nw~ 10 sec
meceeve nesles nw, peye– Ûeeuekeâ kesâ DevegØemLe-keâeš ceW Oeeje
meceeve ™he mes efJeleefjle nes ♦ A 20-mF capacitor is in series with a 150-ohm
(MP Sub Engineer- 01.09.2018) resistor. The combination is placed across a 40-V
♦ ............ capacitor is preferred for high frequency DC source. The time constant of the circuit is _____.
circuits– Mica capacitor 3 sec
 GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe heefjheLe kesâ efueS ......... mebOeeefj$e keâes ØeeLeefcekeâlee  Skeâ 20 mF meb O eeef j $e, 150 Dees ÿ e Øeef lejes O e kes â meeLe ëe= b K euee ceW
oer peeleer nw– DeYeükeâ mebOeeefj$e nw~ mebÙeespeve keâes 40 V DC œeesle hej jKee ieÙee nw~ heefjheLe keâe
(UPSSSC JE-2016) meceÙe efmLejebkeâ ........... nw~ 3 sec
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45) (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ What will be the transient time (in seconds) of a ♦ If three 15 F capacitors are connected in series, the
series RC circuit when the value of the capacitance net capacitance is– 5 F
is 600 microfarad and the value of the resistance  Ùeefo 15 F kesâ leerve mebOeeefj$e, ßesCeer›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ lees Gvekeâe
is 20 kilo-ohms? 12 second
leguÙe Oeeefjlee nesiee– 5 F
 ëe=b=Keuee RC heefjheLe keâe #eefCekeâ meceÙe (šêbefpeSvš) (meskebâ[dme ceW) (UPSSSC JE-2016)
keäÙee nesiee peye Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve 600 ceeF›eâes-hewâj[ neslee nw Deewj ♦ What will the equivalent capacitance (in mF) of three
ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 20 efkeâuees-Deesÿe neslee nw– 12 second capacitors connected in a series having capacitance of
(SSC-JE-Morning 22-01-2018) 0.04 mF, 0.08 mF and 0.02 mF respectively ?
♦ Determine the transient time (in seconds) of a series Ceq  0.011mF
RC circuit, when the capacitance of the circuit is
4mF and the resistance of the circuit is 6 kilo-Ohms.  0.04 efceueer–Hewâj[, 0.08 efceueer–Hewâj[ Deewj 0.02 efceueer–Hewâj[ kesâ
24 second Oeeefjlee kesâ ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s leerve mebOeeefj$e keâer meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee (efceueer–
 Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe ceW #eefCekeâ meceÙe (šêbefpeSvš) keâe ceeve Hewâj[ ceW) keäÙee nesieer? Ceq  0.011mF
(meskebâ[ ceW) %eele keâerefpeÙes peye heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee 4 efceueer–Hewâj[
nw Deewj heefjheLe keâe ØeeflejesOe 6 efkeâuees Deesce nw~ 24 meskesâC[ (SSC JE-Evening 23-01-2018)
(SSC-JE-Morning 24-01-2018) ♦ The total capacitance of 10 capacitors, each of 5 F
♦ Calculate the time (in seconds) taken by the in series, will be______ Ceq  0.5F
capacitor of a series RC circuit having a capacitance  5F Jeeues ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[s ØelÙeskeâ 10 mebOeeefj$e keâer kegâue Oeeefjlee
of 0.01 mF and resistance of 300 Ohms, to get fully ......... nesieer~ Ceq  0.5F
charged. 0.015 sec
 Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe keâe mebOeeefj$e efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee 0.01 (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
efceueer-Hewâj[ Deewj ØeeflejesOe 300 Deesce nw, Gmes hetjer lejn Ûeepe& ♦. The total capacitance of two 40 F series-connected
nesves ceW efkeâlevee meceÙe (meskeWâ[dme ceW) ueiesiee? 0.015 sec capacitors in parallel with a 4 F capacitor is : 24µF
 Skeâ 40 F kesâ oes mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s kegâue mebOeeefj$e kesâ
♦ If four 10F capacitors are connected in parallel, the meeLe meceevlej ›eâce ceW 4 F mebOeeefj$e mes pegÌ[e nw efpevekeâer kegâue
net capacitance is– 40F Oeeefjlee nesieer? 24µF
 Ùeefo 10F kesâ Ûeej mebOeeefj$e meceevlej ceW peesÌ[s peeSB lees meceleguÙe (RPHED 2015)
Oeeefjlee nesleer nw– 40F ♦ What will be the capacity of four capacitor of equal
C
(SSC JE- 2010) capacity 'C', when connected in series? F
♦ Four capacitors of 15 mF are connected in parallel. 4
What is the equivalent capacitance (in mF) of the  meceeve 'C' #ecelee Jeeues Ûeej mebOeeefj$e keâes ßesCeer ceW peeÌs[ves hej
combination ? 60 mF C
Gvekeâer kegâue #ecelee efkeâleveer nesieer? Heâwj[
 15 efceueer–Hewâj[ kesâ Ûeej mebOeeefj$e meceeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ 4
mebÙeespeve keâer meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee (efceueer–Hewâj[ ceW) keäÙee nw? (SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)
60 efceueer hewâj[ (SSC JE Morning 24.01.2018)
(SSC JE-Morning 23-01-2018) (SSC JE Evening 27-01-2018)
♦ Three capacitors of capacity 4 F each are ♦ If two identical capacitors of each 10 picofarad are
connected in parallel, the resultant capacitance will connected in series across the 250 V AC, 50 Hz
be 12 F supply then what will be the total capacitance? 5 pF
 4 F #ecelee kesâ leerve mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj) meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s  Ùeefo oes meceeve 10 efhekeâes Hewâj[ kesâ mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ›eâce ceW S.meer.
ngS nQ, Fmekeâer kegâue heefjCeeceer mebOeeefj$e (kewâhesefmešsvme) efkeâleveer mehueeF& 250V, 50 Hz mes pegÌ[s nw lees kegâue Oeeefjlee keäÙee nesieer?
nesieer? 12 F 5 pF
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45) (Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
♦ Two 10F capacitors are connected in parallel. What ♦ If four 80 micro farad capacitors are connected in
is the equivalent capacitor value? 20F series, the net capacitance is 20 µF
 oes 10F kesâ mebOeeefj$e meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ, lees meceleguÙe  Ûeej 80 ceeF›eâes hewâj[ kesâ mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nw lees Fmekeâe
mebOeeefj$e keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? 20F kegâue Oeeefjlee nw– 20 ceeF›eâesHewâj[
(MPPKVVCL -2017) (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016_3 pm)
♦ If two 5 F capacitors are connected in parallel, ♦ Two capacitors of capacitances 3F and 6F in
then the effective capacitance will be_____. 10 F series will have a total capacitance of: 2F
 Ùeefo oes 5 F mebOeeefj$e meceeblej ceW pegÌ[s nw, lees ØeYeeJeer Oeeefjlee  ßesCeer ceW 3 F Deewj 6 F Oeeefjlee kesâ oes mebOeeefj$eeW keâer kegâue
......... nesieer~ 10 F Oeeefjlee nesieer– 2F
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) (FCI- 4.10.2015)
♦ If three 30F capacitors are connected in series, the ♦ A capacitor stores 0.4 C of charge at 2 V. Its
net capacitance is ............... 10µF capacitance is ________. 0.2 Farad
 Ùeefo leerve 30F Jeeues mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj) ßesCeer cebs pegÌ[s neW,  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e 0.4 C hej 2 V keâe DeeJesMe Skeâef$ele keâjlee nw~
lees kegâue Oeeefjlee (kewâhesefmešWme)............... nesieer~ 10µF Fmekeâer Oeeefjlee nesieer~ 0.2 Hewâj[
(SSC JE- 1 march 2017 2.45 pm) (UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ Two capacitors of 2 F and 3 F are connected in ♦ A capacitor charged to 200 V has 2000 C of
series across 10V. The potential difference across charge. The value of capacitance will be ____ 10 F
the 2F capacitor will be : 6 volt
 Skeâ 200 V mes DeeJesefMele mebOeeefj$e 2000 C Ûeepe& jKelee nw~
 2 F Deewj 3 F kesâ oes mebOeeefj$eeW keâes meerjerpe ceW 10 Jeesuš mes
Fmekesâ Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve nesiee– 10 F
keâveskeäš efkeâÙee ieÙee~ 2F mebOeeefj$e ceW efJeYeJeeblej ......... nesiee–
(UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
6 volt
♦ If a capacitor stores 100C charge at 10 volts, the
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016_3 pm)
capacitance value is : 10 F
♦ Two capacitor C1 and C2 have C1=20F and
C2=30F, are connected in parallel across a 100V
 Ùeefo keâesF& mebOeeefj$e 10V hej 100C DeeJesMe mebefÛele keâjlee nw,
source. The net capacitance of the circuit is? 50µF lees mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee nw– 10 ceeF›eâesHewâj[
 C1 Deewj C2 oes mebOeeefj$e C1=20F leLee C2=30F mes Ùegòeâ nQ (KVS JE -2016)
efpevnW 100V œeesle kesâ Deej-heej meceeblej ™he mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee ♦ What will be the value of capacitance (in micro-
peelee nw~ heefjheLe keâer Megæ Oeeefjlee nw? 50µF Farad) of a capacitor when the potential difference
(DMRC JE- 2016) between the terminals of the capacitor is 40 V and the
charge stored in the capacitor is 8 mC? 200µF
♦ Determine the capacitance (in F) of a parallel plate
capacitor placed in air if the area of the parallel plate  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee (ceeF›eâes-Hewâj[ ceW) keäÙee nesieer, peye
capacitor is 2m2 and the distance between the plates mebOeeefj$e kesâ šefce&veume kesâ yeerÛe keâe efJeYeJeevlej (heesšeW fMeÙeue ef[HeâjWme)
is 0.02m. 8.85410-10F 40 Jeesuš nw~ Deewj mebOeeefj$e ceW DeeJesMe 8 efceueer-ketâuee@ce nw?
 nJee ceW mLeeefhele Skeâ meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee (Hewâj[ ceW) 200µF
efveOee&efjle keâjW, Deiej meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e keâe #es$eHeâue 2m2 (SSC JE-Morning 24.01.2018)
Deewj huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 0.02m nw~ 8.85410-10F ♦ When a 4V EMF is applied across a 1-F capacitor. It
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) will store _____ of energy. 8 Joule
♦ The plate area of a parallel-plate capacitor is 0.01 m2  peye efkeâmeer 4V EMF keâes 1F mebOeeefj$e hej ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee
. The distance between the plates is 2.5 cm. If the nw, lees Ùen ............ Meefòeâ meb«eefnle keâjsiee~ 8 petue
insulating medium is air. its capacitance will (UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
be______. 3.54×10–12 F ♦ Potential applied across a 2 F capacitor is 10 V.
 efkeâmeer meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e keâe huesš #es$e 0.01 m2 nw~ huesšeW Energy stored in it will be:- 100J
kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 2.5 cm nw~ Ùeefo efJeÅeglejesOeve keâe ceeOÙece nJee  Skeâ 2 F mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me heej efJeYeJe keâe ceeve 10 V nw~
nw lees Fmekeâer Oeeefjlee .......... nesieer~ 3.54×10–12 F GmeceW mebjef#ele Tpee& keâe ceeve nesiee:- 100 petue
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) (UPPCL AE Re-Exam 30.12.2016)
♦ Determine the voltage (in V) of a battery connected (NPCIL- 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)
to a parallel plate capacitor (filled with air) when the ♦ A 1 F capacitor is connected to 12 V battery. The
area of the plate is 10 square centimeters, the
separation between the plates is 5 mm and the energy stored in the capacitor is. 72  10–6 J
charged stored on the plates is 20 pC. 11.299 Volt  Skeâ 1 F mebOeeefj$e keâes 12 V yewšjer kesâ meeLe mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee
 Skeâ meceeblej huesš (JeeÙeg mes Yejs) mebOeeefj$e mes pegÌ[s yewšjer keâer peelee nw~ mebOeeefj$e ceW mebefÛele Tpee& nw~ 72  10–6 petue
Jeesušspe (Jeesuš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW peye huesš keâe #es$e 10 Jeie& (DMRC JE- Electronic 2016)
mes.ceer., huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 5 efceueerceeršj Deewj huesšeW hej (EDCIL DDA JE- 25.04.2018, 2st Shift)
meb«eefnle Ûeepe& 20 efhekeâes ketâuee@ce nw~ 11.299 Jeesuš ♦ The energy required to charge a 10 F capacitor to
100 V is 5 × 104 J
 10F mebOeeefj$e keâes 100V kesâ Éeje Ûeepe& keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ
♦ During discharging of a capacitor of C = 100 F
through a resistance of 1 k applied with 50 V, the Tpee&– 5 × 104 petue
voltage at the time of the it's time constant is: (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
49.99V ♦ Potential difference across a 0.04 F capacitor is
 50 V kesâ meeLe 1 k ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes Skeâ mebOeeefj$e C = 4V. Charge stored in it will be : 0.16C
100 F efveJe&nve kesâ oewjeve Fmekesâ meceÙe efmLejebkeâ hej Jeesušspe nQ~  Skeâ 0.04F mebOeeefj$e kesâ heej efJeYeJeevlej keâe ceeve 4V nw~
49.99V GmeceW meb«eefnle DeeJesMe keâer cee$ee nesieer– 0.16C
(DMRC JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift) (UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
1. The velocity of a travelling wave through a Q
cable of relative permittivity of 9 is : C
W
9 meehes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee (efjuesefšJe hejefceefšefJešer) Jeeueer
Q
Skeâ kesâyeue ceW Øeieeceer lejbie keâer ieefle nesieer–
Q 2  IT 
2  A 2T 2 
(Uttarakhand AE –2013, Paper–I) C    2 2
Ans : efoÙee nw–  =  = 9
W W  ML T 
 
V
C C   M 1L2 A 2 T 4 
 

OR
 efjuesefšJe hejefceefšefJešer
 1  A2T4 
Øeieeceer lejbie (V )  C  
 C  

   ML2 
 
 1 
 3 108    4. A capacitor C at time t = 0+ with initial charge
 9 Q0 acts as
= 108 m/sec Skeâ mebOeeefj$e C ØeejefcYekeâ DeeJesMe Q kesâ meeLe t = 0+
2. The time constant for the circuit shown below is : meceÙe hej JÙeJenej keâjsiee-
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ keäÙee nesiee- (APSPDCL-12)
(BSNL TTA-2013) Sol. mebOeeefj$e, Deheveer huesšes hej mebefÛele DeeJesMeeW mes mecyeefvOele efJeÅegle
#es$e cebs efJeÅegle Tpee& keâes YeC[eefjle keâjlee nQ~ Dele: mebefÛele Tpee&,
efJeYeJe Tpee& kesâ ™he cebs nesleer nw
1
E CV 2 petue
2
Sol.  mebOeeefj$e cebs ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje, Jeesušspe heefjJele&ve keâer oj kesâ
meceevegheeleer nesleer nw~
dv
iC
dt
5. What will be the transient time (in seconds) of a
time constant () = Req.C series RC circuit, when the capacitance of the
3 6 circuit is 8 mF and the resistance of the circuit is
Req  2 8 kilo–Ohms ?
36
18 ßesCeer RC heefjheLe keâe #eefCekeâ meceÙe (meskebâ[dme ceW) keäÙee
  2  2  2  4k  nesiee, peye heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee 8 efceueer–Hewâj[ Deewj heefjheLe
9
 =Req.C keâe ØeeflejesOe 8 efkeâuees–Deesce nw?
= 4  103  0.110–6 (SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
= 0.4  10–3 Sol. efoÙee nw– C = 8  10 hewâj[, R = 8  103 
–3
τ = 0.4 ms Ans. meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ RC heefjheLe nsleg RC neslee nw

  RC
3. The dimension of capacitance ?
mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeÙeece nw? Dele: RC = 8  10–3  8  103
RC = 64 second
#eefCekeâ meceÙe 64 second nesiee~ Ans.
 A T4 
2
Sol. mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeÙeece  2 
neslee nw 6. A single core cable used on 33000 V has
 ML  conductor diameter 10 mm and the internal
 Q  CV  diameter of sheath 25 mm. The maximum
electrostatic stress in the cable is
Q Skeâ efmebieue keâesj kesâefyeue kesâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe JÙeeme 10 mm
C Q W  VQ 
V leLee MeerLe keâe Deevleefjkeâ JÙeeme 25 mm nw, 33000 V
W hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw lees, kesâefyeue ceW DeefOekeâlece
Ùee V 
Q efmLej JewÅegle leveeJe nw-
Sol. efoÙee nw– Sol. efoÙee nw-
V = 33000 V meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ   0.1sec
d = 10 mm= 10×10-3m C=2  F
D = 25 mm =25×10-3 m = 2 × 10–6 F
Maximum electrostatic stress in cable = ? Dele:   RC mes
V 0.1= R ×2 ×10–6
E max 
D 0.1 0.1 106
d log e R   0.05 M  Ans.
d 2  106 2
33000 9. Calculate the time taken (in seconds) by the
 capacitor to get fully charged in a series RC
 25 103 
10  103 log e  3 
circuit having resistance and capacitance of 40
 10 10  kilo–Ohms and 0.01 mF respectively :
Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe, efpemekesâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj Oeeefjlee
33 103  102
 40 efkeâuees Deesce Deewj 0.01 mF nw~ Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes
log e 5 / 2
hetjer lejn Ûeepe& nesves efkeâlevee meceÙe (meskeWâ[ ceW) ueiesiee?
33  105 (SSC-JE-Evening 25-01-2018)

0.3979 Sol. mebOeeefj$e keâes hetCe& Ûeepe& nesves ceW 5RC Time ueielee nw~
E max  82.93  105 V / m Time constant   5RC
 = 5×40×103×0.01×10–3
7. A point charge of 10–9 C is placed of a point A = 5×40×0.01 = 2 sec
in a free space. The intensity of electrostatic Ans.
field on the surface of a sphere of radius 50 mm ♦ Calculate the time (in seconds) taken by the
and centre A is given by capacitor of a series RC circuit having a capacitance
cegòeâ mLeeve ceW efmLele Skeâ efyevog A hej efyevog DeeJesMe 10–9 C of 0.01 mF and resistance of 300 Ohms, to get fully
nw~ kesâvõ A leLee 50 mm ef$epÙee Jeeues ieesues kesâ melen hej charged. 0.015 sec
efJeÅegle mLeweflekeâ #es$e keâer leer›elee ------- kesâ Éeje  Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe keâe mebOeeefj$e efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee 0.01
efoÙee peelee nw~ efceueer-Hewâj[ Deewj ØeeflejesOe 300 Deesce nw, Gmes hetjer lejn Ûeepe&
nesves ceW efkeâlevee meceÙe (meskeWâ[dme ceW) ueiesiee– 0.015 sec
Sol. efoÙee nw– (SSC-JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
q  10 9 C 10. The electric field intensity at a point situated 4
metres from a point charge is 200 N/C. If the
r  50mm  5  10 2 m distance is reduced to 2 metres, the field
E? intensity will be
q Skeâ efyevog DeeJesMe mes 4 ceeršj otjer hej efmLele efyevog hej
Q E efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee 200 vÙetšve/ketâuee@ce nw Ùeefo otjer
40 r 2
2 ceeršj lekeâ keâce keâj oer peeÙes lees efJeÅegle #es$e keâer
109 leer›elee nesieer–

4  8.854 1012  (5  102 ) 2
Sol. efoÙee nw–
109 E1 = 200 N/C, d1 = 4 m, E2 = ?, d2 = 2m

4  3.141  8.85 1012  25  104 F
Electric field intensity (E) 
109 1016 q

2781.041 1 q
E (electric field intensity due to a point charge)
 0.0003595  107 40 d 2
E  3595 V / m Ans. 1
E
d2
8. A series R-C circuit has a time constant of 0.1 2
sec and its value of C is 2 micro farads. The E1  d 2 
 
value of R is- E 2  d1 
Skeâ ßesCeer RC heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ 0.1 meskeâC[ 200  2 
2
nw leLee Gmekesâ C keâe ceeve 2 ceeF›eâeshewâj[ nw leye R keâe  

E2  4 
ceeve nw–
E 2  800 N / C Ans.
(EPDCL-14)
11. If the relative permittivity of mica is 5, its 15. The dimension of capacitance ?
absolute permittivity is mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeÙeece nw?
Ùeefo DeYeükeâ keâer meehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee 5 nw lees Fmekeâer (SSC JE-Evening 23.01.2018)
hejce efJeÅegleMeeruelee nw–
A T 
2 4
Sol. efoÙee nw– Sol. mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeÙeece   neslee nw

ML2  
r  5
We know–
 Q  CV 
 0  8.854  10 12 F / m Q
C Q W  VQ 
 a   0  r V
W
 a  8.854  10 12  5 Ùee V 
Q
 a  44.27  1012 F / m Ans. Q
C
12. If a current of 2 A passes through a lamp for W
200 seconds, the number of coulombs of charge Q
passing through the lamp in that time will be
Ùeefo 2 A keâer Oeeje 200 meskesâC[ kesâ efueÙes Skeâ uewche mes Q 2  IT 
2  A 2T 2 
C    2 2
neskeâj iegpejleer nw lees Fme meceÙe ceW uewche mes neskeâj iegpejves W W  ML T 
 
Jeeues DeeJesMe kesâ ketâuee@ce keâer mebKÙee nesieer–
Sol. efoÙee nw– C   M 1L2 A 2 T 4 
 
i = 2A t = 200 sec q = it OR
=2×200
q  400 C Ans. A2T4 
C  
13. A potential of 400 V is applied to a capacitor,  ML2 
the plates of which are 4 mm apart. The  
strength of electric field is 16. A capacitor C at time t = 0+ with initial charge
400 V keâer Skeâ efJeYeJe Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ efueÙes ueeiet Q0 acts as
nesleer nw efpeveceW mes huesšs 4 mm Deueie nesleer nw lees JewÅegle Skeâ mebOeeefj$e C ØeejefcYekeâ DeeJesMe Q kesâ meeLe t = 0+
#es$e keâer meeceLÙe& nesleer nw– meceÙe hej JÙeJenej keâjsiee-
Sol. efoÙee nw– (APSPDCL-12)
Sol. mebOeeefj$e, Deheveer huesšes hej mebefÛele DeeJesMeeW mes mecyeefvOele efJeÅegle
V  400 V , d  4 mm  4 103 m
#es$e cebs efJeÅegle Tpee& keâes YeC[eefjle keâjlee nQ~ Dele: mebefÛele Tpee&,
E? efJeYeJe Tpee& kesâ ™he cebs nesleer nw
V 400 1
QE  E CV 2 petue
d 4  103 2
E  100  103 V / m Ans.  mebOeeefj$e cebs ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje, Jeesušspe heefjJele&ve keâer oj kesâ
meceevegheeleer nesleer nw~
14. The time constant for the circuit shown below is :
dv
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ keäÙee nesiee- iC
(BSNL TTA-2013) dt
17. What will be the transient time (in seconds) of a
series RC circuit, when the capacitance of the
circuit is 8 mF and the resistance of the circuit is
8 kilo–Ohms ?
ßesCeer RC heefjheLe keâe #eefCekeâ meceÙe (meskebâ[dme ceW) keäÙee
Sol.
nesiee, peye heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee 8 efceueer–Hewâj[ Deewj heefjheLe
keâe ØeeflejesOe 8 efkeâuees–Deesce nw?
Sol. efoÙee nw– C = 8  10 hewâj[, R = 8  103 
–3
time constant () = Req.C
3 6 18 meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ RC heefjheLe nsleg RC neslee nw
Req   2   2  2  2  4k 
36 9   RC
  = Req.C = 4  103  0.110–6 Dele: RC = 8  10–3  8  103
= 0.4  10–3 RC = 64 second
τ = 0.4 ms Ans. #eefCekeâ meceÙe 64 second nesiee~ Ans.

18. A single core cable used on 33000 V has Sol. efoÙee nw-
conductor diameter 10 mm and the internal meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ   0.1sec
diameter of sheath 25 mm. The maximum C=2  F
electrostatic stress in the cable is
= 2 × 10–6 F
Skeâ efmebieue keâesj kesâefyeue kesâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe JÙeeme 10 mm
Dele:   RC mes
leLee MeerLe keâe Deevleefjkeâ JÙeeme 25 mm nw, 33000 V 0.1= R ×2 ×10–6
hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw lees, kesâefyeue ceW DeefOekeâlece
0.1 0.1 106
efmLej JewÅegle leveeJe nw- R   0.05 M  Ans.
2  106 2
Sol. efoÙee nw– 21. Calculate the time taken (in seconds) by the
V = 33000 V capacitor to get fully charged in a series RC
d = 10 mm= 10×10-3m circuit having resistance and capacitance of 40
D = 25 mm =25×10-3 m kilo–Ohms and 0.01 mF respectively :
Maximum electrostatic stress in cable = ? Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe, efpemekesâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj Oeeefjlee
V 40 efkeâuees Deesce Deewj 0.01 mF nw~ Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes
E max  het jer lejn Ûeepe& nesves efkeâlevee meceÙe (meskeWâ[ ceW) ueiesiee?
D
d log e (SSC-JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
d
33000 Sol. mebOeeefj$e keâes hetCe& Ûeepe& nesves ceW 5RC Time ueielee nw~
 Time constant   5RC
 25 103 
10  103 log e  3   = 5×40×103×0.01×10–3
 10 10  = 5×40×0.01 = 2 sec Ans.
33 103  102 33  105 22. The electric field intensity at a point situated 4
 
log e 5 / 2 0.3979 metres from a point charge is 200 N/C. If the
distance is reduced to 2 metres, the field
E max  82.93  105 V / m intensity will be
–9
19. A point charge of 10 C is placed of a point A Skeâ efyevog DeeJesMe mes 4 ceeršj otjer hej efmLele efyevog hej
in a free space. The intensity of electrostatic ef J eÅeg l e #es$e keâer leer›elee 200 vÙetšve/ketâuee@ce nw Ùeefo otjer
field on the surface of a sphere of radius 50 mm 2 ceeršj lekeâ keâce keâj oer peeÙes lees efJeÅegle #es$e keâer
and centre A is given by leer›elee nesieer–
cegòeâ mLeeve ceW efmLele Skeâ efyevog A hej efyevog DeeJesMe 10–9 C Sol. efoÙee nw–
nw~ kesâvõ A leLee 50 mm ef$epÙee Jeeues ieesues kesâ melen hej E = 200 N/C, d = 4 m, E = ?, d = 2m
1 1 2 2
efJeÅegle mLeweflekeâ #es$e keâer leer›elee ------- kesâ Éeje F
efoÙee peelee nw~ Electric field intensity (E) 
q
Sol. efoÙee nw–
1 q
q  10 9 C E (electric field intensity due to a point charge)
40 d 2
r  50mm  5  10 2 m
1
E? E
d2
q 109 2
Q E  E1  d 2  200  2 
2
40 r 2 4  8.854 1012  (5  102 ) 2     

E 2  d1  E2  4 
109
 E 2  800 N / C Ans.
4  3.141  8.85 1012  25  104
109 1016 23. If the relative permittivity of mica is 5, its
 absolute permittivity is
2781.041
Ùeefo DeYeükeâ keâer meehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee 5 nw lees Fmekeâer
 0.0003595  107
hejce efJeÅegleMeeruelee nw–
E  3595 V / m Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw–  r  5
20. A series R-C circuit has a time constant of 0.1 We know–
sec and its value of C is 2 micro farads. The  0  8.854  10 12 F / m
value of R is-
 a   0  r
Skeâ ßesCeer RC heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ 0.1 meskeâC[
nw leLee Gmekesâ C keâe ceeve 2 ceeF›eâeshewâj[ nw leye R keâe  a  8.854  10 12  5
ceeve nw–  a  44.27  1012 F / m Ans.
(EPDCL-14)
24. If a current of 2 A passes through a lamp for 28. Two capacitor connected in series results in to
200 seconds, the number of coulombs of charge the total capacitance of 0.03 µF. If connected in
passing through the lamp in that time will be parallel the total capacitance is 0.16 µF. The
Ùeefo 2 A keâer Oeeje 200 meskesâC[ kesâ efueÙes Skeâ uewche mes value of the capacitors will be -
neskeâj iegpejleer nw lees Fme meceÙe ceW uewche mes neskeâj iegpejves ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele oes mebOeeefj$eeW keâe heefjCeeceer kegâue
Jeeues DeeJesMe kesâ ketâuee@ce keâer mebKÙee nesieer– Oeeefjlee 0.03 µF nw~ Ùeefo meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee
Sol. efoÙee nw–
peeÙe lees kegâue Oeeefjlee 0.16 µF nw~ lees mebOeeefj$eeW keâe
i = 2A t = 200 sec q = it ceeve keäÙee nesiee -
=2×200 (UPPCL JE-27.11.2019, Shift-I)
q  400 C Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw -
C1C 2
25. A potential of 400 V is applied to a capacitor,  0.03 µF - (in series) (i)
the plates of which are 4 mm apart. The C1  C 2
strength of electric field is C1 + C2 = 0.16 µF - (in parallel) (ii)
400 V keâer Skeâ efJeYeJe Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ efueÙes ueeiet C1 C2 = 0.03 × (C1 + C2)
nesleer nw efpeveceW mes huesšs 4 mm Deueie nesleer nw lees JewÅegle = 0.03 × 0.16
#es$e keâer meeceLÙe& nesleer nw– = 0.0048 µF
 0.16 
2
Sol. efoÙee nw– (C1–C2) =  4  0.0048
V  400 V , d  4 mm  4 103 m , E  ? = 0.0256  0.0192
V 400 = 0.0064
QE 
d 4  103 (C1–C2) = 0.08 µF (iii)
E  100  103 V / m Ans.
meceerkeâjCe (ii) leLee (iii) keâes nue keâjves hej
C1 = 0.12 µF
26. A circuit has a branches with 5 capacitors C2 = 0.04 µF Ans.
connected in parallel. The capacitance of those 29. Three capacitors of 2 µF, 5 µf and 10 µF have
capacitors is 1 F, 2 F, 3 F, 4 F, 5 F, breakdown voltage of 200V, 500V and 100V
respectively. Calculate the equivalent respectively. The capacitors are connected in
capacitance of the entire branches. series and the applied voltage to the circuit is
Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ Skeâ MeeKee ceW 5 mebOeeefj$e meceeblej ceW gradually increased. Determine the total
pegÌ[s nw~ Gve mebOeeefj$eeW keâer Oeeefjlee ›eâceMe: 1F, 2F, applied voltage at the point breakdown.
F, 4
3 F, nw~ mechetCe& MeeKee kesâ meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee
F, 5 2 µF, 5 µF Deewj 10 µF kesâ leerve mebOeeefj$eeW keâer Yebpeve
keâer ieCevee keâjW : Jeesušlee ›eâceMe: 200V, 500V Deewj 100V nw~ mebOeeefj$e
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021) ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙes peeles nQ Deewj heefjheLe ceW ØeÙegòeâ
Sol : peye mebOeeefj$e meceeblej ceW pegÌ[e nes, lees meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee- Jeesušlee Oeerjs-Oeerjs yeÌ{eF& peeleer nw, lees Yebpeve efyevog hej
Ceq = C1 + C2 + C3 +............+Cn kegâue ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee %eele keâjW -
efoÙee nw- C1 = 1F, C2 = 2F, C3 = 3F, C4 = 4F, C5 = 5F (UPPCL JE-25.11.2019, Shift-I)
Ceq = 1+2+3+4+5 = 15F Sol.
Ceq = 15F Ans.
27. A 40 µF capacitor is connected across a 230 V,
50 Hz supply. Find the reactance offered by the
capacitor and r.m.s. value of the current drawn
by the capacitor.
Skeâ 40µF mebOeeefj$e keâes 230 Jeesuš 50Hz keâer Deehetefle& mes
peesÌ[e peelee nw, mebOeeefj$e Éeje oer ieÙeer ØeefleIeele Deewj
mebOeeefj$e Éeje ueer ieÙeer Oeeje keâe RMS ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ efoÙee nw -
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021) C1 = 2 µF
Sol. efoÙee nw– f = 50 Hz, C = 40 µF, V = 230 V C2 = 5 µF
Xc = ?, Irms = ? C3 = 10 µF
1 1
ßesCeer meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee
Q XC   1 1 1 1
2fC 2  3.14  50  40  106   
XC = 79.61  Ceq C1 C 2 C3
V 230 1 1 1 5  2 1
I rms    2.89 Amp Ans.    
X C 79.61 2 5 10 10

10 32. The two metal plates having an area of 50 sQ.
Ceq   1.25F m are separated by a dielectric material having
8
q1 = C1 × V1 thickness of 4 mm and relative Permittivity of
9. Calculate the capacitance (in micro–Farad)
= 2 × 200
across the metal plates :
= 400 µC
q2= C2 × V2 50 Jeie& ceeršj kesâ #es$e keâer oes Oeeleg keâer huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe
= 5 × 500 Skeâ hejeJewÅegle jKee ngDee nw efpemekeâer ceesšeF& 4
= 2500 µC efceueerceeršj Deewj Deehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee 9 nw~ Oeeleg keâer
q3= C3 × V3 huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe Oeeefjlee keâer ieCevee (ceeF›eâes–Hewâj[ ceW)
= 10 × 100 keâjW~
= 1000 µC
q = Ceq × V
400 Sol. huesš keâe #es$eheâue (A) = 50 Jeie& ceeršj
V = 320 V Ans. hejeJewÅegle keâer ceesšeF& (d) = 4 efceueerceeršj, (r) = 9
1.25
30. If three capacitors of 10 f are connected in mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee (C) = A
series find the equivalent capacitance? d
Ùeefo 10 F kesâ leerve mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj) ëe=bKeuee ceW A
pegÌ[s ngS nQ, lees meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee %eele keâerefpeS~ = 0 r (ceeOÙece ceW)
d
(ESIC 24.01.2019, 9:00-11:00)
8.85  1012  9  50
Sol. efoÙee nw– =
4  103
 995.625  10 9
C1  C2  C3 Ùee C  0.996F Ans.
kewâheeefmešj kesâ ßesCeer mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS– 33. Calculate the equivalent capacitance (in F)
1 1 1 1 between point A and B.
  
Ceq C1 C2 C3 efyevog A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee keâer ieCevee
1 1 1 3 (F ceW) keâjW~
    (SSC JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
10 10 10 10
10
Ceq  F Ans.
3
31. The formula for capacitance (C), with
dielectric (K) between the plates, is given by:
Where.
A : Area of plate
d : separation between plates
huesšeW kesâ ceOÙe hejeJewÅegle K kesâ meeLe Oeeefjlee (C) kesâ
efueS met$e efkeâmekesâ Éeje efoÙee peelee nw?
peneB
Sol. Ùen Skeâ meblegefuele efyeÇpe nw Dele: Fmekesâ ceOÙe kesâ mebOeeefj$e keâes
A : huesšeW keâe #es$eHeâue
nše efoÙee peelee nw~ keäÙeesefkeâ ceOÙe kesâ mebOeeefj$e (C Je D) kesâ yeerÛe
d : huesšeW kesâ ceOÙe DeueieeJe
keâesF& DeeJesMe Heäuees veneR keâjsiee~
(ESIC 24.01.2019, 9:00-11:00)
A
Sol. Q C
d
peneB A = Area of plate
d = Separation between plates
 A
C 0 r
d 10  5 10  5
Ceq  
 A 10  5 10  5
CK 0
d 100
Ceq   6.67F Ans.
E r = K  Relative Permittivity of dielectric medium  . 15

34. Determine the equivalent capacitance (in F) of 36. What is the equivalent capacitance (in F)
the given electrical network. between the terminals A and B in the circuit
efoS ieS efJeÅegle kesâ vesšJeke&â ceW meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee (F ceW) given below ?
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW šefce&veue A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe
efveOee&efjle keâjW–
meceleguÙe mebOeeefjlee (F ceW) keäÙee nw?
(SSC JE-Morning 27.01.2018)
Sol. Q 4F, 10F, 40F kesâ mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nw

1 1 1 1
 Fvekeâe meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee   
Ceq 10 4 40 Sol. 20F, 20F leLee 10F ßesCeer ›eâce ceW nw~ FmeefueÙes Fvekeâe
1 4  10  1 1 1 1 1
 leguÙe ceeve   
Ceq 40 C1 20 20 10
40 1 11 2 4
Ùee Ceq  = 2.66 F   F
15 C1 20 20
Oeeefjlee2.66 F Je 20 F kesâ mebOeeefj$e meceevlej ›eâce ceW neWies~ Ùee C1 
20
 5F
heâuemJe™he Deye kegâue meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee Ceq = 2.66 + 20 4
meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee (Ceq) = 22.66 F Ans. Dele: 30F SJeb 20F ßesCeer ›eâce ceW nw~
What is the equivalent capacitance (in F) for  leguÙe 30  20
35. ceeve C2 
the circuit given below? 30  20
veerÛes efoÙes ieS heefjheLe keâer meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee (F ceW) 
600
keäÙee nw? 50
C2 = 12 F
Deye C1 || C 2 FmeefueÙes C3 = C1 + C2
C3 = (12 + 5) F
C3 =17F
Dele: Devle ceW 17F, 17F leLee 17F ßesCeer ›eâce ceW nw~
1 1 1 1
   
Ceq 17 17 17
17
C1C 2 Ceq   5.67F Ans.
Sol. C1 Je C2 keâe leguÙe Oeeefjlee  C   mes, 3
C1  C 2
37. Two capacitors of capacitance 1 F and 2 F
20  30 600 are connected in parallel to a 30V DC battery
   12F
50 50 what will be the charges on both capacitors
Deye 12F Je C3 keâe leguÙe Oeeefjlee after the capacitors are charged?
F Deewj 2
1 F Oeeefjlee kesâ oes kewâheeefmešj Skeâ 30 V
 C   C3  12F (Q meceevlej ›eâce ceW nw~) DC yewšjer mes meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ kewâheeefmešjeW kesâ
 20  12 DeeJesefMele nesves kesâ yeeo, oesveeW kewâheeefmešjeW hej efkeâlevee
 C   32F DeeJesMe nes peeSiee?
Deye 32F, 10F  C 4  leLee 10F  C5  keâe (EDCIL DDA JE- 26.04.2018, 1st Shift)
Sol.
1 1 1 1
meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee    (ÛetBefkeâ ßesCeer ceW)
Cab 32 10 10
1 1
 
32 5
1 5  32 37
 
Cab 160 160
160 Q = CV mes
Ùee Cab   4.32 F Ans.
37 meceevlej ceW C1Je C2 capacitor ceW meceeve voltage nesiee
Q1 = C1V Sol. Formula– meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s mebOeeefj$eeW keâer kegâue Oeeefjlee
Q1 = 30  1  10–6 = 30  10–6 C Ceq = C1 + C2 + C3 ......... Cn
Ùee Q1 = 30 C
Q2 = 30  2  10–6 = 60 C Ceq  nC
Q1 Je Q 2  30C Je 60C Ans. Ceq = 10C Ans.
38. What will be the resultant capacitance of the 41. Two capacitors of capacitances C1 = 0.1 F and
given combination? C2 = 0.2 F are connected in series across a
efoS ieS mebÙeespeve ceW heefjCeeceer Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve keäÙee 300–V source. The voltage across C1 will be
nesiee- _____.
C1 = 0.1 F Deewj C2 = 0.2 F oes mebOeeefj$e keâer
(DFCCIL 17.04.2016)
Oeeefjlee keâes 300 V œeesle hej ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[e ngDee nw
lees, C1 hej Jeesušspe .......... nesieer~
Sol. efoÙee nw-
Sol. C1 = 0.1 F
C2 = 0.2 F
V = 300 V
F F
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW meYeer mebOeeefj$e meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ~
 Ceq = 1 mF + 2 mF + 3 mF + 4 mF
= 10 mF
DeLee&led Ceq  10 mF formula- Ans.
39. The equivalent capacitance of the combination V  C 2  V  According to Voltage divider Rule 
1
given below is : C1  C 2
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes peesÌ[eW kesâ meceleguÙe mebOeeefj$e nw– 0.2
(DMRCJE- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift) V1   300
0.2  0.1
2
V1   300
3
V1 = 200 V Ans.
42. What capacitance must be placed in series with
a 15F capacitor to obtain a total capacitance
Sol. efoÙee nw– of 5 F?
C1 = C2 = 25 mF 5 F keâer kegâue Oeeefjlee Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS 15 F
meceleguÙe mebOeeefj$e (Ceq) = ? mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe ëe=bKeuee ceW efkeâleveer Oeeefjlee keâes jKee
peevee ÛeeefnS?
Sol. efoÙee nw- Ceq = 5 F, C1 = 15 F, C2 = ?
ßesCeer mebÙeespeve ceW,
1 1 1
Formula-  
Formula: meceevlej mebÙeespeve ceW, meceleguÙe mebOeeefj$e Ceq C1 C 2
(Ceq) = C1 + C2
1 1 1
Ceq = 25 + 25  
C eq = 50 mF Ans. 5 15 C 2
1 1 1
40. What will be the total capacitance of 10 Ùee  
capacitors of equal capacitance C connected in 5 15 C 2
parallel? 2 1
meceeve Oeeefjlee C Jeeues meceeblej ceW pegÌ[s 10 mebOeeefj$eeW keâer Ùee 
15 C 2
kegâue Oeeefjlee efkeâleveer nesieer? Ùee C 2  7.5 F Ans.
43. Two capacitors of capacitance 2 F and 4 F 45. Two capacitor of capacity 2F and 3F are
are connected in series across a 30 V DC connected in series, a third capacitor of 1F is
battery. After the capacitors have been connected in parallel to them, the resultant
charged, what will be the voltage across them? capacity in Farad (F) will be:
2 F Deewj 4 F Oeeefjlee kesâ oes mebOeeefj$e keâes 30 V 2F Deewj 3F #ecelee Jeeues oes mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s ngS
DC yewšjer kesâ Deej-heej ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele keâj efoÙee nQ~ peyeefkeâ 1F #ecelee Jeeues Skeâ leermejs mebOeeefj$e keâes
peelee nw~ mebOeeefj$e kesâ DeeJesefMele nes peeves kesâ yeeo Gvekesâ Fmekesâ meceeblej peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees heefjCeeceer Oeeefjlee
Deej-heej Jeesušlee keäÙee nesieer?
Hewâj[ ceW keäÙee nesieer?
(DDA JE- 25.04.2018, First Shift)
(SSC JE 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)
Sol.
(SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
Sol. oes mebOeeefj$e 2F leLee 3F kesâ ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ, lees Gvekeâe
C1  C 2
meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee Ceq = mes,
C1  C2
23 6
Ceq = = F nesiee~
23 5
(ßesCeer mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS) 6
peye F Deewj 1F kesâ mebOeeefj$e keâes meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ efoÙee peeÙes
1 1 1 5
equivalent capacitance  
Ceq 2 4 lees meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee Ceq = C1 + C2 mes,
2 1 3 6 6  5 11
  Ceq = +1 =  Hewâj[ nesiee~ Ans.
4 4 5 5 5
4 46. Five capacitors each having a capacitance of
Ùee Ceq  F
10 F are connected to a dc voltage of 100V as
3
 q  Ceq  V shown in the figure the equivalent capacitance
between A and B will be-
4 heeBÛe mebOeeefj$e efpemeceW mes ØelÙeskeâ keâer Oeeefjlee 10F nw
 106  30  40C

3 100 Jeesuš keâs efo° Oeeje efJeYeJeevlej mes efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej
(Q ßesCeer ›eâce ceW DeeJesMe keâe ceeve meceeve neslee nw~) mecyeefvOele keâj efoS peeles nQ~ A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe
40C meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee nesieer–
V1   20V
2F (UPPCL JE- 2013)
40C
V2   10V
4F
2 F Deewj 4F kesâ efmejeW hej Jeesušspe ›eâceMe: 20V, 10V nesiee~
44. In a parallel plate capacitor, a dielectric slab is
introduced, the potential difference between
plates will ?
meceevlej huesš kewâheeefmešj ceW, Skeâ hejeJewÅegle
([eF&Fuesefkeäš^keâ) muesye keâes ueieeÙee peelee nw, huesšdme kesâ
yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej keâe keäÙee nesiee?
(SSC JE 3 March 2017 2.45) Sol. Ùen Skeâ mevlegefuele Jnerš mšesve mesleg nw~ Dele: VC = VD, CD
Sol. meceevlej huesš kewâheeefmešj ceW Skeâ hejeJewÅegle ([eF&Fuesefkeäš^keâ) kesâ yeerÛe mebOeeefj$e keâeÙe& veneR keâjsiee~
muesye keâes ueieeÙee peelee nw~ huesš kesâ yeerÛe keâe efJeYeJeevlej Iešsiee~ 10 10
q C1 leLee C2 kesâ ßesCeer ›eâce keâe leguÙe Oeeefjlee = = 5F
V  10  10
4 0 r d Fmeer heÇkeâej C3 leLee C4 kesâ ßesCeer ›eâce keâer leguÙe Oeeefjlee = 5F
K  1
Fve oesveeW mebÙeespeve keâe meceevlej ›eâce ceW leguÙe Oeeefjlee
q = 5F + 5F = 10F
V  Ans.
4 0 d 47. Two capacitors A and B are connected in series
1 to a battery as shown in the figure. When both
keäÙeeWefkeâ V  the capacitors are fully charged after pressing
0
the switch s, then-
oes mebOeeefj$e A leLee B ßesCeer›eâce ceW Skeâ yewšjer mes pegÌ[s Sol.
nQ, pewmee efkeâ efÛe$e ceW efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~ peye efmJeÛe S keâes
oyeeves kesâ Ghejevle oesveeW mebOeeefj$e hetCe&leÙee DeeJesefMele nes
peeles nQ, lees–
(UPPCL JE-2013)
3F Jeeues leerveeW mebOeeefj$eeW keâes pees[Ì ves hej

1 1 1 1
  
C 3 3 3
Ùee C = 1F
Sol. Jeesušspe efJeYeepekeâ kesâ efveÙece mes – a Je b kesâ yeerÛe leguÙe Oeeefjlee Ceq = 1 + 6
C2 Ceq= 7  F Ans.
VA  V
C1  C 2
50. A 10 F and a 20 F capacitor are in series. The
3 combination is supplied at 150 V from a
VA  10  6V
23 sinusoidal voltage source. The voltage across the
C1 20 F capacitor is then
VB  V
C1  C2 Skeâ 10 F leLee Skeâ 20 F kesâ mebOeeefj$e ßesCeeryeæ nw~ Gvekesâ
2 mebÙeespeve ceW 150V, Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee-œeesle mes efoS
VB   10  4V Ans.
3 2 peeles nQ~ leovegmeej 20F kesâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ mebheke&â ceW efkeâleveer
48. Total capacitance between the points L and M Jeesušlee jnsieer?
in figure is: (SSC JE- 2012)
Deeke=âefle ceW L Deewj M efyebogDeeW kesâ yeerÛe kegâue Oeeefjlee efkeâleveer nw Sol.
(SSC JE- 2014)
10
V20F=  150
Sol. L Deewj N kesâ yeerÛe kegâue mebOeeefj$e 20  10
CLN = C1+C2 (meceevlej) = 50 V Ans.
 2F  1F  3F 51. In the given circuit, the equivalent capacitance
L Deewj O kesâ yeerÛe mebOeeefj$e between terminals A and B is
 3F  2F  efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW A Deewj B efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe
C LO    1F (ßesCeer-meceevlej) Oeeefjlee nw :
 3F  2F 
C LO  2.2F.
L Deewj M kesâ yeerÛe kegâue mebOeeefj$e
 2.2F  2F 
C LM     1 (ßesCeer-meceevlej)
 2.2F  2F  b
 2.04762F Ans. (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
49. Three 3 F capacitors are in series. A 6 F Sol. A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee
capacitor is in parallel with this series C  C C C2 C
arrangement. The equivalent capacitance of this  CAB    
C  C 2 2C 2
combination is
C C
F mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW nw~ Fme ßesCeer JÙeJemLee kesâ meeLe Skeâ
leerve 3   C
2 2
6F mebOeeefj$e heeÕe& ceW nw~ Fme mebÙeespeve keâer leguÙe Oeeefjlee nw
 C AB C Ans.
(SSC JE- 2013)
52. In the given figure the charge on the capacitor 55. Two capacitors A and B are connected in series
of 3F will be- across a 100 V supply and it is observed that the
efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW 3F kesâ mebOeeefj$e hej DeeJesMe nesiee– p.ds. across them are 60 V and 40 V respectively.
(UPPCL JE- 2013) A capacitor of 2 F is now connected in parallel
with A and p.d. across B rises to 90 V. What is
capacitance of A and B in F?
oes mebOeeefj$e A Deewj B Skeâ 100 V mehueeF& kesâ Deej-heej
ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nw, oesveeW hej ›eâceMe: 60 V Deewj 40 V
1 1 1 1 keâe efJeYeJeevlej nw mebOeeefj$e A kesâ meceevlej ceW 2 F keâe
Sol.   
C 2 3 6 mebOeeefj$e peesÌ[ves hej B kesâ S›eâe@me efJeYeJeevlej yeÌ{keâj 90
(ßesCeer ›eâce mebÙeespeve ceW DeeJesMe meceeve neslee nw~) V nes peelee nw~ F ceW A Deewj B keâer Oeeefjlee keäÙee nesieer?
C = 1F
Sol.
q = CV = 110 = 10C Ans.
53. The equivalent capacitance of the circuit shown
in Fig. will be
efÛe$e ceW efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâer meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee nesieer–
ßesCeer ceW DeeJesMe meceeve nesles nw~

Sol. CAV1= CBV2
2F & 2F keâes meceevlej ceW peesÌ[ves hej– CA60 = CB40
Ceq  2  2  4F CA 40 2
 
CB 60 3
1F & 1F keâes meceevlej ceW peesÌ[ves hej –
C  1  1  2F
' 2 F Oeeefjlee, CA kesâ meceevlej ceW peesÌ[ves hej
eq
2F, 2F & 4F keâes ßesCeer ceW pees[Ì ves hej
1 1 1 1
   
C'eq 2 2 4
1 2  2 1

C eq 4
C''eq 
4 DeeJesMe meceeve nesiee–
5  CA  2  10  CB  90 (q  cv)
C  0.8 F
''
eq Ans. CA  2  CB  9 ]
54. What is the value of capacitance that must be 3  3 
CA  2  CA  9  CB  CA 
connected in parallel with 50 pF capacitor to 2  2 
make an equivalent capacitance of 150 pF?
27
meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee 150 pF keâes yeveeves kesâ efueS 50 pF 2 CA  CA
2
Oeeefjlee kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s DeeJeMÙekeâ Oeeefjlee keâe
25
keäÙee ceeve nw? 2  CA
2
Sol. efoÙee nw– 4
CA 
Ceq  150 pF C1  50pF C2  ? 25
Ceq  C1  C 2 (meceevlej ceW) CA  0.16 F
150  50  C2 
CB   0.16
C2  150  50 2
C2  100 pF Ans. CB  0.24 F

56. Two capacitors each having capacitance C and 59. A parallel-plate capacitor with air between the
breakdown voltage V are joined in series. The plates has a capacitance of 10pF. if the distance
capacitance and breakdown voltage of the between the parallel plates is halved and the
combination will be : space between the plates is filled with a
ØelÙeskeâ Oeeefjlee C Deewj yeÇskeâ[eGve Jeesušspe V Jeeues oes material of dielectric constant 5, the newly
mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ mebÙeespeve keâer Oeeefjlee Deewj formed capacitor will have a capacitance of
yeÇskeâ[eGve Jeesušspe nesieer- huesšeW kesâ ceOÙe JeeÙeg kesâ meeLe Skeâ meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e
Sol. keâer Oeeefjlee 10pF nw~ Ùeefo huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer
We know that charge on a capacitor is– DeeOeer keâj oer peeS Deewj huesšeW kesâ ceOÙe mhesme keâes
q  CV
hejeJewÅegle efveÙeleebkeâ 5 Jeeues heoeLe& mes Yej efoÙee peeS lees
1 C  C C2 C
C Ceq    veÙee efveefce&le mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee nw–
V C  C 2C 2
(ESE- 2018)
C
C eq  Sol. efoÙee nw– C1 = 10 pF
2
0 A
Vcombination  2V Ans. C=
d
57. If a 10- F capacitor is connected to a voltage 
source with v(t) = 50 sin 2000 t V, then the C
d
current through the capacitor is --------------A.
ØeMveevegmeej,
Ùeefo 10- F mebOeeefj$e keâes v(t) = 50 sin 2000 t V
kesâ Jeesušspe œeesle mes peesÌ[ efoÙee peeS, lees mebOeeefj$e ceW C2  2 / d 2

ØeJeeefnle Oeeje efkeâleves Ampere nesieer ? C1 1 / d1
Sol. efoÙee nw– C = 10 F, V(t) = 50 sin 2000 t V C2  2 d1

Cdv C1 1d 2
i(t) = (t)
dt C2 5d Q 2  5
10  106 d (50sin 2000t ) 
i (t )  10 d ForAir 1  1
dt 2
10 10 6  50  2000 cos 2000t  cos 2000tAmp
58. The capacitor voltage in the circuit long after C2 =100pF Ans.
the switch has been closed is :
heefjheLe ceW efmJeÛe kesâ yevo nesves kesâ uecyes meceÙe yeeo 60. A capacitor consists of two similar plates each
mebOeeefj$e keâe efJeYeJe nesiee : measuring 10 cm  10 cm mounted parallel and
opposite to each other. The value of
capacitance when the distance between them is
1 cm and dielectric used in air will be______.
Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW oes meceeve huesš nQ efpeveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ keâe
ceehe 10 cm × 10 cm nw, pees Skeâ otmejs kesâ meceeblej nQ
Sol. Deewj efJehejerle nQ~ peye Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 1 cm nw Deewj
nJee ceW ØeÙegòeâ hejeJewÅegle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee nes leye
Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve .......... nesiee~
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Switch keâes long time kesâ efueÙes yebo efkeâÙee peelee nw lees A = 10 × 10 cm2 = 10–2 m2
capacitor open keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjlee nw d = 1 cm = 10–2 m
I
12 0  8.854  1012 F / m
200
0 A 8.854  1012  102
12 C 
VAB  100  6 volt d 102
200
VAB  6 C  8.854 1012 F
Dele: capacitor kesâ Across Voltage = 6V Ans. C  8.854 pF Ans.

61. Three capacitors of 3F, 6F and 12F are mebOeeefj$e ceW Oeeje
connected in parallel across an AC source. The dv
maximum current will pass through the ic  C
dt
______.
1 d
3 F, 6 F Deewj 12 F kesâ leerve mebOeeefj$e Skeâ AC  2ε 0   50 sin 1000t 
10 dt
œeesle hej meceeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ DeefOekeâlece Oeeje ..........
1
mes ØeJeeefnle nesieer~  ε 0  50 cos 1000t  .1000
5
 104 ε 0 cos 1000t 
Sol. meYeer mebOeeefj$e meceevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nesves kesâ keâejCe meYeer kesâ
S›eâe@me Jeesušspe (V) meceeve nesiee–  ε 0  104 cos103 t Amp Ans.
V 63. What will be the voltage (in V) of a battery
Oeeje– IC  connected to a parallel plate capacitor with air
XC
as dielectric, having plate area of 6 cm2 and
1 separation between the plates is 2mm, which
Ûetefkeâ XC  
stores a charge of 8.0 pC on the plates?
2fC
1
Skeâ yewšjer Skeâ meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e mes pegÌ[er nw efpemeceW
DeLee&led  XC  JeeÙeg hejeJewÅegle keâer lejn nw Deewj efpemekesâ huesš keâe
C
#es$eheâue 6 cm2 nw, huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe he=LekeäkeâjCe 2mm nw
Ghejesòeâ meceerkeâjCe kesâ Devegmeej efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee DeefOekeâ nesieer Gmekeâe
Deewj huesšeW hej meb«eefnle DeeJesMe 8.0pC nw~ yewšjer keâer
XC keâe ceeve keâce nes peeÙesiee efpemekesâ keâejCe DeefOekeâlece Oeeje ØeJeeefnle
Jeesušspe (V ceW) keäÙee nesieer?
nesieer~ Dele: 12 F mebOeeefj$e ceW DeefOekeâlece Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer~
Sol. efoÙee nw– q = 8pC, Area (A) = 6cm2
q= 810-12 C, A = 610-4 m2
d= 210-3m , 0=8.85410-12F/m
Ans.
0 A
62. A voltage of 50 sin1000t V is applied across a C F
parallel plate capacitor with plate area of 5 cm2 d
and plate separation gap of 5 mm. If the 8.854  1012  6  104
dielectric material in the capacitor has  = 20, 
2  103
then capacitor current in (Amperes) will
be.......... 8.854  6  1016 8.854  6  1013
 
huesš #es$eHeâue 5 cm2 Deewj huesš kesâ yeerÛe he=Lekeâ Deblejeue 2  103 2
5 mm Jeeues meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e ceW 50 sin1000t V  8.854  3  1013 F
keâer Jeesušspe Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw~ Ùeefo mebOeeefj$e cebs q
hejeJewÅegle meece«eer = 20 nes, lees mebOeeefj$e Oeeje yewšjer keâer Jeesušlee V  C
(SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee nesieer? 12
8  10 8  1012  1013
(SSC JE- 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) V  V 
8.854  3  1013 8.854  3
Sol. huesš #es$eHeâue 5 mesceer.2 Deewj huesš kesâ yeerÛe he=Lekeâ Devlejeue 5
80 80
efceceer Jeeues meceevlej huesš mebOeeefj$e ceW 50sin1000t volt keâer Deehetefle& V 
8.854  3 26.562
keâer peeleer nw Ùeefo mebOeeefj$e ceW hejeJewÅegle meecee«eer 20 nes lees mebOeeefj$e
V  3.01Volt Ans.
Oeeje 0104cos103t Amp nesleer nw~
efoÙee nw, 64. The capacitance of a capacitor formed by two
4 parallel plates, each 200 cm2 in area, separated
A  5cm 2
 5  10 m 2
by a 4-mm thick dielectric is 0.0004 F. If a
d  5 mm  5  10 3 m voltage of 20000 V is applied across it, then the
0 ε r  2ε 0 total charge on the plates will be______.
4 mm keâer hejeJew]Åegle ceesšeF& mes Deueie keâer ieF& oes
V  50sin1000t V
meceeblej huesšdme efpevekeâe ØelÙeskeâ keâe #es$e 200 cm2 nw,
A 5 104 Gvekesâ Éeje ieef"le mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee 0.0004 F nw~
leye, Oeeefjlee C  ε 0 ε r  2ε 0  1
d 5  103 Ùeefo Fme hej 20000 V Jeesušspe ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw,
1 lees huesšeW hej kegâue Ûeepe& ......... nesiee~
C  2ε 0  ............(i)
10 (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Sol. efoÙee nw– C=0.0004 F, V=20000 V 0 A
Sol. C  (nJee kesâ efueS r  1 )
Formula– d
q  CV mes 0 A1
C
q =0.000420000  1
 d
C 0 A2
q =8 C Ans. 2
d
65. Voltage applied across a ceramic dielectric
C1 A1 C 10  10
produces an electrostatic field 100 times    1
greater than in air. The dielectric constant of C 2 A 2 C 2 2.5  2.5
the ceramic equals ............ C2 2.5  2.5 C2 2.5  2.5 C1
Skeâ efmejsefcekeâ hejeJewÅegle kesâ S›eâe@me Deejesefhele Jeesušlee,  C  10  10  C  10  10  C2  16
1 1
JeeÙeg keâer leguevee cebs 100 iegvee DeefOekeâ JewÅeglemLeweflekeâ #es$e
GlheVe keâjlee nw, efmejsefcekeâ keâe hejeJewÅegle efkeâmekesâ yejeyej DeLee&led Cnew  C Ans.
nesiee? 16
(SSC JE-1 march 2017 2.45 pm) 68. A piece of oil soaked paper has been inserted
1 between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor.
Sol. E1  ....... (i) Then the potential difference between the plates will
0
Skeâ meceeblej huesš Jeeues mebOeeefj$e ceW huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe lesue mes
1 [tyee keâeie]pe keâe Skeâ štkeâÌ[e jKee peelee nw~ lees huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe
E2  .......... (ii)
 r 0 efJeYeJeevlej nesiee
meceer. (i)  meceer. (ii) (SSC JE 2014)
E1
 r Sol. huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej Iešsiee~
E2 0  r A
E1
Q C Deewj Q = CV
 r d
100E1 Q Qd 1
 V  , V 
1 C 0r A r 
Ùee r  Ans.
100 Ûet@efkeâ lesue mes ueiee ngDee heshej keâe šgkeâÌ[e jKeves hej  r keâe ceeve
66. If a capacitor of 200 F is charged to a yeÌ{lee nw~ efpememes huesšes kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej Iešsiee~
potential of 100 V, then the stored energy (in 69. An isolated sphere has a capacitance of 50 pF.
watts) record is ............. If its potential is raised to 104 volts, radius and
100 V efJeYeJe mes Skeâ 200 F kesâ kewâheeefmešj keâes charge will be respectively. Given that
DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ efjkeâe@[& keâer ieF& Yeb[eefjle Tpee& 1
 9  109 m .
(Jeeš ceW)...............nesieer~ 4 
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45) efkeâmeer he=Lekeäke=âle ieesues keâer Oeeefjlee 50 pF nw~ Ùeefo
Sol. : mebOeeefj$e hej efJeYeJe = 100 volt Fmekeâe efJeYeJe yeÌ{ekeâj 104 Jeesuš keâj efoÙee peeÙes, lees
mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee (C) = 200 F = 200  10–6 F ef$epÙee SJeb DeeJesMe ›eâceMe: nesiee; efoÙee nw efkeâ
1 1
 9  109 m .
meb«eefnle Tpee& (E)  CV 2 4 
2 (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
1 6 Sol. efoÙee nw–
  200  10  (100)2
2 c  50  10 12 F , v  1 104 volt , q  ?
1
  200  106  104 q  cv mes, q  50  10 12 10 4
2
= 1 petue Ans. q  0.5 C
67. An air-filled parallel plate capacitor made of ieesues keâe Radius  R
square plates, each 10cm10cm, has a q 0.5  10 6  9  109
capacitance C. If the plates area reduced to 2.5 v  1 104 
cm2.5cm, what would be the new 4 o r R R
capacitance? 0.5  106  9  109 0.5  9  103
Skeâ JeeÙeg Yeefjle meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e pees 10 cm  R 
1 104 1 104
10 cm kesâ Jeiee&keâej huesš mes yevee nes keâe mebOeeefj$e C nw~
R  0.45m  45cm
Ùeefo huesš keâe #es$eheâue Iešekeâj 2.5 cm  2.5 cm keâj
efoÙee peeÙes lees Fmekeâe veÙee mebOeeefj$e ceeve nesiee- q  0.5 c
Dele: Ans.
(BSNL TTA-2013) R  45cm

70. Insulation resistance of a cable measured by 73. The total charge that has entered circuit
loss of charge method when capacitor voltage element is q(t) = 0.50(1-e-5t) when t  0 and q(t)
falls from 100 V to 80 V in 20 sec the capacitor = 0 when t < 0. Determine the current in this
being 0.00003 microfarads is:
20 meskesâC[ ceW peye mebOeeefj$e keâer Jeesušlee 100 V mes 80 circuit element for t  0
V lekeâ efiejleer nw lees DeeJesMe heæefle keâer #eefle Éeje ceehee
peye t<0, leye heefjheLe lelJe ceW hetCe& DeeJesMe q(t)=0.5(1-
ieÙee kesâyeue keâe efJeÅegle jesOeve ØeeflejesOe nesiee~ mebOeeefj$e e–5t) ØeJesMe keâjlee nw Deewj peye t < 0 neslee nw leye ØeJesMe
0.00003 ceeF›eâeshewâj[ nw: keâjves Jeeuee kegâue DeeJesMe q (t)=0 nw leebs, t  0 kesâ efueS
(NPCIL- 08.06.2018, 3 shift] rd
heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâes %eele keâerefpeS–
Sol. efoÙee nw– (MPPKVVCL- 2017)
V = 100 volt, C = 0.00003 F, Vc = 80 volt (Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017)
C = 0.00003×10–6 F, t = 20 sec Sol. efoÙee nw, q(t) = 0.50 (1–e–5t) peye t 0
t peye t < 0
FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe R  q (t) = 0
V dq
C ln   leye Oeeje i 
 Vc  dt
20
R
 100 

d 
dt 

0.50 1  e 5t 
 
0.00003  106 ln  
 80 
20  1011 20  1011
d

 0.5 1  e 5t
dt

R 
3  0.22314 0.66942  d 
  0  0.5 e 5t 
R  2.98  1012   R  298 1010  Ans.  dt 
5t
71. During discharging of a capacitor of C = 1000  2.5 e
F through a resistance of 1 m applied with
50 V, the voltage at time constant is : i = 2.5e–5t Ampere Ans.
1 m kesâ ØeeflejesOe mes neskeâj C = 1000 F kesâ Skeâ 74. A capacitor dissipates............ energy :
mebOeeefj$e mes efJemepe&ve kesâ oewjeve 50 V Deejesefhele neslee nw, Skeâ mebOeeefj$e...........Tpee& keâe JÙeÙe keâjlee nw–
Gme meceÙe efveÙele Jeesušspe nw– (UPPCL-JE 11.11.2016)
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift) Sol. mebOeeefj$e Tpee& keâe JÙeÙe veneR keâjlee nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw– ØeeflejesOe (R) = 1 m
1
  mebOeeefj$e (C) = 1000 F mebOeeefj$e ceW meb«enerle Tpee& E  CV 2 petue
ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe (V) = 50 V 2
Voltage = ? ceevee efkeâ Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer oesveeW huesšeW kesâ efJeYeJe V1 leLee V2 nw
Time taken for the capacitor to discharge down to 1 leLee Gve hej ›eâceMe: +q leLee –q DeeJesMe nw~
time constant 37%
Then, VC = 0.37 (50 – 0) {Q initially t  0} Dele: oesveeW huesšeW mes yeves mebOeeefj$e (efvekeâeÙe) ceW mebefÛele Tpee&
VC = 0.37  50 1 1
u  qV1  (q)V2
VC  18.5 Volt Ans. 2 2
1
72. A 10F capacitor in series with a 1M resistor  V1  V2  q
is connected across a 100 V DC supply. The 2
initial rate of rise of voltage. 1
u  qV
Skeâ 10 F kesâ mebOeeefj$e keâes, 1 M kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ 2
meeLe ëe=bKeuee ceW 100 V DC Deehetefle& ceW pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ V = V1 – V2 oesveeW huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej
mebOeeefj$e hej Jeesušspe kesâ Je=efæ keâer ØeejbefYekeâ oj ........ nw~ q = CV
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) Dele: mebOeeefj$e ceW mebefÛele Tpee&
Sol. efoÙee nw–
 1 2
R = 1 M = 1 × 106  u  2 CV 
C = 10 F = 10 × 10 F –6
 
V = 100 V  1 q2 
u  2 C  Unit  Joule
meceÙe efmLejebkeâ () = RC = 1 × 106 × 10× 10–6 = 10 sec  
dv 100 u  1 qV 
Jeesušspe kesâ Je=efæ keâer ØeejefcYekeâ oj    10 V / s Ans.  2 
dt 10

75. A capacitor of 40F is charged to a potential 78. A capacitor is charged by a constant current of
difference of 500volts. The charge acquired by 2 mA and results in a voltage increase of 12V at
the capacitor, in Coulomb's, is_____: 10 sec interval. The value of capacitance is
Skeâ 40F kesâ mebOeeefj$e keâes 500 Jeesušdme kesâ efJeYeJeeblej Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes 2 mA efmLej Oeeje mes Ûeepe& efkeâÙee
lekeâ DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee ieÙee~ mebOeeefj$e Éeje Deefpe&le peelee nw efpemekesâ heefjCeecemJe¤he 10 meskesâC[ Devlejeue ceW
DeeJesMe, (ketâuee@ce ceW), efkeâlevee nesiee? 12V Jeesušspe yeÌ{leer nw~ Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve nw–
(SSC JE-3 March 2017 10 am) (BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
(UPRVUNL AE-2016)
Sol. efoÙee nw– (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
mebOeeefj$e (C) = 40 F = 40 × 10–6F Sol. efoÙee nw–
Jeesušspe (V) = 500 Jeesuš I = 2 mA, V = 12 volt
DeeJesMe (Q) = CV t = 10 sec. C=?
= 40 × 10–6 × 500 Q q = It = 2×10–3 × 10 = 20×10–3 C
= 0.02 ketâuee@ce Ans. q 20  103
C=   1.67 millifarad
76. During charging of a capacitor of C = 100 F v 12
through a resistance of 1 k applied with 100 Dele: Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve 1.67 efceueerHewâj[ nesiee~ Ans.
V, the voltages at constant is .....................
ÛeeefpeËie kesâ oewjeve Skeâ 100 F mebOeeefj$e keâes 1 k kesâ 79. A capacitor with no initial charge at t =  acts:
t =  Hej MetvÙe ØeejefcYekeâ DeeJesMe Jeeuee mebOeeefj$e keâeÙe& keâjlee nw?
ØeeflejesOe Éeje Skeâ 100V ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw,
(SSC JE- 2014)
Jeesušspe efmLejebkeâ nw–
Sol. t =  Hej MetvÙe ØeejefcYekeâ DeeJesMe Jeeuee mebOeeefj$e Keguee
(DMRC JE -2017)
heefjheLe hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~ t = 0 hej mebOeeefj$e Mee@š& meefke&âš keâer
Sol. : efoÙee nw–
Yeebefle JÙeJenej keâjlee nw~
C =100 F, R =1 K, V = 100 V (i) For Capacitor
Ùeefo meceÙe efmLejebkeâ () = RC V (t )  V (1  e(  t / RC ) ) 
= 1000 × 100 × 10-6 = 0.1s
 t
   RC
 at t = 0 , V = 0 so the capacitor behaves as an short
v  V 1  e RC   v  100 1  e RC  circuit.
    V
(ii) i (t )   e(  t / RC ) 
v  100 1  e  1
R
v = 100 × 0.632 at t =  , i = 0 so the capacitor behaves as an open
circuit.
Ùee v= 63.2 Jeesuš Ans.
80. Three capacitors of 10F, 20F and 40F are
77. A voltage source (V) is connected across a
connected in parallel across 100 V. The total
capacitor (C) through a switch to form a
charge stored in capacitors is:
circuit. At the instant the switch is closed–
10F, 20F Deewj 40F kesâ meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s mebOeeefj$e
Skeâ heefjheLe efveefce&le keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâmeer Jeesušspe œeesle
100 V kesâ œeesle mes pegÌ[s nw~ mebOeeefj$eeW ceW mebefÛele kegâue
(V) keâes efmJeÛe kesâ ceeOÙece mes mebOeeefj$e (C) mes peesÌ[e
DeeJesMe nw :
peelee nw~ Gmeer meceÙe efmJeÛe yebo nes peelee nw, lees–
(MP JE- 2015)
(UPRVUNAL AE -2014)
Sol. leguÙeOeeefjlee (Ceq) = 10F+20F+40F
Sol. Skeâ heefjheLe efveefce&le keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâmeer Jeesušspe œeesle V keâes = 70F
efmJeÛe kesâ ceeOÙece mes mebOeeefj$e C mes peesÌ[e peelee nw Gmeer meceÙe efmJeÛe q= cv
yevo nes peelee nw, lees MeerIeÇ ner mebOeeefj$e C mes Devevle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle q = 7010-6100
nesves ueieleer nw~ q  7  103 C Ans.
dv
Ic  C 81. What is the expression for current in the R–C
dt
circuit?
d  
 1 
Ic = C
 t
V0  1  e  RC   R-C heefjheLe ceW Oeeje kesâ efueS JÙebpekeâ keäÙee neslee nw?
dt  
 (UPPCL JE Re-exam-2018)
Sol.
CV0   t  RC  
 1 
Ic = e  R–C heefjheLe ceW Oeeje kesâ efueS JÙebpekeâ

RC  
  t 
V  
at t = 0, Ic =
CV0 i  e R C 
RC R
Ùeefo R = 0 nes lees, Ic =  i = i m e t /  ,   RC

82. During capacitor charging the voltage actually Sol. efoÙee nw– F = 80 vÙetšve, otjer = d ceeršj
rises to ______ percent of its ____ value q1q 2
mebOeeefj$e DeeJesMeve kesâ oewjeve JeemleJe ceW Jeesušlee Deheves F vÙetšve
40 r d 2
........... ceeve keâe ........... ØeefleMele yeÌ{lee nw~ Ghejesòeâ mecyevOe mes mhe° nw efkeâ peye meYeer hewjeceeršj keâes efmLej jKeles
Sol. ng S efmehe&â d keâes 2 iegvee keâj efoÙee peeÙes lees ueieves Jeeuee yeue henues
mebOeeefj$e ÛeeefpeËie kesâ meceÙe Deheves GÛÛelece ceeve (maximum keâer leguevee ceW 1 nes peeÙesiee~
value) keâe 63.2% Ûeepe& nes peelee nw~ 4
 q1q 2  1
F'   2 

 40  r d  4
F
F' 
4
80
Dele: F '   20 Newton Ans.
4
Number of time % of final Value 85. If distance between two plates of a parallel
constants plate capacitor is halved, the capacitance:-
Ùeefo efkeâmeer meceevlej huesš mebOeeefj$e kesâ oes huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe
1 63 keâer otjer keâes DeeOee keâj efoÙee peeS, lees Gvekeâer Oeeefjlee:-
2 86 (UPPCL AE Re-Exam- 30.12.2016)
3 95 Sol. Ùeefo efkeâmeer meceevlej huesš mebOeeefj$e kesâ oes huesšes kesâ yeerÛe keâer
4 98 otjer keâes DeeOee keâj efoÙee peeS lees Gvekeâer Oeeefjlee oesiegveer nes peeÙesieer~
 A
5 99 considered 100% QC  0
d
 mebOeeefj$e ceW
Jeesušspe keâe growth Ûej-IeeleebkeâerÙe 0 A 2 0 A
(exponential) efveÙece keâe DevegmejCe keâjlee nw~ Ans. C1  
d 2 d
83. The charge (q) flowing in a conductor is q = C1  2C
(3t2 – 5t) mC. Calculate the current flowing in Ans.
the conductor at t = 3 seconds. 86. The electrostatic force between two charges of
Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeuee DeeJesMe q = (3t2 – one coulomb each and placed at a distance of
0.5 m will be
5t) mC nw~ Ûeeuekeâ ceW t = 3 meskebâ[ ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje
ØelÙeskeâ Skeâ ketâuee@ce kesâ oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ ceOÙe keâer otjer 0.5
keâer ieCevee keâjW~ m nw lees JewÅegle mLeweflekeâ yeue nesiee–
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) Sol. efoÙee nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw– q1  q 2  1C d  0.5m F?
q = 3t2 – 5t 1 qq
Q F  1 2
dq 40 r d 2
i  6t  5
dt 11
t = 3 jKeves hej  9  109
(0.5)2
i=6×3–5
9  109
i  13A Ans. 
0.25
84. If the force between two charges is 80N. If the F  36 109 N Ans.
distance between the two charges is doubled
87. The area of plates of the parallel plate
keeping everything else constant then the new
capacitor, to obtain capacity of 0.3  10–3 F if
force between the two will be- they are separated by a distance of 10 mm and
oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe yeue 80 vÙetšve nw~ Ùeefo DevÙe meYeer a dielectric between them of permittivity = 2.5,
hewjeceeršj keâes efmLej jKeles ngS oesveeW DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe will be
0.3  10–3 F keâer Oeeefjlee kesâ mebOeeefj$e keâes 10 mm
otjer keâes oesiegvee keâj efoÙee peelee nw, lees oesveeW kesâ yeerÛe
keâer otjer mes Deueie efkeâÙee peelee nww Deewj Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer
veÙee yeue nesiee– efJeÅegleMeeruelee 2.5 nw lees meceebvlej huesšeW keâe #es$eHeâue
(Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017) nesiee–
Sol. efoÙee nw– 90. A wire 1m long carries a current of 5A and is
3 3 6 9 at angle of 300 with B = 1.5 wb/m2. Magnitude
C  0.3  10 F  0.3  10 10 F  0.3  10 F of force
d  10 mm  10  103 m 1 ceeršj uecyee leej 5 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje keâe ØeJeen keâjlee
 r  2.5 nw Deewj 300 kesâ keâesCe hej B = 1.5 wb/m2 nw lees yeue keâe
We know  0  8.854 10 12 F / m heefjceeCe nw-
0  r A Sol. efoÙee nw–
Q C l = 1m, i = 5 Amp,  = 300
d
B = 1.5 wb/m2 F = ?
Cd
 A Q F  iBl sin 
0  r
 5  1.5  1 sin 300
0.3  109  10 103 3  1012
A  A   7.5 
1
8.854  1012  2.5 22.135  1012 2
A  0.135m 2 Ans. F  3.75N Ans.
88. The force between two charges is 120 N. If the 91. Three capacitors of 15F, 25F and 40F are
distance between the charges is doubled, the connected in parallel across a 250 V supply.
force will be Find the amount of energy stored.
oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe 120 N keâe yeue nw, Ùeefo DeeJesMeeW leerve mebOeeefj$e 15F, 25F Deewj 40F 250 V kesâ meeLe
kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer oesiegveer nes peeÙes lees yeue nesiee– Deehetefle& ceW meceeblej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s ngS nw~ mebefÛele Tpee& keâe
Sol. efoÙee nw– ceeve %eele keâerefpeS
F1  120N d1  d F2  ? d 2  2d (PGCIL NR-II 12.03.2022)
q1q 2 Sol : efoÙee nw–
Q F
40 r d 2 C1=15F, C2=25F, C3=40F, V=250V , U= ?
1
 F
1 U   C1  C 2  C3  V 2
2
d2
 15  106  25 10 6  40  106   250 
2
1 2
F1  d 2  2
 
F2  d1  1
  80 106  250  250
120  2d 
2 2
  1
F2  d    80 106  62500
2
120
4 1 1
F2   5000000  106   5
2 2
F2  30N Ans.  2.5Joules Ans.
89. The ratio of the force between two small point 92. The capacity of a spherical conductor is 1 F
charges in air and in a medium of dielectric then its diameter would be-
constant K is Skeâ ieesueerÙe Ûeeuekeâ keâer #ecelee F nw
1 lees Fmekeâe JÙeeme
nJee ceW leLee hejeJewÅegle efmLejebkeâ K ceeOÙece ceW oes Úesšs nesiee–
efyevog DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe yeue keâe Devegheele nw- (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
Sol. Sol– efoÙee nw–
Dielectric constant = K=1 (in air) ieesueerÙe Ûeeuekeâ keâe mebOeeefj$e C = 1 × 10–6F
Dielectric constant =K (in medium) Q C = 40R
q1q 2 peneB R ieesueerÙe Ûeeuekeâ keâer ef$epÙee nw lees ieesueerÙe Ûeeuekeâ keâe
Fair 4 0  r d 2 JÙeeme = 2R

Fmedium q1q 2 1 × 10–6 = 40R
10–6
40  r d 2
R = 4
0
Fair 1/1

Fmedium 1/ K R = 9  109  10 –6  R = 9  103
D = 2R
Fair :Fmedium  K :1 Ans. D = 18  103 m Ans.
93. A capacitor that stores a charge of 0.5 coulomb 96. Determine the separation between the plates
at 10 volt. The value of capacitance of capacitor (in mm)of a parallel plate capacitor placed in
will be - air, when the area of the plates is 0.002 sQ.
Skeâ mebOeeefj$e 10 Jeesuš hej 0.5 ketâueece keâe DeeJesMe meter, the voltage of the battery connected to
meb«eefnle keâjlee nw, mebOeeefj$e kesâ Oeeefjlee keâe keäÙee ceeve this parallel plate capacitor is 4 V and the
nesiee - charge stored on the plates is 16 pC.
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) nJee ceW mLeeefhele Skeâ meceeblej kesâ huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer
Sol. efoÙee nw–, Q = 0.5 coulomb uecyeeF& (efceueer-ceer. ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo huesš keâe
V = 10 volt #es$eheâue nw 0.002 Jeie& ceer., meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e mes
C=? pegÌ[er ngF& yewšjer keâer Jeesušspe nw 4 Jeesuš Deewj huesšeW hej
Q = CV meb«eefnle Ûeepe& nw 16 efhekeâes ketâuee@ce–
0.5 = C × 10 (SSC JE-Evening 22.01.2018)
0.5
C Sol. efoÙee nw– huesš keâe #es$eheâue = 0.002 Jeie& ceeršj
10
C = 0.05 F Ans.
Jeesušlee (V) = 4 Jeesuš
94. A capacitor is charged to 800pF using a 100v
DeeJesMe (q) = 16  10–12 ketâuee@ce
battery how much electrostatic energy is 0 = 8.85  10–12 hewâj[/ceeršj
stored by the capacitor? q 16  1012
100 V keâer yewšjer keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ Skeâ 800 pF Oeeef j lee (C) =   4  1012 Hewâj[
V 4
mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj) Ûeepe& efkeâÙee peelee nw~ mebOeeefj$e 0  r A
Éeje efkeâleveer efmLejJewÅegle (Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ) Tpee& meb«enerle Deye Oeeefjlee (C) = d mes
keâer peeleer nw? huesš kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer (d)
(ESIC 24.01.2019, 9:00-11:00) 0  r A 8.85 1012 1 0.002
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)    0.004425m
C 4  1012
Sol. efoÙee nw–C = 800 pF=80010-12F
Ùee d  4.4 mm Ans.
=810-10F V= 100V
1 97. For the circuit shown below, find the
meb«eefnle Tpee&  CV 2 electrostatic energy (in J) stored between
2
terminals A and B.
1
  8  1010  100 
2
veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS šefce&veue A Deewj B kesâ
2
yeerÛe meb«eefnle efmLejJewÅegle Tpee& (Fueskeäšêsmšsefškeâ Svepeea)
 4  10 10  104
keâe ceeve (petue ceW) %eele keâjW~
 4  106 Joule Ans. (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
95. Determine the value of charge stored (in mC) in
a capacitor, when the value of capacitance is
0.01 mF and the potential difference between the
ends of the capacitor is 20 V.
mebOeeefj$e ceW mebefÛele DeeJesMe keâe ceeve (efceueer-ketâueece ceW)
efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye mebOeeefj$e keâe ceeve 0.01 efceueer-hewâj[
Deewj mebOeeefj$e kesâ Deble kesâ yeerÛe heesšWefMeÙeue ef[heâjWme 20
Sol. leguÙe Oeeefjlee
Jeesuš nw–
6  6  6 = 12  6
 4F
(SSC JE-Morning 22.01.2018) C AB 
Sol. efoÙee nw, 6  6  6 18
heesšWefMeÙeue ef[HeâjWme (V) =20 Volt C AB  4F
Oeeefjlee C = 0.01 efceueer hewâj[ = 0.01  10–3 hewâj[ Electrostatic energy E 
1
CV 2 petue (V = 400 V efoÙee nw)
huesšeW hej mebefÛele DeeJesMe Q = CV mes, 2
DeeJesMe (Q) = 0.01  10–3  20 
1
 4  106  400  400  320000  106 Joule
DeeJesMe (Q) = 0.2  10–3 ketâuee@ce 2
Q  0.2 mC Ans.  0.32 Joule Ans.

98. Two capacitors of 2 F and 4 F are connected 1
in parallel across a 100–V DC supply. The Sol. mebOeeefj$e ceW mebefÛele Tpee& (E)  CV 2
2
energy stored in the capacitors will respectively 1
C . 100 
2
be______. 1J 
2
2 F Deewj 4 F kesâ oes mebOeeefj$eeW keâes 100V DC 2
Deehetefle& hej meceeblej ceW peesÌ[e ngDee nw~ mebOeeefj$eeW ceW C
104
meb«eefnle keâer ieF& Tpee& ›eâceMe: ......... nesieer~ = 210–4
(UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) = 20010–6
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) C  200F Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw– 101. The Energy stored in a Capacitor can be
C1  2F  2  10 F 6
Q meceevlej ›eâce cesW Jeesušspe keâe ceeve meceeve jnlee nw~ represented as:
Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW mebefÛele Tpee& keâes efve™efhele keâj mekeâles nQ-
–6
C2 = 4F = 4 × 10 F
(BSNL TTA -27.09.2016,10 AM)
V = 100 V (UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
1 Sol. Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW mebefÛele Tpee& keâes CV2/2 mes efve™efhele keâjles nw~
formula– E  CV 2
2 mebOeeefj$e ceW Tpee& meb«en-
1 1
E1  C 1V 2   2  106 100 100 Oeeefjlee C=
q
Ùee V =
q
Ùee q = VC
2 2 V C
E1  1 104  106 Ùeefo dq ketâuee@ce DeeJesMe mLeeveevlejCe efkeâÙee ieÙee nw, lees efkeâÙee ieÙee
E1 = 0.01 Joule keâeÙe&- dW = Vdq
Fmeer Øekeâej–  q = CV
1 1 dq = CdV
E2  C 2 V 2   4  106  100  100  dW = CVdV
2 2
V efJeYeJeevlej osves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee ieÙee keâeÙe&-
E 2  2 106  104 v
E2 = 0.02 Joule Ans. W=  0
CVdV
99. If Q is the charge and C be the capacitance, then v
 V2   V2 
the energy stored in the capacitor is given by =C    C  0
______.  2  0  2 
Ùeefo Q DeeJesMe Deewj C Oeeefjlee nw, lees mebOeeefj$e ceW meb«eefnle 1
Tpee& ............ kesâ Éeje oMee&F& peeleer nw~ W CV 2 petue
2
(UPPCL JE Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) 102. The value of current through a capacitor given
1 Vm  t / RC
Sol. met$e : meb«eefnle Tpee&  E   CV 2 petue by i(t) = e The maximum stored
2 R
Q Q  CV energy in the electric field is :
V
Q Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve i(t) = m e  t / RC Éeje
 V R
C oMee&Ùee peelee nw~ lees JewÅegle #es$e ceW DeefOekeâlece mebefÛele
1 Q2 Tpee& efkeâleveer nesieer–
E C 2
2 C (MP JE- 2015)
1
Q2 Sol. maximum stored energy  CV 2
E petue 2
2C
1
100. A capacitor capable of storing 1J of energy at -
mebefÛele Tpee&  CVm2 petue
2
100 V dc supply. The value of capacitance will 103. When the total charge in a capacitor is
be? doubled, the energy stored
Skeâ mebOeeefj$e, 100 V dc hej 1J keâer Tpee& mebefÛele keâj peye mebOeeefj$e cebs mechetCe& DeeJesMe keâes oesiegvee keâj efoÙee
mekeâlee nw~ mebOeeefj$e keâe ceeve nesiee- peeS lees, mebefÛele Tpee&
(BSNL TTA -2013) (APSPDCL-14)
1 105. The conductors of a two-wire transmission line
Sol. mebOeeefj$e cebs mebefÛele Tpee& E  CV 2 (4 km long) are spaced 45 cm between centres.
2 If each conductor has a diameter of 1.5 cm,
peneB Q  CV (mebefÛele DeeJesMe) then the capacitance of the line is:
V1 
Q
........(i) efkeâmeer oes-leej mebÛejCe-ueeFve (4 km uecyeer) kesâ Ûeeuekeâ
C kesâvõeW kesâ ceOÙe 45 cm otjer hej nw~ Ùeefo ØelÙeskeâ Ûeeuekeâ
peye DeeJesMe oesiegvee nes peelee nw, leye V2 
2Q keâe JÙeeme 1.5 cm nes leye ueeFve keâer Oeeefjlee nw–
C (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
E 2 V2 2 Sol. efoÙee nw-
leye Tpee& 
E1 V12 d = 45 cm = 45  102m
2 diameter = 1.5 cm,
 2Q  diameter 1.5
E 2  C  E r=   0.75cm  0.75 102 m
 2
 2 4 2 2
E1 Q E1 l (length) = 4 km = 4  103m
C
  0
C F
E 2  4E1 l n d / r
Dele: DeeJesMe keâes oesiegvee keâjves hej, mebOeeefj$e cebs mebefÛele Tpee& Ûeej iegveer peneB,
nes peeleer nw~ d  distance between conductors
104. An air capacitor of capacitance 0.005 F r  radius of conductor
connected to a direct voltage of 500 V is
3.14  8.854  1012
disconnected and then immersed in oil with a C 
relative permittivity of 2.5. What is the energy 45  102
ln
stored in the capacitor before and after 0.75 102
immersion. 27.80 1012
Skeâ JeeÙeg mebOeeefj$e efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee 0.005 ceeF›eâes Hewâj[ C 
4.09
nw 500 Jeesuš kesâ œeesle mes peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Deye Gmekeâes For 4000m length-
mehueeF& mes nšekeâj lesue ceW [gyeeÙee peelee nw~ lesue keâer 27.80 1012  4000
Deehesef#ekeâ efJeÅegleMeeruelee 2.5 nw lesue ceW [gyeeves mes henues C  = 27.188  109  0.0272 F
4.09
Deewj yeeo ceW mebOeeefj$e ceW mebefÛele Tpee& keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– 106. A capacitor of 50 F is connected to a 110V,
Sol. efoÙee nw– 50Hz source. Determined the value of electric
C  0.005F  5  10 3  106  5  10 9 F current and capacitive resistance in the circuit-
50F keâe Skeâ mebOeeefj$e 110V, 50Hz kesâ œeesle mes pegÌ[e
V  500 V U=? r=2.5
ngDee nw~ heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve Deewj OeeefjleerÙe
1
Q U  CV 2 (in air) ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee?
2 (Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017)
Now
1
  5 109  (500) 2 Sol. efoÙee nw–
2 C = 50  10– 6 Farad, V= 110 Volt
1 125 f = 50Hz
  5  109  25 104   105
2 2 1
XC 
U  625  106 J 2 50  50  106
Capacitance charge in 2.5 times increases 106
XC 
since charge is constant, voltage must become 1/2.5 50 102
time 10000 200
XC    63.69426 
New voltage =
500
 200 50  3.14 3.14
2.5 V 110
I   1.727Amp Ans.
Q C2  C1 X C 63.67
1 107. Energy stored in a capacitor over a cycle when
U C 2  Vnew
2
2 excited by an a.c. source is...............

1 1 Skeâ S.meer. œeesle Éeje Gòesefpele mebOeeefj$e keâer Ûe›eâ
  2.5  5  109   200 
2
 C1Vnew 2
mebjef#ele Tpee&..............nesleer nw-
2 2
= 250  10 6 J Ans. (SSC JE- 2 March 2017 10 am)

Sol. [er.meer. Jeesušspe hej, Sol. efoÙee nw– C1= 1F, C2 = 2F, C3 = 4F
Vm  VDC or Vrms ßesCeer mebÙeespeve ceW,
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1    =  
[er.meer. ceW meb«enerle Tpee&  CV 2 C C1 C2 C3 1 2 4
2
1 4  2 1 7
1  
E DC  C Vm 2 C 4 4
2
4 4
S.meer. Jeesušspe hej, C = F  106 F
7 7
V(t)  Vm sin t  ceevee  V = 230 volt
q = CV
Vm
RMS value of V(t)  4
2 = 106  230
7
S.meer. ceW meb«enerle Tpee& =131.42  10–6 ketâuee@ce Ans.
2
1 1 V  110. The power consumed by a pure capacitor is
E AC  CV 2  C  m  Skeâ Megæ mebOeeefj$e kesâ Éeje Meefòeâ Kehele nw–
2 2  2
(BSNL TTA 21.02.2016)
1 V 2 V 2 E (BSNL TTA 29.09.2016 10 AM)
 C m  m C  DC
2 2 4 2 Sol. Megæ mebOeeefj$e ceW Meefkeäle #eÙe (Kehele) keâe ceeve MetvÙe nesiee~
E peye nce efkeâmeer mebOeeefj$e keâer heefóÙeeW kesâ heeMJe& D.C. Jeesušlee ØeÙegòeâ
E AC  DC keâjles nQ, leye mebOeeefj$e legjvle DeeJesefMele nes peelee nw~ DeeJesMeve Oeeje
2
kesâJeue DeeJesMeve meceÙe ceW ner ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ efpeme meceÙe mebOeeefj$e
108. A charge of 5C passes through a circuit keâer Jeesušlee mehueeF& Jeesušlee kesâ yejeyej nes peeleer nw~ Gme meceÙe
element during a particular interval of time, efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ØeJeen ®keâ peelee nw~ Fmemes mhe° nw efkeâ Oeeje heefjheLeeW
that is in 10ms duration. Determine the average ceW mebOeeefj$e Skeâ yengle yeÌ[s ØeeflejesOe keâe keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
current in this circuit element during that 
interval of time: P = Vm sint  Im sin (t + )
2
Skeâ 5C keâe DeeJesMe efkeâmeer heefjheLe kesâ DeJeÙeJe mes 
P = Vm Im sin t.cost [ Q sin(t + ) = cost]
efJeMes<e Deblejeue kesâ oewjeve, iegpeeje peelee nw~ pees efkeâmeer 2
DeJeefOe ceW 10ms nw, Gme meceÙe kesâ Deblejeue kesâ oewjeve P = 1 Vm Im sin 2t
2
Deewmele Oeeje Gme heefjheLe ceW efveOee&efjle keâefjÙes- 2
1
(MPPKVVCL -2017) Skeâ hetCe& Ûe›eâ kesâ efueS P  Vm Im  sin 2tdt  0
2 
Sol. : efoÙee nw– P keâe Deewmele = 0
q = 5C, t = 10 ms 111. The power factor of a pure capacitive circuit is :
dq
Megæ Oeeefjlee meefke&âš keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ neslee nw :
i= (DMRC JE- 2015)
dt
Sol.
5 106
i=
10 10 3
i= 0.5mA Ans.
109. If three capacitors C1, C2 and C3 of values of
1F, 2F and 4F respectively are in series and
connected across a potential of 230 V, then Megæ Oeeefjlee meefke&âš keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ MetvÙe neslee nw~
charge of each capacitor is: hee@Jej hewâkeäšj (Pf) = cos
Ùeefo 1F, 2F Deewj 4F ceeve kesâ leerve mebOeeefj$e  Megæ Oeeefjlee meefke&âš ceW  = 900
Pf = cos  = Cos 900 = 0 leading
›eâceMe: C1, C2 Deewj C3, Skeâ ëe=bKeuee ceW neW Deewj GvnW  Megæ ØesjkeâlJe meefke&âš ceW  = 900
230 V kesâ Skeâ efJeYeJe (Jeesušspe) mes peeÌs[ efoÙee peelee Pf = cos = cos900 = 0 lagging
nw, lees ØelÙeskeâ mebOeeefj$e keâe DeeJesMe efkeâlevee nesiee?  Megæ ØeeflejesOe meefke&âš ceW  = 00
(ESIC JE -2016) P.f = cos  = cos 00 = 1 FkeâeF& Ans.

112. The reactance of 1 farad capacitance when 115. An isolated sphere of radius 1 cm is kept in air.
connected to a DC circuit is Its capacitance will be :
efo° Oeeje heefjheLe mes peesÌ[s peeves hej 1 hewâj[ Oeeefjlee keâe 1 cm ef$epÙee keâe Skeâ efJeueefiele ieesuee JeeÙeg ceW jKee ngDee
ØeefleIeele keäÙee nesiee? nw~ Fmekeâer Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
(SSC JE- 2014) (UPPCL AE Re-Exam 30-12-2016)
Sol. efo° Oeeje heefjheLe mes peesÌ[s peeves hej 1 hewâj[ Oeeefjlee keâe Sol. JeeÙeg keâer Oeeefjlee, C = 40r
ØeefleIeele Devevle nesiee~ peneB 40 = 1 9 r = 110-2 m
1 9 ×10
Q XC  1
2fc C= 10-2
9
1 9 × 10
D.C frequency f = 0 Ùee XC   Ans. C = 1.11pF
0
Ans.
113. Two lossy capacitors with equal capacitance
values and power factors of 0.01 and 0.02 are in 116. The capacitance measured between any two
parallel, and the combination is supplied from cores of a 3-core cable with the sheath earthed
a sinusoidal voltage source. The power factor of is 3F. The capacitance per phase will be
the combination is Yet–mebheefke&âle keâes<e Jeeueer Skeâ 3- ›eâesÌ[ kesâefyeue kesâ efkeâvneR oes
yejeyej Oeeefjlee ceeveeW Deewj 0.01 leLee 0.02 kesâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâeW ›eâesÌ[eW kesâ yeerÛe ceeheer ieF& Oeeefjlee 3 F nw~ Øeefle keâuee Oeeefjlee
Jeeues oes #eÙeÙegòeâ mebOeeefj$e heeÕe& ceW nw Deewj mebÙeespeve keâes hetefle& nesieer~
Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee œeesle mes keâer peeleer nw~ mebÙeespeve keâe (SSC JE- 2013)
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nw Sol. mebOeeefj$e ØeefleHesâpe = 3F  3F  6F
(SSC JE- 2013) keäÙeeWefkeâ MeerLe keâes Yet–mebheefke&âle keâjves hej oesveeW keâesj meceevlej ceW nes
Sol. efoÙee nw– P.F1=0.01, P.F2 = 0.02 peeÙeWies~ Ans.
P.F1 .C1  P.F2 .C 2 0.01  0.02 117. A force of 0.032 N is required to move a charge
P.F = =
2 2 of 42 μC in an electric field between two points
= 0.015 Ans. 25 cm apart. The potential difference that
exists between the two points is:
114. A cable is 300 km long and has a conductor of
0.5 cm in diameter with an insulation covering Skeâ efJeÅegle #es$e ceW 25 cm keâer otjer hej oes efyevogDeeW kesâ
of 0.4 cm thickness. The capacitance of the yeerÛe 42 μC kesâ DeeJesMe keâes mLeeveebleefjle keâjves kesâ efueS
cable if relative permittivity of insulation is 4.5 0.032 N kesâ yeue keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~ oes efyevogDeeW kesâ
is: ceOÙe ceewpeto efJeYeJeeblej nw–
Skeâ kesâefyeue 300 km uecyee nw leLee FmeceW 0.4 cm (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
ceesšeF& kesâ efJeÅeglejesOeve keâJeefjbie kesâ meeLe 0.5 cm JÙeeme Sol. F = 0.032 N
keâe Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ nw~ Ùeefo kesâefyeue keâer meehes#e F 0.032
E  Q F  Eq Newton
efJeÅegleMeeruelee 4.5 nw lees kesâefyeue keâer Oeeefjlee nw– q 42  106
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) 32
  1000
Ûeeuekeâ keâer uecyeeF& = 300 km V  V 
E Q E  
d 
kesâyeue keâe yeenjer ef$epÙee (R) =   0.4  cm = 0.65 cm
0.5 d 
 2  32
V   1000  25  102
0.5 42
kesâyeue kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ef$epÙee (r) = = 0.25 cm
2 V  190.47 Volt Ans.
meehes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee  r  4.5 118. 27 spherical drops, each of radius 3 mm and
 20  carrying 10–12C of charge are combined to form
C  length in meter  Farad a single drop. The capacitance of the bigger
 ln  R / r   drop is:
2 8.85  1012  4.5  300  1000 ØelÙeskeâ 3 mm ef$epÙee keâer Deewj 10–12C kesâ DeeJesMe keâes
C
 0.65  Jenve keâjves Jeeueer 27 ieesueerÙe yetboeW keâes, Skeâ efmebieue
ln 
 0.25  yetbo yeveeves nsleg mebÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~ yeÌ[s yetbo keâer
= 78.563 F Oeeefjlee nw–
= 78 F Ans. (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Sol. ceevee- Úesšs yetBo keâer ef$epÙee = r 122. Gauss law relates the electric field intensity E
yeÌ[s yetBo keâer ef$epÙee = R with volume charge density  at a point as :
iee@me ØecesÙe ceW JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee E Deewj efyebog hej
yeÌ[s yetBo keâe DeeÙeleve = 27  Úesšs yetoB keâe DeeÙeleve
JeeuÙetce Ûeepe& IevelJe  mes efkeâme Øekeâej mebyebefOele nw–
4 4
or R 3  27  r 3 (UPPCL AE-26.07.2015 )
3 3 Sol.
or R = 3r = 33 = 9 mm = 9103m .D = 
1 D =  0E
yeÌ[s yetBo keâer Oeeefjlee  C  = 4πε o R   9  10 3
D = JewÅegle heäuekeäme IevelJe
9 109
12
C = 10 F = 1 PF Ans.  = DeeÙeleve DeeJesMe IevelJe
119. Find the radius of an isolated sphere capable of E = JewÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee
being charged 1 million volt potential before .0E = 
sparking into the air, given that breakdown

voltage of air is 3 × 104 V/cm .E  Ans.
nJee ceW mheeke&â nesves mes henues 10 ueeKe Jeesuš lekeâ  0
DeeJesefMele nesves Jeeuee Skeâ he=LekeâJe=òe, efpemekeâe yeÇskeâ[eGve 123. What is the SI unit of absolute permittivity of
Jeesušspe 3 × 104 V/cm nw, keâer ef$epÙee nesieer: any medium
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm) efkeâmeer ceeOÙece kesâ efvejhes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee keâe Sme.DeeF&
Sol. V = 1000 × 103 Volt (SI) cee$ekeâ keäÙee nw?
yeÇskeâ [eGve Jeesušspe = 3 × 104 V/cm = 3 × 104 × 10-1 V/mm (RRB JE- 2014)
ef$epÙee · ? C2
kV Sol. efvejhes#e JewÅegleMeeruelee 0 keâe S.I. cee$ekeâ nesiee~
yeÇskeâ [eGve Jeesušspe · (Nm 2 )
ef$epÙee 1 Q .Q
1000  103 F= . 1 2
ef$epÙee · 40 r d 2
3 104  101 Q .Q
1000   1 22
 mm Fd
3
(C)2
ef$epÙee · 0.333 ceeršj Ans. =
N.m 2
120. If two equal charges having a magnitude of 1 C 0 = 8.854  10–12 F/m Ans.
are kept at a distance of 1 m, the magnitude of
electrostatic force acting between them is:-/Ùeefo 124. Voltage applied across a ceramic dielectric
produces an electrolytic field 100 times greater
1C kesâ oes meceeve DeeJesMe 1m keâer otjer hej jKes ngS nQ, than air. What will be the value of dielectric
lees Gvekesâ yeerÛe ceW ueieves Jeeues efmLej efJeÅegle yeue keâe constant?
ceeve keäÙee nesiee? efmejsefcekeâ [eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ hej ueies Jeesušspe Éeje nJee keâer
(UPPCL AE- Re-Exam 30-12-2016) leguevee ceW 100 iegvee DeefOekeâ Fueskeäšêsefueefškeâ #es$e Glhevve
Kq1q 2 keâjlee nw~ [eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ efmLejebkeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
Sol. F=
r2 (UPSSSC JE-2016)
peneB K= 9.0  109 N.m2/C2 Sol.  0  r
q1 = q2 = 1C, r =1m  100 0
9 r 
 r 
9  10  1  1 0 0
F= 2  r 100 Ans.
1
9
F = 910 N Ans. 125. The force between two point charges of 1C
121. An isolated sphere of radius 1 cm is kept in air. each separated by a distance 3m in free space is
Its capacitance will be : oes efyevog DeeJesMe efpeve hej 1C keâe DeeJesMe nw, 3 ceeršj
1 cm ef$epÙee keâe Skeâ efJeueefiele ieesuee JeeÙeg ceW jKee ngDee keâer otjer hej efmLele nQ~ Fvekesâ ceOÙe ueieves Jeeuee yeue nw–
nw~ Fmekeâer Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? (BSNL TTA -2015)
(UPPCL AE- Re-Exam 30-12-2016) Sol. d = 3 ceer šj
Sol. DeLe& keâer Oeeefjlee, C = 40r, r = 1 cm q =1C
1 qq 1
peneB 40 = 1 9 r = 110-2 m F  1 2 N peneB  9  109
9 ×10 40 d 2 4  0
1 -2 9  10  1 1
9
C= 10 F
9
9 × 10 9
C = 1.11pF Ans. F = 109N Ans.

126. For the circuit shown in figure the voltage 128. In the circuit shown in the figure, the switch S
across the capacitor during steady state is closed at t = 0.
condition is
The value of current at t = 0+ will be :
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS, mLeeÙeer DeJemLee
oMee ceW mebOeeefj$e hej efkeâlevee Jeesušspe neslee nw? efÛe$e ceW Øeoe|Mele heefjheLe ceW t = 0 hej efmJeÛe S yevo keâj
2 1F efoÙee peelee nw~ t = 0+ hej Oeeje keâe ceeve nesiee–
12V
(SSC JE 2014 Morning)
Sol.
Ans : mLeeF& DeJemLee hej mebOeeefj$e Keguee heefjheLe nesiee~ Dele:
mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâeBme Jeesušlee keâe ceeve mehueeF& Jeesušlee kesâ yejeyej peye efmJeÛe S yebo nw lees t = 0
nesiee~ Immediately 'C' acts as short circuit.
VC = 12 V 100V
i
127. A resistance R and a 4 μF capacitor are 100
connected in series across a 200 V DC supply. = + 1A
Across the capacitor is a neon lamp that strikes
(glows) at 120 V. The value of R to make the
lamp strike (glow) 5 seconds after it is switched
off is :
Skeâ ØeeflejesOe R Deewj 4 μF keâe mebOeeefj$e 200 V DC
mehueeF& kesâ S›eâe@me ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ kewâheefmešj kesâ Ans.
S›eâe@me Skeâ efveÙeeve uewche nw pees 120V hej mšêFkeâ keâjlee 129. The time constant of the network shown in the
nw (peuelee nw)~ yebo nesves kesâ 5 meskeâC[ yeeo uewche keâes figure is :
mšêFkeâ (Ûecekeâ) keâjves kesâ efueS R keâe ceeve nw–
efÛe$e ceW Øeoe|Mele vesšJeke&â keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ nw–
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Sol. For the transient equation-
V  t   V0 1  e  t /   (t = 5 s, V(t) = 120V, V0 = 200V)
120  200 1  e 5 /  
120
1  e 5 /  
200 Sol.
1 e 5 / 

3 leguÙe ØeeflejesOe (Req) = R || R
5 R
2 5 =
e 5 /    e5 /   2
5 2
5/
leguÙe Oeeefjlee (Ceq) = C + C
e  2.5
= 2C
oesveeW lejHeâ log e uesves hej–
5/ 
meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ () = Req.Ceq
log e e  log e 2.5
R
5 = .2C
 0.916 2

= CR meskeâC[ Ans.
5
  5.45 130. What is the time constant of the circuit?
0.916
RC  5.45 HeefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ keäÙee nw–
5.45
R
C
5.45
  1.36  106
4  106
R  1.36 M Ans.
Sol. 133. The time constant of the circuit shown in fig. is:
efÛe$e ceW oMee&S heefjheLe keâe keâeue efmLejebkeâ nw :
(DMRC JE- 2016)

leguÙe ØeeflejesOe (Req) = 2||2 Sol. leerve mebOeeefj$e pees ßesCeer ›eâce nw keâe leguÙe mebOeeefj$e
=1
meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ ()
= C Req
=11
= 1 sec Ans. 1 1 1 1
131. The time constant of the network shown in the   
Ceq C C C
figure is
1 3 C
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le vesšJeke&â keâe meceÙe-efmLejebkeâ efkeâlevee nesiee?  , Ceq 
Ceq C 3
C
leLee C meceevlej ›eâce ceW nw lees leguÙe mebOeeefj$e
3
C
Ceq   C
(SSC JE- 2012) 3
4C
Sol. Ceq 
3
RC circuit keâe keâeue efmLejebkeâ (Time constant)

 R1  2 R

  RC  1 4C
C 
 3
4C 8 RC
  2R   Ans.
3 3
R
meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ = 2C=RC Ans. 134. Time constant of the network shown in figure is–
2 efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS vesšJeke&â keâe keâueebkeâ nw–
132. After closing the switch ′S′ at, t =0, the current i (t)
at any instant ′t′ in the network shown in the figure:
Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&S ieS vesšJeke&â ceW efmJeÛe ′S′ keâes t = 0 hej yebo
keâjves kesâ yeeo, Oeeje i (t) efkeâmeer Yeer leel#eefCekeâ ′t′ hej keäÙee
nesieer? (SSC JE- 2009)
(SSC JE- 2014 Evening) Sol.
s 1
+
i(t)
10 v 0.01 H
-
–
Sol. R - L heefjheLe ceW,
V= 10
V S.C.
i= [1– e-(R/L)t] R= 1
R
L= 0.01H
10
i= [1– e-(1/0.01)t] 1 1 1
1  
Req R 2 R
i =10 –10 e-100 t Ans.
1 2 1 Sol. t = 0 hej heefjheLe (efmLej DeJemLee hej)
 
R eq 2R
1 3
 
R eq 2R
2R
 Req 
3 t = 0 hej mebOeeefj$e Mee@š& nesiee Deewj efmJeÛe yevo nesiee~
Q meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ RC heefjheLe kesâ efueS t =  hej mebOeeefj$e Deeshesve nesiee Deewj efmJeÛe yevo nesiee~
T  Req .Ceq 10
2R 2 RC final steady stae voltage Vc(0) =  20
T C  Ans. 10  10
3 3 = 10V
135. For the circuit shown in the figure below, the 137. An air-capacitor of capacitance 0.005 μF is
switch has been in the position A for a long connected to a direct voltage of 500 V, is
time. At t = 0, the switch has moved to B. Then, disconnected and then immersed in oil with a
the capacitor voltage Vc for t > 0? relative permittivity of 2.5. The energy stored
veerÛes efoÙes ieS DeejsKe ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe kesâ efueS efmJeÛe in the capacitor before immersion is:
uecyes meceÙe lekeâ DeJemLee A hej Lee~ t = 0 hej, efmJeÛe B 0.005 μF keâer Oeeefjlee keâe Skeâ JeeÙeg mebOeeefj$e 500 V
keâer Deesj efJemLeeefhele nes peelee nw~ leye mebOeeefj$e Jeesušspe kesâ ØelÙe#e Jeesušlee mes mebÙeesefpele nw, efJemebÙeesefpele keâj
Vc keâe t > 0 hej keäÙee ceeve nesiee– efoÙee peelee nw, Deewj efheâj 2.5 keâer meehes#e heejiecÙelee kesâ
(LMRC AE--2016) meeLe lesue ceW [gyeesÙee peelee nw~ Fceme&ve mes henues mebOeeefj$e
ceW mebefÛele Tpee& nw–
A B (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
1
Sol. Energy = CV 2
2
1
  0.005  106  500  500
2
50
 25  106
 40  2
Sol. Vc (0+) =    5  25 V  625  10 6 J
 35 Ans.
Vc () = 30 V 138. A capacitor of 1 μF and resistance 82 kΩ are
Vc(t) = Vc ()   Vc  0   Vc    e  t /  
connected in series with an emf of 100 V. The
magnitude of energy stored is:
= 30 + [25 – 30]e–t/ 1 μF keâe mebOeeefj$e Deewj 82 kΩ keâe ØeeflejesOe 100 V kesâ
= 30 – 5 e–t/ emf kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ meb«eefnle Gpee& keâe
Ûetbefkeâ  = RC = 4 × 103 × 0.5 × 10–3 heefjceeCe nw~
=2 (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Vc(t) = 30 – 5e–t/2 Sol.
Vc (t) = 30 - 5e-0.5t V Ans.
136. In the figure given below, the initial capacitor
voltage is zero. Then after switch is closes at t =
0, Calculate the final steady state voltage across
the circuit :
veerÛes efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW, DeejbefYekeâ mebOeeefj$e Jeesušspe MetvÙe At steady state-
nw~ Gmekesâ yeeo efmJeÛe t = 0 hej yebo nw, heefjheLe ceW Debeflece 1
U  cv 2
efmLej DeJemLee Jeesušspe keâer ieCevee keâjW- 2
(UPRVUNL AE (Instrument) -2014) 1
U  1  106  100  100
2
1
U  102
2
U  0.5  10 2
U  0.005J Ans.

05.
efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâlJe Deewj efJeÅegle
ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe
(Electromagnetism and
Electromagnetic Induction)
♦ A magnet is able to attract– Nickel, cobalt and steel
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction)  Skeâ Ûegbyekeâ ....... Deekeâef<e&le keâjves ceW me#ece neslee nw–
efveefkeâue, keâesyeeuš Deewj Fmheele
♦ Temporary magnets are used in– (SSC JE– 3 March 2017 10 am)
Generators, Loud speaker, Motors ♦ ............ is generally used to make Permanent
 DemLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– magnet– Cobalt steel
pevejsšj ceW, ueeG[ mheerkeâj ceW, ceesšj ceW  ........... keâe ØeÙeesie mLeeF& Ûegcyekeâ yeveeves ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(UPSSSC–JE–2016) keâesyeeuš mšerue
♦ Magnetic recording tape is most commonly made (UPPCL JE– 11.11.2016)
of– Ferric oxide ♦ Copper, Silver, Diamond are examples of–
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe efjkeâe@ef[b&ie šshe meceevÙele: yeveer nesleer nw– Diamagnetic substance
hesâefjkeâ Dee@keämeeF[  leeB y ee, Ûeeb o er , ner j e Deeef o ......... kes
â GoenjCe nw–
(SSC JE– 1 march 2017 2.45 pm) ØeefleÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
(SSC JE– 3 March 2017 2.45) (UPPCL JE–11.11.2016)
 Vacuum is considered Non–magnetic material (UPSSSC JE 2016)
efveJee&le keâes ceevee peelee nw– ♦ The material used for the magnetic circuit where
high value of flux density required is– Ferro cobalt
DeÛegbyekeâerÙe meece«eer (Non–magnetic material)  peneb heäuekeäme IevelJe kesâ GÛÛe ceeve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nes, JeneB
(RRB JE– 2014)
–8 ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe cebs .......... GheÙeesie neslee nw– hesâjes keâesyeeuš
♦ One Maxwell is equal to– 10 webers
 Skeâ cewkeämeJesue – 10–8 webers (SSC JE–1 march 2017, 2.45 pm)
♦ A material which is slightly repelled by a magnetic
(UPSSSC JE– 2015) field is known as– Diamagnatic material
♦ The materials can be used for permanent magnets–
 Jen heoeLe& pees ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Éeje LeesÌ[e Øeeflekeâef<e&le neslee nw
Iron–Cobalt alloy
 mLeeÙeer Ûegbyekeâ kesâ efueS ......... heoeLe& GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– keânueelee nw– ØeefleÛegbyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
(SSC JE– 2 March 2017 10 am)
DeeÙejve, keâesyeeuš efceßeCe ♦ Paramagnetic substances are–
(UPPCL AE– 26.07.2015) Weakly attracted by a magnetic field
♦ The magnetic material used in permanent magnets  DevegÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&–
is– Hardened steel
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Éeje ogye&ue ™he mes Deekeâef<e&le nesles nw
 mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâeW ceW .......... ÛegcyekeâerÙe meece«eer ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw–
(UJVNL–2016)
keâ"esjerke=âle Fmheele ♦
property is a diamagnetic material,–
(SSC JE– 2014, Morning Shift) Negative magnetism.
♦ When a Magnet is heated– It losses magnetism  ØeefleÛegbyekeâerÙe heoeLe& (diamagnetic) keâe iegCeOece& nw–
 peye Ûegbyekeâ keâes iejce efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees– $e+Ceelcekeâ ÛegbyekeâlJe
Ùen ÛegcyekeâlJe Kees oslee nw (UPPCL JE– 2013)
(BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016, 10 am) ♦ The equivalent of ferromagnetic curie temperature
♦ Permanent Magnets are made of– for iron in terms of Kelvin is– 1043
Ferromagnetic Materials  hesâjsecewivesefškeâ keäÙetjer leeheceeve keâe DeeÙejve kesâ efueS kesâefuJeve ceW
 mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ yeves nesles nQ– ueewnÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX mes mecekeâ#e nw– 1043
(BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016, 10 am) (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening)
Electromagnetism and Electromagnetic Induction 250 YCT
leeheceeve Deewj mebJesoveMeeruelee heoeLe& keäÙetjer leeheceeve
Temperature Vs Susceptibility Material Curie temperature
Fe 10450
CO 13950
Ni 6300
Gd 2890
♦ Example of ferromagnetic material is–
Nickel, Iron, Cobalt
 ueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâe GoenjCe nw–
efvekeâue, DeeÙejve, keâesyeeuš
ueewn-ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
(Ferromagnetic Materials)
C
Paramagnetic – Curie’s law  m 
T
Ferromagnetic – Curie- weiss law
C
m 
T–
- Curie’s temperature, T >  (ferro  para)
Anti ferromagnetic – Curie – weiss law
C
m  T > n (Neel’s Temp)  Fve heoeLeeX ceW ØeÙegòeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer DevegheefmLeefle ceW
T  n
Yeer magnetic moment GheefmLele neslee nw~
♦ The temperature at which the vibrations of the  Cr, Iron, Nickle, Cobalt Fmekesâ GoenjCe nw~
molecular become so random and out of alignment as
to reduce the magnetic strength to zero is called–  Ùes heoeLe& ØeeÙe: jJesoej "esme heoeLe& nesles nw~
Curie point  hewâjescewivesefškeâ heoeLeeX keâer Deehesef#ekeâ ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee keâe
 Jen leeheceeve efpeme hej DeCeg ÛegcyekeâeW keâe kebâheve DeefOekeâ DeefveÙeefcele ceeve Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
nes peelee nw Deewj mebjsKeCe mes Fme Øekeâej yeenj nes peeles nQ efpememes  hewâjescewivesefškeâ heoeLeeX keâer Deehesef#ekeâ ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee keâe
ÛegcyekeâerÙe Meefkeäle MetvÙe nes peeleer nw– keäÙetjer efyebog ceeve 106 kesâ hejeme cebs neslee nw~
(RRB JE–19.09.2019)  Fve OeelegDeeW keâer ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee ØeÙegòeâ #es$e kesâ Devegmeej
♦ Describes the relation between susceptance of oerIe& hejeme cebs heefjJeleea nesleer nw SJeb Fmekeâe ceeve ØeÙegòeâ
magnetic material and temperature is– Curie's law #es$e leer›elee hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~
 ......... ÛegcyekeâerÙe meece«eer keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee Deewj leeheceeve kesâ
♦ In Diamagnetic materials–
yeerÛe mebyebOe keâe JeCe&ve keâjlee nw– keäÙetjer keâe efveÙece Susceptibility is independent of temperature
(UPPCL JE– 29.03.2022 Shift–II)  Øeefle ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX ceW– DevegkeâeÙe&lee leehe›eâce mes mJeleb$e nesleer nw
♦ The curie temperature of Nickel (in kelvin) is –
(UPPCL AE Re–Exam 30–12–2016)
627 K ♦ Susceptibility of Ferromagnetic materials is–
 efveefkeâue keâe keäÙetjer leeheceeve (kesâefuJeve ceW) nw – 627 K Large and positive
(UPRVUNL JE–21.10.2021, Shift–I)  ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX keâer DevegkeâeÙe&lee ………. nesleer nw–
♦ Curie point is– DeefOekeâ SJeb Oeveelcekeâ
The temperature at which a magnetic material (UPPCL AE Re–Exam 30–12–2016)
losses its magnetic property ♦ Oxygen belong to– Paramagnetic material
 keäÙetjer efyevog nw– Jen leehe efpeme hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
 Deekeämeerpeve mebyeefvOele nw– Deveg–ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
Dehevee ÛegcyekeâerÙe iegCe Kees oslee nw~ ♦ Ferrites are a sub–group of–
(DMRC JE –2017) Ferri–magnetic materials
keäÙetjer leeheceeve  HesâjeFšdme ............ keâe Skeâ Ghe–mecetn nw–
(Curie temperature) Hesâjer–ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX
 Ùen Jen leeheceeve neslee nw efpemekesâ Thej keâesF& ÛegcyekeâerÙe ♦ Supermagnetic materials are composed of–
heoeLe& Dehevee mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe iegCe Kees oslee nw, keäÙetjer Ferromagnetic particles in a
leeheceeve keânueelee nw~ Ùee non–ferromagntic matrix
 Jen leeheceeve efpeme hej Ferromagnetic material  DeefleÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& ........... kesâ yeves nesles nQ–
paramagnetic material ceW heefjJeefle&le nes peelee nw, Skeâ Deueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe cewefš^keäme ceW
keäÙetjer leeheceeve keânueelee nw~ ueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe keâCe
ØeefleÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& ♦ A material that can be permanently magnetized is
generally said to be– Ferromagnetic
(Diamagnetic material)  Skeâ heoeLe& pees mLeeÙeer ®he mes Ûegcyeefkeâle nes mekeâlee nw,
 Diamagnetic material ceW mLeeÙeer [eFheesue DeeIetCe& Deeceleewj hej keâne peelee nw– ueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe
DevegheefmLele neslee nw, Fme Øekeâej Fvekeâes Ûegcyekeâ veneR ♦ In which of the materials the spin moments
yeveeÙee pee mekeâlee nQ~ associated with two sets of atoms are aligned
 Fve heoeLeeX hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙes peeves hej antiparallel to each other–
yengle keâce ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& Øesefjle neslee nQ~ Antiferromagnetic materials
 Fvekeâer meehesef#ekeâ ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee Skeâ mes kegâÚ keâce nesleer nw~  efkeâve heoeLeeX ces hejceeCegDeeW kesâ oes mesšeW mes mecyeefvOele Ûe›eâerÙe
DeeIetCe& Skeâ otmejs mes efJehejerle meceeveevlej meerOe ces nesles nw–
 Diamagnetic material Deheveer efmLeefle ØeÙegòeâ
ØeefleueewnÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ uecyeJele jKeles nQ~
♦ A diamagnetic material is– Graphite
 Diamagnetic material hej peye ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
 ØeefleÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& nw – «esheâeFš
ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw, Ùes ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e jsKeeDeeW keâes
(UPPCL JE – 28.03.2022, Shift –II)
Øeeflekeâef<e&le keâjles nw~ ♦ ........... types of magnet is magnetised only when the
 Fvekeâer Susceptibility (K) $e+Ceelcekeâ nesleer nw Deewj magnetic field is present– Soft magnets
10–5 kesâ ›eâce keâer nesleer nw~  ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceewpeto nesves hej ........... Øekeâej keâe Ûegcyekeâ
 Gold, silicon, diamond, Ionic solid, Al2O3 ÛegcyekeâerÙe nes peelee nw~ ce=og Ûegcyekeâ
(Suegefcevee) Graphite, Bismuth, silver, copper (UPPCL JE–30.03.2022 Shift–II)
and Hydrozen Fmekesâ GoenjCe nw~ ♦ The temperature at which a metal losses magnetic
♦ ........... type of materials are not very important for force is called _____– Curie temperature
engineering applications– Diamagnetic  Jen leehe ef p eme hej Oeeleg Ûeg c yekeâer Ù e yeue #eÙe keâjleer nw,........
 ......... heoeLe& DeefYeÙeebef$ekeâer DevegØeÙeesiees kesâ efueS yengle cenòJehetCe& keânueelee nw~ keäÙetjer leeheceeve
veneR nw– Øeefle–ÛegcyekeâerÙe (UPPCL JE–30.03.2022 Shift–II)
♦ Ampere–Turns is a unit of ______.– MMF
♦ The susceptibility of paramagnetic materials
–3 –5  SefcheÙej–šve& –––––keâer FkeâeF& nw~
generally lies between– 10 and 10
 Deveg–ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX keâer meg«ee¢elee meeOeejCele: ........... kesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue
(UPPCL JE–29.03.2022 Shift–I)
yeerÛe nesleer nw– 10 Deewj 10
–3 –5
♦ ........... obeys curie's law in which the magnetic
♦ For which materials the saturation value is the moment is localized at the atomic or the ionic sites
highest– Ferrites where there is no interaction between neighbouring
 .......heoeLeex kesâ efueS meble=efhle ceeve GÛÛelece neslee nw– magnetic moments.
HesâjeFšdme Paramagnetic Materials
♦ If the magnetic susceptibility of any material is less  ............ keäÙetjer kesâ efveÙece keâe heeueve keâjlee nw efpemeceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe
than zero then the material is– diamagnetic DeeIetCe& hejceeCeg Ùee DeeÙeefvekeâ meeFšeW hej mLeeveerÙeke=âle neslee nw peneb
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer Yeer heoeLe& keâer ÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee MetvÙe mes keâce nw efvekeâš ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& kesâ yeerÛe keâesF& Devle: ef›eâÙee vener nesleer nw~
lees Jen heoeLe& nw– ØeefleÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
(SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018) (UPSSSC JE–19.12.2021)
♦ material does not have a constant relative ♦ According to the law of magnetism, the force
permeability– Ferromagnetic exerted by one pole on the other pole is –
 .......... heoeLe& keâer Deehesef#ekeâ heejiecÙelee efmLej veneR nesleer nw– Inversely proportional to the square of the
ueewnÛegbyekeâerÙe distance between poles
(SSC JE–Morning 29–01–2018)  ÛegcyekeâlJe kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej Skeâ OeÇgJe Éeje otmejs OegÇJe hej ueieeÙee
♦ ............ types, the atoms are aligned in parallel ieÙee yeue neslee nw –
magnetic moments– Ferro–magnetism OeÇgJeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ Jeie& kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer
 ..........., ÛegbyekeâlJe Øekeâej ceW hejceeCeg meceeveeblej ÛegbyekeâerÙe IetCeeX (PGCIL SR–II, 22.08.2021)
ceW ßesCeer yeæ nesles nQ– ueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe ♦ Relative permeability of a non–magnetic material
(UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Morning) is– +1
♦ Materials has susceptibility independent of  DeÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee nesleer nw– +1
temperature– Diamagnetic (SSC JE–24.03.2021 Shift–I)
 .......... heoeLe& ceW DevegkeâeÙe&lee leeheceeve mes cegòeâ nesleer nw– ♦ A magnetic pressure which sets up or tends to set up
Øeefle–ÛegcyekeâerÙe flux in a magnetic circuit is called–
(UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening) Magnetomotive force
♦ Magnetic shields are made from materials  Jen ÛegcyekeâerÙe oeye, pees Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW heäuekeäme
having– High permeability mLeeefhele keâjlee nw Ùee mLeeefhele keâjves keâer ØeJe=efòe jKelee nw; Gmes
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjj#eCe keâes ............Jeeues heoeLeex mes yeveeÙee peelee keâne peelee nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue
nw– GÛÛe ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (SSC JE–24.03.2021 Shift–I)
♦ The permeability of free space in the CGS system ♦ The relative permeability of ferromagnetic material
is : 1 is– Greater than unity
 CGS ØeCeeueer ceW cegòeâ mhesme keâer ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee nw– 1  ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee......... nesleer nw–
(DSSSB JE–19.03.2021) FkeâeF& mes DeefOekeâ
efJeefYeVe jeefMeÙeeW keâer FkeâeF& (UPPCL JE–25.11.2019, Shift–I)
♦ Relative permeability of diamagnetic material is–
›eâ.meb. jeefMe FkeâeF& Slightly less than unity
1. ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme () Jesyej (Wb)  Øeefle ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee.........nesleer nw–
2. ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme Jesyej/ceer2 Ùee šsmuee (T) FkeâeF& mes LeesÌ[e keâce
IevelJe (B) (UPPCL JE–25.11.2019, Shift–I)
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 10 Am)
3. ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue SefcheÙej šve& (AT) (SSC JE 24.01.2018, Evening)
(MMF) OR efieueyeš& (UPPCL JE–07.09.2021, Shift–II)
♦ The ability of a material to alter the magnetic field
4. Øeefle°cYe (efjuekeäšWme) SefcheÙej šve&/Jesyej in the area that it occupies is known as –
(S) (AT/Wb) Ùee 1/nsvejer Permeability
5. ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer SefcheÙej šve&/ceer (AT/m)  efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe Jen #es$e efpemeceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâes yeoueves keâer
leer›elee/meeceLÙe& (H) Ùee vÙetšve/Jesyej (N/Wb) #ecelee JÙeehle nes ........... kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw–
ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee
6. ØeJesMÙelee (hejefceÙeWme) Jesyej/SefcheÙej šve&
(Wb/AT) Ùee nsvejer (UPRVUNL JE–24.10.2021, Shift–I)
♦ Cobalt is a ………. material – Ferromagnetic
7. ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee () nsvejer/ceeršj (H/m)  keâesyeeuš Skeâ ........... heoeLe& nw– ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe
8. Ûegcyekeâve keâer leer›elee (I) Jesyej/ceer.2 (Wb/m2) (UPRVUNL JE–21.10.2021, Shift–I)
♦ Permeability can be considered as –
9. ÛegcyekeâerÙe efJeYeJe petue/Jesyej (J/Wb) Readiness of a material to accept magnetism
10. ØesjkeâlJe (L) nsvejer (H)  ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee keâes ceevee pee mekeâlee nw –
efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâer ÛegcyekeâlJe Øeehle keâjves keâer lelhejlee
11. OeejCeMeeruelee Jesyej/ceer2 (Wb/m2)
(Retentivity) (UPPCL JE–08.09.2021, Shift–II)
♦ Aluminium is a ……….. material –
12. heesue meeceLÙe& (m) Jesyej (Wb) Ùee SefcheÙej Paramagnetic
ceeršj  SuÙegceerefveÙece Skeâ ............ heoeLe& nw – DevegÛegcyekeâerÙe
13. efjueefkeäšefJešer ceeršj/nsvejer (m/H) (UPRVUNL JE–21.10.2021, Shift–I)
14. efve«en yeue SefcheÙej šve&/ceer (AT/m) DevegÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
(Coercive force)
(Paramagnetic material)
♦ Property of magnetic material which opposes to
establish the flux in it is called – Reluctance
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâe Jen iegCe pees GmeceW heäuekeäme mLeeefhele keâjves
keâe efJejesOe keâjlee nw, keânueelee nw– Øeefle°cYe
(RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
♦ Unit of magnetic reluctance is–  Paramagnetic material keâe ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe&
Ampere – Turn/weber or 1/Henry (magnetic moment) mLeeÙeer neslee nw uesefkeâve Ùes
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe Øeefle°cYe keâer FkeâeF& nw– meeceevÙe DeJemLee ceW ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ (Randomaly)
SefcheÙej–Jele&ve/Jesyej Ùee 1/nsvejer efoefMele nesles nQ~
(RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)  Fmekesâ Dipole moment ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue ueieeves hej
♦ Hard ferrites are used for Making– ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ meceeveevlej efoefMele nes peeles nQ~
Light weight permanent magnet  Paramagnetic material Éeje ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue
 keâ"esj hewâjeFšdme .............yeveeves nsleg GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeles nQ – jsKeeDeeW keâe Deekeâ<e&Ce yengle keâce neslee nQ~
nukeâe Yeej Ùegòeâ mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ  Fvekeâer susceptibility Oeveelcekeâ nesleer nw Deewj Ùen
-
(UPPCL JE–27.11.2019, Shift–I) 10 3 kesâ ›eâce keâer nesleer nw~
♦ The presence of carbon as an impurity in  Fmekeâer ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee 1 mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
ferromagnetic material decreases – Permeability
 ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeex ceW DeMegefæ kesâ ™he ceW keâeye&ve keâer r  1
GheefmLeefle Iešeleer nw – ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee  Aluminium, platinum, oxygen, NiS4, Fe2O3,
(UPPCL JE–27.11.2019, Shift–I) MnSO4, FeCl2.

♦ Reluctance offered by the magnetic circuit depends ♦ The relative permeability of paramagnetic material
upon– Nature of magnetic material, is– Slightly greater than one
Length of magnetic flux path,  hewjecewivesefškeâ heoeLeeX keâer meehesef#ekeâ ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee..... nesleer nw–
cross–sectional area of the material. Skeâ mes LeesÌ[e DeefOekeâ
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe Éeje Øeoeve efkeâÙee ieÙee Øeefle°cYe .......... efveYe&j (SSC JE–Evening 25–01–2018)
keâjlee nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer Øeke=âefle, ÛegcyekeâerÙe (UPSSSC JE–2016)
Heäuekeäme heLe keâer uecyeeF& leLee heoeLe& kesâ (UPPCL AE Re–Exam –2016)
DeveghemLe–keâeš #es$eheâue hej ♦ The mathematical expression for magnetic
(HPSSC JE–18.07.2021) B
permeability is– μ=
♦ Ampere turns per unit length of each part of a H
magnetic material depends upon the – B
Working flux density  ÛegbyekeâerÙe heejiecÙelee kesâ efueS ieefCeleerÙe DeefYeJÙeefòeâ nw– μ = H
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe meece«eer kesâ ØelÙeskeâ Yeeie keâer Øeefle FkeâeF& uecyeeF& (SSC JE–Morning 29–01–2018)
SefcheÙej šve& .............hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw– ♦ ........... will happen to the magnetic flux density
keâeÙe&keâejer Heäuekeäme IevelJe produced in a material, if the magnetizing force is
increased– Increase
(PGCIL JE–13.08.2021)  Deiej ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue (cewivesšeFefpebie heâesme&) yeÌ{ peelee nw lees heoeLe&
♦ ........... Magnetic flux passes more readily through–
Iron
ceW Glheeefole ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe (cewivesefškeâ heäuekeäme [sbefmešer)
 ........... cesW ÛegyebkeâerÙe Heäuekeäme Deemeeveer mes iegpejlee nw – ueesns ceW ......... nesiee– Je=efæ
(HPSSC JE – 18.07.2021) (SSC JE–Evening 29–01–2018)
♦ The unit of pole strength is – Ampere–meter ♦ The unit of magnetic flux density is–
 OeÇgJe Øeyeuelee keâer cee$ekeâ nw – SefcheÙej–ceeršj Tesla or Weber/m2
2
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme IevelJe keâer FkeâeF& nw– šsmuee Ùee Jesyej/ceer.
(HPSSC JE–18.07.2021)
♦ Absolute permeability of free space equal to – (SSC JE Evening 25–01–2018)
µ0 = 4  × 10 H/m
–7 (DMRC JE– 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
(SSC JE–2014, UPSSSC JE–2016)
 cegòeâ mhesme keâer efvejhes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee _______ kesâ yejeyej nesleer (BSNL TTA –27.09.2016_3 pm )
nw – µ0 = 4  × 10 H/m
–7
(SSC JE 10.12.2020 Shift-II)
(SSC JE–10.12.2020, Shift –II) ♦ The relation between magnetic field intensity H and
(SSC JE– Evening, 23–01–2018) magnetic flux density B is– B = H Wb/m2
♦ Magnetic field strength is quantified in terms of –  ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee H leLee ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme IevelJe B kesâ
N/Wb or Ampere turn/meter yeerÛe mecyevOe neslee nw– B = H Wb/m2
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e meeceLÙe& _______ meboYe& ceW efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee peelee (MPPKVVCL –2017)
nw – vÙetšve/Jesyej Ùee SefcheÙej šve&/ceeršj ♦ In magnetism, the equivalent of unit N/ Wb is– A/m
(SSC JE–10.12.2020, Shift –II)  ÛegcyekeâlJe cebs N/Wb Ùetefveš kesâ yejeyej nw– A/m
UPPCL JE 2013 (DMRC JE –2017)
♦ ........... property of a material supports the passes of ♦ Permeability of the substance is the measure of–
magnetic flux through it– Permeance Conductivity of a substance for
 heoeLe& keâe ............ iegCe FmeceW iegpejves Jeeueer ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme magnetic line of forces
 efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâer heejiecÙelee ceeheve nw–
keâe meceLe&ve keâjlee nw– heejiecÙe ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeDeeW kesâ efueÙes Gme heoeLe& keâer Ûeeuekeâlee
(SSC JE–Morning 24–01–2018)
♦ Magnetic reluctivity is– (UJVNL JE–2016)
The reciprocal of permeability ♦ During the refraction of magnetic lines on the
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe efjueefkeäšefJešer nesleer nw– ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee keâe JÙegl›eâce boundary between two magnetic material of
permeability 1 and  2 the normal component of–
(SSC JE–Morning, 23–01–2018)
♦ Magnetic flux per unit area is called– Is the same on both sides of boundary
Magnetic flux density  heejiecÙelee 1 Deewj  2 kesâ oes ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX kesâ yeerÛe keâer
 Øeefle FkeâeF& #es$eHeâue hej ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâes keâne peelee nw– meercee hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe jsKeeDeseb kesâ DeheJele&ve kesâ oewjeve meeceevÙe
ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme IevelJe Ieškeâ– meercee kesâ oesveeW Deesj meceeve neslee nw
(SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018) (UPRVUNL AE –2014)
♦ The S.I. unit magnetic permeance is– Henry ♦ The value of total electric flux coming out of a
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe heejiecÙe keâer Sme.DeeF&. FkeâeF& nw– nsvejer closed surface is– Equal to the total charge
(SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018) enclosed by the surface
  Skeâ mebJe=le melen mes efvekeâueves Jeeues mece«e JewÅegle Heäuekeäme keâe ceeve
♦ The formula for permeance– nw– melen mes efIejs kegâue DeeJesMe kesâ yejeyej
Fm
(FCI– 4.10.2015)

 heejiecÙe keâe met$e nw– ♦ Relative permeability of vacuum is– 1
Fm  efveJee&le keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee............. nesleer nw– 1
(SSC JE–Evening, 24–01–2018) (BSNL TTA– 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
B  ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee, Heäuekeäme IevelJe Deewj ........... kesâ yeerÛe keâe
♦ The relative permeability r is given by– μr  Devegheele nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e leer›elee
μ0 H
 meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee r efkeâmekesâ Éeje efoÙee peelee nw– ♦ A permeable substance is one–
B Through which the magnetic lines of
μr  force can pass very easily
μ0 H
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâMeerue heoeLe& neslee nw –
(BSNL TTA– 28.09.2017 10am)
(BSNL– TTA 21.02.2016) efpemekesâ ceeOÙece mes ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeSb yengle Deemeeveer mes
♦ The relative permeability of iron is of the order of– 10 +4 iegpej mekeâleer nQ
 ueesns keâer meehes#e heejiecÙelee nesleer nw Fme ›eâce cebs– +4
10 ♦ Which is expected to have the maximum
(BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016, 3 pm) permeability– Pure Iron > Steel > Anealed steel
♦ Magnetic field intensity is a– Vector quantity  efkeâmekeâer DeefOekeâlece ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee nesves keâer Gcceero nw–
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e leer›elee nesleer nw– meefoMe jeefMe Megæ DeeÙejve > mšerue > Sveeru[ mšerue
(BSNL TTA– 29.09.2016_10 AM) ♦ One Tesla is equal to– 1 Wb/m2
♦ The effect of permeance in magnetic circuit is–
 Skeâ šsmuee yejeyej neslee nw– 1 Wb/m2
Facilitates the flow of magnetic circuit.
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW heejieceve (permeance) keâe ØeYeeJe neslee ♦ A magnetic needle is kept in a non–uniform
magnetic field. It experiences–
nw– ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme kesâ ØeJeen keâes megiece yeveelee nw A force and a torque
(UPPCL JE– 2013)  Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe megF& keâes Skeâ Demeceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKee
♦ A magnetic circuit carries a flux i in the iron part peelee nw leye Ùen DevegYeJe keâjlee nw–
 Skeâ yeue Deewj Skeâ yeueeIetCe&
and a flux g in the air gap. Then leakage factor is– i
g ♦ Magnetic flux passes more readily through– Iron
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ ueewn Yeeie ceW Heäuekeäme i Deewj JeeÙeg Deblejeue  ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme........mes DelÙeefOekeâ Deemeeveer mes neskeâj iegpejlee
i nw– ueewn
ceW Heäuekeäme g ØeJeeefnle neslee nw~ efjmeeJe iegCeebkeâ nw– ♦ Magnetic lines of force– Can not intersect at all
g
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeSb–
(SSC JE– 2014, Evening Shift)
keâYeer Yeer Skeâ–otmejs keâes veneR keâešleer nw
♦ The MKS rationalized unit of magnetic pole ♦ By increasing the number of turns 3 times in a
strength quantity is– Weber toroid, the magnetic field– Will become three times
 cewivesefškeâ heesue mš^WLe keäJeeeqvššer keâe MKS ™heevlejCe Ùetefveš nw–Jesyej  šes je@F[ ceW Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee leerve iegvee yeÌ{e efoÙee peeS lees
(MP JE– 2016, Evening Shift) Ûeg c yekeâerÙe #es$e– leerve iegvee nes peeÙesiee
♦ Given unit AT/m defines which term of magnetic ♦ The uniform magnetic field is–
circuit– Magnetic field strength The field in which all lines of magnetic flux are
 oer ieÙeer Ùetefveš AT/m cewivesefškeâ meefke&âš keâer ......... MeyoeJeueer parallel and equidistant
keâes heefjYeeef<ele keâjleer nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e meeceLÙe&  Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e neslee nw–
(MP JE– 2016, Evening Shift) Jen #es$e efpemeceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâer meYeer jsKeeÙeW
♦ The relative permeability of the medium r is meceeveevlej Deewj meceeve otjer hej efmLele nesleer nw
related to its own permeability  and permeability
♦ In a simple magnetic field the strength of magnetic
μ flux– Is constant and has same value in
of free space 0 as– μr =
μ0 energy part of the magnetic field
 ceeOÙece keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee r keâe Deheves mJeÙeb keâer  Skeâ meeOeejCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme keâer meeceLÙe&–
ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee  leLee cegòeâ Devlejeue keâer ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee 0 mes efmLej nesleer nw Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ
mecyevOe nw– μr =
μ Tpee& Yeeie ceW meceeve ceeve jKeleer nw~
μ 0 ♦ The relative permeability of a ferromagnetic
(UPPCL AE– 26.07.2015) material is– More than 100
♦ The direction of propagation of electromagnetic  Skeâ ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee nesleer nw–
waves is given by the direction of– Vector (E × H) 1000 mes DeefOekeâ
 efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe lejbiees kesâ mebÛejCe keâer efoMee oer peeleer nw–
♦ Permeability in a magnetic circuit corresponds to
meefoMe (E × H) ..........in an electric circuit– Conductivity
(UPPCL AE– 26.07.2015)  Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee, Skeâ efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW
♦ Unit of magnetic flux is– Weber
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâer FkeâeF& nw– Jesyej .............kesâ Deveg™he neslee nw– efJeefMe° Ûeeuekeâlee
(N.P.C.I.L 08.06.2018, 3 shift] rd ♦ The unit of relative permeability is– No unit
(SSC JE–Evening 24–10–2018]  meehes e f #ekeâ Ûeg c yekeâMeer uelee keâe cee$ekeâ nes
l ee nw –
♦ Permeability is the ratio between flux density to– cee$ekeâ jefnle neslee nw
Magnetic field intensity (UPRVUNL 2014 AE)
♦ Magnetic flux density is a– Vector quantity ♦ Which law states that "Whenever the magnetic flux
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe Skeâ.............nw– meefoMe jeefMe linking a conductor or coil changes, an emf is
♦ Field strength at the centre of a circular coil of induced in it" –
NI Faraday's first law of electromagnetic induction
radius r is– A/m  keâewve mee efveÙece yeleelee nw efkeâ, peye Ûeeuekeâ Ùee kegâC[ueer mes efuebkeâ
2r
 r ef$epÙee kesâ Skeâ Je=òeerÙe kegâC[ueer kesâ kesâvõ hej #es$e meeceLÙe& nesleer keâjlee ngDee ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme heefjJeefle&le neslee nw lees FmeceW emf
NI
Øesefjle neslee nw –
nw– A/m hewâje[s keâe JewÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe keâe ØeLece efveÙece
2r
♦ The tubes of force within the magnetic material are (UPPCL JE–25.11.2019, Shift–I)
known as– Lines of force ♦ Reluctance in Magnetic circuits is analogues to
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& ceW efveefnle yeue keâer veefuekeâeDeeW keâes ......... kesâ ………… in electric circuit– Resistance
™he ceW peevee peelee nQ– 
yeue keâer jsKeeDeeW ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe cebs Øeefle°cYe, Fuesefkeäš^keâ heefjheLe ceW
................. kesâ Deveg™he nw– ØeeflejesOe
♦ The unit of flux is the same as that of– Pole strength
(BSNL TTA– 21.02.2016)
 heäuekeäme keâer FkeâeF& ............. kesâ meceeve nw– OeÇgJe meeceLÙe&
♦ Leakage factor is– More than unity
♦ The normal drawn to the surface of a conductor  #ejCe iegCeebkeâ neslee nw– Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ
makes an angle  with the direction of field B. The
♦ The unit of inductance is Henry
flux  passing through area A is–  = BA cos 
 Ûeeuekeâ kesâ melen mes Skeâ uecye KeerÛee ieÙee pees efkeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe  ØesjkeâlJe keâer FkeâeF& nw– nsvejer
#es$e (B) keâer efoMee mes  keâesCe yeveelee nw~ lees #es$eheâue (A) mes (HPCL AMT– 20.04.2019, 2:30–4:30)
neskeâj peeves Jeeues heäuekeäme keâe ceeve nw–  = BA cos  (SSC JE 01–03–2017, 10 AM)
♦ Whatever may be the flux density in ........ the ♦ Leakage coefficient is denoted by– 
material will never saturate– Air  #ejCe iegCeebkeâ keâes ....... Éeje efve™efhele efkeâÙee peelee nw– 
 ............ ceW pees kegâÚ Yeer heäuekeäme IevelJe nes mekeâlee nw, heoeLe& (SSC JE–24.03.2021 Shift–I)
keâYeer Yeer meble=hle veneR nesiee– JeeÙeg ♦ The flux of magnetic circuits is analogous to which
terms in electric circuit– Current
♦ The gauss is a unit of– Magnetic flux density
 Skeâ efJeÅegle meefke&âš ceW .......... Meyo ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ heäuekeäme kesâ
 iee@me FkeâeF& nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe
Deveg™he nw– Oeeje
♦ A unit of overall magnetic field quantity is the–
Maxwell (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening)
♦ The source of a magnetic field is– Current loop
 mechetCe& ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer cee$ee keâer FkeâeF& nw– cewkeämeJesue
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe œeesle nw– keâjsvš uethe
♦ The unit of retentivity is– Weber/m2
(BSNL TTA– 25.09.2016_10 AM)
 OeejCe meeceLÙe& keâer FkeâeF& nw– Jesyej/ceer2
♦ The typical values of leakage factor are
approximately from – 1.12 to 1.25
2. ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe (Magnetic Circuit)  #ejCe keâejkeâ keâe efJeefMe° ceeve ueieYeie neslee nw– 1.12 mes 1.25
♦ An air–cored choke is used for ............ (PGCIL JE–13.08.2021)
applications– Radio frequency  Susceptibility of diamagnetic material is– Negative
 ...............kesâ DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS, Skeâ JeeÙeg ›eâes[ Ûeeskeâ keâe  ØeefleÛegbyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer meg«eeefnlee nesleer nw– $e+Ceelcekeâ
GheÙeesie keâjles nw– jsef[Ùees DeeJe=efòe (RRB JE-01-09-2019)
♦ Bohr Magneton is unit of– ♦ A magnetic circuit mainly consists of a material
Permanent dipole moment due to spin having.................permeability– High
 yeesnj cesivesše@ve cee$ekeâ nw–  Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW cegKÙele : ..............ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee Jeeues
IetCe&ve kesâ keâejCe mLeeÙeer [eF&heesue DeeIetCe& keâe heoeLe& mes yevee neslee nw– GÛÛe
eh (SSC JE–Evening 29–01–2018)
Bohar magneton = = 9.270 ×10-24 Joule/Tesla ♦ Magnetic flux through any closed surface is–
4πm
♦ The value of total electric flux coming out of closed Zero
surface is–  ef k eâmeer Yeer yeb o melen kes â ceeOÙece mes Ûeg b y ekeâer Ù e ØeJeen
Equal to the total charge enclosed by the surface .............. nes lee nw – MetvÙe
 yevo melen mes yeenj efvekeâueves Jeeueer kegâue efJeÅegle Heäuekeäme keâe ceeve (SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018)
nesiee– melen kesâ Éeje mebueive kegâue DeeJesMe kesâ yejeyej ♦ The ratio of total flux linkage to used flux is known
as– Flux leakage factor
(Jammu & Kashmir JE –2016)
♦ The main advantage of a temporary magnet is that  keg â ue Heäuekeäme Deew j ØeÙeg òeâ Heäu ekeäme keâe Deveg heele .......... kesâ ™he
we can– Change the magnetic flux ceW peevee peelee nw– Heäuekeäme #ejCe keâejkeâ
 DemLeeF& Ûegbyekeâ keâe cegKÙe ueeYe Ùen nw efkeâ– (SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018)
ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâes yeoue mekeâles nw ♦ A keeper is used to– Provide a closed path for flux
(SSC JE–2014 ,Morning Shift)  keâerhej keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016_3 pm) Heäuekeäme kesâ efueS Skeâ yebo heLe Øeoeve keâjvee
♦ The attraction capacity of electromagnet will ♦ .......... is the correct statement for magnetic circuit
increases if the– Flux density increases compare to electric circuit –
 efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ keâer Deekeâ<e&Ce #ecelee yeÌ{sieer Ùeefo– Both the Kirchhoff's M.M.F. law and flux law is
Heäuekeäme IevelJe yeÌ{lee nw applicable to the magnetic circuit.
♦ Reluctance of a magnetic circuit is given as -  JewÅegle heefjheLe keâer leguevee ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ efueS mener
1 l
keâLeve nw –
S= efkeâjÛee@heâ Sce.Sce.Sheâ. efveÙece Deewj heäuekeäme efveÙece oesveeW
μA
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe hej ueeiet nesles nQ~
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâe Øeefle°cYe efkeâme Øekeâej efoÙee peelee nw-
(PGCIL SR–II, 22.08.2021)
1 l ♦ Biot savart law in magnetic field is analogous to in
S=
μA electric field– Coulomb's law
(PGCIL NR-II 13.08.2021  ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW yeeÙeesš mesJeš& efveÙece efJeÅegle #es$e ceW .......... kesâ
♦ "MMF around any closed path equals the current Deveg™he nw– ketâuecye keâe efveÙece
enclosed by the path". This is known as– (PGCIL NR–III, 22.08.2021)
Ampere's law
ketâuecye kesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue kesâ efveÙece
 efkeâmeer yevo heLe kesâ Ûeejes Deesj MMF, heLe Éeje mebueive Oeeje kesâ
yejeyej neslee nw~ Ùen .........kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~ (Coulomb's law of Magnetic Force)
SefcheÙej efveÙece ketâuecye ves ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue kesâ efJe<eÙe ceW efvecveefueefKele oes efveÙece
(UPPCL JE–27.11.2019, Shift–I)
keâes efoÙee–
♦ The magnitude of the magnetic field at a distance R ØeLece efveÙece–Ùeefo oes ÛegcyekeâerÙe OeÇgJeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer
from a long, straight wire carrying a current I is efmLej jKeer peeÙes lees Gvekeâe heejmheefjkeâ Deekeâ<e&Ce Ùee efJekeâ<e&Ce
μi yeue Gvekeâer OeÇgJe Øeyeuelee kesâ iegCeveheâue kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw~
given by – B= 0
2πR efÉleerÙe efveÙece– oes ÛegcyekeâerÙe OeÇgJeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe Deekeâ<e&Ce
 Oeeje I keâe Jenve keâjves Jeeues Skeâ uecyes, meerOes leej mes otjer R hej leLee efJekeâ<e&Ce yeue Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ Jeie& keâe
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe heefjceeCe ......... Éeje efoÙee peelee nw – efJeueesceevegheeleer neslee nw~
μ0i
B=
2πR
(PGCIL JE–13.08.2021)
♦ The reluctance offered by the magnetic circuit or a Ùeefo m1 leLee m2 OeÇgJeeW keâer Øeyeuelee keâes oMee&les neW Deewj Gvekesâ
part of magnetic circuit does NOT depend upon yeerÛe keâer otjer d nes lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe OeÇgJeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe yeue
the– Deteriorated flux of the magnetic circuit
m1m 2
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe Ùee ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ Yeeie Éeje Øeoeve efkeâÙee F
d2
ieÙee Øeefle„cYe ........ hej efveYe&j vener keâjlee nw –
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ Üeefmele Heäuekeäme  0  r m1m 2
F vÙetšve
(PGCIL JE–13.08.2021) 4 d 2
♦ The same flux passes through all the parts of circuits peneB µ0 = JeeÙeg Ùee efveJee&le keâer ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee
whose total reluctance is the sum of the reluctance (permeability), efpemekeâe ceeve 4 × 10–7 nsvejer Øeefle ceeršj
of the series – connected part of the circuit, also, the neslee nw~
MMF is equal to the sum of all the MMFS required
µr = meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (Relative permeability) pees
for the individual part. Which magnetic circuit have
all these properties– Series Magnetic Circuit FkeâeF& jefnle neslee nw~
 meceeve heäuekeäme heefjheLe kesâ meYeer efnmmeeW mes neskeâj iegpejlee nw  JeeÙeg keâe efveJee&le ceeOÙece kesâ efueS µr = 1 neslee nw~
efpemekeâe kegâue Øeefle°cYe, heefjheLe kesâ ßesCeer›eâce mes pegÌ[s efnmmes kesâ  ÛegcyekeâerÙe OeÇgJe (Magnetic pole) keâe cee$ekeâ Jesyej neslee nw~
Øeefle°cYe keâe Ùeesie nw, meeLe ner, MMF efkeâmeer efJeefMe° Yeeie kesâ
♦ A coil carrying current behaves as – Magnet
efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ meYeer MMFS kesâ Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej nw~ efkeâme  Skeâ OeejeJeener keâe@Fue ........ kesâ ™he ceW JÙeJenej keâjleer nw–
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Ùes meYeer iegCe nesles nw– Ûegcyekeâ
ßesCeer›eâce ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe (RRB JE–19.09.2019)
(UPSSSC JE–19.12.2021) ♦ The property of a material that describes the ease
 Important component for the value of critical density with which a magnetic flux is established in the
in a superconductor– component is– Permeability
Magnetic field strength and temperature  efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe Jen iegCe, pees Gmekeâer menpelee keâes oMee&lee nw,
 Skeâ DeefleÛeeuekeâ ceW keÇâebeflekeâ IevelJe kesâ ceeve keâes efvekeâeueves kesâ efueS efpemekeâer Jepen mes ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme Ieškeâ ceW mLeeefhele neslee nw,
cenlJehetCe& Ieškeâ nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e meeceLÙe& Deewj leeheceeve keânueelee nw– ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening) (RRB JE–19.09.2019)
♦ Two 300 H coil in series without mutual coupling ÛegcyekeâerÙe #ejCe heäuekeäme Je eføeâefvpebie
have a total inductance of– 600 H
(Magnetic leakage Flux and Fringing)
 DevÙeesvÙe Ùegiceve kesâ efyevee ßesCeer›eâce ceW pegÌ[er oes 300 H keâe@FueeW
keâe kegâue ØesjkeâlJe nesiee – 600 H
(RRB JE–19.09.2019)
♦ .......... property of ferromagnetic material that
causes them to change their shape or dimensions
during the process of magnetization–
Magnetostriction
 ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe meeceef«eÙeeW keâe .......... iegCe, pees GvnW
ÛegbyekeâerÙekeâjCe keâer Øeef›eâÙee kesâ oewjeve Gvekesâ Deekeâej Ùee DeeÙeece
keâes yeoueves keâe keâejCe neslee nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe efJe®heCe
(RRB JE–19.09.2019)
♦ The unit of magnetic flux density is– Tesla  Ghejesòeâ efÛe$e mes mhe° nw efkeâ meYeer heäuekeäme core mes
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe keâe cee$ekeâ nw– šsmuee pass veneR nesles nw yeefukeâ kegâÚ heäuekeäme coil kesâ Deeme-
(RRB JE–19.09.2019) heeme set-up nes peeles nw, leLee Fve heäuekeämees keâe
(RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
magnetic circuit ceW keâesF& GheÙeesieer keâeÙe& veneR neslee nw~
(RRB JE– 2014, (BSNL TTA– 2015)
(UPSSSC JE– 2016), (BSNL TTA –2013) Dele: Ùen flux, leakage flux keânueeless nw~ Fmekeâes l
(SSC JE– 1 March 2017, 2.45 pm) mes ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(UPPCL AE– 12.11.2016)  mechetCe& heäuekeäme keâe Jen Yeeie pees ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâe
(MP JE– 2016, Evening Shift) DevegmejCe keâjlee nw, GheÙeesieer heäuekeäme (useful flux)
♦ The magnetic flux which does not follow the keânueelee nw~ Fmekeâes u mes ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~
particularly intended path in a magnetic circuit is
called– Leakage flux Total flux = Useful flux + leakage flux
 Jen ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØeJeen, peeW ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW efJeefMe° efveefo&° Total = useful + l
heLe keâe DevegmejCe vener keâjlee nw, Gmes –––––– keâne peelee nw–  ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW GlheVe mechetCe& heäuekeäme leLee GheÙeesieer
ueerkesâpe heäuekeäme heäuekeäme keâe Devegheele ÛegcyekeâerÙe #ejCe iegCeebkeâ
(RRB JE – 30.08.2019) (Magnetic leakage factor) keânueelee nw~ efpemes
♦ According to weber's molecular theory of ne@heefkeâvmeve keâe #ejCe iegCeebkeâ Yeer keânles nw~ Fmes  mes
magnetism, when a magnetic material is magnetised,
its molecules are forced along a– Straight line ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw~
 Jesyej kesâ ÛegcyekeâlJe kesâ DeeCeefJekeâ efmeæeble kesâ Devegmeej, peye efkeâmeer Total flux 
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâes Ûegcyeefkeâle efkeâÙee peelee nw lees Fmekesâ DeCegDeeW Leakage factor  =  Total
Useful flux Useful
hej –––––– ceW yeue ueielee nw– meerOeer jsKee
(RRB JE – 30.08.2019)  ÛegcyekeâerÙe #ejCe iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve ncesMee 1 mes DeefOekeâ
♦ AT/m is the unit of– Magnetic Intensity neslee nw~
 AT/m ......... keâe cee$ekeâ nw – ÛegyebkeâerÙe leer›elee  DeeOegefvekeâ ceMeerveeW Ùee ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLeeW ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe
(HPSSC JE–18.07.2021) #ejCe iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve 1.12 mes 1.26 kesâ ceOÙe jKee
(DSSSB JE–19.03.2021) peelee nw~
SSC JE 23.03.2021  Ghejesòeâ efÛe$e mes mhe° nw efkeâ meYeer heäuekeäme iewhe mes veneR
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
pass nesles yeefukeâ kegâÚ heäuekeäme gap kesâ yeenj keâe heLe ues
♦ .......... states that the line integral of the magnetic
field intensity around closed path is equal to the uesles nw~ DeLee&le pees heäuekeäme JeeÙeg Deblejeue kesâ Deeme-heeme
total current linked by the conductor– efkeâveejes mes neskeâj iegpejles nw, Gvns eføeâefpebie heäuekeäme keânles
Ampere's circuit law nw~
 .......... keânlee nw efkeâ yevo heLe kesâ heefjle: ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e leer›elee  fringing mes air gap keâe effective area yeÌ{ peelee
keâe jsKee meceekeâue, Ûeeuekeâ Éeje pees[Ì er ieF& kegâue Oeeje kesâ yejeyej nw Je air gap keâer flux density keâce nes peeleer nw~
neslee nw~ SefcheÙej keâe heefjheLe efveÙece  Magnetic circuit kesâ Air gap keâer uecyeeF& DeefOekeâ
(SSC JE–24.03.2021, Shift –II)
nesves hej fringing ØeYeeJe DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
♦ Property of a material opposes the passes of magnetic
flux through is– Reluctance ♦ The reluctance of a straight magnetic path is–
 heoeLe& keâe Jen iegCe pees ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme kesâ iegpejves keâe efJejesOe keâjlee Inversely proportional to area
nw– Øeefle<šcYe  Skeâ meerOes ÛegcyekeâerÙe heeLe keâe Øeefle°cYe nQ–
(SSC JE–Morning 22–01–2018) #es$eHeâue kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017 10 am) (DMRC JE–10.04.2018, Second Shift)
Øeefle°efcYelee Ùee efJeefMe° Øeefle°cYe ♦ If an electron enters a uniform magnetic field
(Reluctivity or Specific Reluctance) obliquely, the path of an electron will become– Spiral
 efkeâmeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& kesâ efvejhes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee kesâ  Ùeefo Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve Skeâ DeheefjJeefle&le ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW eflejÚs
JÙegl›eâce keâes Øeefle°efcYelee (reluctivity) DeLeJee ØeJesMe keâjlee nw, lees Gme Fueskeäšê@ve keâe ceeie& nes peeSiee– mheeFjue
efJeefMe° Øeefle°cYe keânles nw~ (BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
efvejhes#e SJeb meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee
1 1
Reluctivity   (Absolute and Relative Permeability)
 0  r
efvejhes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (Absolute Permeability)
 Fmekeâer FkeâeF& ceeršj/nsvejer nesleer nw~
 efkeâmeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& ceW Ùeefo ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e leer›elee
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâer Reluctivity,JewÅegle heefjheLe kesâ
(H) kesâ keâejCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe (B) neslee nw
Resistivity kesâ meceeve nesleer nw~
♦ A circular metallic disc is place in a vertical lees B SJeb H kesâ Devegheele keâes heoeLe& keâer efvejhes#e
magnetic field of constant induction in the ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee keânles nw~
downward direction. If the disc is rotated in a  Fmes ÛegcyekeâerÙe heejiecÙelee Ùee ØeJesMÙelee Yeer keânles nQ~
horizontal plane, the mmf induced will be– Zero
 Skeâ Je=òeekeâej Oeeleg keâer ef[mkeâ keâes uecyeJeled ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW veerÛes  Fmes  mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nQ~
keâer Deesj efveÙele ØesjCe ceW jKee ieÙee nw~ Ùeefo ef[mkeâ keâes #eweflepe B
leue hej IegceeÙee peelee nw, lees Øesefjle Sce. Sce. SHeâ. nesiee– MetvÙe  Ùee B = H
H
♦ An air gap is usually inserted in magnetic circuits so  Fmekeâer FkeâeF& nsvejer/ceeršj neslee nw~
as to– Prevent saturation meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (Relative Permeability)
 Skeâ nJee keâe Deblejeue meeceevÙele: ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW jKee peelee
 efkeâmeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee,
nw– efpememes meble=efhle (mesÛegjsMeve) keâes jeskeâe pee mekesâ
efkeâmeer Skeâ ner ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Éeje Gme heoeLe& ceW GlheVe
(UPPCL JE–2016)
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017, 2.45 pm) heäuekeäme IevelJe leLee JeeÙeg Ùee efveJee&le ceW GlheVe heäuekeäme
♦ The unit of magneto motive force is– AT IevelJe keâe Devegheele neslee nw~ Fmes r mes JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue keâer FkeâeF& nw– SefcheÙej–Jele&ve peelee nw~
(DMRC JE –2017)
♦ The magnetic field on the axis of a current carrying B(heoeLe&)
r 
polynomial coil will have only one horizontal B(JeeÙeg)
component parallel to the plane of the coil–
H
It's never possible r 
 Oeeje Jeener yengheo kegâC[ueer kesâ De#e hej ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe 0H
kegâC[ueer kesâ meceleue kesâ meceeveeblej kesâJeue Skeâ #eweflepe Ieškeâ 
nesiee– Ùen keâYeer Yeer mebYeJe veneR nw r  Ùee  · 0r
0
(Coal India Ltd. JE –26.03.2017)
s♦ Ferromagnetic substances are those which when  meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (r) Skeâ efJeceenerve jeefMe nesleer
placed in a magnetic field– Are strongly magnetized
in the direction of the applied field nw~
 ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& Jes nQ pees ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKes peeves hej–  efkeâmeer Core keâe meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (r) efpelevee
ØeÙegòeâ #es$e keâer efoMee ceW ÂÌ{lee mes Ûegcyeefkeâle nesles nQ DeefOekeâ nesiee Jen Glevee ner DeÛÚe Magnetic core
(UPRVUNL AE –2014) material nesiee DeLee&led Jen keâce Oeeje hej pÙeeoe
♦ Magnetostriction is a phenomenon of–
Change in physical dimension of ferromagnetic heäuekeäme GlheVe keâjsiee~
materials during magnetization ♦ The magnetic potential difference in a magnetic
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe efJe™heCe keâe Iešvee›eâce nw– circuit is given by– Hl
Ûegcyekeâve kesâ oewjeve ueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe meece«eer kesâ Yeeweflekeâ  ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe efJeYeJeevlej keâes oMee&Ùee peelee nw– H l
DeeÙeece ceW heefjJele&ve (SSC JE– 2014, Evening Shift)
(FCI– 04.10.2015) ♦ The magnitude of AT required to establish a given
♦ The unit of reciprocal of reluctance is– Henry value of flux in the air gap will be much greater than
 Øeefle°cYe kesâ JÙegl›eâce keâer FkeâeF& nw– nsvejer that required for Iron part of a magnetic circuit,
(UPRVUNL AE –2014) because– Air has the lowest relative permeability
♦ The Ohm's law for magnetic circuit is–  JeeÙeg Deblejeue ceW heäuekeäme keâe efveefMÛele ceeve mLeeefhele keâjves kesâ
MMF = Flux  Reluctance
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ efueS Deesce keâe efveÙece– efueS Dehesef#ele AT keâe heefjceeCe Gmemes yengle DeefOekeâ nesiee, pees
ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue = heäuekeäme × Øeefle°cYe ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ efueS ueesns Jeeues Yeeie kesâ efueS Dehesef#ele
(BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016, 10 AM) neslee nw keäÙeesefkeâ–JeeÙeg ceW efvecvelece meehes#e heejiecÙelee nesleer nw
(LMRC JE –2016) (SSC JE– 2015)
♦ The magnetism left in the iron after exciting field Øeefle°cYe
has been removed is known as–Residual magnetism (Reluctance)
 #es$e keâes Gòesefpele keâjves kesâ yeeo ueesns ceW yeÛee ÛegcyekeâlJe nševee  efkeâmeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe heLe ceW magnetic flux keâe DeJejesOe
keânueelee nw– DeJeefMe° ÛegcyekeâlJe reluctance keânueelee nw~ Fmes S mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw~
(IOF Electronic– 2014)  efpeme Øekeâej efkeâmeer JewÅegle heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe neslee nw
♦ A magnetic field exits around– Moving charges Gmeer Øekeâej ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW reluctance neslee nw~
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj efvekeâuelee nw– ieefleMeerue Ûeepe&  ØeeflejesOe JewÅegle heefjheLe ceW Tpee& keâes dissipation
(IOF Electronic 2014) keâjlee nw peyeefkeâ reluctance ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW
♦ Presence of magnetic flux in a magnetic circuit is ÛegcyekeâerÙe Tpee& keâes store (meb«en) keâjlee nw~
due to– MMF
 efkeâmeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØeJeen keâer GheefmLeefle keâe l
S AT / Weber
keâejCe nw– MMF 0  r a
(IOF Electronic– 2014)  Fmekeâer S.I. unit AT/Weber (DeLee&led Ampere
♦ The magnetic field strength on the axis of a short turn per weber) Ùee Øeefle nsvejer (H–1) nesleer nw~
solenoid is– Proportional to ampere ♦ Permeance is to reluctance as conductance is to–
turns and inversely proportional to length Resistance
 ueIeg heefjveeefuekeâe (Mee@š& meesueesvee@S[) kesâ De#e hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e  heÇefle<šcYe keâs efueÙes hejefceSvme nw pewmes ........... keâs efueÙes
keâer meeceLÙe&– SefcheÙej švme& kesâ meceevegheeleer Deewj uebyeeF& kesâ Ûeeuekeâlee– ØeeflejesOe
JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer nesleer nw~ ♦ A current is flowing toward north along a power
(UPRVUNL AE– November–2016) line. The direction of magnetic field above it is
(neglecting earth's field) toward– East
♦ The ratio of M.M.F to reluctance is– Flux
 Skeâ Meefòeâ ueeFve ceW Oeeje Gòej keâer Deesj ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw~ lees
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue Deewj Øeefle°cYe keâe Devegheele neslee nw– Heäuekeäme Fmekesâ Thej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer efoMee (Yet–#es$e keâe veieCÙe ceeveves
♦ Continuous path occupied by magnetic lines of hej).........keâer Deesj nesiee– hetjye
force is called– Magnetic circuit ♦ Fringing effect is ignored in a magnetic circuit if
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeDeeW Éeje ueieeleej Iesje peeves Jeeuee heLe air–gap is– Small
keânueelee nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe  Ùeefo JeeÙeg Devlejeue.............nes lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW eføebâefpebie
♦ The change of cross–sectional area of conductor in ØeYeeJe keâes DeveosKee efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– Úesše
magnetic field will affect– Reluctance of ♦ Due to fringing at the air gaps in a magnetic circuit,
the effective area of the air gaps is– Increased
conductor, resistance of conductor
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW JeeÙeg Devlejeue hej eføebâefpebie kesâ keâejCe, JeeÙeg
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Ûeeuekeâ keâer DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eHeâue ceW Devlejeue keâe ØeYeeJeer #es$eheâue ..........nw– yeÌ{lee
heefjJele&veve .......... keâes ØeYeeefJele keâjsiee– ♦
The flux density B in a core having relative
Ûeeuekeâ keâs Øeefle°cYe, Ûeeuekeâ keâs ØeeflejesOe permeability r and length l metres when I amperes
of current flows in its N–turn winding is–
♦ The magneto–motive force is–
μ μ NI
The sum of all currents embraced by B= 0 r
line of magnetic field l
 Skeâ ›eâes[ ceW peye I SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Fmekesâ N– Jele&ve ceW
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe–Jeenkeâ yeue nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ jsKeeDeeW Éeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw efpemekeâe meehesef#ekeâ ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee r leLee
meYeer OeejeDeeW kesâ meceeefJe° keâe Ùeesie μ μ NI
♦ The magnetic reluctance of a material– uecyeeF& l ceeršj nw lees heäuekeäme IevelJe nw– B= 0 r
l
Decreases with increasing cross ØeJesMÙelee
sectional area of material (Permeance)
 Skeâ heoeLe& keâe ÛegcyekeâerÙe Øeefle°cYe–  Reluctance kesâ efJeueesce keâes permeance keâne
heoeLe& kesâ DevegØemLe–keâeš #es$eHeâue ceW Je=efæ 1
kesâ meeLe Iešlee nw~ peelee nw~ Permeance  nsvejer
Reluctance (S)
♦ .......... part of the magnetic path requires largest  Fmekeâer FkeâeF& nsvejer Ùee Jesyej/SefcheÙej-šve& nesleer
m.m.f.– Air gap nw~
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heLe kesâ .......... Yeeie keâes DeefOekeâlece Sce.Sce.SHeâ. keâer  efkeâmeer Magnetic Material keâe permeance Ùen
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw– JeeÙeg Devlejeue oMee&lee nw efkeâ Magnetic material efkeâleveer Deemeeveer
♦ The reluctance of a magnetic circuit is ...... relative mes Magnetise nes jne nw~
permeability of the material comprising the circuit–  ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâe permeance, JewÅegle heefjheLe kesâ
Inversely proportional to conductance kesâ meceeve neslee nw~
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâe Øeefle°cYe, heefjheLe keâes yeveeves Jeeues heoeLe& kesâ  ideal magnetic core material kesâ efueS
meehesef#ekeâ ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee _____neslee nw– kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer permeance keâe ceeve Devevle neslee nw~
♦ The effect of fringing is that air gap– ♦ The electric and magnetic fields are–
Reluctance decreases Two parts of one unique phenomena
 eføebâefpebie keâe ØeYeeJe Ùen nw efkeâ JeeÙeg Devlejeue keâe–  efJeÅegle Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e nQ– Skeâ DeefÉleerÙe Iešvee kesâ oes Yeeie
Øeefle°cYe Iešlee nw
(Coal India Ltd.–26.03.2017)
♦ Magnetic circuits are analogous to– Electric circuit
3. efJeÅegle heefjheLe Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe, mece™he nw– efJeÅegle heefjheLe kesâ
yeerÛe meceevelee (Analogy between
(UJVNL–2016)
Electric and Magnetic Circuit) ♦ When a single turn coil rotates in a uniform
♦ In a magnetic circuit, which is similar to current and magnetic field, at uniform speed, the induced emf
resistance in an electric circuit– Flux and reluctance will be– Alternating
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceWs ............ efJeÅegle heefjheLe kesâ Oeeje Deewj  peye keâesF& Skeâue šve& Jeeueer kegâC[ueer meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW
ØeeflejesOe kesâ meceeve nw– heäuekeäme Deewj Øeefle<šcYe meceeve ieefle mes Ietceleer nw lees Øesefjle efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue nesiee–
(PGCIL ER–1 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
ØelÙeeJeleea
♦ In a magnetic circuit reluctance is analogy with (BSNL TTA –26.09.2016, 10 am)
which in an electric circuit Impedance ♦ The current through the coil of an electromagnet is
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Øeefle°cYe (Reluctance) efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW doubled. The magnetic field around the coil–
......... kesâ meceeveeLeea nw– ØeefleyeeOee Is doubled
(UPPCL JE– 2013)  Skeâ JewÅegle Ûegcyekeâ keâer kegâC[ueer mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâes oesiegvee keâj
♦ ........... parameter of electric circuit is equivalent to efoÙee peelee nw~ kegâC[ueer kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e–
permeance in magnetic circuit – Conductance oesiegvee nes peeÙesiee
 efJeÅegle heefjheLe keâe ............ hewjeceeršj ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW (BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
heejiecÙe kesâ leguÙe nw – Ûeeuekeâlee ♦ The Flux, In Force–Current analogy, is analogous to–
(DMRC JE – 20.02.2020) Displacement
(UPSSSC JE– 2015)  yeue–Oeeje leguÙelee kesâ Devegmeej, heäuekeäme leguÙe nesiee– efJemLeeheve kesâ
(DMRC JE– 10.04.2018, Second Shift) (BSNL TTA– 29.09.2016,10 AM)
♦ The effect of fringing ––––––– with the increase in ♦ The total electric and magnetic intensities E r
and
the length of the air gap in magnetic circuit–
H respectively are related for a uniform plane wave
Increases r
E μ0
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLeeW ceW JeeÙeg Devlejeue keâer uecyeeF& ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe as– =
eføebâefpebie keâe ØeYeeJe –––– yeÌ{lee nw~ H 0
r
(RRB JE – 30.08.2019)  kegâue JewÅegle Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe leer›elee ceW ›eâceMe: E Deewj H nw Ùen
♦ M.M.F. in a magnetic circuit corresponds to –––– of r
E μ0
an electric circuit – E.M.F Ùetveerheâece& huesve JesJe ceW .......... Øekeâej mecyeefvOele nw– =
H 0
 Skeâ ÛegyebkeâerÙe heefjheLe ces M.M.F. Skeâ efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW efkeâmekesâ
Deveg™he neslee nw– efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (UPPCL AE– 26.07.2015)
(HPSSC JE–18.07.2021) ♦ Flux in a magnetic circuit is analogous to–
♦ Comparing a magnetic circuit with an electric Current in an electric circuit
circuit the equivalent for the magnetic flux is–  Skeâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Heäuekeäme kesâ Deveg¤he nw–
The current in the lines JewÅegle heefjheLe ceW Oeeje kesâ
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâer efJeÅegle heefjheLe kesâ meeLe leguevee keâjves hej (RPHED 2015)
meceleguÙe ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme nesiee– ueeFve ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ♦ As per the concept of analogy between electric and
(SSC JE– 2 March 2017 10 am) magnetic circuits, ............... is the analogy pair–
♦ Self–inductance is analogously called– Conductivity–Permeability
Electromagnetic inertia  efJeÅegle leLee ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ yeerÛe Deveg™helee (Analogy)
 mJe–ØesjCe keâes legueveelcekeâ ™he cesb keâne peelee nw– keâer DeJeOeejCee kesâ Devegmeej, ......... Skeâ Deveg™helee Ùegice nw–
efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe peÌ[lJe Ûeeuekeâlee–ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee
(DMRC JE – 20.02.2020) (HMWS–15)
♦ The direction of magnetic lines of force is– ♦ A uniform electric field and a uniform magnetic
field are produced, pointed in the same direction.
From North pole to South Pole An electron is projected with its velocity pointed in
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeDeeW keâer efoMee nesleer nw– the same direction, then–
Gòejer OeÇgJe mes oef#eCeer OeÇgJe keâer Deesj The electron velocity will decrease
 Glheeefole Skeâ meceeve JewÅegle #es$e leLee Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ♦ A moving electric charge will produce–
Skeâ ner efoMee ceW ueies nw~ Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâes Gmekesâ Jesie kesâ meeLe Both electric and magnetic fields
Gmeer efoMee ceW Øe#esefhele efkeâÙee peeÙes leye–  Skeâ ieefleMeerue JewÅegle DeeJesMe.........Glheeefole keâjsiee–
Fueskeäšê@ve keâe Jesie Ieš peeÙesiee JewÅegle SJeb ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e oesveeW
JewÅegle heefjheLe Je ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW meceeveleeÙeW

JewÅegle heefjheLe/Electrical Circuit ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe/Magnetic Circuit
(i) JewÅegle Oeeje kesâ efueÙes yevo heeLe, JewÅegle heefjheLe keânueelee nw~ (i) ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme kesâ efueS yevo heeLe, ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe
keânueelee nw~
E MMF
(ii) Oeeje  I   Ampere (ii) Heäuekeäme ()= Wb
R S
(iii) efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (E) (iii) ÛegcyekeâlJe Jeenkeâ yeue (AT)
l l AT
(iv) ØeeflejesOe (Resistance)  R     (iv) Øeefle°cYe(Reluctance)  S   or H 1
a 0 r a Wb
I 
(v) Oeeje IevelJe  J   A / m2 (v) Heäuekeäme IevelJe  B   Wb / m 2
a a
(vi) Jeesušlee heele = IR (vi) ÛegcyekeâlJe Jeenkeâ yeue [ê@he =  .S
V NI
(vii) efJeÅegle leer›elee  E   V/m (vii) ÛegcyekeâerÙe leer›elee  H   AT / m
d l
1 1
(viii) ÛeeuekeâlJe G   J or simence (viii) heejiecÙe (Permeance)  P   H or Wb/AT
R S
(ix) Ûeeuekeâlee (Conductivity) () (ix) ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (Permeability)  = 0r H/m

1
= J or simence
 m meter
1 (x) Øeefle°efcYelee
(x) efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe (Resistivity) ()    m
 1
(Reluctivity) = m/ H
Permeability ( )
(xi) Series Je Parallel kesâ efveÙece ueeiet nesles nQ DeLee&led (xi) FmeceW Yeer series Je parallel kesâ efveÙece ueeiet nesles nw
R series  R1  R2  R3  ........  Rn DeLee&led
1 1 1 1 1 Sseries  S1  S2  S3  ...........  Sn
    ......... 
R parallel R1 R 2 R3 Rn 1 1 1 1 1
    ......... 
Sparallel S1 S 2 S3 Sn

ce=og ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
4. B–H keâJe& Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe efnmšsefjefmeme/ (Soft Magnetic Materials)
YebJej Oeeje ne@efve
(B.H Curve and Magnetic Hysteresis)
♦ ......... is the curve characteristics of a material or
element or alloy's magnetic properties– B–H Curve
 .......... efkeâmeer heoeLe& Ùee lelJe Ùee efceße Oeeleg kesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe iegCeeW
keâer Je›eâ efJeMes<elee (keâJe& efJeMes<elee) nw– B–H Je›eâ
(UPSSSC JE–19.12.2021)
Note:– ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX ceW B–H curve yeveeves keâe iegCe neslee
nw~ šeFšsefveÙece Skeâ DevegÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& nw leLee ues[ ceW ØeefleÛegcyekeâerÙe
iegCe nesles nw~
■ FmeefueS šeFšsefveÙece Deewj ues[ B–H Je›eâ keâes vener oMee&les nw~
♦ The power of retaining magnetism even after the
 Jen heoeLe& pees efkeâ mejuelee mes Ûegcyeefkeâle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw
removal of the magnetising force is called –
leLee Dehevee ÛegcyekeâerÙe iegCe MeerIeÇ ner Kees osles nQ ce=og ÛegcyekeâerÙe
Retentively
heoeLe& keânueeles nQ~
 ÛegcyekeâlJe yeue kesâ nševes kesâ yeeo Yeer ÛegcyekeâlJe keâes yeveeS jKeves  Fvekeâe MewefLeuÙe heeMe DeLee&led efnmšwefjmeerme uethe mekeâje neslee nw~
keâer Meefòeâ keânueeleer nw – OeejCeMeeruelee  Fve heoeLeeX cebs Ûegcyekeâve keâer efoMee ØeÙegòeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Éeje
(DMRC JE–20.02.2020) mejuelee mes heefjJeefle&le keâer pee mekeâleer nw leLee Ûegcyekeâve kesâ meceÙe
♦ As frequency increases, the magnetic flux inside a Tpee& ne@efve keâce nesleer nw~
conductor– Decreases
 pewmes–pewmes DeeJe=efòe yeÌ{sieer kebâ[keäšj kesâ Deboj keâe ÛegbyekeâerÙe  Fvekeâer MewefLeuÙe ne@efve (Hysterseis) keâce nesleer nw~
Heäuekeäme– Iešsiee  Fvekesâ Hysterseis loop keâe Area keâce neslee nw~
(BSNL TTA– 29.09.2016, 3 pm)  Fvekeâer Permeability (r) GÛÛe nesleer nw~
♦ ............ magnetic materials have small area of  Fvekeâe Magnetic Reluctance keâce neslee nw~
hysteresis loop- Soft magnetic material  Fvekeâer Susceptibility keâce nesleer nw~
 ........... ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& ceW efnmšsefjefmeme uethe keâe Úesše #es$e  Fvekeâer Retentivity keâce nesleer nw~
yevelee nw – vece& ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&  Fvekeâes Magnetize Deewj Demagnetize Deemeeveer mes efkeâÙee
(UPPCL JE–27.11.2019, Shift–I) pee mekeâlee nw~
♦ The shape of B–H curve is non–linear because –  Fvekeâer Resistivity GÛÛe nesleer nw~
It indicate that relative permeability of a  Fvekeâer YebJej Oeeje ne@efve keâce nesleer nQ~
material is not constant but it varies  Ùes keâce ÛegcyekeâerÙe meble=efhle keâes Øeehle keâjles nw~
 B–H Je›eâ keâe Deekeâej DejsKeerÙe neslee nw keäÙeesefkeâ –  Fvekeâe efve«en yeue (Co-ercieve force) keâce neslee nw~
Ùen Fbefiele keâjlee nw efkeâ heoeLe& keâer meehes#e heejiecÙelee ♦ The shape of the hysteresis loop of silicon steel
efmLej veneR nw uesefkeâve Ùen yeoueleer jnleer nw~ material is – Narrow
 efmeefuekeâe@ve mšerue heoeLe& kesâ MewefLeuÙe uethe keâe Deekeâej neslee nw –
(UPRVUNL JE–21.10.2021, Shift–II)
♦ Hysteresis is the name given to the ……..of flux mebkeâerCe&
density behind the magnetising force, when a (PGCIL NR–II 13.08.2021)
specimen of ferromagnetic material is taken through ♦ The magnetic permeability of a paramagnetic
a cycle of magnetisation – Lagging substance is– Small and positive
 MewefLeuÙe ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue kesâ heerÚs Heäuekeäme IevelJe kesâ .............  Deveg Û eg c yekeâer
Ù e heoeLe& keâer Ûeg cyekeâer Ù e Ûeg cyekeâMeer uelee nesleer nw–
Úesše leLee Oeveelcekeâ
keâes efoÙee ieÙee veece nw, peye ÛegcyekeâerÙekeâjCe kesâ Skeâ Ûe›eâ kesâ
♦ In ferroelectric materials, the hysteresis loop is the
ceeOÙece mes ueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe meece«eer keâe Skeâ vecetvee efueÙee peelee _____function of the applied electric field–
nw– he§eieeceer Non–linear
(PGCIL NR–II 13.08.2021)  hesâjesFuesefkeäš^keâ meece«eer ceW, efnmšsjsefmeme uethe ØeÙegòeâ efkeâS ieS
♦ If a conductor is made into a loop and current is efJeÅegle #es$e keâe............. HebâkeäMeve neslee nw– DejsKeerÙe
passed through it, then magnetic flux lines are in – (UPPCL JE Re–exam– 27.08.2018, evening)
Concentric circles all along its length ♦ Correct for a permanent magnetic material–
The residual induction and the coercive
 Ùeefo Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâes Skeâ uethe yevee efoÙee peeÙe leLee FmeceW mes
field should be large
Oeeje ØeJeeefnle efkeâÙee peeÙes lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme jsKeeSb nesieer –  Skeâ mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& kesâ efueS melÙe nw–
Fmekeâer uecyeeF& kesâ meeLe mebkesâefvõle Je=òe keâer lejn DeJeefMe° ØesjCe Deewj efve«en yeue yeÌ[e nesvee ÛeeefnS
(PGCIL NR–II 13.08.2021) (UPPCL JE Re–exam– 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ Ballistic tests are used in magnetic measurements to ♦ The area of the hysteresis loop will be least for
determine– materials is– Silicon steel
Flux density, magnetizing force and B–H  efnmšsjsefmeme heeMe keâe #es$eHeâue meyemes keâce nesiee–efmeefuekeâe@ve Fmheele
curve and hysteresis loop of the specimen (SSC JE– 2015)
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe ceeheveeW ceW ....... kesâ efveOee&jCe kesâ efueS yewefueefmškeâ ♦ If a ferromagnetic material is heated upto Curie
hejer#eCe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– temperature, it become– Paramagnetic material
Øeefle™he keâe ÛegcyekeâerÙe IevelJe, cewivesšeFefpebie yeue, B–H  Ùeef o ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâes keäÙetjer leeheceeve lekeâ iece& efkeâÙee
Je›eâ SJeb efnmšsjsefmeme uethe peelee nw, lees Ùen nes peelee nw– DevegÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
(MP Sub Engineer 01.09.2018) (FCI– 4.10.2015)
♦ ........... is meant by magnetic saturation of iron– (UTTARAKHAND JE–I 2013)
The part of the magnetization curve in which ♦ Ferrites are types of– Magnetic material
the change in magnetic field strength H causes  hes â jeFšd me.......... keâe Øekeâej nw – Ûeg c yekeâer Ùe heoeLe&
a little change in the magnetic flux density B (UTTARAKHAND JE–I 2013)
 ueesns ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe meble=hlelee keâe DeLe& nw– ♦ The area of hysteresis loop for a specimen is found
Ûebgyekeâve Je›eâ keâe Jen Yeeie efpemeceW ÛebgyekeâerÙe #es$e to be large. This means that the hysteresis loss in
this specimen would be– Large
meeceLÙe& H ceW heefjJele&ve kesâ keâejCe ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme  Skeâ vecetves kesâ efueS efnmšsefjmeerme uethe keâe #es$e yeÌ[e heeÙee ieÙee nw~
IevelJe B ceW LeesÌ[e mee heefjJele&ve neslee Fmekeâe celeueye Ùen nw efkeâ Fme vecetves ceW efnmšsjsefmeme neBefve
(SSC JE 3 March 2017 10 am) _______ nesieer– pÙeeoe
♦ Diamagnetic materials are– Repelled by Both poles
(UPPCL JE– 2016)
 ØeefleÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& nw– oesveeW OegÇJeeW Éeje Øeeflekeâef<e&le nesles nQ ♦ The area of hysteresis loop is a measure of–
(BSNL TTA– 27.09.2016, 3 pm) Energy loss per cycle
♦ The ability of a material to remain magnetized after  efnmšsjsefmeme Je›eâ kesâ #es$eheâue mes ceeheles nQ–Tpee& Üeme Øeefle Ûe›eâ
removal of the magnetizing force is known as–
(UPSSSC JE–2016)
Retentivity ♦ The anti–ferromagnetic material is– Bismuth
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue keâes nševes kesâ yeeo Yeer efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâer ÛegcyekeâlJe  Sbšer–Hesâjescewivesefškeâ heoeLe& nw– efyemceLe
keâes yeveeÙes jKeves keâer #ecelee keâes keânles nQ– OeejCeMeeruelee (IOF 2014)
(BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016,3 pm) ♦ A material for good magnetic memory should have–
♦ .......... method is used while drawing magnetization High retentivity
curve– Flux density on Y–axis and  DeÛÚer ÛegbyekeâerÙe cesceesjer nsleg ØeÙegkeäle heoeLe& ceW nesveer ÛeeefnS–
field strength on X– axis. GÛÛe OeejCe #ecelee
 Ûegbyekeâve Je›eâ yeveeles meceÙe ........ efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
(UPSSSC JE–2016)
nw– Y De#e hej Heäuekeäme IevelJe Deewj ♦ Soft magnetic materials have–
X-De#e hej ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e meeceLÙe& High permeability and low coercive force
(UPPCL JE– 2013)  ce=og ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& jKelee nw–
♦ The B–H curve for ________will be a straight line GÛÛe heejiecÙelee leLee efvecve efve«en yeue
passing through the origin– Air (UPSSSC JE–2016)
 .......... kesâ efueS B–H Je›eâ cetue efyevog mes iegp] ejves Jeeueer mejue jsKee ♦ Degaussing is the process of–
nesieer– JeeÙeg Demagnetising metallic parts
(SSC JE– 2014, Morning Shift)  [er i ee@ e E meie .............. keâer Øeef›eâÙee nw–
♦ Hysteresis is the phenomenon in the magnetic circuit Oeeleg šgkeâÌ[eW keâs efJeÛegcyekeâerkeâjCe
by which– B lags behind H ♦ The magnetic materials exhibit the property of
 efnmšsjsefmeme, ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Ssmeer heefjIešvee nw efpemekesâ magnetization because of–
Éeje– B, H mes heMÛeieeceer neslee nw Orbital motion of electrons, spin of
(SSC JE– 2014, Morning Shift) electrons, spin of nucleus
♦ The B–H curve is used to find the mmf of this  ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX kesâ ÛegcyekeâlJe keâe iegCe Øeoe|Mele keâjves keâe keâejCe
section of the magnetic circuit. The section is– nw– Fueskeäšê@veeW keâe keâ#eerÙe ieefle,
Iron part Fueskeäšê@veeW keâe Ûe›eâCe, veeefYekeâ keâe Ûe›eâCe
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ ......... Yeeie ceW mmf %eele keâjves kesâ efueS ♦ For which materials the net magnetic moment
B–H Je›eâ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– ueewn Yeeie should be zero– Antiferromagnetic materials
(SSC JE– 2014, Evening Shift)  efkeâve heoeLeeX kesâ efueS kegâue ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& MetvÙe nesvee ÛeeefnS–
♦ Area of hysteresis loop represents– Hysteresis losses Øeefle–ueewn–ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&
 efnmšsjsefmeme uethe keâe #es$eheâue ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw– ♦ The saturation flux density for most magnetic
efnmšsjsefmeme neBefveÙeeB materials is about– 2 to 2.4 Wb/m2
(UPPCL AE 26.07.2015)  DeefOekeâebMe ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX kesâ efueS meble=efhle heäuekeäme IevelJe
(SSC JE– 2008) ueieYeie.............neslee nw– 2 mes 2.4 Wb/m2
♦ The materials used for the core of a good relay ♦ In non–magnetic materials descending and
should have ........ hysteresis loop– Narrow ascending B–H curves– Coincide
 Skeâ DeÛÚs efjues kesâ ›eâes[ kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues heoeLe&  DeÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeex ceW, DeJejesner Deewj Deejesner B–H Je›eâ–
keâe MewefLeuÙe heeMe ..............nesvee ÛeeefnS– mebkeâerCe& mecheeleer nesles nw
♦ The magnetic material used for ....... should have a ♦ The slope of B–H curve of a material gives its–
large hysteresis loop– Permanent magnets Absolute permeability
 ...........kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙes ieÙes ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâe  heoeLe& kesâ B–H Je›eâ keâer ØeJeCelee Fmekesâ.........keâes oslee nw–
MewefLeuÙe heeMe yeÌ[e nesvee ÛeeefnS– mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ efvejhes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee
♦ The transformer cores operating at microwave ♦ The value of relative permeability of ferromagnetic
frequency range, are usually made of– Ferrites materials ........... with increase in temperature–
 ceeF›eâesJesJe DeeJe=efòe hejeme hej ØeÛeeefuele šêbmeHeâece&j ›eâes[ meceevÙele: Decreases
 ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâer meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee keâe ceeve leeheceeve
yevee neslee nw– hesâjeFšdme yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe ........... nw– Iešlee
keâ"esj ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& Ùee mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ Oeeleg ♦ The hysteresis cycle for the material of a
(Hard Magnetic Materials) transformer is– Tall and narrow
 heefjCeeefce$e kesâ heoeLe& kesâ efueS MewefLeuÙe Ûe›eâ.......... neslee nw–
uecyee Deewj mekeâje
♦ A permanent magnet should have– High coercivity
 Skeâ mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ ceW.............nesvee ÛeeefnS– GÛÛe efve«en
♦ Magnetic materials that have high retentivity have
a– Nearly square hysteresis loop
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeex efpemekeâer OeejCe #ecelee GÛÛe nesleer nw, ceW
.......... neslee nw– ueieYeie Jeiee&keâej MewefLeuÙe heeMe
♦ In an electromagnet, the flux density at saturation
should be– High
 efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ ceW, meble=efhle hej heäuekeäme IevelJe....... nesiee– GÛÛe
♦ The limit beyond which the strength of a magnet
cannot be increased is called– Magnetic saturation
 Jen meercee efpemekesâ Deeies Ûegcyekeâ keâer meeceLÙe& keâes veneR yeÌ{eÙee pee
mekeâlee nw, keânueelee nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe meble=efhle
 Jen heoeLe& efpemes mejuelee mes Ûegcyeefkeâle leLee efJeÛegcyeefkeâle ♦ The purpose of shielding meter with soft iron is–
veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee, Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe iegCe keâes OeejCe To protect meter movement form
efkeâÙes jnles nw, keâ"esj ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keânueeles nQ~ stray magnetic fields
GheÙeesie–  vece& ueesns kesâ meeLe ceeršj heefjj#eCe keâe GoddosMÙe nw–
 keâ"esj ÛegcyekeâerÙe OeelegDeeW keâes ceehekeâ Ùeb$e, šêbme[Ÿetmej, mš^s ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e mes ceeršj kesâ
Fueskeäšê@ve šŸetye, šsueerefJepeve šŸetye Deeefo cebs Yeer ØeÙeesie ÛeueeÙeceeve keâer j#ee keâjvee
efkeâÙee peelee nw~  The correct relation between magnetic flux density
mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe OeelegDeeW cebs efvecve efJeMes<eleeÙeW nesveer (B) and magnetic field strength (H) in a material
with absolute permeability of – B = H
ÛeeefnS–   efvejhes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee Jeeues heoeLe& ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme IevelJe
 GÛÛe ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee~
(B) Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e meeceLÙe& (H) kesâ ceOÙe mener mecyevOe
 cetuÙe keâce nesvee ÛeeefnS~
nesiee– B = H
 GÛÛe efve«eener yeue ueieYeie 10 AT/meter
4
(SSC JE–24.03.2021 Shift–I)
 MeerIeÇ efJeÛegcyeefkeâle ve nes, FmeefueS keäÙetjer leeheceeve GÛÛe ♦ Magnetic core losses arises due to–
nesvee ÛeeefnS~ Eddy currents, Hysteresis losses,
 Fvekeâer MewefLeuÙe ne@efve (Hysterissloss) DeefOekeâ neslee nw~ Magnetic saturation
 Fvekesâ Hysterisis loop keâe Area DeefOekeâ neslee nw~  ÛegcyekeâerÙe keâesj neBefveÙeeB kesâ keâejCe GlheVe nesleer nw–
 Fvekeâer Permeability (r) keâce nesleer nw~ YebJej Oeeje, efnmšsjsefmeme neBefveÙeeB, ÛebgyekeâerÙe meble=efhle
 Fvekeâe Magnetic Reluctance DeefOekeâ neslee nw~ (Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019, 03 –05 pm)
♦ Hysteresis loss in a transformer is proportional to
 Fvekeâer Suseptibility efvecve nesleer nw~
which quantity– Bmax1.6
 Fvekeâe efve«en yeue (Co-ercieve force) DeefOekeâ neslee nw~  šêbmeheâe@ce&j ceW efnmšsjsefmeme neBefve efkeâme jeefMe kesâ meceevegheeefle nw– Bmax1.6
 Fvekeâer Retentivity DeefOekeâ nesleer nw~ (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening)
 Fvekeâes Deemeeveer mes magnetize Deewj demagnetize ♦ To minimise loss due to hysteresis, the magnetic
veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ material should have– Low hysteresis coefficient
 efnmšsjsefmeme kesâ keâejCe nesves Jeeueer neBefve keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS
 FveceW GÛÛe YebJej Oeeje ne@efveÙeeB nesleer nw~
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& nesvee ÛeeefnS– keâce MewefLeuÙe iegCeebkeâ
 Fvekeâe ÛegcyekeâerÙe meble=efhle ceeve GÛÛe neslee nw~ (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening)
♦ Hysteresis loss in a magnetic core is–  Skeâ efJeÅegle ceMeerve ceW MewefLeuÙe ØeYeeJe mes–
Wh = Kh B1.6
max f V heefjCeecele: Meefòeâ Üeme neslee nw, ceMeerve keâe leehe
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe keâesj ceW efnmšsjerefmeme neBefve nw–Wh = Kh B1.6 max f V
yeÌ{lee nw, ceMeerve keâer o#elee keâce nesleer nw
(MPPKVVCL –2017) ♦ The hysteresis loop is nearly square for–
(SSC JE–Morning 22–01–2018) Ferrite core
(UPSSSC JE 2016)  Mew e f L euÙe heeMe.............kes â ef ueS ueieYeie Jeiee& k eâej neslee nw–
♦ Materials subjected to rapid reversal of magnetism hesâjeFš keâesj
should have– ♦ In heating the ferro–magnetic materials by induction
High permeability and low hysteresis loss heating, heat is produced owing to–
 ÛegbyekeâlJe kesâ lespe JÙegl›eâceCe kesâ DeOeerve heoeLeeX ceW nesvee ÛeeefnS– Hysteresis loss as well as eddy
GÛÛe heejiecÙelee Deewj keâce MewefLeuÙe Üeme current loss in the material
(ESIC JE –2016)  ØesjCe T<cee Éeje ueewn ÛegbyekeâerÙe heoeLeeX keâes iece& keâjles meceÙe
♦ Hysteresis loss can be reduced by– T<cee keâe Glheeove ......... nesves kesâ keâejCe neslee nw–
Using material of narrow hysteresis loop
 efnmšsjsefmeme neBefve keâes keâce efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
heoeLe& ceW MewefLeuÙe neBefve leLee YebJej Oeeje neBefve
mebkeâerCe& efnmšjsefmeme uethe Jeeues heoeLe& keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ♦ ......... eddy current(SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018)
loss does an air core inductor
(BSNL TTA– 25.09.2016,10 AM) have– Very less
♦ Hysteresis loss is proportional to the area under
the hysteresis curve. Also, it is ………. proportional  JeeÙeg keâes j Fb[ keäšj ceW YeB Jej Oeeje neB e f v e ...... nes i eer – yengle keâce
to the number of cycles of magnetization per (UPPCL JE 11.02.2018, Evening)
second– Directly, directly ♦ Eddy current loss in a magnetic core is–
 MewefLeuÙe neBefve, MewefLeuÙe Je›eâ kesâ #es$eheâue kesâ ……..Devegheeleer Pe = K e Bmax 2 2 2 2
f t V
nesleer nw leLee Ùen Ûegcyekeâve Ûe›eâ Øeefle meskesâC[ keâer mebKÙee kesâ  ÛegcyekeâerÙe keâesj ceW nesves Jeeueer YebJej Oeeje neBefve nw–
Yeer……….Devegheeleer nesleer nw~ ØelÙe#e, ØelÙe#e Pe = K e Bmax 2
f 2 t2 V
(UPRVUNL JE– 2014)
♦ Hysteresis loss in a given magnetic material can be MPPKVVCL –2017
reduced by Ruducing the maximum flux SSC JE Morning 24.01.2018
density established by. ♦ An eddy current is a current– Present in a metal
 efkeâmeer efoS ieS ÛegbcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& ceW efnmšsefjefmeme neBefve keâce efkeâÙee which is in a changing magnetic field
pee mekeâlee nw– Fmekesâ Éeje mLeeefhele DeefOekeâlece heäuekeäme  YeJej Oeeje, Skeâ Oeeje nw–
IevelJe keâes keâce keâjkesâ yeoueles ngS ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKes ngS Oeeleg cebs ceewpeto
(RRB JE–2014) (UPRVUNL AE –2014)
♦ The Force between two permanent magnets is
♦ Hysteresis loss least depends on–
determined by– Distance among them, Direction of
Ambient temperature
Magnets, Orientation of Magnets
 efnmšsjerefmeme neBefve........... hej keâce mes keâce efveYe&j keâjleer nw–  oes mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâeW kesâ ceOÙe yeue %eele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
SbefyeÙeWš leeheceeve Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ Éeje, ÛegcyekeâeW keâer efoMee kesâ Éeje,
♦ Silicon steel is used in electrical machines because ÛegcyekeâeW kesâ DevegmLeeheve (DeesefjSbšsMeve) kesâ Éeje
it has– Low hysteresis loss
(BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016_10 am)
 efmeefuekeâe@ve Fmheele efJeÅegle ceMeervees ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ ♦ The cores in electrical machines are generally made
FmeceW ............nesleer nw– efvecve efnmšsjerefmeme neBefve of laminations to reduce– Eddy current loss
♦ The hysteresis loop for materials having high  .......... keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS JewÅegle ceMeerve kesâ ›eâes[ keâes
retentivity is– Wide meeOeejCeleÙee hejleoej yeveeÙee peelee nw– YeBJej Oeeje neBefve
 GÛÛe OeejCe #ecelee Jeeues heoeLeex keâe MewefLeuÙe heeMe......... neslee ♦ A ferrite core has less eddy current loss than an iron
nw– ÛeewÌ[e core because– Ferrites have high resistance
♦ Air–core coils are practically free from–  Skeâ HesâjeFš ›eâes[ ceW, Skeâ ueewn ›eâes[ keâer leguevee ceW keâce YebJej
Hysteresis losses, eddy current losses Oeeje neBefveÙeeB nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– hesâjeFš ces GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe neslee nw
 JeeÙeg ›eâes[ kegbâ[ueer ØeÙeesieelcekeâ ™he mes cegkeäle nesleer nw–
♦ A laminated iron core has reduced eddy–current
MewefLeuÙe neBefveÙeeW, Ye@Jej Oeeje neBefveÙeeW losses because– The laminations core are
♦ The shape and size of hysteresis loop depends insulated from each other
upon– Nature of material, max. flux density,  Skeâ hešefuele ueewn ›eâes[ YebJej Oeeje neBefve keâes keâce keâj oslee nw
initial state of material
 MewefLeuÙe heeMe keâe Deekeâej SJeb Deeke=âefle, efveYe&j keâjlee nw– keäÙeeWefkeâ– hešefuele keâesj Skeâ otmejs mes efJeÅeglejesefOele nesles nw
heoeLe& keâer Øeke=âefle, DeefOekeâlece heäuekeäme IevelJe, ESIC JE 2016
For 1 m3 of material, the hysteresis loss will be
heoeLe& keâer ØeejefcYekeâ DeJemLee ♦
minimum for– Silicon steel
♦ The hysteresis effect in an electrical machine–
Results in power loss, raises machine  1 m 3
Jeeues heoeLe& kes â ef ueS Mew e f L euÙe neB e f v e ........... kesâ efueS
temperature, reduces machine efficiency vÙetvelece nesiee– efmeefuekeâeve Fmheele
♦ The coercive magnetic force (HC) value of ceramic  DeefYeJÙeefòeâ e   N  d  / dt ceW $e+Ceelcekeâ mebkesâle (–)
type of permanent magnetic material is– 200 kA/m
 Ûeerveer efceóer Øekeâej kesâ mLeeÙeer ÛegbyekeâerÙe meece«eer kesâ efueS keâes-Sefme&Je ..........kesâ keâejCe mes nw– ueWpe efveÙece
(DMRC JE–2014)
(coercive) ÛegbyekeâerÙe yeue (HC) keâe ceeve nesiee– 200 kA/m (DMRC JE –Electronic 2016)
(MP JE– 2016, Morning Shift) (SSC JE Morning 22.01.2018)
♦ The materials used for permanent magnets should
have– High retentivity, High coercivity (Sail RSP OCTT 17.03.2019, Time 03 –05)
 mLeeÙeer ÛegbyekeâeW kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues heoeLe& keâe nesvee (NPCIL– 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)
 Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction
ÛeeefnS– GÛÛe jsšsefšbefJešer, GÛÛe keâesjsefmeefJešer principle of–
(Coal India Ltd. –26.03.2017) The conductor is stationary and the magnetic
♦ The retentivity of a material is useful for the field is moving or changing then the e.m.f. will be
construction of– Permanent magnet induced and its called static induced e.m.f.
 efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâe jsšWefšefJešer ........... efvecee&Ce kesâ efueS GheÙeesieer  hewâje[s kesâ efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe keâe efmeæevle nw–
nesleer nw– mLeeÙeer Ûegbyekeâ Ùeefo kebâ[keäšj efmLej nw, leLee ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Ietce/heefjJele&ve
(ESIC JE –2016) nes jne nw leye kebâ[keäšj ceW e.m.f. Øesefjle nesiee Deewj Fmes
♦ In the core of a Solenoid– Soft iron is used mLeweflekeâ Øesefjle e.m.f. keâne peelee nw~
 Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe keâer ›eâes[ ceW– vece& ueesns keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw~ (RRB JE–19.09.2019)
 Addition of a small percent of Silicon 3% to iron ♦ "By the motion of the conductor or the coil of
will increase the ____ signification, by the ____will magnetic field, i.e. the magnetic field is stationary
be reduced. – Resistivity, eddy current loss and the moving conductors cut arrows it. The EMF
 ueesns ceW 3% efmeefuekeâe@ve keâe Skeâ Úesše ØeefleMele peesÌ[ves mes ueesns generated in this way is normally called
keâer ..... ceW keâeHeâer Je=efæ nesieer efpemekesâ keâejCe Fmekeâer ..... ceW dynamically induced EMF." The given statement is
keâceer DeeSieer – – ØeeflejesOekeâlee, YebJej–Oeeje neBefve specified by which law– Second law of faraday's
 "Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Ûeeuekeâ Ùee kegâC[ueer keâer ieefle mes, DeLee&led
(PGCIL NR–2 12.03.2022)
♦ If the frequency of flux is increased two times, the ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e efmLej nw Deewj ieefleceeve Ûeeuekeâ Fmes keâešles nQ~ Fme
eddy current power loss is– Increased four times lejerkesâ mes Glheeefole EMF keâes meeceevÙe leewj hej ieefleMeerue ™he mes
 Ùeefo heäuekeäme kesâ DeeJe=efòe keâes oes iegvee yeÌ{e efoÙes peeÙes lees YeBJej Øesefjle EMF keâne ieÙee nw efoÙes ieÙes keâLeve keâes ......... Éeje
Oeeje Meefòeâ ne@efve...........nw– Ûeej iegvee yeÌ{ peeleer efveefo&„ efkeâÙee peelee nw– hewâje[s keâe otmeje efveÙece
(PGCIL JE–13.08.2021)
5. efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe ♦ ........... discovered that a current carrying conductor
(Electromagnetic Induction) would move when placed in a magnetic field –
H.C. Oersted or Michael Faraday
♦ Fleming's left hand rule is used in– Motor  .......... helee ueieeÙee efkeâ Skeâ keâjbš ues peeves Jeeues Ûeeuekeâ keâes
 Heäuesefcebie keâe Jeece nmle efveÙece keâe GheÙeesie ........ ceW neslee nw– ceesšj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKeves hej ieefle keâjsiee–
(SSC JE–1 March 2017 10 am) SÛe. meer. Deesjsmšs[/ceeFkeâue heâwje[s
♦ A standard resistor is made 'bifilar type to eliminate– (RRB JE – 30.08.2019)
Inductive effect (DMRC JE –2017)
 Skeâ ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâes ……… kesâ Gvcetueve kesâ efueS ‘efÉ–met$eer’ ♦ The self–inductance of a solenoid of N–turns is
(yeeFheâeÙeuej) keâesefš keâe yeveeÙee peelee nw– ØesjCe ØeYeeJe proportional to – N2
(FCI– 4.10.2015)  Skeâ N–Jele&ve keâer heefjveeefuekeâe keâe mJe–ØesjkeâlJe ..........kesâ
♦ A magnet is kept in medium of air surrounded by an meceevegheeleer neslee nw – N2
iron ring. The magnetic lines of force from the (RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
magnet will be– Crowded in ring ♦ The direction of the electro–magnetically induced
 Skeâ Oeeleg JeueÙe mes efIejs JeeÙeg kesâ ceeOÙece ceW Ûegcyekeâ jKee ieÙee e.m.f is determined by– Flemings Right hand Rule
nw~ Ûegcyekeâ mes efvekeâueves Jeeueer ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeSB ..........  efJeÅegle–ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he mes Øesefjle e.m.f. keâe efoMee efkeâmekesâ Éeje
nesbieer– JeueÙe mes mebkegâefÛele %eele efkeâÙee peelee nw– Heäuesefcebie kesâ oeefnves neLe kesâ efveÙece mes
(SSC JE– 2014, Evening Shift) (RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
♦ According to Faraday's Law of electromagnetic ♦ The induction coil works on the principle of–
induction an emf is induced in a conductor Mutual Induction
whenever it– Cut the magnetic field  Øes
j Ce keg
â C[ueer ef
k eâme ef meæevle hej keâeÙe& keâjleer nw– DevÙeesvÙe–ØesjCe
 hewâje[s kesâ efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ (BSNL TTA– 21.02.2016)
(BSNL TTA– 29.02.2016_3 PM)
Ûeeuekeâ ceW F&.Sce.Sheâ Øesefjle neslee nw peye Ùen– ♦ In the magnetic field, in left hand rule, the thumb
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâes keâešlee nw always represents– Direction of force on conductor
(UPSSSC JE–2016)  ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW yeeBÙes neLe kesâ efveÙece ceW Debiet"e ncesMee ØeoefMe&le
♦ The negative sign in the expression keâjlee nw– Ûeeuekeâ hej yeue keâer efoMee
e   N  d  / dt is due to– Lenz's Law
(RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
hewâje[s kesâ efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe efveÙece  Øesefjle efJe.Jee. yeue keâer efoMee %eele efkeâÙee peelee nw– uesvpe kesâ efveÙece
(Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction) (RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
hewâje[s keâe ØeLece efveÙece (Faraday's First laws) ♦ An increasing current in magnitude is flowing from
x to y in given figure. The direction of induced
 hewâje[s kesâ ØeLece efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej peye efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer current in conductor loop will be – Clockwise
Ùee Ûeeuekeâ heefjheLe keâes keâešves Jeeueer ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue
jsKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee ceW heefjJele&ve neslee nw lees heefjheLe ceW
Skeâ Øesefjle emf induce nes peelee nw efpemekesâ keâejCe
yebo heefjheLe ceW Øesefjle Oeeje yenves ueieleer nw~ Ùen Oeeje  heefjceeCe ceW Skeâ yeÌ{leer ngF& Oeeje x mes y keâer Deesj ØeJeeefnle nes
Gleves ner meceÙe lekeâ yenleer nw, peye lekeâ efkeâ heefjheLe keâes jner nw~ efÛe$e ceW, Ûeeuekeâ uethe ceW Øesefjle Oeeje keâer efoMee nesieer–
keâešves Jeeueer ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee ceW oef#eCeeJele&
heefjJele&ve neslee nw~
(RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
hewâje[s keâe efÉleerÙe efveÙece (Faraday's Second law)
 hewâje[s kesâ efÉleerÙe efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer Ùee
ØesjkeâeW keâe DeeJesMeve leLee efJemepe&ve
Ûeeuekeâ ceW Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue keâe ceeve Gmemes (Charging and Discharging of Inductor)
linked ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme ceW heefjJele&ve keâer oj kesâ DeeJesMeve (Charging) efJemepe&ve (Discharging)
meceevegheeleer neslee nw~ Current IL(t)= I0(I – e-t/) Current IL(t)= I0e-t/
 Voltage VL(t)= V0 e-t/ Voltage VL(t)= –V0 e-t/
e meceÙe Oeeje kesâ Deefvlece meceÙe Oeeje kesâ Deefvlece
t
efveÙeleebkeâ keâer ceeve keâe ØeefleMele efveÙeleebkeâ ceeve keâe ØeefleMele
 ‘‘efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer Ùee Ûeeuekeâ keâes keâešves Jeeueer jsKeeDeeW mebKÙee % of final value keâer mebKÙee % of final
keâer mebKÙee kesâ heefjJele&ve mes GlheVe Øesefjle emf keâe (Number of current (Number value current
heefjceeCe GmeceW mes uecyeJeled iegpejves Jeeueer ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue time
constant)
of time
constant)
jsKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer oj kesâ meceevegheeleer 1 63 1 37
neslee nw~ 2 86 2 14
 Ùeefo Skeâ Debvele met#ce meceÙeevlejeue dt ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe 3 95 3 5
heäuekeäme ceW heefjJele&ve d nes, leye Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ 4 98 4 2
yeue 5 99 5 1 (considered
d (considered100%) 0)
e ♦ Both the number of turns and the length of the core
dt
of a solenoid are doubled, then its inductance will
 Ùeefo meceevegheeeflekeâ efmLejebkeâ 1 uesles nQ leLee Ùeefo coil ceW be – Doubled
turns keâer mebKÙee N nw, lees Øesefjle emf –  efkeâmeer heefjveeefuekeâe ceW Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee leLee keâesj keâer uecyeeF&
Nd  oesveeW keâes ogiegvee keâj efoÙee peeÙes lees Fmekeâe ØesjkeâlJe nesiee–oesiegvee
e Volt (RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020)
dt
♦ A coil is said to have a self–inductance of 1 henery
ÙeneB negative sign Ùen oMee&lee nw efkeâ Øesefjle emf keâer if an EMF of 1 volt is induced in it when the current
efoMee Lenz's law kesâ Devegmeej heäuekeäme heefjJele&ve keâe flowing through it changes at the rate of _________
efJejesOe keâjleer nQ~ 1 A/sec
Nd 
 ceeve ueerefpeS Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW 1 nsvejer keâe mJeØesjkeâlJe nw~ Ùeefo
e Volt 1 Jeesuš keâe F&. Sce. Sheâ. (EMF) FmeceW Øesefjle neslee nw, lees
dt Fmekesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje _______ keâer oj mes heefjJeefle&le
 efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer ceW GlheVe nesves Jeeues efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ nesleer nw~ 1 A/sec
yeue (emf) keâer efoMee ueWpe kesâ efveÙece mes leLee (SSC JE–28.10.20 Shift–II)
heäuewefcebie kesâ oeÙes neLe kesâ efveÙece mes %eele efkeâÙee (BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
peelee nw ♦ The direction of magnetic field around a current
carrying conductor is found by applying rule–
♦ If a conductor is moved in a stationary magnetic Right hand thumb rule
field, then emf induced in it. Such an emf is known  OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer efoMee keâe
as – Dynamically induced emf
efveÙece ØeÙegòeâ keâjkeâs %eele keâer peeleer nw–
 Ùeefo Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ efkeâmeer efmLej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ieefle keâjlee nw lees oeBÙes neBLe kesâ Debiet"s keâe efveÙece
FmeceW emf Øesefjle neslee nw~ Ùen emf efkeâme ™he ceW peevee peelee ♦ The basic principle of electromagnetic induction is–
nw – ieeflekeâ Øesefjle efJe.Jee. yeue Faraday's laws
(UPPCL JE–25.11.2019, Shift–I)  efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe keâe cetue efmeæevle nw– hewâje[s keâe efveÙece
♦ The direction of induced e.m.f. can be found by – ♦ If the magnetic flux linking a conductor changes,
Lenz's law then it induces– Emf
 Ûeeuekeâ mes efuebkeâ nesves Jeeuee ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme Ùeefo heefjJeefle&le ♦ The law of electromagnetic induction is also called–
neslee nw, lees Ùen Øesefjle keâjlee nw– F&.Sce.SHeâ. Faraday's law
(HPCL AMT– 20.04.2019, 2:30–4:30)  efJeÅegleÛegbyekeâerÙe ØesjCe kesâ efveÙece keâes keâne peelee nw– Hewâje[s keâe efveÙece
♦ In a magnetic circuit, magneto motive force in an (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Morning)
electric circuit…….. is related to – ♦ If the iron core of a coil is removed so that it
Electro motive force becomes a coil with air core, then its inductance
Will decrease.
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW
 Ùeefo Skeâ kebgâ[ueer kesâ DeeÙejve keâesj keâes nše efoÙee peelee nw leeefkeâ
............... mes mebyebefOele neslee nw– efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue Ùen JeeÙeg keâesj Jeeueer kebgâ[ueer yeve peeS lees Fmekeâer ØesjkeâlJe–
(HPCL AMT– 20.04.2019, 2:30–4:30) Ieš peeSieer
♦ ........... is a consequence of the law of conservation
(EDCIL DDA– 26.04.2018, 1st Shift)
of energy– Lenz's law
♦ Electromotive force in a circuit–
 ........... Tpee& mebj#eCe kesâ efveÙece keâe Skeâ heefjCeece nw–
Maintains potential difference
uesvpe keâe efveÙece  Skeâ heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue ...........–
(UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening) efJeYeJeeblej keâes yeveeS jKelee nw
(RPHED 2015)
♦ ......... property of an electrical conductor opposes a (UPPCL JE– 27.08.2018)
change in the current– Inductance ♦ According to Faraday's Law of Electromagnetic
Induction, an emf is induced in a conductor
 Skeâ efJeÅegle Ûeeuekeâ......... keâe iegCe efJeÅegle Oeeje ceW yeoueeJe keâe
whenever it– Cuts magnetic flux
efJejesOe keâjlee nw– ØesjkeâlJe  hewâje[s kesâ efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe kesâ Devegmeej efkeâmeer OeejeJeener
(SSC JE–Evening 24–01–2018) Ûeeuekeâ ceW Skeâ emf Øesefjle neslee nw peye Ùen–
♦ In a series combination of several inductors, the
equivalent inductance is– Greater than the largest ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâes keâešsiee
inductance of the combination (DMRC JE– 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
 keâF& Øesjkeâes keâer ßeb=Keuee mebÙeespeve ceW, leguÙeebkeâ ØesjkeâlJe
..............neslee nw– mebÙeespeve kesâ meyemes yeÌ[s ØesjkeâlJe mes yeÌ[e
Øesjkeâes keâe mebÙeespeve Ùeefo DevÙeesve ØesjkeâlJe efoÙee nes
(SSC JE–Morning, 25–01–2018) Combination of Inductors if Mutual
Inductance is Given
ML2
♦ Dimension of inductance is – ML2T–2A–2 or Øesjkeâes keâe ßesCeer mebÙeespeve–
Q2
ML2  Ùeefo oes Øesjkeâ Ùee kegâC[ueve meceeve OeÇgJelee kesâ efyevog mes
 ØesjkeâlJe keâe efJecee nw– ML2T–2A–2 or ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nes lees oesveeW Øesjkeâes kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe
Q2
(SSC JE–Evening, 25–01–2018) ØesjCe Oeveelcekeâ neslee nw~
Øesjkeâ keâe mebÙeespeve
(Combination of Inductor)
Øesjkeâ keâe mebÙeespeve cegKÙele: oes Øekeâej keâe neslee nw~
(i) ßesCeer mebÙeespeve (series connection)
(ii) meceevlej mebÙeespeve (parallel connection)
 Øesjkeâes keâe mebÙeespeve meceevÙele: ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ meceeve ner
neslee nw~
Øesjkeâes keâe ßesCeer mebÙeespeve Leq  L1  L2  2M
(series connection of inductor)
 Ùeefo oes Øesjkeâ Ùee kegâC[ueve efJehejerle OeÇgJelee kesâ efyevog mes
Leq  L1  L2  L3  ............
ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s nes lees oesvees Øesjkeâes kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe
Øesjkeâes keâe meceevlej mebÙeespeve ØesjCe $e+Ceelcekeâ neslee nw~
(Parallel connection of inductors)
1 1 1 1
    ............
Leq L1 L2 L3
oes Øesjkeâes kesâ efueS meceevlej mebÙeespeve
1 1 1
 
Leq L1 L2
L1 L2
Leq  Leq  L1  L2  2M
L1  L2

 Ùeefo yengle mes DevÙeesve ØesjkeâlJe kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s ♦ According to Lenz's law, the induced e.m.f sets up a
nes lees– current in which direction–
Direction, opposite of cause producing it
 ueWpe kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, Øesefjle e.m.f efkeâme efoMee ceW Oeeje
mLeeefhele keâjlee nw–
Fmemes GlheVe keâjves Jeeues keâejCe kesâ efJehejerle efoMee ceW
♦ According to Fleming's right hand rule the thumb
shows– Direction of motion of conductor
 Heäuesefcebie keâe oeefnves neLe kesâ efveÙece ceW Debiet"e ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw–
Leq L1L2L3L4L52M122M13 2 M15 2M 45 Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ieefle keâer efoMee keâes
Øesjkeâes keâe meceevlej mebÙeespeve (SSC JE– 1 March 2017 10 am)
(Parallel Connection of Inductor)– ♦ Linkage flux per unit current is called– Inductance
 «ebLeve Heäuekeäme (efuebkesâpe Heäuekeäme) Øeefle FkeâeF& Oeeje, ...........
 Ùeefo oes Øesjkeâ Ùee kegâC[ueve meceeve OeÇgJelee kesâ efyevog mes keânueelee nw– ØesjkeâlJe
meceevlej ceW peg[s nes lees oesveeW Øesjkeâes kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe (SSC JE– 4 March 2017, 10 am)
ØesjCe adding nature keâe neslee nw~ ♦ The laws of electromagnetic induction (Faraday’s
and Lenz’ laws) are summarized in the following
equation– e = – Nd /dt
 JewÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe kesâ efveÙece (Hewâje[s keâe efveÙece Deewj ueWpe keâe
efveÙece) keâes meceerkeâjCe mes meb#eshe ces oMee&Ùee pee mekeâlee nw–
e = – Nd /dt
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017, 10 am, 3 pm)
(SSC JE Morning 22.01.2018)
L1 L2  M 2 ♦ "In all cases electromagnetic induction, an induced
Leq 
L1  L2  2M voltage will cause a current to flow in a closed
circuit in such a direction that the magnetic field
 Ùeefo oes Øesjkeâ Ùee kegâC[ueve efJehejerle OeÇgJelee kesâ efyevog mes which is caused by that current will oppose the
meceevlej ceW peg[s nes lees oesveeW Øesjkeâes kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe change that produces the current", is the original
ØesjCe Substracting nature keâe neslee nw~ statement of– Lenz's law
 ‘‘meYeer Øekeâej kesâ JewÅegleÛebgyekeâerÙe ØesjCe kesâ ceeceueeW ceW, hesÇefjle
Jeesušspe, mebJe=le heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâes Fme Øekeâej efoMee cebs ØeJeeefnle
keâjleer nw efkeâ Oeeje Éeje Glheeefole ÛebgyekeâerÙe #es$e, Oeeje kesâ Glheeove
kesâ efueS nesves Jeeues heefjJele&ve keâe efJejesOe keâjleer nw’’ Ùen ceewefuekeâ
keâLeve nw– ueWpe keâe efveÙece
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
(SSC JE– 3 March 2017, 10 am)
L1 L2  M 2
Leq  (SSC JE– 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
L1  L2  2M ♦ For a linear electromagnetic circuit, which statement
is true– Field energy is equal to the co–energy
♦ Given volt–amp relationship  = Li determines  jwefKekeâ JewÅegleÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ efueS, melÙe keâLeve nw–
which parameter of circuit elements– Inductance #es$e Tpee& men Tpee& kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~
 efoÙee ieÙee Jeesuš–SefcheÙej mebyebOe  = Li meefke&âš SueerceWš kesâ (SSC JE– 4 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
efkeâme hewjeceeršj keâes efveOee&efjle keâjlee nw– ØesjkeâlJe ♦
If  is the flux linkage of a coil and I is the current
(MP JE– 2016, Evening Shift) through the coil then inductance of the coil is– L= /I
♦ While applying Fleming's right–hand rule to find the  Ùeefo  kegâC[ueer keâe heäuekeäme efuebkesâpe nw leLee I kegâC[ueer mes neskeâj
direction of induced emf, the thumb points towards– ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje leye kegâC[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe nw– L = /I
Direction of motion of the conductor if forefinger (MPPKVVCL –2017)
points along the lines of flux ♦ Which law describe the dynamically induced EMF
 Øesefjle F&Sceheâ (emf) keâer efoMee %eele keâjves kesâ efueS, heäuesefcebie kesâ in a generator– Faraday's law
oeSB neLe kesâ efveÙece keâes ueeiet keâjles meceÙe Debiet"e efkeâme Deesj neslee  keâew v e mee ef
v eÙece peef v e$e ceW ieef lepe Øes e j
f le ef Je . Jee . yeue keâer JÙeeKÙee
nw– Ûeeuekeâ keâer ieefle keâer efoMee ceW Ùeefo lepe&veer heäuekeäme keâer keâjlee nw– hewâje[s keâe efveÙece
(JUVNL JE –08.03.2017, 2.30–5.00 pm)
jsKeeDeeW kesâ DevegefoMe nes~ ♦ In Fleming's right hand rule, the middle finger
(ESIC JE–2016) indicates the direction of–
♦ The electromagnets is made of– Dynamically induced emf in a conductor
Soft iron core with current passing around it  Heäuesefcebie kesâ oeefnves neLe kesâ efveÙece ceW, ceOÙece Gbieueer keâer efoMee keäÙee
 efJeÅegleÛebgyekeâ yevee neslee nw– Fbefiele keâjleer nw– Skeâ kebâ[keäšj ceW ieefleMeerue ¤he ceW
ce=og ueewn keâesj kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj ØeJeeefnle nes jner Oeeje mes Øesefjle F&SceSHeâ keâes
(SSC JE–1 March 2017 10 am) (LMRC JE –2016)
♦ The direction of electromagnetically induced current  Hewâje[s keâe efveÙece ueeiet neslee nw–
in a circuit placed in a varying magnetic field may meYeer heefjJele&veveMeerue ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$eeW ceW
be found by– (BSNL TTA– 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
Fleming's Right Hand Rule or Lenz's law ♦ The magnitude of the induced emf in a conductor
 Skeâ yeoueles ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKes Skeâ heefjheLe ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe ¤he ceW depends on the– Rate of change of flux linkages
Øesefjle Oeeje keâer efoMee keâe helee ueieeÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  Ûeeuekeâ cebs Øesefjle F&.Sce.SHeâ keâe heefjceeCe ........... efveYe&j keâjlee
Heäuesefcebie kesâ oeSB neLe kesâ efveÙece Ùee uesvpe kesâ efveÙece mes nw– Heäuekeäme efuebkesâpe cebs yeoueeJe keâer oj hej
(LMRC JE –2016) (BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
(BSNL TTA– 27.09.2016, 3 pm) ♦ Fleming's left hand rule, Thumb always represent
♦ The direction of force on a current carrying direction of– Mechanical force
conductor placed in a magnetic field can be found  Heäuesefcebie kesâ yeeÙebs neLe kesâ efveÙece ceW Debiet"e ncesMee ............ keâer efoMee
by using– Fleming's left hand rule
 Skeâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKes keâjbš ues peeves Jeeues kebâ[keäšj hej yeue ceW mebkesâle keâjlee nw– Ùeebef$ekeâerÙe yeue
(BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
keâer efoMee keâes kewâmes Øeehle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
huesefcebie keâe yeeSB neLe keâe efveÙece šêbefpeÙebš
(LMRC JE –2016) (Transient)
(SSC JE 1 march 2017 2.45 PM )  efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW transient leYeer GlheVe nesles nw, peye
♦ A solenoid is defined as an electromagnet– heefjheLe ceW kegâÚ legjvle (Sudden) yeoueeJe efkeâÙes peeles
Having more axial length than diameter nw~ Ùen yeoueeJe Ùee lees source kesâ ceeve ceW nes mekeâlee
 Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe keâes efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee nw Ùee load kesâ ceeve ceW~
peelee nw– JÙeeme keâer leguevee ceW De#eerÙe uecyeeF& DeefOekeâ nes  efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW transient leYeer GlheVe nesiee peye
(UJVNL JE –2016) heefjheLe ceW Tpee& mebefÛele keâjves Jeeues Iešdkeâ (pewmes Øesjkeâ
♦ In Lenz's law the induced emf 'e' opposes the–
Change in flux Ùee mebOeeefj$e) ueies nes DeLee&led heefjheLe kesâ Tpee& œeesle
 ueW]pe kesâ efmeæevle cebs Øesefjle emf 'e' .......... keâe efJejesOe keâjlee keâe ceeve Dekeâmceeled heefjJeefle&le keâj efoÙee peeÙes, lees
nw– Heäuekeäme ceW yeoueeJe heefjheLe keâe Tpee& mlej efJeÛeefuele nes peelee nw~
(UPRVUNL AE 2014)  Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW kesâJeue ØeeflejesOe ueiee nes lees keâYeer
Concept of Short Circuit and Open Circuit transient GlheVe veneR nesiee keäÙeeWefkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ
of Inductor with Respect to Time S›eâeme Jeesušspe leLee Gmes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve
di legjvle heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
Q VL  L  efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW transient keâer efmLeefle Gme heefjheLe
dt
t kesâ meceÙe efmLejebkeâ (time constant) kesâ 4 iegvee Ùee
1 5 iegvee meceÙe lekeâ ner jnlee nw Gmekesâ yeeo heefjheLe ceW
i (t ) 
L 
VL dt  i (0 )
0 efmLej DeJemLee (steady state) keâer efmLeefle Dee peeleer nw~
(i) with initial condition
or
some initial condition
or
with zero initial condition
at t = 0  as a current source
at t =   short circuit
(ii) without initial condition-
or
Relaxed Condition–
at t = 0  open circuit t  0   Switching Action keâjves kesâ Just henues
at t =   short circuit keâe meceÙe
♦ Eddy Currents are the currents generated in– t  0  Switching Action keâjves

kesâ Just yeeo
Both Moving conductor in stationary magnetic
field & Stationary Conductor in changing
keâe meceÙe
Magnetic Field t  0  Jen #eCe efpeme hej Switching Action
 S[er keâjsvš Jes keâjWš nesleer nQ pees Glhevve nesleer nQ– oesveeW, efmLej efkeâÙee peeS
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ieefleceeve Ûeeuekeâ Éeje Je Skeâ t    Steady state (Switch keâeheâer uecyes
heefjJele&veveMeerue ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW efmLej Ûeeuekeâ Éeje meceÙe mes close Ùee Open nes~)
(BSNL TTA– 26.09.2016, 10 am) ♦ According to fleming's left hand rule, the middle
♦ Faraday's Law is applicable– finger represent as– The direction of flow of
In all changing Magnetic field current in the conductor.
 Heäuesefcebie kesâ yeeSB neLe kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej yeerÛe keâer Gbieueer  yeeSB neLe kesâ efveÙece ceW, lepe&veer ncesMee Fbefiele keâjleer nw–
oMee&leer nw– Ûeeuekeâ ceW Oeeje ØeJeen keâer efoMee ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e
(UPPCL JE– 2015) (UPSSSC JE–2016)
♦ Induced e.m.f generated in a coil moving in a ♦ The e.m.f. induced in a coil due to relative motion of
magnetic field by which law can the direction of a magnet is independent of– Coil resistance
induced emf be known– Fleming's right hand rule.  cewivesš (Ûegcyekeâ) kesâ meehesef#ekeâ ieefle kesâ keâejCe keäJeeFue (kegâC[ueer)
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Ûeefuele kegbâ[ueer ceW GlheVe Øesefjle F&.Sce.SHeâ keâer ceW GlheVe efJe.Jee. yeue .......... efveYe&j veneR keâjlee nw–
efoMee efkeâme efveÙece mes ceeuetce nes mekeâleer nw– kegâC[ueer kesâ ØeeflejesOe hej
Heäuesefcebie oeefnves neLe keâe efveÙece (LMRC SC/TO 2015)
(UPPCL JE– 2013) ♦ ..........is a source of an Electromagnetic field–
(RPHED 2015) An oscillating dipole
♦ Consider a constant uniform magnetic field. A  ....... efJeÅegleÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe Skeâ œeesle nw– Skeâ oesefue$e efÉOeÇgJe
conductor moves across this field at a constant (UPPCL AE Re–Exam 30–12–2016)
velocity. The emf induced in the conductor is termed ♦ Maxwell’s curl equation for electromagnetic field is
as– Dynamically Induced emf   
 Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e hej efJeÛeej keâerefpeS~ Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ Fme #es$e given by–  × B = μ 0  J + ( 0 E) 
 t 
hej efveÙele Jesie hej Ietcelee nw~ Ûeeuekeâ ceW Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue  JewÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ efueS cewkeämeJesue keâue& meceerkeâjCe nesiee–
efJe.Jee. yeue keâes keânles nw–ieeflekeâ ™he mes Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue
  
(SSC JE– 2014)  × B = μ 0  J + ( 0 E) 
  t 
♦ EMF induced in a coil rotating in a uniform
Magnetic field will be maximum when the– (UPPCL AE 26.07.2015)
♦ A coil having number of turns N and area A is
Rate of change of flux linkage is maximum rotated in a uniform magnetic field B with an
 Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Ietceves Jeeueer kebgâ[ueer ceW Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ angular velocity . The maximum e.m.f. induced in
yeue (emf) keâye DeefOekeâlece nesiee– the coil is– NAB
peye Heäuekeäme efuebkesâpe keâer heefjJele&ve oj DeefOekeâlece nes~  Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ heeme Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee N leLee #es$eheâue A nw
(SSC JE– 2014) pees efkeâ Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e (B) ceW, keâesCeerÙe Jesie  mes
(UPSSSC JE 2016) Ietce jne nw lees kegâC[ueer ceW Øesefjle DeefOekeâlece
♦ When the current through the coil of an efJe.Jee.yeue..........nw– NAB
electromagnet reverses, the– ♦ A car moves on a plain road. The e.m.f. induced in
Direction of the magnetic field changed the axle connecting the two wheels is maximum
 peye Skeâ efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ keâer kegbâ[ueer mes iegpejves Jeeueer Oeeje when it moves– At pole
heefjJeefle&le nes peeleer nw lees–  Skeâ keâej Skeâ meceleue meÌ[keâ hej Ietceleer nw~ oes heefnÙeeW keâes peesÌ[ves
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer efoMee heefjJeefle&le nes peeleer nw Jeeues Oegjer ceW Øesefjle efJe.Jee. yeue DeefOekeâlece nesiee~ peye Ùen
(SSC JE– 2015) .......... Ietcelee nw– OeÇgJe hej
♦ If the number of turns of a coil is increased, its ♦ An electron is travelling horizontally towards east. A
inductance– Is increased magnetic field in vertically downward direction
 Ùeefo Skeâ kegbâ[ueer kesâ IegceeJeeW keâer mebKÙee yeÌ{e oer peeleer nw lees exerts a force on electron along– South
Fmekeâe ØesjkeâlJe– yeÌ{ peelee nw  Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve #eweflepe mes hetjye efoMee keâer Deesj ieefle keâj jne nw
(SSC JE– 2015) ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Fueskeäšê@ve hej Skeâ yeue GOJee&Oej efoMee ceW
♦ According to faraday's law for electromagnetic ...........keâer Deesj ueielee nw– oef#eCe
induction, whenever the magnetic flux associated with ♦ A strong magnetic field is applied on a stationary
the coil change– An emf is induced in the coil. electron. Then the electron– Remains stationary
 hewâje[s kesâ efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, peye Yeer  Skeâ cepeyetle ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâes, Skeâ efmLej DeeJesMe kesâ Thej
kegbâ[ueve mes mebyebefOele ÛegbyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme yeouelee nw lees– Deejesefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw leye Fueskeäšê@ve– efmLej ner jnlee nw
kegbâ[ueer ceW Skeâ F&SceSheâ Øesefjle neslee nw~ ♦ If a copper disc is rotated rapidly below a freely
(UPPCL JE– 2016) suspended magnetic needle, the magnetic needle
♦ The effect of high self inductance of the any coil is– shall start rotating with a velocity– Less than that of
Greater delay in establishing steady current disc and in the same direction
 efkeâmeer kegbâ[ueer keâe mJeØesjCe DeefOekeâ nesves keâe ØeYeeJe heÌ[lee nw–  Ùeefo Skeâ leeByes keâer ef[mkeâ keâes mJelev$e ™he mes efveueefcyele ÛegcyekeâerÙe
mLeeÙeer Oeeje mLeeefhele nesves ceW DeefOekeâ efJeuebye nesiee megF& kesâ veerÛes lespeer mes IegceeÙee peelee nw lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe megF& Skeâ Jesie
(UPPCL JE– 2013) kesâ meeLe Ietcevee ØeejcYe keâj osieer–
♦ .......... is known as electrical inertia– Inductance. Gme ef[mkeâ mes keâce Deewj meceeve efoMee ceW
 JewÅegle peÌ[lJe kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw- ØesjkeâlJe ♦ An electron moves with a uniform velocity v and
(UPSSSC JE–2016) enters a region of uniform magnetic field B. If v and
♦ In the left hand rule, forefinger always represents– B are parallel to each other, then electron will–
Magnetic field Continue to move in the same direction
 Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e B ceW Skeâ meceeve Jesie v ♦ A metallic ring is attached to the wall of a room.
mes ØeJesMe keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo v leLee B Skeâ–otmejs kesâ meceevlej nes leye When the north pole of a magnet is brought near the
ring, the induced current in the ring is– Clockwise
Fueskeäšê@ve– ueieeleej Skeâ ner efoMee ceW Ietcelee jnsiee  Skeâ OeeeflJekeâ Úuues keâes keâcejs keâer oerJeej mes ueieeÙee ieÙee nw~ peye
♦ The strength of an electromagnet is determined by– Ûegcyekeâ kesâ Gòejer OeÇgJe keâes Úuues kesâ vepeoerkeâ ueeÙee peelee nw lees
Current and number of turns, shape
and size, core material Úuues ceW Øesefjle Oeeje nesieer– oef#eCeeJele&
 JewÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe meeceLÙe& keâes........kesâ Éeje %eele efkeâÙee peelee nw– ♦ The induced EMF of a conductor with length which
Oeeje Deewj Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee, Deekeâej Deewj moves a distance dx in the time dt, if the component
of distance moved at right angle to the component of
Deeke=âefle, ›eâes[ heoeLe& distance moved at right angle to the field density B
♦ When a loop wire is rotate in a 2–pole magnetic dx
field, the direction of induced e.m.f. changes once in is dx sin – EMF = Bl sinθ Volt
dt
every– 1/2 revolution
 uecyeeF& l kesâ meeLe Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâe Øesefjle efJe.Jee. yeue keäÙee nw pees
 peye Skeâ heeMe leej oes OeÇgJeerÙe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Ietcelee nw lees Øesefjle
meceÙe dt ceW otjer dx Ûeuelee nw, Ùeefo #es$e IevelJe B mes mece keâesCe
efJe.Jee.yeue keâer efoMee ØelÙeskeâ...........ceW yeoue peelee nw– hej mLeeveebleefjle otjer keâe Ieškeâ dx sin nw–
1/2 heefjYeüceCe
dx
♦ A copper rod of length l is rotated about the end efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue · Bl sinθ Volt
perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field of flux dt
density B with a constant angular velocity . The (PGCIL NR–2 12.03.2022)
1 2
induced e.m.f. between the two ends is– Bl ω ♦ The co–efficient of coupling between two air core
2 coils depends on– Mutual inductance and
 Skeâ l uecyeeF& keâer leeceü ÚÌ[ pees Deheves Deefvlece efmejs kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj Self inductance of two coils
Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ heäuekeäme IevelJe (B) kesâ uecyeJele  oes SÙej keâesj kebgâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe Ùegiceve keâe iegCeebkeâ .........
Skeâ efmLej keâesCeerÙe () Jesie mes Ietcelee nw lees oes efmejeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe efveYe&j keâjlee nw– oes kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe
1 2 Deewj mJe–ØesjkeâlJe hej
Øesefjle efJe.Jee.yeue nw– Bl ω (PGCIL NR–III, 22.08.2021)
2
6. heejmheefjkeâ Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ

(Coupling Factor)
(Mutually Induced emf)
 oes kegâC[efueÙeeW keâe Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ K kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ
♦ An electromagnet can be made by– Ùegiceve keâer ceehe nw~ ceevee oes coils efpevekesâ self
Passing current through a Solenoid inductances L1 leLee L2 nw,Deeme-heeme efmLele nQ
 Skeâ efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ keâes.............. yeveeÙee pee mekeâlee nw– leLee Fvekesâ ceOÙe M Henry keâe mutual
heefjveeefuekeâe mes efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâjkesâ inductance nw lees–
(SSC JE– 3 March 2017 2.45)
♦ A valid value of coefficient of coupling between two
inductors– 0.9 M  K LL
1 2
 oes ØesjkeâeW kesâ yeerÛe Ùegiceve kesâ iegCeebkeâ keâe mener ceeve nw– 0.9 peneb K oes kegâC[ueer kesâ yeerÛe keâe Coupling
(SSC JE 2013) factor neslee nw–
♦ .......... to estimate the self–induced EMF in a coil
with L as self – inductance and carrying a current M
K
di L1 L2
i(t) – e=L
dt
 mJe–ØesjkeâlJe L Deewj ØeJeeefnle Oeeje i(t) Jeeueer efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer ceW  Coupling factor mes leelheÙe& efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer keâe
mJe–Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (EMF) keâe efveOee&jCe .......... heâuekeäme otmejs kegâC[ueer mes efkeâlevee ØeefleMele efuebkeâ
keâjles nw – e=L
di keâj jne nw~
dt  K keâe ceeve meowJe 1 mes keâce neslee nw~
(PGCIL NR–2 12.03.2022)  Ideal transformer Ùee Perfect coupling kesâ
♦ ______ law states that the induced current always efueS K keâe ceeve 1 kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
develops a flux which ____ the very cause it is due
 Isolated magnetic circuit kesâ efueS K keâe ceeve
to – – Lenz, Opposes
 .... kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, Øesefjle Oeeje ncesMee Skeâ Heäuekeäme 0 neslee nw
efJekeâefmele keâjleer nw~ pees Fmekesâ nesves kesâ keâejCe keâe ...... keâjleer ♦ The coefficient of coupling of two coils is
1
nw~ – ueWpe, efJejesOe proportional to –
(PGCIL NR–2 12.03.2022) L1 .L 2

 oes kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ Ùegiceve keâe iegCeebkeâ ......... kesâ meceevegheeleer  The principle of mutual induction is used in
1 machine– Transformer.
neslee nw – DevÙeesvÙe ØesjCe (mutual induction) keâe efmeæeble efkeâme ceMeerve
L1 .L 2
ceW ØeÙeesie neslee nw– šêbmeHeâece&j
(RSMSSB JE–29.11.2020) (UPPCL JE– 2013)
♦ According to which law, the direction of induced ♦ If the co–efficient of coupling between two coil is
emf in the choke of a tube light will be such that it increased, mutual inductance between the coils is–
will try to oppose the fall of the current in the Increased
circuit– Lenz's law  Ùeefo oes kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe Ùegiceve keâe iegCeebkeâ yeÌ{e efoÙee peelee nw lees
 efkeâme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej efkeâmeer šŸetye ueeFš kesâ Ûeeskeâ ceW Øesefjle kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe.........– yeÌ{ peelee nw
efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue keâer efoMee Ssmeer nesieer efkeâ Jen Gme heefjheLe ceW (SSC JE– 2015)
Oeeje kesâ keâce nesves keâe efJejesOe keâjsiee – uesvpe keâe efveÙece ♦ Lower the self–inductance of a coil–
(UPRVUNL JE–21.10.2021, Shift–II) Smaller the delay in establising
♦ The ……….. is numerically equal to the induced steady current through is
EMF in one coil unit rate of change of current in the  keg b â [ueer keâer mJehes Ç j keâlee ef p eleveer keâce nesieer–
other coil – Coefficient of mutual induction Glevee ner keâce efJeuebye Gmekeâer efmLej Oeeje
 …………mebKÙeelcekeâ ™he mes Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW Øesefjle EMF kesâ keâes mLeeefhele keâjves ceW ueielee nw~
yejeyej neslee nw, pees otmejs kegbâ[ue ceW Oeeje kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer FkeâeF& (UPRVUNL AE– November–2016)
oj kesâ keâejCe neslee nw– Heejmheefjkeâ ØesjCe keâe iegCeebkeâ ♦ When two coils having inductances of inductance
M, the coefficient of coupling K is given by–
(PGCIL JE–13.08.2021)
♦ For magnetically isolated coils, the value of M
K=
coefficient of coupling is– Zero L1 L2
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he mes efJeueefiele kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ efueS Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ  peye oes kegâC[ueer keâe Øesjkeâ, M ØesjkeâlJe keâe nw~ lees Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ
keâe ceeve nw– MetvÙe M
(SSC JE–24.03.2021 Shift–I) K keâes.........kesâ Éeje efoÙee peelee nw– K=
♦ For magnetically coupled circuits, mutual L1 L2
inductance is always– –Positive ♦ Mutual inductance between two coils can be
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he mes Ùegeficele heefjheLeeW kesâ efueS DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe decreased by– Moving the coils apart
(mutual inductance) ncesMee neslee nw– –Oeveelcekeâ  oes kegâC[ueer kesâ yeerÛe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe keâes........kesâ Éeje IešeÙee
(SSC JE–28.10.20 Shift–II) (keâce) pee mekeâlee nw– ieefleMeerue kegâC[ueer keâes Deueie keâjkesâ
♦ The dimensional formula for mutual inductance is– ♦ In the phenomena of mutual induction between two
[ML2T–2A–2] coils are– Magnetically coupled
 heejmheefjkeâ ØesjCeebkeâ keâe DeeÙeeceer met$e nw– [ML2T–2A–2]  oes kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe keâer Iešvee nw–
(SSC JE–Morning 22–01–2018) ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he mes Ùegeficele nesles nw
♦ In mutual induction, what passes between ♦ The mutual inductance between two coils depends
conductors in order to create voltage– Magnetic flux upon– Medium between the coils,
 heejmheefjkeâ ØesjCe ceW, ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ yeerÛe Jeesušlee efvecee&Ce kesâ efueS separation between the coils
........... ØeJeeefnle neslee nw– ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme  oes kegâC[ueer kesâ ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe.........hej efveYe&j keâjlee
SSC JE–1 March 2017 10 am nw– kegâC[ueer kesâ yeerÛe kesâ ceeOÙece hej,
♦ The classical analogous of a simple lever is– kegâC[ueer kesâ yeerÛe otjer (DeueieeJe) hej
Mutual inductor ♦ The mutual inductance between two coils is zero
 meeceevÙe ueerJej keâe heejcheefjkeâ Deveg™he nw– heejmheefjkeâ Øesjkeâ when fluxes produced by them–
(SSC JE– 1 March 2017 10 am) Are at right angles to each other
♦ Higher the self–inductance of a coil is–  oes kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe MetvÙe nesiee peye Gvekesâ
Longer the delay in establishing Éeje Glheeefole heäuekeäme– Skeâ otmejs mes mecekeâesCe hej nesles nw
steady current through it ♦ The co–efficient of coupling between the primary
 Skeâ kegbâ[ueer keâe mJe–ØesjCe efpelevee GÛÛe neslee nw– and secondary of a practical iron–cored transformer
Glevee ner DeefOekeâ efJeuebye Gmekeâer efmLej is about– 0.9
Oeeje keâes mLeeefhele keâjves ceW ueielee nw~  Skeâ JÙeJeneef j keâ ueew n –›eâes [ heef j Ceeef c e$e kes â ØeeLeef c ekeâ SJeb ef É leer Ùekeâ
(ESIC JE –2016) kes â ceOÙe Ùeg i ceve keâe ieg Ceeb k eâ ueieYeie nw – 0.9
♦ "The direction of an induced emf is such that it will
always opposes the change that is causing" This law 7. ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Tpee& meb«enCe
is called as– Lenzs Law (Energy Store in a Magnetic Circuit)
 ‘‘Øesefjle EMF keâer efoMee Ssmeer nw efkeâ Ùen ncesMee Gme heefjJele&ve
keâe efJejesOe keâjsieer efpemekesâ keâejCe Ùen GlheVe ngDee nw~’’ Ùen efveÙece ♦ Magnetic bubbles are used as– Storage device
keâne peelee nw– ueWpe efveÙece  ÛegcyekeâerÙe yegueyegueeW keâe GheÙeesie......... kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(BSNL TTA– 25.09.2016, 3 pm) mšesjspe ef[JeeFme
(BSNL TTA– 21.02.2016) (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening)
♦ The commonly used material for shielding or ♦ If current I passing through inductive coil L, varies
screening magnetism is– Soft iron from zero to I in time zero to 't' sec, the energy
 heefjj#eCe Ùee DeeJejCe ÛegcyekeâlJe kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: GheÙeesie nesves 1 2
Jeeuee heoeLe& nw– vece& ueesne stored by the inductance is– LI
2
♦ An advantage of a magnetic disk, as compared with  Ùeefo Oeeje I ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer L mes iegpejleer nw Deewj MetvÙe mes 't'
magnetic tape. for data storage and retrieval is that– meskeâC[ ceW MetvÙe mes 'I' lekeâ heefjJeefle&le nesleer nw leye ØesjkeâlJe Éeje
Data can be stored and retrieved more quickly
with disks than with tapes 1 2
meb«eefnle Tpee& nw– LI
 [eše meb«eefnle Je hegve: Øeeefhle kesâ efueS ÛegcyekeâerÙe šshe keâer leguevee ceW 2
ÛegcyekeâerÙe ef[mkeâ kesâ ueeYe nw efkeâ– (Pune Metro SC/TO– 19.10.2021)
šshe keâer leguevee ceW [eše keâes ef[mkeâ kesâ meeLe DeefOekeâ lespeer (SSC JE–2014 Morning Shift)
mes meb«eefnle Deewj hegve: Øeehle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw (BSNL TTA– 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ The power transmitted in power systems may be ♦ The energy stored in a magnetic field of length l
described by using the equation where P is the metre and of cross–section area A sq–m is –
power, E is the electric field intensity. H is magnetic 1 N2 2
field intensity– P = EH × μA × I Joule
2 l
 Tpee& ØeCeeefueÙeeW ceW mebÛeeefjle Tpee& keâes ......... meceerkeâjCe keâe  l ceer. uecyeeF& Deewj A Jeie& ceer. DevegØemLe keâeš kesâ #es$eheâue kesâ
Fmlesceeue keâjkesâ JeefCe&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw peneb P Tpee& nw, E efkeâmeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& nesleer nw –
Fueskeäšêrkeâ #es$e keâer leer›elee nw Deewj H ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee
1 N2 2
nw– P = EH × μA × I petue
(UPRVUNL AE –2014) 2 l
♦ The effect of stray magnetic fields on the actuating (UPPCL JE–25.11.2019, Shift–I)
torque of a portable instrument is maximum when ♦ Magnetic disk, electric motors, relays use elements
the operating field of the instrument and the stray magnetic– Electromagnets
fields are– Parallel  ÛegbyekeâerÙe ef[mkeâ, Fuesefkeäš^keâ ceesšme&, efjues ÛegcyekeâerÙe lelJe
 Skeâ heesšxyeue GhekeâjCe kesâ meef›eâÙe yeue–DeeIetCe& hej efyeKejs ngS ......... keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ– efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ
ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe ØeYeeJe DeefOekeâlece neslee nw peye Ùeb$e keâe (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Morning)
keâeÙe&keâejer #es$e Deewj efyeKeje #es$e neslee nw– meceeveeblej ♦ The energy stored in a coil with inductance L is
2
(MP JE– 2016, Morning Shift) 1  dq 
♦ In a magnetic tape blanks are provided at the– determined as – L 
Start and end of the tape 2  dt 
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe šshe cebs efjefòeâÙeeB.................Øeoeve keâer peeleer nw–  L ØesjkeâlJe kesâ meeLe efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer ceW meb«enerle Tpee& ........ %eele
šshe kesâ DeejbYe Deewj Devle ceW 1  dq 
2
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) efkeâÙee peelee nw – L 

2  dt 
Øesjkeâ ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& (UPPCL JE–25.11.2019, Shift–I)
(Energy Stored in Inductor) ♦ Energy stored by a coil is doubled when its current
is increased by– 41.4%
 efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer Éeje mebefÛele Tpee& ogieveer nes peeleer nw peye Gmekeâer
Oeeje .......... ØeefleMele yeÌ{ peelee nw– 41.4%
(HPSSC JE–18.07.2021)
♦ The developed electromagnetic force and torque in
electromechanical energy conversion system act in a
direction that tends–
 dW   Vidt 
To decrease the stored energy at constant flux
efJeÅegle Ùeebef$ekeâ Tpee& mebj#eCe ØeCeeueer ceW efJekeâefmele yeue Deewj yeue
di
for inductor V  L DeeIetCe& Gme efoMee ceW keâeÙe& keâjleer nw, pees ............keâjleer nw–
dt efveÙele Heäuekeäme (Heäuekeäme) ceW Yeb[eefjle Tpee& keâer keâceer
di
 dW   L dt idt ♦
Energy stored in an inductor is in the form of–
Magnetic field
 dW   Li di  Skeâ Øesjkeâ cebs Tpee& ....... kesâ ™he cebs meb«eefnle nes peeleer nw–
1 2 ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
W Li (UPPCL JE– 13.11.2016)
2 (SSC JE– 3 March 2017, 2.45)
 Øesjkeâ(inductor) ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ ™he ceW Tpee& keâes ♦ A charged particle moves through a magnetic field
meb«eefnle keâjlee nw~ perpendicular to it. The energy of the particle will–
 peye L constant nes Deewj energy keâes n iegvee Remain unchanged
 Skeâ DeeJesefMele keâCe Deheves mes uecyeJele Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW
yeÌ{evee nes lees current keâes n iegvee yeÌ{evee
Ietcelee nw~ leye keâCe keâer Tpee&– DeheefjJeefle&le jnsieer
heÌ[siee~
meceÙe efmLejebkeâ ♦ A coil with a certain number of turns has a specified
time constant. If the number of turns is doubled, its
(Time Constant) time constant would– Become double
 meceÙe efmLejebkeâ keâes Ùee lees DeeJesMeve (charging) Ùee  efveeq§ele hesâjeW Jeeueer kegbâ[ueer ceW efJeefveefo°
& keâeueebkeâ neslee nw~ Ùeefo hesâjeW keâer
efJemepe&ve (discharging) kesâ efueS heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee mebKÙee ogiegveer keâj oer peeS, lees Gmekeâe keâueebkeâ nesiee– ogiegvee nes peeSiee
peelee nw~ (SSC JE– 2014, Morning Shift)
 efkeâmeer ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe (inductive circuit) kesâ efueS ♦ The rate of rise of current through an inductive coil
time constant Jen meceÙe nw efpeleves meÙece ceW DeeJesefMele is maximum– At 63.2% of its maximum steady value
Oeeje Deheves Debeflece ceeve keâe 0.6321 (Ùee 63.21³) nes  Skeâ ØesjefCekeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje Je=efæ keâer oj
peeS DeLeJee inductor 63.21% charge nes peeS~ DeefOekeâlece nesleer nw– Fmekesâ DeefOekeâlece efmLej ceeve kesâ 63.2³ hej
 efkeâmeer inductive circuit kesâ efueS time constant ♦ When both the inductance and resistance of a coil
are doubled the value of–
Jen meceÙe nw efpeleves meceÙe ceW discharging current Time constant remains unchanged
Deheves ØeejefcYekeâ ceeve keâe 0.368 (Ùee 36.8³) yeÛeleer  peye Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ oesveeW, ØesjkeâlJe leLee ØeeflejesOe oes iegves nes
nw~ peeles nw, keâe ceeve– meceÙe efmLejebkeâ DeheefjJeefle&le jnlee nw
 Inductive circuit kesâ efueS Time constant
L
8. OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ hej ueieves Jeeuee yeue
 Second (Force Acting on a Current Carrying
R
Conductor)
DeLee&led circuit keâe Resistance yeÌ{eves hej time
constant Ieš peelee nw~ ♦ Magnetic moment is a– Vector quantity
 Circuit keâe time constant yeÌ{ves mes leelheÙe& circuit  ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& Skeâ ......... nw– meefoMe jeefMe
keâe Response time slow nes peeÙesiee leLee time ♦ A short circuited rectangular coil falls under gravity
with the coil remaining in a vertical plane and
constant Iešves mes leelheÙe& Response time fast nes
cutting perpendicular horizontal magnetic lines of
peeÙesiee~ force. it's acceleration will be– Constant
 Ùeefo circuit ceW keâF& inductor leLee Resistance ueies  Skeâ ueIegheefLele DeeÙeleekeâej kegbâ[ueer ieg™lJe kesâ Debleie&le nesleer nw
nes lees circuit keâe Time constant. peneB kegbâ[ueer uecyeJeled leue ceW nes Deewj #eweflepe ÛegbyekeâerÙe yeue
L equivalent jsKeeDeeW keâes uecyeJeled keâeš jner nes~ Fmekeâe lJejCe nesiee– efveÙele
 (SSC JE– 4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
R th
If 'l' is the the length of a conductor lying within the
♦
 Ideal current source mes pure inductor legjble magnetic field and I is the ampere current carried
charge nes peelee nw~ by it, then magnitude of the force experienced by it
♦ The magnetic energy stored in an inductor is ............ is – F = BI l sin
current– Directly proportional to square of  Ùeef o Ûeg c yekeâer
Ù e #es $e kes â Yeer lej ef mLele Ûeeuekeâ keâer uecyeeF& l nw~
 Øesjkeâ ceW meb«eefnle ÛegcyekeâerÙe Tpee& Oeeje kesâ– Deew j Fmemes nes k eâj ØeJeeef n le nes v es Jeeueer Oeeje I nw Sef c heÙej lees Fme
Jeie& kesâ Deveg›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw hej ØeÙeg ò eâ yeue keâe heef j ceeCe ef
k eâlevee nw – F = BIl sin
♦ The energy required to demagnetise 1m of soft iron 3 (SSC JE–28.10.20 Shift–II)
is about– 10 J/m 3 ♦ To induce maximum E.M.F. in a conductor, the
3 direction of motion of the conductor must be–
 1 ceeršj kesâ ce=og ueewn keâes efJeÛegcyekeâerke=âle keâjves kesâ efueS
Perpendicular to the magnetic lines of flux
DeeJeMÙekeâ Tpee& ueieYeie................nesleer nw– 10 J/m3
 efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ ceW DeefOekeâlece E.M.F. Øesefjle keâjves kesâ efueS,
♦ If the current flows in an anti–clockwise direction,
then the polarity of the nearer pole will be– North pole
Ûeeuekeâ keâer ieefle keâer efoMee nesveer ÛeeefnS~ heäuekeäme keâer ÛegbyekeâerÙe
 Ùeefo Oeeje IeÌ[er keâer efJehejerle efoMee ceW ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw, lees OeÇgJe jsKeeDeeW kesâ uebyeJele
kesâ vepeoerkeâ Fmekeâer OeÇgJelee nesieer– Gòejer OeÇJg e (RRB JE–19.09.2019)
♦ The direction of the magnetic field around the
♦ The current through an inductance follows– current carrying conductor can be determined by –
Right hand thumb rule
An exponential growth
 ØesjkeâlJe mes yenves Jeeueer Oeeje......keâe heeueve keâjleer nw–  OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Ûeejes Deesj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer efoMee
ÛejIeeleebkeâer Je=efæ ........... kesâ Éeje efveOee&efjle keâer pee mekeâleer nw –
(UPRVUNL JE– 2015) oeSB neLe kesâ Debiet"e efveÙece
♦ Inductance affects the direct current flows– (UPPCL JE–25.11.2019, Shift–I)
At the time of turning on and off ♦ The magnetic flux around a straight current carrying
 ØesjkeâlJe efo<š Oeeje keâes ......... ØeYeeefJele keâjlee nw– wire– Is strongest near the wire.
yebo keâjles Deewj Ûeeuet keâjles meceÙe  Skeâ meerOeer OeejeJeener leej kesâ Ûeejes Deesj ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme neslee
(ESIC JE –2016) nw– leej kesâ efvekeâš Øeyeue neslee nw
♦ The force experienced by a current carrying ♦ Two parallel conductors are carrying currents in the
conductor lying parallel to a magnetic field is- Zero same direction.then .........– There is an attracting
 Skeâ ÛegbcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ meceeveeblej efmLele Oeeje Jeenkeâ Ûeeuekeâ force between the conductors
Éeje DevegYeJe efkeâÙee ieÙee yeue neslee nw- MetvÙe  oes meceeveeblej Ûeeuekeâ meceeve efoMee ceW Oeeje Jenve keâj jns nQ~
(HPSSC JE–18.07.2021) ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ yeerÛe ceW Deekeâ<e&Ce yeue neslee nw~
♦ The magnitude of force acting on a current carrying (SSC JE– 2 March 2017 10 am)
conductor placed in a magnetic field is independent (UPSSSC JE–2016)
of– Cross–sectional area of conductor
(UPPCL AE Re–Exam 30–12–2016)
 ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ces jKes ieS Skeâ OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ hej keâeÙe& keâjves
♦ Two parallel wires separated by a distance 'd' are
Jeeues yeue keâe heefjCeece ........... mJeleb$e neslee nw– carrying a DC current 'I' in the same direction. The
Ûeeuekeâ kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eHeâue mes magnetic field along a line running parallel to these
(HPSSC JE–18.07.2021) wires and midway between them– Is zero
♦ A magnetic needle is kept in a uniform magnetic  oes meceeveeblej leejeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 'd' nw Deewj GveceW Skeâ ner
field. It experiences– A torque but not a force
efoMee ceW efo° Oeeje 'I' yen jner nw~ Fve oesveeW leejeW kesâ meceeveeblej
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe megF& keâes Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKee peelee
nw lees Ùen DevegYeJe keâjlee nw– yeueeIetCe& efkebâleg yeue vener Deewj yeerÛe ceW Skeâ jsKee hej ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e _____nesiee– MetvÙe
♦ Direction of induced e.m.f. can be found by– (SSC JE– 3 March 2017 10 am)
Lenz's law, Fleming's Right hand rule. ♦ The field at any point on the axis of a current
 Øesefjle efJe.Jee. yeue keâer efoMee %eele keâer pee mekeâleer nw– carrying coil will be– Parallel to the axis
ueWpe kesâ efveÙece mes, heäuesefcebie kesâ oeefnves neLe kesâ efveÙece mes  OeejeJeener keg b â[ueer kes â De#e kes
â ef k eâmeer ef
y eb o g hej #es$e ..........nesiee–
(UPSSSC JE–2016) De#e kesâ meceeveeblej
♦ In a straight wire, induced current depends upon (SSC JE– 4 March 2017 10 am)
which factors–Magnitude of magnetic flux density, ♦ law states that,"line Integral of the magnetic field
Speed of movement of wire, Length of wire intensity H around a closed path is equal to the total
 Skeâ meerOee leej ceW Øesefjle Oeeje .......... keâejkeâ hej efveYe&j keâjlee current linked by the contour–
nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe kesâ heefjceeCe, Ampere's circuit law
leej kesâ Ûeueves keâer ieefle, leej keâer uecyeeF&  ..........efveÙece yeleelee nw efkeâ Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ keâer Deesj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
(UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening) keâer leer›elee (H), yevo heeLe mece™he Éeje pegÌ[e kegâue Oeeje kesâ
♦ A magnetic field exists around– Moving charges yejeyej neslee nw– SefcheÙej heefjheLe efveÙece
 .............. kesâ ÛeejeW lejheâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceewpeto neslee nw– (MPPKVVCL –2017)
ieefleceeve DeeJesMeeW ♦
According to Biot–Savart's laws the magnetic field
♦ The magneto motive force experienced by a unit N– at a point due to incremental element of length dl
pole at any point in a circle of 'r' meters away– carrying a current is–
NI Directly proportional to the current
oersted
2πr carried by the element
 Skeâ FkeâeF& N–OeÇgJe Éeje Skeâ Je=òe ceW r ceeršj otj efyevog hej  yeeÙees - mes Ješ& ef v eÙece kes â Deveg meej Oeeje ues peeves Jeeues lelJe keâer dl
NI Je=efæ kesâ keâejCe Skeâ efyevog hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ........ neslee nw~
DevegYeJe efkeâÙee ieÙee ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue neslee nw– Dee@jsmš[ lelJe Éeje ues peeves Jeeues Oeeje kesâ meerOes meceevegheeleer
2πr
(DMRC JE– 10.04.2018, Second Shift) (Jammu & Kashmir JE–2016)
♦ According to Ampere's law, the relationship of the ♦ A current flows in a conductor from east to west.
force between two parallel conductors, carrying a The direction of magnetic fields at a point above the
average voltage of the wave current of I1 and I2 and conductor is– Toward north
displaced with a distance of r for a section of length  Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ cebs Skeâ Oeeje hetJe& mes heef§ece keâer Deesj ØeJeeefnle nesleer
µ I1 I 2 l nw~ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Thej kesâ Skeâ efyevog hej ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer efoMee
l, is given by– F=
2π r nw– Gòej keâer Deesj
 SefcheÙej efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej oes meceeblej ÛeeuekeâeW pees lejbie Oeeje
♦ When a current carrying conductor is placed
I1Deewj I2 keâer Deewmele Jeesušlee Jenve keâjles nw kesâ ceOÙe yeue keâe perpendicular to a magnetic field, it tends to move–
mecyevOe .......... nesiee Ùeefo oesveeW kesâ l Yeeie kesâ efueS hejmhej r Perpendicular to the field as well as itself
µ I1 I 2 l  peye Skeâ OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ keâes cewivesefškeâ Heâeru[ kesâ uecyeJeled
otjer hej nw– F=
2π r jKeles nQ lees Jen ieefleceeve neslee nw–
(PGCIL ER–1 13.09.2018, IInd shift) mJeÙeb Deewj Heâeru[ oesveeW kesâ uecyeJeled
♦ Two parallel conductor carrying current in opposite (BSNL TTA– 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
directions will exert on each other– A repulsive force  A conductor of length (L) in which (I )ampere
 efJehejerle efoMeeDeeW ceW Oeeje ues pee jns oes heeMJe& (meceevlej) Ûeeuekeâ Skeâ current is flowing, B magnetic density and H
otmejs hej ....... ueieeSieW– Øeeflekeâ<eea yeue magnetic intensity is parallel to the field, the force
(SSC JE– 2013) on the conductor will be. Zero.
Skeâ L uebyeeF& keâe Ûeeuekeâ efpemeceW I SefcheÙej Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nes  Skeâ meerOes leej mes neskeâj Oeeje iegpejleer nw~ Fmekesâ Ûeejes Deesj
jner nw, B ÛegyebkeâerÙe IevelJe Deewj H ÛegbyekeâerÙe leer›elee #es$e kesâ mLeeefhele ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ............ ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeÙes nesleer nw–
meceeblej nw, Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Thej .......... yeue nesiee– MetvÙe DeC[ekeâej Deekeâej Deewj efmejeefJenerve
(UPPCL JE– 2013) ♦ A charged particle enters a magnetic field
(UPPCL JE–11.02.2018) perpendicular to the magnetic lines of force. The
♦ The field at any point on the axis of a current path of the particle is– Circular
carrying circular coil will be–  Skeâ DeeJesefMele keâCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue jsKeeDeeW kesâ uecyeJele ÛegcyekeâerÙe
Perpendicular to the axis
#es$e ceW ØeJesMe keâjlee nw lees DeeJesefMele keâCe keâe ceeie&..........nw–
 efkeâmeer Oeeje Jenve keâjves Jeeueer Je=òeekeâej kegbâ[ueer kesâ De#e hej
Je=òeekeâej
heâeru[– De#e kesâ uecyeJele nesieer
♦ If an electron enters a uniform magnetic field
(UPPCL JE– 13.11.2016)
obliquely, the path of the electron will become–
♦ Two current carrying conductors lying parallel to
A spiral
each other are exerting a force of attraction on each
other. The currents are– In the same direction  Skeâ Fues k eäš^ e @ v e Skeâ meceeve Ûeg c yekeâer Ù e #es $e ceW ef leÙe& k eâ ™he mes ØeJesMe
 oes OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ Skeâ otmejs mes meceevlej ceW nQ Jes Skeâ otmejs keâjlee nw~ lees Fueskeäšê@ve keâe heLe............nesiee–
hej Skeâ Deekeâ<e&Ce yeue Deejesefhele keâjles nw lees Oeeje nesieer- kegâC[ueve kesâ Deekeâej keâe
meceeve efoMee ceW ♦ The initial permeability of an iron rod is–
♦ The force between two current carrying conductors The permeability almost in non magnetised state
is– Inversely proportional to the distance  Skeâ ueesns kesâ ÚÌ[ keâer ØeejbefYekeâ ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee nesleer nw–
between them ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee ueieYeie DeÛegcyekeâerÙe DeJemLee ceW
 oes OeejeJeener ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ yeerÛe yeue neslee nw–
♦ .......... the magnetic compass needle behave in a
Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw magnetic field– It assures a position which
♦ A solenoid coil must have– follows a line of magnetic flux
Length greater than breadth
 Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe keâcheeme megF& ......... JÙeJenej
 Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe kegâC[ueer ceW DeJeMÙe nesveer ÛeeefnS–
uecyeeF&, ÛeewÌ[eF& mes DeefOekeâ keâjleer nw– Ùen Skeâ efmLeefle keâes efveef§ele keâjleer nw pees
♦ When the direction of current in a solenoid coil is Ûeg c yekeâer Ùe Heäuekeäme jsKee keâe DevegmejCe keâjleer nw
anti-clockwise the polarity at the near end will be– ♦ The stray line of magnetic flux is defined as–
North A line of magentic flux which does not
 peye heefjveeefuekeâe kegâC[ueer ceW Oeeje keâer efoMee JeeceeJele& nw lees follow the designed path
Deefvlece efmejs hej OeÇgJelee nesieer– Gòej  ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme keâer mš^s jsKee kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele nesleer nw–
♦ The Biot–savart's law is a general modification of– ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâer jsKee pees DeefYekeâefuhele
Ampere's law
heLe keâe DevegmejCe vener keâjleer
 yee@Ùees–mesJeš& keâe efveÙece ........... keâe Skeâ meeceevÙe ™heevlejCe
♦ A magnetic field is produced by–
nw– SefcheÙej efveÙece Current–carrying conductor, moving charge,
♦ The most effective and quickest way of making a changing electric field
magnet from soft iron is by–  Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâes..........kesâ Éeje GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee nw–
Placing it inside a coil carrying current OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ, ieefleMeerue DeeJesMe,
 vece& ueesns Éeje Skeâ Ûegcyekeâ yeveeves keâe meyemes DeefOekeâ ØeYeeJekeâejer JewÅegle #es$e kesâ heefjJele&ve
Deewj MeerIeÇlece GheeÙe ........... neslee nww–
♦ Magnetic flux can always be attributed to–
Fmes OeejeJeener kegâC[ueer kesâ Devoj jKekeâj Motion of charged particles
♦ A current carrying coil is subjected to a uniform  ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme ncesMee GòejoeÙeer neslee nw...........
magnetic field. The coil will orient so that its plane DeeJesefMele keâCeeW keâer ieefle kesâ efueS
becomes– Parallel to the magnetic field
♦ Lines of magnetic flux are said to originate–
 Skeâ OeejeJeener kegâC[ueer Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ DeOeerve
At a north magnetic pole.
efmLele nw~ kegâC[ueer keâes Fme Øekeâej efoMeeefveefo&° keâjvee nesiee leeefkeâ  ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme jsKeeSB GlheVe ngF& keâner peeleer nQ–
Fmekeâer melen..........nes peeÙes– ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ meceevlej Gòejer ÛegcyekeâerÙe OeÇJg e hej
♦ When a charged particle moves through a magnetic
♦ An air– cored coil carries steady current. If air–core
field, it suffers a change in– Direction
is replaced by a ferromagnetic material, the flux
 peye Skeâ DeeJesefMele keâCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e mes neskeâj iegpejlee nw lees density in the core will– Increase
Fmekesâ..........heefjJele&veve ceW mecemÙee Deeleer nw– efoMee  Skeâ JeeÙeg ›eâesef[le kegâC[ueer efmLej Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw~ Ùeefo
♦ A current is passed through a straight wire. The
JeeÙeg–›eâes[ keâes ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& kesâ Éeje yeoue efoÙee peeÙes,
magnetic field established around it has magnetic
lines of force– Oval in shape and endless leye ›eâes[ ceW heäuekeäme IevelJe nesiee– yeÌ{ peeÙesiee
1. If resistance is 20 and inductance is 2 H in a Sol. efoÙee nw–
RL series circuit, then time constant of this heesue meeceLÙe& · 100 Jesyej
circuit will be:
heesue #es$e · 70 Jeie& ceer.
Ùeefo RL ëe=Keuee heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe 20  Deewj ØesjkeâlJe m 100
2H nw lees Fme heefjheLe keâe keâeue efmLejebkeâ keäÙee nesiee ? Ûegcyekeâve keâer leer›elee  I   
A 70
(SSC JE –2014 Evening Shift) I = 1.428
Sol. R= 20, L = 2H I = 1.43 A/m Ans.
L 2 6. Magnetic field intensity (H) of a long conductor
Time constant () =   0.1 sec Ans. carrying current 'I' at a distance 'r' is –
R 20
Skeâ uecyes OeejeJeeueer Ûeeuekeâ pees Oeeje 'I' Jenve keâj jner
2. In an R–L circuit, the value of resistance is 3
ohm whereas the value for inductance is 6 H. nes mes 'r' otjer hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee (H) nesieer–
The magnitude of time constant will be– (Uttarakhand AE–2013, Paper–I)
L 6 Sol. Skeâ uecyes meer O es Ûeeuekeâ kesâ
    2sec I
R 3 ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee ( H )  nesleer nw~
Skeâ R–L heefjheLe cesW, ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 3 Deesce nw, 2r
peyeefkeâ ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve 6 H nw~ keâeueebkeâ (time
constant) keâe heefjceeCe _______ nesiee–
L 6
    2sec
R 3
(UPPCL JE–2016)
3. The relation between B and H in a magnetic
circuit is given as : B = .H
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW B Deewj H kesâ ceOÙe mecyevOe efoÙee
peelee nw– B   .H
(UPPCL AE Re–Exam–30.12.2016) I = 2Hr
4. A coil wound over an iron carries certain I
current and established flux in the ring. If the H  Ans.
area of a x–section of the ring is doubled, the 2r
flux density in the core............. 7. The magnetic flux density in an air–cooled
ueesns hej yebOeer kegbâ[ueer Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw Deewj eEjie ceW coils is 10–2 wb/m2. With cast iron relative
permeability 100 inserted, the flux density will
Heäuekeäme mLeeefhele keâjleer nw~ Ùeefo efjbie kesâ DevegØemLe Keb[ become
keâe #es$eHeâue oesiegvee keâj efoÙee peeS lees keâesj ceW Heäuekeäme Skeâ SÙej–ketâu[ kegâC[ueer ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme IevelJe
IevelJe.............nesiee? 10–2 Wb/m2 nw~ 100 meehes#e heejiecÙelee Jeeueer {ueJee@
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) ueesns keâer keâesj keâes meefvveJesefMele keâjves hej Heäuekeäme IevelJe
Sol. ueesns hej yeBOeer kegâC[ueer Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw Deewj efjbie ceW Heäuekeäme nes peeÙesiee–
mLeeefhele keâjleer nw~ Ùeefo efjbie kesâ DevegØemLe #es$eHeâue keâes oesiegvee keâj efoÙee (BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
peeÙes lees keâesj ceW Heäuekeäme IevelJe efheÚues ceeve keâe DeeOee nes peeÙesiee~ Sol. r
Q Heäuekeäme IevelJe B1 = /A weber/m2 B0 = 10–2 Wb/m2
Deye, A keâes 2A keâjves hej, B(material)
r  
1  B  / 2A B0 (Vacuum)
B2 = /2A B2 =  2 
2A B1 / A B  r  B0
1 · 100  10–2
B2  B1
2 B  1 Wb / m 2 Ans.
Dele: DevegØemLe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue oesiegvee keâjves hej Heäuekeäme IevelJe 8. If the electrical susceptibility of a particular
efheÚues ceeve keâe DeeOee nes peeÙesiee~ Ans. material is ‘Y’, then its
5. Determine the intensity of magnetization (in Ùeefo efkeâmeer efJeMes<e heoeLe& keâer efJeÅegle mebJesoveMeeruelee Y
A/m) of a magnet, when its pole strength is 100 nes lees leye
Wb and has a pole area of 70 sq. m. (HMWS–15)
Skeâ Ûegbyekeâ kesâ Ûegcyekeâve keâer leer›elee (SefcheÙej/ceer. ceW) Sol. efoÙee nw heoeLe& keâer efJeÅegle mebJesoveMeeruelee Y nw,
efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye Fmekeâer OeÇgJe Meefòeâ 100 Jesyej nw Deewj leye Y = Er – 1
heesue #es$e 70 Jeie& ceer. keâe nw~ Er = Y + 1
(SSC JE–Morning 27–01–2018) peneB Er efjuesefšJe hejefceefšefJešer nw~ Ans.
9. A coil of area A is kept perpendicular in a Sol. efoÙee nw– E = 30kV/cm
uniform magnetic field B. If the coil is rotated
through 1800, the change in magnetic flux is dWE 1
  oE 2
Skeâ kegâC[ueer efpemekeâe #es$eheâue A nw, keâes Skeâ meceeve dV 2
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e B kesâ uecyeJele jKee ieÙee nw~ Ùeefo 1  103 
2
kegâC[ueer 180º mes Ietceleer nw lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme ceW =  8.854 1012  30  2 
2  10
heefjJele&veve neslee nw–  
= 39.843  10–12  1012
Sol.
= 40J/m2 Ans.
Change in flux = 2–1
= BA cos 180o–BA cos 0o 12. Defines relation between magnetic flux density
= BA×(–1) – BA ×1 and distance?
= –2BA Ans. ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme IevelJe Deewj otjer kesâ yeerÛe kesâ mebyebOe
10. A single-turn circular coil of 60-m diameter keâes mener heefjYeeef<ele keâjlee nw?
carries a direct current of 30 × 104 A. Assuming (UPRVUNL JE– 2014)
Laplace's expression for the magnetising force Sol. B = μH
at a point due to the current element,  NI
determine the magnetising force on the axis of NI H  l
the coil and 80 m from the coil. The relative B 
l 1
permeability of the of the space surrounding H 
 l
the coil is unity.
1
60 ceer. JÙeeme keâer Skeâ Skeâue-IegceeJe Je=òeekeâej kegâC[ueer B
l
30 × 104 A keâer efo° Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw~ Oeeje Ieškeâ FmeefueS otjer Iešsieer lees magnetic flux density yeÌ{sieer~ Ans.
kesâ keâejCe Ûegcyekeâve yeue kesâ efueS ueehueeme keâer 13. A current of 10A is passing along a straight
DeefYeJÙeefòeâ keâes ceeveles ngS kegâC[ueer kesâ De#e hej Deewj wire is bent to form a loop. What should be the
kegâC[ueer mes 80 m Skeâ efyevog hej Ûegcyekeâve yeue efveOee&efjle diameter of the loop such that the force
keâjW~ kegâC[ueer kesâ Deeme-heeme kesâ mLeeve keâer meehes#e produced at its centre will be the same as the
heejiecÙelee Skeâ nw~ produced by the straight conductor at a
distance of 0.1 m -
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) Skeâ meerOes leej ceW 10 Amp. keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nes jner
Sol. 60 ceer. JÙeeme keâer Skeâ Skeâue-kegâC[ue Je=òeekeâej kegâC[ueer 30 nw~ Deye leej keâes Skeâ uethe yeveeves kesâ efueS ceesÌ[e peelee nw~
× 104 A keâer efo° Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw~ Ieškeâ kegâC[ueer mes uethe keâe JÙeeme efkeâlevee nesvee ÛeeefnS efkeâ Gmekesâ kesâvõ hej
80 m hej nw~ GlheVe yeue 0.1 ceeršj keâer otjer hej meerOes Ûeeuekeâ Éeje
r 
d 60
 30 ceer. GlheVe yeue meceeve nes -
2 2 (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
sin 
r

30 Sol. (i) SefcheÙej heefjheLe kesâ efveÙece keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ uecyes meerOes
r x
2 2
30  802
2
ueeFve Ûeeuekeâ kesâ keâejCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue leer›elee -
30 30 i
sin   Hs 
900  6400 7300 2R
30 (ii) Oeeje keâe Jenve keâjves Jeeues Skeâ Je=òeekeâej kegâC[ue kesâ
sin   0.3511
85.44 kesâvõ hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
sin 3    0.3511  0.0432
3
i
Hc 
2r
Isin 3  ØeMveevegmeej, Hs = Hc
H AT / m
r
30  104  0.0432 12960 i i
H   [Given i = 10 Amp].
2  30 60 2R 2r
H = 216 AT/m Ans. Ùee 2r = 2R
11. The maximum potential–gradient that can be r = R [R = 0.1 m]
imposed in air at atmospheric pressure r = 3.14× 0.1 = 0.314 m
without breakdown is 30kV/cm. The
corresponding energy density is nearly Dele: JÙeeme = 2r = 2 × 0.314 = 0.63 m Ans.
DeefOekeâlece efJeYeJe ØeJeCelee pees JeeÙeg ceW efyevee yeÇskeâ[eGve 14. An aircraft has a wing span of 56m. If is flying
kesâ JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe oeye hej ueeiet keâer pee mekeâleer nw horizontally at a speed of 810 km/h and the
vertical component of earth's magnetic field is
30kV/cm nw~ leodvegmeej Tpee& IevelJe ueieYeie nw– 4×10–4 Wb/m2. The potential difference
(ESE– 2018) between the wing tips of the aircraft is:
Skeâ SÙej›eâe@heäš keâe efJebie mheeve 56m nw~ Ùeefo Ùen 20. Calculate the flux density at a distance of 5 cm.
#eweflepe ™he mes 810 km/h keâer ieefle mes GÌ[ jne nw Deewj from a long straight circular conductor
he=LJeer kesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe GOJee&Oej Ieškeâ 4×10–4 carrying a current of 250 A and placed in air
Wb/m2 nw~ SÙej›eâeheäš kesâ efJebieefšhme keâe efJeYeJeeblej nw– 250 A keâer Oeeje Jenve keâjles ngS Deewj JeeÙeg ceW mLeeefhele
(DSSSB JE–19.03.2021) efkeâmeer uecyes meerOes Je=òeerÙe Ûeeuekeâ mes 5 mesceer keâer otjer hej
Sol. Potential difference V  B(l×v) heäuekeäme IevelJe keâer ieCevee keâjW~
5 (SSC JE–10.12.2020, Shift –II)
V  810  4  104  56  Sol. efoÙee nw – I = 250 Ampere
18
4 5 r = 5 cm = 5 × 10–2 m
V  181440  10  µr = 1, µ0 = 4 × 10–7 H/m
18
V  5.04  5V Ans. I  0 r I
heäuekeäme IevelJe B  
15. A coil with 500 turns carries a current of 2A. 2 r 2 r
What is the MMF of the coil. 4  107  250
500 Jele&veeW kesâ meeLe Skeâ kegâC[ueer 2A keâer Oeeje Jenve B
2   5  102
keâjlee nw kegâC[ueer keâe mmf keäÙee nw– B = 2 × 10–7 × 5000
(DMRC JE–20.02.2020) B = 2 × 10–7 × 5000
Sol. Given that, B = 10000 × 10–7
N = 500, I = 2A B = 10–3 Wb/m2 Ans.
MMF = N.I. = 500 × 2 21. When two coils are combined is series order in
MMF  1000AT Ans. opposing and aiding combinations, then the
16. Determine the value of produced mmf (in Amp– total inductance is 3mH and 19 mH. Find the
turns) in a coil, if the coil has 120 turns and mutual inductance.
carrying a current of 0.1A. 12 A–T peye oes kegâC[ueerÙeeW keâes ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee
Ùeefo kegbâ[ueer ceW 120 Jele&ve Deewj Oeeje 0.1 SefcheÙej nw lees nw lees efJejesOeer Deewj meneÙekeâ mebÙeespeveeW ceW ›eâceMe: kegâue
kegbâ[ueer ceW Glheeefole Sce.Sce.SHeâ. keâe ceeve (SefcheÙej–Jele&ve ØesjkeâlJe 3 mH Deewj 19 mH neslee nw~ heejmheefjkeâ
ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW– 12 SefcheÙej-šve& ØesjkeâlJe %eele keâerefpeS –
(SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018) (DMRC JE – 20.02.2020)
17. What will be the produced mmf (in Amp–turns)
in a magnetic circuit, if it has 100 number of turns Sol. L = L1 + L2 + 2M (Series–aiding connection)
and carrying a current of 0.2 A– 20 Amp. Turn L = L1 + L2 – 2M (Series–opposing connection)
Ùeefo Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW 100 Jele&ve Deewj Jen 0.2 A L1 + L2 + 2M = 19 ............... (i)
keâer Oeeje Jenve keâj jne nw, lees Gme heefjheLe ceW efkeâlevee L1 + L2 – 2M = 3 .................. (ii)
Sce.Sce.SHeâ. keâe Glheeove (Amp–Turns ceW) nesiee– meceer. (i) Deewj (ii) mes,
20 SefcheÙej-šve& 4M = 16
(SSC JE–Evening 25–01–2018) M  4mH Ans.
18. A steel ring 20 cm diameter and circular cross–
section of diameter 2.5 cm has an air gap of 1 22. A rectangular iron core has three coils as
mm. The ring is uniformly wound with 500 turns shown in the given figure. The number of turns
of copper wire carrying a current of 3A. What is of the coils are Na = 300, Nb = 600 and Nc = 600
the total magneto–motive force in ampere–turns– and the respective current are 1.5A, 4A, and
1500 AT 3A. Find the total magneto motive force.
Fmheele kesâ Skeâ Úuues keâe JÙeeme 20 mesceer. nw Deewj 2.5 mesceer. pewmee efkeâ Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~ Skeâ DeeÙeleekeâej
JÙeeme kesâ Je=òeekeâej DevegØemLe keâeš kesâ yeerÛe 1 efceceer. keâe JeeÙeg ueewn keâesj ceW leerve kegâb [efueÙeeW ceW Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee Na =
Devlejeue nw~ Fme Úuues keâes 3A Oeeje ues peeves Jeeues leeByes kesâ 300, Nb = 600 Deewj Nc = 600 mecyeefvOele OeejeSb
leej kesâ 500 hesâjeW mes Skeâ meceeve ™he mes JeeGC[ efkeâÙee ieÙee 1.5A, 4A, Deewj 3A nQ~ kegâue ÛegcyekeâlJe Jeenkeâ yeue
nw~ SefcheÙej–hesâjeW ceW kegâue ÛegcyekeâlJe Jeenkeâ yeue keäÙee nw– %eele keâjW~
1500 SefcheÙej-šve&
(NPCIL JE– 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)
19. Find total ampere turns if in an iron ring of mean
length 60 cm has an air gap of 2 mm and a
windings of 100 turns and current of 2 A flowing
through the coil. 200 A.T.
kegâue SefcheÙej kesâ hesâjeW (Ûe›eâ) keâer mebKÙee %eele keâjW Ùeefo 60
mesceer. ceeOÙe uebyeeF& Jeeues ueesns kesâ Skeâ Úuues ceW 2 efceceer. keâe
JeeÙeg Devlejeue nw Deewj kegbâ[ueer ceW 100 hesâje (Ûe›eâ) leLee Gmemes
neskeâj 2 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ 200 A.T.
(MP JE– 2016, Morning Shift) (SSC JE–24.03.2021, Shift –II)
Sol. efoÙee nw – Sol. F = qVB sin 
Na = 300, Nb = 600, Nc = 600, Ia = 1.5A, Ib = peneB q = DeeJesMe
4A, Ic = 3A V = Jesie
B = heäuekeäme IevelJe
Ûetbefkeâ Static charge nesves keâer Jepen mes Velocity (V) MetvÙe nesiee
Dele: meceerkeâjCe ceW V = 0 jKeves hej
F  q  0  B  sin 
F0
Dele: DeeJesMe (q) MetvÙe yeue DevegYetefle keâjsiee~ Ans.
25. State the formula to calculate the energy
stored in an inductor L for a current I passing
through it.
GheÙeg&òeâ efÛe$e ceW Oeeje Ia leLee Ib keâer efoMee meceeve nw leLee Ic Skeâ Øesjkeâ L ceW Fmemes iegpejves Jeeueer Oeeje I kesâ efueS
keâer efoMee efJehejerle nw~ meb«eefnle Gpee& keâer ieCevee nsleg met$e nw–
kegâue ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ yeue (M.M.F.) = NaIa + NbIb – (ESIC– 24.01.2019 Time 9:00–11:00)
N cI c 1
Sol. Øesjkeâ ceW meb«eefnle Tpee&  LI2 (petue)
= 300 × 1.5 + 600 × 4 – 600 × 3 2
= 450 + 2400 – 1800 1
mebOeeefj$e ceW meb«eefnle Tpee&  CV 2 (petue)
mmf = 1050 A–T Ans. 2
2
23. A 2 m long wire is bent into a circle. If the ØeeflejesOe ceW JÙeÙe Tpee&  I R Ans.
current flowing through the wire is 50 A, find 26. A current of 100A flows through a single turn
the magnetising force at the centre of the coils of radius 0.1m. calculate the flux density
circle. at the center of the coil. Let. 0=4 10–7 H/m
Skeâ 2 ceer. uecyes leej keâes Je=òeekeâej ceW ceesÌ[ efoÙee peelee 0.1 ceeršj keâer ef$epÙee Jeeueer Skeâ efmebieue šve& keâe@Fue kesâ
nw Ùeefo leej mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje 50A nes lees Je=òe kesâ kesâvõ ceeOÙece mes 100 A keâer Oeeje (keâjbš) ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~
hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue %eele keâjW – keâe@Fue kesâ keWâõ ceW Heäuekeäme IevelJe keâer ieCevee keâjs~
(PGCIL JE–13.08.2021) ceeve ueerefpeS 0=410–7 H/m
(ESIC– 24.01.2019 Time 9:00–11:00)
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw–
leej keâer uecyeeF& · 2 ceer. leLee Fmes Je=òe kesâ ™he ceW ceesÌ[e r = 0.1m, I = 100 A, N = 1 B
ieÙee nw leye Fmekeâer heefjefOe 2 ceer. ner nesieer~ 0 NI
 Q (B= H)
2r
NI
H= l  2r 
l
4  107  1 100

2  0.1
 628  106 Wb / m 2 Ans.
Deye –
27. Determine the reluctance (in Amp–turns/Wb)
2r = 2 m of a coil, when the flux through the coil is 25
1 Wb and the value of produced mmf is 50
r m Amp–turns.

kegbâ[ueer ceW Øeefle<šcYe (SeqcheÙej–švme&/Jesyej) ceW efveOee&efjle
Je=òe kesâ kesâvõ hej Ûegcyekeâve yeue –
keâjW, peye kegâb [ueer ceW 25 Jesyej kesâ heäuekeäme Deewj Glheeefole
i 50 Sce.Sce.Sheâ. keâe ceeve 50 SeqcheÙej–švme& nQ–
H   25
2r 2  1/  (SSC JE–Morning 22–01–2018)
H  25   m Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw, heäuekeäme () = 25 Jesyej
24. A very high magnetic field is applied to a mmf = 50 Amp–turn
NI
stationary charge. Then the charge experiences lees Øeefle<šcYe (Reluctance) S =
Skeâ mLeweflekeâ DeeJesMe hej Skeâ DelÙeble GÛÛe ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e 
ueieeÙee peelee nw~ lees DeeJesMe ...... keâer DevegYetefle keâjsiee~ 50
Øeefle<šcYe (S) = = 2 AT/Weber Ans.
(HSSC JE– 01.09.2019) 25

28. Determine the reluctance (in Amp–turns/Wb) of a Sol. efoÙee nw,
coil, when the flux through the coil is 15 Wb and Heäuekeäme = 26 Jesyej, mmf = 20 A.T
the produced mmf is 30 Amp–turns.
2 AT/Weber mmf
Reluctance 
kegbâ[ueer ceW Øeefle<šcYe (SefcheÙej–švme&/Jesyej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, 
peye kegbâ[ueer keâe Heäuekeäme 15 Jesyej Deewj Glheeefole 20
Sce.Sce.SHeâ. 30 SefcheÙej–švme& nw~ 2 AT/Weber Øeefle°cYe 
(SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018) 26
29. Determine the current (in A) through a 60 cm  Permeance  1
long solenoid when the solenoid has 400 turns Øeefle°cYe
and the value of magnetic field at the centre of
1 26
the solenoid is 6 mT. Permeance  
60 mes.ceer. uebyes meesuesvee@F[ kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje keâe ceeve 20 20
(SeqcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW peye meesuesvee@F[ ceW 400 26
Permeance =1.3 nsvejer Ans.
Jele&ve Deewj meesuesvee@F[ kesâ keWâõ ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe ceeve
6 efceueer–šsmuee nw– 32. What will be the permeance (in H) of a coil,
when the flux through the coil is 50 Wb and
(SSC JE–Morning 22–01–2018) the value of produced mmf is 25 Amp–turns– 2H
Sol. efoÙee nw, peye kegbâ[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes Heäuekeäme 50 Jesyej Deewj
meesuesvee@F[ keâer uecyeeF& l = 60 cm = 0.6 ceeršj Glheeefole Sce.Sce.SHeâ. keâe ceeve 25 SefcheÙej–Jele&ve nw,
Jele&ve (N) = 400 lees kegbâ[ueer keâer heefjÙecesvme (nsvejer ceW) keäÙee nesiee– 2 nsvejer
B = 6  10–3 šsmuee (SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018)
B = or H mes 33. What will be the value of magnetic field
B intensity (in Amp–turns/m) of a 4 metre long
H= coil, when the coil has 220 turns and carrying a
 o r current of 0.4 A?
NI B  NI  Skeâ 4 ceeršj uecyeer kegâb [ueer ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer
  QH   leer›elee keâe ceeve (SefcheÙej–Jele&ve/ceeršj ceW) keäÙee nesiee,
l or  l 
peye kegbâ[ueer ceW 220 Jele&ve nw Deewj 0.4 SefcheÙej keâer
6 103  0.6
Oeeje I =
Bl

 o r N 410  400 7  Q  r  1Air nsleg  Oeeje Jenve keâj jner nes~
Oeeje I = 7.2 Amp. Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw– uecyeeF& (l) = 4 ceeršj, Jele&ve = 220
30. Determine the current (in A) through a Oeeje = 0.4 Amp
solenoid, when the coil has 130 turns and
NI 220  0.4
produced a mmf of 26 Amp–turns. ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee (H)  
Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje keâe ceehe l 4
(SefcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâerefpeÙes, peye 130 Jele&ve keâer 88
  22 AT /m Ans.
kegâC[ueer 26 SefcheÙej–Jele&ve keâe Sce.Sce.SHeâ GlheVe 4
keâjlee nw~ 34. What will be the value of magnetic field (in
mT) at the centre of a 8 m long coil, when the
(SSC JE–Morning 24–01–2018) coil has 260 turns and carrying a current of 4 A?
Sol. efoÙee nw, Skeâ 8 ceeršj uecyeer kegbâ[ueer kesâ keWâõ ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
Jele&ve keâer mebKÙee (N) =130 Jele&ve keâe ceeve (efceueer–šsmuee ceW) keäÙee nesiee peye kegbâ[ueer ceW
mmf = 26 A.T 260 Jele&ve nw Deewj Jen 4 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve keâj
mmf  NI jner nes~
mmf (SSC JE–Morning 24–01–2018)
Oeeje 
N Sol. efoÙee nw,
26 uecyeeF& = 8 ceeršj, Jele&ve = 260, Oeeje = 4 Amp
Oeeje (I) 
130 NI
H mes
Oeeje (I)  0.2Amp Ans. l
260  4
31. Determine the value of permeance (in H) of a H
coil, when the flux through the coil is 26 Wb 8
and the value of produced mmf is 20 Amp– H =130 SefcheÙej Jele&ve/ceeršj
turns. B  0 H
Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW hejefceÙesvme keâe ceeve (nsvejer ceW) efveOee&efjle
B  4   107  130  1632.8  107
keâerefpeÙes, peye kegâb [ueer ceW Heäuekeäme keâe ceeve 26 Jesyej nw
Deewj Glheeefole Sce.Sce.SHeâ. keâe ceeve 20 SefcheÙej–Jele&ve nw~ B  0.163  103 šsmuee
(SSC JE–Morning 24–01–2018) Dele: ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e B = 0.163 mT Ans.

35. What will be the current (in A) through a Sol. efoÙee nw–
solenoid, when the solenoid has 160 turns and
N = 230 Jele&ve
produces an mmf of 32 Amp–truns ?
Skeâ meesuesvee@F[ kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje (SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee I = 3 Amp.
nesieer, peye meesuesvee@F[ ceW 160 Jele&ve nQ Deewj Glheeefole l = 7 ceeršj
Sce.Sce.SHeâ. 32 SefcheÙej–Jele&ve nw? H
NI
mes
(SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018) l
Sol. efoÙee nw– 230  3
N = 160 mmf = NI = 32AT H
7
mmf B = H = 0r H
I=
N 230  3
B = 4107  ( = 3.14)
32 7
Oeeje (I) =
160 B = 1238  10–7 Tesla
Oeeje (I) = 0.2 Amp. Ans. B = 0.123  10–3 Tesla
36. Determine the magnetic field strength (in A– Dele: ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e B = 0.123 efceueer šsmuee Ans.
turns/m) when the intensity of magnetization 40. Determine the produced mmf (in Amp–turns)
of the material is 0.078 A–turns/meter and the in a magnetic circuit if it has 60 turns and
magnetic susceptibility of the material is 0.0013. carrying a current of 0.5 A.
ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer meeceLÙe& (SefcheÙej–Jele&ve/ceeršj ceW) Skeâ Ûegyb ekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Glheeefole Sce. Sce. Sheâ.
efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye heoeLe& keâer ÛegbyekeâerÙekeâjCe keâer
(SefcheÙej–Jele&ve ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo Gmeces 60 Jele&ve
leer›elee 0.078 SefcheÙej–Jele&ve/ceeršj nw Deewj heoeLe& keâer
nQ Deewj Jen 0.5 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve keâj jne nw–
ÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee 0.0013 nw~
(SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018)
Sol. ÛegcyekeâerkeâjCe keâer leer›elee (I) = 0.078 AT/m Sol. ef o Ùee nw –
ÛegcyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee (m) = 0.0013 N = 60 Jele&ve Oeeje = 0.5 Amp.
I  Ûeg c yekeâlJe Jeenkeâ yeue (mmf) = NI
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer meecÙeLe& H = mes mmf = 60  0.5
m
mmf = 30 A.T Ans.
0.078
H= 41. Determine the value of magnetic field (in mT) at
0.0013 the centre of a 20 cm long solenoid, if the solenoid
H = 60 AT/m Ans. has 200 turns and carrying a current of 4 A.
37. Determine the magnetic field strength (in A/m) of Skeâ 20 mesceer. uecyes meesuesveeF[ kesâ keWâõ keâe ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e
a material when the intensity of magnetization of
the material is 0.084 Amp/m and the magnetic (efceueer–šsmuee ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo Gme meesuesveeF[ ceW
susceptibility 0.0012 – 70A/m 200 Jele&ve nQ Deewj Jen 4 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve keâj
heoeLe& kesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer meeceLÙe& keâes (SefcheÙej/ceeršj cebs) jne nw–
efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo heoeLe& kesâ Ûegcyekeâve keâer leer›elee 0.084 (SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018)
SefcheÙej/ceeršj nw Deewj heoeLe& keâer ÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee Sol. efoÙee nw–
0.0012 nw– 70 SefcheÙej/ceeršj N = 200 Jele&ve Oeeje (I) = 4 A
(SSC JE–Evening 27–01–2018) uecyeeF& (l) = 20 cm = 0.2 m
38. What will be the magnetic field strength (in A/m)
of a material when the intensity of magnetization #es$e meeceLÙe& (H) = NI  200  4 = 4000 AT/m
of the material is 0.064 Amp/m and the magnetic l 0.2
susceptibility of the materials is 0.52×10–4 – heäuekeäme IevelJe (B) =  0 r H
1230 A/m
heoeLe& kesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙekeâjCe keâer leer›elee 0.064 SefcheÙej/ ceeršj B = 4  10–7  4000 Qr  1 Air 
Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee 0.52 × 10 nw, leye heoeLe& keâer
–4 B = 16000  3.14  10 =5024010–7T
–7
ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e meeceLÙe& (SefcheÙej/ceeršj ceW) nesieer– B  5 mT Ans.

1230 SefcheÙej/ceeršj
42. Determine the magnetic susceptibility of a
(SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018) material, if the field strength of the materials is
39. What will be value of magnetic field (in mT) at
0.8  105 A.m–1 and the magnitude of
the centre of a 7 m long coil, when the coil has
230 turns and carrying a current of 3 A? magnetization is 0.97  105 A.m–1.
7 ceeršj uebyes kegbâ[ueer kesâ kesâvõ ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe ceeve Skeâ heoeLe& keâer ÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee efveOee&efjle keâerefpeÙes
(efceueer–šsmuee ceW) keäÙee nesiee, peye kegbâ[ueer ceW 230 švme& Ùeefo Fme heoeLe& keâer #es$e Meefkeäle 0.8  105 A.m–1 nw Deewj
nQ Deewj Jen 3 SeqcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve keâj jner nw? ÛegcyekeâerÙekeâjCe keâer cee$ee 0.97  105 A.m–1 nw–
(SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018) (SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw– #es$e Meefkeäle (H) = 0.8  105 A–m–1 46. Calculate the intensity of magnetization (in A–
ÛegcyekeâerÙekeâjCe keâer cee$ee (I) = 0.97  105 A–m–1 m–1) in material, if the magnetic field strength of
the material is 1800 Amp–m–1 and the magnetic
I 0.97  105 susceptibility is 0.4 × 10–5.
Deye ÛegcyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee   m   
H 0.8 105 Ùeefo Skeâ heoeLe& keâer Ûegyb ekeâerÙe #es$e Meefòeâ 1800 Amp–
 m  1.21 Ans. m–1 nw Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee 0.4 × 10–5 nw lees
Gmekeâer ÛegbyekeâerÙekeâjCe keâer leer›elee keâer ieCevee (A–m–1
43. What will be the magnetic susceptibility of
material if the magnetic field strength of the ceW) keâjW–
material is 1200 A/m and the intensity of (SSC JE–Evening 25–01–2018)
magnetization is 0.084 A/m– 10-4 Sol. efoÙee nw-
0.7
Ùeefo Skeâ heoeLe& keâe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer meeceLÙe& 1200A/m m  Magnetic Susceptibility
nw Deewj ÛegbyekeâerkeâjCe keâer leer›elee 0.084 A/m nw lees Gme H = Magnetic–field
heoeLe& keâer ÛegcyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee efkeâleveer nesieer– 0.710-4 I  Intensity of magnetisation
m = 0.4 × 10–5
(SSC JE–Morning 29–01–2018) H = 1800 A/m
44. What will be the value of current (in A) in a 50 I=?
cm long air–core solenoid, if the value of I = mH
magnetic field at the center of the solenoid is 5 I = 0.4 × 10–5 × 1800 = 0.0072 A/m Ans.
mT and the solenoid has 300 turns?
Skeâ 50 mesceer. uebyes JeeÙeg–keâesj meesuesvee@F[ ceW Oeeje keâe 47. What will be the flux density (in T) of a material
in free space, if the field strength of the material
ceeve (SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo meesuesvee@F[ kesâ kesâvõ is 2 × 105 A–m–1 and the magnetic susceptibility
ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe ceeve 5 efceueer–šsmuee nw Deewj of the material is 0.44 × 10–3
meesuesvee@F[ ceW 300 Jele&ve nw? Skeâ cegòeâ Devlejeue ceW Skeâ heoeLe& keâe Heäuekeäme IevelJe
(SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018) (T ceW) keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo Gme heoeLe& keâer Heâeru[ keâer
Sol. B  5  10 T 3 meeceLÙe& 2 × 105 A–m–1 nw Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee
N  300 Turn 0.44 × 10–3 nw?
l  50 cm  0.5 m (SSC JE–Evening 25–01–2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw-
  NI Bl
B 0 r , I m = 0.44 × 10–3, B = ?
l  0 r N H = 2 × 105 A/m
  103  0.5 B   0 r H
I 7
4  10  3.14  1  300 H  Magnetic field strength
I  6.63A Ans. B  Magnetic flux density
0 = 4 × 10–7 H/m
45. What will be the value of current (in A) in a 40 r = 1 Air medium
cm long solenoid in free space, if it has 400
turns, 2 cm of diameter and produces a B  4  107  1  2  105
magnetic field of 4 mT at its center?  4  3.14  107  2  105
Keeueer peien ceW 40 mesceer. uecyes meesuesvee@F[ ceW Oeeje keâe B  0.25T Ans.
ceeve (SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo FmeceW 400 šve& nw, 2
48. Determine the current through a coil (in A), if
mesceer. keâe JÙeeme nw Deewj Fmekesâ kesâvõ ceW 4 efceueer–šsmuee the coil has 140 turns and produces mmf of 14
keâe Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e hewoe neslee nw? Amp–turns :
(SSC JE–Evening 24–01–2018) kegbâ[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje (SefcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW,
Sol. efoÙee nw, Ùeefo kegbâ[ueer ceW 140 Jele&ve nQ Deewj Glheeefole
B = 4  10–3 T, l = 40  10–2 m, N = 400 turn Sce.Sce.SHeâ. 14 SefcheÙej švme& nw~
  NI (SSC JE–Evening 27–01–2018)
B 0 r
l Sol. efoÙee nw–
B l Turns keâer mebKÙee (N) = 140 Turns
I  r  1  air 
0  N mmf = 14 Amp–Turns
4  103  40  102 16  104  107
Oeeje = ?
  Formula : mmf  NI
4  107  400 4  3.14  400
16000 1000 mmf
  I
1600  3.14 314 N
14
I  3.18 A Ans.   0.1Amp Ans.
140
49. Determine the value of current (in A) in a coil, if Sol. efoÙee nw,
it has 60 numbers of turns and produces a mmf of
30 Amp–turns– 0.5A
heoeLe& keâe meeceLÙe& (H) · 0.4  107 Am–1
Ùeefo Skeâ keäJeeFue ceW 60 šve& nQ Deewj Jen 30 SefcheÙej– šve& ÛegcyekeâerÙe IevelJe (B) · 12T
keâe Sce.Sce.SHeâ. Glheeefole keâjlee nw, lees efJeÅegleOeeje keâe ceeve cegòeâ mLeeve keâer heejiecÙelee (0) · 4  10–7 H/m
(SefcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW– 0.5 SefcheÙej formula B = r0H
(SSC JE–Morning 29–01–2018) B
50. Determine the flux (in Wb) through a coil r 
0 H
when the reluctance of the coil is 4 Amp–
turns/Wb and the produced mmf is 48 Amp– 12
turns : r 
0.4  10  4 107
7
kebgbâ[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes Heäuekeäme (Jesyej cebs) efveOee&efjle keâjW, 12
peye kegbâ[ueer keâer Øeefle<šcYe 4 SefcheÙej–švme&/Jesyej Deewj r   2.388
5.024
Glheeefole Sce.Sce.SHeâ 48 SefcheÙej švme& nw–
formula; ÛegcyekeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee   m  = r – 1
Sol. efoÙee nw–  m  = 2.38 – 1  (r = 1+ m)
Reluctance (S) = 4 AT/Wb
mmf = 48 Amp–turn
 m  = 1.38 Ans.
flux () = ? 53. What will happen to the permeance of the
mmf magnetic circuit, if the area of the cross section
formula :   of the circuit gets doubled?
Reluctance  S 
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâe heejieceve keâe keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo
48 heefjheLe kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš #es$e oesiegvee nes peelee nw?

4 (SSC JE–Evening 29–01–2018)
  12 Wb Ans.
1 1
51. Determine the magnitude of magnetic field (in Sol. Permeance  
Reluctance l
mT) at the center of a 50 cm long solenoid, if
the solenoid has 300 turns and carrying a 0r a
current of 5A. a
Permeance  0 r
Skeâ 50 meWšerceeršj uebyes meesuesvee@F[ kesâ kesâvõ ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe l
#es$e keâe heefjceeCe (efceueer–šsmuee ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo Permeance  area
meesuesvee@F[ ceW 300 šve& nw Deewj Jen 5 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Deiej #es$eheâue (a) keâes oesiegvee keâj efoÙee peeÙes lees Permeance Yeer
Jenve keâj jner nw– oesiegvee nes peeÙesiee keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen #es$eHeâue kesâ Deveg›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw~
(SSC JE–Evening 27–01–2018) Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw– 54. The current in the circuit shown below is 4 A.
No. of turns (T) = 300 Turns Calculate the magnetic field intensity (in A
Oeeje (I) = 5A turns/m) in the core, if the winding has 50 turns.
Length of Solenoid  l  = 50 cm = 0.5 m veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW Oeeje 4 SefcheÙej nw~ keâesj ceW
magnetic field (B) = ? ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee (SefcheÙej–švme&/ceeršj ceW) %eele
N I 0 keâjW, Ùeefo kegbâ[ueer ceW 50 Jele&ve nQ~
Formula : B  (SSC JE–Evening 29–01–2018)
l
300  5  4   107
B
0.5
6000  3.14  107 18840  107
 
0.5 0.5
3
 3.768  10
B  3.768 mT Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw,
52. What will be the magnetic susceptibility of a I  4A, N  50Turn
material kept in free space if the field strength NI
of the material is 0.4  107 A–m–1 and the flux H DeeÙele keâe heefjceehe · 2(l +b)
2 l  b
density of the material is 12 T?
Skeâ cegòeâ DeJemLee ceW jKes ngS heoeLe& keâer ÛegbyekeâerÙe 50  4 200
   526.315
DevegkeâeÙe&lee keäÙee nesieer, Deiej heoeLe& keâe #es$e meeceLÙe& 2  0.15  0.04  0.38
107 A–m–1 nw Deewj heäuekeäme IevelJe 12 T nw?
0.4 H  526.315AT / m Ans.
55. In a material an application of magnetic field of veerÛes oMee&Ùes ieÙes efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej 2a ceer. uebyeeF& Jeeueer
1.75  105 A/m causes a magnetic density of Yegpee kesâ efkeâmeer Jeie& kesâ keWâvõ hej ueieves Jeeuee ÛegcyekeâerÙe
0.2182 Wb/m2. Calculate its permeability (µH/m). yeue keäÙee nesiee?
Skeâ heoeLe& ceW, 1.75 × 105 A/m keâe ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e (SSC JE– 4 March 2017 10 am)
ØeÙegòeâ keâjves hej 0.2182 Wb/m2 keâe ÛegcyekeâerÙe IevelJe
GlheVe neslee nw~ Fmekeâer heejiecÙelee keâer ieCevee (H/m)
ceW keâjW~
(UPPCL JE– 27.08.2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw– Sol.
Magnetic field = 1.75  105 A/m
Magnetic flux density = 0.2182 wb/m2
magnetic flux density
Permeability =
magnetic field
0.2182
=
1.75 105 ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e (efyevog o hej) B1 = 4  Skeâ Yeeie kesâ keâejCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
= 0.12410–5 H/m
= 1.2µ H/m Ans. 0 I
B1 = (sin 1  sin 2 )
56. What will be the magnetic potential difference 4a
across a 4–cm–long air gap in a magnetic field  I
of 400 AT/m? B1 = 0 (sin 45º  sin 45º )
4a
Skeâ 400 AT/m kesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Skeâ 4 cm uecyes
4 107  I  1 1 
SÙej iewhe kesâ Deej–heej ÛegcyekeâerÙe efJeYeJeevlej keäÙee B1 =   
4a  2 2
nesiee?
I
Sol. Given : B1 = 4 2  107
H = 400AT/m a
l = 4 cm or 0.04 m B 4 2I  107 2I
H= 1  7
= A/m Ans.
NI  4 10  a a
Magnetising force ( H )  AT / m
l 59. A cast steel electromagnet has an air gap
Ùee NI = H  l length of 0.3 cm. Find the ampere–turns for
the air gap to produce a flux density of 0.7
= 400  0.04 Wb/m2 in the air gap.
= 16.00 Skeâ keâÛÛes Fmheele keâer efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ JeeÙeg Deblejeue 0.3
Ùee NI  16 A  T Ans. cm mesceer nw~ JeeÙeg Deblejeue cebs 0.7 Wb/m2 Heäuekeäme
57. Magnetic flux will be..............if the surface IevelJe keâes hewoe keâjves kesâ efueS SefcheÙej–švme& %eele
area vector of a surface is perpendicular to the keâerefpeS?
magnetic field.
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
Ùeefo melen keâe meefoMe #es$e Jeskeäšj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ
uecyeJeled nw, lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme.............nesiee– Sol. l = 0.3cm B = 0.7wb/m2
Q r = 1 (for air)
(UPPCL JE– 11.11.2016)
NI
Sol. Ùeefo melen keâe meefoMe #es$e Jeskeäšj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ uecyeJele nw H=  NI  Hl
lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâe ceeve MetvÙe nesiee~ keäÙeeWefkeâ #es$e Fme meceÙe l
0.7
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ uecyeJeled nesiee~ NI = 7
 0.3  102
  BA cos  4  10
  900 21 104 21
NI = 7
 103
4 10 4  3.14
  BA cos 900
NI = 1671.97 AT Ans.
0 Qcos 90 0
 0 60. A magnetic circuit requires 800 AT to produce
 = heäuekeäme a certain quantity of flux in magnetic circuit. If
its excitation coil has 100 turns and 5 ohm
B = ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe
resistance, the voltage to be applied in exciting
A = DevegØemLe keâeš keâe #es$eheâue coil is.............
 = ÛegcyekeâerÙe heâeru[ Deewj #es$e Jeskeäšj kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe Ans. efkeâmeer Ûegyb ekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW efveef§ele cee$ee kesâ Heäuekeäme keâes
58. Magnetising force at the centre of a square, GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS 800 AT keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer
each arm of 2a m length shown below is given nw~ Ùeefo Gòespeve kegbâ[ueer ceW 100 švme& Deewj 5 Deesÿe
as............
ØeeflejesOe nes, lees Gòespeve kegbâ[ueer ceW Deejesefhele Jeesušlee Sol. efoÙee nw-
(Jeesušspe), ............nesiee~ l  70  102 m    0  r
(SSC JE– 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) a  5  104 m 2 0  4 10
7
Sol. efoÙee nw-   4 10  1400  r  1400

7
SefcheÙej Jele&ve (NI) · 800 AT l

R = 5 N = 100 S mes
a
800 70  102
I= S
N 4  10 1400  5  104
7
800 70 109
I= = 8Amp. 
100 4  3.14 1400  5
V = IR = 85 = 40V Ans.
= 7.9  105 AT / Wb Ans.
61. The magnetic field intesity in a material whose
relative permeability is 1 when the flux density 64. The magnetic field energy in an inductor
is 0.005T is: changes from maximum value to minimum
Skeâ heoeLe& ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leer›elee nesieer, efpemekeâer value in 5 m sec when connected to an a.c.
meehes#e heejiecÙelee 1 nw, peye Heäuekeäme IevelJe 0.005T source. The frequency of the source is:
neslee nw– Øesjkeâ ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Tpee& S.meer. œeesle mes peesÌ[s peeves
(Noida Metro Rail Corporation–05.03.2017) hej 5 m sec ces DeefOekeâlece ceeve mes vÙetvelece ceeve ceW yeoue
Sol. efoÙee nw- peeleer nw~ œeesle keâer DeeJe=efle efkeâleveer nw ?
B = 0.005 Tesla (SSC JE– 2014, Shift–II )
r = 1 H = ? B = H B = o  r H Sol. efoÙee nw-
o = 410–7 T = 5 m sec. = 5 × 10–3 sec.
B 0.005 1 1
H=  f    50 Hz Ans.
o  r 4 107 1 4T 4  5 103
65. A current of 2A passes through a coil of 350
5  104 50 1000
H=  turns wound on a ring of mean diameter 12
4 4  3 14 cm. The flux density established in the ring is
12500 1.4 wb/m2. Find the value of relative
H= = 3980.89 AT/m Ans. permeability of Iron.
3.14
62. A magnetizing force of 800 AT/m will produce 12 mesceer ceeOÙe JÙeeme keâer Skeâ efjbie hej uehesšer ieF& Skeâ
a flux density of _____ in air: 350 Jele&ve keâer kegbâ[ueer ceW mes 2A keâer Oeeje iegpejleer nw~
Skeâ 800 AT/m keâe ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue nJee ceW Skeâ efjbie ceW mLeeefhele Heäuekeäme IevelJe 1.4wb/m2 nw~ ueesns keâer
heäuekeäme IevelJe Glheeefole keâjsiee– meehes#e heejiecÙelee keâe ceeve %eele keâjW~
(Noida Metro Rail Corporation–05.03.2017) (SSC JE– 2015)
Sol. efoÙee nw- Soll. efoÙee nw–
H = 800 AT/m (r = 1, 0 = 410–7) JeueÙe keâe ceeOÙe JÙeeme = 12 cm = 0.12m
Q B = 0r.H Jele&veeWs keâer mebKÙee (N)= 350
B = 1 4  10–7 800 
B = 32  10–5 JeueÙe ceW Heäuekeäme IevelJe, B=  1.4Wb / m 2
a
B = 32  3.14  10–5
B = 1mWb/m2 Ans.  0  4 10 7 H / m
63. Calculate the reluctance of a magnetic coil Oeeje (I) =2A
which is wounded uniformly on an iron core r = ?
provided that the relative permeability of the
NI NI0  r a
iron is 1400. The length of the magnetic circuit Q  
is 70 cm and the cross–sectional area of the l / 0r a l
core is 5cm2.  NI 0  r
Skeâ kegâb [ueer ueewn keâesj (iron core) hej Skeâ meceeve ™he Ùee 
(uniformly) mes kegbâ[efuele (wounded) nw~ ueewn heoeLe& a l
ÙeneB l    ceeOÙe JÙeeme
keâer meehes#e heejiecÙelee (relative permeability)1400
   0.12 ceer.
nw~ ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe keâer uebyeeF& 70cm Deewj DevegØemLe
350  2  4 107   r
heefjÛÚso #es$e (cross–sectional area) 5cm2 nw~ Dele: 1.4 
ÛegbyekeâerÙe kegbâ[ueer kesâ Øeefle‰cYe (reluctance) keâer ieCevee   0.12
keâerefpeS~ 0.12   1.4
r   600 Ans.
(UPRVUNL JE– 2014) 350  2  4 107
66. A bar of Iron 1 cm2 in cross section has 10–4 Sol.
Wb of Magnetic flux in it, If r = 2000. What is
the Magnetic field intensity in the bar?
1 cm2 DevegØemLe keâeš keâer Skeâ ueesns keâer ÚÌ[ ceW 10–4
Wb ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme nw~ Ùeefo r = 2000 nw lees ÚÌ[
ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e leer›elee efkeâleveer nw?
(SSC JE– 2015)
efjbie keâer Deewmele heefjefOe = 0.5
Sol. efoÙee nw,
Ùee
 r  2000
coil keâer uecyeeF& = 0.5 m
  1  10 4 Wb coil keâer Turns keâer mebKÙee = 180 T
A  1cm 2 = 1 × 10–4 m2 coil ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje = 4 A
 NI
cewivesefškeâ heâeru[ mš^WLe (H) =
  BA  B 
A l
1 104 4 180 40 180
B  1 104 104 
104 0.5 5
H = 1440 AT/m Ans.
B  1Wb / m 2
69. A square cross–sectional magnet has a pole
  4  107  strength of 1  10–3 Wb and cross–sectional
B  0r H  0 
 r  2000  area of 20 mm  20 mm. What is the strength
at distance of 100 mm from the unit pole in
B 1 air?
H  H
0 r 4  3.14  2000 107 Skeâ Jeiee&keâej DevegØemLe keâeš kesâ Ûegcyekeâ keâe OeÇgJe
1 10 7
T meeceLÙe& 1  103 Wb nw Deewj DevegØemLe keâeš keâe
  398 Ans. #es$eHeâue 20 mm  20 mm nw~ JeeÙeg ceW FkeâeF& OeÇgJe mes
4  3.14  2000 m
67. The reluctance of the magnetic circuit shown 100 mm keâer otjer hej meeceLÙe& keäÙee nw?
in fig is : Sol. efoÙee nw– M = 10×10–3 Wb, d = 100 mm = 1×10–1
veerÛes efoS ieS Ûegyb ekeâerÙe meefke&âš keâe Øeefle°bYe nw– M
(UPSSSC JE– 2015) H mes
4 0  r .d
2
1 103
H
4  4  107  11 101 
2
H = 6338.99 N/Wb Ans.

70. A solenoid is a 1m long and 3 cm in mean
Sol. diameter. It has five layers of winding of 100
mmF turns each and carries a current of 5A. What is
Flux = the magnetic field at its centre?
Reluctance Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe efpemekeâer uecyeeF& Skeâ ceeršj leLee ceeOÙe
NI 3 mesceer. nw~ Fmekesâ heeme heeBÛe hejleeW kesâ 100 Jele&ve Jeeueer
=
S Skeâ kegâC[ueer nw~ leLee ØelÙeskeâ 5 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve
NI keâjleer nw~ lees Fmekesâ keWâõ hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe ceeve
S= AT / wb Ans.
 efkeâlevee.............nw~
68. Find the magnetic field strength if a coil of 180 Sol. efoÙee nw- l = 1 m, NI = 100×5
turns is wound uniformly over a wooden ring
NI  100  5 
having a mean circumference of 0.5 m and B = 0r = (410–7)  
with current of 4A through the coil l  1 
cewivesefškeâ heâeru[ mš^WLe %eele keâjW Ùeefo efkeâmeer 180 Jele&ve  r  1 
Jeeues kegâC[ueer keâes Skeâ uekeâÌ[er kesâ efjbie hej meceeve ™he  
l  1m 
mes uehesše ieÙee nes efpemekeâe ceeOÙe melen 0.5 m nes Deewj B = 0.314 10–2T Ans.
meeLe ceW kegâC[ueer mes neskeâj 4A keâe keâjWš ØeJeeefnle nes jne 71. A very long solenoid has 800 turns per metre
nes~ length of the solenoid. A current of 1.6 A flows
through it. Then magnetic flux density at the
(MP JE– 2016, Evening Shift) end of the solenoid on its axis is nearly
Skeâ yengle uecyeer heefjveeefuekeâe efpemekesâ heeme Øeefle Skeâebkeâ 74. The permeability in the core in Fig. is 6 10–5
ceeršj keâer uecyeeF& hej Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee 800 nw Deewj Wb/AT–m. The flux density in the core is
Fmemes 1.6 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ leye efÛe$e ceW, ›eâes[ ceW ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee 610–5 Wb/AT–m
Fmekesâ De#e hej heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ Devle ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe nw~ ›eâes[ ceW heäuekeäme IevelJe nw–
heäuekeäme IevelJe ueieYeie............. nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw- H/l = 800 turn/m, I = 1.6 Amp
1 1
B   0 nI   4 107  800 1.6  l  1
2 2
–4
= 8×10 T Ans.
72. Two long straight parallel conductors, 10 cm
apart, carry currents 5A each in opposite
directions. Then the magnetic flux density at a
point mid–way between them is Sol.
10 mesceer. keâer otjer hej oes uecyes meerOes leLee meceevlej NI NI 70  4.5
H   = 1672AT/m
Ûeeuekeâ, efpemeceW ØelÙeskeâ 5A keâer Oeeje efJehejerle efoMee ceW l 2r 2  0.03
B =  H = 6 10 1672=0.1 T
–5
Ans.
ues peeles nw leye Gvekesâ ceOÙe efyebog hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme
75. If the magnetising force required at the
IevelJe keâe ceeve..........nw~ working flux density in fig. is 400 AT/m (from
Sol. B–H curve), the required number of turns is
At the mid–point, the magnetic field due to these current efÛe$e ceW keâeÙe&jle heäuekeäme IevelJe hej Ùeefo DeeJeMÙekeâ
carrying conductors will be in the same direction. ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue 400 AT/m (B– H Je›eâ mes) nw, lees
 I 4 107  5 DeeJeMÙekeâ Jele&vees keâer mebKÙee.............. nw~
 B  2 0   2  4 105 T
 2r  2  0.05
Ans.
73. In fig. the cross–section of the core is circular
and has radius 1.25 mm. The mean length of
the core is 30cm. If the flux in the core is
10–5 Wb, then H in air–gap is
0.6
efÛe$e ceW, ›eâes[ keâe DevegØemLe keâeš Je=òeekeâej nw Deewj
ef$epÙee 1.25 efceceer. nw~ ›eâes[ keâer ceeOÙe uecyeeF& 30 mesceer.
nw~ Ùeefo ›eâes[ ceW heäuekeäme keâe ceeve 0.610–5 Wb nw,
leye JeeÙeg Devlejeue ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue (H) nw –
Sol.
The average length of magnetic path is
l = 6+6+6+6 = 24 cm. = 0.24m
m.m.f. = H  l = 4000.24 = 96 AT
Now, NI = 96
96 96
 N   320 Ans.
I 300  103
Sol. 76. If a wire coil has 100 turns and carries 1.30 A
Area of X–section, of current, what is the magnetomotive force in
a =  r2 gilberts?
= (1.2510–3)2 Ùeefo Skeâ leej kegâC[ueer ceW 100 Jele&ve leLee 1.30 A keâer
= 4.9110–6m2 Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw, lees efieueyešddm& e ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeenkeâ
Flux density developed in the core is yeue keäÙee nesiee?
 0.6 105 Sol. 1 AT = 1.25 Gilberts
B   1.22T
a 4.91 106 m.m.f = NI
B 1.22 = 100  1.3
H air  air  = 130 AT
 0 4 107 = 130  1.2566
= 9.71105 AT/m Ans. m.m.f = 163.35 Gilberts Ans.
77. An air–cored solenoid has length l = 15 cm and 80. For the figure shown below, the permeability
inside diameter D= 1.5cm. If the coil has 900 in the core is 4  10–4 Wb/A–turns–m. What is
turns and carries a current of 100 mA, the the value of flux density (in T) in the core?
total flux within the solenoid is veerÛes oer ieÙeer Deeke=âefle kesâ efueS keâesj keâer heejiecÙelee 4 
Skeâ JeeÙeg–›eâes[ heefjveeefuekeâe keâer uecyeeF& (l) = 15 mesceer.
10–4 Wb/A–turns–m nw~ keâesj ceW heäuekeäme IevelJe keâe
Deewj Deevleefjkeâ JÙeeme (D) = 1.5 mesceer. nw~ Ùeefo kegâC[ueer
ceW 900 Jele&ve nw Deewj 100 efceueer SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve ceeve (šsmuee ceW) keäÙee nw–
keâjleer nw, lees heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ Devoj kegâue heäuekeäme nw– (SSC JE–Morning 25–01–2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw- N = 900 turn, I = 10×10–3 Amp, l = 15×10–2 m
m.m.f. = NI = 900 (10010–3)= 90AT;
NI 90
H 
l 15  102
H = 600 AT/m
Now, B = 0H = 410–7600
B = 24  10–5 Wb/m2
 Flux,  = B  A
2
 1.5  102 
5 Sol. efoÙee nw–
 24  10     = 1.33  10 Wb Ans.
–7
 2    4 10 4 Wb / AT  m r = 5 cm
78. If the area of cross–section is reduced to half of N  60 Turn, I  5A, r  0.05 m
its original value, then what will happen to the
NI
flux density? B Tesla
heäuekeäme IevelJe hej keäÙee ØeYeeJe heÌ[siee Ùeefo 2r
DevegØemLekeâeš keâe #es$eheâue Deheveer cetue ceeve mes DeeOee 4  104  60  5
B
nes peelee nw– 2  3.14  0.05
(SSC JE–Morning 25–01–2018) B  0.382 Tesla Ans.

Sol. heäuekeäme IevelJe  B  81. A cable carries a current of 1A vertically
A upwards. What will be the magnetic field
ØeMveevegmeej, produced by it at a point 10 cm north?
 Skeâ kesâyeue 1A Oeeje TOJee&Oej ™he mes Jenve keâjlee nw~
B1   is constant
A Gòej keâer Deesj 10 mesceer. efyevog hej Gmekesâ Éeje keâewve mes
 B2  A ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe efvecee&Ce efkeâÙee peeSiee?
B2    2
A B1 A  o I
2 2 Sol. B 
2r
Q N  1
B2  2B1 Ans.
Dele: heäuekeäme IevelJe keâe ceeve Deheves cetue ceeve keâe oesiegvee nes peeÙesiee~ 4 107  1
B
10
79. A flux of 2 mWb passes through a strip of 2 
length and width 10 cm and 20 cm 100
respectively. It is placed at an angle of 30 2  107
degrees to the direction of uniform magnetic B  B  2 Wb / m 2 Ans.
field. What is the magnetic flux density (in T)? 0.1
2 efceueer Jesyej keâe Skeâ heäuekeäme 10 meWšerceeršj Deewj 20 82. The formula of Intensity of magnetization ?
meWšerceeršj keâer ›eâceMe: uebyeeF& Deewj ÛeewÌ[eF& keâer Skeâ heóer ÛegbyekeâlJe keâer leer›elee keâe met$e ................nw–
mes iegpejlee nw~ Ùen heóer Skeâ Skeâmeceeve ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e (SSC JE–Evening 25–01–2018)
keâer efoMee ceW 30 ef[«eer kesâ keâesCe hej jKee ieÙee nw~ Sol. Ûeg c yekeâer Ù e #es $e kes â keâejCe heoeLe& kesâ ØelÙeskeâ met#ce DeeÙeleve ceW Skeâ
ÛegbyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe (šsmuee ceW) keäÙee nw– vesš ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& GlheVe nes peelee nw~ Gme heoeLe& kesâ Øeefle Skeâebkeâ
(SSC JE–Morning 25–01–2018) DeeÙeleve ceW GlheVe vesš ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& keâes Gme heoeLe& kesâ Ûegcyekeâve
Sol. efoÙee nw–   2  10 Wb 3 keâer leer›elee keânles nw Fmes ØeeÙe: I mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw
10  20 2 heoeLe& ceW GlheVe vesš ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe&
A m heoeLe& cesW GlheVe vesš ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& (m)
100  100 I
B=?
o
heoeLe& keâe DeeÙeleve (V)
cos 30 = 0.866
m  Pole strength
 = BA cos 
V= Volume of material Ans.
2  10 3 2  103  100  100
B   0.115T Ans. 83.  and inductance 0.8 H
A coil of resistance 20
 10  20  10  20  0.866
   0.866 is connected to a 200V dc supply. The rate of
 100  100  change of current of at t = 0+ is
 ØeeflejesOe
20 Deewj 0.8 H ØesjkeâlJe Jeeueer Skeâ kegâC[ueer
200V [er.meer. mehueeF& mes mebÙeesefpele keâer peeleer nw~ t = 0+
hej Oeeje heefjJele&ve keâer oj nw–
Sol.
In an R–L series circuit
di Sol.
V = iR + L i(0)  steadystatecurrent
dt
di at t  0
200 = 20i + 0.8
dt V 10
di  i
0.8 = 200 – 20i R 10
dt 1
 di  1
 200  20  0  
Q Current through inductor can not change abruptly
   
 dt at t 0 0.8 Ans.
200 87. Calculate the induced emf (in V) in the
= inductor of a series RL circuit having
0.8
inductance of 1.8 H and resistance of 90 Ohms
= 250 A/s Ans.
after 20 milli–seconds when supplied by a 20 V
84. For the R–L circuit shown, the current i (t) for DC source.
unit step input voltage will rise to 0.63 in: 20 efceueer–meskesâC[ kesâ yeeo, 1.8 nsvejer kesâ ØesjkeâlJe Deewj
Øeoe|Mele R–L heefjheLe kesâ efueS ........... ceW Ùetefveš mšshe 90 Deesce kesâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues ëe=bKeuee DeejSue heefjheLe kesâ
Fvehegš Jeesušspe kesâ efueS Oeeje 0.63 lekeâ yeÌ{sieer~ Øesjkeâ ceW Øesefjle F&.Sce.SHeâ. keâer ieCevee (Jeesuš ceW) keâjW
peye heefjheLe keâes 20 Jeesuš kesâ [er.meer. œeesle Éeje
Deehetefle&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(SSC–JE–Evening 23–01–2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Sol. L = 1.8 Henry, R = 90
mehueeF& Jeesušspe = 20 volt
R–L heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ () =
L 1.8
=  0.02 second mes
R 90
 = 20 efceueer meskeâC[
L 1
time taken (t) =   = = 0.5 sec Ans. ÛetBefkeâ Skeâ meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ ceW Øesjkeâ 37.6% charge neslee nw FmeefueÙes
R 2 20 efceueer meskeâC[ DeLee&le 1  kesâ yeeo Glhevve Jeesušlee kegâue Jeesušlee
85. When a series R–L circuit is connected to a keâe 37.6% nesiee~
voltage V at t = 0, the current passing through
the inductor L at t = 0+ is : 20  37.6
e = 7.52 volt Ans.
t = 0 hej peye Skeâ R–L ßesCeer heefjheLe Skeâ Jeesušlee 100
œeesle mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees t = 0 hej Øesjkeâ 88. Calculate the time (in seconds) taken by a
+
mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje nw– series RL circuit having inductance of 0.6 H
and resistance of 30 ohms to reach a steady
Sol. state value.
R
V t  Skeâ ëe=K b euee RL heefjheLe Éeje mLeeÙeer DeJemLee lekeâ
i  1  e  L
R  hengBÛeves ceW efueS ieS meceÙe keâer ieCevee (meskesâC[ ceW) keâjW,
V
ef pemeceW 0.6 nsvejer keâe ØesjkeâlJe Deewj 30 Deesce keâe
 (1  1) ØeeflejesOe nes~
R
0 Ans. (SSC–JE–Evening 24–01–2018)
86. The circuit shown in the figure is in steady– Sol. ëe=bKeuee heefjheLe RL keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ keâe ceeve L neslee nw~
state when the switch is closed at t = 0. R
Assuming that the inductance is ideal, the L 0.6
current through the inductor at t = 0+ equals meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ     mes, 
R 30
efÛe$e ceW Øeoe|Mele heefjheLe t = 0 hej peye efmJeÛe yevo nw,     0.02 meskeâC[
lees Ùen efmLej DeJemLee ceW nw~ Ùen ceeveles ngS efkeâ ØesjkeâlJe
mLeeÙeer DeJemLee ceW hengBÛeves ceW ueiee meceÙe
DeeoMe& nw, lees t = 0+ hej Øesjkeâ mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje efkeâmekesâ
= 5 = 5 ×0·02 = 0·1 sec Ans.
yejeyej nw?
89. What will be the time (in seconds) taken by the Jeeš Lee~ peye DeefOekeâlece Heäuekeäme IevelJe keâes Iešekeâj
inductor reach its maximum steady state value in 0.9 šsmuee Deewj DeeJe=efòe keâes Iešekeâj 50 Hz keâj efoÙee
a series RL circuit, when the value of the
inductance is 0.8H and the value of the resistance
peeÙes leye Meefòeâ neBefve nesieer–
is 10 Ohms – 0.4 Second Sol. efoÙee nw–
Skeâ ëe=bKeuee Deej.Sue. heefjheLe ceW DeefOekeâlece efmLej DeJemLee Bm1  1.1T, f1  60Hz, Wh1  160watt
lekeâ hengBÛeves ceW Øesjkeâ Éeje efueÙee ieÙee meceÙe (meskesâC[ ceW) keäÙee Wh1  K h (Bm1 )1.6 f.V (peneB V = 1)
nesiee, Ùeefo ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve 0.8 nsvejer Deewj ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve
160  K h  1.1  60  1
1.6
10 Deesce nw– 0.4 meskesâC[
(SSC–JE–Morning 27–01–2018) 160
90. What is the relation between absolute Kh   2.289
69.882
permeability µ0, relative permeability µr and
susceptibility K? hegve: efoÙee nw–
efvejhes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee µ0, meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee µr  B   0.9Tesla, f
m2 2  50Hz, Wh 2  ?
Deewj memehšsefyeefuešer K kesâ ceOÙe mecyebOe keäÙee neslee nw~ Wh 2  K h (Bm2 )1.6 f 2 V
 2.289  (0.9)1.6  50  1
M
Sol. B  B0   B0  I  2.289  0.8448  50
A
B = µ0 H + I Wh 2  96.68 Watt Ans.
B 0 H  I
Absolute permeability      93. Determine the eddy current loss (in W) in a
H H material having eddy current coefficient of 1,
I thickness of 0.04 m and volume of 2 cubic
 0  r  0  metre which is kept in a magnetic field having
H
a maximum flux density of 4 T and supplied by
0  r  0  K
a frequency of 50 Hz.
K 1 YebJej efJeÅegle Oeeje iegCeebkeâ, 0.04 ceeršj ceesšs Deewj 2
r  I 
0 Ieve ceeršj kesâ DeeÙeleve Jeeues heoeLe& ceW YebJej Oeeje neBefve
(Jeeš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW efpemekeâe YebJej Oeeje iegCeebkeâ 1
91. The hysteresis loop of magnetic material has
an area of 5 cm2 with the scales given as 1 cm = nw, Fmes 4 šsmuee kesâ DeefOekeâlece Heäuekeäme IevelJe kesâ
2 AT and 1 cm = 50 mWb, at 50 Hz, the total ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKee peelee nw Deewj 50 nšd&pe keâer
hysteresis loss is DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& efkeâÙee peelee nw~
Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& keâe efnmšsefjmeerme uethe keâe #es$eHeâue (SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018)
5 cm2 nw~ efpemeceW mkesâue 1 cm = 2 AT leLee 1 cm =
Sol. efoÙee nw,
50 mWb, 50 Hz hej nes lees kegâue efnmšsefjmeerme neBefve
t = 0.04 ceeršj V = 2 ceeršj3
nesiee–
Bmax = 4 šsmuee f  50Hz
(Jammu & Kashmir JE– 2016)
Ke  1
Sol.
Area under one hysteresis loop = hysteresis loss/cycle We = K e B2max f 2 t 2 V
scale on x axis  1 cm = 2 AT
 1  42  502  0.04  0.04  2
on y axis  1 cm = 50 mWb
area = 5 cm2  16  2500  0.0032
Hysteresis loss in 1 cycle We  128W Ans.
= 5×2AT × 50×10–3Wb
= 500 × 10–3 W 94. Determine the maximum flux density (in T) a
Hysteresis loss for 50 cycle material having eddy current coefficient of 2,
= 50 × 500 × 10–3 thickness of 4 mm, volume of 20 cube, meter,
= 25 W Ans. which is supplied by a frequency of 50 Hz
92. In a certain transformer, the hysteresis loss when the material has eddy current loss of 6 W.
was found to be 160 W when the maximum heoeLe& keâe DeefOekeâlece heäuekeäme IevelJe (šsmuee ceW)
flux density was 1.1 T and the frequency 60 efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye YebJej Oeeje iegCeebkeâ 2, 4 efceueerceeršj
Hz. When the maximum flux density is
reduced to 0.9 T and frequency reduced to 50
keâer ceesšeF&, 20 Ieve ceeršj keâe DeeÙeleve nw, efpemes 50
Hz, the power loss will be nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw Deewj YebJej
Skeâ efveef§ele šêbmeHeâe@ce&j ceW 60 Hz DeeJe=efòe Deewj 1.1 Oeeje neBefve 6 Jeeš nw~
šsmuee DeefOekeâlece Heäuekeäme IevelJe hej MewefLeuÙe neBefve 160 (SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw– We = 6 Jeeš V = 20 ceer3 Sol. efoÙee nw–
f = 50 Hz ke = 2 L1 = 5mH, L2 = 5mH, L3 = 10 mH
t = 4  10–3 ceeršj
We  k e B2max f 2 t 2 V
 
2
6  2  B2max  502  4  103  20
6
B2max 
2  50  50  16  106  20 1 1 1 1
  
6  10 6 L T L1 L 2 L3
B2max 
2  50  50  16  20 1 1 1 1
  
6  106 L T 5 5 10
Bmax  1 2  2 1
1600000 
LT 10
Bmax  1.94 T Ans.
10
95. Determine the eddy current loss (in W) in a L T   2mH
5
material having eddy current coefficient of 1, L = 2 mH Ans.
T
thickness of 0.02 m and a volume of 1 cubic
97. A current of 2A through a coil sets up flux
metre, which is kept in a magnetic field of
linkages of 4 Wb–turn. The inductance of the
maximum flux density of 2 T and supplied by a coil is.
frequency of 50 Hz. Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes 2A keâer Oeeje 4 yesJej–šve&
efkeâmeer Skeâ heoeLe& kesâ YebJej Oeeje neBefve keâe ceeve %eele keâe heäuekeäme efuebkesâpe mLeeefhele keâjlee nw~ kegâC[ueer keâe
keâerefpeS (Jeeš ceW) efpemekeâes 2 šsmuee kesâ DeefOekeâlece ØesjkeâlJe nesiee~
Heäuekeäme IevelJe kesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e cebs jKee peelee nw Deewj (HPSSC JE–18.07.2021)
50 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw Deewj Sol : efoÙee nw–
efpemekeâe YebJej Oeeje iegCeebkeâ 1, ceesšeF& 0.02 ceeršj Deewj I = 2A, N = 4Wb–turn
DeeÙeleve 1 Ieve ceeršj nw~ N
L=
I
4
Sol. efoÙee nw– L=
2
DeefOekeâlece Heäuekeäme IevelJe (Bmax) = 2 Tesla L = 2H Ans.
DeeJe=efòe (f) = 50 Hz 98. The self–induced emf in a 0.2H coil when a
YebJej Oeeje iegCeebkeâ (ke) = 1 current in it is changing at the rate of
100A/sec is.
ceesšeF& (t) = 0.02 ceeršj
0.2H kegâC[ueer ces Oeeje heefjJele&ve keâer oj 100A/sec nw,
DeeÙeleve · 1 Ieve ceeršj lees mJe: Øesefjle emf nesiee~
Peddy = ke B2max f2 t2 V mes (HPSSC JE–18.07.2021)
Peddy = 1 × 2 × 2 × 50 × 50 × 0.02 × 0.02 × 1 Sol. efoÙee nw–
Peddy = 10000 × 0.0004
di
Peddy= 4 watt Ans. L = 0.2H,  100A / sec
dt
96. In the circuit, determine the LT if L1 = 5 mH,
di
L2 = 5mH and L3 = 10 mH. e= L
dt
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, LT keâe ceeve %eele keâjW Ùeefo L1 = = 0.2×100
5mH, L2 = 5mH leLee L3 = 10 mH nw – e = 20 volt Ans.
99. A current of 3A through a coil sets flux
linkages of 15 Wb–turn. The inductance of the
coil is?
Skeâ kegâC[ueer mes 3A keâer Oeeje 15 Jesyej–Jele&ve keâe
Heäuekeäme efuebkesâpe mLeeefhele keâjleer nw~ kegâC[ueer keâe
ØesjkeâlJe nw?
(PGCIL JE–13.08.2021) (HPCL AMT– 20.04.2019,2:30–4:30)
Sol. efoÙee nw– 103. What will be the magnitude of the induced
I = 3A EMF (in V) in a coil area of 100 square
N  = 15 wb–turn centimeters with 200 turns, If the coil is
removed from a magnetic field of 10 T acting
Formula–
at right angles to the coil in 1 second.
N 15 Skeâ kegâC[ueer, efpemekesâ 200 Jele&ve Jeeues kegâC[ueer keâe #es$e
L  L
I 3 100 Jeie& mesceerceeršj nw, ceW Øesefjle F&SceSheâ keâe heefjceeCe
L = 5H Ans.
(Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nesiee? peye Ùen kegâC[ueer Skeâ 10 šsmuee kesâ
100. A circuit has inductance of 4 H. If the circuit
current changes at the rate of 5 A/s then the mecekeâesCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e mes 1 meskebâ[ ceW efvekeâeueer peeleer nw–
self–induced emf is? (SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018)
Skeâ heefjheLe keâe ØesjkeâlJe 4 H nw~ Ùeefo heefjheLe Oeeje 5 Sol. efoÙee nw–
A/s keâer oj mes heefjJeefle&le nesleer nw lees mJe–Øesefjle B = 10T
F&.Sce.SHeâ. nw? N = 200
(HPCL AMT– 20.04.2019, 2:30–4:30) t = 1 second A = 100 cm2
Sol. efoÙee nw– 
B= = 100 ×10–4 m2
L = 4H A
di  = B×A
 5A / Sec
dt = 10×100 ×10–4 = 0.1 wb
di Nd
Formula – e = L e
dt dt
e=45 0.1
e = 20 V Ans. e = 200 ×
1
101. What will be the equivalent inductance of a e  20 Volt Ans.
series combination of five inductors having
same value of inductance? 104. What will be the voltage (in V) across a 8 H
heebÛe meceeve ØesjkeâlJe Jeeues Øesjkeâ kesâ Skeâ ëe=bKeuee inductor, when the rate of change of current in
mebÙeespeve ceW meceleguÙe ØesjkeâlJe keäÙee nesiee? the inductor is 0.5A/sec.
(SSC JE–Morning 24–01–2018) 8 nsvejer kesâ Øesjkeâ ceW Jeesušspe (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo
Sol. heebÛe meceeve ØesjkeâlJe Jeeues Øesjkeâ kesâ Skeâ ëe=bKeuee mebÙeespeve ceW Øesjkeâ ceW Oeeje heefjJele&ve keâer oj 0.5 SefcheÙej/meskebâ[ nw~
meceleguÙe ØesjkeâlJe 5L nes peeÙesiee~ keäÙeeWefkeâ ßesCeer ›eâce ceW ØesjkeâlJe Jewmes (SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018)
ner pegÌ[les nw pewmes ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer›eâce ceW pegÌ[les nw~ Sol. efoÙee nw–
L  L1  L2  L3  L4  L5
ØesjkeâlJe (L) = 8 nsvejer
Leq = L1+L2+L3+L4+L5
di
Leq = L + L + L + L + L Oeeje heefjJele&ve keâer oj = 0.5A/sec
Leq  5L Ans. dt
di
102. Determine the self–inductance (in mH) of a 4 m Øesjkeâ ceW Jeesušlee e = -L dt
long air–cored solenoid, if the solenoid has
(– efÛevn GlheVe Jeesušspe keâer efoMee yeleelee nw~)
across sectional area of 0.02 square meter and
has 60 turns. = 8  0.5
Skeâ 4 ceer. uebyes SÙej–keâesj meesuesveeF[ keâe mJe–ØesjCe = 4 volt Ans.
(efceueer–nsvejer ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo meesuesveeF[ keâe 105. Determine the magnitude of EMF (in V)
DevegØemLe #es$eheâue 0.02 Jeie& ceer nw Deewj GmeceW 60 Jele&ve nQ– induced between the axis of rotation and the
(SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018) rim of the disc, when the disc of radius 10 cm
Sol. efoÙee nw– rotates with an angular velocity of 60
keâesj keâer uecyeeF& ( l ) = 4 ceeršj revolutions per second and placed in a
keâesj keâe #es$eheâue(A) = 0.02 Jeie& ceeršj magnetic field of 3 T acting parallel to the
rotation of the disc.
Jele&ve (N) = 60 Jele&ve
IetCe&ve kesâ De#e Deewj ef[mkeâ kesâ efjce kesâ yeerÛe Øesefjle
  N2 A F&.Sce.Sheâ. kesâ heefjceeCe keâes (Jeesuš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW,
mJeØesjkeâlJe L 0 r nsvejer
l peye 10 meWšerceeršj ef$epÙee Jeeueer ef[mkeâ 60 heefj›eâceCe
4107  60  60  0.02
=
4
Q  1 Air core nsleg 
r
Øeefle meskebâ[ keâer keâesCeerÙe Jesie kesâ meeLe Ietceleer nw Deewj 3
šsmuee kesâ meceeveeblej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKeer peeleer nw~
L = 0.023 efceueer nsvejer Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw– 600 švme& Jeeueer kegbâ[ueer ceW 7 Deesÿe keâe ØeeflejesOe Deewj
keâesCeerÙe Jesie(V) = 60 Ûekeäkeâj/mes. 0.8 nsvejer keâe ØesjkeâlJe nw~ Ùeefo kegâb [ueer kesâ heebÛeJes efnmmes
ef$epÙee(r) = 10 mesceer. = 0.1 m keâes nše efoÙee peelee nw, lees veS ØesjkeâlJe keâes (nsvejer ceW)
B  3Tesla
ef[mkeâ mes mecyevOe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e

B Sol. efoÙee nw–
A
  3  r 2 L1 = 0.8 H, N1 = 600 Turn
 3  3.14  0.1  0.1 ØeMveevegmeej,
 0.0942Wb 1
N 2  600  600   600  120  480
Øesefjle efJe.Jee.yeue (e)    keâesCeerÙe Jesie 5
 0.0942  60 0 r N2 A
L 
e  5.65Volt Ans. l
106. Determine the magnitude of the EMF (in V) L1  N12
..............(i)
induced between the axis of rotation and the rim L2  N 22 ..............(ii)
of the disc, when the disc of diameter 40 cm
rotates with an angular velocity of 40 revolutions meceer. (i) Je (ii) mes,
per second and placed in a magnetic field of 1 T 2
L2  N 2  L2 480  480
acting parallel to the rotation of the disc– 5V    
IetCe&ve De#e Deewj ef[mkeâ kesâ efjce kesâ yeerÛe GlheVe F&SceSheâ kesâ L1  N1  0.8 600  600
ceeve keâes (Jeesuš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye 40 mesceer. JÙeeme keâer 480  480  0.8
ef[mkeâ 40 IetCe&ve Øeefle meskebâ[ keâer keâesCeerÙe Jesie kesâ meeLe Ietceleer L2   0.512H
600  600
nw Deewj 1 šsmuee ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e, pees keâer ef[mkeâ kesâ jesšsMeve kesâ
meceeveeblej nw, ceW jKeer peeleer nw– 5 Jeesušspe L 2  0.512H Ans.
(SSC JE–Evening 24–01–2018) 109. A magnetic circuit of reluctance 3000 A–
107. What will be the magnitude of induced EMF turns/Wb is wounded by a wire of 400 turns.
(in V) in a coil that has 200 square loops, each Determine the average emf induced (in V) in
of side 5 cm and placed normal to a magnetic
field? The magnetic field increases at the rate the coil, if a current of 2 A is flowing in the coil
of 4 weber per sq. meter. is reversed in 15 s.
Skeâ kegbâ[ueer ceW Øesefjle F&SceSheâ keâe heefjceeCe (Jeesuš ceW) 3000 SefcheÙej–Jele&ve/Jesyej Jeeues Øeefle<šcYe kesâ Skeâ
keäÙee nw, efpemeceW 200 Jeie& keâe uethe nQ efpemekeâer ØelÙeskeâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW leej kesâ 400 Jele&ve nw~ kegbâ[ueer ceW
Yegpee 5 mesceer. keâer nw Deewj Gmes 4 Jesyej Øeefle Jeie& ceer. keâer Deewmele Øesefjle F&SceSheâ (Jeesuš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo
oj mes yeÌ{ves Jeeues ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKee peelee nw? kegbâ[ueer ceW mes ØeJeeefnle nes jner 2 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje 15
meskebâ[ ceW Gueš peeleer nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw–
N  200 1Loop  1Turn 
Sol. Reluctance  S   3000AT / Wb
B  4 Wb/m2
N = 400 Turn, I = 2 A, t = 15 sec
N 2
400  400
L   53.333H
S 3000
ØeMveevegmeej,
Jeie& keâe #es$eHeâue = (Yetpee ) = 2510 ceeršj
2 –4
eL
di
d Nd dt
eN  (BA)    BA 
dt dt 53.333  2   2   53.333  4
 
 200  4  25  104 15 15
 200  100  104 e  14.22 V Ans.
e  2 Volt Ans.
110. Calculate the total inductance (in H) of the
108. A 600–turn coil has a resistance of 7 ohms and circuit shown below:
an inductance of 0.8 H. If one–fifth of the turns veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ kegâue ØesjkeâlJe keâer ieCevee
are removed, then determine the new
inductance (in H). (nsvejer ceW) keâjW–
™he mes nše efoÙee peelee nw, lees Fme efmLeefle ceW meceÙe keâe
ceeve (sec ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW~
Sol. efoÙee nw
N = 100 Jele&ve
B = 30 šsmuee e = 100 Jeesuš
A = 200 mesceer2 Ùee A = 200  10–4 ceer2
(SSC JE–Morning 25–01–2018) d
eN
Sol. dt
N  B A
dt  Q   BA
e
100  30  200  104
dt 
100
dt  6000  104
6000
dt   0.6 sec Ans.
10000
L1 = 50 – 20 – 10 = 20 113. What is the equivalent inductance (in H)
L2 = 20 + 12 – 10 = 22 between the terminals A and B in the circuit
L3 = 60 + 12 – 20 = 52 given below ?
1 1 1 1
   veer Ûes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW šefce&veue A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe
Leq L1 L 2 L3 meceleguÙe ØesjkeâlJe (nsvejer ceW) keäÙee nw?
1 1 1 (SSC JE–Morning 27–01–2018)
  
20 22 52
= 0.05 + 0.045 + 0.019  0.114
1
Leq = = 8.77 H
0.114
Ans. Sol. 1 H, 1H leLee 1H ßesCeer ceW nw~
111. What will be the coefficient of self–induction  L1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3H
(in H) of the coil, if the current changes from efHeâj 1H leLee 1H ßesCeer ceW nw~
+4 to –4 A in 0.10 seconds and the induced  L2 = 1 + 1 = 2H
EMF is 16 V? Deye L1 leLee L2 meceevlej ceW nw~
Skeâ kegbâ[ueer efpemeceW Oeeje +4 mes –4 A lekeâ 0.10 meskeWâ[ ceW 3 2 6
keâoueleer nw Deewj efpemekeâe Øesefjle F&SceSHeâ 16 V nw, Gmekeâe  L3  
3 2 5
mJe–ØesjCe iegCeebkeâ (H ceW) keäÙee nesiee? Deye 1H, 1H Je L3 ßesCeer ceW nw~
(SSC JE–Evening 25–01–2018) 6 16
Sol. efoÙee nw  L AB  1  1    3.2 H Ans.
5 5
e  16V
114. What will be the self–inductance (in mH) of a 4
dt  0.10
m long air–core solenoid, if the diameter of the
di  4   4   8 solenoid is 50 cm and has 300 turns ?
di Skeâ 4 ceer. uebyes JeeÙeg–keâesj meesuesvee@F[ keâe mJe–
eL ØesjCeebkeâ (efceueer–nsvejer ceW) keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo meesuesvee@F[
dt
e keâe JÙeeme 50 mesceer. nw Deewj GmeceW 300 Jele&ve nw?
L (SSC JE–Morning 27–01–2018)
di / dt
16  0.1 Sol. efoÙee nw,
L uecyeeF& · 4 ceeršj
8
L  0.2H Ans.
JÙeeme = 50 cm = 0.5 ceeršj Ùee r = 0.25 ceeršj
Jele&ve (N) = 300 Turn
112. Determine the value of time (in sec) when an
average EMF of 100 V is induced in a coil of mJe–ØesjCeebkeâ  L    0  r N A mes
2
(r =1 nJee kesâ efueÙes)
area 200 cm2 with 100 turns, when it is l
completely removed from a magnetic field of 4  107  300  300  r 2
30 T acting at right angles to the coil. L
Ùeefo 100 V keâe Deewmele F&SceSHeâ Skeâ 100 Jele&ve keâer 4
7
kegbâ[ueer efpemekeâe #es$e 200 cm nw, ceW Øesefjle efkeâÙee peelee
2  3.14  10  90000  3.14  0.25  0.25
nw Deewj Gmes mecekeâesCe 30 T Jeeues ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e mes hetCe&  5.54  10 3
H Ùee L  5.54 mH Ans.

115. A coil having area of 300 cm2 and 120 turns is Sol. efoÙee nw
removed from a 60 T magnetic field acting No of turn (N) = 200 turn
normaly in 2 seconds. What is the magnitude  = 40  10–3 Wb
of the induce EMF (in V) in the coil? t = 5  10–3 sec
Skeâ kegâb [ueer efpemekeâe #es$eHeâue 300cm2 Deewj GmeceW 120 Nd
e
švme& nw, 60 šsmuee kesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e pees kegbâ[ueer hej dt
DeOeesueefcyele ™he mes keâeÙe& keâj jner nw ceW mes 2 meskeWâ[ ceW d  40   40  
200  80  103  
efvekeâeue ueer peeleer nw~ kegâb [ueer ceW Øesefjle F&SceSHeâ keâe e 3    40  40  
5  10  
heefjceeCe (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nw?    80 mWb  
(SSC JE–Morning 29–01–2018) e  3200 Volt Ans.
Sol. kegâC[ueer keâe #es$eHeâue A = 300cm = 0.03m 2 2 118. If the area, current and number of turns of an
AC circuit are doubled, then the new
Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee N = 120 Turns inductance will be:
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe B = 60T Ùeefo #es$e, Oeeje Deewj S.meer meefke&âš kesâ Jele&ve keâer mebKÙee
meceÙe t = 2 Second oesiegveer nes peeleer nw, lees veÙee hesÇjkeâlJe efkeâlevee nesiee?
(UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Morning)
Nd
formula; e volt N NBA
dt Sol. L   [ = BA]
I I
 = B.A According to Question
 = 60  0.03 N' = 2N
A' = 2A
 = 1.80 = 1.8 weber
I' = 2I
d
eN 2NB2A  NBA 
Dele: L'  QL 
I 
dt
2I 
1.8
e  120  2NBA
2   2L
I
e = 108 Volt Ans. Dele: ØesjkeâlJe oesiegvee nes peeÙesiee~ Ans.
116. A magnetic flux of 6 Wb–turn sets up in the 119. When will the self–inductance of an inductive
coil, when a current of 3 A flows through it. coil be doubled?
What is the inductance (in H) of the coil? ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer keâe mJe–ØesjkeâlJe oesiegvee keâye nesiee?
6 Jesyej–Jele&ve keâe Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme kegbâ[ueer ceW (UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening)
ØeJeeefnle neslee nw, peye GmeceW 3 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle N 2 . 0 r .a
Sol. met$e L 
nesleer nw~ kebgâ[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe (nsvejer ceW) keäÙee nw? l
(SSC JE–Evening 29–01–2018) N2
L1  .............(i)
Sol. efoÙee nw– l
N = 6 Wb turn ØeMveevegmeej,
current (I) = 3 Amp  2N 2
N L2  ............(ii)
L 2l
I meceer. (i) Je (ii) mes,
6
L   2H L2 4N 2 l
3   2
L1 2l N
L  2H Ans. L2  2L1
117. The magnetic flux linking a coil having 200 Dele: mhe° nw efkeâ šveex keâer mebKÙee leLee keâesj keâer uecyeeF& oes iegveer keâjves
turns is 40 mWb. Calculate the average emf (in hej mJeØesjkeâlJe oes iegvee nes peeÙesiee~ Ans.
V) induced in the coil, if this magnetic flux is 120. A 100 turn coil has an inductance of 6 mH. If
reversed in a time of 5 milli seconds. the number of turns is increased to 200, all
200 švme& Jeeues kegbâ[ueer keâes peesÌ[ves Jeeuee ÛegcyekeâerÙe other quantities remaining the same, the
heäuekeäme 40 efceueer–Jesyej nw~ kegbâ[ueer ceW Øesefjle Deewmele inductance will be:
Skeâ 100 Jele&veeW Jeeueer kebgâ[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe 6 mH nw~
F&SceSheâ keâer ieCevee (Jeesuš ceW) keâjW, Ùeefo Ùen ÛegcyekeâerÙe Ùeefo Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee yeÌ{ekeâj 200 keâj oer peeS Deewj
heäuekeäme 5 efceueer meskesâC[ kesâ meceÙe ceW Gueš peelee nw~ yeekeâer jeefMeÙeeB Jener jns lees ØesjkeâlJe nesiee :
(SSC JE–Evening 29–01–2018) (NPCIL– 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)
Sol. efoÙee nw– Skeâ l ceeršj uecyee Ûeeuekeâ efmLej ÛegcyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme
N1 = 100, N2 = 200, L1 = 6 mH, L2 = ? IevelJe (B) wb/m2 ceW  keâesCe kesâ meeLe ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer
  N 2a efoMee ceW ieefle keâjlee nQ~ Øesefjle e.m.f. nesiee (ceeve ueerefpeS
L o r
l Ûeeuekeâ t meskeâC[ ceW x ceeršj Ûeuelee nQ)
L  N 2 mes (DMRC JE– 10.04.2018, Second Shift)
2 2 Sol. efoÙee nw,
L1  N1  6  100 
  ,   x
L2  N2  L 2  200  uecyeeF& = l ceeršj leLee Jesie  V  
t
L 2  6  4  24mH Ans. heäuekeäme IevelJe B = Wb/m2 keâesCe = 
121. When two coupled coils of equal self Øesefjle F&.Sce.Sheâ. (e) = ?
inductance are connected series in one way, the e  BlV sin 
net inductance is 12 mH and when they are
dx dx
connected in the other way, the net inductance e  B  l  sin  peneB V
is 4 mH. The maximum value of inductance dt dt
when They are connected in parallel in a dx
suitable way is: e  Bl sin  Ans.
peye oes meceeve Ùegeficele kegâC[efueÙeeB efpemeceW mes ØelÙeskeâ dt
keâe mJe–ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve meceeve nw Deewj Jes ßeb=Keuee ces 124. A magnetic flux of 300 mWb in a coil of 100
Skeâ lejheâ mes pegÌ[s ngS nQ lees kegâue ØesjkeâlJe 12mH Øeehle turns is reverted in 0.2 seconds. The average
neslee nw Deewj Ùeefo otmejer lejheâ mes peesÌ[s peeSB lees kegâue emf induced is
Skeâ 100 šve& keâer kegâC[ueer efpemeceW 300 mWb keâe
ØesjkeâlJe 4 mH Øeehle neslee nw~ hesÇjkeâlJe keâe DeefOekeâlece
ceeve keäÙee nesiee peye Jes Skeâ GheÙegòeâ lejerkesâ mes heäuekeäme nw, 0.2 meskesâC[ ceW heefjJeefle&le nes peelee nw,
meceeveeblej ceW peg[s ngS nQ? Deewmele Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue nesiee–
(LMRC SCTO. 16.04.2018, 1st Shift) (DMRC JE– 2017)
Sol. ceevee oes kegâC[efueÙee L1 Je L2 nw efpevekeâe ceeve yejeyej nw~ Sol. efoÙee nw–
ØeMveevegmeej– N = 100 turn, t = 0.2 sec,  = 300 mWb
L1 + L2 + 2M = 12 — (I) d
L1 + L2 – 2M = 4 — (II) eN
dt
meYeer (I) Je (II) keâes nue keâjves hej 0.2 meskesâC[ ceW Heäuekeäme cebs heefjJele&veve d = 300 – (–300)
4+4+2M = 12 (L1= L2 = 4 mH)
= 600 mWb
2M = 4
M = 2mH = 600  10–3 Wb
meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[ves hej Nd 100  600 103
e   300volt Ans.
L1 L 2 - M 2 dt 0.2
Leq =
L1 + L 2 - 2M 125. The dielectric strength of rubber is 30000 V/mm
at frequency of 50 Hz. What is the thickness of
4×4 - 2×2
Leq = insulation required on an electrical conductor at
4  4  2  (2) 33 kV to sustain the breakdown?
16  4 12 50 Hz keâer DeeJe=efòe hej jyej keâer hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe&
Leq = 
84 4 30000 V/mm nw~ Skeâ efJeÅegle Ûeeuekeâ ceW 33 kV keâes
Leq = 3mH Ans.
heesef<ele keâjves kesâ efueS jesOeve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâ ceesšeF& keäÙee
122. A solenoid having N turns and I amperes will
have an inductance of..............henry. nesieer?
N (UPPCL AE– 12.11.2016)
-L 
I Sol. efoÙee nw–
 Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe efpemeceW N Jele&ve Deewj I SefcheÙej nw Fmekeâe E = 30000V/mm
N V = 33kV=33×103V
ØesjkeâlJe...............nsvejer nQ– L
V
I E
(DMRC JE– 10.04.2018, Second Shift) d
123. In a conductor of length l m. moving in a 33  1000 33  1000
magnetic field of constant flux density (B) 30000  d 
d 30000
wb/m2 at an angle of  with the direction of
11
magnetic flux, the e.m.f. induced will be (assume d 1.1 mm Ans.
the conductor travels 'x' meters in 't' seconds) : 10
126. A 1 , 120V, 60Hz supply is connected to the coil 129. Two uncoupled 3 H inductors are connected in
as shown below. The coil has 200 turns. What is parallel. Their total inductance is :
the maximum flux developed by the coil? oes DeÙegeficele 3H Øesjkeâ meceeveevlej ceW peesÌ[s ieS nQ~
veerÛes efoKeeÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW Skeâ kegâC[ueer 1, 120V, Gvekeâe kegâue ØesjkeâlJe nw–
60Hz keâer Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[e nw~ kegâC[ueer kesâ heeme (BSNL TTA– 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
200Jele&ve nw~ kegâC[ueer Éeje GlheVe DeefOekeâlece Heäuekeäme Sol.
keäÙee nesiee?
(MPPKVVCL– 2017)
1 1 1
meceevlej ›eâce ceW FC[keäšj, 
LT L1 L 2
1 1 1 1 2
   
Sol. efoÙee nw– LT 3 3 LT 3
E = 120 V, f = 60 Hz 3
LT  LT  1.5 nsvejer Ans.
N = 200 turn 2
E = 4.44 mfN 130. The current in an inductor changes zero to
120 200mA in 4 ms and induces a voltage of 100
m = {Qm = E/4.44fN} mV. The Value of inductor is
4.44  60  200
120 Skeâ Øesjkeâ ceW Oeeje 4 ms ceW 0 mes 200mA nes peeleer nw
m  Deewj 100 mV Jeesušspe Øesefjle keâjleer nw~ Øesjkeâ keâe ceeve
4.44 120  102

nesiee–
1 102 0.01
  (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
4.44 4.44
Sol. efoÙee nw–
m = 0.002253 
m = 2.253mWb Ans. meceÙe (t) = 4ms = 4 × 10–3 sec
127. The induced emf in a coil is given as : Øesefjle Jeesušlee (e) = 100 × 10–3 volt
dφ heefjJeefle&le Oeeje (di) = 200m Amp. = 200 × 10–3 A
L=N L=?
dt
efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer ceW Øesefjle emf keâes efkeâme Øekeâej JÙeòeâ Øeefjle efJe. Jee. yeue  e   L di
efkeâÙee peelee nw– dt
dφ edt 100  103  4  103
L=N L 
dt di 200 103
(SSC JE–2015),
(KVS JE –2016) L = 2×10–3 Henry  2mH Ans.
(BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016, 3 pm) 131. The induced voltage across a coil with 250 turns
(NMRC– 05.03.2017) that is located in a magnetic field that is changing
128. A circuit possesses an inductance of 1H when a at a rate of 8 Wb/s is–
current through coil is changing uniformly at Skeâ 250 Jele&ve keâer kegâC[ueer pees Skeâ 8 Wb/s keâer oj mes
the rate of 1 A/s inducing an opposing emf of yeoueles ngS ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW eqmLele nw, kesâ Deej heej Øesefjle
'X' Volts in it. What is the value of 'X'
Skeâ heefjheLe ceW ØesjkeâlJe (inductance)1 H nw~ kegâb [ueer Jeesušspe nesiee–
(coil) ceW Oeeje 1 A/s keâer Skeâ meceeve ieefle mes heefjJeefle&le (BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
neskeâj efJejesOeer F&.Sce.SHeâ. (opposing emf) X Volt Sol. ef o Ùee nw –
GlheVe keâjleer nw~ ‘X’ keâe ceeve keäÙee nw? N = 250 švme&
(UPRVUNL JE–2014) d
= 8 Wb/sec
Sol. efoÙee nw– dt
L = 1H, d
e=N
di dt
 1A / s
dt peneB e = Øesefjle efJe. Jee. yeue
di N = kegâC[ueve kesâ Ûekeäkeâjes keâer mebKÙee
Formula e  L
dt d
e  1 1  1 peneB [e = x] = heäuekeäme kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer oj
dt
x 1 Ans. e = 250  8 = 2000 Jeesuš Ans.

132. The induced e.m.f in a coil of 0.08 mH carrying Ùeefo Skeâ 2 ceeršj uecyes Ûeeuekeâ keâes 4 ceeršj Øeefle
2A current is reversed in 0.4 seconds meskesâC[ keâer ieefle mes 5 yesyej Øeefle Jeie& ceeršj kesâ #es$e ceW
0.08 mH keâer kegbâ[ueer oes SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve keâj ÛeueeÙee peeS, lees GmeceW GlheVe F&.Sce.SHeâ. (emf) nesiee?
jner nw, pees 0.04 meskesâC[ ceW heefjJeefle&le nes peeleer nw~ (UPPCL JE– 2015)
kegâC[ueer ceW hesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue keâe ceeve nesiee – Sol. efoÙee nw–
(BSNL TTA– 2015) uecyeeF& (l) = 2 ceeršj
Sol. efoÙee nw– V = 4 ceer/mes. (sin =1)
L = 0.08 mH = 0.08 × 10–3 H B= 5 yesyej /ceer2
I = 2A emf = BlV
dt = 0.4 sec = 524= 40 volt Ans.
reversed nes peeves hej Oeeje keâe ceeve 136. When a magnetic flux of 10Wb links with a
(I) = 2 – (–2) = 4 A circuit of 20 turns in 2 s, the induced e.m.f. is :
Ldi peye 10Wb keâe Skeâ Ûegyb ekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme 2 meskebâ[ ceW 20
e Jele&veeW Jeeues Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ meeLe pegÌ[lee nw leye Øesefjle
dt
efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue nesiee :
0.08 10  4
3
  0.8  103  0.8mV (RPHED– 2015)

0.4 Sol. efoÙee nw,  = 10 wb, N = 20, dt = 2 sec.
Ans.
d 10
133. A straight conductor of 100 cm in length, eN  20  · 100 Jeesuš Ans.
moves with a uniform velocity of 2 m/s at right dt 2
angles to itself and to a uniform magnetic field 137. The flux through each turn of a 100–turn coil
of flux density 1 Wb/m2. The value of induced is (t3–2t)mWb, where 't' is in seconds, Find the
e.m.f between the ends of the conductor is magnitude of the induced emf at t = 2 s.
Skeâ meerOes Deekeâej Jeeuee 100 cm uecyee Ûeeuekeâ, 100 hesâjeW Jeeueer kegbâ[ueer kesâ ØelÙeskeâ hesâjs mes Heäuekeäme (t3–
2m/sec kesâ meceeve Jesie mes Deheveer efoMee kesâ mecekeâesCe 2t)mWb nw, ÙeneB 't' meskebâ[ ceW nw~ t = 2s hej Øesefjle
Skeâ meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ieefleMeerue nQ efpemekeâe ef JeÅegle–Jeenkeâ yeue (emf) keâe heefjceeCe %eele keâerefpeS~
heäuekeäme IevelJe 1 Wb/m2 nw~ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ oesveeW efmejeW hej (SSC JE– 2014 Morning Shift)
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue keâe ceeve nesiee?
 = (t3 –2t) mwb, N = 100
(BSNL TTA– 2015)
d
Sol. efoÙee nw– =  3t 2  2  103 wb
dt
Ûeeuekeâ keâer ue. (l)=100cm = 1 ceeršj d
Jesie V   2 m / s Emf(E) = N
dt
= 100 (3t2 – 2) × 10–3
heäuekeäme IevelJe  B  =1Wb/m 2 t = 2 sec, E = 100 × (3 22 – 2 )  10–3

(sin 900=1) E = 1V Ans.
e  BlV sin   1 1  2  2Volt Ans. 138. A circuit has inductance of 2 H. If the circuit
current changes at the rate of 10 A/sec, then
134. The flux through a 10 turn coil was changed self–induced emf is
from 1 Wb to zero at uniform rate in 10 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW 2 H keâe ØesjkeâlJe nw~ Ùeefo heefjheLe keâer Oeeje
seconds. The e.m.f. induced in the coil during
10 A/sec keâer oj mes yeoueleer nw, lees mJe.Øesefjle efJeÅegle–
the period is
Skeâ 10 hesâjeW Jeeueer kegâC[ueer ceW heäuekeäme keâe ceeve meceeve Jeenkeâ yeue (emf) efkeâlevee nesiee?
ieefle mes 1 Wb mes MetvÙe lekeâ 10 meskeâC[ ceW heefjJeefle&le (SSC JE– 2014 Morning Shift)
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ kegâC[ueer ceW Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue Sol. ef o Ùee nw–
keâe ceeve Fme meceÙeeJeefOe ceW nesiee– di
L = 2H, = 10 A/sec
(BSNL TTA– 2015) dt
Sol. efoÙee nw– di
Emf (e) = L = 2  10 = 20V Ans.
N= 10 Turn dt
 = 1 Wb 139. Two coupled coils with L1 = L2 = 0.6 H have a
coupling coefficient of K = 0.8. The turn ratio
t  10Sec N1
Nd 10 1 is
e   1 volt Ans. N2
dt 10 L1 = L2 = 0.6 H Jeeueer oes Ùegeficele kegâ[efueÙeeW keâe
135. If a 2 meter long conductor is driven at a speed N
of 4 meters per second over an magnetic field Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ K = 0.8 nw~ Jele&veve Devegheele 1 nw~
2
of 5 wb/m , then the emf generated in it will N 2
be? (SSC JE– 2008, 2009)

Sol. efoÙee nw– 143. The inductance of a solenoid coil is 4
L1  L2  0.6 H millihenry. If the current in the coil is changed
from 5A to –5A in 0.03 seconds, How much
K  0.8 induced emf in the coil?
0 N 2 A Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe kegbâ[ueer (solenoid coil) keâe ØesjkeâlJe
L  L N2
l (inductance) 4 efceueer nsvejer nw Ùeefo kegbâ[ueer ceW Oeeje
L1 N1 2
N L 0.6 5A mes –5A lekeâ 0.03 meskeWâ[ ceW heefjJeefle&le keâer peeleer nw,
 2  1  1  1 Ans. lees kegbâ[ueer ceW Øesefjle F&.Sce.SHeâ. efkeâlevee nesiee?
L2 N 2 N2 L2 0.6
(UPPCL JE– 2013)
140. Mutual inductance between two coils is 4 H. If
Sol. efoÙee nw–
current in one coil changes at the rate of
2A/sec, then emf induced in the other coil is? di = 5–(–5) = 10A
oes kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe 4 H nw~ Ùeefo dt = 0.03 Sec
L = 410–3 H
Skeâ kegbâ[ueer ceW Oeeje 2A/mes. keâer ieefle mes heefjJeefle&le di
nesleer nw lees otmejer kegbâ[ueer ceW Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue e  L Jeesuš
dt
efkeâlevee nesiee?
10  4  103
(SSC JE– 2015) e  1.33volt Ans.
0.03
Sol. efoÙee nw–
144. In the given circuit, inductances L1 and L2, if
M  4H L1=2L2 and Leq is 0.7 H, are
di
 2A / Sec ef oÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, ØesjkeâlJe L1 Deewj L2 nw, Ùeefo
dt L1=2L2 Deewj Leq 0.7 H nw
di (UTTARAKHAND JE–II 2013)
eM
dt
e  4  2  8 volt
e  8 volt Ans.
141. When the current in a coil is increased from 2
A to 4 A in 0.05 seconds, the e.m.f. induced in
the coil is 8 V. The self inductance of the coil is
Skeâ kegâb [ueer ceW peye Oeeje 0.05 meskebâC[ ceW 2 A mes 4 A Sol. efoÙee nw–
lekeâ yeÌ{eF& peeleer nw, lees kegbâ[ueer ceW Øesefjle efJe.Jee.ye. 8 V Leq  0.7 H , L1  ? , L2  ?
nes, peelee nw~ kegbâ[ueer keâe mJe–ØesjkeâlJe nw L1  L2
Leq  0.5 
(UTTARAKHAND JE–I 2013) L1  L2
Sol. efoÙee nw– 2 L2 L2
0.7  0.5  (Q L1 = 2L2)
i1 = 2A, i2 = 4A, t = 0.05 Sec 2 L2  L2
e = 8V
2 L22
di (4  2) 0.2 
Q eL  8L 3L2
dt 0.05
8  0.05 2L
 L  0.2 H  L  0.2 H Ans. 0.2  2
2 3
0.6
142. If a 0.5 m long conductor is moved with a velocity L2   0.3H
of 3 m/s in a magnetic field of 10 Wb/m2, then 2
the value of generated emf will be– L1 = 2L2 = 2 × 0.3 = 0.6 H
Ùeefo Skeâ 0.5 ceeršj uebyee kebâ[keäšj 10 Wb/m2 kesâ L1 = 0.6H
Ans.
ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW 3 m/s kesâ Jesie mes Ietcelee nw, lees Glhevve L 2 = 0.3H
efJe.Jee.yeue keâe ceeve ______ nesiee ?
145. Three inductors each of 60 mH are connected
(UPPCL JE– 2016)
in delta. The value of inductance of each arm
Sol. efoÙee nw– of the equivalent star connection is
Ûeeuekeâ keâer ueb. ( l ) = 0.5 ceeršj leerve Øesjkeâ, efpeveceW ØelÙeskeâ 60 mH keâe nw, ef$eYegpeekeâej
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e (B) = 10 Wb/m2 ([suše ceW) peesÌ[s ieS nQ~ leovegmeej, GvneR pewmeeW keâes mšej kesâ
Jessie (V) = 3 m/s Deekeâej ceW peesÌ[ves hej ØelÙeskeâ Yegpee keâe ØesjkeâlJe ceeve efkeâlevee
efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue = BlV sin (sin900=1) nesiee?
= 10  0.5  3×1 = 15 volt Ans. (SSC JE– 2013)
Sol. 148. Find the resultant inductance in the given
circuit.
efoS ngS heefjheLe cebs heefjCeeceer hesÇjkeâlJe %eele keâjW~
L ab  L ca (UPPCL JE–13.11.2016)
La  Sol. efoÙee ieÙee hesÇjCe meceevlej cebs nw
Lab  L bc  Lca
1 1 1
60  60  
 Leq L1 L 2
180
L a  20 mH 1 1 1
 
La = Lb = Lc = 20 mH Ans. Leq 300 200
146. The equivalent inductance of the below given 200  300
circuit at the terminals P–Q is Leq 
 120 H Ans.
šefce&veue P–Q hej veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe keâe meceleguÙe 200  300
hesÇjkeâlJe nQ 149. If the flux in the air gap and the magnetic path
(APSPDCL–2012) of the iron ring is 0.150 Wb and 0.6 Wb
respectively, the leakage factor is
Ùeefo JeeÙeg Devlejeue leLee ueewn Úuues keâs ÛegcyekeâerÙe heeLe
ces Heäuekeäme ›eâceMe: 0.150 Wb leLee 0.6 Wb nw, lees
#ejCe iegCeebkeâ nw—
Sol.
Sol. ÙeneB 2 H leLee 2 H ßesCeer cebs pegÌ[s nQ Total flux 0.150  0.6
Leakage factor = =
leye L1 = 2 + 2 = 4 H Useful flux 0.15
0.75

0.15
Leakage factor=5 Ans.
150. The magnetic flux passing perpendicular to the
ÙeneB 4 H leLee 4 H meceevlej ›eâce cebs pegÌ[s nw leye plane of the coil and directed into the paper
4 4 (see fig.) is varying according to the relation :
L PQ   = 6t2 +7t +1
44
L PQ  2H where  is in milliwebers and t is in second.
The magnitude of induced e.m.f. in the coil
Dele: meceleguÙe ØesjkeâlJe 2 H nw~ Ans. when t = 2 sec is
147. The inductance of a solenoid of 10 turns is 5 kegâC[ueer kesâ leue kesâ uecyeJeled iegpejves Jeeuee Heäuekeäme
mili henry. If the number of turns is doubled efpemekeâer efoMee keâeiepe kesâ Devoj nw, pees efoÙes ieÙes
and the length is also doubled, the inductance
of the coil will be meceerkeâjCe kesâ Devegmeej yeouelee nw  = 6t2 +7t +1
10 hesâjeW Jeeues Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe keâe ØesjkeâlJe 5 efceueer peneB  (heäuekeäme) efceueerJesyej leLee (meceÙe) t messkesâC[
nsvejer nw~ Ùeefo švme& keâer mebKÙee Deewj uebyeeF& oesiegveer keâj ceW nw~ lees t = 2 meskesâC[ ceW kegâC[ueer ceW Øesefjle efJe.Jee.yeue
oer peeS lees kegbâ[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe ........... nes peeSiee~ keâe heefjceeCe nw–
(UPRVUNL AE November–2016)
Sol. efoÙee nw, N = 10 Jele&ve, L = 5 efceueer nsvejer
N2 = 20, t1 = l, t2 = 2l
2
2   2   1
L N t
L  N  t
1  1 2
 20 
2
t Sol. efoÙee nw–
L  5   = 6t2+7t+1, t = 1sec
2  10  2t
d
   6t 2  7t  1
5  4 1 d
L   10 mH e (N=1)
2 2 dt dt
= –(12t +7)
L  10 mH Ans. At t = 2s, e = –(122+7) = –31mV Ans.
151. Flux (in weber) in a closed circuit of resistance 153. A coil having 500 square loops each of side 10
10  varies with time t (in seconds) according cm is placed normal to a magnetic flux which
to the relation : increases at a rate of 1 T/ sec. The induced
 = 6t2 – 5t +1 e.m.f. is
What is the magnitude of induced current at t Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ heeme 500 Jeiee&keâej heeMe nw, ØelÙeskeâ
= 0.25 sec? keâer Yegpee 10 cm nw Deewj ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme kesâ
10 ØeeflejesOe Jeeues yebo heefjheLe ceW heäuekeäme (Jesyej ceW) uecyeJele jKee ieÙee nw pees efkeâ 1 T/ sec keâer oj mes yeÌ{
meceÙe t (meskesâC[ ceW) kesâ meeLe efoÙes ieÙes meceerkeâjCe kesâ peelee nw~ lees Øesefjle efJe.Jee.yeue nw–
Devegmeej yeouelee nw~
dB
 = 6t2 – 5t +1 Sol. efoÙee nw– N =500,  1T / sec
Øesefjle Oeeje keâe heefjceeCe t = 0.25 meskesâC[ hej efkeâlevee nw? dt
Magnitude of induced e.m.f. is given by;
Sol. d
N=1 e  N  
R = 10  dt
2
1 Q Jeie& keâe #es$eHeâue = (Yegpee)
t = 0.25 sec = sec d
4  N  BA 
 = 6t – 5t + 1
2 dt
 500  100  104   1  5V
i=? dB
 NA Ans.
d dt
Q e  N
dt 154. In fig. the inductance of coil 1 is ............
efÛe$e ceW, kegâC[ueer 1 keâe ØesjkeâlJe nw–
1 d  6t 2  5t  1

dt
= -(12t – 5)
at, t = 0.25
12
e= 5  2
4
(e) = 2
V or e 2
i=  Sol.
R 10 N  100  0.1
i = 0.2 Amp Ans. L 1 1   5H Ans.
I1 2
152. A circular disc 10 cm in diameter rotates at
1800 rev/min about an axis through its centre 155. A 15 mH coil is connected in series with
and at right angles to disc. A uniform magnetic another coil the total inductance in series
field of 1 Wb/m2 is perpendicular to the disc. addition and series opposition is 70 mH and 30
The potential difference between the axis of the mH respectively. Find self–inductance of the
disc and rim is second coil.
Skeâ Je=òeekeâej Ûekeâleer keâe JÙeeme 10 mesceer. nw pees efkeâ Skeâ 15 mH keâer kegâC[ueer DevÙe kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe ßesCeer
keWâõ mes neskeâj peeves Jeeues De#e Deewj Ûekeâleer mes mecekeâesCe ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ ßesCeer heefjJeOe&ve Deewj ßesCeer efJejesOe ceW
hej Ûeejes Deesj 1800 heefjYeüceCe/efceveš mes Ietcelee nw 1 ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: 70 mH Deewj 30 mH nw~ otmejer
Wb/m2 keâe meceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Ûekeâleer kesâ uecyeJele kegâC[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe %eele keâjW~
nw~ lees Ûekeâleer Deewj efjce kesâ De#eeW kesâ ceOÙe efJeYeJeevlej nw– (SSC JE–28.10.20 Shift–II)
Sol. efoÙee nw– Sol : efoÙee nw– L1 = 15mH, L2 = ?
B = 1 b/m2, r = 5 cm =5×10–2m series addition– L1+L2+2M = 70–––––(I)
 = BA = 1r2 series opposition– L1+L2–2M = 30 ––––(II)
= 1(5)210–4 meceer. (I) Je (II) keâes nue keâjves hej
= 25 10–4 Wb L1  L 2  2M  70
1800 L1  L 2  2M  30
Number of revolutions/sec   30rev
60
1 4M  40
Time for 1 rev, t  sec. M = 10
30
M keâe ceeve meceer. (I) ceW jKeves hej
 25 104 L1+L2+2M = 70
 e 
t 1 15+L2+2×10 = 70
30 L2 = 70 – 35
= 25  30 10–4 = 0.23V Ans. L2 = 35 mH Ans.
156. The initial rate of rise of current through a coil 159. A solenoid 70 cm in length and of 2100 turns
of inductance 10 H when suddenly connected has a radius of 4.5 cm. A second coil of 750
to a D.C. supply of 200 V is ........ A/s turns is wound upon the middle part of the
10 H kesâ ØesjkeâlJe keâer Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje solenoid. The mutual inductance between the
Je=efæ keâer ØeejefcYekeâ oj............. A/s ceW nesieer peye two coils is:
DeÛeevekeâ 200 V keâer [er.meer. mehueeF& mes peesÌ[er ieÙeer nes– 70 cm uecyeer Deewj 2100 Jele&ve Jeeueer Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe
di keâer ef$epÙee 4.5 cm nw~ 750 Jele&ve keâer Skeâ DevÙe
Sol. efoÙee nw– L = 10H, e = 200V , ? kegâC[ueer, heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ ceOÙe Yeeie hej kegâC[efuele keâer
dt
di
peeleer nw~ oesveeW kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe nw–
e  L (DSSSB JE–19.03.2021)
dt
di e 200 Sol. efoÙee nw–
  l = 70×10–2m, N1 = 2100turn, N2 =750 turn
dt L 10
r =4.5cm = 4.5×10–2
di
 20 A / sec Ans. Mutual inductance–
dt
0  r N1 .N 2 .A
157. A conductor of length 0.5m moves in a uniform M  (r=1)
magnetic field density 1.1 T at certain velocity. l
4 107  1 2100  750    4.5  104
2
Find the velocity if the induced voltage in the
conductor is 16.5 V and the direction of motion M 
70  102
is perpendicular to the field.
0.5 ceeršj uecyeeF& keâe Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ Skeâ meceeve ieefle hej M = 17.96  18mH Ans.
1.1 šsmuee IevelJe kesâ efveef§ele ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ieefle 160. Two coil having self–inductance of L1 and L2
keâjlee nw~ Jesie %eele keâjW Ùeefo Ûeeuekeâ ceW Øesefjle Jeesušspe respectively are magnetically coupled. The
16.5 V nw~ Deewj ieefle keâer efoMee #es$e kesâ uecyeJeled nw~ maximum possible value of mutual inductance
(SSC JE–28.10.20 Shift–II) between the coils is –
Sol. efoÙee nw~ l = 0.5m, B = 1.1 Tesla ›eâceMe: L1 Deewj L2 mJe–ØesjkeâlJe Jeeueer oes kegâC[efueÙeeB
 = 90° ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he mes Ùegeficele nw~ kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe
e = BIv sin DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe keâe DeefOekeâlece mebYeJe ceeve keäÙee
16.5 = 1.1×0.5×v×sin90° nesiee?
16.5 33
v=  (SSC JE–24.03.2021, Shift –II)
1.1 0.5 1.1
Sol. efoÙee nw –
330
v= = 30 m/s Ans. magnetically coupled K = 1
11
magnetically no coupled K = 0
158. Two coils having self–inductance of 3H and
2H, respectively, have mutual inductance of M  k L1L 2
2H. They are connected is series and carry a
current of 4A. Calculate the energy of the (Mutual inductance) M = L1L 2
magnetic field when the self and mutual fluxes 161. A conductor of length 1 m moves at right
are in the same direction– angles to a uniform magnetic field of flux
oes kegâC[efueÙeeb efpeveceW mJe–ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: 3H Deewj density 2 Wb/m2 with a velocity of 60 m/s.
2H nw~ heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe 2H nw~ Jes ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele Calculate the EMF induced in it –
nw Deewj 4A keâer Oeeje Jenve keâjles nQ~ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer 1 ceer. uecyeeF& Jeeuee Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ 60 m/s kesâ Jesie kesâ
Tpee& keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS peye mJe Deewj heejmheefjkeâ meeLe Heäuekeäme IevelJe 2 Wb/m2 kesâ Skeâmeceeve ÛegcyekeâerÙe
heäuekeäme Skeâ meceeve efoMee ceW nes– #es$e mes mecekeâesCe hej ieefleceeve nw~ lees FmeceW Øesefjle EMF
(SSC JE–24.03.2021 Shift–I)
keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS –
Sol. efoÙee nw,
L1 = 3H, L2 = 2H, M = 2H, I = 4A (PGCIL NR–II 13.08.2021)
peye mJe Deewj heejmheefjkeâ heäuekeäme keâer efoMee meceeve nes leye kegâue Sol. efoÙee nw –
ØesjkeâlJe– B = 2 Wb/m2
L = L1 + L2 + 2M l = 1m
L = 3 + 2 + 2 × 2  L = 3 + 2 + 4  L = 9H v = 60 m/s
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW meb«eefnle Tpee&– e = Blvsin sin90° = 1
1 2 1
E  LI  E   9  4  4  E = 72 Jule = 2 × 1 × 60×1 = 120 Jeesuš Ans.
2 2
162. A coil having a reluctance of 2 × 106 AT/Wb 165. Determine the value of self–inductance (in
when placed in a magnetic field experience an mH) of a 6–centimetre long air–cored solenoid,
m.m.f. of 250 AT. Calculate the total flux. if the coil has 240 turns and the diameter of the
2 × 106 AT/Wb keâer Øeefle°cYe Jeeueer kegâC[ueer keâes peye coil is 4 cm.
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW jKee peelee nw lees 250 AT m.m.f. Skeâ 6 meWšerceeršj uecyes SÙej–keâesj heefjveeefuekeâe ceW mJe–
keâe DevegYeJe keâjlee nw kegâue Heäuekeäme keâer ieCevee keâjW~ Øes j keâlJe keâe ceeve (efceueer–nsvejer ceW) %eele keâerefpeÙes, Ùeefo
(DMRC JE – 20.02.2020) kegbâ[ueer ceW 240 Jele&ve nw Deewj kegbâ[ueer keâe JÙeeme 4
Sol. efoÙee nw– meWšerceeršj nw~
m.m.f. = 250 AT, Reluctance = 2 × 10 AT/Wb 6 (SSC JE–Morning 24–01–2018)
mmf Sol. efoÙee nw,
Flux  l  6cm
Reluctance d  4cm, N  240
250 6
   0.06m, r  2cm or r  0.02m
2  106 100
Flux  125 Wb Ans. 0 r N 2 A
L
163. Determine the self–inductance (in mH) of a 3m l
long air–cored solenoid, when the coil has 300 4  107  1  240  240    0.02  0.02
turns and the diameter of the coil 12 cm.  ,{A  r 2 }
Skeâ 3 ceeršj uecyes JeeÙeg keâesj meesuesvee@F[ kesâ mJe– 0.06
ØesjkeâlJe keâe efveOee&jCe (efceueer–nsvejer ceW) keâjW, peye 4  3.14  107  57600  3.14  0.02  0.02

kegbâ[ueer ceW 300 Jele&ve Deewj kegâb [ueer keâe JÙeeme 12 0.06
meWšerceeršj nw– 9.0866 105
  1.51  103
(SSC JE–Morning 22–01–2018) 0.06
Sol. efoÙee nw, L  1.51 mH Ans.
N  300 Turns
166. What will be the value of coupling factor
d between two coils, when the self–inductance of
d  12 cm, r   0.06m
2 each coil is 30 mH and the mutual inductance
l  3m between them is 60 mH ?
oes kegbâ[ueer kesâ yeerÛe Ùegiceve keâejkeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee,
  N2A
L 0 r Q A  r 2
 peye ØelÙeskeâ kegbâ[ueer keâe mJe–ØesjCeebkeâ 30 efceueer–nsvejer
l
Deewj Gvekesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe ØesjCe 60 efceueer–nsvejer nw?
4 107 1 300  300    0.06 
2
L (SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018)
7
4  3.14  10  90000  3.14  0.0036 mJe–ØesjkeâlJe L1 = 30  10–3 nsvejer
L
3 mJe–ØesjkeâlJe L2 = 30  10–3 nsvejer
L  0.42 mH Ans. DevÙeesvÙe ØesjCe M = 60  10–3 nsvejer
164. What is the expression for the self inductance M
Ùegiceve keâejkeâ (K) = mes
of a solenoid? L1 L 2
Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe (meesuesvee@F[) kesâ mJe–ØesjCe kesâ efueS
60  103
meceerkeâjCe keäÙee nw? Ùegiceve keâejkeâ (K) =
(SSC JE–Morning 24–01–2018) 30  103  30  103
Sol. 60  103 60  103
Ùegiceve keâejkeâ (K) = 
  N2A 900  106 30  103
L 0 r nsvejer
l Ùegiceve keâejkeâ K = 2 Ans.
peneB L  mJeØesjkeâlJe 167. Determine the magnitude of induced EMF (in
0  MetvÙe ceW ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee V) in a coil, if the current changes from +2 A to
–2A in 0.5 seconds and the coefficient of mutual
 r  meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee (JeeÙeg =1)
induction is 0.5.
N  Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW Øesefjle F&.Sce.Sheâ. keâe heefjceeCe (Jeesuš ceW)
A  heefjveeefuekeâe keâe #es$eheâue efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo Oeeje +2 SefcheÙej mes –2 SefcheÙej lekeâ
l  heefjveeefuekeâe keâer uecyeeF& 0.5 meskeâC[ ceW heefjJeefle&le nesleer nw Deewj DevÙeesvÙe ØesjCe keâe
efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW L DeefOekeâ nesves hej mLeeF& Oeeje mLeeefhele nesves ceW iegCeebkeâ 0.5 nw–
DeefOekeâ meceÙe ueielee nw~ Ans. (SSC JE–Evening 22–01–2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw, 170. Two identical coils each have self–inductance
meceÙe = 0.5 sec. 1mH. If the coupling coefficient is 0.5, then what
is the mutual inductance M?
DevÙeesvÙe ØesjCe keâe iegCeebkeâ (M) = 0.5 oes meceeve kebgâ[efueÙeeW ceW mes ØelÙeskeâ keâer mJeØesjkeâlee 1mH
di 2  ( 2) 4 nw~ Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ 0.5 nw, lees DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe M keäÙee nw?
   8 A / Second
dt 0.5 0.5 (EDCIL DDA JE– 26.04.2018, 1st Shift)
di (HPCL AMT– 20.04.2019, 2:30–4:30)
Øesefjle Jeesušlee (e) = M
dt Sol. efoÙee nw–
Øesefjle Jeesušlee (e) = 0.5  8 oes meceeve kegâC[ueer keâer mJeØesjkeâlee
Øesefjle Jeesušlee (e) = 4 volt Ans. L1 = 1mH
168. What will be the self–inductance (in H) of a 2 formula 
m long air–core solenoid, if the diameter of the L2 = 1mH  
solenoid is 25 cm and has 600 turns?  M  K L1L 2 
Ùeefo meesuesvee@F[ keâe JÙeeme 25 mesceer. nw efpemeceW 600 K = 0.5
Jele&ve nw, lees 2 ceer. uecyes Fme SÙej keâesj meesuesvee@F[ keâe M =?
mJe: ØesjkeâlJe (H ceW) keäÙee nesiee? M  0.5 1  103  1  103
(SSC JE–Evening 24–01–2018)  0.5  103  0.5mH
Sol. efoÙee nw, JÙeeme  25cm  25  102 ceeršj M  0.5mH Ans.
d 2   25  102  25  102 171. Two coils having self inductance of 10 mH and
#es. A   40 mH are mutually coupled. the maximum
4 4 possible mutual inductance is– 20mH
N = 600 Jele&ve, l = 2 ceeršj 10 mH leLee 40 mH kesâ mJeØesjkeâlJe Jeeues oes kegâC[ueer
  N2A heejmheefjkeâ ™he mes Ùegeficele nw~ DeefOekeâlece mecYeJe
L 0 r mes,
l DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe ............. nesiee– 20 mH
4 107  600  600   625 104  1 (EDCIL DDA JE– 25.04.2018, 2st Shift)
L 172. Two coupled coils, each of self–inductance
4 2
L=0.2 H, have a coupling co–efficient K = 0.9
(Q Air nsleg r = 1) The Value of mutual inductance M is :
42  1011  360000  625 M = 0.18 H
L oes Ùeg e f i cele keb g â [ef u eÙeeb , ØelÙes k eâ keâe mJe–Øes jkeâlJe L =
42
7
  10  36  625
2 0.2 H ef pemekeâe Ùeg iceve men–ieg C eeb k eâ K = 0.9 nw, lees
L heejmheef j keâ Øes j keâlJe M keâe ceeve ........... nesiee–
2
L   2  10 7  18  625 M = 0.18 H
(LMRC (SCTO)– 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
L = 0.011 nsvejer Ans. 173. Two coupled coils of L = 0.8H and L = 0.2H
1 2
169. What will be the mutual inductance (in mH) have a coupling coefficiecnt K = 0.9. The
between the two coils if a current of mutual inductance M is.............. 0.36H
2 sin(100t) passes through one of the coil, L1 = 0.8H Deewj L2 = 0.2H kesâ oes Ùegeficele kegâC[efueÙeeW
which induces a maximum EMF of 10V in the keâe Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ K = 0.9 nw, heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe M
second coil? keâe ceeve nesiee– 0.36H
oes kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe (mH ceW) keäÙee (SSC JE– 2 March 2017, 10 am)
nesiee Ùeefo Skeâ kegbâ[ueer keâer Deesj mes 2 sin(100t) keâer 174. Two coils in differential connection have self–
Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw, pees otmejer kegbâ[ueer ceW DeefOekeâlece inductance of 2 mH and 4mH and a mutual
inductance of 0.15mH. The equivalent
10V F&.Sce.Sheâ. GlheVe keâjleer nw? inductance of the combination will be.
(SSC JE–Evening 24–01–2018) 2 mH Deewj 4mH mJe: ØesjkeâlJe Jeeueer oes keäJeeFue
Sol. efoÙee nw– ef[HeâjWefMeÙeue mebÙeespeve ceW peg[ Ì er nw Deewj Fmekeâe
e= 10V , I = 2sin(100t)A heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe 0.15mH nw mebÙeespeve keâe meceleguÙe
di ØesjkeâlJe nesiee–
eM
dt (DFCCIL – 11.11.2018 )
d  2sin100t  (SSC JE– 3March, 2017, 2.45pm)
10  M (Jammu & Kashmir JE –2016)
dt
(LMRC SCTO– 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
d
10  M  2 cos100t. 100t  Sol. efoÙee nw–
dt L1 = 2 mH, L2 = 4 mH, M = 0.15 mH
10  M  200 cos100t  1 t  1sec met$e, Leq = L1 + L2 – 2M
10 = 2 + 4 – 2  0.15
M  50mH Ans. = 6 – 0.3
200 cos100
Leq = 5.7 mH Ans.
175. Two coils having inductance L1 and L2 179. Two coils have self–inductances L1 and L2
respectively, their mutual inductance M will be henry respectively. If the two coils are
given by which expression? connected in series and the Mutual inductance
oes kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: L1 Deewj L2 nw, FveceW between them is M henry, the value of maximum
DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe (mutual inductance) M efkeâme resultant inductance of the combination will be
JÙebpekeâ (expression) Éeje efoÙee peeSsiee? oes kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ mJeØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: L1 SJeb L2 nsvejer
(Noida Metro Rail Corporation– 05.03.2017) nQ~ Gvekesâ ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[ves SJeb Gvekesâ ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ
(BSNL TTA– 28.09.2016, 10 am) ØesjkeâlJe M nsvejer nesves hej heefjCeeceer ØesjkeâlJe keâe
(UPRVUNL AE–2014) DeefOekeâlece ceeve keäÙee nesiee~
(UPPCL JE– 2013)
(SSC JE– 2012) (DMRC JE–2017)
Sol. oes kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: L1 Deewj L2 nw~ FveceW (UPSSSC JE–2015)
Sol. oes Coil kesâ yeerÛe Maximum Resultant Inductance leye
DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe (M) = K L1 L2 Éeje efoÙee peeÙesiee~
nesiee peye oesveeW coil kesâ yeerÛe keâe ßesCeer mebÙeespeve Helping Nature
Two coil inductance L1 & L2
K = Coupling factor keâe nes~
M = mutual Inductance Leq = L1 + L2 + 2M
2
M = K L1L2 2 Minimum Resultant Inductance leye nesiee peye oesveeW coil kesâ
M  K L1 L2 Ans.
yeerÛe keâe ßesCeer mebÙeespeve Opposite Nature keâe nes~
Leq = L1 + L2 – 2M Ans.
176. The mutual inductance between two unity 180. Two inductors have self inductances of 9 mH
coupled coils of 9H and 4H will be: and 25 mH. The mutual inductance between
9H Deewj 4H keâer oes Ùetefvešer Ùegeficele kebgâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe the two is 12 mH. The coefficient of inductive
heejmheefjkeâ hesÇjkeâlJe efkeâlevee nesiee? coupling between the two inductors is
(SSC JE– 2014 Evening Shift) oes ØesjkeâeW keâe mJe ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: 9mH leLee 25mH nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw– Gve oesveeW kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe 12mH nw~ leovegmeej
L1 = 9H, L2 = 4H Gve oesveeW ØesjkeâeW kesâ yeerÛe ØesjefCekeâ Ùegiceve keâe iegCeebkeâ efkeâlevee
Q M  K L1 L2 nes i ee?
FkeâeF& Ùegiceve kesâ efueS K=1 (SSC JE– 2012)
M  1 9  4  6H Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw–
177. Mutual inductance between two magnetically
coupled coils depends on L1 = 9mH = 9  10–3H, L2 = 25 mH = 25  10–3 H
oes ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he mes Ùegeficele kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe M = 12 mH = 12  10–3 H
DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe efveYe&j keâjlee nw M 12 10 3
K= = = 0.8
(UTTARAKHAND JE–I 2013) L1 L 2 9 10 3  25  10 3
Sol. Ans.
N1 N 2 0  r N1 N 2 A 181. The coefficient of coupling between two coils is
 Q M  = nsvejer Ans.
1 l l 0.45. The first coil has an inductance of 75 mH

or A and the second coil has an inductance of 105
mH. What is the mutual inductance between
178. Two coupled coils, connected in series, have an the coils?
equivalent inductance of 16 mH or 8 mH
depending on the connection. The mutual
oes kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe Ùegiceve keâe iegCeebkeâ 0.45 nw~
inductance between the coils is henues kegâC[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe 75 mH nw Deewj otmejs
oes Ùegeficele kegbâ[efueÙeeB, pees ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[er nw, peesÌ[ kesâ DeeOeej kegâC[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe 105 mH nw~ leye oesveeW kegâ[efueÙeeW
hej Gvekeâe ØesjkeâlJe 16mH Ùee 8 mH nw ~ leovegmeej Gve kesâ yeerÛe keâe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe keäÙee nesiee ?
kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe efkeâlevee nesiee? (DMRC JE Electronic– 2014)
(SSC JE– 2013) Sol. L1 = 75 mH
Sol. efoÙee nw– L2 = 105 mH
K = 0.45
L1  L2  2M  16mH ......(i ) Suppose case
Mutual Inductance (M) = K L1 L 2
L1  L2  2M  8mH ......(ii ) oppose case
meceer. (i) Je (ii) keâes nue keâjves hej Q M = 0.45 75105  0.45 7875
4M = 8 M= 0.45  88.74 = 39.9 mH Ans.
8 182. The mutual inductance between two coupled
M
4 coils is 10 mH. If the turns in one coil are
 M  2 mH Ans. doubled and that in the other are halved then
the mutual inductance will be :
oes Ùegeficele kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ ceOÙe DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe Sol. efoÙee nw–
10mH nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ hesâjeW keâer mebKÙee keâes f= 50Hz, Imax = 1A, M = 1.5 H
oesiegvee keâj efoÙee peeS leLee otmejer kegâC[ueer kesâ hesâjeWb keâer 1
Time period, T  sec.
50
mebKÙee DeeOeer keâj oer peeS leye DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe keâe Time required for current to reach peak value is (see
ceeve nes peeSiee? fig.)
(LMRC SC/TO– 2015)
0 r N1 N 2 A
Sol. M1  = 10 mH
l
If N1 is double & N2 is halved then mutual Inductance
remain unchanged
N
0 r 2 N1 2 A
2  NN A
M2   0 r 1 2 T 1/ 50 1
l l t    sec
M1=M2= 10mH 4 4 200
DeLee&led kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe Glevee ner jnsiee Magnitude of peak induced voltage in secondary is
i 0 1
Ans. es  M  1.5   300V Ans.
t 1/ 200
183. The mutual inductance between two closely
185. In fig. the mutual inductance between the two
coupled coils is 1 H. if the turns of one coil is
coils is .............
decreased to half and those of the other is
efÛe$e ceW, oes kegâC[ueer kesâ ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe nw–
doubled, the new value of the mutual
inductance would be
oes efvekeâšJeleea Ùegeficele kegâC[efueÙeeB kesâ yeerÛe DevÙeesvÙe
ØesjkeâlJe 1H nw~ leovegmeej Ùeefo Skeâ keäJeeFue kesâ Jele&ve
Iešekeâj, DeeOeer keâj efoS peeSB Deewj otmejs kesâ ogiegves keâj
efoS peeSB, lees DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe keâe veÙee ceeve efkeâlevee
nes peeSiee? Sol.
(SSC JE– 2012) M
Q k
N 2 A L1L 2
Sol. Q M  K L1 L2 L
l M = k L1L 2
M  L1 L2  N1 N 2 = 0.8  12  3
ØeLece efmLeefle ceW N1  N A N 2  N B M 1  1H = 0.8  6
M = 4.8 mH Ans.
NA
efÉleerÙe efmLeefle ceW N1  , N2  2NB , M 2  ? 186. In fig. the maximum mutual inductance
2 between the coils can be ...............
M1 N A NB efÛe$e ceW oes kegâC[ueer kesâ ceOÙe DeefOekeâlece heejmheefjkeâ
  1
M2 NA
 2NB
ØesjkeâlJe nes mekeâlee nw–
2
M 1  M 2  m  1H Ans.
184. A 50 Hz alternating current of peak value 1A
flows through the primary of a transformer. If
mutual inductance between the primary and
secondary is 1.5 H, what is the peak voltage
induced in the secondary? Sol.
50 Hz kesâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe efMeKej ceeve 1 SefcheÙej nw M = K L1L 2
pees efkeâ heefjCeeefce$e kesâ ØeeLeefcekeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~
 Maximum Mutual 
Ùeefo ØeeLeefcekeâ SJeb efÉleerÙekeâ kesâ ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ = 1 12  3  Inductance 
 
ØesjkeâlJe 1.5 nsvejer nw lees efÉleerÙekeâ ceW Øesefjle efMeKej =16 [i.e. K = 1]
Jeesušlee keâe ceeve efkeâlevee neslee nw? M = 6 mH Ans.
187. The total inductance of the circuit in fig. is .... 191. If in fig. N1 = 100, N2 = 1000 and mutual
efÛe$e ceW, heefjheLe keâe kegâue ØesjkeâlJe nw– inductance between the coils is 2H, the
reluctance of magnetic circuit is ...........
efÛe$e ceW Ùeefo N1 = 100, N2 = 1000 Deewj kegâC[ueer kesâ
ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe 2H nw lees ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe
keâe Øeefle°cYe nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw–

L1 = 9H,L2 = 4H
M = 3H
Q Leq = L1 + L2 + 2M(series with helping)
Leq = 9 + 4 + 2  3
Leq = 19 H Ans.
188. The co–efficient of coupling in fig. is .......
Sol. efoÙee nw–
efÛe$e ceW, Ùegiceve keâe iegCeebkeâ nw– N1 = 100
N2 = 1000
M = 2H
S=?
N1 N 2
Q M
S
Sol. efoÙee nw– 100  1000
2=
L1 = 9H, L2 = 4H, M = 3H S
M 100  1000
k S=
L1L 2 2
= 50,000
3 3
=  S = 5  104 AT/Wb Ans.
9 4 6 192. How much energy will be stored in the
K = 0.5 Ans. magnetic field of coil which has self inductance
189. Total inductance in fig. is ........... of 15 mH and current of 40A.
15 mH keâer mJeØesjkeâlJe Deewj 40A keâer efJeÅegle ØeJeen
efÛe$e ceW mechetCe& ØesjkeâlJe nw–
Jeeueer kegbâ[ueer kesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW efkeâleveer Tpee&
meb«eefnle nesieer–
(PGCIL NR–III, 22.08.2021)
Sol.
efoÙee nw–
L = 15 mH
Sol. I = 40 A
Total inductance = L1+L2–2M (series with oppose)
1
= 9+4–23 = 7H E = LI 2
Ans. 2
1
190. If in fig. 12= 2 Wb, N2 = 20 and I1= 20A, then =  15  103  40  40
mutual inductance between the coils is ........ 2
E = 12 Joule Ans.
Ùeefo efÛe$e ceW 12= 2 Wb, N2= 20 Deewj I1= 20A leye 193. Determine the energy (in J) stored by an 8 H
kegâC[ueer kesâ ceOÙe heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe nw– inductor, if the current through the inductor is
4 A– 64 Joule
Skeâ 8 nsvejer kesâ Øesjkeâ ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& keâe ceeve (petue
ceW) %eele keâerefpeÙes Ùeefo Øesjkeâ mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve
4 SefcheÙej nw– 64 petue
194. A choke of 20 H carries a current of 600 mA.
Calculate the energy stored (in J) in form of
magnetic field by the choke – 3.6 Joule
20 nsvejer kesâ Skeâ Ûeeskeâ ceW 600 efceueer. SefcheÙej keâer
Sol. efoÙee nw– N2=20, I1= 20 A, 12= 2Wb
Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw, Ûeeskeâ Éeje ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ ™he
N 2 12 20  2 ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& keâer ieCevee (petue ceW) keâjW– 3.6 petue
M   2H Ans.
I1 20 (SSC JE–Morning 23–01–2018)
195. Determine the energy (in J) stored by a 0.4 H Sol. efoÙee nw,
inductance, if the current flowing through it is
I = 10A
2A– 0.8 Joule
Skeâ 0.4 nsvejer kesâ ØesjkeâlJe Éeje meb«eefnle Tpee& (petue ceW) 60
l  60 cm   0.6 m
efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo Gmemes 2 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle 100
nes jner nw– 0.8 petue d 6
ef$epÙee (r)    3cm or 0.03m
(SSC JE–Evening 23–01–2018) 2 2
196. If the self–inductance of a solenoid is 2 Henry N  7000 Turn
and the current flowing through it is 2 A, the   N 2a
energy in the electromagnetic field will be– L 0 r a  r 2
4 Joule l
Deiej Skeâ meesuesvee@F[ keâe mJe–ØesjCeebkeâ 2 nsvejer nw Deewj 4  107  1  7000  7000    0.03  0.03
L
Gmemes 2 A keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw lees efJeÅegle 0.6
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Tpee& nesieer– 4 petue 4  3.14  107  49  106  3.14  9  104
(UPPCL JE– 2016) L
0.6
197. Determine the energy stored (in J) by a 5 H 5
inductor, when the current flowing through 17392.3344  10
L  0.28 H
the inductor is 6 A– 90 Joule 0.6
5 nsvejer kesâ Øesjkeâ ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& (petue ceW) efveOee&efjle 1
keâjW, peye Øesjkeâ kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje 6 SefcheÙej U  LI 2
2
nw– 90 petue 1
(SSC JE–Morning 25–01–2018)   0.28  10  10
2
198. A 8H choke is carrying a current of 500 mA.
The energy supplied by inductor is– 1 Joule U  14 J Ans.
Skeâ 8H keâe Ûeeskeâ 500 mA keâer Oeeje ues pee jne nw, 203. What is the energy stored in the magnetic field
FC[keäšj Éeje Øeoeve keâer ieÙeer Tpee& nw– 1 Joule at a solenoid of 40m long and 4m diameter
(NMRC–05.03.2017) wound with 100 turns of wire carrying a
199. At a particular instant an inductance of 1H current at 20A?
carries a current of 2A while the voltage across 40 mesceer. uecyes Deewj 4 ceeršj JÙeeme keâer Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe
it is 1V. The energy stored in the inductance in
Joules is– 2 Joule kesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& keäÙee nesieer~ efpemeceW
1 nsvejer kesâ ØesjkeâlJe ceW efkeâmeer #eCe hej Oeeje 2A SJeb 20 SefcheÙej Oeeje ues peeves Jeeues leej kesâ 100 Jele&ve nw~
Jeesušlee 1V nw~ ØesjkeâlJe ceW mebefÛele Tpee& petue ceW nesieer– (Jammu & Kashmir JE –2016)
2 petue Sol. efoÙee nw–
(Uttarakhand AE –2013, Paper–I)
l = 40m d = 4m
200. A 100 mH coil carries a current of 1A. Energy
stored in the magnetic field– 0.05 Joule d 2
A N = 100 turn
100mH keâer Skeâ kegâC[ueer 1 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Jenve 4
keâjleer nw~ Gmekesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW Yeb[eefjle Tpee& nw~ 0 = 4 × 10–7 H/m, I = 20Amp
0.05 petue   AN 2
(BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 3 pm) L 0 r r  1
l
(SSC JE–2015)
201. Current passing through an inductor is 4A.  42
4 107  1  100  100
Energy stored in the inductor of inductance 0.2 L 4
Henry will be – 1.6 J 40
Skeâ 0.2 nsvejer kesâ ØesjCe Jeeues Øesjkeâ ceW mes iegpejves Jeeueer 7
  10  16  104
2
Oeeje keâe ceeve 4A nw~ GmeceW meb«eefnle Tpee& keâe ceeve L

40
nesiee– 1.6 petue
L =  × 4 × 10–4
2
(UPPCL JE–11.11.2016)
202. A solenoid has a diameter of 6 cm and a length of 1
E  LI 2
60 cm and it comprises of 7000 turns. Calculate 2
the energy stored (in J) in the solenoid, if 10 A 1 2
current flows through it. E    4 104  20  20
Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe keâe JÙeeme 6 mes.ceer. Deewj uecyeeF& 60 mes.ceer. 2
nw Deewj FmeceW 7000 Jele&ve nw~ meesuesvee@F[ ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& E = 8 × 3.14 × 3.14 ×10–2
E = 25.12 × 3.14×10–2
keâer ieCevee (petue ceW) keâjW, Ùeefo 10 SefcheÙej keâer efJeÅegle Oeeje
E = 78.9 × 10–2
Fmekesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~
E = 0.789 petue Ans.
204. The energy stored in the magnetic field of a Sol. c = 10m Sec = 1010–3 Sec
solenoid 30cm long and 3cm diameter with I = 1A
1,000 turns of wire carrying current of 10A is :
P = 10W
10A keâer Oeeje keâe Jenve keâjves Jeeueer leej kesâ 1,000 hesâjeW mes
L=?
yeveer 30cm uebyeer Deewj 3cm JÙeeme Jeeueer heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ
I2R = 10
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW efkeâleveer Tpee& keâe meb«en nesiee?
10
(SSC JE– 2014) R  10
1
3
Sol. efoÙee nw, r   102 m, l  30cm  30  102 m L
2 c 
N = 1000 R
I = 10 A L
10  103 
  N A 0  r N  r
2 2 2
10
L 0 r  (r=1)
l l L = 0.1 nsvejer Ans.
peneB  0  4 10 henry / meter
7
207. The following wave shape of current flowing
3 3 through an inductor is
4 107  1000  1000    104 ef keâmeer Øesjkeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe lejbie–Deekeâej efvecve Øekeâej
L 2 2
2
30  10 keâe neslee nw:
L  29.43  10 4 Henery
1
meb«eefnle Tpee&  LI 2
2
1
  29.43 104  102  0.14715  0.15 Joule
2
Ans. The wave shape of voltage drop (v) across the
205. The energy stored in the magnetic field of a inductor is
solenoid 10 cm long and 2cm diameter, with leovegmeej Gme Øesjkeâ kesâ mebheke&â ceW Jeesušlee–heele (v) keâe lejbie
1000 turns of carrying current of 10A is Deekeâej keâewve mee nesiee?
10A keâer Oeeje keâe Jenve keâjves Jeeueer leej kesâ 1,000
(UPSSSC JE– 2015)
hesâjeW mes yeveer 10 mesceer. uecyeer Deewj 2 mesceer JÙeeme Jeeueer (SSC JE– 2012)
heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW efkeâleveer Tpee& keâe
meb«en nesiee? di
Sol. V = L
(UPSSSC JE– 2015) dt
V
Sol. efoÙee nw–
N = 1000 l = 10 cm = 0.1m j
d = 2 cm r = 1 cm = 0.01m
0 = 4   10–7 H/m
  N2A T
L= 0 r
l V
7
V
410 11000  1000   (0.01) 2
L=
0.1
L = 39.43  10–4 H
T
1
Inductor ceW stored energy = LI 2 DeLee&led Ùeefo efkeâmeer Fb[keäšj mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje keâe lejbie
2
1 Deekeâej ef$eYegpeekeâej nw leye Gmekesâ efmejeW kesâ S›eâe@me Øeehle nesves Jeeues
=  39.43104  (10) 2 Jees ušspe keâe lejbie Deekeâej Jeiee&keâej nesiee~
2
E = 0.19 J Ans. Ans.
206. In an inductor, its time constant is 10 m sec. 208. A voltage source (V) is connected across an
and power loss is 10W at 1 A current flowing inductor (L) through a switch to form a circuit.
through it, its inductance is? At the instant the switch is closed–
efkeâmeer Øesjkeâ ceW Gmekeâer meceÙe efmLejebkeâ 10 m sec nw leLee Skeâ heefjheLe efveefce&le keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâmeer Jeesušspe œeesle
Fmemes ØeJeeefnle nes jner 1 A Oeeje hej Meefòeâ keâer #eefle (V) keâes efmJeÛe kesâ ceeOÙece mes Øesjkeâ/Fb[keäšj (L) mes
10W nw lees Fmekeâe ØesjkeâlJe nesiee? peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Gmeer meceÙe efmJeÛe yebo nes peelee nw, lees–
(Sail RSP OCTT 17.03.2019, 03 –05) (UPRVUNAL AE –2014)
Sol. Skeâ heefjheLe efveefce&le keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâmeer Jeesušspe œeesle (V) keâes 211. A series RL circuit with R = 100 ohms and L =
efmJeÛe kesâ ceeOÙece mes Øesjkeâ/Fb[keäšj (L) mes peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Gme 50 H is supplied by a D.C. source of 100 V. The
time taken by the current to rise to 70% of its
meceÙe efmJeÛe yevo nes peelee nw, lees heefjheLe ceW Oeeje (i) MetvÙe jnleer nw steady state value is
Deewj di/dt=V/L nes peelee nw~ R = 100 ohms Deewj L = 50 H Jeeues RL meerjerpe
i  i 0 1  e  R / L  t
 at t = 0, i = 0 heef jheLe keâes 100 V kesâ D.C. œeesle mes mehueeF& oer pee
di R  R / L t jner nw~ Oeeje keâes Deheves efmLej DeJemLee ceeve keâe 70%
 i0e lekeâ hengBÛeves cebs ueieves Jeeuee meceÙe ............ nw~
dt L
V (UPRVUNL AE– November–2016)
Q i0  L 50
R Sol. i (0+) = 0  
di V R  (R / L)0 R 100
  . .e 100
dt t  0 R L i    1,   0.5sec
100
i  t   i     i  0   i     e  t / 
di V
 Ans.
dt t  0 L
209. A voltage waveform V (t) = 12t2 is applied i  t   1  e  t / 0.5
across 1H inductor for t  0 ,with initial 0.7  1  e  t / 0.5
current through it being zero. The current t = 0.6sec Ans.
through inductor for t  0 will be–
Skeâ 1 nsvejer Øesjkeâ kesâ Thej Skeâ Jeesušlee lejbie™he V(t) 212. Whenever two parallel conductor carry
current in them the force between the
= 12t ueieeÙee ieÙee nw, t  0 kesâ efueS ØeejbefcYekeâ Oeeje
2
conductor is –
FmeceW MetvÙe nw~ t  0 kesâ efueS Øesjkeâ ceW Oeeje nesieer~ peye oes meceevlej Ûeeuekeâ Oeeje Jenve keâjles nw, lees Gve
(Uttarakhand Paper–I–2013) Ûeeuekeâes kesâ yeerÛe yeue –
2
Sol. v(t) = 12t (PGCIL NR–2 12.03.2022)
Solution : SeqcheÙej kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej – peye oes meceevlej ÛeeuekeâeW ceW

V  t   12t dt 2
Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ lees Gve ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe yeue (F) oes
for t  0 ÛeeuekeâeW ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje kesâ iegCeveHeâue kesâ Deveg›eâceevegheeleer Deewj
 12  t 3  3 uecyeeF& (l) kesâ Deveg›eâceevegheeleer leLee ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer (d) kesâ
   4t Ans.
 3  JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw~
210. The voltage across 5–H inductor is V(t) F   0  r lI1I2 Newton (r = 1)
2d
 30 t , t > 0
2
= Find the 4107 I1I 2 l

 0, t<0 F
2d
energy stored at t= 5s. Assume zero initial 7
2  10 I1I2 l
 30 t , t > 0
2
F Newton
current.5–H Øesjkeâ hej Jeesušspe V(t) =  d
 0, t < 0 213. What will be the magneto motive force in a coil
ØeejbefYekeâ Oeeje keâes MetvÙe ceevekeâj t= 5s hej meb«eefnle Tpee& having 250 turns and 10 resistance is
%eele keâerefpeS~ connected to a 50V d.c. supply
(SSC JE– 2014, Evening Shift) 250 Jele&ve keäJeeFue Deewj 10 ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe 50V
[er.meer. Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[e nw, kegâC[ueer ces ÛegcyekeâerÙe
1
Sol. mebjef#ele Tpee& E  LI 2 Jeenkeâ yeue efkeâlevee nesiee~
2 (HPSSC JE–18.07.2021)
Ldi (t )
ØesjkeâlJe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe e(t )  Sol: N = 250, V = 50V, R = 10
dt V 50
1 i   5Amp
L
i (t )  e(t )dt. ( Q L = 5H) R 10
mmf = NI
1 5 = 250×5
i (t )   30t 2 dt. mmf = 1250 AT Ans.
5 0
5 5 214. Calculate the force experienced by the
1  t3   t3  conductor, with L = 0.5m and B = 4 Wb/m2,
  30    6 
5  3 0  3 0 when the armature current is 5Amp ?
i (t )  2  5  250 A
3 peye DeecexÛej Oeeje 5Amp nes leye L = 0.5m, B = 4
Wb/m2 Jeeues Ûeeuekeâ Éeje DevegYeJe efkeâÙee ieÙee yeue
1 2 1 %eele keâerefpeS~
Q E LI   5  (250)2  156.25KJ Ans.
2 2 (SSC JE–Evening 27–01–2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw– the coil carries a current of 0.5 A, the torque
Ûeeuekeâ keâer uecyeeF& (l) = 0.5 m acting on the coil will be
DeecexÛej Oeeje (Ia) = 5 Amp. Skeâ 200 Jele&ve Jeeueer kegâC[ueer keâer De#eerÙe uecyeeF& 30
ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme IevelJe (B) = 4 Wb/m2 mm leLee ef$epÙee 10 mm nw pees 0.8 T Heäuekeäme IevelJe
yeue (F) = ? Jeeues Skeâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ces kesâefvõle nw~ Ùeefo kegâC[ueer
0.5 A keâer Oeeje Jenve keâjleer nw, kegâC[ueer hej keâeÙe&jle
Formula : Force  F   IBl
yeueeIetCe& nesiee–
F = 5 × 4 0.5
= 20 × 0.5 Sol. efoÙee nw– N=200 turn, l=30 mm, r = 10 mm, I = 0.5
= 10.0 Amp
F  10 N Ans. B = 0.8T
Torque (T) = 2 BIlNr
215. Two long parallel conductors are placed 10 T = 2  0.8  0.5  30  10–3  200  10  10–3
mm apart from each other carrying current of
150 Amperes. What will be force per meter T  0.048 N - m Ans.
length of each one? 218. A point pole having a strength of 10 Wb is
oes uebyes meceeveeblej kebâ[keäšj, pees 10 mm keâer otjer hej placed in a magnetic field at a distance of 250
150 SefcheÙej keâe keâjbš Jenve keâjles nQ~ ØelÙeskeâ kebâ[keäšj mm from another pole in air and is acted upon
keâer uecyeeF& hej Øeefle ceeršj yeue nesiee– by a force of 1.5 N. What is the pole strength of
(UPPCL JE– 11.02.2018, Evening) the other pole?
Sol. Given– I1 = I2 = 150 SefcheÙej 10 Wb meeceLÙe& Jeeues Skeâ efyevog OeÇgJe keâes JeeÙeg ceW Skeâ
l = 1 ceeršj, d = 10 mm Ùee d = 10  10 ceeršj –3 ot mejs OeÇgJe mes 250 mm keâer otjer hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW
SefcheÙej heefjheLe efveÙece (Law) kesâ Devegmeej oes meceevlej ÛeeuekeâeW hej jKee ieÙee nw Deewj efpeme hej 1.5 N keâe yeue keâeÙe&jle nw~
0 r I1I2 l otmejs OeÇgJe keâer OeÇgJe meeceLÙe& keäÙee nw?
ueieves Jeeuee yeue  F  
2d Sol. efoÙee nw– m1=10 Wb, d=250 mm, F = 1.5 N
4  107  1  150  150  1 QF 
m1m 2
F 4 0 r .d 2
2    10  103
2  107  22500 10 m 2
1.5 =
F  0.45
4 4107   25 102 
2
10  103
F  0.45 N Ans. 1.5  162  107 (25 102 ) 2
m2 
216. The force on each of the conductors infinitely 10
long and carrying a current of 1 A separated by m2 = 1.479  10–7 Wb Ans.
a distance of 1m in vacuum is: 219. Two thin long parallel wires separated by a
Demeerefcele uecyeeF& kesâ Ûeeuekeâes pees 1 A keâer Oeeje Jenve keâj distance b are carrying current i amperes
jne nw~ leLee Skeâ ceeršj keâer otjer hej efveJee&le ceW nw, ØelÙeskeâ each. The magnitude of force per unit length
Ûeeuekeâ hej ueieves Jeeuee yeue nQ~ exerted by one wire on the other is
(DMRC JE– 10.04.2018, Second Shift) oes heleues uecyes meceevlej leej pees efkeâ Skeâ–otmejs mes b
Sol. I1  I 2  1A otjer hej nw leLee ØelÙeskeâ i SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje ues peeles nw~
d  1m Skeâ leej kesâ Éeje otmejs leej hej, Øeefle Skeâebkeâ uecyeeF& hej
ueieves Jeeues yeue keâe heefjceeCe...........nw~
Sol.
d=b
I1 = i
I2 = i
force per unit length on each conductor is given by l=1m
2I I F=?
F  1 2  107 N
d  I  I l
2  1 1 F 0 1 2 (r = 1)
F  107 2b
1 0  i  i  l
F
F  2  107 N Ans. 2b
217. A 200 turn coil having an axial length of 30 0 .i 2
mm and a radius of 10 mm is pivoted in a F vÙetšve Ans.
2b
magnetic field having a flux density 0.8 T. If
06.
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe
AC Circuit
In a power triangle, the side representing the
♦
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) apparent power (S) lies in the fourth quadrant. The
load p.f. is– Leading
♦ If the combined generator and line impedance is  Skeâ Meef k eäl e ef $eYeg p e ceW , Yeg p ee DeeYeemeer Meef k eäl e (S) keâes efve™efhele
(5+j10), then for the maximum power transfer to keâjles nw pees ÛelegLe& ÛelegLeeËMe ceW efmLele nw~ Yeej keâe Meefkeäle-iegCekeâ
the load, the load impedance should be– (5–j 10)  ........... nw– De«eieeceer
 Ùeefo mebÙegkeäle peefve$e Deewj ueeF&ve ØeefleyeeOee (5+j10) Deesce nw, leye ♦ A coil with a certain number of turns has a specified
Yeej mes DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle ™heevlejCe kesâ efueS, Yeej ØeefleyeeOee time constant. If the number of turns is doubled, its
nesvee ÛeeefnS– (5–j 10)  time consant would– Fourth time
♦ A voltage source having an internal impedance of  Skeâ ef v eef M Ûele Jele& v e meb K Ùee Jeeueer keg â C[ueer ceW Skeâ efJeefMe<š meceÙe
(8+j6) supplies power to a resistive load. What ef v eÙeleeb k eâ nw ~ Ùeef o Jele& v eeW keâer meb K Ùee oesi eg v eer keâj oer peeS, lees
should be the load resistance for maximum power Fmekeâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ nesiee– Ûeej iegvee nes peeSiee
transferred to it– 10  ♦ A unit step voltage is applied at t = 0 to a series RL
 Skeâ Jeesušlee m$eesle efpemekeâer Deevleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee (8 + j6) Deesce nw circuit with zero initial conditions–
Skeâ ØeeflejesOeer Yeej keâes Meefkeäle Deehete|le keâjles nw~ Fmekesâ efueS The voltage across the resistor
DeefOekeâlece Meefkeäle ™heevlejCe kesâ efueS Yeej ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesvee at t = 0+ is zero
ÛeeefnÙes– 10   t = 0 hej MetvÙe ØeejefcYekeâ efmLeefle kesâ meeLe Skeâ Ùetefveš mšshe
♦ The quantity that contains all the power information Jeesušspe efkeâmeer ßesCeer R-L heefjheLe hej ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw–
in a given load is– Complex power t = 0+ hej ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee MetvÙe nesleer nw~
 Skeâ efoÙes ieÙes Yeej ceW Meefòeâ metÛevee keâer cee$ee............ nesleer nw– ♦ The quantity 2+ j 2 can be expressed in the polar
meefcceße Meefkeäle ceW
form as– 2 2 45°
♦ In a power triangle for load, P represents active
power, Q represents reactive power and S represents  2+ j 2 cee$ee keâes ....... OeÇ g Jeer Ù e ™he ceW JÙekeä l e keâj mekeâles nw–
apparent power. Then magnitude of load power 2 2 45°
P ♦ Sphere gaps are used for the measurement of–
factor is–
S Peak values of voltage
 Yeej kesâ efueS Skeâ Meefkeäle ef$eYegpe ceW, P meef›eâÙe Meefkeäle efve™efhele  ieesuekeâ DeblejeueeW keâe ØeÙeesie ............ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee
keâjlee nw, Q ØeefleIeeleer Meefkeäle efve™efhele keâjlee nw Deewj S DeeYeemeer peelee nw– Jeesušlee keâe efMeKej ceeve
Meefkeäle efve™efhele keâjlee nw~ leye Yeej Meefkeäle-iegCekeâ keâe heefjceeCe (FCI- 4.10.2015)
P ♦ Impedance matching is used to–
............. nw– Both Maximize power transfer to the load &
S
♦ For a 3-phase load balanced condition, each phase Minimize the reflection loss
has the same value of–  Fcheer [ W m e cew e f Û eb i e ØeÙeg k eäle nes l eer nQ–
Impedance, resistance, power factor uees[ hej heeJej nmleeblejCe DeefOekeâlece keâjves kesâ efueS Je
 Skeâ 3- Yeej mevlegefuele efmLeefle kesâ efueS ØelÙeskeâ keâuee ceW efjheäueskeäMeve uee@me vÙetvelece keâjves kesâ efueS oesveeW
.......... keâe ceeve meceeve neslee nw– (BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
ØeefleyeeOee, ØeeflejesOe, Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ ♦ A current is said to be direct current when its–
♦ The reciprocal of reactance called is– Susceptance Magnitude remains constant with time
 efJejesOe (efjSkeäšWme) keâe heejmheefjkeâ efJehejerle keânueelee nw– DevegkeâeÙe&lee  ef k eâmeer Oeeje keâes ef o ° Oeeje keâne peelee nw, peye Fmekeâe–
(UPPCL JE– 2015) heefjceeCe meceÙe kesâ meeLe efmLej jnlee nw
♦ In a power triangle, the side representing the ♦ A boiler at home is switched on to the ac mains
apparent power (S) lies in the first quadrant. The supplying power at 230 V, 50 Hz. The frequency of
load power factor is– lagging instantaneous power consumed is– 100 Hz
 Skeâ Meefkeäle ef$eYegpe ceW, Yegpee DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle (S) keâes efve™efhele  Iej hej Skeâ yeeÙeuej keâes 230 V, 50 Hz hej Meefòeâ keâer Deehete|le
keâjlee nw pees ØeLece ÛelegLeeËMe ceW efmLele nw~ Yeej keâe Meefkeäle-iegCekeâ keâjves Jeeues S.meer. cesve hej efmJeÛe efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees leel#eefCekeâ
............nw– heMÛeieeceer Meefòeâ Kehele keâer DeeJe=efòe nesieer– 100 Hz
AC Circuit 315 YCT
♦ The maximum power will be transferred from a ♦ In an a.c. circuit, the apparent power in complex
voltage source to a load when– form is equal to–
The source impedance is equal to that Phasor voltage  conjugate of phasor current
of the load impedance  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW, meefcceße kesâ ™he ceW
 Skeâ Jeesušlee œeesle mes Yeej keâes DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveevleefjle DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle.........kesâ yejeyej nw–
nesieer, peye– œeesle ØeefleyeeOee, Yeej ØeefleyeeOee kesâ yejeyej nes~ Hesâpej Jeesušlee  Hesâpej Oeeje keâe mebÙegiceer
♦ The rated voltage of a 3-phase power system is ♦ In the complex number 4+j 7, 7 is called the .........
given as– rms line-to-line voltage component– Quadrature
 3- Meefòeâ ØeCeeueer keâer efveOee&efjle Jeesušlee efkeâme ™he ceW oer peeleer  meefcceße mebKÙee 4+j 7 ceW, 7 ......... DeJeÙeJe keânueelee nw–
nw– Deej.Sce.Sme. ueeFve mes ueeFve Jeesušlee heeoefmLeefle (#es$ekeâueve)
♦ If two identical first order low-pass filters are ♦ The reciprocal of a complex number results in a–
cascaded non-interactively, then the unit step Complex number
response of the composite filter will be–  Skeâ meefcceße mebKÙee kesâ JÙegl›eâce heefjceeCe ceW Skeâ .......... nesleer
Critically damped nw– meefcceße mebKÙee
 Ùeefo oes Skeâmeceeve ØeLece keâesefš kesâ efvecve heeme efheâušj iewj hejmhej
1060 220
™he mes keâemkesâ[ efkeâS ieS nes, leye keâcheesefpeš efheâušj keâe Ùegefveš ♦ The value of will be– 40o
4
mšshe Devegef›eâÙee keäÙee nesieer– ›eâebeflekeâ ™he mes DeJecebefole 5  40 
♦ Amount of light produced by a lamp or the amount  1060 220 keâe ceeve nesiee– 40o
4
of heat produced by an iron is proportional to the– 540
Square of RMS value ♦ Advantage of active filter is– Easy to tune
 Skeâ uewche kesâ Éeje GlheVe ngF& ØekeâeMe keâer cee$ee Ùee Skeâ ueewn kesâ  meef›eâÙe efheâušj keâe ueeYe nw– šŸettve keâjves ceW Deemeeve
Éeje GlheVe ngF& T<cee keâer cee$ee...... meceevegheeleer nesleer nw– ♦ The formula for reactive power in a 3–phase system–
Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue ceeve keâe Jeie& kesâ 3 VL I L sin
♦ Two impedances (16 + j12) and (6 + j10) are
connected in series the net impedance will be–  3– heæefle ceW efjSefkeäšJe Meefòeâ kesâ efueS met$e nw–
(22 + j22) 3 VL I L sin
 oes ØeefleyeeOeeSB (16 + j12) Deewj (6 + j10) ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[er ngF& nw ♦ Three phase balanced load means, all the three phase
meceleguÙe ØeefleyeeOee nesieer– (22 + j22) has– Equal power factor and phase current
♦ A coil has a reactance of 100 ohms at 100 Hz. The  leerve hesâpe (3–) meblegefuele uees[ keâe DeLe&, meYeer leerve hesâpe nw–
reactance of this coil at 1 kHz will be– 1 k ohms meceeve Meefòeâ iegCekeâ Deewj hesâpe ceW Oeeje
 Skeâ kegâC[ueer keâe ØeefleIeele 100 nšd&pe hej 100 Deesce nw ~ lees 1 ♦ In the complex number 4+j7, 7 is called the .............
kHz hej Fme kegâC[ueer keâe ØeefleIeele nesiee– 1 k ohms component– Imaginary
♦ If the load p.f. is 75%, then the apparent power  meefcceße mebKÙee 4+j7 ceW 7........... DeJeÙeJe keânueelee nw–
utilised by the load is– 75% keâeuheefvekeâ
 Ùeefo Yeej keâe Meefkeäle-iegCekeâ 75 ØeefleMele nw, leye Yeej kesâ Éeje
♦ What frequency will be the fourth harmonic of 12
GheÙeesie keâer ieÙeer DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle ............ nw– 75% MHz– 48 MHz
♦ The conductance and inductive susceptance of a  12 cesiee nšd&pe keâe ÛelegLe& neceexefvekeäme keäÙee nesieer– 48 cesieenšd&pe
circuit have the same magnitude. The power factor
of the circuit is– 0.707 ♦ In a balanced star connected system–
Line voltage are 1200 apart
 Skeâ heefjheLe keâe ÛeeuekeâlJe Deewj ØesjkeâerÙe memeshšsvme meceeve heefjceeCe
 Skeâ mevlegefuele mšej mebÙeespeve heæefle ceW–
kesâ nw~ heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ..........nw– 0.707
ueeFve Jeesušlee 1200 otj neslee nw
♦ The frequency and time domain are related through–
♦ The conjugate of (–a–jb) is– –a + jb
Both laplace transform and fourier integral
 (–a–jb) keâe mebÙegiceer nw– –a + jb
 DeeJe=efòe Deewj [escesve Deeheme ceW.............kesâ ceeOÙece mes mebyebOe jKeles
♦ We have assigned a frequency of 50 Hz to power
nQ– uee@hueeme šê@vmeHeâece& Deewj heâesefjÙej meceekeâefuele oesveeW system because it– Gives best result when used
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm) for operating both lights and machinery
♦ The current taken from a 230V, 50Hz supply is  Meefòeâ ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS Skeâ 50 nš&pe kesâ DeeJe=efòe keâes nceW meeQhee
measured as 10 A with a lagging p.f. of 0.7. A ieÙee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen–
capacitor is connected in parallel with the load. The
true power– Remains unchanged DeÛÚe heefjCeece oslee nw, peye oerhekeâ (ØekeâeMe) Deewj
 Skeâ 230 Jeesuš, 50 nšd&pe Deehetefle& mes ueer ieÙeer Oeeje Skeâ 0.7 keâue-hegpex oesveeW kesâ heefjÛeeueve kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ nw
he§eieeceer Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ kesâ meeLe pees efkeâ 10 SefcheÙej ceeefhele nw ♦ An alternating current whose average value is 1A
Yeej kesâ meeLe meceeveevlej ceW Skeâ mebOeeefj$e mebÙeesefpele nw~ meef›eâÙe will produce ............. 1A d.c. under similar
Meefòeâ.......... DeheefjJeefle&le jnleer nw conditions– Less than heat
♦ The kVA drawn by an a.c. circuit is given by (3+j 4)  Skeâ 1 Sef c heÙej Deew mele ceeve keâer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje meceeve oMee kesâ
kVA. The active power drawn by the circuit is–3kW Devleie&le 1 SefcheÙej efo° Oeeje mes.....Glheeefole keâjsiee– efvecve T<cee
 Skeâ S.meer heefjheLe Éeje ueer ieÙeer kVA, (3 + j4) kVA efoÙee ♦ The average value of sin  over a complete cycle is–
2
ieÙee nw~ heefjheLe kesâ Éeje Øeoe|Mele meef›eâÙe Meefkeäle ............ nw– 1/2
3 efkeâueesJee@š  Skeâ het Ce& Ûe›eâ hej sin 2
 keâe Deew m ele ceeve...........nw – 1/2
AC Circuit 316 YCT

♦ The 3 phase supply system voltage in India is  Skeâ Iej keâer cegKÙe Deehetefle& 230 Jeesuš, 50 nš&dpe nw~ Skeâ
............... V– 415 JÙeefòeâ kesâ Éeje DevegYeJe efkeâÙee ieÙee efJeYeJe Devlej pees Ûeeuekeâ keâes
 Yeejle ceW leerve hesâpe mehueeF& heæefle keâe Jeesušlee......... Jeesuš nw– Úgves mes Ieefšle neslee nw– 325V
415 ♦ Radio frequency choke is– Air-cored
♦ In an a.c. circuit v(t) = 20 sin(314t+5/6) and i(t) =
 jsef[Ùees DeeJe=efòe Ûeeskeâ nw– nJee-keâesj
10 sin(314t+2/3). The p.f. of the circuit is– 0.866 lag
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW, v(t) = 20 sin(314t+5/6) Deewj ♦ For greater accuracy, the value of  (i.e. phase angle)
should be determined from– tan 
i(t) = 10 sin(314t+2/3) heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nw–
 DeefOekeâlece ÙeLeeLe&lee kesâ efueS,  keâe ceeve (DeLee&led hesâpe keâesCe)
0.866 heMÛe
♦ A choke is preferred to a resistance for limiting
..........mes %eele nesvee ÛeeefnS– tan 
current in an a.c. circuit because– ♦ If the lagging reactive power of an a.c. circuit
There is no wastage of energy increases, the power factor of the circuit–
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâes meerefcele keâjves kesâ Is decreased
 Ùeefo Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe keâer heMÛeieeceer Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ
efueS Skeâ ØeeflejesOe mes Skeâ Ûeeskeâ GheÙegòeâ (hemeboeroe) nw–
keâesF& Tpee& yeskeâej veneR peeleer yeÌ{leer nw, lees heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ– Iešlee nw
♦ If an alternating current of 50 Hz is flowing in a ♦ Reactive power in an a.c. circuit is–
circuit, the current becomes zero– 100 times A liability on the circuit
 Ùeefo Skeâ 50 nšd&pe keâer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Skeâ heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ........nw–
nes jner nw, Oeeje MetvÙe nes peeleer nw– 100 yeej heefjheLe hej Skeâ oeefÙelJe
♦ A current of 5mA flows in a resistance less choke ♦ A low power factor of the circuit means that it will–
from a 220 V alternating source. The energy Draw more reactive power
consumed in the choke is– Zero  Skeâ ef v ecve Meef òeâ-ieg C ekeâ kes â heefjheLe keâe leelheÙe& nw efkeâ
 Skeâ ØeeflejesOe nerve Ûeeskeâ ceW 5 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje Skeâ 220 Jeesuš Ùen............ DelÙeefOekeâ Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ uesieer
ØelÙeeJeleea m$eesle mes ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ Ûeeskeâ ceW Kehele ♦ In a circuit element, the p.d. is higher than the
Tpee&...........nw– MetvÙe applied voltage of the source. That will be–
♦ Each of the three coils generates an e.m.f. of 230V. An a.c. circuit
The e.m.f. of second leads that of the first by 1200  Skeâ heefjheLe DeJeÙeJe ceW, efJeYeJeevlej ØeÙegòeâ Œeesle Jeesušlee mes
and the third lags behind the first by the same angle. DeefOekeâ nw, lees Ùen...........nesiee– Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe
The resultant e.m.f. across the series combination of ♦ Wattless current is said to flow when phase angle
the coils is– Zero Volt between voltage and current is– 90o
 ØelÙeskeâ leerve kegâC[efueÙeeB 230 Jeesuš keâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue  Meefòeânerve Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw peye Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje
(e.m.f.) GlheVe keâjleer nw~ efÉleerÙe keâe efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue pees efkeâ kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe keâesCe..........nw– 90o
120º ôeje ØeLece mes De«e nw Deewj le=leerÙe meceeve keâesCe kesâ Éeje ♦ A load is operating at a leading power factor. For
ØeLece mes heerÚs nw~ kegâC[ueer kesâ ßesCeer mebÙeespeve kesâ S›eâeme heefjCeeceer power factor correction, we should connect.......... in
efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (e.m.f).......... nw– MetvÙe Jeesuš parallel with the load– Inductor
♦ An electric bulb rated at 220 V is connected to 220  Skeâ Yeej De«eieeceer Meef òeâ-ieg Cekeâ hej ØeÛeeef uele nes jne nw~ Meefòeâ-
V, 5 Hz a.c. source. Then the bulb– iegCekeâ megOeej kesâ efueS, Yeej kesâ meeLe meceeveevlej ceW..........nceW
Glows intermittently mebÙeesefpele keâjvee ÛeeefnS– Øesjkeâ
 220 Jeesuš hej efveOee&efjle Skeâ efJeÅegle yeuJe 220 Jeesuš 5 nšd&pe ♦ The voltage applied in a circuit is given by 100 
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) Œeesle mes mebÙeesefpele nw~ leye yeuye– 60° volts. It can be written as– 100 –300o volts
™keâ-™keâ keâj oerefhle nesieer  Skeâ heefjheLe cesW ØeÙegkeäle Jeesušlee 100  60° Jeesušdme kesâ Éeje
♦ An a.c. source is 120 V, 60 Hz. The value of voltage efoÙee ieÙee nw~ Ùen ........ keâer lejn efueKee pee mekeâlee nw–
after 1/720 sec from start is– 84.8 V 100 –300o Jeesušdme
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Œeesle 120 Jeesuš, 60 nšd&pe nw~ ØeejcYe mes
♦ The phasor 860 is identical to– o
8780o
1/720 meskesâC[ kesâ yeeo Jeesušspe keâe ceeve...... nw– 84.8 V  Hesâpej 860o ........... kesâ meceeve nw– 8780o
♦ An a.c. of frequency f is flowing in a circuit ♦ For addition or subtraction of phasors, we use
containing only a choke coil L. If Vm and Im ............. form– Rectangular
represent the peak values of voltage and current
 Hesâpej kesâ Ùeesie Ùee IešeJe kesâ efueS, nce .......... ™he keâe ØeÙeesie
respectively, the average power supplied by the
source is– Zero keâjles nw– DeeÙeleekeâej
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) keâer DeeJe=efòe (f) Skeâ heefjheLe ceW kesâJeue ♦ A 10 mH inductor carries a sinusoidal current of 1 A
Skeâ Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer (L) Ùegòeâ ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw~ Ùeefo Vm Deewj rms at a frequency of 50 Hz, The average power
Im ›eâceMe: Jeesušspe kesâ efMeKej ceeve Deewj Oeeje keâes ›eâceMe: dissipated by the inductor is– Zero W
ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw, Œeesle kesâ Éeje Deehetefle& keâer ieÙeer Deewmele Meefòeâ  Skeâ 10 mH keâe Øes j keâ 50 Hz keâer DeeJe= e f òe hej 1 A
nw– MetvÙe Deej.Sce.Sme. keâer pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje Jenve keâjlee nw, lees Øesjkeâ Éeje
♦ The mains supply of a house is 230V,50 Hz. The #eÙe keâer ieF& Deewmele Meefòeâ nesieer– MetvÙe W
potential difference experienced by a person who ♦ Identify the wave form shown in the figure below-
happens to touch the line is– 325V Pulse wave
AC Circuit 317 YCT
 veerÛes oer ieÙeer Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS lejbie ™he keâes henÛeeveW-  efkeâmeer S.meer. heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje kesâ ceOÙe keâesCe keâer
Heume JesJe keâespÙee, peeveer peeleer nw - Meefòeâ iegCekeâ
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
♦ What is the value of form factor for alternating
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) voltage or current varying sinusoidally - 1.11
♦ In an AC circuit, the apparent power is 250 VA and  ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe Ùee Oeeje, heefjJeleea pÙeeJe›eâerÙe kesâ efueS ™he
active power is 200 W. Find the reactive power- iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nw - 1.11
150 VAr
 efkeâmeer Smeer (AC) heefjheLe ceW, DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ (apparent (DMRC JE-20.02.2020), (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
♦ wer factor can be increased by -
power) 250 VA nw Deewj meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ (active power) 200
Using synchronous motor
W nw~ ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ (reactive power) %eele keâerefpeS-
150 VAr
 heeJej hewâkeäšj keâes yeÌ{eÙee pee mekeâlee nw -
(UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I) efmeb›eâesveme ceesšj keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ
♦ If the voltage applied to a load is 100 sin 500t and (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
current through the load is 10sin(500t+60°) A, then ♦ If the voltage and current in A.C. circuit is 90º out of
the power consumed by the load is- 250 W phase, then the power in the circuit will be– Zero
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer uees[ hej Deejesefhele Jeesušspe 100 sin 500t nw Deewj  Ùeefo A.C. heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee leLee Oeeje 90º hesâpe mes yeenj nw lees
uees[ mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje 10sin(500t+60º) nw lees uees[ heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ nesieer - MetvÙe
Éeje keâer ieF& efJeÅegle Kehele efkeâlevee nesiee- 250 W (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
(UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I) ♦ What is the value of peak factor for an alternating
♦ What is formula for form factor of an alternating current or voltage - 1.414
voltage waveform -
R.M.S. Value  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Ùee Jeesušspe kesâ efueÙes heerkeâ hewâkeäšj keâe ceeve keäÙee
Average Value nw- 1.414
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe lejbie keâs ™he iegCeebkeâ kesâ efueS met$e keäÙee (UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021, Shift-I)
Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve (PGCIL NR-II 13.08.2021)
nw- ♦ The form factor of a............ wave is 1- Square
Deewmele ceeve  efkeâme lejbie keâe ™he keâejkeâ 1 neslee nw - Jeie&
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) ♦ When a 15V square wave is connected across a 50
(Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019, 03 -05 PM) V. A.C. voltmeter, it will read 15V
(PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift)  peye Skeâ 15V Jeie& lejbie keâes 50 V A.C. Jeesušceeršj mes peesÌ[e
♦ The average value of current for a pure sine wave is– peelee nw lees Ùen heÌ{siee - 15V
2 I m ax (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
or 0.637Imax
 ♦ ...........set of positive and negative values as an
 efkeâmeer Megæ pÙee-lejbie kesâ efueS Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve neslee nw– alternating quantity is known as a cycle-One complete
2 I m ax  efkeâmeer ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe kesâ Oeveelcekeâ Deewj $e+Ceelcekeâ ceeveeW keâe
Ùee 0.637Imax ..........mesš, Skeâ Ûe›eâ kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw- Skeâ hetCe&

(MP JE -2016), (SSC JE -2013) (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
♦ If the kVAR of an electric circuit is equal to 'ZERO', ♦ A quantity which changes its polarity at regular
then the operating power factor of the same circuit is intervals, is called - An alternating quantity
equal to - 1  Jen jeefMe pees efveÙeefcele meceÙeeblejeue hej Deheveer OeÇgJelee heefjJeefle&le
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer efJeÅegle heefjheLe keâe kVAR ‘MetvÙe’ kesâ yejeyej nw lees keâjleer jnleer nw..............keânueeleer nw - ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe
Gmeer heefjheLe keâe mebÛeeueve Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nesiee - 1
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
♦ For a sinusoidal waveform, the RMS value of
♦ Which inverter output waveforms are better
current will be …………times the maximum value
compared to square wave- Quasi sine wave, of current. 0.707
Pulse width Modulation, sine wave
 keâewve mee FveJeš&j DeeGšhegš lejbie Skeâ Jeie& lejbie keâer leguevee ceW  Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâer Ù e lejb i e®he kes â ef ueS, Oeeje keâe RMS ceeve, Oeeje kesâ
yesnlej nw- keäJeeefme meeFve JesJe, heume efJe[dLe cees[dÙetuesMeve, Deef O ekeâlece ceeve keâe ...............ieg v ee nes i ee - 0.707
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
meeFve JesJe
Note: Meer<e& iegCeebkeâ Ùee DeefOekeâlece iegCeebkeâ
(UPSSSC JE-19.12.2021)
♦ The ratio of real power to apparent power of a Maximum value
C.F. Ùee P.F. =
load is : cos  (Power Factor) R.M.S. value
 Skeâ efJeÅegle Yeej keâer JeemleefJekeâ leLee DeeYeemeer MeefòeâÙeeW keâe for sinusoidal waveform -
Devegheele nw : cos  (Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ) The crest factor or Peak factor = 2 =1.414
(MP JE -2015)
♦ The cosine of the angle between voltage and current Maximum value
RMS   0.707  Maximum value
in an AC circuit is known as: Power factor 2
AC Circuit 318 YCT
♦ Which signals are continuous and can vary in wide  Fmes Deesÿe cee$ekeâ cebs XL Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ keâjles nQ~
range of values - Analog signals DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs–
 keâewve-mes efmeiveue efvejvlej nesles nQ Deewj ceeveeW keâer JÙeehekeâ meercee ceW
heefjJeefle&le nes mekeâles nQ - Sveeuee@ie efmeiveue X L  .L  2fL 
(PGCIL NR-II 13.08.2021) (ii) Oeeefjlee ØeefleIeele (Capacitive Reactance)
♦ The method used for average value determination is  Ùen DeØeeflejesOeer mebOeeefj$e (kewâheeefmešj/kebâ[Wmej) keâe JewÅegle iegCe nw,
convenient for non-sinusoidal waves -
pees Jeesušspe keâe efJejesOe keâjlee nQ~
Mid-ordinate method
 Deewmele ceeve efveOee&jCe kesâ efueS GheÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer keâewve meer  Fmes Deesÿe cee$ekeâ cebs XC Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ keâjles nQ~
efJeefOe vee@ve-meeFveesmee@F[ue lejbieeW kesâ efueS megefJeOeepevekeâ nesleer nw- DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs–
ceOÙe-keâesefš efJeefOe 1 1
XC   
(PGCIL NR-II 13.08.2021) .C 2f C
♦ In phasor representation of alternating quantity, the
sinusoidally varying alternating quantity can be ØeefleyeeOee (Impedance)
represented graphically by -  Ùen ØeeflejesOe (R) leLee ØeefleIeele (X) keâe meefoMe Ùeesie nw~
A straight line with an arrow  Fmes Deesÿe () cee$ekeâ cebs Z Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ keâjles
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe kesâ hesâpej efve™heCe ceW pÙeeJe›eâerÙe ™he mes nQ~
heefjJeleea ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâes .............ôeje efÛe$eelcekeâ ™he mes DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs–
oMee&Ùee pee mekeâlee nw - Skeâ leerj kesâ meeLe Skeâ meerOeer jsKee
♦
(PGCIL NR-II 13.08.2021)
Associated with current-time graph given here is-
Z R 2
 X2  
Alternating current ÙeneB hej X   X L X C  

 efoÙes ieÙes Oeeje-meceÙe «eeheâ mes mecyeefvOele nw - ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Deesÿe kesâ efveÙeceevegmeej, Øe. Oee. heefjheLe cebs ØeefleyeeOee (Z) keâe ceeve,
Jeesušlee (V) leLee (I) keâe Devegheele neslee nw~
ÛeeuekeâlJe DeLeJee mebJeenkeâlJe (Conductance)
 Ùen ØeeflejesOe (R) keâe efJeueesce (reciprocal) neslee nw~
 Fmes cnes (mho) cee$ekeâ cebs G Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ keâjles
nQ, DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs–
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
1
heefjYeeef<ele MeyoeJeueer G cnes
R
(Defining Terminology)
DevegkeâeÙe&lee (Susceptance)
keâueevlej leLee keâuee keâesCe
 Ùen ØeefleIeele (X) keâe efJeueesce nesleer nw~
(Phase Difference and Phase Angle)
 Fmes cnes (mho) cee$ekeâ cebs B Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ keâjles
 keâueevlej efkeâvneR oes ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMeÙeeW keâer efmLeefleÙeeW ceW Devlej keâes
metefÛele keâjlee nw~ nQ, DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs–
 Fmemes oes ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMeÙeeW kesâ Deeies Ùee heerÚs nesves keâer peevekeâejer 1
B cnes
Øeehle nesleer nw~ X
 efpeme ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve DeLeJee MetvÙe ceeve Ùen oes Øekeâej keâe neslee nw-
(oesveeW ceW mes efkeâmeer Skeâ keâe ceeve) henues Deelee nw, Jen jeefMe (i) hesÇjefCekeâ DevegkeâeÙe&lee (Inductive Susceptance)
(meefoMe Ùee lejbie) De«eieeceer (leading) nesleer nw~
 Ùen hesÇjefCekeâ ØeefleIeele (XL) keâe efJeueesce nesleer nw~
 efpeme ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve Ùee MetvÙe ceeve yeeo ceW
 Fmes cnes (mho) cee$ekeâ cebs BL Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ
heerÚs Deelee nw, Jen jeefMe (meefoMe Ùee lejbie) heMÛeieeceer
(lagging) nesleer nw~
keâjles nQ, DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs–
 oes ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMeÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe kesâ keâesCe keâes keâuee keâesCe keânles nw~ 1
BL  cnes
ØeefleIeele (Reactance) XL
 Ùen Tpee& meb«en keâjves Jeeues DeJeÙeJeeW (hesÇjkeâ leLee mebOeeefj$e) keâe (ii) mebOeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee (Capacitive Susceptance)
JewÅegle iegCe nw, pees Oeeje keâe efJejesOe keâjlee nw~  Ùen mebOeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) keâe efJeueesce nesleer nw~
 Fmes Deesÿe () cee$ekeâ cebs X Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ keâjles
 Fmes cnes (mho) cee$ekeâ cebs BC Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ
nQ~ Ùen efvecveefueefKele oes Øekeâej keâe neslee nw– keâjles nQ, DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs–
(i) ØesjefCekeâ ØeefleIeele (Inductive Reactance)
 Ùen ØeeflejesOe jefnle ØeefleIeelekeâ (efjSkeäšj/keâe@Fue/Ûeeskeâ) keâe JewÅegle 1
BC  cnes
iegCe nw, pees Oeeje keâe efJejesOe keâjlee nw~ XC
AC Circuit 319 YCT

ØeJesMÙelee (Admittance) ♦ A supply voltage of 230 V, 50 Hz is fed to a
residential building, the equation for instantaneous
 Ùen ØeefleyeeOee (Z) keâe efJeueesce nesleer nw~
value– 325.27 sin 314.16t
 Fmes cnes (mho) cee$ekeâ cebs Y Øeleerkeâelcekeâ De#ej mes JÙeòeâ keâjles  DeeJeemeerÙe YeJeve keâes 230 V, 50 Hz keâer Deehetefle& Jeesušspe Øeoeve
nQ~ keâer peeleer nw, leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve kesâ efueS meceerkeâjCe nesiee–
DeLee&led met$e ™he cebs– 325.27 sin 314.16t
1 (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
Y cnes ♦ The r.m.s value of pure cosine function is-
Z 0.707 of peak value
 Megæ keâespÙee heâueve keâe r.m.s ceeve efkeâlevee neslee nw-
1  1  2  1 2 
leLee        cnes efMeKej ceeve keâe 0.707
Z  R   X   (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
♦ The form factor of 220 V, 50Hz AC waveform is- 1.11
Y G 2
 B2  cnes  Skeâ 220V, 50Hz AC lejbie keâe ™he iegCekeâ ---- neslee nw- 1.11
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 Fme Øekeâej ØeJesMÙelee (Y) keâe ceeve ÛeeuekeâlJe (G) leLee ♦ In AC parallel circuit, the angle between voltage and
current of each branch will by- Different
DevegkeâeÙe&lee (B) keâe meefoMe Ùeesie kesâ leguÙe neslee nw~  AC meceeveeblej heefjheLe ceW, ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee kesâ Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje
♦ Which factor have value of 1.1 for sinusoidal kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe ----- nesiee~ efYeVe
alternating current only - Form factor (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 kesâJeue pÙeeJe›eâerÙe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje kesâ efueS efkeâve keâejkeâeW keâe ceeve ♦ The frequency of an alternating quantity is–
1.1 nw - ™he iegCeebkeâ The number of cycles completed per second
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)  ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâer DeeJe=efòe nesleer nw-
♦ The integration and derivative of a sinusoidal Øeefle meskeâC[ hetCe& Ûe›eâeW keâer mebKÙee
function of AC is - Sinusoidal function (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 AC pÙeeJe›eâerÙe heâueve keâe meceekeâueve Deewj DeJekeâue nw- ♦ The average power of an AC circuit- VI cos 
pÙeeJe›eâerÙe heâueve  AC heefjheLe keâer Deewmele Meefòeâ nesleer nw- VI cos 
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021) (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
♦ For an alternating voltage or current, one cycle is
♦ The values of an alternating voltage or current equal to– Two alternation
represent the real magnitude– R.M.S value  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee Ùee Oeeje kesâ efueS Skeâ Ûe›eâ............kesâ
 ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee Ùee Oeeje kesâ ceeve keâes JeemleefJekeâ heefjceeCe ceW yejeyej neslee nw– oes ØelÙeeJele&ve
efve™efhele keâjlee nw– Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) ♦ The crest value of an alternating quantity is equal to
♦ The total opposition offered to the flow of current in its- Maximum value
A.C. circuit is called– Impedance  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâe Meer<e& ceeve Fmekesâ.......... kesâ yejeyej neslee
 efkeâmeer S.meer. heefjheLe ceW Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen kesâ kegâue efJejesOe keâes keäÙee nw - DeefOekeâlece ceeve
keâne peelee nw– ØeefleyeeOee (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) ♦ The average value and the R.M.S value are equal
♦ At resonance frequency, the inductive reactance for- Square wave
value is the same as– Reactance of the capacitor  Deewmele ceeve Deewj Deej.Sce.Sme. (RMS) ceeve meceeve nesles nw -
 Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe hej, ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele keâe ceeve ....... kesâ yejeyej Jeie& lejbie kesâ efueS
neslee nw– mebOeeefj$e keâs ØeefleIeele (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) ♦ For an alternating voltage or current one alternation
♦ RMS value is defined based on– Heating effect is equal to - One half cycle
 RMS ceeve keâes.........kesâ DeeOeej hej heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–  ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee Ùee Oeeje kesâ efueS Skeâ ØelÙeeJele&ve kesâ yejeyej
leeheerÙe ØeYeeJe nw- Skeâ DeOe& Ûe›eâ
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
♦ What do you mean by instantaneous value of an Note:- Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe Ùee Oeeje kesâ efueS Skeâ ØelÙeeJele&ve One
electric current– It is the value of an alternating half cycle kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~ peyeefkeâ Skeâ Complete cycle ceW oes
quantity in the cycle at a particular ØelÙeeJele&ve neslee nw~
instant of time
 efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ leel#eefCekeâ ceeve mes Deehe keâe keäÙee leelheÙe& nw–
Ùen Skeâ efJeMes<e #eCe hej Ûe›eâ ceW Skeâ
ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâe ceeve nw~
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
♦ The reactive power component kVAR–
 and kVA sin
kWtan  ♦ The frequency of Direct current source is- Zero
 Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue Meefkeäle Ieškeâ kVAR– kWtan Deewj kVA sin
  efo° Oeeje Œeesle keâer DeeJe=efòe nesleer nw- MetvÙe
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) (UPSSSC JE-19.12.2021)
AC Circuit 320 YCT
♦ The ratio of the peak value of a wave to its RMS  Skeâ heefjheLe DeJeÙeJe kesâ ceeOÙece mes Jeesušlee leLee Oeeje lejbie kesâ
value is defined as - Peak Factor yeerÛe keâueevlej 30º kesâ ™he ceW efoÙee ieÙee nw~ DeeJeMÙekeâ efmLeefle nw
 efkeâmeer lejbie kesâ efMeKej ceeve Deewj Gme lejbie kesâ Deej.Sce.Sme. efkeâ– oesveeW lejbies Skeâ meceeve DeeJe=efòe keâer nesveer ÛeeefnS~
(RMS) ceeve kesâ Devegheele keâes keäÙee keâne peelee nw- efMeKej iegCekeâ ♦ Power factor of an electrical circuit is equal to–
(UPSSSC JE-19.12.2021) R/Z, cosine of phase angle
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) between current and voltage, kW/kVA
(PGCIL E.R.1 13.09.2018 IInd shift)  Skeâ efJeÅegleerÙe heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ........kesâ yejeyej neslee nw–
♦ The average of all the instantaneous values of a ØeeflejesOe/ØeefleyeeOee, Oeeje Deewj Jeesušlee kesâ yeerÛe yeves hesâpe
sinusoidal quantity over a cycle is– Zero
 pÙeeJe›eâerÙe jeefMe kesâ meYeer leel#eefCekeâ ceeveeW keâe Deewmele ceeve Skeâ keâesCe keâer keâespÙee, efkeâueesJeeš/efkeâuees Jeesuš SefcheÙej
Ûe›eâ ceW neslee nw– MetvÙe ♦ The best place to install a capacitor is–
(DMRC JE- 2017) Across the terminals of the inductive load
(LMRC SCTO, 16.04.2018 -Ist shift)  Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes mLeeefhele keâjves keâe meyemes DeÛÚe mLeeve nw–
(UPSSSC JE 19.12.2021) ØesjkeâerÙe uees[ šefce&veue kesâ Deej-heej
♦ The period of a wave is– ♦ Poor power factor resulting–
Time required to complete one cycle Reduces load handling capability of electrical
 Skeâ lejbie keâer DeJeefOe nesleer nw– system, results in more power losses in the
Skeâ Ûe›eâ hetje keâjves kesâ efueÙes DeeJeMÙekeâ meceÙe electrical system, overloads alternators,
♦ If two sinusoidals of the same frequency but of transformers and distribution lines
different amplitudes and phase angles are subtracted,  Kejeye Meef ò eâ ieg Cekeâ keâe heefjCeece neslee nw–
the resultant is– A sinusoidal of the same frequency ef J eÅeg l eer Ùe heæef l e keâer Yeej OeejCe #ecelee keâce nes peeleer nw,
 Ùeefo meceeve DeeJe=efòe keâer hejvleg efYeVe-efYeVe DeeÙeecees leLee keâuee efJeÅegleerÙe heæefle ceW DeefOekeâ Meefòeâ neefve keâe keâejCe yevelee
keâesCeeW kesâ oes pÙeeJe›eâeW keâes IešeÙee peelee nw lees heefjCeeceer nw– nw, ØelÙeeJele&keâeW, heefjCeeefce$eeW Deewj efJelejCe ueeFveesb kesâ
Skeâ meceeve DeeJe=efòe keâer Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâ DeefOekeâ Yeej kesâ keâejCe
♦ If two sine waves of the same frequency have a ♦ Capacitors for power factor correction are rated in–
phase difference of /2 radians, then– kVAR
one wave reaches its maximum value, the other  Meefòeâ iegCekeâ mebMeesOeve kesâ efueS mebOeeefj$e ......... ceW efveOee&efjle nesles
will reach its minimum value nw– efkeâueesJeesuš SefcheÙej efjSefkeäšJe
 Ùeefo Skeâ meceeve DeeJe=efòe keâer oes pÙee lejbieeW ceW /2 jsef[Ùeve keâe ♦ Inductance effects the direct current flow–
keâueevlej nw, leye– Skeâ lejbie Deheves DeefOekeâlece ceeve hej At the time of turning ON and OFF
hengBÛeleer nw, otmejer Deheves vÙetvelece ceeve hej hengBÛesieer  Øes j keâlJe, ef o ° Oeeje ØeJeen keâes ØeYeeefJele keâjlee nw–
♦ The voltage of domestic supply is 220 V. This figure šefveËie Dee@ve Deewj šefveËie Dee@Heâ meceÙe hej
represents– R.M.S. value ♦ All the rules and laws of D.C. circuit also apply to
 Iejsuet mehueeF& keâer Jeesušlee 220 Jeesuš nesleer nw~ Ùen DeebkeâÌ[e A.C. circuit containing– Resistance only
ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw– Jeie&ceeOÙe cetue ceeve  [ermeer meefke&âš kesâ meYeer efveÙece Deewj efJeefOe........ Ùegòeâ S.meer.
♦ Two waves of the same frequency have opposite meefke&âš kesâ efueÙes ueeiet nesles nw– kesâJeue ØeeflejesOe
phase when the phase angle between them is– 180o ♦ Power factor of the which circuit will be zero–
 Skeâ meceeve DeeJe=efòe keâer oes lejbies efJehejerle Hesâpe ceW nesleer nw, peye Pure Inductance, pure capacitance
Gvekesâ yeerÛe hesâpe keâesCe........neslee nw– 180o  efkeâme heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ MetvÙe nesiee–
♦ The power consumed in a circuit element will be Megæ ØesjkeâlJe, Megæ Oeeefjlee
least when the phase difference between the current ♦ Power factor of the which circuit will be unity–
and voltage is– 90o Resistance
 Skeâ heefjheLe DeJeÙeJe ceW Meefòeâ keâer Kehele vÙetvelece nesieer peye Oeeje  efkeâme heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ FkeâeF& nesiee– ØeeflejesOe
leLee Jeesušlee kesâ yeerÛe keâueevlej nw– 90o ♦ Power factor of the system is kept high–
♦ For the same peak value which wave will have the To reduce line losses, to maximise the utilization
highest r.m.s. value– Square wave of the capacities of generators,
 Skeâ meceeve Meer<e& ceeve kesâ efueS efkeâme lejbie keâe DeefOekeâlece Jeie& lines and transformers, to reduce
ceeOÙe cetue ceeve nesiee– Jeiee&keâej lejbie voltage regulation of the line
♦ For the same peak value, which wave has the least  ØeCeeueer keâe Meef òeâ ieg Cekeâ GÛÛe jKee peelee nw–
mean value– Half wave rectified sine wave ueeFve neefveÙeeB keâce keâjves kesâ efueÙes leLee peefve$ees, ueeFvees
 Skeâ meceeve Meer<e& ceeve kesâ efueS efkeâme lejbie keâe vÙetvelece ceeOÙe ceeve Deewj heefjCeeefce$ees keâer #eceleeDeeW keâer GheÙeesefielee keâes
nw– Deæ& lejbie efoef°ke=âle pÙee lejbie DeefOekeâ keâjves efueÙes, ueeFve keâer Jeesušlee
♦ The phase difference between voltage and current efveÙeceve keâes Ieševes kesâ efueÙes
wave through a circuit element is given as 30o the ♦ In the case of an unsymmetrical alternating current
essential condition is that– the average value must always be taken over–
Both waves must have same frequency The whole cycle
AC Circuit 321 YCT
 Skeâ Demeceefcele ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâer efmLeefle ceW Deewmele ceeve keâes ¤heiegCeebkeâ efMeKej iegCeebkeâ
ncesMee .........lekeâ efueÙee peevee ÛeeefnS– hetCe& Ûe›eâ lejbie ¤he r.m.s. ceeve DeefOekeâlece ceeve
♦ Inductance of coil–  
Deewmele ceeve r.m.s. ceeve
Is affected by the supply frequency
 kegâC[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe– mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe mes ØeYeeefJele nesleer nw
♦ In any A.C. circuit always– pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbie kesâ efueS 1.11 1.41
Apparent power is more than actual power
 efkeâmeer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW ncesMee– Deæ& lejbie efo°keâejer 1.57 2.0
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbie kesâ efueS
♦ In an A.C. circuit, a low value of kVAR compared hetCe& lejbie efo°keâejer 1.11 1.41
with kW indicates– High power factor pÙeeJe›eâerÙe kesâ efueS
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW, efkeâueesJeeš (kW) keâer leguevee ceW
efkeâueesJeesuš SefcheÙej efjSefkeäšJe (kVAR) keâe keâce ceeve Fbefiele DeeÙeleekeâej Ùee Jeiee&keâej 1 1
keâjlee nw– GÛÛe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ lejbie kesâ efueS
♦ What will be the phase angle between two ef$ekeâesCeer lejbie kesâ efueS 1.16 1.732
alternating waves of equal frequency, when one ♦ Which waves has the highest value of peak factor–
wave attains maximum value the other is at zero
Half wave rectified sine wave
value– 90o
 efkeâme lejbie keâe Meer<e& iegCeebkeâ, GÛÛelece ceeve neslee nw–
 meceeve DeeJe=efòe keâer oes ØelÙeeJeleea lejbiees kesâ yeerÛe keâuee keâesCe keäÙee
nesiee, peye Skeâ lejbie DeefOekeâlece ceeve Øeehle keâjleer nes, otmejer Deæ& lejbie efo°erke=âle pÙee lejbie
MetvÙe ceeve hej nes– 90o ♦ The r.m.s. value of pure cosine function is–
0.707 of peak value
♦ In an A.C. circuit power is dissipated in–
 Megæ keâespÙee Heâueve keâe Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue ceeve nw–
Resistance only
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ ............ ceW #eÙe nesleer nw– Meer<e& ceeve keâe 0.707
kesâJeue ØeeflejesOe ♦ Which is true for apparent power in an A.C. circuit–
Vr.m.s.  Ir.m.s.
♦ In a sine wave the slops is constant– No where
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ kesâ efueS mener JÙepebkeâ
 pÙee lejbie ceW PegkeâeJe efveÙele neslee nw– keâner veneR~ nw– Vr.m.s.  Ir.m.s.
♦ Capacitive susceptance is a measure of– ♦ The phasors for which pair are 180o out of phase for
A purely capacitive circuit's VL, VC and VR– VC and VL
ability to pass current  efkeâme Ùegice kesâ efueÙes hesâpeme&, VL, VC leLee VR kesâ Øeefle 180º
 OeeefjleerÙe Devegef›eâÙelee............ keâe Skeâ ceeheve nw– hesâpe mes yeenj nesles nw– VC Deewj VL
Skeâ Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe mes Oeeje ♦ The values of an alternating current is indicated by a
ØeJeeefnle keâjves keâer #ecelee normal universal measuring instrument– Ir.m.s.
♦ Which refers to a parallel circuit–  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe ceeve, Skeâ meeceevÙe meeJe&Yeewefcekeâ ceeheve GheÙeb$e
The current through any one element is Éeje ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙes peeles nw– Ir.m.s.
less than the source current ♦ According to the alternating current values in the
 keâewve mee meceeveevlej heefjheLe mes mecyevOe jKelee nw– cross-sectional area of a conductor with regard to
the heating effect is selected– R.M.S. value
efkeâmeer Skeâ DeJeÙeJe ceWb Oeeje, Œeesle Oeeje mes keâce nesleer nw
 T<ceerÙe ØeYeeJe kesâ DeeOeej hej, Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ DevegØemLe #es$e ceW
♦ A phasor is–
efkeâme ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ceeve kesâ Devegmeej Ûegvee peelee nw–
A line which represents the magnitude
and phase of an alternating quantity
Jeie&ceeOÙe cetue ceeve
 Skeâ Hesâpej neslee nw– Skeâ jsKee pees ØelÙeeJeleea cee$ee kesâ heefjceeCe ♦ The frequency of an alternating current is–
The number of waves passing
Deewj keâuee keâes efve®efhele keâjleer nw through a point in one second
♦ The inducatance of a coil can be increased by–  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe keâer DeeJe=efòe nesleer nw–
Choosing core material having Skeâ meskeâC[ ceW Skeâ efyevog mes iegpejves
high relative permeability
 Skeâ kegâC[ueer kesâ ØesjkeâlJe keâes........ yeÌ{e mekeâles nw–
Jeeues lejbiees keâer mebKÙee
♦ The power factor of a D.C. circuit is always– Unity
DelÙeefOekeâ meehes#e ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee Ùegòeâ
 efo° Oeeje heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ncesMee neslee nw– FkeâeF&
keâesj heoeLe& keâe ÛegveeJe keâjkesâ ♦ The product of apparent power and cosine of the
♦ For the full wave rectified sine wave the r.m.s. value phase angle between circuit voltage and current is–
is– 0.707 Imax True power
 hetCe& lejbie efo°keâejer pÙee lejbie kesâ efueS Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue ceeve neslee  DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ leLee heefjheLe Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe keâuee
nw– 0.707 Imax keâesCe keâer keâespÙee keâe iegCee neslee nw– JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ
AC Circuit 322 YCT
♦ The equation of 50 Hz current sine wave having ♦
The average value of the full-wave rectified sine
r.m.s. value of 60 A is– 84.84 sin 314 t wave with period  and a peak value of Vm is–
 60A kesâ Jeie& ceeOÙe-cetue ceeve Ùegòeâ 50 Hz Oeeje keâer pÙee lejbie 0.637 Vm
keâe meceerkeâjCe nw– 84.84 sin 314 t  DeJeefOe  Deewj Vm efMeKej ceeve kesâ meeLe hetCe& lejbie efo<škeâeefjle
♦ The unit of frequency of an A.C. signal is– pÙee lejbie keâe Deewmele ceeve nw–
Hertz 0.637 Vm
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje efmeiveue keâer DeeJe=efòe keâe cee$ekeâ nw– nšd&pe
♦ The rms value of a half wave rectified symmetrical
♦ Which values of alternating voltage should an square wave current of 2 A is– 2A
insulation absolutely withstand– The peak value  2 A Oeeje Jeeueer Deæ&lejbie efo<škeâeefjle meceefcele Jeie& lejbie keâe
 ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee kesâ ceeveeW ceW mes efkeâmekesâ efueÙes efJeÅeglejesOeve hetCe&le:
Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve neslee nw– 2A
menveMeerue nesvee ÛeeefnÙes– Meer<e& ceeve ♦ The rms value of the resultant current in a wire
♦ In a pure inductive circuit if the supply frequency is which carries a d.c current of 10 A and a sinusoidal
reduced to 1/2, the current will be– Doubled alternating current of peak value 20 A is – 17.3 A
 Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe keâes 1/2 lekeâ  Skeâ leej pees 10 A keâer [er.meer. Oeeje Deewj 20 A keâer efMeKej
keâce keâj efoÙee peeÙes, Oeeje– oes iegveer nes peeÙesieer ceeve keâer pÙeeJe›eâerÙe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâes Jenve keâj jne nw, ceW
♦ In a pure capacitive Circuit if the supply frequency heefjCeeceer Oeeje keâe Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve nesiee– 17.3 A
is reduced to 1/2, the current will be – ♦ If a capacitor is energized by a symmetrical square
reduced by half wave current source, then the steady state voltage
 Skeâ Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe ceW, Ùeefo mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe keâes 1/2 across the capacitor will be a– Triangular wave
lekeâ Ieše efoÙee peeÙes, Oeeje– DeeOeer Ieš peeÙesieer  Ùeef o Skeâ meb O eeef j $e Skeâ meceef c ele Jeie& lejb i e Oeeje œeesle Éeje Te|pele
♦ The relation between the apparent power, actual efkeâÙee peelee nw, leye mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me efmLej-DeJemLee Jeesušlee
power and reactive power is given by– nesieer– ef$ekeâesCeerÙe lejbie
♦ Change in circuit voltage will affect– Current
Aparrent power =  actualpower + reactivepower
2 2
 heefjheLe Jeesušlee ceW heefjJele&ve.........keâes ØeYeeefJele keâjsiee– Oeeje

 DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ, JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ Deewj efjSefkeäšJe Meefòeâ kesâ yeerÛe ♦ The reactive power is also called as .......... power
mecyevOe ........... kesâ Éeje efoÙee ieÙee nw– and it expressed in ............... Imaginary, VAR
 efjSefkeäšJe hee@Jej........... Meefòeâ Yeer keânueeleer nw Deewj Fmes .........
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ =  JeemleefJekeâ Meefkeäle    ØeefleIeeleeÙre Meefkeäle 
2 2
ceW ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw– keâeuheefvekeâ, VAR
♦ In an A.C. circuit I sin  is called– ♦ 1 Cycle = ........... 2 radian
Wattless component  Skeâ Ûe›eâ  ............. 2 jsef[Ùeve
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW I sin  keânueelee nw– ♦ The average value of a symmetrical AC waveform is
Meefòeânerve DeJeÙeJe determined from the ................. of the waveform–
♦ In A.C. circuit the power curve is a sine wave Half cycle
having– Double the frequency of voltage  Skeâ meceefcele S.meer. JesJeHeâece& keâe Deewmele ceeve ........... kesâ
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ Je›eâ ............ Skeâ pÙee lejbie JesJeHeâece& mes %eele keâjles nw– Deæ& Ûe›eâ
neslee nw– Jeesušlee keâer oesiegveer DeeJe=efòe ♦ The length of the phasor represents the ............ of
♦ The value of operator j2 is equal to– –1 the sinusoidal– Amplitude
 hesâpej keâer uecyeeF& pÙeeJe›eâerÙe kesâ ......... keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw–
 Deehejsšj j2 keâe ceeve kesâ yejeyej nw– –1
♦ The ability of a resonant circuit to discriminate
DeeÙeece
between one particular frequency and all others is ♦ The phasor rotates in.............
called its– Selectivity Anti Clockwise direction
 Skeâ efJeMes<e DeeJe=efòe leLee DevÙe meYeer kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeso keâjves keâer  hes â pej ............ ceW Iet c elee nw – IeÌ[er keâer efJehejerle efoMee
Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâer ÙeesiÙelee, Fmekeâer...........keânueeleer nw– ♦ ............ is the rate of change of t with respect to
mesuesefkeäšefJešer  time– Angular velocity
.........meceÙe kesâ meehes#e t ceW heefjJele&ve keâer oj neslee nw–
♦ A capacitor with no initial charge at t =  acts– keâesCeerÙe Jesie
Open-circuit ♦ The relationship between the frequency of ac wave
 efyevee ØeejefcYekeâ DeeJesMe kesâ meeLe Skeâ mebOeeefj$e t =  hej keâeÙe& 1
keâjlee nw– Keguee-heefjheLe and the time period is given by– f=
T
♦ To neglect a current source, the terminals across the  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje lejbie keâer DeeJe=efòe Deewj DeeJele& keâeue kesâ yeerÛe
source are– Open-circuited
1
 Oeeje œeesle keâes veieCÙe keâjves hej, Œeesle kesâ S›eâe@me šefce&veume nesles mecyevOe efoÙee peelee nw– f=
nw– Keguee-heefjheLe ♦ If the capacitance C of a capacitor is kept constant, T
♦ A current is said to be alternating when it changes the capacitive reactance Xc varies inversely
in– Both magnitude and direction proportional with– Frequency
 keâesF& Oeeje ØelÙeeJeleea keânueeleer nw, peye Ùen .......... ceW heefjJee|lele  Ùeefo Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ Oeeefjlee C keâes efveÙele jKee peeS lees OeeefjleerÙe
nesleer nw– heefjceeCe Deewj efoMee oesveeW ØeefleIeele Xc kesâ meeLe JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer nesleer nw– DeeJe=efòe
AC Circuit 323 YCT
♦ An alternating voltage is represented by e=141.4 sin ♦ In a parallel ac circuit, power loss is due to only–
377t. What is the frequency– 60 Hertz Conductance alone
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee e = 141.4 sin 377t kesâ Éeje ØeoefMe&le  meceeveevlej ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW, Meefòeâ neefve kesâ keâejCe neslee
keâer ieF& nw, DeeJe=efòe keäÙee nw– 60 nš&dpe nw– kesâJeue Ûeeuekeâlee
♦ VI cos  is same as– I2R ♦ The electrical degrees in between the phase of a 3
 VI cos  keâs meceeve nw– I2R phase system is– 120º
♦ Unit of apparent power is– kVA  Skeâ leerve hesâpe heæefle ceW hesâpees kesâ yeerÛe efJeÅegleerÙe keâesCe neslee nw–
 DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ keâer FkeâeF& nw– kVA 120º
♦ In a star connected 3 phase system– ♦ The r.m.s. value of sinusoidally varying current is
line voltage ....... that of its average value– More than
Phase voltage =  pÙeeJe›eâerÙe heefjJeleea Oeeje kesâ Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue (r.m.s.) ceeve Fmekesâ
3 Deewmele ceeve ........... neslee nw– mes DeefOekeâ
 Skeâ mšej/leeje ceW pegÌ[er ngF& leerve hesâpe heæefle ceW–
Alternating voltages and currents are expressed in
♦
ueeFve Jeesušlee r.m.s. values because–
hesâpe Jeesušlee  They give comparison with d.c.
3
♦ The efficiency of single phase system for same  ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue (r.m.s.) ceeve ceW
output is– Less than three phase ØeoefMe&le nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– Jes efo° Oeeje (d.c.) kesâ meeLe leguevee osles nw~
 Skeâue–hesâpe heæefle keâer o#elee Skeâ meceeve efveie&le kesâ efueS nw– ♦ Real part of admittance is– Conductance
leerve hesâpe mes keâce  ØeJesMÙelee keâe JeemleefJekeâ Yeeie nw– Ûeeuekeâlee
♦ The maximum value of power factor in an A.C. ♦ The inductive reactance of an inductor in a dc circuit
circuit is– 1 in ohm is– Zero
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceWs Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve  Skeâ efo°Oeeje heefjheLe ceW FC[keäšj (Øesjkeâ) keâe ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele
nw– 1 Deesce ceW nw– MetvÙe
♦ While drawing the phasor diagram of a parallel ♦ The maximum value, positive or negative, of an
circuit, which one is taken as the reference– alternative quantity is known as– Amplitude
Voltage  ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve Oeveelcekeâ Ùee $e+Ceelcekeâ
 meceevlej heefjheLe keâe Hesâpej [e@Ùe«eece KeerÛeles meceÙe efkeâmekeâes
keânueelee nw– DeeÙeece
mevoYe& kesâ ®he ceW efueÙee peelee nw– Jeesušspe
If one cycle of AC waveform occurs every ♦ The phasor form of capacitive reactance is– Xc  - 90
0
♦
millisecond, the frequency will be– 1000 Hz  OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele keâe hesâpej ™he nw– Xc - 900
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje lejbie keâe Skeâ Ûe›eâ ØelÙeskeâ efceueermeskesâC[ ceW Øeehle ♦ The two possible phase sequence are–
neslee nw, DeeJe=efòe nesieer– 1000 Hz R–Y–B, R–B–Y
♦ What is represented by the hypotenuse of impedance  oes mecYeJe hesâpe Deveg›eâce nw– R–Y–B, R–B–Y
triangle– Impedance drop ♦ The main difference between scalar and vector
 ØeefleyeeOee ef$eYegpe kesâ neFheesšsveme (keâCe&) Éeje keäÙee keäÙee oMee&Ùee quantity is– Vector has magnitude and direction
peelee nw– ØeefleyeeOee [êhe whereas scalar has only magnitude.
♦ What is the periodic Time T of an oscillation of 50  DeefoMe Deewj meefoMe jeefMe kesâ yeerÛe cegKÙe Devlej nw–
cycles per second– T = 20 ms meefoMe ceW heefjceeCe Deewj efoMee neslee nw peyeefkeâ
 50 Ûe›eâ/mes. Skeâ oesueve keâe DeeJele&keâeue (T) keäÙee nw–
DeefoMe ceW kesâJeue heefjceeCe neslee nw~
T = 20 efceueer meskesâC[
♦ The form factor of dc voltage is– Unity
♦ What is the effect of low power factor in the  efo°Oeeje Jeesušlee keâe ™he iegCekeâ nw– FkeâeF&
electrical system– Current will be increased
 efJeÅegle ØeCeeueer ceW efvecve Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe keäÙee ØeYeeJe nw– ♦ The a.c. system is preferred to d.c. system because –
AC Voltages can be easily
Oeeje yeÌ{ peeSieer changed in magnitude
♦ Amplitude factor of the sinusoidal AC is– 1.414  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c) ØeCeeueer keâes efo°Oeeje (d.c) ØeCeeueer kesâ Øeefle
 pÙeeJe›eâerÙe S.meer. keâe DeeÙeece iegCekeâ nw– 1.414
♦ A 3 phase 15 kVA load is having 0.8 power factor.
ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer peeleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c) Jeesušlee
The true power of the circuit is– 12 kW heefjceeCe ceW Deemeeveer mes heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw
 Skeâ 3– (leerve keâueerÙe) 15 efkeâueesJeesuš SefcheÙej (kVA) keâe ♦ In a.c. system, we generate sine wave form because–
It produces least disturbance
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ 0.8 nw~ heefjheLe keâe JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ nw– 12 kW in electrical circuits
♦ Total opposition offered by R–L series circuit is
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c) ØeCeeueer ceW, nce pÙee lejbie ™he GlheVe keâjles
called– Impedance
 R–L ßesCeer heefjheLe Éeje Øemlegle kegâue DeJejesOe keâes...........keâne nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– Ùen efJeÅegleerÙe heefjheLe ceW efvecvelece
peelee nw– ØeefleyeeOee efJe#eesYe GlheVe keâjlee nw
♦ The unit of inductive reactance is– Ohm ♦ .......... will produce a.c. voltage– Crystal
 ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele keâer FkeâeF& nw– Deesce  ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee GlheVe keâjsiee– ef›eâmšue
♦ The cause with low power factor is– ♦ The average value of sin wave over a complete cycle
More inductive load is– 0
 efvecve Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe keâejCe nw– DeefOekeâ ØesjkeâerÙe uees[  Skeâ hetCe& Ûe›eâ lekeâ sine wave keâe Deewmele ceeve.......... nw– 0
AC Circuit 324 YCT
♦ The filament of a vacuum tube requires 0.4 A d.c. to Øe.Oee. heefjheLeeW cebs ØeÙegòeâ R–L–C DeJeÙeJeeW keâe mebef#ehle
heat it. The r.m.s. value of a.c. required is– 0.4A
 Skeâ efveJee&le šŸetye kesâ levleg keâes iece& keâjves kesâ efueS 0.4 SefcheÙej legueveelcekeâ DeOÙeÙeve (Comparative study)
efo° Oeeje keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje kesâ Jeie& ceeOÙe ›eâ. DeOÙeÙeve Øe. Oee. heefjheLeeW cebs ØeÙegòeâ DeJeÙeJeeW keâe
cetue (r.m.s.) ceeve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee ............nw– 0.4 SefcheÙej meb. kesâ efueS mebef#ehle legueveelcekeâ JÙeeKÙee/efJeJejCe
šeFce [escesve efmeiveue kesâ efueS RMS Deewj Deewmele ceeve keâejkeâ
šeFce [escesve efmeiveue RMS ceeve Deewmele ceeve 1 DeJeÙeJeeW ØeeflejesOekeâ hesÇefj$e Ùee mebOeeefj$e
Vrms
V
 m
Vavg = 0 keâe veece Resistor Øesjkeâ Capacitor
2 Name of Inductor
element
2 iegCe keâe ØeeflejesOe hesÇjkeâlJe Oeeefjlee
veece Resistance Inductance Capacitance
Vm 2Vm Name of
Vrms  Vavg 
2  property
3 Øeleerkeâ R L C
Vm Vm Symbol
Vrms  Vavg 
2  4 cee$ekeâ  (Deesÿe) H (nsvejer) hewâj[ (F)
Units
Vrms  Vm Vavg  0
5 Deesefÿekeâ R XL  XC 
ceeve Øeleerkeâ
6  kesâ ™he R .L  1

cebs Deesefÿekeâ C
ceeve
Vm Vm 7 f kesâ ™he cebs R 2f.L  1
Vrms  Vavg  
2 2 Deesefÿekeâ 2f C
ceeve
8 Jeesušlee V R = I RR VL = ILXL V C = I CX C
Vm V keâe Øeleerkeâ Jeesuš (V) Jeesuš (V) Jeesuš (V)
Vrms  Vavg  m
3 2 9 ØeefleyeeOee Z=R Z = XL = Z  XC
keâe Øeleerkeâ L =
1
2fL  
C
Vm Vm
Vrms  Vavg  1
3 2  
2f C
10 keâuee keâesCe  = 0°  = 90°  = 90°
♦ A 100V peak a.c. is as effective as .......... dc– 70.7V (P.A.) mecekeâuee he§e (lag) De«e (lead)
 Skeâ 100 Jeesuš keâer efMeKej ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c) Glevee ØeYeeJeer Meefòeâ iegCekeâ cos  = 1
11 cos  = 0 cos  = 0
nw efpelevee ......... efo° Oeeje (d.c.)– 70.7 Jeesuš (P.F.) mLeeÙeer he§eieeceer De«eieeceer
♦ The form factor of a ............ wave is 1– Square
 Skeâ...........lejbie keâe ™he iegCekeâ 1 nw– Jeiee&keâej 12 ØeefleIeeleer sin  = 1 sin  = 1 sin  = 1
♦ When a 15-V square wave is connected across a 50- iegCeebkeâ mLeeÙeer he§eieeceer De«eieeceer
V a.c. voltmeter, it will read– 15V (R.F.)
 peye Skeâ 15-Jeesuš Jeiee&keâej lejbie Skeâ 50 Jeesuš ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje
(a.c.) Jeesušceeršj mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw, Fmekeâe hee"Ùeebkeâ 13 meefoMe Jeesušlee Je Jeesušlee mes Jeesušlee mes
............nesiee– 15 Jeesuš DeefYeue#eCe Oeeje, meceeve Oeeje 90° Oeeje 90°
♦ The breakdown voltage of an insulation depends vector keâuee he§eieeceer De«eieeceer
upon ....... value of alternating voltage– Peak characte DeefYeue#eCe DeefYeue#eCe DeefYeue#eCe
 Skeâ efJeÅeglejesOeve keâe Yebpeve Jeesušlee ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee kesâ.......... -risitcs same 90° 90°
ceeve hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw– efMeKej phase current current
♦ The peak factor of a half-wave rectified a.c. is– 2 characteris lagging leading
 Skeâ Deæ&-lejbie efo°ke=âle ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) keâe efMeKej -tics characteri characteri-
-stics stics
iegCeebkeâ............. nw– 2
AC Circuit 325 YCT
♦ The form factor of a half-wave rectified a.c. is– 1.57 ♦ An alternating current cannot be measured by a d.c.
 Skeâ Deæ&lejbie efo°ke=âle ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe ™he iegCekeâ nw– 1.57 ammeter because–
♦ The maximum value of a sinusoidal current is 100A. Average value of a.c. over one cycle is zero
Its r.m.s. value is– 70.7A  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) Skeâ efo° Oeeje (d.c.) Deceeršj kesâ
 Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve 100 SefcheÙej nw~ Éeje ceeheve veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee keäÙeeWefkeâ–
Fmekeâe Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue ceeve ............. nw– 70.7A ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve Skeâ Ûe›eâ kesâ efueS MetvÙe nw~
♦ A current wave is given by i = 4 + 2 2 sin 3 + ♦ As the power factor of a circuit is increased–
Reactive power is decreased
4 2 sin 5. The r.m.s. value of current wave is– 6A  Skeâ heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ yeÌ{siee lees–
 Skeâ Oeeje lejbie i=4+2 2 sin 3+4 2 sin 5 kesâ Éeje efoÙee Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ keâer keâceer nesieer
ieÙee nw~ Oeeje lejbie keâe Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue (r.m.s.) ceeve............. ♦ The active and apparent powers of an a.c. circuit are
nw– 6 SefcheÙej equal in magnitude. The circuit power factor is– 1
♦ A hot wire ammeter reads 10A in an a.c. circuit  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe kesâ meef›eâÙe Deewj DeeYeemeer
containing 10. The peak value of voltage across MeefòeâÙeeB heefjceeCe ceW yejeyej nw~ heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ .........
the resistor is– 141.4V nw– 1
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW 10 Deesndce meefcceefuele keâjles ♦ A wattmeter indicates ........... power– Active
ngS Skeâ iece& leej Deceeršj 10 SefcheÙej hee"Ÿeebkeâ ØeoefMe&le keâjlee  Skeâ Jee@šceeršj..........Meefòeâ ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw– meef›eâÙe
nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee keâe efMeKej ceeve nw– 141.4V ♦ The difference between the half-power frequencies
is called the– Bandwidth
♦ A capacitor is a perfect insulator for– Direct current
 Deæ&-Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe Devlej.........keânueelee nw–
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e.........kesâ efueS hetCe&le: efJeÅeglejesOeer nw– efo° Oeeje
yewC[-efJe[dLe
♦ An alternating voltage or current is a– Phasor
♦ A power triangle can provide information about–
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee Ùee Oeeje Skeâ..............neslee nw– hesâpej Power factor, kW, kVA, kVAR
♦ An alternating voltage v =Vm sin  is applied to a  Skeâ Meefòeâ ef$eYegpe........kesâ yeejs ceW metÛevee Øeoeve keâj mekeâlee nw–
pure inductive circuit. The current equation will be– Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ, kW, kVA, kVAR
–
Im sin ( /2) ♦ For multiplication or division of phasors, we use
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee v = Vm sin  Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe ........... form– Polar
kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ nw~ Oeeje meceerkeâjCe........nesiee– Im sin (–/2)  Hesâpej kesâ iegCeve Ùee Yeeie (efJeYeepeve) kesâ efueS, nce ........ ™he
♦ Find the average value of v(t) = 6 + 2sin (2  100t) keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles nw– OeÇgJeerÙe
volts– 6V ♦ If the impedance of an a.c. circuit is 10 60o,
 v(t) = 6 + 2 sin (2  100t) Jeesušdme keâe Deewmele ceeve %eele then resistance in the circuit is– 5
keâerefpeS– 6V  Ùeefo Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee 10 60o Deesce nw
♦ The instantaneous value of i(t) = 16 sin leye heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe .......... nw– 5 Deesce
(218104t–15o) mA at t=2 s is– 14.55mA ♦ The conjugate of 10 –40o is– 10  40o
 t = 2 ceeF›eâes-meskesâC[ hej i(t) = 16 sin (218104t–15o)  10 –40o keâe mebÙegiceer.......... nw– 10  40o
efceueer SefcheÙej keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve nw– 14.55mA ♦ If Q of a circuit increases its BW– Decreases
♦ The average value of 2A d.c. current is– 2A  Ùeefo Skeâ heefjheLe keâe Q yeÌ{lee nw lees Fmekeâer yewC[ Ûeew[Ì eF&– Iešleer nw
 2A d.c. Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve nw– 2A ♦ The sum of two conjugate numbers results in–
♦ The effective value of 2A d.c. current is– 2A Phase component only
 2A d.c. Oeeje keâe ØeYeeJeer ceeve nw– 2A  oes mebÙegiceer mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ Ùeesie keâe heefjCeece ......... nw–
♦ A current is made up of two components viz. 3A d.c. kesâJeue keâuee-kesâ DeJeÙeJe
component and a.c. component given by i=4 sin t. ♦ The difference of two conjugate numbers results in–
The average value of current is– 3A Quadrature component only
 Oeeje oes DeJeÙeJeeW mes efceuekeâj yeveer nw DeLee&led 3 SefcheÙej efo°  oes mebÙegeficele mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Devlej keâe heefjCeece ........... nw–
Oeeje (d.c.) DeJeÙeJe Deewj ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) DeJeÙeJe i = 4 kesâJeue Ûej IeeleebkeâerÙe DeJeÙeJe
sin t kesâ Éeje efoÙee ieÙee nw~ Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve nw– 3A ♦ When two conjugate numbers are multiplied, the
♦ If a phasor points straight down, its angle can be result is– No quadrature component
given as 270o or– –90o  peye oes meefcceße mebKÙeeÙeW iegCee keâer peeleer nw, heefjCeece ..........
 Ùeefo Skeâ hesâpej veerÛes keâer Deesj Fbefiele keâjlee nw, lees Fmekeâe keâesCe nw– Ûej IeeleerÙe DeJeÙeJe veneR
270º Ùee...... efoÙee pee mekeâlee nw– –90o ♦ The cube root of 830o is– 210o
♦ The time period of direct current is– Infinite  830 keâe Ieve cetue ........ nw–
o
210o
 Skeâ efo° Oeeje keâe DeeJele&keâeue .............nw– Devevle ♦ The power factor of an ordinary electric bulb is–
♦ The frequency of d.c. in India is– 0 Hz Slightly less than 1
 Yeejle ceW efo° Oeeje (d.c.) keâer DeeJe=efòe............ nw– 0 Hz  Skeâ meeOeejCe efJeÅegle yeuye keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ.........neslee nw–
(UPPCL JE - Re-exam -2018, Evening) 1 mes LeesÌ[e keâce
(RRB SSE 01.09.2015) ♦ When a phasor is multiplied by –j, it is rotated
♦ An alternating current varies through complete one through ......... in the counter-clockwise direction–
cycle in 1s. Its frequency is– 106 Hz 270o
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje 1 ceeF›eâesmeskesâC[ ceW Skeâ hetCe& Ûe›eâ kesâ Éeje  peye Skeâ Hesâpej keâes –j kesâ Éeje iegCee efkeâÙee peelee nw, Ùen
heefjJeefle&le nesleer nw~ Fmekeâer DeeJe=efòe...........nw– 106 Hz .......... JeeceeJele& efoMee ceW Ietce peelee nw– 270o
AC Circuit 326 YCT
♦ When a phasor is multiplied by j6, it is rotated ♦ Who invented the alternating current– Tesla
through ....... in counterclockwise direction– 540o  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe DeeefJe<keâej efkeâmeves efkeâÙee Lee– šsmuee
 peye Skeâ Hesâpej j kesâ Éeje iegCee efkeâÙee peelee nw, Ùen .............
6
(SSC JE- 22.01.2018, Evening)
mes JeeceeJele& efoMee ceW IegceeÙee peelee nw– 540o ♦ The unit of frequency of an AC signal is– Hertz
♦ If a phasor is multiplied by j, then–  ØelÙeeJeleea (S.meer.) lejbie keâer DeeJe=eflle keâer FkeâeF& nw– nš&dpe
Only its direction changes
(SSC JE- 22-01-2018, Morning)
 Ùeefo Skeâ Hesâpej j kesâ Éeje iegCee efkeâÙee peelee nw, leye–
♦ What is the average value of a DC voltage having a
kesâJeue Fmekeâer efoMee yeoueleer nw peak value of 25 V– 25 V
♦ A phasor 2180o can be expressed as– –2  25 V kesâ GÛÛe ceeve Jeeues [ermeer Jeesušspe keâe Deewmele ceeve keäÙee
 Skeâ Hesâpej 2180o keâes ........keâer lejn JÙekeäle keâj mekeâles nw– –2 nesiee– 25 V
♦ The impedance of a circuit is 45–30o. Then (SSC JE- 25.01.2018, Evening)
current phase angle is– 30o ♦ When the phase sequence of supply currents are
 Skeâ heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee 45–30 Deesce nw~ leye Oeeje Hesâpe
o
reversed, then the direction of rotation of the
keâesCe ............ nw– 30o resultant magnetic field wave– Reversed
♦ The a.c. power in a load that is conserved is–  Deehetefle& Oeeje kesâ Hesâpe ›eâce keâes efJehejerle efkeâS peeves hej, heefjCeeceer
Real, reactive, apparent ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e lejbie kesâ IetCe&ve keâer efoMee– efJehejerle nes peeÙesieer
 Skeâ Yeej ceW ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Meefkeäle ........... ™he ceW mebjef#ele nw–
(SSC JE- 27.01.2018, Morning)
JeemleefJekeâ, ØeefleIeeleer, DeeYeemeer ♦ Which wave will have the highest RMS value for
♦ Domestic appliances are connected in parallel across equal peak values– Square
a.c. mains because– Operation of each appliance  efkeâme lejbie keâe Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve meyemes DeefOekeâ nesiee peye meYeer
becomes independent of the other
 Iejsuet GhekeâjCe, ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) cegKÙe Deehetefle& kesâ S›eâeme lejbieeW keâe efMeKej ceeve Skeâ meceeve nw– Jeie&
meceeveevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele nesles nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– ØelÙeskeâ GhekeâjCe keâe (SSC JE- 29.01.2018, Morning)
♦ ..........is defined as the no. of cycle completed by an
ØeÛeeueve DevÙe mes mJeleb$e nes peelee nw alternating quantity in one second– Frequency
♦ When a parallel a.c. circuit contains a number of  ...........keâes Skeâ meskebâ[ ceW ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe Éeje hetCe& Ûe›eâeW keâer
branches, then it is convenient to solve the circuit
by– Phasor algebra mebKÙee kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeeJe=efòe
 peye Skeâ meceeveevlej ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe MeeKeeDeeW keâer (UPPCL J.E.- 11.02.2018, Morning)
mebKÙee jKelee nw, leye heefjheLe keâes .......... kesâ Éeje nue keâjvee ♦ Which is the correct definition of phasor–
A line which represents the magnitude and phase
megefJeOeepevekeâ neslee nw– hesâpej yeerpeieefCele of an alternating quantity
♦ What will be the instantaneous value of the  keâewve meer hesâpej keâer mener heefjYee<ee nw–
alternating voltage (in V) which is represented by Skeâ jsKee pees Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea& jeefMe kesâ heefjceeCe Deewj keâuee
v(t) = 120 sin(11t – 20)V, when the value of t is 10
sec– 120 keâe ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjleer nw
 ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe keâe leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nesiee, pees (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
v(t) = 120sin (11t – 20)V Éeje oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw, peye t keâe ♦ Which is the most common waveform of AC
signal– Sinusoidal
ceeve 10sec nw– 120  keâewvemeer S.meer. efmeiveue keâer meJee&efOekeâ meeceevÙe lejbie nw– pÙeeJe›eâerÙe
♦ If the admittance of a parallel a.c. circuit is (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
increased, the circuit current– Is increased
♦ RMS value of sinusoidal current is given by–
 Ùeefo Skeâ meceeveevlej ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe keâer ØeJesMÙelee
yeÌ{e efoÙee peeÙes, heefjheLe Oeeje– yeÌ{ peeleer nw 1
Times maximum value of current
♦ The conductance and susceptance components of 2
admittance are– Parallel elements  pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje keâe RMS ceeve efkeâmekesâ Éeje efoÙee peelee nw–
 ØeJesMÙelee kesâ ÛeeuekeâlJe Deewj memeshšsvme DeJeÙeJe........nw– 1
meceeveevlej DeJeÙeJe Oeeje kesâ DeefOekeâlece ceeve keâer iegvee
2
♦ Nature of power factor is determined by– (N.P.C.I.L 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)
Position of current with respect to voltage ♦ The RMS value of a sine wave having peak value
 Meefòeâ keâejkeâ keâer Øeke=âefle keâer efJeMes<elee nw–
Vm
Jeesušspe kesâ meehes#e Oeeje keâer efmLeefle Vm over one cycle is–
(HSSC JE- 1.09.2019) 2
♦ In India the frequency of power supply is– 50 Hz  efkeâmeer Ûe›eâ ceW heerkeâ ceeve Vm Jeeueer pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbie keâe RMS
 Yeejle ceW efJeÅegle Meefòeâ kesâ mehueeF& keâer DeeJe=efòe keäÙee nw– 50 Hz Vm
(ESIC 24.01.2019, 9:00-11:00)
cetuÙe nw–
2
♦ In a circuit containing R, L and C power loss can (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
take place in– R only ♦ A standard sinusoidal current wave changes its
 R, L Deewj C mes Ùegòeâ heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle neefve kesâJeue...........ceW polarity at– Zero value
nes mekeâleer nw– kesâJeue R  ceevekeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje lejbie.......hej Deheveer OeÇgJelee yeoueleer nw–
(Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019, 03 -05 PM) MetvÙe ceeve
(HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019, 2:30-4:30 PM) (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
AC Circuit 327 YCT
♦ When two quantities are in quadrilateral then there ♦ Power factor of an AC circuit lies between– 0 to 1
will phase angle between them............. 90°  AC heefjheLe keâe heeJej hewâkeäšj efkeâmekesâ yeerÛe neslee nw– 0 mes 1
 peye oes jeefMeÙeeB meceuecye ceW nesleer nw lees Fvekesâ yeerÛe hesâpe keâesCe (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 10 am)
......... nesiee– 90° (BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) ♦ The phenomenon of resonance is used in– Radio
♦ A voltage is said to be alternating when it changes  Devegveeo keâer heefjIešvee keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw– jsef[Ùees ceW
in– Both magnitude and direction (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Skeâ Jeesušspe keâes ØelÙeeJeleea leye keâne peelee nw, peye Ùen ♦ RMS value is related to peak value as–
.............. yeoue jne nes– heefjceeCe Deewj efoMee oesveeW ceW RMS value = 0.707  peak value
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)  RMS ceeve heerkeâ ceeve mes mebyebefOele neslee nw–
♦ The unit of reactive power is given as– RMS value = 0.707  peak value
Volt Ampere reactive (VAR) (BSNL TTA (JE) 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
 ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ keâer FkeâeF& .......... ceW efoÙee peelee nw– ♦ A passive element in a circuit is one which–
Jeesuš-SefcheÙej ØeefleIeelekeâ (VAR) Recieves energy
(Vizag steel JE. 27.08.2018, 3 Shift) rd  Skeâ heef jheLe ceb
s Skeâ ef
v eef
< ›eâÙe lelJe Jen nw pees
– Tpee& Øeehle keâjlee nw
♦ Which quantity is preferred as a reference vector to (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
draw a Phasor diagram in a series circuit– Current ♦ The ideal value of power factor is– 1
 ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW hesâpej DeejsKe KeeRÛeves kesâ efueS keâewve-meer jeefMe  Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe DeeoMe& ceeve nw– 1
mevoYe& kesâ ™he ceW efueÙee peelee nw– Oeeje (BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ If a neutral wire of 3 Phase supply is broken then–
(JUVNL JE- 08.03.2017, 2.30-5.00 pm)
The voltage of less loaded phase will increase &
♦ The transient currents are due to–Changes in stored the voltage of more loaded phase will reduce
energy in inductors and capacitance  3 Hesâpe mehueeF& keâe vÙetšûe leej štš peeves hej–
 #eefCekeâ Oeeje..........kesâ keâejCe nesleer nw– Øesjkeâ Deewj Oeeefjlee ceW keâce uees[s[ Hesâpe keâer Jeesušlee yeÌ{sieer
meb«eefnle Tpee& ceW heefjJele&ve Je DeefOekeâ uees[s[ Hesâpe keâer Jeesušlee Iešsieer
(SSC JE-02.03.2017, 2.45 pm) (BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ The reciprocal of impedance is called– Admittance ♦ The instantaneous power in ac circuits can be
♦ Which input yields natural response– Impulse input obtained by taking product of the instantaneous
 keâewve mee Fvehegš mJeeYeeefJekeâ Øeefleef›eâÙee Øeoeve keâjlee nw– values of and – Current, voltage
Fbheume Fvehegš  ØelÙeeJeleea heefjheLe ceW leelkeâeefuekeâ Meefòeâ..........Deewj .........kesâ
(SSC JE-01.03.2017 2.45 pm) leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve kesâ iegCeveHeâue mes Øeehle keâer pee mekeâleer nw–
♦ Two sinusoidal of the same frequency but of efJeÅegleOeeje, Jeesušlee
different amplitudes and phase difference are added, (UPRVUNL JE -2014)
the resultant is a–Sinusoidal of the same frequency ♦ What happens when alternative current passes
 meceeve DeeJe=efòe hejbleg efYeVe DeeÙeece Deewj keâueeblej kesâ oes pÙeeJe›eâerÙe through a conductor– Portion of conductor near
keâes peesÌ[ves hej mebÙegòeâ heefjCeece...........nesiee– the surface carries more current
meceeve DeeJe=efòe keâe pÙeeJe›eâerÙe as compared to the core
(SSC JE- 04.03. 2017 10 am)  peye ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje meg Ûeeuekeâ ceW ØeJeeef
nle nesleer nw, lees keäÙee neslee
♦ If AC voltage represented as V(t) = 10cos(10t) nw– Ûeeuekeâ keâer melen hej keâesj keâer leguevee
then form factor is– 1.11 ceW DeefOekeâ Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw
 Ùeefo Smeer Jeesušspe keâes V(t)= 10cos(10t) kesâ Éeje JeefCe&le (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees heâe@ce& hewâkeäšj keäÙee nesiee– 1.11 ♦ The voltage of domestic supply is 220 Volt ac This
represents– RMS value
(Jharkhand JE- 08.03.2017)
 Iejsuet Deehetefle& keâer Jeesušlee 220 Volt a.c. nw Ùen ØeefleefveefOelJe
♦ When 50 Hz supply given to the an electromagnet,
then change in pole of electromagnet is– keâjlee nw– Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve
Change every half cycle of supply voltage (DMRC JE- 2015)
 peye Skeâ efJeÅegle Ûegbyekeâ keâes 50 nšd&pe keâer AC mehueeF& oer peeleer ♦ The average power of an A.C. circuit is– VI cos 
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje kesâ heefjheLe keâer Deewmele Meefòeâ keâe ceeve neslee
nw, lees efJeÅegle Ûegbyekeâ kesâ OeÇgJe efkeâme Øekeâej yeoueles nQ–
mehueeF& Jeesušspe kesâ nj DeeOes Ûe›eâ ceW yeoueles nQ nw– VI cos 
(LMRC JE - 2015)
(LMRC JE-2016) ♦ Wattless current is possible only in–
♦ The average power delivered to any network A non resistive circuit
composed of ideal inductors and capacitors is– Zero  Jeeš jefnle (efpemeceW efJeÅegle Tpee& keâer heefjheLe ceW Kehele MetvÙe nes)
 DeeoMe& Øesjkeâ Deewj mebOeeefj$e mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâmeer Yeer vesšJeke&â ceW Oeeje mebYeJe nw– kesâJeue Skeâ DeØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe ceW
Øeoòe Deewmeleve Tpee& nesleer nw– MetvÙe (LMRC JE -2015)
(UPRVUNL AE -2014) ♦ The value normally stated when referring to
♦ The imaginary part of admittance is called– alternating currents and voltages is the– R.M.S. value
Susceptance  ØelÙeeJeleea OeejeDeeW Deewj Jeesušlee keâer ÛeÛee& keâjles ngS meeceevÙe ¤he
 ØeJesMÙelee keâe keâeuheefvekeâ Yeeie keânueelee nw– memeshšWme mes ... keâe efpe›eâ efkeâÙee peelee nw– Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue (r.m.s.) ceeve
(Uttarakhand AE (Paper-I)-2013) (RPHED 2015)
AC Circuit 328 YCT
♦ One sine wave has a positive-going zero crossing at ♦ It is defined as the product of the voltage and
100 and another sine wave has a positive-going zero current with conjugate– Complex power
crossing at 450. The phase angle between the two  keâvpegiesš kesâ meeLe Jeesušspe Deewj keâjWš kesâ Øees[keäš kesâ ™he ceW
waveforms is– 350 heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– efceefßele Meefòeâ
 Skeâ pÙee lejbie (meeF&ve JesJe) Oeveelcekeâ efoMee ceW peeleer ngF& MetvÙe
(MP JE- 2016)
keâes 100 hej heej keâjleer nw Deewj Skeâ DevÙe pÙee lejbie (meeF&ve JesJe) ♦ Phasor quantities have–
Oeveelcekeâ efoMee ceW peeleer ngF& MetvÙe keâes 450 hej heej keâjleer nw lees Amplitude and direction both variable
Fve oesveeW JesJeHeâece& kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâuee keâesCe nesiee– 35o  hesâpej jeefMeÙeeW ceW neslee nw– heefjceeCe SJeb efoMee oesveeW yeoueleer nw~
(RPHED 2015) (UPSSSC JE-2016), (RPHED 2015)
♦ An inductor with a ferromagnetic core is supplied
from a sinusoidal voltage source with frequency 'f'. L
♦ has its units as– Ohm
The current drawn by the inductor will be– C
Non-sinusoidal with frequency 'f'
L
 ueewn ÛegbyekeâerÙe ›eâes[ kesâ Skeâ Øesjkeâ keâes pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee œeesle  keâer FkeâeF& nw– Ohm
mes DeeJe=efòe 'f' keâer Oeeje oer ieF& nw~ Gme Øesjkeâ Éeje ØeJeeefnle Oeeje C
nesieer– DeeJe=efòe 'f' meefnle DepÙeeJe›eâerÙe (UPPCL (AE) Re-Exam 30-12-2016)
♦ What term means the number of cycle per second
(SSC JE- 2013)
that an alternating current flows back and forth–
♦ If the angular frequency of an alternating voltage is
, then the angular frequency of instantaneous real Frequency
power absorbed in an ac circuit is– 2  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Deeies Deewj heerÚs ØeJeen ceW Ûe›eâ/meskesâC[ keâer mebKÙee
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee keâer keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe  nw, lees keâe celeueye neslee nw– DeeJe=efòe
efkeâmeer S.meer. heefjheLe ceW DeJeMeesef<ele leel#eefCekeâ JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ (RRB SSE (Shift-I), 03.09.2015)
keâer keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe nw– 2  ♦ A signal is composed of a fundamental frequency of
2 kHz and another of 4 kHz. This4kHz signal is
(SSC JE- 2013)
referred to as– A harmonic of the 2 kHz signal
♦ An electric iron is rated at 230 V, 400 W, 50 Hz.
The voltage rating 230 V refers to– RMS value  Skeâ efmeiveue keâer jÛevee cetue DeeJe=efòe 2 kHz Deewj Skeâ DevÙe 4
 Skeâ efJeÅegle DeeÙejve keâes 230 V, 400 W, 50 Hz hej efveOee&efjle kHz keâer DeeJe=efòeÙeeW Éeje keâer ieÙeer nw, efpemeceW 4 kHz DeeJe=efòe
efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ leodvegmeej 230 V keâe Jeesušlee efveOee&jCe keâe efmeiveue nesiee– 2 kHz efmeiveue keâe neceexefvekeäme
……..Øekeâš keâjlee nw– RMS ceeve (RRB SSE (Shift-I), 03.09.2015)
(SSC JE- 2012) ♦ The frequency of a signal is inversely proportional
♦ A non- sinusoidal periodic waveform is free from DC to– Time period
component, cosine components and even harmonics.  efmeiveue keâer DeeJe=efòe...... kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw– DeeJele&keâeue
The waveform has– (RRB SSE (shift-III), 02.09.2015)
Half wave and odd function symmetry ♦ What is the peak voltage of a sine wave that
 Skeâ iewj-pÙeeJe›eâerÙe DeeJeleea lejbie™he DC Ieškeâ, cosine Ieškeâ Deewj measures 220 VAC rms– 311 V
mece neceexefvekeâ mes cegòeâ nw~ leovegmeej lejbie™he nesiee–  meeFve JesJe keâe heerkeâ Jeesušspe keäÙee nw pees 220 Jeesuš AC rms
Deæ&lejbie leLee efJe<ece heâueve meceefceefle keâes ceehelee nw– 311 Jeesuš
(SSC JE- 2012) (RRB SSE (shift-III), 02.09.2015)
♦ The period of a sinusoidal wave is–
Time taken to complete one cycle ♦ V  t  = Vm cos  t  is applied to a half-wave
 pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbie keâer DeJeefOe nw– rectifier. What is the RMS value of the output
Skeâ Ûe›eâ hetje keâjves ceW efueÙee meceÙe Vm I m
wave– ,
(IOF Electronic- 2014) 2 2
♦ One sine wave has a period of 2 ms, another has a  Skeâ Deæ&lejbie efo°keâejer keâes V  t  = Vm cos  t  Fvehegš
period of 5 ms, and other has a period of 10 ms.
Which sine wave is changing at a faster rate– efoÙee peelee nw~ efveie&le lejbie keâe Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve efkeâlevee nesiee~
Sine wave with period 2 ms Vm I m
 Skeâ pÙee lejbie keâe keâeue 2 ms nw, Skeâ DevÙe pÙee lejbie keâe keâeue ,
5 ms nw Deewj Skeâ DevÙe keâe 10 ms nw~ keâewve meer pÙee lejbie 2 2
SSC JE 29.10.2020 Shift-II
leer›elej oj mes heefjJeefle&le nes jner nw– ♦ The power of a single phase AC circuit is given
pÙee lejbie efpemekeâe keâeue 2 ms nw by– VI cos 
(SSC JE- 2015)
♦ A Q meter measures– Properties of the coils  ef meb i eue hes â pe AC heef j heLe keâer Meef òeâ nes leer nw – VI cos 
 Skeâ Q ceeršj ceehelee nw– keäJee@Ùeue kesâ iegCeeW keâes (RRB SSE Secunderabad Red Pepar, 21.12. 2014)
(UPSSSC JE- 2014) ♦ An AC voltmeter when connected to the AC supply,
♦ The type of power in ac circuit is measured in volt- is displays 212.13V. What is the peak value of the
ampere (VA)– Apparent power supply voltage– 300V
 Smeer meefke&âš ceW heeJej keâes Jeesuš-SeqcheÙej (VA) ceW ceehee peelee  Skeâ A.C. Deehetefle& mes peesÌ[s peeves hej Skeâ A.C. Jeesušceeršj
nw– DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ 212.13V ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw~ Deehetefle& Jeesušspe keâe Meer<e& ceeve
(MP JE- 2016) keäÙee nw– 300V
(BSNL TTA (JE) 27.09.2016, 10 AM) (Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017)
AC Circuit 329 YCT
2. Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe
(Pure resistive Circuit)
(Pure Resistive Circuit)
♦ .......... will not always produce any transients-
Pure resistive circuit
 .......... keâYeer Yeer #eefCekeâeSb (šê@efpeSvšdme) efveefce&le vener keâjsiee -
Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
(UPPCL J.E. 11.02.2018, Evening)
♦ If the energy is dissipated, then the electric circuit is
a- Pure resistor
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW Tpee& JÙeÙe nesleer nw lees heefjheLe nw-
Megæ ØeeflejesOekeâ
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021
♦ For a pure resistance supplied through a sinusoidal
voltage, the phase difference between the voltage
and current phasor will be– Zero
 pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee Éeje Deehetefle&le Skeâ Megæ ØeeflejesOe kesâ efueS
Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje, Hesâpej kesâ efueS keâueeblej nesiee– MetvÙe ♦ A 110 V d.c. heater is used on a.c. source such that
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) the heat produced is the same. The rms. value of the
♦ If the maximum value of sine wave AC voltage is 10 alternating voltage is– 110V
V, then its RMS value is– 7.07  Skeâ 110 Jeesuš efo° Oeeje (d.c.) leehekeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.)
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer meeFve JesJe AC Jeesušspe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve 10 V Œeesle hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw pewmee efkeâ leehekeâ meceeve T<cee
nw, lees Fmekeâe ceeve RMS nesiee– 7.07 GlheVe keâjlee nw~ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee keâe Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue (r.m.s.)
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) ceeve...........nw– 110V
♦ In a purely resistive circuit, the average power Pav is ♦ A resistor R is connected across a variable frequency
..............the peak power Pmax– One-half a.c. source. The graph between R and frequency (f)
 Skeâ Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe ceW Deewmele Meefòeâ Pav efMeKej Meefòeâ will be a straight line– Parallel to frequency axis
Pmax keâe ........... nesleer nw– DeeOee  Skeâ ØeeflejesOe R Skeâ heefjJele&veerÙe DeeJe=efòe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.)
♦ There are no transients in pure resistive circuits Œeesle kesâ S›eâeme mebÙeesefpele nw~ ØeeflejesOe (R) Deewj DeeJe=efòe (f) kesâ
because they– Have no stored energy yeerÛe jsKee-efÛe$e Skeâ meerOeer jsKee nesieer pees–
 Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe ceW šêBeEpeSš veneR nesles nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Jes– DeeJe=efòe De#e kesâ meceeveevlej nw
Tpee& meb«eefnle veneR keâjles nw~ ♦ When two sinusoidal waves are 900 out of phase–
♦ Average power is purely resistive ac circuit is equal One has its peak value when
to P- VI
the other has zero value
 Megæ ØeeflejesOeer S.meer. heefjheLe keâer Deewmele Meefòeâ P .......... kesâ
 peye oes pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbies 900 Hesâpe mes efYeVe nQ–
yejeyej nw– VI
♦ The lamp load is an example of ............. load– Skeâ Fmekeâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve nw peyeefkeâ
Purely resistive otmejs keâe ceeve MetvÙe nw
 uewche uees[ ............ uees[ keâe GoenjCe nw– Megæ ØeeflejesOeer (FCI- 4.10.2015)
♦ In a particular circuit, Im sin (t–270) & V = Vm sin ♦ At very high frequencies, the parallel RL circuit
(t+90). Then type of circuit is– behave as– A pure resistive circuit
Pure resistive circuit  yengle GÛÛe DeeJe=eflleÙeeW hej, meceeveeblej RL meefke&âš..........kesâ ™he
 Skeâ efJeefMe° heefjheLe cesW Im sin ( t–270) & V = Vm sin ceW JÙeJenej keâjlee nw– Skeâ Megæ ØeeflejesOekeâ heefjheLe
(t+90) leye heefjheLe keâe Øekeâej nw– Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe (UPPCL JE -2016)
♦ An alternating current flows through a resistor of ♦ In purely resistive circuits, the and the applied in
resistance R. If peak value of current is Ip, then phase with each other– Current, voltage,
1 2  Megæ ØeeflejesOeer heefjheLe (purely resistive circuits) ceW
power dissipated is– Ip R
2 ...........Deewj ØeÙegòeâ (applied)..........Skeâ otmejs kesâ Hesâpe ceW nesles
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ ØeeflejesOe R kessâ ceeOÙece mes nw– Oeeje, Jeesušspe
ØeJeeefnle neslee nw~ Ùeefo Oeeje keâe efMeKej ceeve IP nw~ lees JÙeÙe (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
1 2 ♦ Power Factor of the…….circuit will be unity–
Meefòeâ nw– I R Resistance
2 p
♦ The current in circuit is wattless if–  efkeâme heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ FkeâeF& neslee nw– ØeeflejesOe
Resistance in the circuit is zero (RRB SSE Secunderabad Red Pepar, 21.12. 2014)
 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW Oeeje Meefòeânerve nw Ùeefo– (DMRC. 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe MetvÙe nw (UPSSSC JE-2016)
AC Circuit 330 YCT
3. Megæ ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe  Skeâ ØelÙeJeleea (AC) Oeeje Œeesle Skeâ Megæ ØesjCe-heefjheLe mes peesÌ[e
(Pure Inductive Circuit) peelee nw~ heefjheLe Éeje keâer peeves Jeeueer meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ keâer Kehele
.......... nesieer- -MetvÙe
♦ Inductive reactance X is a function of inductance L (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
and frequency f. The value of X increases when– Megæ ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe
Both L and f increase (Pure Inductive Circuit)
 ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele X, ØesjkeâlJe L Deewj DeeJe=efòe f keâe Skeâ heâueve
nw~ X keâe ceeve yeÌ{lee nw, peye– L Deewj f oesveeW yeÌ{les nw
♦ The induced voltage across an inductor is zero if the
current through it is constant. it means that -
It means an inductor acts as short circuit to DC
 ‘‘Fb[keäšj kesâ ceeOÙece mes Oeeje keâe ceeve Ùeefo efmLej nes leye
Fb[keäšj kesâ (S›eâeme) GlheVe nesves Jeeues Jeesušspe keâe ceeve MetvÙe
neslee nw’’ Fmekeâe leelheÙe& nw efkeâ- Fb[keäšj efo° Oeeje kesâ efueS
ueIeg heefjheLe keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjlee nw~
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
♦ The shunt element of prototype high pass filter is–
Inductive
 ØeesšesšeFhe neF&-heeme efHeâušj keâe Mevš DeJeÙeJe neslee nw– ØesjkeâerÙe
♦ Mutual inductance is measured in - Henry
 DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe keâes...........ceW ceehee peelee nw- nsvejer
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
♦ -------- is defined as weber turns in one coil due to
one ampere current in the other-
♦ Power factor of an inductive circuit is usually
Coefficient of mutual inductance
improved by connecting capacitor to it in– Parallel
 ............keâes otmejs ceW Skeâ ScheerÙej Oeeje kesâ keâejCe Skeâ keâe@Fue
 Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ meeceevÙele: FmeceW ........ceW
ceW Jesyej-šve& kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw-
mebOeeefj$e keâes mebÙeesefpele keâj megOeeje pee mekeâlee nw– meceeveevlej
DevÙeesvÙe ØesjCe keâe iegCeebkeâ
♦ When the frequency of the applied voltage (sine
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) wave) across an inductor is increased then the
♦ In active filter which element is absent– Inductor current will– Decrease
 meef›eâÙe efheâušj ceW keâewve mee DeJeÙeJe DevegheefmLele neslee nw– ØesjkeâlJe
 Skeâ Øesjkeâ kesâ S›eâe@me peye ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee (pÙee lejbie) keâer
♦ The potential difference across...........is proportional DeeJe=efòe yeÌ{eÙeer peeleer nw, lees Oeeje– Iešsieer
to the rate of change of current in it- An inductor
♦ The pf of a practical inductor is– Lagging
 .............ceW efJeYeJeevlej FmeceW Oeeje keâer heefjJele&ve keâer oj kesâ
 Skeâ JÙeeJeneefjkeâ Øesjkeâ keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ (pf) neslee nw–
meceevegheeleer neslee nw - Øesjkeâ
heMÛeieeceer
♦ .......... will act as open circuit at t = 0+ with zero
♦ In a pure inductive AC circuit -
initial conditions– Inductor
Voltage leads the current by 90º
 ......... MetvÙe ØeejefcYekeâ DeJemLee kesâ meeLe t = 0+ hej Keguee
 Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâerÙe ØelÙeeJeleea heefjheLe ceW -
heefjheLe keâer lejn keâeÙe& keâjsiee– Øesjkeâ
Jeesušlee, Oeeje mes 90º De«eieeceer neslee nw~
♦ For a dc voltage an inductor–
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) Is virtually a short circuit
 di   [er .meer . Jees ušlee kes â ef ueS Skeâ Øes jkeâ–
♦ In the expression e  L   (where e = emf of a
 dt  JeemleefJekeâ ™he mes ueIeg heefjheLe neslee nw
coil, i = current through the coil, t = time) L ♦ When a unit impulse voltage is applied to an
represents - Self - inductance inductor of 1H, the energy supplied by the source
 
di is– 1/2 J
 JÙebpekeâ ceW e  L   , (peneB e = kegâC[ueer keâe emf, i =
 dt   peye Skeâ FkeâeF& Fcheume Jeesušspe 1H Øesjkeâ hej ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee
kegâC[ueer ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje, t = meceÙe) L efve™efhele keâjlee nw- nw, lees œeesle Éeje mehueeF& keâer peeves Jeeueer Tpee& nw– 1/2 J
mJe-ØesjCe ♦ In an a.c. circuit, a purely inductive coil is
connected. The power factor of this circuit is– Zero
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer peg[ Ì er
♦ An AC source is applied to a pure inductive circuit.
The active power consumed by the circuit is– -Zero nw ~ Fme heef j heLe keâe Meef òeâ ieg Cekeâ nw– Met v Ùe
AC Circuit 331 YCT
♦ The inductive reactance of a circuit is ............ ♦ In a pure inductive circuit–
frequency– Directly proportional to The current lags applied voltage by 90 degree
 heefjheLe keâe ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele DeeJe=efòe kesâ ............ neslee nw–  Megæ Øesjkeâ heefjheLe ceW–
meerOes meceevegheeleer Oeeje, Deehetefle&le Jeesušlee mes 900 he§eieeceer neslee nw~
♦ Power absorbed in a pure inductive circuit is zero (SSC JE- 4 March 2017, 2.45pm)
because– Power factor of the circuit is zero (SSC JE- 1 march 2017 2.45 pm)
 Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ MetvÙe neslee nw ♦ Pure inductive circuit–
keäÙeeWefkeâ– heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ MetvÙe neslee nw Take power form the line during some part of the
♦ The inductive reactance of an inductor in a d.c. cycle and then returns during other part of cycle
circuit is– Zero  Megæ Øesefjle heefjheLe–
 Skeâ Øesjkeâ keâe Skeâ efo°-Oeeje (d.c.) heefjheLe ceW ØesjkeâerÙe Ûe›eâ kesâ kegâÚ Yeeie ceW ueeFve mes Meefòeâ ueslee nw Deewj
ØeefleIeele...........nw– MetvÙe Ûe›eâ kesâ otmejs Yeeie kesâ oewjeve Jeeheme keâj oslee nw~
♦ A choke coil is a coil having– (SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am)
High inductance and low resistance ♦ A 10 mH inductor carries a sinusoidal current of 1A
 Skeâ Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer..........mes Ùegòeâ kegâC[ueer nesleer nw – rms at a frequency of 50 Hz. The average power
GÛÛe ØesjkeâlJe Deewj efvecve ØeeflejesOe dissipated by the inductor is– 0W
♦ A pure inductor is connected to an alternating  Skeâ 10 mH Øesjkeâ 50 Hz DeeJe=efòe Jeeueer 1A Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue
voltage source. If both the voltage and the frequency ceeve (Deej.Sce.Sme.) keâer pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje keâes Jenve keâjlee nw~
are doubled, the circuit current is–
Remains unchanged
Øesefjle Éeje efve<heeefole Deewmele Meefòeâ nesieer– 0W
 Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâlJe Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee Œeesle mes mebÙeesefpele nw~ (SSC JE-4 March 2017 10 am)
Ùeefo Jeesušlee Deewj DeeJe=efòe oesveeW oesiegvee nes peeS, lees heefjheLe ♦ Purely inductive circuit takes power from the ac
mains when–
Oeeje ........ nesleer nw– DeheefjJeefle&le Applied voltage decreases but current increases
♦ The voltage across an inductor is v= Vm sin ( t –  Megæ Øesefjle heefjheLe Smeer cesvme mes Meefòeâ ueslee nw, peye–
30o). The current through the inductor is i=Im sin ( t Deehetefle&le Jeesušspe Iešleer nw hejvleg Oeeje yeÌ{leer nw~
–). The value of  is– 120o
 Skeâ Øesjkeâ kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee v= Vm sin ( t –30o) nw~ Øesjkeâ ♦ Inductive reactance is defined as the opposition
kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje i=Im sin (t –) nw~  keâe ceeve offered by the..........of a circuit to the flow of an
nw– 120o alternating sinusoidal current– Inductance
♦ In a circuit containing an inductance of zero  Skeâ heef j heLe kes
â .............. Éeje ØelÙeeJeleea pÙeeJe›eâer Ùe Oeeje kesâ
resistance, the current leads the applied a.c. voltage ØeJeen ceW Øemlegle efJejesOe, FC[efkeäšJe efjSkeäšWme kesâ ™he ceW
by a phase angle of– –90o heefjYeeef<ele neslee nw– ØesjkeâlJe
 Skeâ heefjheLe ceW Skeâ ØesjkeâlJe kesâ MetvÙe ØeeflejesOe meefcceefuele keâjles (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
ngS, Oeeje Deehetefle& ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) Jeesušlee mes.......... ♦ A resistor and another circuit element are connected
hesâpe keâesCe kesâ Éeje De«e nw– –90o in series across a dc voltage V. The voltage across
♦ An inductive circuit draws a line current of 10A. If the second element is V initially and zero after time.
the reactive component of line current is 6A, then The other element is pure– Inductor
power factor of the circuit is– 0.8 lagging  Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ Skeâ otmeje heefjheLe DeJeÙeJe, [er meer Jeesušlee V
 Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe 10 SefcheÙej keâer Skeâ ueeFve Oeeje uesleer nw kesâ S›eâeme, Skeâ ßesCeer ceW peg[Ì s nQ~ Gmeces otmejs DeJeÙeJe kesâ S›eâeme
Ùeefo ueeFve Oeeje keâe ØeefleIeeleerÙe Ieškeâ 6 SefcheÙej nw, leye Jeesušlee DeejbYe ceW V nw Deewj yeeo ceW MetvÙe nes peeleer nw~ leovegmeej
heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ.......nw– 0.8 heMÛeieeceer otmeje DeJeÙeJe hetCe&le: ......... nw– Øesjkeâ
♦ Average power consumption of pure inductive (SSC JE- 2012)
circuit is– Zero ♦ In a pure inductive circuit if the supply frequency is
 efkeâmeer efJeMegæ Øesjkeâ heefjheLe ceW Deewmele Meefòeâ keâe GheYeesie
reduced to 1 , the current will– Be doubled
.............neslee nw– MetvÙe 2
(DMRC.JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)  Skeâ efJeMegæ ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo ØeoeÙe DeeJe=efòe Ieše keâj
♦ In case of a purely inductive circuit, the current is 1 keâj oer peeleer nw lees Oeeje efkeâleveer nesieer– ogiegveer nes peeSieer
maximum when– Applied voltage is zero 2
 Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe keâer DeJemLee ceW Oeeje DeefOekeâlece nesieer, ♦ An inductor at t = 0+ with zero initial(SSC JE- 2007)
conditions acts
peye– ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee MetvÙe nesleer nw as– Open circuit
(DMRC .JE.- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)  ØeejefcYekeâ DeJemLee MetvÙe keâer oMee ceW, t = 0+ hej Skeâ Øesjkeâ
♦ ............ will be the relation between the current .......... keâer lejn keâeÙe& keâjlee nw– Keguee heefjheLe
through a pure inductor and the voltage across the (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
inductor– Current will lag by 900 ♦ A current of 5 mA flows in a resistanceless choke
 Skeâ Megæ Øesjkeâ ceW Oeeje leLee Gmekesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe kesâ yeerÛe from a 200V alternating source. The energy
......... mebyebOe neslee nw– Oeeje 90o he§eieeceer nesiee consumed in the choke is– 0J
AC Circuit 332 YCT
 200V ØelÙeeJeleea œeesle mes ØeeflejesOe-jefnle Ûeeskeâ ceW 5mA keâer Oeeje ♦ The type of power is generated by power factor
ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ Ûeeskeâ ceW efkeâleveer Tpee& keâer Kehele nesleer nw– 0 J correction capacitors connected to plants-
Reactive power
(SSC JE- 2014 Morning Shift)
 hueebš mes pegÌ[s Meefòeâ iegCekeâ megOeejkeâ mebOeeefj$e mes ......... Øekeâej
♦ In purely inductive circuit, current lags by Voltage–
90 0 keâer Meefòeâ GlheVe nesleer nw- ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ
 Megæ ™he mes Øesjkeâ heefjheLe ceW Oeeje…..kesâ Éeje Jeesušlee mes (PGCIL NR-II 12.03.2022)
he§eieeceer neslee nw– 90 0 ♦ .......... can act as an open circuit for dc and a short
circuit for ac of high frequency– A capacitor
(M.P. Sub Engineer 01.09.2018)
 ........, efo° Oeeje kesâ efueS Kegues heefjheLe Deewj ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje kesâ efueS
4. Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe ueIeg heefjheLe leLee GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe kesâ ™he ceW keâeÙe& keâj mekeâlee nw–
mebOeeefj$e
(Pure Capacitive Circuit) ♦ Capacitive reactance is more when–
Capacitance is less and frequency of supply is less
♦ In rectangular form, capacitive reactance will be
 OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele DeefOekeâ neslee nw peye–
-j
written as– Oeeefjlee keâce nes Deewj mehueeF& keâer DeeJe=efòe keâce nes
ωC
♦ In a highly capacitive circuit the–
 DeeÙeleekeâej ™he ceW, OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele .......... keâer lejn efueKee Reactive power is more than the actual power
-j  Skeâ GÛÛe OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe ceW–
peeÙesiee–
ωC efjSefkeäšJe Meefòeâ JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ mes DeefOekeâ nesleer nw~
♦ A current impulse, 5 d(t) is forced through a Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe
capacitor C. The voltage, vC (t), across the capacitor
(Pure Capacitive Circuit)
5d(t)
is given by–
C
 Skeâ Oeeje Fcheume 5 d(t) Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ ceeOÙece mes heâesme&
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe
5d(t)
vC (t) efkeâmekesâ Éeje efoÙee peeSiee–
C
♦ A two-terminal black box contains a series
combination of a resistor and unknown two terminal
linear device. As soon as the battery is connected to
the black box the current is found to be zero. The
device is– A capacitor
 efkeâmeer oes-še|ceveue Jeeues keâeues yee@keäme ceW Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ Deewj Skeâ
De%eele oes še|ceveue Jeeues jsKeerÙe ef[JeeFme keâe ßesCeer mebÙeespeve nw~
pewmes ner keâesF& yewšêr keâeues yeekeäme mes mebÙeesefpele keâer peeleer nw, lees
Øeehle Oeeje MetvÙe nesleer nw~ Ùegefòeâ nww– Skeâ mebOeeefj$e
♦ A 5µF pure capacitor carries a current of 5A when
sinusoidal ac voltage is applied. What is the average
power dissipated by the capacitor over one cycle of
ac supply - Zero
 Skeâ 5µF Megæ mebOeeefj$e ceW 5A keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw peye
♦ A circuit component that opposes the change in
meeFveesmeeF[ue Smeer Jeesušspe ueieeÙee peelee nw Smeer Deehetefle& kesâ circuit voltage is– Capacitance
Skeâ Ûe›eâ ceW mebOeeefj$e Éeje KeÛe& keâer ieF& Deewmele Meefòeâ .........  Skeâ heefjheLe DeJeÙeJe pees heefjheLe Jeesušlee ceW heefjJele&ve keâe efJejesOe
nw- MetvÙe keâjlee nw, Jen nw– Oeeefjlee
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) ♦ A capacitor used for power factor correction in
♦ In a series circuit, current lead voltages by 90º. The single-phase circuit is– The line current decreases
type of circuit is this - Pure capacitor and increases power factor
 Skeâ ëe=bKeuee heefjheLe ceW Oeeje Jeesušspe mes 90º De«eieeceer nw~ Ùen  1- (Hesâpe) heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ iegCekeâ mebMeesOeve kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ
efkeâme Øekeâej keâe heefjheLe nw - Megæ mebOeeefj$e mebOeeefj$e ..........
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) ueeFve Oeeje keâes Iešelee nw Deewj Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ keâes yeÌ{elee nw
♦ The impedance of an a.c. circuit is 45–30° - ♦ ........... will act as short circuit at t = 0+ with zero
Capacitive initial conditions– Capacitor
 AC heefjheLe 45–30° keâe ØeefleyeeOee nesiee- OeeefjleerÙe  ..........] , Met v Ùe Øeejef cYekeâ DeJemLee kes â meeLe t = 0 +
hej heefjheLe
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) ueIeg heefjheLe keâer lejn keâeÙe& keâjsiee– mebOeeefj$e
AC Circuit 333 YCT
♦ An ideal voltage source will charge an ideal  Skeâ Megæ mebOeeefj$e 50 Hz, 230V Deehetefle& mes peg[Ì ves hej 0.04W
capacitor– Instantaneously keâe GheYeesie keâjlee nw~ Fme GheYeesie kesâ efueS ..............GòejoeÙeer nw–
 Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesušlee œeesle Skeâ DeeoMe& mebOeeefj$e keâes Ûeepe& keâjlee huesš ceW Deesce ØeeflejesOe kesâ keâejCe Deesnefcekeâ #eÙe Deewj
nw– leel#eefCekeâ ™he mes hejeJewÅegle ceW Tpee& keâe #eÙe oesveeW
♦ If a unit step current is passed through a capacitor (SSC JE-4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
The voltage across the capacitor will be– ♦ If V=Vmsin t is the voltage across the capacitor,
A ramp function then the current– I m sin  ωt + π 2 
 Ùeefo Skeâ Ùetefveš mšshe Oeeje Skeâ mebOeeefj$e mes ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw, lees
 Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebOeeefj$e kesâ efmejeW hej Jeesušlee V=Vmsin t nw, lees
mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe ......... nesiee– Skeâ jwche Heâueve
Gmemes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nw– I m sin  ωt + π 2 
♦ A capacitor of 100F is charged to 10V through a
resistance of 10k. It would be fully charged in– (KVS JE -2016)
5 sec ♦ The capacitive circuit are used to........... pf (Power
factor)– Increases
 Skeâ 100F, 10k kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes 10V lekeâ Ûeepe&
 pf (Meefkeäle Ieškeâ)……..kewâhesefmeefšJe heefjheLe ØeÙeesie ceW ueeÙee
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùen ........... ceW hetCe& ™he mes DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peelee nw– yeÌ{eves ceW
peeSiee– 5 meskesâC[
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ The average power consumed by a pure capacitor ♦ The current in capacitive circuits....…the voltage–
is– 0 Leads
 Megæ mebOeeefj$e kesâ Éeje Kehele Deewmele Meefòeâ nesleer nw– 0  mebOeeefj$e heefjheLe ceW Oeeje Jeesušlee mes..........neslee nw– De«eieeceer
♦ The power factor of a purely capacitive circuit is– (BSNL TTA 21.02.2016)
Zero lead ♦ If a capacitance is charged by a square wave current
 Skeâ Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nw– MetvÙe De«e source, then the voltage across the capacitor will be–
♦ An alternating voltage v = Vm sin  is applied to a Triangular wave
pure capacitive circuit. The current equation will  Ùeefo Skeâ mebOeeefj$e Jeiee&keâej lejbie Oeeje œeesle mes DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee
be– +
Im sin ( /2) peelee nw, lees mebOeeefj$e kesâ efmejeW hej Jeesušspe nesiee–
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee v=Vm sin  Skeâ Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe ef$eYegpeekeâej lejbie
kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ nw~ Oeeje meceerkeâjCe nesiee– Im sin (+/2) (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
♦ The reactance of 1F capacitance when connected to ♦ For AC, the opposition offered by capacitor is
a d.c. circuit is– Infinite called– Capacitive reactance
 1 hewâj[ mebOeeefj$e keâe ØeefleIeele nesiee peye Skeâ efo° Oeeje heefjheLe  AC keâs efueS mebOeeefj$e Éeje efoÙes peeves Jeeues efJejesOe keâes
mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw– Devevle ……keânles nw– OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (keâwhesefmeefšJe efjSkeäšsbme)
♦ The voltage and current in an a.c. series circuit are (UPPCL JE- 2015)
2300o volts and 10030o A respectively. The ♦ In AC circuit, there is a phase difference of  / 2
circuit will be– Capacitive between current and voltage when the current is at
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje its peak, then the voltage is zero. The circuit is–
›eâceMe: 2300 Jeesuš Deewj 10030 SefcheÙej nw~ heefjheLe
o o Capacitive
nesiee– OeeefjleerÙe  Skeâ A.C. heef j heLe ceW , Oeeje Deew j Jees ušlee kes â yeer Ûe /2 keâe
♦ In polar form, capacitive reactance will be written keâueevlej nw~ peye Oeeje Deheveer GÛÛelee hej nes lees Jeesušlee MetvÙe
1 nesleer nw~ heefjheLe nw– OeeefjleerÙe
as–  – 90° (RRB 2014)
ωC
 The impedence of a pure capacitive circuit
 OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW, OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele ....... keâer lejn efueKee expressed is– Z = 0 – j XC
peeÙesiee–
1
 – 90°  Megæ ®he ceW kewâhesefmeefšJe heefjheLe (in pure capacitive circuit)
ωC keâer ØeefleyeeOee keâes .......... ®he ceW JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ The admittance of a circuit is (0.1+j 0.8) S. The Z = 0 – j XC
circuit is– Capacitive (ESIC 24.01.2019 -Time 9:00-11:00)
 Skeâ heefjheLe keâer ØeJesMÙelee (0.1+j0.8) meercesvme nw~ heefjheLe ♦ In pure capacitive circuit angle the voltage with
..........nw– OeeefjleerÙe respect to current it– 900 lagging
♦ A coil with large distributed capacitance has–  Megæ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe ceW Oeeje kesâ meehes#e Jeesušlee keâe ceeve neslee
High resonant frequency nw– 900 heMÛeieeceer
 DeefOekeâ efJelejCe Oeeefjlee Jeeueer kegbâ[ueer ceW..........nesleer nw– (UPSSSC JE-2016)
GÛÛe Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe  A pure capacitor is connected to a variable
(UPPCL JE-2016) frequency a.c. source. The graph between capacitive
reactance (XC) and frequency (f) will be–
Hyperbola
♦ A pure capacitance connected across 50Hz, 230V
supply consumes 0.04W. This consumption is
 Skeâ Megæ mebOeeefj$e Skeâ heefjJele&veerÙe DeeJe=efòe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje
attributed to– Both ohmic loss due to ohmic (a.c.) Œeesle kesâ meeLe mebÙeesefpele nw~ OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) Deewj
resistance of plates and loss of energy in dielectric DeeJe=efòe (f) kesâ yeerÛe jsKee-efÛe$e nesiee- DeeflehejJeueÙe
AC Circuit 334 YCT
5. R-L heefjheLe (R-L Circuit) ♦ The voltage applied across an R-L circuit is equal to
........ of VR and VL– Phasor sum
 Skeâ R-L heefjheLe kesâ S›eâe@me ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe VR Deewj VL kesâ
(a) R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe (R-L Series Circuit) ........... kesâ yejeyej neslee nw– Hesâpej Ùeesie
♦ If an R-L circuit having impedance angle  is
♦ The instantaneous power of a 1-phase series circuit switched on when the applied sinusoidal voltage
supplying R-L load from a sinusoidal voltage source wave is passing through an angle . There will be no
has in eah cycle–
switching transient if– –=0
Negative twice times and zero four times
 Ùeefo Skeâ R-L heefjheLe efpemeceW ØeefleyeeOee keâesCe  nes, peye ØeÙegòeâ
 Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee œeesle mes R-L Yeej keâer hetefle& keâj jns 1-keâuee
ßesCeer heefjheLe keâer leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ kesâ ØelÙeskeâ Ûe›eâ ceW nesles nQ– pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee lejbie Skeâ keâesCe  mes iegpejlee nw, lees efmJeÛe
$e+Ceelcekeâ oes yeej Deewj MetvÙe Ûeej yeej Dee@ve efkeâÙee peelee nw~ keâesF& efmJeeEÛeie šêBefpeSbš veneR nesiee, Ùeefo–
(SSC JE- 2013) –=0
♦ A resistance is connected in series with an inductive ♦ Total instantaneous power supplied by a 3–phase ac
coil the phase difference between the current and supply to a balanced R–L load is– Constant
applied voltage– Decreases  Skeâ 3-Hesâpe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Deehetefle& Éeje Skeâ meblegefuele R–L uees[
 Skeâ ØeeflejesOe Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[er ngF& nw keâes Deehetefle& keâer ieF& kegâue leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ nw– efveÙele
efpevekesâ Oeeje Deewj Jeesušlee kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe Devlej– Iešleer nw ♦ A resistance is connected in series with an inductive
♦ ...........is/are the term given to the phenomenon coil. The phase difference between the current and
where a change in Current through one inductor applied voltage–
causes a voltage to be induced in another– Increases with increase in supply frequency
Mutual inductance  Skeâ ØeeflejesOe Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW peg[Ì er nw~
 .......... Iešvee keâes Fbefiele keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegkeäle Meyo nw, peneB ØeÙegòeâ Oeeje Deewj Jeesušlee kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe Devlej nw–
Skeâ Øesjkeâ ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje ceW heefjJele&ve keâer Jepen mes otmejs ceW mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe kesâ yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee nw
Jeesušspe Øesefjle neslee nw– heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe ♦ The formula for calculating power in R–L circuit is–
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) VI cos 
♦ Series R-L circuit is the dual of–  heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjves kesâ efueS met$e nw– VI cos 
Parallel RC circuit ♦ A series R–L circuit is suddenly connected to a dc
 ßesCeer RL heefjheLe ........... keâe efÉJeJeeÛekeâ (Ùegicekeâ) nw– voltage source of V volts. The current in this circuit,
meceevlej RC heefjheLe soon after the switch is closed is equal to– Zero
(UPPCL AE Re Exam 30.12.2016)  Skeâ ßesCeer R–L heefjheLe DeÛeevekeâ efo°Oeeje Jeesušlee Œeesle V
♦ Time constant of an inductive circuit– Jeesuš mes pegÌ[e nw~ Fme heefjheLe ceW Oeeje efmJeÛe Dee@Heâ keâjves kesâ
Increases with increase of inductance and yeeo yejeyej nesiee– MetvÙe
decrease of resistance ♦
In an R–L series ac circuit, XL = R. The phase angle
 Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ– is– 450
ØesjkeâlJe kesâ yeÌ{ves Deewj ØeeflejesOe kesâ  Skeâ R–L ßesCeer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW XL = R hesâpe keâesC0e
Iešves kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee nw nw– 45
♦ The impedance of an R-L series circuits is given by–
♦ At ......... frequencies the parallel R-L circuit behaves
as purely resistive– Very high R 2 + X L2
 .......... DeeJe=efòeÙeeW hej meceeveevlej R-L heefjheLe Megæ ØeeflejesOeer  Skeâ R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee........kesâ Éeje efoÙee ieÙee
keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjlee nw– yengle GÛÛe nw– R 2 + X L2
♦ In an R-L circuit connected to an alternating
sinusoidal voltage the magnitude of transient current ♦ In an R-L series circuit, line current–
primarily depends on the– Lags behind the applied voltage
 Skeâ R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW, ueeFve Oeeje–
Instant in the voltage cycle at
which circuit is closed Deehetefle& Jeesušlee mes he§eieeceer neslee nw
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee mes mebÙeesefpele Skeâ heefjheLe ceW ♦ In an R-L series circuit, the phase difference 
between applied voltage and circuit current will
šêbefpeSbš Oeeje keâe heefjceeCe cegKÙe ™he mes efveYe&j keâjlee nw– increase if– XL is increased
Jeesušspe Ûe›eâ ceW #eCe efpeme hej heefjheLe yevo neslee nw~  Skeâ R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW, Deehetefle& Jeesušlee Deewj heefjheLe Oeeje kesâ
♦ In an A.C. circuit (sine wave) with R and L in yeerÛe hesâpe Devlej  yeÌ{siee Ùeefo– XL yeÌ{lee nw
series– The voltage across R lags the voltage ♦ In an R-L series circuit, the two sides of the
across L by 90o impedance triangle that form the phase angle are–
 ßesCeer ceW R leLee L kesâ meeLe Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe (pÙee R and Z
lejbie) ceW– ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee ØesjkeâlJe kesâ  Skeâ R-L ëe=bKeuee heefjheLe ceW Hesâpe keâesCe yeveeves Jeeues ØeefleyeeOee
S›eâe@me Jeesušlee mes 900 he§eieeceer nesleer nw ef$eYegpe keâer oes YegpeeSb nw– R Deewj Z
AC Circuit 335 YCT

♦ A series a.c. circuit has R= 4 and XL=3. It will (b) R-L meceeblej heefjheLe (R-L Parallel Circuit)
be expressed in the rectangular form as– 4+ j 3
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe kesâ R = 4 Deesce Deewj XL = 3
At very high frequencies, the parallel RL circuit
♦
Deesce nw~ Ùen ......... keâer lejn DeeÙeleekeâej ™he ceW JÙekeäle nesieer– behave as– A pure resistive circuit
4+ j 3  yengle GÛÛe DeeJe=eflleÙeeW hej, meceeveeblej RL meefke&âš..........kesâ ™he
♦ When an ac power is applied to a circuit having ceW JÙeJenej keâjlee nw– Skeâ Megæ ØeeflejesOekeâ meefke&âš
reactive load, then the voltage is–
♦ In a parallel R-L circuit if IR is the current in resistance
90 degree out of phase with the current and IL is the current in inductance then which of the
 peye Skeâ S.meer. Meefòeâ ØeefleIeeleerÙe Yeej Jeeues heefjheLe hej ueeiet statements is true– IL lags IR by 900
nesleer nw, lees Jeesušspe.................neslee nw–  Skeâ meceeveeblej R-L meefke&âš ceW Ùeefo IR ØeeflejesOeer Oeeje nw leLee IL
Oeeje kesâ meeLe ÛejCe ceW 90 ef[«eer yeenj ØesjkeâlJe Oeeje nw leye keâewve mee keâLeve melÙe nw–
(UPPCL J.E. 11.02.2018, Evening) IL, IR mes 900 heMÛeieeceer nw
♦ The time constant value in an R–L circuit is given (LMRC SC/TO 2015)
L
by–
R 6. R-C heefjheLe (R-C Circuit)
 R-L heefjheLe ceW meceÙe efmLejebkeâ keâe ceeve ............ Éeje efoÙee
peelee nw–
L (a) R-C ßesCeer heefjheLe (R-C Series Circuit)
R
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) ♦ What is the range of operating power factor for any
♦ The angular velocity of a sinusoidal voltage is– given RC series circuit - 0 to 1
 = 2 f  ef k eâmeer ef o S ieS RC ßes Ceer heef j heLe kes â ef ueS meb Ûeeueve Meefòeâ
 pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušspe keâe keâesCeerÙe Jesie nw–  = 2 f ieg C ekeâ keâer meer c ee keäÙ ee nw - 0 mes 1
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
(DMRC JE -2017)
♦ Time constant of a capacitive circuit increases with
♦ When a sinusoidal time varying source is connected the– Increase of capacitance and
to an R-L network the response will be– increase of resistance
Natural and forced response
 Skeâ OeeefjleerÙe heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ ........... kesâ meeLe
 peye Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe meceÙe heefjJeleea œeesle (sinusoidal time
yeÌ{lee nw– Oeeefjlee kesâ yeÌ{ves Deewj ØeeflejesOe kesâ yeÌ{ves
varying source) R-L vesšJeke&â mes pegÌ[lee nw leye Øeefleef›eâÙee
♦ The time constant of a series R-C circuit is given
nesieer– mJeeYeeefJekeâ SJeb yeuehetJe&keâ Øeefleef›eâÙee by– RC
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)  Skeâ R-C ßesCeer heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ efoÙee ieÙee nw– RC
♦ Inductive Impedance of a load increases with– ♦ At very low frequency a series R-C circuit behaves
Increase in Frequency as almost purely– Capacitive
 Skeâ uees[ keâer ØesjCe ØeefleyeeOee yeÌ{leer nw–  yengle efvecve DeeJe=efòe hej Skeâ ßesCeer R-C heefjheLe ueieYeie Megæ
DeeJe=efòe kesâ yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe .......... ™he mes JÙeJenej keâjleer nw– OeeefjleerÙe
(BSNL TTA (JE) 27.09.2016_10 AM) ♦ A square wave is fed to an R-C circuit. Then–
♦ In an R-L series circuit, the power factor is– Voltage across both R and C is not square
Lagging  Skeâ Jeie& lejbie efkeâmeer R-C heefjheLe keâes oer peeleer nw, leye–
 Skeâ R-L meerjerpe heefjheLe keâe heeJej Hewâkeäšj nesiee– heMÛeieeceer R Deewj C oesveeW kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee Jeiee&keâej veneR nw~
♦ Total instantaneous power supplied by a 3-phase ac
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 10 AM) supply to a balanced R-C load as– Constant
♦ When a series RL circuit is connected to a voltage
source V at t = 0, the current passing through the
 meblegefuele RL uees[ keâes 3- Éeje Deehetefle& keâer ieF& kegâue
inductor L at t = 0 is– +
Zero leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ ........... nw~– efmLej
 peye Skeâ ßesCeer RL heefjheLe keâes t = 0 hej Jeesušlee œeesle V mes ♦ An R-C series circuit is excited by a dc source. After
its switching on– The sum of the voltage across
mecyeæ efkeâÙee peelee nw lees t = 0+ hej Øesjkeâ mes iegpejves Jeeueer Oeeje R and C is always equal to the supply voltage
nw– MetvÙe  Skeâ R-C ßesCeer heefjheLe [er.meer. œeesle Éeje Gòesefpele efkeâÙee peelee
(SSC JE- 2007) nw~ Fmekeâes efmJeÛe Dee@ve keâjves kesâ yeeo–
♦ A step voltage E is applied to a series R-L circuit. R Deewj C kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee keâe Ùeesie meowJe mehueeF&
The rate of change of current is maximum at– Zero
Jeesušspe kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
 Skeâ R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe hej Skeâ mšshe Jeesušspe E keâe DevegØeÙeesie
♦ What should be done to find the initial values of the
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Oeeje kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer oj – hej DeefOekeâlece nesleer circuit variables in a first-order R-C circuit excited
nw– MetvÙe by only initial conditions–
(DMRC Electronic 2014) To replace the capacitor by a voltage source
AC Circuit 336 YCT

 kesâJeue ØeejefcYekeâ efmLeefle Éeje Gòesefpele ØeLece keâesefš R-C heefjheLe ♦ What is the relationship between current (i) and
ceW heefjheLe ÛejeW keâe ØeejefcYekeâ ceeve Øeehle keâjves nsleg keäÙee keâjvee voltage (v) in a circuit consisting of a capacitor in
ÛeeefnS– series with a resistor–
i and v are in phase across the resistor
mebOeeefj$e keâes Jeesušlee œeesle Éeje ØeeflemLeeefhele keâjvee~
 Skeâ heefjheLe efpemeceW ßesCeer ceW ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe mebOeeefj$e ueiee nw,
♦ An initially relaxed RC-series network with R = 2
leye heefjheLe ceW Oeeje leLee Jeesušlee keâe mecyevOe keäÙee nesiee–
M and C = 1 F is a switched on to a 10V step
input. The voltage across the capacitor after 2 ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâeme Oeeje leLee Jeesušlee meceeve hesâpe ceW
seconds will be– 6.32 V (RRB SSE (shift-III), 02.09.2015)
 R = 2 M Deewj C = 1 F kesâ meeLe ØeejefcYekeâ ™he mes
efveefMÛele Skeâ RC-ßesCeer vesšJeke&â 10V mšshe Fvehegš hej efmJeÛe (b) R-C meceeblej heefjheLe (R-C Parallel Circuit)
Dee@ve efkeâÙee peelee nw~ 2 meskesâC[ yeeo mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe
nesiee– 6.32 V ♦ In a parallel R-C circuit, the current always ..........
♦ If a resistor 6  is connected in series with a 8 the applied voltage– Leads
capacitive reactance, Find its impedance– 10   Skeâ meceevlej R-C heefjheLe ceW Oeeje ncesMee ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee mes
 Ùeefo Skeâ 6 Deesce ØeeflejesOe, 8 Deesce OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele kesâ meeLe .......... nesleer nw– De«eieeceer
ßesCeer ceW peg[Ì e nw~ Fmekeâe ØeefleyeeOee %eele keâerefpeS– 10  ♦
In a parallel R C circuit, 1 A current flows through
♦ The capacitive susceptance of a 0.01  F capacitor resistive branch and 1 A through the capacitive
at d.c. is– Zero branch. What is the total current– 1.41 A
 efo° Oeeje hej Skeâ 0.01 ceeF›eâesHewâj[ mebOeeefj$e keâer OeeefjleerÙe  Skeâ meceeveevlej R C heefjheLe ceW, 1 SefcheÙej Oeeje ØeeflejesOeer
DevegkeâeÙe&lee........ nw– MetvÙe MeeKee mes Deewj 1 SefcheÙej OeeefjleerÙe MeeKee mes yenleer nw kegâue
♦ An AC series circuit consists of a resistor and a Oeeje keäÙee nw– 1.41 A
capacitor. The resultant power factor of the circuit ♦ In a parallel RC circuit with R>XC the phase angle
will be– Leading will be– Greater than 45o
 Skeâ AC ßesCeer heefjheLe Skeâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj Skeâ mebOeeefj$e mes yevelee  Skeâ meceeveevlej RC heefjheLe ceW R>XC kesâ meeLe hesâpe
nw, heefjheLe keâe heefjCeeceer Meefkeäle iegCekeâ nesiee– De«eieeceer keâesCe..........nesiee– 45º mes DeefOekeâ
(LMRC JE -2016) ♦ In a parallel RC circuit, the phase angle is–
♦ When an RC network is compared with respect to Z
cos -1
RL network– R
RC networks are smaller in size, have lower  Skeâ meceeveevlej RC heefjheLe kesâ efueS hesâpe keâesCe ....... nw–
losses and very cheaper Z
 peye Deej meer (RC) vesšJeke&â keâer Deej Sue (RL) vesšJeke&â kesâ cos -1
R
mebyebOe ceW leguevee keâer peeleer nw– ♦ The nature of supply current in parallel RC circuit
Deej meer (RC) vesšJeke&â Deekeâej ceW Úesšs nesles nQ GveceW keâce with reference to the voltage–
vegkeâmeeve neslee nw Deewj yengle memles nw Leads by 90o degree
(AAI -2016)  meceevlej RC heefjheLe cebs mehueeF& Oeeje keâer Øeke=âefle oJeesušspe kesâ
♦ A Lag network for compensation normally consists mevoYe& ceW ........nesieer– 90 De«eieeceer
of– R and C elements (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
 #eeflehetefle& kesâ efueÙes uewie vesšJeke&â efkeâmemes yevee neslee nw–
R Deewj C lelJe 7. L-C heefjheLe (L-C Circuit)
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ In a series RC circuit, the current ........... the voltage (a) L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe (L-C Series Circuit)
by an angle ............ degrees–
Lead, between 0 and 90
 RC ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW, keâjWš, Jeesušspe mes ..........., .......... ♦ The series and parallel resonance on L-C circuit
differs in that– Series resonance needs a
ef[«eer neslee nw– De«eieeceer, 0 mes 90 kesâ ceOÙe low-resistance source for sharp rise in current
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
 ßesCeer Deewj meceevlej L-C Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW efYeVelee nw efkeâ–
♦ As frequency increases, the impedance of a RC
series circuit– Decreases ßesCeer Devegveeo keâes Oeeje ceW leer#Ce yeÌ{esòejer kesâ efueS efvecve
 pewmes-pewmes DeeJe=efòe yeÌ{leer nw, RC ëe=bKeuee heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee– ØeeflejesOe m$eesle keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw
Iešleer nw ♦ The inductive and capacitive loads–
Absorb positive and negative reactive
(BSNL TTA (JE)-2015) power respectively
♦ In a series RC circuit, the voltage across the
0  Fb[efkeäšJe Deewj kewâhesefmeefšJe Yeej–
capacitor is– Lagging the resistor voltage by 90
 Skeâ ßesCeer›eâce RC heefjheLe ceW mebOeeefj$e kesâ heej Jeesušlee nesieer– ›eâceMe: mekeâejelcekeâ Deewj vekeâejelcekeâ Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue
ØeeflejesOekeâ Jeesušlee mes 900 mes heMÛeieeceer Tpee& keâes DeJeMeesef<ele keâjlee nw
(RPHED 2015) (UPRVUNL AE -2014)
AC Circuit 337 YCT
♦ In a Series L-C circuit at the resonant frequency the– 8. R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe
Current is maximum
 Skeâ ßesCeer L-C heefjheLe ceW Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe hej– (R-L-C Series Circuit)
Oeeje DeefOekeâlece nesleer nw ♦ Quality factor is defined as–
♦ In a 3-phase system............the harmonics have Maximum energy stored
negative phase sequence– 5, 11, 17 2
Total energy lost per period
 3- ØeCeeueer ceW ........... neceexefvekeäme ceW $e+Ceelcekeâ keâueeveg›eâce
 iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ keâes Ssmes heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
neslee nw– 5, 11, 17
DeefOekeâlece meb«eefnle Tpee&
♦ In a three-phase, balanced, delta connected system, 2
each phase voltage contains a fundamental, a third Øeefle DeJeefOe Kehele keâgue Tpee&
harmonic and a fifth harmonic of RMS values : 100 (UPRVUNL AE -2014)
V, 30 V and 20 V respectively. What is the RMS ♦ L, C and R represent the physical quantities
value of the line-to-line voltage– 1002 + 302 + 202 inductance, capacitance and resistance respectively.
 leerve Hesâpe, meblegefuele [suše keâveskeäšs[ efmemšce ceW, ØelÙeskeâ Hesâpe The combination which has the dimensions of
Jeesušspe ceW ceewefuekeâ (cegKÙe) Skeâ leermeje nejceexefvekeäme Deewj Skeâ R
frequency are–
hee@ÛeJee nejceexefvekeäme Meeefceue nw efpevekesâ ceeve RMS ceW ›eâceMe: L
100 V, 30 V Deewj 20 V nw ueeFve mes ueeFve Jeesušspe keâe  L, C Deew j R ›eâceMe: Øes j keâlJe Oeeef j lee Deew j Øeef lejes O e keâer Yeew e f lekeâ
cee$eeSB ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw~ mebÙeespeve efpemekesâ DeeJe=efòe keâer efJecee nw–
RMS ceeve keäÙee nw– 1002 + 302 + 202 R
♦ In electrical circuits, transient currents are associated
with– Inductors, capacitors ♦ L
How is the transient current in a loss-less R-L-C
 JewÅegle heefjheLeeW ceW efkeâmekesâ meeLe šêBeEpeSš OeejeSB mecyeefvOele nesleer circuit– Sinusoidal
nw– ØesjkeâeW, mebOeeefj$eeW  neefve jefnle R-L-C heefjheLe ceW #eefCekeâ Oeeje kewâmeer nesleer nw–
♦ A series L-C circuit is suddenly connected to a dc pÙeeJe›eâerÙe
voltage source of V volts. The current in the series (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
circuit, just after the switch is closed, is equal to– ♦ Physical quantities of resistance, inductance and
Zero Capacitance are represented by R, L and C
 Skeâ ßesCeer L-C heefjheLe DeÛeevekeâ V Jeesuš kesâ [ermeer Jeesušlee respectively. The combinations which have
œeesle mes mebÙeesefpele neslee nw~ efmJeÛe yebo nesves kesâ legjvle yeeo ner dimensions of frequency are– 1/ LC
ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Oeeje......... kesâ yejeyej nw– MetvÙe  ØeeflejesOe, ØesjkeâlJe Deewj Oeeefjlee keâer Yeeweflekeâ cee$eeÙeW ›eâceMe: R, L
♦ To a highly inductive circuit, a small capacitance is SJeb C Éeje ØeoefMe&le keâer peeleer nw~ DeeJe=efòe keâer efJeceeÙes jKeves
added in series. Then the angle between voltage and Jeeuee mecyevOe nw– 1/ LC
current will– Decrease ♦ Which coil will have large resonant frequency–
 Skeâ GÛÛe ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ efueS Skeâ Úesše mebOeeefj$e ßesCeer ceW A coil with large distributed capacitance
peesÌ[e peelee nw lees Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe keâesCe nesiee– keâce  efkeâme kegâC[ueer kesâ heeme DelÙeefOekeâ Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe nesieer–
♦ An LC circuit cannot produce oscillations, when– DelÙeefOekeâ efJeleefjle Oeeefjlee kesâ meeLe kegâC[ueer ceW
Resistance is large
 Skeâ LC heefjheLe (Devegveeoer heefjheLe) Øeoesueve (kebâheve) veneR Glhevve ♦ When Q-factor of aImpedance circuit is high, then–
of the circuit is high
keâj mekeâlee peye– ØeeflejesOe DeefOekeâ nes  efkeâmeer heefjheLe keâe peye Q-keâejkeâ GÛÛe neslee nw, leye–
(LMRC JE -2015)
heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee GÛÛe nesleer nw~
(b) L-C meceeblej heefjheLe (L-C Parallel Circuit) ♦ A high Q-coil has– Low losses
 Skeâ GÛÛe Q-kegâC[ueer ceW neslee nw– efvecve neefveÙeeB
♦ The series element of a band stop filter is– ♦ If f1 and f2 are half-power frequencies and f0 be
Parallel combination of L and C resonant frequency, the selectivity of R-L-C series
 Skeâ yewC[ mše@he efHeâušj keâe ßesCeer DeJeÙeJe neslee nw– circuit is given by–
f0
ØesjkeâlJe (L) Deewj Oeeefjlee (C) keâe meceevlej mebÙeespeve f 2 – f1
♦ When it is not appropriate to use the formula  Ùeefo f1 Deewj f2 Deæ& Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeB nw Deewj f0 Devegveeoer
1 DeeJe=efòe nw, ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe keâer mesuesefkeäšefJešer ..........kesâ
fr  for a practical parallel LC circuit–
2 LC f0
When Q of inductor is less than 10
Éeje oer peeleer nw–
f 2 – f1
 Skeâ JÙeJeneefjkeâ meceeveevlej LC heefjheLe kesâ efueS keâye met$e ♦ The double energy transient occur in the–
1 R-L-C circuit
fr  keâe ØeÙeesie GefÛele veneR neslee nw–
2 LC  oes i eg v eer Tpee& š^ e b e f p eSb š .......... ceW Ieef šle nes leer nw–
peye Øesjkeâ keâe Q 10 mes keâce neslee nw R-L-C heefjheLe
AC Circuit 338 YCT
♦ The transient currents are associated with the– ♦ The power factor of a series R-L-C circuit at its half-
Changes in the stored energy in the power points is– Lagging or leading
inductors and capacitors  ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ Fmekesâ Deæ& Meefòeâ efyevog
 šêbefpeSbš OeejeÙeW.........kesâ meeLe mecyeefvOele nesleer nw– hej neslee nw– heMÛeieeceer Ùee De«eieeceer
ØesjkeâeW leLee mebOeeefj$eeW ceW Skeâef$ele Tpee& ceW heefjJele&ve ♦ Transient current in an R-L-C circuit is oscillatory
♦ In a circuit containing R, L and C, power loss can L
take place in– R only when– R<2
C
 R, L Deewj C Ùegòeâ Skeâ heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ ne@efve .......... ceW
 R-L-C heefjheLe ceW šêbefpeSbš Oeeje oesueveerÙe nesleer nw, peye–
mLeeve ues mekeâlee nw– kesâJeue R
♦ In a R-L-C circuit– L
R<2
Power is consumed in resistance and is equal to C
I2R, exchange of power takes place between ♦ When is a series RLC circuit overdamped–
inductor and supply line, exchange of power R2 1
takes place between capacitor and supply line >
4L C
 Skeâ R-L-C heefjheLe ceW–
 ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe keâye Deefle DeJecebefole nesleer nw–
ØeeflejesOe ceW Meefòeâ keâer Kehele nesleer nw Deewj Ùen I2R kesâ
yejeyej neslee nw, Meefòeâ keâe Deeoeve-Øeoeve Øesjkeâ Deewj R2 1
>
mehueeF& ueeFve kesâ yeerÛe mLeeve uesleer nw, Meefòeâ keâe Deeoeve- 4L C
Øeoeve Oeeefjlee Deewj mehueeF& ueeFve kesâ yeerÛe mLeeve uesleer nw ♦ In an R–L–C circuit, the phase of the current with
respect to the circuit voltage will be–
♦ The frequency at which maximum voltage occurs Depends upon the value of L and C
across the inductance in R-L-C series circuit is–
 Skeâ R–L–C heefjheLe ceW, Oeeje keâe hesâpe heefjheLe Jeesušlee kesâ
1 meehes#e..........nesiee– L Deewj C kesâ ceeve hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~
2 2
CR ♦ A voltage of 230 V is applied across a series a.c.
2π LC – circuit of XC= 25, R = 15 and XL= 10. The
2
 R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW ØesjkeâlJe kesâ S›eâe@me efpeme hej DeefOekeâlece phase angle between applied voltage and circuit
current is– 45o
Jeesušspe Ieefšle neslee nw, DeeJe=efòe nw–
1  Skeâ 230 Jeesuš keâer Jeesušlee Skeâ ßesCeer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.)
CR 2 2 heefjheLe ceW XC= 25, R = 15 Deewj XL= 10 kesâ S›eâeme
2π LC – ØeÙegòeâ Deehetefle& nw~ ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee Deewj heefjheLe Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe
2
♦ The characteristic equation of the series RLC circuit keâesCe...........nw– 45o
R ♦ With the increase in frequency of a.c., the
is– s 2 + s + 1/LC = 0 impedance of R-L-C series circuit–
L
(Uttrakhand JE 2013) First decreases, becomes minimum
 ßesCeer ›eâce RLC heefjheLe keâe DeefYeuee#eefCekeâ meceerkeâjCe nw– and then increases
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) kesâ DeeJe=efòe ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe, R-L-C
R
s 2 + s + 1/LC = 0 ßesCeer heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee–
L henues Iešlee nw, efvecvelece nes peelee nw Deewj leye yeÌ{lee nw~
(Uttrakhand JE 2013)
♦ In an R-L-C series circuit, the current through
♦ In a R-L-C series circuit if voltage V across the resistance and inductance has a phase difference of–
circuit is reduced to half the current I will change 0o
to– I/2
 Skeâ R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW, ØeeflejesOe Deewj ØesjkeâlJe mes ØeJeeefnle
 Skeâ R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo heefjheLe kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee Oeeje kesâ hesâpe Devlej..........nw– 0o
V keâes DeeOee keâj efoÙee peeÙes lees Oeeje..........lekeâ heefjJeefle&le ♦ In R-L-C series a.c. circuit, if the inductive
nesieer– I/2 reactance is equal to capacitive reactance. The phase
♦ The quality factor of R-L-C circuit will increase if– angle between applied voltage and circuit current is–
Resistance decreases 0o
 R-L-C heefjheLe keâe iegCeJeòee iegCeebkeâ yeÌ{siee Ùeefo–  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW, ØesjkeâerÙe
ØeeflejesOe Iešlee nw ØeefleIeele, OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele kesâ yejeyej nw~ ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee Deewj
♦ In a R-L-C circuit the impedance is given by– heefjheLe Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe keâesCe....... nw– 0o
♦
In any AC circuit, the unit of reactive power is–
R 2 +  XL - XC 
2
Z= VAR
 R-L-C heefjheLe ceW ØeefleyeeOee ................... kesâ Éeje oer peeleer  efkeâmeer S.meer. ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ keâe cee$ekeâ
.............neslee nw– VAR
nw– Z = R 2 +  XL - XC 
2
♦ In series RLC circuit, the resonance generate…….
RRB-SSE 21-12-2014, Current and ……..impedance –
Noida-Mitro-Rail Corporation 05-03-2017 Maximum, Minimum
AC Circuit 339 YCT

 efkeâmeer RLC ßesCeer HeefjheLe ceW Devegveeo.......... Oeeje ♦ In a circuit containing R, L and C power loss can
Deewj............ØeefleyeeOee GlheVe keâjlee nw– DeefOekeâlece, vÙetvelece
take place in– R only
(DMRC.JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)  R, L Deewj C mes Ùegòeâ heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle neefve nes mekeâleer nw–
♦ In an RLC series circuit, if the inductive reactance kesâJeue R ceW
voltage exceeds the capacitive reactance voltage, the (FCI- 4.10.2015)
reactive component of power will–
♦ A DC voltage source is connected across a series
Lead the current by 90º
RLC circuit. Under steady conditions, the applied DC
 Skeâ RLC ëe=bKeuee heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele Jeesušspe, voltage drops entirely across the– C only
mebOeeefj$eerÙe ØeefleIeele Jeesušspe mes pÙeeoe nes peelee nw, lees Meefòeâ keâe  Skeâ DC Jeesušlee m$eesle ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe kesâ S›eâeme mebÙeesefpele
efjSefkeäšJe DeJeÙeJe nesiee– Oeeje mes 90º Deeies nesieer efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ eqmLej DeJemLee ceW, ØeÙegkeäle DC Jeesušlee [ê@he hetCe&
(DMRC .JE.- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)
♦ The principle of 'single resonating atom' may be ™he mes efkeâmekesâ S›eâeme nesiee– kesâJeue C
used in the measurement of– Frequency (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
 ‘Skeâue Devegveeo hejceeCeg’ kesâ efmeæevle keâe GheÙeesie ceeheve ceW efkeâÙee ♦ An RLC series circuit is said to be inductive if–
pee mekeâlee nQ– DeeJe=efòe L > 1/ C
(DMRC.JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift)  Skeâ RLC heef j heLe keâes Fb [ ef k eäš Je keâne peelee nw Ùeef o –
♦ The formula to find the power in the AC series RLC L > 1/ C
circuit is– I2R (BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
 AC ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ %eele keâjves keâe met$e nw– I2R ♦ The bandwidth of an ac series circuit consisting of
(Vizag steel JE. 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift) R
♦ To a highly inductive circuit, a small capacitance is R, L and C is–
L
added in series. The angle between voltage and current
will– Decrease  R, L leLee C Jeeues Skeâ S meer heefjheLe keâer yew[ Ûeew[ R
Ì eF&–
 GÛÛe ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ efueS, Skeâ Úesšer Oeeefjlee keâes ßesCeer ceW L
peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe keâesCe– Iešsiee ♦ At series resonance of an A.C R-L-C circuit the
(UPSSSC JE-2016) impressed voltage is– Equal to the resistive drop.
(Jammu & Kashmir JE - 2016)  Skeâ S meer, R-L-C heefjheLe kesâ ßesCeer Devegveeo hej Deejesefhele
(SSC JE- 02.03. 2017, 10 am) Jeesušspe neslee nw– ØeeflejesOeer heele kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~
(Coal India Ltd. 26.03.2017) (SSC JE- 2012)
♦ The damping ratio of a series RLC circuit can be
expressed as– (R/2)  [(C/L)1/2] 9. R-L-C meceeblej heefjheLe
 RLC ßesCeer heefjheLe kesâ efueÙes [wefchebie Devegheele JÙeòeâ neslee nw–
(R/2)  [(C/L) ] 1/2 (R-L-C Parallel Circuit)
(Jharkhand JE--08.03.2017)
♦ The exponential damping coefficient alpha is given
♦ In a voltage excited resonance circuit, the source
current at resonance in parallel circuit is........... and by– 1/2 RC for a parallel RLC circuit
in series circuit is ........... Minimum, maximum  ÛejIeeleebkeâerÙe DeJecevove efmLejebkeâ DeuHeâe ......... Éeje efoÙee peelee
 Skeâ Jeesušspe Gòesefpele Devegveeo heefjheLe ceW, œeesle Oeeje Devegveeo hej nw~ Skeâ meceevlej RLC heefjheLe kesâ efueS 1/2 RC
meceeveevlej heefjheLe ceW........... Deewj ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW ........ ♦ If Q of a coil is increased, its power factor will–
neslee nw – vÙetvelece, DeefOekeâlece Decrease
(SSC JE-1 March 2017 10 am)  Skeâ keg â C[ueer keâe Q Ùeef o yeÌ{ e ef o Ùee peeS, leye Fmekeâe Meefòeâ
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016) iegCeebkeâ– Ieš peeSiee
(Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017) (Uttarakhand AE- (Paper-I)-2013)
♦ In a sinusoidal steady state system, a circuit
♦ Q factor of a coil measured by the meter is............the
consisting of an independent voltage source in series
with an impedance delivers maximum average actual Q of the coil–
power to the load impedance Z when– Some what lesser than
ZL=ZS*Thevenin  ceeršj Éeje ceeefhele kegbâ[ueer keâe Q iegCeebkeâ, JeemleefJekeâ Q mes -
 pÙeeJe›eâerÙe mš[er mšsš ØeCeeueer ceW, Skeâ heefjheLe efpemeceW ßesCeer ..............neslee nw– LeesÌ[e keâce
ØeefleyeeOee kesâ meeLe mJeleb$e Jeesušspe meesme& nw, uees[ ØeefleyeeOee 'Z' (UPRVUNL AE-2016)
keâes DeefOekeâlece Deewmele Meefòeâ mLeeveevleefjle keâjlee nw peye– ♦ The Q–factor of a coil is given by–
ZL=ZS*Thevenin Reciprocal of its power factor
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)  Skeâ kegâC[ueer keâe Q–iegCekeâ neslee nw–
♦ In a loss less R-L-C circuit the transient current is–
Sinusoidal Fvekesâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe JÙegl›eâce
 Skeâ neefve jefnle R-L-C heefjheLe ceW #eefCekeâ Oeeje keäÙee neslee nw– ♦ A high Q coil has a– Low power factor
pÙeeJe›eâerÙe  Skeâ GÛÛe Q keäJee@Ùeue ceW nesleer nw– efvecve Meefòeâ Ieškeâ
(ESIC JE -2016) (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
AC Circuit 340 YCT
♦ Selectivity's of different resonance circuits are  meceeveeblej RLC heefjheLe keâer iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ keâer DeefYeJÙeefòeâ nw–
compared in terms of their– Band widths
 efJeefYevve jspeesveWme heefjheLeeW keâer mesuesefkeäšefJešer keâer leguevee ........... C
R
ceeOÙece mes keâer peeleer nw– yeQ[ efJe[dLe L
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015) (SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
♦ The quality factor 'Q' of an-inductance coil is ♦ A 10 resistor, 1 H inductor and 1F capacitor are
improved–By reducing coil resistance to minimum connected in parallel. The combination is driven by
 Fb[keäšWme keâe keäJeeefuešer hewâkeäšj Q yesnlej neslee nw– a unit step current under the steady state conditions,
the source current flows through the– Inductor
keäJee@Ùeue ØeeflejesOekeâ keâes vÙetvelece lekeâ keâce keâjkesâ  10 ØeeflejesOekeâ, 1H Øesjkeâ Deewj 1F mebOeeefj$e meceeveevlej ceW
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 3 pm) pegÌ[s nQ~ meecÙe DeJemLee efmLeefle kesâ Devleie&le Skeâ FkeâeF& heo keâjWš
♦ To increase Q factor of a Coil, the wire should be–
Thick Éeje Ûeue jns Fme mebÙeespeve ceW œeesle Oeeje...............mes ØeJeeefnle
 efkeâmeer kegâC[ueer keâe Q iegCekeâ yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS leej kewâmee nesvee nesieer– Øesjkeâ
ÛeeefnS– ceesše (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45)
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 3 pm) ♦ The parallel circuit consists of an inductive branch
with R and L as its resistance and inductance and a
2πfL
♦ Q factor of an inductive coil is given by– capacitance branch with C farad. The impedance
R offered by this circuit under resonance condition is
2πfL given by– Z = L/CR
 Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer keâe Q–iegCekeâ efoÙee ieÙee nw–
R  meceevlej heefjheLe ceW R Deewj L kesâ meeLe Skeâ ØesjefCekeâ MeeKee nesleer
♦ The conductance and susceptance components of nw, pees Fmekesâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj ØesjkeâlJe kesâ ™he ceW nesleer nw Deewj C
admittance are- Parallel elements
 Ûeeuekeâlee Deewj DevegkeâeÙe&lee, ØeJesMÙelee kesâ ...........nesles nw- Hewâj[ kesâ meeLe Skeâ mebOeeefj$e MeeKee ceW nw, Devegveeo keâer efmLeefle kesâ
lenle Fme heefjheLe Éeje oer ieF& ØeefleyeeOee .............Éeje efoÙee
meceeveeblej lelJe
peelee nw– Z = L/CR
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
(NMRC JE-05.03.2017)
♦ R-L-C Circuit having maximum Potential across the
capacitor the frequency will be–
10. ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe
1 1 R2
fr   2  (Series Resonance Circuit)
2 LC 2L
 R-L-C heefjheLe kesâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ heeMJe& ceW DeefOekeâlece efJeYeJe ØeÙegòeâ ♦ Which property is the same in series and parallel
1 1 R2 RLC resonance circuit –
nesves hej DeeJe=efòe nesieer– fr   2 Power factor is unity in both case
2 LC 2L
 ßesCeer Deewj meceeblej RLC Devegveeefole heefjheLe (resonant circuit)
(UPSSSC JE-2016)
♦ In ac applications, a different measure of harmonics oesveeW ceW keâewve mee meceeve iegCe nesiee–
is needed. The total harmonic ratio (THR) is given oesveeW ceW Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ Skeâ nesiee
2 2 (UPPCL JE- 2013)
frms - f1rms
by– 2
♦ When X L is equal to X C then– Z=R
frms
 peye X L , X C kesâ yejeyej nes lees– Z=R
 S.meer. DevegØeÙeesieeW ceW neceexefvekeâ keâe Skeâ Deueie ceeheve DeeJeMÙekeâ (DMRC JE- 2014)
nw~ mechetCe& neceexefvekeâ Devegheele ........... kesâ Éeje efoÙee peeSiee– ♦ At resonance, inductive reactance is equal–
2
frms 2
- f1rms Capacitive Reactance
2  Deveg v eeo hej Øes j keâer
Ù e Øeef leIeele yejeyej neslee nw–
frms
Capacitive Reactance
♦ In a parallel ac circuit, if the supply frequency is (LMRC JE -2015)
more than the resonant frequency, then the circuit ♦ Transient current in RLC circuit is oscillatory when
is– Capacitive
 Skeâ meceeveevlej ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW, Ùeefo mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe the value of R is– Less than 2 L
C
keâe ceeve Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe mes DeefOekeâ nw lees heefjheLe nw– OeeefjleerÙe  RLC heefjheLe ceW R keâe ceeve efkeâlevee nesves hej #eefCekeâ Oeeje oesueveer nesleer
♦ When supply frequency is less than the resonant
frequency in a parallel a.c. circuit, then circuit is– nw– 2 L mes keâce
Inductive C
 Skeâ meceeveevlej Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW peye Deehetefle& DeeJe=efòe, (SSC JE- 2014 Evening Shift)
Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe mes keâce nw leye heefjheLe.......nw– ØesjkeâerÙe ♦ A tank circuit consists of– A pure inductance and a
♦ The expression for quality factor of parallel RLC pure capacitance connected in parallel
 Skeâ šQkeâ heefjheLe ceW neslee nw–
C heeÕe& ceW mebÙeesefpele Skeâ Megæ ØesjkeâlJe Deewj Skeâ Megæ Oeeefjlee
circuit is– R
L (SSC JE- 2013)
AC Circuit 341 YCT
♦ Which compensator will increase the bandwidth of  Bandwidth
the system– Phase lag
R
 keâewve-mee Øeeflekeâejkeâ ØeCeeueer keâer yeQ[ ÛeewÌ[eF& yeÌ{e osiee–    2  1  
keâuee heMÛeeJemLee L
(DMRC JE -2016) 0  2 .1
♦ Q-factor of a circuit is high. In such case, which
magnitude is also HIGH– Impedance Where, 1, 2 = Cut-off frequency
 efkeâmeer heefjheLe keâe Q-iegCeebkeâ GÛÛe nw~ Fme efmLeefle ceW ........keâe  Q-Factor
ceeve Yeer GÛÛe nesiee– ØeefleyeeOee
0 1 L 1 L
(UPPCL (AE) Re-Exam 30-12-2016) Q0    0 
♦ Resonant mode power supplies in comparison to  0 RC R R C
square mode ones– Have negligible power loss  Selectivity
 Jeie& efJeefOe keâer leguevee ceW Devegveeo efJeefOe ceW Meefòeâ Deehetefle& nw–
Resonance frequency f
yengle keâce Meefòeâ #eÙe nesleer nw~ Selectivity   0
Bandwidth f 2  f1
(UPPCL (AE) 26.07.2015 )
♦ Ratio of resonance frequency to band width is–
Q–factor ♦ The power factor at resonance in R-L-C series
 Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe Deewj yewC[ efJe[dLe keâe Devegheele neslee nw– circuit is- Unity
Q–iegCekeâ  R-L-C ßes Ceer heef j heLe ces Deveg v eeo hej Meef òeâ ieg Cekeâ nes
i ee - FkeâeF&
♦ In series as well as parallel resonant circuits, RSMSSB JE 29.11.2020
increasing the value of resistance would lead to– (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
♦ For a series RLC circuit, the quality factor is defined
Increase in bandwidth in series circuit as the ratio of–
and decrease in parallel circuit Resonance frequency to band width
 ßesCeer leLee meceevlej oesveeW Devegveeoer heefjheLeeW ceW ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve  efkeâmeer ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe kesâ efueS keäJeeefuešer hewâkeäšj keâes .......
keâes yeÌ{eves mes ........nesiee– ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW yewC[efJe[dLe ceW kesâ Devegheele kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
Je=efæ Deewj meceeveevlej heefjheLe ceW keâceer Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe Deewj yewC[ ÛeewÌ[eF&
ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
(Series Resonance Circuit) Resonance Frequency
Note– Q  Factor 
Bandwidth
♦ In a series RLC circuit which is the condition for
electrical resonance - XL = XC
 Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RLC heefjheLe ceW keâewve efJeÅegle Devegveeo kesâ efueS Mele&
nw - XL = XC
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
♦ In series RLC circuit at resonance -
Current is maximum
 ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe ceW, Devegveeo hej- Oeeje DeefOekeâlece neslee nw
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
♦ The value of current at resonance in a series RLC
circuit, is affected by the value of– R
 Skeâ ßeb=Keuee Deej.Sue.meer. heefjheLe ceW Devegveeo hej efJeÅegle Oeeje
keâe ceeve, efkeâmekesâ ceeve mes ØeYeeefJele neslee nw– R
(ESIC JE-2016)
(MPJE- 2016) Morning Shift)
♦ For an RLC series AC circuit, the current at series
resonance is– Maximum at unity power factor
 Skeâ RLC ßesCeer Øe.Oee. heefjheLe kesâ efueÙes ßesCeer Devegveeo hej Oeeje
nw– DeefOekeâlece FkeâeF& Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ hej
Important Points– (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
 For < 0, series RLC circuit behaves like an ♦ In an RLC series AC circuit, if frequency is below
RC circuit. the resonant frequency, then– XC>XL
 For < 0, series RLC circuit behaves like an  Skeâ RLC ßesCeer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW, Ùeefo DeeJe=efòe
RL circuit. Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe mes keâce nw lees– XC > X L
 For < 0, series RLC circuit behaves as (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
resistive circuit. (SSC JE- 2007, Noida Metro 05.03.2017)
AC Circuit 342 YCT
♦ In a series RLC High Q circuit, the current peaks at ♦ Which is required in series RLC circuit to get Q > 1–
a low frequency– Equal to the resonant frequency XL > R
 Skeâ ßesCeer RLC GÛÛe Q heefjheLe ceW, efMeKej Oeeje efvecve DeeJe=efòe  Q > 1 heeves kesâ efueS ëe=bKeuee RLC meefke&âš ceW keäÙee DeeJeMÙekeâ nw–
hej nesleer nw– Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe kesâ meceleguÙe XL > R
(DMRC Electronic 2015) ♦ A series R-L-C circuit has a resonant frequency of
♦ At half power frequencies, the current in the RLC 1000 Hz. The maximum voltage across C is likely to
1 occur at a frequency of about– Less than1000 Hz
series circuit is– × current at resonance  Skeâ R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe 1000 Hz nw~
2
C kesâ Deej heej DeefOekeâlece Jeesušlee ueieYeie DeeJe=efòe hej nesves keâer
 Deæ& Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeW hej, RLC ßesCeer heefjheLe cebs Oeeje nw–
mecYeeJevee nw– 1000 Hz mes keâce
1
× jspeesvesvme hej Oeeje (EDCIL DDA. JE. 25.04.2018, 2st Shift)
2 ♦ In a Series circuit on resonance, will occur–
(APSPDCL-12) V = VR, XL = XC, Z = R
♦ A series resonant circuit is capacitive at f = 150 Hz.
 Devegveeo hej Skeâ ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Ieefšle nesiee–
The circuit will be inductive somewhere a–
Frequency greater than 150 Hz V = VR, XL = XC, Z = R
♦ In a Series resonant circuit, the impedance of the
 Skeâ ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe f = 150 Hz hej OeeefjleerÙe nw kegâÚ circuit is– Minimum
peien ..........hej heefjheLe ØesjkeâerÙe nesiee–  Skeâ ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW, heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee nesleer nw–
150 nš&pe mes DeefOekeâ DeeJe=efòe
efvecvelece
♦ What is the frequency in series Resonance condition
♦ In series resonant circuit, increasing inductance to
1 its twice value and reducing capacitance to its half
fr =
2π LC value– Will increase the selectivity of the circuit
1  ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW ØesjkeâlJe keâes Fmekesâ oesiegvee ceeve lekeâ
 ßesCeer Devegveeo keâer oMee ceW DeeJe=efòe keäÙee nw- fr = Je=efæ leLee Oeeefjlee keâes Fmekesâ DeeOes ceeve lekeâ keâceer–
2π LC
BSNL TTA 25.09.016 heefjheLe keâer mesuesefkeäšefJešer yeÌ{e osiee
NMRC JE 05.03.017 ♦ In R-L-C series resonant circuit, magnitude of
RRB JE - 30.08.019 resonance frequency can be changed by changing
yewC[-efJe[dLe the value of– Inductance or capacitance
(Band width)  R-L-C ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW, Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe kesâ heefjceeCe
keâes........ kesâ ceeve keâes yeouekeâj heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
ØesjkeâlJe Ùee Oeeefjlee
♦ In a series resonant circuit the voltage across the
circuit is the same as the voltage across– Resistance
 ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW, heefjheLe kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe ............
kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe kesâ meceeve neslee nw– ØeeflejesOe
♦ A series R-L-C circuit draws current at leading
power factor at– Less than resonant frequency
 Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe ........... hej De«eieeceer Meefòeâ iegCekeâ
hej Oeeje nesleer nw– Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe mes keâce
 DeeJe=efòeÙeeW keâe Jen hejeme efpemeceW heefjheLe Devegef›eâÙee meheeš neslee ♦ In a series R-L-C circuit, the voltage across
nw, yewC[ efJe[dLe keâne peelee nw~ inductance will be maximum–
 DeeJe=efòeÙeeW keâe Jen hejeme Ùee efpemeceW frequency response Just after resonant frequency
kesâJeue Half power level kesâ ceOÙe neslee band width  Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW ØesjkeâlJe kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe
keânueelee nw~ ......... DeefOekeâlece nesiee– Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe mes legjvle yeeo
 DeeJe=efòeÙeeW keâe Jen hejeme Ùee efpemeceW frequency response ♦ In a series R-L-C circuit at resonance– 2LC = 1
kesâJeue –3db, level ceW neslee nw Band width keânueelee nw~  Devegveeo hej Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW– 2LC = 1
 DeeJe=efòeÙeeW keâe Jen hejeme efpemeceW frequency response ♦ A resonance curve for a series circuit is a plot of
curve keâer Oeeje Deheves DeefOekeâlece ceeve kesâ 70.7% hej hengbÛe frequency versus– Current
peeleer nw~  ßesCeer heefjheLe kesâ efueS Devegveeoer Je›eâ DeeJe=efòe Deewj ........... kesâ
♦ How do the series resonant circuit behave under yeerÛe KeerÛee peelee nw– Oeeje
resonance condition- Voltage Magnifier ♦ Higher the Q of a series circuit,–
 Devegveeo DeJemLee ceW ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe kewâmee JÙeJenej keâjlee Narrower its pass band
nw- Jeesušlee ØeJeOe&keâ  Skeâ ßesCeer heefjheLe keâe keäJeeefuešer Hewâkeäšj GÛÛe nesves mes–
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) Fmekeâe heeme yewC[ heleuee neslee nw
AC Circuit 343 YCT
RLC ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe keâe meejebMe  Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe (fr) Deæ& Meefòeâ
(Summary of RLC Series Resonating Circuit) DeeJe=efòeÙeeW f1 Deewj f2 mes efkeâme ™he ceW mecyeefvOele nw–
 Resonance kesâJeue XL = XC hej Ieefšle neslee nw~ f +f
fr = 1 2
 heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ FkeâeF& (unity) nes peelee nw~ 2
♦ What is the locus of the tip of the voltage phasor
 Resonance kesâ meeLe Oeeje DeefOekeâlece nesieer~ across R in a series R-L-C circuit– A circle
 Resonance kesâ meceÙe ØeefleyeeOee 'Z' vÙetvelece nesiee Deewj Ùen 'R'  Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW R kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe hesâpej kesâ
kesâ yejeyej nesiee~ efšhe keâe ueeskeâme keäÙee neslee nw– Skeâ Je=òe
 Ùen heefjheLe cegKÙele: Jeesušspe cewiveerefheâkesâMeve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee ßesCeer Deewj meceevlej Devegveeo heefjheLe keâer leguevee
peelee nw~ Comparision of Series and Parallel Resonant Circuits
 ‘L’Deewj ‘C’ kesâ across Jeesušspe Q-iegvee DeefOekeâ nes peelee nw~ heo ßesCeer heefjheLe meceevlej heefjheLe
R (RLC) (R-L&C)
 heefjheLe keâe yewC[efJe[dLe BW  neslee nw, leLee ØeeflejesOe yeÌ{eves
L Devegveeo kesâ meceÙe vÙetvelece DeefOekeâlece
hej yeÌ{lee nw~ ØeefleyeeOee (Zr)
1 L
 heefjheLe keâe Quality Q  Éeje efoÙee peelee nw~
R C ØeYeeJeer ØeefleyeeOee R L
♦ At resonant frequency an R-L-C circuit draws CR
maximum current due to the reason that– Devegveeo kesâ meceÙe Oeeje V vÙetvelece
The difference between capacitive (Ir)
DeefOekeâlece
R V
reactance and inductive reactance is zero
 Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe hej Skeâ R-L-C heefjheLe efkeâme keâejCe mes ( L / CR)
DeefOekeâlece Oeeje ueslee nw– OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele Deewj ØesjkeâerÙe Devegveeo hej FkeâeF& FkeâeF&
ØeefleIeele kesâ yeerÛe Devlej MetvÙe neslee nw~ MeefòeâiegCekeâ
♦ The low-frequency circuit impedance and the high- Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (fr) 1 1  1 R2 
frequency circuit impedance for a series resonant 2 LC   2 
circuit respectively are– Capacitive and inductive 2  LC L 
 ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe kesâ efueS efvecve DeeJe=efòe heefjheLe ØeefleyeeOee ØeJeefOe&le keâjlee nw Jeesušspe keâes Oeeje keâes
Deewj GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe heefjheLe ØeefleyeeOee ›eâceMe: nesles nw– ØeJeOe&ve neslee nw L L
OeeefjleerÙe Deewj ØesjkeâerÙe mes mes
R R
♦ In a series resonant circuit, with the increase in L– veesš–
Resonant frequency will decrease, bandwidth ■ meceevlej Devegveeo heefjheLe keâes efjpeskeäšj (rejector) heefjheLe kesâ
will decrease, Q will increase
veece mes Yeer peevee peelee nw~
 ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW L ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe–
■ ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe keâes Skeämeshšj (acceptor) heefjheLe Yeer
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe Iešsieer, yewC[ ÛeewÌ[eF& Iešsieer, Q-yeÌ{siee~ keâne peelee nw~
♦ In a series resonant circuit with the increase in the ♦ A circuit with resistor, inductor, capacitor is series is
value of C– Resonant frequency will resonant of 50 Hz. If all the values are now doubled,
decrease, Q will decrease f0
 ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW C kesâ ceeve ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe– the new resonant frequency is–
2
Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe Iešsieer, Q-Iešsiee~  Skeâ heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe, ØesjkeâlJe Deewj Oeeefjlee ßesCeer Devegveeo kesâ
♦ An R-L-C series circuit has f1 and f2 as the half meeLe 50 nšd&pe hej nw~ Ùeefo meYeer ceeve Deye oes iegvee nes peeS lees
power frequencies and f0 as the resonant frequency. f0
f0 veÙeer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe nw–
The Q-factor of the circuit is given by– 2
f 2  f1 ♦ At series resonance, the voltage across L or C is–
 Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW f1 Deewj f2 Deæ& Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeB Much more than applied voltage
nw Deewj f0 Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe nw~ heefjheLe keâe Q-keâejkeâ efkeâmekesâ  ßes Ceer Deveg v eeo hej L Ùee C kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee......... nw–
ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee mes yengle DeefOekeâ
f0
Éeje efoÙee peeSiee– ♦ An RLC series circuit is resonating at 150 Hz, its
f 2  f1 impedance at 50 Hz will be– Capacitive
♦ Resonant frequency fr of a series R-L-C circuit is  Skeâ RLC ßesCeer heefjheLe 150 Hz hej Devegveeo keâj jne nw lees
related to half power frequencies f1 and f2 as– 50 Hz hej Fmekeâer ØeefleyeeOee nesieer– OeeefjleerÙe
f1 + f 2 (Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019 , Time 03 -05)
fr =
2 (DMRC JE- 2015)
AC Circuit 344 YCT

♦ At resonant frequency, the impedance of the series ♦ In a parallel resonant LC circuit, the line current is–
RLC circuit is– Purely resistive Much less than IL or IC
 Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe hej, ëe=bKeuee RLC heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee  Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer LC heefjheLe ceW, ueeFve Oeeje....... neslee
........... nesleer nw~ efJeMegæ ™he mes ØeeflejesOekeâ nw– IL Ùee IC mes yengle keâce
(SSC JE- Morning 23-01-2018) ♦ At parallel resonance, the circuit susceptance is–
♦ The lower and upper cut-off frequencies are also Zero
called as.............frequencies– Half power  meceeveevlej Devegveeo hej, heefjheLe DevegkeâeÙe&lee........ nw– MetvÙe
 efveÛeues Deewj Thejer keâš-Dee@heâ eføeâkeäJesvmeer keâes......... eføeâkeäJesvmeer Yeer ♦ At parallel resonance, the circuit admittance is equal
keâne peelee nw– Deæ& Meefòeâ to circuit– Conductance
 meceeveevlej Devegveeo hej, heefjheLe ØeJesMÙelee.......heefjheLe kesâ yejeyej
(D.F.C.C.I.L 11.11.2018 )
♦ At a frequency less than the resonant frequency–
nw– Ûeeuekeâlee
Series circuit is capacitive and ♦ At resonant frequency, the power dissipated in a
parallel resonant circuit is P. The power dissipated
parallel circuit is inductive
 Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe mes keâce DeeJe=efòe hej– P
at half-power frequencies is–
ßesCeer heefjheLe mebOeeefjleerÙe Deewj meceeveeblej 2
 Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe hej, Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW
heefjheLe ØesjkeâerÙe neslee nw~
efJekeâerCe& Meefòeâ P nw~ Deæ&-Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeW hej #eÙe Meefòeâ
P
♦ Q–meter is based on characteristics of– ............. nw–
Series resonant circuit 2
 Q–ceeršj efkeâme DeefYeue#eCe hej DeeOeeefjle nw– ♦ If f1 and f2 are the half-power frequencies in a
ßesCeer–Devegveeo heefjheLe parallel resonant circuit, then resonant frequency is–
(MP JE- 2015) f1 f 2
(Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)  Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo f1 Deewj f2 Deæ&-Meefòeâ
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 10 AM) DeeJe=efòeÙeeB nw, leye Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe.......... nw– f1 f 2
♦ In a series R-L-C circuit, magnitude of resonance ♦ At resonant frequency, the impedance of a parallel
frequency can be changed by changing the value of resonant circuit is Zr. The circuit impedance at half-
– L or C
Zr
 R-L-C meerjerpe heefjheLe ceW Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe keâes..........keâes yeoue power frequencies is–
keâj yeouee pee mekeâlee nw– L Ùee C 2
 Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe hej Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâer
(BSNL TTA 26.09.2016, 10 am)
♦ In Series RLC circuit, at resonance– ØeefleyeeOee Zr nw~ Deæ&-Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeW hej heefjheLe
Current is maximum and Zr
power factor is unity
ØeefleyeeOee........... nw–
2
 ßesCeer yeæ Deej.Sue.meer. heefjheLeeW ceW Devegveeo hej– meceeblej Devegveeo heefjheLe
Oeeje DeefOekeâlece nesleer nw SJeb Meefòeâ (Parallel Resonance Circuit)
iegCekeâ Skeâkeâ neslee nw
(DMRC JE- 2014)
♦ A series R-L-C circuit resonantes at 1 MHz. At
frequency 1.1 MHz the circuit impedence will be–
Inductive
 Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe 1 MHz hej Devegveeoer nw~ leoevegmeej
1.1MHz DeeJe=efòe hej, heefjheLe ØeefleyeeOee kewâmeer nesieer– ØesjkeâerÙe
(SSC JE- 2012)
11. meceeblej Devegveeo heefjheLe

(Parallel Resonance Circuit)
♦ In resonance, a parallel RLC circuit will have -
Highest Impedance
 Devegveeo ceW Skeâ meceeveeblej RLC heefjheLe ceW nesiee -
GÛÛelece ØeefleyeeOee
(SSC JE Morning 23.01.2018)
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
♦ In a practical parallel resonant circuit,– IL > IC
 Skeâ JÙeJeneefjkeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW– IL > IC
AC Circuit 345 YCT

Important Points–  Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe ØeÙegòeâ nes mekeâlee nw–
 For < 0, series RLC circuit behaves like an DeefOekeâ ØeefleyeeOee keâer lejn, DeeJe=efòeÙeeW
RL circuit. kesâ keâce yeQ[ keâes nševes kesâ efueÙes
 For < 0, series RLC circuit behaves like an
♦ A parallel circuit is said to be in resonance when the
RC circuit.
admittance is purely– Conductive
 For < 0, series RLC circuit behaves as
resistive circuit.  Skeâ meceevlej heefjheLe Devegveeo ceW leye keâne peeSiee, peye ØeJesMÙelee
 Bandwidth Megæ ™he mes nes– ÛeeuekeâerÙe
1 DeeJe=efòe kesâ meehes#e heefjheLe kesâ hewjeceeršj ceW heefjJele&ve
   2  1  
RC (Variation of Circuit Parameter w.r.t. Frequency)
 Q factor
0 R C
Q0   0 RC  R
 0 L L
♦ At parallel resonance, the reactive component of line

current is– Zero
 meceeveevlej Devegveeo hej, ueeFve Oeeje keâe Øeeflekeâejer
DeJeÙeJe.......... neslee nw– MetvÙe
R-L-C meceevlej Devegveeo heefjheLe keâe meejebMe (Summary
of R-L-C Parallel Resonating Circuit)
 heefjCeeceer memeshšsvme MetvÙe neslee nw~  inductive susceptance BL  
1

1
Dele:
 ØeJesMÙelee (Admitance), Ûeeuekeâlee (conductance) kesâ XL 2 f L
yejeyej nesleer nw~ inductive susceptance DeeJe=efòe kesâ efJeueesceevegheeleer neslee nw,
 ueeFve keâe Meefòeânerve Ieškeâ MetvÙe neslee nw~ Deewj Ùen Rectongular hyperbola Éeje ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee
L nw~
 Dynamic impedance  .ohm neslee nw~
CR 1
 capacitive susceptance BC    c  2 fc
V XC
 Devegveeo kesâ meceÙe ueeFve Oeeje vÙetvelece I L  neslee
L / CR Dele: Ùen DeeJe=efòe kesâ Deveg›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw, Dele: Ùen meerOeer
nw~, efkeâvleg Ùen ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe kesâ hesâpe ceW neslee nw~ jsKee Éeje ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 heefjheLe keâe MeefòeâiegCekeâ unity (FkeâeF&) neslee nw~  Resultant susceptance B = BC – BL Dele: Ùen Dotted
♦ At parallel resonance, the phase angle between Hyperbola Éeje ØeoefMe&le nw~
applied voltage and line current is– Zero  Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (efyevog A) mes keâce DeeJe=efòe hej heefjheLe keâe
 meceeveevlej Devegveeo hej, ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee V Deewj Oeeje I kesâ yeerÛe JÙeJenej ØesjefCekeâ neslee nw, leLee Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe mes Thej heefjheLe
hesâpe keâesCe nw– MetvÙe keâe JÙeJenej OeeefjleerÙe neslee nw~
♦ The purpose of a parallel circuit resonance is to
magnify– Current ♦ In order to tune a parallel resonant circuit to a lower
frequency, the capacitance must– Be increased
 meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâe GösMÙe ...........keâes yeÌ{evee neslee
 Skeâ meceevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâes efvecve DeeJe=efòe hej šdÙetve keâjves
nw– Oeeje
kesâ efueS Oeeefjlee– yeÌ{vee ÛeeefnS
♦ The resonant frequency for a parallel circuit is given
♦ For a parallel R-L-C resonant circuit, the damped
1
by– frequency is 8 rad/s and bandwidth is 2 rad/s.
LC What is its resonant frequency– 2
 meceeveevlej heefjheLe kesâ efueS Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe ......... kesâ Éeje oer  meceevlej R-L-C Devegveeoer heefjheLe kesâ efueS [wch[ DeeJe=efòe
peeleer nw–
1
jsef[Ùeve/mes. 8 rad/s Deewj yewC[ ÛeewÌ[eF& 2 rad/s nw~ Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe
LC keäÙee nw– 2
♦ The dynamic impedance of R-L and C parallel ♦ The parallel resonant circuit is called– Rejecter
circuit at resonance is ..... ohm– L/CR  meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keânueelee nw– efjpeskeäšj
 Devegveeo hej R-L leLee C meceeveevlej heefjheLe keâer ieeflekeâerÙe
ωL
ØeefleyeeOee .........Deesce nesleer nw– L/CR ♦ In a R–L–C resonant circuit magnification is–
R
♦ A parallel resonant circuit can be used–
ωL
As a high impedance, to reject a  Skeâ R–L–C Devegveeoer heefjheLe ceW ØeJeefOe&le nw–
small band of frequencies R
AC Circuit 346 YCT

Skeâue keâuee ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ßesCeer heefjheLeeW keâe efve<keâ<e&
(Summary of Single Pahse A.C. Series Circuits)
›eâ.meb heefjheLe kesâ Øekeâej ØeefleyeeOee (Impedance) keâuee keâesCe (Phase angle) MeefòeâiegCekeâ
(Type of circuits)
Z= R 2
+  XL XC 
2
  = tan -1
XL
R
XC (Power factor)
VR R
cos = =
V Z
1. R–heefjheLe Z=R  = 0° meceeve keâuee cos  = 1 FkeâeF&
2. L–heefjheLe Z =XL = L = 2f.L  = 90° he§eieeceer cos  = 0 he§eieeceer
3. C–heefjheLe 1 1  = 90° De«eieeceer cos  = 0 De«eieeceer

Z  XC   
C 2f .C
4. RLC–heefjheLe
Z R 2
  XL XC  
2
 0 <  < 90° he§e Ùee De«e cos  < 1 he§e Ùee De«e
5. RL–heefjheLe
Z R 2
 X 2L   0 <  < 90° he§eieeceer cos  < 1 he§eieeceer
6. RC–heefjheLe
Z R 2
 X C2   0 <  < 90° De«eieeceer cos  < 1 De«eieeceer
7. LC–heefjheLe Z  XL XC  X    900 he§e Ùee De«e cos  = 0, or cos  < 1 he§e Ùee De«e
♦ At parallel resonance– Power factor is unity ♦ What is the value of current in parallel RLC circuit
 meceeveevlej Devegveeo hej– Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ FkeâeF& nesleer nw under resonance condition– Minimum
♦ In a parallel a.c. circuit, power loss is due to–  Deveg v eeo keâer ef mLeef le ceW meceeveevlej DeejSuemeer meef k e& âš ceW efJeÅegle
Conductance only Oeeje keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– vÙetvelece
 Skeâ meceeveevlej ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW.........kesâ keâejCe (UPPCL J.E. 11.02.2018, Evening)
Meefòeâ neefve neslee nw– kesâJeue ÛeeuekeâlJe ♦ Power factor of a parallel RLC circuit at resonance
♦ The admittance of a parallel circuit is 0.12–30o S. is– Unity
The circuit is– Inductive  meceevlej RLC heef j heLe keâe Meef òeâ ieg
C ekeâ Deveg v eeo keâer efmLeefle cebs
 Skeâ meceeveevlej heefjheLe keâer ØeJesMÙelee 0.12–30o meercesvme nw~ nesiee– FkeâeF&
heefjheLe ............nw– ØesjkeâerÙe (TRANSCO SE-2012)
♦ The Q-factor of a parallel resonant circuit is given (RRBSSE (Shift-III) 01.09.2015)
(DMRC JE -2017)
C
by– R ♦ If a parallel resonant circuit is shunted by a
L
resistance, then–
 Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâe Q- iegCekeâ..........kesâ Éeje The circuit impedance is decreased.
C  Ùeefo Skeâ meceeveeblej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâes ØeeflejesOekeâ Éeje heeMJe&
efoÙee peelee nw– R
L heefLele efkeâÙee peelee nw lees– heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee Ieš peeleer nw
(SSE JE Morning Shift 2014) (FCI- 4.10.2015)
♦ If the resistance in the inductive branch of a parallel ♦ For frequencies below the resonant frequency, a
resonant circuit is increased, then– parallel LC circuit behaves as a .............load–
Impedance of the circuit is decreased Inductive
 Ùeefo Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe kesâ ØesjkeâerÙe MeeKee ceW  Devegveeo DeeJe=efle mes keâce hej, Skeâ meceevlej LC heefjheLe
ØeeflejesOe keâer Je=efæ nes peeleer nw, leye– ...........uees[ keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjlee nw– Fb[efkeäšJe
heefjheLe kesâ ØeefleyeeOee ceW keâceer nes peeleer nw (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
AC Circuit 347 YCT
♦ Effective impedance in parallel resonance is given  meeOeejCe mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe hej keâeÙe&jle Skeâ ueewn-›eâesef[le Ûeeskeâ keâe
by– L/RC ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe Fmekesâ JeemleefJekeâ ØeeflejesOe keâer Dehes#ee DeefOekeâ
 meceevlej jspeesvesvme ceW ØeYeeJeer Fcheer[Wme efoÙee peelee nw– L/RC neslee nw........... kesâ keâejCe– keâesj ceW ueewn neefve
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ The power is measured in terms of decibles in case
♦ In RLC circuits, the current at resonance is–
of– Electronic equipment
Maximum in series resonance and minimum in
parallel resonance  ........keâer oMee ceW Meefòeâ keâes [smeeryeue heo ceW ceehee peelee nw–
 Skeâ RLC heefjheLeeW cebs, Devegveeo (jspeesvesvme) hej Oeeje nesleer nw– Fueskeäšêefvekeâ GhekeâjCe
ßesCeer jspeesvesvme hej DeefOekeâlece leLee meceevlej ♦ The frequency of domestic power supply in India is–
jspeesvesvme hej vÙetvelece 50 Hz
(APSPDCL-12), (TSTransco-15)  Yeejle ceW Iejsuet Meefòeâ mehueeF& keâer DeeJe=efòe nesleer nw– 50 nšd&pe
♦ An A.C. voltage is impressed across a pure ♦ The r.m.s. value of alternating current is given by
resistance of 3.5 ohms in parallel with a pure steady (D.C.) current which when flowing through a
inductance of impedance of 3.5 ohms,– given circuit for a given time produces–
Both resistance and inductance carry The same heat as produced by A.C. when flowing
equal currents through the same circuit
 Skeâ 3.5 Deesce kesâ Megæ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW pegÌ[s Skeâ  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe Jeie&ceeOÙe cetue ceeve efmLej (efo° Oeeje) Oeeje
3.5 Deesce ØeefleIeele Jeeues Øesjkeâ heefjheLe kesâ S›eâeme peye AC Éeje efoÙee peelee nw efpemes peye Skeâ efoÙes ieÙes meceÙe kesâ efueÙes Skeâ
Jeesušlee ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw, lees– efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe kesâ Éeje ØeJeeefnle efkeâÙee peeÙes lees........ GlheVe
ØeeflejesOe Deewj ØesjkeâlJe oesveeW ceW Skeâ meceeve Oeeje uesleer nw keâjlee nw– Gmeer heefjheLe mes ØeJeeefnle ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje
♦ When an alternating current passes through an Éeje GlheVe meceeve T<cee
ohmic resistance the electrical power converted into
♦ ..........power is the vector sum of resistive and
heat is– True power
reactive power and is measured in volt amperes–
 peye Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Skeâ DeesÿeerÙe ØeeflejesOe mes neskeâj iegpejleer Apparent power
nw, lees T<cee ceW heefjJeefle&le efJeÅegle Meefòeâ nesleer nw–  ..........Meefkeäle ØeeflejesOeer Deewj ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefkeäle keâe Jeskeäšj Ùeesie
JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ nw Deewj Fmes Jeesuš-SefcheÙej ceW ceehee peelee nw– DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ
♦ In each of the three coils of a three phase generator, (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
an alternating voltage having an r.m.s. value of 220 ♦ Determine the resonant frequency (in kHz) of a
V is induced. Which of the following values is tank circuit, when the capacitance and
indicated by the voltmeters– 220 V inductance of the circuit is 0.08 mF and 0.08 mH
 ef$ehesâpeer peefve$e kesâ leerveeW kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ ØelÙeskeâ ceW 220 Jeesuš ceeve
respectively. f r = 1990.45 Hz
keâer Deej.Sce.Sme. Ùegòeâ Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee efJekeâefmele nesleer nw~
efvecve ceW mes keâewve mee ceeve Jeesušceeršj kesâ Éeje ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee  Skeâ šQkeâ heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe (efkeâuees nšd&pe ceW)
peelee nw– 220 Jeesuš %eele keâerefpeÙes peye heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee Deewj ØesjkeâlJe
♦ The true power drawn by a balanced three phase ›eâceMe: 0.08 efceueer–Hewâj[ Deewj 0.08 efceueer–nsvejer nw~
consumer for line voltage V and line current I is f r = 1990.45 Hz
given by– 3 V I cos 
 ueeFve Jeesušlee V leLee ueeFve Oeeje I kesâ efueÙes Skeâ meblegefuele ♦ What will be the resonant frequency (in kHz) of a
ef$ehesâpeer GheYeesòeâe Éeje ueer ieÙeer JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ.........kesâ Éeje tank circuit, when the capacitance and inductance of
efoÙee peelee nw– 3 V I cos  the circuit is 0.06 mF and 0.06 mH respectivey?
♦ The safest value of current the human body can Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe = 2.65 kHz
carry for more than 3 second is– 9 mA  Skeâ šQkeâ heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe (efkeâuees–nšd&pe ceW) keäÙee
 Oeeje keâe Jen megjef#ele ceeve efpemes ceeveJe Mejerj 3 meskesâC[ mes nesieer, peye heefjheLe keâer mebOeeefjlee Deewj ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: 0.06
DeefOekeâ meceÙe kesâ efueS Jenve keâj mekeâlee nw– 9 efceueer SefcheÙej efceueer–Hewâj[ Deewj 0.06 efceueer–nsvejer nw?
♦ The effective resistance of an iron-cored choke Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe = 2.65 kHz
working on ordinary supply frequency is more than
its true resistance because of– Iron loss in core (SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
AC Circuit 348 YCT

NUMERICAL QUESTIONS
1. The frequency at which a series RLC circuit Devegveeo hej Skeâ ßeb=Keuee Deej.Sue.meer. heefjheLe keâer DeeOeer
resonance is dependent on the values of Meefkeäle hej efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve (SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee nw, peye
DeeJe=efòe efpeme hej ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe Devegveeo keâjlee nw efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve 20 SefcheÙej nw–
keâe ceeve efveYe&j keâjlee nw– (SSC-JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
(HMWS-15) P
XL = XC neslee Sol. P  I R , P  I , P1  P , P2  2
2 2
Sol. ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe cebs Devegveeo keâer efmLeefle cebs
nw peneB X L  j L I1 = 20A, I 2  ?
j 2
XC  P1  I1 
C  
P2  I 2 
1 1 1
Devegveeo keâer efmLeefle ceW L   2   2
C LC LC P  20 

1 1 P  I 2 
2f r   fr 
LC 2 LC 2
20 20
Dele: Devegveeo keâer DeeJe=efòe L leLee C hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw~ Ans. I2  
2 1.414
2. If impedance Z1 = 30  30o and Z2 = 15 15o, I 2  14.14 Amp. Ans.
what will be the value of Z1  Z2–
6. What will be the equation of alternating
Ùeefo ØeefleyeeOee Z1 = 30  30 Deewj Z2 = 15
o
15 lees Z1
o
current i with frequency 50 Hz and RMS value
× Z2 keâe keäÙee ceeve nesiee– of 70.7 ampers?
Sol. efoÙee nw- 50 nšd&pe DeeJe=efòe leLee DeejSceSme (RMS) ceeve 70.7
Z1 = 30  30 , Z2 = 1515
o o Sef cheÙej Jeeues ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje i keâe meceerkeâjCe keäÙee nesiee?
(DMRC. 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
Z1 × Z2 = 30  30 × 1515
o o
Sol. efoÙee nw I rms  70.7A
= 45045º Ans.
f = 50
3. The input of an A.C. circuit having power factor
 Im 
of 0.8 lagging is 40 kVA. The power drawn by the I max  70.7  2 ; 100  Q Irms  
circuit is–  2
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe keâer Fvehegš 0.8 he§eieeceer
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ kesâ meeLe 40 efkeâuees Jeesuš SefcheÙej nw~  = 2f
= 2×3.14×50 = 314
heefjheLe Éeje ueer ieÙeer Meefòeâ nw– sin t =sin 314t
Sol. efoÙee nw- i = Im sint
S = 40 kVA, cos  = 0.8 i  100sin 314t Ans.
P = S cos  mes, 7. For the power triangle if Fig. the apparent
P = 40×0.8 power is
P = 32 kW Ans.
ef Ûe$e ceW Meefòeâ ef$eYegpe kesâ efueS DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ .........nw~
4. The apparent power drawn by an A.C. circuit is
10 kVA and active power is 8 kW. The reactive
power in the circuit is–
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe Éeje ueer ieÙeer DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ
10 kVA nw Deewj JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ 8 efkeâueesJeeš nw~ Sol. Reactive power–
1000
heefjheLe ceW ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ nw–  sin 30
VA
Sol. efoÙee nw- 1000
S = 10 kVA, P = 8 kW  VA   1000  2  2000VA Ans.
sin 300
S2 = P2 + Q2 mes, 8. For a load supplied through an AC voltage, the
(10)2 = (8)2 + Q2 apparent power is 250 VA and the reactive
Q2 = 36 power is 125 VAR. Calculate the active power.
Q = 6 kVAR Ans. Skeâ Smeer Jeesušspe kesâ ceeOÙece mes Deehetefle& efkeâS ieS uees[
5. What is the value of current (in A) at half power
kes
â ef
u eS, DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ 250 VA nw Deewj Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue
of a series RLC circuit at resonance, when the Meefòeâ 125VAR nw meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~
maximum value of current is 20 A? (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
AC Circuit 349 YCT
Sol. Given that, 11. The voltage phasor of a circuit is 10150 V and
Apparent power = 250 VA current phasor is 2  450 A. The reactive
Reactive power = 125 VAR power in the circuit will be-
Active power =  Apparent    Reactive 
2 2
efkeâmeer heefjheLe keâe Jeesušspe hesâ]pej 10150 V nw Deewj
Oeeje hesâ]pej 2  450 A nw~ heefjheLe ceW ØeefleIeeleerÙe
 250   125 
2 2
 Meefòeâ nesieer
= 216.64 W Ans. (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
9. A 240V single-phase ac source is connected to a Sol.
load with an impedance of 1060°Ω . A  V  10150 V , i  2  450 A
capacitor is connected in parallel with the load.  = 15 –(–45 ) = 60
0 0 0
If the capacitor supplies 1,250 VAR, the real Q Q  V .I .sin   10  2sin(600 )

power supplied by the source is
Skeâ 240V efmebieue Hesâpe S.meer. œeesle keâes ØeefleyeeOee  20sin 600
1060°Ω Jeeues uees[ mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ 3
 20   10  1.732  17.32VAR
uees[ kesâ meeLe meceevlej ceW Skeâ mebOeeefj$e mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee 2
peelee nw~ Ùeefo mebOeeefj$e 1,250 VAR Deehetefle& keâjlee nw, Dele: reactive power = 17.32 VAR Ans.
lees œeesle Éeje Deehetefle& keâer peeves Jeeueer JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ nw? 12. From source VS= 200cos t, a load draws
current Im=2.5 at power factor 0.6 lagging. The
Sol. efoÙee nw,
load impedance is:
Applied Voltage V = 240 V, Z = 10600 Skeâ uees[ 0.6 heMÛeieeceer Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ hej œeesle VS=
V 240 200cos t mes Oeeje Im=2.5 ueslee nw~ uees[ ØeefleyeeOee nw:
Load current I = =  24A
Z 10 (DMRC JE- 2016)
Phase angle,  = 60º Sol. efoÙee nw,
Real power supplied by source Vm = 200 V, Im = 2.5 A, cos = 0.6 lag
= VI cos  200 2.5
= 240  24  cos 60º Vrms  , I rms 
2 2
1
= 240  24  Vrms
2 Z
= 2880 W Ans. I rms
10. If we operate a shunt reactor of 200 MVAR at 200
95% of its rated voltage and 90% of its rated
frequency, what will be the magnitude of Z 2
2.5
reactive power absorbed by the reactor?
Ùeefo nce 200 MVAR kesâ Mebš efjSkeäšj keâes Fmekesâ 95³ 2
DebMeebefkeâle Jeesušspe leLee Fmekeâer 90³ DebMeebefkeâle DeeJe=efòe Z = 80 (cos = 0.6, sin = 0.8)
R= Zcos = 800.6
hej mebÛeeefuele keâjW leye efjSkeäšj kesâ Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele R = 48
efjSefkeäšJe Meefòeâ keäÙee nesieer? X = Z sin = 800.8= 64
[UPPCL (AE) Re-Exam 30-12-2016] Z= R+jX
2 Z  48  64 j Ans.
V
Sol. efjSefkeäšJe hee@Jej Q=
XL 13. The voltage phasor of a circuit is 10 15 V and
the current phasor is 2 -15 A. The active and
 XL = 2fL reactive powers in the circuit are
V
2 Skeâ heefjheLe keâe Jeesušlee Hesâpej 1015 nw leLee Oeeje
Q= Hesâpej 2-15 nw~ heefjheLe ceW meef›eâÙe leLee ØeefleIeeleerÙe
2 fL
2 2
MeefòeâÙeeB nQ
V1 V2 (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
Q1 = , Q2 =
2 f1L 2 f 2 L Sol. Voltage Deewj current kesâ yeerÛe Angle difference 30 nw~
2 Active power = VI cos = 102cos 30º
Q2 V  f 
= 2   1  3
Q1  V1   f 2  Active power  10  2 
 10 3W
2
2
 0.95V1   f1  Reactive power = VI sin  = 102sin 30º
Q2 = 200 MVAR     1
 10  2   10VAR
 V1   0.90 f1  2
Q2 = 200 MVAR  0.9025 1.1111
Q2 = 200.55 MVAR Ans. Reactive power = 10VAR Ans.
AC Circuit 350 YCT

14. In the circuit shown in the figure, if the power 17. Determine the value of reactive power (in VAR)
consumed by the 5Ω resistor are 10W, then the of a circuit having power factor of 0.6 when the
power factor of the circuit is - apparent power of the circuit is 120 VA.
efÛe$e ceW efoKeeÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW, Ùeefo 5Ω ØeeflejesOe Éeje
0.6 Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ Jeeues Skeâ heefjheLe keâer ØeefleIeeleer
Meefkeäle keâer Kehele 10W nw, lees heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ nw-
Meefòeâ (efJe.S.Deej. ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjs peye heefjheLe keâer
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ 120 VA nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw, cos = 0.6
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ (S) =120 VA
ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ = ?
meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ = cos DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ
Sol. 5Ω keâe Resistance 10W power consume keâjlee nw
= 0.6120
FmeefueÙes 5Ω ceW current
P=IR 2 P =72W
10 Deye S  P2  Q2 mes,
I=  I  2A
5 Q  S2  P 2
P I 2R I R
cos =  rms = rms Q  (120) 2  (72)2
S Vrms I rms Vrms
Q  14400  5184  9216
2 15 15
cos =   0.6 Q  96 VAR Ans.
50 25
2 18. A circuit having power factor of 0.8 consumes 20
cos = 0.6 Ans. W. What is the value of reactive power (in VAR)
15. A power system is providing 250 V AC at 20 A. of the circuit?
If the phase angle between current and voltage Skeâ heefjheLe efpemekeâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ 0.8 nw, 20 W keâer
is 25 then what is the true power used by the Meefòeâ keâer Kehele keâjlee nw~ Gme heefjheLe ceW ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ
system. keâe ceeve (efJe.S.Deej. ceW) keäÙee nesiee?
Skeâ Meefòeâ leb$e (power system) 250V AC Deewj 20A
Øeoeve keâjlee nw, Ùeefo Oeeje Deewj Jeesušlee kesâ yeerÛe Hesâpe
keâesCe 25 nw lees leb$e keâer JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ (true
0 Sol. ef o Ùee nw ,
cos   0.8
power) keäÙee nw?
(UPRVUNL JE-2014) Meef òeâ Kehele = 20 Jeeš
Sol. efoÙee nw, Øeef leIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ = ?
V = 250V, I = 20A,  
meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ 20
True power = VI cos
DeYeemeer Meefòeâ    25 VA
cos  0.8
True Power = 250200.9063 ( cos =cos250)
 DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ    meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ 
2 2
(cos 25º = 0.9063) Deye ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ 
 4531.5W Ans.
 252  202  625  400
16. In an ac circuit, V = (200 + j 40) V and I = (30 – j
10) A. The active and reactive power of the  225  15 VAR Ans.
circuit are respectively 19. The impedance of a circuit is given by Z = 3 +
Skeâ ac heefjheLe ceW, V = (200 + j 40) V leLee I = (30 – j j4. Its conductance will be:
10)A nQ~ leodvegmeej Gme heefjheLe keâer meef›eâÙe leLee ØeefleIeeleer Skeâ heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee Z = 3 + j4 nw, lees Fmekeâe
MeefòeâÙeeB ›eâceMe; efkeâleveer neWieer? ÛeeuekeâlJe keäÙee nesiee?
(SSC JE -2013) (DMRC .JE. 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)
Sol. Q V   200  j40  V Sol. efoÙee nw–
Impedance (Z) = 3 + j4
I   30  j10  A
Conductance (G) = ?
So I*  30  j10 Z  R  jX
Dele: S  V.I * 1 1 3  j4
  200  j40  30  j10  QY  
Z 3  j4 3  j4
 6000  2000 j  1200 j  j2 400 3  j4 3 4
  j
S  5600  3200 j 9  16 25 25
Dele: Active power P=5600 Watt Deewj Reactive Power Q Y  G  jB
=3200 VAR (inductive) Ans. Dele: Conductance (G) =3/25 Ans.
AC Circuit 351 YCT

20. A resistance of 1 , an inductance of 1H and a 23. What is the average value of the given wave
capacitance of 1F are connected in series and form? Take the maximum value as Vm.
the line current is 1A. The energy consumed in efoS ieS lejbie ™he keâe Deewmele ceeve efkeâlevee nesiee? ceeve
1 hour is ueerefpeS DeefOekeâlece ceeve Vm nw~
Skeâ 1 keâe ØeeflejesOe, Skeâ 1H kesâ ØesjkeâlJe Deewj Skeâ SSC JE 29.10.2020 Shift-II
1F kesâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele nw Deewj ueeFve Solution :
Oeeje 1 SefcheÙej nw~ Skeâ IeCšs ceW Kehele Tpee& .............nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw,
I = 1 Amp, R = 1 
t = 1 hours = 3600 sec.
Energy consumed = I2Rt
= (1)2 13600 = 3600J Ans.
21. An a.c. source supplies a load that is 10 kW
(resistive), 15 kVAR (capacitive) and 22kVAR 1 
 0 m
(inductive). The apparent power is Vavg  V sin t dt
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) Œeesle Skeâ Yeej keâes Deehete|le V 
keâjlee nw pees efkeâ 10 efkeâueesJee@š (ØeeflejesOeer) 15 kVAR  m  sin t dt
 0
(OeeefjleerÙe) Deewj 22 kVAR ØesjkeâerÙe nw~ DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle Vm
.......... nw~ 

  cos t 0
Sol. efoÙee nw, V
 m   cos      cos 0o  
Resistive Load = 10 kW 
Capacitive load = 15 kVAR Vm
    1   1
Inductive load = 22 kVAR  
2Vm
V

24. Determine the average value of the given wave
form.
efoS ieS lejbie-™he keâe Deewmele ceeve %eele keâerefpeS-
Apparent power (s) = P2  Q2
10   7
2 2
=
= 149 (PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift)
= 12.20 kVA Ans.
Solution :
22. The impedance of a circuit placed across a
120V, 50 Hz source is (10 + j20)  find the
current through the load.
120V, 50 Hz Œeesle hej mLeeefhele Skeâ heefjheLe keâer
ØeefleyeeOee (10 + j20)  nw~ Yeej mes neskeâj ØeJeeefnle nesves
Jeeueer Oeeje %eele keâerefpeS~ area OAE + area ABDE + area BCD

SSC JE 29.10.2020 Shift-II 
Solution : efoÙee nw~ 1 1
Fm a     a  a  Fm  Fm   –    a  
V = 120 Volt, Z = 10 + j20, I = ?  2 2
V 120 10  j20 
I   Fm a Fa
Z 10  j20 10  j20     2a  Fm  m
 2 2
120 10  j20  

10    j20  F a  Fm  2aFm
2 2
 m

120 10  j20  120 10  j20 
I  F  aFm Fm    a 
100  j2 400 100  400  m 
 
I  0.24 10  j20 
Fm    a 
I   2.4  j4.8 Ampere Ans. Average value 

AC Circuit 352 YCT

25. To an alternating current is expressed by i = 40 Sol. efoÙee nw–
sin 628t. Find the frequency.
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâes i = 40 sin 628t Éeje JÙeòeâ
efkeâÙee peelee nw DeeJe=efòe %eele keâerefpeS -
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
Sol. i = 40 sin 628t
i = Im sin t (Comparing equation)
 = 2f = 628 RMS value of the current be I amp
4
I 2  4   12.5  t  .dt
2
628
f  100 Hz Ans.
2 0
4
An alternating current has an instantaneous = 12.5 12.5  t   1/ 3  12.5  12.5  4  4  4 
3
26.
 3 
value of 20 A after 0.0008 seconds passing the  0
zero and a frequency of 120 Hz calculate the 50
maximum value of this alternating current. I=  28.87 amp. Ans.
Assume, the time is counting from zero and it 3
starts moving towards the positive side. 29. A coil takes a current of 5A when connected to
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve 0.0008 a 25 V DC supply to obtain the same current
with a 50 Hz AC supply, the voltage required
meskeâC[ kesâ yeeo MetvÙe mes Deewj 120 Hz keâer DeeJe=efòe was 32 V. Calculate the inductive reactance
iegpejves hej 20 A nw~ Fme ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje kesâ DeefOekeâlece and power factor of the coil.
ceeve keâer ieCevee keâjW~ ceeve ueerefpeS meceÙe MetvÙe mes Meg® peye Skeâ kegâC[ueer keâes 25 V DC Deehetefle& mes peesÌ[e
nes jne nw Deewj Ùen Oeveelcekeâ keâer Deesj yeÌ{vee Meg® keâjlee peelee nw lees Ùen 5A keâer Oeeje uesleer nw~ 50 Hz AC
nw- Deehetefle& mes meceeve Oeeje Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021) Jeesušspe 32 V Lee~ kegbâ[ueer keâe ØesjefCekeâ ØeefleIeele Deewj
Sol. efoÙee nw– I = 20A, f = 120 Hz, t=0.0008 Meefkeäle iegCekeâ %eele keâerefpeS–
sec PGCIL (SR-1) 22.08.2021
i = Im sin t Sol . efoÙee nw– VDC=25 V, VAC = 32 V, IDC = 5A
i = Im sin (2ft) 25 32
20 = Im sin (2×120×0.0008) R= = 5 , Z = = 6.4
5 5
20 = Im sin 0.192 
Z2 = R2 + X 2L
20  180º 
Im = 1Rad   (6.4)2 = 25 + X 2L
0.5673   
XL = 4
Im = 35.26 Amp
R 5
27. Find the average value of a sinusoidal alternating cos  =   0.78lag Ans.
current having peak value of 50A Z 6.4
50 SefcheÙej kesâ efMeKej ceeve kesâ meeLe Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe 30. If the equation of sinusoidal current is 141.4
sin314 t. Find the R.M.S value and frequency
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ of the current.
(SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II) Ùeefo pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje keâe meceerkeâjCe 141.4 sin 314 t
Sol : efoÙee nw– Im = 50A nw~ Oeeje keâe RMS ceeve Deewj DeeJe=efòe %eele keâjW~
2 Im 2  50 (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Iavg = 
 3.141 Sol. : ef o Ùee nw– I = 141.4 sin 314 t
Iavg = 31.83 Ampere Ans. I = Im sint mes leguevee keâjves hej
28. Find the RMS value of the given current wave I 141.4
form. Irms = m 
2 1.414
efoS ieS Oeeje lejbie™he keâe RMS ceeve %eele keâjs– Irms = 100 Amp
 = 2f
 314
f= 
2 2  3.14
f = 50 Hz Ans.
31. In the closed electric path represented by an
AC current i(t) = (3 + 4 sin t + 4 sin 2 t) A
flowing through a 10  resistor. Find the rms
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) value of the current.
AC Circuit 353 YCT
efkeâmeer yebo efJeÅegle heLe ceW Skeâ Smeer Oeeje i(t) = (3 + 4 Sol. efoÙee nw -
sin t + 4 sin 2 t) Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw pees 10
 i = 50 sin 100t A
ØeeflejesOe mes neskeâj yenlee nw Oeeje keâe rms ceeve %eele i = Im sin t mes leguevee keâjves hej
keâerefpeS? Im = 50 A
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) Average current over half cycle
Sol. Given that, = Average value of sinusoidal current.
i(t) = 3 + 4 sin t + 4 sin t 2 I m ax 2  50
2 2 
 m1   m2 
I I  
I rms  I0  
2
  
 2  2 100
 Average current over half cycle = A
2 2

 4   4 
I rms   3   Average current over complete cycle = 0
2
  
 2  2 35. An alternating current i is given by i = 141.4 sin
 9  8  8  25 314 t A, find the frequency and time period of
the current.
Irms  5A Ans.
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje i = 141.4 sin 314 t A kesâ Éeje oer
32. An ac voltage source of 250V (rms) supplies ieÙeer nw DeeJe=efòe Deewj Oeeje keâe DeeJele&keâeue %eele keâjW~
active power of 300 watts and reactive power of
400 VAR. Find the value of current (rms) (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
drawn by the source. Sol. efoÙee nw -
250 V (rms) keâe Smeer Jeesušspe Œeesle 300 Jeeš keâer i = 141.4 sin (314 t) A
meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ Deewj 400 VAR keâer ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ keâer t = 314 t,  = 314
Deehetefle& keâjlee nw~ Œeesle Éeje ueer ieF& Oeeje (rms) keâe 314
2f = 314 , f
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ 2
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) 314
Sol. Given that, f , f = 50 Hz
2  3.14
P = 300 W, Q = 400 VAR 1 1
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ, S2 = P2 + Q2 T , T
f 50
S   300    400 
2 2
T = 0.02 second Ans.
S = 500 VA 36. What is the fundamental angular frequency of
Q S = V.I a square wave with a period of 0.02?
S 500 0.02 DeJeefOe kesâ meeLe Jeie& lejbie keâer cetue keâesCeerÙe
I 
V 250 DeeJe=efòe nw~
I = 2A Ans. (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
33. What is the mathematical expression for a 50
Sol. efoÙee nw -
Hz sinusoidal voltage of Peak value 100V?
100V efMeKej ceeve kesâ 50 Hz pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee kesâ T = 0.02 sec
efueS ieefCeleerÙe JÙebpekeâ nw~ 1
f = 50 Hz
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II) 0.02
Sol. efoÙee nw - Vm = 100 volts Angular frequency () = 2f
f = 50 Hz = 2 × 50
Let  = 2f  = 100  rad/s Ans.
V = Vm sin t 37. Determine the average and effective value of
V = 100 sin 2ft the given waveform.
V = 100 sin 2 × 50t efoS ieS lejbie ™he ceW Deewmele Deewj ØeYeeJeer ceeve %eele
V = 100 sin 100t V Ans. keâjW~
34. An A.C. current is expressed as i = 50 sin 100t
A what is the half-cycle average value of that
current-
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje i = 50 sin 100t A kesâ ™he ceW
JÙeòeâ keâer peeleer nw~ Fme Oeeje keâer Deæ& Ûe›eâ Deewmele ceeve
keäÙee nw~
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II) (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II)
AC Circuit 354 YCT
Sol. Sol. efoÙee nw–i(t) = 100 sin 100t
1
t sec
600
1
i  t   100sin100
600

i  t   100sin
Time period = 0.3, for rectangular 
i(t) = 100 sin 30º
Responce time
Vavg = maximum value × 1
Total time i(t) = 100 
2
0.1 20 i(t) = 50 Ampere Ans.
 20    6.67 volts Ans.
0.3 3 40. If I(t) = 50 cos (10t + 10) is the expression of a
Responce time sinusoidal current find the maximum
Vrms  maximum Value  amplitude.
Total time Ùeefo I(t) = 50 cos (10t + 10) Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje
0.1 keâe meceerkeâjCe nw lees DeefOekeâlece DeeÙeece keâer ieCevee keâjW~
Vrms  20
0.3 (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II)
20 Sol. efoÙee nw -
  11.55 volts
3 i(t) = 50 cos (10t + 10º)
i(t) = Im sin (t + ) mes leguevee keâjves hej DeefOekeâlece
38. The maximum values of the alternating voltage
and current are 400 volt and 20A, respectively DeeÙeece Im = 50 Ampere Ans.
in a circuit the frequency of the alternating
quantities is 50 Hz and these quantities are
sinusoidal. The phase angle of the current with
respect to voltage is . The expression for the
voltage and current with respect to time t.
Skeâ heefjheLe ceW ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje kesâ
DeefOekeâlece ceeve ›eâceMe: 400 V Deewj 20 A nw~ ØelÙeeJeleea
jeefMeÙeeW keâer DeeJe=efòe 50 Hz nw Deewj Ùes jeefMeÙeeb 41. The fundamental frequency of alternating
pÙeeJe›eâerÙe nw~ Jeesušlee kesâ meehes#e Oeeje keâe hesâpe keâesCe  quantity is 25 Hz. find the corresponding
angular frequency.
nw~ meceÙe t kesâ meehes#e Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje kesâ efueS JÙebpeve nw~ Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâer cetue DeeJe=efòe 25 Hz nw~ mebiele
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II) keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe %eele keâjW~
Sol. Vm = 400 V, Im = 20A, f = 50 Hz (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II)
Voltage : Sol. efoÙee nw - f = 25 Hz
V = Vm sin t  = 2f
keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe () = 2f
V = Vm sin 2ft
 = 2 × 25 × 
V(t) = 400 sin 2 × 50 × t  = 50 rad/second Ans.
V(t) = 400 sin (100t) V 42. An alternating voltage e = 400 sin 314 t is
Current : applied to a device that offers an ohmic
I = Im sin (t + ) resistance of 10  to the flow of current in one
I(t) = 20 sin (2ft + ) direction, while preventing the flow of current
in the opposite direction. Calculate the RMS
I(t) = 20 sin (2 × 50t + )
value and average value, respectively, for the
I(t) = 20 sin (100t + ) A Ans. current over one cycle.
39. The equation of an alternating current is given Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe e = 400 sin 314 t Skeâ Ssmes
a i(t) = 100 sin 100 t. Find the instantaneous GhekeâjCe hej ueeiet efkeâÙee peelee nw pees efJehejerle efoMee ceW
value after (1/600) seconds. Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen keâes jeskeâles ngS Skeâ efoMee ceW Oeeje kesâ
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe meceerkeâjCe i(t) = 100 sin ØeJeen keâes 10  keâe Deesefcekeâ ØeeflejesOe Øeoeve keâjlee nw~
100t nw~ (1/600) meskesâC[ kesâ yeeo leel#eefCekeâ ceeve Skeâ Ûe›eâ ceW Oeeje kesâ efueS ›eâceMe: RMS ceeve Deewj
keäÙee nesiee? Deewmele ceeve keâer ieCevee keâjW -
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II) (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
AC Circuit 355 YCT
Sol. e = 400 sin 314 t 44. Calculate the average value of sinusoidal wave
e = Em sin t mes leguevee keâjves hej cos2  over a complete cycle.
Em = 400 volts hetCe& Ûe›eâ kesâ efueS pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbie cos2  kesâ Deewmele
GhekeâjCe 10  keâe ØeeflejesOe Øeoeve keâjlee nw - ceeve keâer ieCevee keâjW~
Dele: Oeeje keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve (Im) nw - Sol.
E 400
Im  m   40A …(i)
R 10
Skeâ efoMee ceW Oeeje keâe ØeJeen efJehejerle efoMee ceW Oeeje kesâ
ØeJeen keâes jeskeâles nw, FmeefueS JeemleefJekeâ waveform mes
resultant waveform KeeRÛee pee mekeâlee nw -
cos2 = 2cos2 – 1
cos 2  
 cos 2 1
2
Q cos 2 DeeJele&keâeue  neslee nw~
T
1
Deewmele ceeve =
T 
f  t  .dt
0
Resultant waveform Half wave Rectifier kesâ  
output kesâ waveform keâer lejn efoKe jne nw~ 1 1  sin 2 
Dele: Half wave Rectifier kesâ efueS -

2
0

 cos2  1 d  
2  2
 

0
I m 40  0.5 Ans.
RMS ceeve =   20Amp
2 2 45. A 50 Hz current of zero reference has an
I 40 average value of 45A. Its instantaneous value at
Deewmele ceeve = m   12.7Amp Ans.
 3.14 an angle of 300 is :
43. What will be the capacitive susceptance (in Skeâ 50 Hz MetvÙe efjheâjsvme (Reference) keâe Current
Siemens) of the circuit given below ? efpemekeâe Deewmele ceeve 45A nw, 30º keâesCe hej Fmekeâe
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW mebOeeefj$e keâe memeshšWme (meercebsme leel#eefCekeâ ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
ceW) keäÙee nesieer?
Sol.
efoÙee nw–
Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve (Iavg) = 45A
keâesCe (t) = 30º
Oeeje keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve (i) = ?
Sol. 2 Im
efoÙee nw, For sinusoidal, Iavg 

45  
Im 
2
Oeeje keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve, i  I m sin t
Capacitor (C) = 0.4 mF = 0.4  10 F –3 
i  45  sin 30º
Capacitive susceptance = ? 2
1 45   1  1
Formula : Capacitive susceptance  i  Q sin 30º  
XC 2 2  2
i  35.34 A Ans.
1
XC  46. The voltage wave v = Vm sin ( t – 15o) volts is
2 fC applied across an A.C. circuit. If the current
1 leads the voltage by 10o and the maximum
Capacitive susceptance  value of current is Im, then the equation of
1
current is
2  50  0.4  103
 2    50  0.4  103
Skeâ A.C. heefjheLe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee lejbie V = Vm sin
 0.12566 t – 15o) Jeesuš ueieeF& ieF& nw~ Ùeefo Oeeje, Jeesušlee mes
(
10o De«e nw Deewj Oeeje keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve Im nw, lees
Capacitive susceptance  0.126 Siemens Ans.
Oeeje keâe meceerkeâjCe nw
AC Circuit 356 YCT
Sol. A.C. heefjheLe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee lejbie, 50. How much r.m.s. current does a 300 W. 200 V
bulb take from the 200 V, 50 Hz power line?
V = Vm sin (t – 15) Volt
Skeâ 300 Jeeš, 200 Jeesuš yeuye, 200V, 50 Hz heeJej
Q Jeesušlee mes Oeeje 10 De«eieeceer nw~
ueeFve mes efkeâleveer Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue Oeeje uesleer nw?
 i = Im sin (t – 15 + 10)
i = Im sin (t – 5) A Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw–
1 V 2 200  200
47. The period of a sine wave is seconds. Its met$e R  
50 P 300
frequency is 400
 
1 3
pÙee lejbie keâer DeJeefOe meskesâC[ nw~ Fmekeâer DeeJe=efòe nw–
50 Bulb take from the voltage
I rms 
Sol. efoÙee nw– Resistance of the bulb
1 200 3
pÙee lejbie keâer DeJeefOe t  meskesâC[, DeeJe=efòe f  ?  
50 400 2
1 1 3
f 
t 1 Irms  1.5A Ans.
50 51. In the circuit shown in fig. if Q=10, the angle
f  50 Hz Ans. between IL and V is
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo Q = 10, Oeeje IL Deewj
48. An A.C. current is given by i = 200 sin 100 t.
It will achieve a value of 100 A after ...... Jeesušlee V kesâ yeerÛe keâesCe........ nw~
second.
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje i = 200 sin 100 t efoÙee ieÙee nw~
Ùen 100 SefcheÙej keâe ceeve ......... meskesâC[ yeeo Øeehle
keâjsiee~
Sol. efoÙee nw–
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje, i = 200 sin (100t) A Sol.
peye i  100, t  ? If  is the angle between V and IL, then
100  200 sin100t X
tan   L .
100 1 R
 sin100t   sin100 t
X
200 2 Also, Quality factor  Q   L
 R
sin  sin100t  Q = tan  or  = tan–1 Q = tan–110 = 84.28 Ans.
6
1 52. The r.m.s value of half wave rectified sine wave
t= is 200 V. The r.m.s. value of full wave rectified
6  100 A.C. will be
t
1
Sec
Deæ&lejbie efo°erke=âle pÙee lejbie keâe Jeie&ceeOÙe cetue ceeve
Ans.
600 200 Jeesuš nw~ hetCe& lejbie efo°keâejer S.meer. keâe Jeie&ceeOÙe
49. An A.C. voltage of 50 Hz has a maximum value cetue ceeve nesiee–
of 50 V. Its values after 1/600 second after the Sol. efoÙee nw–
instant the current is zero, will be
Vrms  200 (for Half wave)
50 Hz keâer Skeâ S.meer. Jeesušlee keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve
50V nw~ Oeeje MetvÙe nesves kesâ #eCe kesâ yeeo Fmekeâe ceeve Vm
 200
1/600 meskeâC[ yeeo nesiee- 2
Vm  400V
Sol. efoÙee nw–
V 400
f  50 Hz Full wave  Vrms   m 
2 2
1
Vm  50V t sec  200 2
600  200 1.414 b
V  Vm sin 2ft  282.8V Ans.
1  180º  53. The voltage in a circuit follows the law
 50 sin 2 180  50  1Rad  
600    v = 100 sin t
V  25 V Ans. If the frequency is 25 Hz, how long will it take
for the voltage to rise to 50 volts?
AC Circuit 357 YCT
Skeâ heefjheLe ceW Jeesušlee v = 100 sin t efveÙece keâe 55. The impedance 3.2 – j 12 in the polar form is
heeueve keâjlee nw– given as
Ùeefo DeeJe=efòe 25 nšd&pe nw, Jeesušspe keâes 50 Jeesušdme lekeâ ØeefleyeeOee 3.2 – j 12 OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW ......... keâer Yeebefle
yeÌ{eves kesâ efueÙes Ùen efkeâlevee meceÙe uesiee? efoÙee peelee nw~
v  100 sin t, f  25Hz V  50V t ? Impedance (Z) = 3.2 – j12
50  100sin(2 25t) Magnitude of Z  (3.2)2  (12) 2
1  12.4 
 sin 2 25t
2  12 
sin 300  sin 50t Angle of Z,   tan 1  
0
 3.2 
180
300   50t     750

1 Z  12.4  750 Ans.
t Sec Ans.
300 56. Two lamps each of 230 V and 60 W rating are
54. An alternating voltage V = 160 + j 120 V is connected in series across a single phase 230 V
applied to a circuit and the subsequent current supply. The total power consumed by the two
flowing I = –6 + j 15 A. The impedance of the lamps would be–
circuit is oes uewche efpeveceW ØelÙeskeâ keâer jseEšie, 230 V Deewj 60 W
ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe V = 160 + j 120 Jeesuš Skeâ heefjheLe nw, 1–  (Hesâpe), 230V mehueeF& kesâ S›eâe@me ßesCeer ceW
kesâ efueÙes ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj Deeieeceer Oeeje
mebÙeesefpele nw~ oesveeW uewcheeW Éeje Kehele keâer ieF& kegâue Meefòeâ
I = –6 + j 15 SefcheÙej ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw~ heefjheLe keâer
ØeefleyeeOee nw– nesieer–
Sol. Sol.
V  160  j120
I  6  j15 A
Magnitude of current–
 (-6) 2  (15) 2
 16.155 A
 15  230  230
  tan 1    R1  R 2 
 6 60
1
 tan (2.5)    68.190  V1 or V2  115 Volt
I  16.155  68.190 V12 115 115  60

P1    15 Watt Q P1  P2 
Magnitude of Voltage– R1 230  230
 160 
2
 120 
2
 200 V PT  P1  P2
PT  15  15  30 Watt Ans.
 120 
  tan 1  
 160  57. The current waveform as shown in figure, is
 36.860 applied in a pure resistor of 10 . What is the
power dissipated in the resistor?
V  20036.860 Oeeje lejbie ™he pewmee efkeâ efÛe$e ceW Øeoe|Mele nw, keâes 10

V 20036.860 kesâ Skeâ Megæ ØeeflejesOekeâ hej ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~
Z 
I 16.155  68.190 ØeeflejesOe ceW Meefòeâ #eÙe keäÙee nw?
 12.38105.050
Impedance–
z  Z  cos   jsin  
 12.38 cos(105.050 )  jsin(105.050 ) 
 12.38  0.259  j0.965 
Z   3.206  j11.9  Ans.
AC Circuit 358 YCT

Sol. Sol.
Given waves is sawtooth wave of peak current P1  P2   3  j4    6  j8    3  j12 
(Im) = 9A
P1  P2   3  12 
2 2
I 9
RMS value = m   3 3A
3 3 = 153 Ans.
Power consumed (P) = i2R 61. A voltage of V = 100  30° is applied to an
  impedance Z = 3 + j4. the power triangle
2
P= 3 3 10
V = 100  30° keâer Jeesušlee Skeâ ØeefleyeeOee Z = 3 +
P= 270 W Ans. j4 keâes oer peeleer nw, lees Meefòeâ ef$eYegpe nw?
58. An ac source of 200 V rms supplies an active Sol. efoÙee nw– V = 100 30º V, Z=3+4j
power of 1200 W and a reactive power of 1600
VAR to a load. The rms current and the power Z = 3  4
2 2
factor of the load respectively are 4 4

tan   ,   tan 1     53.130
200 V Deej.Sce.Sme. keâe Skeâ S.meer. œeesle uees[ keâes 3 3
1200 W keâer meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ Deewj 1600 VAR keâer Z= 553.13º
Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ Øeoeve keâjlee nw~ uees[ keâe Deej.Sce.Sme. V 10030º
i= 
Oeeje Deewj Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ›eâceMe: nw– Z 553.13º
Sol. i = 20–23.13º
VA Drawn from AC source
S= P2  Q2
1200   1600   2000VA

2 2
=
S 2000
Irms =   10A , Irms = 10A Apparent power; S = VI
Vrms 200 = 100  20
Power factor of the load– = 2000 VA
P 1200 True Power, P = S cos()
cos     0.6 , cos = 0.6 Ans. = 2000 cos 53.13º
S 2000
= 2000  0.6 = 1200 W
59. Three moving iron voltmeters are connected as Reactive Power Q = S sin 
shown in the figure. Voltmeter readings are V, = 2000  0.8
V1 and V2 as indicated. The correct relation
= 1600 VAR Ans.
among the voltmeter readings is:
62. If the current flowing through a 20 ohm
leerve Ûeue-ueewn Jeesušceeršme& Øeoe|Mele efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej resistor is given as,
mebÙeesefpele nw~ JeesušceeršjeW kesâ hee"dÙeebkeâ V, V1 Deewj V2 i (t) = 4 + 5 sin t – 3 cos 3 t amp,
pewmee efkeâ mebkesâle efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Jeesušceeršj hee"dÙeebkeâ kesâ then what is the power consumed by the
yeerÛe mener mecyevOe nw~ resistor?
20 ØeeflejesOekeâ mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje Ùeefo Fme
™he ceW efoÙee nw,
i (t) = 4 + 5 sin t – 3 cos 3
t amp,
lees ØeeflejesOe Éeje Kehele Meefòeâ keäÙee nw?
Sol.
RMS value of curent
Sol. 2 2
Voltage across capacitor V1= –(j1) XC  5   3 
I= 42     
Voltage across Inductor V2= (j2)XL  2  2
Total Voltage V=V1+V2 = 16  12.5  4.5
V= –(j1)XC+ (j2)XL
= 33 A
V=V2–V1
Power consume by 20  resistor
60. If phasors P1 = 3 + j4 and P2 = 6 – j8, then |P1– P = I 2R
P2| is :
 
2
Ùeefo hesâpej P1 = 3 + j4 Deewj P2 = 6 – j8, lees |P1 – P= 33  20
P2| nesiee– P = 660 W Ans.
AC Circuit 359 YCT
63. An alternating voltage is represented by V = 25 Sol. efoÙee nw–
sin (200 t) then its form factor is ............. 1
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee V = 25 sin (200t) kesâ Éeje t  sec
32
ØeoefMe&le nw leye Fmekeâe ™he iegCekeâ nw– Instantaneous value (i) = 55 sin (2  16t)
Sol. 1
ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe V = 25sin 200 t = 55 sin(2  16  )
32
V  Vm sin t Vm  25 V = 55 sin  = 55  0
Vm 25 i = 0 mA Ans.
Vrms   67. In the circuit shown in fig. the value of VAB is
2 2 efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW, VAB keâe ceeve ...........nw~
2Vm 2× 25
Vav  
 
25
V
Form Factor  K f   rms  2
Vav 50
 Sol.
 3.14 VAB  3045  30  45
 
2 2 2.828  30  cos 45  jsin 45  30  cos 45  jsin 45
Form factor(K f )  1.11032 Ans.  1 j   1 j 
 30     30  2  2 
64. A certain AC circuit has resistance of 10  and  2 2   
impedance of 20 . The phase angle of voltage 30
and current of the circuit is   2  42.40V Ans.
2
Skeâ efveef§ele ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe keâe ØeeflejesOe 10
68. The peak-to-peak alternating potential
Deesce Deewj ØeefleyeeOee 20 Deesce nw~ heefjheLe kesâ Jeesušlee difference across a 150  resistor is 339 V. The
Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe keâesCe nw– rms. current in the resistor is
Sol. efMeKej-mes-efMeKej ØelÙeeJeleea efJeYeJe Devlej 150 
Resistance = 10Ω ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ S›eâeme 339 Jeesuš nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Jeie&
Impedance =20Ω ceeOÙe cetue (rms) Oeeje...........nw~
Resistance
cos   Sol.
Impedance Vp p
10 Vr.m.s.   0.707
cos   2
20 339
cos   cos60º   0.707  120V
2
Phase angle between current and Voltage V 120
  60º Ans. I r.m.s.  r.m.s.   0.8A Ans.
R 150
65. A voltage wave of 50 Hz, having an rms value 69. What is VAB in fig. ?
of 415 V is expressed as efÛe$e ceW VAB keâe ceeve keäÙee nw?
Skeâ Jeesušlee lejbie keâe 50 nšd&pe Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue ceeve kesâ
meeLe 415 Jeesuš ØeoefMe&le nw pewmes–
Sol.
f = 50 Hz
Vrms = 415 V
Vm = 415 2V , Sol.
 = 2 f Referring to Fig.
= 2  3.14  50
 = 314 rad/sec
Jeesušlee lejbie meceerkeâjCe–
V = Vm sin(t)
V = 415 2 sin 314t Ans.
resultant  32  42  5V
66. The instantaneous value of 55 sin (2 16t) mA
4
at t=1/32 second is   tan 1  53.1
t=1/32 meskesâC[ hej 55 sin (2
16t) efceueer SefcheÙej 3
keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve...........nw~  VAB  553.1V Ans.
AC Circuit 360 YCT

70. The angular frequency of waveform shown in Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW Skeâ uewche efMeKej
fig. is Meefòeâ keâe 25% Kehele keâjlee nw~ ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee Deewj
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le lejbie ™he keâe keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe..........nw~ heefjheLe Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe Devlej keäÙee nw?
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Lamp consume 25% of peak power
 VmIm25/100=VmIm/4
V I
Power consumed, P  m m cos 
2
Vm Im Vm I m
or  cos 
Sol. 4 2
The half- sine wave pulses shown in fig. are derived  cos   1 
or  Ans.
from a sine wave whose period is 0.2s. 2 3
1 1 74. In an a.c. circuit, V and I are given by;
f    5Hz Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW V Deewj I.......kesâ
T 0.2
  2f  2  5  31.4rad / s Ans. Éeje efoÙee ieÙee nw~
71. An alternating voltage v= 200sin 314t is applied V = 100 sin (100t) volts
to a device which offers an ohmic resistance of I = 100 sin (100 t+ /3) mA
20  to the flow of current in one direction The power dissipated in the circuit is
while entirely preventing the flow of current in heefjheLe ceW DeheJÙeÙe Meefòeâ..........nw~
the opposite direction. The average value of Sol.
current is V I
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee v = 200sin 314t Skeâ Ùegefòeâ P  m m cos  .
2
(Ùeb$e) kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ nw efpemekesâ Skeâ 20 Deesndce kesâ Here V = 100V; I = 100mA = 100 10–3A;
m m
Deesndefcekeâ ØeeflejesOe keâes Skeâ efoMee ceW Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen keâer 
Ûes°e (ØemleeJe) keâjlee nw efJehejerle efoMee ceW Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen    60
3
keâes hetjer lejn mes jeskeâlee nw~ Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve 100 100  103
............. nw~  P cos 60  2.5W Ans.
2
Sol. 75. An alternating current i=Im sin ( t–/2) flows
The device is doing half-wave rectification. For half in an a.c. circuit across which alternating
wave rectified sinusoidal current, average value is voltage is v=Vmsin t. The power consumption
I m 10  200  in the circuit will be
Iavg    3.18A Q Im   10A 
   20  Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje i=Im sin ( t– /2) Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea
Ans. Oeeje (a.c.) heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw efpemekesâ S›eâeme
72. The current through a resistor has a waveform ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee v=Vmsin t nw~ heefjheLe ceW Kehele
shown in fig. The reading shown by hot-wire Meefòeâ..........nesieer~
ammeter will be
Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ Éeje Oeeje keâe lejbie™he efÛe$e ceW Sol.

ØeoefMe&le nw~ iece&-leej Deceeršj kesâ Éeje ØeoefMe&le hee"Ÿeebkeâ   = 900
2
........... nesiee~ cos  = cos900 = 0
So that power consumption = 0 Watt Ans.
76. The value of 5 40o3 20o is .......
540o3 20o keâe ceeve ........ nw~
Sol.
540o320o
= 5340o+20o
= 1560o Ans.
Sol.
77. The value of 9 30  3
o
10 is o
A hot wire ammeter records r.m.s. value. For the full
wave rectified sinusoidal current, 9 30 o
 3 10 o
keâe ceeve ........... nw~
I 5 Sol.
I r.m.s.  m  A Ans. 930o  310o
2 2
9
73. A lamp consume 25% of peak power in an a.c.  30  10
circuit. What is the phase difference between 3
o
the applied voltage and circuit current? = 320 Ans.
AC Circuit 361 YCT

78. The square root of 64 36o is ......... 84. The reciprocal of 12 –j 16 in polar form is
64 36o keâe Jeie& cetue .......... nw~ OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW 12 –j 16 keâe JÙegl›eâce nw–
Sol. Sol.
Square root of 6436 Magnitude  122   16   20;
2
36 16
 64  8180 Ans.   tan 1  53.13
2 12
79. In rectangular form, capacitive susceptance 1 1
will be written as  
12  j16 20  53.13
DeeÙeleekeâej ™he ceW, OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee ........ keâer
10
lejn efueKee peeÙesiee~   0.0553.13 Ans.
20  53.13
Sol. BC= C90o = 0 + jC = jC Ans. 85. The reciprocal of j is
80. In polar form, inductive susceptance will be j keâe JÙegl›eâce nw–
written as /OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW, ØesjkeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee ........ Sol.
keâer lejn efueKee peeÙesiee~ 1 10

Sol. j 190
Inductive susceptance (BL) is the reciprocal of inductive –90o = –j
= 1 Ans.
reactance (XL). 86. In polar form, capacitive susceptance will be
1 1 written as / OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW, OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee
BL  
X L L90 ......... keâer lejn efueKee peeÙesiee~
1 Sol.
   90 Ans. Capacitive susceptance (BC) is the reciprocal of
L
capacitive reactance (XC).
81. In rectangular form, inductive susceptance
1 1
will be written as  BC    C90 Ans.
DeeÙeleekeâej ™he ceW, ØesjkeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee ........ keâer lejn X  1 
   90
C

efueKee peeÙesiee~  C 
87. If the potential drop across a circuit be
Sol. represented by (40 + j25) V with reference to
1 circuit current and power absorbed by the
BL    90
L circuit is 160 W, the complex expression for
 1   j impedance is
 0  j  Ans. heefjheLe Oeeje kesâ meboYe& kesâ meeLe, Ùeefo Skeâ heefjheLe keâe
 L  L
efJeYeJe-heele (40 + j25) Jeesušlee kesâ Éeje efve™efhele
82. In polar form, conductance will be written as efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj heefjheLe kesâ Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefkeäle
OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW, ÛeeuekeâlJe ......... keâer lejn efueKee 160 Jee@š nw, ØeefleyeeOee kesâ efueS meefcceße JÙebpekeâ .........
peeÙesiee~ nw~
Sol. Sol. efoÙee nw–
Conductance (G) is the reciprocal of resistance (R).
heefjheLe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušleeheele
1 1 1
G   0 Ans. V = (40+j25)
R R 0  R VR=IR=40V
83. The polar form of the following waveform is VL=IXL= 25V
efvecveefueefKele lejbie ™he keâe OeÇgJeerÙe ™he nw– .
t +35o) V
v1 = 16 sin (
t –55o) V
v2 = 32 sin (
Sol.
Fig. shows the solution of the problem. P = 160W
P 160
 I   4A
VR 40
 I = 40oA; V = (40+j 25) V = 47.232oV
V 47.232
 Z   11.832
I 4
=11.8 cos 32o + j 11.8 sin 32o
Ans. = 10 + j 6.25 Ans.
AC Circuit 362 YCT
88. An AC current is represented as 42.42 sin 628t. 91. Alternating voltage v = 10 sin 157 t is given.
RMS value of current and frequency are What will be the frequency of the alternating
respectively voltage ?
Skeâ AC Oeeje 42.42 sin 628t kesâ ™he ceW oMee&F& peeleer ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee v = 10 sin 157 t oer ieF& nw~
nw~ Oeeje Deewj DeeJe=efòe keâe RMS ceeve ›eâceMe: nw ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee keâer DeeJe=efòe keäÙee nesieer?
(HSSSC JE, 1.09.2019) (HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019 -Time 2:30-4:30)
Sol. i = 42.42 sin 628t Sol. v = 10 sin 157t
Im = 42.42A Formula – v = vm Sin  t – mes leguevee keâjves hej
I 42.42
I rms  m   30A  · 157 Rad/s
2 2 2 f = 157
t = 628t 157 157
= 628 f= 
2f = 628 2  3.14 6.28
628 628 f = 25 Hz Ans.
f  92. A sine wave has a maximum value of 30 V. Its
2 2  3.14
f = 100 Hz Ans. value at 900 is?
89. Two alternating voltages are given by V1 = 120
pÙee lejbie keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve 30 V nw~ 900 hej Fmekeâe
sin (ωt + π/3) volts and V2 = 220 sin (ωt – π/4) ceeve nw?
volts. The phase difference between them (HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019 -Time 2:30-4:30)
expressed in degrees is- Sol. efoÙee nw-
V1 = 120 sin (ωt + π/3) Jeesuš Deewj V2 = 220 sin Vm = 30V
(ωt – π/4) Jeesuš Éeje oes ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee efoS peeles  = 90º
nQ~ Gvekesâ yeerÛe hesâpe Deblej nw–
(BSPHCL JE -31.01.2019 -Batch -01)
Sol. efoÙee nw- V1 = 120 sin (ωt + π/3)
V2 = 220 sin (ωt – π/4)
V1
Formula- V = Vm Sin  t = Vm Sin 
= 30  sin 90º
sint V = 30  1 = 30 V Ans.
93. Determine the peak value (in A) of the current
used by a motor rated at 220 V, 30A.
V2
220 Jeesuš, 30 SefcheÙej kesâ ceesšj Éeje GheÙeesie efkeâS
ieS efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe Meer<e& ceeve (SefcheÙej cebs) efveOee&efjle keâjW–
ceevee Hesâpe Devlej  nw
(SSCJE -Morning 27-01-2018)
     Sol. efoÙee nw–
      
3  4 3 4 Vrms = 220 Jeesuš, Irms = 30 Amp.
 60o  45o Oeeje keâe efoÙee ieÙee ceeve r.m.s. ceeve nw~
  1050 Ans. FmeefueÙes DeefOekeâlece Ùee efMeKej ceeve  I rms  2
90. An AC current is given as? I m  30  2
i = 10+10 sin 314t Im = 30 × 1.414
The average and rms values of the current,
Im = 42.4Amp. Ans.
respectively, are
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje i = 10+10 sin 314t efoÙee ieÙee nw~ 94. Determine the root mean square value (in V) of
the voltage waveform given in the figure below.
Oeeje keâe Deewmele SJeb rms ceeve ›eâceMe: nw~ Deeke=âefle ceW efoS ieS Jeesušspe lejbie kesâ Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue
(Sail (RSP) OCTT 17.03.2019 -Time 03 -05)
(Deej.Sce.Sme.) keâe ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW–
Sol. i = 10+10 sin 314t
Iav  10  0  10
Irms  I02 
2
 I1  I2  I3     
1 2 2 2
1
10  10   150
2 2
 
2
Irms= 12.24A Ans.
AC Circuit 363 YCT

Sol. efoÙee nw, Jeesušspe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve 40 Jeesuš FmeefueÙes A.C. Sol. efoÙee nw–
DeefOekeâlece ceeve v(t)  Vm sin  t   
jeefMe keâe r.m.s ceeve =
2 v(t) = 120 sin (11t – 20)V
40 40 t = 10
Vrms =  v(t) = 120 sin (11  10 – 20)V
2 1.414
Vrms = 28.29 volt Ans. v(t) = 120 sin 90o = 120 volt Ans.
95. What will the peak value of alternating voltage (in 99. What is the peak value of the alternating current
V) when the average value of the voltage is 140 V (in A) having RMS value of 18 A?
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe keâe efMeKej ceeve (Jeesušspe ceW) 18 SefcheÙej kesâ Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue (Deej. Sce. Sme.) cetuÙe
keäÙee nesiee peye Jeesušspe keâe Deewmele ceeve 140 Jeesuš nw? Jeeueer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe Meer<e& ceeve (SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee
(SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018) nesiee–
Sol. efoÙee nw, (SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
Vm = ? Sol. Irms = 18 Amp
Vav = 140V Imax = Irms  2
2Vm Vav  
Vav = Vm = Imax = 18  2
 2 Imax = 18  1.414 =25.452 A
140  3.14 Imax = 25.46 Amp Ans.
=
2
100. What is the root mean square value of the
Vm= 219.8 V Ans.
voltage waveform (in V) given in the figure
96. Determine the average value of alternating below?
current (in A) when the peak value of current
is 14 A. veerÛes oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW Jeesušspe lejbie keâe Jeie& ceeOÙe
ØelÙeeJeleea efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ Deewmele ceeve keâe efveOee&jCe cetue ceeve (Jeesuš cesW) keäÙee nesiee?
(SefcheÙej ceW) keâjW, peye ØelÙeeJeleea efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe (SSC JE-Evening 23-01-2018)
efMeKej ceeve 14 SefcheÙej nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Oeeje keâe efMeKej ceeve = 14 Amp.
 Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve = 0.637  Ip mes
Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve = 0.637  14
Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve = 8.92 Amp. Ans.
97. Calculate the value of reactive power (in VAR) Sol. peneB Vm = 20 Volt, V
Vrms = m
of a circuit having power factor of 0.8, when 2
the apparent power of the circuit is 200 VA. 20 20
0.8 Meefkeäle iegCeebkeâ Jeeues heefjheLe keâer ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ    14.14 V
2 1.414
keâer ieCevee (VAR) keâjW, peye heefjheLe keâer DeeYeemeer
Vrms = 14.14 V Ans.
Meefòeâ 200 Jeesuš–SefcheÙej nw~
101. A circuit having power factor of 0.8 consumes
40 W. What will be the value of reactive power
Sol. efoÙee nw– (in VAR) of the circuit ?
cos = 0.8 0.8 keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ Jeeuee heefjheLe 40 Jeeš Meefòeâ keâer
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ = 200VA Kehele keâjlee nw~ heefjheLe keâer ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ keâe ceeve
ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ (Q) = VA sin {sin = 0.6} (JeerSDeej ceW) keäÙee nesiee?
= 200  0.6
= 120 VAR
Ans. Sol. ef o Ùee nw – cos  = 0.8
98. What will be the instantaneous value of the P = VI cos = 40 Jee@š
alternating voltage (in V) which is represented VI  0.8 = 40
by v(t) = 120 sin(11t – 20)V, when the value of t VI = 40/0.8
is 10?
ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe keâe leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee VI = 50 VA
nesiee, pees v(t) = 120sin (11t – 20)V Éeje oMee&Ùee ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ (Q) = VI sin
ieÙee nw, peye t keâe ceeve 10 nw– = 500.6
(SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018) Q = 30 VAR Ans.
AC Circuit 364 YCT

102. What will be the instantaneous value of the Sol. efoÙee nw,
alternating current (in A) which is
represented by i(t) = 20 sin (13t – 20)A, when meceÙe T = 0.05 ms.
the value of t is 5? DeeJe=efòe f = ?
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea efJeÅegle Oeeje i(t)  20sin
1
(13t  20)A, keâe leel#eef C ekeâ ceeve (Sef c heÙej ceW) keäÙee f Hz
T
nesiee peye t keâe ceeve 5 nw?
1
(SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018) f Hz
Sol. i(t)  Im sin  t    0.05  103
f = 20000 Hz Ans.
i(t)  20sin 13t  20  106. The angular velocity of the waveform is given
at t5 as 440 rad/sec. calculate the frequency (in Hz)
i  t   20sin 13  5  20  of the waveform.
 20sin  65  20  lejb ie keâe keâesCeerÙe Jesie 440 jsef[Ùeve/meskeâC[ kesâ ™he ceW
 20sin 45
ef
o Ùee peelee nw~ lejbie keâer DeeJe=efòe keâer ieCevee (nšd&pe ceW) keâjW~
20 (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
  14.14A Sol.  = 440 js e f [ Ùeve/mes k eâC[ , f=?
2
  2 f
i  t   14.14 A Ans.
 440
103. What is the peak value of the alternating f  f
2 2  3.14
voltage (in V) having an average value of 180 V?
ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe, efpemekeâe Deewmele ceeve 180 V nw, keâe 220
 70.06
efMeKej ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nw? 3.14
(SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018) f  70 Hz Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw, 107. What will be the average value of the voltage
Deewmele ceeve = 180 Jeesuš (in V), if a sinusoidal alternating current of 15
2V A is flowing across a resistance of 25 ohms?
Vav  m Jees ušspe keâe Deewmele ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo 15

180  3.14 Sef c heÙej keâer Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje 25 Deesce
Vm  kes â Øeef lejesOe ceW yen jner nw?
2
Vm  282.6 V Ans. (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
104. Determine the instantaneous value of the Sol. Vrms  I rms R  15  25  375 V
alternating current (in A), which is represented V
by i(t) = 10 sin (25t–15) A, if the value of t is 3? Vrms  m leye Vm  Vrms  2
2
ØelÙeeJeleea efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve (SefcheÙej 2V
cebs) efveOee&efjle keâjW, efpemes i(t) = 10 sin (25t–15) A Éeje Vavg  m

oMee&Ùee peelee nw Ùeefo t keâe ceeve 3 nw?
V  2  2 375  2  1.414
(SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018) Vavg  rms   337.73
Sol. efoÙee nw–  3.14
Oeeje keâe leelkeâeefuekeâ meceerkeâjCe Vavg  337.73V Ans.
i(t) = 10 sin (25t –15) Amp ……..(1) 108. If the true power is 120 W and power factor is
meceer. (1) ceW t = 3 jKeves hej pees efoÙee nw– 0.68, then what will be the apparent power (in
leelkeâeefuekeâ Oeeje, i(t) = 10 sin (25 × 3–15) VA) ?
leelkeâeefuekeâ Oeeje, i(t) = 10 sin 600 Deiej JeemleefJekeâ heeJej 120 W Deewj heeJej Hewâkeäšj 0.68
 3  nw, lees DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ keäÙee nesieer (VA ceW)?
sin 60   0.866 
0
(UPPCL J.E. 11.02.2018, Morning)
 2 
leelkeâeefuekeâ Oeeje, i(t) = 10 × 0.866 Sol. efoÙee nw, meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ (P) = 120 Jeeš
leelkeâeefuekeâ Oeeje, i(t) = 8.66A Ans. Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ (cos ) = 0.68, DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ (S) = ?
105. What will be the frequency (in Hz) of a P = VI cos 
sinusoidal wave when the time period is 0.05 120 = VI × 0.68
ms? 120
peye meceÙe DeJeefOe 0.05 ms nesieer lees Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe VI 
0.68
lejbie keâer DeeJe=efòe (nšd&pe ceW) keäÙee nesieer?
VI  176.47 Volt  Ampere Ans.
AC Circuit 365 YCT
109. In a RLC circuit Inductance is 20 mH and 112. A sinusoidal wave v = 100sin (314.15t). What is
capacitance is 200 micro Farad. Find the its instantaneous value at 0.02 s and 0.005 s?
resonance frequency of the circuit. Skeâ pÙee Je›eâerÙe lejbie Fme Øekeâej mes nw; v = 100 sin
RLC heefjheLe ceW ØesjkeâlJe 20 mH Deewj Oeeefjlee 200 F (314.15t)~ Fmekeâe 0.02 s hej Deewj 0.005 s hej
nw~ Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~ leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
(DFCCIL 17.04.2016)
(LMRC (SCTO). 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
Sol. efoÙee nw:
Sol. v  100 sin  314.15t  .........(i)
L = 20 mH Ùee 20×10–3 H
C = 200 F Ùee 200×10–6 F t  0.02 meceerkeâjCe (i) ceW jKeves hej
1 v1  100sin  314.15  0.02 

LC  100 sin(6.28572)
1  100 sin 2

20  10  200  106
3
0
  500 rad / sec Ans. v1 = 0V
t  0.005 meceerkeâjCe (i) ceW jKeves hej
110. The current in a circuit follows the relation i =
200 sin t. If frequency is 50 Hz, how long will v2  100 sin  314.15  0.005 
it take for the current to rise to 100 A
 100 sin 1.57075 
heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje i = 200 sin
t nw Ùeefo DeeJe=efòe
50 Hz nes lees Oeeje keâes 100 A yeÌ{ves ceW efkeâlevee meceÙe 
 100 sin  sin 900  1
ueiesiee– 2
(DFCCIL 17.04.2016)  100
(UPPCL (JE) -13.11.2016) v2 = 100V Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw: i  200Sin t , f  50 Hz 113. The frequency of instantaneous power in a
i  200Sin t purely capacitive circuit is:
100  200Sin t (i=100 A)
Skeâ Megæ mebOeeefj$eerÙe heefjheLe ceW leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ keâer
DeeJe=efòe nw–
100 1
 Sin t   Sin t (DMRC .JE. 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)
200 2
Sol. Skeâ Megæ mebOeeefj$eerÙe heefjheLe ceW, leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ
t  300 (sin300=1/2) P = vi (instantaneous)
2 ft  300  
= Vm sint  Im sin  t  
  2
300  0
180  t 1.66 ms Ans. = V m sin t  I m cos t
t
2  50 V I
= m m sin 2t ...........(1)
0
111. The voltage phasor of a circuit is 1015 V 2
and current phasor is 2 –45 A. The active and ceevee DeeJe=efòe = 50 Hz
0
reactive power in the circuit are respectively: Ghejesòeâ meceerkeâjCe mes–

efkeâmeer heefjheLe keâe Jeesušspe hesâpej 10 150 V nw Deewj leel#eefCekeâ hee@Jej keâer DeeJe=efòe f = 2  f
Oeeje hesâpej 2-450 A nw~ heefjheLe keâer meef›eâÙe Deewj Dele: Skeâ Megæ mebOeeefj$eerÙe heefjheLe ceW = 2  50 = 100 Hz
ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ ›eâceMe: keäÙee nesieer? leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ keâer DeeJe=efòe oesiegveer nesleer nw~ Ans.
(LMRC (SCTO). 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
114. An alternating current is given by i = 100 sin
(SSC JE -4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
314t A. Its average value will be ______.
Sol. V = 10 150 Volt Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje i =100 sin 314t A kesâ Éeje oer ieF&
I = 2  - 450 A, P = VIcos  nw~ Fmekeâe Deewmele ceeve ........ nesiee~
Phase difference  = 150–(–450) = 600 (UPPCL JE-Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
P = 10 ×2 cos (60º) = 20 × cos (60º) Sol. i = 100 sin 314 t A
1 I m = 100 A
P= 20 × = 10 Watt
2 2I 2 100
efjSefkeäšJe heeJej (Q) = VI sin  Formula– Iavg  m 
 3.14
= 10×2 sin (600) = 20 × sin 600
Iavg = 63.694A Ans.
3 115. A 50 Hz current of zero reference has an
= 20 ×
2 average value of 45A. Its instantaneous value at
Q = 17.32 VAR Ans. an angle of 300 is :
AC Circuit 366 YCT
Skeâ 50 Hz MetvÙe efjheâjsvme (Reference) keâe Current 118. Find the power p(t), supplied by the element
efpemekeâe Deewmele ceeve 45A nw, 30º keâesCe hej Fmekeâe 1
when v(t) = 4 cos 3t V and i(t)  sin 3t A .
leel#eefCekeâ ceeve keäÙee nesiee? 12
(DMRC .JE. 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift) Skeâ DeJeÙeJe Éeje Øeoòe Meefòeâ p(t)keâer ieCevee keâjW peye
v(t) = 4 cos 3t V Deewj i(t)  sin 3t A
Oeeje keâe Deewmele ceeve (Iavg) = 45A 12
keâesCe (t) = 30º (PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
Oeeje keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve i = ?
Formula = Oeeje keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve i  I m sin t
2 Im
For sinusoidal Iavg 

I   45
I m  av  Sol. P =V.I mes
2 2
1 
 P   4.cos 3t  .  .sin 3t 
i  45  sin 300  12 
2
45   1  1 4
i   .cos 3t.sin 3t
Q sin 30   12
2 2  2
2
i  35.325 A Ans.  .cos 3t.sin 3t
6
116. An alternating voltage is given by the expression 1 1
  2.cos3t.sin 3t    2.sin 3t.cos 3t 
v = 200 sin (314t + /3) V. The maximum value 6 6
and frequency of the voltage are respectively 1
______.  .sin(2  3t) sin 2  2sin .cos  mes
6
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušlee keâe meceerkeâjCe efoÙee ieÙee nw v = 1
200 sin (314t + /3) V Jeesušlee keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve P  .sin 6t Ans.
6
Deewj DeeJe=efòe ›eâceMe: nw– 119. The equation for a voltage wave is v = 0.02 sin
(UPPCL JE -Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
 2t  300  V. Find the frequency.

Sol. efoÙee nw– v  200 sin  314t   Jeesušlee lejbie kesâ efueS meceer. efvecve nw- v = 0.02 sin
 3
met$e : v = Vm sin t mes leguevee keâjves hej  2t  300  lees DeeJe=efòe %eele keâerefpeS-
Vm  200 V (PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift)
t = 314t Sol. v  0.02 sin(2t  300 )V
 = 314 rad/s f=?
2f = 314 t = 2ft,
2×3.14×f = 314 2ft= 2t
f = 1 Hz Ans.
314
f 120. If V1 and V3 are the rms values of the
3.14  2
fundamental and third harmonics of an
f  50 Hz Ans. alternating quantity, then the rms value of the
117. If the average value of AC sine voltage is 0.636 alternative quantity is given as:
volts, then what will be the peak value? Ùeefo V1 Deewj V3 ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe kesâ cetue Deewj le=leerÙe
Ùeefo AC sine Jeesušlee keâe Deewmele ceeve 0.636 nw lees neceexefvekeâ kesâ rms voltage nes lees ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe keâe
efMeKej ceeve keäÙee nesiee? Jeie&ceeOÙe cetuÙe ceeve efoÙee peelee nw-
(Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift) (PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift)
2Vm Sol.
Sol. Vavg 
 Fundamental voltage = V1
Vavg   0.636  3.14 Third harmonic Voltage = V3
Vm   rms keâe ceeve · V12  V32 Ans.
2 2
1.99704 121. Two sinusoidal currents are given by the
Vm   0.99852
2 t + /3) and i2 = 15 sin
equations : i1 = 10 sin (
Vm  1Volt Ans. t – /4). The phase difference between them
(
is :
AC Circuit 367 YCT
oes pÙeeJe›eâerÙe (Sinusoidal) OeejeÙeW meceerkeâjCeeW Éeje 123. Two currents having r.m.s. values 50A and 75A
efoÙes ieÙes nQ i1 = 10 sin ( t + /3) leLee i2 = 15 sin with a phase difference of 600. What is
resultant sum of these two currents ?
(t – /4) Fvekesâ yeerÛe hesâpe Devlej nw-
oes OeejeDeeW efpevekesâ r.m.s ceeve 50 Amp leLee 75
(UK JE-II 2013) Amp nw efpevekeâe keâueevlej 600 nw~ Fve oesveeW OeejeDees
Sol. Given :
keâe heefjCeeceer Ùeesie keäÙee nesiee?
 
i1  10sin  t   (UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
 3 0 0
Sol. 500  75  60
 
i2  15sin   t  
 4   
 50 cos 00  jsin 00  75 cos 600  jsin 600 
Phase difference = ? 1 3 
 50 1  0   75  
 2 2 
j
 
75 75 3  75  75
 50   j   50    j 3
2 2  2  2
 50  37.5  64.95 j
 87.5  64.95 j Ans.
124. The current through a resistor has a waveform
GheÙeg&òeâ hesâpej DeejsKe mes mhe° neslee nw efkeâ oesveeW heâspeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe as shown in figure. The reading shown by a
Devlej moving coil ammeter will be amperes.
   efkeâmeer ØeeflejesOe mes neskeâj iegpejves Jeeueer Oeeje lejbie™he
   oMee&F& ieF& Deeke=âefle kesâ Devegmeej nw~ Ûeue kegâC[ueer Sceeršj
3  4
Éeje oMee&Ùee peeves Jeeuee hee"Ÿeebkeâ............SefcheÙej nesiee~
 
   (SSC JE -4 March 2017 10 am)
3 4
180 180
 
3 4
Ùee   60  45  1050 Ans.
122. The instantaneous values of two voltages are
t and
v1(t) = 60 cos Sol.
v2(t) = 40 cos ( t–60 ); What is the
0
instantaneous value of difference of these two

voltages?
oes Jeesušspe keâe leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve
v1(t) = 60 cos t Deewj Ûeue kegâC[ueer Sceeršj Éeje oMee&Ùee ieÙee hee"Ÿeebkeâ Deewmele ceeve nesiee~
v2(t) = 40 cos( t–60 ) nQ, Fve oesveeW Jeesušspe kesâ Deblej
0
Area of one cycle 2 Im  0
Iav = 
keâe leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve keäÙee nw? full cycle base 2
(UPRVUNL JE-9-11-2016) given, Im = 5
Sol. v(t)  Vm cos t 25  0 5
= = Ans.
2 
0
v1 (t)  60 cos t  600 125. The rms of the periodic waveform given in the

0
v (t)  40 cos t  60  40  60
2
0
 figure is ..........
oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW DeeJeleea lejbie ™he keâe Jeie& ceeOÙe cetue
V1 (t)  V2 (t)  6000  40  600 (Deej. Sce. Sme.) keäÙee nesiee?
60 cos 00  J60 sin 00   40 cos 600  J40sin 600  (SSC JE - 4 March 2017 10 am)
1 3
60  0  40  J40
2 2
= 40  20 3j
 52.9140.890 Ans.
AC Circuit 368 YCT
Sol. Sol. e1 = Asin(t+/4)
T e2 = Bsin(t-/6)
1 2
I rms 
T 
I dt
0
T / 2 2 T 
1   6  2 
I rms  

T  T/2 
t  dt  (6) dt
 
 0 T/2 
1  4  36  t 3  
T/2
 36  t T / 2 
T
 π  π
 
T  T 2  3 0  θ      450   300 
  4  6
 750
Dele: oesveeW jeefMeÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe 750 keâe keâueevlej nesiee~ Ans.
4  36 T3 36 T
 .  .  24  2 6A 129. The current waveform in a pure resistor of
3T 3 8 T 2 10  is shown in the given Figure. Power
Ans. dissipated in the resistor is:
126. For an ac circuit, if v(t) = 160 sin ( t + 100) and 10  kesâ Megæ ØeeflejesOe keâe Oeeje lejbie™he Deeke=âefle cebs
i(t) = 5 sin ( t – 20 ), then reactive power
0
oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~ ØeeflejesOe cebs efve<heeefole Meefòeâ nesieer :
absorbed by the circuit is......... (SSC JE -4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe kesâ efueS, Ùeefo v(t) = 160
sin ( t + 100) Deewj i (t) = 5 sin ( t – 200) nes lees
heefjheLe Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele ØeefleIeele Meefòeâ............nesleer nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw–
v(t) = 160sin(t + 100) Sol.
i(t) = 5 sin (t – 200) Q Oeeje lejbieeW keâe Deekeâej ef$eYegpeekeâej nw FmeefueÙes, Fme lejbie keâe
reactive power = VI sin maximum value
160 5 160  5 1 rms ceeve ·
0
=  sin 30 =  3
2 2 2 2 9
= 200VAR Ans. Irms = efoÙee nw DeefOekeâlece ceeve 9 nw~
3
127. The rms value of a sine wave is 100A. Its peak kegâue Meefòeâ neefve P = I 2  R
rms
value is............
pÙee lejbie keâe Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve 100A nw Fmekeâe 9 9 8110
P=   10  P =
GÛÛelece ceeve.............nesiee~ 3 3 3
(LMRC SCTO-2015), (UPSSSC JE-2016) P = 270 Watt Ans.
(SSC JE -4 March 2017 2.45 pm) 130. How much time will it take to produce a load
Sol. efoÙee nw, cycle of alternating current, given that v = 100
sin 377 t ?
rms ceeve · 100 A lees,
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâe Yeej Ûe›eâ GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS
jeefMe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve efkeâlevee meceÙe ueiesiee, Ùeefo efoÙee ieÙee nw efkeâ v = 100
ØelÙeeJeleea keâe rms ceeve ·
2 sin 377t?
jeefMe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve · 2  RMS ceeve (Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017)
· 1.414  100 Sol. V = 100 sin 377t
Imax · 141.4 Amp. Ans. t = 377t
128. Two sinusoidal emfs are given as e1 = A sin 2f = 377
t+
( /4) and e2 = B sin( t–
/6). The phase f
377
 f
377
difference between the two quantities, in degrees, 2  3.14 6.28
is. f = 60 Hz
oes pÙeeJe›eâerÙe F&.Sce.SHeâ. e1 = Asin( t+/4) Deewj e2 = B 1 1
sin(t– /6) mes oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~ oesveeW cee$eeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe T 
f 60
keâueeblej, ef[«eer cebs,..........nesiee? T = 0.016657
(SSC JE - 4 March 2017 2.45 pm) T = 16.66msec Ans.
(SSCJE -2010), (UPSSSC JE -2016)
AC Circuit 369 YCT
131. A current source i(t) = 1.25cos (5t-150), a Sol. efkeâmeer heefjheLe hej Jeesušspe v=30sin300t
driving load = 12 530. What is the value of
the complex power delivered by the source to leLee current i  10sin  300t  3 
 
the load?  8 
Skeâ Oeeje œeesle i(t) = 1.25cos (5t-15 ) Skeâ uees[ =
0
Vmax
530 keâes Meefkeäle oslee nw~ œeesle Éeje Yeej keâes efoÙee Z 
12
I max
ieÙee meefcceße Meefòeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nw?
30
(MPPKVVCL -2017) Z  3 Ans.
Sol. i(t) = 1.25cos(5t-15 ) 0 10
1.25 134. In an a.c. circuit v  50 sin( t  60 ) and
i=   15
2 i  10 cos( t) , then the power factor of a.c
Z = 12530 circuit will be:
V  i.Z Skeâ a.c. heefjheLe v  50 sin( t  60 ) Deewj
i  10 cos( t) ceW, a.c. heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ
 1.25 
   15   12  53o  nesiee :
 2 
(FCI- 4.10.2015)
 1.25  6 2  380
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Dele: Power = V.i*
v(t)  Vm sin  t   
1.25
= 1.25  6 2  380    15o v = 50 sin (t + 600) ...........(i)
2 i = 10 cos t
= 1.25 6 2 
1
1.25  53o i= 10 sin (t+900)
2 Dele: Angle between voltage and current
= 9.3750  53o VA Ans.  =1–2
132. A sinusoidal current is given as i(t) =  =900-600
150cos(1000 t - 450)mA. Determine the period  =300
T and time t2 at which the first positive peak Dele: P.F. = cos
occurs : = cos300
Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Oeeje i(t) = 150cos(1000t - 450)mA = 0.866 Lead Ans.
Éeje oer ieÙeer nw, DeeJele&keâeue T leLee meceÙe t2 %eele keâjW 135. Find the rms value of the following wave
peye ØeLece Oeveelcekeâ Meer<e& Øeehle neslee nw– shape–
(MPPKVVCL -2017) efvecve lejbie Deeke=âefle keâe Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve nw–
Sol. i(t) = 150 cos(1000t - 450) (Uttarakhand AE (Paper-I)-2013)
1000
f= = 500 Hz
2
Sol.
3
1 1
T=  = 2ms
f 500
T 2
ØeLece Oeveelcekeâ Meer<e&, t =   0.5ms Ans.
4 4
1 I 2m  base
 3π  I rms 
133. A current I = 10 sin  300t -  is produced 3 Time period
 8 
when a voltage V = 30 sin 300 t is applied to a 1 12  T / 2
I rms  
circuit. The estimated value of impedance is : 3 T
efkeâmeer heefjheLe hej Jeesušlee V = 30 sin 300t DevegØeÙegòeâ
1 1
I rms  
keâjves hej GmeceW Oeeje i = 10 sin  300t -  GlheVe
3π
3 2
 8 
1
nesleer nw~ heefjheLe keâer Devegceeefvele ØeefleyeeOee nw– I rms  Ans.
(KVS JE -2016) 6
AC Circuit 370 YCT

136. The frequency of sinusoidal alternating voltage
having periodic time of 40 msec is
40m sec kesâ DeJeefOe meceÙe Jeeues pÙeeJe›eâerÙe ØelÙeeJeleea
Jeesušspe keâer DeeJe=efòe nw~
(BSNL TTA 29.09.2016-10 AM)
Sol.
T = 40  103 sec.
1 1 1000
DeeJe=efòe f   3
 (UPRVUNL JE-2014)
T 40  10 40
Sol. Ist Method
f = 25 Hz
Area Under One revolution
40 msec. kesâ DeeJeefOekeâ meceÙe Jeeues pÙeeJe›eâerÙe DeušjveseEšie Jeesušspe Vaverage =
Base Length
keâer DeeJe=efòe 25Hz nesleer nw~ Ans.
1 1
137. Write the equation of current for the following  Base  height  2  200
= 2 = 2
system.
A 50Hz sinusoidal current has peak factor 1.25 Base Length 2
and form factor 1.0. Its average value is 15 A. Vav  100V
Also, the instantaneous value of current is 10 A nd
II method
at t = 0 second. Triangular wave kesâ efueS Average value Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS
efvecve leb$e (system) ceW Oeeje keâe meceerkeâjCe Formula neslee nw~
(equation) efueefKeS~ V 200
Skeâ 50Hz DeeJe=efòe Jeeuee ØelÙeeJeleea pÙeeJe›eâerÙe (a.c. Vav  m 
2 2
sinusoidal) Oeeje keâe efMeKej iegCeebkeâ 1.25 Deewj ™he Vav  100V Ans.
iegCeebkeâ 1.0 nw, Gmekeâe Deewmele ceeve (average value) 15A
139. The voltage v and current i of a device are-
nw~ Oeeje keâe t = 0 meskeâsC[ hej leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve v= 100 sin 377t, i= 10 sin (377t + 300)
(instantaneous value) 10A nw~ The power P indicated by wattmeter will be
(UPRVUNL JE- 2014) efkeâmeer Ùegefkeäle keâer Jeesušlee v Deewj keâjWš i nw
I v = 100 sin 377t, i= 10 sin (377t + 300)
Sol. efoÙee nw– Peak Factor (Kp)  m ax Jeešceeheer Éeje oMee&Ùeer peeves Jeeueer Meefòeâ P nesieer-
I rms
(SSC JE -2007)
 Imax = Peak Factor  Irms Sol. efoÙee nw– v  Vm sin t
Irms = form factor  Iav { Q Form factor=1} v = 100 sin 377 t
= 1 15 = 15 A i  Im sin  t   
Imax = Peak factor  Irms
i = 10 sin (377 t + 300)
Imax = 1.2515 JeemleefJekeâ Meefkeäle P = Vrms  I rms cos
Im ax  18.75 A 100 10
Vrms = , I rms =
i = Imaxsin(t + ) 2 2
i = 18.75sin(100t + ) Phase difference between voltage and current
t = 0, i = 10 = 300
10 = 18.75sin
V I 3
10 Pavg  rms rms cos  (cos300= )
sin =  0.533 2 2 2
18.75
100 10
  sin 1 0.533 Pavg = ´ ´ cos300
2 2
  32.208
100 10 3
32.208  3.14 = ´ ´ = 433 watt Ans.
 2 2 2
180
140. The total charge entering a circuit element
 = 0.56 rad between t = 1 sec and t = 2sec if the current
i = 18.75 sin (100t + 0.56)A Ans. passing through the element is i = 5t, is :
138. What will be the average value of the sawtooth meceÙe t = 1 meskeâC[ leLee t = 2 meskeâC[ kesâ ceOÙe Skeâ
waveform shown below? efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW ØeJesMe keâjves Jeeuee kegâue DeeJesMe nesiee,
efÛe$e ceW oMee&S ieS Deejeobòeer lejbie ™he (sawtooth Ùeefo heefjheLe ceW ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keâe ceeve i = 5t nw :
waveform) keâe Deewmele ceeve (average value) keäÙee nesiee? (MP JE -2015)
AC Circuit 371 YCT
Sol. efoÙee nw– i = 5t Sol. efoÙee nw–
t = 1, 2 second i1 = 10 sin (400 t + 600) A
2 i2 = 10 sin (400 t – 600) A
q =  idt   5tdt i
1 3=?
0 0
2 i3=1060 + 10–60
5t 2 I3= 10cos60 + 10cos(–600) + J
0
q
2 1 (10sin600 + 10sin(–600))
I3 = 20cos600
5 2 2 5
 2 1  4 1 1
2 2 I3 = 20 × = 1000
2
5 15 Dele: I3=10sin400t A Ans.
 3   7.5C
2 2 145. The admittance of the electric circuit is
Dele: q  7.5C Ans. represented by Y = (3 + j4). What is the value
of resistance in this circuit.
142. For given alternating voltage find the value of
frequency v = 210 sin 214t.
ef JeÅegle heefjheLe keâe ØeJesMÙelee Y = (3 + j4) Éeje oMee&Ùee
efoS ieS ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe kesâ efueS DeeJe=efòe keâe ceeve peelee nw Fme heefjheLe ceW heÇeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nw~
%eele keâjW, peneB v = 210 sin 214t nw~ (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
(MPJE -2016- Morning Shift) Sol. efoÙee nw,
Sol. efoÙee nw– Q v = 210 sin 214t Y = 3 + 4j, Z
1
f=? Y
Comparision the given equation with fundamental 1 3  j4 3  j4
equation v = Vm sin t So, Z  
3  j4 3  j4 32  42
we find that,
3 4
 = 214  j
Q  = 2f  214 = 2f 25 25
214 3
f= Resistance   Ans.
2 25
214 214  7 146. The two complex numbers are given as
f= =
22 2  22 5(cos30o + jsin 30o); 10 (cos 15o + jsin 15o). The
2 value of product of these two numbers is equal to–
7
1498
oes meefcceße mebKÙeeSb Fme Øekeâej oer ieÙeer nw, 5(cos30o +
f=  34Hz Ans. jsin30o); 10 (cos 15o + jsin15o). Fve oesveeW mebKÙeeDeeW
44
kesâ iegCeve keâe ceeve ........ kesâ yejeyej nw–
143. For sinusoidal waveform, the ratio of average
value to r.m.s. value is- Sol. ceevee X1 = 5(cos 30o + j sin 30o), X2 = 10 ( cos
efkeâmeer pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbieke=âefle ceW Deewmele ceeve keâe 15o +j sin 15o)
Je.cee.cetue ceeve mes Devegheele nw leye X = X1 × X2
= 5(cos30o + j sin30o)× 10 ( cos15o +j sin15o)
(UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013) = 50[cos30ºcos15º+jcos30ºsin15º+jsin30º
Sol. cos15º – sin30ºsin15º]
Q for sinusoidal waveform. X = 50[cos (30º+15º) + j sin (30º+15º)]
I 2I X = 50 [cos45º + j sin45º] Ans.
Iav  m  m  
  147. Given V 1 = 25 0º V and V 2 = 10 36.87º V are
connected in series find the resultant voltage
2 VR = V1 + V2
Im
I rms  Take cos 36.87º = 0.8 and sin 36.87º = 0.6
2 efoÙee nw efkeâ V1 = 25.0  0º V Deewj V2 = 10.0
Iav 2Im
 2 2 36.87º V ßesCeer ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ heefjCeeceer Jeesušlee
 Ans.
I rms Im  V R = V1 + V2 %eele keâjW~
2 (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II)
144. Three currents i1, i2 and i3 is meet at a node. If Sol. efoÙee nw - V1 = 25.0  0º V V2 = 10.0 36.87º V
i1=10 sin(400t+600)A and i2 =10sin(400t–600)A VR = ?
then the value of i3 is ? VR = V1 + V2
leerve OeejeSB i1, i2 SJeb i3 Skeâ vees[ hej efceue jner nQ, Deiej VR = 25 cos0º+25j sin0º+10 cos36.87º + 10jsin36.87º
i1=10 sin(400t+600)A SJeb i2 =10sin(400t–600)A VR = 25 ×1 + 25j × 0 + 10 × 0.8 + 10 × j 0.6
lees i3 keâe ceeve nesiee (SefcheÙej ceW) VR = 25 + 0 + 8 + 6j
(UPSSSC JE-2015) VR = (33 + j6) volts
AC Circuit 372 YCT

148. A Voltage source of 10sint V is connected 150. A balanced star connected load of 8 + j6 ohms
across a 5k resistor. Find respectively, the per phase is connected to a 3-phase 230V
current through the resistor and the power supply. Power being consumed by the load is–
dissipated. Skeâ 8+j6 Deesce Øeefle keâuee keâe meblegefuele Yeej Skeâ
10sint V keâe Skeâ Jeesušspe Œeesle 5k ØeeflejesOe kesâ ef $ekeâueer Ùe 230V kessâ ØeoeÙe mes mebyeæ nw~ Yeej Éeje
S›eâe@me mebÙeesefpele nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ mes ›eâceMe: Oeeje Deewj GheÙees ie keâer peeves Jeeueer Meefòeâ nw–
[Uttarakhand AE (Paper-I)-2013]
#eÙe Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~
Sol. efoÙee nw- VL= 230 V, Z = 8+j6
Sol. efoÙee nw,
V  Vm sin t mes leguevee keâjves hej
ØeefleyeeOee Øeeflehesâpe Z Ph  82  62  10
V 230
Vm  10V VPh  L   132.79Volt
3 3
R 8
cos     0.8
Z 10
V 132.7
I Ph  Ph   13.27
Z Ph 10
Meefòeâ = 3VphIphcos = 4229 Watt Ans.
V 10 151. Determine the current in the given circuit, if
Im  m  the source voltage is V s = 12cos(1000  15 0
)
R 5  103 Ùeefo Œeesle Jeesušpe VS = 12cos 1000 ± 15º  nww lees
I m  2  103  2mA efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS -
Oeeje- I  Im sin t
I  I m sin t
Im keâe ceeve jKeves hej–
I  2sin t mA
Solution : efoÙee nw~
Meefòeâ JÙeÙe  P   VI L = 65 mH, C = 40F, R = 30 ,
P  10sin t  2sin t VS = 12cos 1000 ±15º 
P  20sin 2 t mW Ans. X L  L,   1000 rad/sec
149. A current of i = 6 + 10 sin (100 t) + 20 sin (200  1000  65  10 –3
t) is flowing through a series combination of a X L  65
PMMC and moving iron instrument. Ratio of 1 1 1000
the two currents as registered by the M.I. and XC   
C 103  40 106 40
PMMC meter is X C  25
i = 6 + 10 sin (100 t) + 20 sin (200 t) keâer Oeeje,
Z  R 2   X L  XC    30    65  25
2 2 2
Skeâ PMMC leLee Ûeue ueewn Ùeb$e kesâ mebÙeespeve keâer Devegieeceer nw~
leovegmeej M.I. leLee PMMC ceeršj ceW hebpeerÙeve kesâ Devegmeej, Z  50
oesveeW OeejeDeeW keâe Devegheele efkeâlevee nesiee?
(SSC JE -2012)
Sol. efoÙee nw– i = 6 + 10 sin (100t) + 20 sin (200t)
PMMC kesâJeue DC ceeve heÌ{lee nw~
IPMMC = 6 A X L  X C 40 4
2 tan    
 AC  R 30 3
I MI =  DC 2    4
 2   tan 1
3
M.I. kesâ efueS, IMI = I0 2  1 (I12  I 22  ....)
2 VS 12cos 1000t  15º 
i 
Z  4
= 62  1 (102  202  ...) = 16.91 50  tan 1 
3
2 
IMI 16.91  4
= = 2.82 A Ans. i  0.24cos  1000t  15º  tan 1  Ans.
I PMMC 6  3
AC Circuit 373 YCT

152. The current wave shown in fig. passes through Oeeje- I  Im sin t
a pure resistor of 10. The power dissipated in I  I m sin t
the resistor is
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le Oeeje lejbie 10 Deesndce kesâ Skeâ Megæ Im keâe ceeve jKeves hej–
ØeeflejesOe kesâ Éeje neskeâj iegpejlee nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW JÙeÙe I  2sin t mA
Meefòeâ............nw~
Meefòeâ JÙeÙe  P   VI
P  10sin t  2sin t
P  20 sin 2 t mW Ans.
155. In the circuit shown below the voltage function
is v(t) = 150 sin t.
The average power in the resistance 'R' will be:
Sol.
The r.m.s. value of this current wave is veerÛes oMee&S ieS heefjheLe ceW Jeesušspe HebâkeäMeve v(t) = 150
I 9 sin t nw~ ØeeflejesOe 'R' ceW Deewmele Meefòeâ nesieer-
I m  A
3 3 (SSC JE -1 March 2017 10 am)
 Power dissipated in the resistor is
2
 9 
PI R    10  270W Ans.
2
 3
Sol. efoÙee nw,V(t) = 150 sint
153. The current through a resistor has the
waveform shown in fig. The reading shown by Vm = 150 Volt
a moving coil ammeter will be R = 25
Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ Éeje Oeeje keâe lejbie-™he efÛe$e ceW Vm 150
ØeoefMe&le nw~ Skeâ cetefJebie kegâC[ueer kesâ Éeje ØeoefMe&le Vrms  Vrms 
2 2
hee"Ÿeebkeâ ................nesiee~ 2
 150 
Vrms2  

2
P  450W Ans.
R 25
156. A 500 W discharge lamp takes a current of 4A
at unity P.F. Find the inductance of a choke
required to enable the lamp to work on 250 V
Sol. 50Hz main.
The moving coil ammeter gives average value. The Skeâ 500 W ef[mÛeepe& ueQhe Ùetefvešer P.F. hej 4A Oeeje
I 5
average value of current wave shown  m  A Ans. ueslee nw~ 250V, 50 Hz ceWve hej ueQhe keâes keâeÙe& nsleg me#ece
 
yeveeves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Ûeeskeâ keâe ØesjkeâlJe %eele keâjs~
154. A Voltage source of 10sint V is connected
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
across a 5 k resistor. Find respectively, the
current through the resistor and the power Solution : ef o Ùee nw –
dissipated. P = 500 W, V = 250 V, I = 4A, Cos = 1, f = 50 Hz
10sint V keâe Skeâ Jeesušspe Œeesle 5 k ØeeflejesOe kesâ V 250
meceevlej ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ mes ›eâceMe: Oeeje Z  I , Z  4
Deewj JÙeÙe Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~ P 500 125
R 2  
 4
2
[ESIC 24.01.2019 -Time 9:00-11:00] I 4
Sol. V  Vm sin t mes leguevee keâjves hej
X L  Z2  R 2
Vm  10V
2 2
 250   125  62500  15625
XL       
 4   4  16
X L  54.13
X L  2fL
V 10
Im  m  XL 54.13
R 5  103 L  L
2f 2  3.14  50
I m  2  103  2mA L=0.172 H Ans.
AC Circuit 374 YCT

157. The impedance of the circuit is (10 + j20) at mJe:ØesjkeâlJe 5/  mH Jeeueer Megæ ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer keâes
120V, 50Hz supply. Find the current. efoÙee ieÙee Jeesušlee v = 100 sin(100t)+ 75 sin (500t)
120V, 50Hz Deehetefle& hej heefjheLe keâe ØeefleyeeOee Jeesuš nw lees heefjCeeceer Oeeje lejbie keâe meceerkeâjCe %eele keâjW-
(10+j20) nw Oeeje keâer ieCevee keâjW - (PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020) Sol. efoÙee nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw–V = 120 V, f = 50Hz, Z = (10 + j20)  5
L   103 H
V 120 
I  V  100sin (100t)  75sin (500t) .....(1)
Z 10  j20

120

10  j20 ceevee i  i m1 sin 100t     i m2 sin(500t –  / 2) ....(2)
10  j20 10  j20  2
Ùener DeYeer° meceerkeâjCe nesiee (hesÇjkeâerÙe heefjheLe ceW Oeeje Voltage mes
1200  j2400
 900 he§eieeceer nesieer)
500
Deye meceer. (1) kesâ ØeLece Yeeie mes 2 f1t  100 t  f1  50 Hz
I  2.4  j4.8 Ans.
efÉleerÙe Yeeie mes 2 f2t  500 t  f2  250 Hz
158. An inductive coil of 10H develops a counter
voltage of 50 volts, what should be the rate of
leye
V
change of current in the coil - Vm m1 100 100 103
im  1     200A
10 nsvejer keâer Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer 50 Jeesuš keâe Skeâ 1 XL 2f1L 5 –3 100  5
1 2 50   10
keâeGbšj Jeesušspe efJekeâefmele keâjlee nw, kegâC[ueer ceW Oeeje 
kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer oj keäÙee nesveer ÛeeefnS - im  200 A
1
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
Vm 2 75 75103
Sol. efoÙee nw - V = 50 volt, L = 10 H leLee i m2     30A
2 f 2L 2 250 5 10 –3 5005
di 
Then V=L
dt im  30 A
2
di V 50
   5A / sec Ans. im leLee im2 keâe ceeve meceerkeâjCe (2) ceW jKeves hej
dt L 10 1
159. A coil has an inductance of 0.1 Henry and is i  200 sin(100 t –  / 2)  30 sin(500 t –  / 2) Ans.
connected to 230 V, 50 Hz AC supply the value 162. In the circuit shown in the figure below, it is
of reactance is : desired to have a constant direct current i(t)
Skeâ 0.1 nsvejer ØesjkeâlJe Jeeueer kegâC[ueer 230V 50 Hz through the ideal inductor L. The nature of the
AC mehueeF& mes pegÌ[er nw ØeefleIeele keâe ceeve nw– voltage source v(t) must be:
veer
Ûes oMee&F& ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW, DeeoMe& Fb[keäšj L mes melele
Sol. efoÙee nw -
L = 0.1 H, V = 230 V
ØelÙe#e Oeeje i(t) JeebefÚle nw~ Jeesušspe œeesle v(t) keâer Øeke=âefle
f = 50 Hz, XL = ? nesveer ÛeeefnS-
XL = 2fL (SSC JE - 3 March 2017 10 am)
= 2  3.14  50  0.1 (GATE–1998, 1mark)
XL = 31.4  Ans.
160. A pure inductor of 20 mH is conneted to a
220V source. Find the inductive reactance,
assuming the frequency is 50 Hz-
20mH keâe Skeâ Megæ Øesjkeâ 220 V kesâ œeesle mes pegÌ[e Sol. Ùeefo ØesjkeâlJe Megæ nw lees Jeesušspe œeesle keâer Øeke=âefle DeeoMe&
DeeJesie (Impulse) nesveer ÛeeefnS~
ngDee nw~ ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele %eele keâerefpeS, Ùen ceeveles ngS
di(t)
efkeâ DeeJe=efòe 50 Hz nw~ VL
dt
(ESIC 24.01.2019 -Time 9:00-11:00)
Sol. efoÙee nw– L=20mH=2010-3H, f=50Hz
V=220V
Inductive Reactance (XL) =2fL
i(t)  Iu(t)
= 23.14502010-3
XL= 6.28  Ans. Ldi(t) d du(t)
V  L Iu(t)  LI
161. The voltage applied to a purely inductive coil of dt dt dt
self-inductance 5/ mH is given by the equation v V  LI(t)
= 100 sin (100t) + 75 sin (500t) V. Find the  Dele: Jeesušspe Œeesle V(t) keâer Øeke=âefle DeeoMe& Fcheume nesiee~ Ans.
equation for the resulting current wave.
AC Circuit 375 YCT
163. An inductive coil of 0.2 H is connected to 200 166. An Inductor supplied with 100 V ac with a
V, 50 Hz source. What are the inductive frequency of 10 KHz passes a current of 10
reactance and RMS current in the circuit? mA. The value of inductor is-
Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe kegâC[ueer keâe ceeve 0.2 H nw pees 200 V, 50 Skeâ Øesjkeâ efpemeceW 10 KHz DeeJe=efòe kesâ meeLe 100 V ac
Hz œeesle mes pegÌ[e nw, ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele leLee DeejSceSme oer ieF& nw~ 10 mA keâjWš heeme keâjlee nw~ Fb[keäšj keâe
Oeeje keäÙee nesieer– ceeve nw–
[JUVNL JE -08.03.2017 (2.30-5.00 pm)]
(IOF Electronic -2014)
Sol. efoÙee nw– Sol. efoÙee nw– V = 100 V, I = 10mA, f = 10 kHz
peneB, L = 0.2 H, f = 50 Hz, V = 200 V
V 100
X L  2f L XL  
I 10 103
XL = 2  3.14  50  0.2 = 62.8 
X L  10 103 
V 200
Irms =  Irms =  3.18 A Ans. X L  2fL
XL 62.8
164. The active and reactive powers of an inductive 10 103
L   159 mH Ans.
circuit are 60 W and 80 VAR respectively. The 210 103
power factor of the circuit is:
Skeâ Øesjkeâ heefjheLe keâer meef›eâÙe Deewj ØeefleIeeleer MeefòeâÙeeB ›eâceMe: 167. Impedance Z is as shown in Fig :
60 W Deewj 80 VAR nQ~ heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keäÙee nw?
efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS Devegmeej ØeefleyeeOee Z nw :
(DMRC JE-2016)
(SSC JE -2014 Evening Shift)
Sol.
meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ P = 60W

Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ Q = 80 VAR
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ S  P 2  Q 2
Sol. = jL1 + jL2 + jL3 + j2M13 – j2M23
S  (60)2  (80)2  100VA = 5j + 2j + 2j + 20j – 20j
P 60 = 9j
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ Cos     0.6 Dele: Z = jXLeq = 9johm Ans.
S 100
ØesjkeâlJeerÙe heefjheLe kesâ keâejCe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ he§eieeceer (Lagging) 168. The inductive reactance of a circuit is 60 Ohms
nesiee~ Ans. when it is supplied with a 50 Hz supply. What
will be the value of inductive reactance (in
165. An inductor is supplied from a sinusoidal voltage
source. The magnetic field energy in the inductor Ohms) of the circuit, if it is supplied with 60 Hz
changes from peak value to minimum value in 10 supply ?
msec. The supply frequency is Skeâ heefjheLe ceW 50 Hz keâer DeeJe=efòe osves hej ØesjkeâerÙe
Skeâ Øesjkeâ keâes pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušlee œeesle mes Deehetefle& keâer ØeefleIeele 60 Deesÿe nes peeleer nw~ Ùeefo 60Hz keâer DeeJe=efòe
peeleer nw~ Øesjkeâ ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e Tpee& efMeKej ceeve mes oer peeS lees ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele (Deesÿe ceW) keäÙee nesiee?
yeoue keâj 10 msec ces vÙetvelece ceeve hej hengBÛe peeleer nw~ (SSC-JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
Deehetefle& DeeJe=efòe nw Sol. efoÙee nw–
(SSC JE -2013)
f1 = 50 Hz, f2 = 60 Hz,
T X L1  60 Ohm X L2  ?
Sol.  10 m sec
4
X L  2 fL
X L1 f1

X L2 f2
60 0

T  40 m sec X L2 60
1 1 60  60
f  X L2 
T 40  103 50
f  25 Hz Ans. X L2  72 ohm Ans.
AC Circuit 376 YCT

169. At higher frequencies, the value of capacitive 173. Determine the capacitance (in mF) of a circuit,
reactance when the circuit is supplied with a 60 Hz
GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe ceW, kewâheeefmeefšJe efjÙekeäšsvme keâe ceeve– frequency and the capacitive susceptance of the
(BSNL TTA 29.09.2016, 3 pm) circuit is 0.5 Siemens.
Sol. GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe hej kewâheeefmeefšJe efjSkeäšWme keâe ceeve Iešlee nw~ Skeâ heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee (efceueer-Hewâj[ ceW) %eele keâerefpeÙes
keäÙeeWefkeâ kewâheeefmeefšJe efjSkeäšsvme keâe ceeve kewâheeefmešWme leLee DeeJe=efòe kesâ peye heef jheLe keâes 60 nš&dpe DeeJe=efòe kesâ meeLe Deehetefle& keâer
JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw~ peeleer nw lees Oeeefjlee DevegkeâeÙe&lee 0.5 meerceWme–
 1 1 (SSC-JE-Morning 24-01-2018)
 X C   Sol. efoÙee nw, DeeJe=efòe = 60 Hz
C 2fC
 Ans OeeefjleerÙe memeshšsvme (B ) = 0.5 meerceWme
X  1
C
 C
f OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele X C 
1
efkeâmeer kewâheeefmešWme cebs kewâheeefmeefšJe efjSkeäšsvme leYeer lekeâ DeefmlelJe ceW 2fC
jnlee nw~ peye lekeâ efkeâ Jen S.meer. œeesle cebs mebÙeesefpele jnlee nw~ Ùeefo 1 1
Deejesefhele Jeesušlee keâer DeeJe=efòe keâe ceeve MetvÙe nes peeS lees Gmekeâe BC   XC 
XC BC
efjSkeäšsvme Devevle nes peeÙesiee~
1
170. The reactance offered by a capacitor to XC   2
alternating current of frequency 'f' is 10 ohm. 0.5
If the frequency is made to operate at '2f', then 1
the reactance becomes equal to -
Oeeefjlee C 
2fX C
f Hz keâer DeeJe=efòe Jeeueer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâes Skeâ
mebOeeefj$e Éeje Øeoeve efkeâÙee ieÙee ØeefleIeele 10 Deesce nw~ 1 1
C 
Ùeefo DeeJe=efòe keâes yeÌ{e keâj '2f' Hz keâj efoÙee peelee nw 2   60  2 120  3.14 2
lees ØeefleIeele keäÙee nesiee- 
1
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) 240  3.14
1 1  1.3  103 Hewâj[
Solution : X C  
C 2fC C  1.3mF Ans.
Capacitive reactance is inversely proportional to
frequency. 174. What will be the capacitance (in mF) of a
circuit is supplied with a 50 Hz frequency and
X C1 f 2
 the capacitive reactance of the circuit is 40
X C2 f1 ohms?
f1 f Skeâ heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve (efceueer-hewâj[ ceW) keäÙee
X C2  X C1   10 
f2 2f nesiee peye heefjheLe keâer Deehetefle& 50 nš&dpe keâer DeeJe=eflle kesâ
X  5 Ans. Éeje keâer peeleer nw Deewj heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee ØeefleIeele 40
C2
Deesÿe nw–
171. The capacitive susceptance of a 5 F capacitor (SSC-JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
at 16 kHz in polar form is
16 efkeâueesnšd&pe hej Skeâ 5 ceeF›eâesHewâj[ mebOeeefj$e keâer Sol. efoÙee nw
OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW ............ nw~ OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) = 40
Sol. Capacitive susceptance (BC) is the reciprocal of DeeJe=efòe (f) = 50 Hz
capacitive reactance (XC). 1
OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) =
1 1 2fC
BC   1
XC  1  C=
  – 90
o
 2fX C
  C 
 C90o 1 1 1
C=  
= 2 f C  90 = 216103(510–6) 90 2  3.14  50  40 314  40 12560
= 0.50390 Siemens Ans. C = 0.08 mF Ans.
172. The capacitive susceptance of a 0.2F capacitor 175. Determine the capacitive susceptence (in
at  = 1.25106 rad/s is Siemens) of a circuit if the capacitor of the
 = 1.25106 jsef[Ùeve/meskesâC[ hej Skeâ 0.2 circuit is 0.08 mF and supplied with a 50 Hz
ceeF›eâesHewâj[ mebOeeefj$e keâer OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee........ nw~ frequency.
Sol. efoÙee nw–  = 1.2510 r/s 6 heef jheLe keâer Oeeefjlee 0.08 efceueer-hewâj[ nw efpemekeâer Skeâ
BC = C90 o 50 nš&dpe DeeJe=eflle kesâ meeLe Deehetefle& keâer ieÙeer nw, lees Gme
6
= (1.2510 )(0.210 )90 –6 o
heefjheLe keâer OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee (meerceWme ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW–
= 0.2590o siemens Ans. (SSC-JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
AC Circuit 377 YCT
Sol. Oeeefjlee (C) = 0.08  10–3 hewâj[ Capacitor (C) = 0.4 mF = 0.4  10–3 F
mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe (f) = 50 Hz Capacitive susceptance (BC) = ?
1 1
OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee (BC) = Formula : Capacitive susceptance (BC ) 
XC XC
1 Where, XC = Capacitive reactanec nw~
OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee (BC) =
1
1
2fC XC 
OeeefjleerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee (BC) = 2fC = 2    50  0.08  10–3 2fC
 2  3.14  50  0.08  103 Capacitive susceptance (BC) 
1
= 25.12  10–3 1
B  0.025 Siemens Ans. 2  50  0.4  103
 2    50  0.4  103
176. What will be the value of capacitive reactance
(in ohms) of a circuit, if it is supplied with 25 Hz  0.12566
supply, if the capacitive reactance of the circuit Capacitive susceptance  BC   0.126 Siemens Ans.
is 30 Ohms, when it is supplied with a 100 Hz
supply? 178. A capacitor of 60F is connected to 110V, 60Hz
peye Skeâ heefjheLe keâer Deehetefle& 100 nš&dpe mes keâer peeleer nw source. What is the rms value of current and
lees Gmekeâer OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele 30 Deesÿe nesleer nw~ Ùeefo Fmeer capacitive reactance?
heefjheLe keâer Deehetefle& 25 nš&dpe mes keâer peeS lees Gmekeâer 60 F keâe Skeâ mebOeeefj$e 110V, 60Hz kesâ œeesle mes
OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (Deesÿe ceW) keäÙee nesieer– peg Ì[e ngDee nw~ Oeeje keâe rms ceeve Deewj OeeefjleerÙe
Øeef leIeele keäÙee nesiee?
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
Sol. efoÙee nw,
f = 100 Hz, f = 25 Hz Sol.
1 2
OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) = 30 
C=60F
1
XC =
2fC
1 1
C= 
2f X C 6.28 100  X C
1 1 ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee (V) = 110V
C=   0.00005307  53F mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee C = 60µF = 60  10–6 Hewâj[
628  30 18840
Deye f2 = 25 Hz hej, 1
OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele X C 
 X C1 f 2  2fC
1
XC = mes,
 XC
 

1
2fC XC 
 2 f1  2  3.142  60  60 106
1 106 106 106
XC =   XC 
2  3.14  25  53106 157  53 8321 2  3.142  3600
XC = 120 Ans. 106 104
177. What will be the capacitive susceptance (in XC    44.2
Siemens) of the circuit given below ? 72  3.142  100 72  3.142
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW OeeefjleerÙe memeshšWme (meercebsme ceW) mebOeeefj$e Éeje ueer ieÙeer Oeeje
keäÙee nesieer? I
V

110
 2.48A Ans.
(SSC-JE-Morning 27-01-2018) X C 44.2
60F keâe Skeâ mebOeeefj$e 110V, 60 Hz kesâ œeesle mes peg[ Ì e nw Oeeje keâe
rms ceeve Deewj OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele 2.48A, 44.2 nw~
179. The voltage wave V = Vm sin ( t – 15o) volts is
applied across an A.C. circuit. If the current
Sol. efoÙee nw, leads the voltage by 10o and the maximum value
of current is Im, then the equation of current is
Skeâ A.C. heefjheLe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee lejbie V = Vm sin (t
– 15o) Jeesuš ueieeF& ieF& nw~ Ùeefo Oeeje, Jeesušlee kesâ 10o De«e nw
Deewj Oeeje keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve Im, nw, lees Oeeje keâe meceerkeâjCe nw
(SSC JE -2013)
AC Circuit 378 YCT
Sol. A.C. heefjheLe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee lejbie, Sol. Ùeefo efmebieue Hesâpe A.C. heefjheLe kesâ efueS heefjheLe Megæ OeeefjleerÙe
V  Vm sin  t    nw lees Oeeje, Jeesušspe mes 90° De«eieeceer neslee nw~ Dele:   90
V = Vm sin (t – 15) Volt leye heefjheLe keâe leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ,
Q Jeesušlee mes Oeeje 10 De«eieeceer nw~ P = V.i
 Vm sin t.I m sin  t   
I  Im sin  t   
Im
I = Im sin (t – 15 + 10 )  Vm 2 sin  t  .sin  t   
= Im sin (t – 5) Ans. 2
1
180. The reactance offered by a capacitor to an = Vm I m  cos(t  (t  ))  cos(t  (t  )) 
alternating current of frequency 50 Hz is 10 ohm. 2
If frequency is increased to 100 Hz, the reactance 1
will be- = Vm I m  cos()  cos(2t  )
2
Skeâ mebOeeefj$e Éeje 50 Hz DeeJe=efòe keâer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje hej 1
ØeefleIeele 10 Deesce efoÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo DeeJe=efòe 100 Hz = Vm I m  cos   cos(2t  ) (=90º)
2
lekeâ yeÌ{eF& peeleer nw, lees ØeefleIeele nesiee- 1
(UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013) = Vm I m  0  ( sin 2t) 
2
1
Sol. efoÙee nw–f1=50Hz, f2=100 Hz, XC1=10, XC2=? = Vm I m sin 2t ( = 2f)
2
1 1 = 0.5Vm I m sin 4ft Ans.
 Q XC   XC 
2fC f 183. The circuit shown in fig. is .........
 X C1  10, f1  50 Hz , f 2  100 Hz efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe...........nw~
X C1 f2 10 100
Q   
X C2 f1 X C2 50
10  50
 X C2   5
100
 X C2  5 Ans.
Sol.
181. In the circuit shown in fig. what will be the Q
100
of the inductor with R = 50 ; L = 20 mH and I1   20A; Reactive component,
fr = 15 kHz? 32  42
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW R = 50 Deesndce, L = 20 I R1 = I1sin 1  20 
4
 16A
efceueer nsvejer Deewj fr = 15 efkeâuees nš&dpe kesâ meeLe Øesjkeâ keâe 5
Q keäÙee nesiee? 100
I R 2  IC   25A.
4
This is also the reactive component.
Since ( I R 2 = IC) is greater than I R1 , circuit is capacitive.
Ans.
184. In the circuit shown below, VR = 3V and VL =
4V. What is the power factor of the circuit.
Sol. (consider current i(t) as reference phasor)
X L 2f r L veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW, VR = 3V Deewj VL = 4V
Q coil   nw heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keäÙee nw~
R R
2  15  103    20  103 
  37.7 Ans.
50
182. Choose the instantaneous power of a pure
capacitive 1 –  AC circuit, if Vm, Im and f are
peak voltage, peak current and frequency of
sinusoidal supply. (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
1 –  AC heefjheLe kesâ Megæ mebOeeefj$e heefjheLe kesâ Sol. Given that,
leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ keâes ÛegefveÙes, Ùeefo Vm, Im leLee f VR = 3V VL = 4V
pÙeeJe›eâerÙe mehueeF& kesâ heerkeâ Jeesušspe, heerkeâ Oeeje leLee Z R X 2 2
L
DeeJe=efòe nes~
 3   4 
2 2
VZ  VR2  VL2 
(TSSPDCL-15)
AC Circuit 379 YCT
VZ = 5 V 188. If V = 10 cos(100t-50) V and i=15 sin (100t-60)
Power factor of the circuit - A, the angle by which i lags V is :
V 3 Deiej V = 10 cos (100t-50) V Deewj i=15 sin (100t-
cos   R 
VZ 5 60)A leye i keâe V mes heMÛeieeceer keâesCe nw
cos    Ans. (MP JE -2015)
Sol. V  Vm cos  t   
185. An AC source is connected to an RL series
circuit, the phase of the source current,  with V = 10cos(100t–50) V
respect to the source voltage will be V = 10sin(90 +100t–50)V
Skeâ S.meer. m$eesle efkeâmeer RL ßesCeer heefjheLe mes mebÙeesefpele
V = 10sin(100t+40)V
nw~ m$eesle Jeesušlee kesâ meehes#e m$eesle Oeeje keâer keâuee  i = 15sin(100t – 60)A
nesieer–  = 40 –(–60) = 100 Ans.
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) 189. What will be the value of impedance of circuit
Sol.– ßesCeer R-L heefjheLe of a resistor of 13 in series with an inductive
reactance of 14?
14 kesâ ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW 13
kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
(MP JE -2016-Evening Shift)
Sol. efoÙee nw –
ØeefleyeeOee (Z) = R + j XL Inductive Reactance XL = 14
Z = |Z|   {0 <  < 90º} Resistance R = 13
V 0º Vs Impedance Z = (R) 2  (X L ) 2
I= s  
| Z |  | Z |
I = Im   Z= (13) 2  (14)2
m$eesle Jeesušlee kesâ meehes#e m$eesle Oeeje keâer keâuee –90º <  < Z= 169  196
0° nesiee
Z = 365
186. A 200 V, 50 Hz inductive circuit takes a
current of 10 A at 30 degree lagging pf, what is Z = 19.1 Ans.
the inductive reactance of the circuit? 190. An R-L series AC circuit has R = 10 ohm and
Skeâ 200 V, 50 Hz ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe 30 ef[«eer kesâ XL = 10 ohm. It is connected to an AC voltage
heMÛeieeceer Meefkeäle iegCekeâ hej 10A Oeeje ueslee nw~ source, the phase angle between voltage and
heefjheLe keâe ØesjefCekeâ ØeefleIeele keäÙee nesiee– current is
Skeâ R-L ßesCeer S.meer. heefjheLe ceW R = 10 Deesce Deewj
XL = 10 Deesce nw~ Ùen Skeâ S.meer. Jeesušspe œeesle mes
Sol. efoÙee nw v = 200 volt
I = 10 A meb Ùeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe
 = 30 lagg keâueevlej nw
XL = ? (UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013)
 V 200  Sol. efoÙee nw – R  10, X L  10
X L  Zsin   Z    20 
 I 10  X  10 
XL = 20 × sin 30 (sin30=1/2) Q   tan 1 L  tan 1    tan 1 1
1
R  10 
X L  20 
2 Dele:   450 Ans.
XL= 10 Ans.
191. In a single phase alternating circuit, the
187. In an R-L series circuit R = 20 , L = 0.056 H resistance is 4 and the inductive reactance is
and the supply frequency is f = 50 Hz. The 3, what will be the admittance of the circuit?
magnitude of impedance of the circuit is
Skeâ Skeâue Hesâpe ØelÙeeJeleea heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe 4 Deesce
Skeâ R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW R = 20, L =0.056 H leLee
ØeoeÙe DeeJe=efòe f=50Hz nw~ leovegmeej heefjheLe keâer Deewj Øesjkeâ ØeefleIeele 3 Deesce nw, heefjheLe keâer ØeJesMÙelee
(admittance) efkeâleveer nesieer?
ØeefleyeeOee keâe heefjceeCe efkeâlevee nw?
(UPPCL JE-2013)
(SSC JE -2012)
Sol. efoÙee nw – R = 4Ω , XL = 3Ω
Sol. ØeefleyeeOee (Z) = R + jL
1 1 1 1
= 20 + j (2  50  0.056) = 20 + j 17.59 ØeJesMÙelee Y    2  
Z  R 2  XL2
Z R  XL 2
4 3
2 2
25
1
ØeefleyeeOee  Z   202  (17.59) 2 = 26.64 Ans. Y  , Y  0.2 mho Ans.
5
AC Circuit 380 YCT
192. In the given circuit below, the voltage across 194. 3 equal impedances 10 + j 10 are connected in
the inductor is : delta across a 3 phase balanced supply, the
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe cebs, hesÇjkeâ kesâ meehes#e efJeYeJe nw : angle between the line current IR and line
(APSPDCL-2012) voltage VRY is given by-
3 hesâpe mevlegefuele mehueeF& kesâ meehes#e leerve meceeve
ØeefleyeeOeeSB 10 + 10j  [suše cebs mebÙeesefpele nw ueeFve
Oeeje IR leLee ueeFve Jeesušspe VRY kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe nw–
(TSNPDCL-15)
Sol. X L  L Sol. [suše mebÙeespeve ceW ØeefleyeeOeeSB Z = 10 + 10j  ueeFve Jeesušspe
 2  f  L VRY leLee ueeFve Oeeje IR kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe  + 30° neslee nw,
100 10
 2  1  100 leye,   tan 1  tan 1 1  45
2 10
Dele: kegâue keâesCe = 45° + 30° = 75° Ans.
195. A certain R–L series combination is connected
across a 50 Hz single–phase ac supply. If the
instantaneous power drawn was found to be
mechetCe& efJeYeJe, V  VR  VL ..............(i)
2 2 2
negative for 2 milliseconds in one cycle, the
hesÇjkeâ leLee ØeeflejesOe cebs ßesCeer mebÙeespeve kesâ keâejCe meceeve Oeeje ØeJeeefnle power factor angle of the circuit must
nesleer nw leLee oesveesb kesâ heefjceeCe (pees efkeâ 100 nQ) Yeer meceeve nQ be..........?
Dele: ØeeflejesOe R leLee Øesjkeâ L kesâ meehes#e efJeYeJe Yeer meceeve nesiee~ keâes F& efveef§ele R–L ßesCeer mebÙeespeve 50 Hz Skeâue keâuee
DeLee&le VR = VL S . meer. mehueeF& mes pegÌ[e nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ Ûe›eâ ceW 2 efceueer
I.R = IXL meskeâsC[ lekeâ leelkeâeefuekeâ Meefòeâ $e+Ceelcekeâ heeF& ieF&, lees
meceerkeâjCe (i) mes, heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ Ieškeâ keâesCe keäÙee nesiee?
2
V  VR  VL 2 2 Sol.
t  
V   I.R    I.X L 
2 2 2
2ft   peneB t = 2ms (efoÙee nw)
 220   VR  VL   220   2VL
2 2 2 2 2   2  50  2  10 3
 200  180  103
 220  220
2
 36000  10 3 ,   36 Ans.
VL   Jeesuš Ans.
2 2 196. In a series RL circuit 5 A current is flowing,
193. For the circuit given below, the current voltage drop across R is 16 V and voltage drop
through 1 ohm resistor will be : across L is 12 V Calculate impedance–
veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe kesâ efueS, 1 Deesce ØeeflejesOe cebs Skeâ ßesCeer RL heefjheLe ceW Oeeje 5 A ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw
yenves Jeeueer Oeeje nesieer : leLee ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee 16 V nw leLee L kesâ
(APSPDCL-2012) Deej heej Jeesušlee heele 12 V nw lees ØeefleyeeOee nesieer–
[JUVNL JE -08.03.2017 (2.30-5.00 pm)]
Sol.
Sol. ØeeflejesOe R leLee hesÇjkeâ L kesâ meehes#e meceeve Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesves
kesâ keâejCe hetCe& Jeesušspe
V 2  VR2  VL2
VR = 16 V VL = 12 V, I = 5 amp
10 2  VR2  8 2 V 16 V 12
100  VR2  64 R R   XL = L  
I 5 I 5
VR2  100  64 2 2
 16   12 
VR  36 Z  R 2  X L2  Z =    
 5  5
VR  6 Jeesuš Z=4
Dele: 1 ØeeflejesOe mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje, R 16 1
V 6
keâuee keâesCe  = cos 1 = cos 1  = 36.9º
iR  R   6 SefcheÙej Ans. Z 5 4
R 1 Z = 4  36.9o Ans.
AC Circuit 381 YCT
197. A certain R-L series combination is connected Sol.
across a 50Hz, single-phase ac supply. If the Current flowing to the circuit
instantaneous power drawn was found to be
negative for 2 milliseconds in one cycle, the W
'power factor angle' of the circuit must be : I=
R
Skeâ efveef§ele R-L ßesCeer mebÙeespeve Skeâ 50Hz, 1- S.meer.
mehueeF& kesâ S›eâe@me mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ 168
=  4.09 A
Ùeefo ØeoefMe&le keâer ieF& leel#eefCekeâ Meefòeâ Skeâ Ûe›eâ ceW 10
2 efceueer meskesâC[ kesâ efueS $e+Ceelcekeâ Øeehle nes, lees V
Impedance of the circuit (Z) =
heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ keâesCe nesvee ÛeeefnS– I
Sol. 50
=  12.2
Time period 4.09
1 1 Inductive reactance of the circuit
T=   0.02sec or 20 msec
f 50
XL = Z 2  R 2
2
Power factor Angle () =  360º  36º Ans.
= 12.2   10 
2 2
20
198. Consider an R-L circuit in which a current i = = 7
5e–2t A is flowing. The voltage across the R-L
circuit is given by 587
jX m 
Skeâ R-L heefjheLe hej efJeÛeej keâerefpeS, efpemeceW Oeeje 2
i = 5e–2t A ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw, R-L heefjheLe kesâ S›eâe@me  3 Ans.
Jeesušlee .......... kesâ Éeje oer peeleer nw~ 200. For the network shown, if the current i (t) =
2 sin ( t – 30), then what is the value of R?
efÛe$e ceW Øeoe|Mele vesšJeke&â kesâ efueS, Ùeefo Oeeje i (t) =
2 sin ( t – 30), lees R keâe ceeve keäÙee nw?
Sol.
Voltage drop across resistance
VR=I×R
= 5e-2t×4
= 20 e-2t V Sol.
Voltage drop across inductance From the given impedance  = 30º (Lag)
di X 
VL  L Phase angle  = tan 1  L 
dt  R 
 1  5e 2t 
d
XL
dt  tan 
R
 10e 2 t
So, 1
 tan 300
V  VR  VL R
 20e 2t  10e 2t  10e 2t V 1 1
Ans. 
R 3
199. The power absorbed by the network excited by
a 50 0° sinusoidal source is 168 W. The value R = 3 Ans.
of the mutual inductive reactance jXM should
201. The power consumed in the circuit shown in
be :
50 0° pÙeeJe›eâerÙe œeesle Éeje Gòesefpele Skeâ vesšJeke&â fig. is .........
Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele Meefòeâ 168 W nw, lees DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâerÙe ef Ûe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe keâer Kehele Meefòeâ...........nw~
ØeefleIeele jXM nesvee ÛeeefnS–
AC Circuit 382 YCT

Sol. efoÙee nw- R = 6, XL = 8, Vrms = 200 V, 205. When 100 V d.c. is applied across a solenoid, a
Irms = 20 A current of 1A flows in it. When 100V a.c. is
applied across it, the current drops to 0.5A. If
 Z = 62 + 82 the frequency of a.c. is 50Hz, the impedance
Z = 10 and inductance of solenoid are
Power consumed, P = VI cos  peye 100 Jeesuš efo° Oeeje Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ S›eâeme
R  6 ØeÙegòeâ nw, Fmemes 1 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~
 VI    200  20    2400W Ans.
Z  10  peye 100 Jeesuš ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) Fmekesâ S›eâeme
202. The reactive power drawn by the circuit shown ØeÙegòeâ nw, 0.5 SefcheÙej Oeeje [êhe kesâ efueS Ùeefo
in fig. is .........
efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe Éeje ueer ieF& Øeeflekeâejer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâer DeeJe=efòe 50 nšd&pe nw, heefjveeefuekeâe
Meefòeâ.........nw~ keâe ØeefleyeeOee Deewj ØesjkeâlJe nw.........
Sol.
100
Resistance of solenoid, R   100;
1
100
Impedance, Z   200;
0.5
 200   100 
2 2
L  Z2  R 2   100 3
Sol. efoÙee nw- R = 6, XL = 8, Vrms = 200 V, 100 3 100 3
Irms = 20 A  L   0.55H Ans.
 2  50
 Z = 6 +8 2 2
206. In a series RL circuit supplied with 50 V, the
Z = 10 circuit current is measured a 100 mA, with a
Reactive power = VI sin  phase angle of 25o. What is the reactive power
 X  8 supplied to the circuit?
 VI  L   200  20    3200VAR Ans.
 Z   10  Skeâ R-L ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW 50 Jeesuš kesâ meeLe Deehetefle&le
203. A 200V, 50 Hz inductive circuit takes a current heefjheLe Oeeje 100 efceueer-SefcheÙej keâer lejn ceehee ieÙee,
of 10A, lagging 30o. The inductive reactance of 25º hesâpe keâesCe kesâ meeLe heefjheLe kesâ efueS Deehetefle&
the circuit is ............ Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ keäÙee nw?
Skeâ 200V, 50 Hz ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe 30º he§eieeceer hej
10 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje uesleer nw heefjheLe keâe ØesjkeâerÙe Sol. efoÙee nw–
V = 50V; I = 100mA
ØeefleIeele.......... nw~
= 100  10–3 A;
Sol. Vrms = 200V, f = 50Hz,  = 30º lagging  = 25o
Irms = 10A Reactive power, Q = VI sin 
200
Z  20; = 5010010–3sin 25o=2.1 VAR Ans.
10 207. In the circuit shown in fig. the total impedance
XL = Z sin  = 20sin 30o = 10 Ans. in polar form is
204. The reactive component of line current in fig. is efÛe$e ceW Øeoe|Mele heefjheLe ceW kegâue ØeefleyeeOee OeÇgJeerÙe ™he
......
efÛe$e ceW ueeFve Oeeje keâe Øeeflekeâejer DeJeÙeJe.........nw~ ceW .......... nw~
Sol.
Net reactance = j 60 +(–j80) = –j 20;
Z = (20–j 20)
Sol.
Magnitude of Z  202   20  = 28.28 ,
2
80
Circuit current I   10A
 3  5 XC
  tan 1
X  R
Reactive component = I.sin   I  L  20 
 Z  
  tan 1    45
6  20 
 10    6A Ans.
 10  Z = 28.28 –45o Ans.
AC Circuit 383 YCT

208. The admittance of the circuit shown in fig. is 210. The inductive susceptance of the circuit shown
............. in fig. is ........
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe keâer ØeJesMÙelee..........nw~ efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe keâe ØesjkeâerÙe DevegkeâeÙe&lee
..........nw~
Sol.
Sol.
Inductive susceptance,
X 8 8 8
B  2L     0.08S
   
2 2
Z 6 2  82 100 100
Circuit impedance, Z  6  8  10 2 2
Ans.
1 1
 Admittance, Y    0.1S 211. The impendance of a parallel circuit is (10 –j
Z 10
Ans. 30)  at 1 MHz. The values of circuit elements
will be -
209. The conductance of the circuit shown in fig. is
.......... efkeâmeer meceeblej heefjheLe keâe 1 MHz hej ØeefleyeeOee (10–j
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe keâe ÛeeuekeâlJe..........nw~ 30)  nw~ heefjheLe DeJeÙeJeeW kesâ ceeve nesieW-
(ESE 2019)
Sol.
Sol.
Z
= 10 – j30
1 1
Y = =
Z 10 – j30
1 10 + j30
Z  R 2  X L2  62  82  10 = ×
10 – j30 10 + j30
R 6
Conductance, G  2
  0.06S 10 j30
Z 100 = +
1000 1000
1 1 1
= + j30×10-3 = + j
100 R Xc
1
R = 100, = 30×10-3 S
Xc
1
1 G 2fC 
Q Y cos   XC
Z Y
G = Ycos 2  1  106  C = 30  10-3
R 1 R C  4.7nF R  100 Ans.
cos   = .
Z Z Z 212. A 220 V. 50 Hz inductive circuit takes a current
R
G= 2 of 11A, lagging at 30º. The inductive reactance
Z of the circuit is?
6
G= 220 V. 50 Hz keâe Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe heefjheLe 30º heMÛeieeceer hej
10 
2
11A keâer Oeeje ueslee nw~ heefjheLe keâe ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele nw?
= 0.06 S Ans.
(HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019 -Time 2:30-4:30)
AC Circuit 384 YCT
V 215. What is the value of the phase angle (in
Sol. Z degrees) of a series RL circuit having an
I impedance of 150 Ohms and inductive
220 reactance of 90 Ohms when supplied with a
  20
11 frequency of 50 Hz?
R Skeâ 150 Deesce keâer ØeefleyeeOee Deewj 90 Deesce keâer ØesjkeâlJe
cos  = ØeefleIeele Jeeues ëe=bKeuee Deej.Sue. heefjheLe keâe Hesâpe keâesCe
Z
R (ef[«eer ceW) keäÙee nesiee Deiej GmeceW 50 nš&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe
cos 30º =
20
oer peeS?
R = 10 3
Sol. efoÙee nw,
X L = Z2 – R 2 Impedance (Z) = 150
XL = 400 – 300 = 100 XL = 90
XL = 10 Ans. ØeeflejesOe R= (Z)2  (X L )2
213. Calculate the phase angle between the voltage
and current phasor of a series RL circuit R = (150) 2  (90) 2
having resistance of 65 Ohms and inductive R = 120
reactance of 37.53 Ohms when supplied by a
frequency of 60 Hz. X 
Phase Angle () = tan–1  L 
60 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe kesâ Éeje Deehetefle&le Skeâ ëe=bKeuee  R 
Deej.Sue. heefjheLe efpemeceW 65 Deesce keâe ØeeflejesOe Deewj  90 
37.53 Deesce keâer ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele nw, ceW Jeesušspe Deewj  = tan–1  
 120 
efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe kesâ Hesâpe keâesCe keâer ieCevee keâjW~
3
(SSC-JE-Evening 23-01-2018)  = tan–1  
4
Sol. efoÙee nw– DeeJe=efòe (f) = 60 Hz
 = 36.870 Ans.
ØeeflejesOe (R) = 65 Deesÿe
216. The coil having a resistance of 5 ohm and
ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele (XL) = 37.53  inductance of 38.22 mH is connected to 220 V,
XL 50 Hz supply. Calculate the current (in A)
tan   mes, flowing in the circuit.
R
37.53 keg bâ[ueer ceW 5 Deesce keâe ØeeflejesOe Deewj 38.22 efceueer-nsvejer
tan   keâe Øesjkeâ 220 Jeesuš, 50 nšd&pe keâer Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[e nw~
65
 = tan 0.577–1 heef j heLe ceW yenves Jeeueer efJeÅegle Oeeje keâer ieCevee (SefcheÙej
 = 30 o
Ans. ceW ) keâjW ~
Dele: Jeesušspe SJeb Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe kesâ hesâpe keâesCe keâe ceeve 30o nesiee~ (SSC-JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
214. Calculate the value of phase angle (in Degrees) Sol. X L  2 fL
in a series RC circuit having a resistance of 50 X L  2  3.14  50  38.22  103  12.001 
Ohms and a capacitive reactance of 86.6 Ohms,
X L  12
when supplied with a frequency of 50 Hz.
Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe ceW hesâpe keâesCe kesâ ceeve keâer R  5
ieCevee (ef[«eer ceW) keâjW peye GmeceW 50 Deesce keâe ØeeflejesOe, Z ?
86.6 Deesce OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele nes efpemes 50 nšd&pe keâer Z  R 2  X L 2  52  (12)2  25  144
DeeJe=efòe Éeje Deehetefle&le efkeâÙee pee jne nes~ Z  13
(SSC-JE-Evening 24-01-2018) V 220
I   16.92 Amp Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw, Z 13
ØeeflejesOe (R) = 50  217. In a series RL circuit, the two resistors of R = 5
OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) = 86.6  Ω and 10 Ω, are connected in series with
DeeJe=efòe = 50 Hz inductor of L Henry. The supply voltage is
50V. If the power consumed by the 5 Ω resistor
RC heefjheLe kesâ efueÙes, is 10W, then power factor of the circuit is:
  tan 1 X C Skeâ meerjerpe Deej.Sue. (RL) meefke&âš ceW R = 5 Ω Deewj
R 10 Ω kesâ oes ØeeflejesOe meerefjpe ceW L nsvejer kesâ Fb[keäšj mes
  tan 1 86.6
,   tan 1.732
1 peg Ì[s nQ~ mehueeF& Jeesušspe 50 Jeesuš nw~ Deiej 5 Deesce keâe
50 Øeef lejesOe 10 Jeeš efyepeueer keâer Kehele keâjlee nw lees meefke&âš
  600 keâe heeJej hewâkeäšj keäÙee nesiee?
Dele: hesâpe keâesCe keâe ceeve 600 nesiee~ Ans. (LMRC (SCTO). 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
AC Circuit 385 YCT
Sol. Sol. efoÙee nw–
VR = 16V, VL = 12V, I = 5A, Z = ?
V  V V 2
R
2
L
V  256  144
V  400
V = 20 V
20
Z  4 Ans.
5 Deesce kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW Kehele Meefòeâ = 10 W 5
I 2R = 10 219. For the AC circuit as shown below, if the rms
voltage across the resistor is 120 V, what is the
10 value of the inductor?
I=
5 veerÛes efoÙes A.C. heefjheLe kesâ efueS, Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe
I = 2A
DeejSceSme Jeesušspe 120 V nes, lees Øesefj$e keâe ceeve keäÙee
nesiee?
10 Deesce leLee 5 Deesce kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe [êhe (SSC JE -4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
= (10 + 5 ) × 2
= 15 × 2
= 15 2
Fb[keäšj kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe VL = V 2 - VR 2
Vm 150 2
Sol. efoÙee nw–Vrms =  150 V
= 502 - (15 2 )2 2 2
= 2500 -15 × 1 5 ×2 VL = Vrms 2
 VR2 = 1502 1202
= 2500 - 450 VL = 90 V
V 120
VL  2050V |I| = R =  0.12 A
Ùee R 1103
VL  45.27 V
|VL| = |I| L
Z= R 2 + X L2 90 = 0.12  500  L
90
Q VL  IX L  L=  L = 1.5 H Ans.
  60
X  VL  2050  220. The R–L circuit of the figure is fed from a
 L  constant magnitude variable frequency
 I 2 
sinusoidal voltage source Vin. At 100 Hz, the R
2 and L element each has a voltage drop Vrms. If
 2050 
Z 152    the frequency of the source is changed to 50Hz,
 2  then new voltage drop across R is:
Deeke=âefle cebs R–L heefjheLe keâes DeÛej heefjceeCe, Ûej
Z  225 
2050 DeeJe=efòe pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušspe œeesle Vin mes Deehetefle& keâer
2 peeleer nw~ 100 Hz hej R Deewj L oesveeW ceW Jeesušspe [ê@he
Z  225  1025 Vrms neslee nw~ Ùeefo œeesle keâer DeeJe=efòe 50Hz yeoue peeS
lees R kesâ meeLe Jeesušspe [ê@he...............nesiee :
Z  1250  35.35  (SSC JE -4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
R 15
Dele: Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe  cos    
Z 35.35
 0.42433 ,  0.424 Ans.
218. The current flowing in the series RL circuit is 5
Sol.
A, the voltage drop at R is 16 V and the voltage
drop at L is 12 V, calculate the impedance ?
ßesCeer RL heefjheLe ceW, ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer efJeÅegle Oeeje
5A, R hej Jeesušspe [ê@he 16V Deewj L hej Jeesušspe [êhe
12 V nQ, ØeefleyeeOee keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
AC Circuit 386 YCT
100Hz hej,
 60   80  
2 2
 |Vin| = |Vin| = 3600  6400
IR  I  X L  Vr.m.s
|Vin| = 10000  |Vin| = 100 V
R  XL , R  2fL
 2  100L  200L
R  200L .............(i)
Vin  V  V
2 2
R
2
L
Vin  VR 2  VL 2 tan  =
VC 60 3
 
VR 80 4
Vin  Vr.m.s 2  Vr.m.s 2
3
Vin  2 Vr.m.s .............(ii)  = tan 1   = –36.86  37º
4
50Hz hej, $e+Ceelcekeâ efÛevn ueieeÙee peeÙesiee keäÙeeWefkeâ efoÙee ieÙee heefjheLe Skeâ RC
ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe heefjheLe nw~
VR 
Vin
.R  Fvehegš Jeesušspe
R  XL2
2 Vin = |Vin|  – 
Vin = 100  –370 V Ans.
Vin
 .R 222. In an A.C. circuit, V and I are given by : V =
R   2fL 
2
2 100 sin (100t) Volts and
Vin  
 .R I  100 sin  100t   mA. The power
 3
R   2  50L 
2 2
dissipated in the circuit is-
Vin A.C. heefjheLe cebs V leLee I efoS ieS nw V = 100 sin
 .R
R  100L   
2 2
(100t) Jeesuš leLee I  100 sin  100t   efceueer
meceerkeâjCe (i) mes L keâe ceeve jKeves hej,  3
Vin SefcheÙej heefjheLe cebs Tpee& #eÙe nw–
VR  .R Sol. efoÙee nw, V  Vm sin t
2
 R 
R  100 
2
 V = 100 sin (100t) Jeesuš
 200 
i  Im sin  t   
Vin
VR   
1 I  100sin 100 t   mA
1  3
4
 
4.Vin = 0.1 sin 100 t   A
VR   3
5
keâe ceeve meceerkeâjCe (ii) mes jKeves hej,  1
Vin ÙeneB    60 leye hee@Jej hewâkeäšj, cos   cos 60 
3 2
4. 2 Vr.m.s 8 leye Meefòeâ #eÙe P  Vrms  Irms  cos 
VR   Vr.m.s
5 5 100 0.1 1
    2.5W Ans.
8 2 2 2
VR  Vr.m.s Ans.
5 223. For a series R-C circuit, the power factor
221. In a series RC circuit, the voltage across the corresponding to maximum power is–
capacitor and the resistor are 60V and 80V ßesCeer R-C heefjheLe kesâ efueS, DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ kesâ
respectively. The input voltage should be Deveg™he Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ neslee nw–
Skeâ ëe=bKeuee ceW mebÙeesefpele RC heefjheLe ceW, mebhetCe& Sol.
mebOeeefj$e Deewj ØeeflejesOeeW ceW Jeesušspe ›eâceMe: 60 Jeesuš DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ kesâ efueS
Deewj 80 Jeesuš nw~ Fvehegš Jeesušspe nesvee ÛeeefnS~ XC = R
(MPJE -2016-Morning Shift)
hesâpe keâesCe () = tan –1  C 
X
Sol. R-C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW
VC = 60 V  R 
VR = 80 V R
= tan –1    45º (Lead)
Fvehegš Jeesušspe (Vin) = ? R
from the circuit Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos 450
|Vin| = VC 2  VR 2 = 0.707 (Lead)
AC Circuit 387 YCT

224. In fig. the voltmeter will read ............ 100
efÛe$e ceW, Jeesušceeršj...........heÌ{siee~ R=
10
R = 10 
R
Dele: Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ (cos) =
Z
10
= =0.5 Ans.
Sol. 20
228. In the circuit shown in Fig. the circuit current
Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ  VC  V 2  VR2 in polar form is
efÛe$e ceW Øeoe|Mele heefjheLe ceW, OeÇgJeerÙe ™he ceW heefjheLe Oeeje
 250   150 
2 2
  200V Ans.
........... nw~
225. The power factor of the circuit shown in fig.
is.........
ØeoefMe&le efÛe$e ceW heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ ........ nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw ,
R = 700
XC = 500
Sol. Q Z2  R 2  X C2
VR 150
Power factor    0.6leading Ans. Z  R 2  X 2C
V 250
226. The reactive power drawn by the circuit shown Z =  700 2   500 2
in fig. is .........
efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùes ieÙes heefjheLe kesâ Éeje ueer ieF& Øeeflekeâejer = 740000
Meefòeâ............nw~ = 860.2325  Z = R – jXC
XC 500
tan    = 0.7142
R 700
 = tan–1(-0.7142)
= –35.53º
V 1500º
Sol. Current (I) = m 
Z 860.2325  35.53º
Reactive power, Q = VI sin  = 0.17435.54o A Ans.
VR 150
Here, I    1A ; 229. In fig. the voltage vc across the capacitor is
R 150 efÛe$e ceW mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee Vc ........... nw~
VC 200
sin     0.8
V 250
Q = 25010.8 = 200VAR Ans.
227. A choke coil is joined to 200V, 50 Hz a.c. mains
and takes 10A. If the choke coil takes 10A on
100V d.c. supply, the power factor of choke coil is Sol.
Skeâ Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer 200 Jeesuš, 50 nš&dpe ØelÙeeJeleea efoÙee nw ,
Oeeje (a.c.) ceWme mes mebÙeesefpele nw Deewj 10 SefcheÙej keâer R = 700
XC = 500
Oeeje ueslee nw~ Ùeefo Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer 100 Jeesušlee efo°
Q Z2  R 2  X C2
Oeeje (d.c.) Deehetefle& hej 10 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje uesleer nw~
Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ nw..........~ Z  R 2  X 2C
Sol. peye Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer keâes AC supply mes peesÌ[e ieÙee nw lees-
 700    500 
2 2
Z=
VAC = 200V
f = 50 Hz = 740000
I = 10 A Z = 860.2325 
200 V 1500º
Z= Current (I) = m 
10 Z 860.2325  35.53º
Z = 20  = 0.17435.54o A
peye Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer keâes DC supply mes peesÌ[e ieÙee nw, lees- VC = IXC
Vdc = 100 V = 0.174 35.53  500–90º
Idc = 10 A VC = 87–54.47º Ans.
AC Circuit 388 YCT

230. A 50 volt AC is applied across an RC (series) Sol. efoÙee nw– V = 20 sint V
network. The RMS voltage across the Vm = 20 V
resistance is 40 V, then the potential across the 20
capacitance will be- Vrms  V
2
Skeâ RC (ëe=bKeuee) vesšJeke&â ceW Skeâ 50 Jeesuš AC I = 10 sin(t – 60º)A
mehueeF& oer peeleer nw~ ØeeflejesOe ceW RMS Jeesušspe 40 V Im = 10 Amp
nw, lees mebOeeefj$e kesâ S›eâeme efJeYeJe nesiee- 10  I 
(HSSC JE, 1.09.2019) I rms   I rms  m 
2  2
Sol.  = 60º
1
cos  = cos 60º 
2
Vm I m
P  cos 
2 2
 VS 2   VR 2   VC 2 P  Vrms I rms cos 
20 10 1 20  10
 50 2   40 2  VC2 P   
22
 50W
2 2 2
2500  1600  VC2 P  50W Ans.
VC  900 233. Determine the value of the phase angle (in
VC  30V Ans. degrees) in a series RC circuit having a
resistance of 20 ohms and capacitive reactance
231. The capacitive reactance of a circuit is 60 Ohms, of 11.56 ohms when supplied by a frequency of
when it is supplied with a 50 Hz supply. What 50 Hz.
will be the value of capacitive reactance (in 50 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& keâjles meceÙe 20 Deesce
Ohms) of the same circuit, if it is supplied with a kesâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj 11.56 Deesce kesâ OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele
60 Hz supply? Jeeues Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe ceW Hesâpe keâesCe keâe ceeve
Skeâ heefjheLe ceW OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele 60 Deesce nesleer nw, (ef[«eer ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW–
peye Fmes 50 nšd&pe keâer Deehetefle& oer peeleer nw~ Ùeefo 60 (SSC-JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
nš&dpe keâer Deehetefle& oer peeÙes, lees Gme heefjheLe ceW OeeefjleerÙe Sol. efoÙee nw–
ØeefleIeele keâe ceeve (Deesce ceW) keäÙee nesiee? DeeJe=efòe (f) = 50 Hz
(SSC-JE-Evening 24-01-2018) R = 20
Sol. efoÙee nw, XC = 11.56
X C1  60 , X C2  ? Q ØeefleyeeOee  Z   R 2  X C2
f1  50 Hz f 2  60 Hz
Z  202  11.56 
2
ÛetBefkeâ OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) DeeJe=efòe (f) kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee

nw~ Z  400  133.63
X C1 f2 Z  533.63
 Z = 23.10
X C2 f1
R 20
60 60 Deye cos   
 Z 23.10
X C2 50 cos = 0.866
X C2  50  Ans.  = cos–1 (0.866)
  300 Ans.
232. What will be the value of average power (in
W), if a sinusoidal voltage applied across a 234. A sinusoidal voltage applied across a series R–
C circuit is given by 40 sint V. The current
series RC circuit is 20 sint V and the current
flowing in the circuit is 20sin(t – 450) A.
flowing in the circuit is 10 sin(t – 60º)A? Determine the value of average power (in W).
Deewmele Meefkeäle keâe ceeve (Jeeš ceW) keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo Skeâ Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe hej ueeiet pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Jeesušspe
ëe=bKeuee RC heefjheLe ceW 20 sint V keâe pÙeeJe›eâerÙe keâes 40 sint V Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw~ heefjheLe ceW
Jeesušspe efoÙee peelee nw Deewj heefjheLe ceW yen jner efJeÅegle ØeJeeefnle efJeÅegle Oeeje 20sin(t – 450) A nw~ Deewmele
Oeeje 10 sin(t – 60º)A nw– Meefòeâ keâe ceeve (Jeeš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW–
(SSC-JE-Morning 25-01-2018) (SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
AC Circuit 389 YCT
Sol. efoÙee nw– 237. A resistor of 100 is connected in series with a
Voltage (V) = 40 sin tV 50F capacitor at 50Hz, 200V supply. What is
the phase angle and power factor?
current (i) = 20 sin (t – 450)A 100 keâe ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW 50F kesâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe
average power = ?,  = 450 50Hz, 200V keâer Deehetefle& mes peg[Ì e ngDee nQ, Hesâpe keâesCe
Formula average power  Pavg   VI cos  Deewj heeJej Hewâkeäšj keäÙee nw?
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
Pav  Vrms Irms cos  Sol.
Vm I
Pav   m cos 
2 2
40 20 800 1
Pavg   cos 450  
2 2 2 2 2
Pavg  282.88Watt Ans.
1
235. The power drawn from the source in the circuit Z  R  jX c Xc 
of the figure is: 2fC
efÛe$e kesâ heefjheLe ceW œeesle mes ueer ieF& Meefòeâ nw: Xc 
1
(NPCIL 08.06.2018, 3rd shift] 2  3.14  50  50  106
X c  63.69
Z  100  j63.69
100    63.69 
2 2
Z
 118.55
Sol. kegâue ØeefleyeeOee (Z) = 40 – j30 R
cos  
Z  40 2   30 2 Z
100
 1600  900  2500 
Z  50 118.55
V 100 cos   0.843 Ans.
Oeeje  I     2A
Z 50 238. In fig what will be the reading of the voltmeter?
heefjheLe ceW œeesle Éeje ueer ieF& Meefòeâ (P)  I2 R efÛe$e ceW Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"Ùeebkeâ keäÙee nesiee?
 22×40
 4×40  160 Jee@š Ans.
236. Two impedance Z1 = 8.66 + 5j and Z2 = 14.14 -
14.14 j are connected in series. What is the
power factor of series combination?
oes ØeefleyeeOeeSB Z1 = 8.66 + 5j Deewj Z2 = 14.14– Sol. Devegveeo keâer Mele& hej
14.14j ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[er ngF& nQ~ ßesCeer mebÙeespeve keâe heeJej XL = XC = 5
Hewâkeäšj keäÙee nQ? leye Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ
(UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)  I  X L  X C   I(0)  0V
Sol. Z1  8.66  5 j 239. In fig. what is the reading of the ammeter?
Z2  14.14  14.14 j efÛe$e ceW Deceeršj keâe hee"Ùeebkeâ keäÙee nesiee?
Z1 Deewj Z2 keâes meerjerpe ceW peesÌ[ves hej,
Z1  Z2  8.66  5 j  14.14  14.14 j
 22.80  9.14 j
Z  R 2  X2
Sol.
 22.80    9.14   24.56
2 2
 It is a case of series resonance. It is easy to see that
circuit impedance,
R 22.80
cos    Z=R=40
Z 24.56 80
cos   0.928 Ans. Therefore, circuit current   2A Ans.
40
AC Circuit 390 YCT
240. In an RLC series circuit R = 20 ohm. XL = 63
ohm and XC = 32 ohm. The resultant
impedance of the circuit will be
Skeâ ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe ceW R = 20 Deesåce, XL = 63
Deesåce Deewj XC = 32 Deesåce~ heefjheLe keâer heefjCeeceer
ØeefleyeeOee nesieer :
(LMRC JE -2016)
Sol. efoÙee nw, Sol. efoÙee nw,
R  20  VR = 50 V, VL = 100 V, VC = 100 V
V  VR   VL  VC  (VL = Vc i.e. condition of
2
X L  63  2
X C  32 resonance)
 50   100  100 
2 2
Z  R 2  ( X L  X C )2 
V  50V Ans.
 202  ( 63  32 )2
245. The Q-factor of an RLC circuit is 5 at its
 400  961 resonance frequency of 2kHz. Find the
Z  1361  36.89  Ans. bandwidth of the circuit-
efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW 2 kHz keâer Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe hej Fmekeâe
241. What is the total impedance (in Ohms) of the
Q iegCeebkeâ (Q-factor) 5 nw heefjheLe keâer yeQ[efJe[dLe -
series RLC circuit containing resistance of 8
Ohms, capacitive reactance of 2 Ohms and (UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I)
inductive reactance of 8 Ohms connected in Sol. efoÙee nw-
series across a 100 V, 50 Hz supply– 10 Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (fr) = 2 kHz
100 Jeesuš, 50 nšd&pe keâer Deehetefle& mes ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[s 8 Q-iegCeebkeâ = 5
Deesce kesâ ØeeflejesOe, 2 Deesce kesâ mebOeeefjle ØeefleIeele Deewj 8 Resonance Frequency
Deesce kesâ Øesjkeâ ØeefleIeele Jeeues ëe=bKeuee DeejSuemeer Band width =
Q - factor
heefjheLe keâer kegâue ØeefleyeeOee (Deesce ceW) keäÙee nw– 10 2
(SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018) Band width = = 0.4 kHz Ans.
5
242. Determine the total impedance (in ohms) of a
series RLC circuit having a resistance of 10 246. Find the current in the circuit which supplies
Ohms, capacitive reactance of 2 Ohms and an active power of 600 watts and reactive
inductive reactance of 6 Ohms, connected in a power of 800 VAR. if the voltage applied is 200
series across a 200 V, 50 Hz supply.–10.77 V (RMS value).
ßeb=Keuee DeejSuemeer heefjheLe keâer kegâue ØeefleyeeOee (Deesÿe ceW) heef jheLe ceW Oeeje %eele keâerefpeS pees 600 Jeeš keâer meef›eâÙe
efveOee&efjle keâjW, efpemeceW 10 Deesÿe keâe ØeeflejesOe, 2 Deesÿe keâer Meef òeâ Deewj 800 VAR keâer Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue Meefòeâ Øeoeve
mebOeeefjlee ØeefleIeele Deewj 6 Deesÿe keâe ØesjkeâlJe ØeefleIeele nw, keâjleer nw Ùeefo ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe 200 V (RMS) nw~-
pees 200 Jeesuš, 50 nš&dpe keâer Deehetefle& kesâ ßeb=Keuee ceW pegÌ[s (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
nQ– 10.77
243. What will be the total impedance (in Ohms) of
a series RLC circuit, when the resistance of the
circuit is 12 ohms, capacitive reactance of the
circuit is 3 Ohms and the inductive reactance
of the circuit is 8 Ohms connected in series Solution : P = 600 W, Q = 800 VAR Irms = ?
with a 220 V, 50 Hz supply– 13 S  P  Q 2 2
DeejSuemeer heefjheLe keâer kegâue ØeefleyeeOee (Deesce cebs) keäÙee

nesieer, peye heefjheLe keâe ØeeflejesOe 12 Deesce, heefjheLe keâe
mebOeeefj$e ØeefleIeele 3 Deesce Deewj heefjheLe keâe ØesjkeâlJe
ØeefleIeele 8 Deesce nw, pees 220 Jeesuš, 50 nšd&pe keâer
13
Deehetefle& mes ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[e ngDee nw–
 600    800 
2 2
S
244. Find the value of the supply voltage (in V) for S  1000VA
the circuit shown in the figure below. S 1000
veerÛes oer ieÙeer Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS RMS current (Irms)  Vrms  200
Deehetefle& Jeesušspe keâe ceeve (Jeesuš ceW) %eele keâjW~
Irms  5 A Ans.
AC Circuit 391 YCT
247. An R-L-C series resonant circuit has the 1
following parameter. Resonance frequency = Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (f) =
5000/2Hz impedance at resonance = 56 and 2 LC
Q-factor = 25 calculate the capacitance of the 1
=
capacitor. 2  3.14 100  106  100  1012
Skeâ Deej Sue meer (R-L-C) ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe ceW
efvecveefueefKele ceevekeâ nw, Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe · 1
=
5000/2Hz, Devegveeo hej ØeefleyeeOee · 56 Deewj Q- 6.28  100 109
iegCeebkeâ · 25, mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee keâer ieCevee keâjs~ f = 1.59×106 Hz Ans.
(SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II) 250. Calculate the value of the quality factor of a
Sol:- Q = 25, R = 56 series RLC circuit having resistance,
f0 = 5000/2 Hz inductance and capacitance of 30, 27 mH and
5000  2 0.03 mF respectively–
0 = 2f0 = = 5000 jsef[Ùeve/mes. Skeâ ßeb=Keuee RLC heefjheLe kesâ iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ kesâ ceeve
2
Series RLC Circuit keâer ieCevee keâjW efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe, ØesjkeâlJe Deewj Oeeefjlee
X 30, 27 mH Deewj 0.03 mF nw~
Q= C (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
R
1 Sol.–efoÙee nw,
Q=
0CR ØeeflejesOe (R) = 30, ØesjkeâlJe (L) = 27 mH, Oeeefjlee (C)
1 = 0.03mF = 3 × 10-5F
C=
0QR iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ (Q-factor) =
1 L
1 R C
C= 3
5000  25  56 1 27 10
=
C = F
1 30 3  105
7 1
C = 0.143F Ans. = 9  102
30
248. A series RLC circuit has R = 5, L = 50µH and 3 10
C = 2nF. Find the resonant frequency. =
30
Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RLC heefjheLe ceW R = 5, L = 50µH
Q=1 Ans.
Deewj C = 2nF nw Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe keâe ceeve %eele keâjW -
251. An RLC series resonance circuit has resonance
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
frequency of 5000/2 Hz and impedance of
Sol. RLC series circuit
resonance is 56. Find the value of the
R = 5, L = 50µH, C = 2nF inductance if the Q-factor is 25.
Resonance frequency
Skeâ RLC ëe=bKeuee Devegveeo heefjheLe ceW 5000/2 nš&dpe
1
fr  keâer Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe nw~ Deewj Devegveeo hej ØeefleyeeOee
2 LC
56 nesleer nw Ùeefo Q keâejkeâ 25 nw lees ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve
1
 %eele keâjW -
2 5  106  2 109
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
= 0.159 × 107
= 1.59 MHz Ans. Sol. ef o Ùee nw ,
249. A coil of resistance 100, inductance of 100 Q = 25, fr 
5000
, Z  R  56 
H, is connected in series with capacitor of 100 2
pF calculate resonance frequency– L
100 ØeeflejesOe keâer Skeâ kegbâ[ueer, 100 H ØesjkeâlJe Je Q-factor = r
R
100 pF kesâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe ßeb=Keuee ceW pegÌ[e ngDee nw,
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe keâer ieCevee keâjW–
QR
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) L= (r = 2fr)
Sol. efoÙee nw, ωr
kegâC[ueer keâe ØeeflejesOe (R) = 100, 25  56

ØesjkeâlJe (L) = 100H 5000
2 
= 100 × 10–6H 2
mebOeeefj$e (C) = 100 pF
L  0.28 H Ans.
= 100 × 10–12F
AC Circuit 392 YCT
252. A series RLC circuit is supplied by ac voltage 1
of 50V (rms). What is the value of the current C
0 QR
(rms) supplied by the source at resonance.
(R = 10, L = 10mH, C = 10µF) 1
=
Skeâ ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe keâer Deehetefle& 50V (rms) kesâ 105  50  400
S.meer. Jeeušspe Éeje keâer peeleer nw~ Devegveeo hej Œeesle Éeje = 500  10–12 F
= 500 pF Ans.
Deehetefle& keâer ieF& Oeeje (rms) keâe ceeve keäÙee nw~
255. In R-L-C series circuit shown in fig. the
(R = 10, L = 10mH, C = 10µF) frequency f of the a.c. source is variable. At f=0
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) and f=, the magnitude of circuit current will
Sol. be respectively
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW f DeeJe=efòe keâe
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (a.c.) Œeesle heefjJele&veerÙe nw~ f = 0 Deewj
f= , hej, heefjheLe Oeeje keâe heefjceeCe ›eâceMe: ............
nesiee~
At resonance 
XL = XC
 Zmin = R  10 Sol.
V 1
I max  XL= 2fL, X C  .
Zmin 2fC
At f=0, XC=  so that circuit current will be zero.
50 At f = , XL= and again circuit current will be zero.
I m ax 
10 Ans.
Imax  5A Ans. 256. In fig. the voltage VR across the resistor is
efÛe$e ceW ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee VR .......... nw~
253. What will be the value of inductance (in mH)
connected in parallel with a capacitance of 4 F
in a series RLC circuit having a quality factor
2, when the resonant frequency is 6 rad/sec?
Skeâ ßeb=Keuee DeejSuemeer heefjheLe ceW 4 hewâj[ kesâ mebOeeefjlee
kesâ meeLe meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve (efceueer- Sol. efoÙee nw-
nsvejer ceW) keäÙee nesiee, peye iegCeJellee keâejkeâ 2 nw, peye R = 20, XL = 60, XC = 80
Devegveeoer DeeJe=eflle 6 jsef[Ùeve/meskebâ[ nw– V = 2000, f = 100 Hz
 20  +  60 – 80 
2 2
Sol. efoÙee nw, Z=
C = 4 F, L = ?,  = 6rad/sec Z = 20 2 
2 = 6  6 = 36 rad/sec V
1 I= mes,
2  Z
LC 200
1 1 I=
L 2   0.0069 H 20 2 – 45º
 C 4  36 I = 0.70745ºA
L  7mH Ans. VR = I  R
= 0.70745o200o
254. A series RLC circuit has 0 = 105, Q = 50, R = VR= 14.1445oV Ans.
400 . The value of C is: 257. A voltage source has an internal impedance
Skeâ ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe ceW 0 = 105, Q = 50, R = consisting of RS=100  in series with LS= 20H.
400  nw~ C keâe ceeve nesiee– What should be the reactive component () of
load for maximum output at a frequency of 500
Sol. efoÙee nw, kHz?
0  105 , Q  50 Skeâ Jeesušlee Œeesle efpemekeâer Deevleefjkeâ ØeefleyeeOee RS =
R  400, C? 100 Deesce LS = 20 ceeF›eâesnsvejer kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW
efveefnle nw~ 500 efkeâuees-nš&pe kesâ Skeâ DeeJe=efòe hej
L 1
Q 0  DeefOekeâlece efveie&le kesâ efueS ØeefleIeeleer DeJeÙeJe (Deesce) kesâ
R 0 RC Yeej keäÙee nesves ÛeeefnÙes?
AC Circuit 393 YCT
Sol. Z  R 2   X L  XC 
2
120   100  50   14400  2500

2 2
Z
Z  16900  130
Z  130 ohm Ans.
260. A series RLC circuit supplied by 220 V ac
voltage has R = 10, L = 10mH, and C = 1 µF.
XL = 2fL Find the quality factor of inductor at
= 2  3.14  500  10  20  103 –6
resonance.
= 62.8  (Inductive) Ans. 220V Smeer Jeesušspe Éeje Deehetefle& keâer ieF& Skeâ ßesCeer
258. Which represents the quality factor of a series RLC heefjheLe ceW R = 10, L = 10mH, Deewj C = 1
RLC circuit? µF nw Devegveeo hej Øesjkeâ keâe iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ %eele keâjW-
keâewve-mee ßeb=Keuee DeejSuemeer heefjheLe kesâ iegCekeâ keâejkeâ (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
keâe ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee nw– Sol. efoÙee nw,
(SSC-JE-Morning 25-01-2018) R = 10, L = 10mH, C = 1 µF
Voltage across L or C I R X L X L 1 L
Sol. Q    Q
Applied Voltage IR R R R C
L L  1  1 10  103
Q Factor   o   Q
R R LC  LC  10 1 106
1 L 104
Q Ans. 
R C 10
Q  10 Ans.
259. Calculate the impedance (in ) of the series
RLC circuit given in the figure below ? 261. What is the value of quality factor of a series
veerÛes efoS ieS ëe=bKeuee DeejSuemeer heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee RLC circuit having capacitance of 0.01 mF,
keâer ieCevee (Deesÿe ceW) keâjW– inductance of 1 mH and resistance of 75 Ohms–
0.133
(SSC-JE-Evening 25-01-2018) 0.01 efceueer hewâj[ Oeeefjlee, 1 efceueer-nsvejer keâe ØesjkeâlJe Deewj
75 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues ßeb=Keuee Deej.Sue.meer. heefjheLe kesâ
iegCeJellee keâejkeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– 0.133
262. Calculate the value of the quality factor of a
series RLC circuit having resistance,
inductance and capacitance of 30 Ohms, 27 mH
and 0.03 mF respectively : 1
Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RLC heefjheLe kesâ iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ kesâ ceeve
Sol. efoÙee nw, keâer ieCevee keâjW efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe, ØesjkeâlJe Deewj Oeeefjlee
R = 120 , f = 50 Hz 30 Ohms, 27 mH Deewj 0.03 mF nw~ 1
1 200 (SSC-JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
L  H, C  106 F 263. Determine the quality factor of a series RLC
 
circuit, when the value of capacitance is 0.02
X L  2 fL mF, the value of inductance is 8 mH and the
1 value of resistance is 40 ohms.– 0.5
X L  2   50   100 ohm
 Skeâ ëe=bKeuee RLC heefjheLe keâer iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ %eele
XL = 100 keâjW efpemekeâer Oeeefjlee 0.02 efceueer–Hewâj[, ØesjkeâlJe keâe
1 ceeve 8 efceueer–nsvejer, Deewj ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 40 Deesce
XC 
2fC nw~ 0.5
1 1106 (SSC-JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
XC    50 ohm 264. What is the bandwidth (in kHz) of a series
 106 100  200
200
2 50  RLC circuit having resistance, inductance and
 capacitance of 80 Ohms, 2 mH and 0.01 mF
XC = 50 ohm respectively ?
AC Circuit 394 YCT
Skeâ ëe=bKeuee Deej.Sue.meer. heefjheLe keâer yeQ[efJe[dLe kesâ 266. What is required in series RLC circuit to get Q
ceeve keâer ieCevee (kHz ceW) keâjW efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe, Deewj > 1?
ØesjkeâlJe, Oeeefjlee ›eâceMe: 80 Ohms, 2 mH Deewj 0.01 Q > 1 heeves kesâ efueS ëe=bKeuee RLC meefke&âš ceW keäÙee
mF nw~ DeeJeMÙekeâ nw?
(SSC-JE-Evening 25-01-2018) (UPPCL J.E. 11.02.2018, Evening)
Sol. efoÙee nw, Sol. keäJeeefuešer hewâkeäšj (Q) keâe ceeve 1 mes DeefOekeâ Øeehle keâjves kesâ
R = 800, L = 2×10–3H, C = 0.01×10–3F efueS ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele (Inductive reactance) XL keâe ceeve ØeeflejesOe
R (R) mes DeefOekeâ nesvee ÛeeefnS~ Dele: GheÙeg&òeâ mecyebOe mes mhe° nw~
Bandwidth 
L XL
Q  factor 
80 80  103 R
 3
  40000 Hz
2  10 2 267. In a series RLC circuit, if R = 2 k, L = 1 H
BW  40 kHz Ans. 1
and C = F. Then the frequency of
400
265. For the circuit shown below, the voltage (in V)
across 4 mF capacitor is ……. resonance ?
veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS 4mF mebOeeefj$e kesâ ef keâmeer ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo, R = 2 k, L = 1
S›eâeme Jeesušspe (Jeesuš ceW) .......... nw~ nsvejer leLee C =  
1
 μf nes lees Devegveeo keâer DeeJe=efòe
(SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018)  400 
keäÙee nesieer?
(DMRC. 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
Sol. efoÙee nw,
R  2  103  , L  1H
1
C 106 F f0  ?
400
formula
1
Sol. Formula : X C  1
2fC fo 
1 2 LC

2  50  4  103 fo 
1 1
1 2 1 1  106

2  3.14  200  103 400
XC= 0.79 1 400  106
fo 
2 1
1
fo   20 103
2
1
f o   10  103

1
f o     1104 Hz
XL = 2fL = 2 × 3.14 × 50  0.15 
XL= 47.10
Impedance f0 = 3184.71Hz Ans.
Z  R   XL  XC    5   47.10  0.79   46.57
2 2 2
2 268. For a series RLC circuit, R = 10 Ω, inductive
reactance XL = 20 Ω and capacitive reactance
V 220
Current  I     4.72Amp. XC =20 . If the applied voltage is 100 V AC,
Z 46.57 then current in the circuit is:
ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Oeeje meYeer hewjeceeršj ceW meceeve nesieer~ Dele: efkeâmeer ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe kesâ efueS R = 10 Ω,
Voltage across 4mF capacitor ØesjkeâlJe ØeefleIeele XL = 20 Ω Deewj kewâhesefmeefšJe ØeefleIeele
V = IXC
XC = 20 Ω nw~ Ùeefo DevegØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe 100 Jeesuš
= 4.72 × 0.79
S.meer. nes lees heefjheLe ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve keäÙee nw?
V  3.73 Volt Ans.
(LMRC, SCTO. 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
AC Circuit 395 YCT
Sol. efoÙee nw, 20  keâer jefpemšWme Deewj 10 mH kesâ Fb[keäšWme keâe
R = 10, XL = 20 keäJeeFue kewâheeefmešWme kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW nw Deewj Gme ceW
XC = 20 efmLej Jeesušspe, heefjJele&veerÙe øeâerkeäJeWMeer œeesle keâer Deehetefle&
VT = 100 Volt, I= ? keâer peeleer nw~ 1000 Hz hej DeefOekeâlece keâjbš 2 A nw~
ØeMveevegmeej XL = XC = 20 (efoÙee nw)
meefke&âš keâe Q-hewâkeäšj..............nw~
Ùen efmLeefle Devegveeo keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjleer nw FmeefueS
Z= R = 10 (DFCCIL 11.11.2018 )
V Sol. efoÙee nw,
leye Oeeje (I) = R = 20 L = 10 mH = 10  10–3 H
Z
100 f = 1000 Hz I = 2A
I= =10A Ans. L 2fL
10 met$e, Q  factor  
269. A resistance 'R' Ω and inductance of '0.232' H R R
are connected in series across 240 V, 50 Hz 2  3.14  1000  10  103
supply. Power dissipated in the circuit is 300 W 
20
and the voltage across R is 100 V. In order to
improve the power factor to unity, the Q  factor  3.14 Ans.
capacitor that is to be connected in series 271. A series circuit containing passive elements has
should have a value of:
the following current and applied voltage
Skeâ ØeeflejesOe 'R' Ω Deewj Skeâ Øesjkeâ (L) 0.232 H Jeeuee V = 200 sin (2000t + 500),
heefjheLe 240 V, 50 Hz Deehetefle& mes meerjerpe ceW pegÌ[e nw~ I = 4 cos (2000t + 13.20).
heefjheLe (meefke&âš) ceW ØeJeeefnle Meefòeâ 300 W nw Deewj R ceW The circuit elements are..............
Jeesušspe 100 V nw~ FkeâeF& keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ yesnlej keâjves efveef<›eâÙe lelJeeW Jeeues ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW efvecveefueefKele Oeeje
kesâ efueS ßesCeer ceW pees[
Ì s ieS mebOeeefj$e keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? Deewj Deehetefle&le Jeesušlee nw
[LMRC (SCTO). 16.04.2018, 1st Shift] V = 200 sin (2000t + 500),
Sol. I = 4 cos (2000t + 13.20).
heefjheLe kesâ lelJe.............neWies~
Sol. efoÙee nw,
V = 200 sin(2000t + 50º) ..........(i)
I = 4 cos(2000t + 13.2º)
I = 4 sin (90º + 13.2º + 2000t)
240
I = 4 sin (2000t + 103.20) A .........(ii)
hee@Jej Hewâkeäšj 1 keâjves keâe DeLe& nw Devegveeo keâer efmLeefle GlheVe keâjvee From, (i) and (ii) we can observed that current (I) is
FmeefueS– leading voltage (V) by 53.20
Devegveeo keâer efmLeefle ceW X L  XC  Hence the element is practical capacitor
1
2fL 
2fC
1
C
42 f 2 .L
1

4  3.14  3.14  50  50  0.232
1
 Ans.
22874.272
 0.00004371 272. In an A.C. series RLC circuit, voltage drops
across R, L and C are 4V, 1V and 4V
C  43.7 F Ans.
respectively. What is the net voltage drops
270. The coil with a resistance of 20  and across RLC?
inductance of 10 mH is in a series with Skeâ A.C. meerjerpe RLC heefjheLe cebs, Jeesušlee [êhe R,
capacitance and supplied with a constant L, C kesâ S›eâeme ›eâceMe: 4V, 1V leLee 4V nw, kegâue
voltage, variable frequency source. The
maximum current at 1000 Hz is 2 A. Q factor Jees ušspe [êhe RLC kesâ S›eâeme keäÙee nw?
of the circuit is - (MPPKVVCL -2017)
AC Circuit 396 YCT
Sol. efoÙee nw, 1
fr 
VR = 4 V, VL = 1 V, VC = 4 V 4 LC
VT  VR2   VL  VC 
2 meceer. (i) Je (ii) mes –
fr 1 2 LC
 
VT = 42  (1  4)2 f o 4 LC 1
VT = 16  9 , VT = 5volt Ans. fr 1

273. What is the resonance frequency o in a series fo 2
RLC circuit with R = 1, L = 1H and C = f
1/4F? fr  o Ans.
2
R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe o keäÙee nesiee
Ùeefo, R = 1, L = 1H and C = 1/4F? 276. A series circuit has R = 4  XL = 12 Ω and XC =
9 Ω and is supplied with 200 V, 50 Hz.
(MPPKVVCL -2017)
Calculate the power.
Sol. efoÙee nw, Skeâ ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW, R = 4  XL = 12 Ω Deewj XC =
L = 1H, C = 1/4F R = 1 9 Ω Deewj mehueeF& 200 V, 50 Hz nw~ heeJej keâe heefjkeâueve
1 keâerefpeS~
0 =
LC (SSC JE -2014 Morning Shift)
1 ef o Ùee nw ,
0 = 0 = 2 rad/s Ans. Sol.
1
1 R = 4, XL = 12 , XC = 9 
4 V = 200 V, f = 50 Hz,
274. The impedance of a series L–C–R circuit at
resonance is : Z  R 2  ( X L  X C )2
Devegveeo kesâ meceÙe efkeâmeer ßesCeer L–C–R heefjheLe keâer
ØeefleyeeOee nesleer nw–  42  (12  9) 2  5 
(RRB SSE (Shift-III) 01.09.2015) P = VI cos 
(KVS JE -2016) V V R  R
Sol. R–L–C ßesCeer heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee Devegveeo kesâ meceÙe R nessleer P   cos   Z 
Z Z  
nw~ efpeme DeeJe=efle hej XL Deewj XC oesveeW keâer ØeefleIeeleesb keâe ceeve
200 4
yejeyej neslee nw~ Gmes Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe keânles nw~  200  
XL=XC 5 5
P = 6400 watt Ans.
1
2f r L  277. In a series RLC circuit R = 20  , X L = 30
2f r C
and XC = 30. If the supply voltage across the
1 combination is v = 100 sin (100t + 300) Volts,
Ùee f r 
2 LC the instantaneous current and the power factor
of the circuit are respectively.
leLee Impedance Z  R  0 (XL=XC) 2
Skeâ ßesCeer Jeeues RLC heefjheLe ceW R = 20 , XL = 30
DeLee&le Z = R i.e. minimum impedance in series Ans. leLee XC = 30 nw~ leovegmeej Ùeefo mebÙeespeve kesâ heej, ØeoeÙe
275. A circuit with a resistor, inductor and Jeesušlee v = 100 sin (100t + 300) Jeesuš nes, lees
capacitor in series is resonant of f0 Hz. If all the
component values are now doubled the new leel#eefCekeâ Oeeje leLee heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ›eâceMe:
resonant frequency- efkeâlevee nesiee?
ßesCeer ceW Skeâ ØeeflejesOe ØesjkeâlJe Deewj mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe (SSC JE -2012)
Skeâ meefke&âš keâer Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe f0 nw, meYeer SefueceWš Sol. efoÙee nw,
keâe ceeve oes iegvee keâjves hej veÙeer Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe R = 20 , XL = 30 , XC = 30
nesieer– XL – XC = 0
[SSC JE 2014 (Evening Shift)] heefjheLe Devegveeo ceW nw
(BSNL TTA 21.02.2016) V 100
FmeefueS Im = m  = 5A
Sol. f o 
2 LC
1
..........(i)  efoÙee nw R 20
i = 5 sin (100t + 30º)
meYeer DeJeÙeJeeW kesâ ceeveeW keâes ogiegvee keâjves hej– R R
1 cos    (R = Z at Resonance case)
fr  Z R
2 2L  2C cos = 1 Ans.
AC Circuit 397 YCT

278. In a R-L-C circuit susceptance is equal to : RLC meerjerpe meefke&âš ceW JewefjSyeue eføeâkeäJeWmeer kesâ lenle
efkeâmeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW DevegkeâeÙe&lee (susceptance) kesâ Meg™ ceW keäÙee efveiesefšJe neslee nw Deewj Gmekesâ yeeo Jen MetvÙe
yejeyej neslee nw– nes peelee nw leLee Gmekesâ yeeo hee@efpeefšJe nes peelee nw?
(SSC JE -2009) (MP JE -2016, Evening Shift)
X Sol. RLC meerjerpe meefke&âš ceW JewefjSyeue DeeJe=efòe kesâ lenle Meg™ ceW vesš
Sol. efkeâmeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW DevegkeâeÙe&lee (B), 2 kesâ yejeyej
Z efjSkeäšWme henues efveiesefšJe efheâj zero Deewj efHeâj positive nes peelee
nesleer nw~ nw~ DeeJe=efòe kesâ yeoueves mes efjSkeäšsvme ceW heefjJele&ve neslee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ pewmes
Z=R+jX pewmes DeeJe=efòe yeÌ{leer nw Fb[eqkeäšJe efjSkeäšWme yeÌ{ peelee nw Deewj
1 1 1 R  jX kewâhesefmeefšJe efjSkeäšQme Ieš peelee nw
y   
Z R  jX R  jX R  jX Net reactance Xc > XL  XL– Xc Negative
R  jX R jX XL = Xc  XL – Xc = zero
 2  2  2
R X 2
R X 2
R X 2 X L > Xc  XL – Xc = positive Ans.
(Conductance) (Susceptance) 282. The instantaneous voltage and current across a
X X load in given by v = 50sin (314t–  /6) volts and i
susceptance  2  2 Ans. = 10sin(314 t- /2) amperes, respectively. The
R X 2
Z
active power consumed by the load is:
279. An RLC series circuit has R=10, L=2H. What
value of capacitance will make the circuit Skeâ uees[ kesâ Deej-heej leel#eefCekeâ Jeesušlee Deewj Oeeje
critically damped? ›eâceMe: v = 50sin (314t–/6) Jeesuš leLee i =
Skeâ RLC ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW R=10, L=2H nw~ efkeâlevee 10sin(314t-/2) SeqcheÙej nw uees[ Éeje Kehele keâer ieF&
Oeeefjlee ceeve heefjheLe keâes ›eâebeflekeâ ®he mes DeJecebo keâjsiee? meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ nQ :
(SSC JE -2007) (DMRC JE-2016)
Sol. RLC series circuit for circuit critically damped Sol. efoÙee nw,
 R2 1   
 2   V  50sin  314t  
 4L LC   6
R = 10, L = 2H, C = ?  
R2 1 i  10sin  314t  
  2
4L C  
L  
R 4
2
2 6
C   90º 30º  60º
L
C4 2   60º
R
4 2 8 1
C 2   0.08F cos 60º 
10 100 2
active power = VI cos
C  0.08F Ans. 10 50 1
280. A series RLC circuit resonance at 200 Hz. If     125watt Ans.
2 2 2
the capacitance is increased to four times, the
circuit will be in resonance at 283. The power factor of the circuit shown in figure :
Skeâ RLC ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW 200 Hz hej Devegveeo neslee Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&S ieS heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keäÙee nw?
nw~ Ùeefo Fme heefjheLe ceW mebOeeefj$e keâes Ûeej iegvee keâj efoÙee (SSC JE -2014, Evening Shift)
peeÙeW, lees heefjheLe ceW Devegveeo nesiee–
1
Sol. Condition for resonance f r 
2 LC
1
200 =
2 LC Sol. efoÙee nw,
1 R  3  5  8
fr =
2 L 4C X L  6
1 1 1 Z  R 2  X L 2  82  62  10
fr =    200 = 100Hz Ans.
2 2 LC 2
R 8
281. In RLC series circuit under variable frequency Cos    0.8 lagging
what is initially negative and becomes zero and Z 10
then positive? keäÙeeWefkeâ Yeej ØesjkeâerÙe (Inductive) nw~ Ans.
AC Circuit 398 YCT

284. A series RLC circuit has a resonant frequency Sol. efoÙee nw,
of 1 KHz and a quality factor is 100. If R, L
and C double from its original value, the new Q C = 0.01  10 hewâj[, L = 1  10 , nsvejer
–3 –3
of the circuit is– 1 L

Skeâ ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe 1 KHz R = 75 lees iegCeJeòee iegCeebkeâ (Quality Factor) = mes
R C
Deewj iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ Q = 100 nw~ Ùeefo R, L leLee C ceW
mes ØelÙeskeâ keâes Gmekesâ cetue ceeve mes ogiegvee keâj efoÙee peelee 1 1  103
Q.F. =
nw lees heefjheLe keâe veÙee Q nw– 75 0.01 103
(DMRC Electronic -2014) 1
Q.F. = 100
Sol. Q = 100 Devegveeoer DeeJe=eflle = 1 KHz 75
1 10
Q= L/C Q.F. =  0.133
R 75
R1 = 2.R L1 = 2L C1 = 2C Dele: iegCeJeòee iegCeebkeâ 0.133 nesiee~ Ans.
1 2L 288. The current in the RLC series circuit shown-
Q1 iegCeebkeâ 
2R 2C oMee&Ùes ieÙes ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe cebs Oeeje,
1 L (APSPDCL-14)
Q1 =
2R C
Q
Q1 =
2
Q iegCeebkeâ 100
Q1 iegCeebkeâ =   50 Ans.
2 2
285. At the lower-half power frequency, the Sol. efoÙee nw, L = 0.01 H, C = 10 F,  = 1000 rad/sec
impedance of an R-L-C series circuit is (5 –j5)
ohms. The impedance of the circuit at its Øesjkeâ keâe efjSkeäšsvme XL = L
resonance frequency is = 1000 × 0.01 = 10
efveÛeueer Deæ& Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòe hej, ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe 1 1
keâer ØeefleyeeOee (5 – 5j)  nw~ Gmekesâ Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe hej mebOeeefj$e keâe efjSkeäšsvme X C  C  1000  10  106  100
heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee nesieer– Ùen XL < XC
(APSPDCL-14)
Dele: heefjheLe mebOeeefj$e keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjsiee leLee heefjheLe keâer
Sol. Q ßesCeer Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe hej ØeefleyeeOee Z = R neslee nw~
 ßesCeer RLC keâer ØeefleyeeOee (Z) = (5 – 5J) , mechetCe& Oeeje, Øesefjle Jeesušspe mes De«eieeceer nesiee~ Ans.
peneB (R = 5, X = 5) efoÙee nw~ 289. Which formula is used to determine of quality
Dele: Z = 5 nesiee~ factor?
efvecve Deæ& DeeJe=efòe Ùee GÛÛe Deæ& DeeJe=efòe hej ØeefleyeeOee iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ Q keâer ieCevee keâjves keâe met$e keâewve mee nw?
Z  2 R neslee nw (Jammu & Kashmir JE 2016)
286. A coil takes apparent and reactive powers of [ESIC 24.01.2019 -Time 9:00-11:00]
100 VA and 80 VAR respectively. the Q factor Sol. ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW-
of the coil is ...........
Skeâ kegâC[ueer ›eâceMe: 100 VA Deewj 80 VAR kesâ (i) Quality factor (Q)
DeeYeemeer Deewj Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ uesleer nw~ kegâC[ueer keâe Q  L 2  maximum energy stored
iegCekeâ nw........  o 
R energy dissipated per cycle
Sol.
Reactive power 1 L 1
Q factor  (ii) Q  (iii) Q 
Active power R C o CR
80 80 fr Resonance frequency
   1.33 Ans. (iv) Q   Ans.
100  802 2 60 f1  f 2 Bandwidth
287. What is the value of quality factor of a series 290. A series or parallel RLC circuit is said to be
RLC circuit having capacitance of 0.01 mF,
inductance of 1 mH and resistance of 75 Ohms? over damped if:
0.01 efceueer hewâj[ Oeeefjlee, 1 efceueer-nsvejer keâe ØesjkeâlJe Deewj ßesCeer DeLeJee meceevlej RLC heefjheLe keâes DeesJej [wche[
75 Deesÿe kesâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues ßeb=Keuee Deej.Sue.meer. heefjheLe kesâ keâne peelee nw Ùeefo –
iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– (DFCCIL 17.04.2016)
AC Circuit 399 YCT
Sol. Skeâ meerjerpe Ùee meceevlej RLC heefjheLe keâes Over damped Sol. efoÙee nw- L = 0.6H , R = 20 , C = ?
keâne peelee nw Ùeefo For critically damped
  n  R 
2
1
 2 L   LC
1  
Natural frequency  
LC 4L 4  0.6
C=   .006 = 6mF
R R 2
202
damping coefficient  
2L For Overdamped
 2
damping factor   Ans.  R  1
  2 L   LC
 
291. A first order Butterworth low-pass filter to
give a high cut-off frequency of 1KHz with a 2
 20  1
capacitor of 0.01F is designed. If the desired  2  0.6   0.6  C
frequency is changed to 1.5 KHz, the new value  
of R would be_______. C < 0.006
henues ›eâce keâe Skeâ yešjJeLe& uees-heeme efHeâušj 0.01μF For Under damped
kesâ Skeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe 1KHz keâer Skeâ GÛÛe keâš  R 
2
1
 2 L   LC
Dee@Heâ DeeJe=efòe osves kesâ efueS yeveeÙee ieÙee nw~ Ùeefo JeebefÚle
 
DeeJe=efòe yeoue keâj 1.5 KHz keâj oer peeleer nw, lees R
2
keâe veÙee ceeve keäÙee nesiee?  20  1
  
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)  2  0.6  0.6C
Sol. efoÙee nw- C > 0.006
C = 0.01  10–6 farad, fc = 1.5  103Hz Ans.
1 294. A coil having an inductance of 0.5 H and a
fc =
2RC resistance of 60 is connected in series with a
peneB, R = ØeeflejesOe capacitance of 10F. The coil is connected to
C = mebOeeefj$e 100V ac supply. What is the source frequency
fc = keâš Dee@heâ DeeJe=efòe and current flowing in the circuit under
resonance condition?
1 Skeâ kegâC[ueer efpemekeâe ØesjkeâlJe 0.5 H nw Deewj ØeeflejesOe
R=
2 0.01106 1.5 103 60 nw Skeâ 10F kesâ kewâheeefmešWme kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW
R = 10.61 K Ans. mebÙeesefpele nw~ kegâC[ueer 100V S.meer. mehueeF& mes mebÙeesefpele
292. Q of a resonant transmission line is– nw~ Devegveeo keâer efmLeefle ceW œeesle DeeJe=efòe Deewj heefjheLe mes
Devegveeefole šêbmeefceMeve ueeFve keâe Q = –––– neslee nw– ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keäÙee nw?
(BSNL TTA 25.09.2016-10 AM)
Sol.efoÙee nw,
Sol. Devegveeefole šêbmeefceMeve ueeFve keâe (quality factor) Q =
L = 0.5 H, R = 60 , C = 10  10–6F
L/R neslee nw~
VS = 100 V, I=?
quality factor keâes Q ceeršj mes ceehee peelee nw~ Source frequency
2  DeefOekeâlece meb«enerle Tpee& 1 1
Q Factor = f=
Tpee& #eÙe Øeefle Ûe›eâ 2 LC
L 1
Q  Factor     (1) =
R 2 0.5  10 106
= 71.21 Hz
1
Q  Factor     (2) Ans. V 100
CR Current, I = 
R 60
293. For an RLC circuit, R = 20Ω, L = 0.6H, the = 1.67 A Ans.
value of C (in mF) for Critically damped, 295. A series R-L-C circuit has a resonant
overdamped, under damped condition frequency f0, with R = 1 , L = 1 H and C = 1
respectively will be F. If the component's values are tripled, the
Skeâ RLC heefjheLe ceW R = 20Ω, L = 0.6 H. ›eâebeflekeâ new resonant frequency will be
DeJecebove, Deefle DeJecebove leLee vÙetve DeJecebove keâer R=1, L=1H Deewj C=1F kesâ meeLe Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-
DeJemLee kesâ efueÙes C keâe ceeve (mF ceW) ›eâceMe: nesiee– C heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe f0 nw~ Ùeefo DeJeÙeJeeW kesâ
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016-10 AM) ceeve leerve iegvee nes peeÙes lees veÙeer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe nesieer~
AC Circuit 400 YCT
Sol. efoÙee nw, 298. A series RLC circuit has a bandwidth of 300
rad/sec at a resonant frequency of 3000 rad/sec
R = 1 , L = 1H, C =1F when exited by a voltage source of 100V. The
1 inductance of the coil is 0.1 H. The value of R
Fr 
2 LC and the voltage across C are, respectively:
New Resonant frequency Skeâ ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe peye Jeesušlee œeesle 100V Éeje
1 Gòes e f pele keâer peeleer nw, lees Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe 3000
rad/sec. hej yewC[d ÛeewÌ[eF& 300 rad/sec. nw~ kegâC[ueer
f' = f 0  2 3  3  0
f
Ans. keâe ØesjkeâlJe 0.1 H nw~ R keâe ceeve Deewj C kesâ S›eâe@me
1 3
2 1 1 Jees u šlee ›eâceMe: nw
296. In a series R-L-C circuit supplied by a source Sol. efoÙee nw
of 125 Volt at a resonant frequency of 220 Hz, Vs = 100V
the magnitudes of the voltages across the r = 3000 rad/sec
capacitor and the inductor are found to be B.W = 300 rad/sec
4,150 V. If the resistance of the circuit is 1 , L = 0.1H
then the selectivity of the circuit is: R
B.W =
Skeâ ßesCeer R-L-C heefjheLe ceW 125 Jeesuš Skeâ Œeesle L
Éeje Deehetefle&le nw 220 nš&pe Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe hej, = 300 rad/s
mebOeeefj$e Deewj Øesjkeâ kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušlee keâe heefjceeCe R = 300  L
4150 Jeesuš heeÙee ieÙee Ùeefo heefjheLe keâe ØeeflejesOe 1 = 300  0.1
= 30 
Deesce nw, leye heefjheLe keâer ÛeÙeveelcekeâlee nw
r 3000
Sol. efoÙee nw, Q= 
B.W 300
VS = 125 V, f = 220 Hz Q = 10
VL or VC = 4150 V At Resonance
V or VC VC = QVs
Selectivity, Q = L
VR = 10  100
4150 = 1000 V Ans.
= 299. If the Q-factor of a coil at resonant frequency
125
of 1.5 MHz is 150 for a series resonant circuit,
= 33.2 Ans.
then the corresponding bandwidth is:
297. The resonant frequency of an RLC series Skeâ ßesCeer Devegveeoer heefjheLe kesâ efueS Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe
circuit is 1.5 MHz with the resonating capacitor
1.5 MHz hej Skeâ kegâC[ueer keâe Ùeefo Q-hewâkeäšj 150
of 150 pF. The bandwidth is 10 kHz. The
effective value of the resistor is nes, lees Deveg™heer yewC[ ÛeewÌ[eF& nesieer–
150 heerkeâes Hewâj[ Devegveeoer mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe Skeâ RLC Sol. efoÙee nw,
ßesCeer heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe 1.5 cesiee nšd&pe nw~ fr = 1.5 mHz, Q = 150
yewC[-ÛeewÌ[eF& 10 efkeâueesnš&pe nw~ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe ØeYeeJeer f
Bandwidth = r
ceeve nw– Q
Sol. efoÙee nw, 1.5  106
=
C = 150  10–12 F 150
= 104 Hz
fr = 1.5  106 Hz
= 10 kHz Ans.
B.W = 10  103 Hz
300. An R-L-C series circuit has R= 2.5, C =
Q-Factor is given as
100F and a variable inductance. The applied
f 1 voltage is 50V at 800 rad/sec. The inductance is
Q= r 
B.W r RC varied till voltage across resistance is
maximum. The value of inductance is
B.W
R Skeâ R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe kesâ R = 2.5 Deesndce, C =
f r  r  C
100F (ceeF›eâes-hewâj[) Deewj Skeâ heefjJele&veerÙe ØesjkeâlJe
10  103 nw~ 800 jsef[Ùeve/meskesâC[ hej ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee 50 Jeesuš

1.5  10  2 1.5 106 150 1012
6
nw~ ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušlee DeefOekeâlece nw peye lekeâ
R = 4.7  Ans. ØesjkeâlJe heefjJeefle&le neslee nw~ ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve............nw~
AC Circuit 401 YCT
Sol. efoÙee nw, 1
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (fr) =
r = 800 r/s, Vs = 50 V, 6.28 2 10  0.018103
3
R = 2.5 , C = 100  10–6F

1
In a series resonant circuit, the voltage across resistance Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (fr) =  840.34 Hz
is maximum (=supply voltage) at resonance. Supply 6.28 0.036 106
voltage, V= 50 Volts  0.84 kHz Ans.
1 1
r  or L  2 304. Find the power factor of the given circuit ?
LC r C efoS ieS heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ %eele keâjW~
1 (DMRC. 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
  0.0156H Ans.
 800   100  106 
2
301. A series RLC circuit is resonant at 150 kHz

and has a quality factor of 50. The lower half-
power frequency is
Skeâ RLC ßesCeer heefjheLe 150 efkeâueesnšd&pe hej
Devegveeefole nw Deewj Q keâe ceeve 50 nw~ efvecvelej Deæ&- Sol. Resistance (R) = 6 
Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeB...........nw~ Inductive Reactance (XL) = 8 
Impedance (Z) = ?
Sol. efoÙee nw,
fr = 150 kHz, Q = 50 Z  R 2   X L  2
f r 150
Bandwidth, BW  
Q 50
 3kHz Z  6 2   8 2
BW Z  36  64
Lower half-power frequency  f r  Z  10
2
3 R
 150 
 148.5kHz Ans. cos  
2 Z
6
302. Determine the capacitive reactance (in Ohms) cos    0.6
of a series resonant circuit, when the circuit is 10
supplied by a frequency of 50 Hz and having a cos   0.6lagging P.F. Ans.
capacitance of 0.04 mF.
ëe=bKeuee Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâer mebOeeefj$e ØeefleIeele 305. The current through a resistor has a waveform
as shown in the following figure. The reading
(kewâheefmeefšJe efjÙekeäšWme) (Deesce ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye shown by a moving coil ammeter will be:
heefjheLe keâes 50 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle&le efkeâÙee ØeeflejesOe ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje keâe lejbie ™he efoKeeÙee
peelee nw Deewj 0.04 efceueer–Hewâjs[ keâer Oeeefjlee nesleer nw– ieÙee nw, Ûeue kegâC[ueer Sceeršj Éeje ueer ieF& hee"Ÿeebkeâ
(SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018) nesieer–
Sol. efoÙee nw
f = 50 Hz, C = 0.04  10–3 hewâj[
1
OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele  X C   mes
C
1 1 Sol.
XC    79.617
2fC 2  3.14  0.04 103  50
Dele: OeeefjleerÙe ØeefleIeele (XC) = 79.62  Ans.
303. A series RLC circuit has a capacitance,
inductance and resistance of 0.018 mF, 2 mH
and 10 Ohms respectively. What is the
resonant frequency (in kHz) of the circuit? 2 Im
 hetCe&- lejbie efo°keâejer kesâ efueS Deewmele Oeeje  A
Skeâ ßeb=Keuee Deej.Sue.meer. heefjheLe ceW mebOeeefj$e, ØesjkeâlJe 
Deewj ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: 0.018 efceueer-hewâj[ Deewj 2 efceueer- I
 Deæ&- lejbie efo°keâejer kesâ efueS Deewmele Oeeje  m A
nsvejer Deewj 10 Deesÿe nw, heefjheLe keâer Devegveeo DeeJe=eflle 
(efkeâuees-nš&dpe ceW) keäÙee nesieer– ØeMveevegmeej,
(SSC-JE-Evening 22-01-2018) DeefOekeâlece Oeeje (Im) = 5A
Sol. efoÙee nw, R = 10, L = 2  10–3 Henery leLee Dele: Deewmele Oeeje Deæ&-lejbie efo°keâejer kesâ efueS 
5
A
C = 0.018  10–3 Farad 
1 10
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (fr) = mes hetCe&-lejbie efo°keâejer kesâ efueS Deewmele Oeeje  A Ans.
2 LC 
AC Circuit 402 YCT

306. In an R–L–C series circuit, during resonance, R = 100 
the impedance will be ............ ? Q = 100
Deej–Sue–meerr ßesCeer heefjheLe cebs, Devegveeo kesâ oewjeve,
ØeefleyeeOee efkeâleveer nesieer? 1 L
Q=
(FCI-4.10.2015), (UPPCL JE-2013) R C
(KVS JE -2016), (UPPCL JE-2016) 1 L
(SSC JE - 1 march 2017 2.45 pm) 100 =
(SJVNL 30.09.2018) 100 C
Sol. R–L–C ßesCeer heefjheLe ceW Devegveeo (jspeesvesvme) kesâ oewjeve L
= 1  104
ØeefleyeeOee vÙetvelece neslee nw~ C
Devegveeo hej XL = XC L
= 1  108 .......... (i)
C
Zr   R 2   X L  X C  
2
for Resonance condition
 
Zr = R Ans.
efoÙee nw-
307. What will be the bandwidth of a series = 1  107 Rad/s
resonant circuit provided it has an inductive XL = XC
reactance of 1000 Ohm, a capacitive reactance 1 1
of 1000 Ohm a resistance of 0.1 Ohm? It also L = , 2 =
C LC
know that the resonant frequency is 10MHz.
Skeâ ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe keâe yeQ[efJe[dLe keäÙee nesiee LC = 1
Ùeefo Gmekeâe Øesjkeâ ØeefleIeele 1000Deesce() nw, mebOeeefj$e 2
ØeefleIeele 1000 Deesce Deewj ØeeflejesOe 0.1 Deesce () nw? LC = 1
Ùen Yeer efkeâ Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe 10MHz nw~  
2
1107
(UPRVUNL -2014 AE Instrument)
LC = 1  10–14
Sol. efoÙee nw,
1 1014
Øesjkeâ ØeefleIeele (0L) = 1000 C= keâe ceeve meceer. (i) ceW jKeves hej
L
 1 
mebOeeefj$e ØeefleIeele   = 1000 1 1014
 0C  L = 1 × 108 ×
L
ØeeflejesOekeâ (R) = 0.1 L2 = 10–6  L = 10–3 H = 1 mH Ans.
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (f0) = 10 MHz 309. An R-L-C series resonant circuit has a Q of 15
f0 f0 Rf 0 and a source voltage of 50V. The voltage across
yewC[efJe[dLe (B.W) =  
Q 0 L / R 0 L the Capacitor at resonance is ………
6 Skeâ R-L-C ßesCeer Devegveeo heefjheLe keâe Q 15 nw leLee
0.110  10
B.W = œeesle Jeesušspe 50V nw Devegveeo hej mebOeeefj$e kesâ meehes#e
103
B.W = 103 = 1kHz Ans.
Jeesušspe nw–
308. A series RLC circuit has Q of 100 and an (TRANSCO-SE-12)
impedance of (100  j0)  at its resonant Sol. efoÙee nw,
angular frequency of 107 rad/s. The value of R Q = 15, V = 50 V
and L are respectively– L VL
Skeâ ßesCeer RLC heefjheLe ceW Q keâe ceeve 100 SJeb 107 iegCeJeòeekeâejkeâ Q  R  V
rad/s keâer Devegveeefole keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=eqlle hej ØeefleyeeOee peneB R-L-C ßesCeer heefjheLe cebs, jspeesvesvme hej, VL = VC
(100  j0)  nw~ R Deewj L keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? V V
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) leye Q  C  15  C
V 50
Sol. In RLC series circuit at Resonance condition VC = 50 × 15 = 750 V Ans.
310. An RLC circuit is in series resonance at
frequency of f Hz. If the value of all the
components is doubled, the new frequency will be
Skeâ RLC heefjheLe f Hz DeeJe=efòe hej ßesCeer Devegveeo cebs
nw~ Ùeefo meYeer IeškeâeW keâe ceeve oesiegvee keâj efoÙee peeS lees
veF& DeeJe=efòe ........... nesieer~
Z = (100  j0)
[UPRVUNL (AE) November-2016]
AC Circuit 403 YCT
Sol. ßesCeer Devegveeo keâer efmLeefle cebs– Sol. efoÙee nw- L= 100mH=10–1H, R=10,
1 .............. (i) C = 10 nF =10×10–9F
f
10 
2
2 LC  1 R2  1
r    2  
101 
1 9
1  LC L  10  10 10 2
f '
2 2L  2C r = 3.16102 rad/s Ans.
1 314. A two branch tuned circuit has a coil of
f ' .............. (ii) resistance R and inductance L in one branch
4 LC
and capacitance C in the second branch. If R is
meceerkeâjCe (ii) ÷ (i) mes increased, the dynamic resistance :
f' 1 2 LC Skeâ oes MeeKee Jeeueer šdÙetv[ heefjheLe kesâ Skeâ MeeKee kesâ
  kegâC[ueer keâe ØeeflejesOe R Deewj ØesjkeâlJe L Deewj otmejer
f 4 LC 1
MeeKee ceW C Oeeefjlee nw~ Ùeefo R yeÌ{lee nw, ieeflekeâ
f' 1 f ØeeflejesOe–
  f' Ans.
f 2 2 (EDCIL DDAJE 25.04.2018 II Shift)
311. The dynamic impedance of a parallel resonant Sol.
circuit is 1 M. If C=1 F and R = 1, then L
value of L is
ieeflekeâ ØeefleyeeOee Zr 
CR
Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâer ieeflekeâerÙe 1
ØeefleyeeOee 1 cesiee-Deesndce nw~ Ùeefo C = 1 ceeF›eâes-hewâj[  Zr 
R
Deewj R = 1 Deesndce leye L keâe ceeve...........nw– Resistance kesâ yeÌ{ves mes ieeflekeâ ØeefleyeeOee keâce nes peeÙesiee~ Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw- Z = 1 M, R = 1, C = 1F 315. A coil of 20 ohms resistance and 0.16 H
Dynamic impedance- inductance is connected in parallel with a 100 
L F condenser to a constant voltage variable
Z= frequency supply. The frequency (neglecting
RC the resistance) at which the current in the main
L is a minimum is given by
106 =
1×10–6 20 Deesce ØeeflejesOe leLee 0.16 nsvejer ØesjkeâlJe keâer Skeâ
L=1H Ans. kegâC[ueer keâes Skeâ 100 F mebOeeefj$e kesâ meceevlej ceW,
312. The dynamic impedance of a parallel Skeâ efmLej Jeesušlee heefjJele&veerÙe DeeJe=efòe Deehetefle& mes
resonance circuit is 500 k. The circuit consists mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ DeeJe=efle (ØeeflejesOe keâes veieCÙe
of 250 pF capacitor in parallel with a coil of ceeveles ngÙes) efpeme hej cesve ceW Oeeje vÙetvelece nes........kesâ
resistance of 10 . The coil inductance is Éeje efoÙee peelee nw~
Skeâ meceeveevlej Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâer ieeflekeâerÙe Sol. efoÙee nw- R = 20 , L = 0.16H , C = 100×10-6F
ØeefleyeeOee 500 efkeâueesDeesndce nw~ Skeâ 10 Deesce ØeeflejesOe 1
keâer kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe meceeveevlej ceW 250 heerkeâes hewâj[ Resonance frequency (fr) =
2 LC
mebOeeefj$e heefjheLe efveefnle nw~ kegâC[ueer keâe ØesjkeâlJe 1
............... nw~  = 39.80
2  3.14 0.16 100 106
Sol. efoÙee nw- z = 500 k , R = 10 C= 250 pF fr  39.80 Hz Ans.
L
Dynamic impedance, Zr  316. A coil of resistance 5 and inductance 39H is
CR shunted by a capacitor of 2 nF. The bandwidth
 Coil inductance, of the resonant circuit is
L = Zr CR= (500103)25010–1210 Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW 5 Deesndce kesâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj 39
= 1.25 10–3H = 1.25mH Ans. ceeF›eâes-nsvejer keâe ØesjkeâlJe Skeâ 2 vewvees-hewâj[ mebOeeefj$e
313. An inductor of resistance 10 and inductance kesâ Éeje MeCšs[ nw~ Devegveeoer heefjheLe keâer yewC[-
100 mH is in parallel with a 10 nF capacitor. ÛeewÌ[eF&........... nw~
The resonant angular frequency is
Sol. efoÙee nw-
Skeâ Øesjkeâ ceW 10 Deesndce kesâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj 100 efceueer
R = 5, L = 39 H
nsvejer keâe ØesjkeâlJe Je Skeâ 10 vewvees-hewâj[ mebOeeefj$e kesâ R 5 3
meeLe meceeveevlej ceW nw~ Devegveeoer keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe........ Bandwidth  2L  2  39  106  20×10 Hz
nw~ =20 kHz Ans.
AC Circuit 404 YCT

317. The value of Z in given figure which is most heefjheLe keâer Oeeefjlee Deewj ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: 0.04 efceueer-
appropriate to cause parallel resonance at hewâj[ Deewj 0.04 efceueer-nsvejer nw, leye Gme šQkeâ heefjheLe
500 Hz is : keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=eflle (efkeâuees-nš&dpe ceW) keäÙee nesieer–
efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW Z keâe ceeve pees 500 Hz hej meceevlej (SSC-JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
Devegveeo kesâ keâejCe kesâ efueS meyemes GefÛele nes– Sol. efoÙee nw- Oeeefjlee (C) = 0.04  10–3 hewâj[
ØesjkeâlJe (L) = 0.04  10–3 nsvejer
1
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (fr) = mes,
2 LC
1
=
Sol. efoÙee nw- R = 5 , L = 2H , f = 500 Hz , C = ? 2 0.04 103  0.04 103
At resonance condition 1
XL = XC   3980.89
2  3.14 0.04 103  0.04 103
1
2fL = fr  3.98089 kHz Ans.
2fC
1 321. Calculate the value of capacitance (in mF)
C= connected in parallel with a inductance of 3 H,
  .L
2
2 f
when the resonant frequency of the circuit is 4
1 rad/sec.
=
 2   500 
2
 2 3 nsvejer kesâ ØesjkeâlJe kesâ meeLe meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s mebOeeefjlee
C = 0.05 F Ans.
kes â ceeve keâer ieCevee (efceueer–Hewâj[ ceW) keâjW, peye heefjheLe
keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe 4 jsef[Ùeve/meskebâ[ nQ~
318. For a parallel RLC circuit, if R = 40 . L = 2 H
and C = 0.5 F, the bandwidth and quality (SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
factor are respectively Sol. ef o Ùee nw - r  4 rad / sec
Skeâ meceevlej RLC Devegveeoer heefjheLe kesâ efueS Ùeefo R = L  3H
40 . L = 2 H Deewj C = 0.5 F nes, lees yewC[–ÛeewÌ[eF& C?
Deewj keäJeeefuešer hewâkeäšj ›eâceMe: nw– 2r 
1
Sol. efoÙee nw- R = 40 , L = 2H C = 0.5F LC
1
For parallel R-L-C circuit resonance frequency C
1 1 L. 2r
0    1 rad / s 1 1
LC 2  0.5   F
Quality factor, Q = 0RC 3  16 48
= 1  40  0.5 C  20.83mF Ans.
= 20 322. A choke coil having resistance R and of
0 1 inductance L Henry is shunted by a capacitor
Bandwidth = = rad / sec = 0.05 rad/sec
Q 20 of C farads. The dynamic impedance of the
resonant circuit would be:
Ans.
Skeâ Ûeeskeâ kegâC[ueer efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe R nw leLee
319. At parallel resonance, the circuit draws a
current of 2 mA. If the Q of the circuit is 100,
ØesjkeâlJe L Henry nw~ oesveeW keâes mebOeeefj$e C Hewâj[ kesâ
then current through the capacitor is ............ Éeje MeCš efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Devegveeo heefjheLe keâer ieeflekeâ
meceeveevlej Devegveeo hej, heefjheLe 2 efceueer SefcheÙej keâer ØeefleyeeOee keäÙee nesieer–
Oeeje uesleer nw~ Ùeefo heefjheLe keâe Q 100 nw lees mebOeeefj$e mes [BSNL TTA (JE) 27.09.2016, 10a.m.]
ØeJeeefnle Oeeje...........nw~ [BSNL TTA (JE) 28.09.2016, 10a.m.]
(UPRVUNL 2015 )
Sol. efoÙee nw- (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
Q = 100, I = 2 mA
Sol. efoÙee nw,
I I I
Q  L or C Q C L
I I
–3
I Zdy  Ans.
IC = 100×2×10 CR
= 200 mA Ans. 323. R and C are connected in parallel across a
320. What will be the resonant (in kHz) of a tank sinusoidal voltage source of 240 V. If the
circuit when the capacitance and inductance of currents through the source and the capacitor
the circuit is 0.04 mF and 0.04 mH respectively? are 5A and 4A respectively, what is the value of R?
AC Circuit 405 YCT
Skeâ ØeeflejesOe Je mebOeeefj$e pees meceeveevlej ›eâce ceW pegÌ[s nQ Sol. efoÙee nw,
keâes Skeâ 240V kesâ pÙeeJe›eâ Jeesušspe œeesle mes peesÌ[e peelee C = 4 F, L = ?,  = 6rad/sec
nw~ Ùeefo efJeYeJeœeesle Je mebOeeefj$e ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje  2
= 6  6 = 36 rad/sec
›eâceMe: 5A Je 4A nes lees ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee- 1
2 
(BSNL TTA -2013) LC
Sol. efoÙee nw- IS= 5A 1 1
L 2   0.0069 H
IC= 4A  C 36  4
R=? L  6.9 mH Ans.
326. Determine the value of inductor (in mH)
connected in parallel with a capacitance of 5F
having a quality factor 6. Assume the resonant
frequency of 5 rad/s :
meceevlej heefjheLe ceW, 5 Hewâj[ keâer mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe meceeblej ceW peg[Ì s Øesjkeâ keâe
IS2 = IR2 + IC2 ceeve (efceueer–nsvejer ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW efpemekeâer iegCeJeòee
or IR2 = IS2 – IC2 keâejkeâ 6 nw~ ceeve ueerefpeÙes keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe keâer ceeve
= 52 – 42 5 jsef[Ùeve/meskebâ[ nw~
= 25 – 16 = 9 (SSC-JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
IR = 3 Amp
Dele: ØeeflejesOe R kesâ efueS Sol. efoÙee nw–
Capacitor (C) = 5 Farad
V = IRR
240 = 3 × R
Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe (r) = 5 rad/sec.
Quality factor (Q) = 6
240
R= = 80  Ans. Inductance L = ?
3
1
324. What is the value of the total impedance (in 2r 
ohms) of a tank circuit working at resonant LC
frequency having a capacitance of 0.01 mF and 1
an inductance of 0.01 mH? 25 
LC
Gme šQkeâ heefjheLe keâer kegâue ØeefleyeeOee keâe ceeve (Deesce ceW) keäÙee 1 1
nw pees Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe ceW ØeÛeeefuele nes Deewj efpemeceW 0.01 L   0.008  8mH
25  5 125
efceueer-hewâj[ keâer mebOeeefj$e Deewj 0.01 efceueer-nsvejer keâe L  8 mH Ans.
ØesjkeâlJe nw?
327. A parallel circuit of a coil whose resistance and
(SSC-JE-Evening 24-01-2018) inductance is 10 ohms and 250 mH respectively
Sol. efoÙee nw- and is connected in parallel with a capacitor of
C =0.01 ×10-3F, L = 0.01×10-3 0.0025 mF. Calculate the resonant frequency
L (in Hz) of the circuit.
šQkeâ heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee Z  neslee nw~ efpemes Dynamic Skeâ meceeveeblej heefjheLe ceW kegbâ[ueer nw efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe
CR
impedance Yeer keânles nw~
Deewj ØesjkeâlJe ›eâceMe: 10 Deesce Deewj 250 efceueer-nsvejer nw
L
Deewj FmeceW 0.0025 efceueer-hewâj[ keâe mebOeeefj$e meceeveeblej
Z mes, ceW pegÌ[e nw~ heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe keâer ieCevee
CR
(nšd&pe ceW) keâjW~
0.01  103
Z (R = 0) (SSC-JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
0.01  103  0
Sol. efoÙee nw,
Z L = 250mH C = 0.0025mF
Dele: Tank circuit keâe impedance  nes peeÙesiee~ Ans. 1
fr 
325. What will be the value of inductance (in mH) 2 LC
connected in parallel with a capacitance of 4 F 1
in a series RLC circuit having a quality factor 
2  3.14 250  103  0.0025  103
2 and resonant frequency is 6 rad/sec?
fr  201.3 Hz Ans.
Skeâ ßeb=Keuee DeejSuemeer heefjheLe ceW 4 hewâj[ kesâ mebOeeefj$e
kesâ meeLe meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve (efceueer- 328. What is the value of capacitive susceptance (in
Siemens) of the circuit given below?
nsvejer ceW) keäÙee nesiee, efpemekeâe iegCeJellee keâejkeâ 2 nw Deewj veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe keâer kewâhesefmeefšJe memeshšsvme keâe
Devegveeoer DeeJe=eflle 6 jsef[Ùeve/meskebâ[ nw– ceeve (meerceWme ceW) keäÙee nw?
(SSC-JE-Morning 25-01-2018) (SSC-JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
AC Circuit 406 YCT
331. In the circuit shown in fig. when IL=36 mA and
circuit current I=1.2 mA, the Q of the circuit is.
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW peye IL = 36 efceueer SefcheÙej
Deewj heefjheLe Oeeje I = 1.2 efceueer SefcheÙej, heefjheLe keâe
Q nw-
Sol. efoÙee nw,
kewâhesefmeefšJe memeshšsvme keâe ceeve (XC) · ? Sol. efoÙee nw,

IL = 36 mA, I = 1.2 mA, Q=?
1
kewâhesefmeefšJe efjÙekeäšsvme, X C  Q 
I L 36
 30 Ans.
2fC I 1.2
1 332. In fig if Q=40, R = 20 k and V = 60V, then IC
 XC  
2  50  0.1 103 is.
100 efÛe$e ceW Ùeefo Q = 40, R = 20 efkeâueesDeesndce Deewj V =
XC  60 Jeesuš, leye IC............nw~

1
kewâhesefmeefšJe memeshšsvme (BC) =
XC
1
(BC) =
100 /  Sol. efoÙee nw- Q = 40, R = 20k, V = 60V, IC = ?
(BC) = 0.0314S Ans.
V 60V
329. In a certain parallel resonant band-pass filter, the IR    3mA;
resonant frequency is 14 kHz. If the bandwidth is R 20k
I I
4 kHz, the lower frequency- Q  L Ùee C mes
Skeâ efveefMÛele meceeveevlej Devegveeo yeQ[ heeme efHeâušj ceW, I I
IL = 40I, IC = 40I
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe 14 kHz nw~ Ùeefo yeQ[efJe[dLe 4 kHz nw
I  I 2R   I L – IC 
2
lees efvecve DeeJe=efle nesieer–
(BSNL TTA 28.09.2016-3 pm)
I  I2R   40I – 40I 
2
Sol. efoÙee nw,

I = IR (Parallel Resonance case)
fr = 14 kHz, B.W = 4 kHz Then,
efvecve DeeJe=efòe (Lower frequency) IC  I L  QIR
1
fL = fr – B.W. I C = QIR
2 IC = 403 = 120 mA Ans.
1 333. In the shown figure, the value of current
fL = 14 – × 4
2 through the inductor will be
= 14 – 2 ØeoefMe&le efÛe$e ceW, Fb[keäšj ceW Oeeje keâe ceeve nesiee-
fL = 12 kHz Ans.
330. The following circuit (shown in figure) resonates
efvecve heefjheLe (efÛe$e cebs oMee&Ùee ieÙee) Devegveeefole neslee nw–
(ISRO-14)
[UPPCL (AE) -26.07.2015 )
Sol. I  I I
2
R
2 2
C
(IR)2 = 25–16 = 9
IR = 3A
Sol. Devegveeo kesâ efueS, keâeuheefvekeâ Yeeie keâes MetvÙe keâjves hej,  (I)2 = (IR)2 + (IL – IC)2
1 1 (5)2 = (3)2 + (IL– 4)2
 0 25 – 9 = (IL– 4)2
4 j  j /  j / 
16 = (IL– 4)2
4 = IL–4
1 IL = 4 + 4
42  1  0     0.5 jsef[Ùeve/meskeâC[ Ans.
2 IL = 8 A Ans.
AC Circuit 407 YCT

334. For the given ac circuit, what is the value of I? Sol.
efoS ieS S.meer. heefjheLe kesâ efueS, I keâe ceeve keäÙee nw? V 240
IR    4A
R 60
Consume power (W) = (IR)2R
= (4)2  60
= 16  60
= 960 W Ans.
337. The active component of line current in Fig. is
Sol.
efÛe$e ceW ueeFve Oeeje keâe meef›eâÙe DeJeÙeJe........nw~
Z    j120  ||  60  j60 
 j120  60(1  j)  j120(1  j)
 
60  j60 (1  j)
120( j  1) 120(1  j)
 
1 j 1 j
Z  120  b Sol.
So, Active component of current
V 120 240
I   1  j0 Ans.  IR   4A Ans.
Z 120 60
335. The value of the capacitance 'C' in the given ac 338. The impedance of the circuit shown in fig.
circuit to make it a constant resistance circuit is..........
or for the supply current to be independent of efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee...........nw~
its frequency is
efoS ieS S.meer. heefjheLe ceW Fmes efmLej ØeeflejesOe heefjheLe Ùee
mehueeF& Oeeje kesâ efueS Fmekesâ DeeJe=efòe mes mJeleb$e yeveeves
nsleg Oeeefjlee 'C' keâe ceeve nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw,

V = 240,XL = 40
4
R = 60 , XC = 80
V 240
IL    6A
Sol. XL 40
At Resonance condition V 240
IR    4A
L R 60
R
C V 240
IC    3A
L X C 80
R2 
C
I 2R   I L  IC 
2
I=
L
C= 2  L  1H, R  4
4 2   6  3
2
R =
1 I = 5A
C= F
 4
2
240
Impedance of the circuit (Z) = = 48  Ans.
1 5
C= F Ans.
16 339. A parallel RLC circuit is being supplied by a
336. The power consumed in the circuit shown in DC source as shown in the figure below. What
fig. is......... is the value of current flowing through the
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW Kehele Meefòeâ............nw~ resistor (in A) ?
Skeâ meceeveeblej RLC heefjheLe keâer Skeâ efo<š Oeeje œeesle
Éeje Deehetefle& keâer pee jner nw pewmee efkeâ veerÛes efoS ieS
efÛe$e ceW efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~ ØeeflejesOe ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe
ceeve (SefcheÙej ceW) keäÙee nw?
AC Circuit 408 YCT
Sol. efoÙee nw— IL = 1Amp, IR = 3 Amp, IC = 5 Amp
Sol. efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe ceW mehueeF& [er.meer. ØeÙeesie keâer pee jner nw
efpemeceW DeeJe=efòe keâe ceeve MetvÙe neslee nw FmeefueÙes XL=2fL (XL=0)
Dele: mes XL keâe ceeve MetvÙe nesiee DeLee&le Ùen short circuit nes
1
peeÙesiee leLee X c  mes Xc keâe ceeve Devevle nes peeÙesiee DeLee&le I rms  IR2  (IL  IC ) 2
2fc
Ùen open circuit keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjsiee leLee C ceW keâesF& Oeeje keâe I rms  32  (5  1) 2  9  16  25
ØeJeen veneR nesiee Dele: ØeeflejesOe (10) [ermeer m$eesle kesâ ßesCeer ceW Irms  5 Amp Ans.
V 20
peeÙesiee Deye R ceW Oeeje mes, Oeeje (I) =  2 Amp. 343. In a Parallel RLC circuit if the lower cut-off
R 10 frequency is 2400 Hz and the upper cut of
Ans. frequency is 2800 Hz, What is the band width?
340. Calculate the value of resonant frequency (in Skeâ meceeblej RLC heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo ueesJej keâš-Dee@Heâ
kHz) of a tank circuit having capacitance of DeeJe=efòe 2400 Hz nw Deewj Dehej keâš-Dee@Heâ DeeJe=efòe
0.01 mF and inductance of 0.01 mH ? 2800 Hz nQ~ yeQ[-ÛeewÌ[eF& efkeâleveer nw?
0.01 efceueer–Hewâj[ keâer Oeeefjlee Deewj 0.01 efceueer–nsvejer (SSC JE -2007)
kesâ ØesjkeâlJe kesâ šQkeâ heefjheLe kesâ Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe kesâ ceeve Sol. efoÙee nw,
keâer ieCevee (efkeâuees–nšd&pe ceW) keâjW? f1 = 2400, f2 = 2800
(SSC-JE-Evening 23-01-2018) Band width = f2 – f1
= 2800 – 2400
Sol. efoÙee nw– L = 0.01  10–3 nsvejer
B.W.  400Hz Ans.
C = 0.01  10–3 hewâj[
1 344. Calculate the total susceptance of the circuit
Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe (fr) = shown in figure.
2 LC Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe keâer kegâue meg«eeefnlee keâe
fr =
1 heefjkeâueve keâerefpeS~
3 3
2 0.01  10  0.01 10
103
fr =  15923.56 Hz 3 5
6.28  0.01
230
fr = 15.91 kHz Ans. 0
0 V
341. For an Ac circuit, total VA supplied is 3000. If the
circuit has a power factor of 0.75 lagging, then j4 –j10
the actual power consumed by the circuit is:
efkeâmeer S.meer. heefjheLe kesâ efueS kegâue VA Deehetefle& 3000 nw~
Ùeefo heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ 0.75 uewefiebie nes lees, (SSC JE- 2014 Morning)
heefjheLe oddJeeje Kehele keâer peeves Jeeueer JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ 1 1 1
Sol.  
keäÙee nw? Z Z1 Z 2
[LMRC (SCTO). 16.04.2018, 1st Shift] Ùee Y  Y1  Y2
Sol. efoÙee nw— 1 3  j4 1 5  j10
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ (VI) = 3000 VA Y   
3  j 4 3  j 4 5  j10 5  j10
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ (cos) = 0.75 lagging
 3 5   4 10 
JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ = VI cos Y     j  25  125 
3000 × 0.75= 2250 Jeeš Ans.  25 125   
Y  0.16  j 0.08
342. The current read by the ammeter A in the AC
circuit shown in following figure is : Y  G  jB
veerÛes efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS AC heefjheLe ceW Ssceeršj A Éeje Y = ØeJesMÙelee Ùee S[efcešwvme G = Ûeeuekeâlee
heÌ{er ieF& Oeeje nw– B = DevegkeâeÙe&lee heefjheLe keâer DevegkeâeÙe&lee
(SSC JE -2009) B = 0.08  Ans.
AC Circuit 409 YCT

345. A direct voltage is applied to a peak diode Sol.
voltmeter whose scale is calibrated to read r.m.s
voltage of a sine wave. If the meter reading is 36V
r.m.s. the value of the applied direct Voltage is.
Skeâ efMeKej [eÙees[ Jeesušceeršj keâe Skeâ ØelÙe#e Jeesušspe
ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw efpemekesâ mkesâue keâes meeFve lejbie kesâ
Power is consumed only in R and L and C consume no
r.m.s Jeesušspe kesâ hee"dÙeebkeâ (jeref[bie) kesâ efueS DebMeeefkeâle
power.
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo ceeršj keâer jeref[bie 36V r.m.s nw lees 240
Current in R   8A
ØeÙegòeâ ØelÙe#e Jeesušspe keâe ceeve –––––– nesiee~ 30
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  Power consumed = I2R = (8)2  30 = 1920W
Sol. Measured Voltage by Voltmeter Ans.
Vrms = 36V 348. A resister and an inductor are connected in
Value of the applied direct Voltage is parallel with a 50 Hz Supply mains. If each
branch take 5 A current, then what current
V flowing through the source is?
Vrms = m
2 Skeâ ØeeflejesOe SJeb Skeâ Øesjkeâ keâes meceevlej ›eâce ceW peesÌ[e
V ieÙee nw leLee 50 Hz keâer DeeJe=efòe Jeeues S.meer. ceWme mes
36 = m peesÌ[e ieÙee nw~ ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee 5A keâer Oeeje uesleer nw~
2
œeesle Éeje ØeJeeefnle Oeeje keäÙee nw?
Vm = 50.90 = 51V Ans.
(EDCIL DDA.JE. 26.04.2018, 1st Shift)
346. Calculate the value of capacitance (in mF) Sol.
connected in parallel with a inductance of 3 H,
when the resonant frequency of the circuit is 4
rad/sec.
3 nsvejer kesâ ØesjkeâlJe kesâ meeLe meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s
mebOeeefjlee kesâ ceeve keâer ieCevee (efceueer–Hewâj[ ceW) keâjW,
peye heefjheLe keâer Devegveeoer DeeJe=efòe 4 jsef[Ùeve/meskebâ[ nQ~
I  I 2R  I 2L
Sol. efoÙee nw–
I  (5) 2  (5)2  (25  25)  50
r  4 rad / sec , r = 2fr
I  50
 4
L  3H fr  r  Hz I  5 2  5 1.414  7.070
2 2
I  7.07 Ans.
C?
1 349. What will be the current of sinusoidally
fr  source? In the circuit shown below :
2 LC veerÛes oMee&S ieS heefjheLe ceW pÙeeJe›eâerÙe œeesle keâer Oeeje
4 1 keäÙee nesieer?

2 2 3C (EDCIL DDA. JE. 25.04.2018, 2st Shift)
1
16 
3C
1
C
48
Sol.
C  20.83mF Ans.
347. The power taken by the circuit shown in fig.
is.......
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe kesâ Éeje ueer-ieÙeer Meefòeâ
........... nw~ heefjheLe ceW yenves Jeeueer Oeeje
I  I2R  I 2L
I  (12)2  (16) 2
I  144  256  400
I  20A Ans.
AC Circuit 410 YCT

350. A lossy capacitor is represented by an ideal
capacitor C with a high resistance R in parallel.
What is the Q of the circuit at frequency ?
Skeâ #eeflekeâejkeâ mebOeeefj$e Skeâ DeeoMe& mebOeeefj$e C Deewj
meeLe ceW meceevlej ceW GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe R Éeje Øeoe|Mele
10    6.67 
2 2
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ DeeJe=efòe  hej heefjheLe keâe Q keäÙee nw? I  12.02mA
Sol. meceevlej RC ceW iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ (Q) IC
   tan 1
I CV IR
 C   CR
IR V / R 6.67
  tan 1    33.7
351. In the circuit shown in fig. the magnitude of 10
impedance is  Z = R cos  = 1000  cos 33.7o
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe ceW, ØeefleyeeOee keâe heefjceeCe
= 10000.832= 832 Ans.
............... nw~
353. In fig. the circuit power factor is
efÛe$e ceW heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ-iegCekeâ..........nw~
Sol.
V V
efÛe$e ceW I  or  I2R  IC2
Z Z
2 2
V V  V  Sol.
     
Z  R   XC  IL
hesâpe keâesCe   tan 1
2 2 IR
1 1  1 
or      2mA
Z  R   XC   tan 1  53.1
1.5mA
oesveeW he#eeW keâe Jeie& keâjves hej,
2 2 2  heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos  = cos 53.1o = 0.60 Ans.
1 1  1 
       354. The time constant for the given circuit will be-
 Z   R   XC 
efoÙes ieÙes heefjheLe kesâ efueS meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ nesiee–
oesveeW he#eeW ceW R 2 X 2C keâe iegCee keâjves hej,
2
(TRANSCO-AE-12)
1
R X    X 2C  R 2
2 2
C
 Z
1
or RX C    X C2  R 2
Z
RX C
 Z
R 2  X C2
Sol. heefjheLe keâe meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ %eele keâjves kesâ efueS meYeer œeesle keâes
352. In fig. the circuit impedance is
efÛe$e ceW heefjheLe ØeefleyeeOee..........nw~ Gvekesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe mes Replace keâj efoÙee peelee nw leye,
Sol.
Fig. shows the current triangle for parallel RC circuit.
V meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe R eq  3  3  6 
IR R Z
cos      Z = R cos  2 1 2
I V R meceleguÙe Oeeefjlee Ceq  1  1 ||1  2 ||1  
2 1 3
Z
10V 2
IC   6.67mA meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ   R eq .Ceq  6   4sec Ans.
1.5k 3
AC Circuit 411 YCT

07.
yengkeâuee ØeCeeueer
(Polyphase System)
LeÇer hesâpe efmemšce
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) (Three Phase System)
 The real power taken by three-phase load is given  kegâÚ Generating machines, electricity generate
by- 3VL I L cos keâjves nsleg Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ coils keâe use keâjleer nw~
 leerve hesâpe Yeej Éeje ueer ieÙeer JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ ......... kesâ Éeje  Ùeefo efkeâmeer generating system ceW oes windings neW
leLee Ùen windings 900 electrical otjer hej displaced
oer peeleer nw- 3VL I L cos
neW, lees Fmekeâes two phase supply system keâne peelee nw
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
Fmeer Øekeâej Ùeefo leerve windings 1200 electrical otjer hej
nQ lees Fmekeâes ef$e-keâuee mehueeF& efmemšce keâne peelee nw~
(BSNL TTA - 27.09.2016,10 AM)
 Ssmeer machine efpemeceW Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ windings keâe
♦ The rated voltage of a 3-phase power system is
given as– R.M.S. line to line voltage use keâjkesâ JewÅegle supply Øeehle keâer peeleer nw, polyphase
 Skeâ 3- Meefòeâ ØeCeeueer keâer efveOee&efjle Jeesušlee ....... kesâ ™he ceW supply system keânueeleer nw Deewj FveceW Øeehle supply keâes
oer peeleer nw– R.M.S ueeFve št ueeFve Jeesušlee poly-phase supply keâne peelee nw~ Dele: machines
♦ In a balanced star connected polyphase system the Éeje 2-phase supply, 3- supply FlÙeeefo Glhevve keâer
current flowing. through the neutral wires– Zero pee mekeâleer nQ~
 Skeâ meblegefuele mšej mebÙeesefpele yenghesâpe ØeCeeueer ceW, vÙetšûe JeeÙej  ‘‘Jen efmemšce efpemeceW leerve phases nesles nQ, leLee leerve leejeW
mes ØeJeeefnle nesves Jeeueer Oeeje nw– MetvÙe mes Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw (leLee Skeâ neutral Yeer neslee nw
♦ The instantaneous power of a balanced three-phase pees earth keâes fault current pass keâjlee nw;) three
load is 2000 W when phase R is at its peak voltage. phase system keânueelee nw~ Three phase system kesâ
What will the instantaneous power be at 30o later– generation, transmission Je distribution ceW leerve
2000 W leejeW keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~’’
 peye 'R' Hesâpe Deheves efMeKej Yeej Jeesušlee hej nes lees meblegefuele 3-
Yeej keâer leel#eefCekeâ Meefkeäle 2000 W nw~ 30º yeeo leel#eefCekeâ
Meefkeäle keäÙee nesieer– 2000 W
♦ In a 3- circuit, true power–
Cannot exceed apparent power
 3- heefjheLe ceW, JeemleefJekeâ Meefkeäle
DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle mes DeefOekeâ veneR nes mekeâleer nw
♦ In a 3- circuit, the total instantaneous power is
equal to instantaneous power per phase multiplied
by– 3
 Skeâ 3- heefjheLe ceW, kegâue leel#eefCekeâ Meefkeäle, Øeefle hesâpe
leel#eefCekeâ Meefkeäle kesâ ----- iegvee kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw– 3
♦ In a 3-phase circuit, the load p.f. is 1. The relation
between apparent power (S) and true power (P) is– ♦ For most efficient use of power distribution
P=S equipment, the power factor should be– 1
 efkeâmeer ef$e-keâuee heefjheLe ceW Yeej Meefkeäle iegCekeâ 1.0 nw~ DeeYeemeer  Meefkeäle efJelejCe GhekeâjCe kesâ DeefOekeâ o#elee mes GheÙeesie kesâ efueS
Meefkeäle (S) Deewj JeemleefJekeâ Meefkeäle (P) ceW mebyebOe nw– P=S Meefkeäle iegCekeâ nesvee ÛeeefnS– 1
Polyphase System 412 YCT

♦ The algebraic sum of instantaneous phase voltages ♦ In a three-phase load. ____different impedances are
in a three-phase balance circuit is equal to– zero connected together in a star or delta connection–
 meblegefuele 3- heefjheLe ceW leel#eefCekeâ keâuee Jeesušlee keâe Three
yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie ....... kesâ yejeyej neslee nw– MetvÙe  Skeâ leerve hesâpeer Yeej ceW ............. efJeefYeVe ØeefleyeeOeeDeeW keâes mšej
♦ A 3-phase load is balanced if all the three phases Ùee [suše mebÙeespeve ceW Skeâ meeLe peesÌ[e peelee nw– leerve
have the same– Impedance and power factor
 Skeâ 3- Yeej meblegefuele neslee nw Ùeefo meYeer leerveeW hesâpeeW ceW meceeve
♦ In a three-phase system, the current passing through
......... nesleer nw– ØeefleyeeOee Deewj Meefkeäle iegCekeâ
any two lines of supply is called– Line current
♦ If one line conductor of a 3-phase line is cut, then
load is supplied by ......... voltage– Single phase
 Skeâ ef$ehesâpeer ØeCeeueer ceW, mehueeF& kesâ efkeâmeer oes ueeFveeW mes ØeJeeefnle
 3- ueeFve keâe Ùeefo Skeâ ueeFve Ûeeuekeâ keâeš efoÙee peeS leye Yeej Oeeje keânueeleer nw– ueeFve Oeeje
keâes ......... Jeesušlee Éeje mehueeF& efkeâÙee peeSiee– Skeâue keâuee (U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
♦ In a three-phase circuit, if load p.f. is decreased, the ♦ The line voltage VRY in a three-phase system is
line current– Increases equal to– The phasor sum of VRN and VNY
 Skeâ 3- heefjheLe ceW Ùeefo Yeej Meefkeäle iegCekeâ Ieše efoÙee peeS lees  Skeâ leerve keâuee ØeCeeueer ceW ueeFve Jeesušlee VRY kesâ yejeyej nw–
ueeFve Oeeje– yeÌ{ peeleer nw VRN Deewj VNY keâe meefoMe Ùeesie
♦ Total instantaneous power supplied by a 3-phase a.c.
supply to a balanced R-C load is– Constant
♦ Which connection is best suited for 3-phase 4-wire
 Skeâ 3- A.C. Deehetefle& Éeje meblegefuele R-C Yeej keâes mehueeF& keâer
service– –Y
peeves Jeeueer kegâ ue leel#eef Cekeâ Meefk eäle nes leer nw– efveÙele
 3-Hesâ]pe 4-leej mesJee kesâ efueÙes efkeâme Øekeâej keâe mebÙeespeve meyemes
♦ An alternator is delivering power to a balanced load
at unity p.f. The phase angle between the line GheÙegòeâ neslee nw– –Y
voltage and the corresponding line current is– 30o (UPPCL-2013), (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Skeâ ØelÙeeJele&keâ, FkeâeF& Meefkeäle iegCekeâ hej efkeâmeer meblegefuele Yeej keâes (DMRC JE -2017)
Meefkeäle Øeoeve keâj jne nw~ ueeFve Jeesušlee Deewj Deveg™heer ueeFve ♦ In a Three phase system, the volt ampere rating is
Oeeje kesâ ceOÙe keâuee keâesCe nw– 30o given by– 3VL I L
♦ When a 3–phase system is balanced, the neutral wire
 ef$e-keâuee ØeCeeueer ceW Jeesuš SefcheÙej efveOee&jCe efkeâmekesâ Éeje JÙeòeâ
carries– No current
 peye Skeâ 3-hesâpe ØeCeeueer meblegefuele neslee nw, leye Goemeerve leej efkeâÙee peelee nw– 3VL I L
......... Jenve keâjlee nw– keâesF& Oeeje veneR (SSC JE- 2015)
rd
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3 Shift)
♦ The power drawn by a 3-phase balance load 2. ØelÙeeJeleer& Oeeje yengkeâuee Deewj Skeâue
represented– P = 3 VL I L cos
keâuee kesâ yeerÛe leguevee
 Skeâ 3 hesâpe meblegefuele uees[ Éeje ueer ieF& Meefòeâ .......... keâer
peeleer nw– P = 3 VL I L cos
(Comparision between Polyphase
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift) and Single Phase System)
♦ The reactive power of 3- phase system be
 In a three-phase unbalanced load, the power factor
represented– Q = 3 VL I L sin
of each phase is– Different
 efkeâmeer 3-hesâpe efmemšce keâer ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ keâes ......... mes oMee&Ùee
 3-hesâpe Demeblegefuele uees[ ceW, ØelÙeskeâ hesâpe keâe Meefkeäle iegCekeâ neslee
pee mekeâlee nw– Q = 3 VL I L sin
nw– efYevve
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
[RRB JE 30.08.2019]
♦ The potential difference between any two lines of
supply in a three-phase system is called–  Which is correct for single phase supply comparison
Line voltage to three phase supply. Low Reliability
 ef$e-keâuee ØeCeeueer ceW mehueeF& kesâ efkeâmeer oes ueeFveeW keâe efJeYeJeevlej  leerve keâuee keâer leguevee ceW Skeâue keâuee mehueeF& kesâ efueS mener nw-
keânueelee nw– ueeFve Jeesušspe keâce efJeÕemeveerÙelee
(U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
Basis for Single phase Three-phase hesâpe ›eâce
comparis
on (Phase Sequence)
Definition The power The power supply  efkeâmeer LeÇer-hesâpe mehueeF& efmemšce ceW leerve Skeâ meceeve
supply through through 3 conductor kegâC[efueÙeeB Skeâ casing ceW yevo (housed) keâer peeleer nw
one conductor leLee Fvekeâes R, Y leLee B mes peevee peelee nw~
Wave  LeÇer hesâpe kegâC[efueÙeeW keâe ef[peeFve Fme Øekeâej efkeâÙee peelee nw~
shape efpememes ØelÙeskeâ hesâpe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve Skeâ otmejs mes 1200
JewÅegle keâesCe hej neslee nw DeLee&led otmejs hesâpe keâe DeefOekeâlece
ceeve henues hesâpe mes 1200 hej, leLee leermejs hesâpe keâe
DeefOekeâlece ceeve otmejs hesâpe mes 1200 yeeo (DeLee&led henues
Number Require two Require 4 wire for
of wire wire for completing the circuit
hesâpe mes 2400 hej) neslee nw~ Fme Øekeâej keâe ›eâce LeÇer-hesâpe
completing the mehueeF& keâe phase sequence keâne peelee nw~
circuit  Clockwise sequence (DeLee&led RYB) keâes positive
Voltage Carry 230V Carry 415V phase sequence leLee anticlockwise sequence
Network Simple Complicated (DeLee&led RBY) keâes negative phase sequence keâne
Loss Maximum Minimum peelee nw~
Power
supply
connection
Efficiency Less High

Economic Less More
al
Uses For home Large industry and for
appliances running heavy loads
♦ What is the principle behind the working of phase
3. keâuee-Deveg›eâce (Phase Sequence) sequence indicators for 3- unbalanced 3-wire
loads– Phase voltage depends on phase sequence
 Which devices can be used to determine the  3-Hesâpe, 3-JeeÙej Demevlegefuele uees[ kesâ keâuee Deveg›eâce metÛekeâ keâer
sequence of each of the three phases of a three phase keâeÙe&efJeefOe kesâ heerÚs efmeæevle keäÙee nQ–
supply? Phase sequence indicator Hesâpe Jeesušspe keâuee Deveg›eâce hej efveYe&j keâjleer nQ~
 efkeâme Ùegefòeâ keâe GheÙeesie 3- mehueeF& kesâ leerveeW hesâpeeW ceW mes ØelÙeskeâ ♦ In a three-phase system, the order in which the
keâe Deveg›eâce %eele keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw- voltages attain their maximum positive value is
keâuee Deveg›eâce mebkesâlekeâ called– Phase sequence
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)  Skeâ leerve hesâpeer ØeCeeueer ceW efpeme ›eâce ceW Jeesušspe Deheves
♦ In a balanced three- phase system, the phase voltage DeefOekeâlece Oeveelcekeâ ceeve keâes Øeehle keâjlee nw, Gmes ....... keâne
is 20030o V and the phase current is 8–30o A. peelee nw– Hesâpe Deveg›eâce
The load p.f. is– 0.5 lagging ♦ The phase sequence is important in determining the
 efkeâmeer meblegefuele 3- ØeCeeueer ceW, keâuee Jeesušlee 20030o V nw direction of rotation of the– AC motor
Deewj hesâpe Oeeje 8–30o A nw~ Yeej Meefkeäle iegCekeâ nw–  keâuee Deveg›eâce IetCe&ve keâer efoMee efveOee&jCe keâjves ceW cenlJehetCe& neslee
0.5 heMÛeieeceer nw– S.meer. ceesšj
♦ In a 3-phase system, VYN=100–120oV and VBN = ♦ The normal phase sequence of a 3-phase AC supply
100 120oV. What is VYB– 173 –90oV is– RYB
 efkeâmeer 3- ØeCeeueer ceW, VYN=100–120oV Deewj VBN =  3-Hesâpe AC mehueeF& keâe meeceevÙe keâuee Deveg›eâce nw– RYB
100 120oV lees VYB keäÙee nw– 173 –90oV (NMRC JE-05.03.2017)
♦ The phase sequence of a three-phase system is RYB.
The other possible phase sequence can be– RBY
 3- ØeCeeueer keâe keâueeveg›eâce RYB nw~ DevÙe mebYeJe keâueeveg›eâce
nes mekeâlee nw– RBY
♦ When a three phase short circuit is applied to an
unloaded generators, what is the sequence of
machine reactance limiting the initial current–
Sub transient, transient, synchronous reactance
 peye Skeâ leerve keâuee ueIeg heefjheLe Skeâ efveYee&j peefve$e kesâ efueS  meblegefuele DeJemLee leLee uees[ keâer ØesjkeâerÙe Øeke=âefle keâs nesves keâer
ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw lees ØeejefcYekeâ Oeeje keâes meerefcele keâj jns efmLeefle ceW ØelÙeskeâ hesâpe keâer Oeeje hesâpe Jeesušspe mes 0 lag
ceMeerve ØeefleIeele keâe Deveg›eâce ........... neslee nw~ keâjsieer~
meye-šêbefpeÙesvš, šêbefpeÙesvš, efmev›eâesveme ØeefleIeele
(JUVNL JE-08.03.2017, 2.30-5.00 pm)
♦ The Angular displacement between the phase of
polyphase system is–3600/n, where n is the number
of phases, and n  2
 efkeâmeer yengkeâueerÙe lev$e ceW keâesCeerÙe efJemLeeheve, efJeefYeVe keâueeDeeW ceW
nesiee– 3600/n, peneb n keâueeDeeW keâer mebKÙee leLee n  2
(UJVNL- 2016)
♦ The phase angle between the line voltage and  Current phasors Yeer Skeâ otmejs mes 1200 hej displaced
corresponding line current in case of a balanced star (efJemLeeefhele) jnles nQ~ Dele:, Fve OeejeDeeW keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve
connected resistive load is– 300 (instantaneous value)–
 ueeFve Jeesušspe leLee mecyeæ ueeFve Oeeje kesâ ceOÙe Skeâ mevlegefuele i R  I max sin t
mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeeflejesOeer Yeej kesâ mebyebOe ceW Hesâpe keâesCe nw– 300 i Y  I max sin(  1200 )
(BSNL TTA -2015) i B  Imax sin(  2400 ) or I max sin(t  1200 )
♦ In which type of zero sequence model, the path is
completed through neutral points to the ground–  mšej keâveskeäMeve ceW line Oeeje Je hesâpe Oeeje keâe ceeve yejeyej neslee
Grounded Y to grounded Y nw~ DeLee&led for star connection–
 efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ MetvÙe Deveg›eâce cee@[ue ceW, heLe vÙetšûe hJee@Fbšdme mes IL  I P
neskeâj «eeGb[ lekeâ heLe hetje neslee nw– «eeGb[s[ Y mes «eeGb[s[ Y  Balanced condition ceW leerveeW line voltage leguÙe nesieer,
(MP JE- 2016 Evening Shift) Dele:
VRY  VBR  VYB  VL
4. mšej mebÙeespeve (Star Connection) leerveeW Phase Jeesušspe Yeer leguÙe nesieer DeLee&led
VR  VY  VB  VP
♦ A 3-phase, 3-wire supply feeds a load consisting of
three equal resistors connected in star. If one of the
resistor is open-circuited, then percentage reduction
in the load will be– 50
 Skeâ 3-, 3-leej mehueeF&, Skeâ Yeej keâes heâer[ keâjlee nw efpemeceW
leerve meceeve ØeeflejesOe mšej ceW mebÙeesefpele nQ~ Ùeefo Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ
Keguee heefjheLe nes peeS lees Yeej ceW ØeefleMele keâceer nesieer– 50
mšej keâveskeäMeve
(Star Connection)
VL
VL  3VP Ùee VP 
 FmeceW leerveeW hesâpe Jeesušspe Skeâ otmejs mes 120 efJemLeeefhele
0
3
(displaced) nQ leLee R, Y Je B phases keâer phase Dele: Skeâ Balance three phase star connection keâer phase
voltage keâes ›eâceMe: VR, VY Je VB mes ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee 1
voltage, line voltage keâer iegvee nesleer nw~
ieÙee nw~ 3

♦ For balanced 3-phase supply system, the phasor sum of  Skeâ mšej mebÙeessefpele ef$e-keâueerÙe ØeCeeueer ceW ueeFve Jeesušspe leLee
the line currents is NOT zero if the load is–
Hesâpe Jeesušspe ceW mecyevOe nw– VL = 3Vph
Unbalanced star connected
 3 hesâp] e Jeeueer meblegefuele Deehetefle& ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS, efkeâme Yeej hej (UPSSSC JE-19.12.2021)
ueeFve OeejeDeeW keâe hesâp] ej Ùeesie MetvÙe veneR nesiee– (NMRC JE -05.03.2017)
Demeblegefuele mšej mebÙeesefpele ♦ In star connection, the phase current is–
(SSC JE-2012) Same as line current
 mšej mebÙeespeve ceW hesâpe Oeeje nesleer nw– ueeFve Oeeje kesâ meceeve
mšej keâveskeäMeve ceW Meefòeâ
(UJVNL-2016)
(Power in Star Connection) (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016 10 am)
(UPPCL Re-exam 27.08.2018 evening)
ØelÙeskeâ hesâ]pe ceW Power = VP IP cos
♦ A balanced Y (Ra = Rb = Rc = Ry) leads to balanced
ÛetBefkeâ leerveeW hesâp] e Skeâ meceeve nQ, Dele: kegâue hee@Jej (total
 (Rab = Rbc =Rca = R) when– R = 3RY
power),
 Skeâ mevlegefuele Y (Ra = Rb = Rc = Ry) Skeâ mevlegefuele  (Rab
P  3VP I P cos 
= Rbc =Rca = R) nes mekeâlee nw~ peye– R = 3RY
Ûetbefkeâ mšej keâveskeäMeve ceW,
(MP JE- 2015)
VL
VP  leLee I P  I L
3
Dele:, line voltage leLee line current kesâ terms ceW kegâue
5. [suše mebÙeespeve (Delta Connection)
power–
 Relationship between phase current (Iph) and line
V
P  3  L  I L cos  current (IL) of three phase delta connection is -
3
I L = 3 I ph
P  3VL I L cos 
 3-hesâpe [suše mebÙeespeve ceW hesâpe Oeeje (Iph) leLee (IL) ueeFve Oeeje
♦ The advantage of star-connected supply system is
that– Two voltages can be used kesâ ceOÙe mecyevOe nw - I L = 3 I ph
 mšej mebÙeesefpele Deehetefle& ØeCeeueer keâe ueeYe nw efkeâ– (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
oes Jeesušlee keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw ♦ What is the phase relationship between line currents
♦ The resistance between any two terminals of a in a delta system– 120o between each line current
balanced star-connected load is 12 . The resistance  [suše ØeCeeueer ceW ueeFve OeejeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe keâuee mecyevOe keäÙee
of each phase is– 6 neslee nw– ØelÙeskeâ ueeFve Oeeje kesâ ceOÙe 120º
 Skeâ meblegefuele mšej mebÙeesefpele Yeej kesâ efkeâvneR oes šefce&veueeW kesâ ceOÙe
♦ For a delta-connected load being measured for
ØeeflejesOe 12  nw~ ØelÙeskeâ hesâpe keâe ØeeflejesOe nw– 6
power by the two-wattmeter method, if Iph will lead
♦ In a balance star connected system, line voltage
Vph by angle  then it is the case of–
are……. Ahead of their respective phase voltage–300
Leading power factor
 Skeâ meblegefuele mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer ceW ueeFve Jeesušspe mecyeefvOele hesâpe
Jeesušspe mes...........Deeies neslee nw– 300
 Skeâ [suše mebÙeesefpele Yeej kesâ efueS, efpemeceW oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift) Éeje efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâes ceehee peelee nw, Ùeefo Vph mes Iph  keâesCe
♦ In a star connected balanced circuit the phase mes De«eieeceer nesiee lees Ùen keâewve meer efmLeefle nw–
difference between the line voltage VRY and the De«eieeceer Meefòeâ iegCekeâ
phase voltage VRN is– 300
♦ The delta in a three-phase system is formed by
 Skeâ mšej mebÙeesefpele meblegefuele heefjheLe ceW ueeFve Jeesušlee VRY connecting and the connections are continued to
Deewj Hesâpe Jeesušlee VRN kesâ yeerÛe keâe Hesâpe Deblej nw– 300 form a closed loop– One end of the winding to the
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) starting end of other winding
(MP Sub-Eng.-01.09.2018)  ef$ehesâpe ØeCeeueer keâes [suše ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj
[LMRC (SCTO). 16.04.2018, 1st Shift]
mebÙeespeve yevo heefjheLe Éeje peejer jKee peelee nw–
(NMRC JE -05.03.2017)
♦ In a star connected 3 phase system, relationship kegâC[ueve keâe Skeâ efmeje DevÙe kegâC[ueve
between line voltage and phase voltage is given by– kesâ ØeejefcYekeâ efmejs mes
VL = 3Vph (U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)

[suše keâveskeäMeve Ùee  keâveskeäMeve  3 meceeve ØeefleyeeOee mšej mebÙeespeve ceW Skeâ 3- meblegefuele Deehetefle&
mes peesÌ[er ieÙeer nQ~ Ùeefo Gmeer Deehetefle& mes [suše mebÙeespeve ceW peesÌ[e
(Delta Connection)
peeÙe lees– Meefkeäle JÙeÙe efleiegvee nes peeÙesiee
[suše keâveskeäMeve kesâ efueS– (BSNL TTA 25.09.2016,10 AM)
vR = Vmax sin (DMRC JE -2017)
vY = Vmax sin ( – 120) ♦ Three identical resistances connected in star carry a
vB = Vmax sin ( – 240) or Vmax ( + 120) line current of 12 A. if the same resistance are
connected in delta across the same supply, the line
current will be– 4A
 mšej ceW mebÙeesefpele leerve meceeve ØeeflejesOe 12 A keâer ueeFve Oeeje
Jenve keâjles nw~ Ùeefo Jener ØeeflejesOe Gmeer mehueeF& kesâ S›eâe@me [suše
ceW mebÙeesefpele keâj efoÙeW peeS lees ueeFve Oeeje nesieer– 4A
♦ In a three-phase system, the relation VL = Vph is
applicable to a _____. Delta connection
 Skeâ ef$ehesâpeer ØeCeeueer ceW, VL = Vph mecyevOe kesâ efueS ...........
GheÙegòeâ nw– [suše mebÙeespeve
[suše keâveskeäMeve ceW Meefòeâ

(Power in Delta Connection)
 [suše keâveskeäMeve ceW ueeFve Jeesušspe keâe ceeve hesâpe Jeesušspe kesâ
yejeyej neslee nw DeLee&led [suše keâveskeäMeve kesâ efueS–
ØelÙeskeâ hesâpe ceW hee@Jej = VP IP cos 
VL  VP
Ûetbefkeâ leerveeW hesâp] e Skeâ meceeve nQ, Dele: total power
P = 3VP IP cos 
Dele: Veq  VP
Ûetbefkeâ [suše keâveskeäMeve ceW VP  VL Deewj I P 
IL
3
 ueeFve Oeeje Je hesâpe Oeeje kesâ ceOÙe mebyebOe %eele keâjves nsleg–
Dele: ueeFve Jeesušspe Je ueeFve Oeeje kesâ terms ceW kegâue hee@Jej
IL
P  3VL cos 
3
Ùee P  3VL I L cos 
♦ Three equal impedances are first connected in delta
across a 3-phase balanced supply. If the same
impedances are connected in star across the same
1
supply– Power consumed will be
3
of the previous value
 leerve yejeyej ØeefleyeeOeeSB, henues 3-]hesâpe keâer meblegefuele ØeoeÙe mes,
Dele: yewuesvme[d [suše keâveskeäMeve ceW I1  I2  I3  I L [suše ceW peesÌ[er ieF& nQ~ Ùeefo GvnW Gmeer ØeoeÙe ceW mšej keâer lejn
peesÌ[e peeS, lees keäÙee nesiee– Meefòeâ keâer Kehele, efheÚues ceeve
Ùee IL  3 Ip
1
Dele: LeÇer hesâp] e yewuesvme[d [suše keâveskeäMeve keâer ueeFve Oeeje hesâpe Oeeje nes peeSBieer keâer
3
keâer 3 iegvee nesleer nw~ (SSC JE- 2013)
♦ Three equal impedances are first connected in star ♦ Which three phase system does not contain
across a balanced 3-phase supply. If connected in neutral.......– Delta
delta across the same supply–  efkeâme ef$ehesâpe efmemšce ceW Goemeerve (vÙetšûe) veneR neslee nw– [suše
Power consumed will increase three times (UPSSSC JE- 2015)

1. When three 10 ohm resistors are connected in 3. A delta connected load with resistance of 6 ohm
star across a 400 volts. A.C. 3-phase supply, and inductive reactance of 8 ohm in each phase
each resistor must have a power rating - is supplied by a 3-phase, 400 V, 50 Hz, AC
peye leerve 10  ØeeflejesOeeW keâes 400 Jeesuš A.C. 3-hesâpe supply. The value of total power drawn by the
load is
mehueeF& mes mšej mebÙeespeve ceW pees[ Ì e peelee nw, lees ØelÙeskeâ Skeâ [suše mebÙeesefpele Yeej efpemekesâ ØelÙeskeâ keâuee ceW 6
ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer Meefòeâ jsefšbie nesleer nw - Deesce ØeeflejesOe Deewj 8 Deesce ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele nw Skeâ
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) ef$ekeâuee 400 V, 50 Hz S.meer. ØeoeÙe mes Deehetefle&le efkeâÙee
Sol. peelee nw~ Yeej Éeje ueer ieÙeer kegâue Meefòeâ keâe ceeve nw
Sol. efoÙee nw- Øeeflehesâpe ØeeflejesOe R  6
& Øeeflehesâpe ØesjkeâerÙe ØeefleIeele X L  8
mehueeF& Jeesušlee (VS )  400V
mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe ( f )  50 Hz
Dele: ØeefleyeeOee Z  R 2  X L 2
efoÙee nw -
400 Z  62  82  36  64  100  Z  10
VL = 400 V, Vph =
3 R 6 3
Q cos      0.6
Power rating of one resistor - Z 10 5
V 400
 V    400 / 3 
2
2
 I   40 A
P1 
ph Z 10
R 10 Øeeflehesâpe Yeej Éeje ueer ieÙeer Meefòeâ
400  400 160000 3
  P1  V  I  cos   400  40 
3 10 30 5
P1– = 5333.33 watt Ans.  9600 watt  9.6 KW
2. The resistance between any two terminals of a Dele: 3-hesâpe nsleg kegâue Meefòeâ
balanced delta connected load is 12 . the P3   3  P1  3  9.6 KW  28.8KW Ans.
resistance of each phase is.
Skeâ meblegefuele [suše mebÙeesefpele Yeej kesâ efkeâvner oes šefce&veueeW 4. Determine the total power (in kW) consumed
by a 3-phase delta connected system supplied
 nw~ ØelÙeskeâ keâuee ces ØeeflejesOe nesiee~
kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe 12 by a line voltage of 230 V, if the value of phase
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) current is 30 A and the current lags the voltage
Sol. efoÙee nw - by 30 degree.
230 Jeesuš kesâ Skeâ ueeFve Jeesušspe Éeje Deehetefle& keâer ieF&
RAB = 12
R=? 3-hesâpe [suše mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer Éeje Kehele kegâue Meefkeäle
(efkeâueesJeeš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo hesâpe efJeÅegle Oeeje
keâe ceeve 30 SefcheÙej nw Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje Jeesušspe mes 30
ef[«eer heerÚs nw–
Sol. efoÙee nw,
VL = 230 V, IPh = 30 A,  = 300
[suše mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS,
VL  Vph I L  3 I ph
R  2R
R AB  Kehele Meefòeâ  P   3Vph I ph cos 
3R
 3  230  30  cos30o
2
12  R  20700  0.866  17926.2 W
3
R = 18 Ans. P  17.93kW Ans.

5. Three identical coils, each with a 10-ohm 7. Determine the total power (in kW) consumed by
resistor and a 0.03-H inductor, are connected a 3-phase delta connected system supplied by a
in delta across a 440-V. 50–Hz, three-phase line voltage of 240 V when the value of phase
power supply. What will be the total power current is 20 A and the current lags the voltage
consumed? by 60 degree.
leerve meceeve kegâC[efueÙeeb, efpeveceW ØelÙeskeâ 10 Deesÿe 240 Jeesuš kesâ Skeâ ueeFve Jeesušspe Éeje Deehetefle& 3-hesâpe
ØeeflejesOe nw Deewj 0.03 H Øesjkeâ kesâ meeLe nw, GvnW 440V, [suše mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer Éeje Kehele kegâue Meefkeäle (efkeâuees
50 Hz leerve hesâpeer efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâer Deehetefle& mes [suše ceW Jeeš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye hesâpe efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve 20
mebÙeesefpele nQ~ kegâue efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâer Kehele efkeâleveer SeqcheÙej neslee nw Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje Jeesušspe mes 60 ef[«eer mes
nesieer? heerÚs jnlee nw–
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) (SSC JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw– L=0.03 H, f =50 Hz, R=10 , Sol. efoÙee nw, VL = 240 Jeesuš (ueeFve Jeesušlee nw)
[suše mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS– hesâpe Oeeje 20 Amp  ueeFve Oeeje IL = 3 Ip = 3  20 A
VL=Vph=440 V
X L  2fL  = 60o
 2  3.14  50  0.03
lees P = 3 VL I L cos 
 9.42  P= 3  240  3  20 cos 600

1
ØeefleyeeOee keâe heefjceeCe  Z   R 2  X L2 P = 3  4800 
2
 (10)2  (9.42) 2 14400
P=  7200 Jee@š
 100  88.74 2
 13.74  P  7.2 kW Ans.
Vph 440 8. What will be the total active power (in kW)
I ph   consumed by a 3-phase delta connected system
Zph 13.74 which is supplied by a line voltage of 230 V,
I ph  32.02A when the value of phase current is 30 A and the
current lags the voltage by 45 degrees?
2
P  3Iph R ph 230 Jeesuš ueeFve Jeesušspe Éeje Deehetefle&le Skeâ 3–Hesâpe
 3  32.02  32.02  10 [suše heefjheLe kesâ Éeje Kehele kegâue JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ keâe
 30758.412 W ceeve (efkeâueesJeeš ceW) keäÙee nesiee, peye Hesâpe efJeÅegle Oeeje
P  30.75kW Ans.
keâe ceeve 30 SefcheÙej nw Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje Jeesušspe mes 45
ef[«eer heerÚs nw?
6. Three identical coils each having a resistance of
10 ohms and an inductance of 0.03 H are (SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018)
connected in delta across a 440 V, 50 Hz three- Sol. efoÙee nw,
phase supply. What will be the power factor?
VL  230V,   450 lagging
leerve meceeve kegâC[efueÙeeb efpeveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ ceW 10 Deesÿe
keâe ØeeflejesOe neslee nw Deewj 0.03 H keâe ØesjkeâlJe, 440 V, I ph  30A
50 Hz leerve hesâpe keâer Deehetefle& mes [suše ceW pegÌ[s nQ~ Fvekeâe [suše mebÙeespeve ceW
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keäÙee nesiee? VL  Vph
Sol. efoÙee nw– R = 10 , L = 0.03 H I L  3I ph
XL = 2fL = 2 × 3.14 × 50 × 0.03 [suše heefjheLe Éeje Kehele Tpee&
XL = 9.42 
P  3VPh I ph cos 
Z  R 2  X L2  10 2   9.42 2
 3  230  30  cos 450
 100  88.74  188.74 1
Z = 13.74  3  230  30 
2
R 10
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  cos     20700
Z 13.74   14637.11W
2
cos  = 0.72 (lagging) Ans.
Yeej hesÇjkeâerÙe nesves kesâ keâejCe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ he§eieeceer nesiee~ P  14.63 kW Ans.

9. A delta connected 3–phase circuit has three Sol. efoÙee nw- IL = 8.7A, Iph = ?
equal resistances of 36 Ohms in each phase. [suše mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS,
What is the value of per phase resistance (in 8.7
Ohms) of the equivalent star connected circuit? IL = 3 I Ph  I Ph   5Amp
1.732
3–Hesâpe [suše mebÙeesefpele heefjheLe kesâ ØelÙeskeâ Hesâpe ceW 36
I Ph  5A Ans.
Deesce kesâ yejeyej ØeeflejesOe nw~ meceleguÙe mšej heefjheLe kesâ
IPh  Phase current
ØelÙeskeâ Hesâpe kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve (Deesce ceW) keäÙee nw?
IL  Line current
12. What is the magnitude of reactive power (in
1 kVAR) of a balanced 3–phase delta connected
Sol. mšej heefjheLe keâe ØeeflejesOe [suše heefjheLe kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe iegvee
3 system having a line voltage of 400 V and a line
neslee nw~ current of 50 A and the phase difference
between the voltage and current is 53.13
peye meYeer ØeeflejesOe Skeâ meceeve ceeve kesâ neWies~ degrees ?
R Skeâ meblegefuele 3–Hesâpe [suše mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer keâer
R Y   Ùee R   3R Y Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue Meefòeâ keâe heefjceeCe (kVAR ceW) keäÙee
3
nesiee efpemekeâe ueeFve Jeesušspe 400 V, ueeFve Oeeje 50A
36
RY   12  Ans. leLee Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe 53.13 ef[«eer keâe Hesâpe
3 Deblej nw?
10. A 3-phase delta connected system is supplied (SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
by a line voltage of 400 V. The value of phase
Sol. efoÙee nw–
current is 70A. What is the power (in kW)
VL = 400V, IL = 50A,  = 53.130
consumed by the system, if the current lags the
voltage by 60 degrees? Q  3VL IL sin 
3-hesâpe [suše mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer ceW 400 Jeesuš keâer
 3  400  50 sin 53.130
Jeesušspe Øeoeve keâer peeleer nw~ hesâpe efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe ceeve  27712.7 VAR
70 SefcheÙej nw~ ØeCeeueer Éeje Kehele keâer ieÙeer Meefòeâ
Q  27.712 kVAR Ans.
(efkeâueesJeeš ceW) keäÙee nw, Ùeefo Oeeje 60 ef[«eer mes Jeesušspe
kesâ heerÚs nw? 13. A 3 –phase delta connected system is supplied
by a line voltage of 200 V. The value of phase
(SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018) current is 30A. What is the power consumed
Sol. efoÙee nw, (in kW) by the system, if the current lags the
voltage by 30 degrees ?
[suše mebÙeespeve ceW Vph = 400 Jeesuš = VL Skeâ 3-Hesâpe [suše mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer keâes 200 Jeesuš kesâ
Q ueeFve SJeb hesâpe Jeesušlee [suše mebÙeespeve ceW Skeâ meceeve nesleer nw~ Skeâ ueeFve Jeesušspe Éeje Deehetefle& oer peeleer nw~ Hesâpe Oeeje
I ph  70 Amp  I L  3 I ph keâe ceeve 30 SefcheÙej nw~ Ùeefo Oeeje Jeesušspe mes 30 ef[«eer
mes heerÚs nw, lees ØeCeeueer Éeje Kehele keâer ieÙeer kegâue efJeÅegle
  600
Meefòeâ (efkeâuees–Jeeš ceW) keäÙee nw?
Meefòeâ (P)  3 VL I L cos  mes, (SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
(P)  3  400  3  70  cos 600 Sol. efoÙee nw– VL  200V,   300 , I ph  30 A ]
1 [suše mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS–
P  3  28000 
2 VL  Vph I L  3 I ph
P  42000 Jeeš
Kehele Meefòeâ (P)  3VL I L cos 
P = 42 kW Ans.
11. Determine the value of phase current (in A) for  3  200  3  30  cos 300
a balanced delta connected system, when the 3
 3  200  30 
value of line current is 8.7 A. 2
Skeâ meblegefuele [suše ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS hesâpe Oeeje keâe ceeve  3  100  30  1.732
(SefcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye ueeFve Oeeje keâe ceeve  300  30  1.732  9000  1.732
 15588 Watt
8.7 SefcheÙej nw–
(SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018) P  15.59 kW Ans.

14. Determine the reactive power (in kVAR) of a 17. The instantaneous values of line current into a
3–phase delta connected system having a line delta connected load in any two lines are + 2.5
voltage of 400 V. line current of 40A and the Amp. and – 1.25 Amp. the current in the third
phase difference between the voltage and line at the instant is :
current is 45 degrees.
Skeâ 3–Hesâpe [suše mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer keâer [s uše ceW mebÙeesefpele uees[ ceW ueeFve Oeeje keâe leel#eefCekeâ
Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue Meefòeâ (kVAR) efveOee&efjle keâjW, efpemeceW ceeve efkeâvneR Yeer oes ueeFveeW ceW + 2.5 Amp. leLee – 1.25
400 Jeesuš keâe ueeFve Jeesušspe, 40 SefcheÙej keâer ueeFve Amp. nw, Gmeer #eCe leermejer ueeFve ceW Oeeje nesieer–
Oeeje nw, leLee Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe Hesâpe Deblej 45 (UP Jal Nigam AE- Dec-2016)
ef[«eer nw~ Sol. [suše mebÙeespeve ceW pegÌ[s Yeej ceW ueeFve Oeeje = + 2.5 SefcheÙej,
(SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018) leLee –1.25 SefcheÙej nw~
Sol. efoÙee nw– [suše mebÙeespeve ceW meYeer ueeFve OeejeDeeW keâe hesâpej Ùeesie MetvÙe
ueeFve efJeÅegle Oeeje (IL) = 40 A.,  = 450, VL= 400 Volt neslee nw~
[suše mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS DeLee&led– IR + IY + IB = 0
VL  Vph I L  3 I ph IR + 2.5 + (–1.25) = 0
IR = –2.5 + 1.25
Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue Meefòeâ Q  3VL I L sin  IR = –1.25 Amp. Ans.
Q  3  400  40  sin 45 18. A balanced load of 5 + j4 is connected in delta.
1 What is the impedance per phase of the
Q  1.732  16000 
2 equivalent star connection?
Q = 19.6 kVAR Ans. 5 + j4 keâe mevlegefuele Yeej [suše ceW mebÙeesefpele nw, lees
15. The line current for a balanced delta connected leguÙe mšej mebÙeespeve ceW Øeefle hesâpe ØeefleyeeOee keäÙee nw?
system is 10 A. Calculate the value of phase Sol.
current (in A)
Skeâ meblegefuele [suše ceW pegÌ[s ngS ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS ueeFve ZD 5  j4
Zs  
Oeeje 10 SefcheÙej nw~ Hesâpe Oeeje kesâ ceeve keâer ieCevee 3 3
(SefcheÙej ceW) keâjW– = (1.66 + j1.33)  Ans.
(SSC JE- 27-01-2018, Evening) 19. The balanced Delta connected circuit of Z
Sol. efoÙee nw– IL = 10 Amp. Iph = ? ohms per phase is equivalent to a balanced star
[suše mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS, connected circuit of Z star ohms per phase if–
IL 10 meblegefuele [suše mebÙeesefpele heefjheLe kesâ ØelÙeskeâ Hesâpe keâe
IPh   Z ohms ØelÙeskeâ Hesâpe kesâ Z mšej ohms kesâ meblegefuele
3 3
Iph  5.77 Amp. Ans.
mšej keâveskeäšs[ meefke&âš kesâ yejeyej nw Deiej–
(UPRVUNAL AE- 2014)
16. What is the reactive power of a 3-phase delta Sol. Delta to star conversion–
connected system having a line voltage of 200 V
and line current of 80 A and the phase
difference between the voltage and current is
36.87 degrees?
Skeâ [suše mebÙeesefpele meblegefuele 3-Hesâpe ØeCeeueer keâer
Øeefleeff›eâÙeeMeerue Meefòeâ keäÙee nesieer efpemekeâe ueeFve Jeesušspe
200 Jeesuš Deewj ueeFve Oeeje 80 SefcheÙej nw leLee
Z  Z Z2 Z
Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe Hesâpe Deblej 36.87 ef[«eer nw? Zy   
(SSC JE- 29.01.2018, Morning) Z  Z  Z 3Z 3
Sol. efoÙee nw, line voltage (VL) = 200V, ZR  ZY  ZB
line current (IL) = 80A Z  3ZY Ans.
Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe Hesâpe Devlejeue ()· 36.870
Reactive power = ? 20. If each branch of a Delta circuit has impedance
3 Z, then each branch of the equivalent Y
Q  3VL I L sin  VAR circuit has impedance:
Q  3  200  80  sin(36.87) Ùeefo [suše ceW mebÙeesefpele ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee keâer ØeefleyeeOee 3
 1.732  200  80  0.6  16627.2 VAR Z nw~ lees mšej ceW mebÙeesefpele ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee keâer ØeefleyeeOee
Q  16.62 kVAR Ans.

meceleguÙe nesieer?
Sol. Ùeefo Delta ceW mebÙeesefpele ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee keâer ØeefleyeeOee 3Z nw lees 24. The line current in phaser a, b and c are (500 +
Z j150), (100–j600) and (–300 + j600)
mšej ceW mebÙeesefpele ØelÙeskeâ MeeKee keâer ØeefleyeeOee nesieer~ respectively, Which refers to same reference
3
factor. Find Iao -
Q Delta to star conversion cebs
hesâpe a,b Deewj c ceW ueeFve Oeeje ›eâceMe: (500 + j150),
R AB  R CA
RA  (100–j600) Deewj (–300 + j600) nw pees Skeâ ner meboYe&
R AB  R BC  R CA
keâejkeâ keâes meboefYe&le keâjlee nw Iao keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS-
3Z  3Z
RA  (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
3Z  3Z  3Z
3Z2 Z Sol. efoÙee nw-
RA   Ans.
3 3Z 3 Ia = (500 + J 150)
21. A balanced delta connected load of impedance Ib = (100 – J 600)
6 + j8  is connected to a 3 phase, 250 V Ic = (–300 + J 600)
supply, how much will be the load phase Iao = ?
voltage?
1
Skeâ meblegefuele [suše mebÙeesefpele Yeej efpemekeâer ØeefleyeeOee 6 Iao   Ia  I b  Ic 
3
+ j8  nw Jen 3 hesâpe 250 V Deehetefle& Éeje pegÌ[e ngDee
1
nw~ Yeej hesâpe Jeesušspe efkeâlevee nesiee?   500  100  300   j150  600  600  
3
(DMRC JE- 2012)
1
Sol. [suše mebÙeesefpele Yeej 3- 250V supply Éeje pegÌ[e nw~ load   300  j150 
3
phase voltage 250V ner nesiee keäÙeeWefkeâ Delta connected ceW
VL = VPh Iao  100  j50 Ans.
 VL = 250 volt
25. The wattmeter in Fig. indicates 1420 W. The
Vph = 250 volt Ans.
power of the three phase load is
22. For a three phase system, calculate the
instantaneous voltage of phase Y, if the
efÛe$e ceW Jeešceeršj 1420 W ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw, ef$ekeâuee
instantaneous voltage of other two phase are Yeej keâer Meefòeâ nw–
+70V and -50V.
leerve hesâpe ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS, hesâpe Y kesâ leel#eefCekeâ
Jeesušspe keâer ieCevee keâjs Ùeefo oes hesâpe keâe leel#eefCekeâ
Jeesušspe +70V Deewj –50V nw–
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
Sol. efoÙee nw - VR = 70V, VB = –50V
leerve ÛejCe ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS meYeer leel#eefCekeâ Jeesušspe keâe Ùeesie
Sol.
MetvÙe nw-
Power of 3- load = 3×wattmeter reading
VR + VY + VB = 0
70 + VY + (–50) = 0 = 3×1420 = 4260 Watt Ans.
VY = –20V Ans. 26. The phase voltage in a 3-phase circuit is 90–
23. The measured phase power in a circuit is 50o V and the corresponding phase current is
500W. The phase current is 5A and phase 2.5 –10o A. The power factor is
voltage is 120V. The reactive power is
efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW, ceeefhele keâuee Meefkeäle 500W nw~ keâuee Skeâ 3- heefjheLe ceW hesâpe Jeesušlee 90–50o V nw Deewj
Oeeje 5A nw Deewj keâuee Jeesušlee 120V nw~ ØeefleIeeleer Deveg™heer hesâpe Oeeje 2.5 –10o A nw~ Meefkeäle iegCekeâ nw–
Meefkeäle nw– Sol.
Sol. efoÙee nw– keâuee keâesCe, ( )= –50o –(–10o)=–40o
Vph = 120 V, Iph = 5A Meefòeâ iegCekeâ
S = VphIph = 1205= 600VA,
= cos 
Q  S2  P 2   600 2   500 2 = cos 40o
= 331.66 VAR Ans. =0.766 Ans.

27. In three phase 400 volt, 50 Hz supply, the 30. Positive sequence current are represented by :
phase to neutral voltage is Oeveelcekeâ Deveg›eâce Oeeje (hee@efpeefšJe efmekeäJesvme keâjbš) keâes
Skeâ ef$ekeâuee 400 Jeesuš, 50 Hz mehueeF& keâe, Hesâpe mes
efkeâmekesâ Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw?
vÙetšûe kesâ yeerÛe Jeesušspe nesiee
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) (UPRVUNL JE- 09.11.2016)
400
hesâpe mes vÙetšûe Jeesušspe
3
3– voltage 400V then Phase to neutral voltage

400
  230.94 volt Ans.
3
28. Determine the instantaneous value of the A  aA  a 2 A  A 1  a  a 2   0
alternating current, which is represented by i(t)
= 10 sin(25t–15)A, is the value of t is 3. 1 a  a2  0
ØelÙeeJeleea efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe leel#eefCekeâ ceeve %eele keâerefpeS
a3  1
efpemes i(t) = 10 sin(25t–15)A Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw~
Ùeefo t keâe ceeve 3 nw~– I 
 Ia  1 1 1  a (0) 
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)   
 I b   1 a
2
a   Ia 
Sol. efoÙee nw,  (1) 
 Ic  1 a a 2   Ia 
t = 3 meskesâC[  (2) 
i(t) = 10 sin(25t–15)A
Q t=3 Ia  Ia (0 )  Ia (1)  Ia ( 2 )
 i = 10 sin(25 × 3 – 15)
= 10 sin 600 I b  I b ( 0 )  I b (1)  Ib ( 2 )  Ia ( 0 )  a 2 Ia (1)  aIa ( 2 )
3 Ic  Ic (0 )  Ic (1)  Ic  Ia (0 )  aIa (1)  a 2 Ia ( 2 )
= 10 × (2)
2
= 8.66
i = 8.66 A Ans. peneB Ia (0) = MetvÙe hesâpe Deveg›eâce Oeeje
29. A 3- Y connected balanced load has balanced
currents with RYB sequence given by - Ia (1) , I b(1) , Ic(1) = Oeveelcekeâ hesâpe Deveg›eâce Oeeje
Skeâ 3- Y mebÙeesefpele meblegefuele Yeej ceW RYB Deveg›eâce Ia (2) , I b(2) , Ic(2) = $e+Ceelcekeâ hesâpe Deveg›eâce Oeeje
kesâ meeLe meblegefuele OeejeSB nQ~
 IR   100º  31. In a 3- system, if the instantaneous voltage
 I   10  120º  values of phase R and Y are +60 V and –40 V
 Y   respectively, then instantaneous voltage of
 IB  10  120º 
phase B is
Calculate the zero sequence current I0
3- ØeCeeueer ceW, R Deewj Y-hesâpe keâer leel#eefCekeâ Jeesušlee
MetvÙe Deveg›eâce Oeeje I0 keâer ieCevee keâjW~
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) keâe ceeve ›eâceMe: +60V Deewj –40V nw~ leye B-hesâpe keâer
I I I leel#eefCekeâ Jeesušlee nw–
Sol. I0  R B Y
3 Sol. efoÙee nw,
10   5  j8.66    5  j8.66  VR = 60
I0 
3 BY = –40 V
10  5  j8.66  5  j8.66 VB = ?

3 VR  VY  VB  0
10  10
 or  60V    40   VB  0
3
I0  0 Ans.  VB = –20V Ans.

32. If the p.f. of the load shown in fig. (phase leerve 50 ØeeflejesOekeâ 400V, 3-keâuee Deehetefle& ces mšej ces
sequence is RYB) is zero, then, ............. pegÌ[s ngS nw~ Ùeefo efkeâmeer Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâes DemebÙeesefpele
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le Yeej keâe Meefkeäle iegCekeâ Ùeefo MetvÙe nes keâj efoÙee peeS, lees ueeFve Oeeje nesieer~
(keâueeveg›eâce RYB nw) leye– (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
Sol:
Sol.
Since load p.f. = 0, =90o
W2  VL I L cos  30  90   VL IL cos 60
V
I= R = 50+50 = 100
1 R
 VL I L
2 400
I=
W1  VL IL cos  30  90    VL IL cos 60 100
I = 4 Amp Ans.
1
  VL I L 35. For a balanced star-star connection (Y–Y), the
2
phase voltage is 200 V and load impedance is
Therefore W1 and W2 will read equal and opposite.Ans.
100 60 . The magnitude of line current is:
33. In three phase circuit, each phase voltage has Skeâ mevlegefuele mšej-mšej (Y–Y) mebÙeespeve ceW, Hesâpe
an angle displacement of _______with each
other. Jeesušspe 200 V leLee ØeefleyeeOee 100 60  nw~ ueeFve
3-Hesâpe heefjheLe ces ØelÙeskeâ Hesâpe Jeesušspe Skeâ otmejs mes Oeeje keâe ceeve nw:
(MP JE- 2015)
efkeâleves keâesCe hej efJemLeeefhele jnlee nw-
Sol. Star-star connection ceW
(Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
phase voltage (Vph) =200 V
Sol. leerve Hesâpe heefjheLe ceW ØelÙeskeâ Hesâpe Jeesušspe Skeâ-otmejs mes 1200 impedance =10060°
kesâ Devlej hej efJemLeeefhele (displaced) jnles nQ~ V
I (Q Iph = IL)
Z
200
IL   2  60
10060
I L  2  60
I L  2 Amp Ans.
360 36. Each branch of Y-connected load has resistance
phase angle 
n of 10Ω. The resistance of each branch of an
n  no. of phase equivalent Δ-connected load will be
Y ceW pegÌ[s ngS Yeej keâer ØelÙeskeâ Yegpee ceW 10Ω keâe
360
 ØeeflejesOe nw~ Fmekesâ meceleguÙe Δ-ceW pegÌ[s ngS Yeej keâer
3
ØelÙeskeâ Yegpee ceW ØeeflejesOe nesiee
 1200 Ans. (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
34. Three 50 resistors are connected in star Sol. Relation Y and Δ kesâ yeerÛe
across 400V, 3-phase supply. If one of the RΔ = 3RY, RY = 10 Ω lees
resistor is disconnected, then line current will RΔ = 10  3 = 30 Ω  R  30 Ans.
be.
37. In the absence of neutral connection .............. .
8   6
2 2
Sol. Z
vÙetšûe mebÙeespeve keâer DevegheefmLeefle ceW–
 10 
(UPRVUNL AE- 2016, November)
VL 400
Sol. vÙetšûe mebÙeespeve kesâ DevegheefmLeefle cebs MetvÙe Deveg›eâce ueeFve Oeeje Vph    230V
3 3
MetvÙe nesleer nw~ phase voltage 230
Oeeje, I   23A
Impedance 10
Kehele Meefòeâ, P  I 2 R
 (23) 2  6
 529  6
 3174 W Ans.
40. Which equation is valid for a 3 phase balanced
star connected system?
efÛe$e-keâveskeäšs[ JeeFbef[bie efyevee vÙetšûe JeeÙej keâewve-mee meceerkeâjCe 3 hesâpe meblegefuele mšej mebÙeesefpele
Fme efmLeefle cebs- Ia  Ib  Ic  In  0 ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS JewOe nw?
(DMRC JE-09.04.2018)
1
Ia0  Ib0  Ic0   Ia  I b  I c   0
Sol.
3 3- system ceW meblegefuele
Ans. mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer kesâ efueÙes JewOe
38. The voltage drop across each inductor in fig. is IR + IY + IB = 0
............
efÛe$e ceW ØelÙeskeâ Øesjkeâ kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušleeheele nw–
Ans.
41. A balanced star-connected load of (8 + j6) 
per phase is connected to a balanced 3-phase
400 V supply. Find the power factor:
Sol. Skeâ meblegefuele mšej mebÙeesefpele Yeej (8 + j6)  Øeefle hesâpe
Skeâ meblegefuele 3-hesâpe 400 V mehueeF& mes pegÌ[e nw~ heeJej
Z  82  62
hewâkeäšj yeleeFÙes:
 10 
(BSNL TTA 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
VL 400 Sol. Øeefle Hesâpe uees[ (8+j6) nw~
Vph    230V
3 3 Q R = 8Ω
V 230
Current, I    23A Z  82  62  Z  64  36  Z = 10Ω
Z 10
R 8
Øesjkeâ kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušleeheele VL  IX L cos     0.8 Ans.
Z 10
 23  8  184 V Ans. Dele: Meefkeäle iegCeebkeâ 0.8 he§e nesiee~
39. The power consumed in each phase of the 42. The power rating of each resistor in fig. is .......
circuit shown in fig. is ......... efÛe$e ceW ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer Meefkeäle jsefšbie nw–
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le heefjheLe kesâ ØelÙeskeâ keâuee ceW Meefòeâ
Kehele nw–

Sol. Sol. mšej mebÙeesefpele leerve Hesâpe ceW-
Line current (IL) = phase current (Iph)
VL 400 Line voltage (VL) = 3  phase voltage (Vph )
Hesâpe Jeesušlee, Vph    230V
3 3 Dele: Hesâpe Oeeje Yeer 125 A ner nesieer~ Ans.
230
ueeFve Oeeje, I L  Iph   23A 46. Find the phase voltage if a three-phase star-
10 connected system is connected to a 400 V,50 Hz
Meefòeâ jsefšbie   I ph   R   23  10  5290W
2 2
Ans. supply. Assume Zph = (9.8 + j10) 
Ùeefo Skeâ leerve hesâpe mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer keâes 400 V,
43. If one of the resistors in fig. were open- 50 Hz AC Deehetefle& mes peesÌ[e ieÙee nw, lees hesâpe Jeesušspe
circuited, then power consumed in the circuit is
............. keâes %eele keâjW~ Zph = (9.8 + j10)  ceeve ueW~
efÛe$e ceW Ùeefo Skeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ Keguee heefjheLe nes lees (U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
heefjheLe ceW Kehele Meefkeäle nw– Sol. efoÙee nw–
ueeFve Jeesušspe (VL) = 400 V
mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer ceW–
ueeFve Jeesušspe  VL   3 Vph hesâpe Jeesušspe
VL 400
Vph  
3 3
Vph  230.94 V Ans.
47. Find the phase current if a three-phase star-
connected system is connected to a 400 V, 50
Hz AC supply. Assume Zph = (9.8 + j10) 
Sol.
Ùeefo Skeâ leerve hesâpeer mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer keâes 400 V,
V2 50 Hz AC Deehetefle& mes peesÌ[e ieÙee nw, lees hesâpe Oeeje keâes
heefjheLe ceW Kehele Meefòeâ (P) 
R %eele keâjW~ Zph = (9.8 + j10)  ceeve ueW~
400  400
  8000 W Ans. (U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
20
Sol. efoÙee nw– z = (9.8 + j 10) 
veesš– Skeâ Hesâpe Keguee nesves kesâ keâejCe oesveeW ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ceW nes
peeÙesies~ ØeefleyeeOee keâe heefjceeCe  z    9.8 2  10 2  196.04
44. The power factor of the star-connected load z = 14.0014285
shown in fig. is ........ z = 14
efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le mšej mebÙeesefpele Yeej keâe Meefkeäle iegCekeâ nw–
ueeFve Jeesušspe (VL) = 400 V
hesâpe Jeesušspe  Vph  

VL 400

3 3
heâspe Jeesušspe  V ph 
hesâpe Oeeje  I ph  
400 / 3

z 14
400

1.732  14
Iph = 16.496
Sol.
Iph = 16.5A Ans.
Z  82  62  10 48. A three-phase star-connected balanced load of
R 6 (4+j3)  per phase is connected across a three-
cos     0.6 lagging Ans.
Z 10 phase, 50 Hz, 400 V AC supply. Determine
45. In a star connected three-phase balanced current drawn from the supply
system. If the line current is 125A then the phase Skeâ leerve hesâpeer mšej mebÙeesefpele (4 + j3)  keâe Øeefle
current is? hesâpe meblegefuele Yeej Skeâ leerve hesâpe 50 Hz, 400 V AC
 meblegefuele ØeCeeueer ceW Ùeefo ueeFve Oeeje
mšej mebÙeesefpele 3- Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ Deehetefle& mes efueS ieS Oeeje keâe
125A nes lees keâuee Oeeje nesieer? ceeve %eele keâjW~
(HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019, Time 2:30-4:30) (U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Sol. efoÙee nw– VL = 400 V Sol. efoÙee nw–
z = (4 + j3)  z = (4 + j3)
z  42  32  16  9  5 z  4  2   32  25
Vph z = 5
Deehetefle& mes ueer ieF& Oeeje  I ph   R 4
z Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  cos    
z 5
Vph 
VL
3

400
3
Q IL  Iph  cos   0.8  lag  Ans.
uees[ ØesjkeâerÙe nesves kesâ keâejCe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ he§eieeceer nesiee~
400 / 3 400
I ph   51. What is the apparent power of a 3-phase star
5 1.732  5
connected system having phase voltage of
I ph  46.189A Ans. 254.05 V and line current of 10 A and the
phase difference between the voltage and
49. Find the phase current if a three-phase star- current is 45 degrees?
connected system is connected to a 400 V, 50 Skeâ 3-hesâpe mšej ØeCeeueer keâer DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle keäÙee
Hz AC supply. Assume Zph consists of a nesieer efpemekeâe hesâpe Jeesušspe 254.05 Jeesuš nw, ueeFve
resistance of 10  in series with inductance of Oeeje 10 SefcheÙej Deewj Jeesušspe leLee Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe
0.0318 H. Deblej 45 ef[«eer nw–
Ùeefo Skeâ leerve hesâpe mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer keâes 400 V, (SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
50 Hz AC Deehetefle& mes peesÌ[e ieÙee nw, lees hesâpe Oeeje Sol. efoÙee nw, Vph = 254.05 Jeesuš IL = 10 A  = 45o
%eele keâjW~ ceeve ueW efkeâ Zph ceW 0.0318 H kesâ ØesjkeâlJe kesâ Apparent powers = 3  Vph  Iph (IL = Iph)
meeLe ëe=bKeuee ceW 10  keâe ØeeflejesOe nw~ = 3  254.05  10
(U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) S  7.62 kVA Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw– L=0.0318 H, f =50 Hz, 52. What is the apparent power of a 3-phase star
R = 10  connected system having a line voltage of 250 V
and a line current of 40 A and the phase
VL = 400 V difference between the voltage and current is
XL=2fL 36.87 degrees?
=2 3.14500.0318 Skeâ 3-hesâpe mšej ØeCeeueer keâer DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ keäÙee nesieer,
=9.9852
efpemeceW 40 SefcheÙej keâer ueeFve Oeeje leLee, 250 Jeesuš keâer
ueeFve Jeesušspe nw Deewj Oeeje leLee Jeesušspe kesâ yeerÛe hesâpe
 10  Deblej 36.87 ef[«eer nw~
ØeefleyeeOee  Z   102  102  Z  R 2  X L2  (SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw,
 200
mšej mebÙeespeve ceW I L  40 Amp
 14.14  VL  250 Volt
Vph
Hesâpe Oeeje  Iph 
400   36.870
 
Z 3  14.14
3 VL I L
I ph  16.33A Ans. kVA ceW DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ (P)  mes,
1000
50. A three-phase star-connected balanced load of 3  250  40
  1.732  10
(4+j3) per phase is connected across a three- 1000
phase, 50 Hz, 400 V AC supply,Determine the
P  17.32 kVA Ans.
power factor of the load.
Skeâ leerve hesâpe mšej mebÙeesefpele (4 + j3)  keâe Øeefle hesâpe 53. What is the value of line voltage (in kV) of a 3–
phase star connected system having a phase
meblegefuele Yeej Skeâ leerve hesâpe 50 Hz, 400 V AC voltage of 3.3 kV ?
Deehetefle& mes pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ Yeej kesâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe 3.3 kV kesâ Hesâpe Jeesušspe Jeeues 3–Hesâpe mšej mebÙeesefpele
efveOee&jCe keâjW~ ØeCeeueer kesâ ueeFve Jeesušspe (kV ceW) keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
(U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) (SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw, Sol. Yeej Megæ ØeeflejesOekeâ nw, lees hee@Jej hewâkeäšj Skeâebkeâ nw
hesâpe Jeesušspe · 3.3 kV VL = 200V, P = 345 W
VL = ? P  3VL I L cos 
mšej mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS P  3VL I L  cos   1
VL  3 Vph 345
IL   0.996 Amp
3  200
Line voltage = 3  phase voltage
Phase voltage = 3.3 kV IL  1Amp Ans.
Line voltage = 3  3.3kV 56. The relation VL = 3 Vph in a three-phase
= 1.732 × 3.3 system is applicable to a ______.
VL  5.7kV Skeâ leerve hesâpe ØeCeeueer ceW VL = 3 Vph mebyebOe .........
Ans.
54. A 3–phase star connected system is supplied by ueeiet neslee nw~
a line voltage of 440 V. The value of phase Sol. efoÙee ieÙee mecyevOe Star connection kesâ efueS ueeiet neslee nw–
current is 50 A. What is the power (in kW)
consumed by the system, if the current lags the VL  3 Vph
voltage by 45 degrees ?
Skeâ 3–Hesâpe mšej mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer keâes 440V keâe IL  I ph Ans.
ueeFve Jeesušspe efoÙee peelee nw~ Hesâpe Oeeje keâe ceeve 50A peneB IL= ueeFve Oeeje Iph= Hesâpe Oeeje
nw~ Ùeefo Oeeje Jeesušspe mes 45 ef[«eer mes heerÚs nw, lees Vph= Hesâpe Jeesušlee VL= ueeFve Jeesušlee
ØeCeeueer Éeje efkeâleveer efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâer Kehele (kW ceW)
57. Three coil, each having a resistance of 10 ohms
nesieer? and an inductance of 0.02 H, are connected in
(SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018) star across a 440 V, 50-Hz, three-phase power
supply. What will be the phase voltage?
Sol. efoÙee nw
leerve keâe@Fume, ØelÙeskeâ 10 Deesÿe ØeeflejesOe Deewj 0.02 H
VL  440, I P  I L  50 A,   450 ØesjkeâlJe kesâ meeLe nw, efpevnW leerve hesâpe ceW 440 V, 50 Hz
mšej mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâer Deehetefle& hej mšej ceW peesÌ[e ieÙee nQ~
Fvekeâe hesâpe Jeesušlee keäÙee nesiee~
I L  I Ph VL  3 VPh
consumed power (P)= 3VL I L cos  Sol. efoÙee nw–
 3  440  50  cos 45 W 0 VL = 440 V
mšej mebÙeespeve ceW–
1.732  440  50  0.707
 kW ueeFve Jeesušspe (VL) = 3 × hesâpe Jeesušspe (Vph)
1000
26939.52 440 440
  26.94kW Ans. Vph  
1000 3 1.732
55. For the figure shown below, the power Vph = 254.04 V Ans.
consumed in the load is 345 W. What is the 58. In a three-phase system, the relation IL=Iph is
value of line current 'I' (in A)? applicable to a ______.
veerÛes oer ieÙeer Deeke=âefle ceW, uees[ ceW Kehele nesves Jeeueer Skeâ leerve hesâpe ØeCeeueer ceW, IL = Iph mebyebOe ......... hej
Meefòeâ 345 Jeeš nw~ ueeFve Oeeje 'I' keâe ceeve (SefcheÙej ueeiet neslee nw~
ceW) keäÙee nw? (U.P.P.C.L Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
(SSC JE- 29.01.2018, Evening) Sol. Skeâ leerve hesâpe ØeCeeueer ceW, IL = Iph mebyebOe Star connected
load hej ueeiet neslee nw –
R 1
ueeFve Oeeje (IL) = hesâpe Oeeje (Iph)
ueeFve Jeesušspe (VL) = 3  hesâpe Jeesušspe (Vph)
R2 for delta
R3
I L  3Iph
VL  Vph Ans.

08.
JewÅegle GheÙev$e SJeb ceeheve
(Electrical Instruments and
Measurements
1. JewÅegle ceeheÙev$eeW keâe heefjÛeÙe
(Introduction of Electrical
Measuring Instruments)
♦ Indicating instruments should be–
Under damped
 Fbef[kesâefšbie GhekeâjCe nesvee ÛeeefnS–
Dev[j [wch[
(UTTARAKHAND-I I 2013)
♦ The type of instruments used mainly for
standardizing instruments in laboratories is–
Absolute instrument
 ØeÙeesieMeeueeDeeW ceW GheÙeb$eeW kesâ ceevekeâerkeâjCe kesâ efueS cegKÙeleÙee
ØeÙegòeâ GheÙeb$eeW keâe Øekeâej nQ– efvejhes#e GheÙeb$e
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013)
(RRB SSE- (Shift-III) 02.09.2015)
♦ Pressure gauge Instrument is a ........... heefjYeeef<ele MeyoeJeueer
Secondary Instrument (Defining Terminology)
 oeye iespe ceehe Ùeb$e nw~ efÉleerÙekeâ ceeheÙev$e hewceevee (Scale)
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)  metÛekeâ GheÙev$eeW ceW Jen Debefkeâle Ùegefòeâ, efpeme hej metÛekeâ ceeefhele
jeefMe keâe heefjceeCe DeLee&led cee$ee keâes metefÛele keâjlee nw, hewceevee
♦ Tangent Galvanometer instruments is a–
keânueelee nw~
Absolute instrument
 Fmes keâeiepe, ieòee Ùee hueeefmškeâ Meerš mes yeveeÙee peelee nw~
 šQpeWš iewuJesveesceeršj ceeheÙeb$e nw– hewceevee hejeme (Scale Range)
efvejhes#e ceehe Ùeb$e  efkeâmeer Ùev$e Éeje ceeheer pee mekeâves Jeeueer DeefOekeâlece ceeve keâes
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II) (Range) hejeme keânles nw~
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II) hejeme · mkesâue hej DeefOekeâlece hee"dÙeebkeâ
♦ The angle of deflection of the pointer in a moving hewceevee efJemleej (Scale Span)
iron instrument is– Proportional to the  efkeâmeer Ùev$e Éeje ceeheer ieF& DeefOekeâlece leLee vÙetvelece ceeve keâe
square of the current Devlej (span) efJemleej keânueelee nw~
through the coil
 Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCe ceW metÛekeâ keâe efJe#esheCe keâesCe.........neslee nw-
kegâC[ueer mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje kesâ
Jeie& kesâ meceevegheeleer hejeme = 20
efJemleej = 20 – 0 = 20
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021)
Electrical Instruments and Measurements 429 YCT
DeeoMe& ceeve (Ideal value)  Ùen Devlej efpelevee keâce nesiee ÙeLeeLe&lee Gleveer DeefOekeâ nesieer~ Gòeâ
 efkeâmeer jeefMe keâe Jen ceeve, pees hejce melÙe neslee nw, DeeoMe& ceeve Devlej ner $egefš keânueeleer nw~
keânueelee nw~  ØeeÙe: ÙeLeeLe&lee keâes ]$egefš kesâ ØeefleMele cee$ee ceW JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 DeeoMe& ceeve meowJe De%eele jnlee nw, FmeefueÙes Fmekesâ mLeeve hej $egefš (Error)
jeefMe kesâ JeemleefJekeâ DeLeJee melÙe ceeve keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw~  ceeefhele ceeve leLee JeemleefJekeâ ceeve kesâ Devlej keâes $egefš keânles nw~
JeemleefJekeâ ceeve Ùee melÙe ceeve, Megæ ceeve (Real Value)
 Ùeefo ceeefhele ceeve DeefOekeâ nw lees $egefš Oeveelcekeâ nesleer nw~ uesefkeâve
 efkeâmeer jeefMe keâes yengle meg«eener Ùev$e Éeje ueieYeie Devevle yeej ceeefhele ceeve Dehes#eeke=âle keâce nes lees $egešf $e+Ceelcekeâ nesleer nw~
ceeheves hej Øeehle ceeve JeemleefJekeâ ceeve keânueelee nw~
Deuheleceebkeâ (Least count)
 Ùen efkeâmeer jeefMe keâe Jen ceeve nw, pees Gme jeefMe kesâ DeeoMe& ceeve
kesâ Deefle efvekeâš neslee nw~  efkeâmeer ceeheveÙev$e Éeje ceeefhele vÙetvelece ceeve keâes Gme ceeheveÙev$e keâe
Deuheleceebkeâ keânles nw~
ceeefhele ceeve Ùee ceeheer ceeve (Measured Value)
hegvejeJe=efòe ÙeesiÙelee (Repeatability)
 efkeâmeer ceehe Ùev$e Éeje Skeâ yeej ceeheves hej efceuee ceeve ceeefhele ceeve
keânueelee nw~  ceeheveÙev$e Éeje efkeâmeer Skeâ ner jeefMe kesâ ceeefhele ceeveeW keâer meceevelee
 Ùen ceeve ØeÙeesieMeeueeDeeW ceW ØeÙeesieelcekeâ leLee hejer#eCeelcekeâ keâeÙeeX
keâes hegvejeJe=efòe ÙeesiÙelee keânles nw~
ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeles nw~ mLeeefÙelJe (Stability)–
 Ùen ceeve ncesMee ceeheveÙev$e keâer ÙeLeeLe&lee hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~  ceeheveÙev$e ceW Ùen iegCe meg«eeefnlee keâe JÙegl›eâce neslee nw~
meg«eeefnlee (Sensitivity) 1
mLeeefÙelJe 
 efveefJe° (Input) ceW nes jns Úesšs-mes-Úesšs heefjJele&ve keâes Sense meg«eeefnlee
keâjkesâ Gmes efveie&le (Output) ceW ØeoefMe&le keâjves keâer ØeJe=efle keâes LeÇsMeesu[ ceeve (Threshold value)
meg«eeefnlee keânles nw~
 Fvehegš jeefMe keâe Jen vÙetvelece ceeve pees Ùev$e kesâ ØeÛeeueve kesâ efueÙes
DeeIetCe& (Torque) DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw~ Gmes Threshold value keânles nw~
meg«eeefnlee 
Yeej (Weight) [s[peesve Ùee (Dead zone) Ùee [s[ mhesme (Dead space)
 Ùeefo efveefJe° ceW keâce heefjJele&ve keâjves mes DeefOekeâ efJe#eshe Øeehle neslee nw lees  I/P keâe Jen ceeve efpeme hej O/P vee efceues GvnW Dead zone Ùee
ceeheveÙev$e DeefOekeâ meg«eener keânueelee nw leLee Ùeefo keâce efJe#eshe Øeehle nw Dead space keâne peelee nw~
lees ceeheveÙeb$e keâce meg«eener keânueelee nw~
 Ùeefo Ùev$e keâe DeeIetCe& GÛÛe leLee Yeej keâce nes lees Ùev$e pÙeeoe
meg«eener neslee nw~
efJeYesove (Resolution)
 ceeheÙeb$e keâe Jen iegCe, pees oes met#ce ceeveeW ceW Deblej %eele keâjlee nw,
efJeYesove Ùee Deblejve keânueelee nw~
 Ùen #ecelee JewÅegle ceehe Ùev$eeW keâer Dehes#ee Fueskeäšêefvekeâer ceehe Ùev$eeW ceW
DeefOekeâ nesleer nw~ Gleej-ÛeÌ{eJe (Tolerance)
heefjMegælee (Precision)  Ùen Ùev$e keâer Accuracy mes mecyeefvOele neslee nw Deewj Ùen Ùev$e ceW
 ceehe Ùev$eeW Éeje efkeâmeer Skeâ ner jeefMe kesâ ceeefhele ceeveeW ceW DeefOekeâlece $egefš keâer meercee keâes efveOee&efjle keâjlee nw~
heejmheefjkeâ meceerhelee keâes heefjMegælee keânles nw~ ♦ The process of taking measures to check the quality,
 Ùeefo keâesF& Ùev$e yeej-yeej Skeâ ner ceeve oW Ùee Gmekesâ efoÙes ieÙes performance or reliability of the equipment is called-
ceeveeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe Devlej yengle keâce nes lees Jen Ùev$e pÙeeoe Testing
heefjMegæ nesiee~  GhekeâjCe keâer iegCeJeòee, keâeÙe& efveJee&n #ecelee Ùee efJeÕemeveerÙelee keâer
 ÙeLeeLe&lee heefjMegælee keâer ieejCšer nesleer nw~ efkeâvleg heefjMegælee peeBÛe nsleg ceeheve keâjves keâer Øeef›eâÙee keâes ........... keâne peelee nw-
ÙeLee&Lelee keâer ieejbšer veneR nesleer nw~ Hejer#eCe
ÙeLeeLe&lee (Accuracy) (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
 Ùen ceeefhele ceeve keâer JeemleefJekeâ ceeve mes meceerhelee Ùee vepeoerkeâer keâes ♦ If the deflecting torque is A, controlling torque is B
oMee&lee nw~ and damping torque is C, then for an indicating type
instrument - A=B
 ÙeLeeLe&lee keâes ceeefhele ceeve leLee JeemleefJekeâ ceeve kesâ Devlej mes ceehee
 Ùeefo efJe#eshekeâ yeueeIetCe& A nw, efveÙeb$eCe yeueeIetCe& B nw Deewj DeJecebove
peelee nw~
yeueeIetCe& C nw lees mebkesâlekeâ Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe kesâ efueS nw - A = B
Electrical Instruments and Measurements 430
♦ A measuring instrument is said to be 'dead beat', the Difference Between Null and Deflection
instrument is............ Critically damped
Type Instrument
 Skeâ ceehekeâ Ùeb$e keâes ‘[s[ yeerš’ keâne peelee nw, peye Jen Ùeb$e neslee
nw - ef›eâefškeâueer [wch[ S.N. Null Type Instrument Deflection Type
Instrument
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
1. It uses null detector, the In this instrument the
♦ To extending the range of measuring instruments, effect produced by quantity to be measured
resistance of ammeter shunt measured quantity and produces some effect
the ratio is
resistance of voltmeter multiplier opposite effect to obtain which deflects the
- Very small value null condition pointer against
controlling torque
 ceeheve GhekeâjCeeW keâer meercee keâe efJemleej kesâ efueS Devegheele
2. The accuracy is high The accuracy is low
Sceeršj Mebš keâe ØeeflejesOe
 neslee nw– yengle keâce ceeve 3. Highly sensitive as null less sensitive
Jeesušceeršj iegCekeâ keâe ØeeflejesOe
detector has to cover a
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) small range around the
♦ Absolute instrument is a– Primary instrument nullpoint
 efvejhes#e ceeheÙeb$e nw– ØeeLeefcekeâ ceeheÙeb$e 4. Not suitable for the Preferred for the
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) dynamic and rapid dynamic measurements
♦ The ratio of change in output towards the change in measurements
input at a steady state condition for a given 5. The example is d.c. The example is moving
measuring system is referred as– Sensitivity potentiometer coil ammeter.
 efkeâmeer efoS ieS ceeheve ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS efmLej efmLeefle ceW Fvehegš ceW ♦ Measurement done by Schering bridge is-
heefjJele&ve keâer leguevee ceW DeeGšhegš ceW heefjJele&ve kesâ Devegheele Capacitance, Permittivity,
keâes...........kesâ ™he ceW GefuueefKele efkeâÙee peelee nw– meg«eeefnlee
Dielectric loss
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)  MesÙeefjbie efyeÇpe Éeje ceeheve efkeâÙee peelee nw -
Differences Between Passive and Active Instruments mebOeeefj$e, efJeÅegleMeeruelee, hejeJewÅegle neefve
S.N. Passive Instruments Active Instruments (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
1. The output is produced The quantity to be Note : ceeefhele ceeve Deewj JeemleefJekeâ ceeve kesâ Devlej keâes Static error
entirely by the quantity measured activates some keâne peelee nw~
being measured. external power input
source which intern Static error = Measured value – True value
produces the output. SA = Am – At
2. Additional energy input Additional external ♦ Electric field is defined as the electric force per unit–
source is not required. energy input source is Charge
required.  efJeÅegle #es$e keâes efJeÅegle yeue Øeefle FkeâeF&...............kesâ ™he cebs
3. The resolution is less The resolution is high heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeeJesMe
4. The resolution cannot The resolution can be (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
be easily adjusted adjusted by adjusting ♦ ............instruments should be used for correct
the magnitude of the measurement of low D.C.– D.C. potentiometer
external energy input  GhekeâjCeeW ceW mes...........keâce [ermeer keâer mener ceehe kesâ efueS
5. Simple to design Complicate to design GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS– [ermeer efJeYeJeceeheer
6. Cheaper, hence Due to complex design (RRB JE Bhopal Paper II (Shift-II), 26.08.2015)
economical and higher number of
elements. It is costlier.
GheÙeb$e kesâ Øekeâej kebâšêsue [wefchebie
7. Examples are pressure Examples are liquid cetefJebie DeeÙejve efmØebie JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce
gauge, voltmeter, level indicator, flow hejceevesvš cewivesš cetefJebie kegâC[ueer efmØebie YebJej Oeeje
ammeter indicator.
(PMMC)
♦ Electromagnet damping is used in. Flux meter
 Fueskeäšêscewivesš [wefchebie keâe GheÙeesie...........ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– T<ceerÙe efmØebie YebJej Oeeje
heäuekeäme ceeršj (i) ne@š Jee@Ùej
(ii) Leceexkeâheue
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ efmØebie õJe Ie<e&Ce ♦ Standard cell–
Will have precise and accurate constant
Fb[keäMeve yeÇskeâ cewivesš YebJej Oeeje
voltage when current drawn from it is
jsefkeäšheâe@Ùej efmØebie YebJej Oeeje few micro amperes only
Comparison of Analog and Digital Instruments  ceevekeâ mesue–

Parameter Analog Digital heefjMegæ Deewj ÙeLeeLe& efmLej Jeesušspe nesiee peye
Accuracy Less upto  0.1% Very high Fmemes ueer ieF& Oeeje kesâJeue kegâÚ ceeF›eâes
of full. accuracy upto  SefcheÙej nesleer nw~
0.005% of
♦ The technique used to check quantitatively whether
reading.
the given data distribution is close to Gaussian
Resolution Limited upto 1 High upto 1 part distribution is– Standard deviation of mean.
part in several in several
 Jen lekeâveerkeâ pees cee$eelcekeâ ™he mes peebÛeves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie keâer
hundreds. thousands.
peeleer nw efkeâ efoÙee ieÙee [sše efJelejCe, ieewefmeÙeve efJelejCe kesâ efvekeâš
Power Power required is negligible power
neslee nw– ceeOÙe keâe ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve
high hence can is required hence
cause of the no loading ♦ The units whose size cannot be chosen
loading effect. effects. independently are called– Derived units
Cost Low in cost.
High in cost  Jen F&keâeF& efpemekeâe Deekeâej mJeleb$e ™he mes veneR heeÙee pee mekeâlee
compared to nw.............keânles nQ– JÙeglhevve FkeâeF&
analog but
♦ A coherent system of units is to be developed which
nowadays cost of
has N kinds of quantities to evaluate and M
digital
independent physical equations expressing
instruments is
relationship between them, we can independently
also going down.
choose the sizes of– N - M quantities
Frictional errors Errors due to No moving parts
 FkeâeF&ÙeeW keâer Skeâ megmebiele ØeCeeueer efJekeâeme keâer peeveer nw, efpemekeâe
moving parts are hence no errors
present cetuÙeebkeâve keâjves kesâ efueS N Øekeâej keâer cee$eeSb nQ Deewj M mJeleb$e
Yeeweflekeâ meceerkeâjCe Gvekesâ ceOÙe mecyevOe JÙeòeâ keâjles ngS nQ~ nce
Range and No facility of auto has the facility of
polarity ranging and auto auto ranging mJeleb$e ™he mes………Deekeâej keâe ÛeÙeve keâj mekeâles nQ–
polarity N – M jeefMeÙeeB
Input impedance Low input Very high input ♦ For defining the standard metre, wavelength of
impedance. impedance. ............ material is considered– Krypton
Observational Errors such as Due to digital  ceevekeâ ceeršj keâes heefjYeeef<ele keâjves kesâ efueS............heoeLe& keâs
errors parallax errors anddisplays, the lejbieowOÙe& keâes ceevee peelee nw– ef›eâhše@ve
approximation observational
errors are present.errors are absent ♦ The unit of measurement of surface/sheet resistivity
is– Ohm/metre2
Compatibility Not compatible The digital output 2
 melen/Meerš ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâs ceeheve keâer FkeâeF& nw– Deesce/ceeršj
with modern can be directly
digital fed into memory ♦ The main purpose of measurement is–
instruments. of modern digital To improve the system, to avoid accident,
instruments. development of science and engineering.
Speed Reading speed is Reading speed is  ceeheve keâe cegKÙe GösMÙe……….. nw–
low very high.
efmemšce ceW megOeej ogIe&švee keâes keâce keâjvee,
Programming Not available. Can be
facility programmed and
efJe%eeve Deewj FbpeerefveÙeefjbie keâe efJekeâeme keâjvee
well suited for the ♦ The prefix tera equivalent to– 1012
computerise.  efØeefheâkeäme šsje yejeyej nw– 1012
Note: (ii) efJeMJemeveerÙelee (Fidelity)–
Deka (D) – 10  yeoueles I/P kesâ meeLe Ùev$e Éeje efyevee ieeflekeâ $egefš kesâ
Hecto (H) – 102 Response osves keâer ØeJe=efòe keâes efJeMJemeveerÙelee keâne peelee nw~
Kilo (K) – 103 (iii) heMÛe (Lag)–
Mega (M) – 106
 I/P osves hej O/P efoKeeves ceW Ùev$e Éeje efueÙee ieÙee meceÙe lag
Giga (G) – 109
keânueelee nw~
Tera (T) – 1012
 Ùen keâce mes keâce nesvee ÛeeefnÙes~
Peta (P) – 1015
Exa (E) – 1018 ♦ while using analog meters, .......... may result if the
line of sight is not exactly perpendicular to the
Zetta (Z) – 1021
measuring scale– Parallax error
Yotta (Y) – 1024
 Sveeuee@ie ceeršj keâe GheÙeesie keâjles meceÙe, .......... nes mekeâleer nw,
2. ceeheve leLee $egefšÙeeB Ùeefo Âef° jsKee, ceehekeâ mkesâue kesâ "erkeâ uecyeJeled veneR nw-
uecyeve $egefš
(Measurements and Errors)
♦ The difference between the measured value and the ♦ A quantity whose magnitude has a definite repeating
true value of a measured quantity is called- time cycle is called– Steady state Periodic
Static error  Jen jeefMe efpemekesâ heefjceeCe keâe Skeâ efveefMÛele DeeJeleea meceÙe Ûe›eâ
 ceeheer ieF& efkeâmeer jeefMe kesâ ceeefhele ceeve Deewj JeemleefJekeâ ceeve kesâ neslee nw, keânueeleer nw- efmLej DeJemLee DeeJeleea
Devlej keâes keâne peelee nw- mLeweflekeâ $egefš (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
(SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II) ♦ Voltage ratio test can be performed by............
methods– By turns testing or Ratio meter
♦ If an instrument has zero drift, the magnitude of
error will be- Constant  Jeesušlee Devegheele hejer#eCe ef›eâÙee..........efJeefOe Éeje efkeâÙee pee
mekeâlee nw– Jele&ve hejer#eCe Ùee Devegheele ceeršj Éeje
 Ùeefo GhekeâjCe ceW MetvÙe ef[^heäš nw lees $egefš keâe heefjceeCe nesiee-
(Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
efveÙele
♦ The static error band of an instrument implies the–
(UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I) Difference between the measured value and
♦ The efficiency of instrument calculated- the true value of the quantity
=
Measuring quantity at full scale  Ùeb$e kesâ efmLej $egefš yeQ[ keâe DeLe&..........nw– ceeefhele ceeve
Power taken by the instrument at full scale
leLee JeemleefJekeâ ceeve keâer cee$ee kesâ yeerÛe Deblej
 GhekeâjCe keâer o#elee keâer ieCevee keâer peeleer nw– (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
hetCe& hewceeves hej ceeheves keâer cee$ee ♦ ............occurs in a moving iron instrument
·
GhekeâjCe Éeje hetCe& hewceeves hej efueÙee ieÙee Meefòeâ Stray magnetic field error, Hysteresis error,
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) and temperature error
♦ The type of secondary measuring instruments is -  .........Ûeue ueewn GheÙev$e ceW nesleer nw-
Ampere-hour meter
mš^s ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e $egefš, efnmšsefjefmeme
 efÉleerÙekeâ ceeheve GheÙev$e keâe Øekeâej nw- SefcheÙej - IeCše ceeršj $egefš leLee leehe $egefš
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
♦ Errors due to human mistakes in reading using
ieeflekeâ DeefYeue#eCe instruments are called- Gross errors
(Dynamic characteristics)  hee"Ÿeebkeâ Ùee GheÙeb$eeW kesâ GheÙeesie ceW ceeveJe ieueefleÙeeW kesâ keâejCe
 efkeâmeer ceeheve Ùeb$e keâe Jen JÙeJenej peye Input yeoueves kesâ meeLe- $egefš keânueeleer nw– «ee@me $egefš
meeLe output Yeer yeouelee jnlee nw, ØeCeeueer DeLeJee Ùeb$e keâer (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
ieefleMeerue Øeefleef›eâÙee kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~ Ùes DeefYeue#eCe (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
♦ The smallest change in the input signal that can be
efvecve ™he ceW nesles nQ~ detected by an instrument called– Resolution
(i) Øeefleef›eâÙee keâer ieefle (Speed of response)–  Fvehegš mebkesâle ceW meyemes Úesše heefjJele&ve.........nw efpemes efkeâmeer
 efpeme leer›elee kesâ meeLe input ceW yeoueeJe nesves hej Ùeb$e output GhekeâjCe mes helee ueieeÙee pee mekeâlee nw– efJeYesove
Øeefleef›eâÙee oslee nw~ Øeefleef›eâÙee keâer ieefle keânueelee nw~ (SSC-JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
♦ ..........offers widest range for measurement through ♦ Perfect reproducibility means the instrument has–
an instrument– Logarithmic Scale Zero drift
 ..........efkeâmeer GhekeâjCe kesâ ceeOÙece mes ceeheve kesâ efueS JÙeehekeâ  mešerkeâ hegve&Glheeokeâlee mes DeefYeØeeÙe nw efkeâ Ùeb$e cebs– MetvÙe yeneJe nw
meercee Øeoeve keâjlee nw– ueIegieCekeâ hewceevee (UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Morning) ♦ Systematic errors in bourdon tube pressure gauge
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening) may be caused by–
♦ The dead time of an instrument refers to– Incorrect zero setting of the pointer
The time before the instrument begins to  ye[&ve šdÙetye Øesmej iespe ceW JÙeJeefmLele $egefšÙeeB...........kesâ keâejCe nes
response after the quantity has altered. mekeâleer nQ– hJeebFšj ceW ieuele MetvÙe meseEšie
 GhekeâjCe kesâ [s[ šeFce keâe leelheÙe& nw– (SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)
Jen meceÙe pees cee$ekeâ kesâ heefjJele&ve kesâ yeeo ♦ The measurement of surface temperature in exposed
GhekeâjCe Øeefleef›eâÙee DeejbYe nesves cebs ueslee nw~ situations where atmospheric variation can interfere
(SSC JE- 1 march 2017 2.45 pm) with temperature measurement gives rise to–
♦ The function of measurement system are– Interference error
Indicating, Recording and Controlling  Kegueer heefjefmLeefleÙeeW ceW melen leeheceeve keâe ceeheve, peneB
(Restoreing) torque JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe heefjJele&ve, leeheceeve keâes ØeYeeefJele keâj mekeâlee nw,
 ceeheve ØeCeeueer keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw– Gmemes..............GlheVe nesleer nw– JÙeeflekeâjCe $egefš
mebkesâle keâjvee, efjkeâe@ef[Ëie Deewj efveÙeb$eCe heâueve (SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm) ♦ Over wire strain gauges foil strain gauges have the
♦ ...........comes under the category of systematic errors advantages of–
in instruments – Instrumental errors, Higher heat dissipation capacity and better
Enviromental error, Observation error bonding, Superior mechanical stability under
prolonged strained and high temperature
 ......... GhekeâjCe ceW efmemšcewefškeâ $egefš keâer ßesCeer kesâ Debleie&le Deelee conditions, low hysteresis and creeping effects,
nw– FbmšÎceWšue $egefšÙeeb, heÙee&JejCeerÙe $egefšÙeeb Excellent reproducibility and longer life
Deewj DeJeueeskeâve $egefšÙeeB  leej (JeeÙej) efJeke=âefle iespe keâer Dehes#ee heCeea efJeke=âefle (HeäJeeFue mš^sve)
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening) iespe kesâ ueeYe nw–
♦ Radio frequency can be measured by– GÛÛe T<cee #eÙe #ecelee Deewj yesnlej DeeyebOeve, uebyes meceÙe
Heterodoxy frequency meter lekeâ efJeke=âefle Deewj GÛÛe leeheceeve efmLeefle ceW yesnlej Ùeebef$ekeâ
 jsef[Ùees øeâerkeäJeWmeer ceeheer peeleer nw– nsšjes[ekeämeer DeeJe=efòe ceeršj efmLejlee, efvecve efnmšsefjefmeme Deewj ›eâerefhebie ØeYeeJe, Glke=â°
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening) hegve®lheeoveerÙe #ecelee Deewj uebyee DeJeefOekeâeue
♦ Errors that occur after taking care of all gross and (SSC JE- 4 March 2017, 10 am)
systematic errors are called as– Random errors
♦ Error detector is also called as– Comparator
 «eeme (mece«e) $egefš Deewj efmemšcewefškeâ $egefš keâe OÙeeve jKeves kesâ yeeo
 $egefš mebmetÛekeâ keâes keâne peelee nw– keâe@chejsšj
Yeer pees $egefš Deeleer nw, keânueeleer nw– ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ $egefš
(M.P. Sub Engineer) (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
♦ .......... types of errors are dynamic errors– ♦ The ratio of output change for a given measuring
system is referred to as– Sensitivity
Instrumental errors caused due to
slow response of instruments  efkeâmeer efoS ngS ceeheve leb$e kesâ efveie&le heefjJele&ve kesâ Devegheele keâes
 ......... [eFvesefcekeâ Øekeâej keâer $egefš nw– keânles nQ– mebJesoveMeeruelee
GhekeâjCe keâer Oeerceer Øeefleef›eâÙee kesâ keâejCe (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
Ieefšle GheÙeb$e $egefš ♦ ......... constitutes the most important specification of
an instrument– Range
(M.P. Sub Engineer  Skeâ Ùeb$e keâer meyemes cenlJehetCe& efJeeqMe°lee nw– meercee
♦ Calculate the scale span of the instrument that is
calibrated between 20 bar and 200 bar and used for (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
the measurement of pressure– 180 bar ♦ Repeatability and Reproducibility are related to–
 Gme GhekeâjCe keâer heefjceeCe meercee keâer ieCevee keâjW efpemes 20 yeej Precision of the instrument
Deewj 200 yeej kesâ yeerÛe DebMeebefkeâle efkeâÙee ieÙee nw Deewj efpemes oyeeJe  oesnjeves Deewj hegve:Glheeove keâer #ecelee mebyeefvOele nw–
kesâ ceehe kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– 180 yeej GhekeâjCe keâer heefjMegælee mes
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Morning) (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ A set of readings has a wide range and therefore it ♦ ........... instrument is the cheapest disregarding the
has– Low precision accuracy– Moving iron
 hee"ŸeebkeâeW kesâ mecetn keâer Skeâ efJemle=le ëe=bKeuee nesleer nw Deewj  mešerkeâlee keâes osKeles ngS meyemes memlee GhekeâjCe nw– Ûeue ueewn
FmeefueS FmeceW nesleer nw– efvecve heefjMegælee (EPDCL-10)
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM) ♦ Errors which may be variable both in magnitude and
♦ In a measurement systems,..........static characteristic nature (positive or negative) are classified as ............
are desirable– error.– Random
Accuracy, Sensitivity, Reproducibility  heefjceeCe leLee Øeke=âefle (mekeâejelcekeâ Ùee vekeâejelcekeâ) oesveeW ceW nesves
 Skeâ ceeheve ØeCeeueer ceW, ........ pees JeebÚveerÙe mLeweflekeâ efJeMes<elee Jeeueer $egefšÙeeB pees heefjJeleea nesleer nw, keâes ......... $egefš keânles nQ–
nw– ÙeLeeLe&lee, mebJesoveMeeruelee, hegve®&lheeokeâlee ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm) (RRB SSE- Secunderabad Red Pepar, 21.12. 2014)
♦ ......... types of instruments does suffer from error (SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)
due to magnetic hysteresis– Moving Iron ♦ ......... indicate the instantaneous value of the
 ........ Øekeâej keâe Ùeb$e ÛegbyekeâerÙe efnmšsefjefmeme kesâ keâejCe $egefš keâjves electrical quantity being measured at the time at
which it is being measure– Indicating instruments
ueielee nw– Ûeue ueewn
 .......... GhekeâjCe Gme meceÙe ceeheer pee jner efJeÅegle cee$ee kesâ
(SSC JE- 2012), (ESE- 2004)
leelkeâeefuekeâ ceeve keâes Fbefiele keâjlee nw efpeme meceÙe Fmes ceehee pee
♦ Correct response of systematic error is–
jne nw– mebkesâlekeâ ceeheve Ùeb$e
These error can be calculated from the
(RRB SSE- (shift-III), 02.09.2015)
details of the instrument.
♦ The accuracy of a meter is determined by.........
 JÙeJeefmLele $egefš keâer mener Øeefleef›eâÙee nw– deflection– Full scale
Ùes $egefš GhekeâjCe kesâ efJeJejCe mes ieCevee keâer pee mekeâleer nw  Skeâ ceeršj keâer ÙeLeeLe&lee..............efJe#esheCe Éeje efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee
(MP JE- 2015) peelee nw– hetCe& hewceevee
♦ Swamp resistance and condenser are used– ♦ The static error band of an instrument does not
To reduce the error while measuring AC include– Electrical drift
quantities in a moving iron instrument
 efkeâmeer GhekeâjCe keâs mLeweflekeâ $egefš yewC[ ceW Meeefceue veneR nw–
 mJesche ØeeflejesOe SJeb mebIeefve$e keâe ØeÙeesie–
JewÅegle yeneJe
Ûeue ueewn GheÙeb$e keâer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâes ceeheles
♦ The difference between the measured value and the
meceÙe $egefš keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw true value is called the– Absolute error
(UPSSSC JE- 2014)  ceeefhele ceeve Deewj JeemleefJekeâ ceeve kesâ yeerÛe kesâ Deblej keâes keâne
♦ To minimize the errors due to contact resistances, low peelee nw– hejce $egefš
resistances used in electrical measurement work are ♦ The errors committed by a person in the
provided with– Four terminals measurement are– Gross errors
 mebheke&â ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ keâejCe $egefšÙeeW keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS, JewÅegle  ceeheve ceW efkeâmeer JÙeefòeâ Éeje keâer ieF& $egefšÙeeB nesleer nQ–
ceeheve keâeÙe& ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues keâce ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ meeLe Øeoeve «ee@me $egefšÙeeB
efkeâÙee peelee nw– Ûeej šefce&veue
♦ At high frequency the accuracy of all measuring
(SSC JE- 2013) meters– Decreases
♦ In order to achieve accuracy, how should the slide  GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe hej meYeer ceehekeâ ceeršjeW keâer ÙeLeeLe&lee ......... nw–
wire of a potentiometer be– As long as possible Iešleer
 ÙeLeeLe&lee Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS, heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj kesâ mueeF[ leej keâes ♦ Bolometer is used to measure – Thermal radiation
kewâmee nesvee ÛeeefnS– efpelevee mecYeJe nes mekesâ Glevee uecyee  yeesueesceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie….....ceeheves ces neslee nww– leeheerÙe efJeefkeâjCe
(JMRC JE- 2012)
♦ A 0-100 V voltmeter has a guaranteed accuracy of
(RRB JE Bhopal Paper II Shift –II, 26.08.2015) 2% full scale reading. The voltage measured by the
♦ Instruments having.............are primarily responsible voltmeter is 75V. The limiting error is in
for loading effect– Low sensitivity percentage– 2.66%
 YeejCe ØeYeeJe kesâ efueS Ùeb$eeW keâe.......keâe nesvee GòejoeÙeer neslee nw–  Skeâ 0-100 V Jeesušceeršj ceW Hegâue mkesâue hee"Ÿeebkeâ hej 2³ keâer
efvecve meg«eeefnlee ÙeLeeLe&lee efveefMÛele nw~ Jeesušceeršj Éeje ceehee ieÙee Jeesušspe 75V
(UPRVUNL AE- 11.06.2014) nw, lees meerefcele $egefš ØeefleMele ceW nesieer– 2.66%
♦ The measured value of a resistance is 10.25 ohm, ♦ The ratio of maximum displacement deviation to full
whereas its value of 10.22 ohm. The absolute error scale deviation of the instrument is called– Linearity
of the measurement............will be– 0.03 ohm  GhekeâjCe kesâ DeefOekeâlece efJemLeeheve efJeÛeueve mes hetCe& hewceevee
 Skeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeefhele ceeve 10.25 Deesce nw peyeefkeâ Fmekeâe efJeÛeueve keâe Devegheele keâne peelee nw– jwefKekeâlee
JeemleefJekeâ ceeve 10.22 Deesce nw lees ceeheve keâer efvejhes#e $egefš ♦ Industrial measuring instruments are of accuracy
nesieer– 0.03 Deesce classes– 0.5 & 1
♦ A pressure measurement instrument is calibrated  DeewÅeesefiekeâ ceehekeâ Ùeb$e keâe ÙeLeeLe&lee Jeie&.........neslee nw–
between 10 bar and 260 bar. The scale absolute span 0.5 SbJe 1
of the instrument is– 250 bar
(RPSC Lecturer previous 2011)
 Skeâ oeyeceeheer GhekeâjCe keâes 10 yeej Deewj 260 yeej kesâ yeerÛe
♦ Systematic error of an instrument for measurement
DebMeebefkeâle efkeâÙee peelee nw~ GhekeâjCe keâe mkesâue efvejhes#e bmhewve nw– can be minimized by–
250 yeej
Selecting a proper measuring device for the
♦ If two meters X and Y require 40 mA and 50 mA particular application, calibrating the measuring
respectively, to give full scale deflection, then– device against a standard device, applying
X is more sensitive correction factors for change of
 Ùeefo oes ceeršj X Deewj Y keâes ›eâceMe: hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe ambient conditions
osves kesâ efueS ›eâceMe: 40mA Deewj 50 mA keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee  ceeheve kesâ efueS Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâer JÙeJeefmLele $egefš .............. kesâ
nesleer nw, lees– X DeefOekeâ mebJesoveMeerue nw Éeje keâce keâer pee mekeâleer nw–
♦ The degree of reproducibility among several JÙeefkeäleiele DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS Skeâ GefÛele ceeheve Ùegefòeâ keâe
independent measurements of same true value under ÛeÙeve keâjkesâ, Skeâ ceeheve Ùev$e keâe ceevekeâ Ùegefòeâ kesâ efJe™æ
reference condition is known as– Precision DebMeekeâve keâjkesâ, JÙeehekeâ efmLeefleÙeeW kesâ heefjJele&ve kesâ efueS
 mevoYe& efmLeefle kesâ Debleie&le meceeve JeemleefJekeâ ceeve kesâ efJeefYeVe mJeleb$e megOeej iegCekeâ ueeiet keâjkesâ
ceeheeW kesâ yeerÛe Øeefleefueefhe Øemlegle keâjves keâer ef[«eer keâes..........kesâ ™he ♦ Precision is composed of two characteristics, one is
ceW peevee peelee nw– heefjMegælee the number of significant figures to which a
♦ The static error band of an instrument implies– measurement may be made, the other is–
The error produced when the pen is Conformity
stopped at some deflection  heefjMegælee oes DeefYeue#eCeeW mes yevee nw, efpemeceW mes Skeâ cenlJehetCe&
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe kesâ efmLej $egefš yewC[ keâe leelheÙe& nw– Deeke=âefle keâer mebKÙee nw efpemekeâe ceeheve efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw, lees
DevÙe otmeje nw– Deveg®helee
kegâÚ efJe#esheCe hej hesve kesâ yebo nes
♦ The best definition of accuracy–
peeves hej GlheVe $egefš
It is the closeness with which an instrument
♦ The sensitivity in accuracy of an instrument does not reading approaches the true value of the
depend on– Frequency response, hysteresis, quantity being measured
amplitude distortion  ÙeLeeLe&lee keâer meyemes DeÛÚer heefjYee<ee nw–
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee keâer Megælee..........hej efveYe&j veneR
Ùen Jen efvekeâšlee nw, efpemekesâ meeLe Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâer
keâjleer nw– DeeJe=efòe Øeefleef›eâÙee, MewefLeuÙe, DeeÙeece efJe™heCe
hee"Ÿeebkeâ ceeheer pee jner jeefMe kesâ mener ceeve
♦ The error, when reading at half-scale in an
instrument, is– Greater than full-scale error
kesâ keâjerye hengbÛeleer nw~
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe ceW Deæ&hewceevee hej hee"Ÿeebkeâ uesves mes $egefš nesleer nw– ♦ Resolution is– The least interval between two
hetCe& hewceevee hej $egefš mes DeefOekeâ adjacent discrete details, which can be
distinguished from one another
♦ An instrument's reliability means–
 efJeYesove nw– oes Deemevve he=Lekeâ efJeJejCe kesâ yeerÛe keâe meyemes
The degree to which the repeatability continues
to remain within specific limits keâce Deblejeue pees efkeâ Skeâ otmejs mes Deueie
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâer efJeMJemeveerÙelee keâe DeLe& neslee nw– efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
ef[«eer pees oesnjeves ÙeesiÙe nw efJeefMe<š meerceeDeeW ♦
Threshold of sensitivity in reference to instruments
is–
kesâ Devoj yeveer jnleer nw The smallest signal that can be
detectable output
♦ Changes in atmospheric temperature, humidity etc.
cause ............... errors– Environmental  GhekeâjCe kesâ meboYe& ceW osnueer (threshold) keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee
 JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe leeheceeve, veceer Deeefo ceW heefjJele&ve ........... $egefšÙeeW nesleer nw pees– meyemes Úesše efmeiveue pees ÙeesiÙe DeeGšhegš
keâe keâejCe yevelee nw– heÙee&JejCeerÙe keâe helee ueiee mekesâ
♦ The voltage across an impedance is measured by a ♦ Indicating instrument can be produced...........
voltmeter having input impedance comparable with occasionally by air frictions, eddy current and fluid
the impedance causing an error in the reading. This friction - Damping Torque
error is known as– Loading effect error
 mebkesâleve Øekeâej kesâ GheÙeb$e ceW.........keâYeer-2 JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce, YeBJej
 Skeâ ØeefleyeeOee kesâ S›eâe@me Jeesušspe keâes Skeâ Jeesušceeršj Éeje ceehee
peelee nw efpemeceW ØeefleyeeOee kesâ meeLe legueveerÙe Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee nesleer Oeeje Deewj õJe Ie<e&Ce Éeje GlheVe efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
nw efpememes hee"Ÿeebkeâ ceW $egefš nesleer nw~ Fme $egefš keâes ......... mes DeJecevokeâ yeue
peevee peelee nw– YeejCe ØeYeeJe $egefš (PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
♦ The errors introduced by an instrument fall in ........ ♦ The material of springs used for spring control in
category– Systematic errors indicating instrument is characterised by -
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe Éeje Øemlegle keâer ieF& $egefšÙeeB ......... ßesCeer ceW Deeleer They are not subjected
nQ– JÙeJeefmLele $egefš
to much fatigue
♦ In measurement systems, .......... are undesirable
static characteristics– Drift, Static error,  mebkesâlekeâ Ùeb$e ceW efmØebie efveÙeb$eCe kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ efmØebie keâer meece«eer
Dead zone and Non-linearity kesâ efueS efJeMes<elee nw - Jes pÙeeoe hewâšerie kesâ DeOeerve vener nw
 ceeheve ØeCeeueer ceW, ........ DeJeebÚveerÙe mLeweflekeâ efJeMes<eleeSb nQ– (PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
mebÛeÙe, efmLej $egefš, DeØeÛeeefuele #es$e Deewj DejsKeerÙe ♦ Instruments can be used both for AC and DC–
♦ The region between the limits within which a Moving-Iron type
quantity is measured received of transmitted,  AC Deewj DC oesveeW kesâ efueS Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee GheÙeb$e
expressed by starting the lower and upper limits is
called the– Range nw– cetefJebie DeeÙejve Øekeâej
 Gve meerceeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe #es$e efpemekesâ Yeerlej Skeâ jeefMe keâes Øeehle (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
Ùee Øemeeefjle keâjves kesâ efueS ceehee peelee nw, efpemes efveÛeueer Deewj ♦ High torque to weight ratio in an analog indicating
Thejer meerceeDeeW keâes yeleeles ngS ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw, keânueelee instrument indicates- Low friction loss
nw– hejeme  Skeâ Sveeuee@ie mebkesâlekeâ GheÙev$e ceW GÛÛe yeueeIetCe& Deewj Yeej keâe
♦ Comparison methods are used– When a high Devegheele............keâes metefÛele keâjlee nw- efvecve Ie<e&Ce neefve
accuracy of measurement is required
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 legueveelcekeâ efJeefOe ØeÙegkeäle efkeâS peeles nQ– ♦ The unit of mass is- Kilogram
peye ceeheve keâer Skeâ GÛÛe Megælee keâer  õJÙeceeve keâer FkeâeF& nw- efkeâuees«eece
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
♦ ……….. instrument is free from hysteresis and eddy
♦ A moving coil instrument can be used to measure-
current errors– Electrostatic
Direct current only
 …… Jen GheÙeb$e pees efnmšsefjefmeme Deewj YeBJej Oeeje $egefšÙeeW mes
mJeleb$e neslee nw– Fueskeäšêsmšsefškeâ  Skeâ Ûeue kegâC[ue GheÙev$e............ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
(UPRVUNL JE 2015)
pee mekeâlee nw - kesâJeue efo°Oeeje
♦ Swamping resistance is used to compensate error (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
due to– Temperature variations (BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
 .........kesâ keâejCe mJewefchebie ØeeflejesOe keâe GheÙeesie $egefš keâer #eeflehetefle& ♦ More power is required to operate a moving-iron
kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– leeheceeve efYeVelee meter than a PMMC meter because of the magnetic
(SSC JE- 2010) circuit's high– Reluctance
 PMMC ceeršj keâer leguevee ceW Ûeue ueewn ceeršj kesâ ØeÛeeueve ceW
3. GheÙev$e leLee Gvekeâer DeeJeMÙekeâleeSB DeefOekeâ Meefòeâ keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee ÛegbyekeâerÙe heefjheLe kesâ GÛÛe...........
(Instruments and Their Requirements) kesâ keâejCe nesleer nw– Øeefle°bYe
♦ The angle of deflection of the pointer in a moving
iron instrument is– Proportional to the square ♦ Which type of instrument is used only for D.C–
of the current through the coil Permanent magnet type
 Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCe ceW metÛekeâ keâe efJe#esheCe keâesCe ....... neslee nw-  keâew v e mes Øekeâej kes â Ùeb $e kes â Jeue [er . meer . ceW ØeÙegòeâ nesles nw–
kegâC[ueer mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje kesâ Jeie& kesâ meceevegheeleer efmLej Ûegcyekeâ Øekeâej
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021) (RRB Gorakhpur (JE)-2014, UJVNL-2016)
♦ Electrostatic instruments are suitable for the
Comparison Between Spring Control and Gravity
measurement of– AC and DC voltages
Control Systems
 efmLej JewÅegle (Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ) Ùeb$e efkeâmekesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ
S.N. Gravity Control Spring Control
nesles nQ– AC Deewj DC Jeesušlee
1. Adjustable small weight is Two hair springs are
(DMRC JE-2014, FCI- 4.10.2015), used which produces the used which exert
(UPSSSC JE- 2015) controlling torque controlling torque
♦ In movable iron devices, hysteresis error can be 2. Controlling torque can be Controlling torque is
reduced by using - Mumetal or Perm alloy varied. fixed.
 Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCeeW ceW............keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ efnmšsefjefmeme 3. The performance is not The performance is
$egefš keâes keâce efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw - cÙetcesšue Ùee hece&Suee@Ùe temperature dependent. temperature dependent.
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020) 4. The Scale is nonuniform The scale is uniform.

♦ In an electrical measuring instrument, the 5. The controlling torque is The controlling torque
controlling torque also known as– Restoring torque proportional to sin. is proportional to .
 Skeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâue ceeheve GheÙev$e ceW, keâvšêsefuebie šeke&â ....... kesâ 6. The readings can not be The readings can be
™he ceW Yeer peevee peelee nw– efjmšesefjbie šeke&â taken accurately. taken very accurately.
7. The system must be used The system need not be
♦ In a PMMC instrument, the force is responsible to
in vertical position only necessarily in vertical
move the pointer from the zero position - position.
Deflecting force
8. Proper leveling is required The leveling is not
 Skeâ PMMC GhekeâjCe ceW, mebkesâlekeâ keâes MetvÙe efmLeefle mes as gravity control. required.
mLeeveebleefjle keâjves kesâ efueS yeue DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw-efJe#esheCe yeue 9. Simple, cheap but Simple, rigid but
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) delicate. costlier compared to
gravity control.
♦ The ratio of the output signal of the given instrument
to change the input or the variable under 10. Rarely used for indicating Very popularly used in
measurement is- Sensitivity and portable instruments. most of the
instruments.
 ceeheve kesâ lenle Fvehegš Ùee efYeVelee keâes yeoueves kesâ efueS efoÙes ieÙes
Series transformer is also called –
GhekeâjCe kesâ DeeGšhegš efmeiveue keâe Devegheele nw- mebJesoveMeeruelee ♦
Current transformer
 ëe=bKeuee šêbmeHeâece&j keâes keâne peelee nw- Oeeje šêbmeHeâece&j
♦ In the indicating instruments the control torque is
produced by - The spring or gravity control (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
♦ .......... is used as a deflecting force in indicating
 mebkesâlekeâ Ùev$e ceW efveÙev$ekeâ yeueeIetCe& (TC) .........Éeje GlheVe instruments- Chemical effect, Thermal effect,
neslee nw– efmØebie DeLeJee ieg®lJe efveÙev$eCe Induction effect
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)  mebkesâleve GheÙeb$eeW ceW efJe#eshekeâ yeue kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee
Note : 1. Spring control mekeâlee nw– jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe, leeheerÙe ØeYeeJe, ØesjCe ØeYeeJe
Controlling torque TC   (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
♦ If the control springs of PMMC type instrument are
deflecting torque Td  I purposely made of large moment of inertia, then it
can be used as - A ballistic galvanometer
TC  Td
 Ùeefo PMMC Øekeâej keâs GhekeâjCe keâe efveÙeb$eCe efmØebie ØeÙeespeve mes
I yeÌ[s peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe& keâe yevee nw, lees Fmekeâe GheÙeesie ..........kesâ
™he ceW efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw - Skeâ yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj
2. Gravity control
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
Controlling torque TC  sin 
♦ The advantage of gravity control compared to spring
deflecting torque Td  I control is to be- comparatively cheap
 efmØebie efveÙev$eCe keâer leguevee ceW ieg®lJe efveÙev$eCe keâe ueeYe....... nw–
TC  Td
legueveelcekeâ ™he mes memlee nesvee
sin   I (PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
♦ The disadvantage of PMMC instruments is to be...... ♦ The instrument used only in D.C. measurement
Delicate instrument is.......... PMMC type Instrument
 PMMC GheÙev$e keâe oes<e nw -  kesâJeue [er.meer. ceeheve ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee GheÙev$e
veepegkeâ (keâesceue) GhekeâjCe nesvee nw............. PMMC šeFhe FmšÎceWš
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021) (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift-II)

♦ For gravity-controll measuring instruments must be - (LMRC SCTO 16.04.2018 shift-I )
Operated in vertical (PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
position, Low cost, Unaffected by change ♦ In measuring instruments, under equilibrium
condition, controlling torque (Tc) and deflecting
in temperature
torque (Td) are– Tc = Td
 ieg®lJe efveÙebef$ele ceehekeâ Ùeb$eeW kesâ efueS ...........nesvee ÛeeefnS–
 ceehekeâ GhekeâjCeeW ceW, meblegueve efmLeefle ceW, efveÙeb$eCe yeue DeeIetCe&
TOJee&Oej efmLeefle ceW mebÛeeefuele, keâce ueeiele, (Tc) Deewj efJe#esheCe yeue DeeIetCe& (Td) neslee nQ– Tc = Td
leeheceeve ceW heefjJele&ve mes DeØeYeeefJele (HSSSC JE- 1.09.2019)
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020) ♦ The pointer of an indicating instrument is made of–
HPSSC JE 18.07.2021 Aluminium
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)  mebkesâeflekeâ GheÙeb$eeW keâe hJeebFšj.............keâe yevee neslee nw–
♦ A moving iron ammeter has few turns of thick wire SuÙetceerevf eÙece
so that - Resistance became low
(HPCL A.M.T.- 20.04.2019 [Time 2:30-4:30])
 Skeâ Ûeue ueewn Sceeršj ceW ceesšs leej keâer keâce Jele& yeveeÙeer peeleer nw
♦ the main cause of magnetic decay in PMMC type
leeefkeâ - ØeeflejesOe keâce nes peeÙes instrument is– Aging of the magnets
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)  heerSceScemeer Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCeeW ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe #eÙe keâe cegKÙe
♦ The gravity controlled instrument must be used in keâejCe nw– Ûegcyekeâ keâe #ejCe
............position. Vertical
 ieg®lJe efveÙebef$ele Ùeb$e keâe GheÙeesie............efmLeefle ceW efkeâÙee peevee ♦ The correct expression for voltmeter sensitivity of
ÛeeefnS~ TOJee&Oej Rm + Rs
PMMC type instrument is–
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) V
♦ In absence of ............, the pointer will swing beyond  heerSceScemeer Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe keâe mebJesoveMeeruelee kesâ efueS mener
its final steady-state position and the deflection will
Rm + Rs
be indefinite. Controlling torque meceerkeâjCe nw–
V
 ..........keâer DevegheefmLeefle ceW metÛekeâ Deheveer Debeflece efmLej-efmLeefle keâer
efmLeefle mes Deeies yeÌ{ peeÙesiee Deewj efJe#eshe Deefveef§ele nes peeÙesiee-
♦ Which instrument has the multiple shunt or series
efveÙeb$eCe yeueeIetCe& resistances inside the meter– Multirange meter
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)  ceeršj kesâ Deboj efkeâme GhekeâjCe ceW ceušerheue Mebš Deewj meerjerpe
♦ ......... method utilises a vane mounted on the spindle jefpemšWme neslee nw– ceušerjWpe ceeršj
of the moving system the vane is thin aluminium
(UPPCL J.E.- 11.02.2018, Evening)
sheet and moves in a closed sector - shaped box -Air
friction damping ♦ Shaded-pole type measuring instrument is used only
for– AC system
 .......... efJeefOe Ûeue ØeCeeueer kesâ efmheb[ue hej ueies Jesve keâe GheÙeesie
 Mew[s[ heesue Øekeâej kesâ ceehekeâ Ùeb$e keâe GheÙeesie kesâJeue.........kesâ
keâjleer nw~ Jesve heleueer SuÙetefceefveÙece Meerš keâe nw Deewj Skeâ yevo
efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– S.meer. efmemšce
meskeäšj kesâ Deekeâej kesâ yee@keäme ceW Ûeuelee nw-JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce DeJecebove
(RRB SSE- (shift-III), 02.09.2015)
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) ♦ The pointer of an indicating instrument should be–
♦ The damping used in a permanent magnet moving Very light
coil instrument is - Eddy current damping  mebkesâeflekeâ GhekeâjCe ceW ØeÙegòeâ nesves Jeeuee hJeeFbšj nesvee ÛeeefnS–
 mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer GheÙeb$e ceW ØeÙegòeâ DeJecebove neslee nw- yengle nukeâe
YeBJej Oeeje DeJecevove (RRB SSE- (Shift-I), 03.09.2015)
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021), (RSMSSB JE 29.11.2020) (BSNL TTA- 29.9.16)
♦ ......... decides the time of response of an indicating [LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift]
instrument– Damping system ♦ In an induction-type instrument, two fluxes having a
 ..........mebkesâlekeâ GheÙeb$eeW kesâ Øeefleef›eâÙee kesâ meceÙe keâe efveCe&Ùe keâjlee phase difference  from a single phase supply can be
nw– DeJecebove ØeCeeueer achieved by– Splitting phase arrangement
 ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCeeW ceW Skeâ hesâpe Deehetefle& (efmebieue hesâpe
(ESE- 2004), (BSNL TTA- 28/09/2016)
mehueeF&) mes oes Deueie-Deueie heäuekeäme efpevekesâ hesâpe keâesCeeW keâe
♦ .......... is not essential for the working of an
indicating instrument– Braking torque Deblej  nes ............. Øeehle efkeâS pee mekeâles nQ–
 Skeâ metÛekeâ GheÙeb$e kesâ ef›eâÙee efJeefOe kesâ efueS ........ DeeJeMÙekeâ hesâpe Dejsvpecesbš keâes efJeYeeefpele keâjkesâ
veneR nw– yeÇsefkebâie yeueeIetCe& [LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift]
(ESE- 2012), (BSNL TTA- 25/09/2016) ♦ In spring control mechanism, the pointer will come
♦ In moving iron instruments, eddy current damping to rest at a position when– TC = TD
cannot be used because–
 efmØebie efveÙebef$ele ØeCeeueer ceW metÛekeâ leye efmLej efyevog hej Dee peelee nw
The introduction of a permanent magnet required
peye............ neslee nw– TC = TD
for eddy current damping would distorted the
existing weak operating magnetic field [LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift]
 Ûeue-ueewn GheÙeb$e ceW YebJej Oeeje DeJecebove ØeÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee pee ♦ In a measuring instrument, the torque produced by
mekeâlee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– YebJej Oeeje DeJecebove kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ the measurand is called– Deflecting torque
mLeeÙeerÛegcyekeâ keâe heefjÛeÙe efJeÅeceeve keâcepeesj  ceeheve ÙegefòeâÙeeW ceW ceehekeâ Ùeb$e Éeje pees yeueeIetCe& GlheVe neslee nw,
keânueelee nw– efJe#esefhele yeueeIetCe&
ØeÛeeueve ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâes efJe™efhele keâj osiee~
(ESE- 2014) (DMRC JE.- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)
♦ .......... type instruments have hysteresis loss zero– ♦ Air friction damping is used in……… instrument–
Moving coil Moving iron
 ..........Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCeeW ceW MewefLeuÙe neefveÙeeB MetvÙe nesleer nw–  JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce [Qefchebie keâe.............GhekeâjCe ceW ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
Ûeue kegâC[ueer ieefleMeerue ueewn (ceteJf ebie DeeÙejve)
(UPSSSC JE- 2016) (D.F.C.C.I.L- 11.11.2018)
♦ The most efficient type of damping used for moving
♦ Moving-iron instruments can be used to measure–
coil type instrument is– Eddy current damping
Both direct and alternating currents and voltages
 DeJecevove keâe meyemes ØeYeeJekeâejer Øekeâej pees IetCe&ve kegâC[ueer Øekeâej
kesâ GhekeâjCe kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw,...........neslee nw~  Ûeue-ueewn Øee™heer GheÙeb$e .............ceeheves nsleg ØeÙegòeâ efkeâS pee
YebJej Oeeje DeJecebove mekeâles nw– oesveeW efo° Deewj ØelÙeeJeleea

(DMRC.JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift) Oeeje leLee Jeesušlee
(PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) (PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
(AAI- 26.04.2015) (DMRC-JE-2015, MP-JE 2015)
(RRB SSE- (Shift-III) 01.09.2015) (LMRC JE- 2016)
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM) (DMRC-JE-2015), (RRB SSE- Shift-III, 28.08.2015)
♦ When the pointer of an indicating instrument is in
(BSNL TTA-25.09.2016)
motion, then the deflecting torque is opposed by–
Both damping torque and (SSC JE-1 March 2017, 2:45 pm)
controlling torque (SSC JE-2 March 2017, 10 am)
 peye efkeâmeer GhekeâjCe keâe mebkesâlekeâ ieefle ceW neslee nw lees efJe#esheCe ♦ Scale of Moving Iron instruments is– Non uniform
keâjves Jeeues šeke&â keâe efJejesOe .......... oddJeeje neslee nw–  Ûeeefuele ueewn Ùeb$eeW keâe hewceevee.........neslee nw– Demeceeve
DeJecebove yeueeIetCe& Deewj efveÙeb$eCe (UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016),
yeueeIetCe& oesveeW (UPPCL JE- 2015), (UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
Meter type Control Damping Suitability Application
PMMC Spring Eddy current D.C. Widely used for d.c. current and voltage
measurements in low and medium impedance
circuits.
Moving Iron Spring or Gravity Air friction D.C. and A.C. Used for rough indication of currents and
voltages. Widely used for the indicator type
instruments on panels.
Electro Spring Air friction D.C. and A.C. used mainly as wattmeter. Also may be used as
dynamometer ammeter or voltmeter. Widely used as a
calibration instrument and as a transfer
instrument.
♦ Current and Potential transformers are used to ♦ The most suitable material for spring in majority of
measure the– High current and high voltage the measuring instruments, except in low resistance
 Oeeje Deewj efJeYeJe heefjCeeefce$e..........keâes ceeheves kesâ efueÙes GheÙeesie instruments is– Phosphor -bronze
efkeâÙee peelee nw– GÛÛe Oeeje Deewj GÛÛe Jeesušlee  DeefOekeâlece ceeheve GhekeâjCeeW kesâ efmØebie kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegòeâ
(UPRVUNL JE- 2016) heoeLe&, vÙetve ØeeflejesOe GhekeâjCeeW keâes Úes[Ì keâj nQ– heâe@mheâj yeÇevpe
♦ In measuring instruments, damping force can be (Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017)
produced by– Eddy current ♦ The damping force necessary in measuring
 ceeheve GheÙeb$e cebs DeJecevokeâ yeue ............. kesâ Éeje GlheVe efkeâÙee instruments– To bring the pointer to a standstill
pee mekeâlee nw– Ye@Jej Oeeje quickly after it is deflected
(DMRC JE -2017)  ...........ceehekeâ Ùeb$e ceW DeJecebove yeue DeeJeMÙekeâ nw–
♦ Moving iron type meter has nonlinear scale as– efJe#esefhele nesves kesâ yeeo metÛekeâ keâes peuoer "njeJe
  I 2rms ceW ueskeâj Deeves kesâ efueS
 cetefJebie DeeÙejve Øekeâej ceeršj ceW mkesâue DejsKeerÙe neslee nw pees (LMRC JE -2016)
.........neslee nw–   I 2rms (RRB SSE- Secundrabad (Shift-I), 02.09.2015)
(DMRC JE -2017) ♦ A pointer of the instrument once deflected returns to
♦ .......... represents the departure of the observed reading zero position when the current is removed due to–
from the arithmetic mean of the group of readings– Controlling torque
Deviation  Skeâ GheÙeb$e keâe mebkesâlekeâ Skeâ yeej efJe#esefhele nes peelee nw, lees Oeeje
 hee"Ÿeebkeâ kesâ mecetn kesâ DebkeâieefCeleerÙe ceeOÙe mes Øesef#ele DeJeueesefkeâle nše uesves kesâ yeeo Fmekesâ MetvÙe eqmLeefle hej Jeeheme Deeves keâe keâejCe
hee"Ÿeebkeâ .......... ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw– efJeÛeueve nw - efveÙev$eCe DeeIetCe&
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45) (UJVNL JE-2016), (Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017)
♦ To reduce the loading effect, an instrument must ♦ The deflecting torque in an instrument may be
possess– High input impedance produced–
 Yeej ØeYeeJe keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS, Skeâ Ùeb$e ceW nesvee ÛeeefnS– Magnetically, Electrostatically, Thermally
GÛÛe Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee  GheÙeb$e ceW efJe#esheCe DeeIetCe&............. lhevve neslee nw–
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016) ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he mes, Fueskeäšêms šsefškeâ ™he mes,
♦ A PMMC meter can be used as an ammeter using–
Shunt resistors T<ceerÙe ™he mes
 Skeâ heerSceScemeer ceeršj keâe GheÙeesie Sceeršj kesâ ™he cebs ......... (UJVNL JE-2016)
Fmlesceeue keâjkesâ neslee nw– Mebš jefpemšj ♦ A null type instrument as compared to a deflecting
type instrument has–
(DMRC JE -2017)
♦ In moving coil instruments, the........ scale is used– Higher accuracy and high sensitivity
Linear  Skeâ MetvÙe Øekeâej kesâ GheÙeb$e ceW Skeâ efJe#esheCe Øekeâej kesâ GheÙeb$e keâer
 Ûeue kegâC[ueer GhekeâjCeeW ceW,..........mkesâue keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw– leguevee ceW nw– GÛÛelej ÙeLeeLe&lee Deewj GÛÛe mebJesoveMeeruelee
jsKeerÙe (UTTARAKHAND-I 2013)
(Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017) (UPRVUNL AE- 11.06.2014, 14:36:06)
♦ In an Induction type meter, maximum torque is ♦ In a moving coil galvanometer–
produced when the phase angle between two fluxes Deflection torque = Restoring torque
is– 900  Skeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer (cetefJebie keâe@Fue) iewuJesveesceeršj ceW–
 Skeâ ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ ceeršj ceW DeefOekeâlece yeueeIetCe& GlheVe neslee nw efJe#esheCe DeeIetCe& = ØelÙeeJele&ve (jermšesefjbie) DeeIetCe&
peye oes Heäuekeäme kesâ yeerÛe ceW keâuee keâesCe nes– 900 (UPPCL JE- 2015)
(Uttarakhand AE- (Paper-I)-2013) (UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
♦ The linearity of an instrument is – ♦ In indicating instruments the springs are mainly used
to– Control the pointer movement
Closeness of the calibration curve to
 metÛekeâ Ùeb$eeW ceW efmhebÇieeW keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw cegKÙele–
a specified straight line
mebkesâlekeâ ieefle kesâ efveÙeb$eCe kesâ efueS
 Skeâ Ùeb$e keâer jsKeerÙelee nw–
(SSC JE- 2013)
DebMeebkeâve Je›eâ keâer Skeâ efveOee&efjle meerOeer jsKee mes meceerhelee
♦ To maximize the driving torque in an induction type
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) instrument, flux produced by shunt coil and series
♦ Eddy current damping can not be used for moving coil should be–
iron instrument because– In quadrature with each other
The presence of permanent magnet required for  ØesjCe Øekeâej GhekeâjCe ceW Ûeeueve yeue-DeeIetCe& keâes DeefOekeâlece keâjves
this purpose will affect the deflection and the kesâ efueS, heeÕe& kegbâ[ueer leLee ßesCeer kegbâ[ueer Éeje yeveeÙee ieÙee
instrument reading. ]heäuekeäme nesvee ÛeeefnS–
 Ûeue ueewn Ùeb$eeW ceW YebJej DeJecebove keâe ØeÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee pee Skeâ-otmejs kesâ meeLe mecekeâesefCekeâ efmLeefle ceW
mekeâlee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– (SSC JE- 2013)
♦ The effect of stray magnetic fields on the actuating
Fme keâeÙe& nsleg efmLej Ûegcyekeâ kesâ nesves mes efJe#esheCe SJeb Ùev$e torque of a portable instrument is maximum when
keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ ØeYeeefJele neslee nw~ the operating field of the instrument and the stray
fields are– Parallel
(UPRVUNL AE -2016)
 Skeâ heesšxyeue GhekeâjCe kesâ meef›eâÙe yeue-DeeIetCe& hej mš^s ÛegbyekeâerÙe
♦ In PMMC instruments, damping is provided by–
#es$e keâe ØeYeeJe DeefOekeâlece neslee nw peye Ùeb$e keâe keâeÙe&keâejer #es$e
An aluminium frame on which the coil is wound
Deewj mš^s #es$e neslee nw– meceeveeblej
 PMMC Ùeb$eeW ceW, DeJecebove Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw– (MP JE- 2016, Evening Shift)
SuÙegceerefveÙece øesâce efpeme hej kegbâ[ueer kegbâ[efuele nw ♦ Energy savings potential of variable torque
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) applications compared to constant torque application
is– Higher
♦ In a critically damped system, the damping factor of
 efveÙele DeeIetCe& DevegØeÙeesie keâer leguevee ceW Ûej DeeIetCe& DevegØeÙeesieeW ceW
the system is– Unity
Tpee& yeÛele keâer #ecelee nesleer nw– pÙeeoe
 Skeâ ›eâebeflekeâ DeJecebefole ØeCeeueer ceW, ØeCeeueer keâe [wefchebie keâejkeâ
(MP JE- 2016 Morning Shift)
nw– FkeâeF& ♦
Potentiometer is basically a–
(BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016) Measuring instrument
♦ In Force-Voltage analogy, spring constant is  efJeYeJeceeheer (Potentiometer) cetuele: Skeâ–
analogous to...........in electrical system– ceeheve GhekeâjCe nw
Reciprocal of capacitance (RRB JE- Guwahati 2014)
 yeue-efJeYeJe leguÙelee ceW eémØeie eqmLejebkeâ, efJeÅegle efvekeâeÙe ceW ♦
Deflecting torque is produced by–
...........kesâ leguÙe nw– Oeeefjlee kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer Magnetization
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM)  efJe#eshekeâ yeueeIetCe& (Deflecting torque) GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee
♦ In.................. instruments the deflecting torque nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙekeâjCe
depends on the frequency– (RRB JE- Bhopal 2014)
Induction type ♦ The moving system of an indicating type of
 .................. GhekeâjCe ceW ef[Heäuesefkeäšbie še@ke&â DeeJe=efòe hej efveYe&j electrical instrument is subjected to–
keâjlee nw– ØesjCe Øekeâej Deflecting torque, Controlling torque,
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) Damping torque
 metÛekeâ Øekeâej kesâ JewÅegle GheÙeb$e kesâ Ûeue leb$e hej ueielee nw– ♦ The scale of moving iron (M.I) instrument is–
efJe#esheer yeue-DeeIetCe&, efveÙeb$eCe yeue-DeeIetCe&, Cramped
DeJecebove yeue-DeeIetCe&  Ûeue ueewn (Sce.DeeF&.) ceeheÙeb$e keâe hewceevee neslee nw– peefšue
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) (SSC JE- 2008)
(RRB SSE- (Shift-III) 02.09.2015) ♦ Damping torque is essential to– Reduce oscillation
(RRB SSE- (Shift-III) 02.09.2015)  DeJecebokeâ yeueeIetCe& DeeJeMÙekeâ nw– oesueve keâce keâjves kesâ efueS
(UPSSSC JE-2016) (UPSSSC JE- 2015)
♦ The material of hair spring used in measuring
♦ In an attraction type moving Iron instrument, the
instruments is made of ........ material–
damping torque is usually provided by–
Phosphor bronze
Air friction damping
 ceeheve GheÙeb$eeW ceW ØeÙegòeâ leveg keâceeveer ........ heoeLe& keâer yeveer nesleer
nw– Heâe@mHeâj yeÇe@bpe  Skeâ Ûeue ueewn (Deekeâ<e&keâ Øe™he) GheÙeb$e ceW DeJecebove yeueeIetCe&
Deeceleewj hej Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw– JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce DeJecebove Éeje
♦ If a galvanometer is sensitive, it will provide large (UPSSSC JE- 2015)
deflection on providing– Small current ♦ .......have uniform scale– Spring control instrument
 Ùeefo Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj mebJesoveMeerue nw lees Fmes.............GheueyOe  .........keâe hewceevee Ùetveerheâece& neslee nw– efmØebie keâvšêus e GheÙev$e
keâjeves hej yeÌ[e efJe#esheCe Øeoeve keâjsiee– keâce Oeeje (UPSSSC JE-2016)
(UPPCL JE- 2016) ♦ Induction type instruments are used– AC
♦ If current through the operating coil of a moving iron
 ØesjCe Øekeâej GheÙev$e ØeÙeesie nesles nQ– ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ceW
instrument is doubled, the operating force becomes–
4 times (UPSSSC JE-2016)
 Ùeefo Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCe keâer ØeÛeeueve kegbâ[ueer Éeje Oeeje keâes ogiegvee keâj (BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 10 am)
efoÙee peeS, lees ØeÛeeueve yeue efkeâlevee nes peeSiee– 4 iegvee PGCIL JE -23.08.2021
(SSC JE- 2014, Morning Shift) ♦ Damping torque in measuring instruments provided
♦ In moving iron instruments, the iron moves in a by Fluid friction damping is mainly used–
direction to cause– Minimum reluctance path Where deflecting torque is minimum
 Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCeeW ceW ueewn Skeâ efoMee ceW Ietcelee nw .......... kesâ  ceeheve Ùeb$eeW ceW õJe Ie<e&Ce DeJecebove Éeje Øeoòe DeJecebokeâ yeueeIetCe&
keâejCe – vÙetvelece Øeefle°cYe heLe keâe ØeÙeesie cegKÙele: ............efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(SSC JE- 2014, Morning Shift) peneB efJeÛeefuele yeueeIetCe& vÙetvelece nes
♦ The moving coil instrument is a type of – (UPPCL AE- Re-Exam 30-12-2016)
Indicating instrument ♦ Deflecting torque is.............the quantity under
 Ûeue kegbâ[ueer GheÙeb$e Skeâ Øekeâej keâe ......... nw–metÛekeâ Ghe Ùev$e measurement in PMMC instruments–
(UPPCL JE-2015) Directly proportional to
 An induction meter can handle current up to– 100 A  PMMC GheÙeb$e ceW ceeheve kesâ Devle&iele efJe#eshekeâ yeueeIetCe& jeefMe
 Skeâ ØesjCe ceeršj ......... lekeâ Oeeje keâe mebÛeeueve keâj mekeâlee nw– kesâ...........neslee nw– meceevegheeleer
100 A
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.206)
(UPRVUNL JE-2015)
♦ ......... has the highest torque/weight ratio–
♦ An instrument gives maximum deflection for any
Permanent magnet moving coil instrument
amount of quantity passed through it. .......... pairs is
 ....... ceW meJeexÛÛe yeue-DeeIetCe&/Yeej Devegheele neslee nw– present– Deflecting and damping
mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ Ûeue kebgâ[ueer GhekeâjCe
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe, Fmemes iegpejves Jeeueer efkeâmeer Yeer cee$ee kesâ efueS
(SSC JE- 2014, Morning Shift)
DeefOekeâlece efJe#eshe oslee nw~ ........Ùegice GheefmLele nesiee–
♦ Moving coil (PMMC) and moving iron instruments can
be distinguished by observing its– Scale efJemLeeheve leLee DeJecebove
 Ûeue kebgâ[ueer (PMMC) Deewj Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCeeW keâes (HMWS-12)
Fmekesâ..........keâes osKekeâj henÛeevee pee mekeâlee nw– hewceevee ♦ Ideally, the damping torque should be–
(RRB JE- Ajmer 2014) Proportional to the velocity of the moving system
(SSC JE- 2014, Evening Shift) but independent of operating current.

 DeeoMe& ™he cebs, [wefchebie DeeIetCe& nesvee ÛeeefnS– ♦ Direct deflection measurements method are most
widely used as, these are–
Ûeefuele ØeCeeueer kesâ Jesie kesâ meceevegheeleer uesefkeâve
Most simple and least time consuming
heÇÛeeefuele Oeeje mes mJeleb$e
 ØelÙe#e efJe#esheCe ceeheve efJeefOe meyemes JÙeehekeâ ™he mes GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
(TSTransco-15)
peelee nw, Ùes nesles nQ–
♦ The damping force acts on the moving system of an meyemes meeOeejCe leLee keâce-mes-keâce meceÙe Jeeues
indicating instrument only when it is– Moving
♦ A null type instrument as compared to a deflected
 DeJecebove yeue Skeâ mebkesâlekeâ GhekeâjCe keâer Ûeue ØeCeeueer hej leYeer type instrument has– Higher accuracy
keâece keâjlee nw peye Ùen neslee nw– Ûeefuele
 Skeâ efJe#esheCe Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe keâer leguevee ceW Skeâ MetvÙe Øekeâej
(RRB SSE- Secundrabad (Shift-I), 02.09.2015) kesâ GhekeâjCe ........... ceW nesleer nw– GÛÛe Megælee
♦ A moving iron instrument gives correct reading
♦ A recording type of instrument is – ECG
when used at– Only one frequency
 Skeâ DeefYeuesKeer Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe nw– F&.meer.peer.
 Ûeue ueewn GheÙeb$e mener hee"dÙeebkeâ oslee nw peye ...... hej GheÙeesie neslee
nw– kesâJeue Skeâ DeeJe=efòe ♦ The instrument is precise if the reading–
(RRB JE- (Shift-I), 29.08.2015) Is repeatable
(BSNL TTA- 28.9.16)  GhekeâjCe ÙeLeeLe& nesiee Ùeefo hee"dÙeebkeâ nw – oesnjeves ÙeesiÙe
♦ In a portable instrument, the controlling torque is ♦ In eddy current damping, disc or former is made of a
provided by– Spring material that is a– Conductor but non-magnetic
 Skeâ heesšxyeue GhekeâjCeeW ceW, efveÙeb$eCe yeueeIetCe& .......... Øeoeve  YeBJej Oeeje DeJecevove ceW, ef[mkeâ Ùee Heâece&j ............heoeLe& keâe
efkeâÙee peelee nw- eEmØeie Éeje yevee neslee nw– Ûeeuekeâ uesefkeâve iewj-ÛegcyekeâerÙe
(RRB SSE- (Shift-I), 03.09.2015) ♦ In general, fluid friction damping is not employed in
♦ Torque/weight ratio will be least in........ indicating instruments although one can find its use
instruments– Dynamometer in– Kelvin electrostatic voltmeter
 yeueeIetCe&/Yeej Devegheele...........GhekeâjCeeW ceW meyemes keâce nesiee–  meeceevÙe leewj hej, õJe Ie<e&Ce DeJecevove keâe GheÙeesie metÛekeâ
GhekeâjCe ceW veneR efkeâÙee peelee nw ÙeÅeefhe Fmekeâe GheÙeesie
[eÙevesceesceeršj
..............ceW efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
♦ Class 0.1 instruments are used as–
kesâefuJeve efmLej efJeÅegle Jeesuš ceeršj
Precision measuring instruments
♦ The controlling torque of an indicating
 Jeie& 0.1 GhekeâjCe................ kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeles nw–
instrument......as the deflection of the moving system
Megæ ceehekeâ Ùeb$e increases– Increases
♦ If the pointer of measuring instrument moves  metÛekeâ GhekeâjCe keâe efveÙeb$eCe yeueeIetCe&............peye Ûeue ØeCeeueer
quickly to its final deflected position, it is–
keâe efJe#esheCe yeÌ{lee nw– yeÌ{lee nw~
Critically damped
♦ When the pointer of an indicating instrument comes
 Ùeefo ceehekeâ Ùeb$e keâe hJeeFbšj Deheves Debeflece efJe#esefhele efmLeefle ceW to rest in the final deflected position–
peuoer hengÛe peelee nw lees Ùen nw– ›eâeefvlekeâ DeJecebefokeâ Both deflecting and controlling torque acts
♦ The class of measuring instrument that used for  peye Skeâ metÛekeâ GhekeâjCe keâe metÛekeâ Deefvlece efJe#esheCe DeJemLee mes
industrial and panel board application is– Class 1
efJejeceeJemLee ceW Deelee nw lees–
 ceeheve Ùeb$e keâe Jeie& pees DeewÅeesefiekeâ Deewj hewveue yees[& DevegØeÙeesie kesâ
DeJecevokeâ yeueeIetCe& Deewj efveÙeb$eCe yeueeIetCe&
efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Jeie& 1
oesveeW keâeÙe& keâjles nw~
♦ If the damping factor of a system is 1 the system is–
Critically damped ♦ Most efficient form of damping used in instruments
is– Eddy current damping
 Ùeefo efmemšce ceW DeJecevove Hewâkeäšj 1 nw, lees Jen efmemšce nw–
 GhekeâjCeeW ceW ØeÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer DelÙeefOekeâ o#e DeJecevove nw–
›eâebeflekeâ DeJecebove
YeBJej Oeeje DeJecevove
♦ The pointer of an indicating instrument is in the final
♦ The damping is generally preferred in case of
deflected position, when–
instruments having weak magnetic field–
The damping torque is zero
Air friction damping
 Skeâ mebkesâlekeâ Ùeb$e keâe metÛekeâ Debeflece efJe#esheCe efmLeefle ceW neslee nw,
 keâcepeesj ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Jeeues GhekeâjCe ceW meeceevÙele: DeJecevokeâ
peye– [wefchebie yeueeIetCe& MetvÙe nes
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce DeJecevokeâ
♦ For a electrostatic meter……. is used– ♦ Air friction damping is achieved by the movement
Fluid friction damping of aluminium piston in a cylinder when–
 Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ ceeršj ceW ……….. ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw – Piston will have small circular clearance so that
lejue Ie<e&Ce DeJecevove air can pass with hinderance
♦ Which instrument gives the value of the quantity to  JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce DeJecebokeâ, efmeuesC[j ceW SuÙegefceefveÙece efhemšve kesâ ieefle
be measured in terms of the constants of the Éeje Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw peye–
instruments and their deflection only–
efhemšve ceW Je=òeerÙe efkeäueÙejWme yengle keâce nesiee leeefkeâ JeeÙeg
Absolute instruments
 GheÙeb$e kesâ efmLejebkeâ Deewj Gvekeâer efJe#esheCe kesâ heo ceW ......... ceeheer ®keâ-®keâ (yeeOee kesâ meeLe) kesâ heeme nes mekesâ
peeves Jeeueer jeefMe keâe ceeve oslee nw– hejce GheÙev$e ♦ In the case of indicating instruments the function of
♦ The preferred damping condition to indicating the control spring is–
instrument is– A damping coefficient of 0.8 to 1 To apply controlling torque, to pass electric
 meebkesâeflekeâ GheÙev$eeW keâer DeJecevokeâ efmLeefle .........hemevo nesleer nw– current to moving system
DeJecevokeâ iegCeebkeâ 0.8 mes 1 lekeâ  mebkesâlekeâ GhekeâjCe kesâ mecyevOe ceW efveÙeb$eCe eEmØeie keâe keâeÙe& neslee
♦ A......... device prevents the Oscillation of the nw– efveÙebef$ele yeue DeeIetCe& Øeoeve keâjvee, Ûeue ØeCeeueer mes
moving system and enables the latter to reach its JewÅegle Oeeje heeme keâjvee
final position quickly– Damping
♦ In electrical measuring instruments, electrical energy
 Skeâ..............Ùegefòeâ Ûeue ØeCeeueer keâer oesueve keâes keâce keâjlee nw is converted to– Mechanical energy
leLee Gmekesâ yeeo peuoer mes Fmekeâer Deefvlece DeJemLee ceW hengBÛeves lekeâ
me#ece yeveelee nw– DeJecevokeâ  efJeÅegle ceeheve GhekeâjCeeW ceW, efJeÅegle Tpee& keâes ............. ceW
♦ Damping in an instrument provides–
heefjJee|lele keâj efoÙee peelee nw– Ùeebef$ekeâ Tpee&
Braking action on a meter pointer ♦ For protecting a galvanometer during transport–
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe ceW DeJecebokeâ Øeoeve keâjlee nw– Critical damping resistance is connected
Skeâ ceeršj metÛekeâ hej cebove ef›eâÙee across the terminals
♦ In an instrument hysteresis means–  šêbmeheesš& kesâ oewjeve iewuJesveesceeršj keâer megj#ee kesâ efueS–
The change in same reading when input is first še|ceveueeW kesâ Deej-heej ›eâebeflekeâ DeJecebokeâ
increases and then decreases
ØeeflejesOe peesÌ[e peelee nw
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe ceW MewefLeuÙe keâe celeueye nw–
♦ A portable instrument is likely to have ...........
peye Fvehegš henues yeÌ{lee nw Deewj efheâj Ieš peelee nw, lees damping– Eddy current
Gmekesâ meceeve hee"Ÿeebkeâ ceW heefjJele&ve
 Skeâ heesšxyeue GhekeâjCe ceW ............. DeJecevove keâer mecYeeJevee
♦ In measuring instruments a mirror is provided
behind the pointer with a purpose that– nesleer nw– YebJej Oeeje
Reading errors due to inclined observation are ♦ When the damping of an instrument is adjusted to
eliminated by removing parallax between the enable the pointer to rise quickly to its deflected
pointer and its image in the mirror position without overshooting, in that case the
 ceeheve GhekeâjCeeW ceW metÛekeâ kesâ heerÚs Skeâ ohe&Ce ........... kesâ instrument is said to be– Dead beat
GösMÙe mes Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw–  peye efkeâmeer GhekeâjCe keâer DeJecebokeâ keâes meceeÙeesefpele keâjves kesâ efueS
IegceeJeoej DeJeueeskeâve kesâ keâejCe hee"Ÿeebkeâ $egefšÙeeW keâes ohe&Ce hJeeFbšj keâes Deheveer nšeS ieS efmLeefle ceW lespeer mes yeÌ{ves kesâ efyevee
ceW metÛekeâ Deewj Gmekeâer Øeefleefyecye kesâ yeerÛe uecyeve DeesJejMetefšbie meceeÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees Gme Iešvee ceW
keâes nše efoÙee peelee nw GhekeâjCe keâes.........keâne peelee nw– [s[ yeerš
♦ Scale of an instrument will be uniform if– ♦ In order to get best results, indicating instruments
Deflecting torque varies directly as the deflection are– Damped slightly less than the critical value
angle, control torque varies directly  meJeexòece heefjCeece Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS mebkesâlekeâ GhekeâjCe neslee nw–
as the deflection angle
›eâebeflekeâ ceeve mes LeesÌ[e keâce DeJeceefvole
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâe hewceevee Skeâ meceeve nesiee, Ùeefo–
♦ The instruments can be made using magnetic effect
efJe#esheCe yeue DeeIetCe& meerOes efJe#esheCe keâesCe kesâ ™he ceW is– Wattmeters, Energy meters, Voltmeters
yeouelee nw, efveÙebef$ele yeue DeeIetCe& meerOes efJe#esheCe  ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØeYeeJe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ GhekeâjCe yeveeÙee pee mekeâlee
keâesCe kesâ ™he ceW yeouelee nw nw– Jee@šceeršj, Tpee&ceeršj, Jeesuš ceeršj
Note: ♦ Which is essential features possessed by an
indicating instrument–
Principle of operation of Electrical instrument
Deflecting, Controlling, Damping
Type Effect Suitable Instrument
for
 keâewve mee DeeJeMÙekeâ iegCe mebkesâleve GhekeâjCe Éeje DeefOeke=âle efkeâÙee
peelee nw– efJe#eshekeâ, efveÙeefv$ele, DeJecebokeâ
Moving-iron Magnetic effect dc and ac Ammeter,
voltmeter ♦ The spring material used in a spring control device
......... the property– Should be non-magnetic,
Permanent- Electrodynamic dc only Ammeter,
Must be of low temperature co-efficient,
magnet moving effect voltmeter
coil Should have low specific resistance
Dynamometer Electrodynamic dc and ac Ammeter,

 efmØebie efveÙeb$eCe GhekeâjCe ceW ØeÙegòeâ efmØeb«e meece«eer ceW iegCe .........
type effect voltmeter, DeÛegcyekeâerÙe nesvee ÛeeefnS, efvecve leehe iegCeebkeâ
wattmeter nesvee ÛeeefnS, efvecve efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe nesvee ÛeeefnS
Induction type Electromagnetic ac only Ammeter, ♦ Properties a damping must possess–
induction effect voltmeter, Must be a good insulator, Should be non-
wattmeter, evaporating, Should not have corrosive action
energymeter
upon the metal of the vane
Hot wire Thermal effect dc and ac Ammeter,  Skeâ DeJecebokeâ lesue ceW DeeJeMÙekeâ iegCe nesvee ÛeeefnS–
voltmeter
Skeâ DeÛÚe DeJejesOekeâ nesvee ÛeeefnS, DeJee<heerke=âle nesvee
Electrolytic Chemical effect dc only Ampere-
ÛeeefnS, Jesve kesâ Oeeleg hej meb#eejkeâ keâeÙe&Jeener
meter hour meter
veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS
Electrostatic Electrostatic dc and ac Voltmeter
type effect only ♦ To achieve the optimum transient response, the
indicating instruments are so designed as to–
♦ In instruments the term 'artificial aging' is associated
with– Permanent magnets Providing damping which is slightly
less than the critical value
 GhekeâjCe ceW heo ‘DeešeaefheâefMeÙeue Sefpebie’ ........... kesâ meeLe
mebyebefOele neslee nw– mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ  meJeexòece #eefCekeâ Devegef›eâÙee Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS, metÛekeâ GhekeâjCe
...........kesâ ¤he ceW DeefYekeâefuhele efkeâÙes peeles nQ–
♦ The gravity controll instrument has crowded scale
because current is proportional to– DeJecebove Øeoeve keâjvee pees efkeâ ›eâebelf ekeâ
Sine of deflection angle ceeve mes Lees[
Ì e keâce nw
 ieg®lJe efveÙebef$ele GhekeâjCe ceW meIeve hewceeves nesles nQ, keäÙeeWefkeâ ♦ The materials to be used in the manufacture of a
Oeeje.........kesâ meceevegheeleer nesleer nQ– efJe#esheCe keâesCe keâs pÙee standard resistance should have–
High resistivity and low
♦ Damping of the Ballistic galvanometer is made
small to– Get first deflection large temperature coefficient
 yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj keâe DeJecevokeâ .......... kesâ efueS Úesše  Skeâ ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOe keâes yeveeves ceW ØeÙegkeäle nesves Jeeues heoeLe&
yeveeÙee peelee nw– henues yeÌ[e efJe#esheCe Øeehle keâjves~ ........... keâe nesvee ÛeeefnS–
♦ Ballistic galvanometer is used to measure– GÛÛe ØeeflejesOekeâlee Deewj efvecve leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ
Quantity of charge ♦ "The current internationally recognized unit of time
 yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie ……. ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee and frequency is based on the caesium clock, which
peelee nw– DeeJesMe keâer cee$ee gives an accuracy better than 1s per day." This
statement is related to– Primary standards
♦ If an instrument has cramped scale for larger values,
 Jele&ceeve Devleje&°êrÙe ™he mes meceÙe Deewj DeeJe=efòe keâer heefjefÛele
then it follows– Logarithmic law
FkeâeF&, meerefpeÙece IeÌ[er hej DeeOeeefjle nw~ pees Øeefleefove Skeâ ceeF›eâes
 Ùeefo Skeâ GhekeâjCe kesâ heeme yeÌ[s ceeve kesâ efueS lebie hewceevee nw, meskesâC[ mes yesnlej mešerkeâlee oslee nw Ùen keâLeve mebyebefOele nw–
lees Ùen DevegmejCe keâjlee nw– ueIegieCekeâerÙe efveÙece ØeeLeefcekeâ ceevekeâ
♦ The switch board instruments– ♦ The most suitable primary atomic standard for
Should be mounted in vertical position frequency is– Caesium beam standard
 efmJeÛe yees[& GhekeâjCe keâes–  DeeJe=efòe kesâ efueS meyemes GefÛele ØeeLeefcekeâ hejceeCeefJekeâ ceevekeâ nw–
TOJee&Oej efmLeefle ceW ueiee nesvee ÛeeefnS meerefpeÙece yeerce ceevekeâ
♦ The simplest and most common method of reducing ♦ ............does the pointer indicate most accurately–
any 'effect of inductive coupling' between In about middle of the scale
measurement and power circuits is achieved by  hewceevee kesâ ........... metÛekeâ meyemes mener {bie mes mebkesâle keâjlee nw–
using– Twisted pairs of cable
hewceevee kesâ ueieYeie yeerÛe ceW~
 ceeheve Deewj Meefòeâ heefjheLe kesâ yeerÛe efkeâmeer ØesjCe Ùegiceve kesâ ØeYeeJe
♦ The nature of the indicating scale if a moving coil
keâes keâce keâjves nsleg meyemes mejue Deewj meeceevÙe efJeefOe.......... ØeÙeesie instrument is used as an ohm meter will be –
keâjkesâ Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw– kesâyeue keâs šdJeermšs[ pees[ Ì es keâe
Hyperbolic
♦ An example of a first order instrument system is–
 metÛekeâ mkesâue keâer Øeke=âefle ...........nesieer Ùeefo Skeâ Ûeue keäJee@Ùeue
Thermister, Thermocouple dipped in a liquid, GheÙev$e Deesce ceeršj kesâ YeeBefle GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peeS–
Resistance, Capacitance network
 Skeâ ØeLece keâesefš kesâ GhekeâjCe keâe GoenjCe nw– DeeflehejJeueefÙekeâ
Leceeamšj, õJe ceW [tyee ngDee Leceexkeâheue, jefpemšsvme, 4. Sceeršme& SJeb Jeesušceeršme&
kewâheeefmešWme vesšJeke&â
(Ammeters and Voltmeters)
♦ For a second order instrument, the optimum range
of  (damping ratio), which gives good frequency ♦ An instrument transformer is used to extend the
response over a wide range of frequencies is– range of– Induction instrument
0.5 to 0.6  Skeâ GhekeâjCe š^ e b meheâece& j keâe ØeÙees
i e efkeâmekeâe hejeme yeÌ{eves nsleg
 Skeâ efÉleerÙe Deveg›eâce GhekeâjCe kesâ efueS  (DeJecebove Devegheele) keâjles nQ– ØesjCe GhekeâjCe
keâe meJeexòece ceeve pees Skeâ efJemle=le DeeJe=efòe hejeme kesâ Thej DeÛÚer (RRB JE- (Shift-III), 26.08.2015)
DeeJe=efòe Devegef›eâÙee oslee nw, nw– 0.5 mes 0.6 ♦ Due to overdamping, the instrument will become–
Both Lethargic and Slow
♦ Dynamic response consists of–
 DeesJej[wefchebie kesâ keâejCe GhekeâjCe nes peeSiee–
Two parts - one steady state and the other
transient state response megmle Deewj Oeercee oesveeW
 (UPPCL J.E.- 11.02.2018, Evening)
ieeflekeâerÙe Devegef›eâÙee ceW nesles nw– oes Yeeie-Skeâ mLeeÙeer DeJemLee
(RRB SSE-Secundrabad shift –I 2.09.2015)
Deewj DevÙe DemLeeÙeer DeJemLee Devegef›eâÙee
♦ Materials used in the fabrication of swamping
♦ The efficiency of instrument is defined as the ratio resistance of PMMC instrument is – Maganin
of the measured quantity at full scale to the power  Skeâ PMMC GheÙeb$e kesâ mJewefchebie ØeeflejesOe keâer mebjÛevee ceW ØeÙegòeâ
taken by the instrument at– Full scale
heoeLe& nw– cewbiveerve
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâer o#elee keâes, hetCe& hewceeves hej ceeheer ieÙeer jeefMe
(ESE- 2004)
Deewj...........hej GhekeâjCe Éeje ueer ieÙeer Meefòeâ kesâ Devegheele kesâ
♦ The degree to which an instrument indicates the
™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– hetCe& hewceeves changes in measured variable without dynamic error
♦ Dead zone of an instrument is– is– Fidelity
The largest change of input quantity for which  Jen ÙeesiÙelee efpemekesâ keâejCe Skeâ GheÙeb$e ceeefhele-Ûej ceW efyevee-
there is no output of the instrument ieeflepe $egefš kesâ heefjJele&ve metefÛele keâjlee nw– hegvejeslheeokeâlee
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâe DeØeÛeeefuele #es$e neslee nw– (ESE - 2016)
Fvehegš jeefMe keâe DeefOekeâlece heefjJele&ve efpemekesâ efueS JeneB ♦
An advantage of PMMC instrument is that -
GhekeâjCe keâe keâesF& DeeGšhegš veneR nw~ It has high torque-to-weight ratio
♦ A first order instrument is characterized by– of moving parts
Static sensitivity and time constant  PMMC GheÙeb$e keâe ueeYe nw, efkeâ Ùen–
 Skeâ ØeLece Deveg›eâce GhekeâjCe keâer efJeMes<elee nw– ieefleMeerue Yeeie keâe yeueeIetCe& Deewj Yeej
efmLej mebJesoveMeeruelee Deewj meceÙe efmLejebkeâ Devegheele GÛÛe neslee nw~
♦ Thermal zero-shift in an instrument refers to– (ESE- 2012)
Maximum variation in pen zero due to ♦ .......... is basically a current sensitive instrument–
temperature variation Permanent magnet moving coil instrument
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe ceW Lece&ue MetvÙe efJemLeeheve Øeoeve keâjlee nw–  ........ cetue ™he mes Oeeje-mebJesefole GheÙeb$e nw–
leeheceeve heefjJele&ve kesâ keâejCe hesve MetvÙe ceW efmLej Ûegcyekeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer GheÙeb$e
DeefOekeâlece heefjJele&ve~ (ESE- 2004)
♦ The ratio error in current transformer is due to– ♦ The internal resistance of an ideal ammeter and an
Exciting current ideal voltmeter are........... and ............, respectively-
Zero; Infinite
 Oeeje heefjCeeefce$e ceW Devegheele $egefš efkeâme keâejCe nesleer nw–
 DeeoMe& Sceeršj Deewj DeeoMe& Jeesušceeršj kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
Gòespeve Oeeje ›eâceMe: .............Deewj...........nesles nQ~ MetvÙe; Deveble
(DMRC JE- 2014) (UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I)
♦ The phase angle error () in a current transformer ♦ Both AC and DC values can be measured with
instrument is. moving iron instruments because–
180 I m cosδ - I esinδ The deflection is proportional to the
= degree
π I s square of the current
 Oeeje šêbmeHeâe@ce&j GhekeâjCe ceW Hesâpe keâesCe $egefš ()........neslee nw–  AC Deewj DC oesveeW ceeveeW keâes cetefJebie DeeÙejve GhekeâjCe mes ceehee
180 I m cosδ - I c sinδ
pee mekeâlee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ -
= degree efJe#esheCe Oeeje kesâ Jeie& kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw
π I s
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
♦ To extend the range of ammeter - ♦ The type of Digital Voltmeter is-
Integrating type DVM, Ramp type DVM,
A low resistance is connected in parallel with it
Potentiometric type DVM
 Sceeršj keâe hejeme yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS -
 ef[efpešue Jeesušceeršj kesâ Øekeâej nw-
Skeâ efvecve ØeeflejesOe Fmekesâ meceeveevlej ceW
meceekeâueve Øekeâej [er.Jeer.Sce.
mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~
jQhe Øekeâej [er.Jeer.Sce. heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
Øekeâej [er.Jeer.Sce.
♦ The ‘burden’ of current transformer is expressed in-
Volt ampere (UPPCL JE- 08.09.2021 Shift-I)
 Oeeje šêbmeheâece&j kesâ ‘ye[&ve’ keâes JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw– (DSSSB JE – 19.3.2021)
Jeesuš SeqcheÙej ceW ♦ A multimeter is used to measure voltage, current and
resistance also it can be used to test the continuity
(Jharkhand JE -08.03.2017) between two points in an electrical circuit. .......... are
♦ In an Instrument transformer the errors can be the advantages of using a digital multimeters
reduced by– Using low reluctance core -Multifunctionality
 Skeâ GheÙev$e šêbmeHeâece&j ceW $egefš keâce keâer pee mekeâleer nw–  Jeesušspe, Oeeje Deewj ØeeflejesOe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS Skeâ ceušerceeršj
keâce Øeefle°Ye keâesj keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ~ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw, Fmekeâe GheÙeesie efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW oes
efyevogDeeW kesâ yeerÛe efvejblejlee keâe hejer#eCe keâjves kesâ efueS Yeer efkeâÙee
pee mekeâlee nw~ ef[efpešue ceušerceeršj kesâ GheÙeesie keâjves kesâ heâeÙeoW
♦ Most sensitive galvanometer is–
nQ............ Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ keâeÙe&
Spot ballistic galvanometer
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
 meyemes DeefOekeâ mebJesoveMeerue iewuJesveesceeršj nw–
♦ The statement for ammeter is true when compared to
mhee@š yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj voltmeter - The resistance is low in ammeter
♦ A sensitive galvanometer produces large deflection  Jeesušceeršj keâer leguevee ceW Sceeršj kesâ efueS melÙe keâLeve nw -
for– Small value of current
Sceeršj ceW ØeeflejesOe keâce neslee nw
 Skeâ mebJesoveMeerue iewuJesveesceeršj ............ kesâ efueS yeÌ[e efJe#esheCe
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
Glheeefole keâjlee nw– Oeeje kesâ Úesšs ceeve ♦ The ohms/volt rating of a voltmeter with a 1mA
♦ Two voltmeters are connected in series across 240V movement is............. 1000 /V
supply. The resistance of voltmeter A and B are 5  1mA Jeeues Jeesušceeršj keâer Deesce/Jeesuš jsefšbie ........... nesleer
k and 10 k respectively. Reading of meter B = ? 2 nw- 1000 /V
Reading of meter A
 oes Jeesušceeršj 240 Jeesuš Deehetefle& kesâ Deej-heej ëe=bKeuee ces peg[Ì s ♦ In battery charging regulator, battery voltage is
ngS nw~ Jeesušceeršj A Deewj B kesâ ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: 5 k Deewj sensed by using– Potentiometer
B ceeršj keâe ceeve yewšêr ÛeeefpeËie jsiÙetuesšj ceW...........keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ yewšêr
10 k nw~ =? 2 
A ceeršj keâe ceeve Jeesušlee keâe DevegYeJe efkeâÙee peelee nw– efJeYeJeceeheer
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
♦ If an ammeter is connected in place of voltmeter for ♦ Which is the most common absolute instrument that
reading, then– Very high current will flow through gives the measured current in terms of tangent of the
deflected angle, the radius and the number of turns–
meter and meter may burnout
Tangent Galvanometer
 hee"dÙeebkeâ kesâ efueÙes Skeâ Jeesušceeršj kesâ mLeeve hej Sceeršj keâes  meyemes efvejhes#e GhekeâjCe, pees efJe#esefhele keâesCe kesâ mheMe& jsKee,
mebÙeesefpele keâjW lees– ceeršj ceW yengle GÛÛe Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesieer ef$epÙee Deewj IegceeJe keâer mebKÙee kesâ mevoYe& ceW ceeheer ieÙeer Oeeje oslee
leLee peue mekeâlee nw nw- mheMe&jsKee iesuJesveesceeršj
(Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021) (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
♦ Ammeter is used to measure– Electric current ♦ A voltmeter has a scale from –15V to 5V. Its span
is- 20V
 Sceeršj keâe GheÙeesie .......... ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Skeâ Jeesušceeršj keâe hewceevee –15V mes 5V lekeâ neslee nw~ Fmekeâer
efJeÅegle Oeeje efJemle=efle (mhee@ve) ...........nesleer nw– 20V
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) (UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
(RRB JE-Ajmer 2014) ♦ If a voltmeter has a scale from –5V to 15V and can
♦ Ammeter should always have a - Low Resistance only read integer value of voltage, its resolution is -
1V
 Sceeršj ceW ncesMee...........nesvee ÛeeefnS- efvecve ØeeflejesOe
 Ùeefo Skeâ Jeesušceeršj keâe hewceevee –5V mes 15V lekeâ nw Deewj
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) kesâJeue Jeesušspe kesâ hetCeeËkeâ ceeve heÌ{ mekeâlee nw lees Fmekeâe mhe°lee
♦ ............material is used as a series for range metÛeve (jspee@uÙegMeve) nw - 1V
extension of voltmeter - Magnin (UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
 Jeesušceeršj kesâ hejeme efJemleej kesâ efueS ëe=bKeuee kesâ ™he ceW ♦
The ramp type digital voltmeter can measure
............heoeLe& keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw - cewiveerve
accurately with–
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) A negative or positive going linear ramp voltage
♦ An ideal volt meter provides path for ............  jw c he Øekeâej keâe ef[efpešue Jeesušceeršj..............meeLe Megælee mes
ceeheve keâj mekeâlee nw– Skeâ vekeâejelcekeâ Ùee mekeâejelcekeâ
Minimum current
jsKeerÙe jwche Jeesušspe kesâ
 Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesuš ceeršj.............kesâ efueS heLe Øeoeve keâjlee nw
(ESE- 2019)
vÙetvelece keâjbš ♦ The material is used to make a shunt– Manganin
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)  Mebš yeveeves kesâ efueS meece«eer keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– ceQieefveve
(ALP CBT-2 Electrician 22.01.2019 Shift-II) (HPCL A.M.T.- 20.04.2019, 4Time 2:30-4:30)
♦ We use low internal resistance in series of an ♦ A Galvanometer can be converted to Ammeter by
ammeter, for- Low voltage drop on ammeter connecting– Low resistance in parallel
 nce Skeâ Sceeršj keâer ëe=bKeuee ceW keâce Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe with the Galvanometer
..........kesâ efueS GheÙeesie keâjles nQ–  Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj keâes ........... peesÌ[keâj Sceeršj ceW heefjJeefle&le
Sceeršj hej efvecve Jeesušspe [ê@he efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
iewuJesveesceeršj kesâ meceeveeblej ceW keâce
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
ØeeflejesOe keâes peesÌ[keâj
♦ .............is used to measure low voltage from the
circuit Cathode ray oscilloscope (SSC JE - Morning 23.01.2018)
(BSPHCL JE- 30.01.2019 [Batch -01])
 heefjheLe ceW keâce Jeesušspe ceeheves kesâ efueS........... keâe GheÙeesie
♦ The measuring instrument .............. has least value
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ kewâLees[ js Dee@efmeueesmkeâeshe of internal resistance– Ammeter
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)  ceehekeâ GhekeâjCe ..............ceW meyemes keâce Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
♦ The value of input resistance of a voltmeter that give neslee nw– Sceeršj
accurate reading is. High resistance (SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018), (SSC JE-2009)
 mešerkeâ hee"Ÿeebkeâ osves Jeeues Jeesušceeršj kesâ Fvehegš ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve ♦
Ammeter and voltmeter are connected across the
neslee nw - GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
load in ……… and ……. respectively–
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022) Series, parallel
♦ Sensitivity of voltmeters is expressed in- ohm/Volt  Sceer šj Deew j Jees u šceer šj ›eâceMe : ......... Deew j ......... ceW uees[ kesâ
 Jeesušceeršme& keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee JÙeòeâ keâer peeleer nw- Deesce/Jeesuš meeLe peesÌ[s peeles nQ– ëe=bKeuee, meceeveeblej
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) (SSC JE-Evening 27-01-2018)
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016) (MP Sub Eng. 01-09-2018)
♦ A generating voltmeter uses– ♦ A moving-coil permanent-magnet instrument can be
A constant speed motor used as............by using a low resistance shunt–
 Glheeokeâ (pesvejsefšbie) Jeesušceeršj ceW ............. ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee Ammeters
peelee nw– efmLej ieefle ceesšj  Skeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe GhekeâjCe keâes keâce ØeeflejesOekeâ
(SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018) Mebš keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ...........kesâ ¤he ceW Yeer GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee
♦ ............ when the shunt resistance of a galvanometer mekeâlee nw– Sceeršj
circuit is increased– current sensitivity decreases (BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 3 pm)
 peye iewuJesveesceeršj heefjheLe kesâ MeCš ØeeflejesOe keâes yeÌ{eÙee peeÙes (BSNL TTA-2015)
lees........... Fmekeâer Oeeje meg«eeefnlee Ieš peeleer nw ♦ Voltmeter has– High resistance
(Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)  Jeesušceeršj ceW neslee nw– GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
♦ ........Provide deflecting force for voltmeters only– (UPPCL JE -11.11.2016)
Electrostatic effect
(BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016)
 ........kesâJeue Jeesušceeršme& kesâ efueS efJeÛeueve yeue Øeoeve keâjlee nw–
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ ØeYeeJe
♦ A voltmeter with a broadband width has–
(MP JE- 2016 Evening Shift)
High noise level and low sensitivity
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
 yeÇe@[yeQ[ efJe[dLe kesâ meeLe Jeesušceeršj ceW............neslee nw–
♦ ........... instrument is used to detect the small electric
current– Galvanometer GÛÛe Meesj mlej Deewj efvecve mebJesoveMeeruelee
 keâce efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe helee ueieeves kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee (SSC JE - 1 March 2017, 10 am)
peelee nw– iewuJesveesceeršj ♦ An appropriate use for a voltmeter is –
(UPPCL J.E.- 11.02.2018, Morning) The measurement of potential difference
(UPSSSC JE-2016)  Jeesušceeršj keâe GefÛele GheÙeesie nw– efJeYeJeeblej keâe ceeheve
♦ For increasing the range of voltmeter, one should (SSC JE - 1 March 2017, 10 am)
connect a–
♦ When connecting a voltmeter into a DC circuit, we
High value resistance in series with voltmeter observe– Polarity
 Jeesušceeršj keâe hejeme yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS nceW mebÙeesefpele keâjvee  peye Skeâ [er.meer heefjheLe ceW Jeesušceeršj keâes peesÌ[les nQ, lees nce
ÛeeefnS– Jeesušceeršj kesâ ßesCeer ceW GÛÛe ceeve ØeeflejesOe
efvejer#eCe keâjles nQ- OeÇgJelee
(N.P.C.I.L- 08.06.2018, 3rd shift]
(SSC JE - 1 March 2017, 10 am)
(SSC JE - 1 March 2017, 2:45 pm)
(SSC JE- 2010, DMRC JE-2016)
♦ A potential divider is normally connected–
(IOF-2014, UPPCL JE-2015)
Outside the generator circuit towards
(UPRVUNL AE- 2016), (RRB-Jharkhand-2014)
the load circuit
(RRB SSE- Bilaspur Yellow paper, 21.12.2014)
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, BEL -21.06.2015)  Skeâ ef JeYeJe ef JeYeepekeâ keâes meeceevÙele: ........pees
[
Ì e peelee nw–
♦ Electrostatic type devices are mainly used as….... peefve$e heefjheLe kesâ yeenj uees[ heefjheLe keâer Deesj
Voltmeter (SSC JE -1 march 2017, 2.45 pm)
 Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ-Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCeeW keâe ØeÙeesie cegKÙe ™he ♦ Voltmeter may be a galvanometer with–
mes.............kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– Jeesušceeršj High resistance
(DFCCIL JE -11.11.2018 )  Jeesušceeršj, ........Jeeuee iewuJesveesceeršj nes mekeâlee nw–
(UK AE Paper–I 2013) GÛÛe ØeeflejesOekeâ
(PGCIL E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) (SSC JE -1 march 2017, 2.45 pm)
♦ Moving iron ammeter is an example of ............ ♦ A bulb-type voltage tester is recommended only for
instrument– Indicating type circuits at or under ............. volts– 120 volts
 Ûeue ueewn Oeejeceeheer ............ GhekeâjCe keâe Skeâ GoenjCe nw–  Skeâ yeuye-Øekeâej kesâ Jeesušlee šsmšj keâer efmeHeâeefjMe kesâJeue .........
mebkesâlekeâ Øekeâej Jeesušdme lekeâ Ùee Gmemes veerÛes kesâ heefjheLe ceW nesleer nw– 120 volts
(Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift) (SSC JE - 2 March 2017, 10 am)
♦ The range of a permanent magnet moving coil ♦ When the DC voltmeter connected polarities or
instrument used as an Ammeter can be increased reversed– The pointer deflects downscale
by– Connecting a low resistance in  peye DC Jeesušceeršj keâer OegÇJelee keâes yeoue efoÙee peelee nw–
parallel with the instrument metÛekeâ hewceeves keâes veerÛes keâer Deesj
 Skeâ Sceeršj kesâ ¤he ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues mLeeÙeer Ûegbyekeâ efJe#esefhele keâjlee nw
ieefleMeerue kegâC[ueer kesâ hejeme keâes yeÌ{eÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
(BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016)
GhekeâjCe kesâ meeLe meceeveeblej ceW Skeâ efvecvelece ♦ Ammeters are always connected in– Series
ØeeflejesOe keâes peesÌ[ves mes  Sceeršj ncesMee .............. cebs pegÌ[e neslee nw– ßesCeer
(LMRC JE -2016, UPPCL JE- 2013) (UPPCL JE-2015)
(DMRC JE-2015, UPSSSC JE-2016) (BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016)
(DMRC JE- 2015/2016) ♦ In a 3.5 digital voltmeter, the largest number that
♦ An ammeter is convertable to a voltmeter by– can be read is– 1999
Putting large resistance in series with the actual  3.5 ef[efpešue Jeesušceeršj ceW, DeefOekeâlece, mebKÙee efpemes heÌ{e pee
measuring part of the Instrument mekeâlee nw– 1999
 Skeâ Sceeršj keâes Jeesušceeršj ceW yeoue mekeâles nw– (BSNL TTA JE- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
JeemleefJekeâ ceeheve Yeeie keâer ëe=bKeuee ceW GÛÛe ♦ A voltmeter must have a very high internal
resistance so that the–
ØeeflejesOe keâes ueieekeâj
Meter draws minimum current
(UJVNL-2016)  Skeâ Jeesušceeršj ceW yengle DeefOekeâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe nesveer ÛeeefnS
♦ If an ammeter & a capacitor are connected in series leeefkeâ– ceeršj vÙetvelece Oeeje [ê@ keâjW
on D.C. circuit the ammeter will–
(BSNL TTA JE- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
Initially give deflection & then will come to zero
(UPRVUNL JE-2014), (UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
 efkeâmeer [er.meer. heefjheLe ceW Skeâ Sceeršj leLee Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes
(RRB SSE- Secundrabad (Shift-I), 02.09.2015)
efmejerpe ceW peesÌ[e ieÙee nes lees Sceeršj–
♦ The Energy provided by Ideal voltage source is
ØeejcYe ceW efJe#eshe osiee efheâj MetvÙe osiee ...........when the Load is Open circuit– Zero
(UJVNL-2016, DMRC JE- 2014)  peye uees[ Skeâ Keguee heefjheLe nw leye Skeâ DeeoMe& Jeesušlee œeesle
♦ Standardization of potentiometer is done in order that, Éeje Øeoeve keâer peeves Jeeueer Tpee& nesleer nw– MetvÙe
they become– Accurate and direct reading
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
 efJeYeJeceeheer keâe ceevekeâerkeâjCe Fme ›eâce ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw leeefkeâ Gvekeâe ♦ The resistance of a voltmeter and Ammeter is
yeve peeSB– mešerkeâ SJeb meerOee hee"Ÿeebkeâ respectively– High and Low
(FCI-04.10.2015), (UPRVUNL AE-2016)  Skeâ Jeesušceeršj Deewj Sceeršj keâe ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: neslee nw–
♦ The scale of a voltmeter is uniform. Its type is– GÛÛe Deewj efvecve
Moving coil permanent magnet (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Skeâ Jeesušceeršj keâe hewceevee Skeâ meceeve nw~ Fmekeâe Øekeâej nesiee– ♦Two voltmeters of (0-300V) range are connected in
Ûeue kegbâ[ueer mLeeF& Ûegcyekeâ parallel to an a.c. circuit. One voltmeter is moving
iron type reads 200 V. If the other is PMMC
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) instrument, its reading will be– Zero
♦ DC probes are generally used with a voltmeter to–  jWpe (0-300V) kesâ oes Jeesušceeršj Skeâ S.meer. heefjheLe mes meceeblej
Decrease its range
ceW pegÌ[s nw~ Skeâ Jeesušceeršj Ûeue ueewn šeFhe keâe nw Deewj 200V
 Jeesušceeršj kesâ meeLe [ermeer Øeesye keâe GheÙeesie............... efkeâÙee he"ve keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo otmeje PMMC GhekeâjCe nes lees Gmekeâe
peelee nw– jWpe keâes Ieševes kesâ efueS hee"Ùeebkeâ keäÙee nesiee– MetvÙe
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm) (SSC JE- 2014, Evening Shift)
♦ The advantage of using a dual slope ADC in a ♦ Clamp on ammeter is used for measurement of–
digital voltmeter is that– Its accuracy is high Large alternating currents
 ef[efpešue Jeesušceeršj ceW [dÙetue mueeshe ADC ØeÙeesie keâjves keâe  keäuewche Dee@ve Sceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie ............ ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâÙee
ueeYe nw– Gmekeâer Megælee DeefOekeâ nesleer nw peelee nw– DelÙeefOekeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 10 AM) (DMRC JE- 2016)
♦ When a multiplier is added to an existing voltmeter ♦ The internal resistance of the miliammeter must be
for extending its range, its electromagnetic very low for– Minimum effect on the
damping– Decreases current in the circuit
 peye efkeâmeer ceewpetoe Jeesušceeheer keâe hejeme yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS GmeceW  Skeâ efceueer Sceeršj keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe yengle keâce nesvee ÛeeefnS
Skeâ iegCekeâ peesÌ[e peeS, lees Gmekeâe efJeÅegle-ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeJecebove–
leeefkeâ– heefjheLe hej keâce mes keâce Oeeje ØeYeeJe nes
Iešlee nw
(RRB SSE - Bilaspur Yellow paper, 21.12.2014)
(SSC JE- 2013)
♦ Induction Type Instruments can be employed for–
♦ A voltmeter is connected like an ammeter in series
of the load– Alternating currents only
There will be almost no current in the circuit  ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ GheÙeb$e keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
 Skeâ Jeesušceeheer keâes Oeejeceeheer keâer lejn Yeej kesâ ßesCeer ›eâce ceW kesâJeue AC ceW
mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nes– (DFCCIL JE- 17.04.2016)
heefjheLe ceW ueieYeie keâesF& Oeeje veneR nesieer~ ♦ While using a clip-on type current transformer, the
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) primary is connected to........... and the secondary is
♦ The value of resistance of an accurate ammeter connected to.......... Feeder; ammeter
should be– Very low  peye Skeâ efkeäuehe Dee@ve Øekeâej keâe Oeeje heefjCeeefce$e keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee
 Skeâ heefjMegæ Oeejeceeheer kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nesvee ÛeeefnS– peelee nw, leye ØeeLeefcekeâ keâes..............leLee efÉleerÙekeâ keâes..............
yengle efvecve kesâ meeLe peesÌ[e peelee nw– heâer[j; Sceeršj
](RRB JE- 2014) (DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)
♦ A voltmeter is used– In parallel with the circuit ♦ A sinusoidal voltage of 1 V rms value at 10 Hz is
 Jeesušceeršj ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw– heefjheLe kesâ meeLe meceeveevlej ceW applied across the two terminals of a PMMC type of
(DMRC JE Electronic- 2015) voltmeter the deflection of the pointer is–
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016) The pointer oscillates around zero volt
♦ ......... is used to measure direct current– Ammeter  Skeâ pÙee Je›eâerÙe Jeesušspe efpemekeâe rms ceeve 1 V leLee DeeJe=efòe
 .........ØelÙe#e Oeeje keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– 10 Hz nw, keâes PMMC Øekeâej kesâ Jeesušceeršj kesâ oes šefce&veueeW
Sceeršj kesâ S›eâe@me ueieeÙee peelee nw~ mebkesâlekeâ keâe efJe#esheCe ..........
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016) mebkesâlekeâ MetvÙe Jeesušspe kesâ Deeme-heeme kebâcheve keâjsiee~
♦ The voltage of a circuit is measured by a voltmeter (ESE- 2006)
whose input impedance is low as compared to the
output impedance of the circuit. The error caused ♦ If a high frequency AC signal, whose rms value is
will be due to– Loading effect 2 V, is applied to a PMMC instrument, then the
 Skeâ heefjheLe keâe Jeesušspe, Jeesušceeršj Éeje ceehee peelee nw, reading of the instrument will be– Zero
efpemekeâer efveefJe° ØeefleyeeOee heefjheLe kesâ efveie&le ØeefleyeeOee mes keâce nw  Ùeefo GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe keâer Skeâ S. meer. efmeiveue efpemekeâe R.M.S.
leye GlheVe $egefš .........kesâ keâejCe nesieer– ueesef[bie ØeYeeJe ceeve 2 V nw, PMMC GheÙeb$e hej ØeÙegkeäle keâer peeleer nw lees
(UPPCL AE- 26.07.2015 ) GheÙeb$e keâe hee"dÙeebkeâ nesiee– MetvÙe
♦ DC current can be measured with a–
(ESE- 2012),(BSNL TTA- 26/09/2016)
A DC potentiometer combined with
♦ A rectifier instrument is used to measure an
a standard resistance alternating square wave of amplitude 100V. the
 [ermeer Oeeje keâes .......... mes ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– meter reading is– 100 V
Skeâ ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe mebÙeesefpele  100V DeeÙeece kesâ Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Jeie& lejbie kesâ ceeheve ceW Skeâ
Skeâ [ermeer efJeYeJeceeheer efo°keâejer GheÙeb$e keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nQ ceeršj keâer jeref[ib e
(RRB JE - Bhopal Paper II (Shift-II), 26.08.2015) .......... nw– 100 V
♦ Sensitive low voltage electronic components are (ESE- 2006)
protected from– ♦ If one of the control springs of a permanent magnet
Static charge, Induction circuit, Lightening coil ammeter is broken, then on being connected it
 mebJesoveMeerue keâce Jeesušspe Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ Ieškeâes keâes ............ mes will read– Zero
megjef#ele jKee peelee nw–  Ùeefo mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ kegâC[ueer Sceeršj keâer Skeâ keâCšêsue efmØebie štš
efmLej DeeJesMe, ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe, ueeFšefvebie peeS lees mebÙeesefpele keâjves hej Ùen heÌ{siee– MetvÙe
(RRB SSE - Secunderabad Green paper, 21.12.2014) (ESE - 2013)
♦ To minimize voltmeter loading– ♦ The scale of a permanent magnet moving coil
Voltmeter operating current has instrument is uniform because–
to be very small It is spring controlled
 Jeesušceeršj-ueesef[bie keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS–  mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe Ûeue kegâC[ueer GheÙeb$e keâe mkesâue Skeâ meceeve
Jeesušceeršj ØeÛeeueve Oeeje neslee nw keäÙeesefkeâ– FmeceW eEmØeie efveÙeb$eCe neslee nw~
yengle keâce neslee nw~ ♦ Most accurate instrument is– PMMC
 meyemes ÙeLee&Le GhekeâjCe nw– PMMC
(ESE -2013)
♦ A common element in most of the instrumentation ♦ In a moving iron instrument 12A o
current causes a
systems for reasons of its compactness and linearity deflection of the needle by 60 . For a deflection of
in its characteristics is– Helical spiral springs 15o the current required will be– 6A
 Fmekeâer efJeMes<eleeDeeW ceW Fmekeâer meIevelee Deewj jwefKekeâlee kesâ keâejCeeW  Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCe ceW 12A keâer Oeeje mes megF& keâe efJe#esheCe 60o
mes DeefOekeâebMe FbmšÍceWšsMeve ØeCeeueer ceW Skeâ meeceevÙe lelJe nw– nw~ megF& kesâ 15 efJe#esheCe kesâ efueS ...........Oeeje keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
o
nsefuekeâue mheeFjue efmØebie nes ieer– 6A

♦ For the measurement of true r.m.s value of square
♦ The moving iron voltmeter indicates– wave currents, the instrument will be most suitable–
Higher value for ac voltage than for Electro dynamic type
corresponding dc voltage
 Jeie& lejbie OeejeDeeW kesâ mener r.m.s. ceeve kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS, meyemes
 Ûeue DeeÙejve Jeesušceeršj Fbefiele keâjlee nw– GheÙegòeâ GhekeâjCe nesiee– efJeÅegle ieeflekeâerÙe Øekeâej
[er.meer. Jeesušspe keâer leguevee ces S.meer. Jeesušspe ♦ Sensitivity of a voltmeter is given by the–
kesâ efueS DeefOekeâ ceeve Reciprocal of full scale deflection current in
♦ In thermocouple ammeter the heat produced is ohms per volt
proportional to– Square of current  Jeesušceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee oer peeleer nw–
 Leceexkeâheue Sceeršj ceW GlheVe G<cee (H) ............ kesâ meceevegheeleer
hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe Oeeje keâe JÙegl›eâce,
nesleer nw– Oeeje kesâ Jeie&
Deesce Øeefle Jeesuš
♦ The frequency error in induction type ammeter is
compensated by– Non inductive shunt ♦ Heavy current in d.c. circuit can be measured with
the addition of–
 ØesjCe Øekeâej Sceeršj ceW DeeJe=efòe $egefš keâer #eeflehetefle& .......... kesâ
Shunt resistance in parallel with the meter
Éeje keâer peeleer nw– DeØesjkeâerÙe Mebš
 [er.meer. heefjheLe ceW DelÙeefOekeâ Oeeje keâes ............. peesÌ[ keâj ceehee
♦ The calibration of a voltmeter can be carried out by
using– A potentiometer pee mekeâlee nw– ceeršj kesâ meceevlej ceW Mebš ØeeflejesOe
 Jeesušceeršj keâe DebMeekeâve ............. keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ %eele ♦ ..........Deflection is depend upon average value of
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– Skeâ efJeYeJeceeheer instrument– Moving coil meter
♦ Instrument needed both for protection and metering–  efJe#esheCe GheÙeb$e ....... kesâ Deewmele ceeve hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
Instrument transformer Ûeue kegâC[ueer ceeršj
 megj#ee Deewj ceeheve oesveeW kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ GhekeâjCe nw– ♦ .......... does have a deflecting torque governed by
GheÙeb$e šêvmeHeâece&j frequency– Induction type instrument
♦ A voltmeter using thermocouple measures–  .......... keâe efJe#esheCe yeueeIetCe& DeeJe=efòe Éeje mebÛeeefuele efkeâÙee
RMS value peelee nw– ØesjCe Øekeâej GheÙev$e
 Skeâ Leceexkeâheue keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ Jeesušceeršj Éeje ceehee peelee ♦ If torque/weight ratio of an instrument is low, then–
nw– Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve The sensitivity of the meter is low
 Ùeefo Skeâ GheÙev$e keâe yeueeIetCe&/Yeej Devegheele efvecve nes leye–
♦ In an induction type meter, maximum torque is
produced when the phase angle between two fluxes ceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee efvecve nesleer nw
is– 90o ♦ .......... elements are added with moving iron
 Skeâ Fb[keäMeve šeFhe ceeršj ceW, DeefOekeâlece še@ke&â leye GlheVe neslee ammeter for its compensation against frequency
nw, peye oes Heäuekeäme kesâ yeerÛe keâe Hesâp] e keâesCe neslee nw– 90o errors– Shunt capacitance
♦ The effect of load resistance is important in  ........... DeJeÙeJe Ûeue DeeÙejve Sceeršj kesâ meeLe Fmekesâ DeeJe=efle
measurement of– Resistance of shunt, $egefš keâes #eeflehetefle& keâjves kesâ efueS peesÌ[e peelee nw– Mebš mebOeeefj$e
Resistance of ammeter
♦ A moving coil permanent magnet instrument can be
 ........ kesâ ceehe ceW Yeej ØeeflejesOe keâe ØeYeeJe cenlJehetCe& neslee nw– used as flux meter–
Mebš keâe ØeeflejesOe, Sceeršj keâe ØeeflejesOe By eliminating the control spring

 Skeâ Ûeue kegbâ[ueer mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie heäuekeäme ♦ The instruments may be used to measure D.C.
ceeršj kesâ ™he ceW ............efkeâÙee peelee nw– voltage accurately– Moving coil type instrument
efveÙeb$eCe efmØebie keâes nšekeâj  D.C. Jeesušspe keâes mešerkeâlee mes ceeheves kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe keâe
♦ In MI type instruments error due to hysteresis is
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– Ûeue kegâC[ueer Øekeâej GhekeâjCe
minimised by using– Permalloy ♦ A high resistance is usually connected in series with
 MI Øekeâej GhekeâjCe ceW, efnmšsefjefmeme
kesâ keâejCe $egefš ......... keâe an electrostatic voltmeter– For safety reasons
GheÙeesie keâjkesâ keâce efkeâÙee peelee nw– hejceSueeÙe  Skeâ GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe Deeceleewj hej Skeâ efJeÅegle mLeweflekeâ Jeesušceeršj
♦ A repulsion type voltmeter when used in A.C. kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw– megj#ee keâejCeeW mes
circuits indicates– R.M.S. value ♦ A milli-ammeter can be used as–
 efJekeâ<e&Ce Øekeâej GheÙev$eeW keâe ØeÙeesie peye AC heefjheLeeW ceW efkeâÙee Both voltmeter and ammeter
peelee nw lees Fbefiele keâjlee nw– R.M.S. ceeve  Skeâ efceueer Oeejeceeheer keâe GheÙeesie .......... kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee pee
♦ In an attraction type instrument, the operating force mekeâlee nw– oesveeW Sceeršj Deewj Jeesušceeršj
is approximately proportional to– ♦ For measuring an unknown electrical quantity, select
Square of the current the meter with– Highest range
 Deekeâ<e&Ce Øekeâej GheÙev$e ceW, Deehejsefšbie yeue ueieYeie .......... kesâ  De%eele JewÅegle cee$ee keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ............ Jeeues ceeršj keâe
Deveg›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw– Oeeje keâe Jeie& ÛeÙeve keâjles nQ– GÛÛelece hejeme
♦ For DC measurements least expensive instrument ♦ Moving iron meters are extensively used for the
is– Attraction type moving iron instrument measurement of A.C. voltage and current because–
 DC ceeheve kesâ efueS meyemes keâce KeÛeeauee GheÙev$e neslee nw– No current flows through the moving
Deekeâ<e&Ce Øekeâej Ûeue ueewn GheÙev$e element and is robust
♦ When AC voltage is applied to a PMMC meter,  A.C. Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS Ûeue ueewn ceeršj
then– The reading is zero keâe JÙeehekeâ ™he mes GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
 peye PMMC GheÙev$e hej AC Jeesušspe Deejesefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw Ûeue lelJe kesâ ceeOÙece mes keâesF& Oeeje ØeJeen veneR
lees– hee"Ÿeebkeâ MetvÙe nesleer nw nesleer Deewj cepeyetle neslee nw
♦ High voltage tests are– ♦ Moving iron instruments are rarely used in low
High frequency tests, sustained low frequency power high resistance circuits because of–
tests, constant direct current tests High reluctance of magnetic path
 GÛÛe Jeesušspe hejer#eCe nQ–  Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCeeW keâe MeeÙeo ner keâYeer keâce Meefòeâ GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe hejer#eCe, efvejvlej efvecve heefjheLe ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw............kesâ keâejCe–
DeeJe=efòe hejer#eCe, efmLej ØelÙe#e Oeeje hejer#eCe ÛegcyekeâerÙe heLe kesâ GÛÛe Øeefle<šcYe
♦ The merit of a moving iron instrument is to– ♦ For making shunts the material suitable is that which
Be used under severe over load conditions has–
 Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCe keâe iegCe nw– Negligible thermoelectric e.m.f. with copper,
same resistance temperature co-efficient as the
iecYeerj DeefleYeej kesâ lenle Fmes coil of the instrument, been annealed properly so
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peevee that its resistance does not change with time
♦ In an ammeter the shunt resistance is usually  Mebš yeveeves kesâ efueS Jen heoeLe& GheÙegòeâ neslee nw, efpemeces–
............... resistance– Less than keâe@hej kesâ meeLe veieCÙe Leceex-Fuesekf eäš^keâ F&.Sce.SHeâ. nes,
 Skeâ Sceeršj ceW HeeMJe& ØeeflejesOe Deeceleewj hej ceeršj ØeeflejesOe GhekeâjCe kesâ kegâC[ueer kesâ meceeve ØeeflejesOe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ
........... neslee nw– mes keâce
nes, "erkeâ mes Sveeru[ efkeâÙee ieÙee nw leeefkeâ Fmekeâe
♦ A very accurate voltmeter, when used to measure
voltage across a low resistance, gives inaccurate ØeeflejesOe meceÙe kesâ meeLe ve yeoues
reading because– ♦ In resistance thermometers platinum is used because
The sensitivity of the meter is too low of– Low cost, high stability and wide
 Skeâ yengle ÙeLeeLe& Jeesušceeršj, peye efvecve ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâeme operating range
Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees DeMegæ  ØeeflejesOe Leceexceeršj ceW, .............. kesâ keâejCe huesefšvece keâe ØeÙeesie
hee"Ÿeebkeâ oslee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– efkeâÙee peelee nw– keâce ueeiele, GÛÛe efmLejlee Deewj
ceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee yengle keâce nw efJemle=le Dee@hejseEšie jWpe
♦ Moving parts of instruments are supported in ♦ The principle on which vector voltmeter is based is–
................ bearings– Jewelled That it measures the amplitude of a single
 GhekeâjCeeW kesâ Ûeue Yeeie ........... efyeÙeeEjie ceW mecee|Lele nesles nQ– at two points and at the same time
pJesu[ measures their phase difference
♦ Permanent magnets used in instruments are  meefoMe efJeYeJe ceeheer efkeâme efmeæeble hej DeeOeeefjle nw–
generally made of– Alnico
Ùen oes efyevogDeeW hej Skeâ ner meceÙe ceW Skeâ Skeâue
 GhekeâjCeeW ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ Deeceleewj hej
DeeÙeece Deewj keâuee-Devlej keâes ceehelee nw
........... mes yeves nesles nQ– Sueefvekeâes
♦ Instrument transformers are–
♦ Highest flux density exists inside............
Potential transformers, current transformers
Moving coil instruments
 GhekeâjCe heefjCeeefce$e nesles nw–
 ........... ceW meyemes DeefOekeâ heäuekeäme IevelJe ceewpeto neslee nw–
efJeYeJe heefjCeeefce$e, Oeeje heefjCeeefce$e
Ûeue kegâC[ueer GhekeâjCeeW
♦ An instrument transformer is used to extend the
♦ The advantage of moving coil permanent magnet range of– Induction instrument
type instrument is–
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe heefjCeeefce$e keâe GheÙeesie ........... keâes meercee keâe
No hysteresis loss, low power consumption,
efficient eddy current damping efJemleej keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– ØesjCe GhekeâjCe
 Ûeue kegâC[ueer mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe Øekeâej GhekeâjCe keâe ueeYe nw– ♦ Commonly used instruments in power system
measurement are– Induction
keâesF& MewefLeuÙe neefve vener, keâce Meefòeâ Kehele,
 Meefòeâ ceeheve ØeCeeueer ceW Deeceleewj hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee
heÙee&hle YeBJej Oeeje DeJecebokeâ GhekeâjCe neslee nw– ØesjCe
♦ A moving iron type ammeter has few turns of thick
♦ Volt box is a component to– Extend voltage range
wire so that– Resistance is less
 Jeesuš yee@keäme ............. kesâ efueS Skeâ Ieškeâ nw–
 Skeâ Ûeue ueewn Øekeâej Sceeršj ceW ceesšs leej kesâ kegâÚ šve& nesles nQ
FmeefueS– ØeeflejesOe keâce neslee nw Jeesušspe hejeme keâe efJemleej keâjves
♦ Instruments used for measuring 132 kV A.C. voltage ♦ E.M.F. of a Weston cell is accurately measured by–
is – Electrostatic voltmeter Electrostatic voltmeter
 GhekeâjCe pees 132 kV A.C. Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS  Jesmšve mesue kesâ F&.Sce.Sheâ. keâes ÙeLeeLe& ™he mes ............. Éeje
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– JewÅegle mLeweflekeâ Jeesušceeršj ceehee peelee nw– efJeÅegle mLeweflekeâ Jeesušceeršj
♦ ............... will always indicate true r.m.s. value in ♦ The function of shunt in an ammeter is to–
respective of the wave form– Thermocouple meter By pass the current
 lejbie ™he kesâ mecyevOe ceW ............ JeemleefJekeâ Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeve  Skeâ Sceeršj ceW HeeMJe& keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw–
keâe ncesMee mebkesâle osiee– Leceexkeâheue ceeršj Oeeje keâes yeeF&-heeme keâjvee
♦ ............... instrument will draw least current from the ♦ The multiplier and the meter coil in a voltmeter are
circuit in which it is incorporated– Electrostatic in– Series
 ........... GhekeâjCe heefjheLe mes keâce mes keâce Oeeje uesiee, efpemeceW  Skeâ Jeesušceeršj ceW ceušerhueeÙej Deewj ceeršj kegâC[ueer ............
Fmes meefcceefuele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw– JewÅegle mLeweflekeâ ceW nesleer nw– ßesCeer
♦ Instruments used for the measurement of A.C. ♦ The scale of a rectifier instrument is– Linear
quantities but not D.C. quantities is–  Skeâ efo°keâejer GhekeâjCe keâe hewceevee neslee nw– jsKeerÙe
Induction type instruments
♦ For measuring current at high frequency we should
 GhekeâjCe pees S.meer. jeefMe keâes ceehelee nw uesefkeâve [er.meer. jeefMe kesâ use– Thermocouple instrument
ceeheve ceW GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe hej Oeeje ceeheves kesâ efueS nceW GheÙeesie keâjvee
ØesjCe Øekeâej GhekeâjCe nw ÛeeefnS– Leceexkeâheue GhekeâjCe
♦ By using a vector voltmeter, we measure – ♦ ...........devices may be used for extending the range
Amplifier gain and phase shift, Filler transfer of instruments–
functions, Complex insertion loss Shunts, Multipliers, Current transformers
 meefoMe efJeYeJe ceeheer keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ceehee peelee nw–  ........... GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie GhekeâjCeeW keâs meercee keâes efJemleeefjle
ØeJeOe&keâ ueeYe Deewj keâuee efMeheäš, keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
YejeJe mLeeveeblejCe keâeÙe&, peefšue efveJesMe neefve Mebš, ceušerhueeÙeme&, Oeeje šêmb eheâece&j
♦ An induction meter can handle current upto– 100 A ♦ Which measuring instruments that would consume
 Skeâ ØesjCe ceeršj ueieYeie ........ lekeâ Oeeje efveÙebef$ele keâj mekeâlee the LOWEST power from the source during
measurement is – Electrostatic instrument
nw– 100 A
 ceeheve GhekeâjCe pees ceeheve kesâ oewjeve œeesle mes meyemes keâce Meefkeäle
♦ Basically a current sensitive instrument is– keâer Kehele keâjsiee, nw– efmLej efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe
PMMC instrument
♦
Types of instruments that can be used to determine
 Skeâ cetue ™he mes Skeâ Oeeje mebJesoveMeerue GhekeâjCe nw–
the rms values of ac voltage of high magnitude
PMMC GhekeâjCe (10kV) and of any wave shape–
♦ Rectifier moving coil instruments respond to– Electrostatic instruments
Average value for all waveforms  GhekeâjCeeW keâe Øekeâej efpemekeâe GheÙeesie GÛÛe heefjceeCe (10 kV) kesâ

S.meer. Jeesušspe Deewj efkeâmeer Yeer lejbie kesâ Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeveeW keâes
efo°keâejer Ûeue kegâC[ueer GheÙev$e.............kesâ efueS GòejoeÙeer
efveOee&efjle keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
jnlee nw– meYeer lejbie®heeW kesâ efueS Deewmele ceeve
efmLej efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe
♦ An ac voltmeter using full-wave rectification and
having a sinusoidal input has an ac sensitivity equal ♦ A 1 mA galvanometer with internal resistance of 50
to– 0.9 times dc sensitivity  is to be converted to measure 5 A (full scale).
What is the value of the shunt resistance required for
 hetCe& lejbie efo°keâjCe keâe GheÙeesie keâjles ngS Deewj pÙeelejbie Fvehegš this conversion– 0.01 
nesves kesâ keâejCe Skeâ S.meer. Jeesušceeršj ceW S.meer. mebJesoveMeeruelee  50  kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe 1 efceueer SefcheÙej
yejeyej nesleer nw– 0.9 iegvee [er.meer. mebJesoveMeeruelee iewuJesveesceeršj keâes 5 SefcheÙej (hetCe&-hewceeves) keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS
♦ Electrostatic voltmeters are particularly for DeeJeMÙekeâ ¤heebleefjle efkeâÙee peelee nw, Fme ¤heeblejCe kesâ efueS Mebš
measuring high voltage because the construction is ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– 0.01 
simplified due to– Small value of current
♦
The value of the multiplier resistance for a dc
 efmLej efJeÅegle Jeesušceeršj GÛÛe Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efJeMes<evoltmeter, having 50 V range with 5 k/V
¤he mes GheÙegkeäle nesles nQ keäÙeeWefkeâ mebjÛevee keâes ............. kesâ keâejCe
sensitivity, employing a 200 A meter movement
mejueerke=âle efkeâÙee peelee nw– and having internal resistance of 100 , is given by–
Oeeje kesâ efvecve ceeve
249.9 k 
♦ Instruments commonly used to measure primary
current of a transformer connected to mains is –  Skeâ [er.meer. Jeesušceeršj kesâ efueS iegCekeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 5
k/V mebJesoveMeeruelee kesâ meeLe 50 Jeesuš lekeâ nw, 200 A
Moving iron meter
ceeršj DeeIetCe& keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ 100  keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe
 GhekeâjCe pees Deeceleewj hej cesvme mes pegÌ[s Skeâ heefjCeeefce$e keâer
Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw efkeâmekesâ Éeje– 249.9 k 
ØeeLeefcekeâ Oeeje keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ The primary current in a CT is dictated by–
cetefJebie DeeÙejve ceeršj The load current
♦ Induction type instruments are not usually used as  Skeâ CT ceW ØeeLeefcekeâ Oeeje........... Éeje efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee peelee
ammeters and voltmeters because– nw– Yeej Oeeje
Variation in supply frequency and temperature ♦ The primary emf is least affected by the secondary
may cause serious errors unless compensating terminal conditions in a– Current transformer
device is used, these instruments are costlier and
 ........ ceW ØeeLeefcekeâ efJe.Jee.yeue efÉleerÙekeâ efmLeefleÙeeW mes keâce mes keâce
consume more power in comparison
ØeYeeefJele neslee nw– Oeeje šêbmeHeâe@ce&j
to other instruments
♦ In using instrument transformers care should be
 ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCeeW keâe GheÙeesie Deeceleewj hej Sceeršj Deewj taken not to open circuit the–
Jeesušceeršj kesâ ¤he ceW veneR efkeâÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– Secondary of a current transformer when the
Deehetefle& DeeJe=efòe Deewj leeheceeve ceW efYevvelee iecYeerj $egefšÙeeW primary is carrying the rated current
keâe keâejCe yeve mekeâleer nw peye lekeâ efkeâ #eeflehetefle& Ùegefkeäle  GhekeâjCe šêbmeHeâe@ce&j keâe GheÙeesie keâjves ceW ........... efJeJe=le
(Ùeb$e) keâe GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee peelee nw, Ùes GhekeâjCe cenbies heefjheefLele ve keâjves keâer meeJeOeeveer yejleveer ÛeeefnS–
nQ Deewj DevÙe GhekeâjCeeW keâer leguevee ceW DeefOekeâ Oeeje heefjCeeefce$e keâer efÉleerÙekeâ keâes peye efveOee&efjle
efyepeueer keâer Kehele keâjles nQ~ Oeeje keâes ØeeLeefcekeâ ues peelee nw~
♦ Decibel scale is useful while measuring voltages ♦ Clamp-on ammeter used for measurement of –
covering– Wide frequency ratio High ac current
 Jeesušlee keâJeefjbie keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ....... [sefmeyeue hewceevee  keäuewche-Dee@ve Sceeršj ............... ceeheves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
GheÙeesieer neslee nw– DeefOekeâ DeeJe=efòe Devegheele peelee nw– GÛÛe S.meer. Oeeje
♦ In case of a PT with the increase in load on ♦ An angular deflection type indicating PMMC meter
secondary side– Both of the ratio error and is provided with spring control and–
phase angle increase Electromagnetic damping in the
 efJeYeJe heefjCeeefce$e ceW efÉleerÙekeâ he#e hej Yeej ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe– aluminium former only
Devegheele $egefš Deewj keâuee keâesCe  Skeâ keâesCeerÙe efJe#esheCe Øekeâej keâe meebkesâeflekeâ heer.Sce.Sce.meer. ceeršj
oesveeW ceW Je=efæ nesleer nw~ kesâ efmØebie efveÙeb$eCe Deewj ....... kesâ meeLe Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ In potential transformers, the secondary turns are kesâJeue hetJe& SuÙegceerefveÙece ceW efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe DeJecebove
increased slightly and the primary and secondary ♦ In a PMMC instrument, if the control spring is
windings are wound as closely as possible to replaced by another one having a higher spring
compensate for– constant, then the natural frequency and damping
Ratio and phase angle error, respectively ratio will– Increase and decrease respectively
 efJeYeJe heefjCeeefce$e ceW, efÉleerÙekeâ kegâC[ueveeW keâes LeesÌ[e yeÌ{eÙee peelee  heer.Sce.Sce.meer. GhekeâjCe ceW, Ùeefo efveÙebef$ele efmØebie keâes yeoue keâj
nw Deewj ØeeLeefcekeâ leLee efÉleerÙekeâ kegâC[ueeW keâes............. keâer Skeâ GÛÛe efmØebie efmLejebkeâ ueiee efoÙee peeS, lees Øeeke=âeflekeâ DeeJe=efòe
#eeflehetefle& kesâ efueS peneb lekeâ mebYeJe nes ueieYeie efvekeâš kegâC[efuele Deewj DeJecebove Devegheele keäÙee nesiee– ›eâceMe: yeÌ{siee Deewj Iešsiee
keâjW– ›eâceMe:, Devegheele Deewj keâuee keâesCe $egefš
♦ Horizontally mounted moving iron instruments
♦ The deflecting torque of a moving iron instruments employ– Air friction damping
1 2 dL
2 dθ  #eweflepe ¤he mes pegÌ[e ngDee Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCeeW ceW Fmlesceeue keâjleW
is– I
1 I 2 dL
nbw– JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce DeJecebove
 Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCe keâe efJe#esheCe DeeIetCe& neslee nw–
2 dθ ♦ Due to which reasons bearings of PMMC instrument
♦ The moving iron instruments– are made of Jewel–
Indicate higher value of measurement To avoid wear and tear of the moving system
for descending value  efkeâme keâejCe mes PMMC GhekeâjCe keâe efyeÙeefjbie pJewue keâe yevee
 Ûeue ueewn GhekeâjCe– neslee nw– Ûeue ØeCeeueer kesâ štš-hetâš keâes otj keâjves kesâ efueS
DeJejesner ceeve kesâ efueS ceeheve kesâ GÛÛe ceeve ♦ What is the swamping' resistane, which is connected
keâe mebkesâle ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw in series with the working coil of a voltmeter to
♦ An unshielded moving iron voltmeter is used to drastically reduce the error in measurement caused
measure the voltage in an ac circuit. If a stray dc due to variation in temperature, made of– Manganin
magnetic field having a component along the axis of  mJewefchebie ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nw, pees Skeâ Jeesušceeršj kesâ keâeÙe& keâj jns
the meter coil appears, the meter reading would be– kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[e ngDee neslee nw, leeheceeve ceW
Either decreased or increased depending heefjJele&ve kesâ keâejCe ceehe ceW $egefš keâes keâeHeâer keâce keâj oslee nw
on the direction of the dc field efkeâmemess yevee neslee nw– ceQieveerve
 Skeâ S.meer. heefjheLe ceW Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS Skeâ DeveMeeru[
♦ A manganin swamp resistance is connected in series
Ûeue ueewn efJeYeJe ceeršj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ mš^s with a moving coil ammeter consisting of a
[er.meer. ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ceeršj kegâC[ueer Oegjer kesâ meeLe Skeâ Ieškeâ milliameter and a suitable shunt in order to–
efoKeeF& oslee nw lees ceeršj hee"dÙeebkeâ nesieer– Minimise the effect of temperature variation
[er.meer. #es$e keâer efoMee kesâ DeeOeej hej Ùee  Skeâ efceueerSceeršj Deewj Skeâ GheÙegkeäle Mebš mes efceuekeâj yeves ngS
lees Iešsiee Ùee yeÌ{siee~ Ûeue kegâC[ueer Skeâ cewieveerve mJewche ØeeflejesOe Sceeršj kesâ meeLe
♦ A PMMC voltmeter is connected across a series ëe=bKeuee ceW ..........peesÌ[e peelee nw–
combination of a dc voltage source V1 = 2 V and an
leeheceeve heefjJele&ve kesâ ØeYeeJe keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS
ac voltage source V2(t) = 3 sin (4t) volts. The meter
reads– 2 Volt ♦ A rectifier type instrument is connected to 10V DC
 Skeâ heer.Sce.Sce.meer. Jeesušceeršj Skeâ ßesCeer mebÙeesefpele [er.meer. supply. It would show the reading to be– 11.1V
Jeesušspe œeesle V1 = 2 V Deewj Skeâ S.meer. Jeesušspe œeesle V2(t)  Skeâ jskeäšerHeâeÙej Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe keâes 10 Jeesuš DC mehueeF&
= 3 sin (4t) Jeesuš mes pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ ceeršj heÌ{lee nw– 2 Jeesuš peesÌ[e peelee nQ Ùen jeref[bie efoKeeSiee– 11.1 Jeesuš

♦ A wattmeter measures………power– Real
5. Jeešceeršme& SJeb cewefkeämecece ef[ceeb[ Fefv[kesâšj  Jee@šceeršj..............hee@Jej keâes ceehelee nw– JeemleefJekeâ
(Wattmeters and Maximum Demand (HPCL A.M.T.- 20.04.2019 [Time 2:30-4:30])
Indicator) ♦ A Voltmeter is which type of instrument–
Indicating
♦ The torque to weight ratio of an instrument denotes–
Sensitivity  Jeesušceeršj efkeâme Øekeâej keâe GhekeâjCe nw– mebkesâlekeâ
 Skeâ GheÙeb$e keâe yeueeIetCe& Deewj Yeej keâe Devegheele oMee&lee nw– [LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift]
mebJesoveMeeruelee ♦
The full scale deflection in an Induction instruments
is about– 3000
(HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019,Time 2:30-4:30)
 ØesjCe Ùeb$eeW ceW hetCe& mkesâue ef[HeäueskeäMeve neslee nw ueieYeie– 3000
♦ In a 3-phase dynamometer type power factor meter,
two moving coil place are inclined at an angle of– (UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
1200 ♦ Dynamometer type moving coil instruments are
provided with– Pneumatic damping
 Skeâ [eÙevessceesceeršj šeFhe 3-hesâpe hee@Jej Hewâkeäšj ceeršj ceW, oes
0  [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej keâer Ûeue kegbâ[ueer GhekeâjCe.......... kesâ meeLe
ieefleMeerue kegbâ[efueÙeeB efkeâme keâesCe hej nesleer nQ– 120
Øeoeve efkeâS peeles nw– vÙetcesefškeâ DeJecebokeâ
♦ An electrodynamometer type of instruments finds its (SSC JE- 1 march 2017, 2.45 pm)
major used as– ♦ Electro dynamometers are used extensively for the
measurement of– Power
Both standard and transfer instruments
 Fueskeäšês[eÙevesceesceeršj keâe DeefOekeâlece GheÙeesie.............kesâ ceeheve ceW
 Fueskeäšês[eÙevecees ceeršj Øekeâej kesâ Ùeb$eeW keâe cegKÙele: GheÙeesie neslee
nw– ceevekeâ SJeb šêvmeHeâj Ùeb$e oesveeW efkeâÙee peelee nw– Meefòeâ
(MP JE- 2015), (DFCCIL- 11.11.2018 )
♦ Electrodynamo-meter instrument is–
♦ Rectifier type instrument can be used in–
A transfer instrument
A.C. AND D.C.
 efJeÅegleerÙe [eÙevesceesceeršj GhekeâjCe nw– Skeâ nmleeblejCe GheÙeb$e nw
 jseqkeäšheâeÙej šeFhe Ùev$e keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
ØelÙeeJeleea Deewj efo° Oeeje
♦ A Dynamo works on the principle of–
(UPSSSC JE-2016) Electromagnetic induction
♦ Dynamometer type of instrument can be used in–  Skeâ [eÙevescees .............. kesâ efmeæeble hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw–
Both A.C. and D.C.
efJeÅegleÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe
 [eÙevesceesceeršj šeFhe Ùev$e keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
ØelÙeeJeleea leLee efo° Oeeje oesveeW ceW
♦ In electrodynamometer movement, the deflection of
(UPSSSC JE-2016) the pointer is– Directly proportional
♦ The instruments is equally accurate on AC as well to the square of the current
as DC circuits– Dynamometer wattmeter
 Fueskeäšês[eÙevesceesceeršj mebÛeeueve ceW metÛekeâ keâe efJe#eshe....... neslee
 GheÙeb$e AC kesâ meeLe-meeLe DC heefjheLe ceW meceeve ™he mes ÙeLeeLe& nw- Oeeje kesâ Jeie& kesâ meceevegheeleer
nw– [eÙevesceesceeršj Meefòeâceeheer
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) ♦ ...........is used to measure high values of alternating
(DMRC JE- 2017) current with a dynamometer– Current transformer
♦ Induction Type Instruments can be employed for–  [eÙevesceesceeršj kesâ meeLe GÛÛe ceeve keâer ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâes ceeheves
Alternating Currents only nsleg ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw– Oeeje heefjCeeefce$e
 hesÇjCe Øekeâej keâe GhekeâjCe ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– (HPCL A.M.T.- 20.04.2019 Time 2:30-4:30)
kesâJeue ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje nsleg ♦ In electrodynamometer ammeter, the deflection of
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016) the pointer is proportional to–
♦ The principles utilised in electrodynamometer type Mean-square of currents in fixed coil
instrument is - Force between two current and moving coil
carrying coils  Fuewkeäšês[eÙevesceesceeršj Sceeršj ceW, mebkesâlekeâ keâe efJe#eshe
 efJeÅegle[eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe ceW ØeÙegòeâ efmeæeble nw- ...........meceevegheeleer neslee nw– DeÛeue kegbâ[ueer Deewj Ûeue
oes OeejeJeener kegâb [ueeW kesâ yeerÛe yeue kegbâ[ueer ceW Oeeje kesâ Jeie& kesâ ceeOÙe kesâ
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021) (SSC JE- 2014, Morning Shift)
♦ In a statement "the wattmeter commonly used for ♦ Which is effects is used in wattmeter–
power measurement at commercial frequencies is of Electrodynamic effect
the X type. This meter consists of two coil systems,
the fixed system being the Y coil and the moving  Jeešceeršj ceW efkeâme ØeYeeJe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
system being the Z coil" X, Y and Z stand efJeÅegle-ieeflekeâ ØeYeeJe
respectively for–
Dynamometer, current and voltage (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
 Skeâ keâLeve ceW ‘‘JÙeJemeeefÙekeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeW hej Meefkeäle kesâ ceeheve kesâ ♦ Two-wattmeter method is applicable– Both star
efueS Deeceleewj hej X Øekeâej kesâ Jee@šceeršj keâe Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee connectd and delta connected system
peelee nw~ Fme ceeršj ceW oes kegâC[ueer ØeCeeueer nesles nQ, mLeeÙeer  oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe ....... kesâ efueS GheÙegkeäle nw–
heæefle Y kegâC[ueer nesleer nw Deewj Ûeue ØeCeeueer Z kegâC[ueer nesleer
nw~’’ ›eâceMe: X, Y Deewj Z kesâ mLeeve hej keäÙee nesiee– mšej mebÙeesefpele Deewj [suše mebÙeesefpele ØeCeeueer oesveeW
[eÙevesceesceeršj, Oeeje Deewj Jeesušspe (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
♦ The scale of an electrodynamometer usually reads Jeešceeršj
the– Effective value of the ac
(Wattmeters)
 Skeâ efJeÅegle [eÙevesceesceeršj hewceevee meeceevÙele: heÌ{lee nw–
S.meer. keâe ØeYeeJeer ceeve
♦ The scale of a dynamometer type instrument marked
in terms of rms value would be–
Non-uniform crowded at the beginning
 RMS ceeve kesâ mevoYe& ceW efÛeefÖle [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ
GhekeâjCe keâe hewceevee nesvee ÛeeefnS– Meg®Deele ceW Demeceeve [eÙeveceesceeršj
♦ In an electrodynamometer type instrument a static šeFhe
movement is provided in order to–
Eliminate error owing to stray magnetic fields ♦ Two wattmeter method is used to measure which
 Skeâ Fueskeäšês[eÙevesceesceeršj Øee™heer kesâ GhekeâjCe ceW efmLej ieefle type of 3- load– both balanced and unbalanced
Øeoeve keâer peeleer nw– mš^s ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ keâejCe $egefš  oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ 3- uees[ keâes
keâes meceehle keâjves kesâ efueS ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– meblegefuele Deewj Demeblegefuele oesveeW
♦ In a dynamometer type moving coil instrument a
swamping resistance is provided in order to– (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
Provide equal time constant for moving coil and (BSNL TTA -26.09.2016)
fixed coil, when used for ac measurement ♦ The fixed coil in a dynamometer wattmeter is the–
 Skeâ [eÙevesceesceeršj Øee™heer Ûeue kegâC[ueer GhekeâjCe ceW Skeâ Current coil
mJewefchebie ØeeflejesOe Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw–  [eÙevesceesceeršj Jeešceeršj ceW efmLej keâe@Fue ...... nesleer nw–
peye S.meer. ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw, efmLej
Oeeje kegâC[ue
kegâC[ueer Deewj DeefmLej kegâC[ueer kesâ efueS meceeve meceÙe
efmLejebkeâ Øeoeve keâjves kesâ efueS (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
♦ Input power to a three phase circuit was measured ♦ Which type of wattmeter is used only on AC-
by two-wattmeter methods. The power factor of Induction type wattmeter
three phase circuit is–
 efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ Jeešceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie kesâJeue AC hej efkeâÙee peelee
 -1  W1 - W2   nw- ØesjCe Øee™he Jeešceeršj
cos  = cos  tan 3  
  W1 + W2   (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 leerve Hesâpe heefjheLe ceW efveefJe° Meefòeâ keâes oes Jee@šceeršj efJeefOe Éeje ♦ The Dynamometer type wattmeter can be used to
ceehee ieÙee nw lees leerve Hesâpe heefjheLe keâe heeJej Hewâkeäšj nw- measure- AC or DC power
  W - W2    [eÙevesceesceeršj šeFhe Jeešceeršj...........keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS
cos  = cos  tan -1 3  1 
  W1 + W2   GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw- AC DeLeJee DC Meefòeâ
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II) (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)

(UPRVUNL JE 09.02.2016) (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
(UPSSSC JE 2015) (SSC JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
♦ Which method is used to measure power of a three  efÛe$e ces efoKeeS ieS 2-Jeešceeršj efJeefOe kesâ efueS, keâewve mee oesvees
phase unbalanced load in a three phase circuit using ØesMej keäJee@Fume kesâ efueS Skeâ keâe@ceve šefce&veue nw- B
minimum numbers of wattmeters -
Two wattmeter method
 vÙetvelece mebKÙee ceW Jeešceeršj keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ 3 hesâpe heefjheLe ceW
3 hesâpe Demeblegefuele Yeej keâer Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâme efJeefOe
keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw - oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
♦ In a two wattmeter method of 3- power
measurement, one of the wattmeter shows zero
reading - When power factor is 0.5 (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
 3- Meefòeâ ceehe keâer oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe ceW Skeâ Jeešceeršj MetvÙe ♦ The given circuit represents which measuring
hee"Ÿeebkeâ efoKeelee nw - peye heeJej hewâkeäšj 0.5 neslee nw~ instruments- Dynamometer type wattmeter
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)  efoÙee ieÙee heefjheLe efkeâme ceehekeâ Ùeb$e keâe ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee nw-
♦ The wattmeter measures - Real power [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej Jeešceeršj
 Jeešceeršj ceehelee nw - JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
♦ A dynamometer type instrument is chiefly used as a
-Wattmeter
 Skeâ [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe keâe cegKÙe ™he mes GheÙeesie
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ -Jeešceeršj
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
♦ How many wattmeter is required to measure 6-
phase, 6-wire without neutral wire system. 5 (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
 efyevee vÙetšûe JeeÙej efmemšce kesâ 6-hesâpe, 6-leej keâes ceeheves kesâ ♦ Polyphase wattmeters are made by attaching
...........electrodynamometer movements- 2
efueS efkeâleves Jeešceeršj keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ 5
 yengkeâuee Jeešceeršj keâes............Fueskeäšês[eÙeveeceesceeršj cetJeceWš mes
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
peesÌ[keâj yeveeS peeles nQ~ 2
♦ In 3-phase measurement by two watt methods
reading can be same in both watt meter then the (UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I)
power factor is Unity ♦ The current in the pressure coil for a Low Power
 3 hesâpe ceW oes Jeeš ceeršj efJeefOeÙeeW Éeje efyepeueer ceeheve oesveeW Factor wattmeter compared to that of the high-power
factor wattmeter is– 10 times higher
Jeešceeršj ceW hee"Ÿeebkeâ meceeve nes mekeâleer nw lees heeJej hewâkeäšj
nesiee~ FkeâeF&  GÛÛe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ Jeešceeršj keâer leguevee ceW, efvecve Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ
Jeešceeršj kesâ efueS oeye kegâC[ueer ceW Oeeje nesieer-
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
10 iegvee DeefOekeâ
♦ Which condition is created by two watt meter W1
and W2 for power factor is zero. (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
W1 = –Ve, W2 = +Ve ♦ You are extending the range of a wattmeter. How
will you connect the primary of the potential
 oes Jeeš ceeršj W1 Deewj W2 Éeje heeJej hewâkeäšj MetvÙe kesâ efueS
transformer- Parallel to the line
keâewve meer efmLeefle hewoe keâj jner nw~ W1 = –Ve, W2 = +Ve
 Ùeefo Deehe Skeâ Jeešceeršj keâer meercee yeÌ{e jns nw~ Deehe heesšWefMeÙeue
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
šêvmeheâece&j kesâ ØeeFcejer keâes kewâmes pees[Ì is es-
♦ For the 2-wattmeter method shown in the figure,
which is a common terminal to both the pressure ueeFve kesâ meceeveeblej
coils- B (UPSSSC JE-19.12.2021)
S. N. Current Potential S. N. Power Instrument
Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer
1. It can be treated as It can be treated as 1. Mainly used to change Mainly used to extend the
series transformer parallel transformer the voltage levels in a ranges of the instruments
under virtual short under open circuit power system. while measuring
circuit conditions secondary parameters like voltage,
current, power energy etc.
2. Secondary must be Secondary is nearly 2. They are required to They are required to
always shorted under open circuit transform huge transform very small
conditions. amount of power to power as their loads are
3. A small voltage Full line voltage the load. generally delicate moving
elements of the
exists across its appears across its instruments.
terminals as terminals
connected in series 3. They can be used to They are basically step
step up or step down down transformers and
4. The winding carries The winding is the voltage. used along with devices
full line current. impressed with full such as protective relays,
line voltage indicators etc.
5. The primary current The line voltage is 4. The exciting current is As the load itself is small,
and excitation varies almost constant hence a small fraction of the the exciting current is of
secondary winding the order of the secondary
over a wide range exciting current and load current. winding load current.
flux density varies
over a limited range. 5. The cost is main Accuracy is the main
consideration in the consideration while
6. The primary current The primary current design while designing to keep ratio
is independent of the depends on the efficiency and and phase angle errors to
secondary circuit secondary circuit regulation are the minimum. Cost is the
conditions conditions. second considerations. second consideration
6. As they handle large The power output is very
7. Needs only one Two bushings are
power, the heat small as loads are light
bushing as the two required when neither dissipation is the major hence heating is not
ends of primary side of the line is at consideration and severe.
winding are brought ground potential. cooling arrangement is
out through the same necessary.
insulator. Hence there 7. The limitation on the The accuracy is the main
is saving in cost. load is due to load limitation factor and
♦ How is a high non inductive resistance connected in temperature rise. not the temperature rise.
an electrodynamometer type wattmeter? 8. Examples are Examples are current and
-In series, with moving coil. distribution potential transform.
transformers,
 Fueskeäšês[eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ Jeešceeršj ceW Skeâ GÛÛe DeØesjefCekeâ transformers used for
ØeeflejesOe keâes keâwmes peesÌ[e peelee nw– transmission.
ßesCeer ceW, Ûeue kegbâ[ueer mes ♦ What is the angle between (in degrees) the planes of
rd two moving coils of a dynamometer type 3-phase
(DMRC- JE- 09.04.2018, 3 Shift) power factor meter– 120º
♦ Which instument is used to measure the power in  [eÙevesceesceeršj šeFhe 3-hesâpe heeJej hewâkeäšj ceeršj kesâ oes ieefleMeerue
very high voltage circuits with a low rating kegâC[ueer kesâ De#eeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe (ef[«eer ceW) keäÙee nesiee–120º
wattmeters–
Instrument transformer is used (PT) ♦ In 'Two-wattmeter method' of power calculation of a
 Skeâ keâce jsefšbie Jeešceeršj kesâ meeLe GÛÛe Jeesušspe heefjheLe ceW 3-phase balanced star connected system, what is the
Meefkeäle ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâme GheÙev$e keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– power factor of the system, if one of the wattmeters
shows negative reading and the other shows a positive
GhekeâjCe šêbmeheâece&j keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw reading– Greater than or equal to 0 but
(SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018) less than 0.5
 3-hesâpe meblegefuele mšej-keâveskeäšs[ ØeCeeueer kesâ Meefkeäle keâer ieCevee ♦ Pointing-vector Wattmeter works on– Hall effect
keâjves keâer ‘oes-Jeešceeršj efJeefOe’ ceW ØeCeeueer keâe Meefkeäle iegCeebkeâ keäÙee  hJeeFefvšbie Jeskeäšj Jeešceeršj keâeÙe& keâjlee nw– neue ØeYeeJe
nesiee, Deiej Skeâ Jeešceeršj Oeveelcekeâ hee"Ÿeebkeâ efoKeelee nw Deewj (DFCCIL- 17.04.2016)
Skeâ $e+Ceelcekeâ– 0 mes DeefOekeâ Ùee yejeyej uesefkeâve 0.5 mes keâce (UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
(SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018) ♦ The minimum number of wattmeter required to
♦ What is to keep in mind while determining iron loss- measure 3-phase, 3-wire balanced or unbalanced
It is necessary that CC should be in series power is– 2
and PC should be in parallel.  3–Hesâpe, 3–leej Jeeueer meblegefuele Ùee Demeblegefuele heeJej keâes ceeheves kesâ
 ueewn neefve keâes leÙe keâjles meceÙe efkeâme yeele keâe OÙeeve jKevee efueS Jeešceeršj keâer vÙetvelece mebKÙee keäÙee nQ– 2
pe™jer nw– CC ßesCeer ›eâce ceW Deewj PC meceevlej ›eâce (SSC JE- 2014 Evening)
ceW ueiee nesvee ÛeeefnS (UPRVUNL JE- 9-11-2016)
(UPPCL JE- 2015) ♦ In Induction wattmeter, the instantaneous value of
deflecting torque is..............voltage under
♦ In the two-wattmeter method of 3 power
measurement–
measurement, if the phase sequence of the supply is
reversed– The reading of wattmeters will Directly proportional to the square of
be interchanged  ØesjCe Jeešceeršj ceW ef[Heäuesefkeäšbie šeke&â, ceeheve efkeâÙes pee jns
 3-Hesâpe heeJej ceeheve keâer 2 Jeešceeršj efJeefOe ceW Ùeefo heeJej mehueeF& Jeesušspe kesâ.............neslee nw– Jeie& kesâ meerOes meceevegheeleer
keâer keâuee Deveg›eâce yeoue efoÙee peeÙes lees– (UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
Jeeš ceeršjeW kesâ ceehe Deeheme ceW yeoue peeSieW ♦ Power factor meter indicate–
(DMRC JE- 10.04.2018) The current is leading or lagging the voltage
♦ In 3- power measurement for a balanced load using  hee@Jej Hewâkeäšj ceer šj, Fbe fi ele keâjlee nw–
the two-wattmeter method, the reactive power is keâjWš, Jeesušlee mes Deeies Ùee heerÚs nw
given by– 3 times the difference of the readings (SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 10 am)
of the two wattmeters ♦ In dynamometer type of wattmeter, which type of
 2 Jeešceeršj efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ Skeâ mevlegefuele uees[ kesâ coil is split up into two parts– Current coil
efueS 3- heeJej ceeheve ceW ØeefleIeelekeâ Meefkeäle oer peeleer nQ–  [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ Jee@šceeršj ceW efkeâme Øekeâej keâer kegbâ[ueer oes
oesveeW Jeešceeršj kesâ ceehe keâs Devlej keâe 3 iegvee YeeieeW ceW efJeYeeefpele nesleer nw– Oeeje kebgâ[ueer
(DMRC JE- 10.04.2018) (SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
♦ The one-wattmeter method of 3 power ♦ The reading of the first dial on the right of a 4-dial
measurement can only be used for–Balanced load watt hour meter indicate– Number of single units
 3-Hesâpe heeJej ceeheves kesâ efueS Skeâ Jeešceeršj efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie  4-[eÙeue Jee@š Iebše ceeršj kesâ oeÙeW henues [eÙeue ceW hee"Ÿeebkeâ
kesâJeue efkeâme Yeej kesâ efueS efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nQ– mevlegefuele Yeej oMee&lee nw– Skeâue FkeâeF&ÙeeW keâer mebKÙee
(DMRC JE - 10.04.2018) (SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 10 am)
(UPRVUNL JE-2014) ♦ A demand meter meant to indicate –
♦ The wattmeter measures the angle between the -Peak power periods, A high load factor,
current phasor detected by the.......... and the voltage Low kWh consumption
phasor detected by the...........
 ef[ceeb[ ceeršj oMee&lee nw .................
Current coil, Voltage coil
 Jeešceeršj, Oeeje meefoMe pees .......... Éeje helee ueieeÙee peelee nw heerkeâ Meefòeâ DeJeefOe, GÛÛe Yeej iegCeebkeâ,
leLee Jeesušlee meefoMe pees ........ kesâ Éeje helee ueieeÙee peelee nw kesâ efvecve kWh GheYeesie
yeerÛe keâesCe keâes ceehelee nw– Oeeje kegâC[ueer, Jeesušlee kegâC[ueer (SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 10 am)
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018) ♦ The type of wattmeter commonly used for
♦ How many wattmeters would be required to measure measurement of power in AC circuits is–
power in a 3-phase, 4-wire system– 3 Wattmeters Dynamometer type
 3-Hesâpe, 4- Jee@Ùej efmemšce ceW hee@Jej kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâleves  meeOeejCele: AC heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ keâer ceehe kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙes
Jee@šceeršj keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesieer– 3 Jee@šceeršj ieÙes Jeešceeršj keâe Øekeâej nw– [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej
(M.P. Sub Engineer 01.09.2018) (NMRC JE-05.03.2017)
(DMRC JE-2015, MP-JE-2015) (RRB SSE- Shift-II, 01.09.2015)
♦ Two wattmeter method can be used to measure the ♦ An automatic power factor controller cannot
total power delivered to– achieve– kW control
Star as well as delta connected loads and  Skeâ mJeÛeeefuele Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ efveÙeb$ekeâ me#ece veneR nw–
balanced or unbalanced loads
kW efveÙeb$eCe ceW
 kegâue Meefòeâ ceeheve kesâ efueS oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe ØeÙeesie nesleer nw–
(UTTARAKHAND JE-I I 2013)
mšej leLee [suše mebÙeesefpele Yeej SJeb meblegefuele
♦ In an electrodynamometer type wattmeter–
leLee Demeblegefuele Yeej
The current coil is made fixed
(NMRC JE-05.03.2017)
 Fueskeäšês[eÙevecees ceeršj Øekeâej kesâ Jeešceeršj ceW–
♦ A compensated wattmeter has its reading corrected
for error due to the– Oeeje kegâC[ueer efmLej yeveeÙeer peeleer nw
Power consumed in potential coil (MP JE-2015)
 øeeflekeâejer Jeešceeršj keâer oes<e nsleg hee"Ÿeebkeâ megOeej efkeâmekeâer Jepen ♦ In a single phase induction type wattmeter, a meter
mes nesleer nw– Jeesušlee kegbâ[ueer ceW JÙeÙe Meefòeâ can be reversed by–
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) Reversing either the potential coil terminal
(Uttarakhand-I-2013) or current coil terminal
(UPPCL AE -26.07.2015)  Skeâ Hesâpe ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Jeešceeršj ceW, ceeršj keâes efJehejerle efkeâÙee
♦ The pressure coil of a wattmeter should be pee mekeâlee nw– efJeYeJe kegâC[ueer DeLeJee Oeeje kegâC[ueer
connected to supply side of the current coil when–
kesâ efmejeW keâes efJehejerle keâjkesâ
Load impedance is high
(MP JE-2015)
 Jee@šceeršj keâer oeye kegâC[ueer keâes Oeeje kegâC[ueer keâer lejheâ mehueeF&
meeF[ mes peesÌ[vee ÛeeefnS peye– Yeej ØeefleyeeOee pÙeeoe nes ♦ How many coils are there in a wattmeter– 2
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
 efkeâmeer Jeešceeršj ceW efkeâleves kegâC[ueer nesles nQ– 2
♦ An induction wattmeter can be used for– (MP JE- 2016 Evening Shift)
A.C. only ♦ If a dynamometer wattmeter is connceted in an ac
 Skeâ ØesjCe Jeešceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– kesâJeue S.meer. circuit, the power indicated by the wattmeter will
be– Average power
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
 Ùeefo Skeâ [eÙevesceesceeršj Meefòeâceeheer Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje heefjheLe ceW
♦ Wattmeter is an instrument which measures–
ueieeÙee peelee nw, lees Meefòeâceeheer Éeje metefÛele Meefòeâ nesieer–
Average power
 Jeeš-ceeršj Jen GhekeâjCe nw efpememes ........ ceehee peelee nw– Deewmele Meefòeâ
Deewmele Meefòeâ (UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) (SSC JE- 2015)
(SSC JE-2008)
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ The power of a n–phase circuit can be measured by (LMRC SC/TO- 2015)
using a minimum of– (n–1) wattmeter element ♦ For power measurement of three phase circuit by
 n–Hesâpe heefjheLe keâer Meefòeâ keâes vÙetvelece........... ceehee pee mekeâlee two wattmeter method, when the value of power
factor is less than 0.5 lagging–
nw– (n–1) Jeešceeršj lelJe Éeje
One of the wattmeter connections
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
will have to be reversed
♦ The pressure coil of a wattmeter consists of–
More number of turns of thin wire  oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe Éeje ef$ekeâuee heefjheLe kesâ Meefòeâ ceeheve kesâ efueS
 Jeešceeršj (Jeešceeheer) keâer oeye kegbâ[ueer ceW keäÙee neslee nw– peyeefkeâ Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve 0.5 heMÛeieeceer mes keâce nw–
heleues leejeW keâer DeefOekeâ mebKÙee ceW Jele&ve Skeâ Jeešceeršj kesâ mebÙeespeve keâes efJehejerle keâjvee nesiee
(DMRC JE-2014) (DMRC JE-2016)
♦ In phantom loading arrangement, energy ♦ Laboratory wattmeters are–
consumption in the calibration test of wattmeter is Electro-dynamometer type
reduced because of–  ØeÙeesieMeeuee Jeešceeršj nesles nQ– efJeÅegle-[eFveceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ
The absence of load in the test set
(SSC JE-2010)
 DeeYeemeer Yeej keâer JÙeJemLee ceW, Jeešceeršj DebMeekeâve hejer#eCe ceW,
 In single phase dynamometer type wattmeter nature
Tpee& keâe GheYeesie efkeâme keâejCe keâce nes peelee nw– of pressure coil
hejer#eCe mesš ceW uees[ keâer DevegheefmLeefle mes The pressure coil has high resistance and
(SSC JE-2012) negligible inductance
 Skeâue Hesâpe Meefòeâ ceeheves Jeeues [eÙevesceesceeršj šeFhe Jeešceeršj kesâ ♦ An induction wattmeter consist of–
efJeYeJe kegâC[ueer keâer Øeke=âefle nessleer nw~ Series and shunt electromagnet
efJeYeJe kegâC[ueer ceW DeefOekeâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj  Skeâ ØesjCe Jee@šceeršj ............ keâe yevee neslee nw–
vÙetvelece ØesjkeâlJe nesles nw ßesCeer Deewj Mevš efJeÅegle Ûegcyekeâ
(UPPCL JE-2013) ♦ When Dynamometer type meters are used as watt
meters, the fixed and movable coils are–
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 10 am)
Fixed coil is current coil and moving
♦ Two meters X and Y required 40 mA and 50 mA
coil is pressure coil
respectively for full scale deflection. Then which
meter is more sensitive  peye [eÙevesceesceeršj šeFhe ceeršjeW keâe GheÙeesie Jee@šceeršj kesâ ™he ceW
X is more sensitive than Y efkeâÙee peelee nw lees efmLej Deewj Ûeue kegâC[ueve nesles nQ–
 oes ceeršjeW X leLee Y keâes, hetjs hewceeves hej efJe#eshe kesâ efueS ›eâceMe: efmLej kegâC[ueer, Oeeje kegâC[ueer Deewj Ûeue kegâC[ueer,
40 mA Deewj 50 mA keâer pe™jle Leer~ leodvegmeej keâewve mee ceeršj oeye kegâC[ueer nesleer nw
DeefOekeâ mebJesoveMeerue nw – X, Y mes pÙeeoe mebJesoveMeerue nw~ ♦ Which type of Wattmeter is widely used–
(SSC JE-2012) Dynamometer type
♦ Three wattmeter method of power measurement can  efkeâme Øekeâej keâe Jee@š ceeršj JÙeehekeâ ™he mes GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
be used to measure power in– nw– [eÙevesceesceeršj šeFhe
Both balanced and unbalanced Circuits ♦ Damping generally used in dynamometer type
 efJeÅegle ceeheve keâer leerve Jeešceeršj heæefle keâes efkeâme Meefòeâ ceeheve kesâ Wattmeter– Air friction damping
efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  [eÙevesceesceeršj šeFhe Jeeš ceeršj ceW meeceevÙele: keâewve-meer DeJecevove
meblegefuele Deewj Demeblegefuele oesveeW heefjheLe GheÙeesie keâer peeleer nw– JeeÙeg Ie<e&Ce DeJecevove
♦ The main error in dynamometer type wattmeter is
(SSC JE-2015)
due to– Pressure coil inductance
♦ In dynamometer wattmeter the compensation coil–
 [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ Jeešceeršj ceW cegKÙe $egefš ........... kesâ
Has equal number of turns of current coil and is keâejCe nesleer nw– oeye kegâC[ueer ØesjkeâlJe
connected in series with voltage coil
♦ The resistance in the circuit of the moving coil of a
 [eÙeveceesceeršj Jeešceeršj ceW #eeflehetefle& kegbâ[ueer ceW – dynamometer wattmeter should be– High
Oeeje kegbâ[ueer kesâ Jele&veeW keâer mebKÙee kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~  [eÙevesceesceeršj Jeešceeršj kesâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer heefjheLe ceW ØeeflejesOe
Deewj Jeesušlee kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW nesvee ÛeeefnS– GÛÛe
mebÙeesefpele nesleer nw ♦ The minimum number of wattmeters required to
measure power in an unbalanced three wire system
(DMRC JE- 2014)
is– Two
♦ A wattmeter is being tested under phantom-loading
condition. If the wattmeter reading is 60 W, the actual
 Skeâ Demeblegefuele leerve leej ØeCeeueer ceW Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS
power consumed from the supply, is– DeeJeMÙekeâ JeešceeršjeW keâer vÙetvelece mebKÙee nesleer nw– oes
Much less than 60 W ♦ The total power delivered to a three-phase load is
equal to–
 Skeâ Jeešceeheer keâe hejer#eCe DeeYeemeer-Yeej oMee kesâ Debleie&le efkeâÙee
Algebraic sum of two-wattmeter readings
pee jne nw~ Ùeefo Jeešceeheer keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ 60 W nw, lees ØeoeÙe mes
 leerve keâuee Yeej keâes oer ieF& kegâue Meefòeâ ........... yejeyej nesleer nw–
GheÙegòeâ JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ nw– 60 W mes yengle keâce
oes Jeešceeršj hee"Ÿeebkeâ kesâ yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie kesâ
(SSC JE-2011)
♦ Electrodynamic type of instruments are commonly
♦ Wattmeter cannot be designed on the principle of– used for the measurement of– Power
Moving iron instrument  efJeÅegle [eÙevesefcekeâ Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCeeW keâe GheÙeesie Deeceleewj hej
 Jeešceeršj keâe efve™heCe efkeâmekesâ efmeæevle hej veneR efkeâÙee pee ........... keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– Meefòeâ
mekeâlee– ieefleceeve ueewn GhekeâjCe ♦ An induction wattmeter measure –
(RRB JE- (Shift-III), 26.08.2015) Only true power
♦ Electrodynamometer type wattmeter consists of–  Skeâ ØesjCe Jeešceeršj ceehelee nw– kesâJeue JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ
Two current coils and one pressure coil ♦ The instrument used for the measurement of power
 Fueskeäšês[eÙeveesceeršj Øekeâej keâe Jeešceeršj mebueive neslee nw– at 500 MHz is– Bolometer
oes Oeeje kegâC[ueer Deewj Skeâ oeye kegâC[ueer  500 MHz hej Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peeves
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3 Shift) rd Jeeuee GhekeâjCe nw– yeesueesceeršj
♦ Which method is used to shield a dynamometer type ♦ The error caused by pressure coil inductance in a
wattmeter against stray magnetic fields– wattmeter is compensated by connecting a–
Meter is housed in a soft iron box Capacitor across a part of series resistance
 mš^s cewivesefškeâ heâeru[ kesâ efJe™æ [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej Jeešceeršj in the pressure coil circuit
keâes Meeru[ keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâve efJeefOeÙeeW keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee  Skeâ Jeešceeršj ceW oeye kegâC[ueer ØesjkeâlJe kesâ keâejCe nesves Jeeueer
nw ceeršj keâes vece& ueesns kesâ mevotkeâ ceW jKee peelee nw $egefš keâes................ peesÌ[keâj keâce efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
♦ The readings of a dynamometer type wattmeter can oeye kegbâ[ueer heefjheLe ceW ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe kesâ
be highly erratic at– Low power factor
Skeâ Yeeie kesâ S›eâeme mebOeeefj$e
 [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ Jeešceeršj kesâ hee"Ÿeebkeâ........... hej
♦ The current and potential coils of a wattmeter were
DelÙeefOekeâ $egefšhetCe& nes mekeâles nw– keâce Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ accidentally interchanged while connecting. After
♦ A dynamometer type wattmeter has– energizing the circuit, it was observed that the
Uniform scale wattmeter did not show the reading. This would be
due to– Damage done to the current coil
 Skeâ [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej Jeešceeršj ceW neslee nw– mece™he hewceevee
 Skeâ Jeešceeršj kesâ Oeeje Deewj efJeYeJe kegbâ[ueer keâes pees[Ì les meceÙe
♦ In a low power factor wattmeter the pressure coil is
connected– To the load side of the current coil
ieueleer mes yeoue efoÙee ieÙee~ heefjheLe keâes meef›eâÙe keâjves kesâ yeeo,
Ùen osKee ieÙee efkeâ Jeešceeršj ceW hee"Ÿeebkeâ veneR efoKeeF& efoÙee,
 Skeâ efvecve Meefòeâ iegCekeâ Jeešceeršj ceW oeye kegâC[ueer pegÌ[e neslee
Fmekeâe keâejCe nw– Oeeje kegbâ[ueer ceW ngF& #eefle
nw– Oeeje kegâC[ueer kesâ Yeej he#e kesâ lejheâ
♦ The magnetic field responsible for the production of
♦ In a low power factor wattmeter the compensating
the deflecting torque in an accurate dynamometer
coil is connected– In series with pressure coil
type wattmeter, being very weak, the accuracy of the
 keâce Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ Jeešceeršj ceW #eeflehetefle& kegâC[ueer pegÌ[e neslee nw– measurement can be increased by providing a–
oeye kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW Astatic arrangement to the moving system
♦ In a 3-phase power measurement by two wattmeter of the instrument
method, both the watt-meter had identical readings.  Skeâ ÙeLeeLe& [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej Jeešceeršj ceW efJe#esheCe DeeIetCe& kesâ
The power factor of the load was– Unity
Glheeove kesâ efueS GòejoeÙeer ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e, yengle keâcepeesj nesves kesâ
 oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe Éeje leerve keâuee Meefòeâ ceeheve ceW oesveeW keâejCe, ceehe keâer ÙeLeeLe&lee keâes.......Øeoeve keâjkesâ yeÌ{eÙee pee mekeâlee
Jeešceeršj kesâ hee"Ùeebkeâ meceeve nQ~ Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ Lee– nw– GhekeâjCe keâer Ûeue ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS efmLejlee ØeyevOe
FkeâeF&
♦ Which method decreases the error due to
♦ For handling greater current induction wattmeter are connections in a dynamometer type wattmeter–
used in conjunction with– Current transformers
Using bifilar compensating winding
 DeefOekeâ OeejeDeeW keâes mebYeeueves kesâ efueS ØesjCe Jeešceeršj keâe in place of current coil
GheÙeesie efkeâmekesâ mebÙeespeve kesâ meeLe efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 [eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej Jeešceeršj ceW mebÙeespeve kesâ keâejCe keâewve meer
Oeeje šêbmeheâece&j $egefš keâce nes peeleer nw– Oeeje kegbâ[ueer kesâ mLeeve hej
♦ Due to the effect of induction in the pressure coil, a yeeFefheâuej #eeflehetefle& JeeFbef[bie keâe GheÙeesie
dynamometer type wattmeter–
♦ The power can measured to supplied to a high
Reads high on lagging power factor and low
frequency heating system –
on leading power factor
By thermocouple type wattmeter
 oeye kegâC[ueer ceW ØesjkeâlJe kesâ ØeYeeJe kesâ keâejCe, Skeâ [eÙevesceesceeršj
 GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe nerefšbie ØeCeeueer keâes Deehetefle& keâer peeves Jeeueer Meefòeâ
Øee™heer Jee@šceeršj– uewefiebie Meefkeäle iegCekeâ hej GÛÛe
keâes ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– Leceexkeâheue Øekeâej Jeešceeršj Éeje
Deewj ueeref[bie Meefkeäle iegCekeâ hej efvecve heÌ{lee nw~
♦ In the power measurement by ammeter-voltmeter
♦ In a low power factor wattmeter, why is a method, if the voltmeter is connected across the
compensating coil employed– load, then the value of the power will be–
To compensate for the error caused by The sum of power consumed by the
power loss in the pressure coil load and voltmeter
 Skeâ efvecve Meefòeâ iegCekeâ Jeešceeršj ceW, Skeâ #eeflehetefle& kegâC[ueer  Sceeršj Deewj Jeesušceeršj efJeefOe Éeje Meefòeâ ceeheve ceW Ùeefo
keäÙeeW keâeÙe&jle nesleer nw– oeye kegâC[ueer ceW efJeÅegle Meefòeâ neefve Jeesušceeršj Yeej kesâ S›eâeme pegÌ[e nw, lees Meefòeâ keâe ceeve nesiee–
kesâ keâejCe ngF& $egefš keâer #eeflehetefle& keâjves kesâ efueS Yeej Deewj Jeesušceeršj Éeje Kehele Meefòeâ keâe Ùeesie
♦ In calibration of dynamometer wattmeter by  ceesÙej eføebâpe keâe GheÙeesie IetCeea efJemLeeheve (jesšjer ef[mehuesmeceWš) keâes
potentiometer, phantom loading arrangement is used ceeheves ceW efkeâmekesâ meeLe efkeâÙee peelee nw–
because– The power consumed in calibration
kesâJeue Dee@efhškeâue ketâšuesKeve (Svekeâes[j) kesâ meeLe
work is minimum
♦ What are the components of a digital multimeter–
 efJeYeJeceeheer Éeje [eÙevesceesceeršj Jeešceeršj keâes DebMeekeâve ceW heQâšce
An attenuator, an ADC, a display and a
ueesef[bie JÙeJemLee keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– recording mechanism
ceeheebkeâve keâeÙe& ceW Kehele Meefòeâ vÙetvelece nes  Skeâ ef[efpešue ceušerceeršj kesâ Ieškeâ keäÙee nw–
♦ The two wattmeter method is used to measure active Skeâ DešsvÙegSšj, Skeâ S[ermeer, Skeâ ef[mhues Deewj
power on a three-phase, three-wire system. If the
phase voltage is unbalanced, then the power reading Skeâ efjkeâe@ef[Ëie cewkesâefvepce
is– Not affected by negative or
6. Tpee&ceeheer (Energy Meter)
zero sequence voltages
 oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie leerve-keâuee, leerve-leej ØeCeeueer hej ♦ Integrating type measuring instrument is -
meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ ceeheve kesâ efueS neslee nw~ Ùeefo keâuee Jeesušspe Ampere- hour meter
Demeblegefuele nw, lees Meefòeâ hee"Ÿeebkeâ–  Fbšer«esefšbie Øekeâej kesâ ceeheve GheÙev$e nw- SefcheÙej-IeCše ceeršj
$e+Ceelcekeâ Ùee MetvÙe ›eâce Jeesušspe Éeje (PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
♦ Ampere hour meter is an - Integrating instrument
ØeYeeefJele veneR neslee nw
 Skeâ SefcheÙej IeCše ceeršj nw - meceekeâueve GheÙeb$e
♦ If 3-phase power is measured with the help of two-
wattmeter method in a balanced load with the (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
application of 3-phase balanced voltage, variation in ♦ ............. at a specific time sum the event of the
readings of wattmeter will depend on– interval- Integrating device
Load and power factor  ........... Skeâ efJeefMe° meceÙe Deblejeue keâer IešveeDeeW keâe
 Ùeefo 3-keâuee Meefòeâ keâes ef$e-keâuee meblegefuele Jeesušlee kesâ DevegØeÙeesie ÙeesefpekeâjCe keâjlee nw– mecekeâeueveerÙe GhekeâjCe
keâer meneÙelee mes meblegefuele Yeej keâes oes-Jeešceeršj efJeefOe mes ceehee (DFCCIL- 17.04.2016)
peelee nw, lees Jeešceeršj kesâ hee"Ÿeebkeâ ceW efYeVelee ......... hej efveYe&j ♦ Energy meters instrument is– Integrating type
keâjsiee– Yeej Deewj Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  Tpee& ceeheer ceeheÙeb$e nw– meceekeâueve Øekeâej
♦ In the two-wattmeter method of measuring 3- (SSC JE-2007/2008)
power, the wattmeter indicate equal and opposite ♦ A domestic energy meter disc moves slowly, even
readings when load power factor is– 90 Lagging when main switch is off the reason is- Creeping error
 3-keâuee Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves keâer oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe ceW, Jeešceeršj  cegKÙe efmJeÛe yevo nesves hej Skeâ Iejsuet Tpee& ceeršj keâer ef[mkeâ
yejeyej Deewj efJehejerle hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâes metefÛele keâjlee nw, peye Yeej Oeerceer ieefle mes Ûeueleer nw, Fmekeâe keâejCe nw– efJemehe&Ce $egefš
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nw– 90 he§eieeceer (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
♦ In a balanced 3-phase 200 V circuit, the line current (UTTARAKHAND-I 2013)
is 115.5 A. When the power is measured by two ♦ Creeping is the phenomenon which occurs in -
wattmeter method, one of the wattmeters reads 20
Energy meter
kW and the other one reads zero. What is the power
factor of the load– 0.5  ›eâer e f h eb i e Skeâ Iešvee nw pees ............ceW nes leer nw - Tpee&ceeheer
 meblegefuele 3- keâuee 200 Jeesuš heefjheLe ceW, ueeFve Oeeje 115.5 A (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
nw~ peye Meefòeâ keâes oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe Éeje ceehee peelee nw, lees ♦ Alternating current is measured by–
Jeešceeršj ceW mes Skeâ 20 kW heÌ{lee nw Deewj otmeje MetvÙe heÌ{lee nw~ Induction ammeter
Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keäÙee nw– 0.5  ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâes ceehee peelee nw – Fb[keäMeve Sceeršj
♦ How will you test the supply in plug point– (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
Tester, multimeter, voltmeter ♦ The energy meters is calibrated-
 hueie hJee@Fbš keâer Deehetefle& keâer peebÛe kewâmes keâer peeleer nw– By rotating the substandard meter
šsmšj, ceušerceeršj, Jeesušceeršj  Tpee& ceeršjes keâes DebMeebefkeâle efkeâÙee peelee nw -
♦ Moire fringes are used to measure rotary meyemšQC[[& ceeršj kesâ IetCe&ve Éeje
displacement along with– Optical encoders only (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)

♦ Watt-hour instrument is a type of– Integrating  efmebieue hesâpe Fb[keäMeve šeFhe Svepeea ceeršj ceW meWšûe efuecye hej
 Jeeš–IeCše Ùeb$e ........ Øekeâej keâe neslee nw– meceekeâueveerÙe GheueyOe keâe@hej Mesef[bie yeQ[ keâe GösMÙe nw-
(UPSSSC JE-2016) Mebš Ûegcyekeâ Éeje Glheeefole heäuekeäme keâes ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe
♦ ................. instruments are those which measure the kesâ "erkeâ keäJee[jsÛej ceW ueeves kesâ efueS~
quantity of electricity delivered in a particular time– (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
Integrating (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
 ................. GhekeâjCe Jes nesles nQ pees efkeâmeer efJeMes<e meceÙe ceW ♦ The measuring instrument widely used in power
efJeÅegle keâer cee$ee keâes ceeheles nQ– meceekeâueve system for measuring the energy- Induction type
♦ Integrating instruments are–  efJeÅegle ØeCeeueer ces Tpee& keâes ceeheves kesâ efueÙes ceeheve Ùeb$e keâe JÙeehekeâ
Ampere-hour and watt-hour meters ™he mes GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- ØesjCe Øekeâej
 meceekeâueve GhekeâjCe nw– SefcheÙej IeCše Deewj Jeeš IeCše ceeršj (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
♦ The most commonly used induction type instrument ♦ During the testing of an energy meter are the
required voltage and current conditions for a creep
is– Induction watt-hour meter
test - Applied voltage : 110% of marked
 meyemes pÙeeoe ØeÙegòeâ nesves Jeeuee ØesjCe Øekeâej keâe GheÙeb$e nw– value of voltage, applied current : open circuit
ØesjCe Jee@š Iebše ceeršj  Tpee& ceeršj kesâ hejer#eCe kesâ oewjeve, ›eâerhe hejer#eCe kesâ efueS
(HPCL A.M.T.- 20.04.2019 Time 2:30-4:30) DeeJeMÙekeâ Jeesušspe Deewj Oeeje efmLeefleÙeeb keäÙee nw~
♦ The voltage coil of a single phase house energy Deehetefle& Jeesušspe : Jeesušspe kesâ efÛeefvnle ceeve keâe 110%,
meter– Is highly inductive
Deehetefle& Oeeje : Keguee heefjheLe
 Skeâue keâuee ie=n Tpee& ceeršj keâer Jeesušspe kegbâ[ueer–
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
DelÙeefOekeâ ØesjkeâerÙe nesleer nw ♦ The types of watt-hour meter is used only is AC
♦ The total number of revolutions made over a period circuits. - Induction type
of time by an aluminium disc in a single-phase  Jeeš-Iebše ceeršj šeFhe kesâJeue ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje (AC) heefjheLe ceW
induction type energy meter is given by expressions ØeÙegòeâ nesles nQ~ - ØesjCe šeFhe
consider N speed of rotation of the disc-  Ndt (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
♦ The part of a digital energy meter.
 Skeâue-ÛejCe ØesjCe Øekeâej Tpee& ceeršj ceW Skeâ SuÙegefceefveÙece
- A real-time clock
Ûekeâleer Éeje meceÙe keâer DeJeefOe ceW efkeâS ieS ÛekeäkeâjeW keâer kegâue
mebKÙee efkeâmekesâ Éeje DeefYeJÙeefòeâ keâer ieF& nw~ Ûekeâleer kesâ IetCe&ve keâer  ef[efpešue Tpee& ceeršj keâe Yeeie nw- JeemleefJekeâ meceÙe keâer IeÌ[er
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
N ieefle hej efJeÛeej keâjs-  Ndt ♦ Hand Held Unit (HHU) for meter reading known as–
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) MRI
 ceeršj jereE[ie kesâ efueS nQ[ nsu[ Ùetevf eš (HHU) kesâ ™he ceW efkeâmes
♦ an energy meter is made up of a few turns of thick
peevee peelee nw- MRI
wire connected in series with the load?- Current coil (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
 Tpee& ceeršj keâe Yeeie uees[ kesâ meeLe ßesCeer›eâce ces peg[Ì s ceesšs leej ♦ The induction type single-phase watt-hour meters
uses– Brake magnet and spindle
kesâ kegâÚ hesâjes mes yevee neslee nw- Oeeje kebgâ[ueer
 Skeâue keâuee Øee™heer Jeeš IeCše ceeršj GheÙeesie keâjlee nw– yeÇskeâ
♦ Which NOT one of the remedies for the phase
Ûegcyekeâ Deewj efmheb[ue
displacement error in single phase induction type (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
energy meter? Capacitor in pressure coil ♦ A integrating instrument is –
 efmebieue hesâpe Fb[keäMeve šeFhe Svepeea ceeršj ceW hesâpe efJemLeeheve $egefš Watt-hour meter, Ampere-hour meter
kesâ efueS keâewve mee GheÛeej vener nw - oeye kegâC[ueer ceW mebOeeefj$e  Skeâ meceekeâueve GhekeâjCe nw– Jee@š-Iebše ceeršj,
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I) SsefcheÙej-Iebše ceeršj
♦ The purpose of the copper shading bands provided (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
on the central limb in a single-phase induction type ♦ Commercial unit of electrical energy is- kWh
energy meter.
 efJeÅegle Tpee& keâer JÙeeJemeeefÙekeâ FkeâeF& nw- kWh
To bring the flux produced by the shunt magnet
exactly in quadrature with the applied voltage. (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
♦ The domestic energy meter falls in category -  Ùeefo keâesF& Øesjkeâ keâesefš keâe Tpee& ceeršj lespe Ûeuelee nw lees efkeâmekesâ
Integrating type Éeje Gmekeâer ieefle Oeerceer keâer pee mekeâleer nw–
 Iejsuet Tpee&ceeheer ßesCeer ceW Deelee nw- Skeâerke=âle Øee™he yeÇWefkeâie Ûegyb ekeâ keâer efmLeefle meceeÙeesepf ele keâjkesâ Deewj Fmes
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) ef[mkeâ kesâ ceOÙe mes otj nše keâj
♦ The watt-hour meter is -------- instrument - (NPCIL - 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)
Integrating (DMRC JE- 2015)
 Jeeš-IeCše ceeršj ------ Ùeb$e nw - meceekeâueve (ESE- 2011, PGVCL JE- 2016)
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) ♦ can be done in order to prevent Creeping in Energy
meters– Two diametrically opposite holes
♦ instrument is representing an integrating type
instrument. Energy meter are drilled in the disc
 Skeâ Skeâerke=âle Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe keâe ØeefleefveefOelJe nw- Tpee& ceeršj  Tpee& ceeheer ceW ›eâerefhebie mes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022) ef[mkeâ ceW efJeheefjle efoMee ceW oes JÙeeme Úso keâjkesâ
♦ Induction type single phase energy meter measures (SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
electric energy in– kWh (DFCCIL- 17.04.2016)
 ØesjCe Øee™he Skeâue hesâpe Tpee& ceeršj .......... ceW efJeÅegle Tpee& keâes (LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
ceehelee nw~ kWh (FCI-04.10.2015)
(BSPHCL JE- 30.01.2019 Batch -01) (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
♦ The cause of a speed error in induction type energy ♦ To measure ................... Integrating meter is used–
meter– Incorrect position of brake magnets Energy
 ØesjkeâerÙe Tpee& ceeršj ceW ieefle $egefš keâe keâejCe nw–  .............kesâ ceeheve nsleg Fbšer«esefšbie ceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
DeJejesOe Ûegcyekeâ keâer ieuele efmLeefle nw– Tpee&
(DFCCIL- 11.11.2018 )
♦ To minimize the loading effect of circuit under test,
the input impedance of the device must– Be very high
♦ Produces breaking torque in induction type energy
meter is provided by – Eddy current
 peeBÛe kesâ oewjeve efkeâmeer heefjheLe kesâ Loading effect keâes keâce
keâjves kesâ efueS Ùegefòeâ keâer efveJesMeer ØeefleyeeOee pe™j–
 ØesjCe Øekeâej Tpee& ceeršj ceW DeJejesOe yeue–DeeIetCe& keâe Glheeove kesâ
Éeje neslee nw– YeBJej Oeeje yengle GÛÛe nesveer ÛeeefnS
♦ Household energy meter falls under category of
which type of instrument– An integrating instrument
♦ The most commonly used measurement unit for a
typical 1-phase energy meter– kWh  Iejsuet Tpee& ceeršj efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ Ùeb$eeW keâer ßesCeer ceW Deelee nw–
 Deeceleewj hej meyemes DeefOekeâ Fmlesceeue keâer peeves Jeeueer efJeefMe° 1- Skeâ Fbšer«esefšbie Ùeb$e
Hesâpe Tpee&ceeršj. keâer ceeefhele FkeâeF& nw– (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
kWh
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) (BSNL TTA-28.09.2016- 10 am)
(RRB SSE- (Shift-III) 02.02.2015) (SSC JE- 2012, UPSSSC JE-2014, UPPCL JE-2016)
(NMRC JE - 05.03.2017) (RRB JE- Bhopal Paper-I Shift-II, 28.08.2015)
♦ The breaking torque of induction type single-phase ♦ An Integrating instrument is called by –
energy meter is– Watt–hour meter
Directly proportional to the square of the flux  Skeâ Fbšer«esefšbie Ùeb$e keâes keâne peelee nw– Jeeš Dee@Jej ceeršj
 Fv[keäMeve Øekeâej Skeâue-Hesâpe Tpee& ceeršj keâe yeÇsefkebâie šeke&â neslee (UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
nw– Heäuekeäme kesâ Jeie& kesâ meerOes Devegheeeflekeâ ♦ The series magnet of a single phase Energy meter
consists of coil of– Thick wire of few turns
♦ If an Induction type energy meter runs fast, it can be
 Skeâue Hesâpe Tpee& ceeršj kesâ ßesCeer Ûegyb ekeâ.............mes yeves nesles nw–
slowed down by– Adjusting the position of ceesšs leej kesâ kegâÚ JeueÙe Jeeueer
braking magnet and making it (SSC JE- 1 march 2017, 2.45 pm)
move away from the centre of the disc (SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2:45 pm)
♦ In an energy-meter which coil carries the current ♦ The energy meter installed at a residence charges the
proportional to supply voltage– Pressure coil consumer for use of– True power
 Skeâ Tpee&-ceeršj ceW, keâewve-meer kegbâ[ueer Deehetefle& Jeesušlee kesâ  efkeâmeer Iej ceW ueiee Tpee& ceeršj GheYeesòeâe mes ____ Fmlesceeue
meceevegheeleer Oeeje keâes Jenve keâjleer nw– oeye kegbâ[ueer keâjves kesâ efueS Megukeâ Jemetuelee nw– JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm) (UPRVUNL AE - November-2016)
♦ Creeping in a single-phase induction type energy ♦ In an energy meter, braking torque is produced to –
meter may be due to– Overcompensation for Maintain steady speed and equal to driving torque
friction, Over voltages, Vibrations
 Skeâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW, yeÇsefkebâie DeeIetCe& Glhevve efkeâÙee peelee nw –
 Skeâ Skeâue keâuee ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW ›eâerefhebie efvecve kesâ
efmLej ieefle keâes Ûeeueve yeue-DeeIetCe& kesâ
keâejCe nes mekeâleer nw–
yejeyej yeveeÙes jKeves nsleg
Ie<e&Ce nsleg DeesJej keâchevmesMeve, DeefOekeâ Jeesušlee, keâcheve
(RRB JE- Shift-III, 26.08.2015)
(Uttarakhand AE- (Paper-I)-2013)
♦ the main cause of creeping in the induction type
(SSC JE-2015)
energy meters is– Friction compensation
♦ The major cause for creeping in energy-meter is–
 ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee&ceeheer ceW ›eâerefhebie keâe Skeâ cegKÙe keâejCe nw–
Over compensation for friction
 Tpee& ceeheer ceW efJemehe&Ce keâe cegKÙe keäÙee keâejCe nw– Ie<e&Ce #eeflehetefle&
Ie<e&Ce kesâ efueS DeesJej keâchevmesMeve (ESE- 2007, BSNL TTA- 29/09/2016)
♦ Creep error may occur in induction type energy
(DMRC JE-2014) meter due to– Overvoltage across voltage coil
♦ instruments, a disc is present– Energy meter
 ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee& ceeheer ceW ›eâerhe (mejkeâve) $egefš kesâ keâejCe
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe ceW ef[mkeâ GheefmLeefle nesleer nw– nesleer nw– Jeesušlee kegâC[ueer kesâ S›eâe@me GÛÛe Jeesušlee
Fvepeeaceeršj (Tpee&ceeheer) (ESE- 2013)
(UPSSSC JE-2014) ♦ For controlling the vibration of the disc of ac energy
♦ The creeping is observed in– Energy meter meter, damping torque produced by– Eddy current
 efJemehe&Ce (›eâerefhebie) efkeâmeceW osKeer peeleer nw– Tpee& ceeršj  A.C. Tpee& ceeheer kesâ ef[mkeâ keâe keâcheve efveÙebef$ele keâjves kesâ efueS,
(RRB JE- Allahabad-II 2014), (UPSSSC JE- 2014) DeJecebove yeueeIetCe& GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee nw– YebJej Oeeje
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) (ESE- 2014)
♦ The disc of domestic supply energy meter is made ♦ The pressure coil of an induction type energy meter
of– Aluminium is– Highly inductive
 Iejsuet ØeoeÙe Tpee&ceeheer keâer ef[mkeâ keâer yeveer nesleer nw– SuÙegefceefveÙece  ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee&ceeršj keâer oeye kegâC[ueer nesleer nw–
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) GÛÛe ØesjkeâerÙe
♦ In a single phase induction type energy meter, the
(ESE- 2003)
deflecting torque is––––– the true power in the
circuit– Proportional to (MP JE-2015)
 efmebieue Hesâpe ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Gâpee& ceehekeâ ceW efJe#eshekeâ yeue DeeIetCe& ♦ For a single phase induction type energy meter, to
obtain true value reading the shunt magnet flux must
heefjheLe ceW JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ kesâ ............neslee nw– meceevegheeleer lag the applied voltage by– 90 degree
(UPRVUNL JE-2014)  efmebieue Hesâpe Fb[keäMeve šeF&he Tpee& ceeršj kesâ efueS, mener ceeve keâe
♦ Two holes are drilled in the disc on a diameter of hee"Ÿeebkeâ Øeehle keâjves nsleg Mebš Ûegcyekeâ keâe Heäuekeäme .......... Éeje
energy-meter to– Eliminate creeping on no-load
Jeesušlee mes he§eieeceer nesvee ÛeeefnS– 90 ef[«eer
 Tpee&ceeheer kesâ JÙeeme hej Ûekeâleer ceW oes efÚõ efkeâme efueS ef[ûe efkeâS
peeles nQ– MetvÙe Yeej hej efJemehe&Ce keâes jeskeâves kesâ efueS ♦ Copper shading is provided in energy meter to–
Bring flux exactly in quadrature
(SSC JE-2014, Morning Shift)
with applied voltage
♦ Creep occurs in 1- energy meters when ……. is
energized and it is mainly because of …....–  Tpee& ceeršj ceW keâe@hej Mesef[ib e Øeoeve keâjelee nw–
Pressure-coil , over-compensation mehueeF& Jeesušspe kesâ meeLe heäuekeäme keâes "erkeâ
 1- Tpee&ceeršj cebs ›eâerhe neslee nw peye ............ Gòesefpele nesleer nw keäJee[^sÛej efmLeefle hej ueelee nw~
leLee Ùen cegKÙele: ............ kesâ keâejCe nesleer nw– ♦ Creeping in a single-phase induction type energy
oeye kegâC[ueer, DeesJej keâchevemesMeve meter may be due to– Over compensation for
(TSSPDCL-15) friction, Over voltages, Vibrations
 Skeâ Skeâue keâuee ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW ›eâerefhebie kesâ ♦ If permanent brake magnet is moved away from the
keâejCe nes mekeâleer nw– Ie<e&Ce nsleg DeesJej keâchevmesMeve, spindle of the moving disc, energy meter–
Will run slow
DeefOekeâ Jeesušlee, keâcheve
 Ùeefo mLeeÙeer DeJejesOe Ûegcyekeâ keâes Ûeue ef[mkeâ keâer OeÒjer mes otj ues
♦ Creep occurs in 1- energy meters when ……. is
peeÙee peelee nw lees Tpee& ceeršj– Oeercee Ûeuesiee
energized and it is mainly because of …–
♦ If voltage supply to the energy meter is more than
Pressure-coil …..… over-compensation
the rated and no load is connected, the energy meter
 1- Tpee&ceeršj cebs ›eâerhe neslee nw peye ............ Gòesefpele neslee nw may run– Fast
leLee Ùen cegKÙele: ............ kesâ keâejCe neslee nw–  Ùeefo Tpee& ceeršj keâes Gmekesâ efveÙele Jeesušspe mes pÙeeoe Jeesušspe
oeye kegâC[ueer, DeesJej keâchevemesMeve Deehetefle& efkeâ peeS Deewj keâesF& Yeej ve peesÌ[e peeS leye Tpee& ceeršj
♦ In order to reduce the loading effect of the circuit Ûeue mekeâlee nw– leer›e
under test, the input impedance of an electronic ♦ In induction type energy meter two holes are drilled
meter should be– High in the aluminium disc is to reduce an error. Name
 hejer#eCe kesâ lenle meefke&âš kesâ ueesef[bie ØeYeeJe keâes keâce keâjves kesâ the error– Creeping error
efueS, Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ ceeršj keâe Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee nesvee ÛeeefnS– GÛÛe  ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW $egefš keâes keâce keâjves kesâ efueS
♦ An energy meter whose constant is 700 revolutions/ SuÙegefceefveÙece kesâ ef[mkeâ hej oes Úso yeveeÙes peeles nQ~ Gme $egefš keâe
kWh makes 5 revolutions in 15 second. Calculate veece nw– mehe&Ce $egefš
the load in kW– 1.71 kW ♦ In a single phase energy meter the rotating aluminium
 Skeâ Tpee&ceeršj efpemekeâe efmLejebkeâ 700 Ûe›eâ/kWh nw, 15 disc passes through the space between the two poles
meskesâC[ ceW 5 Ûe›eâ ueieelee nw~ kW ceW uees[ keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS– of a permanent magnet. the function of the
permanent magnet– It provides a braking torque
1.71 kW
 efmebieue Hesâpe Tpee& ceeršj ceW IetCe&ve SuÙegefceefveÙece ef[mkeâ Skeâ
♦ The testing of energy meter with low power loss–
mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ kesâ oes OeÇgJeeW kesâ yeerÛe kesâ mhesme mes neskeâj iegpejleer
Phantom loading
nw~ Fme mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ keâe keâeÙe& nw–
 efvecve Meefòeâ neefve kesâ meeLe Tpee& ceeršj keâe hejer#eCe nw–
Ùen yeÇsefkebâie DeeIetC& e Øeoeve keâjlee nw
HeQâšce ueesef[bie
♦ In energy meter, the speed of disc is steady when–
♦ The pulse/KWh is 1200. The pulse rate in the meter Operating torque is equal to the braking torque
is 20 pulses/10 minutes. The meter reading for one
hour is– 0.1 KWh
 Tpee& ceeršj ceW, ef[mkeâ keâer Ûeeue efmLej nesleer nw peye–
 heume/KWh 1200 nw~ ceeršj ceW heume oj 20 heume/10 efceveš ØeÛeeueve yeueeIetCe&, efveÙeb$eCe yeueeIetCe& kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
nQ~ Skeâ IeCšs kesâ efueS ceeršj jeref[bie nw– 0.1 KWh ♦ The induction type energy meter is basically–
♦ The function of copper shading band in an energy True watt-hour meter
meter is– To adjust the phase displacement at 90o  ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee& ceeršj cetue ™he mes nesles nwb–
 Skeâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW leeceü Úeove hešdšer keâe keâeÙe& nw– JeemleefJekeâ Jeeš-IeCše ceeršj
Hesâpe keâes 900 kesâ efJemLeeheve hej meceeÙeesefpele keâjvee ♦ Which instrument utilises magnetic effect principle–
♦ If the copper shading band on the shunt magnet is Energy meters, Volt meters, Watt meters
removed; the induction type energy meter will read–  keâewve-mee GheÙev$e ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØeYeeJe efmeæevle keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw–
Reactive power Tpee& ceeheer, Jeesušceeršj, Jee@šceeršj
 Ùeefo leeByee Mewef[bie yeQ[ keâes Mebš Ûegcyekeâ mes nše efoÙee peeS lees ♦ If voltage supply to the energy meter is more than
FC[keäšMeve Øekeâej keâe Tpee& ceeršj heÌ{siee– Øeeflekeâejer Meefòeâ the rated value, energy meter will run– Slow
♦ Induction instruments have found widest application  Ùeefo Tpee& ceeršj ceW Jeesušspe mehueeF& jsšs[ ceeve mes DeefOekeâ nw, lees
as– Watt hour meter Tpee& ceeršj Ûeuesiee– Oeercee
 ØesjCe GhekeâjCe keâe ............. kesâ ™he ceW JÙeehekeâ GheÙeesie efkeâÙee ♦ Aluminium is selected as the material for rotating
peelee nw– Jeeš IeCše ceeršj disc of energy meter because– It is good conductor,
♦ The meter constant of single phase energy meter is it is light, it is indigenously available
expressed in terms of– Revolution/KWH  Tpee&ceeršj kesâ IetCe&keâ ef[mkeâ kesâ efueS heoeLe& kesâ ™he ceW
 efmebieue Hesâpe Tpee& ceeršj keâe ceeršj efveÙebleekeâ ..........kesâ šce& ceW SuÙegefceefveÙece keâes Ûegvee peelee nw keäÙeesefkeâ– Ùen DeÛÚe Ûeeuekeâ nw,
JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw– heefj›eâceCe/KWH Ùen nukeâe neslee nw, Ùen mJeosMeerÙe GheueyOe nw
♦ The phenomenon of 'creeping' occurs in–  A.C. ceeršj keâe meyemes meeOeejCe ™he pees nj efove Iejsuet Deewj
Watthour meters DeewÅeesefiekeâ Øeefle<"eveeW mes efceuelee nw–
 ‘›eâereEheie’ keâer Iešvee .......... ceW nesleer nw– Jee@šDee@Jej ceeršj ØesjCe Øee™heer Skeâue keâuee Tpee& ceeršme&
♦ In an energymeter braking torque is produced to– ♦ The current coil of a single-phase energy meter is
Maintain steady speed wound on– Both the limbs of the laminated core
with the same number of turns
 Skeâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW yeÇseEkeâie yeueeIetCe& ................ kesâ efueS
Glheeefole efkeâÙee peelee nw– efmLej ieefle yeveeÙes jKeves  Skeâue ÛejCe Tpee& ceeršj keâer Oeeje kebgâ[ueer ........... hej JeeGC[
nesleer nw– meceeve šveeX keâer mebKÙee kesâ meeLe
♦ Various adjustments in an energy meter include–
uewefcevesšs[ keâesj keâer oesveeW efuecye hej
Light load or friction, lag and creep,
♦ For controlling the vibration of the disc of an AC
temperature compensation energy meter, damping torque is produced by–
 Skeâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW efJeefYeVe meceeÙeespeve Meeefceue nesles nQ– Eddy current
nukeâe Yeej Ùee Ie<e&Ce, uewie Deewj ›eâerhe, leeheceeve #eeflehetefle&  Skeâ S.meer. Tpee& ceeršj kesâ ef[mkeâ kesâ kebâheve keâes efveÙebef$ele keâjves kesâ
♦ The adjustment of position of shading bands, in an efueS, DeJecebove DeeIetCe&..........Éeje GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee nw–
energy meter is done to provide– YebJej Oeeje
Friction compensation ♦ In a single-phase induction type energy meter, the
 Skeâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW ÚeÙeebefkeâle yewC[ keâer efmLeefle keâe meceeÙeespeve lag adjustment is done to ensure that–
............ Øeoeve keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– Ie<e&Ce #eeflehetefle& Pressure coil flux lags the applied voltage by 90o
♦ The chemical effect of current is used in–  Skeâue keâuee ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW ............. Ùen
D.C. ammeter hour meter megefveef§ele keâjves kesâ efueS he§e meceeÙeespeve efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Oeeje keâs jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe keâe ØeÙeesie..........ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– oeye kegâC[ueer keâe heäuekeäme ØeÙegòeâ
[er.meer. Sceeršj IeCše ceeršj Jeesušspe mes 90º uewie nw
♦ An instrument always extracts some energy from the
♦ The household energy meter is–
measured medium. Thus the measured quantity is
An integrating instrument always disturbed by the act of measurement, which
 Iejsuet Tpee& ceeršj neslee nw– Skeâ meceekeâueve GhekeâjCe makes a perfect measurement theoretically
impossible and it is due to– Loading effect
Energy meter (Tpee& ceeršj)  Skeâ GhekeâjCe ncesMee ceeheve kesâ ceeOÙece mes kegâÚ Tpee& efvekeâeuelee
♦ kesâJeue S.meer. heefjheLe kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ nw~ Fme Øekeâej ceeheer ieÙeer jeefMe ncesMee ceeheve kesâ keâeÙe& mes nesleer
♦ Ùes Skeâ Fbšer«esefšbie šeFhe FvmšÎcesš nw~ nw~ pees mewæebeflekeâ ™he mes Skeâ mešerkeâ ceehe keâes DemebYeJe yeveelee
nw, Deewj Ùen -------kesâ keâejCe neslee nw– Yeeefjle ØeYeeJe
♦ Ùen meeceevÙele: Iejsuet Deewj DeewÅeesefiekeâ S.meer. heefjheLe ceW Tpee&
Kehele keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
7. ØeeflejesOe, ØesjkeâlJe leLee Oeeefjlee keâe ceeheve
♦ Fmes neGme nesu[ Tpee& ceeršj/ kWh ceeršj Yeer keânles nw~
(Measurement of Resistance,
♦ FmeceW ef›eâefhebie $egefš ceewpeto nesleer nw~
Inductance and Capacitance)
♦ Which is an essential part of a motor meter–
An operating torque system, A braking device, ♦ Instrument used to make an ohmmeter is –
Revolution registering device Moving coil type
 keâewve mee ceesšj ceeršj keâe DeeJeMÙekeâ Yeeie nw–  Dees c eceer šj yeveeves kes
â ef ueÙes ØeÙeg òeâ GhekeâjCe nw -
Skeâ ØeÛeeefuele DeeIetCe& ØeCeeueer, Skeâ yeÇsefkebâie GhekeâjCe, Ûeue kegâC[ueer Øekeâej
efjJee@uÙetMeve hebpeerkeâjCe GhekeâjCe (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
♦ Induction type single phase energy meters measure ♦ A voltmeter using thermocouple measures–
electric energy in– KWh RMS value
 ØesjCe Øee™heer Skeâue keâuee Tpee& ceeršj JewÅegle Tpee& keâes ..........  Leceexkeâheue Ùegkeäle Jeesušceeršj ceehelee nw– RMS ceeve
cesb ceeheles nQ– KWh (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) ♦ To avoid the effect of stray magnetic field in ac
bridge we can use– Magnetic screening
♦ Most common form of A.C. meters met with in
every day domestic and industrial installations are–  S.meer. efyeÇpe ceW mš^s ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâes efvecve keâjves kesâ efueS
Induction type single phase energy meters ……… ØeÙeesie keâjles nQ– ÛegbyekeâerÙe m›eâerevf ebie
♦ Wagner earthing device is used to eliminate error  keâce ceeve ØeeflejesOe keâes ceeheves kesâ oewjeve ueer[ Deewj mebheke&â ØeeflejesOe
due to– Electrostatic coupling kesâ ØeYeeJe keâes Kelce keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâmekeâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Jewievej DeefLeËie ef[JeeFme keâe ØeÙeesie ……… kesâ keâejCe $egefš keâes kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe
Kelce keâjves kesâ efueS keâjles nQ– Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ keâheefuebie (UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
♦ Megger is a combination of – ♦ If kelvin Bridge has three known resistance x, 2x
Generator and Ohmmeter and 4x respectively. The value of unknown
resistance is - 2x
 cesiej ----- keâe mebÙeespeve nw- pevejsšj leLee Deesceceeršj
 Ùeefo kesâefuJeve efyeÇpe kesâ leerve %eele ØeeflejesOe ›eâceMe: x, 2x Deewj 4x
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) nw lees De%eele ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nw- 2x
♦ Bridge circuits work on the __________. (UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
Null indication principle ♦ In a meggar controlling torque is provided by– Coil
 mesleg heefjheLe ...... hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~ MetvÙe mebkesâleve efmeæeble  cesiej ceW, efveÙeb$ekeâ DeeIetCe& .......... Éeje Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021) keâe@Fue
♦ A megger is exclusively designed for measuring– (RRB JE-01-09-2019)
Very high resistance ♦ An earth tester is a special type of megger with some
 cesiej keâes efJeMes<e ™he mes ceeheves kesâ efueS ef[peeFve efkeâÙee peelee nw– additional constructional features these features are-
Rotating current reverser and rectifier
DelÙeble GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
 kegâÚ Deefleefjòeâ efvecee&Ce megefJeOeeDeeW kesâ meeLe Skeâ Yet-hejer#ekeâ efJeMes<e
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) Øekeâej keâe cesiej kesâ efJeMes<eleeS nw-
♦ The principle of operation of hot-wire instrument is-
IetCe&ve efJehejerle Oeeje Deewj jskeäšerHeâeÙej
Thermal effect
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
 iece&-leej GheÙev$e kesâ ØeÛeeueve keâe efmeæevle nw- leeheerÙe ØeYeeJe
ØeeflejesOe ceeheve
(Measurement of Resistance)
♦ AC bridge is balanced, then the current through the
detector is equal to- 0 Amp. efvecve ØeeflejesOe ceOÙece ØeeflejesOe GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
 Skeâ Smeer (AC) efyeÇpe meblegefuele nw, lees ef[šskeäšj kesâ ceeOÙece mes ceeheve ceeheve ceeheve
keâjbš ......... kesâ yejeyej neslee nw- 0 Amp. (1 mes keâce)  – 105)
(1 (10  mes DeefOekeâ)
5
(UPPCL JE 29.03.2022 Shift-II) 1. Deceeršj 1. Jeesušceeršj 1. DeeJesMe neefve

♦ The total number of arms and the total number of Jeesušceeršj efJeefOe Sceeršj efJeefOe efJeefOe
balance detectors in an AC bridge, respectively, are- 2. efo°Oeeje 2. Jneršmšesve mesleg
4, 1 efJeYeJeceeheer efJeefOe efJeefOe 2. cesiej efJeefOe
 Smeer (AC) efyeÇpe ces YegpeeDeeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee Deewj yewueWme 3. kesâefuJeve [yeue 3. ØeeflemLeeheve efJeefOe
ef[šskeäšjeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee ›eâceMe: nw- 4, 1 efyeÇpe efJeefOe 3. GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) 4. Deesce ceeršj efJeefOe 4. Deesceceeršj efJeefOe Jeesušceeršj efJeefOe
♦ Which method is used to measure the resistance in 4. ØeeFme keâer j#ekeâ
the range of 1 to 100 k?-
efJeefOe
Ammeter-Voltmeter method
♦ bridge is used to measure the capacitance and
 1 mes 100 k keâer meercee ceW ØeeflejesOe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâme
equivalent series resistance of a capacitor–
efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- Sceeršj-Jeesušceeršj efJeefOe
Schering bridge
 mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee Deewj meceleguÙe ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe keâes ceeheves kesâ
♦ Hay bridge is NOT accurate, if the value of ‘Q’ of
efueS efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- efMeÙeefjbie efyeÇpe
the inductor being measured is- Less than 10
 Ùeefo ceehes pee jns Øesjkeâ kesâ 'Q' keâe ceeve–––––Øeehle neslee nw, lees (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
ns efyeÇpe (Hay bridge) hetCe&le: mener veneR nw~ 10 mes keâce ♦ A device is used to measure the insulation resistance
without damaging the insulation– Megger
(UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I)
 FvmeguesMeve keâes vegkeâmeeve hengBÛeeS efyevee FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe keâes
♦ So as to eliminate the effect of lead and contact
ceeheves kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- cesiej
resistances while measuring low valued resistances,
the ________ is used. Kelvin double bridge (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
♦ Low resistance is measured by–  Jneršmšesve mesleg kesâ mebJesoveMeeruelee keâer FkeâeF& nw-
Kelvin's double bridge  D
S
  mm/µA
 ........ kesâ Éeje efvecve ØeeflejesOe ceehee peelee nw– R / R I
kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
RPSC Lect (Tech. Edu. Dept)16.03.2021, Paper-II ♦ The bridge that is used to measure the resistance of
motor winding is- Wheatstone bridge
♦ The scale of a megger is generally ranges from–
 Jen mesleg efpemekeâe GheÙeesie ceesšj kegâC[ueve keâe ØeeflejesOe ceeheves kesâ
(0 – ) 
efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw,- Jneršmšesve mesleg
 Skeâ cesiej keâe hewceevee Deeceleewj hej ......neslee nw- (0 – ) 
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I) ♦ A detector used in AC bridges is- Tuneable amplifiers,
♦ When checked with an ohm meter an open Headphones, Vibration galvanometers
resistance reads– Infinite
 Smeer mesleg ceW ØeÙegòeâ ef[šskeäšj nw- šŸetvesyeue ØeJeOe&keâ,
 Deesceceeršj mes Ûeskeâ keâjves hej Keguee ØeeflejesOe ...... ØeoefMe&le keâjlee
nw– Deveble ns[heâesve, keâcheve iewuJesveesceeršme&
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
♦ When checked with an ohm meter an open resistor
♦ Q- Meter works on the principle of- reads– Infinite ohm
Series Resonance  Deesce ceeršj mes Ûeskeâ keâjves hej Deesheve jefpemšj ......... ØeoefMe&le
 Q- ceeršj efmeæevle hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw- ßesCeer Devegveeo keâjlee nw – Deveble Deesce
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) (RRB JE-01-09-2019)
♦ Low resistance value can be measured accurately by ♦ Wheatstone bridge is used to measure– Resistance
using- Kelvin double bridge
 efkeâmekesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
 efvecve ØeeflejesOe ceeveeW keâes -------- keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ mešerkeâlee mes peelee nw– ØeeflejesOe
ceehee pee mekeâlee nw- kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe (RRB JE-01-09-2019)
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  Q meter works on principle of– Series resonance
(NPCIL- 08.06.2018, 3rd shift)  Q ceeršj efkeâme efmeæeble hej keâece keâjlee nw– ßesCeer Devegveeo
♦ The medium resistance of transformer winding can
[RRB JE Electrical 30.08.2019]
be measured with the help of-
 The most commonly used method for the
Wheatstone's bridge method measurement of high resistance is- Megger method
 heefjCeeefce$e kegâC[ueve keâe ceOÙece ØeeflejesOe ------ keâer meneÙelee mes  GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ meyemes meeceevÙe efJeefOe nw-
ceehee pee mekeâlee nw- Jneršmšesve mesleg efJeefOe
cesiej efJeefOe
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
♦ A Wheatstone bridge can not be used for precision
♦ Bridges used to measure capacitance is-
measurement because the errors are introduced into
it on account of - Resistance of connecting leads Schering bridge
 Oeeefjlee ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ efyeÇpe nw- efMeÙeefjbie efyeÇpe
 met#celee ceeheve kesâ efueS Jnerš mšesve mesleg keâe ØeÙeesie vener efkeâÙee pee
mekeâlee nQ keäÙeeWefkeâ ------- kesâ mLeeve hej $egefšÙee@ heeÙeer peeleer nw- (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
keâvesefkeäšbie ueer[ kesâ ØeeflejesOe
♦ bridges is used to measure dielectric loss of
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) capacitor - Schering bridge
♦ An AC bridge is- Hay's bridge, Capacitance  mebOeeefj$e kesâ hejeJewÅegle neefve keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie
comparison bridge, Anderson’s bridge efkeâÙee peelee nw - efMeÙeefjbie efyeÇpe
 S.meer. mesleg nw- ns efyeÇpe, kewâheefmešsvme legueveelcekeâ efyeÇpe, (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
SC[jmeve efyeÇpe ♦ The reading of Megger, if the measuring terminals
are open circuited is- Infinity
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
♦ The unit of sensitivity of a wheatstone bridge is-  cesiej keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ, Ùeefo ceeheve efmejeW keâes Keguee jKee peeÙe lees nw-
 D Devevle
S   mm/µA
R / R I (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)

♦ Inductance is measured by - Maxwell bridge  Skeâ kesâefuJeve efÉmesleg ceW, Skeâ vÙetve ØeeflejesOe ceeheles meceÙe he"veeW kesâ
 ØesjCe ceehee peelee nw - cewkeämeJesue efyeÇpe oes mesš efueS peeles nQ efpemeceW mes Skeâ ceW Oeeje Skeâ efoMee ceW nesleer nw
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) Deewj otmejs ceW Oeeje keâer efoMee heueš oer peeleer nw~ Ùen efkeâme ØeÙeespeve
♦ Pressure and current coil present in megger is.
mes efkeâÙee peelee nw– leeheerÙe-efJeÅegle ØeYeeJeeW kesâ ØeYeeJe keâes
Two pressure coil and one current coil efvejmle keâjvee
 cesiej ceW ØesMej Deewj keâjbš keâe@Fue nesles nQ- (Sail (RSP) OCTT - 17.03.2019, Time 03 -05)
(FCI- 4.10.2015)
oes Jeesušlee kegâC[ueer Deewj
Skeâ Oeeje kegâC[ueer
DeesJesve efyeÇpe
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
(Owen's bridge)
♦ The minimum resistance required in insulation test
voltage of 500V D.C. accordance with BS 7671 is.  Ùes efyeÇpe jefpemšsvme Deewj kewâheeefmešWme kesâ heoeW ceW Fb[keäšsvme ceeheles nw~

1 M  Fvekeâe ØeÙeesie incremental inductance kesâ ceeheve ceW neslee
 yeerSme 7671 kesâ Devegmeej 500 Jeesuš [ermeer kesâ FvmeguesMeve nw~
hejer#eCe Jeesušspe ceW DeeJeMÙekeâ vÙetvelece ØeeflejesOe nww- 
1 M
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
♦ Loss of charge method is used to measure -
High resistance
 uee@me-Dee@heâ Ûeepe& cesLe[ keâe GheÙeesie ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee
nw- GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
♦ More suitable to measure the perfect capacitor is-
De-Sautys bridge
 hetCe& mebOeeefj$e keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS DeefOekeâ GheÙegòeâ nw-
[er-meewšer efyeÇpe meblegueve keâer DeJemLee ceW–
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022) L1  R 2 R 3 C 4
 Precise measurement of self and mutual inductance
C4
and capacitance of a bridge network with an R1  R 3
alternating current supply– C2
Alternating current bridge method peneB L1 = ØeeflejesOe R1 keâe De%eele mJeØesjkeâlJe
 ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje keâer Deehetefle& Jeeues efyeÇpe vesšJeke&â kesâ mJe leLee R2 = heefjJele&veerÙe DeØesjefCekeâ ØeeflejesOe
DevÙeesvÙe ØesjkeâlJe leLee Oeeefjlee kesâ mešerkeâ ceehe kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie
R3 = efmLej DeØesjefCekeâ-ØeeflejesOe
efkeâÙee peelee nw–
C2 = heefjJele&veerÙe ceevekeâ kewâheeefmešj
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje mesleg efJeefOe
C4 = efmLej ceevekeâ kewâheeefmešj
(MP JE - 2016) Morning Shift
♦ Methods used for the measurement of high ♦ Bridge most suitable for the measurement of an
resistances is– Loss of charge method unknown capacitance is– Schering Bridge
 GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ efJeefOe nw–  efyeÇpe pees Skeâ De%eele mebOeeefj$e keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegòeâ
nw– efMeÙeefjbie efyeÇpe
DeeJesMe neefve efJeefOe
(ESE -2017)
(LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
♦ In a Kelvin's double bridge, two set of readings are ♦ Anderson Bridge is used for the measurement of an
taken when measuring a low resistance, one with the unknown– Inductance
current in one direction and the other with direction of
current reversed. This is done to–
 Sb[jmeve efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie Skeâ De%eele.............keâes ceeheves kesâ
efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– ØesjkeâlJe
Eliminate the effect of
thermo-electric effects
♦ De Sauty's Bridge is most suitable for the ♦ To measure dielectric loss you would use–
measurement of– Capacitance Schering bridge
 [er meewšer efyeÇpe.........kesâ ceehe kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegòeâ nw– Oeeefjlee  hejeJewÅegle neefve keâes veeheves kesâ efueS efkeâmekeâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee
(SSC JE-Morning 23-01-2018) mekeâlee nw– efMeÙeefjbie mesleg
♦ The resistance having value below 1 ohms most (SSC JE -Evening 25-01-2018)
precisely, can be measured–Kelvin's Double Bridge
(SSC JE -Evening 27-01-2018)
 meyemes mešerkeâ ™he mes 1 Deesce mes keâce ceeve Jeeues ØeeflejesOe keâes (SSC JE-2014 (Morning Shift))
........ Éeje ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe
(UPPCL JE-2013), (DMRC JE-2014),
(SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018), (UPRVUNL JE-2014)
(BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016) (SSC JE- 2014 (Morning Shift))
(UPPCL AE- Re-exam 30.12.2016) (BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3.00 pm)
(IOF- 2014) (EPDCL-2014) ♦ Element used to provide inductance in a circuit is–
Choke
♦ Bridge most suitable for the measurement of an
unknown medium resistance is– Wheatstone Bridge  heefjheLe ceW ØessjkeâlJe Øeoeve keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ lelJe neslee nw–
 efyeÇpe pees De%eele ceOÙece ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceehe kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegkeäle Ûeeskeâ
nw– Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe (NPCIL -08.06.2018, 3 Shift) rd
(SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018) ♦ The bridge widely used for capacitance and
♦ Value of quality factor below 10, is measured by– dissipation factor measurements is–
Maxwell's Inductance Bridge High Voltage Schering bridge
 10 mes veerÛes kesâ iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ kesâ ceeve keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS  Jen efyeÇpe pees ØecegKele: #eÙe iegCeebkeâ (dissipation factor) Deewj
ØeÙegòeâ efyeÇpe nw– cewkeämeJesue ØesjkeâlJe efyeÇpe Oeeefjlee ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ nw– GÛÛe Jeesušlee efMeÙeefjbie efyeÇpe
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) (DMRC JE-09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
♦ Megger is commonly used to measure-–
cewkeämeJesue Fv[keäšsvMe efyeÇpe High resistance
(maxwell's inductance bridge)  meeceevÙele: cesiej keâe GheÙeesie .........ceehe kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee
nw– GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
(DMRC JE-09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
♦ The precision measurement of resistance is carried
out by– Potentiometer method
 ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe mešerkeâ ceehe..........Éeje efkeâÙee peelee nw–
heesšsefvMeÙeesceeršj efJeefOe
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 10 am)
♦ AC Bridges cannot be used for the direct
measurement of– Capacitance
 AC efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie meerOes leewj hej ceeheve ceW vener efkeâÙee pee
 Fme efyeÇpe Éeje De%eele ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve heefjJele&veerÙe ceevekeâ mekeâlee nw– Oeeefjlee
mJe-ØesjkeâlJe mes leguevee keâjkesâ %eele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ (UPPCL JE-13.11.2016)
meblegueve keâer DeJemLee ceW– (DFCCIL -17.04.2016)
♦ Wheatstone Bridge is best suited for measurement
R3
L1  L2 of– Medium resistances
R4  Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe keâe meJee&efOekeâ ØeÙeesie ceeheve kesâ efueS neslee nw–
R3 ceOÙece ØeeflejesOe
R1  (R 2  r2 )
R4 (UPPCL JE - 11.11.2016)
♦ The accuracy of null type instruments is generally
peneB L1, ØeeflejesOe R1 keâe De%eele ØesjkeâlJe
.............Deflection type instruments– Greater
L2, efmLej ØeeflejesOe r2 keâe heefjJele&veerÙe ØesjkeâlJe
 MetvÙe Øekeâej kesâ Ùeb$eeW keâer mešerkeâlee meeceevÙele: ef[HeäueskeäMeve Øekeâej
R2, L2 kesâ ßesCeer ceW heefjJele&veerÙe ØeeflejesOe kesâ Ùeb$eeW mes– DeefOekeâ nesleer nw
R3, R4 , %eele, DeØesjefCekeâ ØeeflejesOe
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
♦ Wheatstone bridge is balanced, the galvanometer ♦ Frequency can be measured by using–Wien's bridge
reads– Zero current  DeeJe=efòe keâe ceeheve efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– Jesve mesleg Éeje
 Skeâ Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe meblegefuele neslee nw, lees iewuJesveesceeršj keâe (SSC JE- 27.01.2018)
hee"Ÿeebkeâ.............neslee nw– MetvÙe Oeeje (Uttarakhand AE -2013)
(SSC JE -2 March 2017, 10 am) (SSC JE-2014), (FCI -04.10.2015)
♦ Type of a bridge circuit used to measure inductance (UPPCL AE -26.07.2015)
and capacitance is – AC bridge (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
 ØesjkeâlJe Deewj Oeeefjlee kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ kesâ efyeÇpe heefjheLe (BSNL TTA -29.09.2016, 10 AM)
neslee nw– AC efyeÇpe ♦ In Wien bridge, the output frequency is determined
by– RC combination
(SSC JE-2 March 2017, 10 am)
 Jesve efyeÇpe ceW, efveie&le DeeJe=efòe Éeje oMee&F& peeleer nw–
♦ The devices can be used to test the windings of an
inductor for continuity– Ohmmeter
RC mebÙeespeve
 efvejblejlee nsleg Fb[keäšj keâer kegbâ[ueve kesâ hejer#eCe kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ (UPRVUNL AE - 2016)
♦ Maxwell's inductance-capacitance A.C. bridge is
GhekeâjCe nw– Deesÿe ceeršj used for measurement of inductance of–
(SSC JE -2 March 2017, 2.45 pm) Medium Q coils
♦ Kelvin's double bridge is used to measure–  cewkeämeJesue-ØesjkeâlJe-mebOeeefj$e ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje mesleg _____ kesâ
Low resistance ØesjkeâlJe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 oesnje kesâefuJeve efyeÇpe (mesleg) keâe ØeÙeesie ............ ceeheves kesâ efueS ceOÙece Q kegbâ[ueer
efkeâÙee peelee nw– efvecve ØeeflejesOe (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
(AAI -2016) (EPDCL-10)
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) cewkeämeJesue Fv[keäšsvme-kewâhesefmešWme efyeÇpe (Maxwell's
(MPPKVVCL -2017) inductance capacitance bridge)
(Coal India Ltd. - 26.03.2017)
♦ Bridge suited for measurement of low Q-factor
inductance is– Anderson's bridge
 efvecve Q-iegCeebkeâ kesâ ØesjkeâlJe ceeheve ceW GheÙegkeäle mesleg nw–
Sb[jmeve efyeÇpe
(NMRC-05.03.2017)
A.C. Bridges
mJe-ØesjCe keâe ceeheve kewâhesefmešWme keâe heejmheefjkeâ
ceeheve ØesjkeâlJe keâe
 Fme efyeÇpe Éeje De%eele ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve, ceevekeâ
ceeheve heefjJele&veerÙe kewâheeefmešsvme mes leguevee keâjkesâ %eele efkeâÙee
1. cewkeämeJesue efyeÇpe 1. ef[-mee@šer
efyeÇpe 1. nwJeermeeF[ efyeÇpe peelee nw~
2. cewkeämeJesue-Fv[keäšsvme 2. RLC efyeÇpe 2. nwJeermeeF[ meblegueve keâer DeJemLee ceW–
kewâhesefmešWme efyeÇpe kewâcheJesue FkeäJeue R2R3
R1 
3. nsÙe efyeÇpe 3. yesve efyeÇpe jsefMeÙees efyeÇpe R4
4. DeesJesve efyeÇpe 4. MesÙeefjbie efyeÇpe L1  R 2 R 3 C 4
5. Sv[jmeve efyeÇpe
Q factor, Q   L1 /R 1 = C4 R 4
♦ Guard electrodes are used in capacitance
measurement to minimize– Dielectric loss peneB L1 = De%eele ØesjkeâlJe
 Oeeefjlee ceeheve ceW j#ekeâ Fueskeäšês[es keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw, R1, ØesjkeâlJe L1 keâe ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe
vÙetvelece keâjves kesâ efueS– hejeJewÅegle neefve keâes R2, R3, R4 = %eele DeØesjefCekeâ ØeeflejesOe
(SSC JE-2011,Evening Shift) C4 = heefjJele&veerÙe ceevekeâ kewâheefmešj

♦ Kelvin's double bridge is used to measure low meblegueve keâer DeJemLee ceW–
resistances because– Effect of contact and
lead resistances is eliminated R 2 R 3C4 1 L1
L1  Q 
 efvecve ØeeflejesOe keâes veeheves kesâ efueÙes kesâefuJeve efÉmesleg ([yeue efyeÇpe) 1  2 C 24 R 24  C4 R 4
2
R1
keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
L1 = R1 = ØeeflejesOe
keâe De%eele ØesjkeâlJe~
mecheke&â Deewj ueer[ ØeeflejesOe keâe ØeYeeJe
R2, R3, R4 = %eele DeØesjefCekeâe ØeeflejesOe
meceehle nes peelee nw
C4 = ceevekeâ mebOeeefj$e
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ To measure the resistance of about 8 , used ♦ The unknown inductance is measured in terms
instruement is– Wheatstone's bridge of______in the case of Anderson bridge–
 ueieYeie 8  kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer ceehe keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ GhekeâjCe Known resistance and capacitance
nw– Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe  Sb[jmeve efyeÇpe kesâ ceeceues ceW De%eele ØesjkeâlJe _______ kesâ
(JMRC -2012) Devegmeej ceehee peelee nw– %eele ØeeflejesOe Deewj Oeeefjlee
♦ Method especially suitable for the measurement of
small inductances is– Butterworths Bridge method (UPPCL JE-2016)
 keâce ØesjkeâlJe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS cenlJehetCe& leewj mes Devegketâue efJeefOe ♦ A Q-meter measures– Properties of the coils
neslee nw– yešjJeLme& mesleg efJeefOe  Skeâ Q- ceeršj ceehelee nw– kebgâ[efueÙeeW kesâ iegCe-Oece&
(MP JE -2016 Evening Shift) (DMRC JE-2014)
♦ Type of instrument in the moving coil consists of a
single loop of fine bronze or platinum silver wire– ♦ Relative permittivity can be measured by _____
Bridge– Schering
Duddell moving coil galvanometer
 GhekeâjCe keâe Øekeâej efpemeceW, cetefJebie keäJee@Ùeue ceW cenerve keâebmÙe keâe  efjuesefšJe hejceerefšefJešer keâe ceeheve...........mesleg Éeje efkeâÙee peelee
Skeâ efmebieue uethe DeLeJee huesefšvece efmeuJej leej Meeefceue neslee nw– nw– efMeÙeefjbie
[Ÿet[sue cetefJebie keäJee@Ùeue iewuJesveesceeršj (UPSSSC JE-2014)
(MP JE -2016 Evening Shift) ♦ Maxwell bridge is used to measure– Inductance
♦ __________circuit is used to make precise  cewkeämeJesue efyeÇpe veeheves ceW ØeÙeesie neslee nw– ØesjkeâlJe
measurement of a resistors value using resistors,
voltage source and a galvanometer– (Uttarakhand-I 2013)
Wheatstone bridge (UPSSSC JE-2016)
 __________ØeeflejesOe, Jeesušspe meesme& Deewj iewuJesveesceeršj keâe (UJVNL -2016)
Fmlesceeue keâjkesâ efkeâmeer ØeeflejesOe ceeve kesâ mešerkeâ ceeheve kesâ efueS (UPRVUNL AE - 21.02.2016)
ØeÙegòeâ heefjheLe nw– Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe
♦ The Bridge network employed for measurement of
(MP JE -2016 Evening Shift) mutual inductance is– Heaviside Campbell Bridge
♦ Hay bridge is suitable for measuring inductance of–
Having Q greater than 10  heejmheefjkeâ ØesjkeâlJe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS keâeÙe&jle efyeÇpe vesšJeke&â nw–
 ns mesleg ........ Øekeâej kesâ ØesjkeâlJe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ nw– nwJeermeeF[ kewâcheyesue efyeÇpe
10 mes DeefOekeâ Q Jeeues (EPDCL-14)
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) ♦ In Maxwell’s inductance-capacitance bridge a
(SSC JE - 2007) resistance is in ……… with standard capacitor and
in Hay’s bridge a resistance is in ……… with a
nsÙe efyeÇpe
standard capacitor– Parallel ….. Series
(Hay's Bridge)
 cewkeämeJesue hesÇjkeâlJe mebOeeefj$e efyeÇpe cebs ØeeflejesOe ceevekeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ
meeLe ............. cebs neslee leLee ns efyeÇpe cebs ØeeflejesOe, ceevekeâ
mebOeeefj$e kesâ meeLe ............. cebs neslee nw– meceevlej, ßesCeer
(TSSPDCL-15)
♦ In a vibrating reed type of frequency meter, all the
reeds– Have different natural frequencies
 JeeFyeÇsefšbie jer[ Øekeâej kesâ DeeJe=efòe ceeršj ceW meYeer jer[–
 Hay's bridge GÛÛe Fb[keäšsvme (Q>10) ceeheves nsleg ØeÙeesie ceW efYeVe-efYeVe Øeeke=âeflekeâ DeeJe=eòf eÙeeB nesleer nQ~
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ (UPRVUNL AE- November-2016)
♦ In A.C. bridges, Wagner earthing device is used to  leej kesâ heoeLe& keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee.........kesâ ™he ceW DeeÙeeceer hewjeceeršj
eliminate– Stray capacitance between kesâ LMTI ØeCeeueer kesâ meboYe& ceW JÙekeäle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
detector terminal and ground [ML3 T-3I-2]
 A.C. mesleg ceW, Jewievej DeefLeËie Ùegefòeâ keâe ØeÙeesie .....keâes nševes kesâ ♦ A galvanometer has a current sensitivity of 1
efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– A/mm and a critical damping resistance of 1 k.
ef[šskeäšj šefce&veue Deewj «eeGC[ kesâ yeerÛe keâe mš^s Oeeefjlee The voltage sensitivity and the megaohm sensitivity
respectively are– 1 m V/mm and 1 M 
(UPPCL AE- 26.07.2015)
 Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj ceW 1 A/mm keâe Skeâ mebJesoveMeerue Oeeje Deewj
♦ The loss of charge method can be used to measure–
1 kΩ keâe ›eâebeflekeâ DeJecebove ØeeflejesOe nw~ ›eâceMe: Jeesušspe
Insulation resistance of cable
mebJesoveMeeruelee Deewj cesieeDeesce mebJesoveMeeruelee nw–
 ‘Ûeepe& keâer neefve efJeefOe’ keâe ceehe keâjves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee

1 m V/mm and 1 M
peelee nw– kesâyeue keâe efJeÅeglejesOekeâ ØeeflejesOe
♦ In a resistance potentiometer, the nonlinearity–
(JMRC -2012)
Increases with the increase in ratio of
♦ Dissipation factor, tan, of a capacitor is measured by– Schering bridge potentiometer to load resistance
 Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâe #eÙe-iegCeebkeâ "tan" ceehee peelee nw–  Skeâ ØeeflejesOe heesšsefvMeÙeesceeršj ceW, iewj jwefKekeâlee–
efMeÙeefjbie efyeÇpe heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj Deewj Yeej ØeeflejesOe kesâ
(ESE -2009) Devegheele ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee nw
♦ A standard resistance is made `Bifilar' type to
Parameter D.C. A.C.
eliminate– Inductive effect
Potentiometer Potentiometer
 Skeâ ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOe ceW yeeFHesâuej (oes leej Ùee LeÇs[ mes yevee)
Balance The blance The balance
JeeFbef[bie keâe ØeÙeesie ........meceehle keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– condition condition is condition is
ØesjkeâerÙe ØeYeeJe obtained when two obtained when the
(ESE- 2003, VIZAG MT 25/06/2017) emf s are equal in magnitude as well
magnitude as phase of two
♦ The preferred methods of measuring low resistance emf.s are same.
and the resistance of cable insulation are respectively–
Detector In D.C. In A.C.
Kelvin's double-bridge and megger test used d' potentiometers, potentiometers
 efvecve ØeeflejesOe Deewj kesâyeue kesâ JewÅeglejesOeve ØeeflejesOeve kesâ ceeheve nsleg Arsonval basic galvanometer vibration
hemebo keâer peeves Jeeueer efJeefOeÙeeB ›eâceMe: nQ– is used as null galvanometer is
detector. used as null
kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe Deewj cesiej šsmš
detector.
(ESE -2012)
Accuracy It is more accurate It is less accurate
♦ Low resistance from few ohms down to one micro than A.C. than D.C.
ohm is measured using which instruments– potentiometer. potentiometer.
A voltmeter and an ammeter methode
Complexity The connection The connection
 1 ceeF›eâesDeesce mes kegâÚ Deesce lekeâ kesâ efvecve ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeheve ceW diagram is less diagram is
keâewve mee GheÙeb$e ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– complex. complex
Skeâ Jeesušceeršj Deewj Skeâ Sceeršj efJeefOe Reference It requires reference No reference
(ESE -2004) source source for obtaining source is required
balance condition in A.C.
♦ The accuracy of Kelvin's double bridge for the potentiometer.
measurement of low resistance is high because the
bridge– Uses two pairs of resistance arms Obtaining Obtaining balance Obtaining balance
balance point is very easy. point is very
 kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe keâer ÙeLeeLe&lee efvecve ØeeflejesOe ceeheve kesâ efueS point difficult.
GÛÛe nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ efyeÇpe–
♦ High value pot resistance leads to– High sensitivity
ØeeflejesOe YegpeeDeeW keâer oes Ùegice ØeÙeesie keâjlee nw~
 GÛÛe ceeve heeš ØeeflejesOe.......... keâe vesle=lJe keâjlee nw–
(ESE -2002)
GÛÛe mebJesoveMeeruelee
♦ The resistivity of the wire material can be expressed
in terms of LMTI system of dimensional parameter ♦ Galvanometer type recorders use–
as– [ML3 T-3I-2] D'Arsonval galvanometer

 iewuJesveesceeršj Øekeâej efjkeâe[&j GheÙeesie keâjles nQ–  Sceeršj Mebš kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ efJeefOe nesieer–
ef[-DeemeexveJeeue iewuJesveesceeršj kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe
♦ The sensitivity of a potentiometer can be increased ♦ The resistance can be measured most accurately by–
by– Increasing the length of Bridge method
potentiometer wire  ØeeflejesOe keâes DelÙeefOekeâ mener ™he ceW ........... kesâ Éeje ceehee peelee
 Skeâ efJeYeJeceeheer keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee keâes ............... yeÌ{eÙee pee nw– mesleg efJeefOe
mekeâlee nw– efJeYeJeceeheer kesâ leej keâer uecyeeF& keâes yeÌ{ekeâj ♦ Relative permittivity can be measured by .............
♦ When a potentiometer is used for measurement of bridge– Schering
voltage of an unknown source, the power consume  meehes#e efJeÅegleMeeruelee .......... efyeÇpe Éeje ceehee pee mekeâlee nw–
in the circuit of the unknown source under null
condition is– Ideally zero efMeÙeefjbie
 peye Skeâ De%eele Œeesle kesâ Jeesušspe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS Skeâ ♦ Devices may be used to measure accurately the
efJeYeJeceeheer keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ lees MetvÙe efmLeefle kesâ inter-electrode capacitancesc is– Schering's bridge
Devleie&le De%eele Œeesle kesâ heefjheLe ceW efyepeueer keâer Kehele nw–  Ùeb$e efpemekeâe GheÙeesie FCšj Fueskeäšês[ Oeeefjlee keâes ÙeLeeLe& ™he mes
DeeoMe& ™he mes MetvÙe ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– efMeÙeefjbie efyeÇpe
♦ For measuring an AC voltage by an AC ♦ In A.C. bridge if the supply frequency is 1000 Hz,
potentiometer it is desirable that the supply for the the detector will be– Telephone detector
potentiometer is taken from–  A.C. efyeÇpe ceW Ùeefo mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe 1000 Hz nw, lees mebmetÛekeâ
The same source as the unknown voltage nesiee– šsueerheâesve mebmetÛekeâ
 Skeâ Smeer. efJeYeJeceeheer Éeje Smeer. Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS Ùen ♦ The e.m.f. of a Weston standard cell can be
JeebÚveerÙe nw efkeâ efJeYeJeceeheer kesâ efueS mehueeF& ........... ueer ieÙeer measured by– Potentiometer
nes– Gmeer œeesle mes De%eele Jeesušspe kesâ ™he ceW  Jesmšve ceevekeâ mesue keâe F&.Sce.Sheâ......... Éeje ceehee pee mekeâlee
♦ Materials used for making potentiometer wire is– nw– efJeYeJeceeršj
Constantan, German Silver, Manganese ♦ Value of the resistance is shown by a needle in a
 efJeYeJeceeheer keâe leej yeveeves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ heoeLe& nw– megger when not in operation– Infinity
keâevmšsvšve, pece&ve efmeuJej, cewbieveerpe  ØeeflejesOe pees Skeâ cesiej megF& kesâ Éeje efoKeeÙee peelee nw~ peye
ØeÛeeueve ceW veneR nes– Devevle
♦ A wheatstone bridge cannot be used for precision
measurements because errors are introduced into on ♦ Ring specimens can be tested for its magnetic
account of– Contact resistance, Resistance of properties by– A.C. potentiometer,
connecting leads, Thermoelectric emfs Campbell's bridge, Maxwell's bridge
 Megælee ceeheves keâs efueS ef£šmšesve efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee pee  eEjie mhesmeercesvme keâe hejer#eCe Fmekesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe iegCeeW kesâ efueS
mekeâlee keäÙeeWefkeâ FveceW $egefšÙeeW keâer Jepen mes meceeefJe° nw– .......... kesâ Éeje efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
mecheke&â ØeeflejesOe, mebÙeespeve ueer[ keâe ØeeflejesOe, S.meer. efJeYeJe ceeršj, kewâcheyesue efyeÇpe, cewkeämeJesue efyeÇpe
LeceexFuesefkeäš^keâ efJe.Jee.ye. ♦ Standard resistor is made from– Manganin
♦ Potentiometer method of DC voltage measurement  ceevekeâ ØeeflejesOe ............ mes yevee neslee nw– cewieefveve
is more accurate than direct measurement using a
♦ The electrical power to a megger is provided by–
voltmeter because– It does not load the circuit at all
Permanent magnet D.C. generator
 Skeâ Jeesušceeršj keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ØelÙe#e ceeheve keâer Dehes#ee DC
Jeesušspe kesâ ceeheve keâer efJeYeJeceeheer efJeefOe DeefOekeâ ÙeLeeLe& nesleer nw  Skeâ cesiej kesâ efueS JewÅegle Meefòeâ .......... kesâ Éeje Øeoeve keâer peeleer
keäÙeeWefkeâ– Ùen heefjheLe hej keâesF& uees[ veneR oslee nw~ nw– mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ [er.meer. pevejsšj
♦ Null type recorders are– Potentiometric recorder ♦ In a megger, controlling torque is provided by– Coil
 MetvÙe Øekeâej kesâ efjkeâe[&j nQ– efJeYeJeceehekeâ efjkeâe[&j  Skeâ cesiej ceW efveÙeb$eCe yeue DeeIetCe& ............ kesâ Éeje Øeoeve efkeâÙee
♦ A simple potentiometer may be called as a–
peelee nw– kegâC[ueer
Voltage divider ♦ Murray loop test can be used for location of–
 Skeâ meeOeejCe efJeYeJeceeheer keâes keâne pee mekeâlee nw– Both the ground fault and the
Jeesušspe efJeYeepekeâ short-circuit fault
 cetjx uethe hejer#eCe keâe GheÙeesie ................ kesâ efmLeefle keâe
♦ Methods which will be suitable for the measurement
of the resistance of an ammeter shunt– DeJeueeskeâve keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
Kelvin's double bridge Yet oes<e Deewj ueIeg heefjheLe oes<e oesveeW
♦ Devices, used for accurate measurement of low D.C. ♦ In order to achieve high accuracy, the slide wire of a
voltage is– D.C. potentiometer potentiometer should be– As long as possible
 GhekeâjCe efpemekeâe GheÙeesie efvecve D.C. Jeesušspe kesâ mešerkeâ ceehe kesâ  GÛÛe ÙeLeeLe&lee Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS, Skeâ efJeYeJeceeršj keâer
efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– [er.meer. efJeYeJe ceeršj efheâmeueve leej nesveer ÛeeefnS– efpelevee mecYeJe nes mekesâ Gleveer yeÌ[er
♦ It is required to measure the true open circuit e.m.f. ♦ The stator of phase shifting transformer for use in
of a battery. The best device is– D.C. potentiometer conjunction with an A.C. potentiometer usually has
 Skeâ yewšjer kesâ mener Keguee heefjheLe efJe. Jee. yeue keâes ceeheves keâer a– Two-phase winding
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~ meyemes DeÛÚe GhekeâjCe nw– D.C. efJeYeJe ceeršj  Skeâ S.meer. efJeYeJeceeršj kesâ meeLe mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS keâuee heefjJele&ve
šêbmeheâece&j keâe mšsšj ceW Deeceleewj hej neslee nw–oes keâuee JeeFbeE[ie
♦ A voltage of about 200 V can be measured–
♦ In an A.C. co-ordinate potentiometer, the currents in
A D.C. potentiometer in conjunction
the phase and quadrature potentiometer are adjusted
with a volt ratio box to be– Out of phase by 900
 ueieYeie 200 V keâe Skeâ Jeesušspe ceehee pee mekeâlee nw–  Skeâ A.C. mecevJeÙe efJeYeJeceeršj ceW keâuee Deewj keäJee[^sÛej
Skeâ Jeesuš Devegheele yeekeäme kesâ meeLe mebÙeespeve ceW efJeYeJeceeršj ceW OeejeDeeW keâes meceeÙeesefpele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
[er.meer. efJeYeJeceeršj 900 keâuee kesâ yeenj
efJeve efyeÇpe (Wien bridge) ♦ A universal RLC bridge uses–
Maxwell Wein bridge for measurement of
inductance and modified De-Sauty's bridge
for measurement of capacitance
 Skeâ ÙetefveJeme&ue RLC efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ–
ØesjkeâlJe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS cewkeämeJesue Jesve efyeÇpe Deewj
Oeeefjlee keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS mebMesefOele [er-mee@Gšer efyeÇpe
♦ In an Anderson bridge, the unknown inductance is
measured in terms of–
 Ùes efyeÇpe henues kewâheeefmešsvme ceeheves nsleg ØeÙegòeâ nesles Les hejvleg Known capacitance and resistance
Deye Ùes DeeJe=efòe ceeheve leLee efveÙev$eCe nsleg ØeÙegòeâ nesles nw~  Skeâ Sb[jmeve efyeÇpe ceW De%eele ØesjkeâlJe .............. kesâ mevoYe& ceW
 1 ceehee peelee nw– %eele Oeeefjlee Deewj ØeeflejesOe
 f  
2 2 R 1R 3 C1C3
Sv[jmeve efyeÇpe
 efJeve-efyeÇpe keâe ØeÙeesie efvecve Dee@ef[ÙeesøeâerkeäJeWMeer %eele keâjves leLee (Anderson's Bridge)
Fmes efveÙebef$ele keâjves kesâ efueS neslee nw~
 Fme efyeÇpe keâe ØeÙeesie kesâefyeue šsefmšbie ceW Deefle megefJeOeepevekeâ
neslee nw~
♦ To measure a resistance with the help of a
potentiometer it is– Not necessary to
standardise the potentiometer
 Skeâ efJeYeJeceeršj keâer meneÙelee mes Skeâ ØeeflejesOe keâes ceeheves kesâ
efueS– efJeYeJeceeršj ceevekeâerke=âle keâjves kesâ efueS
DeeJeMÙekeâ veneR neslee nw
♦ A phase shifting transformer is used in conjunction
with– Drysdale potentiometer
 Skeâ keâuee efMeeEheäšie šêbmeheâece&j ............. kesâ meeLe mebÙeespeve kesâ  Ùen efyeÇpe cewkeämeJesue Fv[keäšsvme kewâheeefmešsvme efyeÇpe keâe
™he ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– [êF&m[sue efJeYeJeceeršj megOeje ngDee ™he nw~
♦ Basically a potentiometer is a device for–  Fme efyeÇpe Éeje mJe-ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve ceevekeâ mebOeeefj$e kesâ
Comparing two voltages heoes ceW ceehee peelee nw~
 meeceevÙele: Skeâ efJeYeJeceeršj GhekeâjCe neslee nw–  Fme efyeÇpe Éeje mJe-ØesjkeâlJe keâe ceeve heefjMegæ Deewj efJemle=le
oes Jeesušspees keâer leguevee kesâ efueS hejeme ceW Øeehle neslee nw~
♦ For measurement of inductance having high value, ♦ The maximum sensitivity of a Wheatstone bridge is
we should use– Hay's bridge achieved when the bridge– Has unity arm ratio
 GÛÛe ceeve Jeeues ØesjkeâlJe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS nceW GheÙeesie keâjvee  Skeâ Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe keâer DeefOekeâlece mebJesoveMeeruelee Øeehle nesleer nw
ÛeeefnS– ns efyeÇpe peye efyeÇpe– FkeâeF& Deece& (Yegpee) Devegheele neslee nw~
♦ If the current in a capacitor leads the voltage by 800, ♦ The null balance potentiometric measurement of
the loss angle of the capacitor is– 100 voltage technique is not capable of measuring–
 Ùeefo Skeâ mebOeeefj$e ceW Oeeje Jeesušspe mes 80o De«e nw, lees mebOeeefj$e Dynamic and transient voltage changes
keâe neefve keâesCe neslee nw– 100  Jeesušspe lekeâveerkeâ keâe MetvÙe meblegueve efJeYeJe ceeheer efJeefOe...... ceeheves
♦ In a Schering bridge the potential of the detector cebs me#ece veneR nw– ieeflekeâ Deewj #eefCekeâ Jeesušspe heefjJele&ve
above earth potential is– A few volts only
♦ Measurement of an unknown voltage with a dc
 Skeâ MesÙeeEjie efyeÇpe ceW DeLe& efJeYeJe kesâ Thej mebmetÛekeâ keâe efJeYeJe potentiometer losses its advantage of open circuit
neslee nw– kesâJeue kegâÚ Jeesuš measurement when– Voltage is larger than
MesÙeeEjie efyeÇpe the range of the potentiometer
(Schering Bridge)  [ermeer efJeYeJeceeheer neefve kesâ meeLe Skeâ De%eele Jeesušspe keâer ceehe,
Kegues heefjheLe ceeheve keâe Fmekeâe ueeYe nw peye–
Jeesušspe, efJeYeJeceeheer keâer meercee mes yeÌ[e neslee nw~
♦ The potentiometer is standardised for making it–
Accurate and direct reading
 efJeYeJeceeheer keâes ceevekeâerke=âle efkeâÙee ieÙee nw, Fmes yeveeves kesâ efueS–
ÙeLeeLe& Deewj ØelÙe#e hee"Ÿeebkeâ
♦ In dc potentiometer measurements, a second reading
is often taken after reversing the polarities of dc
supply and the unknown voltage, and the average of
the two readings is taken. This is with a view to
 Ùen Skeâ yengcegKeer efyeÇpe nw efpemekeâe ØeÙeesie eliminate the effects of– Stray thermal emfs
kewâhesefmešsvme, ef[efmehesMeve hewâkeäšj, uee@me Sbieue ceeheves  [er.meer. efJeYeJeceeheer ceeheve ceW, [ermeer Deehetefle& Deewj De%eele Jeesušspe
ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ keâer OeÇgJeerÙelee keâes efjJeme& keâjves kesâ yeeo ØeeÙe: otmeje hee"Ÿeebkeâ efueÙee
R4 peelee nw Deewj oes hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâe Deewmele efueÙee ieÙee nw~ Ùen...... kesâ
C1  C2
R3 ØeYeeJe keâes Kelce keâjves kesâ Âef° mes efkeâÙee peelee nw~–
♦ To avoid the effect of stray magnetic field in A.C.
efJeheefLele Lece&ue F&.Sce.Sheâ.
bridges we can use– Magnetic screening ♦ Volt-box is basically a device used for–
 A.C. efyeÇpe ceW mš^s ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ ØeYeeJe mes yeÛeves kesâ efueS nce Extending the voltage range of the potentiometer
GheÙeesie keâj mekeâles nQ– ÛegcyekeâerÙe m›eâereEveie  Jeesuš-yee@keäme cetue ™he mes Skeâ GhekeâjCe nw, efpemekeâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
♦ If an inductance is connected in one arm of bridge peelee nw– efJeYeJeceeheer keâer Jeesušspe jbspe kesâ efJemleej kesâ efueS
and resistances in the remaining three arms– ♦ The criterion not used to select potentiometer in a
The bridge cannot be balanced control system– Noise
 Ùeefo efyeÇpe kesâ Skeâ Yegpee ceW ØesjkeâlJe leLee Mes<e leerve Yegpee ceW  Skeâ efveÙeb$eCe ØeCeeueer ceW efJeYeJeceeheer keâe ÛeÙeve keâjves kesâ efueS
ØeeflejesOe peg[Ì e nes, lees– efyeÇpe meblegefuele veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw GheÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer ceeveob[ veneR nw– Meesj
♦ A potentiometer may be used for– ♦ Instruments used for standardization of a Drysdale
Measurement of low resistance, measurement of ac potentiometer is –
current, calibration of ammeter
Precision type electrodynamometer
 Skeâ efJeYeJe ceeršj........... kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  [êÙeme[sue, S.meer. efJeYeJeceeheer kesâ ceevekeâerkeâjCe kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ
efvecve ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeheve, Oeeje keâe ceeheve, GhekeâjCe nw– heefjMegælee Øekeâej keâe efJeÅegle [eÙevesceesceeršj
Sceeršj keâe DebMeekeâve ♦ Inductance of a coil having Q value in the range of
♦ Resistances can be measured with the help of– (1 < Q < 10) can be measured by using–
Ohmmeters and resistance bridges Maxwell bridge
 ØeeflejesOe efkeâmekeâer meneÙelee mes ceehee pee mekeâlee nw–  (1 < Q < 10) keâer jWpe ceW Q ceeve Jeeues kegbâ[ueer kesâ ØesjkeâlJe
Deesÿeceeršme& Deewj ØeeflejesOe efyeÇpe keâes...... keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– cewkeämeJesue efyeÇpe
♦ In De Sauty Bridge (unmodified form) it is possible ♦ Magnetic flux can be measured by–
to obtain balance– Hall-effect pick-up
Only if both the capacitors are perfect  ÛebgyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– ne@ue-ØeYeeJe efhekeâ-Dehe Éeje
 [er meeGšer efyeÇpe ceW (DemebMeesefOele ™he) meblegueve Øeehle keâjvee mebYeJe ♦ In magnetic measurements, Lloyd-Fisher square is
nw– Ùeefo kesâJeue oesveeW mebOeeefj$e hetjer lejn mes "erkeâ nw used to determined– Iron losses
ef[-meewšer efyeÇpe  ÛegbyekeâerÙe ceehe ceW, uee@Ùe[-efheâMej mkeäJeeÙej keâe GheÙeesie efkeâmekesâ
(De-Sauty's bridge) efveOee&jCe ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– ueewn neefve
♦ A Schering bridge used for testing of a porcelain
insulator should be shielded by a metallic screen so
that– External electrostatic field does not affect it
 Skeâ heesme&efueve efJeÅeglejesOeve kesâ hejer#eCe kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
peeves Jeeues Skeâ efMeÙeeEjie efyeÇpe keâes Skeâ Oeeleg m›eâerve Éeje Meeru[
efkeâÙee peelee nw, efpememes–
yeenjer efJeÅegle-mLeweflekeâ #es$e Fmes ØeYeeefJele veneR keâjlee nw~
♦ Illumination is measured using– Luxmeter
 ef[-meewšer efyeÇpe oes OeeefjleeDeeW keâer leguevee keâjves kesâ efueS  Øeoerheve keâes ....... keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ceehee peelee nw– uekeämeceeršj
GheÙeesie cebs ueeÙee peelee nw~ ♦ R1 and R4 are the opposite arms of a Wheatstone
 Fmekesâ Éeje kesâJeue uee@me-uesme kewâheeefmešj keâer kewâheeefmešer ner bridge as are R3 and R2. The source voltage is
%eele nes mekeâleer nw~ peyeefkeâ uee@me Jeeues kewâheeefmešj keâer applied across R1 and R3. Under balanced
kewâheeefmešer cee@ef[heâeF[ ef[-meewšer mes %eele keâjles nw~ R R
conditions– R1 = 2 3
R4
R4
C1  C2  R1 Deewj R4 Skeâ Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe kesâ efJehejerle Deece& nQ pewmes R3
R3
Deewj R2~ Œeesle Jeesušspe keâes R1 Deewj R3 kesâ S›eâeme ØeÙegòeâ keâjles
♦ Schering bridge can be used for measurement of – R 2R 3
Dielectric loss, power factor and capacitance nQ~ meblegueve efmLeefle kesâ Debleie&le - R1 =
R4
 efMeÙeefjbie mesleg keâe ØeÙeesie ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
♦ A Wheatstone bridge cannot be employed for
hejeJewÅegle neefve, Meefòeâ iegCekeâ leLee Oeeefjlee measurement of very low resistance as it introduces
♦ The imperfect capacitance which is shunted by a error on account of– Contact resistance,
resistance can be measured by– Schering bridge resistance of connecting leads
 Skeâ DehetCe& mebOeeefj$e pees efkeâ Skeâ ØeeflejesOe Éeje Mebš efkeâÙee peelee  Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe keâes yengle efvecve ØeeflejesOe keâer ceehe kesâ efueS
nw, keâes ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– efMeÙeeEjie efyeÇpe efveÙeesefpele veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen ....... kesâ keâejCe
♦ A bridge circuit works at a frequency of 2KHz. can $egefš keâe heefjÛeÙe oslee nw–
be used as detectors for detection of null conditions mebheke&â ØeeflejesOe, mebÙeespeve ueer[ kesâ ØeeflejesOe
in the bridge– Headphones and tunable amplifiers
 Skeâ efyeÇpe heefjheLe 2KHz keâer DeeJe=efòe hej keâece keâjlee nw~ efyeÇpe ♦ The sensitivity of a Wheatstone bridge depends
upon– Galvanometer voltage sensitivity,
ceW MetvÙe efmLeefle keâe helee ueieeves kesâ efueS ef[šskeäšj kesâ ™he ceW
galvanometer resistance, bridge supply voltage
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– ns[heâesve Deewj šŸetvesyeue ØeJeOe&keâ
 Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee ................hej efveYe&j keâjleer
♦ Wagner's earthing device is used in a.c. bridge for–
nw– iewuJesveesceeršj Jeesušspe mebJesoveMeeruelee,
Eliminating the effect of earth capacitance
 S.meer. efyeÇpe ceW Jewiveme& DeefLeËie ef[JeeFme keâe GheÙeesie...... kesâ efueS iewuJesveesceeršj ØeeflejesOe, efyeÇpe mehueeF& Jeesušspe
keâjles nQ– DeLe& Oeeefjlee kesâ ØeYeeJe keâes meceehle keâjves ♦ High resistances are provided with a guard terminal
in order to– Bypass the leakage current
♦ Vibration galvanometer, tunable amplifiers and head
phones are used in– AC bridges  GÛÛe ØeeflejesOeeW kesâ ............. kesâ efueS iee[& šefce&veue kesâ meeLe
 keâcheve iewuJesveesceeršj, šŸetvesyeue ØeJeOe&keâ Deewj ns[heâesve keâe GheÙeesie Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw– #ejCe Oeeje keâes yeeF&heeme keâjves
efkeâÙee peelee nw– S.meer. efyeÇpe ceW ♦ Guard circuits are used in insulation resistance
♦ Iron losses in a magnetic specimen can be measured measurements to– Reduce the effect of
by using– Campbell bridge method leakage current on measurement
 Skeâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe Øeefle™he ceW ueewn neefve keâe ceeheve..... keâe GheÙeesie  iee[& heefjheLe keâe GheÙeesie efJeÅeglejesOeve ØeeflejesOe ceeheve kesâ efueS
keâjkesâ keâjles nQ– kewâcheyesue efyeÇpe efJeefOe keâjles nQ– ceeheve hej #ejCe Oeeje kesâ ØeYeeJe keâes keâce keâjlee nw~
♦ A high resistance cannot be measured by simple ♦ The principle of working of a D' arsonval
ammeter-voltmeter principle because– Galvanometer is based upon–
Leakage current cannot be neglected Magnetic effect of current
 Skeâ GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe keâes meeceevÙe Sceeršj-Jeesušceeršj efmeæeble Éeje  [er-DeemeexveJeue iewuJesveesceeršj keâe keâeÙe& efmeæevle ---- hej
veneR ceehee pee mekeâlee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– DeeOeeefjle neslee nw– Oeeje kesâ ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØeYeeJe
#ejCe Oeeje veieCÙe veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee ♦ Wire-wound resistors are unsuitable for use at high
♦ To measure low resistance, four-terminal approach frequencies because– They exhibit unwanted
is preferred because it– Eliminates the effects of
inductive and capacitive effects
lead and contact resistances
 JeeÙej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOekeâ GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe hej ØeÙeesie kesâ efueS
 efvecve ØeeflejesOe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS, Ûeej-šefce&veue heæefle keâes
ØeeLeefcekeâlee osles nQ, keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen– DevegheÙegkeäle neslee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– Jes DeJeebefÚle mebOeeefj$e Deewj
ueer[ Deewj mebheke&â ØeeflejesOe kesâ ØeYeeJe ØesjkeâlJe ØeYeeJe ØeoefMe&le keâjles nQ~
keâes meceehle keâjlee nw~ ♦ If R, L and C are the parameters of a resistor, what is
the condition for the resistor to be non- inductive–
♦ In measuring resistance by voltmeter-ammeter
method, the voltmeter can be connected either across L = CR2
supply or across the resistance. If the resistance is  Ùeefo R, L Deewj C, Skeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ hewjeceeršj nw, lees DeØesjkeâerÙe
low, the voltmeter should be connected– ØeeflejesOe kesâ efueS keäÙee DeJemLeeSb nQ– L = CR2
Across the resistance ♦ Resolution of a wire wound potentiometer be
 Jeesušceeršj-Sceeršj efJeefOe Éeje ØeeflejesOe keâes ceeheves ceW, Jeesušceeršj improved – By reducing the diameter of
keâes Ùee lees Deehetefle& Ùee ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâe@me peesÌ[les nQ~ Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe the resistance wire
efvecve nw, lees Jeesušceeršj keâes peesÌ[e peevee ÛeeefnS–  Skeâ JeeÙej JeeGC[ heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj kesâ efjpeeuÙetMeve keâes yesnlej
ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâeme yeveeÙee pee mekeâlee nw– ØeeflejesOe leej kesâ JÙeeme keâes keâce keâjkesâ
♦ The reflecting mirror mounted on the moving coil of
a vibration galvanometer is replaced by a bigger size 8. Øe›eâce GheÙev$eCe kesâ DeJeÙeJe
mirror. This will result in– Lower frequency of
resonance and lower (Elements of Process Instrumentation)
amplitude of vibration
♦ Hot wire instruments have –––––– scale- Square
 Skeâ keâcheve iewuJesveesceeršj kesâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer hej ueies Øeefleefyebye
ohe&Ce keâes yeÌ[s Deekeâej kesâ ohe&Ce mes yeoue efoÙee peelee nw~ Fmekeâe  lehle leej GhekeâjCe ceW –––––– mkesâue neslee nw- Jeie&
heefjCeece Ùen nesiee– (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
Devegveeo keâer keâce DeeJe=efòe Deewj kebâheve keâe keâce DeeÙeece [LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift]
♦ Damping of a ballistic galvanometer is kept small– (FCI- 4.10.2015)
To get first deflection large ♦ The Guage factor of a Resistance wire strain guage,
is a measure of Sensitivity of gauge
 Skeâ yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj keâe DeJecebove keâce jKeles nQ–
 ØeeflejesOekeâ JeeÙej mš^sve iespe keâe iespe hewâkeäšj –––––– keâe ceehekeâ
henuee efJe#esheCe DeefOekeâ Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS
nw– iespe keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee
♦ When a steady current is passed through a ballistic
galvanometer, then the conduction will be– Zero ♦ In a thermocouple elements, heat energy transferred
to the hot junction is converted back to electrical
 peye Skeâ efmLej Oeeje, Skeâ yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj ceW mes iegpejleer
energy by– Seebeck effect
nw, leye Ûeeueve nesiee– MetvÙe
 Leceexkeâheue lelJe ceW, T<ceerÙe Tpee& keâes iece& pebkeäMeve hej
♦ Flux meter is a special type of ballistic galvanometer
provided with– Heavy electromagnetic mLeeveebleefjle keâjkesâ .............. kesâ Éeje hegve: efJeÅegle Tpee& ceW
damping and very small controlling torque heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee peelee nw– meeryewkeâ ØeYeeJe
 Heäuekeäme ceeršj Skeâ efJeMes<e Øekeâej keâe yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj nw, ♦
Deflecting torque in thermo couple type instrument
pees …………. Éeje Øeoòe neslee nw– Yeejer efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe is proportional to–
DeJecebove Deewj yengle keâce efveÙebef$ele yeueeIetCe& R.M.S. value of the alternating quantity
 Leceexkeâheue Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe ceW efJe#esheCe yeueeIetCe& ...............
♦ For a sensitive galvanometer, the type of support
used is– Suspension kesâ Devegheeleer neslee nw– ØelÙeeJeleea jeefMe kesâ r.m.s. ceeve
 Skeâ mebJesoveMeerue iewuJesveesceeršj kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues ♦ ......... is a low cost thermocouple– Iron-constantan
meheesš& keâe Øekeâej nw– efveuebyeve  ......... Skeâ keâce ueeiele keâe Leceexkeâheue nw– DeeÙejve keâebmšwvšve
♦ ............. is the commonly used material for efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej kesâ Øekeâej
thermocouples– Platinum-rhodium,
(Passive Type Transducer)
Chromel-alumel, Chromel-copper
 Leceexkeâheume kesâ efueS Deeceleewj hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee 1. ØeeflejesOeerÙe Øee™heer efJeYeJeceeheer ÙegefòeâÙeeB, ØeeflejesOe, mš^sve
heoeLe& neslee nw– huesefšvece jesef[Ùece, heej›eâcekeâ (Resistive iespe, efhejeveer iespe Ùee iece& leej,
type transducer) ØeeflejesOe-leeheceeHeer, Leceexceeršj, heâesšes
›eâescesue SuÙetcesue, ›eâescesue-keâe@hej Ûeeuekeâ mesue~
♦ ............... type of instrument has identical calibration
for A.C. as well as D.C. values– Hot wire 2. OeeefjleerÙe Øee™heer heefjJeleea OeeefjleerÙe oeyeiespe, OeeefjleerÙe
 ...........Øee™heer GhekeâjCe ceW S.meer. kesâ meeLe-meeLe [er.meer. ceeve kesâ
heej›eâcekeâ (Capacitive ceeF›eâesheâesve, [eF&-Fuesefkeäš^keâ iespe ~
type transducer)
efueS meceeve DebMeekeâve neslee nw– iece& leej
♦ Which can act as an inverse transducer–
3. ØesjkeâlJeerÙe Øee™heer ÛegcyekeâerÙe heefjheLe heej›eâcekeâ,
heej›eâcekeâ (Inductive efjuekeäšWme efhekeâ-Dehe, ef[heâjWefMeÙeue
Piezoelectric Crystal
type transducer) šêbmeheâece&j, YeBJej iespe~
 keâewve FvJeme& šêvme[Ÿegmej kesâ ™he ceW keâeÙe& keâj mekeâlee nw–
heerpeesFuewefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue 4. Jeesušspe Je Oeeje efveef<›eâÙe ne@ue ØeYeeJe efhekeâ-Dehe,DeeÙeveve
heej›eâcekeâ (Voltage Ûewcyej, heâesšes Glmepe&keâ mesue ~
♦ RTDs have– Positive temperature coefficient and current
 RTDs jKelee nw– Oeveelcekeâ leehe iegCeebkeâ transducer)
♦ Types of active transducers are– ♦ Seismic transducer may be used in ..... mode-
Thermocouple, Solar cell Displacement
 meef›eâÙe heej›eâcekeâeW kesâ Øekeâej nw– Leceexkeâheume, meesuej mesue  Yet k eâcheer
Ù e š^ e b me[Ÿet mej keâe GheÙees i e ....... cees [ ces efkeâÙee peelee nw-
efJemLeeheve
RPSC Lect (Tech. Edu. Dept)16.03.2021, Paper-II
♦ For measurement of radio frequency A.C. signals (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II)
……… type meter is used– Thermo-couple ♦ Example of passive transducer is-
 A.C. efmeiveue kesâ jsef[Ùees DeeJe=efòe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS ............ Inductive transducer,
Øekeâej kesâ ceeršj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Leceexkeâheue Capacitive transducer,
Resistive transducer
(TSSPDCL-15)
 efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe GoenjCe nw- ØesjkeâerÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej,
♦ The transfer instrument which is used for
standardisation of a polar type AC potentiometer is– OeeefjleerÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej, ØeeflejesOeer šêbme[Ÿetmej
A thermal instruments ♦ Under ......... condition, transducers must operate–
 Jen mLeeveeblejCe GhekeâjCe pees Skeâ OeÇgJeerÙe Øekeâej kesâ S.meer. Varying electromagnetic fields
efJeYeJeceeheer kesâ ceevekeâerkeâjCe kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–  šêbme[dÙetmej keâes .......efmLeefle ceW DeJeMÙe mebÛeeefuele keâjvee ÛeeefnS–
Lece&ue GhekeâjCe heefjJeleea efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e
♦ The Murray test used to find the fault location in an (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
underground cable is? ♦ In case of variable head flow meters, velocity of
By making one Wheatstone Bridge flowing liquid is -Inversely proportional to
 Yetefceiele kesâyeue ceW oes<e mLeeve keâe helee ueieeves kesâ efueS cegjx density of the flowing liquid
hejer#eCe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw -  heefjJeleea efmeje ØeJeen ceeršj kesâ efmLeefle ceW õJe ØeJeen keâe Jesie --- -
----nw- õJe ØeJeen IevelJe kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer
Skeâ Jnerš mšesve efyeÇpe yeveekeâj
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
♦ ...... is an example of a passive transducer-
♦ In the Doppler flow meter- No moving parts
Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT)
 [ehuej ØeJeen ceeršj ceW ---------
 ....... Skeâ efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe Skeâ GoenjCe nw- jwefKekeâ
keâesF& Ietceves Jeeuee Yeeie vener neslee nw~ heefjJele&veerÙe efJeYesokeâ šêmb eheâece&j (Sue.Jeer.[er.šer.)
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II)
♦ For ......, the frequency range is limited by to a ♦ .......... type of manometer is best for measuring low
maximum of about 5 KHz- Carbon microphones pressure- Inclined Tube
 ....... kesâ efueS, DeeJe=efòe jWpe DeefOekeâlece 5 efkeâuees nšd&pe lekeâ  efvecve oeye ceeheve kesâ efueS ......... Øekeâej keâe cewveesceeršj meyemes
meerefcele nw - keâeye&ve ceeF›eâesheâesve DeÛÚe nw- Pegkeâe ngDee šŸetye
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II) (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)

♦ In a float type level indicator float is made of –  Skeâ heej›eâcekeâ pees ceeefhele ceeve keâes mhevo kesâ ™he ceW yeouelee nw
Stainless steel .......... heej›eâcekeâ keânueelee nw– DebkeâerÙe
 heäueesš Øekeâej kesâ leue metÛekeâ ceW heäueesš ------ keâe yevee neslee nw- (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
pebiejesOeer mšerue (SSC JE 2017)
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) Leceexkeâheue
♦ _______ in an example of a passive transducer that (Thermocouple)
uses the variation in electrical resistance in wires to
sense the _____ produced by a force on the wires -  Ùen Seeback effect hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
Strain gauge, strain  Fmekesâ 2 Yeeie nesles nw–
 ______efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe Skeâ GoenjCe nw pees leejeW hej (i) Thermoelectric element
ceewpeto yeue kesâ Éeje efveefce&le ______ kesâ mebJesove kesâ efueS leejeW ceW (ii) Indicating Instrument
efJeÅegle ØeeflejesOeeW ceW efJeefJeOelee keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw -  E.M.F. Produced in a thermocouple-
efJeke=âefle ceeheer, efJeke=âefle
E  a()  b() 2
Where a, b= Constant
Measurement of Temperature
 = Difference in temperature between the hot
Transducer Measurement range thermocouple junction and the reference
(in 0C) junction ºC
Resistance thermometer upto 6000C ♦ Inverse transducer act as a – Piezoelectric crystal
(RTD)
 Øeefleueesceer šêbme[dÙetmej kesâ ™he ceW keâeÙe& keâjlee nw–
Thermocouple upto 14000C
heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue
Thermistors –1000C to 3000C
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
Pyrometer 12000C to 35000C ♦ A sensor that can be used for detecting the presence
Bimetallic strip Room temp. (270C) of objects surrounding it without having any physical
contact is termed as– Proximity sensor
♦ Example of Active transducers– Piezolelectric,
 Skeâ meWmej efpemekeâe GheÙeesie efyevee efkeâmeer Yeeweflekeâ mebheke&â kesâ Deheves
thermocouple, photovoltaic cell
Deeme-heeme keâer JemlegDeeW keâer GheefmLeefle keâe helee ueieeves kesâ efueS
 meef›eâÙe šêbme[dÙetmej kesâ GoenjCe nQ– oeye efJeÅegle, leehe-Ùegice,
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– Øeesefkeämeefcešer meWmej
ØekeâeMe JeesušerÙe mesue
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) ♦ LVDT is used for the measurement of --------- –
♦ Optical Pyrometer is used to measure–
Linear displacement
High Temperature
 LVDT keâe GheÙeesie ......... kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Dee@efhškeâue heeFjesceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie ceeheves ceW keâjles nw–
jwefKekeâ efJemLeeheve
GÛÛe leeheceeve
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
(UTTARAKHAND-1.1. 2013)
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
♦ ……….is a temperature sensitive resistor whose
♦ Function of primary sensing element in
resistance decreases with increasing temperature -
instrumentation system- Element convert the
Thermister
physical quantity into appropriate output
 ............Skeâ leeheceeve mebJesoer ØeeflejesOekeâ nw efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe
 GhekeâjCe ØeCeeueer ceW ØeeLeefcekeâ mesefvmeie lelJe kesâ keâeÙe& ---- nw-
leeheceeve yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe Iešlee nw - Leefce&mšj
lelJe, Yeeweflekeâ jeefMe keâes GefÛele efveie&le jeefMe ceW
♦ A pressure gauge is calibrated between 100 bar and heefjJeefle&le keâjleer nw~
350 bar. The scale span is– 250 Bar (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 oeye iespe keâe DebMeekeâve 100 yeej leLee 350 yeej kesâ yeerÛe efkeâÙee ♦ Capacitive microphone converts sound into ------
peelee nw mkesâue keâe efJemleej nw- 250 Bar output - Electrical
(UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)  kewâheeefmeefšJe ceeF›eâesheâesve OJeefve keâes ............ DeeGšhegš ces
♦ A transducer that converts measurand into the form of heefjJeefle&le keâjlee nw - efJeÅegle
pulse is called the _____ transducers – Digital (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
♦ The transducer is used for transmitting as well as šêbme[Ÿetmej
receiving the acoustic energy in an ultrasonic flow
(Transducer)
meter - Piezoelectric crystal
 šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe GheÙeesie hejeOJeefvekeâ ØeJeenceeheer ces OJeefvekeâ Tpee&
Øesef<ele keâjves kesâ meeLe-meeLe ............ Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee
peelee nw - oeye efJeÅegle ef›eâmšue
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
♦ ------- is used for temperature measurement -
Thermocouple
mš^sve iespe (Strain Gauge)-
 leeheceeve keâes ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâmekeâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw -
Leceexkeâheue
Note:- leeheceeve ceeheves kesâ efueS Leceexkeâheue keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee (R / R) R / R
 Gauge factor (G f )  
nw~ Fmekeâer leehe keâer efJemle=le meercee –200°C mes 1250°C kesâ yeerÛe (L / L) 
ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw~
L  / 
µ Leceexkeâheue AC & DC oesveeW ceW ceehee peelee nw~    strain   G f  1  2 
L 
µ Leceexkeâheue keâe ceeheve R.M.S value ceeheves ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ LateralStrain D / D
  Poisson 's ratio  
♦ Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) is Longitudinalstrain L / L
used for measuring displacement. The principle of  / 
When 0
working of LVDT is– Mutual induction 
 ueerveerÙej JewefjSyeue ef[HeâjWefMeÙeue šêbmeHeâe@ce&j (LVDT) keâe  G f  1  2
GheÙeesie efJemLeeheve keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~ LVDT
veesš:-
kesâ keâeÙe& keâjves keâe efmeæeble keâewve-mee nw– heejmheefjkeâ ØesjCe
Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueS iespe hewâkeäšj yengle DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
(KBSPHCL JE -30.01.2019 -Batch -2)
♦ On applying mechanical stresses, a material gets
(UPRVUNL AE -2016)
electrically polarized. It must be a–
♦ LVDT is a– Displacement transducer Piezoelectric material
 LVDT Skeâ...........nw– efJemLeeheve šê@vme[Ÿetmej  Ùeebef$ekeâ yeue ueieeves hej Skeâ heoeLe& efJeÅegleerÙe ™he mes heesuejeFpe nes
[Sail (RSP) OCTT -17.03.2019, Time 03 -05] peelee nw, Ùen ......... nesvee ÛeeefnS~ heer]peesFuesefkeäš^keâ heoeLe&
(DMRC -2014) (UPPCL JE -11.11.2016)
♦ The operation of a thermocouple is based on– ♦ LVDT cannot measure is– Temperature
Seebeck effect  LVDT ceehe veneR keâj mekeâlee nw– leehe›eâce
 leeheÙegice (Leceexkeâheue) keâe mebÛeeueve ………. hej DeeOeeefjle nw– (UPPCL JE -11.11.2016)
meeryeskeâ ØeYeeJe ♦ Conveyor-based method is used for the
measurement of the flow of– Solids
(UPPCL J.E- 27.08.2018)  Jeenkeâ heóer DeeOeeefjle efJeefOe ………. ØeJeen keâes ceeheves ceW ØeÙeesie
♦ Semi conductor strain gauges depend upon keâer peeleer nw– "esme
.............for their action– Piezoresistive effect (SSC JE - 2017)
 DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ mš^sve iespe Deheves ØeÛeeueve nsleg ............ hej efveYe&j keâjlee ♦ The size of the venturimeter is expressed as 200 
nQ– heerpeesjefpeefmšJe ØeYeeJe 100 mm2. It means that the– Diameter of the pipe is
(UPPCL JE -11.11.2016) 200 mm and that of throat is 100 mm
♦ Transducers may not be called as– Amplifier
 JeWÛegjerceeršj keâe Deekeâej 200  100 efceueerceeršj2 ceW DeefYeJÙeòeâ
efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Fmekeâe DeLe& Ùen nw efkeâ– heeFhe keâe JÙeeme
 šêbme[dÙetmej keâes veneR keâne pee mekeâlee nw– ØeJeOe&keâ
200 efceueerceeršj Deewj LeÇesš keâe JÙeeme 100 efceueerceeršj nw~
(UPPCL JE -11.11.2016)
(SSC JE -3 March 2017, 2.45)
♦ The thermocouple transducer for the measurement ♦ In wire wound strain gauges, the change in
of temperature in the range of 1300 0C to 15000C– resistance under strained condition is mainly on
Platinum-rhodium account of– Change in both length and
 1300 C mes 1500 C kesâ yeerÛe keâe leeheceeve ceeheves kesâ efueS
0 0 diameter of wire
meyemes GheÙegòeâ leeheÙegice heej›eâefce$e nw– huesefšvece-jnesef[Ùece  leej yebefOele efJeke=âefle iespe ceW, efJeke=âefle heefjefmLeefle kesâ Debleie&le ØeeflejesOe
cebs heefjJele&ve cegKÙele:............kesâ keâejCe neslee nww–
(SSC JE - 2017)
♦ Active transducer is a– Photo voltaic cell leej keâer uecyeeF& Deewj JÙeeme oesveeW ceW heefjJele&ve
 Skeâ meef›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej nw– Heâesšes JeesušeFkeâ mesue (SSC JE - 2017)
♦ ......... is not an advantage of semiconductor as
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10AM) compared to conventional strain gauges–
(SSC JE - 2017) Least sensitive to temperature changes
♦ Un–bonded strain gauges are–  hejbhejeiele efJeke=âefle iespe keâer leguevee cebs Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ iespe keâe .......ueeYe
Exclusively used for transducer applications veneR nw–
 iewj DeeyebefOekeâ efJeke=âefle ceehekeâ mš^sve iespe– leeheceeve heefjJele&ve cebs vÙetvelece mebJesoveMeeruelee
kesâJeue šêbme[Ÿetmej DevegØeÙeesie kesâ (SSC JE - 2017)
efueS ØeÙeesie nesles nw~ ♦ Self–generating type transducers are..........
(SSC JE- 2017) transducers– Active
♦ The instrumentation amplifiers are used principally  mJele: peefvele Øekeâej šê@vme[Ÿetmej,......... šê@vme[Ÿetmej nesles nQ–
to amplify signals from– Transducers meef›eâÙe
 mebkesâle (efmeiveue) keâes heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS cegKÙele: GhekeâjCe (SSC JE - 2017)
(FvmeštceWšsMeve) ØeJeOe&keâ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– šêbme[Ÿetmej Leefce&mšj
(SSC JE - 2017) (Thermistors)
♦ The transducer that converts the input-signal into the
output signal, which is a continuous function of time  Ùen $e+Ceelcekeâ leehe iegCeebkeâ neslee nw~
is known as.........transducers– Analog  leeheceeve hejeme -1000C to 3000C
 Jen šêbme[Ÿetmej pees Fvehegš efmeiveue keâes DeeGšhegš efmeiveue ceW  ØeeflejesOe hejeme – 0.5 to 0.75 M
heefjJeefle&le keâjles nQ, pees meceÙe kesâ melele ØekeâeÙe& (keâvšervÙetDeme  Thermistors  Thermal + Resistance
HebâkeäMeve) nesles nQ, Gvns efkeâme šêbme[Ÿetmej kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee  Resistance of Thermistor
nw– meeÂMÙe (Sveeuee@ie)
(SSC JE - 2017)  1 1  
R T1  R T2 exp    
♦ Resolution of a potentiometric transducer depends  T1 T2  
on– Length of wire
Where-
 efJeYeJeceeheerÙe (heesšWefMeÙeescesefš^keâ) šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe efJeMues<eCe R T1 = Resistance of thermistor at absolute
............hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw– leej keâer uebyeeF& hej
temperature T1K
(SSC JE - 2017)
R T2 = Resistance of thermistor at absolute
Material used for Thermocouple temperature T2K
(+)Ve metal (-) Ve metal Temperature = A constant depending upon the
Range material of thermistor
Copper Constantan –250ºC to 400ºC ♦ .........transducer is made of semiconductor–
Iron Constantan –200ºC to +850ºC Thermistor
 ......... šêvme[Ÿetmej Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ mes yevee nw– Leefce&mšj
Platinum Platinum 0 to 1400ºC
Rhodium (KVS JE -2016)
♦ In a transducer, the observed output deviates from
Rhodium Iridium 0 to 2100ºC the correct value by a constant factor. The resulting
Iridium value error is called– Sensitivity error
♦ The meter measuring total flow in a liquid makes  efkeâmeer heej›eâefce$e (šêbme[dÙetmej) ceW, heÙe&Jesef#ele efveie&le melÙe ceeve mes
use of– Plant meter
Skeâ melele iegCeebkeâ mes efJeÛeefuele nes jne nw~ heefjCeeceer ceeve oes<e
 Skeâ õJe ceW kegâue ØeJeen ceeheve..........keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw– keäÙee keânueelee nw– mebJesoveMeerue $egefš
mebÙeb$e ceeršj (BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3:00 PM)
(SSC JE - 2017) (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
♦ Least suitable transducer for static pressure ♦ A transducer converts–
measurement is– Metal wire strain gauge One form of energy into another
 mLeweflekeâ oeye ceeheve nsleg meyemes keâce GheÙegkeäle heej›eâefce$e keâewve mee form of energy
nw– OeeeflJekeâ JeeÙej efJeke=âefle Øeceeheer  Skeâ šêbme[Ÿetmej yeouelee nw–
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) Tpee& kesâ Skeâ ¤he keâes Tpee& kesâ DevÙe ¤he ceW
♦ Which devices is used for the measurement of liquid (UTTARAKHANAD -II 2013)
flow through a channel– Weirs and flumes (BSNL TTA -28.09.2016, 10 AM)
 keâewve mee GhekeâjCe efkeâmeer Ûewveue ceW mes õJe ØeJeen keâe ceeheve keâjlee ♦ Piezoelectric transducers are–
nw– JeerÙej SJeb Heäuetce Both active transducers and inverse transducers
 heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ šêbme[Ÿetmej ................... nesles nw–
(UPRVUNL AE -2016)
♦ A principle disadvantage of a piezoelectric
meef›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej JÙegl›eâce šêbme[Ÿetmej oesveeW
transducer– It cannot measure static condition. (BSNL TTA -29.09.2016, 3 pm)
 Skeâ heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ heej›eâefce$e keâe cegKÙe vegkeâmeeve nw– ♦ Hall effect can be used for measurement of–
Power, Current, Displacement
Ùen efmLej DeJemLee keâe ceeheve veneR keâj mekeâlee~
 ne@ue FHesâkeäš šêbme[Ÿetmej............... ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie neslee
(UPRVUNL AE -2016) nw– Meefòeâ, Oeeje, efJemLeeheve
♦ Air cored inductive transducer are suitable for use– (BSNL TTA -29.09.2016, 3 pm)
At higher frequencies ♦ A strain gauge is a passive transducer and is
 JeeÙeg›eâes[ ØesjkeâerÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej ................... kesâ efueS GheÙeesieer employed for converting–Mechanical displacement
nw– Dehes#eeke=âle GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe into a change of resistance
(BSNL TTA -27.09.2016)
 Skeâ mš^sve iespe Skeâ efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[dÙetmej nw Deewj Fmekeâe ØeÙeesie
efkeâÙee peelee nw– Ùeebef$ekeâ efJemLeeheve keâes ØeeflejesOe heefjJele&ve ceW
♦ Capacitive transducers are normally used for–
Dynamic measurments
yeoueves kesâ efueS
(UTTARAKHAND-I I 2013)
 mebOeeefj$e šêbme[Ÿetmej meeceevÙele: ––––––– kesâ efueÙes ØeÙeesie neslee
♦ Synchro is– An angular position transducer
nw– ieeflepe ceeheve
 efmev›eâes nw– Skeâ Sbieguej heespeermeve šêbm[dÙetmej
(BSNL TTA -26.09.2016, 10 am)
(UPSSSC JE-2014)
leeheceeve keâe ceeheve ♦ Sensitivity of LVDT is mainly due to–
(Measurement of temperature) Exact cancellation of secondary voltages
 LVDT keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee cegKÙele: kesâ keâejCe nesleer nw–
ØeeflejesOe leeheceeheve RTD mes 6000C lekeâ keâe leehe ceehee peelee
ef[šskeäšj (RTD) nw~ efÉleerÙekeâ JeesušleeDeeW keâe mešerkeâ jöerkeâjCe
(FCI- 4.10.2015)
Leefce&mšj ■ Ùen–Ve mes +Ve leeheceeve jspeeW keâes ♦ The thermocouple instruments do not have–
(Thermistor) ceeheves kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ neslee nw~ High degree of measuring accuracy
■ Fmekeâe jWpe –150 mes +1800C lekeâ neslee  Leceexkeâheue GhekeâjCeeW ceW veneR neslee...........nw–
nw~ ceeheve mešerkeâlee GÛÛe ef[«eer
Leceexkeâheue Ùen meeryewkeâ ØeYeeJe kesâ efmeæeble hej keâeÙe&
■ (MP JE -2015)
keâjlee nw~ ♦ The dynamic characteristics of capacitive transducer
(Thermocouple) are similar to those of– High-pass filter
■ Ùen 14000C lekeâ kesâ leeheceeve keâes ceeheves  kewâheeefmeefšJe šêbme[dÙetmej keâer ieeflepe DeefYeuee#eefCekeâ ……….kesâ
keâe keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~ pewmeer nesleer nw– GÛÛe-heeme efHeâušj
hee@Ùejesceeršj ■ Ùen Deefle GÛÛe leehe keâes ceeheves kesâ keâeÙe& (UTTARAKHAND-II 2013)
(Pyrometer) ceW Deelee nw~ (BSNL TTA -26.09.2016, 10 am)
♦ The transducer employed for measurement of
■ Ùen yee@Ùeuej kesâ leehe keâes ceeheves kesâ keâece
angular displacement is– Circular Potentiometer
Deelee nw~
 keâesCeerÙe efJemLeeheve kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS keâeÙe&jle šêbme[Ÿetmej nw–
■ Ùen yee@Ùeuej kesâ leeheceeve keâes efyevee mheMe&
Je=òeerÙe efJeYeJeceeheer
efkeâS ceehelee nw~
(EPDCL-14)
♦ To measure Displacement, a capacitive transducer is Q
superior to inductive type because of–  Charge Sensitivity, d  (C / N)
F
High frequency
 efJemLeeheve ceeheve ceW ØesjefCekeâ šeFhe šêbme[Ÿetmej, kewâheeefmeefšJe šeFhe  Voltage Sensitivity g 
E
(V  m / N)
šêbme[Ÿetmej keâer leguevee ceW ßes‰ nw– GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe Devegef›eâÙee P
(UPPCL AE -26.07.2015)  Output Voltage E 0  gtp
♦ Tachometer (or Tacheometer) is an instrument for
measuring– RPM Where-
 šwkeâesceeršj Skeâ Ùeb$e nw pees ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Q = change, t = thickness of crystal
E = electric field intensity, P = pressure applied
Ûekeäkeâj Øeefle efceveš
 Measurement of displacement
(RRB SSE Secunderabad Green paper, 21.12.2014)
 Potentiometer LVDT Hall transducer
♦ Piezo – electric material is – Quartz
 heerpees Fuesefkeäš^keâ heoeLe& nw– keäJeeš&pe ♦ The most suitable transducer for monitoring
continuously variations in very fine thickness (say of
(RRB SSE- Bilaspur Yellow paper, 21.12.2014) paper in a paper industry)– LVDT
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)  ceesšeF& ceW ueieeleej nesves Jeeues yengle met#ce heefjJele&ve (pewmes- heshej
♦ The measurement of the speed of a rotating shaft by efceue ceW heshej keâer ceesšeF&) keâer efveiejeveer kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegòeâ
means of an electric tachometer is a– keâewve-mee šêbme[Ÿetmej nw– LVDT
Tertiary Measurements ♦ .......... is not an element of electropneumatic
 efJeÅegle šwkeâesceeršj kesâ Éeje Skeâ Ietceles ngS Mee@heäš keâer ieefle keâes pressure transmitter– Flapper nozzle mechanism
ceehevee neslee nw– le=leerÙekeâ ceeheve  .......... FueskeäšêsvÙetcesefškeâ oeye šêbmeceeršj keâe Skeâ DeJeÙeJe veneR
(RRB SSE- Secunderabad Red Pepar, 21.12. 2014) nw– heäuewhej veespeue Ùeb$e
♦ Purely mechanical instrument cannot be used for ♦ The principle of operation used in capacitive
dynamic measurements because they have– transducers to measure level of liquid is change of–
High inertia, Higher response time, Dielectric strength
Large time constant  lejue kesâ mlej keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS OeeefjleerÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej ceW GheÙeesie
 Megæ ™he mes Ùeebef$ekeâ GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie ieefleMeerue ceehe kesâ efkeâS peeves Jeeues Dee@hejsMeve keâe efmeæevle ........... keâe heefjJele&ve
efueS veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ GveceW neslee nw– nw– hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe&
GÛÛe peÌ[lJe, GÛÛe Øeefleef›eâÙee meceÙe, ♦ Capacitive transducers have the advantages of–
yeÌ[e meceÙe efmLejebkeâ Very high input impedance, Excellent
LVDT frequency response, High sensitivity and not
being affected by stray magnetic fields
 OeeefjleerÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe ueeYe nw–
yengle DeefOekeâ Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee,
Glke=â° DeeJe=eòf e Devege›f eâÙee, GÛÛe mebJesoveMeeruelee
Deewj mš^s ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e mes ØeYeeefJele veneR neslee nw
♦ A strain gauge is passive transducer and is employed
for converting– Mechanical displacement into a
Sensitivity of LVDT change of resistance
Output voltage  Skeâ leveeJe iespe efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej nw Deewj Fmes heefjJeefle&le keâjves
Sensitivity  kesâ efueS efveÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
displacement
Ùeebef$ekeâ efJemLeeheve keâes ØeeflejesOe kesâ heefjJele&ve ceW
Piezoelectric Transducer- Suitable for dynamic
pressure or force measurement ΔR ΔL
♦ Gauge factor of a strain gauge is –
R L
ΔR ΔL
 mš^sve iespe keâe iespe Hewâkeäšj nw–
R L
♦ Gauge factor of a strain gauge is defined as the ratio
of a per unit change in the– Resistance to the per
unit change in the length of the element
 mš^sve iespe kesâ iespe Hewâkeäšj keâes .......... kesâ Øeefle Ùetefveš heefjJele&ve kesâ  Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ mš^sve iespe ceW, keäÙee neslee nw, peye levÙe mš^sve ØeÙegòeâ
Devegheele kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– efkeâÙee peelee nw– P-Øekeâej kesâ heoeLe& kesâ ØeeflejesOe yeÌ{lee nw
lelJe keâer uecyeeF& ceW Øeefle Ùetefveš heefjJele&ve keâe ØeeflejesOe ♦ The drawbacks of strain gauges are–
♦ The sensitivity factor of strain gauge is normally of That they are expensive, Brittle, Highly sensitive
the order of– 1.5 to 2.0 to temperature variations, Poor linearity
 mš^sve iespe keâe mebJesoveMeeruelee keâejkeâ meeceevÙe ™he mes .......... kesâ  mš^sve iespe keâe oes<e nw–
›eâce keâe neslee nw– 1.5 mes 2.0
Jes cenbies, Yebiegj, leehe heefjJele&ve kesâ Øeefle GÛÛe mebJesoveMeerue
♦ A strain gauge with a resistance of 250 undergoes leLee Kejeye jweK f ekeâlee Jeeues nesles nw
a change of 0.150  during a test. The strain is 1.5 
10-4. Then the gauge factor is– 4.0 ♦ Strain gauges are constructed with Germanium chips
because Germanium– Has a piezo electric Property
 250 kesâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe mš^sve iespe Skeâ hejer#eCe kesâ oewjeve
-  mš^sve iespe pecexefveÙece efÛehe mes efveefce&le neslee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ pecexefveÙece
0.150 heefjJele&ve mes iegpejlee nw~ mš^sve 1.510 4 nw, leye iespe
ceW............neslee nw~ heerpees Fuesefkeäš^keâ iegCe
Hewâkeäšj nw– 4.0
♦ In a semiconductor strain gauge, the change in
♦ Unbonded strain gauges are exclusively used for –
resistance on application of strain is–
Stress analysis
Much higher than the case of metal strain gauges
 Deveyee@v[s[ mš^sve iespe nw efJeMes<e™he mes ……….. efueS GheÙeesie and this is mainly due to change in dimensions
efkeâÙee peelee nw– leveeJe efJeMues<eCe
 Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ mš^sve iespe ceW, mš^sve kesâ DevegØeÙeesie hej ØeeflejesOe ceW
♦ Bonded strain gauge are– Used for both stress heefjJele&ve nw– Oeeleg mš^sve iespe kesâ ceeceues keâer leguevee ceW yengle
analysis and for construction of transducers
DeefOekeâ nw Deewj Ùen cegKÙe ™he mes efJeceeDeeW ceW
 yee@v[s[ mš^sve iespe nw– mš^sme efJeMues<eCe Deewj šêbme[Ÿetmej kesâ
heefjJele&ve keâe keâejCe nw
efvecee&Ce oesveeW kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie neslee nw
♦ Measurement of pressure can be done by using wire,
♦ Over wire strain gauges foil strain gauges have the
foil or semiconductor type strain gauges. The
advantages of– Higher heat dissipation capacity
disadvantage of the semiconductor type of strain
and better bonding, Superior mechanical stability gauge compared to the other two is in terms of–
under prolonged strained and high temperature
conditions, Low hysteresis and creeping effects, Temperature sensitivity
Excellent reproducibility and longer life  oeye keâe ceeheve leej, heVeer Ùee Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ Øekeâej kesâ mš^sve iespe keâe
 JeeÙej mš^sve iespe kesâ leguevee ceW HeâeÙeue mš^sve iespe kesâ ueeYe nw– GheÙeesie keâjkesâ efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ DevÙe oes keâer leguevee ceW
GÛÛe G<cee DeheJÙeÙe #ecelee Deewj yesnlej yee@efv[bie, Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ Øekeâej kesâ mš^sve iespe keâe vegkeâmeeve nw–
yesnlej Ùeebef$ekeâ efmLejlee kesâ lenle uecyes meceÙe lekeâ leehe mebJesoveMeeruelee
leveeJe Deewj GÛÛelece leeheceeve keâer efmLeefle, ♦ The wire material of strain gauges should have–
keâce efnmšsefjefmeme Deewj ›eâerefhebie ØeYeeJe, High resistivity and low thermo-emf
Glke=â‰ hegve&Glheeokeâlee Deewj uecyee peerJevekeâeue  mš^sve iespe keâs leej heoeLe& ceW nesvee ÛeeefnS–
♦ In a semiconductor strain gauge, the change in
GÛÛe ØeeflejesOekeâlee Deewj efvecve Leceex-FSceSHeâ
resistance on application of strain is mainly due to ♦ The carrier material employed with strain gauges at
change in– Resistivity of the material of the wire room temperature is– Impregnated paper
 Skeâ Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ mš^sve iespe ceW, mš^sve kesâ DevegØeÙeesie hej ØeeflejesOe ceW  kewâefjÙej mecee«eer pees keâcejs kesâ leeheceeve hej mš^sve iespe kesâ meeLe
heefjJele&ve cegKÙe ™he mes ………. heefjJele&ve kesâ keâejCe neslee nw– ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw– mebmesefÛele heshej
leej kesâ heoeLe& keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee ♦ A rosette gauge is used to determine– Principal stress
♦ .......... is not an advantage of semiconductor gauges or strain direction and magnitude
as compared in conventional strain gauges–  Skeâ jesmesš iespe ............ efveOee&efjle keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie neslee
Least sensitive to temperature changes nw– Gòece leveeJe Ùee efJeke=âefle efoMee Deewj heefjceeCe keâes
 ............ Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ iespe keâe keâvJesvMeveue mš^sve iespe keâer leguevee
♦ Rosette gauges are employed for measuring–
ces ueeYe veneR nw– leehe heefjJele&ve kesâ Øeefle keâce mebJesoveMeerue
Strain in more than one direction
♦ In semiconductor strain gauges, what happens when
a tensile strain is applied–
 jesmesš iespe .......... keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ neslee nw–
Resistance increases in P-type of materials Skeâ mes pÙeeoe efoMee ceW efJeke=âefle
♦ Platinum is the commonly used metal for resistance- ♦ A fixed resistor of suitable value is usually
temperature detectors (RTDs) because– connected across a thermistor to–
It is commercially available in pure form at Improve linearity
reasonable rates, it is relatively stabile under  GheÙegòeâ ceeve keâe efmLej ØeeflejesOekeâ Deeceleewj hej Leefce&mšj kesâ
various environmental condition. It has wide
operating temperature range
S›eâeme pegÌ[e neslee nw– jwefKekeâlee ceW megOeej kesâ efueS
 huesefšvece ØeeflejesOe-leeheceeve ef[šskeäšj (RTD) kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: ♦ Three phenomenon govern the behaviour of a
thermocouple are–
GheÙeesie nesves Jeeuee Oeeleg nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– Ùen GefÛele oj hej
Seebeck effect, Peltier effect, Thomson effect
Megæ ™he ceW JÙeJemeeefÙekeâ ™he mes GheueyOe neslee nw,
 leerve IešveeSb pees Leceexkeâheue kesâ JÙeJenej keâes efveÙebef$ele keâjleer nw–
Ùen efJeefYeVe JeeleeJejCe efmLeefle ceW Dehes#eeke=âle efmLej neslee nw,
meeryeskeâ FHesâkeäš, heseuf šÙej FHesâkeäš, Lee@cemeve FHesâkeäš
Ùen DeefOekeâ leeheceeve ØeÛeeueve hejeme jKelee nw ♦ Cold junction to a thermocouple is–
♦ The best use of a resistance thermometer is in which The reference junction maintained at
range– Between 6000C to about 11000 C
a known constant temperature
 ØeeflejesOe Lecee&ceeršj efkeâme jsvpe ceW meyemes DeefOekeâ ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
 Skeâ Leceexkeâheue ceW "b[e pebkeäMeve nw–
6000C mes ueieYeie 11000 C kesâ yeerÛe
Skeâ %eele efmLej leehe hej yeveeÙee jKee ieÙee meboYe& pebkeäMeve
♦ Resistance thermometer elements made from
semiconductor compounds are called– Thermistors ♦ In a thermocouple, two metal junctions between
metals M1 and M2 are kept at temperatures, T1 and
 Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ Ùeewefiekeâ mes yevee ØeeflejesOe Lecee&ceeršj lelJe keânueelee nw– T2. The thermocouple emf is produced because–
Leefce&mšj M1 and M2 are dissimilar while
♦ A semiconductor device made out of a material T1 and T2 are also dissimilar
having very high temperature coefficient of  Leceexkeâheue ceW, oes Oeeleg pebkeäMeve M1 Deewj M2 keâes T1 Deewj T2 leehe
resistance is– Thermistor hej jKee peelee nw~ Leceexkeâheue ceW emf GlheVe neslee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
 Skeâ Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ Ùegefòeâ Skeâ meece«eer mes yevee nw efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe M1 Deewj M2 Demeceeve Deewj T1 Deewj T2 Yeer Demeceeve nw
leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ yengle GÛÛe neslee nw– Leefce&mšj
♦ Thermocouples are commonly –
♦ For measurements a thermistor can be used– Employed for indication or rapidly changing
Percent of CO2 in air temperature and for use in localized and in
 ceeheve kesâ efueS Leefce&mšj GheÙeesie nes mekeâlee nw– otherwise accessible positions,
JeeÙeg ceW CO2 keâe ØeefleMele need reference junction compensation,
have a low output voltage level
♦ Which closely represents the temperature (T)-
Resistance (R) characteristics of a thermistor–  Leceexkeâheue meeceevÙele: nw –
RT = a R0e b/T lespeer mes yeoueles leeheceeve Ùee mebkesâle kesâ efueS Deewj
mLeeveerÙeke=âle Deewj DevÙeLee megueYe heoeW hej GheÙeesie
 keâewve mee Skeâ Leefce&mšj keâer leeheceeve (T) -ØeeflejesOe (R)
kesâ efueS efveÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw,
efJeMes<eleeDeeW keâes heeme mes oMee&lee nw– R T = a R 0eb/T
ceW meboYe& pebkeäMeve keâchevmesMeve keâer pe™jle nesleer nw,
♦ If T is the difference in temperature, then for
thermistors, the variation of resistance with keâce DeeGšhegš Jeesušspe mlej neslee nw
temperature follows a law of the nature– ♦ The drawbacks of thermocouples are that–
 
β 1- 1




They are less accurate than RTDs and

T T0 



 thermistors, they need compensating leads,
R T = R 0e reference junction compensation is
 Ùeefo leeheceeve ceW Devlej T nw, efHeâj Leefce&mšj kesâ efueS, leehe kesâ required in thermocouples
meeLe ØeeflejesOe keâer efYeVelee .......... kesâ Øeke=âefle kesâ Skeâ efveÙece keâe  Leceexkeâheue keâe oes<e nw–

β 1 - 1 





Jes RTD Deewj Leefce&mšj keâer Dehes#ee keâce ÙeLeeLe& nesles nQ,
T T0 
heeueve keâjlee nw– R T = R 0e


GvnW #eeflehete|le ueer[dme keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw,
♦ ......... should be incorporated in the RTD to make a Leceexkeâheue ceW meboYe& pebkeäMeve #eeflehetefle& DeeJeMÙekeâ nesleer nw
temperature sensing bridge most sensitive to ♦ For a thermocouple pair (A, B) the extension wires
temperature– Thermistor (C, D)– Should be identical pair elements
 leeheceeve mebJesoer mesleg keâes leeheceeve kesâ Øeefle mebJesoveMeerue yeveeves kesâ  Skeâ Leceexkeâheue Ùegice (A, B) kesâ efueS efJemleej leejeW (C, D)–
efueS .......... RTD ceW Meeefceue efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS– Leefce&mšj meceeve peesÌ[er lelJe nesves ÛeeefnS
♦ Which thermocouples has the highest temperature ♦ LVDT can be used for–
measuring range– Irdidium Rhodium Force measurement in a beam
 keâewve-mee Leceexkeâheue GÛÛelece leeheceeve leej jWpe jKelee nw–  LVDT keâe ØeÙeesie ........... kesâ efueS nes mekeâlee nw–
Fjeref[ef[Ùece jesef[Ùece Skeâ yeerce ceW yeue ceeheves
♦ A thermocouple arrangement is to be used to ♦ LVDT has advantages–
measure temperature in the range of 700-8000C. that Infinite resolution, High sensitivity and very high
would be most suitable for this application– output, Low hysteresis, Good repeatability and
Iron-constantan capability of tolerating shock and vibrations
 700-8000C keâer meercee ceW leeheceeve keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS Skeâ  LVDT keâe ueeYe nw– Devevle efjpeesuÙetMeve,
Leceexkeâheue JÙeJemLee keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peevee nw~ Fme DevegØeÙeesie GÛÛe mebJesoveMeeruelee Deewj yengle GÛÛe DeeGšhegš,
kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegòeâ nesieer– DeeÙejve–keâevmšsvšve efvecve MewefLeuÙe, DeÛÚer jerheeršsefyeefuešer Deewj
♦ For surface temperature measurement can use– Mee@keâ leLee kebâheve menveMeeruelee keâer #ecelee
Thermocouple ♦ In an LVDT, the two secondary windings are
 melen kesâ leeheceeve ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– connected in differential mode to obtain–
Leceexkeâheue The null for particular position of core
♦ Bridge circuits using resistance temperature  LVDT ceW, oes efÉleerÙekeâ JeeFef[bie keâes ............ Øeehle keâjves kesâ
detectors (RTD's) in temperature measurements efueS ef[HeâjsefvMeÙeue cees[ ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw–
usually employ the "three lead system" so as to
obtain– Compensation for the signal wire
keâesj keâer efJeMes<e efmLeefle kesâ efueS MetvÙe
resistance to the detector ♦ Sensitivity of LVDT is mainly due to–
 leeheceeve ceeheve ceW ØeeflejesOe leeheceeve ef[šskeäšj (RTD) keâe GheÙeesie Exact cancellation of secondary voltages
keâjkesâ efyeÇpe meefke&âš Deeceleewj hej ‘‘leerve ueer[ efmemšce’’ keâes  LVDT keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee cegKÙe keâejCe nesleer nw–
efveÙeesefpele keâjles nQ leeefkeâ Øeehle nes– efÉleerÙekeâ Jeesušspe keâe mešerkeâ efvejmleerkeâjCe
ef[šskeäšj kesâ efueS efmeiveue leej ØeeflejesOe kesâ efueS #eeflehetefle& ♦ In an LVDT, the output quantity–
♦ The transducer is used for accurate and precise Is difference of the two currents
measurement of temperature– flowing in the two secondaries
Platinum resistance thermometer  LVDT ceW, DeeGšhegš jeefMe–
 šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe GheÙeesie leeheceeve kesâ ÙeLeeLe& Deewj heefjMegæ ceehe kesâ oes efÉleerÙekeâ ceW yenves Jeeueer oes OeejeDeeW keâe Devlej nw
efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– huesefšvece ØeeflejesOe Lecee&ceeršj
♦ A rotameter works on the principle of –
♦ The expansion for the acronym LVDT, a transducer
Variable area
used for displacement measurement, is–
 Skeâ jesšeceeršj .........kesâ efmeæevle hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw–
Linear variable differential transformer
heefjJele&veerÙe #es$e
 efJemLeeheve ceehe kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues šêbme[Ÿetmej,
LVDT keâe efJemleej neslee nw– ♦ A diaphram has a natural frequency of 30 kHz. If
both its diameter and thickness are halved, the
ueerefveÙej JewefjSyeue ef[HeâjsefvMeÙeue šêbmeHeâece&j natural frequency is– 60 kHz
♦ LVDT core is made up of a– Magnetic material  Skeâ [eÙeøeâece ceW 30KHz keâer Skeâ Øeeke=âeflekeâ DeeJe=efòe nw, Ùeefo
 LVDT keâesj ........... keâe yevee neslee nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& Fmekesâ JÙeeme Deewj ceesšeF& oesveeW DeeOee keâj efoÙee peelee nw lees,
♦ Inductive transducers are used in differential Øeeke=âeflekeâ DeeJe=efòe nw– 60 kHz
configuration because the output is not influenced ♦ Simple elemental forms is not a pressure sensor–
by– External magnetic fields, Cantilever beam
Temperature changes, Variations of  mejue leeeflJekeâ ™heeW ceW oyeeJe mebJesokeâ veneR nw– kewâvšerueerJej yeerce
supply voltage and frequency ♦ Transducers that are based on the variation of
 Øesjkeâ šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe GheÙeesie efJeYesokeâ efJevÙeeme ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw parameters due to application of any external
keäÙeeWefkeâ DeeGšhegš ............ Éeje ØeYeeefJele veneR neslee nw– stimulus are known as– Passive transducers
yeenjer ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e mes, leeheceeve heefjJele&ve,  šêbme[Ÿetmej pees efkeâmeer yee¢e ØesjCee kesâ DevegØeÙeesie keâer Jepen mes Gme
hewjeceeršj keâer efYeVelee hej DeeOeeefjle nesles nwb ............, kesâ ™he ceW
Deehetefle& Jeesušlee Deewj DeeJe=efòe kesâ heefjJele&ve peeves peeles nQ– efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej
♦ Magnetostriction transducer is convert- ♦ Piezoelectric crystals produce an emf–
Mechanical energy to Magnetic energy When external mechanical force is applied to it
 cewivesšeseqmš^keäMeve šêvme[Ÿetmej heefjJeefle&le keâjlee nw-  heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue Skeâ F&.Sce.SHeâ. keâe Glheeove keâjlee nQ–
Ùeebef$ekeâ Tpee& keâes ÛegcyekeâerÙe Tpee& ceW peye yeenjer Ùeebef$ekeâ yeue Fme hej ueieeÙee peelee nw
♦ Active transducer is a – ♦ ..........transducers measures the pressure by
Piezoelectric pressure transducer producing emf as a function of its deformation–
 meef›eâÙe šêbme[dÙetmej Skeâ............ nw~ Piezoelectric transducer
heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ oeye šêbme[Ÿetmej  ........šêbme[Ÿetmej F&.Sce.SHeâ. keâes Fmekesâ efJe™heCe kesâ Skeâ
♦ Pair of active transducers is–
HebâkeäMeve kesâ ™he ceW GlheVe keâjkesâ oeye keâes ceehelee nw–
Thermocouple, Solar cell heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ šêmb e[Ÿetmej
 meef›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe Ùegice nw– Leceexkeâheue, meesuej mesue ♦ Piezoelectric materials own their property to the–
♦ The lower limit of useful working range of a Lack of a centre of symmetry
transducer is determined by–  heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ meece«eer keâe Dehevee iegCe nw–
Transducer error and noise mece™helee kesâ kesâvõ keâe DeYeeJe
 šêbme[Ÿetmej keâer GheÙeesieer keâeÙe& meercee keâer efveÛeueer meercee ........... ♦ The piezoelectric crystal voltage sensitivity is
kesâ ™he efveOee&efjle nesleer nw– šêbme[Ÿetmej $egefš Deewj Meesj defined as– Field developed per unit stress
♦ An ac signal conditioning is normally used for–  heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue Jeesušlee mebJesoveMeeruelee keâes ........... kesâ
Inductive and capacitive transducers ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 AC efmeiveue kebâef[Meefvebie meeceevÙe ™he mes ........... kesâ efueS Øeefle FkeâeF& leveeJe efJekeâefmele #es$e
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–Fv[efkeäšJe Deewj kewâheeefmeefšJe šêbme[Ÿetmej ♦ Piezoelectric crystal is generally employed for the
♦ While selecting a transducer for a particular measurement of which – Acceleration
application, only– Input, output and transfer  heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue Deeceleewj hej efkeâmekeâer ceehe kesâ efueS
characteristics should be considered efveÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw– lJejCe
 efkeâmeer efJeMes<e ShueerkesâMeve kesâ efueS šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe ÛeÙeve keâjles ♦ The materials which shows piezoelectric effect –
meceÙe, kesâJeue– Fvehegš, DeeGšhegš Deewj mLeeveevlejCe Quartz, Toormeline, Rochelle salt and
DeefYeue#eCeeW hej efJeÛeej efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS Berium titanate
♦ Pitot tubes are used for–  Jen heoeLe& pees heerpeesFueseqkeäš^keâ ØeYeeJe keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw -
Both industrial and laboratory applications keäJeešd&pe, štjcesefueve jesMesue meeuš Deewj yesefjÙece šeF&švesš
 efhešeš šŸetyeeW keâe GheÙeesie ............ kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– ♦ Piezoelectric transducers have advantage(s)–
DeewÅeesefiekeâ Deewj ØeÙeesieMeeuee oesveeW DevegØeÙeesieeW These are small in size, Light in weight and very
♦ The instrument servomechanism is actually an rugged in construction, Wide operating
instrument system made of components, which are– temperature range, Very good frequency
Combination of passive transducers response and quite large output
and active transducers  heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe ueeYe nw–
 GheÙeb$e meJeexcewkesâefvepce JeemleJe ceW IeškeâeW mes yevee Skeâ GheÙeb$e Ùes Deekeâej ceW Úesšs, Yeej ceW nukesâ Deewj efvecee&Ce ceW efJe<ece
ØeCeeueer nw, pees .............neslee nw– efveef<›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej Deewj nesles nw, JÙeehekeâ ØeÛeeueve leeheceeve hejeme, yengle DeÛÚer
meef›eâÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe mebÙeespeve DeeJe=efòe Devegef›eâÙee Deewj keâeHeâer yeÌ[e efveie&le
♦ Rochelle salt is a crystalline material used in ♦ Hall effect transducers have the drawbacks of–
producing– Piezoelectric transducer High sensitivity to temperature variations,
 jesMesue Mee@uš ef›eâmšueeFve meece«eer nw efpemekeâe GheÙeesie Variation of Hall coefficient from plate to plate
..........Glheeove ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ šêbme[Ÿetmej  ne@ue ØeYeeJe šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe oes<e nw–
♦ Which defines piezoresistive effect– leeheceeve efYeVeleeDeeW kesâ efueS GÛÛe mebJesoveMeeruelee,
Production of voltage in a crystal huesš mes huesš lekeâ ne@ue iegCeebkeâ keâer efYeVelee
subjected to mechanical strain ♦ Hall effect device can be used to–
 keâewve mee ØeYeeJe heerpeesjefpeefmšJe keâes heefjYeeef<ele keâjlee nw– Multiply two signals
Ùeebef$ekeâ efJeke=âefle kesâ DeOeerve Skeâ ef›eâmšue ceW  neue ØeYeeJe Ùegefòeâ keâe GheÙeesie ............ kesâ efueS efkeâÙee pee
Jeesušspe keâe Glheeove mekeâlee nw– oes mebkesâlees kesâ iegCeveHeâue
♦ The measurement of Hall coefficient of a ♦ Moire fringes are used for measurement of rotary
semiconductor with one type of charge carrier gives displacement along with– Only optical encoder
the information about–  cee@Ùej eføebâpe keâe GheÙeesie ………. kesâ meeLe jesšjer efJemLeeheve kesâ
Both sign and density of charge carrier ceeheve kesâ efueS neslee nw– kesâJeue Dee@efhškeâue Svekeâes[j
 Skeâ Øekeâej DeeJesMe Jeenkeâ kesâ meeLe Skeâ Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ kesâ neue
♦ The resolution of a 8-bit shaft encoder is– 3600/28
iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeheve ........... kesâ yeejs ceW metÛevee oslee nw–
 8-efyeš Mee@Heäš Svekeâes[j keâe efjpeeuÙetMeve nw– 3600/28
DeeJesMe Jeenkeâ keâe efÛevn Deewj IevelJe oesveeW
♦ The operation of converting an input data into a
♦ Magnetoelastic transducers work on the principle code consisting of a series of logic level signals of
of– Change of permeability with change in stress zero and one forming a binary number is– Coding
 cewivesšesFueeefmškeâ šêbme[Ÿetmej .............. kesâ efmeæevle hej keâeÙe&  Skeâ Fvehegš [sše keâes Skeâ keâes[ ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves keâer ef›eâÙee
keâjlee nw– leveeJe ceW heefjJele&ve kesâ meeLe efpemeceW MetvÙe kesâ leke&â mlej kesâ mebkesâleeW keâer Skeâ ëe=bKeuee nesleer nw pees
ÛegcyekeâMeeruelee ceW heefjJele&ve Skeâ yeeFvejer vebyej keânueeleer nw– keâesef[bie
♦ The phenomenon of magnetostriction is significant ♦ Ring-balance meter cannot be used for measuring–
in– Nickel and nickel-iron Mass flow rate
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe efJe™heCe keâer Iešvee efkeâmeceW cenlJehetCe& nesleer nw–  JeueÙe meblegueve ceeršj ………. kesâ ceeheve ceW ØeÙeesie veneR nes
efveefkeâue Deewj efveefkeâue ueewn mekeâlee nw– õJÙeceeve ØeJeen oj
♦ A solar cell is a……….transducer– Photovoltaic ♦ Which transducer has excellent frequency response–
 meesuej mesue............šêbme[Ÿetmej neslee nw– HeâesšesJeesušeFkeâ Piezoelectric transducer
♦ Which does not require auxiliary circuitry if used as  efkeâme šêbme[Ÿetmej ceW Glke=â° DeeJe=efòe Øeefleef›eâÙee nesleer nw–
transducer– Photovoltaic cell
heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ šêmb e[Ÿetmej
 efkeâmeceW meneÙekeâ heefjheLe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee veneR nesleer nw Ùeefo
♦ Which transducers requires a high input impedance
šêbme[Ÿetmej kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peeS– preamplifier for proper measurements– Piezoelectric
HeâesšesJeesušeFkeâ mesue  efkeâme šêbme[Ÿetmej keâes GefÛele ceehe kesâ efueS GÛÛe Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee
♦ The most light sensitive transducer for conversion of ØeerSchueerHeâeÙej keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw– heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ
light into electrical power is the– Photovoltaic cell
♦ The class of transformer type displacement
 ØekeâeMe keâes JewÅegle hee@Jej ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS ØekeâeMe transducers that develop induced emfs related to the
mebJesoveMeerue šêbme[Ÿetmej nw– HeâesšesJeesušeFkeâ mesue angular position of its rotor when excited by ac
♦ The tachometer encoder has– One output supply is called– Synchro
 šwkeâesceeršj Svekeâes[j ceW neslee nw– Skeâ DeeGšhegš  šêbmeHeâece&j Øekeâej kesâ efJemLeeheve šêbme[dÙetmeme& keâe Jeie& pees S.meer.
♦ A tachometer encoder can be used for measurement Deehetefle& Éeje Gòesefpele nesves hej Fmekesâ jesšj keâer keâesCeerÙe efmLeefle mes
of speed– In one direction only mecyeefvOele Øesefjle efJe.Jee.yeue efJekeâefmele keâjlee nw keânueelee nw– efmev›eâes
 Skeâ šwkeâesceeršj Svekeâes[j mheer[ kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee ♦ A semiconductor based temperature transducer has a
pee mekeâlee nw– kesâJeue Skeâ efoMee ceW temperature coefficient of -2500 V/0C. This
♦ Incremental encoders use– transducer is indeed a–
Two channels and sometimes three channels Forward-biased P-N junction diode
 Fv›eâercesvšue Svekeâes[j ceW ØeÙeesie keâjlee nw–  Skeâ Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ DeeOeeefjle leehe šêbme[Ÿetmej efpemekeâe leehe iegCeebkeâ
-2500 V/0C nw~ Ùen šêbme[Ÿetmej JeemleJe...........ceW nw–
oes Ûewveue Deewj keâYeer-keâYeer leerve Ûewveue
♦ Absolute encoders are normally used for–
De«e DeefYevele P-N mebefOe [eÙees[
One revolution ♦ Dummy strain gauges are used for–
 hetCe& Svekeâes[j ............... keâs efueS meeceevÙele: GheÙeesie neslee nw– Compensation of temperature changes
Skeâ heefjYeüceCe  [ceer efJeke=âefle iespe keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
♦ A spatial encoder is an– Analog to digital converter leehe heefjJele&ve keâer #eeflehetefle& kesâ efueS
 Skeâ mheeFšue Svekeâes[j nw– A/D keâveJeš&j ♦ Why is strain gauge bridge sometimes excited with
♦ Optical and photoelectric sensing systems are used ac– Power frequency pick-up can be avoided with ac
by– Optical encoders  efJeke=âefle iespe mesleg keâes kegâÚ meceÙe kesâ efueS ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje mes keäÙeeW
 Dee@efhškeâue Deewj HeâesšesFuesefkeäš^keâ mebJesove ØeCeeueer keâe GheÙeesie Gòesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw– S.meer. kesâ meeLe hee@Jej DeeJe=eòf e efhekeâ
efkeâmekesâ Éeje efkeâÙee peelee nw– Dee@efhškeâue Svekeâes[j Dehe mes yeÛee pee mekeâlee nw
♦ Load cells employ– Strain gauges ♦ In strain gauge torque transducers, the strain gauges
 uees[ mesue ØeÙegòeâ keâjlee nw– efJeke=âefle iespe are mounted at which – 450 to the shaft axis
♦ ........... transducer(s) may employ strain gauge as a  mš^sve iespe šeke&â šêbme[Ÿetmej ceW, mš^sve iespe efkeâme hej peÌ[e neslee
secondary transducer– nw– Mee@Heäš De#e mes 450
Load cell, torque meter and accelerometer only ♦ Tachometers are used for only–
 .......... šêbme[Ÿetmej efveÙeesefpele keâj mekeâlee nw efkeâ efJeke=âefle iespe Angular speed measurement
Skeâ efÉleerÙekeâ šêbme[Ÿetmej nw–  šwkeâesceeršj kesâJeue ........... kesâ efueS ner GheÙeesie neslee nw–
kesâJeue uees[mesue, yeueeIetCe& ceeršj Deewj Skeämesuejesceeršj
keâesCeerÙe ieefle ceeheve
♦ The factors to be considered in the selection of a
load cell for a particular application are– ♦ The generated emf of a dc tachogenerator is–
Type of loading tensile or compressive, required Directly proportional to angular speed
accuracy, loading conditions, environment,  Skeâ [er.meer. šwkeâespevejsšj keâe GlheVe F&.Sce.SHeâ............. neslee
space available, scale capacity, desired output nw– keâesCeerÙe ieefle kesâ meerOes meceevegheeleer
characteristics and number of cells required
♦ DC tachometer generators are sometimes preferred
 Skeâ efJeMes<e DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS uees[ mesue kesâ ÛeÙeve ceW .......... over AC tachometer generators because–
iegCekeâ hej efJeÛeej efkeâÙee peelee nw– It is possible to know the direction of rotation
Yeeefjle levÙe Ùee mecheer[ve keâe Øekeâej, DeeJeMÙekeâ ÙeLeeLe&lee, and magnitude of speed with the help
ueesef[bie efmLeefle, JeeleeJejCe, GheueyOe mLeeve hewceeves keâer of a simple dc voltmeter
#ecelee keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee, JeebefÚle efveie&le DeefYeue#eCe Deewj  [er.meer. šwkeâesceeršj pevejsšj keâes keâYeer-keâYeer AC šwkeâesceeršj
mesueeW keâer mebKÙee keâer pe™jle pevejsšj mes DeefOekeâ JejerÙelee efoÙee peelee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ–
♦ ............additional devices is required in order to
measure pressure using LVDT– Bourdon tube
Skeâ meeOeejCe [er.meer. Jeesušceeršj keâer ceoo mes IetCe&ve keâer
 ..........Deefleefjòeâ GhekeâjCe nw, efpemeceW LVDT keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ efoMee Deewj ieefle keâe heefjceeCe peevevee mebYeJe neslee nww
oeye ceeheve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw– yees[&ve šŸetye ♦ Transducer for measurement of rotational
displacement is– Shaft encoder
♦ Which transducers can be used for measurement of
pressures as high as 100,000 atmosphere–  Ietceves Jeeues efJemLeeheve kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS šêbme[Ÿetmej nw–
Bourden tube gauge Mee@Heäš Svekeâes[j
 keâewve-mee šêbme[Ÿetmej GÛÛelece 100000 JeeÙegceC[ue kesâ oeye ♦ Doppler shift principle is used in the measurement
ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– yees[&ve šŸetye iespe of– Speed
♦ Thermal conductivity gauges have shortcomings–  [e@huej efMeHeäš efmeæevle …….. ceeheve ceW ØeÙeesie neslee nw– ieefle
These gauges need individual calibration and ♦ The accelerometer using LVDT has the advantage
frequent checking, these gauges burn out of– High natural frequency,
when exposed to atmospheric pressure
Being contactless device, Better resolution
during operation, these gauges get
 LVDT ØeÙeesie keâj lJejCeceeheer keâe ueeYe nw– GÛÛe Øeeke=âeflekeâ
easily damaged by organic vapours
 leeheerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee iespe keâe oes<e nw– DeeJe=efòe, mecheke&â jefnle Ùegekf eäle nesvee, yesnlej heefjYeüceCe
Fme iespe ceW Deueie-Deueie ceeheebkeâve Deewj ueieeleej peeBÛe keâer ♦ The most common transducer for shock and
vibration measurement is– Piezoelectric pickup
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw, Ùes iespe peue peeles nw peye ØeÛeeueve
kesâ oewjeve JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe oeye Gpeeiej neslee nw, Ùes iespe  Peškeâe Deewj kebâhevve ceehe kesâ efueS meyemes meeceevÙe šêbme[Ÿetmej nw–
keâeye&efvekeâ Jee<he mes Deemeeveer mes Kejeye nes peeles nQ heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ efhekeâDehe
♦ The working principle of a Pirani gauge pressure ♦ The drawbacks of radiation pyrometers are that–
transducer is based on which – Their initial as well as installation costs are high,
Thermal conductivity of the medium they need maintenance, each pyrometer
 efhejeveer iespe oeye šêbme[Ÿetmej keâe keâeÙe& efmeæevle efkeâme hej needs individual calibration
DeeOeeefjle nw– ceeOÙece kesâ leeheerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee hej  efJeefkeâjCe heeÙejesceeršj keâer keâceer nw–
♦ Pirani gauge is used to measure– Very low pressures Gvekeâer ØeejefcYekeâ Deewj mLeeheve ueeiele DeefOekeâ nw, GvnW
 efhejeveer iespe .................. kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙeesie neslee nw– jKejKeeJe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw, ØelÙeskeâ heeFjesceeršj keâes
yengle keâce oeye Deueie-Deueie ceeheebkeâve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw
♦ The commercial thermopiles are formed by– ♦ ............ is capable of giving the rate of flow as well
Series of Si-Al thermocouples in an IC by as the total flow– Electromagnetic flow meter
dopingAl layers on p-type Si on n-type  ..........ØeJeen keâer oj Deewj kegâue ØeJeen osves ceW me#ece nw–
Si expitaxial layers Fueskeäšêscewivesefškeâ ØeJeen ceeršj
 JÙeeJemeeefÙekeâ LeceexheeFume ........... Éeje ieef"le neslee nw– ♦ Which transducers is used for transmitting as well as
efmeefuekeâe@ve-SuÙegefceefveÙece Leceexkeâheume keâer ßeb=Keuee ceW N- receiving the acoustic energy in an ultrasonic flow-
Øekeâej efmeefuekeâe@ve SefhešwefkeämeÙeue hejleeW hej P-šeFhe meter– Piezoelectric crystals
efmeefuekeâe@ve hej [esefhebie SuÙegefceefveÙece hejleeW ceW Skeâ IC–  keâewve mee šêbme[Ÿetmej Skeâ Deušêmeesefvekeâ ØeJeen-ceeršj ceW OJeefvekeâ
♦ In optical pyrometers temperature is measured by– Tpee& Øeehle keâjves kesâ meeLe-meeLe mebÛejCe kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
Comparison of brightness of the source peelee nw– heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue
with that of a standard source ♦ The main drawbacks of ultrasonic flow-meter are–
 Dee@efhškeâue heeÙejesceeršj ceW leehe .............. Éeje ceehee peelee nw– Complexity and relatively high cost
Skeâ ceevekeâ Œeesle kesâ meeLe Œeesle keâer Ûecekeâ keâer leguevee  Deušêmeesefvekeâ Heäueesceeršj keâe cegKÙe oes<e nw–
♦ Which thermocouple pairs has maximum sensitivity peefšuelee Deewj Dehes#eeke=âle GÛÛe ueeiele
around 273 K– Nichrome-constantan ♦ Hydrometer is employed for determination of–
 keâewve mes Leceexkeâheue peesÌ[e (Pair) ceW 273 K kesâ Deeme-heeme Specific gravity of liquids
DeefOekeâlece mebJesoveMeeruelee nw– veeF›eâesce-keâevmšsvšve
 neF[êsceeršj..............kesâ efveOee&jCe kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ neslee nw–
♦ Optical pyrometer is generally used to measure–
õJe keâe efJeefMe° ieg®lJe
High temperature
 Dee@efhškeâue heeÙejesceeršj keâe GheÙeesie Deeceleewj hej ............ ceeheves ♦ Variation of which parameters is related to the level
change in the measurement of liquid level using two
kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– GÛÛe leeheceeve parallel metal rods immersed in a liquid tank–
♦ Radiation pyrometers are used for the measurement Dielectric medium
of temperature in the range of– 1,2000C to 2,5000C
 efkeâme hewjeceeršj keâe efYeVelee Skeâ lejue šQkeâ ceW [tyes ngS oes
 jsef[SMeve heeÙejesceeršj ………. leeheceeve hejeme ceW ceeheve kesâ
meceevlej Oeeleg keâer ÚÌ[ keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ lejue mlej keâer ceehe ceW
efueS GheÙeesie neslee nw– 1,2000C mes 2,5000C
mlej heefjJele&ve mes mecyeefvOele nw– hejeJewÅegle ceeOÙece
♦ A Reynold's number of 1000 indicates–
♦ Which transducers is most suitable for monitoring
Laminar flow
continuous variations in very fine thickness of a
 jsveeu[ mebKÙee 1000 Fbefiele keâjleer nw– uesefceveej Heäuees material– Capacitor
♦ According to King's law, in a hot wire anemometer,  keâewve mee šêbme[Ÿetmej efkeâmeer heoeLe& keâer yengle cenerve ceesšeF& ceW
the film coefficient of heat transfer h is related to the efvejblej efYeVelee keâer efveiejeveer kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegòeâ nw– mebOeeefj$e
flow velocity V using the relation– h = C0 +C1(V)1/2
♦ In hygrometers the principle of measurement is–
 efkebâime efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, Skeâ iece& leej Sveerceesceeršj ceW, nerš
šêbmeHeâj h keâe iegCeebkeâ ØeJeen Jesie V mes mebyebefOele neslee nw Change in resistance of salts with humidity
.............. mebyebOe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ– h = C0 +C1(V)1/2  neF«eesceeršme& ceW ceehe keâe efmeæevle nw–
♦ The flow rate of electrically conducting liquid Deeõ&lee kesâ meeLe ueJeCe kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW heefjJele&ve
without any suspended particle cannot be measured ♦ The electrical transducers used for continuous
by– Thermistor based heat flowmeter recording and control of humidity are–
 efveuebefyele keâCe hej efyevee efJeÅegle mebÛeeueve kesâ lejue ØeJeen keâer oj Resistive hygrometers, Electrolytic hygrometers,
keâes.............. Éeje ceehee veneR pee mekeâlee nw– Aluminium oxide hygrometers
Leefce&mšj DeeOeeefjle nerš Heäueesceeršj  efvejvlej efjkeâeef[Ëie Deewj Deeõ&lee kesâ efveÙeb$eCe kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ JewÅegle
♦ A hot-wire anemometer is a device used to measure– šêbme[Ÿetmej nw– jefpeefmšJe neF«eesceeršj, Fueskeäšêsefueefškeâ
Gas velocities neF«eesceeršj, SuÙegceerevf eÙece Dee@keämeeF[ neF«eesceeršj
 ne@š-JeeÙej Sveerceesceeršj Skeâ ef[JeeFme nw efpememes........... ceehee ♦ Measurements of flow, thermal conductivity and
peelee nw– iewme Jesie liquid level using thermistors make use of–
♦ The device used for measuring flow of air around an Resistance decrease with temperature
aeroplane is– Anemometer  Leefce&mšme& keâes GheÙeesie keâjles ngS ØeJeen leeheerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee Deewj
 nJeeF& penepe kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj nJee kesâ ØeJeen keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS lejue mlej keâer ceehe keâe ........... keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ yevelee nw–
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee GhekeâjCe nw– Sveerceesceeršj leeheceeve kesâ meeLe ØeeflejesOe ceW keâceer
♦ In viscosity meters the quantity measured is– ♦ Analog data acquisition systems are used–
Frictional force Wide bandwidth and low accuracy
 MÙeevelee ceeršj mes ceeheer ieF& jeefMe nw– Ie<e&Ce yeue required/sufficient
♦ The pH value of a solution is defined as–  Sveeuee@ie [sše DeefOe«enCe ØeCeeueer keâe GheÙeesie.......... efkeâÙee
+
- log (H ion concentration) peelee nw– JÙeehekeâ yewC[ ÛeewÌ[eF& Deewj keâce ÙeLeeLe&lee keâer
 Skeâ efJeueÙeve keâe pH ceeve ....... kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele neslee nw– DeeJeMÙekeâlee/heÙee&hlelee
- log (H+ DeeÙeve keâer meevõlee) ♦ In data acquisition system, analog data acquisition
system is used– For wide frequency width,
♦ The function of the reference electrode in a pH
while digital data acquisition system is used when
meter is to– Produce a constant voltage
narrow frequency width is to be monitored
 pH ceeršj ceW meboYe& Fueskeäšês[ keâe keâeÙe& nw–  [sše DeefOe«enCe ØeCeeueer ceW, Sveeuee@ie [eše DeefOe«enCe ØeCeeueer
efveÙele Jeesušspe keâe Glheeove keâe GheÙeesie ............efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ The method used for analysis of gases and their JÙeehekeâ DeeJe=efòe ÛeewÌ[eF& kesâ efueS, peyeefkeâ mebkeâerCe& DeeJe=eòf e
mixtures is called as– Thermal conductivity ÛeewÌ[eF& hej vepej jKeves kesâ efueS ef[efpešue [sše DeefOe«enCe
 iewme Deewj Gvekesâ efceßeCe kesâ efJeMues<eCe kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ ØeCeeueer keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw
efJeefOe...........keânueeleer nw– leeheerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee ♦ In a digital data acquisition system a scanner
♦ The disadvantage of capacitor microphones is– multiplexer– Accepts multiple analog inputs and
Limited frequency range sequentially connects them to an ADC
 mebOeeefj$e ceeF›eâesHeâesve keâer neefve nw– meerefcele DeeJe=efle hejeme  Skeâ ef[efpešue [sše DeefOe«enCe ØeCeeueer ceW Skeâ mkewâvej
♦ The devices extensively used in sound measurement ceušerhueskeämej– keâF& Sveeuee@ie Fvehegš keâes mJeerkeâej keâjlee nw
systems are– Vibration pickups Deewj ›eâefcekeâ ™he mes GvnW ADC mes peesÌ[lee nw
 OJeefve ceeheve ØeCeeueer ceW efJeMes<e™he mes ØeÙeesie nesves Jeeues GhekeâjCe ♦ An induction type transducers are based on–
nw– kebâhevve efhekeâDehe Faraday's law
♦ A linear displacement digital transducer uses–  ØesjCe Øekeâej keâe šêbme[Ÿetmej ..........hej DeeOeeefjle neslee nw–
Gray code Hewâje@[s efveÙece
 Skeâ jwefKekeâ efJemLeeheve ef[efpešue šêbme[Ÿetmej ØeÙeesie keâjlee nw– ♦ Piezoelectronic accelerometer–
«es-keâes[ Should be used for low frequency
♦ Geiger counter has the advantages of–  heerpeesFueskeäšê@efvekeâ Skeämesuesjesceeršj ceW–
Being relatively inexpensive, reliable and rugged efvecve DeeJe=efòe keâs efueS ner GheÙeesie keâjvee ÛeeefnS
in construction, producing easily countable ♦ ...........is a variable displacement transducer–
large pulses, having response independent Potentiometer
of variations in humidity, temperature  .......... Skeâ Ûej efJemLeeheve šêbme[Ÿetmej nw– efJeYeJeceeheer
and atmospheric pressure ♦ Piezoelectric effect is carried out in– Crystal filter
 ieeriej keâeGvšj keâe ueeYe nw–  heer]peesFuesefkeäš^keâ ØeYeeJe........ ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– ef›eâmšue efHeâušj
Dehes#eeke=âle memles, efJeMJemeveerÙe Deewj efvecee&Ce ceW efJe<ece, ♦ Which meter is used for measuring heavy currents in
Deemeeveer mes efieveves ÙeesiÙe yeÌ[er heumeeW keâe Glheeove, A.C. circuits– Tong tester
Deeõ&lee, leeheceeve Deewj JeeÙegceb[ueerÙe oeye ceW  A.C. heefjheLe ceW DelÙeefOekeâ Oeeje ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâme ceeršj keâe
GheÙeesie keâjles nQ– šeBie šsmšj
efJeefJeOeleeDeeW mes mJeleb$e Øeefleef›eâÙee nesvee
♦ A Hall's effect pick up can be used for the
♦ Scintillation counters have the advantage of– measurement of– Magnetic flux
Very fast counting rate, capability of detecting  neue ØeYeeJe efhekeâDehe keâe ØeÙeesie ............. keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS
of radiations of lower levels, capability of efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme
detecting of x-rays ♦ ............ is a digital transducer– Encoder
 efmebefšuesMeve keâeGvšjeW keâe ueeYe ............nw–  Skeâ ef[efpešue šêbme[dÙetmej nw– Svekeâes[j
yengle lespe keâeGefvšbie oj, efveÛeues mlejeW kesâ efJeefkeâjCeeW keâes ♦ The output of LVDT is in the form of–
helee keâjves ceW me#ece, Skeäme-js kesâ helee ueieeves ceW me#ece Linear displacement of core
♦ Data acquisition systems are usually of– Digital type  LVDT keâe DeeGšhegš ........... kesâ ™he ceW neslee nw–
 [eše SefkeäJeefpeMeve ØeCeeueer Deeceleewj hej nesleer nw– ef[efpešue šeFhe keâesj kesâ jweK
f ekeâ efJemLeeheve
♦ LVDT possesses the following advantage–  mš^sve iespe efveÙeesefpele Skeâ [ceer efyeÇpe .......... Øeoeve keâjlee nw–
Excellent repeatability, Infinite resolution, leeheceeve #eeflehetefle&
High linearity of output
♦ Which can be measured with the help of piezo-
 LVDT kesâ heeme efvecveefueefKele ueeYe neslee nw–
electric crystal– Acceleration
Glke=â<š oesnjeves keâer ÙeesiÙelee, Deveble efmLejlee,  efhepees-Fuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue keâer meneÙelee mes keâewve-mee ceehee pee
DeeGšhegš keâer GÛÛe jwefKekeâlee mekeâlee nw– lJejCe
♦ ............ analogue transducer is an–
♦ ........... can measure only pressure– Belt type meter
Strain gauge, Thermistor, LVDT
 .......... kesâJeue oeye keâes ceehe mekeâlee nw– yesuš Øekeâej ceeršj
 .............Sveeuee@ie šêbme[dÙetmej nw–
mš^sve iespe, Leefce&mšj, LVDT ♦ ......... can measure only level– Radioactive method
♦ In optical pyrometer temperature is measured by–

 .......... kesâJeue uesJeue keâes ceehe mekeâlee nw– jsef[ÙeesOeceea efJeefOe
Comparing the brightness of the source ♦ By a 'Rotameter' we can measure– Flow
with the brightness of a standard source  jesšeceeršj Éeje nce ceehe mekeâles nQ– ØeJeen
 Dee@efhškeâue heeFjesceeršj ceW leeheceeve keâes ............. kesâ Éeje ceehee ♦ Load cell is essentially a– Strain gauge
peelee nw– ceevekeâ meesme& keâer Ûecekeâ kesâ meeLe  Yeej mesue DeefveJeeÙe& ™he mes Skeâ .........nw– mš^sveiespe
meesme& keâer Ûecekeâ keâer leguevee ♦ ......... can measure pressure directly– Bourden tube
♦ For better results a strain gauge should have low–
 .......... oeye keâes meerOes ceehe mekeâles nQ– yees[xve šdÙetye
Resistance temperature co-efficient
 yesnlej heefjCeeceeW kesâ efueS Skeâ mš^sve iespe ceW efvecve ......... nesvee 9. Fueskeäšê@efvekeâer GheÙev$e
ÛeeefnS– ØeeflejesOe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ
♦. Rosette gauges are used to–
(Electronic Instruments)
Measure strain in more than one direction ♦ PMMC meter is fitted in– Multimeter
 jesmesóer iespe keâe GheÙeesie ............ kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–  PMMC ceeršj ueiee ngDee jnlee nw– ceušerceeršj ceW
Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ efoMee ceW mš^vs e keâes ceeheves
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
♦ Which quantity can be measured by a hot wire
♦ A multimeter can measures-
anemometer– Gas velocity
 keâewve-mee jeefMe iece& leej Sveerceesceeršj Éeje ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– Voltage, Current, Resistance
iewme Jesie  ceušer c eer šj ----- ceehe mekeâlee nw- Jeesušlee, Oeeje, ØeeflejesOe
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Measurement of Pressure
♦ PMMC meter employed in –– Multimeter
Low pressure   1kg/cm 2 
 PMMC ceeršj ........ ceW ueieeÙee peelee nQ– ceušerceeršj
Gauge Pressure range (mm (UPPCL JE-2015)
of Hg)
♦ In a multimeter –
Pirani gauge 10–1 to 10–3 Voltmeter, ammeter and ohmmeter
Thermocouple vacuum upto 10–2  ceušerceeršj ceW neslee nw–
gauge
Jeesušceeršj, Deceeršj Deewj Deesåce ceeršj
Mcleod gauge >10–4
(RRB JE-Guwahati 2014)
Thermistor vacuum gauge 2.6×10–3 to 1.3×10–2
♦ Sinusoidal voltages applied to X and Y plates of a
Ionization type vacuum 10–3 to 10–8 CRO is having a phase difference of 90°. then
gauge Lissajous pattern will be formed in the CRO screen
 Mechanical gauge for low pressure is- Circle, covering all 4 quadrants equally
 Bourdon tube  Bellow  Diaphragms  CRO keâer X Deewj Y huesšes hej ueeiet ØelÙeeJeleea Jeesušspe ceW 90º
High pressure- Bridgman gauge. keâe keâuee Deblej nw lees CRO m›eâerve ceW efuemeepe@me hewšve& yevesiee -
♦ Thermistors have ........... temperature co-efficient– Je=òe, meYeer 4 ÛelegLeeËMe keâes meceeve ™he mes keâJej keâjles ngS
Negative (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
 Leceeamšme& ceW .......... leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ neslee nw– $e+Ceelcekeâ ♦ For contactless body temperature measurement,
♦ A dummy bridge employing strain gauge provides– advanced thermometer are used. They are based on-
Temperature compensation Infrared radiation
 mecheke&â jefnle Mejerj kesâ leeheceeve keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS, GVele ♦ The signal generated by the time base circuitry of
Lecee&ceeršj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Jes DeeOeeefjle nw- the CRO is basically a– Saw-tooth waveform
DeJejòeâ efJeefkeâjCe  CRO kes â meceÙe-DeeOeej heef j heLe Éeje Glhevve efmeiveue cetue ™he mes
(UPMRC JE-17.04.2021)
........ neslee nw- Deeje-ovleer lejbie™he
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO) ♦ The set of horizontal and vertical lines permanently
marked on the CRT screen is called– Graticule
 CRT m›eâerve hej mLeeÙeer ™he mes efÛeefvåle #eweflepe leLee uecyeJeled
jsKeeDeeW kesâ mesš keâes keâne peelee nw «esefškeäÙetue
♦ If the battery of a multimeter become weak, then it
will give– Less reading
 Ùeefo ceušerceeršj keâer yewšjer keâcepeesj nes peeleer nw lees Ùen ......
osiee– efvecve hee"dÙeebkeâ
♦ Bimetallic thermometers may be used for–
Indicating air temperatures
in homes and offices
 efÉOeeeflJekeâ leeheceeheer GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– IejeW leLee
oheälejeW ceW JeeÙeg leeheceeve kesâ metÛekeâ keâer lejn
♦ The use of ------- instruments are merely confined
within laboratories as standardizing instruments–
Absolute
 ØeÙeesieMeeuee ceW ceevekeâ GheÙeb$e kesâ ™he ceW kesâJeue ....... GheÙeb$e keâe
ØeÙeesie neslee nw– hejce
♦ Weston synchro-scope works on the–
Dynamometer principle
 Jesmšve& leguÙekeâeueer-mkeâeshe ....... hej keâece keâjlee nw–
ieeflekeâerÙe ceeršj kesâ efmeæevle hej
 Deflection sensitivity of CRO
♦ The instrument usually used as a transfer instrument
L.l d .E d is of type – Electrodynamo meter
Electrostatic deflection =
2dEa  Deeceleewj hej šêbmeheâj FbmšÍceWš kesâ ™he ceW Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee peeves
D Ll d Jeeuee Ùeb$e .......... Øekeâej keâe neslee nw– Fueskeäšês[e@Ùevecees ceeršj
Deflection sensitivity = S   (m / V)
E d 2dEa (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
1 2dEa ♦ The technique of adding a precise amount of time
Deflection factor (G) =  (V / m) between the trigger point and the beginning of the
S Ll d scope sweep in a CRO is known as– Delayed sweep
Where-  CRO ceW, efšîej-hJeeFbš Deewj mkeâeshe mJeerhe keâer Meg™Deele kesâ yeerÛe
Ea = Voltage of pre-accelerating anode meceÙe kesâ mešerkeâ cee$ee peesÌ[ves keâer lekeâveerkeâ keâes .......... keâne
Ed = potential between deflecting plates (Volt) peelee nw– ef[ues[ mJeerhe
L = Distance between screen and the centre of the (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
deflecting plates.
♦ Thermocouple is a device which converts–
l d = Length of deflecting plate
Heat energy to electric energy
d = Distance between deflecting plate (in meter)
 Leceexkeâheue Jen GhekeâjCe nw pees ........ ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjlee nw–
veesš- Bandwidth  t r  0.35 leehe Tpee& keâes efJeÅegle Tpee&
tr  Rise time of signal (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
♦ The X and Y plates of a cathode ray oscilloscope are ♦ The screen/display of the oscilloscope is made of
provided with sinusoidal input of equal amplitude material - Phosphor
and frequency which are 90º out of phase. The  oesueveoMeea (Dee@efmeueesmkeâeshe) keâer m›eâerve/ef[mhues ......... heoeLe& mes
resulting Lissajous pattern will be a - Circle yeveer nesleer nw– Heâe@mHeâj
 kewâLees[ js Dee@efmeueesmkeâeshe keâer Skeäme Deewj JeeF& huesšdme keâes meceeve (ESIC- 24.01.2019, Time 9:00-11:00)
DeeÙeece Deewj DeeJe=efòe kesâ meeFvemee@F[ue Fvehegš kesâ meeLe Øeoeve ♦ A Lissajous patterns are used to measure–
efkeâÙee peelee nw pees keâuee mes 90 ef[«eer yeenj nw heefjCeeceer Frequency and Phase shift
efuemee@peme hewšve& nesiee~ meke&âue
 efuemee@peme Øeefle™heeW keâe ØeÙeesie ………. ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) peelee nw– DeeJe=efòe Deewj keâuee DeblejCe
♦ Material used as coating in CRT of a CRO is-
♦ Materials when used as the viewing surface of a
Phosphorous CRO gives a bluish glow is–
 CRO kesâ CRT ceW uesheve kesâ efueS ......... heoeLe& keâe GheÙeesie Zinc sulphide with silver as impurity
efkeâÙee peelee nw - heâe@mheâesjme  meer.Deej.Dees. keâer melen kesâ ™he ceW Fmlesceeue nesves hej keâewve mee
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) lelJe pees veeruee Ûecekeâ oslee nw–
♦ Amplifier used in an electronic multimeter is - efpebkeâ meuheâeF[ kesâ meeLe efmeuJej DeMegælee
Differential amplifier (SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018)
 Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ ceušerceeršj ceW ......... Scheueerheâe@Ùej keâe GheÙeesie (SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
efkeâÙee peelee nw - ef[heâjWefMeÙeue Scheueerheâe@Ùej ♦ A type of recording instrument is– X–Y plotter
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)  efjkeâe@ef[Ëie GhekeâjCe keâe Skeâ Øekeâej nw– Skeäme–JeeF& huee@šj
♦ Water activity can be defined as that obtained by (SSC JE-Evening 25-01-2018)
measuring a sample containing moisture-ERH value ♦ Element in CRO is used to collect secondary
 peue ieefleefJeefOe keâes veceer Ùegòeâ vecetves keâes ceeheves mes Øeehle emission electrons is– Aquadag
.........™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ ERH JesuÙet  ceeOÙeefcekeâ Glmepe&ve (meskeWâ[jer SefceMeve) Fueskeäšê@veeW keâes Skeâ$e keâjves
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022) kesâ efueS meer.Deej.Dees. ceW efpeme lelJe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ A DC potentiometer is the best means available for SkeäJee[e@ie
the measurement of DC voltage because– It is based (SSC JE-Evening 29-01-2018)
on null balance technique and it is possible to ♦ If we observe the output waveform of DC generator
measure dc voltages ranging in value on CRO, it will be like a–
from mV to hundreds of volts Pulsating unidirectional waveform
 DC Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS, DC efJeYeJeceeheer, GheueyOe  Ùeefo nce meer.Deej.Dees. hej [er.meer. pevejsšj kesâ DeeGšhegš JesJeheâe@ce&
meeOeveeW ceW mes meyemes GheÙegkeäle meeOeve nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ– keâe efvejer#eCe keâjles nQ, lees Ùen ...........Øeleerle nesiee–
Ùen MetvÙe meblegueve lekeâveerkeâer hej DeeOeeefjle neslee nw mheboceeve SkeâefoMeerÙe lejbie™he
leLee mV mes ueskeâj mewkeâÌ[es Jeesuš lekeâ kesâ (heumesefšbie Ùetveer[eÙejskeäMeveue JesJeHeâece&)
DC Jeesušspe keâes ceehevee mebYeJe nw~ (LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) ♦ Type of an X-Y recorder is–
♦ CRO can not be used to measure– Power Graphic recorder
 X-Y efjkeâe@[&j keâe Øekeâej nw–
 CRO....kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙegkeäle veneR efkeâÙee peelee nw– Meefkeäle
«eeefHeâkeâ efjkeâe@[&j
♦ A single instrument that can measure voltage, (M.P. Sub Engineer- 01.09.2018)
current, resistance, diode forward voltage drop and ♦ The main part of a CRO is– CRT
transistor gain is called– Multimeter  meer.Deej.Dees. keâe cegKÙe Yeeie nw– meer.Deej.šer.
 Skeâ Skeâue GheÙev$e pees Jeesušlee, Oeeje, ØeeflejesOe, [eÙees[ De«e ♦ Three electrical quantities can be measured by a
Jeesušleeheele Deewj šêbefpemšj ueeYe ceehelee nw, Jen keânueelee nw– multimeter is– Voltage, Current and Resistance
ceušerceeršj  Skeâ ceušerceeršj Éeje ceeheer peeves Jeeueer leerve efJeÅegle cee$eeSB nesleer
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) nw– Jeesušlee, Oeeje Deewj ØeeflejesOe
♦ In n = whole digit number, then the resolution R of ♦ A multimeter uses different multipliers to increase
that digital voltmeter is represented by - 1/10n the– Voltage range
 Ùeefo n= hetCe& Debkeâes keâer mebKÙee nw, lees Jen ef[efpešue Jeesušceeršj  Skeâ ceušerceeršj ceW efJeefYeVe ceušerhueeÙej keâe GheÙeesie
keâe efjpee@uÙetMeve R ………. Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw– 1/10n .................. keâes yeÌ{eves ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– Jeesušlee jWpe
(ESIC- 24.01.2019, Time 9:00-11:00) (SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 10 am)
♦ In a standard multimeter for measuring AC voltage, ♦ Zero adjustment becomes necessary in analog
parameter of.........voltage is measured– RMS multimeter before measuring– Resistance
 ceevekeâ ceušerceeršj mes ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Jeesušlee keâe ceeheve keâjves ceW  .......... ceeheves mes henues Sveeuee@ie ceušerceeršj ceW MetvÙe
Jeesušlee keâe...............ØeeÛeue ceehee peelee nw– RMS meceeÙeespeve DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw– ØeeflejesOe
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm) (LMRC JE -2016)
♦ Circuit conditions does a metal oxide varistor ♦ The technique of using stair case ramp in DVM
(Digital Volt Meter) is called–
(MOV) protect against is– High voltage
Null balancing technique
 heefjheLe DeJemLee efpemekesâ efJe®æ cesšue Dee@keämeeF[ Jewefjmšj
 DVM (ef[efpešue Jeesuš ceeršj) cebs meerÌ{ervegcee jQhe keâes GheÙeesie
(MOV) mebj#eCe keâjlee nw, Jen nw– GÛÛe Jeesušlee keâjves keâer lekeâveerkeâ keâes keânles nQ– veue yewuesemf ebie lekeâveerkeâer
(SSC JE - 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm) (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
♦ A multimeter is often called a VOM, which is an ♦ In CRT, the secondary electrons are collected by a
abbreviation of volt-ohm– Milliammeter conductive coating aquadag which is made up of–
 Skeâ ceušerceeršj keâes Dekeämej VOM Yeer keânles nQ, pees Jeesuš- Graphite solution
Deesÿe____keâe mebef#ehle nw– efceueerSceeršj  CRT ceW, efÉleerÙekeâ Fueskeäšêve Skeâ mebJeenkeâ hejle SkeäJee[wie, ,
(SSC JE - 3 March 2017, 10 am) kesâ Éeje Skeâef$ele efkeâÙes peeles nw pees ......... mes yevee neslee nw–
♦ A laser doppler anemometer can function properly, «esHeâeFš efJeueÙeve
if the fluid– Contains small tracer particles (UPRVUNL AE -2014)
 Skeâ uespej [e@huej Sveerceesceeršj GefÛele Øekeâej mes keâeÙe& keâjlee nw, ♦ The purpose of SYNC control in a CRO is to–
Ùeefo lejue ceW– Úesšs š^smej keâCe GheefmLele nesles nQ~ Lock the display of signal
(SSC JE - 3 March 2017, 2.45)  Skeâ CRO ceW SYNC efveÙeb$eCe keâe GösMÙe nw–
♦ The zero–suppression in recorders implies– mebkesâle kesâ ef[mhues keâes uee@keâ keâjvee
Removing the static component so that rest of the (UPRVUNL AE -2014)
signal is displayed with more expansion ♦ The calibration signal available from CRO is of the
 efjkeâe@[& ceW MetvÙe-oceve keâe leelheÙe& nw efkeâ – form– Sawtooth wave
 CRO mes GheueyOe DebMeMeesOeve mebkesâle efkeâme Øekeâej keâe neslee nw–
mLeweflekeâ IeškeâeW keâes nševee leeefkeâ Mes<e efmeiveue keâes DeefOekeâ
mee@štLe lejbie
efJemleej kesâ meeLe ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee pee mekesâ~
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)
(SSC JE - 4 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
♦ The retrace is visible on CRO screen, this problem is
♦ For thermionic emission– because of–
A material with low work function is preferable Blanking control is not set properly
 T<ceeheve mebyebOeer Glmepe&ve kesâ efueS–  CRO m›eâerve hej hegve: DevegjsKeCe efoKeeF& os jne nw, Fme mecemÙee
efvecve keâeÙe& HebâkeäMeve Jeeueer meece«eer yenslej nw~ keâe keâejCe nw–
yuewefkebâie efveÙeb$eCe GefÛele ™he mes mesš veneR nw~
(SSC JE - 4 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
♦ In a CRO, when set for internal trigger (INT)– (UPRVUNL AE -2014)
♦ The post acceleration in cathode-ray tube–
Trigger circuit receives input from the vertical
amplifer Increases the brightness of the trace if the signal
frequency is higher than 10 MHz
 Skeâ CRO ceW, peye Deebleefjkeâ efšîej (INT) kesâ efueS mesš efkeâÙee
 kewâLees[-efkeâjCe šdÙetye ceW heMÛe lJejCe nw–
peelee nw– efšîej heefjheLe TOJee&Oej ØeJeæ&keâ mes
Ùeefo mebkesâlekeâ DeeJe=efòe 10 MHz mes yeÌ{keâj nes
efveefJe<š Øeehle keâjlee nw~
lees Ùen š^sme keâer Ûecekeâ yeÌ{elee nw
(NMRC JE-05.03.2017)
(FCI- 4.10.2015)
♦ The sweep generator of a CRO is used to produce–
♦ The wave applied to X plates in a CRO, for
Saw tooth voltage for the horizontal obtaining trace of voltage wave, is–
deflection of electron beam Sawtooth wave
 CRO keâe mJeerhe pevejsšj GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee  Jeesušspe lejbie keâe DevegjsKeCe Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS kewâLees[ js
peelee nw– Fueskeäšê@ve yeerce kesâ #eweflepe efJemLeeheve Dee@efmeueesmkeâeshe kesâ X huesš hej lejbie ueieeF& peeleer nw, Jen nw–
kesâ efueS mee@štLe efJeYeJe mee@štLe lejbie
(Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017) (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ A vertical amplifier for a CRO will be desinged for– Lissajous Pattern
A constant gain times
bandwidth product Frequency Measurements–
 CRO kesâ efueS TOJee&Oej ØeJeOe&keâ .................... kesâ efueS max.no.of intersection of a horizontal
fy line with lissajous pattern
ØeÙeesie neslee nw– 
fx max.No. of intersection of a vertical
efveÙele ueeYe-meceÙe-yeQ[efJe[dLe iegCeveheâue line with Lissajous pattern
(BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
fy = Unknown frequency
♦ The delay line in CRO is placed after–
fx = Known frequency
Vertical amplifier
fy No.of horizontal tangencies
 CRO cebs ef[ues ueeFve kesâ yeeo jKee ieÙee nw– 
fx No.of vertical tangencies
TOJee&Oej ØeJeOe&keâ
(BSNL TTA- 21.02.2016) )
Phase angle ( Lissajous pattern
♦ Lissajous pattern can be used for determining– between Vx and
Frequency distortion Vy
 efuemee@peme hewšve& .................... efveOee&efjle keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie 0º or 360º
efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeeJe=efòe efJe™heCe Straight line I and III
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ The connecting probe in CRO causes–
Distortion in the wave
0º <  < 90º
 meerDeejDees ceW keâvesefkeäšbie Øeesye........... kesâ keâejCe neslee nw– or
lejbie ceW efJe™heCe 180º <  < 270º
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM) Ellipse I & III
♦ When measuring phase angle between two waves
using a CRO. the time base generator is connected  = 90º or 270º
to– Neither X nor Y plates Circle
 oes lejbiees keâe CRO Éeje Hesâpe keâesCe ceeheles Jeòeâ šeFce yesme
pevejsšj keâes........... peesÌ[e peelee nw–
vee lees X Deewj vee ner Y huesš
90º <  < 180º
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
or
♦ The input impedance of CRO is about– 1M 
270° <  < 360º
 kewâLees[ js Dee@efmeueesmkeâeshe keâer Fvehegš ØeefleyeeOee ueieYeie ..............
Ellipse II & IV
nesleer nw– 1M 
(LMRC AE -2016)  = 180º
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm) Straight line II & IV
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ In a CRO, the sensitivity can be increased by–
Decreasing the value of accelerating voltage EA
 CRO ceW .................. meg«eeefnlee yeÌ{eÙeer pee mekeâleer nw–  Lissajous figure from 0º to 180º  clock wise
lJejkeâ Jeesušspe (EA) keâes Iešekeâj  Lissajous figure from 180º to 360º  anti clock
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm) wise
♦ The Y plates of a CRO are excited by a voltage 2 sin efuemeepetme hewšve& kesâ DevegØeÙeesie–
100 t and the X plates are not connected. The  Vertical Deewj Horizoental plate hej ØeÙegòeâ efmeiveue kesâ
display would be– Vertical line
yeerÛe Phase difference Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee
 CRO keâer Y huesš keâes 2sin100t mes Gòesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw
peelee nw~
Deewj X huesš pegÌ[er veneR nw~ ef[mhues nesiee– TOJee&Oej jsKee
 Vertical Deewj Horizoental plate Jeesušspe kesâ yeerÛe DeeJe=efòe
(BSNL TTA JE- 27.09.2016, 10 AM)
Devegheele Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueÙes ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ A CRO can display– Both a.c. and d.c. signal ♦ the resolution of 4-digit digital instrument is–0.01%
 CRO_______keâes Øeoe|Mele keâj mekeâlee nw–  4 ef[efpeš ef[efpešue ceeheve GhekeâjCe keâe efjpeesuÙetMeve nw–0.01%
S.meer. Deewj [er.meer. efmeiveue oesveeW (MP JE -2016 Evening Shift)
(RRB JE-Ajmer-2014) ♦ A VTVM can be used to measure–
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM) DC voltage only, AC voltage only
♦ A CRO indicates– Peak to peak value of voltage  Skeâ VTVM............ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 CRO .............Fbefiele keâjlee nw–
Jeesušspe kesâ efMeKej mes efMeKej ceeve keâes kesâJeue efo.Oee. Jeesušspe, kesâJeue Øe.Oee. Jeesušspe
(BSNL TTA JE-2015) (UTTARAKHAND-I 2013)
(BSNL TTA- 25.092016, 3 PM) ♦ The essential condition for the Paschen's law to be
valid is that– Temperature must be constant
♦ A voltmeter with a broad bandwidth has–
High noise level and low sensitivity  heemÛesvme uee@ kesâ yewOe nesves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâ Mele& Ùen nw efkeâ–
 Skeâ yeÇe@[ yeQ[efJe[dLe Jeeues Jeesušceeršj ceW ............neslee nw– leeheceeve DeJeMÙe ner efveÙele nes
GÛÛe Meesj mlej Deewj efvecve mebJesoveMeeruelee (IOF -2014)
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm) ♦ In a CRO, a sinusoidal waveform of a certain
♦ Attenuator have applications– frequency is displayed. The value of the quantity
that can be made out by observation is–
In d.c. and a.c. circuits
Peak-peak value of the sine wave
 SšervÙetSšj keâe DevegØeÙeesie–
efo° Oeeje SJeb ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje oesveeW ceW  meer.Deej.Dees. ceW, Skeâ efveef§ele DeeJe=eòf e keâe pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbie-™he
ØeoefMe&le neslee nw~ heÙe&Jes#eCe Éeje %eele keâer pee mekeâves Jeeueer cee$ee
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ In a Cathode Ray Tube, the focusing anode is
keâe ceeve nw– pÙee lejbie keâe efMeKej-efMeKej ceeve
located– Between pre-accelerating and (SSC JE -2014, Morning Shift)
accelerating anodes ♦ The technique of adding a precise amount of time
 kewâLees[-efkeâjCe veefuekeâe ceW, heâeskeâme Svees[ ueiee neslee nw– between the trigger point and the beginning of the
scope sweep in a CRO is known as–
hetJe&-lJejkeâ Deewj lJejkeâ Svees[es kesâ yeerÛe
Delayed sweep
(SSC JE -2014, Morning Shift)
♦ Modern electronic multimeters measure resistance
 meer.Deej.Dees. ceW efšîej efyebog Deewj mkeâeshe mJeerhe keâer Meg®Deele kesâ
by– yeerÛe Skeâ mešerkeâ meceÙe peesÌ[ves keâer lekeâveerkeâ kesâ ™he ceW peevee
Forcing a constant current and measuring peelee nw–
the voltage across the unknown resistance efJeuebefyele mJeerhe
 DeeOegefvekeâ Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ ceušerceeršj ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeheve efkeâmekesâ (SSC JE -2014, Morning Shift)
Éeje keâjlee nw– ♦ The Lissajous pattern obtained in a CRO depend
Skeâ efveÙele Oeeje ØeCeesefole keâjkesâ De%eele ØeeflejesOe upon the properties of the two sine waves fed to it,
keâer Jeesušlee keâe ceeheve keâjkesâ They are–
Frequency, amplitude and phase relationship
(SSC JE -2015)
♦ Meter suitable for the measurement of 10 m V at 50  C.R.O. ceW Øeehle efuemee@peme hewšve& Fmes Øeehle oes pÙee lejbieeW kesâ
MHz is– CRO iegCeeW hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw, Jes nQ–
 50 MHz hej 10 m V keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ ceeršj nw– DeeJe=efòe, DeeÙeece, Hesâpe mebyebOe
CRO (RRB JE-Ahemdabad 2014),
(UTTARAKHAND-I I 2013) (MP JE -2015) (RRB JE-Allahabad-II 2014)
♦ Horizontal deflection plates of CRO are placed
♦ Cathode of CRO is coated with– Barium oxide
generally– Vertical
 CRO keâer #eweflepe efJe#esheCe huesšW meeceevÙele: jKeer peeleer nQ–  CRO ceW kewâLees[ keâesšs[ neslee nw–
TOJee&Oej yesefjÙece Dee@keämeeF[
(UTTARAKHAND-I I 2013) (UPSSSC JE-2016)
♦ Lissajous pattern obtained on a CRO screen is a ♦ A CRO can be used to measure–
circle. Frequency of two signals are– Equal AC voltage, DC voltage, Frequency
 Skeâ CRO kesâ heox hej Øeehle efuemee@peme hewšve& Skeâ Je=òe nw~ oes  meer.Deej.Dees. mes ceehee pee mekeâlee nw–
efmeiveueeW keâer DeeJe=efòe .............nesieer– Skeâmeceeve S.meer. Jeesušlee, [er.meer. Jeesušlee, DeeJe=eflle
(UTTARAKHAND-I I 2013) (UPSSSC JE-2016)
♦ In a 3 1 digit voltmeter, the largest number that can be  DeeÙeve-mecekesâvõCe lekeâveerkeâ Éeje Øekeâej keâer meece«eer keâe helee
2 ueieeÙee pee jne nw~
read is– 1999
keâeye&evf ekeâ efJeueeÙekeâ ceW heeveer
1
 3 DebkeâerÙe Jeesušceeršj ceW, heef"le keâer pee mekeâves Jeeueer meyemes (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
2
yeÌ[er mebKÙee keäÙee nw– 1999 Comparison of Analog and
(SSC JE -2014, Evening Shift) Digital Techniques
♦ An oscilloscope is basically designed to convert–
Parameter Analog Digital
Electrical signals to visual signals
Accuracy Less upto  0.1 of Very high
 Skeâ Dee@efmeueesmkeâeshe cetuele: .......... yeoueves kesâ efueS yevee neslee nw~ full accuracy upto 
efJeÅegle mebkesâleeW keâes ÂMÙe mebkesâleeW ceW .005% of reading
(IOF -2014) Resolution Limited upto 1 part High upto 1 part
♦ The rise time ‘t’ of signal applied to CRO and in several in several
Bandwidth ‘B’ of the CRO are related as– hundreds. thousands.
t  B.W. = 0.35 Power Power required is Negligible power
 CRO ceW ueieeÙes ieÙes Je=efæ meceÙe ‘t’ Deewj CRO keâer yeQ[efJe[dLe high hence can is required hence
‘B’ Skeâ otmejs mes Fme Øekeâej mebyebefOele nwb– cause loading no loading
t  B.W. = 0.35 effects.
[UPPCL AE- Re-Exam 30-12-2016] Cost Low is cost High in cost
♦ The precision of integrating digital voltmeter is compared to
decided by– analog but
nowadays cost of
Reference voltage of analog comparator
digital
 Skeâerke=âle ef[efpešue Jeesušceeršj keâer mešerkeâlee ____ Éeje instruments is
efveOee&efjle keâer peeleer nw– also going down
Sveeuee@ie keâchesjsšj keâer efjøeWâme Jeesušlee Frictional Errors due to No moving parts
[UPRVUNL (AE) November-2016] errors moving parts are hence no errors.
♦ Electronic voltmeters provide more accurate readings present
in high resistance circuits as compared to non- Range and No facility of auto has the facility of
electronic voltmeters because of their– polarity ranging and auto autoranging and
High ohm/ V ratings polarity autopolarity.
 GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe meefke&âš ceW ____ kesâ keâejCe Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ Jeesušceeheer, Input Low input very high input
iewj Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ Jeesušceeheer keâer Dehes#ee pÙeeoe mešerkeâ jeref[bie Øeoeve impedance impedance impedance.
keâjles nQ– GÛÛe Deesce/Jeesuš jsefšbie Observational Errors such as Due to digital
(UPRVUNL AE- November-2016) errors parallax errors and displays, the
approximation observational
10 efJeefJeOe ceeheve GheÙev$e errors are present. errors are absent.
(Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments) Compatibility Not compatible The digital output
with modern digital can be directly
 primarily used as resistive temperature sensors and instruments. fed into memory
current limiting devices- of modern digital
instruments.
Rheostat Speed Reading speed is Reading speed is
 GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie cegKÙele: ØeeflejesOeer leehe mebJesokeâ Deewj Oeeje low very high.
heefjmeerceve GhekeâjCe kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw- efjÙeesmšsš Programming Not available Can be
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) facility programmed and
 The type of content is finding by ion- well suited for the
isoconcentration technique. computerized
control.
Water in organic solved
 Electrode resistance should be equal to–  Instrument is use Hall effect- Flux meter
Contact resistance between the  GhekeâjCe ne@ue ØeYeeJe keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw- heäuekeäme ceeršj
electrode and soil (UPPCL JE- 08.09.2021 Shift-I)
 Fueskeäšês[ ØeeflejesOe .............kesâ yejeyej nesvee ÛeeefnS-  The change can be made in the moving coil
Fueskeäšês[ Deewj efceóer kesâ yeerÛe mecheke&â ØeeflejesOe permanent magnet meter that works as a flux meter -
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II) Eliminate the control spring
 Application of digital micro ohm meter in substation  Ûeue kegbâ[ueer mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ ceeršj keâes Ùeefo heäuekeäme ceeršj keâer
operation and maintenance- lejn keâeÙe& keâjJeevee nw lees ........ keäÙee heefjJele&ve keâjvee nesiee~-
To measure circuit breaker or isolator efveÙeb$eCe efmØebie keâes nševee nesiee
contact resistance
 meye mšsMeve mebÛeeueve Deewj jKejKeeJe ceW ef[efpešue ceeF›eâes Deesce  Useful in the measurement of a live conductor
ceeršj keâe DevegØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- without damaging/powering down the circuit is-
meefke&âš yeÇks eâj Ùee DeeFmeesuesšj mebheke&â ØeeflejesOe Tong tester
keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS  heefjheLe keâes vegkeâmeeve hengBÛeeS/heeJej [eGve efkeâÙes efyevee Skeâ me›eâerÙe
(UPPCL JE- 29.03.2022 Shift-II) Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ceeheve ceW GheÙeesieer nw-
 The instrument used to measure the specific gravity šeWie-hejer#ekeâ
of electrolyte in a cell -
Hydrometer
 Provides the controlling torque in case of a megger-
 mesue kesâ FueskeäšêsueeFš kesâ efJeefMe° ieg™lJe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS Voltage coil
.......GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw -  cesiej kesâ mevoYe& ces efveÙeb$eCe yeueeIetCe& Øeoeve keâjlee nw-
neF[êsceeršj Jeesušspe keäJeeFue
 Air gap between the stator and rotor of the motor
measured -  Weston frequency meter are _____ type of
instruments - Moving iron
By feeler gauge
 Jesmšve eføeâkeäJeWmeer ceeršj efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ GhekeâjCe nw-
 ceesšj kesâ mšsšj Deewj jesšj kesâ yeerÛe JeeÙeg Deblejeue keâes ceehee peelee
nw~ heâeruej iespe Éeje ueewn Ûeefuele
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II) (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
 The production of polarisation by the application of  A non-contact instrument used in energy audit
mechanical stress is known as piezoelectricity. exercises for speed measurement -
reverse phenomenon termed as - Stroboscope
Electrostriction  Skeâ iewj-mebheke&â GhekeâjCe nw efpemekeâe GheÙeesie ieefle ceeheve kesâ
 Ùeebef$ekeâ leveeJe kesâ DevegØeÙeesie Éeje OegÇJeerkeâjCe kesâ Glheeove keâes efueS Tpee& uesKee hejer#ee DeYÙeeme ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw -
efhepeesFuesefkeäšêfmešer kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~ Fmekesâ efJeheefjle mšêsyeesmkeâeshe
Iešvee keâes keânles nQ~ Fueskeäšêsefmškeämeve
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II) Note:-
Anderson bridge - Inductance

Wien bridge - Frequency

Schering bridge - Capacitance & loss
angle
The given Lissajons pattern is observed in CRO. Kelvin double bridge - Low Resistance
What is the phase difference of the applied signals? Note:
90º or 270º He=LJeer kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeheve - cesiej
 efoÙes ieS efuemeepe@me hewšve& ceW ØeÙegòeâ efmeiveue keâe keâuee-Deblej keäÙee ceesšj keâer keâesCeerÙe ieefle keâe ceeheve - šwkeâesceeršj
nw~ 90º or 270º
Meefòeâ keâe ceeheve - Jeeš Dee@Jej ceeršj
 Head type flow meter is-  Chemical effect is utilized in ------- meters -
Pitot tube, differential pressur Ampere hour
type flow meter  jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe keâe GheÙeesie ...... ceeršj ces efkeâÙee peelee nw -
 Meer<e& Øee™he ØeJeenceeheer nw - efhešeš šŸetye, DeJekeâueve oeye SefcheÙej IeCše
Øekeâej ØeJeen ceeršj (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
(SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)  The maximum current rating of an induction meter-
 T-Type thermocouple is made of- 100 A
Copper-constantan  Fb[keäMeve ceeršj keâer DeefOekeâlece keâjbš jsefšbie nw - 100 A
 T- šeFhe Leceexkeâheue yevee neslee nw - keâe@hej-keâe@vmšWšve (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
 ....... type of quantity does, measured by multimeter -
Resistance, AC and DC voltage
Note:- T-Type thermocouple copper-constantan keâe yevee
 ........Øekeâej keâer cee$ee keâes ceušerceeršj Éeje ceehee peelee nw -
neslee nw~
ØeeflejesOe, AC Deewj DC Jeesušspe
Base metal thermocouple Ùen Ûeej Øekeâej keâe neslee nw~
(PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
T-type  Copper Constantan mes efceuekeâj yevelee nw~
 The types of measurement can be done by
J-type  Iron + constantan mes efceuekeâj yevelee nw~ potentiometer -
K-type  Nickel + Chromium mes efceuekeâj yevelee nw~ Voltage, Current and Resistance
E-type  Nichrome + Constantan mes efceuekeâj yevelee nw~  heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj Éeje efkeâme Øekeâej keâe ceeheve efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw -
* Thermocouple kesâ series connection keâes Thermopile Jeesušspe, efJeÅegle Oeeje Deewj ØeeflejesOe
keânles nw~ (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
 The types of bridge is suitable for measuring the
....frequency meters works on the heterodyne quality factor of coil.
principle– Zero beat frequency meter
Anderson's bridge, Hay's bridge and
 ......DeeJe=efòe ceeheer nsšês[eFve kesâ efmeæevle hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw - Owen's bridge
MetvÙe efJemhebo DeeJe=efòe ceeheer  kegâC[ueer kesâ iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ
(UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II) efyeÇpe keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 The ballistic galvanometer is designed to deflect its Sb[jmeve efyeÇpe, ns efyeÇpe Deewj DeesJesve efyeÇpe
needle proportional to ------ passing through its
moving coil– Charge (PGCIL NER-27.02.2022)
♦ Galvanometer in potentiometer circuit is used for the
 yewueeefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj kesâ metF& keâes Gmekeâer Ûeue kegbâ[ueer ceW indication of– Indication of null position
ØeJeeefnle ........ kesâ meceevegheele ceW efJe#esefhele keâjves kesâ efueS ef[peeFve
 heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj heefjheLe ceW iewuJesveesceeršj ....... kesâ mebkesâle kesâ efueS
efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeeJesMe neslee nw– MetvÙe efmLeefle keâe mebkesâle
(HSSC JE- 1.09.2019)
 The most suitable pressure-indicating device to
♦ Insulation resistance is measured by– Megger
measure pressure in the range 0-30 MPa–
Bourdon gauge
 efJemebJeenve ØeeflejesOe keâes ………… ceehee peelee nw– cesiej
 0-30 MPa keâer meercee ceW oyeeJe ceeheves kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegkeäle
(Sail RSP OCTT- 17.03.2019)
oyeeJe-mebkesâle GhekeâjCe nw– yeesj[e@ve iespe (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
 ........ instrument is used to measure the utility
(NPCIL-08.06.2018 3rd Shift)
frequencies– Electromagnetic wattmeter
(UPRVUNL JE-2014)
 GheÙeesefielee keâer DeeJe=efleÙeeW keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ..... GhekeâjCe keâe
(LMRC JE -2016)
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw – efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe Jeešceeršj
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016-10 am)
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) (DMRC JE -2017, UJVNL-2016)
 Megger is a measuring instruments, used for the ♦ ......... part/phenomenon controls the controlling
measurement of– Very high resistance torque in megger– Coil
 cesiej Skeâ ceeheve Ùeb$e nw, Fmekeâe GheÙeesie ........ keâes ceeheves kesâ  ........ efnmmee/ Iešvee cesiej ceW efveÙebe$f ele šeke&â keâes efveÙebe$f ele keâjlee
efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– Deefle GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe nw– kegâC[ueer
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) (UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening)
♦ Instrument can measure voltage, resistance, and ♦ The name of the device used in automatic electric
current– Multimeter iron to control the temperature– Thermostat
 GhekeâjCe Jeesušspe, ØeeflejesOe Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje keâes ceehe mekeâlee nw–  Gme GhekeâjCe keâe veece nw pees mJeÛeeefuele efJeÅegle DeeÙejve ceW
ceušerceeršj leeheceeve efveÙeb$eCe kesâ efueÙes ØeÙeesie keâjles nw– Leceexmšsš
(SSC JE-Evening 23-01-2018) (Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
♦ You test the supply in plug point– ♦ The components of a digital multimeter–
Tester, Multimeter, Voltmeter An attenutor, an ADC, a display and
 hueie hJee@Fbš keâer Deehetefle& keâer peebÛe keâer peeleer nw– a recording mechanism
šsmšj, ceušerceeršj, Jeesušceeršj  Skeâ ef[efpešue ceušerceeršj kesâ Ieškeâ nw–
(SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018) Skeâ Deušjvesšj, Skeâ S[ermeer, Skeâ ef[mhues
♦ Moire fringes are used to measure rotary Deewj Skeâ efjkeâe@ef[Ëie cewkesâefvepce
displacement along with– Optical encoders only
 ceesÙej eføebâpe keâe GheÙeesie IetCeea efJemLeeheve (jesšjer ef[mehuesmeceWš) keâes
♦ Voltmeter calibration can be done with the help of
ceeheves ceW ………….. efkeâÙee peelee nw– a– Potentiometer
kesâJeue Dee@efhškeâue ketâšuesKeve (Svekeâes[j) kesâ meeLe  Jeesušceeršj keâe DebMeebkeâve ………….. meneÙelee mes efkeâÙee pee
♦ The operation of a Megger is based on- mekeâlee nw– heesšwefvMeÙeesceeršj
Moving coil meter ♦ In a single phase power factor meter, the controlling
 cesiej keâe mebÛeeueve ……….. hej DeeOeeefjle nw– torque is– Not required
cetefJebie keäJeeÙeue ceeršj  Skeâue keâuee Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ ceeršj ceW efveÙeb$ekeâ yeue DeeIetCe&–
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) keâer pe™jle veneR nesleer
(Uttarakhand-II 2013) (MP JE-2015) (FCI- 4.10.2015)
♦ The size of the slide wire of the potentiometer to ♦ A megaohmmeter reading of zero or low ohms is
make it to achieve high accuracy– indicated between the stator winding and motor
As long as possible frame. The winding is– Grounded
 GÛÛe mešerkeâlee Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS, Skeâ efJeYeJeceeheer Ùeb$e keâe  mšsšj JeeFbef[bie Deewj ceesšj øesâce kesâ yeerÛe cesieeDeesÿe ceeršj keâe
mueeF[ leej– efpelevee nes mekesâ Glevee uecyee hee"Ÿeebkeâ MetvÙe DeLeJee kegâÚ Deesÿe Fbeif ele keâjlee nw? kegâ[bueer nw–
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Evening) Yetmebheefke&âle
♦ Can act as an inverse transducer– (SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 10 am)
Piezoelectric Crystal ♦ Ballastic galvanometer is calibrated to measure–
 FvJeme& šêvme[Ÿegmej nw– heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue Charge
(SJVNL- 30.09.2018)  yewueeefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj ................ceeheve nsleg kewâefueyeÇsš efkeâÙee
♦ While measuring the insulation resistance of peelee nw– DeeJesMe
complete wiring installation to earth using Megger,
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016
the resistance measured must not be less than–
♦ Strain gauge rosettes are used when–
500 MΩ
The direction of principal stress
no. of outlets (Point + switches)
is not known
 Skeâ hetCe& leej mLeeheve keâer DeJejesOeve ØeeflejesOe keâes cesiej mes ceeheves  efJeke=âefle Øeceehekeâ (mš^sve iespe) jesmesšdme keâe GheÙeesie leye neslee nw
kesâ oewjeve, ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve Fmemes keâce vener nesvee ÛeeefnS– peye– cegKÙe Øeefleyeue (mš^sme) keâer efoMee keâer
500 MΩ peevekeâejer veneR nesleer nw~
DeeGšuesš keâer mebKÙee (efyevog ± efmJeÛe) (SSC JE- 1 march 2017, 2.45 pm)
(DMRC JE- 10.04.2018, Second Shift) ♦ Gauge factor of strain gauge is defined as the ratio
♦ A thermocouple is used for measurement of– of per unit change in the–
Temperature Resistance to the per unit change
 Leceexkeâheue keâe GheÙeesie ......... ceeheve kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– in the length of the element
leeheceeve  efJeke=âefle Øeceehekeâ kesâ iespe Hewâkeäšj keâes.........ceW Øeefle FkeâeF& heefjJele&ve
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) kesâ Devegheele ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ Megger Essential a– Mega-Ohm meter DeJeÙeJe keâer uebyeeF& ceW Øeefle FkeâeF&
 cesiej DeefveJeeÙe&le: Skeâ.............neslee nw– cesiee-Deesÿeceeršj heefjJele&ve mes ØeeflejesOe
(DFCCIL- 11.11.2018 ) (SSC JE -2 March 2017, 2.45 pm)
♦ The best method of measurement of temperature of  [eÙeøeâece keâer cegKÙe keâceer keäÙee nw–
hot bodies radiating energy in visible spectrum– Fvekeâer cejccele cegefMkeâue Deewj DeeIeele
Optical pyrometer kebâheve GvcegKe oesveeW nesles nQ~
 ÂMÙe JeCe&›eâce ceW Tpee& Øemeeefjle keâjves Jeeueer iejce Jemleg kesâ (SSC JE- 4 March 2017, 10 am)
leeheceeve keâes ceeheves keâer meJeexòece efJeefOe nw– ♦ Rotameter is used for measuring– Flow Discharge
Dee@efhškeâue heeFjesceeršj  jesšeceeršj keâe GheÙeesie………ceeheve ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm) ØeJeen efJemepe&ve
♦ The use of thermocouple meters for AC (SSC JE- 4 March 2017, 10 am)
measurement leads to a meter-scale which is–
♦ Generator is used in Megger– PMDC generator
Square law
 cesiej ceW pevejsšj keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw– PMDC pesvejsšj
 AC ceeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues Leceexkeâheue ceeršj keâe
(Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017)
hewceevee................neslee nw- Jeie&cetue efveÙece (MPPKVVCL -2017)
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm) ♦ In case of earth fault in any ckt the megger will
♦ In a flux meter, the controlling torque is– indicate– Zero
Not provided at all  efkeâmeer heefjheLe ceW Yet oes<e nesves keâer efmLeefle ceW, cesiej oMee&Ùesiee–
 Skeâ heäuekeäme ceeršj ceW, efveÙebef$ele yeue DeeIetCe& efkeâmemes hewoe nesiee– MetvÙe
efyeukegâue Yeer veneR (UJVNL-2016)
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017, 2.45 pm) ♦ Standardization of potentiometer is done in order that,
♦ Resistivity measurements are often used to they become– Accurate and direct reading
determine–  efJeYeJeceeheer keâe ceevekeâerkeâjCe Fme ›eâce ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw leeefkeâ Jes yeve
Carrier concentration in extrinsic semiconductor peeSB– mešerkeâ SJeb meerOee hee"Ÿeebkeâ
 ØeeflejesOekeâlee kesâ ceeheve keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâmekeâes efveOee&efjle keâjves ceW neslee (FCI-04.10.2015)
nw– yee¢e Deæ&Ûeeuekeâ ceW Jeenkeâ meebõlee (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
♦ D.C. potentiometer is an instrument to measure–
Unknown emf
♦ Multiplication features are incorporated in an
ohmmeter to enable the meter to–  [er.meer. heesšsefvMeÙeesceeršj Ùev$e ceehelee nw–
Measure values with the least error De%eele efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue
 Deesÿe ceeršj ceW iegCeebkeâ efJeMes<elee ceeršj keâes efkeâmekesâ ÙeesiÙe yeveeves (UJVNL-2016)
kesâ efueS pees[Ì s peeles nQ– ♦ A piezometer is used to measure–
vÙetvelece $egefš kesâ meeLe ceeve kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS Very low pressure
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 10 am)  Skeâ heerpeesceeršj ceehelee nw– Deefleefvecve oeye ceeheve ceW
♦ Is the most simple electrical indicating instrument (UJVNL-2016)
used on a control panel– Light bulb ♦ In a quadrant electrometer–
 efveÙeb$eCe hewveue ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeuee meyemes mejue efJeÅegle External battery is required for
metÛekeâ GhekeâjCe nw– ØekeâeMe yeuye heterostatic connection only
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 10 am)  Je=leheele (ÛelegLe&Yeeie) efJeÅegleceeheer ceW–
♦ Thermistors are made of– yee¢e yewšjer kesâJeue nwšjesmšsefškeâ
Sintered mixtures and metallic oxides keâveskeäMeve kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ nw
 Lee|cemšj..............mes yeves nesles nQ– (AAI -2016)
efvemeeefole efceßeCe Deewj cesšeefuekeâ Dee@keämeeF[ ♦ A pirani gauge measures vacuum pressure and
works on the principle of–
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45) Change in thermal conductivity
♦ At what temperature value is the insulation  efhejeveer iespe efveJee&le oeye keâe ceeheve keâjlee nw Deewj efkeâmekesâ efmeæeble
resistance corrected if it is measured to be different–
hej keâece keâjlee nw– G<CeerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee ceW yeoueeJe hej
25 ºC
(UPRVUNL AE -2016)
 efkeâme leeheceeve hej efJeÅeglejesOeve (FbmeguesMeve) ØeeflejesOe keâes mener efkeâÙee
♦ A thermo-couple ammeter/voltmeter has–
pee mekeâlee nw, Ùeefo Fmekesâ ceeheve ceW Devlej nes– 25 ºC
A square law response
(SSC JE- 3 March 2017, 2.45)
 Skeâ Leceexkeâheue Sceeršj/Jeesušceeršj ceW–– neslee nw–
♦ The main shortcomings of diaphrams are that–
Both they are difficult to repair and they are
Skeâ mkeäJeeÙej uee@ efjmeheesvme
prone to shock vibrations (BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ The Q–meter works on the principle of– ♦ A potentiometer may be used for–
Series resonance Measurement of resistance, Measurement
 Q ceeršj .............. efmeæevle hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw– of current, Calibration of ammeter
ßesCeer Devegveeo  Skeâ heesšsefvMeÙeesceeršj keâes _______ kesâ efueS Yeer GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
(BSNL TTA JE-2015)
peelee nw– ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâes ceeheves, Oeeje keâes ceeheves,
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm) Sceeršj keâer kesâueeryesÇMeve kesâ efueS
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm) (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
♦ A galvanometer has– Eddy current damping ♦ The potentiometer should have resolution–
 iewuJesveesceeršj ceW .......... ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw– YebJej Oeeje [wefhebie Infinite
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 3 pm)  heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj keâe efjpeesuÙetMeve______nesvee ÛeeefnS–
♦ A thermopile is– Deveble
Used to detect thermal radiation, Used to (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 10 AM)
measure heating effect of electric current ♦ The output of a thermo–couple is– DC voltage
 Lecees&heeFue keâe keâeÙe& nw–  Leceexkeâheue keâe DeeGšhegš ............. cebs neslee nw–
Lece&ue efJeefkeâjCe keâe helee ueieeves kesâ efueS, [ermeer Jeesušspe
efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ leehe ØeYeeJe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS (BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
(BSNL TTA JE-2013) ♦ which test can not be performed by use of megger -
♦ Magnetic flux can be measured by– Close circuit test
Hall-effect pick-up  cesiej keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ keâewve mee šsmš veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee–
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heäuekeäme keâes efkeâmemes ceehee pee mekeâlee nw– yebo heefjheLe šsmš
ne@ue Fhesâkeäš efhekeâDehe (UPPCL JE- 2015)
(BSNL TTA JE-2013) ♦ For the measurement of potential difference,
potentiometer is more prefer to the voltmeter
♦ The operation of a Thermocouple is based on–
because - Potentiometer does not take
Seebeck effect
current from the circuit.
 Leceexkeâheue keâe ØeÛeeueve DeeOeeefjle nw– meeryeskeâ ØeYeeJe  efJeYeJeeblej kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS, Jeesušceeršj kesâ cegkeâeyeues
(BSNL TTA -27.09.2016, 10 AM) heesšsefvMeÙeesceeršj keâes hemebo efkeâÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
♦ Potentiometer consists of two separate potentiometer efJeYeJeceeheer, heefjheLe mes efJeÅegle veneR ueslee~
circuits enclosed in a common case–
(RRB JE Bhopal -2014)
Gall Tinsley AC potentiometer
♦ Testing an electric iron on megger, the reading of the
 heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj ceW, oes Deueie Deueie heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj meefke&âš nesles megger is infinity. This indicates–
nQ pees Skeâ keâe@ceve kesâme mes pegÌ[s jnles nQ– Open circuit of heating element
iee@ue efšvmues Smeer heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj  Skeâ efJeÅegle DeeÙejve keâes cesiej hej šsmš keâjles nQ lees cesiej keâe
(MP JE- 2016 Evening Shift) hee"dÙeebkeâ Devevle neslee nw~ Ùen meteÛf ele keâjlee nw–
♦ The loading effect on the potentiometer can be T<ceerÙe levlegDeeW keâe cegòeâ heefjÛeÙe
avoided by the use of– Trimmer
(DMRC JE-2015)
 heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj ceW ueesef[bie ØeYeeJe keâes _____ keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ jeskeâe ♦ When external circuit is open, on moving the handle,
pee mekeâlee nw– šêrcej the pointer of megger indicates– Infinity
(BSNL TTA - 27.09.2016, 10 AM)  yee¢e heefjheLe Keguee nes, lees nwefv[ue kesâ Iegceeves hej cesiej keâe
♦ The insulation resistance test is performed with– hJeeFbšj Fbefiele keâjlee nw– Demeerefcele
Megger (DMRC JE-2015)
 FbmeguesMeve jefpemšsvme hejer#eCe ––––––––– kesâ meeLe efkeâÙee ♦ Identify the instrument has no controlling torque–
peelee nw– cesiej Power factor meter
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM)  Gme GhekeâjCe keâe helee ueieeFÙes efpemecebs keâesF& efveÙebef$ele DeeIetCe& vener
♦ Pirani gauge is useful for measurement of pressure nw– hee@Jej hewâkeäšj ceeršj
between– 10–1 to 10–3 mm of Hg (EPDCL-2014)
 efhejeveer iespe ––––––oeye kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙeesieer neslee nw– ♦ Speed of the megger is kept at– 160 rpm
10–1 to 10–3 mm of Hg  cesiej keâer ieefle efkeâleveer jKeer peeleer nw– 160 rpm
(BSNL TTA- 28.09.2016, 10 AM) (SSC JE- 2014, Evening Shift)
♦ The main purpose of potentiometer as device for– ♦ The devices is used to measure flow in an open
Comparing two voltages channel– Pitot tube
 Skeâ GhekeâjCe kesâ ™he ceW heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj keâe cegKÙe GösMÙe nw–  Kegueer veueer ceW yeneJe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe keâe ØeÙeesie
oes Jeesušspe keâer leguevee keâjvee efkeâÙee peelee nw– efheše@š veueer
(JMRC- 2012) (UTTARAKHAND-II 2013)
♦ The main criteria to select resistance of coils and ♦ A megger is used for measurement of–
slide wire in Crompton protentiometer– High valued resistances, particularly
14 coils and slide wire all having insulation resistances
the same resistance  cesiej efvecve kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS GheÙeesie neslee nw–
 ›eâe@chešve heesšWefMeDeesceeršj ceW keâe@Fue Deewj mueeF[ leej kesâ ØeeflejesOe
GÛÛe ceeve ØeeflejesOekeâ efJeMes<ele:
keâe ÛeÙeve keâjves keâe cegKÙe ceeheoC[ nw–
14 kegâC[ueer Deewj mueeF[ leej efpevekeâe
efJeÅegle jesOekeâeW kesâ ØeeflejesOe
meYeer ceW meceeve ØeeflejesOe nes (SSC JE- 2008/2011), (RRB JE Chandigarh-2014)
(Uttarakhand-I 2013), (MP JE-2015)
(JMRC- 2012)
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016, 3 pm)
♦ With the decrease in the strength of the permanent
magnet in an insulation Megger due to ageing, the (SSC JE- 2011/2015)
Megger reading will– Be lowest than actual ♦ The limitation of the voltage multiplying circuit is
 efkeâmeer efJeÅeglejesOeve cesiej ceW keâeue-ØeYeeJeve kesâ keâejCe mLeeÙeer Ûegbyekeâ that– High output current is difficult to obtain
kesâ meeceLÙe& ceW keâceer kesâ meeLe, cesiej keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ–  Jeesušspe iegCekeâ heefjheLe keâer meercee Ùen nw efkeâ–
JeemleefJekeâ mes veerÛes nesiee GÛÛe DeeGšhegš Oeeje Øeehle keâjvee
(SSC JE- 2011) keâef"ve neslee nw
♦ A capacitor is connected to the terminal of a ohm (IOF-2014)
meter, the pointer indicated a low resistance initially
♦ In frequency meter, the frequency is found when the
and finally came to infinity position. This show
about the capacitor– All right torque in the moving coil becomes zero–
 Deesce ceeršj kesâ šefce&veue mes mebOeeefj$e keâes peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees Permanent Magnet moving coil type
ØeejcYe ceW hJeeFbšj keâce ØeeflejesOe Fbefiele keâjlee nw Deewj Devle ceW  DeeJe=eflle ceeheer Éeje DeeJe=eflle keâe ceeheve Ûeue kegâC[ueer ceW yeueeIetCe&
Devevle efmLeefle ceW Dee peelee nw~ Ùen kewâheeefmešj kesâ yeejs ceW ØeoefMe&le kesâ MetvÙe nes peeves hej efkeâÙee peelee nw–
keâjlee nw– meye "erkeâ nw mLeeÙeer ÛegcyekeâerÙe Ûeue kegâC[ueer GheÙeb$e
(JMRC- 2012) (UPSSSC JE-2015)
♦ In measuring a resistance by voltmeter-ammeter ♦ The scale of hot Wire instruements read -
method, the voltmeter can be connected either across RMS value
supply or across the reistance. If the resistance is low,
then the voltmeter be connected–  iece&leej GhekeâjCe (Hot Wire Instruments) heÌ{lee nw–
Across the resistance RMS ceeve
 Jeesušceeršj-Sceeršj efJeefOe Éeje ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeheve keâjves hej, (RRB JE- Ajmer 2014)
Jeesušceeršj keâes Ùee lees Deehetefle& kesâ S›eâe@me pees[Ì e pee mekeâlee nw Ùee ♦ In a megger, the deflection of moving coil depends
efheâj ØeeflejesOe kesâ S›eâe@me pees[Ì e pee mekeâlee nw~ Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe keâce nw, on– The ratio of currents in the coils
lees Jeesušceeršj keâes pees[Ì e peevee ÛeeefnS– ØeeflejesOe kesâ Deej-heej  Skeâ cesiej ceW, ieefleceeve kegbâ[ue (moving coil) keâe efJe#esheCe
(JMRC- 2012) efveYe&j keâjlee nw– kegbâ[efueÙeeW ceW OeejeDeeW kesâ Devegheele hej
♦ To measure insulation resistance of equipments of (UPPCL JE -2016)
voltage rating upto 440 V the megger generator must ♦ Equipment earthing give protection against -
generate– 500 V
Electric Shock
 440 V lekeâ keâer jsefšbie Jeeues GhekeâjCeeW kesâ FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe
keâes veeheves kesâ efueS cesiej pevejsšj keâes pevejsš keâjvee DeeJeMÙekeâ  GhekeâjCe Yet-mebÙeespeve (Equipment earthing) ........ kesâ
nw– 500 V efJe™æ megj#ee oslee nw– efJeÅegle DeeIeele
(UTTARAKHAND-I I 2013) (RRB Jharkhand -2014)
♦ A megger is to measure insulation resistance of a ♦ The insulation resistance test is performed on power
cable. The cable connected to– Battery lines with– Megger
 Skeâ cesiej keâes Skeâ kesâefyeue keâe FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe veehevee nw~  hee@Jej ueeFveeW hej efJeÅeglejesOeer ØeeflejesOe hejer#eCe efkeâmemes efkeâÙee peelee
kesâefyeue keâes pees[Ì e peelee nw – yewšjer nw– cesiej
(UTTARAKHAND-II 2013) (UTTARAKHAND-II 2013)

♦ The synchroscope shows the correct state of ♦ instruments has highest power consumption–
synchronizing - In steady state Hot Wire
 efmeb›eâesveeFefpebie keâer mener DeJemLee efmeb›eâesmkeâeshe....oMee&lee nw–  GheÙeb$e meyemes DeefOekeâ Meefòeâ uesiee– iece& leej
efmLej DeJemLee ceW (RRB SSE- (Shift-III, 03.09.2015)
(UPPCL JE -2015) ♦ A power factor meter has–
♦ The pressure coil consists of– One current coil and two pressure coil
More number of turns of fine wire  Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceeršj neslee nw–
 Jeesušlee kegâC[ueer ceW neslee nw– Skeâ Oeeje keäJeeÙeue leLee oes oeye keäJeeÙeue
met#ce leej kesâ DeefOemebKÙekeâ IegceeJe
(RRB SSE- (Shift-III), 03.09.2015)
(IOF -2014)
♦ What is clamp-on ammeter used for–
♦ Instruments is exclusively used for measuring radio-
frequency currents– Thermocouple High A.C. current
 jsef[ÙeeW DeeJe=efòe OeejeDeeW keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie  keäuewche-Dee@ve Sceeršj keâe keäÙee ØeÙeesie nw– GÛÛe A.C. Oeeje
efkeâÙee peelee nw– Leceexkeâheue (ESE- 2008)
(HMWS-12) ♦ Which instruments is used for standardization of a
♦ Megger indicates infinity when test terminals are Drysdale A.C. potentiometer–
open-circuited. This is because– Precision type electrodynamometer ammeter
No current flows through the current coil  keâewve-mee GheÙeb$e [êFm[sue A.C. efJeYeJeceeheer kesâ ceevekeâerkeâjCe kesâ
 cesiej Devevle oMee&lee nw peye šsmš šefce&veue Keguee heefjheLe neslee nw, efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
Ùen nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– Megæ Øekeâej kesâ efJeÅegle [eÙeveceesceeršj Deceeršj
Oeeje kegâC[ueer mes keâesF& Oeeje ØeJeeefnle vener nesleer
(ESE- 2006)
(HMWS-12)
♦ Wire-wound resistors are unsuitable for use at high
♦ Thermistor is employed for measurement of–
frequencies because–
Temperature
They exhibit unwanted inductive
 Leefce&mšj .............. kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS keâeÙe&jle nw– leeheceeve
and capacitive effects
(EPDCL-14)
 JeeÙej JeeGv[ ØeeflejesOe GÛÛe DeeJe=efòeÙeeW hej ØeÙegòeâ keâjves kesâ efueS
♦ Sensitivity of a potentiometer increased by–
Increasing the length of potentiometer wire
DevegheÙegòeâ nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
 efkeâmeer efJeYeJeceeheer keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee keâes yeÌ{eÙee pee mekeâlee nw– Jes DeJeebÚveerÙe ØesjkeâerÙe leLee Oeeefj$eerÙe
efJeYeJeceeheer leej keâer uebyeeF& yeÌ{e keâj ØeYeeJe ØeoefMe&le keâjles nQ~
(UPRVUNL AE- November-2016) (ESE- 2003)
♦ The potentiometer wires should have– ♦ A synchro transmitter consists of a–
High specific resistance and Salient pole rotor winding excited by an ac
low temperature coefficient supply and a 3-phase balanced stator winding
 efJeYeJeceeheer leejeW ceW nesvee ____ ÛeeefnS–  Skeâ efmev›eâesšêvmeceeršj ceW neslee nw–
GÛÛe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe leLee efvecve leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ Skeâ ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Deewj 3-ÛejCe mevlegefuele mšsšj
(UPRVUNL AE- November-2016) JeeFef[bie Éeje Gòesefpele cegKÙe OeÇgJe jesšj kegbâ[ueve,
♦ The resolution of a wire wound potentiometer ♦ A synchro is used to–
improved by– Reducing diameter of wire
Convert an angular position of a
 JeeÙej JeeGb[ efJeYeJeceeheer keâe efJeYesove yesnlej efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– shaft into an electrical signal
leej keâer ceesšeF& Ieše keâj
 Skeâ efmeb›eâes keâe GheÙeesie .......... kesâ efueS neslee nw–
♦ The e.m.f. developed by a thermocouple depends
Mee@Heäš kesâ keâesCeerÙe efmLeefle keâes efJeÅegle
upon– Materials use and temperatures of mebkesâle ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves
hot and cold junctions ♦ The limitation of bellow element application to
 Skeâ Leceexkeâheue Éeje efJekeâefmele efJe0Jee0 yeue .... hej efveYe&j keâjlee measurement is due to their lack of–
nw– ØeÙegòeâ heoeLe& leLee iece& Deewj "C[s Low spring rate
pebkeäMeveeW kesâ leeheceeve hej  ceehe keâjves kesâ efueS yesuees Sueercesvš ShueerkesâMeve keâer meercee Gvekeâer
(UPPCL AE- 26.07.2015) efkeâme keâceer kesâ keâejCe nw– keâce efmØebie jsš
♦ The shunt type ohmmeter will have zero reading at  ceeheve ØeCeeueer ceW, efmeiveue cewveerhegguesefšbie DeJeÙeJe kesâ ØeÙeesie keâe
the– Left hand end of the scale cetue keâeÙe& nw–
 Mebš Øekeâej Deesåceceeršj ceW ........... hej MetvÙe jeref[bie nesieer– Deheveer henÛeeve yeveeÙes jKeles ngS Fvehegš efmeiveue kesâ
hee"dÙeebkeâ kesâ yeeBÙes efmejs hej heefjCeece keâes yeoueves kesâ efueS
♦ Instruments which must not be used in the circuit ♦ The secondary of a C.T. should never be open
when the power is ON are–
circuit–
Ohm meter and Megger
Because it cause saturation of the iron core,
 Meefòeâ ON nesves hej heefjheLe ceW efkeâme GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie veneR because it induces very high voltage in the
keâjvee ÛeeefnS– Deesce ceeršj Deewj cesiej secondary causing breakdown of insulation and
♦ The ratio error in a current transformer is due to– danger to operating personnel, because it may
Exciting current cause permanent saturation of core in the event
of primary becoming opened there by reducing
 Oeeje šêbmeHeâece&j ceW Devegheele $egefš.......... kesâ keâe keâejCe nesleer nw– its permeability and increasing ratio and phase
Gòesefpele Oeeje angle error
♦ The phase difference between the currents in the two  C.T. keâer efÉleerÙekeâ keâYeer Deesheve meefke&âš veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS–
pressure coils in PF meter is– Exactly 90o
keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen ueewn keâesj kesâ meble=efhle keâe keâejCe yevelee nw,
 Meefkeäle iegCekeâ ceeršj ceW oes oeye kegâC[ueer kesâ OeejeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe
keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen efÉleerÙekeâ ceW yengle DeefOekeâ Jeesušspe Øesefjle
keâueeblej nw– "erkeâ 900
keâjlee nw efpememes efJeÅeglejesOeve ve° nes peelee nw Deewj ØeÛeeueve
♦ The scale range marked on the dial of the megger is–
Infinity to zero ohm keâefce&ÙeeW keâes Keleje neslee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen ØeeLeefcekeâ Keguee
 cesiej kesâ [e@Ùeue hej efÛeefvnle mkesâue hejeme neslee nw– nesves keâer efmLeefle ceW keâesj keâer mLeeÙeer meble=efhle keâe keâejCe yeve
mekeâlee nw~ leeefkeâ Fmekeâer heejiecÙelee keâes keâce keâjles ngS Deewj
Devevle mes MetvÙe Deesåce
Devegheele Deewj ÛejCe keâesCe $egefš keâes yeÌ{eles ngS
♦ In a cross coil megger, when two currents are
passing through them. The torque acting up on the ♦ Instrument is used in AC the current is too high to
coil– Opposite direction be handled directly–
 Skeâ ›eâe@me kegâC[ueer cesiej ceW, peye oes OeejeSB Gvekesâ yeerÛe mes iegpej Current transformer
jner nesleer nw, kegâC[ueer hej keâeÙe& keâjves Jeeuee DeeIetCe& nesiee–  GÛÛe Oeeje keâes meerOes ceehee peelee nw JeneB A.C ceW GhekeâjCe
efJehejerle efoMee GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Oeeje šêbmeHeâece&j
♦ The working principle of earth tester is– ♦ Continuity of an electrical circuit is usually checked
Fall of potential method by– Ohm meter
 DeLe& šsmšj keâe keâeÙe& efmeæevle nw– efJeYeJe heleve efJeefOe  JewÅegle heefjheLe keâer efvejblejlee keâer peeBÛe Deeceleewj hej ............. kesâ
♦ VAh metering can be done by using–
Éeje keâer peeleer nw– Deesÿe ceeršj
A ball and disc friction gearing, Trivector meter, ♦ the apparatus used for testing rotor of an induction
Bridge connected rectifier motor– Growler
 VAh ceeršefjbie ............ keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  Fb[keäMeve ceesšj kesâ jesšj kesâ hejer#eCe kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe keâe
ieWo Deewj ef[mkeâ Ie<e&Ce efieÙej, šêF&Jeskeäšj ceeršj, GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– «eeGuej
efyeÇpe mebÙeesefpele efo°keâejer ♦ Megger is used to find out insulation resistance in
preference to ohm meter–
♦ Which is correct in case of power factor meter–
It has higher potential than ohm meter
It consist of two coils mounted at right angles to
each other, The deflection is proportional to  Deesce ceeršj kesâ yepeeÙe cesiej keâe GheÙeesie efJeÅeglejesOeve ØeeflejesOe keâe
phase angle between field coil and crossed helee ueieeves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceeršj kesâ mecyevOe ceW keâewve melÙe nw– Fmekeâe efJeYeJe, Deesce ceeršj kesâ
FmeceW oes keäJee@Ùeue nesles nQ pees Skeâ otmejs kesâ mecekeâesCe hej leguevee ceW pÙeeoe neslee nw~
efmLele nesles nQ, #es$e kegbâ[ueve Deewj ›eâe@me kesâ yeerÛe keâuee ♦ A CT supplies current coils of a wattmeter, power
keâesCe efJe#esheCe kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw factor meter, energy meter and ammeter, the
♦ In measurement system, the function of the signal connection is– All coils in series
manipulating elements is to–  Skeâ CT Skeâ Jee@šceeršj, Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceeršj, Tpee&ceeršj Deewj
Change the magnitude of the input signal while Sceeršj keâer Oeeje kegâC[ueer keâes Deehetefle& keâjlee nw, lees mebÙeespeve
retaining its identity neslee nw– meYeer keäJee@Fue ßesCeer ceW
♦ A PT is a device is– Electromagnetically coupled ♦ Thermistors are made of–
 PT Skeâ Ùegefòeâ nw – Sintered mixtures and metallic oxides
efJeÅegle ÛeeuekeâerÙe ™he mes peesÌ[e peelee nw~  Lee|cemšj..............mes yeves nesles nQ–
♦ The standard secondary voltage for a PT is– efvemeeefole efceßeCe Deewj cesšeefuekeâ Dee@keämeeF[
120V ♦ Instrument used for the comparison of different
 PT kesâ efueS ceevekeâ efÉleerÙekeâ Jeesušspe nw– 120 Jeesuš source is– Bunsen meter
♦ A CT is overloaded when–  Deueie-Deueie œeesle kesâ leguevee kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeuee
It terminals are open-circuited GhekeâjCe neslee nw– yevemesve ceeršj
 Skeâ CT DeefleYeej nesleer nw peye– ♦ If an ohm meter reading immediately goes practically
Fmekesâ šefce&veue Deeshesve meefke&âš nesles nw~ to zero and stays there while checking a capacitor, the
capacitor is– Short circuited
♦ The errors in CT are mainly due to– Core loss
 efkeâmeer mebOeeefj$e keâes Ûeskeâ keâjles meceÙe, Ùeefo Deesceceeršj keâer jere[f ib e
 CT ceW $egefš cegKÙe ™he mes ............ kesâ keâejCe nesleer nw–
DeÛeevekeâ peerjes neskeâj, JeneR "nj peeS, lees mebOeeefj$e nesiee–
keâesj neefve
ueIeg heefjheLe
♦ The working scale of M.I. type P.F. meter is– 90o
♦ A .......... is used to measure frequency in wave
 Ûeue ueewn P.F. ceeršj keâe keâeÙe&keâejer hewceevee neslee nw– 90o
guides– Galiometer
♦ Megger essentially is a–
 .......... lejbie ieeF[ ceW DeeJe=efòe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee
Series type ohm meter
peelee nw– iewefueÙeesceeršj
 cesiej DeefveJeeÙe& ™he mes nw Skeâ–
♦ Harmonic distortion is due to–
meerjerpe Øekeâej keâe Deesce ceeršj
Non-linear behaviour of circuit elements
♦ The number of coils in the megger is– Two
 cesiej ceW keäJee@Ùeue keâer mebKÙee nesleer nw– oes  neceexefvekeâ efJe™heCe efkeâme keâejCe mes neslee nw–
♦ In a series ohm meter, the resistance is to have–
heefjheLe lelJeeW kesâ DejwefKekeâ JÙeJenej
Series with the meter ♦ In brewing process the degree of fermentation is
measured by– pH meter
 meerjerpe Deesce ceeršj ceW, ØeeflejesOe neslee nw–
 ØemebmkeâjCe Øeef›eâÙee ceW efkeâCJeve keâer ef[«eer ........... Éeje ceeheer
ceeršj kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW
peeleer nw– pH ceeršj
♦ By using Ohm meter, applied voltage is to be
disconnected from the circuit because– ♦ The property is measured by a Q-meter–
The Ohm meter has its own internal battery Electrical properties of the coils only
 Deesce ceeršj Éeje heefjheLe keâes ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe mes he=Lekeâ keâj uesles nQ  iegCeeW keâes Q-ceeršj Éeje ceehee peelee nw–
– Deesce ceeršj kesâ heeme Deheveer Devleefjkeâ yewšjer nesleer nw kesâJeue kegâC[ueer kesâ efJeÅegle iegCe
♦ Ballastic galvanometer is calibrated to measure– ♦ Meter ranges are so selected that the indications are
Charge obtained near the– Middle of the scale
 yewueeefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj ................ceeheve nsleg kewâefueyeÇsš efkeâÙee  ceeršj hejeme keâes Fme Øekeâej Ûegvee peelee nw efkeâ mebkesâleve
peelee nw– DeeJesMe ............... ceW Øeehle nes– hewceevee kesâ ceOÙe
♦ Strain gauge rosettes are used when– ♦ Vibrating reeds are used in instruments–
The direction of principal Frequency meter
stress is not known  keâcheVekeâejer hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâe GheÙeesie GhekeâjCe ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 efJeke=âefle Øeceehekeâ (mš^sve iespe) jesmesšdme keâe GheÙeesie leye neslee nw DeeJe=efòe ceeršj
peye– ØeOeeve Øeefleyeue (mš^sme) keâer efoMee keâer ♦ Meggar is operated by–
peevekeâejer veneR nesleer nw~ An internal hand driven generator
♦ Dummy strain gauge is used in conjuction with the

 cesiej ............. kesâ Éeje mebÛeeefuele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
main gain strain gauge to– Skeâ Deevleefjkeâ nmle mebÛeeefuele pevejsšj
Compensate temperature effects ♦ Meggar will give resistance values which–
 cesve efJeke=âefle Øeceehekeâ kesâ mebÙeespeve ceW Øeefle™heer efJeke=âefle Øeceehekeâ keâe Remain constant irrespective of the speed
ØeÙeesie...............kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–  cesiej ØeeflejesOe ceeve osiee, pees–
leeheceeve ØeYeeJe keâer Øeeflehetefle& ieefle kesâ yeeJepeto efveÙeleebkeâ yevee jnlee nw
♦ To measure radio frequency, the suitable frequency ♦ The power factor of a single phase load can be
meter is– Hetrodyne frequency meter calculated if the instruments available are–
 jsef[Ùees DeeJe=efòe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS GefÛele DeeJe=efòe ceeršj nw– One voltmeter, one ammeter and one wattmeter
nsšês[eFve DeeJe=efòe ceeršj  Ùeefo ................. GhekeâjCe GheueyOe nes, lees Skeâue keâuee Yeej kesâ
♦ High voltage tests are– Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâer ieCevee keâer pee mekeâleer nw–
High frequency tests, constant direct current Skeâ Jeesušceeršj Skeâ Deceeršj Deewj Skeâ Jeešceeršj
tests, sustained low frequency tests ♦ Transmission channels for telemetry are–
 GÛÛe Jeesušspe hejer#eCe neslee nw– Optical links, radio links, cables
GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe hejer#eCe, efveÙeleebkeâ ØelÙe#e Oeeje hejer#eCe,  otjceeheer kesâ efueS šêbmeefceMeve Ûewveue neslee nw–
efvejblej efvecve DeeJe=efòe hejer#eCe Dee@efhškeâue eEuekeâ, jsef[Ùees eEuekeâ, kesâyeue
♦ A power factor meter has– ♦ Vertical delay line in CRO–
One current coil and two pressure coil Delays the signal voltage by 200 ns.
 Skeâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceeršj kesâ heeme neslee nw–  meer.Deej.Dees. ceW GOJee&Oej efJeuecye jsKee–
Skeâ Oeeje kegâC[ueer Deewj oes oeye kegâC[ueer 200 ns Éeje efmeiveue ceW osjer keâjleer nw
♦ The two pressure coils of a single phase power (ESE 2019)
factor meter have– ♦ Null type recorders are ...........recorders–
The same dimensions and the Potentiometer, Bridge, LVDT
same number of turns  MetvÙe (veue) Øekeâej kesâ efjkeâe@[&j...........efjkeâe@[&j nesles nw–
 Skeâ Skeâue keâuee Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceeršj keâer oesveeW oeye kegâC[ueer ceWs heesšsefvMeÙeesceeršj, mesleg, LVDT
nesleer nw– meceeve DeeÙeece Deewj meceeve Jele&vees keâer mebKÙee (SSC JE 2017, 4 March)
♦ In a single phase power factor meter the phase ♦ In a CRO, when set for internal trigger (INT)–
difference between the currents in the two pressure
Trigger circuit receives input from
coils is– Exactly 900
the vertical amplifer
 Skeâ Skeâue keâuee Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceeršj ceW oesveeW oeye kegâC[efueÙeeW ceW
 Skeâ CRO ceW, peye Deebleefjkeâ efšîej (INT) kesâ efueS mesš efkeâÙee
OeejeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâueeblej neslee nw– "erkeâ 90o
peelee nw– efšîej heefjheLe TOJee&Oej ØeJeæ&keâ mes
♦ In a dynamometer 3-phase power factor meter, the
planes of the two moving coils are at– 1200 efveefJe<š Øeehle keâjlee nw~
 Skeâ [eÙeveceesceeršj leerve keâuee Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ceeršj ceW oes Ûeue ♦ In CRT, the secondary electons are collected by a
kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ huesve .......... hej nesles nQ– 1200 conductive coating aquadag which is made up of–
Graphite solution
♦ In a vibrating reed frequency meter the natural
frequencies of two adjacent reeds have a difference  CRT ceW, efÉleerÙekeâ Fueskeäšêve Skeâ mebJeenkeâ hejle SkeäJee[wie, pees
of– 0.5 Hz ......... mes yevee neslee nw, kesâ odJeeje Skeâef$ele efkeâÙes peeles nw–
 Skeâ keâchevekeâejer jer[ DeeJe=efòe ceeršj ceW oes mebueive jer[ keâer «esHeâeFš efJeueÙeve
Øeeke=âeflekeâ DeeJe=efòeÙeeW ceW ............. keâe Devlej neslee nw– ♦An Aquading is used in a CRO to collect–
0.5 Hz Secondary emmission electrons
♦ In a Weston frequency meter, the magnetic axis of  Skeâ CRO ceW Skeä Jee[s i e keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw efvecve kesâ meb«en
the two fixed coils are– Perpendicular ns leg – efÉleerÙekeâ Glmeefpe&le Fueskeäšê@vme
 Skeâ Jesmšve DeeJe=efòe ceeršj ceW oes efveefMÛele kegâC[efueÙeeW kesâ ♦ A vertical for a CRO will be desinged for–
ÛegcyekeâerÙe De#e nesles nQ– uecyeJele A constant gain times bandwidth product
♦ A Weston synchronoscope is a–  CRO kesâ efueS TOJee&Oej ØeJeOe&keâ .................... kesâ efueS
Dynamometer instrument ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
 Skeâ Jesmšve eEme›eâesveesmkeâeshe neslee nw– [eÙeveceesceeršj GhekeâjCe efveÙele ueefyOe-meceÙe-yeQ[efJe[dLe iegCeveheâue
♦ In a Weston synchronoscope, the fixed coils are ♦ The delay line in CRO is placed after–
connected across– Incoming alternator Vertical amplifier
 Skeâ Jesmšve eEme›eâesveesmkeâeshe ceW efmLej kegâC[efueÙeeb ........... kesâ  CRO cebs ef[ues ueeFve kesâ yeeo jKee ieÙee nw–
S›eâeme pegÌ[er nesleer nwb– FvekeâeEceie Deušjvesšj TOJee&Oej ØeJeOe&keâ
♦ In Weston synchronoscope the moving coil is ♦ The frequency range of vibrating reed frequency
connected across– Bus-bars meter is– 47 Hz to 53 Hz
 Jesmšve eEme›eâesveesmkeâeshe ceW Ûeue kegâC[ueer ............. kesâ S›eâeme pegÌ[er  JeeFyeÇsefšbie jer[ šeFhe eføeâkeäJesvmeer ceeršj keâer eføeâkeäJesvmeer
nesleer nw– yeme yeej ................... nesleer nw– 47 Hz mes 53 Hz

27. A PMMC type voltmeter, having a full scale 29. What will happen to the operating torque of
reading of 250 V and an internal resistance of moving iron instrument, if current through the
400 kilo–ohms, is connect with a series operating coil is halved ?
resistance of 100 Kilo–ohms. Calculate the cetefJebie DeeÙejve GhekeâjCe keâe mebÛeeefuele yeueeIetCe& efkeâlevee
sensitivity of the voltmeter (in Ohms/Volts).
nesiee, Ùeefo mebÛeeefuele kegbâ[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes efJeÅegle Oeeje
Skeâ heerSceScemeer šeFhe Jeesušceeršj, efpemeceW 250 Jeesuš
DeeOeer nes peeleer nw?
keâer ceehekeâ hee"Ÿeebkeâ [bie Deewj 400 efkeâuees–Deesce keâe
Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe nw, efpemes 100 efkeâuees–Deesce keâs Skeâ Sol. cetefJebie DeeÙejve GheÙeb$e keâe mebÛeeefuele yeueeIetCe&
ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Jeesuš ceeršj keâer T  I2
mebJesoveMeeruelee keâer ieCevee (Deesnce/Jeesušdme ceW) keâjW– ØeMveevegmeej,
Sol. efoÙee nw, Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe = 400  103  T1  I2 ..............(i)
ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe = 100  10  3
2
I
R e q   400  100   10   500  10 
3 3 T2   
2
Q voltmeter keâer Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer cesW neslee nw~ T2 
I2
..............(ii)
4
1 R
Formula S   m /V meceerkeâjCe (ii)  (i) mes,
IFSD V
T2 I 2 1
500  103  
 T1 4 I2
250
= 2k/V = 2000 /volt Ans. 1
T2  T1 Ans.
28. The inductance of a moving iron instrument is 4
(10 + 6 ) H, where  is the deflection in
30. A permanent magnet moving coil instrument
radian from zero position. Assuming spring
–6
constant k = 10 × 10 Nm/rad, the deflection has a coil of dimension 10 mm  20 mm The
(in rad) for a current of 6A is …….. flux density in the air gap is 2  10–3 Wb/m2
Skeâ cetefJebie DeeÙejve GhekeâjCe keâe ØesjkeâlJe (10 + 6) and the spring constant is 0.25  10–6 Nm/rad.
If the current of 10 mA is flowing through the
H nw, peneB  MetvÙe efmLeefle mes jsef[Ùeve ceW efJe#esheCe nw~
coil, then calculate the number of turns
efmØebie keâebmšWš k = 10 × 10–6Nm/rad ceeveles ngS 6 required to produce an angular deflection of 60
SefcheÙej efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ efueS efJe#esheCe (jsef[Ùeve ceW) degrees.
........ nw– Skeâ hejceeveWš cewievesš cetefJebie keâe@Fue GhekeâjCe ceW kegbâ[ueer
Sol. efoÙee nw– K  10  10 Nm / rad,
6
I  6A keâe DeeÙeece 10 mm  20 mm nw~ nJee ceW Heäuekeäme
=? L = (10+6)H IevelJe 2  10–3 Wb/m2 nw Deewj efmØebie iegCeebkeâ 0.25 
efJe#esheCe kesâ meeLe inductance kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer oj nw~ 10–6 Nm/rad nw~ Ùeefo 10 efceueer-SefcheÙej keâer efJeÅegle
Oeeje kegbâ[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes yen jner nw, lees 60 ef[«eer kesâ
dL d
 10  6 keâesCeerÙe efJe#esheCe keâe Glheeo keâjves kesâ efueS švme& kesâ
d d
mebKÙee keâer ieCevee keâjW~
dL
 6 H
d Sol. efoÙee nw,
from the torque equation I=10×10-3 A, A=10×20×10-6 m2
1 I 2 dL efmØebie efveÙeleebkeâ  K   0.25  106 Nm / rad

2 K d 
  600  rad B  2  103 Wb / m 2
1 6 2
36  6 3
   6  106 
2 10  106 2  10 TC = Td = K

108 0.25  106  3.14
Td 
10 3
  10.8 rad Ans.  2.6  107 Nm
Td q
N C=
BI A v
V1 C 2
2.6  107 
 V2 C1
2  103  10  103  10  20  106
V1 149
2.6  107  106  106 
 10 1
2  10  10  20
V1  1490
2.6  105
  65Turn V1  1.49 KV Ans.
4000
N  65Turn Ans. 1. A digital voltmeter has a read-out range from 0
to 9999 counts. When full scale reading is 9.999
V, the resolution of the instrument will be -
53. A 0 to 200 V voltmeter has a guaranteed Skeâ Debkeâkeâ Jeesušceeheer keâe ØeoeÙeer he"ve hejeme 0 mes
accuracy of 1% of full scale reading. The voltage
9999 ieCeveebkeâ nw~ peye hetCe& ceehe›eâce hee"dÙeebkeâ 9.999V
measured by this instrument is 50V. What is the
limiting error? nw, lees GheÙeb$e keâe efJeYesove nesiee -
Skeâ (0-200 V) kesâ Jeesušceeršj keâe efveefMÛele ÙeLee&Lelee hetCe& (UTTARAKHAND-I 2013)
mkesâue jeref[bie keâer 1³ nw~ Fme GheÙeb$e Éeje ceeheer ieF& Sol. ØeoeÙeer keâe he"ve hejeme = 9999 ieCeveebkeâ
Jeesušlee 50 V nw lees meerefcele $egefš keäÙee nw? ceehe›eâce hee"dÙeebkeâ = 9.999V
(ESE- 2004)
hee"dÙeebkeâ 9.999
Sol. efoÙee nw, Vfsd= 200V, Vm = 50V, % error = 1%
efJeYesove ·   1mV Ans.
he"ve hejeme 9999
error at reading value
2. A standard cell of 1.0185 V is used with a slide
% error  fullscale value wire potentiometer. The balance was obtained

reading value at 60 cm. When an unknown emf was
connected, the balance was obtained at 82 cm.
1 200
  4% Ans. What is the magnitude of unknown emf?
50
mueeF[ leej heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj kesâ meeLe 1.0185 V kesâ
67. The breaking torque of induction type single-
phase energy meter is– ceevekeâ mesue keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ meblegueve 60
Fv[keäMeve Øekeâej kesâ Skeâue-Hesâpe Tpee& ceeršj keâe yeÇsefkebâie mesceer. hej Øeehle efkeâÙee ieÙee Lee~ peye Skeâ De%eele
šeke&â Ùen neslee nw– F&.Sce.Sheâ (emf) peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees meblegueve 82 mesceer.
hej Øeehle efkeâÙee ieÙee~ De%eele F&.Sce.Sheâ (emf) keâe
Sol. Fb[keäMeve šeFhe kesâ efmebieue hesâpe kesâ Tpee& ceeršj ceW yeÇsefkebâie šeke&â
heäuekeäme ØeJeen kesâ Jeie& kesâ meerOes meceevegheeleer neslee nw~ heefjceeCe efkeâlevee nw?
(JMRC 2012)
TB  2 Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw– E1= 1.0185 V, L1=60 cm, L2= 82 cm
Q A capacitive divider of ratio C2 : C1 = 149 : 1 is E2=?
used to measure high voltage. If the voltage
E1 l1
measured across C2 is 10V then the voltage 
across C1 (neglect the resistance) is– E2 l2
GÛÛe Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS C2 : C1 = 149 : 1 kesâ 1.0185 60

Devegheele keâe Skeâ kewâheeefmeefšJe ef[JeeF[j keâe GheÙeesie E2 82
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo C2 kesâ S›eâeme ceehee ieÙee Jeesušspe E2 = 1.39V Ans.
10V nw, lees C1 kesâ S›eâeme Jeesušspe (veieCÙe ØeeflejesOe) 3. A synchro transmitter transformer pair is used
nw- as error detector. The sensitivity of the pair is
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I) 100 V/radian. The rotor of the transformer
turns through an angle of 0.5 radian while the
Sol. efoÙee nw- C2 : C1 : 149 : 1 transformer rotor turns through an angle of
V2 = 10V 0.45 radian. The value of error signal
V1 = ? representing the two shaft positions is?
Skeâ efmev›eâes šêbmeceeršj šêbmeHeâece&j Ùegice $egefš ef[šskeäšj kesâ 5. Determine the deflection factor (in V/m) of a
™he ceW ØeÙeesie neslee nw~ Ùegice keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee CRO, when the deflection sensitivity of the
CRO is 4 m/V.
100V/jsef[Ùeve nw~ šêbmeHeâece&j keâe jesšj 0.5 jsef[Ùeve kesâ meer.Deej.Dees. keâe efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ (Jeesuš/ceeršj cebs)
keâesCe mes iegpejlee nw peyeefkeâ šêbmeHeâece&j jesšj 0.45 efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye meer.Deej.Dees. keâer efJe#esheCe
jsef[Ùeve kesâ keâesCe mes cegÌ[lee nw~ oes Mee@Heäš efmLeefle keâe mebJesoveMeeruelee 4 ceeršj/Jeesuš nw~
ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjves Jeeues $egefš mebkesâle keâe ceeve nw? 1
Sol. efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ =
Sol. Value of error signal efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee
= sensitivity of the synchro-transmitter pair 1
efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ =
×(Angle of rotation of transformer rotor) 4m / v
=100×(0.5-0.45)=5V Ans. efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ = 0.25 Jeesuš/ceeršj Ans.
4. A certain fluxmeter has the following 6. Determine the quality factor in Hay's bridge
specifications: given below, if the bridge is supplied by a
Air gap flux density = 0.05 Wb/m2 frequency of 50 Hz.
Number of truns on moving coil = 40 Ùeefo efyeÇpe keâes 50 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& oer
Area of moving coil = 750 mm2
peeleer nw, lees veerÛes efoS ieS nsÙe efyeÇpe ceW iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ
If the flux linking 10 turns of a search coil of
200 mm2 area connected to the fluxmeter is
reversed in a unifrom field of 0.5 Wb/m2, then
the deflection of the fluxmeter will be
Skeâ efveefMÛele Heäuekeäme ceeršj ceW, efvecveefueefKele efveoxMe nQ–
JeeÙeg Devlejeue heäuekeäme IevelJe = 0.05 Wb/m2
Ûeue kegâC[ueer hej šve& keâer mebKÙee = 40
Ûeue kegâC[ueer keâe #es$e = 750mm2
Ùeefo Heäuekeäme ceeršj mes pegÌ[s 200mm2 #es$e kesâ Skeâ meÛe& Sol. efoÙee nw–
kegâC[ueer kesâ 10 šve& keâes peesÌ[ves Jeeues Heäuekeäme keâes 0.5 R4 = 40 
Wb/m2 kesâ Skeâ meceeve #es$e ceW he§e keâj efoÙee peelee nw, C4 = 40×10–6 Farad
lees Heäuekeäme ceeršj keâer efJe#esheCe nesiee–  1 
Hay bridge keâe Quality factor  Q  
Sol. heäuekeäme ceeršj efmLejebkeâ (G) = NcBcAc  R 4C 4 
= 40  0.05  750  10–6 1

= 15  10–4 2f  40  40  106
Ûeue kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe pees[Ì ves Jeeues heäuekeäme 
1
= 0.5  200  10–6 2  3.14  50  40  40  106
= 1  10–4 Wb 106

heäuekeäme ceW heefjJele&ve kesâ keâejCe Ûeue kegâC[ueer kesâ meeLe heäuekeäme keâes 314 1600
Q.F. = 1.99
peesÌ[ves ceW heefjJele&ve– Ans.
 = 2  1  10 –4
7. Calculate the value of quality factor in the
= 2  10–4 Wb Hay's Bridge given below when supplied by a
N frequency of 50 Hz?
 =   50 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& efkeâS peeves hej veerÛes
G
10
efoS ieS nsÙe efyeÇpe kesâ iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ kesâ ceeve keâer
=  2 104 ieCevee keâjW~
15  104
= 1.33 radians
1.33  1800
=

= 76.2º Ans.

Sol. efoÙee nw, frequency (f) = 50Hz Sol:- efoÙee nw I = 150 mA, Im = 50mA, Rm = 40,
Sceeršj keâe Mebš ØeeflejesOe-
Rm  I 
R sh   where m  
 m  1  Im 
I 150 10 3
m  3
Im 50  103
1 40
formula; Quality factor of coil Q  R sh  = 20 Ans.
R 4 C4   1
3
1
Q Q. An Instrument is used to measure a quantity at
2fR 4 C 4 different time instances and the expected value of
1 the quantity are to be the same, however, the
Q measured values are different. A set of 5
2  50  10  10  106
measurement that were recorded at different time
1 instances are 98, 101, 99, 100 and 102. Find the
Q
10000    106 precision of the third measurement.
100 Skeâ GheÙev$e keâe GheÙeesie efJeefYevve meceÙe #eCe hej Skeâ jeefMe
Q Q  31.83 Ans.
 keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj jeefMe keâe Devegceeefvele
Q In a current measurement exercise the standard ceeve meceeve nw~ peye efkeâ ceeefhele ceeve efYevve-efYevve nw 5
deviation is 4mA. Calculate Probable error. ceeheveeW keâe Skeâ mecegÛÛeÙe pees efYevve-efYevve meceÙeeW hej
Skeâ Oeeje ceeheve ØeÙeesie ceW ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve 4mA nw~ efjkeâe[& efkeâS ieS Les Jees 98, 101, 99, 100 Deewj 102 nw~
mebYeeefJele $egefš keâer ieCevee keâjW~ leermejs ceeheve keâer heefjMegælee %eele keâerefpeS–
(SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II) (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
Sol : Standard deviation (S.D) = 4mA
Sol.– efoÙee nw–
Probable error = ?
probable error = 0.675×S.D meYeer mebKÙeeDeesW keâe Ùeesie
Deewmele ceeve =
= 0.675×4×10–3 keâgue mebKÙee
Probable error = 2.7 mA Ans. 98  101  99  100  102
Q. A meter reads 117.50 V and the true value of the =
5
voltage is 117.42 V. Determine the static
correction for this instrument. 500
=  100
Skeâ ceeršj 117.50 V heÌ{lee nw Deewj Jeesušspe keâe mener ceeve 5
117.42 V nw~ Fme GhekeâjCe kesâ efueÙes mLeweflekeâ megOeej keâe | ceeefhele ceeve  JeemleefJekeâ ceeve |
efveOee&jCe keâjs~ (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II) leermejs ceeheve keâer heefjMegælee  1 
JeemleefJekeâ ceeve
Sol:- efoÙee nw- | 99  100 |
 1
ceeefhele ceeve (Am) = 117.50 V 100
JeemleefJekeâ ceeve (At) = 117.42 V 1
 1
mLeweflekeâ mebMeesOeve (C) = At – Am 100
= 117.42 – 117.50
leermejs ceeheve keâer heefjMegælee  0.99 Ans.
C = – 0.08 V Ans.
Q The range of an ammeter is 0-50 mA with an Q. A 0-240 V voltmeter has a guaranteed accuracy
internal resistance of 40 ohm, what is the value of the of 2% of full scale reading, the voltage
shunt resistance that should be added to the measured by the voltmeter is 150 V. Determine
ammeter, in order to extend the range to 0-150 mA. the limiting error in percentage.
40 Deesce kesâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe Skeâ Sceeršj keâer 0-240 V Jeesušceeršj keâer DeeÕemle mešerkeâlee, mkesâue kesâ
meercee 0-50 mA nw~ Mebš ØeeflejesOe keâe Jen ceeve keäÙee nw, hetCe&lece hee"dÙeebkeâ keâe 2% nw~ Jeesušceeršj Éeje ceehee ieÙee
efpemes Sceeršj mes peesÌ[e peevee ÛeeefnS, leeefkeâ meercee keâes 0- Jeesušspe 150 V nw~ ØeefleMele ceW meerefcele $egefš keâe efveOee&jCe
150mA lekeâ yeÌ{eÙee pee mekesâ- (UPSSSC JE-19.12.2021) keâjW~ (RRB JE-19.09.2019)
Sol: efoÙee nw, Vfsd= 240V, Vm = 150V, % error = 2% 1. A dc circuit can be represented by an internal
voltage source of 50 V with an output
Limiting error =
resistance of 100 k  in order to achieve
full scale reading  % error at fullscale accuracy better than 99% for voltage
Desired scale measurement across its terminals, the voltage
measuring device should have a resistance of at
240  2 least.
limiting error =
150 Skeâ [er.meer. heefjheLe keâes 100kΩ kesâ Skeâ DeeGšhegš
= 3.2% Ans. ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe 50V kesâ Skeâ Deevleefjkeâ Jeesušspe œeesle
1. During the measurement of voltage the Éeje ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw, Deheves šefce&veueeW ceW
voltmeter responded with a 0.18 volt change Jeesušspe ceehe kesâ efueS 99% mes DeefOekeâ mešerkeâlee Øeehle
when the input was varied by 0.2 volt find the
sensitivity of the instrument.
keâjves kesâ efueS, Jeesušspe ceeheves Jeeues GhekeâjCe ceW keâce mes
keâce .......... ØeeflejesOe nesveer ÛeeefnS~
Jeesušlee kesâ ceeheve kesâ oewjeve peye Fvehegš 0.2 Jeesuš
heefjJeefle&le neslee nw~ lees Jeesušceeršj 0.18 Jeesuš kesâ Sol. efoÙee nw, VS = 50V, Rout = 100k
heefjJele&ve kesâ meeLe Øeefleef›eâÙee oslee nw~ Ùeb$e keâer meg«eeefnlee ceeršj Jeesušspe (Vm)
%eele keâjW~ = mešerkeâlee  Deebleefjkeâ Jeesušspe m$eesle keâe Jeesušspe
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II) = 0.99  50
Sol. efoÙee nw, Vo = 0.18V, Vi = 0.2V Vm = 49.5 V
DeeGšhegš cesW heefjJele&ve Vm = Vs 
Rm
meg«eeefnlee  s   R out  R m
Fvehegš cesW heefjJele&ve
0.18 Rm 49.5
  0.9 
0.2 R out  R m 50
s = 0.9 Ans.
Rm (1 – 0.99) = 0.99 Rout
1. What is the values of series resistance required 0.99
Rm =  100 k
to extend the 0-100 volts range of a 20,000 /V 0.01
meter to 0-1000 volts - Rm = 9.9 M Ans.
20000 /volt ceeršj keâer 0-100 V keâer jWpe keâes 0-1000
3. A liquid flows through a pipe of 100 mm
Jeesuš lekeâ yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ ëe=bKeuee ØeeflejesOe diameter at a velocity of 1 m/s. If the diameter
kesâ ceeve keäÙee nw - is guaranteed within 1% and the velocity is
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) known to be within 3% of measured value,
the limiting error for the rate of flow is
Sol. efoÙee nw, V = 1000
Skeâ lejue 1 ceer./mes. kesâ Jesie hej 100 efceceer JÙeeme kesâ
Vm = 100, Sv = 20,000 /V
(Sensitivity) heeFhe kesâ ceeOÙece mes yenleer nw~ Ùeefo JÙeeme  1% kesâ
V meeLe ieejbšerke=âle nw Deewj Jesie keâes ceeheve ceeve kesâ  3%
Rse = Rm (m – 1) Q m 
Vm kesâ Devoj peevee peelee nw, lees ØeJeen keâer oj kesâ efueS
1000
meerefcele $egefš nw-
m
100 Sol. JeeuÙetcesefš^keâ ØeJeen oj (Q) =
m = 10 Jesie  heeFhe kesâ ›eâe@me meskeäMeve #es$e
R
Sv  m V  D 2
Vm Q=
4
Rm = Sv × Vm = 20,000 × 100 = 20 × Limiting error–
105 
Q  V D 
Then,  100    2  100
Q  V D 
Rse = Rm (m – 1)
Rse = 20 × 105 (10 – 1)  3 1 
   2 100
Rse = 18 M 100 100 
Ans. =  5% Ans.
4. A 0 to 300 V voltmeter has an error of 2% of 9. The span of a zero-centered voltmeter having a
full scale deflection. What is the range of scale from -10V to +10 V is
readings if true voltage is 30 V? MetvÙe kesâefvõle Jeesušceeršj keâe efJemleej efpemekeâe hewceevee
Skeâ 0 mes 300 Jeesuš Jeesušceeršj ceW fsd keâer 2% keâer 10V mes +10V nw, neslee nw-
$egefš nw lees hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâe hejeme keäÙee nw, Ùeefo mener Sol. MetvÙe kesâefvõle Jeesušceeršj keâe efJemleej = 10 – (–10)
Jeesušspe 30 V nw? (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm) = 20V Ans.
10. Two resistances R1 = 100  10%  and R2 =
Sol. efoÙee nw– 300  5%  are connected in series. The
hetCe& ceeheve hee"dÙeebkeâ = 300 V resulting limiting error of the series
combination is
$egefš =  2%
oes ØeeflejesOe R1 = 100  10%  Deewj R2 = 300  5%
hee"dÙeebkeâ keâe hejeme = ?  ëe=bKeuee ceW peg[s nQ~ ëe=bKeuee meceeÙeespeve keâer heefjCeeceer
300 meerefcele $egefš nw–
meerefcele $egefš =  2% 
30 Sol. efoÙee nw, R1 = 10010%, R2 = 3005%
=  20% ØeeflejesOe R1 ceW $egefš keâe heefjCeece–
hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâe meercee = 30  (30V keâe 20%) 10
R 1   100  10 
= (30  6)V 100
= 24 V mes 36 V Ans. ØeeflejesOe R2 ceW $egefš keâe heefjCeece–
5. The pressure in a tank varies from 20 psi to 5
R 2    300  15 
100 psi. Further pressure in the tank is desired 100
to be kept at 50 psi. The full-scale error when ßebb=Keuee meceeÙeespeve keâer heefjCeeceer meerefcele $egefš = R = R1 + R2
the pressure inside the tank is 30 psi will be = 10 + 15
Skeâ šbkeâer ceW oyeeJe 20 psi mes 100 psi lekeâ heefjJeefle&le =  25  Ans.
neslee nw~ šQkeâ ceW oyeeJe 50 psi hej jKee peevee JeebefÚle nw, 11. Resistances R1 and R2 have, respectively
peye šQkeâ kesâ Deboj oyeeJe 30 psi nes lees hetCe& hewceeves hej nominal values of =10  and 5  and tolerances
$egefš nesiee– of  5% and  10%. The range of values for
the parallel combination of R1 and R2 is
Sol. efoÙee nw, Am = 50Psi, A = 30Psi ØeeflejesOe R1 Deewj R2 kesâ ceecetueer ceeve ›eâceMe: 10  leLee
A A 5 nw , Deew j menveMeer u elee ›eâceMeŠ  5% leLee 10%
met$e– % full-scale $egefš = m  100 nQ ~ R , Deew j R kes â meceeveevlej meb Ùees peve kes â ef u eS ceeveeW
hejeme 1 2
keâe hejeme nw-
50  30
=  100 Sol. efoÙee nw–
100  20
% full-scale $egefš = 25% Ans. Øeef lejesOe (R1) = 10   5%
ØeeflejesOe (R2) = 5   10%
7. The expected value of the voltage across a
resistor is 80 V. However, the voltmeter ØeeflejesOe (R1) keâe hejeme–
reads 79 V. The absolute error in the 5
= 10   10
measurement is 100
Skeâ ØeeflejesOe keâes S›eâeme Jeesušspe kesâ mecYeeefJele ceeve = 10  0.5
80V nw~ neueebefkeâ Jeesušceeršj 79 V heÌ{lee nw lees ceeheve = (9.5 mes 10.5) 
ceW efvejhes#e $egefš nesleer nw- ØeeflejesOe (R2) keâe hejeme–
=5 5
100
mecYeeefJele ceeve (At) = 80 V
= 5  0.5
Jeesušceeršj hee"dÙeebkeâ (Am) = 79 V = 4.5 mes 5.5 
met$e mes– R1 leLee R2 kesâ meceevlej mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS hejeme keâe ceeve–
efvejhes#e $egefš (A) = |Am – At| 9.5  4.5 10.5  5.5
mes
= |79 – 80| 9.5  4.5 10.5  5.5
heefjCeece ceW A = 1.00 = 3.054 mes 3.609  Ans.
12. Suppose that resistor R1 and R2 are connected 15. Five observers have taken a set of
in parallel to give an equivalent resistor R. If independent voltage measurements and
resistors R1 and R2 have tolerance of 1% each, recorded as 110.10 V, 110.20 V, 110.15 V.
the equivalent resistor R for resistor R1= 300  110.30 V and 110.25 V. Under the situation
and R2 = 200  will have tolerance of mentioned above, the range of error is
ceevee keâer ØeeflejesOe R1 Deewj R2, leguÙe ØeeflejesOe R osves kesâ heeBÛe Øes#ekeâeW Éeje mJeleb$e Jeesušspe ceeheveeW keâe Skeâ mesš
efueS meceeveevlej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe R1 Deewj efueÙee ieÙee nw Deewj 110.10V, 110.20V, 110.15V,
R2 ceW ØelÙeskeâ keâer menveMeeruelee 1% nw, lees ØeeflejesOe R1 110.30V leLee 110.25V kesâ ™he ceW efjkeâe[& efkeâÙee ieÙee
= 300  Deewj R2 = 200  kesâ efueS leguÙe ØeeflejesOe R keâer nw~ Ghejeskeäle ceW GuuesefKele efmLeefle kesâ Devleie&le $egefš keâer
menveMeeruelee nesieer- meercee nw-
Sol. efoÙee nw– ØeeflejesOe (R1) = 300 
Sol. Deewmele Jeesušspe–
ØeeflejesOe (R2) = 200  110.10  110.20  110.15  110.30  110.25
meceeveevlej ceW peg[Ì s leguÙe ØeeflejesOe keâe meebkesâeflekeâ ceeve– 5
R 1  R 2 300  200 = 110.20
R   120 
R1  R 2 300  200 $egefš keâer meercee = |110.30–110.20|
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe R keâer menveMeeruelee– =  0.1 Ans.
(200  200 keâe 1%) (300  300 keâe 1%) 16. With reference to 'random errors' in
RT =
(200  200 keâe 1%)  (300  300 keâe 1%) measurement, the standard deviation  can be
expressed, in terms of deviation of any
202  303
= individual observation from the mean of the
202  303 group 'dm' and the number of observations in
= 121.2  the group 'n' as
leguÙe ØeeflejesOe ceW menveMeeruelee– ceeheve ceW ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ $egefšÙeeW kesâ meboYe& ceW ceevekeâ
121.2  120 efJeÛeueve..............kesâ ™he ceW 'n' «eghe ceW Øes#ekeâeW keâer meb0
=
120 Deewj «eghe 'dm'kesâ ceeOÙe mes efkeâmeer JÙeefkeäleiele Øes#ekeâeW kesâ
= 1.2% Ans. efJeÛeueve kesâ šce& ceW JÙekeäle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
14. A set of independent current measurements Ans. Standard deviation–
taken by four observers was recorded as:
117.02 mA, 117.11 mA, 117.08 mA and 117.03 d 2  d 22  d 32  .........d 2m  d 2m
mA. What is the range of error?  1 
n n
Ûeej Øes#ekeâeW kesâ Éeje efueÙee ieÙee ceeefhele mJeleb$e Oeeje keâe
17. The total current I = I1 + I2 in a circuit
Skeâ mesš 117.02 mA, 117.11 mA, 117.08 mA Deewj measured as I1 = 150  1A and I2 = 250  2 A
117.03 mA kesâ ™he ceW efjkeâe[& efkeâÙee ieÙee nw, $egefš keâer where the limits of error are given as standard
meercee keäÙee nw? deviations. It is measured as
Sol. Deewmele Oeeje (Iavg) Skeâ heefjheLe ceW hetCe& Oeeje I = I1+I2, I1 = 150  1A
117.02  117.11  117.08  117.03 Deewj I2 = 250  2A kesâ ™he ceW ceehee peelee nw, peneB $egefš
=
4 keâer meercee ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve kesâ ™he ceW efoÙee peelee nw~
Iavg = 117.06 mA Fmes.................kesâ ™he ceW ceehee peelee nw~
Oeeje keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve (Imax) = 117.11 mA Sol. efoÙee nw–
hejeme = Imax – Iavg I1 = 150  1A
= 117.11 – 117.06 I2 = 250  2A
= 0.05 mA
I = I1 + I2
Oeeje keâe vÙetvelece ceeve (Imin) = 117.02 mA
hejeme = Iavg – Imin ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve () =  d12  d 22
= 117.06 – 117.02 =  12  22
= 0.04
0.05  0.04 =  5
$egefš keâer Deewmele hejeme =  =  2.24
2
=  0.045 Ans. I = 400  2.24 A Ans.

20. A 60A, 220V energy meter makes 51  11000  330  Volt
revolutions in 35 seconds on full load test.
Calculate the percentage error (in %) if meter  10670 Volt
constant is 420 rev/kWh. N1  V1 N1 
10670
Skeâ 60 SefcheÙej, 220 Jeesuš Tpee& ceeršj hetCe& uees[ hej Q N  102 
V2
 102   
2  V2 N 2 
35 meskebâ[ ceW 51 Ûekeäkeâj ueieelee nw~ ØeefleMele $egefš keâer
ieCevee (% ceW) keâjW, Ùeefo ceeršj efveÙeleebkeâ 420 V2  10670
Ûekeäkeâj/efkeâuees-Jeeš-Dee@Jej nw~ 102
 104.6V Ans.
(SSC JE- 19.01.2018)
Sol. efoÙee nw, 22. Determine the percentage voltage error of a
potential transformer with the system voltage
I = 60 A, V = 220 V of 11,000 V and having a turn's ratio of 104, if
K= 420 rev/kWh t = 35 s the measured secondary voltage is 98 V.
E t  True Energy 11,000 Jeesuš kesâ ØeCeeueer Jeesušspe kesâ meeLe Skeâ
 VI cos   t heesšWefMeÙeue šêbmeHeâece&j keâer ØeefleMele Jeesušspe $egefš keâes
 220  60  1  35 efveOee&efjle keâjbs peye 104 keâe ceesÌ[ Devegheele nesves hej
 462000 Watt  sec
efÉleerÙekeâ Jeesušspe 98 Jeesuš nw~
(SSC JE-23.01.2018)
462000
Et   0.128 kWh 11000
3600  103 Sol. actual ratio   112.24
98
No of revolutions
E revolution  nominal ratio  actual ratio
K % Voltage error  100
51 actual ratio
  0.121
420 104  112.24
% Voltage error   100
Er  Et 112.24
% error   100
Et % Voltage error  7.35 Ans.
0.121  0.128
  100 26. What would be the sensitivity of an ammeter,
0.128 which requires a change of 3A in its coil to
0.007 produce a change in deflection of the pointer by
  100 6mm?
0.128
Skeâ Sceeršj keâer meg«eeefnlee efkeâleveer nesieer, efpemekesâ efueS
% error  5.4 Ans.
metÛekeâ kesâ efJe#esheCe ceW 6mm heefjJele&ve GlheVe keâjves keâs
21. Determine the secondary voltage (in V) of a efueS Fmekeâs keâe@Fue ceW 3A kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
potential transformer when the value of the nesleer nQ~
system voltage is 11,000 V, the turn's ratio of the
potential transformer is 102 and the percentage Sol. efoÙee nw–
voltage error of the transformer is 3%. Oeeje keâe heefjJele&ve = 3A
heesšWefMeÙeue šêbmeheâece&j keâe efÉleerÙekeâ Jeesušspe (Jeesuš ceW) metÛekeâ kesâ efJe#esheCe ceW heefjJele&ve = 6 mm
efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye ØeCeeueer Jeesušspe keâe ceeve 11,000
Jeesuš nw, heesšWefMeÙeue šêbmeheâece&j kesâ šve& keâe Devegheele 102 Sceeršj keâer meg«eeefnlee (S) = metÛekeâ keâs efJe#esheCe cesW heefjJele&ve
nw Deewj šêbmeheâece&j keâer ØeefleMele Jeesušspe $egefš 3³ nw– Oeeje keâe heefjJele&ve
(SSC JE 22.01.2018 Shift-I)
Sol. efoÙee nw, 6
S= = 2 mm/A Ans.
3
% Jeesušspe $egefš = 3% Turn ratio = 102
32. In electronic measurements, when the quantity
System voltage = 11000 V
determined is the sum of two different
Secondary voltage V2 = ? measurements, the total possible error is the
GlheVe ØeeLeefcekeâ Jeesušlee (V1) Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ ceeheeW ceW, peye efveOee&efjle keâer ieF& cee$ee oes efYeVe
 3  ceeheeW keâe Ùeesie nesleer nw, lees kegâue mebYeJe $egefš keäÙee nesieer?
  11000  11000   Volt
 100  (BSPHCL JE- 31.01.2019, Batch -01)
Sol. Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ ceeheeW ces, peye efveOee&efjle keâer ieF& cee$ee oes efYeVe ceehees 35. _______ is the difference between the true or
keâe Ùeesie nesleer nw lees kegâue mebYeJe $egefš ØelÙeskeâ efJeefMe° $egefš kesâ efvejhes#e exact value and the measured value of the
unknown quantity.
cetuÙeeW keâe Ùeesie nesleer nw~
________ efkeâmeer De%eele jeefMe keâe JeemleefJekeâ Ùee
A  a  1
mešerkeâ ceeve leLee ceehes ieS ceeve ceW Deblej neslee nw~
B  b  2
A  B   a  b    1   2  Sol. efvejhes#e $egefš (absolute error) efkeâmeer De%eele jeefMe keâe
Total error  1   2 JeemleefJekeâ Ùee mešerkeâ ceeve leLee ceehes ieÙes ceeve ceW Devlej neslee nw~
Dele: ØelÙeskeâ efJeefMe° $egefš kesâ efvejhes#e cetuÙeeW keâe Ùeesie (1 + 2) efvejhes#e $egefš = ceeefhele ceeve (Am) – JeemleefJekeâ ceeve (At)
nesiee~ Ans.  A  A m  A t Ans.
33. Determine the absolute error of measurement
37. Determine the secondary voltage (in V) of a
if measured value of a resistance = 20.65 and
potential transformer, when the value of the
true value = 20.55.
system voltage is 6600 V, the turn ratio of the
ceehe keâer efvejhes#e $egefš keâe efveOee&jCe keâjW Ùeefo ceehes ieS potential transformer is 107 and the percentage
ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve · 20.65 Deewj melÙe ceeve 20.55 nw~ voltage error of the transformer is 7%
(MP JE- 2016 Morning Shift) Skeâ efJeYeJe šêbmeHeâece&j kesâ efÉleerÙekeâ Jeesušspe keâe ceeve
Sol. ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeefhele ceeve (R) = 20.65 (Jeesuš ceW) %eele keâjW peye ØeCeeueer Jeesušspe 6600 Jeesuš
melÙe ceeve (R') = 20.55 nw, šve& Devegheele 107 nQ Deewj šêbmeHeâece&j keâer ØeefleMele
Jeesušspe $egefš 7% nw~
 efvejhes#e $egefš = ceeefhele ceeve – melÙe ceeve
= 20.65 – 20.55
= 0.10  Ans. Sol. efoÙee
nw, ØeCeeueer Jeesušlee = 6600
34. Two resistance, R1 = 50 1% and R2 = 50  2% šve& Devegheele = 107 ØeefleMele Jeesušspe $egefš =7%
are connected in parallel. What will be the 7
percentage error for equivalent resistance?  Dele: ØeeLeefcekeâ Jeesušlee (V1)  6600  6600 
100
oes ØeeflejesOe, R1 = 50  1% Deewj R2 = 50  2%,  6600  462
meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe keâer ØeefleMele
 6138 Volt
$egefš keäÙee nesieer?
V1 N1
(LMRC SCTO- 16.04.2018, 1st Shift)   107
V2 N 2
Sol. Ùeefo A = a  x.%
V1
B = b  y.% V2 
107
(1) A.B  a.b  (x%  y%)
6138
A V2 
(2)  a / b   x%  y%  107
B
V2  57.36 V Ans.
 x% y% 
(3) A  B  a  b     39. What is the percentage voltage error of a
a  b a  b 
potential transformer with system voltage of
Q R1   50  1%  , R 2   50  2%  11,000 V and having turns ratio of 100, if the
measured secondary side voltage is 105 V?
R1  R 2 50  50
Dele: R    25 11,000 Jeesuš kesâ ØeCeeueer Jeesušspe Deewj 100 kesâ šve&
R1  R 2 50  50
Devegheele kesâ meeLe Skeâ efJeYeJe šêbmeheâece&j keâer Jeesušspe
 R  1% R 2  2%  ØeefleMele $egefš keäÙee nw Deiej ceeheer ngF& efÉleerÙekeâ Jeesušspe
Dele: R e q  R  1%  2%  1  
 R1  R 2 R1  R 2  105 Jeesuš nw? (SSC JE-Evening 24-01-2018)
 50 1% 50  2%  11000
 25  1%  2%    Sol. Actual ratio 
 50  50 50  50  105
= 104.76
 25  3%  .5%  1%
nominal ratio  Actual ratio
% Voltage error   100
R e q  25  4.5% Ans. Actual ratio

100  104.76 44. A 0 to 300V voltmeter has guaranteed accuracy
 100 of 1% full scale reading. The voltage measured
104.76
by the instrument is 83.V. The percentage
%Voltage error  4.54 limiting error is :
41. What is the percentage voltage error of a Skeâ 0 mes 300V Jeesušceeršj keâer 1% hetCe& hewceevee
potential transformer with system voltage of hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâer ÙeLeeLe&lee megefveefMÛele nw~ Ùev$e Éeje ceeefhele
6,600 V and having turns ratio of 50, if the
measured secondary side voltage is 130V?
Jeesušlee keâe ceeve 83V nw~ ØeefleMele meerceebkeâve $egefš
______ nesieer~
6,600 Jeesuš kesâ ØeCeeueer Jeesušspe Deewj 50 šve& Devegheele
Jeeues Jeesušspe šêbmeHeâece&j keâer ØeefleMele Jeesušspe $egefš keäÙee (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
nesieer, Ùeefo ceehee ngDee efÉleerÙekeâ Jeesušspe 130 Jeesuš nw? Sol. efoÙee nw, Vfsd= 300V, Vm = 83V, % accuracy = 1%
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) fullscale deflection  % guaranteed accuracy
% L.E. 
Sol. efoÙee nw, Nominal ratio = 50 voltage measured by the instrument
6600 300  1
Actual ratio   50.76 = = 3.61%
130 83
Nominal ratio  Actual ratio 46. A 0–200 V voltmeter has an accuracy of 0.75%
% Voltage Error   100 of full scale reading. If voltage measured is 100
Actual ratio
V, the error is:
50  50.76 Skeâ 0–200 V Jeesušceeršj keâer hetCe& mkesâue ÙeLeeLe&lee
 100
50.76 0.75% nw~ Ùeefo Ùen 100 V ceehelee nw lees $egefš nesieer:
0.76 (BSNL TTA- 27.09.2016, 3 pm)
 100
50.76 Sol. efoÙee nw, Vfsd= 200V, Vm = 100V
%Voltage error  1.50 Ans. mešerkeâlee = hetCe& mkesâue efJe#esheCe keâe  0.75%
42. A wattmeter reads 25.34W. The absolute error % efjuesefšJe %Accuracy  Vfsd
ueerefceefšbie $egefš =
in measurement is -0.11W. What is the true Vm
value of power.
0.75  200
Skeâ Jeešceeršj 25.34W heÌ{lee nQ ceehe ceW efvejhes#e $egefš- 
100
0.11W nw~ Meefòeâ keâe JeemleefJekeâ ceeve keäÙee nw-
% Er = 0.75×2 = 1.5% Ans.
(UPRVUNL AE -2014)
48. 0-150 voltmeter has an accuracy of 1% of full-
Sol. efoÙee nw– efvejhes#e $egefš (A)= –0.11 W scale reading. The voltage measured by the
ceeefhele ceeve (Am) = 25.34 W instrument is 75 V. The limiting error is-
0-150 V Jeesušceeršj efpemekeâer heefjMegælee hetCe& hewceevee
JeemleefJekeâ ceeve (At) =?
hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâe 1% nw~ Ùeefo GheÙeb$e Éeje ceehee ieÙee
A  A m  A t efJeYeJe 75V nes lees meerceeble $egefš nesieer?
0.11  25.34  A t (BSNL TTA -2013, SSC JE-2015)
At = 25.45W Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw, Vfsd= 150V, Vm = 75V, % error = 1%
43. A 0-100 V voltmeter has an accuracy of one % full scale error  full scale value
percent at full scale reading. What will be the %r=
error if it reads 50V? Measured value
Skeâ 0-100 V Jeesušceeršj keâer hegâue mkesâue jeref[bie uesles 1 150
=  2% Ans.
meceÙe 1 ØeefleMele keâer efJeMegælee Øeoe|Mele keâjlee nw~ 50V 75
keâer jeref[bie keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjles meceÙe efkeâleves ØeefleMele keâer 50. A generated voltage is equally dependent on
$egefš ope& nesieer– (LMRC AE -2016) three resistances R1, R2, R3 and its value V =
(R1R2)/(R3). If tolerance of each resistor is
Sol. efoÙee nw, Vfsd= 100V, Vm = 50V, 0.1%, what will be the maximum error in
voltage?
% accuracy  1%
Glhevve Jeesušspe, leerve ØeeflejesOe R1, R2, R3 hej Skeâ
% accuracy  fullscale value meceeve ™he mes efveYe&j keâjlee nw Deewj Fmekeâe ceeve V =
% Error =
reading value (R1R2)/(R3) nw~ Ùeefo ØelÙeskeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ keâer
1100 menveMeeruelee 0.1% nw, lees Jeesušspe ceW DeefOekeâlece $egefš
=  2% Ans. keäÙee nesieer? (JMRC JE- 2012)
50
Sol. efoÙee nw, r1= r2= r3 = 0.1% efkeâmeer Sceeršj ceW efJe#esheCe yeueeIetCe& Fmemes iegpejves Jeeueer
Oeeje kesâ meceevegheeleer nw leLee GheÙev$e ceW 5A Oeeje kesâ
Jeesušspe ceW DeefOekeâlece $egefšÙeeb =    r1   r2   r3  efueS 80º keâe hetCe& hewceevee efJe#esheCe nw peye GheÙev$e eqmhebÇie
 (0.1% + 0.1% + 0.1%) =  0.3% Ans.
ef veÙeefv$ele nes leye 2.5A keâer Oeeje kesâ efueS efJe#esheCe keäÙee
nesiee~ (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
52. A 0-10 A ammeter has a guaranteed accuracy
of 1% of full scale deflection, the limiting error Sol. efoÙee nw -
while reading 2.5 A will be 1 = 80º
Skeâ 0-10 A Oeejeceeheer keâer efveefMÛele ÙeLeeLe&lee hetCe& I1 = 5A
mkesâue efJe#eshe hej 1% nw~ 2.5 A hee"dÙeebkeâ kesâ efueS I2 = 2.5A
meerceevle $egefš nesieer When spring control
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) I
 I1
Sol. Ifsd= 10A, Im = 25A, % accuracy = 1% 
 I 2
% accuracy ×I FSD
% limiting error = 80 5
Measured value 
 2.5
10  1
% Limiting Error =  4% Ans. 2 = 40º
2.5
Q. A moving coil instrument of resistance 20 Ω
1. The meter element of a permanent-magnet gives a full-scale deflection of 50 mA. Explain
moving coil instrument has a resistance of 5 how the meter can be used to measure current
and requires 250 mA for full scale deflection. up to 5 A.
Calculate the resistance to be connected to 20  ØeeflejesOe Jeeuee Skeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer GhekeâjCe hetCe&
enable the instrument to read upto 1A. hewceeves hej 50 mA keâe efJe#esheCe oslee nw~ mhe° keâjW efkeâ
efkeâmeer mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer GheÙeb$e kesâ ceeršj 5A lekeâ keâer Oeeje ceeheves kesâ efueS ceeršj keâe GheÙeesie
lelJe ceW 5 ØeeflejesOe nw Deewj hetCe& hewceevee efJe#esheCe kesâ efkeâme Øekeâej mes efkeâÙee peelee nw~
efueS 250 mA keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ GheÙev$e keâes (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
1A lekeâ yeÌ{eves nsleg me#ece yeveeves kesâ efueS mebÙeesefpele Sol. efoÙee nw - Rm = 20 , Im =50 mA, I = 5 A, Rsh = ?
efkeâS peeves Jeeueer ØeeflejesOe keâer ieCevee keâjW~ R
R sh  m
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)  M  1
Sol. efoÙee nw - Rm = 5, Im = 250 mA, I = 1A, Rsh = ? I
Rm M
R sh  Im
  1
m
5
M
m
I 50  103
Im 5  1000
M
1 50
m
250  103 M = 100
1000 20
m R sh 
250   1
100
m=4 20
R sh 
5 99
R sh 
4 1 Rsh = 0.202  Ans:
5
R sh   Ans.
ØeMveevegmeej efoÙes ieÙes GheÙeb$e kesâ meeLe 0.202 Deesce kesâ Mebš
3 ØeeflejesOe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ 5 SefcheÙej lekeâ Oeeje keâe ceeheve
Q. In an ammeter the deflection torques is efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
proportional to the current passing through it Q. A moving coil instrument, whose resistance is
and the instrument has full scale deflection of 50 Ω, gives a full-scale deflection with a voltage
80º for a current of 5A. What deflection will of 1 V. This instrument is to be used with a
occur for a current of 2.5 A. When the series multiplier to extend the range to 50 V.
instrument is spring controlled? Find the value of the multiplier resistance.
Skeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer GhekeâjCe efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe 50  nw~ Q. When a voltmeter Ammeter method is applied for
1 Jeesuš kesâ Jeesušspe kesâ meeLe hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe the measurement of resistance, the voltmeter
reads a value of 8.28 V and the ammeter reading is
oslee nw~ Fme GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie ëe=bKeuee iegCekeâ kesâ 4.14mA, then the value of the resistance will be–
meeLe 50 Jeesuš lekeâ keâer meercee keâes yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peye ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeheve kesâ efueS Jeesušceeršj-Sceeršj efJeefOe
peelee nw~ ØeeflejesOe iegCekeâ keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS~ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw lees Jeesušceeršj keâe hee"dÙeebkeâ 8.28
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II) V Deewj Sceeršj keâe hee"dÙeebkeâ 4.14 mA Øeehle neslee nw, lees
Sol. efoÙee nw– Øeef lejesOe keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS–
Rm = 50  Sol.–
Vm = 1 Volt V = 8.28 Volt, I = 4.14 mA
V = 50 Volt V 8.28
R= , R=
Rse = ? I 4.14  103
Rse = Rm (M – 1) R = 2 k Ans.
50 46. A 2 mA meter with an internal resistance of
M  50 100 is to be converted to 150 mA ammeter.
1
The value of power consumption of the meter
Rse = 50 (50 – 1) is: 30mW
= 50 × 49 100Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe 2 mA ceeršj keâes
Rse = 2450  150 mA Sceeršj ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjvee nw~ ceeršj kesâ Meefòeâ
Rse=2.45k Ans. Kehele keâe ceeve nw- 30mW
Q. An instrument with an internal resistance of (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
100 and a full-scale current of 1 mA is to be Q. A 2 mA meter movement with an internal
converted into a DC voltmeter with range of resistance of 25 is to be converted into an
0V-500V. Find the value of the resistance used ammeter capable of measuring up to 100 mA.
as a multiplier. 499900 Find the required shunt resistance. 0.51
100 kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj 1 mA kesâ hetCe& hewceeves 25 kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe 2 mA ceeršj keâer
kesâ Oeeje Jeeues Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâes 0V-500V keâer meercee kesâ ieefle keâes 100 mA lekeâ ceeheves ceW me#ece Sceeršj ceW
meeLe DC Jeesušceeršj ceW heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee peevee nw heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee peelee nw DeeJeMÙekeâ Mebš ØeeflejesOe %eele
ceušerhueeÙej kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙes ieÙes ØeeflejesOe keâe keâerefpeS - 0.51
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS - 499900 (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) Q. A permanent magnet moving coil ammeter
Q. An (0 V - 100 V) MC voltmeter with an having internal resistance of 0.8 has full scale
division of (0-10)A. What value of resistor
internal resistance of 2 is used to measure should be added to increase its range to (0-
voltage of up to 200 V. The additional
50)A. 0.2
resistance to be connected in series with the
voltmeter is _____ . 2 0.8  kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues Skeâ mLeeÙeer Ûegcyekeâ
ieefleceeve kegâC[ueer Sceeršj ceW (0-10)A keâe hetCe& hewceeves
2 kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe Skeâ (0 V mes 100
hej efJeYeepeve neslee nw Fmekesâ hejeme keâes (0-50)A lekeâ
V) MC Jeesušceeršj keâe GheÙeesie 200 V lekeâ kesâ
yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe efkeâlevee ceeve peesÌ[e peevee
Jeesušspe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw Jeesušceeršj ÛeeefnS~ 0.2
kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[e peeves Jeeuee Deefleefjòeâ ØeeflejesOe
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
nw- 2
1. An ammeter has a current range of 0–5 A, and
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) its internal resistance is 0.2  in order to
Q Find the value of shunt to convert 1 mA change the range to 0–25 A, we need to add a
ammeter to 0–100 mA ammeter with internal resistance of - 0.05
resistance of 100 ohm– 1.01  Skeâ Sceeršj keâer keâjbš jWpe 0–5 A nw Deewj Fmekeâer
100 Deesce kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues 1 efceueer Deelebefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 0.2 nw~ Fmekeâer jWpe keâes 0–25A lekeâ
SefcheÙej Sceeršj keâes 0-100 efceefue SefcheÙej Sceeršj ceW yeoueves kesâ efueS nces .......... ØeeflejesOe keâes peesÌ[ves keâer
heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS Mebš keâe ceeve %eele keâerefpeS- DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesieer– 0.05
1.01  (BSNL TTA -25.09.2016,3 pm)
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021) (DMRC-JE-2016)
10. A 0–15 V voltmeter has a resistance of 1000 , Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj keâes 14 SefcheÙej lekeâ keâer jeref[bie Jeeues
if it is desired to expand its range to 0–150 V a Sceeršj ceW yeoueves kesâ efueS Mebš ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve keâe
resistance of_____ is connected in series with it. efveOee&jCe (Deesce ceW) keâjW,^ peye iewuJesveesceeršj keâe Deebleefjkeâ
9k ØeeflejesOe 27 Deesce nw Deewj hetCe& ceehekeâ efJe#esheCe (Hegâue
Skeâ 0–15 V Jeesušceeršj 1000  keâe ØeeflejesOe jKelee mkesâue ef[HeäueskeäMeve) kesâ efueS Oeeje keâe ceeve 0.5 SefcheÙej
nw, Ùeefo Gmekeâer jWpe 0–150 V keâjvee ÛeenW lees Fmekesâ nw~ 1
meeLe ëe=bKeuee ceW pegÌ[e ngDee ØeeflejesOe _____ nesiee~ (SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
9k 34. A 10 mA meter having an internal resistance of
100 Ohms is to be converted to 0–200 mA
(MPJE -2015) ammeter. What value of shunt resistance (in
16. A D'Arsonvl galvanometer, 1 mA, 50 ohm, is to ohms) is required – 5.26
be converted to a 5 mAmp-ammeter. What is 100 Deesce kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeues 10 efceueer–
the value of the shunt resistor Rsh– 12.5
SefcheÙej ceeršj keâes 0–200 efceueer–SefcheÙej Sceeršj ceW
Skeâ 1 mA, 50 Deesce keâe D-DeemeexveJeeue iewuJesveesceeršj heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee peevee nw~ Mebš ØeeflejesOe kesâ efkeâme ceeve
5mA kesâ Sceeršj ceW heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Mevš keâer (Deesce ceW) DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw– 5.26
ØeeflejesOe Rsh keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– 12.5
(ESE- 2009) 25. D-Arsonval galvanometer with internal
11. The internal resistance of a voltmeter is 20,000 resistance 100  and full scale current of 1 mA
ohms. If this voltmeter is connected in series is to be converted into (0-10) V range. What is
with a resistance and a 220 volt supply is the required resistance– 9900
connected across the combination, the Skeâ D-DeemeexveJeeue iewuJesveesceeršj efpemekeâe Deevleefjkeâ
voltmeter reads 200 volts. The value of the ØeeflejesOe 100  Deewj hetCe& mkesâue Oeeje 1 mA nw keâes (0-
unknown resistance is 2000 10V) hejeme ceW heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee peelee nw, DeeJeMÙekeâ
Skeâ Jeesušceeršj keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 20,000 Deesce nw~ ØeeflejesOe nw? 9900
Ùen ceeršj Skeâ De%eele ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe ßesCeeryeæ neskeâj (ESE -2004)
Skeâ 220 Jeesuš keâer mehueeF& efoÙes peeves hej 200 Jeesuš 35. In a galvanometer, the deflection becomes one
heÌ{lee nw~ De%eele ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nw ? 2000 half when the galvanometer is shunted by a 20
(UPSSSC JE -2014) ohm resistor. The galvanometer resistance is:
27. What is the multiplying factor of a shunt of 10
200 resistance when used with a Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj ceW peye Gmes 20 Deesce ØeeflejesOekeâ Éeje
galvanometer of 1000 resistance? 6 Mebš efkeâÙee peelee nw lees Gmekeâe efJe#eshe DeeOee jn peelee
200 kesâ Mevš ØeeflejesOe keâe ceušerhueeFbie Hewâkeäšj keäÙee nw~ iewuJesveesceeršj keâe ØeeflejesOe nw: 10
nw, peye Ùen Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe 1000 (DMRC- 2016)
kesâ meeLe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– 6 36. A moving coil instrument having meter
resistance of 5 Ω is to be used as a voltmeter of
(ESE- 2016) range 0-100 V. If the full scale deflection
28. Determine the required value of shunt current is 10 mA, then find the required series
resistance (in Ohms) to convert a galvanometer resistance. 9995
into ammeter for reading up to 12 A, when the Skeâ Ûeue-kegbâ[ueer GhekeâjCe, efpemeceW 5 Ω keâe ceeršj
internal resistance of the galvanometer is 30 ØeeflejesOe nw, keâes 0-100 Jeesuš jWpe kesâ Jeesušceeršj kesâ
Ohms and the value of current for full scale
™he ceW Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Deiej hetCe& hewceevee
deflection is 0.1 Amp– 0.25
efJe#esheCe Oeeje 10 mA nes lees DeeJeMÙekeâ ëe=bKeuee
Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj keâes 12 SefcheÙej jeref[bie Jeeues Sceeršj
ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee? 9995
ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Mebš ØeeflejesOe keâe
(LMRC SCTO -16.04.2018, 1st Shift)
ceeve (Deesce ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW peye iewuJesveesceeršj keâe
37. A moving coil instrument has full scale
Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 30 Deesce nw Deewj hetCe& ceehekeâ efJe#esheCe deflection at 50 mV and 10 mA. The value of
kesâ efueS efJeÅegle Oeeje 0.1 SefcheÙej nw– 0.25 shunt resistance required to be connected to
(SSC-JE-Morning 24-01-2018) convert it into a (0-5A) ammeter is: 0.01
30. Determine the value of shunt resistance (in Skeâ Ûeefuele keäJeeFue GhekeâjCe 50 mV leLee 10 mA hej
Ohms) required to convert a galvanometer into hetCe& hewceevee efJemLeeheve jKelee nw, lees (0-5A) Sceeršj ceW
ammeter of reading upto 14 A, when the heefjJee|lele keâjves kesâ efueS peesÌ[s peeves Jeeueer Mebš ØeeflejesOe
internal resistance of the galvanometer is 27
Ohms and the value of current for full scale keâe DeeJeMÙekeâ ceeve nw– 0.01
deflection is 0.5 A. 1 (DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)
45. A 1m A D- Arsonval movement has resistance 12. The multiplying power of the shunt of a milli
of 100. It is to be converted to a 10 V ammeter is 8. If the circuit current is 200 mA.
voltmeter. The value of multiplier resistance is- then current through the meter is 25mA
Skeâ 1mA D-DeemeexveJeeue cetJeceWš ceW 100 keâe efceueer Sceeršj kesâ heeÕe&heLe keâer iegCeve Meefòeâ 8 nw~ Ùeefo
ØeeflejesOe nw Fmes 10 V Jeesušceeršj ceW heefjJeefle&le efkeâÙee heefjheLe Oeeje 200 mA nes, lees ceeršj mes Oeeje efkeâleveer
peevee nw~ iegCekeâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nesiee– nesieer? 25mA
(Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016) (SSC JE- 2014, Morning Shift)
60. The approximate value of shunt resistance
Sol. Im = 1 mA, Rm = 100
required to convert an ammeter of range (0 –
Vm = Im Rm = 1 × 10–3 × 100 50 mA) to that of (0 – 5 A) when its internal
Vm = 0.1 V resistance is 99 ohms is– 
1
V = 10V Sceeršj kesâ jWpe keâes (0–50 mA) mes (0–5A) ceW yeoueves
m  Multiplication Factor kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Mebš ØeeflejesOe keâe Devegceeefvele ceeve
V 10 keäÙee nesiee peye Fmekeâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 99 Deesce nw–
m   100
Vm 0.1 1
Rse = Rm (m – 1 ) (BSPHCL JE- 30.01.2019, Batch -2)
70. The range of moving coil instrument having
Rse = 100 (100 – 1) = 100 × 99
meter resistance of 6 Ohms is 0-50 V. Find the
Rse = 9900 value of multiplying factor of the series
Ans. resistance, if full scale deflection current is 5 A.
21. Series resistance required to read 0-250 V with 6 Deesce kesâ ceeršj ØeeflejesOe Jeeues cetefJebie keâe@Fue GhekeâjCe
a moving coil instrument of internal resistance keâer meercee 0-50 Jeesuš nw~ ëe=bKeuee ØeeflejesOe kesâ iegCeve
2 ohm and full scale deflection of 50 mA is keâejkeâ kesâ ceeve keâe helee ueieeSb, Ùeefo hetCe& ceehekeâ
4998 efJe#esheCe (ef[heäueskeäMeve) Oeeje 5 SefcheÙej nw~
2 Deesce Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Deewj 50 mA hetCe& ceehe›eâce (SSC JE- Evening 29-01-2018)
efJe#esheCe kesâ meeLe Skeâ Ûeue kegbâ[ueer GheÙeb$e mes 0-250 V Sol. efoÙee nw,
heÌ{ves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe nw– 4998
I m  5A, V  50V, R m  6
Vm  I m  R m
46. A meter movement with current FSD
100μA and internal resistance 100Ω is Vm  5  6
required to measure current of 10mA. What Vm  30 V
will the shunt resistance be equal to?
V 50
10mA keâer Oeeje keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Oeeje Multiplying factor (M) =   1.66 Ans.
Vm 30
FSD 100μA Deewj Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 100Ω kesâ meeLe
Skeâ ceeršj cetJeceWš keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ Mebš 64. Determine the required value of series
resistance (in Ohms) to convert a galvanometer
ØeeflejesOe keâe efveOee&jCe keâerefpeS~ into a voltmeter of reading 0.4 volt range when
(UPRVUNAL AE -2014) the resistance of the galvanometer is 40 ohms
Sol. Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Rm = 100 and the value of current to full-scale deflection
is 4 mA. 60
Oeeje FSD Im = 100A = 10010-6 = 10-4A iew u Jes v ees c eer š j keâes Skeâ 0.4 Jeesuš jWpe keâer jeref[bie Jeeues
Sceeršj Éeje ceeheer peeveer Jeeueer Oeeje I = 10mA = 1010-3 Jeesušceeršj ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS ßeb=Keuee ØeeflejesOe
= 1×10-2A keâe DeeJeMÙekeâ ceeve (Deesÿe ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye
I 10 2 iewuJesveesceeršj keâe ØeeflejesOe 40 Deesÿe nw Deewj hetCe& ceehekeâ
ceušerefhuekesâMeve Hewâkeäšj m =   100
hej efJe#esheCe kesâ efueS Oeeje keâe ceeve 4 efceueer-SeqcheÙej
Im 10 4
Rm
nw– 60 
Mebš ØeeflejesOe Rsh = (SSC JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
m 1
88. A moving coil instrument of resistance 5 
100 100
=  requires a potential difference of 75 mV to give
100  1 99 a full scale deflection. The value of shunt
= 1.010101 resistance needed to give a full scale deflection
Ans. at 30 A is– 2.5m


5 ØeeflejesOe kesâ Skeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer GhekeâjCe keâes hetCe& 4.5Ω keâe kegbâ[ueer ØeeflejesOe Jeeuee Ûeuekegbâ[ueer ceeheÙeb$e
hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe osves kesâ efueS 75 efceueer Jeesuš kesâ 30mA keâe hetCe& hewceeves keâe efJe#esheve oslee nw~ 2.5A lekeâ
efJeYeJeevlej keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ 30 SefcheÙej kesâ heÌ{ves kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe kesâ meeLe meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[e
hetCe& hewceevee hej efJe#esheCe osves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Mebš ØeeflejesOe nesiee : 0.0546 
ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nw– 2.5m  (RPHED- 2015)
112. Determine the full–scale reading (in V) of a 13. A DC ammeter has resistance of 0.1  and
PMMC type voltmeter, when the internal current range is 0 - 100A. If the range is to be
resistance of the voltmeter is 230 kilo–ohms, extended to 0- 500A, then meter requires shunt
the series resistance connected with the resistance of : 0.025 
voltmeter is 70 kilo–ohm and the sensitivity of Skeâ [er.meer. Sceeršj keâe ØeeflejesOe 0.1
 Deewj Oeeje keâe
the voltmeter is 3 kilo–ohm/Volt. heefjmej 0–100A nw~ Ùeefo heefjmej keâe efJemleej 0–500A
Skeâ PMMC Øekeâej Jeesušceeršj. keâe hetCe& ceehekeâ jeref[bie lekeâ keâjvee nes, lees ceeršj keâes Mebš ØeeflejesOe keâer
(Jeesuš ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye Jeesušceeršj. keâe Deebleefjkeâ DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesieer- 0.025 
ØeeflejesOe 230 efkeâuees–Deesce, Jeesušceeršj mes pegÌ[e ëe=bKeuee (SSC JE- 2008) (Uttarakhand-I 2013)
ØeeflejesOe 70 efkeâuees–Deesce Deewj Jeesušceeršj keâer Q. A moving-coil ammeter has springs giving a
mebJesoveMeeruelee 3 efkeâuees-Deesce/Jeesuš nw~ control content of 0.2×10–6 Nm/degree. If the
deflection torque on the instrument is 24×10–6
(SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018) Nm, find the angular deflection of the pointer.
Sol. efoÙee nw– Rm=230 k, Rs=70k Skeâ Ûeue kegâC[ueer Sceeršj ceW Skeâ efmØebie nw pees .210–6
Sensitivity=3k/V Nm/ef[«eer keâe efveÙev$eCe efmLejebkeâ os jner nw~ Ùeefo
GheÙev$e hej efJe#esheCe 24×10–6 Nm, nes lees hJeeFvšj keâe
keâesCeerÙe efJe#esheCe %eele keâjW~
Sol. efoÙee nw-
K = 0.2 × 10–6 Nm/degree
deflection torque (Td) = 24×10–6 Nm
=?
peneB Rm= ceeršj keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe for the finally study state position
Rs= ßesCeer ceušerhueeÙej ØeeflejesOe Tc = Td
R K = Td
Jeesušceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee   / Volt
V 24  106

R m  Rs 230  70 0.2  106
3 3
V V = 120º Ans.
300 Q. Three D.C. voltmeter are connected in series
V across a 120V D.C. supply. The voltmeters are
3
specified as follows:
V  100Volt Ans. Voltmeter A : 100 V, 5 mA
94. A 50 A meter with an internal resistance of 1 Voltmeter B : 100 V, 250 ohm/volt
k is to be used as a dc voltmeter of range 50 Voltmeter C : 10 mA, 15000 
V. Then the voltage multiplying factor M is The voltages read by meters A, B, C are
1000 respectively -
1 k  kesâ Skeâ Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe Skeâ 50 A leerve D.C. Jeesušceeršj keâes 120 Jeesuš D.C. kesâ S›eâeme
ceeršj keâe GheÙeesie 50 V hejeme kesâ [er.meer. Jeesušceeršj kesâ ëe=bKeuee ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw~ Deehetefle& Jeesušceeršj
¤he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ leye Jeesušspe iegCekeâ Hewâkeäšj M efvecveevegmeej efveefo&° nQ -
nw– 1000 Jeesušceeršj A : 100 V, 5 mA
74. A moving coil instrument, having coil Jeesušceeršj B : 100 V, 250 ohm/volt
resistance of 4.5Ω gives a full scale deflection of Jeesušceeršj C : 10 mA, 15000 
30mA. The resistance connected in parallel
with this instrument to read up to 2.5A is : – ceeršj A, B, C kesâ Éeje heÌ{e peeves Jeeuee Jeesušlee nesiee-
0.0546 (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
Sol. P1R 1  P2 R 2
100 2  2000
Ra   20k P2 
5  10 3 4000
R b  100  250  25k P2  1mW Ans.
R c  15k 3. A voltage using a 20 micro Amp meter
movement has a sensitivity of
Then by voltage division rule -
20 ceeF›eâes SefcheÙej ceeršj cetJeceWš Jeeues Jeesušspe keâer
VA 
Ra
Vs meWefmeefšefJešer–
Ra  Rb  Rc  (BSNL TTA -28.09.2016,10 AM)
20  10  120
3
20 Sol. efoÙee nw- Ifsd = 20A
VA    120
20 10  25  10  15  10
3 3 3
60 1 1
Sv    50000 / V Ans.
VA  40 volts Ifsd 20 106
Rb 106. A D.C. voltmeter has a sensitivity of 1000 /V.

VB  V When it measures half full scale in 100 V range,
Ra  Rb  Rc  s the current through the voltmeter is
25 103 120 Skeâ D.C. Jeesušceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee 1000Ω/V nw~
VB 
 20  25  15   103 peye Ùen 100V hejeme ceW DeOe& hetCe& hewceeves keâes ceehelee nw,
25  120 lees Jeesušceeršj keâer Oeeje nw–
  50
VB  50 volts mebJesoveMeeruelee = 1000 /V
Rc Jeesušspe =100 V
VC  V
Ra  Rb  Rc  s mebJesoveMeeruelee (S) =
1
Ifsd
15  103  120
VC  1
 20  25  15   103 Ifsd =
S
15 120 1
VC   VC  30 volts = 1mA
60 1000  / V
VA  40 volts VB  50 volts VC  30 volts Ans. 1
DeOe& hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe Oeeje =  1
2. A volt meter has resistance of 2000Ω, When it 2
is connected across a d.c. circuit its power = 0.5 mA Ans.
consumption is 2 mW. Suppose this voltmeter 78. A instrument has sensitivity of 1000 ohms/volt.
is replaced by a voltmeter of 4000Ω resistance, On the 100 volt scale. The instrument will have
the power consumption will be internal resistance of
Skeâ Jeesušceeršj keâe ØeeflejesOe 2000Ω nw~ peye Fmes Skeâ Skeâ GhekeâjCe keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee 1000 Deesåce/Jeesuš nw~
efo<šOeeje heefjheLe kesâ efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe peesÌ[e peelee nw lees Skeâ 100 Jeesuš mkesâue ceW GhekeâjCe keâe Deebleefjkeâ
Meefkeäle keâer Kehele 2mW nw~ Ùeefo Fme Jeesušceeršj kesâ ØeeflejesOe nesiee–
mLeeve hej 4000Ω ØeeflejesOe keâe otmeje Jeesušceeršj peesÌ[ (BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016, 10 AM)
efoÙee peeS lees Meefkeäle Kehele –––––– nesieer– Sol. efoÙee nw–
(BSNL TTA -28.09.2016,10 AM)  1 
(Uttarakhand AE Paper-I-2013) SV = 1000Ω/v Q S  
 Ifsd 
Sol. efoÙee nw– R1=2000, R2=4000, P1=2 mW, P2=? Rt = SV × V
V2 V = 100 V
P
R Rt = 1000Ω/V × 100 volt
PR  V 2 (constant) Rt = 100000Ω Ans.

79. If the full scale current of a meter is 50 A, 55. Calculate the sensitivity of a 400 A meter to a
then its sensitivity is? speed that is used as a DC voltmeter. 2.5k/V
Skeâ ceeršj keâer hetCe& mkesâue Oeeje Ùeefo 50 A nw lees 400 A ceeršj keâer Gme ieefle keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee keâer
Fmekeâer mebJesoveMeeruelee nw? ieCevee keâjs efpemekeâe DC Jeesušceeršj kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie
(HPCL A.M.T.- 20.04.2019, Time 2:30-4:30) efkeâÙee peelee nes~ 2.5k /V
Sol. efoÙee nw– IFSD = 50A (ESIC- 24.01.2019 Time 9:00-11:00)
31. Determine the value of current (in mA)
1
Sv  required for the full-scale deflection of a
Ifsd voltmeter when the sensitivity of the voltmeter
1 is 125 Ohms/Volt. 8mA
SV  6 Jeesušceeršj kesâ hetCe& ceehekeâ efJe#esheCe kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ
50  10
106 Oeeje kesâ ceeve keâe efveOee&jCe (efceueer-SefcheÙej ceW) keâjW,
Sv  = 20000 /V Ans. peye Jeesušceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee 125 Deesÿe/Jeesuš
50
nw– 8mA
80. In the circuit shown below, the ammeter reads
0.1 A and the voltmeter reads 10 V. The (SSC-JE-Morning 25-01-2018)
internal resistance of the ammeter is 1  and 33. The current required for full scale deflection of
that of the voltmeter is 500 . Value of R? a voltmeter is 10mA. Find the sensitivity (in
veerÛes efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW, Sceeršj 0.1A heÌ{lee nw Deewj ohms/V) of the voltmeter :
Jeesušceeršj 10V heÌ{lee nw~ Sceeršj keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Jeesušceeršj kesâ hetCe& ceehekeâ efJe#esheCe kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ
1 nw Deewj Jeesušceeršj keâe 500  nw~ R keâe ceeve nw- Oeeje 10 efceueer–SefcheÙej nw~ Jeesušceeršj keâer
mebJesoveMeeruelee (Deesce/Jeesuš ceW) %eele keâjW–
Sol. efoÙee nw–
Ifsd = 10mA
1 1
Jeesušceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee  
Sol. efoÙee nw– Vm = 10V, Im = 0.1A, Ri = 1, Rv = 500 efJeÅegle Oeeje I FSD
1 1000
 
10  103 10
Jeesušceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee  100  / V Ans.
29. Determine the value of current (in mA) for the

full–scale deflection of a voltmeter, when the
sensitivity of the voltmeter is 50 ohm/Volt.
I1 
10 Jeesušceeršj kesâ hetCe& ceehekeâ efJe#esheCe kesâ efueS Oeeje keâe
500 ceeve (efceueer–SefcheÙej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye Jeesušceeršj
I1  0.02 keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee 50 Deesce/Jeesuš nw~
I 2  0.1  0.02 (SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
I 2  0.08 Sol. efoÙee nw- Sv = 50/V
V  I2 R 1 R 
sensitivity   
I m Vm V
10  0.08R
10 1
R Ifsd 
0.08 sensitivity
1000
R 
1
 0.02
8 50
R  125 Ans. Im  20 mA Ans.

15. The sensitivity of a voltmeter using 0-5 mA 1
meter movement is- 200 /V I 2  15 
1.5
0-5 mA ceeršj IegceeJe keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ Skeâ Jeesušceeheer I2 = 10 Amp
keâer meg«eendÙelee nw /V
200 Dele: IA Je IB keâe ceeve ›eâceMe: 5A Je 10A nesiee~ Ans.
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) 6. Current in a circuit is measured using a simple
17. The sensitivity of 200 A meter Galvnometer slide wire. What will be the Voltage drop per
when it is used as a dc voltmeter is given by? unit length. If the standard cell is of emf 2.38 V
/mV
5 balanced at length of 35 cm?
200 A ceeršj iewuJesveesceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee peye Ùen Skeâ heefjheLe ceW meeOeejCe mehe&Ce leej (simple slide
[er. meer. Jeesušceeršj keâer lejn GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw lees wire) mes Oeeje ceeheve efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo 2.38 Jeesuš
.................... nesleer nw~ 5/mV keâe ceevekeâ mesue (standard cell) 35 cm uebyeeF& hej
meblegefuele (balanced) neslee nw lees uecyeeF& keâer Øeefle
22. The sensitivity of a voltmeter using 0 to 20 mA
meter movement is FkeâeF& hej Jeesušlee Üeme keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
0-20mA ceeršj cetJeceWš keâe GheÙeesie keâjles ngS Skeâ (UPRVUNL JE- 2014)
Jeesušceeršj keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee nesieer~: Sol. efoÙee nw- V = 2.38V, d= 35cm.
(UPPCL JE-13.11.2016) V 2.38
E   0.068V / cm
1 d 35
Sol. Sv 
Ifsd Ans.
1 1000 7. A current of i = 6 + 10 sin (100 t) + 20 sin (200

   50  /V t) is flowing through a series combination of a
3
20  10 20
PMMC and moving iron instrument. Ratio of
Ans. the two currents as registered by the M.I. and
5. A voltmeter uses a meter with IFS = 2 mA. Its PMMC meter is-
sensitivity is– 500 /V i = 6 + 10 sin (100 t) + 20 sin (200 t) keâer Oeeje,
Skeâ Jeesušceeršj IFS = 2 mA kesâ meeLe Skeâ ceeršj keâe Skeâ PMMC leLee Ûeue ueewn Ùeb$e kesâ mebÙeespeve keâer
Fmlesceeue keâjlee nw~ Fmekeâer mebJesoveMeeruelee nw? 500
/V Devegieeceer nw~ leovegmeej M.I. leLee PMMC ceeršj ceW
(BSNL TTA -2015) hebpeerÙeve kesâ Devegmeej, oesveeW OeejeDeeW keâe Devegheele efkeâlevee
4. Two ammeters A and B both 0–10Amp. have nesiee?
 and 0.5
internal resistance of 1  respectively. (SSC JE -2012)
they are connected in parallel. If total current
is 15A, then Sol. i = 6 + 10 sin (100t) + 20 sin (200t)
0–10Amp. Jeeues oes Sceeršj keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe PMMC kesâJeue DC ceeve heÌ{lee nw~
›eâceMe: 1  Deewj 0.5  nw~ oesveeW keâes meceeblej ceW IPMMC = 6
mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Ùeefo kegâue Oeeje 15A nes lees–
M.I. kesâ efueS, IMI = I0 2  1  I12  I 22 
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016,3 pm) 2
 
Sol. R1 = 1 R2 = 0.5 1
= 62  102  202
I total = 15 Amp 2
lees Oeeje efJeYeepekeâ efveÙece mes
1
R2
= 36   500
I1  I total 2
R1  R 2
= 36  250
0.5
I1  15  = 286
1.5
= 16.91
I1 = 10 × 0.5
I1 = 5Amp
I MI 16.91
= = 2.81
R1 I PMMC 6
leLee I 2  I total
R1  R 2 Ans.
23. The span of a zero centered voltmeter having a Sol. efoÙee nw-
scale from –15V to +15V is:
Skeâ MetvÙe kesâefvõle Jeesušceeršj efpemekeâe hewceevee –15V mes V  400sin t  300sin 2t Volt
+15V keâer meercee nw– (UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016) 2 2
 Im   Im 
Vrms   1    2 
Sol. SPAN  maximum value  minimum value  2  2
V = 15 – (–15)
(400) 2  (300) 2 250000
V = 30 V Vrms  
2 2
24. A galvanometer (G) measures upto 100mA
current. It is to be converted to voltmeter to 500
measure upto 100 volts. What is required to be Vrms  Vol t Ans.
2
done?
Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj (G) pees 100 mA lekeâ Oeeje ceehelee nw~ 41. A PMMC meter has an internal resistance
Ùeefo Gmes Jeesušceeršj ceW ™heevlejCe keâjles nw~ leye Jen 100 200  and the current required for its full scale
volts ceeheve keâjlee nw~ leye FmeceW keäÙee nesvee pe®jer nw~ deflection is 50 A. The meter is capable of
measuring on its own a maximum voltage of :
(RRB SSE -Secunderabad Green paper, 21.12.2014)
Skeâ PMMC ceeršj keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 200  Deewj
Sol. efoÙee nw, IG = 100 mA
Fmekesâ hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Oeeje
VG = 100 Volt
50 A nw~ Ùen ceeršj mJeÙeb efkeâleveer DeefOekeâlece Jeesušlee keâer
V 100
leye R= G  ceehe keâj mekeâlee nw?
IG 100 103
(KVS JE -2016)
R = 103  1000 
26. A wave form shown in the figure below, is fed Sol. efoÙee nw, PMMC keâe Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe · 200 
to a a.c. ammeter. What is the reading shown hetCe& efJe#esheCe hewceevee · 50A
by the meter?
V = IR
veerÛes efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le lejbie ™he Skeâ S. meer. Sceeršj keâes
V = 200×50×10-6
efoÙee peelee nw lees ceeršj Éeje ØeoefMe&le hee"dÙeebkeâ keäÙee nw?
V = 10 × 103 ×10-6
(ESE -2008)
V = 10 mili Volt Ans.
42. The value of resistances in a potential divider
arrangement to convert a basic D Arsonval
meter movement with an internal resistance of
100  and a full scale current of 1mA to a multi
Sol. Sceeršj keâer jeref[bie = Deej.Sce.Sme ceeve (R.M.S. Value) range DC voltmeter with ranges 0–150 V and
rms value  Imax  0–300V are:
Skeâ cetue D Deemees&veJeeue ceeršj cetJeceWš keâes efpemekeâe
Where   duty cycle
 Deewj hetCe& ceehe Oeeje 1mA nw
Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 100
1
 keâes Skeâ yenghejeme DC Jeesušceeršj efpemekeâe hejeme 0–
2
150 V leLee 0–300 V nw ceW yeoueves kesâ efueS efJeYeJe
1 efJeYeepekeâ JÙeJemLee ceW ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve nesiee–
rms Value  100mA 
2
(DMRC JE- 2017)
 70.72 mA Ans.
sol. efoÙee nw–
38. Calculate the reading that will be given by a
hot-wire voltmeter it is connected across the
terminal's of a generator whose voltage
waveform is represented by-
Skeâ iece& leej Jeesušceeršj keâes Ùeefo pevejsšj kesâ šefce&veue
kesâ S›eâeme peesÌ[e peeS lees Gmekesâ Éeje efoS ieS hee"Ÿeebkeâ
keâer ieCevee keâjW efpemekeâe Jeesušlee lejbie™he efvecve Éeje
ØeoefMe&le nw-
V = 400 sin t + 300 sin 2 t Jeesuš
(PGCIL E.R.1 -13.09.2018 IInd shift )
Rm = 100 , Im = 1mA Sol. efoÙee nw– V 10000V, Vm 1000 V
v = Rm Im = 100  1  10 = 0.1 volt–3
V 10000
Dele: M   10
R1 = (m1 – 1)  Rm Vm 1000
V1 150 M = 10
m1 =  1500
v 0.1 peneB M = multiplication factor
R1 = (1500 – 1)  100 = 149.9 k Cm 42
Dele: Cs    4.667 pF Ans.
R2 = (m2 – m1)  Rm M  1 10  1
V 300 47. The deflecting torque of an Ammeter is
m2 = 2   3000 directly proportional to the current passing
v 0.1
through it and the instrument has full scale
R2 = (3000 – 1500)  100 = 150 k deflection of 90 degree for a current of 10 A.
Ans. What deflection will occur for a current of 5 A
when the instrument has gravity control?
43. A 0 – 300V voltmeter has an error of 12% on
Skeâ Sceeršj keâe efJe#esheCe DeeIetCe& GmeceW mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje
full scale deflection. If the true voltage is 30V
then the range of readings on this voltmeter
kesâ meceevegheeleer nw~ GhekeâjCe ceW 10 A keâer Oeeje kesâ efueS
will be. 90º keâe hetCe& hewceeves hej efJeÛeueve neslee nw~ 5 A Oeeje hej
efkeâlevee efJeÛeueve Øeehle nesiee peye GhekeâjCe ceW ieg®lJeerÙe
Skeâ 0-300V Jeesušceeršj keâe hetCe& mkesâue efJe#esheCe hej efveÙeb$eCe nw– (LMRC AE -2016)
$egefš 12% nw~ Ùeefo mener efJeYeJe 30V nes lees Jeesušceeršj
Sol. :- efoÙee nw-
hej hee"Ÿeebkeâ keâe jWpe nesiee–
I1 = 10A, I2 = 5A, 
(Coal India Ltd. -26.03.2017) sin I2
Sol. Jeesušceeršj = 0–300V sin 2 5 5

$egefš = 12% hetCe& mkesâue efJe#esheCe keâe sin 90 10  10
12  300 1
 sin 
100 4
= 36V 1
sin–1  
Q 300V ceeheve ceW $egefš = 36V 4
= 14.5°
36
leye 1V ceeheve ceW $egefš  Ans.
300
49. Two voltmeters have the same range 0-400 V.
36 The internal impedance are 30kΩ and 20kΩ. If
leLee 30V ceeheve ceW $egefš   30 = 3.6V they are connected in series and 600 V be
300
applied across them, the readings are:
DeLee&le 30V ceeheve ceW Jen 3.6V keâer $egefš osiee~ oes Jeesušceeršj keâer meceeve hejeme 0-400 V nw~ Deebleefjkeâ
leye Jeesušspe keâer jsvpe  (30–3.6) mes (30+3.6) ØeefleyeeOee 30 kΩ Deewj 20 kΩ nw~ Deiej Jes ßesCeer ceW
 26.4V mes 33.6V Ans. ueieeÙes peeSB Deewj Gvekesâ S›eâe@me 600 V ueieeÙee peeS,
44. The capacitance of 0–1000V electrostatic lees hee"Ÿeebkeâ keäÙee nesiee?
voltmeter increases from 36–42 pF from zero (BSPHCL JE- 31.01.2019, Batch -2)
to full scale deflection. It is required to extend (UPRVUNL AE -2016)
the range of voltmeter to 10000 V by using an Sol. efoÙee nw- RA = 30k
external series capacitor. What should be the
RB = 20 k
value of series capacitor
From voltage divide rule-
0–1000V Fueskeäšêsmšwefškeâ Jeesušceeršj keâer Oeeefjlee MetvÙe
RA
mes hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe mes 36–42 pF mes yeÌ{ peeleer VA  V
RA  RB
nw~ Skeâ yeenjer ßesCeer mebOeeefj$e keâe GheÙeesie keâj,
than,
Jeesušceeršj keâer meercee keâes 10000 V lekeâ yeÌ{eÙee peevee
30
DeeJeMÙekeâ nw ßesCeer mebOeeefj$e keâe ceeve keäÙee nw– VA = × 600 = 360 V
50
(Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016) VB = 600 – 360 = 240V Ans.
51. An ammeter of 0-25A range has guaranteed Sol. efoÙee nw–
accuracy of 1% of full scale reading. The
current measured is 5A. The limiting error is Voltmeter Reading = 50V
0-25A jWpe keâe Skeâ Sceeršj hetCe& mkesâue ceW 1³ lekeâ Ammeter Reading = 0.5A
ieejbšerke=âle mešerkeâlee oslee nw~ ceehee ieÙee keâjbš 5A nw~ Resistance (R) = Voltmeter Reading
efveÙebef$ele $egefš nesieer– Ammeter Reading
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016,10 am) 50 500
= 
Sol. efoÙee nw- Range = 25A, 0.5 5
25 R = 100Ω Ans.
limiting error A=  0.25A
100 63. Determine the value of a shunt resistance (in
0.25 Ohms) required to convert a galvanometer into
% limiting error in =  A  100
5 an ammeter of reading up to 15 A. The internal
% A = 5% Ans. resistance of the galvanometer is 30 Ohms and
the value of current for full scale deflection is 0.3
52. for a 1000 micro Amp movement with 100
ohms Rm, it voltage Vm at Full scale deflection is A.
100 Deesÿe Rm Jeeues 1000 ceeF›eâes SeqcheÙej cetJeceWš kesâ Skeâ iewuJesveesceeršj keâes Skeâ 15 SefcheÙej jeref[bie Jeeues
efueS Jeesušspe Vm keâe Hegâue mkesâue ef[HeäueskeäMeve nw– Sceeršj ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Mebš
(BSNL TTA -26.09.2016,10 am) ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve keâer ieCevee (Deesÿe ceW) keâjW~ iewuJesveesceeršj
Sol. efoÙee nw– Im = 1000 Micro Amp. = 1000×10-6A keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe 30 Deesÿe nw Deewj hetCe& ceehekeâ
efJe#esheCe kesâ efueS Oeeje keâe ceeve 0.3 SefcheÙej nw–
Rm = 100 ohm
Vm = I m × R m (SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018)
Vm = 1000 × 10–6 × 100 Sol.
Vm = 0.1 volt Ans.
56. A Wheatstone bridge requires a change of 6 Ω in
the unknown arm of the bridge to produce a
change in deflection of 3 mm of the galvanometer.
The sensitivity of the instrument is
Skeâ Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe keâes iewuJesveesceeršj kesâ 3 mm kesâ
efJe#esheCe ceW heefjJele&ve ueeves kesâ efueS efyeÇpe keâer De%eele
Yegpee ceW 6  kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~
GhekeâjCe keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee keäÙee nw?
(BSPHCL JE- 31.01.2019, Batch -01)
From circuit:
Sol. efoÙee nw-
applying KCL
efJe#esheCe ceW heefjJele&ve = 3mm, De%eele Yegpee = 6
15  Ish  IG  15  Ish  0.3
efJe#esheCe ceW heefjJele&ve
mesefvmeefšefJešer · Ish = 15 – 0.3 = 14.7 Amp
De%eele Yegpee
Internal Resistance (Ri) = 30
3 Shunt Resistance (Rsh) = ?
=
6 IGRi = Ish Rsh
mesefvmeefšefJešer = 0.5 mm/ Ans. 0.3  30 = 14.7  Rsh
62. An ammeter reads 0.5A when connected in 9
series with an unknown resistance and a R sh   0.61
14.7
voltmeter connected across the ends of the
same resistance shows 50V. Then value of that R sh  0.61  Ans.
resistance is:
Skeâ De%eele ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe ßesCeer›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele 67. What will be the deflection (in rad) of a moving
iron instrument, when the inductance of the
keâjves hej Skeâ Sceeršj 0.5 A hee"Ùeebkeâ oslee nw Deewj Gmeer moving iron instrument is (20 + 4 )
H, where
ØeeflejesOe kesâ efmejeW hej mebÙeesefpele Jeesušceeršj 50 V oMee&lee  is the deflection in radian from zero position
nw~ Gme ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? and the deflection current is 5 A? Assuming
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018) spring constant K = 10  10–6 Nm/rad.
Skeâ cetefJebie DeeÙejve GhekeâjCe keâe efJe#esheCe (jsef[Ùeve ceW) keäÙee 0.25  106  3.14
nesiee, peye cetefJebie DeeÙejve GhekeâjCe keâe ØesjkeâlJe (20 + Td 
3
4 )H nw, peneB  MetvÙe efmLeefle mes jsef[Ùeve ceW efJe#esheCe nw
 2.6  107 Nm
Deewj efJe#esheCe efJeÅegle Oeeje 5 SefcheÙej nw? ceeve ueerefpeÙes efkeâ
Td
efmØebie efveÙeleebkeâ K = 10  10–6 Nm/rad nw– N
BI A
(SSC JE- Morning 25-01-2018)
2.6  107
Sol. efoÙee nw- 
2  103  10  103  10  20  106
efmØebie efveÙeleebkeâ (K)  10  106 Nm / rad
2.6  107  106  106
efJe#esheCe Oeeje = 5 A 
2  10  10  20
ØesjkeâlJe  L    20  4  H
2.6  105
The rate of change of inductance with deflection is,   65Turn
4000
dL d
  20  4  H = 4H N  65Turn Ans.
d d
dL 73. Two 100 V full scale PMMC type DC
 4  106 H voltmeters having Figure of Merits (FOM) of
d
10 kΩ/V and 20 kΩ/V are connected in series.
From torque equation, The series combination can be used to measure
1 I 2 dL a maximum DC voltage of:

2 K d oes 100 V hetCe& mkesâue PMMC Øekeâej kesâ DC
1 52 Jeesušceeršj efpevekeâer efHeâiej Dee@Heâ cesefjšdme (FOM) 10
   4  106 kΩ/V SJeb 20 kΩ/V nw ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ Ùen ßesCeer
2 10  106
25  4 mebÙeespeve DeefOekeâlece efkeâleveer DC Jeesušlee keâe ceeheve
 keâj mekeâlee nw?
20
(UPRVUNL AE -2016)
  5 radians Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw,
71. A permanent magnet moving coil instrument
has a coil of dimension 10 mm  20 mm The
flux density in the air gap is 2  10–3 Wb/m2
and the spring constant is 0.25  10–6 Nm/rad.
If the current of 10 mA is flowing through the
coil, then calculate the number of turns m1  sensitivity  10 k / V
required to produce an angular deflection of 60 Resistance  10 k / V  100V
degrees.
Skeâ hejceeveWš cewievesš cetefJebie keâe@Fue GhekeâjCe ceW kegbâ[ueer  1000 k
keâe DeeÙeece 10 mm  20 mm nw~ SÙej iewhe ceW Heäuekeäme m 2  sensitivity  20 k / V
IevelJe 2  10–3 Wb/m2 nw Deewj efmØebie iegCeebkeâ 0.25  Resistance  20k / V  100 V
10–6 Nm/rad nw~ Ùeefo 10 efceueer-SefcheÙej keâer efJeÅegle
 2000 k
Oeeje kegbâ[ueer kesâ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw, lees 60
ef[«eer kesâ keâesCeerÙe efJe#esheCe keâe Glheeo keâjves kesâ efueS Total resistance in series  1000 k  2000 k b
švme& kesâ mebKÙee keâer ieCevee keâjW~  3000 k
(SSC JE- Evening 29-01-2018) 100
m1 safe value Current i1   0.1 mA
Sol. efoÙee nw, A = 10 mm × 20mm 1000
I = 10 mA = 10×10–3A 100
m 2 safe value current i 2   0.05mA
efmØebie efveÙeleebkeâ  K   0.25  10 Nm / rad
6 2000
Voltage can be measured
 3
  60  rad B  2 10 Wb / m 2
3  0.05  103  3000  103

Tc = Td = K  150 V Ans.

82. A current i = 5 + 14.14 sin (314t + 45º) is passed 96. A current transformer has a phase error of
through a centre zero PMMC, hot-wire, and +3°. The phase angle between the primary and
moving iron instruments, the respective secondary current is
reading are Skeâ Oeeje heefjCeeefce$e ceW +3° keâuee $egefš nw~ ØeeLeefcekeâ
Oeeje i = 5 + 14.14 sin (314t + 45º) Skeâ kesâvõ MetvÙe leLee efÉleerÙekeâ Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâuee keâesCe nw–
PMMC ne@š-JeeÙej Deewj Ûeue ueewn GheÙeb$e ceeOÙece mes Sol. Oeeje heefjCeeefce$e ceW ØeeLeefcekeâ leLee efÉleerÙekeâ Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe keâe
iegpej jner nw, lees ›eâceMe: hee"Ÿeebkeâ nw keâuee keâesCe–     180  
Sol. efoÙee nw– Oeeje (i) =5 + 14.14 sin (314t + 45º)  180  3
PMMC DC ceeve keâes ceehelee nw~ FmeefueS PMMC keâe ceeheebkeâ–  177 Ans.
5A nesiee 97. A 50 Hz, bar primary CT has a secondary with
500 turns. The secondary supplies 5 A current
ne@š JeeÙej Deewj Ûeue ueewn GheÙeb$e r.m.s ceeve keâes ceeheles nw~ into a purely resistive burden of 1 . The
FmeefueS magnetizing ampere turns is 200. The phase
2
angle between the primary and secondary
 Imax1  currents is
I r.m.s  I02   
 2 
Skeâ 50 Hz, ÚÌ[ ØeeLeefcekeâ CT ceW 500 efÉleerÙekeâ šve& nQ~
efÉleerÙekeâ, 1
 kesâ Megæ ØeeflejesOe Yeej ceW 5 A keâer Oeeje
 14.14 
2
keâer Deehetefle& keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo cewivesšeFefpebie SefcheÙej šve&
 52    200 nw lees ØeeLeefcekeâ leLee efÉleerÙekeâ OeejeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe
 2 
keâe keâuee keâesCe nw–
I rms  125 A Ans.
N2
Sol. šve& Devegheele (N) 
83. A current of 8 + 6 2 (sin t + 30°) A is N1
passed through three meters. They are a centre
500
zero PMMC meter, a true rms meter and a N
moving iron instruments. The respective 1
reading (in A) will be N  500
8 + 6 2 (sin t + 30°) SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje leerve ceeršjeW efÉleerÙekeâ Oeeje (Is )  5A
kesâ ceeOÙece mes iegpejleer nw~ Jes kesâvõ MetvÙe heer.Sce.Sce.meer. cewivesšeFefpebie SefcheÙej šve&
ceeršj, Skeâ melÙe Deej.Sce.Sme. ceeršj Deewj Skeâ Ûeue ueewn cewivesšeFefpebie Oeeje– (I m )  ØeeLeefcekeâ šve& keâer mebKÙee
GheÙeb$e nQ lees mebyebOeer hee"Ÿeebkeâ (A ceW) nesiee? 200

Sol. kesâvõ MetvÙe PMMC ceeršj keâe ceeheebkeâ– 1
(Iav) = –8A  200 A
melÙe r.m.s ceeršj keâe ceeheebkeâ– 180 200
keâuee keâesCe $egefš ()   4.6 Ans.
2  500  5
6 2
 8   
2
=  98. A spring-controlled moving iron voltmeter
 2  draws a current of 1 mA for full-scale value of
100 V. If it draws a current of 0.5 mA the
= 10 A meter reading is
Ûeue ueewn GheÙeb$e keâe ceeheebkeâ (Ir.m.s) = 10A Ans. Skeâ efmhebÇie-efveÙebef$ele Ûeue ueewn Jeesušceeršj 100 Jeesuš
93. What is the series resistance required to extend kesâ hetCe& hewceeves hej ceeve kesâ efueS 1 efceueer SefcheÙej keâe
the 0 100 V range of a 20,000 /V meter to Oeeje ueslee nw Ùeefo Ùen 0.5 efceueer SefcheÙej kesâ Oeeje keâes
01000 V ? ueslee nw lees ceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ nesiee–
20,000 /V ceeršj keâer hejeme keâes 0 100 V mes 0 1000 Sol. efoÙee nw– V = 160V, I1= 1mA, I2 = 0.5mA
Jeesuš lekeâ yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe nw? efJe#esheCe ()  I 2
Sol. 0 – 100 V keâes 0 – 1000 V FmeefueS– V  I2

lekeâ jWpe keâes yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ ßesCeer ØeeflejesOe – I 
2
V2 = V1  2 
R se  SV  1000V – SV×100V  I1 
 20 k / V  1000V  20k / V 100  0.5 
2
= 100    = 25 V Ans.
 20 M  2 M  18 M Ans.  1 
99. A moving iron ammeter produces a full-scale Sol. kegâC[ueer kesâ Éeje D.C Sceeršj Oeeje kesâ Deewmele ceeve keâes
torque of 240 Nm with a deflection of 120° at ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw~ FmeefueS–
a current of 10 A. The rate of change of self
inductance ( H/radian) of the instrument at Sceeršj hee"dÙeebkeâ–
full scale is 1 2
Skeâ Ûeue ueewn Sceeršj 10 SefcheÙej kesâ Oeeje hej 120° Id.c = 2 0
idt
kesâ efJe#esheCe kesâ meeLe 240Nm kesâ meeLe Skeâ hetCe& mkesâue 1 1 2

DeeIetCe& GlheVe keâjlee nw~ hetCe& hewceeves hej GheÙeb$e kesâ 
=  100 mAdt  0.dt 
2 0  1 
mJeØesjCe (H/jsef[Ùeve) kesâ heefjJele&ve keâer oj nw~
100 mA
Sol. efoÙee nw– =
2
hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe šeke&â (Td)– = 50 mA Ans.
Td = 240  10–6 N-m 107. If two 300V full-scale voltmeters V1 and V2
Oeeje (I) = 10A having sensitivites of 100 k /V and 150 k/V
1 2 dL are connected in series to measure 500 V, then
Td = I the reading of voltmeter V2 -
2 d
Ùeefo 100kΩ/V Deewj 150kΩ/V kesâ mebJesoveMeeruelee Jeeues
dL 2Td
 2 oes 300V hetCe& hewceevee kesâ Jeesušceeršj V1 Deewj V2 keâes
d I
500V ceeheves kesâ efueS ëe=bKeuee ceW peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees
2  240 106 Jeesušceeršj V2 keâe ceeheebkeâ

102
Sol. Jeesušceeršj V1 keâe ØeeflejesOe ( R m1 ) –
dL
 4.8 H/radian Ans.
d
100. A current of (10 +5 sin t + 3 sin 2 t ) is
measured using a moving iron instrument. The
reading would be
Skeâ Ûeue ueewn GheÙeb$e keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ (10 + 5 sin
t + 3 sin 2 t ) Oeeje keâes ceehee peelee nw lees hee"dÙeebkeâ
nesiee~
Sol. Ûeue ueewn GheÙeb$e Oeeje kesâ r.m.s ceeve keâes oMee&lee nw~
FmeefueS–
2
R m1 = Sv1  hegâue mkesâue jWpe
2
 I max1   Imax 2 
Ir.m.s = I 
2
0   
 2   2  = 100 k/V  300V
2 2 = 30 M
 5   3 
= 102      Jeesušceeršj V2 keâe ØeeflejesOe (R m2 ) –
 2  2
R m2 = Sv2  hegâue mkesâue jWpe
25 9
= 100  
2 2
= 10.82 A Ans. = 150 k/V  300V
101. A waveform shown in the figure is fed to a dc = 45 M
ammeter. What is the reading shown by the
meter?
Jeesušceeršj (V1) keâe ceeheebkeâ–
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeÙee ieÙee Skeâ lejbie efpemeceW Skeâ [er.meer.
Sceeršj keâes Hesâ[ efkeâÙee peelee nw ceeršj Éeje efoKeeÙee R m1
V1 = V 
ieÙee hee"Ÿeebkeâ keäÙee nw? R m1  R m2
30
= 500 
30  45
= 200 V
Jeesušceeršj V2 keâe ceeheebkeâ = 500 – 200
= 300 V Ans.
17. An ammeter of resistance Rm is placed in an Meefòeâ ceehe keâer oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe Éeje Jeešceeršj keâe
arrangement as shown in the figure. Material of hee"Ÿeebkeâ W1 = 100 kW Deewj W2 = 50 kW nw~
Rm, Rsh is copper whereas that of RS, RX is
Jeešceeršj W2 Fmekesâ Oeeje kegâC[ue kesâ mebÙeespeve keâes
manganin. The condition for which the meter
performance is compensated against efJehejerle keâjves kesâ yeeo hee"Ÿeebkeâ oslee nw~ Yeej keâe heeJej
temperature, is: hewâkeäšj keäÙee nw - (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
ØeeflejesOe Rm Jeeuee Skeâ Sceeršj efÛe$e ceW efoKeeF& ieF& Sol. efoÙee nw - W1 = 100 kW
JÙeJemLee kesâ Devegmeej jKee ieÙee nw~ Rm, Rsh heoeLe& keâe W2 = 50 kW
keâe@hej nw Deewj RS, RX keâe cewieefveve nw~ leehe kesâ Øeefle ceeheer  W  W2 
keâer efve<heeokeâlee keâer #eeflehetefle& keâjves kesâ efueS Mele& nw tan  = 3 1 
 W1  W2 
(SSC JE- 2013)
100  50 
= 3
 150 
1
= 3
3
1
=
3
Ans : Rm + RS = Rsh + Rx Thus, tan  = tan 30º
Q. In two wattmeter methods of measuring power  = 30º
in a 3-, 3-wire system supplying balanced Hence power factor = cos  = cos 30º
load, if W1 = 2W2, then what is the power = 0.866 Ans.
factor of the load.
Q Two wattmeters are used to measure the power
meblegefuele Yeej keâer Deehetefle& keâjves Jeeues 3-, 3-leej of a three-phase balance load. The reading of
ØeCeeueer ceW Meefòeâ ceeheves keâer oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOeÙeeW ceW the first and second wattmeter is 157.74 W and
Ùeefo W1 = 2W2 nw lees Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nesiee~ 100 W, respectively. What is the reactive power
in the circuit?
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
 leerve-ÛejCe meblegueve Yeej Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS oes
Sol. efoÙee nw, Jeešceeršj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ henues Deewj otmejs
W1 = 2W2 Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie ›eâceMe: 157.74 Jeeš Deewj 100
pewmee efkeâ nce peeveles nQ Jeeš nw~ meefke&âš ceW ØeefleIeeleerÙe Meefòeâ keäÙee nw~
 3  W1  W2   (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
  tan 1  
 W1  W2  Sol. efoÙee nw - Reactive power = ?
Put W1 = 2W2 W1 = 157.74 Watt, W2 = 100 Watt
 3  2W2  W2   Reactive power = 3  w1  w 2 
  tan 1  
 2W2  W2  = 3 157.74  100 
 1  = 3  57.74
  tan 1  
 3  100 VAR Ans.
 = 30º Q. ‘Two-watt meter’ method is used to measure
Power factor = cos  the power of a three-phase balanced load. The
= cos 30º reading of the first and second wattmeter is 20
watts and 10 watts, respectively. What is the
3 power factor of the load?
= Ans.
2 oes Jeeš-ceeršj efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie leerve-ÛejCe meblegefuele
1. The wattmeter reading by two-wattmeter Yeej keâer Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~ henues
method of power measurement are given as W1 Deewj otmejs Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie ›eâceMe: 20 Jeeš Deewj
= 100 kW, W2 = 50 kW. Wattmeter W2 gives
10 Jeeš nw~ uees[ keâe heeJej hewâkeäšj keäÙee nw~
the reading after reversing the connection of its
current coil. What is the power factor of load. (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
Sol. efoÙee nw - W1 = 20 watt, W2 = 10 watt, cos = ? Sol. efoÙee nw-
W  W Yeej Meefòeâ = 800 kW cos=0.8
tan   3
W  W Heâe@Jej Hewâkeäšj = 0.8 sin =0.6
tan   3
 20  10  Reactive power (KVAR) = ?
 20  10  Apparent power =
KW 800

cos  0.8
10
tan   3 = 1000 KVA
30
Reactive power (KVAR) = KVA × sin
3
tan   = 1000 × 0.6
3
= 600 KVAR Ans.
3
tan   1. What will be the value of reactive power (in
3 3 VAR) of a circuit having power factor of 0.5,
1 when the apparent power of the circuit is 80
tan   VA?
3
0.5 Meefkeäle iegCeebkeâ Jeeues heefjheLe keâer Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue
1
  tan 1 Meefkeäle (Jeer.S.Deej. ceW) keäÙee nesieer, peye heefjheLe keâer
3 DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle 80 Jeer.S. nw–
 = 30º (SSC JE-Morning 22-01-2018)
cos30º=0.866 Ans.
nw– Sol. efoÙee
cos = 0.5
Q A watt meter has a full scale range of 2500 DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle = 80VA
watt. It has an error of 1.2% of true value.
Øeeflekeâejer Meefkeäle   DeeYeemeer Meefkeäle    meef›eâÙe Meefkeäle 
2 2
What would be range of reading if true power
is 1250 watts?
 Skeâ Jeešceeršj ceW 2500 Jeeš keâer hetCe& hewceeves keâer meercee meef›eâÙe Meefkeäle P = VA cos
nesleer nw~ FmeceW 1.2% mener ceeve keâer $egefš nesleer nw~ Ùeefo P = 80  0.5 = 40 Jee@š
JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ 1250 Jeeš nw lees jeref[bie keâer meercee Øeeflekeâejer Meefkeäle   80 2   40 2
keäÙee nesvee ÛeeefnS?
= 6400 1600
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
Sol. efoÙee nw- = 4800  69.2
error = 1.2% of true value Øeeflekeâejer Meefkeäle  69.2 VAR Ans.
Jee@š ceeršj keâe hetCe& efJemLeeheve ceeve 2500 W 2. The balanced load of a delta connection is
powered by a three-phase balanced 400 V, 50
JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ = 1250 W
Hz, AC power supply. The readings of the two
Error = + 1.2% of 1250 powermeters are 970W and 480W respectively.
= + 0.012 × 1250 Each phase load consists of a series of resistors
= + 15 W and inductors. Calculate the power factor.
pewmee efkeâ Jeešceeršj jer[ keâjsiee .... efkeâmeer leerve hesâpeer meblegefuele 400 V, 50 Hz AC Deehetefle& mes
Skeâ [suše keâveskeäšs[ meblegefuele Yeej keâes mebÛeeefuele efkeâÙee
(1250 – 15) W mes (1250 + 15) W
peelee nw~ oesveeW heeJej ceeršjeW hej jeref[bie ›eâceMe: 970 W Deewj
 Jee@šceeršj keâe ceeve = 1235 to 1265 Watt Ans. 480 W nw~ Yeej kesâ ™he ceW ØelÙeskeâ hesâpe kesâ ßesCeer ceW ØeeflejesOe
Q A supply system supplies the load 800 kW at Deewj Øesjkeâ Meeefceue nw~ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâer ieCevee keâjs~
power factor 0.8 leading. Calculate the reactive (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
power.
Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = 970 W, W2 = 480 W
 Skeâ Deehetefle& ØeCeeueer 0.8 De«eieeceer Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej
VL = 400 V
800 efkeâueesJeeš uees[ keâer Deehetefle& keâjleer nw~ ØeefleIeeleerÙe
Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~  W  W2   970  480 
formula– tan   3  1   3 
 W1  W2   970  480 
490 oes Jeesuš ceeršj heæefle Éeje meblegefuele he§e Meefòeâ iegCekeâ
 3 kesâ efueS,
1450
W1 = VL I L cos  30 - Φ 
848.68
tan    0.585
1450 W2 = VL I L cos  30 + Φ 
kegâue ØeefleIeeleer Jeesuš-SefcheÙej Q kesâ Éeje efoÙee peelee nw?]
sec   1  tan 2   1   0.585 
2
sec   1.15 Sol. kegâue ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ  Q   W1  W2
1 1 Q  VL I L cos  30     VL IL cos  30   
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos  =   0.86
sec  1.15  VL IL cos 30 cos   VL I L sin 30sin 
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  0.86 Ans.  VL I L cos 30 cos   VL I L sin 30sin 
3. The two-wattmeter method is used to measure Q  2VL I L sin 30sin 
the input power of a three-phase induction
1
motor. If the two wattmeter readings are 1,700  2VL IL  sin 
2
W and 1100 W determine the power factor of
Q  VL IL sin  Ans.
the motor.
leerve hesâpeer hesÇjCe ceesšj (induction motor) keâer 5. The wattmeter method is used to measure the
power in a three-phase load. The wattmeter
Fvehegš heeJej keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS oes Jeešceeršj heæefle reading are 400 W and -35 W. What will be the
keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo oesveeW Jeešceeršj keâer power factor?
leerve hesâpeer Yeej ceW Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS Jeešceeršj
jeref[bie 1700 W Deewj 1100 W nw, lees ceesšj kesâ Meefòeâ heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie
iegCekeâ keâe efveOee&jCe keâjW~ 400 W Deewj -35 W nQ~ Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ keäÙee nesiee?
(UPPCL JE-Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Sol. efoÙee nw– Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = 400 W, W2 = –35 W
W1 = 1700 W  W  W2 
tan   3  1 
W2 = 1100 W  W1  W2 
 W  W2   400   35 
formula– tan   3  1  3
  400   35  
 W1  W2   
 1700  1100  600 435
 3  3  3
 365
 1700  1100  2800
tan   2.06
tan   0.3711
sec   1  tan 2   1   2.064 
2
sec   1  tan   1   0.3711

2 2
sec   2.29
sec   1.068 1 1
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos  =   0.436
1 1 sec  2.29
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos  =   0.938 Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  0.43 Ans.
sec  1.068
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  0.937 Ans. 6. The two-wattmeter method is used to measure
the power of a three-phase balanced system.
Yeej ØesjkeâerÙe (inductive) nesves kesâ keâejCe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ he§eieeceer powered by a 415 V, three-phase, 50 Hz power
(lagging) nesiee~ supply. If the reading on both wattmeters is 8.5
kW. calculate the power factor.
4. For balanced lagging power factor, according leerve hesâpeer meblegefuele ØeCeeueer, efpemeceW 415V leerve hesâpe,
to two wattmeter method, 50 Hz mes Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw~ GmeceW Meefòeâ ceehe kesâ
W1 = VL I L cos  30 - Φ  efueS oes Jeeš ceeršj heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
oesveeW Jeeš ceeršjeW hej jeref[bie 8.5 kW nw, lees Meefòeâ
W2 = VL I L cos  30 + Φ  iegCekeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~
The total reactive volt-amperes Q is given by (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = W2 = 8.5 kW Skeâ [suše keâveskeäšs[ Yeej kesâ efueS, efpemeceW oes Jeeš-
 W  W2 
ceeršj heæefle Éeje Meefòeâ keâes ceehee peelee nw, Ùeefo
formula– tan   3  1  W1=VLILcos(30- ) Deewj W2=VLILcos (30+ )
 W1  W2 
nw lees kegâue leerve hesâpeer Meefòeâ ......... nesieer~
 8.5  8.5 
tan   3   (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
 8.5  8.5 
Sol. oes Jeešceeršj Éeje ceeheer ieÙeer kegâue JewÅegle Meefòeâ
tan  = 0
P  W1  W2  VL I L cos  300     VL I L cos  300   
tan  = tan 0°
 = 0°  VL I L  cos  300     cos  300    
cos  = cos 0° = 1 Ans.
 VL I L  cos 300 cos   sin 300 sin   cos 300 cos   sin 300 sin 
7. The two-wattmeter method is used to measure
a three-phase power supply. If the two
wattmeter readings are 2 kW and 500 W.  VL I L  2 cos 300 cos  
determine the total power of the circuit.
leerve hesâpeer Meefòeâ keâer Deehetefle& keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS oes Jeeš  VL I L  2  3 cos  
 2 
ceeršj heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo oesveeW  
Jeeš ceeršjeW keâer jeref[bie 2 kW Deewj 500 W nw, lees P  3VL I L cos  Ans.
heefjheLe keâer kegâue Meefòeâ keâe efveOee&jCe keâjW~ 10. A balanced three-phase star-connected load
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) draws power from a 440 V supply. The two
connected wattmeters, W1 and W2 indicate 5
Sol. efoÙee nw–
kW and 1200 W. Calculate the total power.
W1 = 2 kW Skeâ meblegefuele leerve hesâpeer, mšej keâveskeäšs[ Yeej 440 V
W2 = 500 W = 0.5 kW keâer Deehetefle& ueslee nw~ oes pegÌ[W ngS Jeeš-ceeršj W1 Deewj
heefjheLe keâer kegâue JewÅegle Meefòeâ (P) = W1 + W2 W2 ›eâceMe: 5 kW Deewj 1200 W oMee&les nw~ kegâue Meefòeâ
P = 2 + 0.5 = 2.5 kW Ans. keâer ieCevee keâjW~
8. The two-wattmeter method is used for the (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
measurement of power in a three-phase
Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = 5 kW = 5000 W
balanced system, supplied from a 415 V. three
phase, 50 Hz supply. If the reading on both W2 = 1200 W
wattmeters is 8.5 kW, calculate the total power kegâue Meefòeâ (P) = W1 + W2 = 5000 + 1200
consumed.
P  6200 W Ans.
leerve hesâpeer meblegefuele ØeCeeueer, efpemeceW 415 V leerve hesâpe,
50 Hz mes Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw, GmeceW Meefòeâ keâs ceehe 11. When the 3 phase power is measured by two
efueS oes Jeešceeršj heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ wattmeter method, at what power factor the
reading of one wattmeter is positive and other
Ùeefo oesveeW Jeeš ceeršjeW hej jeref[bie 8.5 kW nw, lees is negative?
GheYeesie keâer ieF& kegâue efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~ peye leerve Hesâpe Meefòeâ keâes oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe mes ceehee
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) peelee nw lees efkeâme Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej Skeâ Jeešceeršj keâer
Sol. efoÙee nw– jeref[bie Oeveelcekeâ Deewj otmejs keâer $e+Ceelcekeâ nesleer nw?
W1 = W2 = 8.5 kW (Vizag steel JE- 27.08.2018, 3rd Shift)
GheYeesie keâer ieF& kegâue efJeÅegle Meefòeâ (DMRC JE -2017)
P = W1 + W2 = 8.5 + 8.5 (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
P = 17 KW Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = W, W2= -W
9. For a delta-connected load being measured for  W  W2 
power by the two-wattmeter method, if tan   3  1 
 W1  W2 
W1 = VL I L cos  30 - Φ  and
 W  W2 
W2 = VL I L cos  30 + Φ  Then total 3-phase  3 1 
power is:  W1  W2 
 W  ( W)  14. Measurement of power of a 3-phase balanced
tan   3   load is done using two wattmeter method. If
 WW 
the ratio of the wattmeter readings is 2:1 then
WW power factor of the circuit will be–
 3 
WW Skeâ meblegefuele ef$ekeâuee Yeej keâe Meefòeâ ceeheve oes
 2W  Jeešceeršj efJeefOe Éeje efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo Jeešceeršj kesâ
 3 
 0  hee"ÙeebkeâeW keâe Devegheele 2 : 1 nes lees heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ
tan    iegCeebkeâ nesiee–
  900 (Uttarakhand AE- (Paper-I)-2013)
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  cos   cos 90  0 (UPPCL JE- 2013)
Dele: Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ MetvÙe nesiee~ Ans. Sol. W1 = 2 W 2= 1
12. The active and apparent power an inductive  W  W2   2 1 

tan   3  1  tan   3  
circuit are 60KW and 100KVA respectively. The  W1  W2   2 1 
power factor of the circuit is:
Skeâ ØesjefCekeâ heefjheLe keâe meef›eâÙe leLee DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ tan  = 0.57735
›eâceMe: 60 KW leLee 100KVA nw, heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ  1 1
cos   
iegCeebkeâ nesiee~ 1  tan 2
  1  0.57735  2

1
Sol. efoÙee nw– P = VIcos = 60kW 
1  0.333
S = VI = 100 kVA
Active power cos = 0.866 Ans.
P.F. 
Apparent power 15. In a balanced 3–phase 400V circuit, the line
current is 115.5A when the power is measured
60 by two wattmeter method, one meter reads
cos = = 0.6 lagging Ans.
100 40kW and the other zero. What is the power
keäÙeeWefkeâ heefjheLe Fv[efkeäšJe nw FmeefueS Meefòeâ iegCekeâ heMÛeieeceer nesiee~ factor of the load
13. In the two wattmeter method of measuring 3 Skeâ meblegefuele 3–Hesâpe 400V heefjheLe ceW, ueeFve keâjWš
phase power, the wattmeter indicated equal 115.5A nw~ peye Meefkeäle oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe mes ceehee peelee
and opposite readings when load power factor is–
nw lees Skeâ Jeešceeršj 40kW Deewj otmeje MetvÙe oslee nw~
3 hesâpe hee@Jej keâes ceeheves keâer oes Jeesušceeršj efJeefOe ceW,
uees[ keâe Meefkeäle iegCekeâ keäÙee nw–
Jee@šceeršj Skeâ meceeve leLee efJehejerle jeref[bie Fbefiele keâjlee
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016, 3 pm)
nw peye uees[ keâe heeJej hewâkeäšj nw–
Sol.
(UPPCL-2013, LMRC AE -2016)
IL = 115.5 Amp.
Sol. ceevee W1 = VL IL cos (30 – )
VL = 400 Volt
W2 = VL IL cos (30 + )
W1 = 40kw
when
W2 = 0 kwatt
W1 = – W2
cos = ?
VL IL cos (30 – ) = – VL IL cos (30 + )
P = W1+W2
cos 30 cos  + sin 30.sin = [cos30.cos – sin30.sin]
P = 40kW+0 = 40 kW
3 sin  3 sin 
cos    cos   P= 3VL I L cos 
2 2 2 2
2 3 40000 = 3  400 115.5 × cos
cos   0
2 40000
cos  
  90 o
Ans. 1.732  400 115.5
Dele: Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ – cos   0.499

cos 900=0 cos  = 0.5 Ans.

16. In a balanced 3-phase circuit, the line current is 21. Phasor diagram of load voltage (V), current in
12 A. When the power is measured by two pressure coil (IP) and current in current coil (IC)
wattmeter method, one meter reads 11 kW while is shwon in the figure when an electrodynamic
the other reads zero. Power factor of the load is wattmeter is used to measure power. The reading
Skeâ meblegefuele 3-keâuee heefjheLe ceW, ueeFve Oeeje 12A nw~ peye of the wattmeter will be proportional to :
Meefòeâ keâes oes Jeešceeheer efJeefOe mes ceehee ieÙee, lees Skeâ Jeeš ceeheer ef Ûe$e ceW Yeej Jeesušlee (V), oeye kegbâ[ueer ceW Oeeje (IP) Deewj
keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ 11 kW nw peyeefkeâ otmejs keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ MetvÙe nw~ Oeeje kegbâ[ueer ceW Oeeje (IC) keâe hesâ]pej DeejsKe efoKeeÙee ieÙee
Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nw~ (SSC JE- 2013) nw, peye Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efJeÅegle-ieeflekeâerÙe
Jeešceeheer keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peeS~ Jeešceeheer keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ
Sol. IL = 12 A, W1 = 11 KW, W2 = 0
efkeâmekesâ meceevegheeleer nesiee?
3(W1  W2 ) 3(11  0)
tan  =   3 (SSC JE- 2013)
W1  W2 11  0
 = 60
1
MeefòeâiegCekeâ = cos 60 = = 0.5 Ans.
2
17. In a balanced 3-phase system, the current coil of a
wattmeter is inserted in line 1 and the potential coil
across 2 and 3. If the wattmeter reads 100 W, the
reactive power drawn by the 3-phase load is Sol. P = V Cos. Ic cos 
Skeâ meblegefuele 3 hesâpe Jeeueer ØeCeeueer ceW, Skeâ Jeešceeršj keâer Ùee P = VIc Cos  cos 
Oeeje kegbâ[ueer ueeFve 1 ceW efveefJe° keâer ieF& nw Deewj efJeYeJe   P  Cos  Cos    Ans.
kegbâ[ueer ueeFve 2 leLee 3 kesâ heej ueieeF& ieF& nw leovegmeej 22. A wattmeter is marked 15A/30A, 300V/600V and its
Ùeefo Jeešceeršj keâe he"ve 100 W nes, lees 3 hesâpe kesâ Yeej scale is marked up to 4500 watts. When the meter is
Éeje efkeâleveer ØeefleIeeleer Meefòeâ ueer peeSieer? connected for 30 A, 600V, the point indicated 2000
watts. The actual power in the circuit is
(SSC JE- 2012)
Skeâ Jeešceeršj 15A/30A, 300V/600V Debefkeâle nw Deewj
Sol. Q = 3 P , P = 100W Gmekeâer ceeheveer (hewceevee) 4500 Jeeš lekeâ Debefkeâle nw ~ peye
= 3  100
ceeršj keâes 30A, 600V kesâ efueS mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee ieÙee, lees
metÛekeâ ves 2000 Jeeš metefÛele efkeâÙee~ heefjheLe ceW JeemleefJekeâ
= 173.2 VAR Ans.
Meefòeâ nw~
18. In an electrodynamometer type Watt meter if
the voltage and current measured are given by (SSC JE- 2013)
V = 100 sin 314t and i = 10 sin  314t  60  0 Sol. Jeešceeršj keâe ceušerhueeFbie iegCeebkeâ
respectively, the reading (in watts) will be Jeesušspe keâe GÛÛeceeve Oeeje keâe GÛÛeceeve
·
Skeâ Fueskeäšês[eÙevesceesceeršj Øekeâej kesâ Jeešceeršj ceW ceehee ceeršj keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve
ieÙee Jeesušspe SJeb Oeeje ›eâceMe: nw– V=100 sin 314t 600  30
 4
SJeb i = 10 sin  314t  600  kesâ Éeje efoÙee ieÙee nw 4500
Jeešdme ceW) jeref[bie nesieer? Jeešceeršj peye 2000 Jeeš Debefkeâle keâjsiee leye heefjheLe ceW kegâue
(UPSSSC JE- 2015) JeemleefJekeâ Meefòeâ
Sol. Im = 10 A Vm = 100 v 4  2000  8000 watt Ans.
 = 600 P = VI cos  24. A 3-phase 10 kVA load has a power factor of
I 10 V 100 0.342. The power is measured by the two-
Irms = m  Vrms = m  wattmeter method Find the reading of each
2 2 2 2 wattmeter when the power factor is leading.
cos 600 = 1/2 Skeâ leerve hesâpeer 10 kVA Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ 0.342
Wattmeter keâer Reading = VI cos  nw~ Meefòeâ keâes oes Jeešceeršj heæefle Éeje ceehee peelee nw~
=
10 100 1
 
peye Meefòeâ iegCekeâ De«e neslee nw lees ØelÙeskeâ Jeešceeršj keâer
2 2 2 jeref[bie %eele keâjW~
P = 250 Watt Ans. (UPPCL JE-Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Sol. efoÙee nw– Sol. efoÙee nw– VL  400V , Z  (9.8  j10) 
Apparent power (s) = 10 kVA
Z keâe heefjceeCe  9.82  102
3VL IL  10 kVA
 96.04  100
10
VL IL  kVA  196.04  14 
3
cos  = 0.342
 = cos–1 (0.342)
 = 70°
In two wattmeter leading power factor.
W1 = VLIL cos (300 – 0)
W2 = VLIL cos (300 + 0)
Hesâpe keâesCe     tan 1 

10 
ceeve jKeves hej W1 
10
3

cos 300  700   9.8 

10 10  45.570
 cos 400   0.766
3 3 Vph
Hesâpe Oeeje  Iph  
400 / 3
W1  4.42 kW 
Z 14
W1  4.4 kW  16.5A
Fmeer Øekeâej– kegâue Meefòeâ  P   3Iph
2
R
W2 
10
3

cos 300  700   3 16.5  16.5  9.8
W1  W2  8004.15W ........(i)
10 10  W  W2 
W2  cos1000    0.174
3 3 Also tan 45.570  3  1 
 W1  W2 
W2  1.004 kW
W1  W2  4.71 kW................(ii)
W2  1kW
meceer (i) Je (ii) keâes nue keâjves hej
W1= 4.4 kW
W1  6.36 kW
W2= –1 kW Ans.
W2  1.64 kW
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ De«eieeceer nesves hej Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie efJehejerle nes
peeÙesieer DeLee&led 28. The reading of wattmeter and ammeter is 1
kW and 10 A respectively in the three phase
W1  4.4 kW circuit given below. What is the value of power
Ans. factor of the circuit, if the circuit is balanced?
W2  1kW
veerÛes efoS ieS leerve hesâpe heefjheLe ceW Skeâ Jeešceeršj Deewj
26. Three identical impedances, each of (9.8 + Skeâ Sceeršj keâer jeref[bie ›eâceMe: 1 efkeâuees-Jeeš Deewj 10
 are connected across a 400 V, 50 Hz AC
j10) SefcheÙej nw~ Ùeefo heefjheLe meblegefuele efkeâÙee peelee nw lees
supply. The power supplied to the load is
heefjheLe kesâ Meefkeäle keâejkeâ keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee–
measured by the two-wattmeter method.
Find the readings of the two wattmeters if the
impedances are connected in star.
leerve meceeve ØeefleyeeOeeSb ØelÙeskeâ (9.8 + j10)  400 V.
50 Hz AC Deehetefle& kesâ S›eâe@me pegÌ[er ngF& nQ~ Yeej keâes
Deehetefle& keâer ieF& Meefòeâ keâes oes Jeešceeršj heæefle Éeje
ceehee peelee nw~ Ùeefo ØeefleyeeOeeSb mšej ceW pegÌ[er ngF& nQ lees
oesveeW Jeeš ceeršjeW keâer jeref[bie %eele keâjW~
(UPPCL JE-Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Sol. leerve hesâpe meblegefuele mšej ØeCeeueer ceW 1 Jeešceeršj keâe Meefòeâ Skeâ meblegefuele 3–Hesâpe mšej keâveskeäšs[ ØeCeeueer kesâ Hesâpe keâesCe
iegCekeâ ØeCeeueer keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nesiee~ keâes (ef[«eer ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo henues Deewj otmejs
Jeešceeršj keâer hee"Ÿeebkeâ = 1 kW = 1000 Jeeš Jee@šdceeršj keâer jeref[bie ›eâceMe: 200 Jeeš Deewj 1200 Jeeš nw~
VL 200 (SSC JE-Evening 23-01-2018)
Vph   , (I L  I ph )
3 3 Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = 200 Jeeš, W2 = 1200 Jeeš
P  Vph  Iph cos 
 = tan 1 3
 W2  W1  mes
200
 W2  W1 
1000   10  cos 
3  1200  200 
 = tan 1 3  
1.732  1000  1200  200 
cos    0.866
200  10  1000 
 = tan 1 3  
cos   0.866 Ans.  1400 
10
29. power consumed by a balanced star connected  = tan 1 3 
14
3–phase load is measured using two–wattmeter
17.32
method. The phase voltage and phase current  = tan–1
in the load is 220 V and 10A respectively. What 14
will be difference in reading (in W) of the two  = tan–1 1.23 (Q tan 51 = 1.23 neslee nw)
wattmeter, if the power factor of the system is  = 50.88
0.8 lagging ?
  51o Ans.
3–Hesâpe uees[ mes pegÌ[s meblegefuele mšej Éeje efJeÅegle Meefòeâ
31. What is the reading (in kW) of both the
keâer Kehele oes–Jee@šceeršj efJeefOe mes ceeheer peeleer nw~ uees[ wattmeter, when measuring the power of a
ceW Hesâpe Jeesušspe Deewj Hesâpe Oeeje ›eâceMe: 220 Jeesuš Deewj three-phase three wire system having an input
10 SefcheÙej nw~ oes Jee@šceeršj keâer jeref[bie ceW (Jeeš cebs) of 5 kW and power factor of 0.866?/peye Skeâ leerve
keäÙee Deblej nesiee, Ùeefo ØeCeeueer keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ 0.8 hesâpe leerve leej ØeCeeueer, efpemekeâe Fvehegš 5 efkeâuees-Jeeš
uewefiebie nw? Deewj Meefkeäle keâejkeâ 0.866 nw, keâes ceehee peelee nw lees
(SSC JE-Evening 23-01-2018) oesveeW Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie (efkeâuees-Jeeš ceW) keäÙee nesieer–
Sol. P  3Vph I ph cos  (SSC JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
 3  220  10  0.8
Sol. efoÙee nw,
 5280 W P  5 kW, cos   0.866,   300
P  W1  W2 ØeMveevegmeej,
cos   0.8 efoÙee nw, P1  P2  5 kW .............(i)
sin   0.6 P P 
tan   3  1 2 
 W  W2   sin    P1  P2 
tan   3  1   tan   cos  
 W1  W2    P P 
tan 300  3  1 2 
 5 
1 P P
0.6  W  W2   1 2
 3 1  3 3 5
0.8  5280 
5
5280  0.6 3168 P1  P2   1.66
W1  W2   3
0.8  1.732 1.3856
P1  P2  1.66 kW .............(ii)
W1  W2  2286.3W Ans.
meceer. (i) Je (ii) mes,
30. Determine the phase angle (in degrees) of a
balanced 3–phase star connected system, if the P1  3.33kW
first and the second wattmeter show readings of
200 W and 1200 W respectively. Fmeer Øekeâej, P2  1.67 kW Ans.

32. In two wattmeter method of power calculation 36. A 3-phase 110 V motor has a power factor of
of a 3-phase balanced star connected system, 0.5. The two wattmeters connected measure the
what is the power factor of the system if one of total input of 50 kW. Calculate the reading (in
the wattmeter shows zero reading and the other kW) of each wattmeter :
shows a positive reading ? Skeâ 3-Hesâpe 110 Jeesuš ceesšj ceW 0.5 keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ
Meefòeâ ieCevee nsleg oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe ceW Skeâ 3-hesâpe nw~ oes pegÌ[s Jeešceeršj 50 efkeâueesJeeš keâe kegâue Fvehegš
ceeheles nQ~ ØelÙeskeâ Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie keâer ieCevee
meblegefuele mšej keâveskeäšs[ ØeCeeueer keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ keäÙee
(efkeâuees–Jeeš ceW) keâjW–
nw, Ùeefo Skeâ Jeešceeršj MetvÙe jeref[bie efoKeelee nw Deewj
otmeje Oeveelcekeâ jeref[bie efoKeelee nw?
1
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) Sol. Cos  Cos60   0.5
2
  60
(RRB JE- (Shift-3), 28.08.2015)
Sol. ceevee W1  W, W2  0 3  W1  W2 
Dele: tan  
W1  W2
  W  W2  
  tan 1  3 1 

  W1  W2    W1  W2 
3 3
W1  W2
1   W  0 
 tan  3  W1  W2  W1  W2
 W0 
W2  0
1   W 
 tan  3    Total Power = W1  W2
  W 
50  W1  0
 tan 1 3
W1  50W Ans.
tan   3
38. What is the phase angle (in degrees) of
  60 balanced 3-phase star connected system, if the
cos   cos 60 first and the second wattmeter show reading of
0 W and 1600W respectively?
1 Skeâ meblegefuele 3-Hesâpe mšej ceW pegÌ[er ngF& ØeCeeueer keâe hesâpe

2 keâesCe (ef[«eer ceW) keäÙee nw, Ùeefo henuee Deewj ogmeje Jeešceeršj,
cos   0.5 Ans. ›eâceMe: 0 Jeeš Deewj 1600 Jeeš keâer jeref[bie efoKeeles nw–
(SSC JE- Morning 29-01-2018)
34. Determine the active power (in W) of a circuit,
(UPSSSC JE-2016)
if the circuit have a power factor of 0.8 and the
reactive power of the circuit is 60 VAR. Sol. efoÙee nw,
Skeâ heefjheLe keâer meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ (Jeeš ceW) keâe ceeve ØeLece Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie (P1) = 1600 watt
efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ 0.8 nw efÉleerÙe Jeešceeršj keâer jeref[bie (P2) = 0 watt
Deewj heefjheLe keâer Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue Meefòeâ 60 VAR nw~   P1  P2 
1
(SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018) formula; Phase angle,   tan  3 
  P1  P2 
Sol. efoÙee nw, cos   0.8 , leye sin   0.6, Q  60VAR
  1600  0  
Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue Meefòeâ  Q   60VAR   tan 1  3  
  1600  0  
Q  VI sin 
 
  tan 1 3
60  VI  0.6
  600 Ans.
VI  100
DeeYeemeer Meefòeâ S  100 VA 39. In two-wattmeter method, if the balanced load
is resistive, then the relation between the two
meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ (P)  VI cos  wattmeter will be............
oes-Jeešceeršj efJeefOe ceW, Ùeefo meblegefuele uees[ ØeeflejesOeer nw,
 100  0.8
lees oesveeW Jeešceeršj kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe..........nesiee~
P  80 watt Ans.
(SSC JE- Evening 29-01-2018)
Sol. uees[ Megæ ØeeflejesOeer nw leye power factor unity nesiee~ 3
 2VL IL cos    3VL I L cos 
W1  VL I L cos  30    cos   1    0 2
 cos30cos   sin30sin   cos30cos   
W2  VL I L cos  30   W1  W2  VL IL  
 sin30sin  
3  VLIL  2sin  sin30
W1  VL I L
2
1
 2VL IL sin   VL IL sin 
3 2
W2  VL I L
2 W1  W2  VL IL sin 
W1  W2 Ans.  W1  W2  VL IL sin  tan 
  
41. In two wattmeter method of measuring three  W1  W2  3 VL IL cos  3
phase power, power factor is 0.5 then one of the
wattmeter will read: 3  W1  W2 
tan  
ef$e–keâuee Meefòeâ ceeheve kesâ oes Jee@šceeršj ØeCeeueer ceW  W1  W2 
Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ 0.5 nw lees Skeâ Jee@šceeršj he"ve keâjsiee:
 3  W1  W2  
(N.P.C.I.L- 08.06.2018, 3rd shift) cos   cos  tan 1  Ans.
Sol. efoÙee–   W1  W2  
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ (cos)= 0.5 44. Phase voltage and current of a 3 , three-wire
star-connected system, with an inductive load
cos = cos600 of power factor 0.707 (lag), is 150 V and
Ùee  = 600 30 30 A. If the power in the system is being
formula– measured using two wattmeters, the difference
W1 = VLIL cos (30º–) in meter readings is:
W2 = VLIL cos (30º+) 3 leerve leej ØeCeeueer keâer Hesâpe Jeesušspe leLee Oeeje
lees– W2 = VLIL cos (30º+60º) 0.707 (he§e) Meefòeâ iegCekeâ Jeeues ØesjefCekeâ Yeej kesâ
W2 = VLIL cos (90º) meeLe 150V leLee 30 30 A nw~ Ùeefo ØeCeeueer ceW Meefkeäle
Ùee W2 = 0 keâe ceeheve oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe mes efkeâÙee peelee nQ lees
W1 = VLIL cos (30º–60º)
oesveeW ceeršj keâer ceehe ceW Devlej nesiee~
Ùee W1 = VLIL cos (30º) (DMRC- 10.04.2018, Second Shift)
W1 = 0.866 VLIL Sol. efoÙee nw,
Dele: Skeâ Jeešceeršj keâe hee"Ÿeebkeâ MetvÙe leLee otmejs keâe 0.866 VLIL nesiee~ Vph  150V, I ph  30 3A
Ans.
cos   0.707 Ùee   450
42. Measurement of power factor for balanced
load by two wattmeters for lagging power ceevee henues Jeešceeršj keâe hee"dÙeeBkeâ (W1) nw
factor is:  W1  VL I L cos  30º  
he§eieeceer MeefòeâiegCekeâ hej oes Jeešceeršj Éeje meblegefuele
Yeej kesâ efueS Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeheve nw– W1  3  150  30 3 cos  30º 45º 
(DMRC- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift) W1  3  4500cos  15
Sol. W1  VL IL cos  30    W1  3  4500  0.9659
W2  VL IL cos  30    W1  13039.65 Jeeš
W1  W2  VL IL cos  30     VL IL cos  30    W1  13.039 kW

Fmeer Øekeâej,
 VL IL cos  30     cos  30   
cos30cos   sin 30sin   cos30cos   


W2  VL I L cos 30  450 
 VL I L  
sin 30sin   W2  3  150  30 3.cos 750
 VL I L  2cos  cos30  W2  3  4500  0.2588

W2  3493.8 Jeeš Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = 4.5 kW
W2  3.4938 kW W2 = 0 kW
kegâue efJeÅegle Meefòeâ (P) = W1 + W2
ØeMveevegmeej,
= 4.5 + 0 kW
 W1  W2   13.039  3.4938 P = 4.5 kW Ans.
 9.54 kW Ans. 50. A device capable of detecting voltage, current
and the angle between the voltage and the
46. A balanced three-phase star-connected load current to provide power readings directly in
draws power from a 440 V supply. The two watts is known as a/an:
connected Wattmeters, W1 and W2. indicate 5
Skeâ GhekeâjCe pees Jeesušlee, Oeeje Deewj Jeesušlee Deewj
kW and 1,200 W respectively. Calculate the
current in the circuit. Oeeje kesâ yeerÛe kesâ keâesCe keâe helee ueieeves ceW me#ece nw pees
Skeâ meblegefuele leerve hesâpeer, mšej keâveskeäšs[ Yeej 440 V Meefòeâ he"ve keâes ØelÙe#e ™he mes Jeeš ceW ØeoefMe&le keâjlee
nw, kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~
keâer Deehetefle& ueslee nw~ oes pegÌ[s ngS Jeeš ceeršj W1 Deewj
W2 ›eâceMe: 5 kW Deewj 1200 W oMee&les nQ~ heefjheLe ceW
Oeeje keâe ceeve %eele keâjW~ Sol. Jeešceeršj Jen GhekeâjCe (device) neslee nw pees Jeesušspe, Oeeje
leLee Gvekesâ yeerÛe kesâ keâespÙee (cos ) kesâ iegCeveheâue keâes ceeheleer nw
Fmekeâer FkeâeF& Jeeš nesleer nw~ P  VI cos  Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw– W1=5 kW=5000 W
W2=1200 W 51. A delta-connected balanced load is supplied
from a three-phase balanced 400 V, 50 Hz AC
 W  W2   5000  1200  supply. The readings on the two wattmeters are
tan   3  1   3 
 W1  W2   5000  1200  970 W and 480 W respectively. Each phase of
load consists of resistance and inductance
3800 connected in series calculate the total active
 1.732 
6200 power consumed.
tan   1.061
efkeâmeer leerve hesâpeer meblegefuele 400 V, 50 Hz AC Deehetefle&
mes Skeâ [suše keâveskeäšs[ meblegefuele Yeej keâes Deehetefle& keâer
  tan 1 1.061 peeleer nw~ oesveeW Jeeš ceeršjeW hej jeref[bie ›eâceMe: 970 W
  46.690
Deewj 480 W nQ~ Yeej kesâ ØelÙeskeâ hesâpe kesâ ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[W
ØeeflejesOe Deewj Øesjkeâ Meeefceue nQ~ Kehele keâer ieF& kegâue
cos 46.69  0.68
meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~
Formula–
P  W1  W2  3VL IL cos  Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = 970 W
5000  1200  3  440  IL  0.68 W2 = 480 W
6200 kegâue meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ P = W1 + W2
IL   11.96 amp = 970 + 480
518.22
IL = 11.96 amp Ans. P = 1450 W
P = 1.45 kW Ans.
the total power in a balanced circuit powered 52. A three-phase star-connected balanced load of
by a 415 V, 50 Hz, three-phase, balanced power (4+j3)  per phase is connected across three-
supply. If one wattmeter reads 4.5 kW and the phase, 50 Hz, 400 V AC supply. If the two-
other reads zero, the total power calculated will wattmeter method is used to determine input
be _____. power. find each wattmeter reading.
efkeâmeer leerve hesâpeer meblegefuele 415 V, 50 Hz Meefòeâ keâer Skeâ leerve hesâpeer mšej keâveskeäšs[ (4 + j3)  keâe Øeefle
Deehetefle& Jeeues meblegefuele heefjheLe ceW kegâue Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves hesâpe meblegefuele Yeej Skeâ leerve hesâpe 50 Hz, 400 V AC
kesâ efueS oes Jeešceeršj heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee Deehetefle& kesâ S›eâe@me pegÌ[e ngDee nw~ Ùeefo Fvehegš Meefòeâ keâes
nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ Jeešceeršj Éeje 4.5 kW Deewj otmejs efveOee&efjle keâjves kesâ efueS oes Jeešceeršj heæefle keâe
Jeešceeršj Éeje MetvÙe jeref[bie efoKeeF& peeleer nw, lees efJeÅegle GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees ØelÙeskeâ Jeeš ceeršj keâer
Meefòeâ keâer kegâue ieCevee ......... nesieer~ jeref[bie keâes %eele keâjW~
(UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening) (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Sol. efoÙee nw– VL = 400V = 1.732 × 0.6
Z = (4 + j3) = 1.03  1
 = tan–1 (1)
ØeefleyeeOee keâe heefjceeCe  Z   16  9  25
 = 45°
Z = 5
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos   cos 45° =0.707 = 0.7 Ans.
R 4
cos     0.8 55. Two wattmeter method is used to measure the
Z 5
power in a three-phase load. The wattmeter
 = cos–1 (0.8) readings are 400 W and -35 W. What will be
 = 36.869°  37° the total active power?
tan  = tan (37°) leerve hesâpeer Yeej ceW efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS oes
= 0.75 Jeešceeršj heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Jeešceeršj
mšej keâveskeäMeve kesâ efueS– jeref[bie 400 W Deewj –35 W nw~ kegâue meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ
VL 400 keäÙee nesieer?
Vph  Vph 
3 3 (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
Vph Sol. efoÙee nw–
Oeeje  I ph  
400 / 3
  46.2 A
Z 5 W1 = 400 W
W2 = –35 W
uees[ ceW JÙeÙe Meefòeâ  P   W1  W2  2
3I ph R ph
kegâue meef›eâÙe Meefòeâ (P) = W1 + W2
= 3 × (46.2)2 × 4
= 400 + (–35)
= 25613.28 W
P = 365 W Ans.
P = W1+W2=25.6 kW ......(i)
 W  W2  the power of a three-phase balanced system,
Formula– tan   3  1 
 W1  W2  powered by a 415 V, three phase and 50 Hz
power supply. If the reading on both
 W  W2 
0.75  3  1 
wattmeters is 8.5 kW, calculate the line current
 25.6  leerve hesâpeer meblegefuele ØeCeeueer, efpemeceW 415 V leerve hesâpeer
 25.6  0.75  50 Hz nšd&pe mes Deehetefle& keâer peeleer nw, GmeceW Meefòeâ kesâ
W1  W2   
 1.732  ceehe kesâ efueS oes Jeešceeršj heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
W1 – W2  11.08 kW ......(ii) peelee nw~ Ùeefo oesveeW Jeeš ceeršjeW hej jeref[bie 8.5 kW nw,
meceer. (i) Je (ii) keâer meneÙelee mes– lees ueeFve Oeeje keâer ieCevee keâjW~
W1 = 18.34 kW (UPPCL JE- Re-exam 27.08.2018, evening)
W2 = 7.26 kW Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw–
54. The two-wattmeter method is used to measure W1 = W2 = 8.5 kW
a three-phase power supply. If the two VL = 415 V
wattmeter readings are 2 kW and 500 W,
determine the power factor of the circuit kegâue Meefòeâ (P) = W1 + W2
leerve hesâpeer Meefòeâ keâer Deehetefle& keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS oes = 8.5 + 8.5
Jeešceeršj heæefle keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo oesveeW P = 17 kW = 17000 W
Jeeš ceeršj keâer jeref[bie 2 kW Deewj 500 W nQ lees heefjheLe  W  W2 
tan   3  1 
kesâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe efveOee&jCe keâjW~  W1  W2 
 8.5  8.5 
Sol. efoÙee nw– W1 = 2 kW = 2000 W  3 
 8.5  8.5 
W2 = 500 W
tan  = 0º
 W  W2 
formula- tan   3  1  tan = tan 0º
 W1  W2    = 0º
 2000  500  Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos 
 3 
 2000  500  = cos 0º = 1
ceevee ueeFve Oeeje IL nw– 61. The circuit given in the figure is used to
measure the power consumed by the load. The
kegâue Meefòeâ (P)  3VL I L cos  current coil and the voltage coil of the
17000 = 1.732 × 415 × IL × cos  wattmeter has 0.02  and 1000  resistances
17000 = 718.78 × IL respectively. The measured power compared to
the load power' will be
17000
IL   23.65 A Ans. efÛe$e ceW efoÙes ieS heefjheLe keâe GheÙeesie Yeej Éeje Kehele
718.78
keâer ieF& Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~
59. The two-wattmeter method is used to measure Jeešceeršj kesâ Oeeje kegbâ[ueer Deewj Jeesušspe kegbâ[ueer keâe
the input power of a three-phase induction
motor. If the two wattmeter readings are 1700 ›eâceMe: 0.02  Deewj 1000  ØeeflejesOe nQ~ Yeej Meefòeâ
W and 1100 W, determine the input current keâer leguevee ceW ceeheer ieF& Meefòeâ nesieer–
drawn from a 440 V, 3-phase AC supply. 0.02 
Skeâ leerve hesâpeer hesÇjCe ceesšj (induction motor) keâer
Fvehegš Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS oes Jeešceeršj heæefle
keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw ~ Ùeefo oesvees Jeešceeršj keâer
jeref[bie 1700 W Deewj 1100 W nw lees 440 V, 3 hesâpe
AC Deehetefle& mes ueer ieF& Fvehegš Oeeje keâe efveOee&jCe keâjW~
Sol. Jeešceeršj kesâ Éeje ØeoefMe&le Meefòeâ–
(UPRVUNL AE- 2016)
= Yeej Éeje Kehele Meefòeâ + Oeeje kegâ[bueer ceW Meefòeâ neefve
(BSNL TTA- 25.09.2016-10 am)
Sol. efoÙee nw– W1=1700 W, W2=1100 W  VL I L  I 2 R CC
VL= 440 V  200  20  20 2  0.02
Formula–  4008
 W  W2  uees[ kesâ Éeje Kehele Meefòeâ –
tan   3  1 
 W1  W2  P  200  20
 1700  1100  P  4000 W
 3 
 1700  1100  4008  4000
  100
4000
 600 
 3   0.2% DeefOekeâ Ans.
 2800 
 0.37 62. In the measurement of power on balanced load
by two-wattmeter method in a 3-phase circuit,
sec   1  tan 2   1   0.37 
2
the reading of the wattmeters are 3 kW and 1
kW respectively, the latter being obtained after
sec   1.066 reversing the connections of the current coil.
1 1 The pf of the load is
Meefòeâ iegCekeâ = cos  =   0.938 Skeâ 3-keâuee heefjheLe ceW oes Jeešceeršj efJeefOe Éeje
sec  1.066
cos   0.938 meblegefuele Yeej hej Meefòeâ keâer ceehe ceW, Jeešceeršj keâe
P = W1+W2
hee"Ÿeebkeâ ›eâceMe: 3 kW Deewj 1 kW nw, yeeo Jeeuee Oeeje
P = 1700+1100
kegbâ[ueer kesâ mebÙeespeve keâes Guešves kesâ yeeo Øeehle ngDee nw~
P = 2800W
Yeej keâe heeJej hewâkeäšj nw-
P = 2.8kW Sol. efoÙee nw–
P  W1  W2  3VL IL cos  W1  3kW
1700  1100  3  440  IL  0.98 W2  1kW
2800 heefjheLe keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ–

IL 
711.80  W  W2 
cos   cos  tan 1 1  3
I L  3.9336  4 amp Ans.  W1  W2 

 3  (1)  Q What is the cost of operating a 1500 Watt
 cos  tan 1  3 heater two hours per day for a 20 day periods
 3  (1)  Assume the charge per kilowatt hour is Rs. 4.
 cos  tan 1 2 3   20 efove keâer DeJeefOe kesâ efueÙes Øeefleefove 2 Iebšs 1500
W kesâ neršj kesâ mebÛeeueve keâer ueeiele nw? ceeve uees efkeâ
 cos 73.89 '
Ûeepe& Øeefle efkeâueesJee@š Iebše 4 ®. nw~
 0.2771 lag Ans.
63. Two wattmeters are used to measure the power
in a 3-phase balanced system. What is the neršj ôeje kegâue meceÙe T
Sol.
power factor of the load when one wattmeter Øeefleefove 2 Iebšs ØeÛeeefuele nesves hej = 202 = 40Hr
reads twice the other?
kegâue Tpee& (E) = PT = 1.5 kw  40 Iebšs = 60 kwh
3- keâuee meblegefuele ØeCeeueer ceW Meefòeâ keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS
oes Jeešceeršj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ peye Skeâ neršj keâer kegâue heefjÛeueve ueeiele Øeefle kw ceW `4 nw~
Jeešceeršj otmejs keâer leguevee ceW oes iegvee jer[ keâjlee nw, lees ueeiele = 60 kwh  4= `240 Ans.
Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keäÙee neslee nw? Q. An energy meter is designed to make 100
revolutions of disc for one unit of energy. The
Sol. Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ – number of revolutions made by it when
 W  W2  connected to a load carrying 40 A at 230 V and
  tan 1 3  1  0.4 pf for an hour is:
 W1  W2 
Tpee& kesâ Skeâ efceveš kesâ efueS Skeâ Tpee&ceeršj ef[mkeâ kesâ
peye W1  2W2
100 Ûe›eâCe yeveeves nsleg ef[peeFve efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Skeâ
 2W2  W2  IeCšs kesâ efueS 0.4 Meefòeâ iegCekeâ 230 V Deewj 40 A hej
  tan 1 3  
 2W2  W2  Jenve keâjles ngS efkeâmeer Yeej mes peye Ùen mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee
1 peeS lees Fmekesâ Éeje yeveeS ieS Ûe›eâCeeW keâer mebKÙee nw–
 tan 1 3 
3 (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
  30 o
] VI cos t
Sol. 1 Iebšs ceW Tpee& keâer Kehele  kWh
Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ  cos30 1000
 0.866 Ans. 230  40  0.4  1

64. A 400 V, three-phase, rated frequency balanced 1000
source is supplying power to a balanced three-  3.68 kWh
phase load carrying a line current of 5 A at an
angle of 30o lagging. The readings of the two ÛekeäkeâjeW keâer mebKÙee  3.68  100
wattmeters W1 and W2, used for measuring the  368 Ans.
power drawn by the circuit, are respectively
Q. A 230 V single-phase domestic energy meter
Skeâ 400 Jeesuš, 3- keâuee, efveOee&efjle DeeJe=efòe meblegefuele has a constant load of 4A passing through. It
Œeesle 30º uewefiebie kesâ keâesCe hej 5A keâer Skeâ ueeFve Oeeje for 6h at unity power factor the meters disc
ues peeves Jeeues meblegefuele 3- keâuee Yeej keâes efJeÅegle keâer makes 2208 revolutions during this period.
Deehetefle& keâj jne nw~ heefjheLe Éeje ueer ieF& Meefòeâ keâes What will be the energy consumed by the load
ceeheves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues oes Jeešceeršj kesâ if the meter disc completes by the load if the
meter disc completes 1240 revolutions?
hee"Ÿeebkeâ ›eâceMe: nQ-
230 V efmebieue-]hesâpe Iejsuet Tpee& ceeršj mes neskeâj Skeâue
Sol. Jeešceeršj keâe hee"Ùeebkeâ – W1  VL IL cos (30  ) Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej 6h kesâ efueS 4A keâe efmLej uees[ iegpejlee
 400  5cos(300  ) nw Fme DeJeefOe kesâ oewjeve ef[mkeâ 2208 heefj›eâceCe keâjleer
nw~ Ùeefo ceeršj ef[mkeâ 1240 heefj›eâceCe hetCe& keâjleer nw lees
 400  5cos(300  300 )
uees[ Éeje Kehele keâer ieF& Tpee& keäÙee nesieer?
 2000 W
W2  VL IL cos(30  ) 0
Sol. efoÙee nw –
 400  5  cos  300  300  V = 230 volts, I = 4A, h = 6
230  4  6
 1000 W Ans. kWh 
1000
ceeršj efmLejebkeâ speed of the meter disc for a current of 10 A of
0.9 pf lagging will be
Revolution
k Skeâ Skeâue-ÛejCe 230V ØesjCe Jee@š Iebše ceeršj keâe
kWh
ceeršj efmLejebkeâ 400 rev/kWh nw~ 0.9 pf uewefiebie kesâ 10
2208
k A kesâ Oeeje kesâ efueS ceeršj ef[mkeâ keâer ieefle nesieer-
230  4  6
1000 Sol. Skeâ efceveš ceW Tpee& keâer Kehele–
2208 1000 V  I  cos  1
k  400   kWh
230  4  6 1000 60
1240 Ûekeäkeâj hetCe& keâjves ceW meb«eefnle Tpee& 230  10  0.9 1
   0.0345 kWh
Revolution 1000 60
kWh 
Constant ceeršj ef[mkeâ keâer ieefle–
1240 = ceeršj efveÙeleebkeâ rev/kWh× Tpee& Kehele kWh
kWh   3.1
400 = 400 × 0.0345 rpm
kWh = 3.1 Ans. = 13.80 rpm Ans.
Q. Which quantity is equal to 1.0 kilo-watt-hour - 4. An energy meter is designed to make 100
1 efkeâueesJeeš IeCše kesâ yejeyej keâewve meer jeefMe nw - revolution for one unit of energy. Calculate the
number of revolutions made by it when
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) connected to load carrying 50A at 230V and
Sol. 1 kwh = 1000 J/S 0.6p.f an hour:
1 hr = 3600 S Tpee& kesâ Skeâ efceveš kesâ efueS Skeâ Tpee&ceeršj keâes 100
1 kwh = 1000 J/S 3600S Ûe›eâCe yeveeves nsleg ef[peeFve efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Gmekesâ Éeje
= 36105J yeveeÙes ieÙes Ûekeäkeâj kesâ mebKÙee keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS peye
1 Kelo calorie = 4184J Skeâ Iebšs kesâ efueS 230V Deewj 0.6 Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej 50A
36  105
keâer Oeeje ues peeves kesâ efueS uees[ mes pegÌ[e nes–
 860.42Kelo calori (MPPKVVCL -2017)
4184
Ans. (Coal India Ltd. 26.03.2017)
2. If an energy meter disc makes 10 revolutions in Sol. Energy consumed in one hour
10 minutes when a load of 600 W is connected 1
to it, the meter constant in rev/ kWh is: = VI cos t = 230500.6 = 6.9 kWh
1000
Ùeefo Gpee&ceeheer keâer Ûekeâleer 10 efceveš ceW 10Ûe›eâCe yeveeleer nw
ÛekeäkeâjeW keâer mebKÙee · 6.9100 · 690 Ans.
Deewj peye Fme hej 600 W keâe uees[ (Yeej) mebÙeesefpele keâjles
nw leye ceeršj efveÙeleebkeâ rev/ kWh ceW nesiee 6. A single phase energy meter has a constant of
1200 revolution/kWh. When a load of 200 W is
(PGCIL JE- E.R.1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) connected, the disc rotates at 4.2 revolutions
Sol. Revolution = 10 per min. If the load is on for 10 hours, the
time = 10 minutes meter records an excess of
Load = 600W Skeâ Skeâue keâuee Tpee& ceeršj keâe efmLejebkeâ 1200
meter constant = ? IetCe&ve/ kWh nw~ peye 200 W keâe Yeej peesÌ[e ieÙee, lees
Revolution Ûekeâleer keâer IetCe&ve ieefle 4.2 IetCe&ve Øeefle efceveš nes peeleer
meter constant  nw~ Ùeefo Yeej keâes 10 Iebšs lekeâ Dee@ve jKee peelee nw, lees
kWh
ceeršj efkeâleveer Deefleefjòeâ Tpee& Kehele keâe DeefYeuesKe
10
 keâjsiee? (UTTARAKHAND-I I 2013)
600 10

1000 60 Revolution
Sol. Meter constant 
10000 kWh
  100
100 efceveš ceW  4.2 revolution
1
Meter Constant = 100 Ans.
1 IeCšs ceW  4.2  60 = 252 revolution
3. The meter constant of a single-phase 230 V
10 IeCšs ceW revolution  252  10 = 2520 revolution
induction watt hour meter is 400 rev/kWh. The

2520 N 1
Measured value kWh   2.1 d
1200
peneB N  IetCee&lcekeâ Ûeeue
200  10
True value kWh   2kWh d  ef$epÙe otjer
1000
Deefleefjòeâ Tpee& Kehele  2.1  2  0.1kWh FmeefueS, 100 90

N 2 100
Deefleefjòeâ Tpee& Kehele = 0.1kWh Ans.
N2 = 111.11
7. The meter constant of a single phase energy FmeefueS IetCee&lcekeâ Ûeeue 11% kesâ Éeje yeÌ{sieer~ Ans.
meter is 500 rev/kWh the meter takes 86
seconds to make 50 revolutions while 9. The constant of energy meter is 600 rev/unit it
measuring a full load of 4.4 kilowatt. The completes 5 revolution in 20 sec. find the value
percentage error in the meter is of load ?
Skeâ Fvepeeaceeršj keâe efmLejebkeâ 500 Ûe›eâ/efkeâueesJeeš Iebše Skeâ Tpee& ceehekeâ (energy meter) keâe efmLejebkeâ 600
nw~ 4.4 efkeâueesJeeš kesâ hetCe& Yeej hej ceeršj 86 meskeâC[ ceW heefj›eâceCe Øeefle Ùetefveš nw, Jen 20 meskeWâ[ ceW 5 heefj›eâceCe
50 Ûekeäkeâj ueieelee nw~ ceeršj keâer ØeefleMele $egefš nesieer? (revolutions) keâjlee nw, Yeej (load) keâe ceeve keäÙee
(UPSSSC JE- 2016), (UP SSSC JE- 2015), nesiee?
(UTTARAKHAND-I 2013) (UPPCL JE- 2013)
Sol. ceeršj efmLejebkeâ (K) = 500 rev/kwh revolution
Sol. Meter constant 
hetCe& Yeej hej Tpee& kÙeÙe = 4.4 kW kwh
Nm 5 revolution in 20 sec
K
kwh 5  3600
Non of revolu in 
20
Nm = 900
500  Energy (E) consumed by the load in one hour
4.4  1
N m  500  4.4 1 900 3
E 
600 2
N m  2200 Ûekeäkeâj
= 1.5kwh or unit
Ûetefkeâ hetCe&Yeej 4.4KW hej 86 meskesâC[ ceW Ûekeäkeâj = 50 Ans.
50  3600
NT  10. One single-phase energy meter operating on
86 230 V and 5A for 5 hours makes 1940
N T  2093 Ûekeäkeâj revolutions. Meter constant is 400 rev/kWh.
The power factor of the load is?
NT  Nm
ØeefleMele $egefš   100 230 V, 5A hej ØeÛeeefuele Skeâ Skeâue-keâuee Tpee&ceeršj
Nm
5 IeCšs ceW 1940 Ûe›eâCe ueieeleer nw~ ceeršj efmLejebkeâ 400
2093  2200 rev/kWh nw~ Yeej keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ nw?
  100
2200
(ESE- 2014)
 4.86% Ans.
Sol. Tpee& Kehele = 23055 = 5750Wh = 5.57kWh
8. In an induction type energy meter, everything
else remaining same, if the radial distance of the meter constant K = rev/kWh
brake magnet poles from the spindle is 1940
decreased by 10%, the rotational speed of the kWh   4.85
400
disc will ________ approximately.
ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee&ceeheer ceW, DevÙe meYeer keâes Jener meceeve kWh = VIt  cos
jKeles ngS, Ùeefo efmhesb[ue mes yeÇskeâ Ûebgyekeâ OeÇgJeeW keâer ef$epÙeerÙe cos  
kwh
otjer 10% keâce keâj oer peeS, lees ef[mkeâ keâer IetCee&lcekeâ Vit
Ûeeue ueieYeie nes peeÙesieer~ 4.85
Power factor (cos )   0.87 Ans.
(SSC JE- 2011) 5.57
Sol. ØesjCe Øekeâej kesâ Tpee&ceeheer ceW,
11. If and energy meter makes 5 revolutions in 100 14. If an energy meter disc makes 10 revolutions in
seconds, when a load of 225 W is connected, the 100 seconds when a load of 450 W is connected
meter constant is? to it, the meter constant (in rev/kWh) is
Ùeefo keâesF& Tpee& ceeršj ef[mkeâ 100 meskebâ[ ceW 10 Ûekeäkeâj
Ùeefo Skeâ Tpee& ceeršj 100 meskesâC[ ceW 5 Ûe›eâCe ueieelee ueieeleer nw peye 450 Jeeš keâe Yeej Gmemes pegÌ[e neslee nw,
nQ peye 225 W keâe Yeej mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw lees ceeršj efmLejebkeâ (rev/kWh ceW) nw-
ceeršj-efmLejebkeâ nw?
P  hours
(ESE- 2016) Sol. Kehele Tpee&  1000
Sol. Meter constant (K) = Rev/kWh 450 100
 
5 1000 3600

225  100  0.0125 kWh
3600 1000 10
ceeršj efmLejebkeâ   800 (Revolution/kWh)
5  3600  1000 0.0125

225  100 15. A single-phase energy meter having meter
constant of 200 rev/kWh is operating on 230 V,
K  800Rev / kWh Ans.
50 Hz supply with a load of 10 A, and at unity
12. An energy-meter having a meter constant of power factor for three hours continuously. The
number of revolutions shown by the meter
1200 rev/kWh is found to make 5 revolutions in during this period is
75s. The load power is?
Skeâ Skeâue-ÛejCe Tpee& ceeršj efpemeceW 200 rev/kWh
Skeâ Tpee& ceeheer efpemekeâe ceeršj efmLejebkeâ 1200 keâe ceeršj efmLejebkeâ nw, 10A Yeej kesâ meeLe 230V, 50 Hz
rev/kWh nw Deewj Ùen 75 meskesâC[ ceW 5 Ûekeäkeâj ueieelee
Deewj FkeâeF& MeefòeâiegCekeâ hej ueieeleej leerve Iebšs Deehetefle&
nw~ Yeej Meefòeâ nw? keâj jne nw~ Fme DeJeefOe kesâ oewjeve ceeršj Éeje efoKeeS ieS
heefj›eâceCe keâer mebKÙee nw-
(ESE- 2002)
Sol. Tpee& ceeršj Éeje leerve Iebšs ceW Kehele Tpee& –
Sol. Meter constant (K) = Revolutions /kWh
V  I  cos 
1200 
5  T
P  75 1000
3600 230  10  1.0
 3
5  3600 1000
P  6.9 kWh
75  1200
= 0.2kW = 200W Tpee& ceeršj Éeje 3 Iebšs ceW keâer ieF& heefj›eâceCe keâer mebKÙee –
Ans.
13. A dc A-h meter is rated for 15 A. 250 V. The = ceeršj efmLejebkeâ × Tpee& Kehele
meter constant is 14.4 A-s/rev. The meter = 200×6.9
constant at rated voltage may be expressed as = 1380 heefj›eâceCe Ans.
Skeâ [er.meer A-h ceeršj 15A, 250V kesâ efueS jsšs[ nw~ Q What is the initial value of S, If R is increased
from 10  to 20  and S has to be increased by 5 
ceeršj efmLejebkeâ 14.4 A-s/rev nw~ jsšs[ Jeesušspe hej ceeršj for making balance condition in wheat stone
efmLejebkeâ ............ kesâ ™he ceW JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw- bridge, shown in figure-
Sol. ceeršj efmLejebkeâ –
Deeke=âefle ceW, Ùeefo R keâes 10
 mes 20  lekeâ yeÌ{eÙee peelee nw
Deewj S keâes Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe ceW meblegueve keâer efmLeefle yeveeves kesâ
 14.4 A  Sec / Revolution efueS 5  lekeâ yeÌ{eÙee peelee nw, lees S keâe ØeejefcYekeâ ceeve
14.4 %eele keâjW -
  250 kWh / Revolution
3600
14.4
  250 kWh / Revolution
3600
 1W  h / Revolution Ans.
ceeršj efmLejebkeâ–
= 1 Revolution/watt - hour
1kWh = 1000Wh
=1000Revolution per kWh (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)

Sol:- Q Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe meblegueve keâer DeJemLee ces nw- Deehekesâ heeme 1000 Deesce kesâ kegâC[ue ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe
2 efceueerSefcheÙej ceeršj keâer ieefle nw~ peye 2 efceueerSefcheÙej
P R
leye  keâer Oeeje ceeršj kegâC[ue mes yen jner nw Deewj FSD keâe
Q S
keâejCe yeve jner nw lees kegâC[ue ØeeflejesOe ceW efJekeâefmele
P R 10 _______ Jeesušlee keäÙee nesiee - (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
  (I)
Q S S
Sol. efoÙee nw - Deevleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe (Rm) = 1000 
peye R keâe ceeve 10 mes yeÌ{ekeâj 20 efkeâÙee peelee nw~ leLee S Oeeje hetCe& mkesâue efJe#esheCe (IFSD) = 2 mA
kesâ ceeve ces 5 keâer Je=efæ keâer peeleer nw
Jeesušspe hetCe& mkesâue efJe#esheCe (VFSD) = IfSD × Rm
P 20 = 2 × 10–3 × 1000
Dele: 
Q S5 = 2000 × 10–3
10 20 _______ VfSD = 2 volt Ans.
 (II)
S S5
meceer. (I) Je (II) mes- 1. In the following figure R1=10 K , R2=15 K

20S = 10S + 50 and R3=30 k, find the value of R4-
10S = 50 veerÛes oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW R1=10 k  Deewj
, R2=15 k
S = 5 Ans. R3=30 k  lees R4 keâe ceeve helee keâjW~
Q The Wheatstone bridge balance condition is shown (ESIC- 24.01.2019, Time 9:00-11:00)
, Q
in the figure. Find the value of Rx , if P = 900
= 300 and S = 15.
efÛe$e ceW Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe yewueWme keâer efmLeefle keâes oMee&Ùee ieÙee
nw~ Ùeefo P = 900 , Q = 300  Deewj S = 15  nw lees Rx keâe
ceeve %eele keâjW~
Sol. ceevee Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe mevlegefuele nw–
R1 R 3

R2 R4
10 30

15 R 4
R 4  45 k Ans.
2. An inductive comparator bridge is used to
measure the inductive impedance at the
frequency of 5 kHz, at balance condition the
Sol:- Jneršmšesve efyeÇpe yewueWme Condition ceW nw~ bridge constant is L3 = 10 mH, R1 = 10 k  , R2 =
 and R3 = 100 k
30 k , determine the value of
P = 900, Q = 300 RX and LX -
S = 15, RX = ? 5 kHz keâer DeeJe=efòe hej hesÇjefCekeâ ØeefleyeeOee keâes ceeheves
P S kesâ efueS Skeâ ØesjkeâlJe legueveelcekeâ efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie

Q RX efkeâÙee peelee nw~ meblegueve hej efyeÇpe efmLejebkeâ L3=10mH
R1=10 k , R2=30 k  Deewj R3=100 k  nw~ Rx Deewj
900 15
 Lx keâe ceeve efveOee&efjle keâerefpeS~
300 R X
RX = 5 Ans.
1. You have a 2 milliampere meter movement
with a coil resistance of 1000 ohms. When 2
milliampere current is flowing through the
meter coil and is causing FSD, what will be the
voltage developed across the coil resistance - (ESIC- 24.01.2019, Time 9:00-11:00)
Sol. efoÙee ieÙee efÛe$e cewkeämeJesue mesleg nw– efoÙee nw L x  R 2 R 3C4
L3  10mH R1  10K
 60  40  106  40
R 2  30K R 3  100K
 96000  106
RX  ? LX  ?
L x  96 mH Ans.
R1 R 3 L3
  4. Determine the quality factor for Maxwell's
R 2 R 4 Lx inductance capacitance bridge given below
Ist when the bridge is supplied by a frequency of
10 100 50 Hz.
 cewkeämeJesue keâer ØesjkeâlJe mebOeeefj$e efyeÇpe kesâ efueS iegCeJellee
30 R x
R x  300K
keâejkeâ keâe ceeve efveOee&efjle keâjW peye efyeÇpe keâes 50 nš&dpe
nd keâer DeeJe=eflle mes Deehetefle&le efkeâÙee peelee nw–
II
10 10  103

30 Lx
L x  30mH Ans.
3. Determine the value of unknown inductance Lx,
(in mH) and the effective resistance Rx (in ) of
inductor respectively for the circuit given below,
if no current flows through the galvanometer
(G).
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW De%eele ØesjkeâlJe Lx, (efceueer-nsvejer Sol. efoÙee nw,
ceW) Deewj ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe Rx, (Deesÿe ceW) keâe ceeve ›eâceMe: R 2  50, R 3  30
efveOee&efjle keâjW, Ùeefo iewuJesveesceeršj (G) mes keâesF& efJeÅegle Oeeje
R 4  60, C4  20F
ØeJeeefnle veneR nes–
(SSC JE-Morning 22-01-2018) f  50 Hz
Quality factor (Q)  R 4 C4
 2f R 4 C4
 2  3.14  50  60  20  106
Q  0.376 Ans.
5. Determine the quality factor for Maxwell's
Inductance-capacitance bridge given below
when the bridge is supplied by a frequency of
60 Hz/veerÛes efoS ieS cewkeämeJesue kesâ ØesjkeâlJe - Oeeefjlee
Sol.efoÙee nw, efyeÇpe kesâ efueS iegCeJeòee iegCeebkeâ (keäJeeefuešer Hewâkeäšj) keâes
R 3  40, R 2  60 efveOee&efjle keâjs peye efyeÇpe keâer Deehetefle& 60 nšd&pe keâer
R 4  60, C4  40F DeeJe=efòe mes keâer peeleer nw~
R x  ?, LX  ? (SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018)
efoÙee ngDee heefjheLe Maxwell's inductance-capacitance
bridge keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw~
R2R3
Rx 
R4
60  40

60
R x  40

Sol.
cewkeämeJesue F[keäšWme kewâheeefmešWme efyeÇpe keâer keäJeeefuešer hewâkeäšj
Q  R 4 C4
R 4  60, C4  10f
Q  2f  R 4  C4
 2  3.14  60  60  10 106
Q  0.226 Ans. Sol. efoÙee ieÙee heefjheLe ef[-meewšer efyeÇpe nw~
6. What will be the value of the unknown R4
Cx  C2
inductance Lx (in mH) and the effective R3
resistance Rx (in ) respectively for the circuit 60
given below. when no current flows through Cx =  10F
20
the galvanometer (G)?
Cx = 3  10F
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW De%eele ØesjkeâlJe Lx (efceueer– Cx = 30 F Ans.
nsvejer ceW) Deewj ØeYeeJeer ØeeflejesOe Rx (  ceW) kesâ ceeve 8. Determine the value of unknown resistance Rx
›eâceMe: keäÙee nesieW peye iesuJesveesceeršj (G) mes keâesF& efJeÅegle (in k ) and unknown capacitance Cx (in F)
respectively for the circuit given below, when
Oeeje ØeJeeefnle veneR nes jner nw? no current flow through the detector (D) ?
(SSC JE-Morning 24-01-2018) veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS De%eele ØeeflejesOe Rx
(k ceW) Deewj De%eele mebOeeefj$e Cx ( F ceW) kesâ ceeve
efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye ef[šskeäšj (D) kesâ ceeOÙece mes keâesF&
efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeen veneR nes jner nw?
Sol. ØeoefMe&le efyeÇpe cewkeämeJesue FC[šskeäme kewâheeefmešWme efyeÇpe keâe nw~

R 2  20 , R 3  40, R 4  30
R 2 R 3 20  40 800 Sol. efoÙee ieÙee efyeÇpe efMeÙeefjbie meblegefuele DeJemLee ceW–
Rx   
R4 30 30
R 3C4
RX 
R x  26.67 C2
Lx  C4R 2R 3 efoÙee nw– R 3  60k C4  40F

R 4  140k C2  30F
 20  40  40  1 0  6
 0.032H 60  10  40  106
3

30 106
L x  32mH Ans.
R X  80k
7. Calculate the value of unknown capacitance Cx
R4
(in F) for the circuit given below, when no Cx  C2
current flows through the detector (D). R3
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS De%eele mebOeeefj$e Cx kesâ 140k
= 30 F 
ceeve keâer ieCevee (FceW) keâjW, peye ef[šskeäšj (D) kesâ 60k
Cx = 70 F
ceeOÙece mes keâesF& Yeer efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle veneR nesleer nw~
(SSC JE-Morning 23-01-2018) Dele: Rx Je Cx ›eâceMe: 80k, 70 F nesiee~ Ans.

9. Determine the quality factor for Maxwell's C2 R 4
inductance capacitance bridge given below, when CX 
R3
the bridge is supplied by a frequency of 50 Hz.
veerÛes efoS ieS cewkeämeJesue kesâ Øesjkeâ-mebOeeefj$e efyeÇpe kesâ efueS C2 = 20  10–6 F
R4 = 80 
iegCeJellee keâejkeâ keâe ceeve %eele keâjW peye efyeÇpe keâes 50
R3 = 40 
nš&dpe keâer DeeJe=eflle mes Deehetefle&le efkeâÙee peelee nw–
6
20  10  80
(SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018) CX   40F
40
CX  40F Ans.
11. Which can be used to measure frequency ?

DeeJe=efòe keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS efkeâmekeâe Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee pee
mekeâlee nw?
(DMRC JE- 09.04.2018 3rd Shift)
(DFCCIL JE- 17.04.2016)
Sol. efoÙee ieÙee efyeÇpe cewkeämeJesue Fb[keäšWme kewâhesefmešWme efyeÇpe nw (Uttarakhand AE - Paper-I-2013)
efoÙee nw– C4 = 25  10–6 F (SSC JE- 2014, FCI- 04.10.2015)
(UPPCL AE- 26.07.2015)
R4 = 60 
(UPRVUNL AE- 2016)
Øesjkeâ-mebOeeefj$e efyeÇpe kesâ efueS iegCeJellee keâejkeâ
(BSNL TTA- 29.09.2016 , 10 AM)
Q  2fC4 R 4  (UPPCL JE -13.11.2016)
 = 2  3.14  50 = 314 Sol. DeeJe=efòe ceeheves kesâ efueS Jesve efyeÇpe keâe Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
Q = 314  60  25  10 = 0.47 –6 Fme efyeÇpe keâer meneÙelee mes Dee@ef[ÙeeW jsvpe lekeâ keâer DeeJe=efòe ceeheer pee mekeâleer
nww~ Fme efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie neceexefvekeäme ef[mšeMe&ve SveeueeFpej, veeBÛe efHeâušj
Q  0.47 Ans.
leLee jsef[Ùees DeeJe=efòe Deekeämeeruesšj ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
10. Determine the value of the unknown ◘ efJeve efyeÇpe keâe GheÙeesie Deeef[ÙeeW jWpe (20Hz to 20kHz) lekeâ keâer
capacitance Cx (in F) for the circuit given DeeJe=efòe ceeheer peeleer nw~
below, when no current flows through the
detector (D).
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe kesâ efueS De%eele mebOeeefjlee Cx kesâ
ceeve keâe efveOee&jCe (F ceW) keâjW peye ef[šskeäšj (D) kesâ
ceeOÙece mes keâesF& efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle veneR nesleer nw–
meblegueve DeJemLee ceW–

C2 R 3 R1
 
C1 R 4 R 2
R4
C2 R 2 R 4  0
C1
1
2 
R1R 2 C1C2
1
f Hz Ans.
2 R1R 2 C1C2
Sol. efoÙee ieÙee efyeÇpe ef[-meewšer efyeÇpe nw~
12. Determine the quality factor in Hay's bridge
1
given below, if the bridge is supplied by a Quality factor Q 
frequency of 50 Hz. R 4 C4
Ùeefo efyeÇpe keâes 50 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& oer 1
peeleer nw, lees veerÛes efoS ieS ns efyeÇpe ceW iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ Q
2fR 4 C 4
efveOee&efjle keâjW– (SSC JE-Morning 27-01-2018)
1
Q
2 50  10  10  106
1
Q
10000   106
100
Q , Q  31.83 Ans.

14. What is the value of unknown capacitance Cx
(in F) and unknown resistance Rx (in k )
respectively, in the circuit given below when no
Sol. efoÙee nw– current flows through the detector (D) ?
efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW peye ef[šskeäšj (D) kesâ ceeOÙece mes keâesF&
R4 = 40 , R2 =30, R3 = 30
Oeeje veneR heeme nesleer nw, lees De%eele Oeeefjlee Cx (in F)
C4 = 40×10–6 Farad
Deewj De%eele ØeeflejesOe Rx (in k) keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
 1  (SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
Hay bridge keâe Quality factor  Q  
 R 4C4 
1
 R3
2f  40  40  106
1

2  3.14  50  40  40  106 R4
C2
6
10

314 1600
Q.F. = 1.99
Q.F.  2 Ans. Sol. efoÙee nw– C2 = 25µF, R4=160, R3=80, C4 = 20µF
13. Calculate the value of quality factor in the R4
Hay's Bridge given below when supplied by a Cx  C2
R3
frequency of 50 Hz?
50 nšd&pe keâer DeeJe=efòe mes Deehetefle& efkeâS peeves hej veerÛes efoS Cx 
160
 25 106
ieS ns efyeÇpe kesâ iegCeJeòee keâejkeâ kesâ ceeve keâer ieCevee keâjW~ 80
(SSC JE-Morning 29-01-2018) Cx  50 F
R 3 C4
Rx 
C2
80  20  106

25  106
R x  64  Ans.
Sol. efoÙee nw,
15. The bridge shown in figure has Z1  50100  , .
Frequency (f) = 50Hz
Z 2  1000  , Z 3  150  100  For what value
of Z4 the bridge will be balanced?
Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeF& ieÙeer efyeÇpe keâe Z1  50100 ,
Z 2  1000  , Z3  150  100  nw~ Z4 kesâ efkeâme
ceeve kesâ efueS efyeÇpe meblegefuele nes peeSiee?

Sol. cewkeämeJesue efyeÇpe ceW meblegueve keâer efmLeefle ceW–
R 2R3
Rx 
R4
L x  R 2 R 3C4
R 2  750
R 3  2000
R 4  4000
C4  0.05 F
Sol. efyeÇpe mevlegefuele DeJemLee
Z1Z 4  Z3 Z2 and 1  4  2  3 750  2000
Rx 
4000
5010o  Z4  100o  150  10o
R x  375
5010o  Z4  1500  100
L x  750  2000  0.05  10 6  75mH Ans.
1500  10o
Z4   30  10o  10o  20. In a meter bridge, an unknown resistance is
5010o
connected with a known resistance of 5 ohm. If
Z4  30  200 Ans. the jockey provides zero deflection at 40 cm
mark, what is the value of unknown resistance?
17. If R = 51 k  and C = 0.001 F, the resonant Skeâ ceeršj mesleg ceW, 5 Deesce kesâ %eele ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe
frequency of a Wien Bridge oscillator is :
Skeâ De%eele ØeeflejesOe mebÙeesefpele nw~ Ùeefo pee@keâer 40 cm kesâ
Ùeefo R = 51 k
 leLee C = 0.001 F nw lees Jeerve efyeÇpe
efyevog hej MetvÙe efJeÛeueve oslee nw, lees De%eele ØeeflejesOe keâe
oesuekeâ keâer Devegveeo DeeJe=efòe nesieer–
(KVS JE -2016)
Sol. efoÙee nw– R = 51k, C=0.001F
Sol.
fr=3120.7Hz
Jeerve efyeÇpe oesuekeâ keâer DeeJe=efòe keâe met$e
1 1
fr  
2 RC 2 51 10  0.001106
3
= 3122.26 Ans.
19. In the Maxwell bridge as shown in the figure
below the values of resistance Rx and R 5
inductance Lx of a coil are to be calculated =
40 60
after balancing the bridge. The component
values are shown in the fig at balance. The 5 × 40
values of Rx and Lx will respectively be: R =
60
veerÛes oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW oMee&S ieS cewkeämeJesue efyeÇpe ceW R = 3.33 Deesnce Ans.
Skeâ kegbâ[ueer kesâ ØeeflejesOe Rx Deewj ØesjkeâlJe Lx kesâ ceeve
keâe heefjkeâueve efyeÇpe kesâ meblegueve kesâ yeeo efkeâÙee peeSiee~ 21. A dc potentiometer is designed to measure up
to about 2 V with a slide wire of 800 mm. A
Ieškeâ ceeve Deeke=âefle ceW meblegueve hej oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~ Rx standard cell of emf 1.18 V obtains balance at
Deewj Lx keâe ceeve ›eâceMe: keäÙee nesiee? 600 mm. A test cell is seen to obtain balance at
680 mm. The emf of the test cell is
Skeâ [er.meer. efJeYeJeceeheer keâes 800 efceceer kesâ mueeF[ JeeÙej
kesâ meeLe ueieYeie 2V lekeâ ceeheves kesâ efueS ef[peeFve
C4=0.05F
efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ F&.Sce.Sheâ. 1.18V keâe Skeâ ceevekeâ mesue
600 mm hej meblegueve Øeehle keâjlee nw~ Skeâ hejer#eCe mesue
keâes 680 mm hej meblegueve Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS osKee
(SSC JE- 2015) peelee nw~ šsmš mesue keâe F&.Sce.Sheâ. nw-
Sol. ceevekeâ mesue keâe F&.Sce.SHeâ– Sol. efjpeeuÙetMeve = 0.05%
E1  1.18 V, l1  600 mm , l 2  680 mm 0.05

since E  l 100
E2 l 2  0.0005
FmeefueS  heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj keâes DeeJeMÙekeâ leej kesâ IegceeJees keâer mebKÙee
E1 l1
1
l2 
E 2  E1  efjpee@uÙetMeve
l1
1
680 
1.18  0.0005
600
 2000 Ans.
E 2  1.33V Ans.
25. A 3-turn 100k  potentiometer with 1%
22. An imperfect capacitor is represented by a linearity uses 30 V supply. What is the
capacitance C in parallel with a resistance R. potentiometer constant?
The value of the dissipation factor tan  is
1% jwefKekeâlee kesâ meeLe 3-turn 100k
 heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj
Skeâ DehetCe& mebOeeefj$e keâes Skeâ ØeeflejesOe R kesâ meeLe 30 V mehueeF& keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw~ heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj
meceeveeblej ceW Oeeefjlee C Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw~ efJemepe&ve efmLejebkeâ keäÙee nw?
iegCeebkeâ tan keâe ceeve nw-
Sol. Je=òeerÙe heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj kesâ efueS–
Sol. Phasor diagram mes –
heesšsbefMeÙeesceeršj efmLejebkeâ
IC
tan   mehueeF& Jeesušspe
IR   efueefveÙeefjšer
šve& keâer mebKÙee
30 1
 
3 100
 0.1V / turn Ans.
4. A resistance strain gauge with a gauge factor of
2 is fastened to a steel member subjected to a
stress of 1050 kg/cm2. The change in resistance
CV R of the strain gauge element due to applied

V/R stress will be-
tan   CR Ans.
iespe hewâkeäšj 2 Jeeuee Skeâ ØeeflejesOe mš^sve iespe,
1050 kg/cm2 kesâ DeOeerve Skeâ mšerue meomÙe Éeje yeeBOee
23. A resistor R is measured using the V-I method, peelee nw~ mšerue keâe ØelÙeemLelee iegCeebkeâ 2.1106
with V read as 10.14 V and I as 5.07 mA.
Which expresses the value of resistance? kg/cm2 nw~ ØeÙegòeâ leveeJe kesâ keâejCe mš^sve iespe DeJeÙeJe
Skeâ ØeeflejesOe R keâes V-I efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ceehee kesâ ØeeflejesOe ceW heefjJele&ve nesiee–
peelee nw, V, 10.14V Deewj I, 5.07 mA heÌ{lee nw~ (ESE -2019)
efkeâlevee ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw? Sol. efoÙee nw:
G = 2, Stress = 1050 kg/cm2
V
Sol. R  Y = 2.1106 kg/cm2
I
Stress 1050
10.14 Strain () = 
R Y 2.1 106
5.07 103
= 500  10–6
R  2.00 k Ans.
R  G f .R
24. What is the number of turns of wire needed to R
provide a potentiometer with a resolution of %  G f   100
0.05 per cent? R
0.05 ØeefleMele kesâ efjpeeuÙetMeve kesâ meeLe Skeâ R
%  2  500  106  100
heesšWefMeÙeesceeršj keâes efkeâleves mebKÙee ceW leej kesâ IegceeJeeW R
(turns) keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw? = 0.1% Ans.

5. Calculate the gauge factor of a strain gauge, if L
the value of resistance is 152 Ohms, which Sol. efoÙee nw, R = 0.150, R = 250,  1.5  104
L
changes by 5 Ohms for 5000 micro strain.
Ùeefo ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 152 Deesÿe neslee nw lees efJeke=âefleceeheer iespe Hewâkeäšj = R / R
kesâ Øeceehekeâ keâejkeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW, pees 5000 ceeF›eâes L / L
efJeke=âefle kesâ efueS 5 Deesÿe lekeâ yeoue peelee nw~ 
0.150 / 250
(UPPCL JE- 11.02.2018, Morning) 1.5 10 –4
Sol : (b) efoÙee nw– 0.150 103

ØeeflejesOe (R)= 152  0.150  250
=4 Ans.
heefjJeefle&le ØeeflejesOe (R)=5 
9. A structural member is compressed to produce a
efJeke=âefle (  )=500010-6 strain of 5 m/m. The nickel wire strain gauge
Formula – has a gauge factor of -12.1. The pre-stress
R resistance of the gauge is 120 . The change in
resistance due to compressive strain will?
R
gauge factor (G f )  R  Skeâ mebjÛeveelcekeâ meomÙe 5 m/m keâe efJeke=âefle GlheVe
 R 
keâjves kesâ efueS mecheeref[le neslee nw~ efvekeâue leej mš^sve iespe
5 keâe iespe Heâwkeäšj -12.1 neslee nw~ iespe kesâ hetJe& leveeJe

152  5000 106 ØeeflejesOe 120  nw mecheeref[le leveeJe kesâ keâejCe ØeeflejesOe ceW
5000000 heefjJele&ve nesiee?

5000 152 L
Sol. efoÙee nw, R = 120,    5m / m , Gf = –12.1
Gf  6.57 Ans. L
7. While selecting a transducer for a particular ØeeflejesOe ceW heefjJele&ve
application, which characteristics should be  R   G  R  
considered?
efkeâmeer efJeMes<e DevegØeÙeesie nsleg Skeâ heej›eâcekeâ  12.1 120  5 10 6 
(šêbme[dÙetmej) kesâ ÛeÙeve ceW, keâewve meer efJeMes<eleDeeW keâes  7.26 103 
Ans.
OÙeeve ceW jKevee ÛeeefnS? (UPRVUNL AE -2016)  7.26 m
Sol. efkeâmeer efJeMes<e DevegØeÙeesie nsleg Skeâ heej›eâcekeâ (šêbme[dÙetmej) kesâ 10.  strain gauge changes by
The resistance of 125
ÛeÙeve ceW Deeiele, efveie&le SJeb DeeJeeieceve efJeMes<eleeDeeW keâes OÙeeve jKevee  for 4000 micro-strain. The gauge factor for
1
strain gauge is?
ÛeeefnÙes~
4000 ceeF›eâes mš^sve kesâ efueS 125 mš^sve iespe keâe
DeeGšhegš šefce&veueesW hej ØeeflejesOe
v0 =  v2 ØeeflejesOe 1 Éeje heefjJeefle&le neslee nw~ mš^sve iespe kesâ efueS
Fvehegš šefce&veueesW hej ØeeflejesOe iespe Hewâkeäšj nw?
 R P  Id / I t   Id R / R R / R
= 
   vl   v1 Sol. iespe Hewâkeäšj (G)  
 RP  It l / l 
V1 = FvehegšJeesušspe G
1/125
V2 = DeeGšhegš Jeesušspe 4000  106
1
v0 Id G
K=  Ans. 125  4000  106
v1 I t
G  2.0 Ans.
8. A strain gauge with a resistance of 250 
undergoes a change of 0.150  during a test. 11. For a certain thermistor, the material constant
The strain is 1.5 10-4. Then the gauge factor is  ) is 3,000 Kelvin and its resistance at 270C is
(
1,050 ohm. What is the temperature coefficient
Skeâ hejer#eCe kesâ oewjeve 250  kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe Skeâ of resistances for this thermistor?
mš^sve iespe 0.150  kesâ heefjJele&ve mes iegpejlee nw~ efJeke=âefle Skeâ efveefMÛele Leefce&mšj kesâ efueS, meece«eer efmLejebkeâ ()
(mšs^ve) 1.510-4 nw~ lees iespe hewâkeäšj keäÙee nw? 3,000 kesâefuJeve Deewj 270C hej Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe 1,050
(BSPHCL JE- 30.01.2019 Batch -01) Deesce nw~ Fme Leefce&mšj kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOeeW keâe leeheceeve
(SSC JE- 4 March 2017, 10 am) iegCeebkeâ keäÙee nw?
Sol. Leefce&mšj kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOees keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ– Skeâ Leceexkeâheue Fmekesâ mevoYe& pebkeäMeve kesâ meeLe keâcejs kesâ
dR 1
leeheceeve 200C kesâ mebheke&â ceW nw pees 5 mV keâe Skeâ
Deesheve-meefke&âš Jeesušspe oslee nw, Deiej Leceexkeâheue ceW 50
R
  1 V/0C keâer leeheceeve mebJesoveMeerue nw lees ceehee ieÙee
dT
leeheceeve nw?
 3000
  V2  V1
T 2  273  27  2 Sol. mebJesoveMeerue 
T2  T1
 0.033  /  / 0 C
5 103
= –0.033/ C 0
Ans. 50  106 
T2  20
12. The measurement junction of a thermocouple
is taken from an environment of 3000C to 5 103
T2  20 
6000C. If the time constant of the thermocouple 50  106
is 1 s, temperature indicated by it after 1 T2  20  100
second is will be nearly?
Leceexkeâheue keâe ceehe pebkeäMeve 3000C mes 6000C kesâ T2  120 0C Ans.
JeeleeJejCe mes efueÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo Leceexkeâheue keâe meceÙe 15. An ac LVDT is given 6.3 V input and produces
efmLejebkeâ 1 meskeâC[ nw, lees 1 meskeâC[ kesâ yeeo Fmekesâ Éeje 5.2 V for a range of 0.25 inch. When the core
Fbefiele leeheceeve ueieYeie nesiee? is -0.25 inch from the centre, what is the output
produced?
Sol. Leceexkeâheue keâe leeheceeve– Skeâ ac LVDT ceW 6.3 V Fvehegš efoÙee ieÙee nw Deewj
T  T0   T0  Ti  e  t /  0.25 FbÛe kesâ jWpe kesâ efueS 5.2 V keâe Glheeove keâjlee
nw peye kesâvõ mes keâesj -0.25 FbÛe neslee nw, lees DeeGšhegš
T  600   600  300  e1/1
Glheeove keäÙee neslee nw?

T  489.63 C Ans. Sol. LVDT keâe mebJesoveMeeruelee –
13. The emf is measured for a junction 5.2
0 (S) 
temperature difference of 20 C by the 0.5
thermocouples made from materials A, B and S  10.4 V / inch
C. The pair A-B gives an emf of 165 V, with
end of A being positive. The pair B-C gives 100 DeeGšhegš Jeesušspe  10.4  (0.25)
V with the end of C being positive. The pair  2.6V Ans.
A-C will give? 16. An LVDT is used to measure 1 mm
F&0Sce0SHeâ0 keâer meece«eer A, B Deewj C mes yeves Leceexkeâheue displacement for which a voltmeter of range 0
Éeje pebkeäMeve kesâ 20 C leeheceeve Deblej kesâ efueS ceehee
0 to 2 V through an amplifier having a gain of
500 is connected at the output of the LVDT. If
peelee nw~ Ùegice A-B, A kesâ Deble ceW Oeveelcekeâ nesves kesâ the output of the LVDT is 2 mV, then the
meeLe 165V F&0Sce0SHeâ0 oslee nw~ Ùegice B-C, C kesâ sensitivity of the instrument will be?
Deble ceW Oeveelcekeâ nesves kesâ meeLe 100V keâe F&0Sce0SHeâ0 LVDT keâe GheÙeesie 1 mm efJemLeeheve keâes ceeheves kesâ efueS
oslee nw~ Ùegice A-C osiee? efkeâÙee peelee nw, efpemekesâ efueS 500 kesâ ueeYe Jeeues
Sol. Leceexkeâheue kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej– ScueerHeâeÙej kesâ ceeOÙece mes jWpe 0 mes 2 keâe Jeesušceeršj
LVDT kesâ DeeGšhegš hej pegÌ[e nw Ùeefo LVDT keâe
E AC  E AB  E BC
DeeGšhegš 2 mV nw leye GhekeâjCe keâer mebJesoveMeeruelee nesieer?
E AB  165 V With A is Positive
Sol. The output voltage of LVDT for displacement of
E CB  100 V   E BC 1mm.
E AC  165  100  V Vout = 2mV
So sensitivity of LVDT
E AC  65 V With A is Positive Ans.
Vout 2mV
S   2mV / mm
14. A thermocouple with its reference junction Displacement 1mm
exposed to room temperature of 200C gives an
Sensitivity of entire set up
open-circuit voltage of 5 mV. If the
thermocouple has temperature sensitivity of 50 = Amplification factor × sensitivity of LVDT
V/0C, the measured temperature is? = 500×2×10-3 = 1V/mm Ans.
18. A piezoelectric crystal has a thickness of 2.5 Sol Mee@Heäš keâe ieefle –
mm and a voltage sensitivity of 0.05 Vm/N. The
piezoelectric crystal is subjected to an external DeeGšhegš heumees keâe DeeJe=eflòe  60
N
pressure of 1.6  106 N/m2, then the jesšj hej štLe keâer mebKÙee
corresponding output voltage is? 3000  60
Skeâ heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue keâer ceesšeF& 2.5 efceceer Deewj N
120
Jeesušlee mebJesoveMeeruelee 0.05 Vm/N nw~ heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ N  1500 rpm Ans.
ef›eâmšue 1.6  106 N/m2 kesâ yeenjer oeye kesâ DeOeerve nw,
efHeâj mecyeefvOele efveie&le Jeesušlee nw? 22. The dead zone in a pyrometer is 0.125 per cent
of span. The instrument is calibrated from
Sol. efveie&le Jeesušlee  Vout   g  t  P 5000C to 2,0000C. What temperature change
must occur before it can be detected in degree
Vout  0.05  2.5  10 3  1.6 106 centigrade?
 200 V Ans. heeÙejesceeršj ceW [s[ peesve mhewve keâe 0.125³ nw~ Ùeb$e
5000C mes 2,0000C lekeâ kewâefueyeÇsš efkeâÙee peelee nw~ ef[«eer
19. A barium titanate crystal has a thickness of 2 mesvšer«esš ceW Fmekeâe helee ueieves mes henues leehe ceW keäÙee
mm. Its voltage sensitivity is 12  10-3 Vm/N. It heefjJele&ve nesvee ÛeeefnS?
is subjected to a pressure of 0.5 MN/m2. What
is the voltage generated? Sol. mhewve = Dehej Deewj ueesJej hejeme ceeveeW kesâ yeerÛe ieefCeleerÙe Devlej
Skeâ yesefjÙece šeFšsvesš ef›eâmšue keâer ceesšeF& 2 efceceer nw~ = 20000C – 5000C = 15000C
Fmekeâer Jeesušlee mebJesoveMeeruelee 12  10-3 Vm/N nw~ Dead Zone = 0.125 per cent of span
= 0.125×1500 = 1.8750C
Ùen 0.5 MN/m2 kesâ oeye kesâ DeOeerve nw~ GlheVe Jeesušlee
Fme Øekeâej 1.8750C keâe heefjJele&ve helee Ûeueves mes henues nesvee ÛeeefnS~
keäÙee nw? Ans.
Sol. GlheVe Jeesušspe– Q. What is the value of voltage if the oscilloscope is
displayed each grid rectangle with 8 vertical
Vout  g  t  P
rectangles corresponds to 500 mV in the vertical
3 3 direction?-
 12  10  2  10  0.5  10 6
 Jeesušspe keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee Ùeefo Deeefmeueesmkeâeshe Éeje

 12V Ans.
ØeoefMe&le 8 GOJee&Oej DeeÙeleebs kesâ meeLe ØelÙeskeâ ef«e[ DeeÙele
20. A piezoelectric crystal has a coupling GOJee&Oej efoMee 500 mV ceW mes cesue Keeleer nw-
coefficient K of 0.32. How much electrical
energy must be applied to produce output
energy of 7.06  10-3 J? Sol.
Skeâ heerpeesFuesefkeäš^keâ ef›eâmšue keâe Ùegiceve iegCeebkeâ 0.32 nw~ Voltage in CRO = count the number of divisions from
top to bottom of the signal × vertical scale
7.06  10-3 J kesâ efveie&le Tpee& keâe Glheeove keâjves kesâ
value of voltage = 500 mV × 8
efueS efkeâleveer efJeÅegle Tpee& ueeiet nesveer ÛeeefnS? = 4000 mV
efveie&le Tpee& = 4 Volt. Ans.
Sol. efJeÅegle Tpee& 
K
Q. The rise time of a signal applied to a CRO is 0.5
7.06  103
 µF. What is its bandwidth?
0.32 meerDeejDees (CRO) hej ØeÙegòeâ efmeiveue keâe Je=efæ keâeue
 22.0625  103 J (rise time) 0.5 µF nw~ Fmekeâer yeQ[efJe[dLe efkeâleveer nw~
 22.19 mJ Ans. (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
21. An inductive pick-up used to measure the Sol. : efoÙee nw~ Rise time = 0.5 F, B.W = ?
speed of a shaft has 120 tooth wheel. If the B.W  0.35
number of pulses produced in a second is 3000, rise time
the rpm of the shaft is? 0.35
B.W 
Skeâ ØesjkeâerÙe efhekeâDehe, MeeHeäš keâer ieefle ceeheves kesâ efueS 0.5 106
ØeÙeesie neslee nw efpemekeâe štLe Jnerue 120 nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ 3.5
B.W  106
meskesâC[ ceW GlheVe nesves Jeeueer mheboeW keâer mebKÙee 3000 nes 5
lees Mee@Heäš keâe (rpm) nQ? B.W = 0.7 MHz
Q. Horizontal input to a scope is Em sin ( t) v 1. A LVDT produce as RMS output voltage of 2.6
vertical input to that scope is Em sin ( t + 30º) V for displacement of 0.4 µm. Calculate the
v. What is the Lissajous Pattern in that CRO? sensitivity of LVDT.
Skeâ mkeâeshe ceW #eweflepe Fvehegš Em sin ( t) v Deewj Skeâ LVDT, 0.4 µm efJemLeeheve kesâ efueS 2.6 V RMS
TOJee&Oej Fvehegš Em sin ( t + 30º) v nw~ Fme meer. Deej. DeeGšhegš Jeesušlee GlheVe keâjlee nw~ LVDT kesâ
Dees. ceW efuemee@peme (Lissajous) hewšve& keäÙee nesiee ? mebJesoveMeeruelee keâer ieCevee keâjW~
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) (SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II)
Solution : Horizontal input voltage = Em sin ( t) v
Sol. efoÙee nw -
Vertical input voltage = Em sin ( t + 30º) v
The phase difference between both the input is = 300 Output voltage (V) = 2.6V
The Lissajous pattern on the screen of a CRO is an displacement (d) = 0.4 µm
Ellipse with a major axis in quadrant 1 and 3
V 2.6
0º    90º or 270º    360º sensitivity =   6.5V / m Ans.
d 0.4
1. Read the lissajous pattern given below
veerÛes oMee&S ieS efuemee@peme hewšve& keâe DeOÙeÙeve keâjW~
b
Q. A current carrying conductor is wrapped eight
time around the jaw of clamp-on meter that reads
50 A. What will be the actual value of the
conductor currents?
Skeâ OeejeJeener Ûeeuekeâ keâes Skeâ keäuewche Dee@ve ceeršj pees 50
A heÌ{lee nw, peyeÌ[s kesâ Ûeejes Deesj 8 yeej uehesše peelee nw~
Ûeeuekeâ Oeeje keâe JeemleefJekeâ ceeve keäÙee nesiee– This pattern displays when -
Ùen hewšve& leye Øeehle neslee nw peye veerÛes efoS ieS efJekeâuheeW ceW mes
Sol.– Actual value of conductor current keâewve mee mener neslee nw,
meter reading
= fv= TOJee&Oej mebkesâle DeeJe=efòe
number of wrapping
50
fh= #eweflepe mebkesâle DeeJe=efòe
i=
8 (ESIC- 24.01.2019,Time 9:00-11:00)
i = 6.25 Ampere Ans. Sol.
No of intersections of the horizontal
1 fV line with the curve
2. If a voltmeter uses 4 digit display, then its 
2 f h Number of intersections of the vertical
resolution is-
line with the curve
1
Ùeefo Skeâ Jeesušceeršj 4 ef[efpeš ef[mhues keâe GheÙeesie
2 fv 2 1
keâjlee nw leye Fmekeâe efjpeesuÙetMeve nw-  
fh 6 3
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
1 1
Sol. Resolution  n fv     fh
10  3
Where n = Number of full digit Where
1
 4  0.0001 fvfrequency of signal applied to Y–plates
10
Ans. fh frequency of signal applied to X– plates Ans.

3. Determine the deflection sensitivity (in m/V) of 8. A Lissajous pattern on an oscilloscope has 5
a CRO, when the value of the deflection factor horizontal tangencies and 2 vertical tangencies.
is 0.5 V/m. The frequency of the horizontal input is 1000
meer.Deej.Dees. keâer efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee (ceeršj/Jeesuš Hz. What is the frequency of the vertical input?
ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW, peye efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ keâe ceeve 0.5
Jeesuš/ceeršj nw– Skeâ Dee@efmeueesmkeâesheer hej efuemee-efpeÙeme hewš&ve keâe 5
(SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018) De#eerÙe keâeš leLee 2 uecyeJele keâeš nw~ De#eerÙe efveefJe°
Sol. efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ = 0.5 Volt/m keâer DeeJe=efòe 1000 Hz nw~ uecyeJeled efveefJe° keâer DeeJe=efòe
1 keäÙee nesieer?
efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee 
efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ (Jammu & Kashmir JE -2016)
1
efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee  Sol. FmeceW oes Signal keâer frequency keâer leguevee keâer peeleer nw~
0.5
10 fy
 2 
No of Horizontal tangencies
5 fx No of Vertical tangencies
efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee  2 m / V Ans.
fy 5
4. Determine the bandwidth (in Hz) of a sine 
fx 2
wave that is reproduced by a CRO having a
rise time of 70 ms. 5
f y  2.5  f x Hz
Skeâ meeFve lejbie (meeFve JesJe) keâer yeQ[efJe[dLe keâes (nš&dpe
ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW pees Skeâ 70 efceueer-meskebâ[ kesâ jeFpe fy = 1000 × 2.5 = 2500Hz nesieer~ Ans.
šeFce kesâ meer.Deej.Dees. Éeje oesyeeje lewÙeej efkeâÙee peelee
nw– 5 9. The vertical gain control of CRO is set at a
(SSC JE-Morning 25-01-2018) deflection sensitivity of 5V/cm. An unknown
5. The deflection sensitivity of the CRO is 10 m/V. sinusoidal is applied to Y- input. A 20cm long
What is the value of deflection factor (in V/m)? straight line trace is observed, what will the ac
meer.Deej.Dees. keâer efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee 10 ceeršj/ voltage be?
Jeesuš nw~ efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ keâe ceeve (Jeesuš/ceeršj ceW) meerDeejDees keâe TOJee&Oej ueeYe efveÙeb$eCe 5V/cm keâer Skeâ
keäÙee nw?
efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee hej mesš keâer ieÙeer nw~ Skeâ De%eele
pÙeeJe›eâerÙe Y- Fvehegš hej ueeiet efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Skeâ 20
Sol. efoÙee nw–
mesceer uebyee meerOeer jsKee DevegjsKeCe heÙe&Jesef#ele efkeâÙee ieÙee
efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee (deflection sensitivity)= 10m/V
nw, Smeer Jeesušspe keâe helee ueieeSb?
efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ keâe ceeve = ?
1 (UPRVUNL AE -2014)
deflection factor 
efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee Sol. efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee keâes efvecve lejerkesâ mes heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee
eqJe#esheCe keâejkeâ 
1 peelee nw~
10
efJe#esheCe keâer cee$ee  d 
efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ  0.1V / m Ans. efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee S 
ueeiet efkeâÙee ieÙee mebkeâsle Jeesušspe  vd 
6. Calculate the fastest rise time (in ms) a sine
wave can have to be reproduced by a CRO, if  efJe#esheCe keâejkeâ efJe#esheCe mebJesoveMeeruelee keâe JÙegl›eâce nw~
the bandwidth ranges from (0 to 10) Hz–
35 mS 1 Vd
Df  
meyemes lespe Je=efæ meceÙe keâer ieCevee (efceueer–meskebâ[ ceW) S S
keâjW pees Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe lejbie keâes meer.Deej.Dees. Éeje hegve: Vd
Øemlegle keâj mekeâleer nw, Ùeefo yeQ[efJe[dLe 0 nšd&pe mes 10 5
20
nšd&pe lekeâ nw– 35 efceueer-meskesâC[
Vd = 100
9.
JewÅegle Tpee& kesâ GheÙeesie
Utilization of Electrical Energy
 The term used for emission of electrons from metals
1 Øeoerheve (Illumination) by projecting light of sufficiently small wavelength
on the metal? Photoelectric emission
heefjÛeÙe (Introduction)
 Oeeleg hej heÙee&hle ™he mes Úesšs lejbie owOÙe& kesâ ØekeâeMe keâes Øe#esefhele
 ______ is the angle generated by a surface passing
through a point in space and a periphery of the area.
keâjkesâ OeelegDeeW mes FueskeäšêveeW kesâ Glmepe&ve kesâ efueS, Meyo keâe
-Solid angle ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ heâesšesFuesefkeäš^keâ Glmepe&ve
 ............ mhesme ceW Skeâ efyevog Deewj #es$e keâer heefjefOe mes iegpejves (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
Jeeueer melen Éeje GlheVe keâesCe nw~ -mee@efue[ Sbieue
heefjYeeef<ekeâ MeyoeJeueer (Terminology)
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
 For which bulbs working temperature is very high- kewâC[suee (Candela)
Incandescent Lamp  kewâC[suee huesefšvece kesâ "esmeerkeâjCe leeheceeve (20450K) hej,
 efkeâme yeuye kesâ efueS keâeÙe&keâejer leeheceeve yengle DeefOekeâ neslee nw- efkeâmeer keâeues heoeLe& kesâ efJeefkeâjCe kesâ Øeefle Jeie& mesceer. ceW pÙeesefle
leeheoerefhle uewche leer›elee keâe 1/60 JeeB Yeeie nw~
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)  kewâC[suee pÙeesefle leer›elee keâer FkeâeF& nw~
 One candela is equal to how many lumens- 4
 uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme Ùee pÙeesefle Heäuekeäme
 Skeâ keQâ[suee efkeâleves uÙegcesve kesâ yejeyej neslee nw- 4
 (Luminous Flux)
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)  efkeâmeer uÙetefceveme Jemleg keâe pÙeesefle Jemleg ceW Øeefle meskesâC[
 Which coloured lights represent 'cool' lighting? - uÙetefceveme ØekeâeMe lebjiees kesâ ®he ceW pees ØekeâeMe Tpee& GlheVe nesleer nw
Blues and greens Gmes uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme keânles nw~
 keâewve meer jbieerve jesMeveer "C[er jesMeveer keâe ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee nw-  uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme keâe cee$ekeâ uÙetceve (lumen) neslee nw~
veeruee Deewj nje 1 uÙetceve  0.0016 Jeeš
uÙetceve IeCše (Lumen Hour)
 What is the average lumens per watt for an
incandescent lamp? 10-15 lumens per watt  Skeâ uÙetceve Heäuekeäme kesâ Éeje Skeâ IeCše ceW efJeleefjle ØekeâeMe
 leeheoerhle uewche (incandescent lamp) kesâ efueS ØeefleJeeš Deewmele keâer cee$ee ‘uÙetceve IeCše’ keânueeleer nw~
uÙetcesve efkeâlevee nesiee - 10-15 uÙetceve Øeefle Jee@š meesefue[ keâesCe (Solid Angle)–
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)  efkeâmeer r Deæ&JÙeeme Jeeues ieesues kesâ kesâvõ hej, Gmekesâ efkeâmeer #es$e
 The name of the control gear that works as a current Éeje yeves keâesCe keâes meesefue[ keâesCe keânles nw~
limiting device to counter negative resistance
characteristics of any discharge lamps? Ballast  Fmes  mes JÙeòeâ keâjles nw~
 Gme efveÙev$eCe efieÙej keâe veece, pees efkeâmeer Yeer efJemepe&ve ueQhe keâer  meesefue[ keâesCe keâer FkeâeF& mšsjsef[Ùeve nesleer nw~
vekeâejelcekeâ ØeeflejesOe efJeMes<eleeDeeW keâe cegkeâeyeuee keâjves kesâ efueS
Oeeje meerefcele GhekeâjCe kesâ ™he ceW keâece keâjlee nw~ yewuesmš A
= mšsjsef[Ùeve
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
r2
Utilization of Electrical Energy 568 YCT

pÙeesefle leer›elee (Luminous Intensity) Deewmele #eweflepe kewâC[ue Meefòeâ
 Fmekeâes kewâC[ue Meefòeâ (C.P.) kesâ veece mes Yeer peevee peelee nw~ (Mean Horizental Candle Power)
 efkeâmeer ØekeâeMe Œeesle mes efkeâmeer efJeMes<e efoMee ceW Øeefle FkeâeF&  Fme ØekeâeMe œeesle kesâ keWâõ efyevog mes iegpejves Jeeues #eweflepe leue
meesefue[ keâesCe ceW GlheVe uÙetefceveme flux (F), pÙeesefle leer›elee hej meye efoMeeDeeW ceW kewâefC[ue heeJejes keâe Deewmele ceeve nw~ Fmes
Ùee kewâC[ue heeJej keânueelee nw~ M.H.C.P. mes JÙeòeâ keâjles nw~
Fmekeâes (I) mes JÙeòeâ keâjles nw~ 

 met$e ™he ceW M.H.C.P.  lm / sr.

 pÙeesefle leer›elee keâe cee$ekeâ uÙetceve Øeefle mšsjsef[Ùeve Ùee kewâC[suee
neslee nw~] #eweflepe meceleue cesW efJekeâerCe& keâgue pÙeesefle Heäuekeäme

#eweflepe leue Éeje kesâvõ hej Ieve keâesWCe
uÙetefceveme heäuekeäme Deewmele Deæ& ieesueekeâej kewâC[ue Meefòeâ (M.H.S.C.P.)
pÙeesefle leer›elee 
mšsjsef[Ùeve
 Ùen ØekeâeMe efyevog ceW peeves Jeeues #eweflepe melen kesâ Thej
F Ùee veerÛes kesâ Oejeleue keâer meye efoMeeDeeW keâer kewâC[ue Meefòeâ keâe
I cd Deewmele ceeve neslee nw~

Øeoerheve (Illumination) Deæ&ieesueekeâej cesW GlhevVe Heäuekeäme
M.H.S.C.P 
2
 peye efkeâmeer melen hej ØekeâeMe heÌ[lee nw lees Jen Øeoerhle nes peeleer
nw Deewmele ieesueekeâej kewâC[ue hee@Jej (M.S.C.P.)
 Øeefle FkeâeF& Jeie& ceW Øeehle nesves Jeeues uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme keâes  Øeoerheve efyevog kesâ Oejeleue keâer meYeer efoMeeDeeW ceW Candle
Øeoerheve keânles nw~ power keâe Deewmeleceeve M.S.C.P. keânueelee nw~’’
 Fmekeâes (E) mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw~ uÙetceve Heäuekeäme

M.S.C.P 
2 4
 Øeoerheve keâe cee$ekeâ uÙetceve/ceer Ùee uekeäme Ùee ceeršj-kewâC[ue
nw~
 ........ is the luminous flux received by a surface per
 Fmekeâe yeÌ[e cee$ekeâ heâesš neslee nw~ unit area- Illumination
 1 phot = 104 uekeäme  ..... Øeefle FkeâeF& #es$eheâue ces Skeâ melen Éeje Øeehle pÙeesefle Heäuekeäme
nw- Øeoerefhle
F
E lm / m 2 (UPPCL JE- 08.09.2021 Shift-I)
A
 The power of strength of the source of light is
Where E –illumination
known as luminous intensity (I) and it is measured
F –Luminous Flux in ....-
A– Area in m2 Candela or Candle power
uekeäme (Lux)  ØekeâeMe kesâ Œeesle keâer Meefòeâ Ùee meeceLÙe& keâes pÙeesefle leer›elee (I) kesâ
 Ùeefo KeesKeuee ieesuee 1 ceeršj Deæ&JÙeeme keâe nes leLee Fmekesâ ™he ces peevee peelee nw~ Fmes ....... ces ceehee peelee nw-
kesâvõ hej Skeâ kewâC[ue Meefòeâ keâe ØekeâeMe jKe efoÙee peeS lees kewâC[suee Ùee kewâv[sue hee@Jej
Øeoerheve 1 ceeršj kewâC[ue nesieer leLee Fmes uekeäme keânWies~
 IejeW ceW DeeJeMÙekeâ Øeoerheve 60-70 lumen/m2 neslee nw~
 ....... is defined as the ratio of the luminous flux to
 Precision work kesâ efueS Øeoerheve 500 – 1000 lm/m2 the power input- Luminous efficiency
DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw~  uÙegefceveme heäuekeäme keâe Meefòeâ Fvehegš mes Devegheele...... kesâ ™he ceW
 Auditiorium Deeefo ceW efvecve Øeoerheve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw- uÙetefceveme o#elee
nw~ (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II)

 ...... is defined as the luminous intensity per unit
projected area of the surface in the given direction-
efpebkeâ yesjsefueÙece efmeefuekesâš heeruee-mehesâo
Luminance (Luminous Intensity) kewâ[efceÙece efmeefuekesâš heeruee-iegueeyeer
 efoÙes ieÙes efoMee ceW Øeefle FkeâeF& Øeespeskeäšs[ #es$eheâue kesâ ™he ceW
.........heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw- pÙeesefle leer›elee kewâ[efceÙece yeesjsš iegueeyeer
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II)  The colour of light emitted by LED depends on the
 In which application the carbon electrode are used- type of material. The light is emitted when the LED
is reverse bias– No light
Cinema Projector, Dry cells, Electric arc furnace
 LED Éeje Glmeefpe&le ØekeâeMe keâe jbie meece«eer kesâ Øekeâej hej efveYe&j
 efkeâme DevegØeÙeesie ces keâeye&ve Fueskeäšês[ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- keâjlee nw~ LED kesâ efjJeme& yee@Ùem[ nesves hej ØekeâeMe Glmeefpe&le
efmevescee Øeespeskeäšj, Meg<keâ mesue efJeÅegle Ûeehe Yešd"er keâjsiee- keâesF& ØekeâeMe veneR
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I) (UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021)
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)  Under Bachat lamp scheme, incandescent lamps of
100 watt can be replaced by ........... small
(SSC JE 2018)
fluorescent lamp– (20–25) Watt
 The correct formula to calculate illumination is-
 yeÛele ueQhe Ùeespevee mkeâerce kesâ lenle, 100 Watt kesâ leeheoerhle
 CP ×   uewche keâes ...............kesâ Úesšs HeäueesjesmeWš uewche mes yeouee pee
area mekeâlee nw- (20-25) Watt
 Øeoerefhle keâer ieCevee keâjves kesâ efueÙes mener met$e nw-

 CP ×   (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
#es$eheâue  For a sports stadium, recommended level of
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I) illumination i.e. intensity of illumination– 300 lux
 
Luminous flux emitted by candle power is equal to-4 Kesue mšsef[Ùece kesâ efueÙes, DevegMebefmele mlej keâer Øeoerheve Ùee Øeoerheve
keâer leer›elee nw- 300 uekeäme
 keQâ[ue heeJej Éeje Glmeefpe&le pÙeesefle heäuekeäme yejeyej neslee nw- 4
 In the case of average life span,
 The total quantity of light energy emitted per second
from a luminous body is defined as - –LED > CFL > Incandancent lamp
- Luminous flux  Deewmele peerJevekeâeue kesâ mebyebOe ceW-
 oerhle efheb[ mes Øeefle meskesâC[ Glmeefpe&le ØekeâeMe Tpee& keâer kegâue cee$ee SueF&.[er > meer.SHeâ.Sue. > leeheoerhle uewche
keâes ..... keâne peelee nw - -pÙeesefle Heäuekeäme
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I)
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)  The example of discharge lamp is– Neon lamp,
 The diversity factor between transformers for Sodium vapour lamp, Mercury Vapour lamp.
residential lighting - 1.3
 ef[mÛeepe& uewche keâe GoenjCe nw- efveÙeeve uewche,
 DeeJeemeerÙe ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee kesâ efueS heefjCeeefce$eeW kesâ yeerÛe meesef[Ùece Jeshej uewche, ceke&âjer Jeshej uewche
efJeefJeOelee iegCekeâ ...... neslee nw- 1.3
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
 Mercury Vapour lamp is always.......Colour– Blue
Øeefleoerefhle uewchees ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues heâe@mheâjes kesâ veece  cejkeâjer Jeshej uewche keâe jbie ncesMee.....neslee nw- veeruee
heâe@mheâj uewche keâe jbie (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)
 As compared to an incandescent lamp, CFL offers
(Phosphor) (Colour of Lamp)
approximately.............saving in electricity costs–
kewâefuMeÙece šbiemšve veeruee 70 to 80%
cewiveerefMeÙece šbiemšve veeruee-mehesâo  leeheoerefhle uewche keâer leguevee ceW, meer.SHeâ.Sue., efyepeueer keâer ueeiele
ceW ueieYeie........yeÛele Øeoeve keâjlee nw- 70% mes 80%
efpebkeâ efmeefuekesâš nje (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)
Øeoerheve kesâ efveÙece veeruee-heeruee ØekeâeMe kesâ efueS Deeie&ve iewme
(Law of Illumination)
megvenje-heeruee meesef[Ùece Jee<he
(i). Øeoerheve (E), uÙetefceveme leer›elee (I) kesâ meerOes meceevegheeleer nesleer
veeruee cejkeâjer Jee<he
nw~
EI
veejbieer-ueeue efveDee@ve Jee<he
(ii) Øeefleueesce Jeie& efveÙece (Inverse’s Square Law) nje efveDee@ve Je cejkeâjer keâe efceefßele Jee<he
efkeâmeer melen hej Øeoerheve, ØekeâeMe efyevog keâer otjer kesâ Jeie& kesâ
efJeueesceevegheeleer nesleer nw~  The primary function of a choke in a tubelight
1 circuit– Induced high voltage
E 2
r  šdÙetye ueeFš heefjheLe ceW Ûeeskeâ keâe ØeeLeefcekeâ keâeÙe& nw–
(iii) uewcyeš&me keâespÙee efveÙece GÛÛe Jeesušspe Øesefjle keâjvee
(Lambert’s cosine Law) (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
 Fme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ melen kesâ efkeâmeer efyevog hej Øeoerheve  Filament in an incandescent lamp is made of–
(E) Gme efyevog hej uecye Deewj uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme keâer efoMee kesâ Tungsten wire
yeerÛe kesâ keâespÙee kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw~
 leeheoerhle uewche keâe efheâueeceWš efkeâmemes yevee neslee nw– šbiemšve leej
E  cos  (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
Fve leervees efveÙece keâes Skeâ keâjves hej–  The average life of a fluorescent tube–
7000 Hours
Icos 
E
r2  heäueesjesmeWš šdÙetye keâe Deewmele peerJevekeâeue ......... neslee nw–
7000 Iebšs
 In lighting scheme 90% to 100% of total light flux
thrown upward to the ceiling for diffused reflection– (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
Indirect lighting  Lamp has the highest efficiency–
 efkeâme ØekeâeMeve Ùeespevee ceW ef[heäÙetm[ efjheâueskeäMeve kesâ efueS mechetCe& LPSV (Low Presssure Sodium Vapour)
ØekeâeMe heäuekeäme keâe 90³ mes 100³ Thej Úle keâer Deesj Yespe  ......... uewche keâer o#elee GÛÛelece nesleer nw~
efoÙee peelee nw– DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMeve
LPSV (uees ØesMej meesef[Ùece Jeshej)
 Meaning of glare– Discomfort and shine dazzlingly
 Lighting in restaurants and mall is an example of–
Commercial load  ÛeeQOe keâe leelheÙe& neslee nw– Demenpelee Deewj Ûecekeâoej
 jsmšesjsvš Deewj cee@ue ceW ØekeâeMeve .......... keâe GoenjCe nw– (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
JÙeeJemeeefÙekeâ Yeej  State the necessity of light control–

 Uniform illumination on the area,
 Mounting height control,
šŸetyees ceW efJeefYeVe jbie Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS FmeceW efJeefYeVe
 To avoid shadows and glare control
iewmes Yejer peeleer nQ
 ØekeâeMe efveÙeb$eCe kesâ DeeJeMÙekeâlee keâes yeleeÙeW–
ueeue veejbieer ØekeâeMe kesâ efueS efveÙee@ve iewme  #es$eheâue hej Skeâ meceeve Glmepe&ve
heerues jbie kesâ efueS nerefueÙece iewme  efveÙeb$eCe TBÛeeF& hej mLeeheve
njs jbie kesâ efueS heerueer šŸetye ceW efveDee@ve leLee  ÚeF& mes yeÛevee Deewj Ûecekeâ keâe efveÙeb$eCe
cejkeâjer keâe efceßeCe
 Fluorescent lamps T2, T5, T8 and T12 are classified  The distance between a projector and a screen is
on the basis of– Diameter of the tube increased by 1%. What percentage will there be a
decrease in the illumination on the screen– 2%
 Øeefleoerefhle uewche T2, T5, T8 Deewj T12 keâes efkeâmekesâ DeeOeej hej
Jeieeake=âle efkeâÙee ieÙee nw– šŸetye kesâ JÙeeme  Øeespeskeäšj Deewj m›eâerve kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 1% yeÌ{ peeleer nw lees
m›eâerve hej jesMeveer ceW efkeâleves ØeefleMele keâer keâceer nesieer– 2%
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
 The visible light can have the wave length between
 Illumination = ______/Area– Luminous flux
– 4000 Å to 7000 Å
 Øeoerefhle · ........./#es$e– uÙetefceveme heäuekeäme
 ÂMÙe ØekeâeMe keâer lejbie owOÙe& ....... kesâ yeerÛe nes mekeâleer nw–
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
4000 Å mes 7000 Å  The factors are considered for illumination
(Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021) calculation–Waste light factor, Depreciation factor,
Coefficient of utilization
 High frequency induction heating is used for -----–
 jesMeveer keâer ieCevee kesâ efueS efkeâve keâejkeâeW hej efJeÛeej efkeâÙee peelee
Both ferrous and Non ferrous metals
nw–
 GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe ØesjCe leeheve............kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
DeheefMe<š ØekeâeMe keâejkeâ, cetuÙeùeme keâejkeâ,
nw~– ueewn-Deueewn Oeeleg oesveeW
GheÙeesefielee iegCeebkeâ
 The radiant efficiency of the luminous source
depends on – Temperature of the source (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
 oerhle m$eesle keâer oerefhleceeve o#elee efveYe&j keâjleer nw–  MHSCP Stands for– Mean Hemi
Spherical Candle Power
œeesle kesâ leeheceeve hej
 MHSCP keâe DeLe& nw -
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) Deewmele Deæ&ieesueekeâej kewâC[ue Meefòeâ
ueQhe o#elee (uÙetcesve/Jeeš (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I)
ceW)
Lighting Scheme
keâeye&ve efHeâueeceWš ueQhe 3–4.5 Lighting Scheme Functionalities
DeesmeefceÙece efHeâueeceWš ueQhe 5 Direct lighting 90% light flux

downwards
šwvšuece efHeâueeceWš ueQhe 2
Semi-direct lighting 60-90% light flux
downwards
šbiemšve efHeâueeceWš ueQhe 18
Indirect lighting 90% light flux
keâeye&ve Deeke&â ueQhe 9–12 upwards
Heäuesce Deeke&â ueQhe 8 Semi-Indirect lighting 60-90% light flux

upwards
efveÙee@ve ef[mÛeepe& ueQhe 15–40
 The unit of luminous flux is- Lumens
meesef[Ùece Jewhej ueQhe (efvecve oeye) 101–175  ØekeâeMe Heäuekeäme keâer FkeâeF& nw- uÙetcesvme
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
meesef[Ùece Jewhej ueQhe (GÛÛe oeye) 67–121
 The lamps gives nearly monochromatic light–
cejkeâjer Jewhej ueQhe 30–40 Sodium vapour lamp
Heäueesjesmesš ueQhe 40–60  Jen ueQhe, pees ueieYeie SkeâJeCeea (ceesvees›eâescewefškeâ) ØekeâeMe oslee nw–
meesef[Ùece Jee<he ueQhe
leeheoerhle ueQhe 8–40
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
 Filament lamps operate normally at power factor  The type of projector having beam spread in
of– Unity between 25° - 40° Medium angle projector
 efheâueeceWš ueQhe meeceevÙele: .......... Meefkeäle iegCekeâ hej mebÛeeefuele  25° - 40° kesâ yeerÛe Hewâues yeerce Jeeues Øeespeskeäšj keâe Øekeâej nw-
nesles nQ– FkeâeF& ceOÙece keâesCe Øe#eshekeâ
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 Light is produced in electric discharge lamps by–  The illumination required for staircase- 100 Lux
Ionisation in a gas or vapour  peervee (meerÌ{er) kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Øeoerheve nw- 100 uekeäme
 Fuesefkeäš^keâ ef[mÛeepe& ueQhe ceW ØekeâeMe ........ Éeje Glhevve neslee nw– (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
iewme Ùee Jee<he ceW DeeÙeveerkeâjCe  The unit of illumination- Lux
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)  Øeoerefhle keâe cee$ekeâ ......... nw~ uekeäme
 Which are the advantages of mercury vapour lamp– (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
It produces light similar to day light which may  Which lamps has the best colour rendering index
(CRI) - Incandescent
help in increasing the production
 keâewve mee heeje Jee<he ueQhe keâe ueeYe neslee nw–  efkeâme uewche keâe keâuej jQ[efjbie Fb[skeäme (CRI) meJeexòece neslee nw-
leeheoerhle
Ùen efove kesâ ØekeâeMe kesâ
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
meceeve ØekeâeMe hewoe keâjlee nw pees Glheeove yeÌ{eves ceW
ceoo keâj mekeâlee nw~  The length of a 40 watt tube- 1.2 meter
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)  40 Jeeš šdÙetye keâer uecyeeF& .......... nesleer nw- 1.2 ceeršj
 A mercury vapour lamp gives_____ light–
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Greenish blue
 Power factor of a filament lamp is– Unity
 cejkeâjer Jeshej ueQhe ......... ØekeâeMe oslee nw– nje veeruee  efheâueeceWš uewche keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ neslee nw– FkeâeF&
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 Which lamp consist of an inner discharge type and
 Narrow beam projectors is used in flood lighting for
an outer evacuated type– High pressure mercury
distance - Above 70 meters
vapour lamp
 heäue[ ueeFefšbie ceW vewjes yeerce Øeespeskeäšj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâleveer otjer kesâ
 keâewve mee ueQhe Skeâ Deebleefjkeâ efJemepe&ve Øekeâej leLee Skeâ Jee¢e efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw - 70 ceeršj mes Thej
efveJee&eflele Øekeâej keâe neslee nw- GÛÛe oeye ceke&âjer Jee<he uewche (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
(RRB JE-19.09.2019)  Lumen/watt is the unit of -
 The current drawn by a tungsten filament lamp is Luminous efficiency
measured by an ammeter, the ammeter reading
under steady state condition will be ______ the  uÙetcesve/Jeeš efkeâmekeâe cee$ekeâ nw - uÙetefceveme o#elee
ammeter reading when the supply is switched ON– (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
Less than  In a fluorescent tube circuit, choke acts as -
 šbiemšve efheâueeceWš ueQhe Éeje ueer ieF& Oeeje Sceeršj Éeje ceeheer Current limiting device
peeleer nw~ efmLej efmLeefle ceW Sceeršj jeref[bie, Deehetefle& Ûeeuet nesves hej  Skeâ heäueesjesmeWš šŸetye kesâ heefjheLe ceW, Ûeeskeâ ............. kesâ ™he ceW
Sceeršj jeref[bie kesâ meceeve .......... nesiee– keâce keâeÙe& keâjlee nw - Oeeje meerefcele GhekeâjCe
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
 The gas usually filled in the electric bulb is–Nitrogen
 The full form of CFL is -
 efJeÅegle yeuye ceW meeceevÙele: Yejer peeves Jeeueer iewme nesleer nw– Compact Fluorescent lamp
veeFšêspeve  CFL keâe hetCe& ™he nw - keâe@chewkeäš heäueesjsmesvš uewche
(RRB JE-19.09.2019) (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
 Filament used in Halogen lamp is made up of - ♦ Phosphor zinc silicate produces light of–
Tungsten Green colour
 nwueespeve uewche ceW levleg ....... keâe yevee neslee nw - šbiemšve  heâemheâj efpebkeâ efmeefuekesâš ØekeâeMe Glhevve keâjlee nw– nje jbie
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) ♦ Materials which reflect all wavelength in the
 Candela is the unit of Luminous intensity spectrum of light appear to be– White
 kewâ[suee keâer FkeâeF& ......... nesleer nw~ pÙeesefle leer›elee  Jen heoeLe& pees meYeer lejbie owOÙe& keâes ØekeâeMe mheskeäš^ce ceW hejeJeefle&le
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) keâj oslee nw, Øeleerle neslee nw– mehesâo
(LMRC 2015) ♦ An object, which appears red to the eyes, absorbs–
 The ratio of the total number of lumens reaching the Absorb all colour and only
working plane to the total number of lumens Red colour not absorb
emitting from source is known as -
Coefficient of utilisation  Skeâ Jemleg pees DeeBKeeW keâes ueeue Øeleerle nesleer nw, DeJeMeesef<ele keâjleer
nw– meYeer jbieeW keâes DeJeMeesef<ele keâjsiee Deewj kesâJeue
 keâeÙe&Meerue leue hej hengbÛeves Jeeues uÙetcesve keâer kegâue mebKÙee Deewj
Œeesle mes efvekeâueves Jeeues uÙetcesve keâer kegâue mebKÙee kesâ Devegheele keâes ueeue jbie keâes DeJeMeesef<ele veneR keâjsiee
keâne peelee nw - GheÙeesefielee iegCeebkeâ
♦ The sensors in the eye are known as–
(PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
Rodes and Cones
 The devices distributes, filters or transform the light
emitted from one or more lamps-  DeeBKeeW ceW mes pees mesvmej neslee nw Gmes peevee peelee nw–
Luminaire je@[ Deewj keâesve
 Jen GhekeâjCe, pees Skeâ Ùee DeefOekeâ ueQhe mes Glmeefpe&le ØekeâeMe keâes ♦ The colour temperature of daylight is about–
efJeleefjle efHeâušj Ùee ™heebleefjle keâjlee nw - uegefcevesÙej
6500 K
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
 efove kesâ ØekeâeMe kesâ jbie keâe leeheceeve ueieYeie neslee nw– 6500K
A B C
   . The equation represents is- ♦ Sky appears blue due to reason of–
sin  sin  sin 
Lami's theorem Scattering of light over dust particles
A B C  DeekeâeMe veeruee Øeleerle neslee nw–
   meceerkeâjCe ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw-
sin  sin  sin 
Oetue keâCeeW hej ØekeâeMe keâe ØekeâerCe&ve kesâ keâejCe
ueeceer keâe ØecesÙe
♦ Colour of light depends upon–
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
Frequency, Wavelength
efJeefYeVe keâeÙeex kesâ efueS Øeoerefhle  ØekeâeMe keâe jbie efveYe&j keâjlee nw– DeeJe=efòe, lejbie owOÙe&
Illumination for Different work Place
efJeefYeVe Øekeâej kesâ keâejkeâ
keâeÙe& keâe mLeeve uekeäme Ùee uÙetcesve/ceer2.
Different Type of Factors
met#ce keâeÙeex kesâ efueS 250–500
hejeJeleea keâejkeâ (Reflection Factor)
Deefle heefjMegæ keâeÙe& pewmes– [êFbie, 1000–2000  peye ØekeâeMe keâer efkeâjCe efkeâmeer melen hej heÌ[leer nw lees Jen Skeâ
IeÌ[er FlÙeeefo keâer cejccele kesâ efueS Deeheleve keâesCe mes hejeJeefle&le nes peeleer nw~
ØetHeâ jeref[bie, keâchÙetšj keâeÙe& 250–500  hejeJeefle&le ØekeâeMe leLee Deeheeflele ØekeâeMe keâe Devegheele hejeJeleea
keâejkeâ keânueelee nw~
jnves keâe keâceje, yeeLe™ce, meerÌ{er 150
 Fmekeâe ceeve 0.6 mes 0.8 lekeâ nesiee~
nesšue leLee YeespeveeueÙe 500–1500
hejeJeefle&le ØekeâeMe
hejeJeleera keâejkeâ 
ogkeâeveeW kesâ efueS 250–500 Deeheeleer ØekeâeMe

DeheJÙeÙe ØekeâeMe keâejkeâ (Waste Light Factor) ♦ Colour has wavelength between blue and yellow–
Green
 peye keâesF& melen Ùee mLeeve keâF& uewchees Éeje Øeoerhle efkeâÙee peelee
 jbie keâer lejbieowOÙe& veeruee Deewj heeruee jbie kesâ ceOÙe nesleer nw– nje
nw lees ØekeâeMe kesâ Skeâ kesâ Thej Skeâ Deeves kesâ keâejCe ØekeâeMe
keâe kegâÚ Yeeie yeskeâej Ûeuee peelee nw~ ♦ The melting point of Tungsten is– 3400 oC
 Dele: ØekeâeMe kesâ mewæeefvlekeâ ceeve keâes Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS  šbiemšve keâe iueveebkeâ efyevog nw– 3400 oC
DeheJÙeÙe ØekeâeMe keâejkeâ mes iegCee keâjvee heÌ[lee nw~ ♦ Magnesium vapour in a filament lamp gives–
 DeeÙeleekeâej #es$e kesâ efueS ØekeâeMe DeheJÙeÙe keâejkeâ keâe ceeve Green colour light
1.2 leLee Demeceleue #es$e kesâ efueS Fmekeâe ceeve 1.6 lekeâ  levleg uewche ceW cewiveerefMeÙece Jee<he oslee nw– nje jbie ØekeâeMe
efueÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
♦ The colour having shortest wavelength is– Violet
yeerce keâejkeâ (Beam Factor)
 meyemes keâce lejbieowOÙe& Jeeuee jbie nw– yewieveer
 yeerce keâejkeâ, Øe#esheer keâer yeerce ceW uÙetceve cee$ee leLee uewche mes (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
GlheVe cee$ee keâe Devegheele nw~
♦ Visible light's wavelength range– 0.39 – 0.77 m
 Fmekeâe ceeve 1 mes keâce neslee nw~
 ÂMÙe ØekeâeMe keâer lejbieowOÙe& keâer jWpe– 0.39 – 0.77 m
 Beam Factor keâe ceeve meeceevÙele: 0.3 mes 0.6 lekeâ (BSNL TTA 2016)
efueÙee peelee nw~
♦ Speed of light is– 3 ×108 m/sec
Beam lumen
 Beam factor =
Lamp Lumen
 ØekeâeMe lejbieeW keâer Ûeeue nw– 3 ×108 m/sec
(UJVNL-2016)
mhesme TBÛeeF& Devegheele (Space Height Ratio) ♦ For defining the standard meter, wavelength of
 Ùen uewchees kesâ ceOÙe #eweflepe otjer leLee uewchees kesâ ueieeves keâer which material is considered– Krypton
T@ÛeeF& keâe Devegheele neslee nw~  ceevekeâ ceeršj keâes heefjYeeef<ele keâjves nsleg, heoeLe& kesâ lejbieowOÙe& keâes
 mheWme T@ÛeeF& Devegheele keâe ceeve 1 Deewj 2 kesâ yeerÛe jnlee nw~ meb%eeve ceW efueÙee peelee nw– ef›eâhše@ve
GheÙeesefielee keâejkeâ (Utilization Factor) (LMRC AE Electrical-2016)
♦ The largest wavelength has– Red colour
 Ùen keâeÙe& mLeue hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙes ieÙes kegâue Heäuekeäme leLee
uewche Éeje efJekeâerCe& efkeâÙee ieÙee kegâue uÙetcevme keâe Devegheele  lejbie owOÙe& meyemes pÙeeoe neslee nw– ueeue jbie
neslee nw~ [LMRC (SCTO) 2018]
 ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe kesâ efueS GheÙeesefielee keâejkeâ keâe ceeve 0.4 mes ♦ Light waves travel with a velocity of–
0.6 lekeâ neslee nw~ 3 ×1010 cm/sec
 DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe kesâ efueS GheÙeesefielee keâejkeâ 0.1 mes 0.5  ØekeâeMe keâer lejbies Jesie mes Ùee$ee keâjleer nw–
lekeâ neslee nw~ 3  1010 mesceer./meskesâC[
(utilized) (SSC-JE 2018)
 u.f . 
(total) ♦ The ratio of energy radiated as light to the total
energy radiated– Luminous efficiency
Devegj#eCe iegCekeâ (Maintenance Factor)
 ØekeâeMe keâer lejn efJeefkeâefjle Tpee& Deewj kegâue efJeefkeâefjle Tpee& kesâ
meeceevÙe efmLeefle cesW Deewmele Øeoerefhle Devegheele keâes...........kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 M.F.=
DeeoMe& efmLeefle cesW Deewmele efJeefOe uÙetefceveme o#elee
 meeceevÙe ceeve = 0.4 - 0.8 (MP JE- 2016)
♦ Radient efficiency of a luminous source depends
DeJe#eÙe Ùee neme iegCekeâ (Depreciation Factor) on– Temperature of the source
DeeoMe& efmLeefle cesW Deewmele Øeoerefhle  oerefhleceeve œeesle keâer efJeefkeâefjle o#elee efveYe&j keâjleer nw–
 D.F.=
meeceevÙe efmLeefle cesW Deewmele Øeoerefhle œeesle kesâ leeheceeve hej
 meeceevÙe ceeve = 1.2 - 1.5 (SSC JE- 2018)
♦ According to international system Candela is a–  efHeâueecesvš uewche ØeejcYe ceW Deheves hetCe& jefvebie Oeeje mes DeefOekeâ
Base unit Oeeje uesiee keäÙeesefkeâ ØeejcYe ceW "C[e ØeeflejesOe nesiee– keâce
 Debleje&°êrÙe ØeCeeueer kesâ Devegmeej keâwC[suee Skeâ ......... FkeâeF& nw~ ♦ One lux is– 1 lumen/m2
yesme FkeâeF&  Skeâ uekeäme leguÙe nw– 1 uÙetceve/ceer2
(BSNL TTA 2016) (SSC-JE 24.03.2021 Shift-I)
♦ The luminous flux reaching the working plane least (UJVNL-2016)
depends on– ♦ It is the value of the candle power of all the
Colour of the working plane surface direction of the surface of the illumination points–
keâeÙe&keâejer melen hej henBgÛeves Jeeuee pÙeesefle heäuekeäme meyemes keâce Lumen Flux
4444
ππππ
 MSCP =
efveYe&j keâjlee nw– keâeÙe&keâejer leue melen kesâ jbie hej
♦ The unit of solid angle is– Steradian  Ùen Øeoerheve efyevog (Illumination Point) kesâ Oejeleue keâer meYeer
efoMeeDeeW keâer kewâC[ue Meefòeâ keâe ceeve neslee nw~
 "esme keâesCe keâer FkeâeF& nw– mšsjsef[Ùeve
Lumen Flux
4444
ππππ
(SSC-JE 2018) MSCP =
♦ The unit of plain angle is– Radian
♦ Reduction factor in illumination is–
 meceleueerÙe keâesCe keâe cee$ekeâ neslee nw– jsef[Ùeve MSCP/MHCP
(SSC-JE 2018)  Øeoerheve ceW heefjJele&ve iegCeebkeâ neslee nw–
♦ Candle power is– Deewmele ieesueeÙre keâwC[ue Meefòeâ (MSCP)
The light radiating capacity of Deewmele #eweflepe keâwC[ue Meefòeâ (MHCP)
a source in a given direction ♦ The unit of luminance– Candela/m2
 kewâC[ue Meefòeâ neslee nw–  pÙeeseflece&Ùelee keâer FkeâeF& nw– kewâC[suee/ceer2
Skeâ oer ieF& efoMee ceW Skeâ œeesle keâer ♦ To avoid glare–
ØekeâeMe efJeefkeâjCe #ecelee Object should be viewed from a distance
♦ Desired illumination level on the working plane  ÛekeâeÛeeQOe mes yeÛeves kesâ efueS–
depends upon–
Jemleg keâes otj mes osKee peevee ÛeeefnS
Age group of observers, whether the object is
stationary or moving, size of the object to be seen ♦ Glare is caused due to–
and its distance from the observer, whether the
Excessive luminance, excessive lighting contrast
object is to be seen for longer duration or
in the field of vision
shorter duration of time
 keâeÙe&jle huesve hej JeebefÚle Øeoerheve mlej efveYe&j keâjlee nw–  ÛekeâeÛeeQOe keâejCe neslee nw–
heÙe&Jes#ekeâeW kesâ DeeÙeg mecetn, Jemleg efmLej nw Ùee ÛeueeÙeceeve DelÙeefOekeâ Ûecekeâ, Âef° kesâ #es$e ceW
nw, osKes peeves Jeeues Dee@ypeskeäš keâer ceehe Deewj heÙe&Jes#ekeâ mes DelÙeefOekeâ ØekeâeefMekeâ keâvšêmš
Fmekeâer otjer, Jemleg keâes uecyeer DeJeefOe Ùee keâce meceÙe keâer ♦ The most important factor with respect to lighting
DeJeefOe kesâ efueS osKee peevee ÛeeefnS quality is– Glare
♦ The level of illumination on a surface least depends  ØekeâeMe iegCeJeòee kesâ meehes#e meyemes cenlJehetCe& iegCeebkeâ nw– Ûecekeâ
on– Ambient temperature
(SSC-JE 2018)
 Skeâ he=<" hej Godoerheve keâe mlej yengle keâce efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
♦ The ratio of the total lumens emitted by source and
JeeleeJejCe kesâ leehe hej the total lumens available after waste of light is
equal to– Waste light factor
(LMRC JE 2016)
♦ Filament lamp at starting will take current more than
 œeesle Éeje Glmeefpe&le mechetCe& uÙetcesvme leLee ØekeâeMe kesâ DeheJÙeÙe kesâ
its full running current because cold resistance at he§eele GheueyOe mechetCe& uÙetcesvme kesâ Devegheele kesâ yejeyej nesiee–
starting will be– Less JÙeLe& ØekeâeMe iegCekeâ
♦ The ratio of lumens in the beam of a projector to the ♦ The ratio of horizontal distance between lamps and the
lumens given out by lamps is called the–Beam factor mounting height of lamps is referred to as–
(0.3 to 0.5) Space to height ratio
 Skeâ Øeespeskeäšj kesâ efkeâjCe hegbpe kesâ oereqhle Deewj ueQhe Éeje efoS ieS  uewcheeW kesâ ceOÙe #eweflepe otjer leLee uewcheeW keâer ceeGefCšbie TBÛeeF& keâe
oereqhle kesâ Devegheele keâes keânles nQ– efkeâjCehegbpe keâejkeâ Devegheele meboefYe&le keâjlee nw– mhesme-TÛeeF& Devegheele
(0.3 to 0.5)
(ESIC 2019)
(MP - JE 2016)
♦ Utilization factor depends upon–
Beam Lumen
Beam Factor = = (0.3 to 0.5) Size of the room, space–height ratio of the lamps,
Lamp Lumen
colour of walls/ceiling
♦ Total flux required in any lighting scheme depends
inversely on– Space–height ratio  GheÙeesie keâejkeâ efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
 efkeâmeer ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ kegâue heâuekeäme keâcejs kesâ Deekeâej, uewche kesâ mhesme GBÛeeF& Devegheele leLee
JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer ™he mes efveYe&j keâjlee nw–mhesme TBÛeeF& Devegheele hej Úle/oerJeej kesâ jbie hej
♦ If the distance between the light source and the ♦ Total flux or lumens required in any lighting scheme
surface is reduced to half, the illumination on the depends inversely on– Utilization factor
surface will– increase to four times of the original
 efkeâmeer ueeFefšbie mkeâerce ceW kegâue DeeJeMÙekeâ Heäuekeäme Ùee uÙetcesvme
 Ùeefo ØekeâeMe Œeesle leLee melen kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer DeeOeer keâj oer
............. hej efJehejerleeLe& ™he mes efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
peeÙes, lees melen hej Øeoerheve nesiee– cetue keâe Ûeej iegvee
GheÙeesieer iegCekeâ
♦ The space to height ratio in illumination lies mLeeve TÛeeBF& Devegheele
between– 1 to 2
Space hight Ratio
 Øeoerefhle ceW Deblejeue Deewj TBÛeeF& keâe Devegheele efkeâmekesâ ceOÙe neslee
nw– 1 mes 2
Horizontal Distance
(SSC-JE 2018) between two lamp
Space Hight Ratio =
Mounting Hight of lamps
cejkeâjer Deeie&ve uewche
(Mercury argon lamp) meeceevÙele: Fmekeâe ceeve 1 mes 2 kesâ yeerÛe ceW neslee nw~
Depreciation Factor or Maintanance Factor
(Üeme Ùee jKe-jKeeJe Ùee Devegj#eCe keâejkeâ)
JeemleefJekeâ oMee cesW Øeoerheve
Üeme keâejkeâ ·
peye meYeer JemlegS@B hetCe & ™he mes meeHeâ nes
DeJemLee ceeve
peye uewche efveÙeefcele ™he mes meeHeâ efkeâÙee pee jne 1

nw~ 1.3
 Ùes uewche 250W leLee 400W ceW yeveeS peeles nQ~ peye Oetue FlÙeeefo DeefOekeâ nes lees 1
1.5
 Fvekeâer o#elee 30 mes 40 uÙetceve Øeefle Jeeš nesleer nw~
♦ The depreciation or maintenance factor depend–
 Fvekeâe ØeÙeesie meÌ[keâeW keâer ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee leLee heekeâeX Deeefo ceW
Lamp cleaning schedule, Ageing of the lamp,
lespe ØekeâeMe GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~
Type of work carried out at the premises
 Fme uewche ceW mš^wyeesmkeâesefhekeâ ØeYeeJe efoKeeF& oslee nw~
 DeJecetuÙeve Ùee jKejKeeJe keâejkeâ efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
 kewâheeefmešj keâe ceeve 250W uewche kesâ efueS 20F leLee uewche efkeäueefvebie DevegmetÛeer, uewche kesâ DeeÙeg,
400W uewche kesâ efueS 33F jKee peelee nw~ heefjmej ceW efkeâS ieS keâece kesâ Øekeâej
♦ The illumination at a surface due to a source of light DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee
placed at a distance 'd' from the surface varies as–
(In Direct Lighting Scheme)
1
d2
 Skeâ ØekeâeMe œeesle pees melen mes d otjer hej efmLele nw, kesâ keâejCe
1
Gme melen hej Øeoerheve heefjJeefle&le neslee nw–
d2
♦ Inverse square law and Lambert’s cosine law are
laws pertaining to parameter's– Illumination
 JÙegl›eâce Jeie& efveÙece leLee uewcyeš& keâespÙee efveÙece hewjeceeršj kesâ efueS
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Øeoerheve
ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee
Fme ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee mes ØekeâeMe œeesle mes meerOee vener heÌ[lee nw yeefu
(Direct Lighting Scheme) DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW ØekeâeMe ÚeÙee jefnle Øeehle neslee nw~
♦ In which type of lightning systems 90% of the DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW uewchees keâes efkeâmeer keâeefve&me (carnice)
light is directed downwards and 0-10% of the DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW uewchees kesâ veerÛes hejeJele&keâerke=âle ØekeâeM
light upwards– Direct Lighting
FmeceW ØeÙegòeâ uewchees keâer ueieYeie 90º efveie&le, Gvekesâ veerÛes ueies D
 efkeâme ueeFšefvebie efmemšce ceW 90 ØeefleMele lekeâ ØekeâeMe keâes veerÛes
Fme ØekeâeMe Ùeespeve ceW keâeefve&Me leLee keâšesje efheâefšbie keâes keâcejs ke
keâer Deesj Øesef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj 0-10 ØeefleMele ØekeâeMe keâes
Thej keâer Deesj Øesef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– [eÙejskeäš ueeFefšbie ♦ Type of lighting system is usually employed in
Cinema, Dancing Halls and Decoratin in Hotels–
(MP JE 2016) Semi-Indirect Lighting System
 meeceevÙele: efmevescee, ve=lÙe ne@ue Deewj nesšue keâer mepeeJeš ceW
ØelÙe#e ÙeespeveeS ØekeâeMe ØeCeeueer keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
(Direct lighting scheme) Deæ&-DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe ØeCeeueer
(UPPCL JE- 2016)
Deæ& ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee
(Semi Direct Lighting Scheme)
Deæ&-ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee–
(Semidirect Lighting Scheme)
 Fme ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW ØekeâeMe œeesle mes meerOes, heoeLe& hej, Ùee
Øeoerhle keâer peeves Jeeueer melen hej heÌ[lee nw~
 ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW uewche keâer 90³ lekeâ efveie&le,
keâeÙe&mLeue hej Øeehle nesleer nw~  Fme Ùeespevee kesâ Dele&iele Ssmes ØekeâeMe #esefheÙees keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee
DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee peelee nw peesefkeâ ØekeâeMe keâe DeefOekeâlej Yeeie veerÛes keâer Deesj meerOes
®he ceW keâeÙe&leue hej Yespeles nw uesefkeâve ØekeâeMe keâe kegâÚ Yeeie
Indirect Lighting Scheme Úle leLee efoJeejes hej heÌ[lee nw~
♦ To prevent excessive brightness, lighting scheme is  Deæ&-ØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW ØeeÙe: 60³ mes 90³ lekeâ
used– Indirect ØekeâeMe veerÛes hengbÛelee nw peyekeâer 10³ mes 40³ lekeâ ØekeâeMe
 DelÙeefOekeâ Ûecekeâ keâer jeskeâLeece keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ ØekeâeMe Thej leLee oerJeejeW hej hewâuelee nw~
JÙeJemLee keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeØelÙe#e  Fme efJeefOe Éeje GÛÛe ßesCeer keâer mece™he–efJeleefjle Øeoerheve Øeehle
(SSC JE- 2018) neslee nw~
Deæ& DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee  meÌ[keâ ØekeâeMeve ceW efkeâme efmeæeble keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(Semi-Indirect Lighting Scheme) efJemejCe Deewj efveÙeefcele hejeJele&ve
(SSC JE- 2018)
Deæ&-DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee
(Semi-Indirect Lighting Scheme)
Göerhle ueQhe (Incandescent Lamp)
♦ A poor man will use........for his kitchen–
Incandescent lamp
 Skeâ iejerye Deeoceer Deheveer jmeesF& kesâ efueS ........ GheÙeesie
keâjsiee– leeheoerhle uewche
Fme Ùeespevee kesâ Debleie&le, ØelÙe#e leLee DeØelÙe#e ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee kesâ ♦ The lumens output of an incandescent lamp with the
yeerÛe keâe ØekeâeMe Øeehle neslee nw~ variation in operating voltage is given as lumens
output  Vn Where n is a constant. The value of n
Fme ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW ØekeâeMe keâe kegâÚ Yeeie efJemeefjle hejeJele&ve Éeje
for tungsten is– From 3 to 4
leLee kegâÚ Yeeie meerOes ™he ceW efceuelee nw~
 Skeâ Göerhle uewche keâer Jeesušspe heefjJele&ve kesâ meeLe uÙetcesve efveie&le 
Fme ØekeâeMe Ùeespevee ceW ØekeâeMe#esheer DeheejoMeea keâšesjs kesâ mLeeve hej
Vn nw peneB n Skeâ efveÙeleebkeâ nw~ šbiemšie kesâ efueS n keâe ceeve
heejoMe&keâ keâšesjs efyevee ØekeâeMe#esheer kesâ ØeÙeesie ceW ueeÙes peeles nw~
nesiee– 3 mes 4 lekeâ
Fme efJeefOe ceW ØekeâeMe keâe DeefOekeâlej Yeeie (60–90)% Úle hej meerOee
♦ The vacuum inside an incandescent lamp is of the
efJemeefjle hejeJele&ve kesâ efueS peelee nw, leLee yeekeâer Yeeie keâeÙe& leue hej
order of– 10–4 mm Hg
meerOee hengbÛe peelee nw~
 Skeâ leeheoerhle uewche kesâ Yeerlej keâs efveJee&le keâe ›eâce neslee nw–
efJemejCe leLee hejeJele&ve ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee 10–4 mm Hg
(Diffusion and Reflection of Light Fittings) ♦ Power factor is highest in case of–
♦ The lamp is provided with a reflector in order to–
Incandescent lamp
Avoid glare, provide better
 Meefòeâ iegCekeâ GÛÛelece neslee nw– Göerhle uewche
illumination, protect the lamp
♦ ...can not sustain much voltage fluctuations–
 uewche Skeâ hejeJele&keâ kesâ meeLe GheueyOe keâjeÙee peelee nw–
Incandescent lamp
ÛekeâeÛeeQOe mes yeÛeves kesâ efueS, yesnlej Øeoerheve Øeoeve keâjves
 .......yengle DeefOekeâ Jeesušspe Gleej-ÛeÌ{eJe menve veneR keâj mekeâlee–
kesâ efueS, uewche keâes megjef#ele jKeves kesâ efueS
leeheoerhle uewche
♦ Reflectors are provided with slits at the top so as to–
♦ Bulbs operates on least power– Torch Bulb
Reduce heating effect, reduce colour effect,
introduce chimney effect for cleaning  yeuye keâce mes keâce hee@Jej hej Ûeuelee nw– še@Ûe& yeuye
 hejeJele&keâ efmueš kesâ meeLe Meer<e& hej GheueyOe keâjeS peeles nQ– ♦ The life of incandescent lamp is expected to be–
T<ceerÙe ØeYeeJe keâce keâjves, jbie ØeYeeJe keâce keâjves, meheâeF& 1000 hours
kesâ efueS efÛeceveer ØeYeeJe ueeiet keâjves kesâ efueS
 leeheoerefhle uewche keâer Devegceeefvele peerJeve nw– 1000 IeCšs
♦ A perfect diffuser surface in one that–
♦ In case of frosted GLS lamps, frosting of shell is
Transmits all the incident light, absorbs all the done by– Ammonia
incident light, diffuses all the incident light
 øeâe@mšs[ ngS GLS uewche kesâ ceeceues ceW, Mewue keâer øeâe@efmšbie keâer
 Skeâ heefjhetCe& efJemleejkeâ melen Jen nesleer nw pees–
peeleer nw– DeceesefveÙee
meYeer Deeheeflele ØekeâeMe keâes hejeJeefle&le keâj oslee nw, meYeer
(SSC JE- 2018)
Deeheeflele ØekeâeMe keâes DeJeMeesef<ele keâjlee nw,
meYeer Deeheeflele ØekeâeMe keâes hewâueelee nw ♦ Who invented the electric bulb– Edison
♦ Which principles are used in street lighting is–  efyepeueer yeuye keâe DeeefJe<keâej efkeâmeves efkeâÙee Lee– Sef[meve
Diffusion and specular reflection (SSC JE- 2018)
♦ Incandescent lamp is filled by– Argon gas ♦ The rate of evaporation of tungsten filament in a
 Göerhle uewche ceW Yeje neslee nw– Dee@ie&ve iewme lamp depends upon– Vapour pressure inside
(SSC JE- 2018)  Skeâ uewche ceW šbiemšve levleg kesâ Jee<heerkeâjCe keâer oj efveYe&j keâjlee
♦ A zero watt lamp consumes–
nw– Devoj kesâ Jee<he oeye
About 5 to 7 W power ♦ Heat from the lamp filament is transmitted to the
surrounding mainly through– Radiation
 peerjes Jee@š kesâ uewche ceW Meefòeâ keâer Kehele nesleer nw–
 uewche levleg mes efvekeâueves Jeeueer T<cee keâe mebÛejCe ÛeejeW Deesj
ueieYeie 5 mes 7 Jee@š Meefòeâ keâer
cegKÙele: neslee nw– efJeefkeâjCe
(SSC JE- 2018)
♦ Material is most commonly used for the filaments in
♦ The function of inert gas in filament lamp is–
incandescent lamps– Tungsten
Minimize the effect of
evaporation during service  Göerhle uewche ceW levleg kesâ efueS meyemes DeefOekeâ ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw–
 lebleg uewche ceW Deef›eâÙe iewme keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw– šbiemšve
mesJee kesâ oewjeve Jee<heerkeâjCe kesâ ØeYeeJe ♦ Fine diameter tungsten wires are made by–
keâes vÙetvelece keâjvee Wire drawing
(SSC JE- 2018)  heâeFve JÙeeme šbiemšve leej Éeje yeveeS peeles nQ–
šbiemšve efHeâueeceWš efveJee&led uewche JeeÙej [êFbie
(Tungston Filament Vacuum Lamp) ♦ Gas is sometimes used in filament lamps– Argon
♦ In incandescent lamps, coiled coil filaments are used  iewme keâYeer-keâYeer levleg uewche ceW ØeÙeesie nesleer nw– Deeie&ve
for– Contact of wire from gas is less ♦ Filament lamp at starting will take current–
 leeheoerhle uewcheeW ceW keäJee@Fu[ keäJee@Ùeue efheâueecesvš GheÙeesie efkeâÙee More than its full running current
peelee nw– efpememes leej kesâ mheme& ces yengle keâce iewme jns
 ØeejcYe ceW efheâueecesvš uewche Oeeje uesiee–
♦ The percentage of the input energy is radiated by
filament lamps– 10–15 percent Fmekeâer hetCe& jefvebie Oeeje mes DeefOekeâ
 levleg uewche Éeje efveJesMe Tpee& keâe efJeefkeâjCe neslee nw– ♦ Tungsten filament has–
10–15 ØeefleMele Low temperature coefficient and high melting

point
Göerhle uewchees kesâ DeefYeue#eCe  šbiemšve efHeâueecesCš (leeheoerhle) ceW neslee nw–
(Characteristics of Incandenscent Lamps) GÛÛe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ Deewj GÛÛe ieueveebkeâ
♦ In filament lamps, coiled coil filaments are used in–
Gas–filled lamps
 levleg uewche ceW keäJeeÙeu[ keäJeeFue levleg keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw–
iewme Yeefjle uewcheeW ceW
♦ The domestic load that has UPF is–
Filament lamp
 UPF Jeeuee Iejsuet Yeej neslee nw– efheâueeceWš uewche
(SSC JE- 2014)
♦ Which type of lamp efficiency is 10 lumen/watt–
Tungsten filament lamp
♦ Filament lamps normally operate at a power factor  efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ ueQhe keâer ueQheo#elee 10 uÙetceve/Jee@š nesleer nw–
of– Unity
šbimšve efheâueeceWš ueQhe
 levleg uewche meeceevÙele:, Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw– FkeâeF&
(MP JE- 2016)
♦ Effect of the electric currents is utilized in a filament ♦ The gas used in gas filed filament lamp–
lamp– The heating effect Nitrogen
 lebleg uewche ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ØeYeeJe keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–  iewme mes Yejs lebleg uewche ceW iewme keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
leeheerÙe ØeYeeJe veeFšêspeve
(SSC JE- 2017) (SSC JE- 2018)
♦ In lighting installation using filament lamps, voltage ♦ The life of fluorescent tube is affected by–
drop of 1% results in–
Low voltage high voltage, frequency of switching
3.5% loss in the light output and blinking
 efJeÅegle mebmLeeheve ceW efheâueeceWš uewche ØeÙeesie keâjves hej, 1% keâe  Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye keâe peerJevekeâeue ØeYeeefJele neslee nw–
Jeesušleeheele heefjCeece nw– ØekeâeMe efveie&le ceW 3.5% neefve efvecve Jeesušspe, GÛÛe Jeesušspe, efmJeefÛebie keâer
♦ The maximum working temperature of the tungsten DeeJe=efòe Deewj efšceefšceevee
filament of a lamp can be up to–
♦ Most affected parameter of filament lamp due to
3000 0C voltage change is– Life
 efkeâmeer uewche kesâ šbiemšve efheâueeceWš keâe DeefOekeâlece leeheceeve efpeme  Jeesušspe heefjJele&ve kesâ keâejCe efheâueecesvš uewche keâe meyemes DeefOekeâ
hej Jen keâeÙe& keâj mekeâlee nw– 3000 0C ØeYeeefJele nesves Jeeuee hewjeceeršj nw– peerJevekeâeue
♦ The output of Tungston filament lamp depends on– ♦ The effective temperature is a measure of the
Temperature of filament combined effect of–
 šbiemšve kesâ lebleg uewche keâe DeeGšhegš efveYe&j keâjlee nw– Dry bulb temperature. relative
lebleg keâs leeheceeve hej humidity and air motion
(SSC JE- 2018)  ØeYeeJeer leeheceeve.................kesâ mebÙegòeâ ØeYeeJe keâer Skeâ ceehe nw–
iewme efHeâu[ ueQhe (Gas Filled Lamp) Meg<keâ yeuye leeheceeve, meehesef#ekeâ Deeõ&lee Deewj JeeÙeg ieefle
♦ Beyond what temperature does the gas vaporise and (AAI 2016)
blackens the lamp in a gas filled lamp– 2000ºC keâeye&ve levleg uewche
 Yejer ngF& iewme (iewme efheâu[) Jeeues uewche ceW efkeâme leeheceeve kesâ yeeo
(Carbon filament Lamp)
iewme Jee<heerke=âle nes peeleer nw Deewj uewche keâeuee heÌ[ peelee nw–
2000ºC
(SSC JE- 2017)
♦ In gas filled incandescent lamp, the inert gases–
Reduce the rate of filament evaporation
 iewme Yejs leeheoerhle uewche ceW, Deef›eâÙe iewme–
levleg kesâ Jee<heerkeâjCe keâer oj keâes keâce keâjlee nw
(Vizag steel JE- 2018)
iewme mes Yejs ngS uewche  Fmekeâer o#elee 3.5 lm/W nesleer nw~
(Gas filled lamp)  meJe&ØeLece keâeye&ve levleg uewche keâe DeefJe<keâej ngDee peye keâeye&ve kesâ
heleues levleg ceW Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw lees Jen iece& neskeâj
ØekeâeMe osves ueielee nw ~
 Fvekeâer DeeÙeg 600–800 keâeÙe& IeCšs nesleer nw~
 keâeye&ve keâe ieueveebkeâ 34000C neslee nw~
 keâeye&ve keâe efceleJÙeÙeer keâeÙe&keâejer leeheceeve 20000C lekeâ neslee
nw, hejvleg 18000C kesâ heMÛeele efheâueeceWš Jeeef<hele neskeâj uewche
keâes keâeuee keâjves ueielee nw~
 keâeye&ve uewchees keâe ØekeâeMe LeesÌ[e heeruee neslee nw~
 FmeceW huesefšvece kesâ oes leej MeerMes mes yeenj efvekeâeues peeles nw~
 Ùes uewche 40W mes 1500W lekeâ kesâ yeveeS peeles nQ~  Deepekeâue Fme Øekeâej kesâ yeuJees keâe ØeÙeesie Iejes ceW ØekeâeMe kesâ
 Fve uewcheeW keâer keâeÙe&keâejer DeeÙeg 1000 mes 1200 keâeÙe& IeCšs efueS vener yeefukeâ yewšjer DeeJesMeve leLee Iejes ceW veceer keâes otj
lekeâ nesleer nw~ keâjves ceW ØeÙegòeâ keâjles nw~
nwueespeve ueQhe (Halogen Lamp) Deeke&â ueQhe (Arc Lamp)
♦ Halogen lamps are manufactured for up to– 5kW ♦ The lamp that gives nearly ultraviolet light is–
 nwueespeve uewche .......... lekeâ efveefce&le efkeâÙes peeles nQ– Carbon arc lamp
5 efkeâueesJee@š  Jen uewche pees ueieYeie hejeyeQieveer ØekeâeMe oslee nw–

♦ Halogen lamps have the advantages of– keâeye&ve Deeke&â uewche
Reduced dimensions of the lamp, better colour ♦ In an arc lamp, ballast is connected in– Series
radiation and longer life (about 2,000 hours),  Skeâ Deeke&â uewche ceW, yeueemš mebÙeesefpele neslee nw– ßesCeer ceW
high operating temperature with increased
luminous efficiency ♦ Arc lamp operates at– Low lagging power factor
 nwueespeve uewche kesâ ueeYe nQ–  Deeke&â uewche keâece keâjlee nw–
vÙetve heMÛeieeceer Meefkeäle iegCekeâ hej
uewche kesâ efJecee keâes keâce keâjlee nw, yesnlej jbie Øeefleheeove
leLee uecyee peerJeve (ueieYeie 2000 Iebšs), yeÌ{er ngF& (SSC JE- 2008)
pÙeesefle o#elee kesâ meeLe GÛÛe ØeÛeeueve leeheceeve ♦ Equipments has the lowest power factor–
Arc lamp
♦ The efficiency of halogen lamp is about........
lumen/watt– 25 to 33  GhekeâjCe keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ meyemes keâce nw– Deeke&â uewche
 nwueespeve uewche keâer o#elee ueieYeie...........uÙetcesve Øeefle Jee@š nw– (SSC JE- 2011)
25 mes 33 ♦ Arc can be produced by–
Either AC or DC current
nwueespeve uewche  Deeke&â yeveeÙee pee mekeâlee nw– Ùee lees AC Ùee DC Éeje
(Halogen Lamp) (SSC JE- 2018)
keâeye&ve Deeke&â uewche
(Carbon Arc Lamp)
 ØekeâeefMele pJeeuee keâe leeheceeve 3500 0C mes 4000 0C lekeâ

nes mekeâlee nw~
 Deeke&â uewche efÛe$e Øe#esheCe (Cinema) JeCe&heš ceeheer leLee
 nwueespeve uewche Göerhle uewchees keâer ßesCeer keâe Skeâ veJeervelece uewche ØekeâeMe ie=nes ceW lespe ØekeâeMe kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeles nw~
nw~
 Halogen Lamp keâer o#elee
cejkeâjer Jee<he ueQhe
(Mercury Vapour Lamp (HPMV and LPMV)
25 lumen/W – 33 lumen /W nesleer nw~
♦ High pressure mercury vapour lamps–
 Fvekeâer o#elee nwueespeve iewme ØeÙegòeâ keâjves mes meeOeejCe uewchees mes
Are similar in construction to sodium vapour
50% lekeâ DeefOekeâ nesleer nw~
lamps, need 4 or 5 minutes to attain full
 Ùen Kesue kesâ cewoeve, heeke&â, SÙejheesš&, hewâkeäšêr Deeefo ceW ØeÙeessie brilliancy, are generally used for general
industrial lighting, railway yards, work areas,
neslee nw~ shoping centres etc.
 GÛÛe oeye ceke&âjer Jee<he uewche– ♦ In mercury iodide lamps–
mebjÛevee ceW meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche kesâ meceeve nesles nQ, hetCe& A number of iodides are added to mercury fill up
Ûecekeâ Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS 4 Ùee 5 efceveš keâer the gaps in the light spectrum, a separate ignition
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw, Deeceleewj hej meeceevÙe DeewÅeesefiekeâ device, in addition to the choke, is provided
ØekeâeMe, jsueJes Ùee[&, keâeÙe&#es$e, Meeefhebie kesâvõ Deeefo ceW  ceke&âjer DeeÙees[eF[ uewche ceW–
GheÙeseie nesles nQ ØekeâeMe mheskeäš^ce ceW Deblejeue keâes Yejves kesâ efueS ceke&âjer kesâ
cejkeâjer Jeshej uewche Deefleefjòeâ keâF& DeeÙees[eF[ peesÌ[s peeles nQ, Ûeeskeâ kesâ
Deefleefjòeâ Skeâ Deueie ØepJeueve Ùegefòeâ Øeoeve keâer peeleer nw
(Mercury vapour lamp)
♦ Mercury iodide lamps–
Are similar in construction to high pressure
mercury vapour lamps, have luminous efficiency
of the order of 80 lumens per watt, are suitable
for applications in the field of floodlighting,
industrial lighting and public lighting
 ceke&âjer DeeÙees[eF[ uewche–
GÛÛe oeye ceke&âjer Jee<he uewche kesâ meceeve mebjÛevee nesleer nw,
pÙeesefle o#elee 80 uÙetceve Øeefle Jeeš nesleer nw, Heäue[
ueeFefšbie kesâ #es$e ceW, DeewÅeesefiekeâ ØekeâeMe Deewj meeJe&peefvekeâ
ØekeâeMe kesâ #es$e ceW Fvekeâe DevegØeÙeesie GheÙegòeâ neslee nw
šbiemšve–levleg efveJee&le MetvÙe uewche

 cejkeâjer Jeshej uewche keâe jbie nukeâe veeruee neslee nw~
(Tungston filament vacuum lamp)
 Ùen ØeeÙe: 80 mes 125 Jee@š ceW yeveeÙes peeles nQ~
 FmeceW yee¢e heefjheLe ceW ØeÙegòeâ kewâheeefmešj keâe ceeve 10F neslee
nw~
Fmekeâe GheÙeesie ÛeewjeneW, GÅeesieMeeueeDeeW leLee GlmeJe mLeueeW keâer
ØekeâeMe–JÙeJemLee ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
♦ In high pressure mercury vapour lamps–  šbiemšve-lebleg uewchees ceW Megæ šbiemšve keâe efHeâueeceWš neslee nw
The main electrodes are made of tungsten wire in
efpemekeâe ieueveebkeâ 3370 0C neslee nw~
the form of helix, the choke is provided to limit  šbiemšve efheâueeceWš uewche keâes efveJee&le ceeOÙece ceW ueieYeie
the current to a safe value, in addition to two 24000C hej ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw, Fme leeheceeve hej
main electrodes a starting (auxiliary) electrode is
connected through a high resistance Fmekeâer o#elee (8–10) lm/W nesleer nw, pees Dehes#eeke=âle GÛÛe
nw~
 GÛÛe oeye ceke&âjer Jee<he uewche ceW–
cegKÙe Fueskeäšês[ šbiemšve leej keâe meefhe&ueekeâej kesâ ™he ceW  Fme Øekeâej kesâ uewche keâce Jeeš kesâ yeveeS peeles nw~
yevee neslee nw, Oeeje keâes megjef#ele ceeve lekeâ meerefcele keâjves kesâ  Fmekeâer keâeÙe&keâejer DeeÙeg 750–850 keâeÙe& IeCšs nesleer nw~
efueS Ûeeskeâ ueieeÙee peelee nw, oes cegKÙe Fueskeäšês[eW kesâ  Ùes uewche ØeeÙe: 25W leLee 250W lekeâ yeveeS peeles nQ~
Deefleefjòeâ Skeâ ØeejefcYekeâ (meneÙekeâ) Fueskeäšês[ Skeâ GÛÛe
ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes pegÌ[e jnlee nw ♦ In a mercury vapor lamp light, red objects appear
black due to–
♦ The luminous efficiency of high pressure mercury
vapour lamps ranges from– Absence of red light from lamp radiation
30 to 40 lumens per watt  Skeâ cejkeâjer Jee<he uewche kesâ ØekeâeMe ceW ueeue Jemleg .......... kesâ
 GÛÛe oeye ceke&âjer Jee<he uewche keâer pÙeesefle o#elee keâer meercee nesleer keâejCe keâeueer efoKeeF& osleer nw–
nw– 30 mes 40 uÙetceve Øeefle Jeeš uewche efJeefkeâjCe mes ueeue ØekeâeMe keâer DevegheefmLeefle
♦ High pressure mercury vapour lamp has three pin meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche (Sodium Vapour Lamp)
bayonet cap lamp holder. This is done–
To prevent wrong connections ♦ In electric discharge lamps for stabilizing the arc–
 GÛÛe oeye heejo Jee<he uewche kesâ heeme leerve efheve yesÙeesvesš keQâhe uewche A reactive choke is connected in
nesu[j nw~ Ùen neslee nw– series with the supply
ieuele mebÙeespeve jeskeâves kesâ efueS  Deeke&â keâes mLeeefhele keâjves kesâ efueS JewÅegle efJemepe&ve uewche ceW–
♦ The inner tube of high pressure mercury vapour Skeâ efjSefkeäšJe Ûeeskeâ mehueeF& kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pegÌ[e neslee
lamp has– Argon gas
nw
 GÛÛe oeye cejkeâjer Jee<he uewche keâer Deevleefjkeâ šŸetye ceW nesleer nw–
Deeie&ve iewme ♦ ..... does not have seperate choke–
Sodium vapour lamp
♦ What is the other than Mercury is filled in HPMV
lamps– Argon  ......ceW Deueie mes Ûeeskeâ veneR neslee nw– meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche
 HPMV ueQhe ceW cejkeâjer kesâ DeueeJee Deewj keäÙee Yeje ngDee neslee ♦ In sodium vapour lamp the function of the leak
nw– Deeie&ve Transformer is–
(UPPCL JE- 2016) To stabilize the arc, to reduce
♦ Light is produced in electric discharge lamps by– the supply voltage
Ionisation in a gas or vapour
 meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche ceW efjmeeJe šêbmeHeâece&j keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw–
 efJeÅegle efJeme&peve uewche ceW ØekeâeMe keâe Glheeove neslee nw– Deeke&â keâes efmLej keâjvee, mehueeF& Jeesušspe
iewme Ùee Jee<he ceW DeeÙeveerkeâjCe
keâes keâce keâjvee
(SSC JE- 2018)
♦ The vapour discharge tube used for domestic light
♦ A mercury vapour lamp gives– has– Two filament
Greenish blue light
 Iejsuet ØekeâeMe nsleg ØeÙegòeâ Jee<he efJemepe&ve šŸetye ceW neslee nw–
 cejkeâjer Jee<he uewche mes ØekeâeMe oslee nw–
oes levleg
nje veeruee ØekeâeMe
♦ In a sodium vapour lamp the discharge is first
(SSC JE- 2018) started in the– Neon gas
cejkeâjer Deeie&ve šbiemšve uewche  Skeâ meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche ceW efJemepe&ve henues ........... ceW ØeejcYe
(Mercury argon tungston lamp) nesleer nw– efveÙee@ve iewme
♦ The capacitor used in auto transformer circuit for
sodium vapour lamps, is for–
Improving the power factor of the circuit
 meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche kesâ efueS Dee@šes šêbmeHeâe@ce&j heefjheLe ceW ØeÙegòeâ
mebOeeefj$e neslee nw– heefjheLe kesâ Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâes
megOeejves kesâ efueS
♦ Sodium vapour lamp needs an ionization voltage of
about– 5V
 meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche ceW ueieYeie................DeeÙeveerkeâjCe
Jeesušspe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw– 5V
Ùen 200 mes 250V, AC leLee DC hej ØeÙegòeâ nesles nQ~ UJVNL - 2016
Ùes 300 mes 500W lekeâ yeveeÙes peeles nQ~ ♦ The ignition voltage for a sodium lamp is about–
400–600 V
Fme uewche kesâ ØekeâeMe ceW mš^wyeesmkeâesefhekeâ ØeYeeJe efJeÅeceeve veneR
neslee nw~  meesef[Ùece uewche kesâ efueS ØepJeueve Jeesušspe ueieYeie neslee nw–
400–600 V
meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche  Skeâ meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche keâer pÙeesefle o#elee ..............
uÙetceve/Jeeš nesleer nw– 40-50
(Sodium Vapour Lamp)
♦ The life of a sodium vapour lamp is approximately
5000 hrs
 Skeâ meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche keâe peerJevekeâeue ueieYeie nw–
5000 IeCšs
♦ Lamp has the most luminous efficiency–
Sodium vapour lamp
 meyemes DeefOekeâ pÙeesefle o#elee uewche kesâ nesleer nw–
meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewchees keâer o#elee 40-50 lumen/W nesleer nw~
meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche
 Fmekeâe peerJevekeâeue 3500 keâeÙe& Iebše neslee nw~
♦ In a Gas Dischage Lamp, vapours of _____ are also
 Ùen uewche 220V, A.C. hej keâeÙe& keâjles nw~ filled along with a Noble gas– Sodium or Mercury
 meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche ØeejcYe ceW iegueeyeer ØekeâeMe oslee nw leLee  iewme ef[mÛeepe& ueQhe ceW, ______ keâer Jee<he Yeer Skeâ veesyeue iewme
DeeÙeveerke=âle nesves hej heeruee ØekeâeMe oslee nw~ kesâ meeLe Yejer nesleer nw– meesef[Ùece Ùee cejkeâjer
 uewche keâes hetCe& ØekeâeefMele nesves ceW 10 mes 15 efceveš keâe meceÙe (UPPCL JE- 2016)
ueielee nw~ ♦ The colour of the light given out by a sodium
 Ùes uewche 45, 60, 85 SJeb 140 Jeeš lekeâ Jeešspe ceW yeveeS vapour discharge lamp is– Yellow
peeles nQ~  meesef[Ùece Jee<he efJemepe&ve uewche Éeje oer peeves Jeeueer jesMeveer keâe jbie
 meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ DeeÙeveerkeâjCe neslee nw– heeruee
Jeesušlee 5 Jeesuš neslee nw~ (SSC JE 2014, Morning Shift), (SSC JE- 2011)
♦ When a sodium vapour lamp is switched on, (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
initially the colour is– Pink ♦ The process taking place in a fluorescent tube
 peye Skeâ meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche keâe efmJeÛe Ûeeuet efkeâÙee peelee nw lees called–
Gaseous discharge
ØeejcYe ceW jbie neslee nw– iegueeyeer
 Skeâ heäueesjesmeWš šŸetye ceW nesves Jeeueer Øeef›eâÙee keânueeleer nw-
♦ Leak transformer in a sodium vapour lamp initially
provides– High voltage iewmeerÙe efveJe&nve
 Skeâ meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche ceW efjmeeJe heefjCeeefce$e ØeejcYe ceW Øeoeve (SSC JE- 2017)
keâjlee nw– GÛÛe Jeesušspe ♦ Sodium Vapour Lamp is used in– Street lights
♦ The sodium vapour lamp–  meesef[Ùece Jee<he ueQhe keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
Is only suitable for AC and so needs choke mšêrš ueeFš ceW
control, needs capacitor in its auto–transformer
circuit to improve the power factor which is very
(UPPCL JE- 2016)
low (about 0.3 lagging), comes up to efveÙee@ve šŸetye ueQhe (Neon Tube Lamp)
its rated output in approximately 15 minutes
♦ Neon lamps–
 meesef[Ùece Jee<he uewche–
Are the size of ordinary incandescent lamps,
kessâJeue S.meer. kesâ efueS Devegketâue neslee nw FmeceW Ûeeskeâ have power consumption of the order of 5 watt,
efveÙeb$eCe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw, mJe heefjCeeefce$e heefjheLe are used as indicator lamps, night lamps, for
ceW mebOeeefj$e keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw pees Meefòeâ iegCekeâ determination of polarity of dc machines
megOeejlee nw efpemekeâe ceeve yengle efvecve neslee nw (ueieYeie  efveÙee@ve uewche–
0.3 he§eieeceer), Ùen ueieYeie 15 efceveš ceW Deheves meeOeejCe Göerhle uewche kesâ Deekeâej kesâ nesles nQ, Meefòeâ Kehele
efveOee&efjle efveie&le hej Deelee nw 5 W lekeâ kesâ keâesefš keâer nesleer nw, Ùes mebkesâlekeâ uewche, jeef$e
♦ The luminous efficiency of a sodium vapour lamp is uewche, [er0meer0 ceMeerve keâer OegÇJelee efveOee&jCe kesâ efueS
............. lumens per watt– 40-50 GheÙeesie efkeâS peeles nQ
efveÙee@ve šŸetye uewche HeäueesjesmeWš ueQhe (Fluorescent Lamp)
(Neon Tube lamp) ♦ When a fluorescent lamp is to be operated on D.C.,
additional devices must be incorporated in the
 Ùen "C[s kewâLees[ Øee®heer uewche neslee nw~ FmeceW ØeejbefcYekeâ circuit– Resistance
efJemepe&ve GÛÛe Jeesušspe hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~  peye Skeâ heäueesjesmesvš uewche [er.meer. hej mebÛeeefuele efkeâÙee peelee nw,
 Fve šŸetyeeW keâe ØeÙeesie efJe%eeheve ØekeâeMe efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~ lees Deefleefjkeäle ef[JeeFmeeW keâes heefjheLe ceW meceeefJe° keâjvee ÛeeefnS–
ØeeflejesOe
 Neon Tube lamp keâer o#elee 15-40 lm/W nesleer nw~
♦ The flicker effect of fluorescent lamps is more
 hee@Jej Kehele 5W lekeâ nesleer nw~ pronounced at– Lower frequencies
 efveDee@ve šŸetye keâe electrode 2kV- 15kV Jeesušlee hej keâeÙe&  Øeefleoerhle uewche keâe efheäuekeâj ØeYeeJe DeefOekeâ mhe<š neslee nw–
keâjlee nw~ keâce DeeJe=efòeÙeeW
 FmeceW Meyo ØeeÙe: KeC[eW ceW meecetefnkeâ nesles nw, leLee ØelÙeskeâ ♦ Inside the fluorescent tube is present–
KeC[ ceW Fueskeäšês[ keâe Skeâ peesÌ[e peelee nw~
Mercury vapour
 FmeceW ØelÙeskeâ KeC[ keâer uecyeeF& 1 mes 5 ceeršj lekeâ nesleer nw~
 heäueesjesmesvš šdÙetye kesâ Devoj GheefmLele neslee nw– ceke&âjer Jee<he
 FmeceW ØeÙegòeâ šŸegyees keâe JÙeeme 10 mes 20 efceceer. lekeâ neslee nw~ ♦ For the same wattage the lamp that will produce
 Fve šŸetyees ceW 60 efceueer. SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje, DeeJeMÙekeâ minimum radiant heat is–
Jeesušlee hej ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ Fluorescent lamp
 Neon Tube lamp kesâ ØelÙeskeâ Fueskeäšês[ hej 140V keâe  meceeve Jeešspe kesâ efueS Jen uewche pees vÙetvelece efJeefkeâjCe T<cee
Jeesušlee heele neslee nw~ GlheVe keâjlee nw– Øeefleoerefhle uewche
 Neon Tube lamp kesâ Øeefle ceeršj uecyeeF& hej 500 Jeesuš ♦ The lamp/tube preferred for air–conditioned spaces
keâe Jeesušleeheele neslee nw~ is– Fluorescent tube
 efveDee@ve šŸetye keâe jbie ueeue neslee nw~  Jen uewche/šŸetye pees Jeeleevegketâueve mhesme kesâ efueS hemebo efkeâÙee peelee
 Ùen uewche Pink colour keâe ØekeâeMe oslee nw~ nw– Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye
♦ The lamp that causes radio–interference is–
♦ The light of a tube appears cooler than that of a
bulb, the reason is– Fluorescent tube
Tungsten is not used in the tube  Jen uewche pees jsef[Ùees nmle#eshe keâe keâejCe neslee nw–
 šdÙetye keâer jesMeveer Skeâ yeuye keâer leguevee ceW "C[e Øeleerle neslee nw, Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye
Fmekeâe keâejCe– ♦ The ratio of radiant heat produced by a fluorescent
šbiemšve keâe ØeÙeesie šdÙetye ceW veneR efkeâÙee ieÙee nw tube and that by a filament lamp of the same rating
is– 0.2
♦ Glow lamps– Have cold cathode
 meceeve efveOee&jCe kesâ Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye Deewj levleg uewche Éeje
 iuees uewche ceW– "C[e kewâLees[ neslee nw Glheeefole efJeefkeâjCe T<cee keâe Devegheele neslee nw– 0.2
♦ If argon gas is filled in the fuse of a neon-sign lamp, ♦ Standard wattage of a 1 m fluorescent tube is–
it gives colour– Red
25 W
 Skeâ efveÙee@ve meeFve uewche kesâ HeäÙetpe ceW Ùeefo Deeie&ve iewme Yejer peeleer
 1 m Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye keâe ceevekeâ Jeešspe neslee nw– 25 W
nw lees Ùen oslee nw, jbie– ueeue
♦ Radio–interference from a fluorescent tube can be
♦ 'Fire man' switch is seen in– Neon-sign tube reduced by–
 ‘HeâeÙej cewve’ efmJeÛe osKee ieÙee– efveÙee@ve-meeFve šŸetye ceW Connecting a small capacitor
♦ Neon lamp works on ........ AC– 110 V across starter terminals
 efveÙee@ve uewche............. S.meer. hej keâeÙe& keâjlee nw– 110 Jeesuš  Skeâ Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye mes jsef[Ùees nmle#eshe keâes keâce efkeâÙee pee
♦ In Neon lamp, gas is used as– Helium mekeâlee nw– ØeJele&keâ efmeje kesâ HeeMJe& ceW Skeâ Úesše
 efveÙee@ve uewche ceW iewme ØeÙegòeâ nw– nerefueÙece mebOeeefj$e mebÙeesefpele keâjkesâ
Ûeeskeâ Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye
(Choke) (Fluorescent tube)
 Fluorescent tube ceW ØeÙeesie nesves Jeeueer Ûeeskeâ efJeÅeglejesOeer Ùen Skeâ mes 4 Hegâš (120 cm) uecyeer šŸetye nesleer nw~
leej Éeje hešefuele ueewn ›eâes[ hej kegâC[efuele Skeâ GÛÛe Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye keâer o#elee 60 lumen/ watt nesleer nw~
ØeefleIeele Jeeueer kegâC[ueer nesleer nw~ Ùen Self started veneR nesleer nw~
 Ûeeskeâ Fueskeäšês[es keâe hetJe& leeheve (Preheating) keâjlee nw,  Ùen A.C. Deewj D.C. oesveeW hej ØeÛeeefuele nesleer nw~
leeefkeâ cegòeâ Fueskeäšêvees kesâ ØeJeen kesâ efueS GÛÛe Oeeje Øeehle nes
 FmeceW efvecve-DeeJe=efòe hej Flicker ØeYeeJe efoKelee nw~
mekesâ~
 Fmekeâe meeceevÙe peerJevekeâeue 7500 Iebše neslee nw~
 Ûeeskeâ Fueskeäšê@vees kesâ ceOÙe Deeke&â keâes GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS
Dehes#eeke=âle DeefOekeâ efJeYeJeevlej (800-1000)V lekeâ keâe  Fmecebs mšêsyeesmkeâesefhekeâ ØeYeeJe osKeves keâes efceuelee nw~
Surge oslee nw~ ♦ The frequency of flickers in a fluorescent lamp at
 Ûeeskeâ šŸetye uewche kesâ efueS henues mes efveefMÛele Deeke&â Oeeje keâes 220V, 50Hz supply will be– 100 per second
yeÌ{ves mes jeskeâlee nw~  220V, 50Hz mehueeF& hej Skeâ Heäueesjesmesvš uewche ceW efHeäuekeâj
keâer DeeJe=efòe nesieer– 100 Øeefle meskesâC[
♦ In the fluorescent tube circuit the function of choke
♦ Under the influence of fluorescent lamps sometimes
is primarily to–
the wheels of rotating machinery appear to be
Initiate the arc and stablizes it stationary. This is due to the–
 heäueesjesmesvš šdÙetye heefjheLe ceW Ûeeskeâ keâe keâeÙe& cegKÙe ™he mes neslee Stroboscopic effect
nw– Deeke&â mše&š keâjvee leLee Fmekeâes yeveeS jKevee  Øeefleoerefhle uewche kesâ mevoYe& kesâ Devleie&le keâYeer-keâYeer ceMeervejer
♦ A stabilizing choke is connected in the fluorescent IetCeeaÙe heefnÙee efmLej Øeleerle neslee nw~ Fmekeâe keâejCe neslee nw–
tube circuit so as to– mšêsyeesmkeâesefhekeâ ØeYeeJe
Act as a ballast in operating conditions and ♦ The cost of a fluorescent lamp is more than that of
provide a voltage impulse for starting incandescent lamp because of the factors–
 Skeâ mLeeefÙelJe Ûeeskeâ Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye heefjheLe ceW mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee More labour is required in its manufacturing,
Number of components used is more,
peelee nw– Quantity of glass used is more
heefjÛeeueve keâer efmLeefle ceW mebÛeeuekeâ keâer lejn keâeÙe& keâjves
 Skeâ Heääueesjesmesvš uewche keâer ueeiele leeheoerhle uewche keâer leguevee ceW
Deewj Meg™ keâjves kesâ efueS Skeâ Jeesušspe
DeefOekeâ neslee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ–
DeeJesie Øeoeve keâjves nsleg Fmekesâ efvecee&Ce ceW DeefOekeâ ßeefcekeâ keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw,
♦ The purpose of coating the fluorescent tube from GheÙeesie IeškeâeW keâer mebKÙee DeefOekeâ nw, GheÙeesie
inside with white powder is– efkeâS ieS iueeme keâer cee$ee DeefOekeâ nw
To increase the light radiations due to secondary ♦ For the same lumen output, the running cost of the
emissions fluorescent lamp is–
 HeäueesjesmeWš šÙetye kesâ Devoj meHesâo heeG[j mes keâesefšbie keâe GösMÙe Less than that of filament lamp
neslee nw– efÉleerÙekeâ Glmepe&ve kesâ keâejCe ØekeâeMe efJeefkeâjCe  meceeve uÙetcesve DeeGšhegš kesâ efueS heäueesjesmesvš uewche keâe heefjÛeeueve
yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS cetuÙe neslee nw– efheâueecesvš uewche keâer leguevee ceW keâce
♦ In the fluorescent tube circuit, one function of the ♦ The purpose of providing a choke in the tube-light
choke is to– is– To limit current to appropriate value
Provide a momentary high voltage for  šŸetye-ueeFš ceW Ûeeskeâ ueieeves keâe GösMÙe nw–
establishing the main arc
Oeeje keâes GheÙegòeâ ceeve lekeâ meerefcele jKevee
 Skeâ Øeefleoerefhle šŸetye heefjheLe ceW Ûeeskeâ keâe Skeâ keâeÙe& neslee nw–
cegKÙe Deeke&â keâer mLeehevee kesâ efueS #eefCekeâ (SSC JE- 2013)
♦ Function of choke in a flourescent tube is–
GÛÛe Jeesušspe Øeoeve keâjvee
Controlling of starting current
♦ For improving p.f. in a fluorescent lamp, we use a
condenser usually of– F 
4 heäueesjesmesvš šŸetye ceW ØeÙegòeâ Ûeeskeâ keâe keâeÙe& nw–
 Skeâ Øeefleoerefhle uewche ceW Meefòeâ iegCekeâ megOeej kesâ efueS nce ØeejefcYekeâ Oeeje keâes meerefcele keâjvee
meeceevÙele: Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles nQ– 4 ceeF›eâesHewâj[ (UPPCL JE-2013), (UJVNL-2016)
♦ The inner wall of fluorescent lamps are coated with– ♦ The inner surface of a fluorescent tube is coated
Phosphors with a fluorescent material which–
 Øeefleoerefhle uewche keâer Deevleefjkeâ oerJeej .......... mes uesefhele nesleer Absorbs ultraviolet rays and
nw– HeâemHeâesjme radiates visible rays
♦ The use of twin tube in an industry is to–  Øeoerefhle veefuekeâe kesâ Yeerlejer he=‰ hej efkeâmeer Øeoerefhle õJÙe keâe ueshe
Avoid stroboscopic effect keâj efoÙee peelee nw lees–
 Skeâ GÅeesie ceW oesnjs šŸetye keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– hejeyeQieveer efkeâjCeeW keâes DeJeMees<eCe keâj ueslee nw
mšêsyeesmkeâesefhekeâ ØeYeeJe mes yeÛeeJe kesâ efueS Deewj ÂMÙe efkeâjCeeW efJeefkeâefjle keâjlee nw
♦ The average working life of fluorescent lamp is–
4000 hrs
(SSC JE-2011)
♦ The electric current is also present in the fluorescent
 Øeefleoerefhle uewche keâe Deewmele keâeÙe&keâejer peerJeve nw– 4000 IeCšs
lamp and causes losses in the efficiency of the
♦ For the same wattage which lamp will produce least lamp– The chemical effect
radiant heat– Fluorescent lamp  efJeÅegle Oeeje keâe DevÙe ØeYeeJe Øeefleoerhlelee ueQhe ceW GheefmLele neslee nw
 Skeâ meceeve Jee@š kesâ efueS efkeâme uewche mes vÙetvelece ØekeâeMeerÙe G<cee Deewj ueQhe keâer o#elee keâes ØeYeeefJele keâjlee nw–
keâe efveie&ceve nesiee– heäueesjsmeWš uewche jemeeÙeefvekeâ ØeYeeJe
(LMRC SC/TO 2015)
(SSC JE- 2017)
♦ In dc operation of flourescent tube, the life of the
tube– Decreases by about 80% as that ♦ The fluorescent material Zinc Silicate used in
fluorescent tubes gives............colour– Green
with ac operation
 HeäueesjesmeWš šŸetye ceW ØeÙegòeâ HeäueesjesmeWš heoeLe& efpebkeâ
 HeäueesjsmeWš šŸetye kesâ dc ØeÛeeueve ceW šŸetye efkeâleves meceÙe lekeâ efmeefuekesâš.............jbie Øeoeve keâjlee nw– nje
Ûeuelee nw– S.meer. ØeÛeeueve kesâ cegkeâeyeues 80% keâce meceÙe
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
(SSC JE- 2015)
(UPPCL JE- 13.11.2016)
♦ In a fluorescent lamp circuit the function of the
capacitor connected across the supply is to– ♦ Ballast resistance are connected with the choke is–
Improve the power factor Series only
 Skeâ fluorescent lamp circuit (heefjheLe) ceW Deehetefle& kesâ efmejeW  Skeâ yewueemš jsefpemšWme Ûeeskeâ kesâ meeLe pegÌ[e neslee nw–
hej ueies mebOeeefj$e keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw– kesâJeue ßesCeer ceW
Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ ceW megOeej ueevee (M.P. Sub Engineer 2018)
(LMRC SC/TO 2015) ♦ The function of choke in a fluorescent lamp–
♦ In a fluorescent tube circuit high voltage surge is Produce high voltage at starting
produced by– Choke  Øeefleoerefhle uewche ceW Ûeeskeâ keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw–
 Øeefleoerefhle veueer Jeeues heefjheLe ceW GÛÛe Jeesušlee mepe& GlheVe neslee
ØeejbYeve hej GÛÛe Jeesušspe keâe Glheeove
nw– Ûeeskeâ
(SSC JE- 2018)
(SSC JE- 2012)
♦ Luminous efficiency of a fluorescent tube is– peer.Sue.Sme. ueQhe (GLS Lamp)
60-65 lumen/watt ♦ Gas can be filled in GLS lamps– Any inert gas
 Øeefleoerefhle veefuekeâe keâer oerhle o#elee nesleer nw–  GLS uewcheeW ceW iewme Yejer pee mekeâleer nw– keâesF& Yeer Deef›eâÙe iewme
60-65 uÙegcesve/Jee@š ♦ In case of power factor is the highest– GLS lamps
(SSC JE- 2018)  ............ kesâ mecyevOe ceW Meefòeâ iegCekeâ GÛÛelece neslee nw–
♦ A fluorescent tube can be operated on– GLS uewcheeW
Both AC as well as DC ♦ For the same wattage the cheapest lamp is–
 Øeefleoerefhle veefuekeâe keâe mebÛeeueve efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– GLS lamp
AC Deewj meeLe ner DC oesveeW ceW  meceeve Jeešspe kesâ efueS meyemes memlee uewche nw– GLS uewche
(SSC JE- 2018) ♦ The filament of a GLS lamp is made of– Tungsten
♦ Starter used for fluorescent lamp–  Skeâ GLS uewche keâe levleg yevee neslee nw– šbiemšve
Glow type ♦ The luminous efficiency of GLS lamps is normally
in the range of– 10 to 15 lumens/watt
 Øeefleoerefhle uewche kesâ efueS ØeJele&keâ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 GLS uewche keâer pÙeesefle o#elee keâer meercee meeceevÙele: …… nesleer
Göerhle Øekeâej nw– 10 to 15 uÙetceve/Jeeš
(SSC JE- 2018) ♦ Nitrogen or argon is filled in GLS lamps so as to–
♦ Power factor of fluorescent lamp is about– Reduced evaporation of tungsten filament
0.5 lag  veeFšêspeve Ùee Dee@ie&ve keâes GLS uewche ceW Yejer peeleer nw–
 Øeefleoerefhle uewche keâe Meefkeäle iegCekeâ ueieYeie neslee nw– šbiemšve levleg kesâ Jee<heerkeâjCe keâes keâce keâjves nsleg
0.5 he§eieeceer ♦ In case of GLS lamps the increase in supply voltage,
it reduces– Life
(SSC JE- 2018)
 GLS uewche kesâ ceeceues ceW Deehetefle&& Jeesušspe yeÌ{ves mes Iešleer nw–
keâe@chewkeäš heäueesjesmeWš uewche peerJevekeâeue
(Compact Fluorescent lamp) Sue.F&.[er. ueQhe (LED Lamp)

♦ Type of lighting is more efficient, long life and
economy– LED
 Jen ueeFefšbie, pees DeefOekeâ o#e, uecyes meceÙe lekeâ Ûeueves Jeeueer
Deewj efceleJÙeÙeer nesleer nw– Sue.F&.[er.
♦ The least power consumption has– LED bulbs
 Tpee& keâer Kehele efvecve nesleer nw– SueF&[er yeuye
(UPPCL JE- 2016)
 Fme uewche keâer keâeÙe& ØeCeeueer HeäueesjesmeWš uewche kesâ meceeve ner ♦ Which type of lamp gives more illumination from
nesleer nw~ low wattage– LED lamp
 Fme uewche keâe ØeÙeesie Fvkesâv[ermeQš uewche kesâ mLeeve hej efkeâÙee  efkeâme Øekeâej keâe uewche keâce Jee@šspe mes DeefOekeâ Ûecekeâ osles nw–
peelee nw~ Sue.F&.[er. uewche
 18W/250V AC keâe CFL 100W kesâ Fvkesâv[ermeQš uewche (SSC JE- 2018)
kesâ yejeyej ØekeâeMe oslee nw~
♦ LED lamp have a general life expectancy of–
 Ùes uewche 3W, 5W, 9W, 11W, 14W, 18W, 22W, 50000 Hrs.
28W, 32W, 42W, 80W/250V lekeâ GheueyOe nw~
 LED uewche keâer peerJeve ØelÙeeMee nesleer nw– 50000 Iebšs
Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Iejsuet/DeewÅeesefiekeâ mLeeveeW hej efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(SSC JE- 2018)
Heäue[ ueeFefšbie (Flood Lighting)  heefjMegælee keâeÙe& nsleg Øeoerefhle mlej ueieYeie neslee nw– 500 lm/m2
♦ Which type of lighting scheme is used stadium– (SSC JE- 2018)

Flood lighting ♦ Will need the highest level of illumination–
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâe ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee mšsef[Ùece ceW ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw- Proof reading
Heäue[ ueeFš  DeefOekeâlece mlej kesâ Øeoerheve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw–
(SSC JE- 2018) ØetHeâ jeref[bie
efJeefYeVe keâeÙe& Deewj mLeeveeW kesâ efueS Øeoerefhle keâe (SSC-JE 2018), (UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
♦ Which place will need lowest level of illumination–
DevegMebefmele mlej Railway platform
(Recommended Level of Illumination for
Different Work and Places)  efkeâme mLeeve hej vÙetvelece mlej keâer Øeoerefhle keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesieer–
jsueJes huesšheâece&
♦ For normal reading the illumination level required is
around– 60-100 lumens/m2 (SSC JE- 2018)
 meeceevÙe jeref[bie kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Øeoerheve mlej ueieYeie nesleer ♦ The illumination level in houses is in the range–
nw– 60-100 uÙetcesve/ceer
2 100-140 lumen/m2
♦ The illumination level required for important traffic  IejeW ceW Øeoerefhle mlej keâer jWpe nesleer nw– 100-140 lumen/m2
routes carrying fast traffic is about– (SSC-JE 2018)
30 lux
[^ce efmJeÛe
 lespe ÙeeleeÙeele keâes Jenve keâjles ngS cenòJehetCe& ÙeeleeÙeele ceeieeX kesâ
(Drum switch)
efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Øeoerheve keâe mlej ueieYeie nw– 30 uekeäme
♦ Due to moonlight, illumination is nearly–
0.3 lumen/m2
 Ûevõ ØekeâeMe kesâ keâejCe, Øeoerheve ueieYeie neslee nw–
0.3 uÙetcesve/ceer2
♦ In a house, for which job, the illumination level
shall be higher– For sewing
 Skeâ Iej ceW efkeâme pee@ye (keâeÙe&) kesâ efueS Øeoerheve mlej GÛÛe nesvee
ÛeeefnS– efmeueeF& kesâ efueS  [^ce efmJeÛe Skeâ Ssmeer mepeeJešer ØekeâeMe Ùegefòeâ nw, efpemeceW Skeâ
keâce ieefle keâer ceesšj Éeje [^ce keâes IegceeÙee peelee nw, pees Skeâ
♦ In the power house, the illumination level is of the
order of– 100-150 lumens/m2
meeLe keâF& heefjheLeeW keâes Skeâ efveÙele ieefle hej Dee@ve/Dee@heâ keâjleer
jnleer nw~
 Meefòeâ IejeW ceW Øeoerheve mlej ›eâce keâe nw–
 Skeâ [^ce efmJeÛe mes meeceevÙele: 15W kesâ 2000 mes 3000
100-150 uÙetcesvme/ceeršj2 lekeâ yeuye efveÙebef$ele efkeâS pee mekeâles nQ~
♦ Minimum illumination required in an operation
theatre is........ – 350 lux uÙetefceveme leer›elee keâe ceeheve
 Dee@hejsMeve efLeÙesšj ceW vÙetvelece Øeoerheve DeeJeMÙekeâ nw ...........– (Measurement of Luminous Intensity)
350 uekeäme ♦ Instruments are used for the comparison of candle
♦ The required illumination level for important power of different sources– Photometer
shopping centres and road junction– 30 lm/m2  efYeVe-efYeVe Œeesle kesâ kewâC[ue MeefòeâÙeeW keâer leguevee kesâ efueS GheÙeesie
 jes[ pebkeäMeve (meÌ[keâ mebefOe) Deewj cenlJehetCe& Meeefhebie kesâvõ hej efkeâÙee peelee nw– heâesšesceeršj
DeeJeMÙekeâ Øeoerheve mlej nesiee– 30 lm/m2 ♦ ..... photometer is used for comparing the lights of
(PGCIL E.R.1 2018) different colours– Guilds flicker
♦ Illumination level required for precision work is  ......heâesšesceeršj keâe ØeÙeesie efJeefYevve jbieeW kesâ ØekeâeMeeW keâer leguevee
around– 500 lm/m2 keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– efieu[dme efheäuekeâj
♦ Photometer depends for its operation on Lambert's ♦ The apparatus by which illumination is measured–
cosine law– Trotter Illumination photometer Photometer
 uewcyeš& keâespÙee efveÙece hej ØeÛeeueve kesâ efueS Heâesšesceeršj efveYe&j  Jen GhekeâjCe, efpemekesâ Éeje Øeoerheve ceehee peelee nw– Heâesšesceeršj
keâjlee nw– šêsšj Øeoerheve Heâesšesceeršj
♦ Illumination is measured using instruments–
♦ Photometer depends for its operation on Inverse
Luxmeter
Square Law– Macbeth Illuminometer
 Øeoerheve keâes ceeheves ceW Ùeb$e GheÙeesie neslee nww– uekeäme ceeršj
 JÙegl›eâce Jeie& efveÙece hej ØeÛeeueve kesâ efueS Heâesšesceeršj efveYe&j keâjlee
nw– cewkeâyesLe Fuetefceveesceeršj (SJVNL- 2018)
Numerical Questions
Q. A 100 V lamp takes a current of 2
 A. If the total A
flux is 3600, find the means spherical candle Solid angle   (Given CP = 64, r = 4m )
d2
power of the lamp.
Skeâ 100 V keâe uewche 2 A keâer Oeeje ueslee nw, Ùeefo kegâue
CP.A CP
heäuekeäme 3600 nw lees uewche keâe ceerve mhesâefjkeâue kewâC[ue- E 2

d .A d2
heeJej (MSCP) keâe ceeve %eele keâjW-
CP
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021) E lux
d2
Sol:- MSCP (Mean Spherical Candle-Power)
CP 64
Total Lumens E 
MSCP  4r 2 4  4 
2
4
Given total flux = 3600 64
E = 1 lux Ans.
4  16
600
MSCP =  900 Ans.
4 Q How many units of lux would make a single unit
of foot candle-
Q. Calculate the depreciation factor if the
illumination under normal working condition is
uekeäme keâer efkeâleveer FkeâeF&ÙeeB hegâš keQâ[ue keâer Skeâ FkeâeF&
400 Lux and after cleaning it is 600 Lux-- yeveeSieer~
[sefØeefmeSMeve hewâkeäšj keâer ieCevee keâjW Ùeefo meeceevÙe keâece (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
keâjves keâer efmLeefle ceW jesMeveer 400 Lux nw Deewj meheâeF& kesâ yeeo 2
Sol:- 1 lm/m = 1 Lux
Ùen 600 Lux nw- (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021) 1 foot = 0.3048 m
Sol:- 1lm
Illumination After cleaning Hence 1 lum/ft2 =
Depreciation factor 
Illumination under normalcondition
 0.30482 m2
600 1 lum/ft2 = 10.76 lum/m2 Ans.
Depreciation factor = = 1.5 Ans.
400 Q Calculate the average intensity of illumination on
the surface which is inclined at an angle of 30º. It
Q. The luminance of an object is 64
 lm. The object is kept at a distance of 8 m from a 1000 candela
is 4 m away from the light source. Find the power lamp.
illumination.
melen hej Øeoerefhle keâer Deewmele leer›elee keâer ieCevee keâjW, pees
efkeâmeer Jemleg keâer jesMeveer 64 lm nw~ Jemleg ØekeâeMe Œeesle mes 4 30° kesâ keâesCe hej Deevele nw~ Fmes Skeâ 1000 kewâC[suee Meefòeâ
m otj nw lees Øeoerheve %eele keâjW- uewche mes 8 m keâer otjer hej jKee peelee nw-
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021) (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
Sol:- Øeoerheve keâes E mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nw leLee Fmes Lux Ùee Sol:- Øeoerefhle keâes Skeâ melen Øeefle FkeâeF& #es$eheâue Éeje Øeehle
lm/m2 Ùee meter candle or foot candle ceW ceehee peelee nw~ oerhle DeefYeJeen kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Fmes 'E'
 CP   Øeleerkeâ Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw Deewj Fmes Lux Deewj Lumen/m2 ceW
E=  lux
A A ceehee peelee nw~
 CP   Q. What will be the number of lamps, each having
Øeoerefhle E   Lux 300 lumens, required to obtain an average
A A
illuminance of 50 lux on a 4 × 3 m rectangular
(where CP = candle power) room–
Skeâ 4 × 3 m DeeÙeleekeâej keâcejs hej 50 uekeäme keâer Deewmele
jesMeveer Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS 300 uegcesve Jeeues ØelÙeskeâ ueQhe
keâer mebKÙee efkeâleveer nesieer–
A (PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
 = solid angle =
d2
Sol.–efoÙee nw–
 Deewmele Øeoerefhle
ceevee uewcheeW keâer mebKÙee = x
I
E=  cos  kegâue uÙetcesve = 300 × x
d2
1000
keâcejs keâe #es$eheâue = 12m2
=  cos 60
 82 Dele: kegâue uÙetcesve = Øeoerheve × #es$eheâue
300x = 50 × 12
1000 1 1000
E    7.8125 Lux Ans. 50 12
64 2 128 x=
300
Q What is the approximate luminous flux
(lumen) is equal to 40 watt x=2
40 Jeeš kesâ yejeyej uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme (uÙetcesve) keäÙee Dele: uewcheeW keâer mebKÙee = 2 Ans.
nw- Q. A 250 volt lamp has total flux of 3000 lumens and
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021) takes a current of 0.6 amp calculate lumens/watt.
Sol. Q 1 Lumen = 0.0016 Jee@š Skeâ 250 Jeesuš kesâ uewche ceW 3000 uÙegcesve keâe kegâue
heäuekeäme neslee nw Deewj 0.6 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje ueslee nw~
1
1 Jeeš  Lumen uÙegcesve/Jeeš keâer ieCevee keâjW–
0.0016
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
40
40 Jeeš  Lumen
Sol.–efoÙee nw– V = 250 V, I = 0.6A
0.0016
400000 oerhle Heäuekeäme = 3000

16 Meefkeäle Fvehegš = VI
= 25000 Lumen Ans.
= 250 × 0.6
Q. A lamp has a total flux of 1200 lumens = 150 W
calculate the MSCP of the lamp–
3000
Skeâ uewche keâe kegâue Heâuekeäme 1200 uÙetcesve nw, uewche kesâ Dele: uewche keâe uÙegcesve/Jeeš =  20 Ans.
150
MSCP keâer ieCevee keâjW?
Q. A light source of 900 candelas is situated 3m
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I) above a working surface. Calculate the
Sol. efoÙee nw- illuminance directly below the source.
Lumen flux = 1200 lumen 900 keQâ[ue keâe Skeâ ØekeâeMe Œeesle Skeâ keâeÙe&Meerue
MSCP = ?
melen mes 3 ceeršj Thej efmLele nw meerOes Œeesle kesâ veerÛes
jesMeveer keâer ieCevee keâjW~
Lumen flux
MSCP = (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
4
1200 Sol. Given that,

4  3.14 C.P. = 900
MSCP = 95.54 Ans. Distance = 3 m

C.P. 1. A bulb produced 25 avarage candle power.
Illumination = 2 How many flux produced by its?
 Distance 
Skeâ yeuye Deewmeleve 25 keQâ[ue hee@Jej keâe ØekeâeMe GlheVe
900
 2 keâjlee nw~ Fmekesâ Éeje GlheVe kegâue Heäuekeäme efkeâlevee
 3
nesiee?
= 100 lumens Ans.
(UPPCL JE- 2015)
Q. A 250 V lamp has a luminous flux of 1500
lumens and takes current of 0.4A. Calculate Sol. yeuye keâer Deewmeleve kewâC[ue Meefòeâ  25
lumens per watt.
uÙetefceveme heäuekeäme  Deewmeleve kewâC[ue Meefòeâ  4
Skeâ 250 Jeesuš kesâ uewche ceW 1500 uÙegcesve keâe
Ûecekeâoej heäuekeäme nw Deewj Ùen 0.4A keâer Oeeje ueslee nw = 2543.14 = 314 uÙetcesve Ans.
uegcesve Øeefle Jeeš keâer ieCevee keâjW~
2. A fluorescent tube of 20 W has a luminous flux
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) of:
Sol. Given that, Skeâ 20 W kesâ Øeefleoerefhle šdÙetye keâe uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme nQ~
V = 250 V, I = 0.4A
(DMRC JE- 2018)
P = VI
Sol. Øeefleefohleer šŸetye keâer uÙetefceveme o#elee · 50 lum/m2
= 250 × 0.4
= 100 Watt uÙetcesve DeeGšhegš · 20²50· 1000 lumen
1500  950 lumen Ans.
Lumen per watt =  15 Ans.
100 3. If the candle power is 45 cd, then how much
1. The illumination at a point on a working plane flux will be emitted by this source?
directly below the lamp is to be 80 lumens/m2.
The lamp gives 180 c.p. uniformly below the Ùeefo keQâ[ue hee@Jej 45 cd nw, lees Fme œeesle Éeje efkeâlevee
horizontal plane. Determine the height at heäuekeäme Glmeefpe&le efkeâÙee peeSiee?
which the lamp is suspended.
(UPPCL JE- 2018)
keâeÙe&keâejer melen kesâ efkeâmeer efyevog hej uewche kesâ meerOes veerÛes
Øeoerheve 80 uÙetcesve/ceeršj2 nw~ uewche meceeve ™he mes Sol. Deewmele ieesueekeâej kewâC[ue Meefòeâ (MSCP) = 45 cd
#eweflepe leue kesâ veerÛes 180 c.p. oslee nw~ Jen TbÛeeF& %eele uÙetcesve Heäuekeäme
keâjW efpeme hej uewche ueškeâeÙee peevee nw~ MSCP 
4
uÙetcesve heäuekeäme = 45 4  = 45 4 3.14
Sol. efoÙee nw -
 565.2 lumen Ans.
Øeoerefhle (E) = 80 uÙetcesve/ceer.2
4. A bulb produces an average illumination of 70
pÙeesefle leer›elee (I) = 180 kewâC[ue heeJej (c.p.) CP. What will be the total flux generated by it?
TbÛeeF& (h) = ? Skeâ yeuye Ùeefo 70 CP keâe Deewmele Øeoerheve GlheVe
E
I keâjlee nw lees Gmekesâ Éeje kegâue efkeâlevee heäuekeäme Glhevve
h2 nesiee?
I (UPPCL JE- 2016)
h
E
Sol. Deewmele Øeoerheve = 70 CP
180 9 Illumination = Total flux/4
h 
80 4
kegâue heäuekeäme = 4  Deewmele Øeoerheve
3
E = 4  3.14  70 = 879.2
2
h = 1.5 m Ans.  880 uÙegcesve Ans.

5. A lamp emitting light uniformly in all 8. Find the illumination on the normal surface if
directions has a mean spherical candle power the candle power of a lamp is 150 and a place
of 15. What will be the total luminous flux surface is placed at a distance of 1.5 meters
radiated by the lamp in all directions? from this lamp.
meYeer efoMeeDeeW ceW meceeve ¤he mes ØekeâeMe Glmeefpe&le keâjves meeceevÙe leue hej Øeoerheve %eele keâjW Ùeefo efkeâmeer ueQhe keâe
Jeeues uewche keâe ceerve mHesâefjkeâue keQâ[ue hee@Jej 15 nw~ meYeer keQâ[ue heeJej 150 nes Deewj Gme ueQhe mes efkeâmeer mLeeve kesâ
efoMeeDeeW ceW uewche mes efJekeâefCe&le ØekeâeMe keâe kegâue leue keâes 1.5 ceeršj keâer otjer hej jKee peeS~
uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme keäÙee nesiee? (MP JE- 2016 Evening Shift)
(BSPHCL - JE 2019) Sol. uewche Deewj leue kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer h = 1.5 ceeršj
Sol. ceerve mHesâefjkeâue keQâ[ue hee@Jej (M.S.C.P) kewâC[ue heeJej (I) = 150 c.p.
kegâue uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme Øeoerheve (E) = ?

4
kegâue uÙetefceveme Heäuekeäme = MSCP4
· 1543.14 · 188.5 uÙetcesve Ans.
6. Find the luminous output of lamp if the

wattage of the filament lamp 550 W and the I
efficiency of lamp is per 2 W candle power. E=
h2
Ùeefo efkeâmeer efheâueeceWš ueQhe keâe Jee@šspe 550 W nes Deewj 150
ueQhe keâer o#elee Øeefle 2 W keQâ[ue heeJej nes lees Gme ueQhe E=
2.25
keâe uÙetefceveme DeeGšhegš %eele keâjW~ E = 66.7 Lux Ans.
(MP JE- 2016) Evening Shift
9. A room measuring 12  20 ft is illuminated by
Sol. keQâ[ue hee@Jej = 2W 10 lamps rated 100 W each with an efficiency
of 12 luminous/watt. Assuming a depreciation
keQâ[ue hee@Jej = lumen/4
factor of 1.5 and coefficient of utilization as
uÙetcesve = 24 = 8 0.5, the illumination at the plane of the room
is:
Lamp efficiency = 8 lumen/watt
Skeâ keâceje efpemekeâe ceehe 12  20 Hegâš keâes 10 yeuye
efHeâueeceWš uewche keâe Jee@šspe jsefšbie = 550 W efpevekeâer ØelÙeskeâ keâer jseEšie 100 Jee@š leLee o#elee 12
uewche keâer #ecelee = uÙetefceveme DeeGšhegš/Jee@šspe uÙetcesve/Jee@š nw, kesâ meeLe ØekeâeefMele efkeâÙee peelee nQ~ Ùeefo
uÙetefceveme DeeGšhegš =5508 DeJecetuÙeve keâejkeâ 1.5 leLee GheÙeesefielee iegCeebkeâ 0.5
ceevee peeÙes lees keâcejs kesâ melen hej Øeoerheve nQ~
= 4400 Ans.
(DMRC-JE 2018)
7. What is the efficiency of a lamp of 230V,
producing total flux of 3000 lumens when Sol. efoÙee nw,
taking a current of 1A:
#es$eheâue (A)  12  20  240ft 2
peye Skeâ uewche 230V leLee 1 SefcheÙej keâer Oeeje uesleer nw
Deewj GlheVe kegâue Heäuekeäme 3000 uÙetcesve nw lees o#elee GheÙeesefielee iegCeebkeâ () = 0.5
keäÙee nesiee? ne@me iegCeebkeâ (P) = 1.5
(SSC JE-2015), (DMRC JE- 2017) kegâue Øeehle uÙetcevme () = 10  100  12
Sol. Given V = 230 V, I = 1A = 12000 uÙetcevme
uÙetcesve 3000 uÙetcevme   
EA
ueQhe keâer o#elee ·   13.04 Ans.
Jeeš 230  1 P

 P   I 1000
Øeoerheve  E   E   137.17 Lux
A h 2 2.7  2.7
12000  1.5  0.5 E  137.17 Lux
E
12  20
peneB I= uÙetefceveme heäuekeäme keâer leer›elee
9000
E h = TBÛeeF& Ans.
240
12. “Illumination of the surface is inversely
E  37.5 Lumen / ft 2 Ans. proportional to the square of the distance
between the surface and the source point”, this
10. A 12m×12m room is illuminated by 10 lamps statement is-
of the same power and their illumination is 100 Øeoerheve keâer melen Deewj œeesle efyebog kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ
lumen/ m2. Calculate the utility coefficient of
the room, if the supply coefficient of each lamp
Jeie& kesâ JÙetl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw' Ùen keâLeve nw-
is 1600 lumens. (ESIC- 2019)
Skeâ 12 ceeršj  12 ceeršj keâe keâ#e 10 Skeâ meceeve Ans. (i) Øeoerheve (E) pÙeesefle leer›elee (I) kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw~
#ecelee Jeeues uewcheeW mes Øeoerhleceeve nw Deewj Gvekeâer EI
Øeoerefhle/Øeoerheve 100 uÙetcesve/ceeršj2 nw~ keâ#e kesâ
(ii) Øeefleueesce Jeie& keâe efveÙece (Inverse-square law)
GheÙeesefielee iegCeebkeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW Ùeefo ØelÙeskeâ uewche
keâe Deehetefle& iegCeebkeâ 1600 uÙetcesve nes~ E
1
(DMRC - JE 2018) r2
Sol. peneB r = Øeoerheve kesâ melen Deewj Œeesle efyebog kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer
(iii) uewcyeš&me keâespÙee efveÙece (Lamberts cosine law)– Fme efveÙece
keâeÙe& mLeeve hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙes ieÙes keâgue uÙetcesve
GheÙeesefielee keâejkeâ ()  kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ melen kesâ efkeâmeer Yeer efyevog hej Øeoerheve (E), Gme
uewche Éeje efJeefkeâjCe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâgue uÙetcesve efyevog hej uecye Deewj uÙegefceveme Heäuekeäme keâer efoMee kesâ yeerÛe kesâ
keâeÙe& mLeeve hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙee ieÙee kegâue lumen () (keâespÙee)  kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw~ E cos
· 12×12×100 =12×12×100 lumen E
Icos 
r2
uewche Éeje efJeefkeâjCe efkeâÙee ieÙee kegâue lumen
Note- meceleue kesâ efkeâmeer efyevog hej Øeoerheve ØekeâeMe œeesle Ùee ueQhe kesâ
· 1600×10 lumen "erkeâ veerÛes Øeoerheve kesâ cos3 iegvee nesiee~
12×12×100
GheÙeesefielee keâejkeâ (  ) = 13. What will be the total flux emitted by a
1600×10 source of 60 candle power?
3×3 60 kewâC[ue hee@Jej kesâ Skeâ œeesle Éeje Glmeefpe&le kegâue
  0.9 Heäuekeäme keäÙee nesiee?
10
Sol. kegâue Heäuekeäme ()  4  cd
GheÙeesefielee keâejkeâ () = 0.9 Ans.
(Cd = Candla Ùee Candle power)
11. A lamp of 500 watts having MSCP of 1000 is
 4  3.14  60
suspended 2.7 metres above the working
plane. Calculate illumination directly below  753.6 Lumen Ans.
the lamp at the working plane.
14. The illumination at a point 5 meters below a
1000 MSCP Jeeues 500 Jee@š kesâ uewche keâes keâeÙe& he=<" lamp in 6 lux. The candle power of the lamp is?
kesâ 2.7 ceeršj Thej ueškeâeÙee ieÙee nw~ keâeÙe& he=<" hej heeBÛe ceeršj veerÛes Skeâ efyevog hej Øeoerheve Skeâ uewche ceW
uewche kesâ "erkeâ veerÛes Øeefleoerefhle heefjkeâefuele keâerefpeS– 6 uekeäme nw~ uewche keâer kewâC[ue Meefòeâ nw?
(SSC JE- 2018) Sol. efoÙee nw- E = 6 uekeäme, h = 5 ceeršj, I = ?
Sol. efoÙee nw– I = 1000 MSCP I
E
h = 2.7 m h2
E=? I = 6×52 150 c.p. Ans.

2. JewÅegle leeheve (Electric Heating)
 Which type of heating method is considered in high ›eâ.meb. heoeLe& keâeÙe&keâejer leeheceeve
frequency heating? - Core type induction heating
S.N. (Material) (Working
 GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe leeheve ceW efkeâme Øekeâej keâer leeheve efJeefOe hej efJeÛeej Temperature)
efkeâÙee peelee nw–
1. veeF›eâesce 1150 0C
keâesj Øekeâej keâer ØesjCe leeheve
(Nichrome)
2. efmeefuekeâe@ve keâeyee&F[ 1450 0C
(Silicon Carbide)
 Which applications is possible with eddy current
heating? Vacuum tube heating 3. kewâvLee 1200 0C
 YeBJej Oeeje leeheve kesâ meeLe keâewve mee DevegØeÙeesie mecYeJe nw~ (Kantha)
efveJee&le šŸetye leeheve 4. keâebmešsvšve 400 0C
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II) (Constanton)
 ............type of heating is normally used for 5. huesefšvece 1500 0C

hardening, annealing and tempering of machine (Platinum)
parts? Eddy current heating
6. «esHeâeFš leej 3000 0C
 ceMeerve kesâ hegpeex keâer keâ"esj, Sveerefuebie Deewj ce=ogkeâjCe kesâ efueS
(Graphite wire)
meeceevÙele: ............ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw -
7. cee@efuey[svece 2000 0C
YebJej Oeeje leeheve
(molybdenum)
 A process that converts electric energy into heat  …………method is used for heating in the
energy is known as electric heating. some essential production of steel. Direct arc heating
requirements for a good heating element is-
 mšerue Glheeove ceW leeheve kesâ efueS ..............efJeefOe keâe
-High specific resistance, high melting point, GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw - ØelÙe#e Deeke&â leeheve
High mechanical strength and Non-corrosive (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
 Skeâ Øeef›eâÙee pees efJeÅegle Tpee& keâes T<cee Tpee& ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjleer  Which types of electric heating is not considered
nw, efJeÅegle leeheve keânueeleer nw Skeâ DeÛÚs leeheve lelJe kesâ efueS kegâÚ as high-frequency heating?
DeeJeMÙekeâ DeeJeMÙekeâleeSb nw- Arc heating
-GÛÛe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe, GÛÛe ieueveebkeâ, GÛÛe Ùeebef$ekeâ  efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ efJeÅegle leeheve keâes GÛÛe-DeeJe=efòe leeheve vener
meeceLÙe& leLee iewj meb#eejkeâ ceevee peelee nw - Deeke&â leeheve
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021) (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II)
 The overall efficiency of dielectric heating is- 50%  Tungsten is selected as filament material because
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve keâer mece«e o#elee nesleer nw- 50% of its- High melting point

 efkeâme keâejCe šbiemšve keâes efheâueeceWš heoeLe& kesâ ™he ceW ÛeÙeefvele
efkeâÙee peelee nw- GÛÛe ieueveebkeâ
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 Which is called non-pressure welding–
 For induction furnaces, in case of high frequency
Electric arc welding
power supply _______ can be used. MG (Motor
 vee@ve ØesMej Jesefu[bie efkeâmes keânles nw- Fuesefkeäš^keâ Deeke&â Jesefub[ie generator) set
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)  ØesjCe Yeóer kesâ efueS GÛÛe DeeJe=eflle Meefkeäle mehueeF& kesâ ceeceues bceW
 What is the use of anode in a water heater–
......... ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
It protects the tank from corrosion MG (ceesšj pevejsšj) mesš
 Jeešj neršj ceW Svees[ keâe keäÙee GheÙeesie neslee nw– (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 Cooking in an Induction stove is............
Ùen šQkeâ keâes meb#eejCe mes yeÛeelee nw
By magnetic Induction
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)
 ØesjCe mšesJe ceW Keevee yeveevee .............neslee nw-
 Which is used to heat a liquid substance -
Electric kettle
ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe Éeje
 efkeâmeer lejue heoeLe& keâes iece& keâjves kesâ efueS.......... GheÙeesie efkeâÙee (UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021)
peelee nw- efJeÅegle kesâleueer ØeeflejesOe leeheve (Resistance Heating)
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) ♦ Methods of heating is not dependent on the
 External heating, baking and revarnishing of frequency of supply–Electric Resistance heating
insulation are the methods of ------ of insulation-  leeheve keâer Jen efJeefOe pees mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe hej efveYe&j veneR nw–
Drying
efJeÅegle ØeeflejesOeer leeheve
 yee¢e leeheve, meWkeâve Deewj efJeÅeglejesOeve keâe hegve: Jeeefve&efMebie, efJeÅegle
jesOeve keâes ----- keâer Skeâ efJeefOe nw- megKeeves
♦ Furnaces used for cremation use–
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Resistance heating
 In an electrical heating process, the high
frequency capacitive heating is also known as -
 oenkeâce& kesâ efueS Yeóer ceW leeheve ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw–
Dielectric heating ØeeflejesOe leeheve
 efJeÅegle leeheve Øeef›eâÙee ceW, GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe kewâhesefmeefšJe nerefšbie keâes (SSC JE- 2012)
efkeâme ™he ceW peevee peelee nw~ hejeJewÅegle leeheve  Heat is transferred in air and water by –
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) Convection only
 JeeÙeg Je peue ceW T<cee keâe mLeeveeblejCe efkeâÙee peelee nw– ØelÙe#e ØeeflejesOe leeheve
kesâJeue mebJenve Éeje Direct Resistance Heating
(M.P. Sub Engineer- 01.09.2018) ♦ Direct resistance heating is used in–
♦ In an electric room heat convector, the method of Electrode boiler, Salt–bath furnace,
heating used is– Resistance heating Resistance welding
 Skeâ efJeÅegleerÙe leehekeâ mebJenve keâcejs ceW leeheve kesâ efueS GheÙeesie  ØelÙe#e ØeeflejesOe leeheve keâe Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee peelee nw–
keâer peevesJeeueer heæefle nw– ØeeflejesOe leeheve heæefle Fueskeäšês[ yee@Ùeuej, vecekeâ T<cekeâ YeefóÙeeB, ØeeflejesOe
Jesefu[bie
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
SSC JE-2018)
♦ Which is heating methods has maximum power
factor– Resistance heating ØelÙe#e leeheve
 efkeâme leeheve efJeefOe ceW Meefòeâ iegCekeâ DeefOekeâlece neslee nw–
(Direct Heating)
ØeeflejesOe leeheve
 Fme efJeefOe ceW oes Fueskeäšês[es keâes iece& efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues heoeLe& ceW
(MPPKVVCL- 2017) [gyees efoÙee peelee nw~
♦ For radiant heating around 2,0000C the heating
 FmeceW iece& efkeâS peeves Jeeuee heoeLe& Ûeepe& keânueelee nw~
elements used should be of material–
Tungsten alloy  Ùen Ûeepe& šgkeâÌ[es Ùee lejue heoeLe& kesâ ®he ceW nes mekeâlee nw leLee
ØeeflejesOe keâe keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
 efJeefkeâjCe leeheve ueieYeie 2,0000C kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
peeves Jeeuee leeheve lelJe, ........ heoeLe& keâe nesvee ÛeeefnS–  efo° Oeeje Ùee Skeâ keâuee ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje mehueeF& ceW oes
šbiemšve efceßeOeeleg Fueskeäšês[ keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee heÌ[leer nw~
♦ An advantage of heating by electricity–
Quicker operation, Higher efficiency,
Absence of flue gases
 efJeÅegle kesâ Éeje leeheve keâe ueeYe nw–
lespe mebÛeeueve, GÛÛe o#elee, heäuet
iewmeeW keâer DevegheefmLeefle
♦ In a resistance furnace the atmosphere is–
Oxidizing
 ØeeflejesOe Yeóer keâe JeeleeJejCe neslee nw– Dee@keämeerke=âle
♦ On increasing the thickness of refractory walls of
the furnace–  uesefkeâve ef$eHesâpe mehueeF& ceW leerve Fueskeäšês[ nesves ÛeeefnS~
Temperature on the outer surface
 Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâe ceeve Resistance Heating kesâ efueS meyemes
of furnace walls will drop DeefOekeâ 1.0 neslee nw~
 Yeóer keâer Deeie jeskeâves Jeeueer oerJeejeW keâer ceesšeF& yeÌ{eves hej–  oen mebmkeâej nsleg ØeÙegòeâ YeefóÙeeB ‘‘efJeÅegle ØeeflejesOe leeheve’’
Yeªer oerJeej kesâ yee¢e melen keâe YeefóÙeeB nesleer nw~
leeheceeve efiejsiee  Resistance Heating mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe hej efveYe&j veneR keâjleer
♦ Radiant heating is used for– nw, peyeefkeâ hejeJewÅegle Deewj ØesjCe leeheve (Induction
heating) mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw~
Drying of paints and varnishes
 efJeefkeâjCe leeheve ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–  Ùen efJeefOe vecekeâ T<cekeâ YeefóÙeeW leLee heeveer keâes iece& keâjves kesâ
Fueskeäšês[ yee@ÙeuejeW ceW ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~
hesvš Deewj Jeeefve&Me keâes megKeeves
DeØelÙe#e ØeeflejesOe leeheve ØesjCe leeheve Induction Heating
Indirect Resistance Heating ♦ The method suitable for heating of a conducting
♦ When the composition of non–ferrous metal is to medium is– Induction heating
be varied frequently of when heating is  Ûeeuekeâ ceeOÙece keâes iece& keâjves kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ efJeefOe nw–
intermittent ____ furnace is desirably used–
Indirect resistance ØesjCe leeheve
 peye Deueewn Oeeleg keâer mebjÛevee Dekeämej heefjJele&veerÙe nes Ùee peye (SSC JE 2012), (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
leeheve yeerÛe-yeerÛe ceW nesves Jeeuee nes lees ................ Yeªer vecekeâ T<cekeâ leeheve
JeebefÚle ™he mes ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw– DeØelÙe#e ØeeflejesOe
(Salt Bath Heating)
DeØelÙe#e ØeeflejesOe leeheve
(Indirect Resistance Heating)
 DeØelÙe#e leeheve efJeefOe ceW efJeÅegle OeejeS keâes ØeeflejesOe lelJe ceW mes
ØeJeeefnle efkeâÙee peelee nw, pees efkeâ Yeªer ceW hej Ùee veerÛes ueieeÙes
peeles nw
 leehe SefueceWš ceW GlheVe T<cee (I2R) neefveÙees kesâ meceevegheeleer  vecekeâ T<cekeâ YeefóÙeeB Fmheele Deewpeejes kesâ ce=ogkeâjCe,
nesleer nw õgleMeerleueve Ùee yegPeeves leLee keâ"esjerkeâjCe keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie
keâer peeleer nw~
 vecekeâ T<cekeâ Yeªer ceW vecekeâ keâe Ieesue ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw
efpemekeâe heäÙetefpebie leeheceeve 10000C neslee nw~
 20 Jeesuš lekeâ keâer efvecve ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje Jeesušlee hej Ùes
YeefªÙee@ 3000 SsefcheÙej #ecelee lekeâ ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~
 FmeceW iece& efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee heoeLe& vecekeâ kesâ Ieesue ceW [tyee
jnlee nw, leLee Oeeje vecekeâ kesâ Ieesue mes ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw,
heoeLe& mes veneR~
 FmeceW input power keâe control Fueskeäšês[es kesâ ceOÙe Devlej
leLee Gvekesâ vecekeâ kesâ Ieesue ceW [tyeves keâer ienjeF& hej efveYe&j
 DeØelÙe#e ØeeflejesOe leeheve efJeefOe ceW mJeÛeeefuele efveÙeb$eCe efkeâÙee pee keâjlee nw~
mekeâlee nw~
♦ Which is high importance in case of induction
♦ In the indirect resistance heating method, heating– Frequency
maximum heat - transfer takes place by–  ØesjCe leeheve kesâ ceeceues ceW DeefOekeâ cenlJe....... neslee nw–
Radiation DeeJe=efòe keâe
 DeØelÙe#e ØeeflejesOe leeheve efJeefOe ceW, DeefOekeâlece leehe mLeeveevlejCe (SSC JE- 2010), (UPPCL JE-2015)
neslee nw– efJeefkeâjCe Éeje ♦ Heating method is based on ...........of the
♦ Resistance ovens are used for– transformer principle– Induction heating
Domestic and commercial heating, vulcanizing  leeheve efJeefOe šêbmeHeâece&j keâe efmeæevle ........... hej DeeOeeefjle
and hardening of synthetic materials, drying of nw– ØesjCe leeheve
varnish coatings, drying and (MPPKVVCL- 2017)
baking of potteries
♦ .......... heating methods has work on lagging
 ØeeflejesOe YeefªÙeeB ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw– power factor– Induction
Iejsuet Deewj JÙeeJemeeefÙekeâ leeheve, efmevLesefškeâ heoeLeeX keâe
JeukeâveerkeâjCe Deewj keâ"esjerkeâjCe, Jeeefve&Me keâesefšbime keâes  ........... nerefšbie efJeefOe uewefiebie Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ hej keâeÙe& keâjlee
megKeeves, efceóer kesâ yele&veeW keâes yeveeves Deewj nw– ØesjCe
megKeeves kesâ efueS (Jharkhand JE- 2017)
♦ Induction heating can be employed– leeheve heoeLeex ceW iegCeOece&
In conducting magnetic material Properties of Heating Element Material
 ØesjCe leeheve keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– ♦ The best suitable material for the heating element
ÛeeuekeâerÙe ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& ceW is– Nichrome
 leeheve leòJe nsleg meJee&efOekeâ GheÙegòeâ heoeLe& nw– veeF›eâesce
(UTTARAKHAND JE-I 2013),
♦ In case of induction heating, the depth up to
which the current will penetrate is proportional (RRB Chandigarh 2014)
to– 1/ Frequency ♦ A highly resistive material is chosen for heating
element in order to–
 ØesjCe leeheve keâer efmLeefle ceW, Oeeje efpeme ienjeF& lekeâ keâece Reduce the length of heating element
keâjsieer, ienjeF&..........meceevegheeleer nesleer nw– 1/ DeeJe=eflòe  DelÙeefOekeâ ØeeflejesOekeâ heoeLe& keâes leeheve lelJe kesâ efueS Ûegvee
♦ Induction heating process is based on principles– peelee nw– leeheve lelJe keâer uebyeeF& keâce keâjves
Electromagnetic induction (UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
 ØesjCe leeheve Øeef›eâÙee ..........kesâ efmeæeble hej DeeOeeefjle nw– ♦ While selecting heating element, one should keep
in the mind that its specific resistance should be–
efJeÅegle-ÛegbyekeâerÙe ØesjCe High
(SSC JE- 2018), (UPPCL JE- 2018)  Skeâ T<ceerÙe lelJe kesâ ÛeÙeve ceW OÙeeve jKevee ÛeeefnS efkeâ Gmekeâe
efJeefMe<š ØeeflejesOe nw– GÛÛe
♦ In induction heating–
(UPPCL JE- 2016)
Heat is produced due to currents induced in
♦ The main property of a heating element is–
the charge by electromagnetic action, the
resistance of the charge must be low and Specific resistance () of the element
voltage applied must be high in order to should be very high
produce sufficient heat, magnetic materials can
 leeheve DeJeÙeJe keâe cegKÙe iegCe nw–
be easily treated in comparison to non–
magnetic materials DeJeÙeJe keâe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe () yengle
 ØesjCe leeheve ceW– GÛÛe nesvee ÛeeefnS
efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ef›eâÙee Éeje DeeJesMe ceW Øesefjle Oeeje kesâ (BSNL TTA 2016)
keâejCe T<cee GlheVe nesleer nw, heÙee&hle T<cee GlheVe keâjves ♦ High frequency induction heating is used for–
kesâ efueS DeeJesMe keâe ØeeflejesOe efvecve leLee ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušlee Ferrous and non–ferrous metals
GÛÛe nesvee ÛeeefnS, ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe&, DeÛegcyekeâerÙe
 GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe ØesjCe leeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
heoeLe& keâer leguevee ceW Deemeeveer mes JÙeJenej (treat) efkeâÙee
pee mekeâlee nQ ueewn Deewj Deueewn OeelegDeeW oesveeW nsleg
♦ The heating element to be used in a furnace
♦ Conducting material may be magnetic or non- employed for heating around 16000C should be of
magnetic takes place in– Induction heating material– Molybdenum
 ÛeeuekeâerÙe heoeLe& nes ÛegbyekeâerÙe Ùee DeÛebgyekeâerÙe nes,  Yeóer ceW GheÙeesie nesves Jeeuee leeheve lelJe ueieYeie 16000C lekeâ
ceW.........neslee nw– ØesjCe leeheve neslee nw~ leeheve nsleg ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw, heoeLe& ……. keâe nesvee ÛeeefnS–
♦ Induction hardening is possible in case of– ceesefuey[svece
Ac supply only ♦ Property of low temperature co-efficient of
heating element is desired due to reason–
 ØesjCe keâ"esjerkeâjCe ........... keâer efmLeefle ceW mebYeJe nw–
To avoid initial rush of current, To avoid
kesâJeue S0meer0 Deehetefle&& changes in kW rating with temperature,
♦ In induction heating, ........is abnormally high.  leeheve lelJe kesâ efvecve leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ keâe iegCe efkeâme kesâ keâejCe
Frequency JeebefÚle neslee nw–
 ØesjCe leeheve ceW ........ DemeeceevÙe ™he mes GÛÛe neslee nw– Oeeje keâer ØeejefcYekeâ leer›elee mes yeÛeves kesâ efueS, leeheceeve
DeeJe=efòe kesâ meeLe efkeâueesJeeš jsefšbie ceW yeoueeJe mes yeÛeves kesâ efueS
♦ The material of the heating element should be–  Fmekesâ õesefCekeâe ceW «esheâeFš keâe Demlej (graphite lining)
Such that it may withstand the required ueiee neslee nw~
temperature without getting oxidised  Fvekeâer ØeeLeefcekeâ leLee efÉleerÙekeâ ceW ÛegcyekeâerÙe Ùegiceve yengle
 leeheve DeJeÙeJe keâe heoeLe& Ssmee nesvee ÛeeefnS efkeâ– keâcepeesj neslee nw, efpemekesâ keâejCe #ejCe ØeefleIeele yengle GÛÛe nes
Ùen DeeJeMÙekeâ leeheceeve keâes efyevee Deekeämeerke=âle peelee nw~
ngS menve keâj mekesâ  #ejCe ØeefleIeele leLee ÛegcyekeâerÙe Ùegiceve keâer keâceer keâes otj keâjves
♦ Heating element will have the least temperature kesâ efueS Yeªer keâes efvecve DeeJe=efòe hej ef[peeFve efkeâÙee peelee nw~
range– Eureka  Core type induction furnaces keâes 25 Hz hej ÛeueeÙee
 leeheve lelJe ceW leeheceeve hejeme keâce neslee nw– Ùetjskeâe keâe peelee nw
♦ The heat produced in the heating elements are  FmeceW efvecve DeeJe=efòe keâes ceesšj-pevejsšj mesš Ùee DeeJe=efòe
also to overcome the losses occurring because of– heefjJele&keâ mes Øeehle keâjles nw~
Heat used in raising the temperature of oven
 Fme Øekeâej keâer YeefªÙeeW ceW Ûeepe& kesâ Oeeje IevelJe keâes
(or furnace) and container (or carriers), heat
conducted through the walls, escapement of 500A/cm2 lekeâ meerefcele jKeles nw~
heat due to opening of door  efheIeueer OeelegDeeW kesâ keâCees keâe Deehemeer efJekeâ<e&Ce ‘‘efhevÛe ØeYeeJe’
 leehe DeJeÙeJe ceW GlheVe T<cee Yeer, nesves Jeeueer neefveÙees keâes otj keânueelee nw~
keâjves kesâ efueS nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–  TOJee&Oej ›eâes[ Øe™heer ØesjCe YeefªÙeeW ceW #eweflepe Ûewveue kesâ mLeeve
Yeóer Ùee kebâšsvej keâe leehe yeÌ{eves nsleg GheÙeesie keâer ieF& hej TOJee&Oej Ûewveue nesles nw~
T<cee, oerJeejeW kesâ ceeOÙece mes Ûeeefuele T<cee, ojJeepee
Kegueves kesâ keâejCe T<cee mes yeÛeeJe  TOJee&Oej ›eâes[ Øe™heer Yeªer keâes AJAX-wyatt TOJee&Oej
›eâes[ ØesjCe Yeªer Yeer keânles nw~
›eâes[ Øekeâej kesâ ØesjCe Yeªer  AJAX-wyatt Yeªer keâer leueer V-Deekeâej keâer nesleer nw~
Core Type Induction Furnaces
(UPSSSC JE- 2015)
♦ Inductance furnaces are used for–
Heat treatment of casting ♦ Power-factor of industrial arc and induction
furnace is– Very low lagging
 ØesjCe YeefšdšÙeeW keâe ØeÙeesie..... kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 DeewÅeesefiekeâ Deeke&â Deewj ØesjCe Yešdšer keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ neslee nw–
{ueeF& kesâ T<cee GheÛeej
DelÙeble vÙettve heMÛeieeceer
›eâes[ Øee™heer ØesjCe YeefóÙeeB
(DMRC JE- 2016)
(Core type Induction Furnace)
♦ Low frequency supply is necessary for direct core
 ›eâes[ Øee™heer ØesjCe YeefªÙeeW ceW Ûeepe&, šê@meheâece&j keâer ueIegheefLele type induction furnaces because–
efÉleerÙekeâ kegâC[ueer keâe ™he ueslee nw~ Both Magnetic coupling between the primary
 šêBmeheâece&j keâer efÉleerÙekeâ kegâC[ueer ÛegcyekeâerÙe ™he ceW ØeeLeefcekeâ and secondary circuit is poor and With
kegâC[ueer mes Ùegeficele jnleer nw~ normal frequency supply the electro-
magnetic forces cause severe stirring
 FmeceW GÛÛe Oeeje Øesefjle nesves kesâ keâejCe Ûeepe& efheIeue peelee nw~ action in the molten metal
 ØelÙe#e ›eâes[ Øekeâej keâer ØesjCeer Yeóer ceW keâce DeeJe=efòe keâer Deehetefle&
DeeJeMÙekeâ nesleer nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ–
ØeeLeefcekeâ Deewj efÉleerÙekeâ heefjheLe kesâ ceOÙe ÛegbyekeâerÙe
Ùegiceve Kejeye neslee nw Deewj meeceevÙe DeeJe=efòe keâer
 õesefCekeâe (Crucible) ceW efheIeueer Oeeleg keâer DevegheefmLeefle ceW Deehetefle& mes efJeÅegle-ÛegbyekeâerÙe yeue efheIeueer ngF& Oeeleg
efÉleerÙekeâ Oeeje keâe ØeJeen veneR neslee, Dele: FmeceW henues mes ner ceW iebYeerj Gòespekeâ ef›eâÙee GlheVe keâjles nQ
õesefCekeâe ceW efheIeueer Oeeleg ÚesÌ[ oer peeleer nw~ (SSC JE- 2018)
GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe YebJej Oeeje leeheve ›eâes[ jefnle ØesjCe Yeªer
High Frequency Eddy Current Heating (Core Less Induction Furnace)
♦ For heating magnetic materials using induction
heating, eddy current and hysterisis losses are  ›eâes[ jefnle ØesjCe Yeªer ceW keâesF& ›eâes[ ØeÙeesie vener keâer peeleer nw
respectively proportional to– f 2 and f
FmeefueS FmeceW Heäuekeäme IevelJe yengle keâce GlheVe neslee nw~
 ÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLeex kesâ leeheve nsleg ØesjCe leeheve ØeÙegòeâ keâjves hej, YeBJej OeejeSB  B 2  f 2
YebJejOeeje SJeb efnmšsjsefmeme neefveÙeeB ›eâceMe: meceevegheeleer nesleer peneB B  Heäuekeäme IevelJe
nw– f 2 Deewj f kesâ f  DeeJe=efòe
(Uttarakhand AE- 2013)  FmeefueS efvecve Heäuekeäme IevelJe neefve keâer hetefle& kesâ efueS ØeeLeefcekeâ
kegâC[ueve ceW oer peeves Jeeueer ØeeLeefcekeâ Oeeje keâes GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe
♦ The range of supply frequency employed for keâe nesvee ÛeeefnS~
high-frequency eddy current heating is–
 Fme Øekeâej GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe keâer Oeeje keâes ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ Yeªer kesâ
10 kHz – 400 kHz keâesj keâes nšeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
 GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe YebJej Oeeje Éeje leeheve kesâ efueS efveÙeesefpele
Deehetefle& DeeJe=efòe keâer meercee nw–
10 efkeâueesnšddpe&-400efkeâueesnšdd&pe
[LMRC (SCTO) 2018]

♦ The method suitable for heating of conducting
medium is– Eddy current heating
 ÛeeuekeâerÙe ceeOÙece keâes iece& keâjves kesâ efueS GefÛele efJeefOe nw–
S[er Oeeje leeheve  Yeªer ceW ieuevejesOeer mlej ueieeÙee peelee nw, efpemekesâ Ûeejes Deesj
(SSC JE 2018) ØeeLeefcekeâ kegâC[efueÙeeB kegâC[efuele nesleer nw~
♦ Hysteresis loss and eddy current loss are used in–
 ØeeLeefcekeâ kegâC[efueÙeeB keâes KeesKeueer leeceü veefueÙees kesâ ®he ceW
yeveeÙee peelee nw~
Induction heating of steel
 ØeeLeefcekeâ kegâC[efueÙee Ûeepe& ceW YebJej Oeeje neefveÙeeB GlheVe keâjleer
 efnmšsefjefmeme neefve Deewj YeBJej Oeeje neefve....... ceW ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw~
nw– mšerue kesâ ØesjCe leeheve
 GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe kesâ keâejCe FmeceW efmkeâve Fhesâkeäš yeÌ{ peelee nw~
♦ The advantages of eddy current heating are–  efmkeâve Fhesâkeäš yeÌ{ves mes leeceü neefveÙeeB yeÌ{ peeleer nw~
Easy temperature control, little wastage of heat  DeeOegefvekeâ ›eâes[ jefnle YeefªÙees ceW DeeJe=efòe hejeme (500-
and possibility of heating in vacuum or other 1000) Hz neslee nw~
special atmosphere, heat can be made to  Deuhe cee$ee ceW heoeLe& keâes ieueeves leLee DevegmebOeeve keâeÙeeX kesâ
penetrate into metal surface to any desired efueS 100000 mes 1000000 Hz lekeâ keâer DeeJe=efòe ØeÙeesie
depth, the area of surface over which heat keâer peeleer nw~
is produced can be accurately controlled
 ›eâes[ jefnle ØesjCe YeefóÙeeW keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ yengle keâce (0.1)
 YeBJej Oeeje leeheve keâe ueeYe nw– lekeâ neslee nw~
Deemeeve leeheceeve efveÙeb$eCe, T<cee keâe yengle keâce ♦ In heating the ferromagnetic material by induction
vegkeâmeeve, efveJee&led Ùee DevÙe efJeefMe° JeeleeJejCe ceW leeheve heating, heat is produced due to–
keâer mebYeeJevee, Oeeleg keâer melen ceW efkeâmeer Yeer JeebefÚle hysteresis loss as well as eddy current loss
ienjeF& lekeâ ØeJesMe kesâ efueS T<cee yeveeF& pee mekeâleer nw,  ØesjCe leeheve Éeje hesâjescewivesefškeâ heoeLe& kesâ leeheve ceW, T<cee......
melen keâe #es$e efpeme hej T<cee keâe Glheeove neslee nw Gmes kesâ keâejCe GlheVe neslee nw–
ÙeLeeLe& ™he mes efveÙebef$ele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw efnmšsefjefmeme Deewj YebJej Oeeje neefve oesveeW
♦ An advantage of eddy current heating–  GÅeesie ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues efJeÅegle leeheve ceW Meeefceue nw-
The amount of heat generated can be hejeJewÅegle leeheve leLee Meefòeâ DeeJe=efòe
controlled accurately, heat at very high rate
can be generated, The area of the surface leLee efJeefkeâjCe leeheve
over which heat is produced can (UPRVUNL JE- 2016)
be accurately controlled
♦ A freshly painted layer may be dried
 Ye@Jej Oeeje leeheve keâe ueeYe nw– electronically– By dielectric heating
Glhevve nerš keâer cee$ee keâes mener mes efveÙebef$ele efkeâÙee pee  Skeâ leepeer heWš keâer ieF& Skeâ melen keâes Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ lejerkesâ mes
mekeâlee nw, yengle GÛÛe oj hej nerš Glhevve nes mekeâleer nw, megKeeÙee pee mekeâlee nw– hejeJewÅegle leeheve Éeje
efpeme melen hej nerš keâe Glheeove efkeâÙee peelee nw, Gmekeâe (SSC JE- 2017)
#es$e "erkeâ mes efveÙebef$ele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw ♦ The ideal method of heating plastics is–
hejeJewÅegle leeheve Dielectric heating
Dielectric Heating  hueeefmškeâ keâes iece& keâjves keâer DeeoMe& efJeefOe nw–
♦ Dielectric heating is also called– Volume heating hejeJewÅegle leeheve
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve keâe Skeâ DevÙe veece nw– DeeÙeleve leeheve (SSC JE- 2018)
(SSC JE- 2010) ♦ The most modern method for food processing is–
Dielectric heating
♦ The normal voltage used for dielectric heating is–
15 kV  hetâ[ Øeesmesefmebie kesâ efueS meyemes DeeOegefvekeâ efJeefOe nw–
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ nesves Jeeueer meeceevÙe Jeesušlee hejeJewÅegle leeheve
nw– 15 kV ♦ The main advantage of dielectric heating is that–
(Uttarakhand AE- 2013) Heating occurs in the material itself
♦ Method of heating in which the supply circuit is  hejeJewÅegle leeheve keâe cegKÙe ueeYe nw-
likely to have a leading power factor– heoeLeex ceW T<cee mJele: GlheVe nesleer nw
Dielectric heating
hejeJewÅegle leeheve keâe efmeæevle
 leeheve keâer Jen efJeefOe efpemeceW Deehetefle& heefjheLe De«eieeceer Meefkeäle
iegCekeâ jKelee nw– hejeJewÅegle leeheve (Law of Dielectric Heating)
(SSC JE- 2009), (NMRC JE- 2017),  efJeÅegleerÙe heoeLeeX keâes ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje kesâ efmLej efJeÅegleerÙe #es$e ceW
(UPRVUNL JE-2015) jKee peelee nw, lees hejeJewÅegle neefveÙeeB GlheVe nesleer nw, hejeJewÅegle
leeheve ceW Fve neefveÙeeW keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
♦ Dielectric heating is an industrial method
employed for heating of– Insulating materials  hejeJewÅegle leeheve Non-ferrous material kesâ efueS efkeâÙee
peelee nw~
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve Skeâ DeewÅeesefiekeâ leeheve efJeefOe nw pees
..........leeheve kesâ efueS keâeÙe&jle nw– kegâÛeeuekeâ heoeLeeX kesâ  [eFF&uesefkeäš^keâ nerefšbie ceW Oeeje hejeJewÅegle mes neskeâj ØeJeeefnle nesleer
nw~
DMRC JE 2017
 Plywood kesâ nerefšbie kesâ efueS DeeJe=efòe keâe ceeve (1–2)
♦ Which is used for heating of non-conducting MHz nesvee ÛeeefnS~
materials– Dielectric heating
 DeÛeeuekeâ heoeLeeX keâes iece& keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
nw– hejeJewÅegle leeheve
(LMRC SC/TO 2015), (LMRC JE- 2016)
(UPPCL JE- 2016)
♦ Electric heating is used in industry includes–
Dielectric heating and Power
frequency and radiant heating

 Dielectric nerefšbie ceW ØeÙegòeâ meeceevÙe Jeesušlee 1.5kV nw~  Deeke&â Yeªer keâes....... Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej Ûeueevee JeebefÚle neslee
 hee@Jej hewâkeäšj, [eFuesefkeäš^keâ nerefšbie kesâ kesâme ceW De«eieeceer neslee nw– 0.707 heMÛeieeceer
nw~ (SSC JE- 2018)
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve keâe ØeÙeesie KeeÅe heoeLeeX pewmeW heâueeW meefypeÙeeW ♦ The resistance of arc–
leLee lecyeeketâ kesâ efvepe&ueerkeâjCe ceW neslee nw~ Decreases with increase of the current
 Fmekeâe ØeÙeesie uekeâÌ[er keâes megKeeves, hueeF&Jeg[ keâer hejleeW kesâ yeerÛe  Deeke&â keâe ØeeflejesOe– Oeeje ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe keâce neslee nw
mejsme efÛehekeâeves ceW neslee nw~
(SSC JE- 2018)
 Fmekeâe ØeÙeesie yeesleuees ceW yebo otOe keâe leeheve leLee yeerÙej kesâ
heemÛegjerkeâjCe ceW neslee nw~ ♦ For power transformers employed for arc
furnaces, it is desirable to arrange the furnace and
 Fmekeâe ØeÙeesie Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ efmeueeF&, keâÛÛes hueeefmškeâ kesâ the transformer in such a way that leads are–
leeheve, jyej kesâ yeukeâveerkeâjCe leLee keâheÌ[e efceueeW ceW keâheÌ[eW keâes
megKeeves ceW neslee nw~ Shorter in length and placed close together
 Deeke&â heâvexme kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ Meefòeâ heefjCeeefce$e, heâvexme Deewj
♦ In dielectric heating current flows through– heefjCeeefce$e keâes Fme Øekeâej JÙeJeefmLele keâjvee JeebÚveerÙe neslee nw
Dielectric efkeâ Jes neW–
uecyeeF& ceW Úesšs leLee Skeâ–otmejs kesâ heeme efmLele
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve ceW Oeeje........ ceeOÙece mes ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw–
♦ Arc drawn between the two electrodes produces
hejeJewÅegle heat and has a temperature–
♦ The dielectric loss in a dielectric is proportional Between 1,000–3,5000C
to–
 oes Fueskeäšês[eW kesâ ceOÙe Deeke&â...........leeheceeve hej T<cee
The square of the voltage impressed on the Glheeefole keâjleer nw– 1,000–3,5000C kesâ ceOÙe
dielectric
♦ In arc furnace, energy losses that take place in the
 hejeJewÅegle ceW hejeJewÅegle neefve ……. kesâ meceevegheeleer neslee nw– furnace are–
hejeJewÅegle hej ueieeS ieS Jeesušspe kesâ Jeie& Losses through walls, losses through escape
♦ For dielectric heating, with the increase in mass gasses, losses through water cooling
of work piece, the optimum frequency ............ for  Deeke&â Yeªer ceW, Yeªer ceW nesves Jeeueer Tpee& neefveÙeeB nesleer nw–
maximum power transfer– Decreases
oerJeejeW mes neefveÙeeB, heueeÙeve iewmeeW kesâ ceeOÙece mes
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve kesâ efueS, keâeÙe&KeC[ kesâ õJÙeceeve ceW Je=efæ kesâ neefveÙeeB, peue Meerleueve mes neefveÙeeB
meeLe DeefOekeâlece Meefòeâ mLeeveeblejCe kesâ efueS Dee@efhškeâue
DeeJe=efòe– Iešleer nw ♦ In submerged arc furnaces the power is controlled
by–
♦ For dielectric heating the range of frequency
Varying the spacing between the electrodes,
normally employed is– 10 MHz to 30 MHz varying the voltage applied to the electrodes
 hejeJewÅegle leeheve kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: ØeÙegòeâ DeeJe=efòe keâer meercee  peueceive Deeke&â Yeªer ceW.......... Meefòeâ efveÙebef$ele keâer peeleer nw–
nesleer nw– 10 MHz to 30 MHz
Fueskeäšês[eW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ,
Deeke&â Yeóer Arc Furnaces Fueskeäšês[eW hej ØeÙegòeâ JeesušspeeW keâes heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ
♦ ............ used in arc furnaces are obtained by ♦ The heating elements to be used in vacuum
heating at very high temperature– furnaces should be of the material–
Graphite electrodes Tungsten because of low vapour pressure
 Deeke&â heâvexmespe ceW ØeÙegkeäle nesves Jeeues ............. keâes DelÙeefOekeâ  efveJee&led Yeóer ceW GheÙeesie nesves Jeeuee nerefšbie lelJe efkeâme heoeLe&
leeheceeve hej iece& keâjkesâ Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw– keâe nesvee ÛeeefnS– efvecve Jee<he oeye kesâ efueS šbiemšve
«esheâeFš Fueskeäšês[dme ♦ In arc furnace the function of choke is–
(MP JE- 2016) To stabilized the arc
♦ It is desirable to operate the arc furnaces at a  Deeke&â Yeªer ceW Ûeeskeâ keâe keâeÙe& neslee nw–
power factor of– 0.707 lagging Deeke&â keâes mLeeF& keâjvee
ØelÙe#e Deeke&â Yeªer DeØelÙe#e Deeke&â Yeªer
Direct Arc Furnaces Indirect Arc Furnaces
♦ For arc heating, the electrodes used are made of– ♦ The main application of indirect arc furnace is to
melt– Non–ferrous metals
Graphite
 DeØelÙe#e Deeke&â Yeªer keâe cegKÙe GheÙeesie .........keâes ieueevee
 Deeke&â nerefšbie kesâ efueS, efkeâme Oeeleg kesâ yeves Fueskeäšês[ ØeÙeesie
neslee nw– Deueewn OeelegDeeW
nesles nQ– «esheâeFš
(UPSSSC JE- 2015) (SSC JE- 2018)
♦ The power factor at which the direct arc furnace ♦ The method appropriate for heating of non–
operates is– Low lagging ferrous metal is– Indirect arc heating
 .......Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej ØelÙe#e Deeke&â heâvexme ØeÛeeefuele nesleer nw–  Deueewn OeelegDeeW kesâ leeheve kesâ efueS GefÛele efJeefOe nw–
efvecve he§eceeieer DeØelÙe#e Deeke&â leeheve
♦ In direct arc furnace .......... value is high current ♦ For intermittent work, furnaces is suitable–
 ØelÙe#e Deeke&â Yeóer ceW GÛÛe ceeve...........keâe neslee nw~ Oeeje Indirect arc furnace
ØelÙe#e Deeke&â YeefªÙee@  DeeblejeefÙekeâ keâeÙe& kesâ efueS, ............GheÙegkeäle neslee nw–
(Direct Arc Furnaces) DeØelÙe#e Deeke&â Yeªe
 Fme Øekeâej keâer YeefªÙeeW ceW Ûeepe&, otmejs Fueskeäšês[ keâe keâeÙe& DeØelÙe#e Deeke&â YeefªÙee@
keâjlee nw~
(Indirect Arc Furnaces)
 Fme Yeªer ceW «esheâeFš Ùee keâeye&ve kesâ oes Fueskeäšês[ nesles nw, leLee
Deeke&â oes mLeeveeW hej GlheVe neslee nw~  Fve YeefªÙeeW ceW kesâJeue oes ner Fueskeäšês[ ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw, FmeceW
 FmeceW Skeâ hesâpeer ØelÙe#e YeefªÙeeW ceW Fueskeäšês[ TOJee&Oej ™he mes kesâJeue Skeâ hesâpe mehueeF& ner ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~
Úle mes veerÛes keâer Deesj Ûeepe& kesâ melen kesâ Thej ueškesâ jnles
 Fme leeheceeve keâes efJeefkeâjCe Éeje DeeJesMe (Charge) mLeeveevleefjle
nw~
keâjles nw, Fmekeâe leeheceeve ØelÙe#e Deeke&â Yeªer mes keâce neslee nw~
 Fme DeeJesMe ceW keâesF& Oeeje ØeJeeefnle veneR nesleer nw~
 FmeceW ef$ehesâpe ØelÙe#e YeefªÙeeW ceW leerve Fueskeäšês[ meceyeeng ef$eYegpe

kesâ leerve keâesveeW hej TOJee&Oej ™he ceW Yeªer keâer Úle mes ueškesâ

jnles nQ, leLee Deeke&â GlheVe keâjles nw~
 Ùen YeefªÙee@ efvecve ieueveebkeâ kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ nesleer nw~
 ØelÙe#e Deeke&â YeefªÙee@ Fmheele Glheeove ceW ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~
 ØelÙe#e Deeke&â YeefªÙeeW keâe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ 0.8 lekeâ neslee nw~  DeØelÙe#e Deeke&â YeefªÙees keâe ØeÙeesie Deueewn OeelegDeeW (non-
ferrous metal) keâes efheIeueeves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Ùen YeefªÙeeB ØeeÙe: 5 mes 10 šve #ecelee keâer nesleer nw~ uesefkeâve
Deepekeâue 50 mes 100 šve keâer #ecelee lekeâ yeveeÙeer peeleer nw~  DeØelÙe#e Deeke&â YeefªÙeeW keâe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ 0.85 lekeâ neslee nw~

ceeF›eâesJesJe DeesJeve Microwave Oven  leeheceeve efveÙeb$eCe keâer ØeeflejesOe heefjJele&ve efJeefOe ceW ØeeflejesOe lelJeeW
keâes ............. ceW peesÌ[ keâj efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ Microwave ovens operate at a frequency of–
ßesCeer, meceeveeblej, ßesCeer-meceeveeblej mebÙeespeve,
2.45 GHz mšej-[suše mebÙeespeve
 ceeF›eâesJesJe Yeóer......keâer DeeJe=efòe hej keâeÙe& keâjleer nw– ♦ Control of power input to salt–bath furnace is
2.45 GHz affected by–
(BSNL TTA- 2016) Varying the depth of immersion of electrodes,
varying the distance between the electrodes,
♦ In a domestic cake baking oven the temperature is
controlled by– Series-parallel operation  vecekeâ T<cekeâ Yeªer ceW Meefòeâ Fvehegš keâe efveÙeb$eCe ØeYeeefJele
neslee nw–
 Skeâ Iejsuet kesâkeâ yesefkebâie-DeesJeve ceW leeheceeve efveÙebef$ele efkeâÙee
peelee nw– ßesCeer meceeveevlej Dee@hejsMeve Éeje Fueskeäšês[dme kesâ efJeme&peve keâer ienjeF& keâes yeoueves mes,
Fueskeäšês[eW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ yeoueves mes
Leceexmšsš (Thermostat) ♦ The heat in a resistance furnace is controlled by-
By changing the operation voltage, by
♦ Device is necessarily required for automatic
changing the Resistance of the heating circuit,
temperature control in a furnace– Thermostat
Periodic supply on and off
 Yeªer ceW mJele: leeheceeve efveÙev$eCe kesâ efueS ef[JeeFme pe¤jer nw-  ØeeflejesOe Yešdšer ceW T<cee efveÙebef$ele keâer peeleer nw–
Leceexmšsš ØeÛeeueve Jeesušspe yeouekeâj, nerefšbie heefjheLe kesâ ØeeflejesOe
(IOF 2014) yeouekeâj, meceÙe–meceÙe hej Deehetefle&
Ûeeuet Deewj yebo jKevee
heeÙejesceeršj (Pyrometer)
♦ The simplest and most commonly used method
♦ The temperature inside a furnace is usually for temperature control is–
measured by– Optical pyrometer
Change of connections of heating circuit
 Yešdšer kesâ Deboj keâe leeheceeve Deeceleewj hej.....Éeje ceehee peelee  leeheceeve efveÙeb$eCe kesâ efueS meyemes mejue Deewj meyemes DeefOekeâ
nw– Dee@efhškeâue heeFjesceeršj GheÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer efJeefOe nw–
(SSC JE - 2018) leeheve heefjheLe kesâ mebÙeesspeveeW keâes yeoue keâj
ØeeflejesOe Yeªer keâe leeheceeve efveÙeb$eCe ØeeflejesOe YeefóÙeeW kesâ leeheceeve efveÙeb$eCe
(Temperature Control of Resistance (Temperature Control of Resistance
Furnaces)
Furnaces)
♦ Methods is used to control temperature in 1. leeheve DeJeÙeJe keâer mebKÙee ceW heefjJele&ve keâjkesâ
resistance furnaces–
(By changing the number of heating
Variation of resistance, Variation of voltage, element)
Periodical switching on and off of the supply
2. mebÙeespeve keâes yeouekeâj
 ØeeflejesOe YeefªÙeeW ceW leeheceeve keâes efveÙebef$ele keâjves kesâ efueS
(By changing in connection)
efJeefOeÙeeW keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
3. ceOÙeJeleea efmJeÛe kesâ Éeje
ØeeflejesOe keâes yeouekeâj, Jeesušspe keâes yeouekeâj,
(By intermittent switching)
mehueeF& keâes DeeJeefOekeâ efmJeefÛebie Dee@ve
4. ØeÙegòeâ Jeesušspe heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ
leLee Dee@Heâ keâjkesâ
(By changing of applied voltage)
♦ Resistance variation method of temperature
5. Dee@šes šêbmeHeâe@ce&j kesâ Éeje efveÙeb$eCe
control is done by connecting resistance elements
in– (By Auto transformer control)
Series (high volts), parallel (high current), 6. mJeÛeeefuele efveÙeb$eCe Éeje
series-parallel connections, star-delta
(By automatic control)
connections
T<cee mLeeveevlejCe efJeefOe  Ùen efmeæeble õJe heoeLeeX ceW ueeiet neslee nw~
Heat Transfer Method  Fme efJeefOe keâe meyemes meeceevÙe GoenjCe immersion heater
Éeje heeveer iece& keâjvee nw~
♦ The quantity of heat absorbed from the heater by
convection depends upon– (iii) efJeefkeâjCe (Radiation)
The temperature of heating element, The  Fme efJeefOe ceW leehe, leehe lejbiees (Heat wave) Éeje
surface area of the heater, The position mLeeveevleefjle neslee nw~
of the heater
 leehe lejbies oes heoeLeeX kesâ yeerÛe kesâ ceeOÙece keâes iece& veneR keâjleer
 mebJenve kesâ Éeje neršj mes DeJeMeesef<ele T<cee keâer cee$ee efveYe&j nQ, hejvleg Fve lejbiees keâe DeJejesOe keâjves Jeeues heoeLeeX keâes iece&
keâjleer nw– leeheve lelJe kesâ leeheceeve hej neršj kesâ he=‰erÙe keâj osleer nQ~
#es$eHeâue hej neršj keâer efmLeefle hej  mLeeveevleefjle T<cee leLee leeheceeve ceW Devlej kesâ ceOÙe mebyebOe keâes
(SSC JE- 2018) Jew%eeefvekeâ mšerheâve efJeefueÙece ne@efkebâie ves efoÙee~ GoenjCe: metÙe&
kesâ leehe keâe he=LJeer hej hengbÛevee Deeefo~
♦ The highest value of thermal conductivity has–
Solid ice ke=âef<Cekeâe efheb[
 T<ceerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve nesiee– "esme yeHe&â keâe
(Black Body)
(SSC JE- 2018)
♦ A body at temp T Kelvin radiates heat in
♦ Heat is transferred simultaneously by conduction, proportion to– T4
convection and radiation– Inside boiler furnaces
 Skeâ efheC[ pees T kewâefuJeve leehe hej T<cee efJeefkeâefjle keâjlee nw~
 T<cee keâe mLeeveevlejCe Ûeeueve, mebJenve Deewj efJeefkeâjCe leerveeW efJeefkeâjCe meceevegheeleer nw– T4
efJeefOeÙeeW Éeje Skeâ meeLe neslee nw– yee@Ùeuej Yeóer kesâ Yeerlej
(UJVNL-2016)
♦ The highest value of thermal conductivity is for–
Diamond > Silver > Copper ♦ A black body when heated to............emits the
maximum energy in the visible spectrum range–
 leeheerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee keâe GÛÛe ceeve neslee nw–
6520ºC
nerje > ÛeeBoer > leeByee
 Skeâ ke=âef<Cekeâe (yuewkeâ yee@[er) keâes...........lekeâ iejce keâjves hej
T<cee mLeeveevlejCe keâer efJeefOeÙeeB ÂMÙe (efJeef]peyeue) mheskeäš^ce jWpe ceW DeefOekeâlece Tpee& Glmee|pele
(Methods of Heat Transferring) keâjleer nw– 6520ºC
(SSC JE- 2017)
heoeLeex ceW T<cee keâe ØeJeen leeheevlej kesâ keâejCe neslee nw~ leehe
Ùee T<cee mLeeveevlejCe keâer efvecve efJeefOeÙee@ nw– ♦ Absorptivity of a perfect black body is– 1
(i) Ûeeueve (Conduction)  Skeâ hetCe& keâeuee efheC[ keâer DeJeMees<ekeâlee nesleer nw– 1
 efkeâmeer heoeLe& kesâ Skeâ Yeeie mes otmejs Yeeie ceW leehe keâe ØeJeen Gme (UPPCL JE- 2016)
heoeLe& kesâ oesveeW YeeieeW kesâ leehe Devlej hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~ ♦ A perfect black body is one which–
 FmeceW heoeLe& kesâ leeheerÙe DeCeg Deheves efvekeâšJeleea DeCeg keâes Deheveer Absorbs all incident radiations
T<cee Ùee leehe mLeeveevleefjle keâj osles nw~
 Gòece ke=âef<Cekeâe Jen nw pees-
 FmeceW leehe ØeJeen leye lekeâ efvejblej yevee jnlee nw, peye lekeâ
DeCegDeeW kesâ ceOÙe leeheevlej jnsiee~ meYeer Deeheeflele efJeefkeâjCeeW keâes
 Ùen efmeæeble "esme heoeLeeX ceW ueeiet neslee nQ, Goe. kesâ efueS DeJeMeesef<ele keâjleer nw
keâesÙeuee Ùee uekeâÌ[er keâer meeceevÙe DeewÅeesefiekeâ YeefóÙee DeLeJee SSC-JE 2018
Keevee hekeâeves keâer YeefóÙeeb Deeefo~
♦ A body reflecting entire radiations incidenting on
(ii) mebJenve (Convection) it called the– White body
 FmeceW leeheerÙe DeCeg mJeÙeb Ûeuekeâj, ogmejs DeCegDees keâes T<cee  Skeâ Ssmee efheb[ pees Deheves Thej Deeheeflele mechetCe& efJeefkeâjCe keâes
Øeoeve keâjles nw~ hejeJeefle&le keâj oslee nw keânueelee nw– mehesâo he=‰
JewÅegle Jesefu[bie (Electric Welding)
heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) Which type of welding is shown in the given

figure? Ultrasonic welding
 Which type of welding is shown in the given figure.
Projection welding  oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW efkeâme Øekeâej keâer Jesefu[bie keâes oMee&Ùee ieÙee
nw-
Deušêmeesefvekeâ Jesefu[bie
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
 Which type of heating is applied for paint drying
and foundry molding?
Radiant heating
 oer ieF& Deeke=âefle ceW efkeâme Øekeâej keâer Jesefu[bie keâes oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw-
Øe#esheCe Jesefu[bie  heWš megKeeves Deewj heâeGb[êr ceesefu[bie kesâ efueS efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) leeheve keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw - efJeefkeâjCe leeheve
 An electrical welding machine usually operates under
which scenarios- Low voltage and high current (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
 Skeâ efJeÅegle Jesefu[bie ceMeerve Deeceleewj hej efkeâme heefjÂMÙeeW ceW keâece  Projection welding is a type of ....... welding. Spot
keâjleer nw- efvecve Jeesušspe Deewj GÛÛe Oeeje  ØeespeskeäMeve Jesefu[bie ........ Jesefu[bie keâe Skeâ Øekeâej nw~ mhee@š
 (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
Note -
 Statement about Butt welding-
µ Upset Butt welding is used for welding rods.
* Percussion welding is a self timing spot welding
method.
* Aluminium alloys are flash welded.

yeš Jesefu[bie kesâ mevoYe& ceW keâLeve nw- veesš–
µ mLetue škeäkeâj Jesefu[bie keâe GheÙeesie ÚÌ[ Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS efkeâÙee ∎ Deušêmeesefvekeâ Jesefu[bie keâe GheÙeesie Fuesefkeäš^keâue Deewj
peelee nw~ keâchÙetšj ueeskeâesceesefšJe Deewj SÙejesmhesme, efÛeefkeâlmee Deewj
µ DeeIeele Jesefu[bie Skeâ mJe šeFefcebie mhee@š Jesefu[bie efJeefOe nw~ hewkesâefpebie meefnle keâF& GÅeesieeW ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
µ SuÙetceerefveÙece efceße Oeeleg heäuewMe Jesu[s[ nw~ ∎ hejceeCeg FËOeve lelJeeW kesâ efvecee&Ce ceW End plug welding
 Which is a non-consumable electrode- Tungsten
meyemes cenlJehetCe& Øeef›eâÙee nw~
 keâewve mee Skeâ iewj-GheYeespÙe Fueskeäšês[ nw- šbiemšve  In which aspects is DC welding better than A.C.
welding -Arc stability
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
 Arc welding works on- Both AC and DC
 efkeâme DeJemLee ceW [er. meer. Jesefu[bie, S.meer Jesefu[bie mes yesnlej nesleer
nw -Deeke&â efmLejlee
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie keâeÙe& keâjlee nw- AC leLee DC oesveeW hej
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
 In which methods of welding is a transducer used
 Filler metal is .......... in case of resistance welding- to convert high frequency electric power into
Not required vibratory energy– Ultrasonic Welding
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie kesâ ceeceues ceW efHeâuej Oeeleg keâer........ nesleer nw-  Jesefub[ie kesâ efkeâme efJeefOe ceW šêbme[dÙetmej keâe GheÙeesie GÛÛe
DeeJe=efòe Jeeueer efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâes keâchevve Tpee& ceW heefjJeefle&le
DeeJeMÙekeâlee vener
keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw- Deušêmeesefvekeâ Jesefu[bie
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
 Which characteristics should be possed by a properly
made weld- A.C. welding D.C. welding
The weld should not crack in the bent test
šêbmeheâece&j keâer o#elee GÛÛe pevejsšj mesš keâer o#elee
There should be no scum imbedded in the weld. nesleer nw~ keâce nesleer nw~
Electrode distance variation should be minimum
 keâewve meer efJeMes<elee "erkeâ mes yeveeS ieÙes Jesu[ ceW nesveer ÛeeefnS- Devegj#eCe JÙeÙe keâce neslee nw~ Devegj#eCe JÙeÙe pÙeeoe
neslee nw
yesvš hejer#eCe ceW Jesu[ keâes ›ewâkeâ vener nesvee ÛeeefnS
Jesu[ ceW keâesF& cewue vener nesvee ÛeeefnS Fmekeâer ueeiele Dehes#eeke=âle keâce Fmekeâer ueeiele Dehes#eeke=âle
nesleer nw~ DeefOekeâ nesleer nw~
Fueskeäšês[ otjer efYeVelee vÙetvelece nesveer ÛeeefnS
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
OegÇJelee mLeeÙeer vener nesleer nw~ OegÇJelee mLeeÙeer nesleer nw~
 What is the main purpose of using the light coating arc stability DeÛÚer veneR arc stability DeÛÚer
layer on the electrode- To increase arc stability nesleer nw~ nesleer nw~
 Fueskeäšês[ hej ueeFš keâesefšbie hejle keâe GheÙeesie keâjves keâe cegKÙe

GösMÙe keäÙee nw- Deeke&â mšsefyeefuešer yeÌ{eves kesâ efueS
 Example of inert gas welding is–
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
TIG welding, MIG welding, MAG welding
 Ultrasonic welding uses high frequency to heat up the
required metals. In which cases ultrasonic welding is  Deef›eâÙe iewme Jesefub[ie keâe GoenjCe nw-
not used- TIG Jesefub[ie, MIG Jesefub[ie, MAG Jesefu[bie
Fabricating nuclear fuel elements
 Deušêmeesefvekeâ Jesefu[bie DeeJeMÙekeâ OeelegDeeW keâes iece& keâjves kesâ efueS  Which methods of welding does not require
GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe keâe GheÙeesie keâjleer nw~ efkeâme ceeceues ceW Deušêmeesefvekeâ electrode– Laser beam welding
Jesefu[bie keâe GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee peelee nw-
 Jesefub[ie kesâ efkeâme efJeefOe ceW Fueskeäšês[ keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee veneR
hejceeCeg FËOeve lelJeeW keâe efvecee&Ce nesleer nw- uespej yeerce Jesefub[ie
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021 (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)
 In electric arc welding, the deflection of the arc from  The electrode in a helium arc welding is made of-
the weld point is called– Arc blow
Tungsten
 JewÅegle Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Jesu[ efyevog mes Deeke&â keâe efJe#esheCe keânueelee  nerefueÙece Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW, Fueskeäšês[......... keâe yevee neslee
nw– Deeke&â yuees nw~ šbiemšve
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 In electrical resistance welding material of electrode
should have– B
♦ Arc voltage is given by equation– e0 = A +
i
Higher electrical conductivities,
Higher thermal conductivities, sufficient strength  Deeke&â Jeesušspe,........ meceerkeâjCe Éeje efoÙee peelee nw-
B
to sustain high pressure at elevates temperatures e0 = A +
i
 efJeÅegle ØeeflejesOe ceW Fueskeäšês[ keâer Jesefu[bie meece«eer ceW nesvee ÛeeefnS–
(UPSSSC JE- 2015)
GÛÛe efJeÅegle Ûeeuekeâlee, GÛÛe leeheerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee, TBÛes ♦ The exposed surface of the weld is– Weld face
leeheceeve hej GÛÛe oyeeJe yeveeS jKeves kesâ  Jesu[ keâer Gpeeiej melen nw– Jesu[ hesâme
efueS heÙee&hle meeceLÙe& (UPPCL JE- 2016)
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) ♦ The electric welding not done directly from the
 The unit of peltier coefficient is– JC–1 supply mains because–
 hesefušÙej iegCeebkeâ keâer FkeâeF& nw– JC–1 It is impracticable to draw heavy currents
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021)  JewÅegle Jesefu[bie keâes meerOes Deehetefle& veneR keâer peeleer nw–
(DMRC JE - 20.02.2020) Ùen Yeejer Oeeje uesves kesâ efueS DeJÙeJeneefjkeâ nw
 In arc welding, the establishment of arc is (MPPKVVCL- 2017)
produced by - Electrical energy
♦ In a linear arc welding process, the heat input per
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW, Deeke&â keâer mLeehevee....... Éeje keâer peeleer nw~ unit length is inversely proportional to–
efJeÅegle Tpee& Welding speed
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)  Skeâ jwefKekeâ Ûeehe JeseEu[ie Øeef›eâÙee ceW Øeefle FkeâeF& uecyeeF& T<cee
 When 't' is the thickness of the sheets, the tip Fvehegš JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw– JeseEu[ie ieefle
diameter for spot-welding is usually - t (UP Jal Nigam AE- 2016)
 peye Ûeeoj keâer ceesšeF& t nesleer nw lees mhee@š Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS ♦ Electrodes used for welding aluminium alloys
veeWkeâ keâe JÙeeme Deeceleewj hej neslee nw - t are– Hard drawn copper
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)  SuÙetceerefveÙece efceßeOeeleg kesâ Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves
SSC JE- 2011 Jeeues Fueskeäšês[dme nQ– keâ"esj keâef<e&le leeByee
 The arc utilized in electric arc welding is a - (UPPCL JE- 2018)
Low voltage, high current ♦ As the thickness of the part to be welded
increases, ............... parameter for AC welding
 efJeÅegle Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Deeke&â keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw - should also increase– Current
efvecve Jeesušlee, GÛÛe Oeeje hej  pewmes-pewmes Jesu[ efkeâS peeves Jeeues Yeeie keâer ceesšeF& yeÌ{eF& peeleer
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) nw, leye AC Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS ........ hewjeceeršj ceW Je=efæ nesveer
 Resistance welding can be used for
ÛeeefnS– Oeeje
-Steel, ferrous metals (SSC JE- 2018)
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie ...... kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw ♦ The welding electric circuit is– Always earthed
-mšerue, ueewn Oeeleg  Jesefu[bie efJeÅegle heefjheLe neslee nw– ncesMee Yet-mecheefke&âle
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021) (SSC JE- 2018)
♦ The load power factor using welding transformer  efMejesheefj Jesefu[bie efmLeefle keâes meyemes DeefOekeâ ...... ceevee peelee
depends on– Material to be welded nw- Kelejveekeâ
 Jesefu[bie heefjCeeefce$e keâe ØeÙeesie keâjves hej Yeej Meefòeâ iegCekeâ ♦ Proper selection of welding depends upon, in
efveYe&j keâjlee nw– Jesu[ nesves Jeeues heoeLe& hej addition to cost involved–
♦ In welding, weld spatter defect is generally Kinds of metals to be joined, nature

because of too ............... during welding– of products to be fabricated,
High current production technique used
 Jesefu[bie ceW Jesu[ ÚeRšs oes<e Jesefu[bie kesâ oewjeve........kesâ keâejCe  Jesefu[bie keâe GefÛele ÛeÙeve Meeefceue ueeiele kesâ Deefleefjòeâ,.... hej
neslee nw– GÛÛe Oeeje efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
♦ Welding leads have– pegÌ[ves Jeeueer Oeeleg kesâ Øekeâej, HewâyeÇerkesâšs[ efkeâS peeves
Jeeues Glheeo keâer Øeke=âefle, GheÙeesie keâer
High current carrying capacity, high flexibility
ieF& Glheeove lekeâveerkeâ
 Jesefu[bie ueer[dme ceW neslee nw–
♦ The metal surfaces for electrical resistance
GÛÛe Oeeje Jenve #ecelee, GÛÛe ueÛeerueeheve welding must be– Cleaned
♦ The welding load– Is always intermittent  JewÅegle ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS Oeeleg melen nesveer ÛeeefnS–
 Jesefu[bie Yeej– meowJe DeeblejeefÙekeâ neslee nw mJeÛÚ
♦ In electric welding, arc blow can be avoided by– ♦ In electric resistance welding–
Using ac machines
The current required exceeds 100 A, the
voltage required ranges from 4 to 12 V, the
 JewÅegle Jesefu[bie ceW Deeke&â yuees ................ otj efkeâÙee pee
amount of power supplied to the weld usually
mekeâlee nw– S0meer0 ceMeerve keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ ranges from 60 watts to 80 watts for each
square mm of area
♦ Electrode of 8 SWG is to be employed for
welding two 12.5 mm steel plates. The current  JewÅegle ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie ceW–
required will of the order of– 150 A DeeJeMÙekeâ Oeeje 100 A mes DeefOekeâ nesleer nw, DeeJeMÙekeâ
Jeesušlee keâer meercee 4 mes 12 V nesleer nw, Jesu[ keâes
 oes 12.5 mm mšerue huesš kesâ Jesefu[bie nsleg 8 SWG keâe
Deehetefle&& keâer peeves Jeeueer Meefòeâ keâer cee$ee keâer meercee
Fueskeäšês[ ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peevee nw~ DeeJeMÙekeâ Oeeje nesieer–
meeceevÙele: 60–80 Jeeš ØelÙeskeâ Jeie&
150 A
efceueerceeršj #es$eheâue nesleer nw
♦ The purpose of coating on arc welding electrodes
is to– ♦ Resistance to the flow of current is made of–
Resistance of current path in the work,

Provide a protective covering, provide slag for
resistance between the contact surface of the
protection of the molten metal, stabilize the arc
parts being welded, resistance between the
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie Fueskeäšês[ keâes uesefhele keâjves keâe GösMÙe neslee nw– electrodes and the surface of the parts being
welded
megj#eelcekeâ keâJej Øeoeve keâjvee, efheIeueer Oeeleg kesâ megj#ee  Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen keâe ØeeflejesOe yevee neslee nw–
nsleg muewie Øeoeve keâjvee, Deeke&â keâes mLeeÙeer keâjvee keâeÙe& ceW Oeeje heLe keâe ØeeflejesOe, Jesu[ nesves Jeeues YeeieeW
♦ Overhead welding position is thought to be the
kesâ mecheke&â meleneW kesâ ceOÙe keâe ØeeflejesOe, Jesu[ nesves Jeeues
most– Hazardous YeeieeW kesâ meleneW Deewj Fueskeäšês[ kesâ ceOÙe keâe ØeeflejesOe

Jesefu[bie kesâ efJeefYeVe Øekeâej (Type of Welding)

ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie ♦ A 10 SWG electrode usually operates in the
current range of– 95–135 A
Resistance Welding  10 SWG Fueskeäšês[ meeceevÙele: .......... Oeeje lekeâ ØeÛeeefuele
♦ During the resistance welding heat produced at neslee nw– 95–135 A
the joint is proportional to– I2R
♦ The length of arc required depends on–
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefub[ie kesâ oewjeve mebefOe hej GlheVe T<cee...... kesâ
Kind of electrodes used, its coating and its
Deveg›eâceevegheeleer nesleer nw– I2R diameter, magnitude of current used,
(SSC JE- 2015) position of welding
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)  DeeJeMÙekeâ Deeke&â keâer uecyeeF& efveYe&j keâjleer nw–
♦ The resistance welding process requires a–
ØeÙegòeâ Fueskeäšês[ kesâ Øekeâej, Fmekesâ uesheve Deewj Fmekesâ
JÙeeme hej, ØeÙegòeâ Oeeje kesâ heefjceeCe hej,
High value of ac current at low voltage
Jesefu[bie keâer efmLeefle hej
 ØeeflejesOe Jesu[ve Øeef›eâÙee kesâ efueS pe™jle nesleer nw–
♦ The electrode is coated to–
vÙetve Jeesušlee hej S.meer. Oeeje kesâ GÛÛe ceeve keâer Improve bead quality
(SSC JE- 2010)  ....... Fueskeäšês[ uesefhele neslee nw-
♦ Resistance welding cannot be used for– Fueskeäšês[ kesâ GYeej iegCeJeòee megOeejves nsleg
Dielectrics
♦ In percussion welding–
 ØeeflejesOe Jesequ[bie ........... kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie veneR keâer pee mekeâleer
The process used depends on the arc effect for
nw– hejeJewÅegle heating and not on the resistance, the action of
(LMRC JE- 2016) process is so rapid that there is little heating
effect in the material adjacent to the weld,
♦ State an example of plastic welding– the equipment used is quite expensive
Resistance welding  škeäkeâj Jesefu[bie ceW–
 hueeefmškeâ Jesefu[bie keâe Skeâ GoenjCe yeleeSb– leeheve kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer Øeef›eâÙee ØeeflejesOe
ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie hej vener yeefukeâ Dee@ke&â kesâ ØeYeeJe hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw,
Øeef›eâÙee keâer ef›eâÙee Fleveer leer›e nesleer nw efkeâ Jesu[ mes mešs
(UPPCL JE- 2018), (MP Sub Engineer- 2018) heoeLe& ceW LeesÌ[e mee leeheve ØeYeeJe neslee nw, GheÙeesie
♦ In resistance welding, the SCR contactor will efkeâS peeves Jeeues GhekeâjCe keâeheâer cenbies nesles nQ
close during– Weld time
♦ In electrical resistance welding the greatest
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie ceW, SCR mebheke&âve..............kesâ oewjeve yebo resistance is offered by–
nes peelee nw– Jesu[ DeJeefOe Contact layer of metals to be welded
(SSC JE- 2018)  JewÅegle ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie ceW DeefOekeâlece ØeeflejesOe ...............
♦ The main drawback of resistance welding is– Éeje ØemleeefJele neslee nwb–
Jesu[ keâer peeves Jeeueer Oeeleg keâer mecheke&â hejle
High initial cost and high maintenance cost
♦ In spot welding–
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie keâer meyemes yeÌ[er DemegefJeOee ................ nw
Maximum resistance is at the interface
–GÛÛe ØeejefcYekeâ kesâ meeLe ner meeLe jKejKeeJe keâer between two sheets
GÛÛe ueeiele  mhee@š Jesefu[bie ceW–
(SSC JE- 2018) DeefOekeâlece ØeeflejesOe oes ÛeeojeW kesâ yeerÛe kesâ
♦ Steel pipes are manufactured by– efceueveefyevog hej neslee nw
Resistance welding (UPPCL JE- 2016)
 mšerue heeFhe....... kesâ Éeje efveefce&le efkeâS peeles nQ– ♦ In spot welding, electric supply used is–
ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie Low voltage high current

 mhee@š Jesefu[bie ceW ØeÙeesie Deeves Jeeueer mehueeF& nw–  mhee@š Jesefu[bie ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw–
efvecve Jeesušlee GÛÛe Oeeje heleueer Oeeleg ÛeeojeW ceW (ceesšeF& meeceevÙele:
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) 10 mes 12 efceceer. nes )
♦ Commonly used method of welding to make lap ♦ Spot welding– Provides mechanical strength
welds of thin sheets is– Spot welding
 mhee@š Jesefu[bie– Ùeebef$ekeâ meeceLÙe& Øeoeve keâjlee nw
 heleues Meerš keâe uewhe Jessu[ yeveeves kesâ efueS Jesefu[bie keâer
♦ Spot welding process basically depends on–
meeceevÙe efJeefOe ØeÙeesie nesleer nw– mheeš Jesefu[bie
Generation of heat, application
(DMRC JE- 2017)
of forging pressure
♦ The tips of the electrodes , for spot welding are
made of– Copper alloy or pure copper  mhee@š Jesefu[bie Øeef›eâÙee cetuele: efveYe&j keâjleer nw–
 mhee@š Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS Fueskeäšês[dme keâer veeskeâ yeveer nesleer nw– T<cee kesâ peveve hej, heâesefpeËie oeye kesâ
leebyes keâer efceßeOeeleg Ùee efJeMegæ leebyes keâer DevegØeÙeesie hej
(SSC JE- 2018) ♦ In spot welding, composition and thickness of the
base metal determines the–
♦ Used for welding of car body– Spot
Holding time, amount of weld current,
 keâej kesâ DeeJejCe keâes Jesu[ keâjves nsleg GheÙeesie keâer peeleer nw–
amount of squeeze pressure
mhee@š
 mhee@š Jesefu[bie ceW, yesme cesšue keâer mebjÛevee Deewj ceesšeF&
♦ Spot welding is employed for– efveOee&efjle keâjleer nw –
Thin metal sheets (thickness being usually nesefu[bie meceÙe, Jesu[ Oeeje keâer cee$ee,
limited to 10–12 mm) efveÛeesÌ[ oeye keâer cee$ee
ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie
(Resistance Welding)
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie ceW pees[Ì er peeves Jeeueer OeelegDeeW kesâ ieueve nsleg DeeJeMÙekeâ leehe met$e H = I2Rt Éeje GlheVe G<cee mes Øeehle neslee nw~
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS A.C. Supply yengle GheÙegòeâ neslee nw~
 ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie Pressure welding nesleer nw~
ØeeflejesOe Jesefu[bie kesâ Øekeâej–
(i) yeš Ùee škeäkeâj Jesefu[bie (Butt welding)
(ii) mhee@š Ùee efyevog Jesefu[bie (spot welding)
(iii) meerJeve Jesefu[bie (seam welding)
(iv) GYeej Ùee Øe#eshe Jesefu[bie (projection welding)
(i) yeš Jesefu[bie Ùee škeäkeâj Jesefu[bie- Ùen oes Øekeâej keâe neslee nw–
(a) mLetue Ùee mejue škeäkeâj Jesefu[bie (Upset or Simple Butt Welding)-
 Fme efJeefOe ceW peesÌ[s peeves Jeeues Oeeleg kesâ šgkeâÌ[eW keâes Deeceves-meeceves efceueekeâj Jesefu[bie ceMeerve kesâ keäuewche Øee™heer Fueskeäšês[ keâes keäuewche mes
keâme keâj efJeÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw efpemekesâ keâejCe Oeeleg kesâ efmejes keâe leeheceeve mecheke&â ØeeflejesOe kesâ keâejCe ieueveebkeâ efyevog lekeâ
hengBÛe peelee nw~ Fme efmLeefle ceW Ûeue Fueskeäšês[ keâer Deesj mes Ùeebef$ekeâ oeye efoÙee peelee nw~ "C[e nessves hej oesvees efmejs pegÌ[ peeles nw~
 Simple Butt welding ceW mehueeF& Jeesušlee 2 mes 8 Jeesuš leLee Oeeje 50 SefcheÙej mes keâF& meew SefcheÙej lekeâ keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer
nw~
 Fme efJeefOe mes šŸetyees, ÚÌ[es leLee leejes keâes pees[Ì e peelee nw~

(b) Ûecekeâ škeäkeâj Jesefu[bie (Flash Butt Welding)
 Fme efJeefOe ceW Oeeleg kesâ oesveeW efmejeW keâes Skeâ otmejs mes mheMe& keâjles ngÙes veneR jKee peelee nw~
 Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâjves kesâ heMÛeeled oesveeW efmejeW keâes Oeerjs-Oeerjs meceerhe ueeÙee peelee nw, meceerhe hengbÛeles ner oesveeW efmejeW kesâ ceOÙe Skeâ Deeke&â GlheVe
neslee nw, efpemekesâ keâejCe efmejeW keâe leeheceeve ieueveeBkeâ efyevog lekeâ hengbÛe peelee nw~
 pewmes ner Jesefu[bie leeheceeve Øeehle neslee nw, Ûeue Fuewkeäšês[ keâer Deesj mes Ùeebef$ekeâ oeye efoÙee peelee nw leLee mehueeF& keâeš oer peeleer nw leLee
oesveeW efmejeW hej ueieer Oeeleg Ùee muewie efÛebieeefjÙeeW kesâ ™he ceW efÚškeâ keâj yeenj efvekeâue peeleer nw leLee Megæ OeelegÙeW hejmhej pegÌ[ peeleer nw leLee
mJeÛÚ Jesu[ve Øeehle neslee nw~
 Flash Butt welding ceW mehueeF& Jeesušlee 1 mes 20 Jeesuš lekeâ ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw~
 pemlee (Zinc) meermee (Lead), Svšerceveer (Antimony) efJemceLe (Bismith) leLee Fvekesâ efceße OeelegDees keâes ÚesÌ[keâj ØeeÙe: meYeer OeelegDeeW
keâer ÚÌ[es, šŸetyees leLee leejes keâes Fme efJeefOe Éeje peesÌ[e pee mekeâlee nw~
(ii) efyevog Jesefu[bie (Spot Welding)-
 Oeeleg keâer ÛeeojeW keâes pees[Ì ves kesâ efueS mhee@š Jesefu[bie keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Fme Øekeâej kesâ peesÌ[ kesâJeue Ùeebef$ekeâ meeceLÙe& Øeoeve keâjles nw leLee peue men Ùee JeeÙegjesOekeâ veneR nesles~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW oes Fueskeäšês[es kesâ yeerÛe ceW Oeeleg keâer Ûeeojes keâes efpeme efyevog hej peesÌ[vee neslee nw jKee peelee nw~ Oeeje ØeJeen keâjves kesâ yeeo
Ûeue Fueskeäšês[ Éeje Ùeebef$ekeâ oeye ueieeÙee peelee nw~ efpememes oesveeW Oeeleg Ûeeojes kesâ ceOÙe Oeeje ØeJeen leLee mecheke&â ØeeflejesOe kesâ keâejCe
DeefOekeâ leehe GlheVe neslee nw, efpememes oesveeW Ûeeojs mecheke&â efyevog hej efheIeue keâj pegÌ[ peeleer nw~
 Spot welding ceW electrodes kesâ tip keâes keâe@hej Suee@Ùe Ùee keâe@hej (Megæ) keâe yeveeÙee peelee nw~
 Spot welding ceW ceMeerve keâe hee@Jej hewâkeäšj ueieYeie 0.3 mes 0.5 lekeâ uewefiebie neslee nw~
 Spot welding ceW ueieYeie 2V keâer Jeesušlee hej 5000A lekeâ ner Oeeje ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw~
 Oeeje ØeJeeefnle efkeâÙes peeves keâe meceÙe Oeeleg Ûeeojes keâer ceesšeF& hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~
 Fme Øekeâej kesâ pees[Ì es keâe GheÙeesie Oeeleg Ûeeojes keâes peesÌ[ves ceW efjJesš peesÌ[ keâer lejn efkeâÙee peelee nw peneB hej JeeÙegjesOeve Je õJejesOeve keâer
DeeJeMÙekeâlee vener nesleer nw~
 1.25mm ceesšer ÛeeojeW ceW ÛeÌ{eJe pees[Ì (Lap Joint) yeveeves ceW Yeer Fmekeâe GheÙeesie neslee nw~
(iii) meerce Jesefu[bie (Seam Welding)-
 Ùen (Spot) Jesefu[bie keâe megOeje ngDee ™he nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW spot welding kesâ Fueskeäšês[eW kesâ mLeeve hej oes Ûeue heefnÙes (Revolving wheels) ueies jnles nw, pees efkeâ keâeÙe& Jemleg kesâ
Thej veerÛes Ùeebef$ekeâ oeye osles ngS Ûeueles nw~
 Fme efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie Skeâ kesâ Thej Skeâ jKeer oes Oeeleg Ûeeojes keâes melele peesÌ[ves ceW neslee nw~
 FmeceW Oeeje keâe ØeJeen ®keâ-®keâ keâj (intermittent) neslee nw~
 Fmekeâe GheÙeesie šêbmeheâece&j kesâ šQkeâ, eføeâpe, nJeeF& penepe kesâ šQkeâ, mketâšj, keâej Deeefo keâer šbefkeâÙeeb, efJeefYeVe Øekeâej kesâ ef[yyees keâes yevo
keâjves FlÙeeefo ceW efkeâÙes peeles nw~
(iv) GYeej Ùee Øe#eshe Jesefu[bie (Projection Welding)-
 Øe#eshe Jesefu[bie Skeâ Øekeâej keâe efyevog Jesefu[bie ner nw, Devlej kesâJeue Flevee nw efkeâ Fme efJeefOe ceW Oeeleg ÛeeojeW ceW mes Skeâ ceW DeLeJee oesveeW cesW
peesÌ[s peeves Jeeues efyevogDeeW ceW Ùeebef$ekeâ oeye oskeâj GYeej Ùee Øe#eshe GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 peye oesvees huesšes keâes Skeâ-otmejs kesâ Thej jKee peelee nw lees oesvees huesšes keâe hejmhej mecheke&â kesâJeue GYeej efyevogDeeW hej neslee nw~ Jesefu[bie
keâjles meceÙe Fueskeäšês[es ceW Oeeje ØeJeen keâjves hej kesâJeue mecheke&â efyevog efheIeueles nw leLee Ùeebef$ekeâ oeye mes GYeej efyevog oyekeâj Jesu[ nes peeles
nw~
 Ùeefo oes efJeefYeVe Oeeleg-huesšes keâes peesÌ[vee nes lees GÛÛe Ûeeuekeâlee Jeeueer Oeeleg hej GYeej efoÙes peevee ÛeeefnÙes~

(2) Deeke&â Jesefu[bie (Arc Welding)-
 Fme efJeefOe ceW Oeeleg kesâ efpeve YeeieeW keâes peesÌ[vee neslee nw Gve Yeeiees kesâ ceOÙe Fueskeäšês[es keâer meneÙelee mes Deeke&â GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Deeke&â
mes GlheVe T<cee mes Oeeleg kesâ pees[Ì s peeves Jeeues efmejs efheIeue peeles nw~
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW ueieYeie 35000C keâe leehe GlheVe neslee nw~ Fme leehe hej OeelegDeeW kesâ efheIeueves kesâ efueS efkeâmeer Ùeebef$ekeâ oeye keâer
DeeJeMÙekeâlee vener nesleer nw~
 Deeke&â kesâ $e+Ceelcekeâ ØeeflejesOe DeefYeue#eCe kesâ keâejCe Oeeje Je=efæ kesâ meeLe-meeLe ØeeflejesOe Iešlee nw Deewj ØeeflejesOe Iešves mes Oeeje yeÌ{leer nw~
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW A.C. leLee D.C. oesveeW Øekeâej keâer mehueeF& keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw~
 Deeke&â GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS A.C. mehueeF& ceW 70V mes 100V lekeâ leLee D.C. mehueeF& ceW 50V mes 60V lekeâ keâer Jeesušlee keâer
 Deeke&â GlheVe nes peeves hej Gmes yeveeÙes jKeves kesâ efueS 20V mes 30V lekeâ keâer Jeesušlee keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~
meerce Jesefu[bie (Seam Welding) Dehemesš DeLeJee meeOeejCe yeš Jesefu[bie

♦ Type of electrodes is used in electric resistance (Upset or Simple Butt Welding)
seam welding– Disc ♦ Plain and butt welds may be used on materials
 JewÅegle ØeeflejesOe meerJeve (Seam) Jesefu[bie ceW .......... Fueskeäšês[ upto approximately– 25 mm
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– ef[mkeâ  meeoe (Plain) Deewj škeäkeâj (butt) Jesu[eW keâe ØeÙeesie
(MPPKVVCL- 2017) ueieYeie........ ceesšeF& lekeâ kesâ õJÙeeW hej efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw-
♦ The type of electrode used in seam welding is– 25efceceer
Roller electrode (SSC JE- 2008)
 meerJeve (Seam) JeseEu[ie ceW ØeÙeesie nesves Jeeuee Fueskeäšês[ nQ– ♦ If two ends of rod are to be welded, the method of
welding is– Butt welding
jesuej Fueskeäšês[
 efkeâmeer ÚÌ[ kesâ oes efmejeW keâes peesÌ[ves kesâ efueÙes Jesefu[bie keâer efJeefOe
(DMRC JE- 2018) nw– yeó Jesefu[bie
♦ In case of seam welding, the flow of current Uttarakhand AE- 2013
through the electrode should be– Intermittent
♦ In upset butt welding–
 meerce Jesefu[bie keâer efmLeefle ceW Fueskeäšês[ mes ØeJeeefnle Oeeje nesveer
ÛeeefnS– ®keâ-®keâ keâj Heating is obtained by the contact resistance
of metal pieces so be welded, the voltage
♦ In ............. welding it is essential that the surfaces required is 2–8 V and current required
to be welded are clean, dust and dirt free– Seam ranges from 50 A to several hundred amperes
 ............... Jesefu[bie ceW DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw efkeâ Jesu[ nesves depending upon material and the
area to be welded at a time
Jeeueer melen mJeÛÚ nes leLee Oetue Deewj ieboieer mes cegòeâ nes–meerce
 mLetue škeäkeâj Jesefu[bie ceW–
♦ Seam welding in normally not recommended for–
Jesu[ nesves Jeeueer Oeeleg kesâ šgkeâÌ[eW kesâ mecheke&â ØeeflejesOe
Copper and high copper alloys
Éeje nerefšbie Øeehle keâer peeleer nw, DeeJeMÙekeâ Jeesušspe
 meerce Jesefu[bie meeceevÙele: DevegMebefmele veneR nesleer nw– 2–8 Jeesuš leLee DeeJeMÙekeâ Oeeje 50 SefcheÙej mes keâF&
leeceü Deewj GÛÛe leeceü efceßeOeeleg kesâ efueS meew SefcheÙej keâer meercee ceW nesleer nw pees Skeâ meceÙe hej
Øe#eshe Jesefu[bie Jesu[ nesves Jeeues heoeLe& Deewj Gmekesâ #es$eheâue hej
efveYe&j keâjleer nw
(Projection Welding)
♦ Projection welding can be considered as a mass HeäuewMe Jesefu[bie (Flash Welding)
production form of– Spot welding ♦ In flash-butt welding–
 ØeespeskeäMeve Jesefu[bie keâes .......... kesâ yeÌ[s hewceeves hej Glheeove kesâ Clean and pure weld is obtained, Power
¤he ceW ceevee pee mekeâlee nw – mhee@š Jesefu[bie requirement is less
 heäuewMe-yeš Jesefu[bie ceW– ♦ In arc welding best results are obtained when arc
length is equal to– Diameter of electrode
meeheâ Deewj Megæ PeueeF& (Jesu[) Øeehle nesleer nw,
efyepeueer keâer keâce pe™jle heÌ[leer nw  Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW meyemes DeÛÚe heefjCeece leye Øeehle neslee nw
peye......... Deekeâ& keâer uecyeeF& kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw–
(SSC JE- 2018)
Fueskeäšês[ kesâ JÙeeme
Deeke&â Jesefu[bie (Arc Welding) ♦ For an electric arc welding, the current range is
♦ Electric arc welding process produces temperature usually– 50–1,000 A
upto– 5550 C  JewÅegle Deeke&â Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS Oeeje keâer meercee meeceevÙele: nesleer
 efJeÅegle Deeke&â Jesefu[bie Øeef›eâÙee ceW GlheVe leeheceeve hengBÛe mekeâlee nw– 50–1,000 A
nw– 5550 C ♦ Increased heat due to shorter arc is harmful owing
to– Burn through, excessive porosity,
undercutting of base metal
♦ An arc blow is a welding defect that is countered
with the help of carrying–  Úesšer Deeke&â kesâ keâejCe yeÌ{er ngF& Gâ<cee neefvekeâejkeâ nesleer nw–
The arc welding using DC Supply peueves mes, DelÙeefOekeâ mejbOeÇlee, yesme
 Deeke&â efJeÛeueve Skeâ Jesefu[bie keâe oes<e nw efpemes ....... keâer cesšue keâs efveÛeues Yeeie keâe keâšvee
meneÙelee mes otj efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– ♦ Arc blow effects occurring with dc welding
machines can be reduced by–
[er meer mehueeF& keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles ngS Deeke&â Jesefu[bie
Shortening the arc column length, reducing the
(SSC JE- 2015), (SSC JE- 2017) welding current or electrode size or rate of
♦ In arc welding, arc is created between the travel of the electrode, wrapping the welding
electrode and work by– Contact resistance electrode cable a few turns around the work
 Deeke&â Jesu[ve ceW Fueskeäšês[ Deewj keâeÙe& kesâ yeerÛe........Éeje  [er0meer0 Jesefu[bie ceMeerve kesâ meeLe nesves Jeeuee Deeke&â yuees ØeYeeJe
Deeke&â hewoe keâer peeleer nw– mebheke&â ØeeflejesOe keâes efkeâmekesâ Éeje keâce efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
Deeke&â mlecYe uecyeeF& keâes Úesšer keâjkesâ, Jesefu[bie Oeeje Ùee
(SSC JE- 2008) (SSC JE- 2009)
Fueskeäšês[ Deekeâej Ùee Fueskeäšês[ kesâ ieefle keâer oj keâes
♦ In arc welding, once the arc is struck, the voltage keâce keâjkesâ, Jesefu[bie Fueskeäšês[ kesâyeue keâes Jeke&â
required to maintain it will be–
kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj kegâÚ šve& uehesškeâj
(20-30) V
♦ In an electric welding, major personal hazards
 Deeke&â Jesu[ve ceW Skeâ yeej Deeke&â yeve peeves hej Gmes yeveeS are–
jKeves kesâ efueS Dehesef#ele Jeesušlee nesieer– (20-30) V Weld spatter, flying sparks, harmful infrared
(SSC JE- 2011) and ultraviolet rays from the arc
♦ The alternate name of Arc Welding is–  JewÅegle Jesefu[bie ceW ØecegKe JÙeefòeâiele Keleje neslee nw–
Non-pressure welding Jesu[ efÚšs, efÛevieeefjÙeeW keâe GÌ[vee, Deeke&â mes
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie keâe Jewkeâefuhekeâ veece nw– vee@ve - ØesMej Jesefu[bie neefvekeâejkeâ DeJejòeâ Deewj hejeyeQieveer efkeâjCeW
♦ In a dc arc welding–
(M.P. Sub Engineer- 2018)
Electrode is made –ve and workpiece + ve
♦ In arc welding the voltage on AC supply system
in the range– 70-100 V  [er.meer. Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW–
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW AC Deehetefle& efmemšce hej Jeesušspe efkeâme meercee Fueskeäšês[ $e+Ceelcekeâ Deewj keâeÙe&KeC[
ceW neslee nw– 70-100 V Oeveelcekeâ yeveeS peeles nQ
♦ In manual arc welding of mild steel, the metal ♦ In arc welding, the temperature of the arc
deposition rate will be about– 2–5 kg per hour produced is of the order of– 3,5000C–4,0000C
 ceeFu[ mšerue kesâ cewvegDeue Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Oeeleg pecee oj  Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW GlheVe Deeke&â keâe leeheceeve ......... ›eâce keâe
.............. kesâ ueieYeie nesieer– 2–5 efkeâ«ee. Øeefle Iebše neslee nw– 3,5000C–4,0000C
♦ The electric arc has–  keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie keâer ØecegKe keâefceÙeeB nQ–
Negative resistance characteristic cegKÙele: keâeÙe&KeC[ kesâ efkeâveejs kesâ heeme Jesu[ keâjles
 JewÅegle Deeke&â ceW neslee nw– $e+Ceelcekeâ ØeeflejesOe DeefYeue#eCe meceÙe ÛegcyekeâerÙe Deeke&â yuees kesâ keâejCe yuees efÚõ keâe
nesvee
♦ In an electric arc welding, the voltage required to
strike d.c. arc is about– 50–60 V ♦ Carbon arc welding is suitable particularly for
............... metals– Non–ferrous
 JewÅegle Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Deeke&â keâes mšêFkeâ keâjves nsleg d.c.
 keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie cegKÙele: ................ OeelegDeeW kesâ efueS
Jeesušspe ueieYeie neslee nw– 50–60 V
GheÙegòeâ nesleer nw– Deueewn
♦ The basic electrical requirement in arc welding is
that there should be– ♦ In carbon arc welding, if the electrode is
connected to the (+) ve terminal of the dc supply–
High open–circuit voltage Carbon arc will have tendency to go
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW ceewefuekeâ JewÅegle DeeJeMÙekeâlee Ùen nw efkeâ in to the weld joint
JeneB....... nesveer ÛeeefnS– GÛÛe Keguee heefjheLe Jeesušlee
 keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Ùeefo Fueskeäšês[ [er.meer. Deehetefle&& kesâ
♦ For arc welding, D.C. is produced by– Oeveelcekeâ efmeje mes peesÌ[ efoÙee peeS lees–
Motor-generator set keâeye&ve Deeke&â keâer Jesu[ pJeebFš ceW peeves
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS, [er.meer..........Éeje GlheVe neslee nw– keâer ØeJe=efòe nesleer nw
ceesšj pevejsšj mesš ♦ Carbon arc welding–
Oeeleg Deeke&â Jesefu[bie Uses carbon or graphite rod as a negative
electrode and work to be welded as a positive,
(Metal Arc Welding) cannot be done with ac supply, is not suitable
for vertical and overhead welding
♦ Falls under the category of fusion or non-pressure
welding– Metal-arc welding  keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie–
 mebueÙeve Ùee iewj-oyeeJe Jesefu[bie keâer ßesCeer ceW Deelee nw– keâeye&ve Ùee «esheâeFš je@[ keâe GheÙeseie $e+Ceelcekeâ
Oeeleg-Deeke&â Jesefu[bie Fueskeäšês[ keâer lejn leLee Jesu[ efkeâS peeves Jeeues
keâeÙe&KeC[ Oeveelcekeâ Fueskeäšês[ keâer lejn neslee nw, AC
(SSC-JE 2018) Deehetefle& kesâ meeLe veneR keâer pee mekeâleer nw, TOJee&Oej Deewj
♦ For metal arc welding– efMejesheefj Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS Devegketâue venerb neslee nw
Both d.c. and a.c. can be used but a.c. is ♦ During carbon arc welding–
preferred, bare electrodes are no longer used
Electrode is negative with respect to
except for automatic welding having
arrangement to protect the weld area from the work if D.C. is used
the atmosphere, correct welding current,  keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie kesâ oewjeve–
voltage and speed are very important
keâeÙe& kesâ mecyevOe ceW Fueskeäšês[ efveiesefšJe neslee nw peye
 cesšue Deeke&â Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS–
[er.meer. keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw
S0meer0 Deewj [er0meer0 oesveeW GheÙeesie keâer pee mekeâleer nw
uesefkeâve S0meer0 pÙeeoe hebmeo efkeâÙee peelee nw, JeeleeJejCe nerefueÙece DeLeJee Deeie&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie
mes Jesu[ #es$e keâer megj#ee kesâ efueS mJeÛeeefuele Jesefu[bie Helium or Argon Arc Welding
JÙeJemLee kesâ DeueeJee vebies Fueskeäšês[ keâe GheÙeesie veneR
efkeâÙee peelee nw, mener Jesefu[bie Oeeje, Jeesušspe Deewj ieefle ♦ In helium arc welding, the electrode is made of–
yengle cenòJehetCe& nesles nQ~ Tungsten
 nerefueÙece Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Fueskeäšês[ yevee neslee nw–
keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie
(Carbon Arc Welding) šbiemšve keâe
♦ Carbon arc welding has the main drawback of– (SSC JE- 2010)
Occurrence of blow holes owing to magnetic ♦ Helium produces–

arc blow especially while welding Faster welding speeds, deep penetration,
near edges of the workpiece narrower heat affected zone in base metal

 nerefueÙece GlheVe keâjleer nw– ♦ In atomic hydrogen welding, electrodes are of
leer›e Jesefu[bie ieefle, ienjer hesveerš^sMeve, yesme cesšue ceW long life. It is because of– A C supply
mebkeâerCe& leehe ØeYeeefJele #es$e  hejceeCeg neF[êspeve Jesefu[bie ceW, Fueskeäšês[ DeefOekeâ peerJevekeâeue
♦ In argon arc welding, argon is used to– kesâ nesles nQ Ùen ................ kesâ keâejCe neslee nw~
Prevent oxidation of metal by coming in S.meer. Deehetefle&&
contact with air, create inert atmosphere
around the work, obviate the necessity for ♦ The atomic hydrogen welding is based on the
using flux principles of–
 Deeie&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Deeie&ve kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw– Obtaining atomic hydrogen by means of an
JeeÙeg kesâ mecheke&â ceW Deeves mes Oeeleg kesâ Dee@keämeerkeâjCe keâes electric arc between two tungsten electrodes, in
jeskeâves, Jeke&â kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj Deef›eâÙe JeeleeJejCe GlheVe an atmosphere of hydrogen at atmospheric
keâjves, heäuekeäme keâe GheÙeesie keâjves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee keâes pressure, development of very high
meceehle keâjvee temperature by recombination of atoms which
occurs in the cooler regions immediately
(UPPCL JE- 2016), (SSC JE-2017)
outsides the arc, very large heat conductivity of
hejceeCeg neF[êspeve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie hydrogen at high temperatures
(Atomic Hydrogen Arc Welding)  hejceeCeg neF[êspeve Jesefu[bie .......... efmeæevle hej DeeOeeefjle
♦ In atomic hydrogen arc welding– nw–
An arc is maintained between two tungsten JeeÙegceb[ueerÙe oeye hej neF[êspeve kesâ JeeleeJejCe ceW oes
electrodes, a stream of hydrogen gas under a
pressure of 0.5 kg/cm2 is passed through the šbiemšve Fueskeäšês[ kesâ ceOÙe Skeâ efJeÅegle Deekeâ& kesâ
arc and around the electrodes, ac supply is used ceeOÙece mes neF[êspeve hejceeCeg Øeehle keâjvee, Deeke&â kesâ
 hejceeCeg neF[êspeve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW– legjble yeeo Meerleue #es$eeW ceW nesves Jeeues hejceeCegDeeW kesâ
oes šbiemšve Fueskeäšês[eW kesâ ceOÙe Deeke&â yeveer jnleer nw, mebÙeespeve mes yengle GÛÛe leeheceeve keâe efJekeâeme,
0.5 kg/cm2 kesâ oeye ceW neF[êspeve iewme keâer Oeeje Deeke&â GÛÛe leeheceeve hej neF[êspeve keâer
Deewj Fueskeäšês[ kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj mes iegpejleer nw, S0meer0 yengle DeefOekeâ T<cee Ûeeuekeâlee
Deehetefle&& ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw
JewÅegle Deeke&â Jesefu[bie
Electric Arc Welding
(i) Oeeleg Deeke&â Jesefu[bie (Metal Arc Welding)

 Fme efJeefOe ceW efpeme Oeeleg keâer Jesefu[bie keâer peeveer nesleer nw Gmeer Oeeleg keâe Fueskeäšês[ ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw, pees efheâuej (Filler) Fueskeäšês[
keâe keâeÙe& keâjleer nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ces efJeÅegle mehueeF& keâe Skeâ efmeje Jesu[ keâer peeves Jeeueer Oeeleg leLee otmeje efmeje Fueskeäšês[ mes mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Oeeleg Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW uesefhele (Coated) leLee Deuesefhele (Uncoated) oesveeW Øekeâej kesâ Fueskeäšês[es keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ uesefhele
Fueskeäšês[es hej ieeuekeâ (Flux) keâe ueshe ÛeÌ{e neslee nw~
 Oeeleg Deeke&â Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS A.C. leLee D.C. oesveeW Øekeâej keâer efJeÅegle mehueeF& ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~
 efo° Oeeje kesâ efueS 50Jeesuš mes 60Jeesuš leLee A.C. kesâ efueS 70-100 Jeesuš keâer mehueeF& DeeJeMÙekeâ nesleer nw~
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie nsleg keâjWš jsefšbie 50 – 1000A nesleer nw~
 D.C. Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW Fueskeäšês[ keâes Negative Deewj work piece keâes Positive yeveeÙee peelee nw~
(ii) keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie (Carbon Arc Welding)-
 keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW kesâJeue [er.meer. mehueeF& keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 keâeye&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW keâeye&ve Ùee «esHeâeFš kesâ Fueskeäšês[ keâes mehueeF& kesâ $e+Ceelcekeâ efmejs mes peesÌ[e peelee nw leLee Jesu[ keâer peeves Jeeueer
Oeeleg keâes Ûeeuekeâ efmejs mes peesÌ[e peelee nw efpememes keâeye&ve keâe Jee<heerkeâjCe ve nes~

 Deeke&â mes GlheVe leehe Éeje Oeeleg kesâ efmejs efheIeue peeles nw Deewj Skeâ efHeâuej Fueskeäšês[ Yeer meeLe ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nQ pees efheIeue keâj
Oeeleg peesÌ[eW kesâ yeerÛe ceW Yej peelee nw~
 efHeâuej je@Ì[ peesÌ[s peeves Jeeueer Oeeleg kesâ meceeve Oeeleg nesleer nw~
 Deueewn (non-ferrous) OeelegDeeW kesâ Jesefu[bie ceW keâesF& ieeuekeâ (Flux) ØeÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 ueewn OeelegDeeW kesâ Jesefu[bie ceW ieeuekeâ (Flux) ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Ùen efJeefOe leeceü leLee Gmekeâer efceße OeelegDeeW kesâ Jesefu[bie ceW Yeer ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~
(iii) nerefueÙece Ùee Deeie&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie (Helium or Argon Arc Welding)
 Fme efJeefOe ceW Deeke&â GlheVe keâjves kesâ efueS šbiemšve keâe Fueskeäšês[ Skeâ veespeue ceW jKee peelee nw efpemeceW mes nerefueÙece Ùee Deeie&ve iewme
ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw~
 nerefueÙece Ùee Deeie&ve iewme, Deeke&â keâes shielding Øeoeve keâjles nw, efpememes JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe iewmeeW keâe efheIeueer Oeeleg hej keâesF& ØeYeeJe veneR
heÌ[lee~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW ØeÙegòeâ efheâuej Fueskeäšês[ melele leej kesâ nesles nw~
 Ùen efJeefOe Al, Mg efceße OeelegDeeW leLee mšsveuesme mšerue FlÙeeefo kesâ Jesefu[bie ceW ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~ Fmes Deef›eâÙe Deeke&â Jesefu[bie Yeer keânles
nw~
 Deeie&ve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW A.C. leLee D.C. oesveeW Øekeâej keâer mehueeF& ØeÙeesie keâer pee mekeâleer nw~
(iv) hejceeCeg neF[êspeve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie (Atomic Hydrogen Arc Welding)
 Fme efJeefOe ceW šbiemšve kesâ oes Fueskeäšês[es Éeje Deeke&â GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 oesvees Fueskeäšês[ meceeve ™he mes KeÛe& nes Fmekesâ efueS A.C. mehueeF& ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw~
 Fueskeäšês[es Éeje GlheVe Deeke&â kesâ leehe mes neF[êspeve iewme kesâ DeCeg iece& neskeâj hejceeCegDeeW ceW efJeKeefC[le nesles nw, efpememes GÛÛe leeheceeve ueieYeie
40000C Øeehle neslee nw, pees efkeâ Jesu[ keâer peeves Jeeueer Oeeleg keâes ieueeves keâe keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
 Jesu[ keâes Yejves kesâ efueS FmeceW meceeve Oeeleg keâe efheâuej ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW neF[êspeve, Meeru[ kesâ ™he ceW keâeÙe& keâjleer nw leLee Dee@keämeerpeve Ùee veeFšêspeve, efheIeueer ngF& Oeeleg kesâ meeLe mecheke&â yeveeves ceW
ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw~
Jesefu[bie šêbmeHeâe@ce&j ♦ For welding purpose, the secondary transformer

used should be capable of carrying–
Welding Transformer Low voltage, high current
♦ A single-phase AC arc welding transformer  Jesefu[bie GösMÙe kesâ efueS, GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee efÉleerÙekeâ
supplies approximately–
šêbmeHeâece&j .......... ues peeves ceW me#ece nesvee ÛeeefnS
100 volts at 0.35 power factor
efvecve Jeesušlee, GÛÛe Oeeje
 Skeâ Skeâue-keâueerÙe S.meer. Deeke&â Jesefub[ie šêbmeHeâe@ce&j mehueeF&
keâjlee nw ueieYeie– (SSC JE- 2013)
♦ For power factor correction in a welding circuit, a
0.35 Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ hej 100 Jeesuš capacitor is usually connected–
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) Across primary side of welding transformer
♦ The transformer used for AC welding sets is–  Jesefu[bie heefjheLe ceW Meefòeâ mebMeesOeve kesâ efueS, mebOeeefj$e
Step down type meeceevÙele: peesÌ[e peelee nw–
 S.meer. Jesefu[bie mesšeW kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ šêbmeheâece&j neslee nw– Jesefu[bie šêbmeHeâece&j kesâ ØeeLeefcekeâ efmejs kesâ Deejheej
DeheÛeeÙeer (mšshe [eGve) Øekeâej keâe (SSC JE- 2017)
(SSC JE- 2007), (SSC JE- 2008), ♦ Equipment is generally used for arc welding–
(SSC JE- 2010), (SSC JE- 2014) Transformer
 Deeceleewj hej Deeke&â Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– ♦ Welding process uses non-consumable electrode–
šêbmeheâece&j TIG welding or Gas tungsten arc welding
[er.meer. Jesefu[bie pevejsšj  iewj-GheYeespÙe Fueskeäšês[ keâe GheÙeesie....... Øeef›eâÙee ceW nesleer nw-
DC Welding Generator šer.DeeF&.peer. Jesefu[bie Ùee iewme šbiemšve Deeke&â Jesefu[bie

♦ Welding generator can produce– AC and DC (SSC JE- 2008),
(UP Jal Nigam AE 2016)
 Jesefu[bie pevejsšj Glheeove keâj mekeâlee nw– AC Deewj DC
♦ The method recommended for the weld of
(UPPCL JE- 2018) aluminium alloy is .............. welding–
♦ Generators are used in arc welding– Tungsten arc
Differential compound generators  SuÙetceerefveÙece efceßeOeeleg keâes Jesu[ keâjves nsleg DevegMebefmele Jesefu[bie
 Deeke&â Jesefu[bie ceW ...........keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– efJeefOe nesleer nw – šbiemšve Deeke&â
ef[HeâjWefMeÙeue keâcheeGC[ pevejsšj ♦ Unlike TIG welding, MIG welding–
(SSC JE- 2018), (DMRC JE- 2015), Uses consumable electrodes
(SSC JE- 2018), (RRB JE- 2015)  TIG Jesefu[bie kesâ efJehejerle MIG Jesefu[bie ceW–
♦ A DC generator used for AC welding should Kehele Jeeues Fueskeäšês[ keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw
have– Drooping characteristics
 AC Jesefu[bie kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ DC pevejsšj ceW ..........nesvee *9.3P Oeeleg Fveš& iewme Jesefu[bie
pe™jer nw– [Íefhebie DeefYeue#eCe
Metal Inert Gas Welding (MIG) -
(SSC JE- 2018)
♦ AC welding machine cannot be used for–
meyecepe& Deeke&â Jesefu[bie MIG welding
(Submerged Arc Welding)  AC Jesefu[bie ceMeerve kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ veneR keâer pee mekeâleer nw–
MIG Jesefu[bie
♦ Submerged arc process is characterized by–
High welding current, exceptionally smooth ♦ MIG welding is becoming more and more popular
beads, deep penetration as it–
 meyecepe& Deeke&â Øeef›eâÙee keâer efJeMes<elee nw– Is easy in operation, has high metal deposit
rate
GÛÛe Jesefu[bie Oeeje, DemeeOeejCe ™he
 MIG Jesefu[bie yengle DeefOekeâ ueeskeâefØeÙe nes jner nw keäÙeeWefkeâ
mes efÛekeâveer yeer[dme, ienje hesveerš^sMeve Ùen–
♦ Automatic welding processes is likely to give ØeÛeeueve ceW Deemeeve, Oeeleg pecee oj GÛÛe nesleer nw
maximum rate of metal deposition–
Multiple power submerged arc *9.3Q hueepcee Deeke&â Jesefu[bie
 mJeÛeeefuele Jesefu[bie Øeef›eâÙee ceW Oeeleg pecee keâer DeefOekeâlece
oj..........keâes osves keâer mebYeeJevee nesleer nw–
Plasma Arc Welding
yeng Meefòeâ meyecep[& Deeke&â Note: TIG Jesefu[bie keâer ner lejn hueepcee Jesefu[bie nesleer nw~ Fmes Yeer
šbiemšve Fueskeäšês[ keâer meneÙelee mes FmeceW Yeer uespej work piece
♦ In a welded joint poor fusion is on account of– Deeke&â ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw uesefkeâve FmeceW hueepcee Deeke&â GlheVe keâer
Improper current peeleer nw
 Jesu[s[ peesÌ[ ceW Kejeye mebueÙeve.......... kesâ keâejCe neslee nw– ♦ A weld bead of wineglass design is produced in–
DevegefÛele Oeeje Plasma arc welding
*9.3O šbiemšve Fveš& iewme Jesefu[bie  JeeFve iueeme ef[peeFve keâe Skeâ Jesu[ yeer[ .................. ceW
Glheeefole efkeâÙee peelee nw– hueepcee Deeke&â Jesefu[bie
Tungsten Inert Gas Welding (TIG)
♦ In ultrasonic welding, the frequency range is 4. efJeÅegle Meerleueve (Electric Cooling)
usually– 20–60 kHz
ØeMeerleve (Refrigeration)
 Deušêmeesefvekeâ Jesefu[bie ceW DeeJe=efòe meercee meeceevÙele: nesleer nw–
20–60 kHz  ØeMeerleve keâe leelheÙe& Gme Øeef›eâÙee mes nw, efpememes efkeâmeer Jemleg Ùee
mLeeve keâe leeheceeve Gmekesâ Deeme-heeme kesâ JeeleeJejCe keâer Dehes#ee
♦ In which type of welding is a pool of molten
metal used– Electro slag efvecve leeheceeve hej ueeÙee peeS SJeb Gmes efvecve (low) leehe efmLeefle
ceW jKee peeS~ FmeceW efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes "b[e jKeves kesâ efueS Gmekeâe
 efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ Jesefu[bie ceW efheIeueer ngF& Oeeleg kesâ mecetn keâe
ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– leeheceeve efkeâmeer DevÙe Jemleg keâes, pewmes- heeveer Ùee efkeâmeer DevÙe õJe
keâes mebÛeeefjle keâjkesâ keâce efkeâÙee peelee nw~
JewÅegle Oeelegceue
 Dele: ØeMeerleve Øeef›eâÙee ceW efpeme Jemleg keâes "b[e jKeles nQ, Gmemes
(SSC JE 2008)
efvejvlej leehe efve<keâeefmele efkeâÙee peelee nw~
♦ In electro–slag welding, theoretically there is no
limit to the– Thickness of weld bead ØeMeerleve FkeâeF& (Refrigeration Unit)
 Fueskeäšês muewie Jesefu[bie ceW mewæeefvlekeâ ™he mes ................  ØeMeerleve Deewj Jeeleevegketâueve keâer #ecelee keâes šve Ùee efkeâuees kewâueesjer
keâer keâesF& meercee veneR nesleer nw– Jesu[ yeer[ keâer ceesšeF& FkeâeF& ceW ceeheles nQ~
♦ High temperature metals, such as columbium  ØeMeerleve keâer šve FkeâeF& Gme leehe mebÛejCe keâer oj kesâ meceleguÙe nw
(Cb) can be easily welded by–Electron beam pees efkeâ 1 šve (2000 heeQ[) yeHe&â keâes 32F leeheceeve hej heeveer
welding
mes Skeâ efove (24 IeCšs) ceW yeHe&â yeveeves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ nesleer
 GÛÛe leeheceeve Jeeueer OeelegSB pewmes keâesuebefyeÙece.........kesâ Éeje nw~
Deemeeveer mes Jesu[ keâer pee mekeâleer nw–
Fueskeäšê@ve yeerce Jesefu[bie 1 šve ØeMeerleve = 3024 (kcal/hr)
♦ The modern method of welding is. 1 šve ØeMeerleve = 3.51 kW leeheerÙe
Laser welding and ultrasonic welding 1 šve ØeMeerleve = 12000 BTU/hr
 Jesefu[bie keâer DeeOegefvekeâ efJeefOe nw-
SI ØeCeeueer ceW,
uesmej Jesefu[bie Deewj Deušêmeesefvekeâ Jesefu[bie
(UPRVUNL JE- 2016) 1 šve ØeMeerleve = 50  4.22
♦ Steel rails are welded by– Thermit welding 1 šve ØeMeerleve = 211 kJ/min
 mšerue jsue......kesâ Éeje Jesu[ efkeâS peeles nQ– Leefce&š Jesefu[bie 1 šve ØeMeerleve = 12660 kJ/hr
 What is the benchmark parameter of an air
♦ In ............ methods the molten metal is poured for
conditioning plant for benchmarking energy
joining the metals– Thermit welding
performance– kW/ton refrigeration
 ............. efJeefOe ceW efheIeueer ngF& Oeeleg, OeelegDeeW keâes peesÌ[ves kesâ  Tpee& efve<heeove kesâ leueefÛevn kesâ efueS Jeeleevegketâueve mebÙeb$e kesâ
efueS [euee peelee nw– Leefce&š Jesefu[bie ceeveoC[ hewjeceeršj keäÙee nw- kW/ton ØeMeerleve
♦ In gas welding, the gases used for–
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021)
Acetylene and oxygen
 iewme Jesefu[bie ceW, ØeÙegòeâ iewmeW nw–  As per the 11th plan-S&L programme, which is
Sefmeefšueerve Deewj Deekeämeerpeve introduced under mandatory labeling program–
(UJVNL-2016) House Hold frost free refrigerator
♦ Grey iron is usually welded by– Gas welding  11JeeR Ùeespevee S&L keâeÙe&›eâce kesâ Devegmeej, keâewve-mee DeefveJeeÙe&
 «es DeeÙejve ØeeÙe: .......kesâ Éeje Jesu[ keâer peeleer nw– uesyeefuebie keâeÙe&›eâce kesâ lenle hesMe efkeâÙee ieÙee nw-
iewme Jesefu[bie neGme nesu[ øeâe@mš øeâer jseføeâpejsšj
(SSC JE- 2018) (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
♦ A one tonne refrigerating machine means that– ♦ ..............is used as refrigerant in a vapour
absorption refrigerator– Aqua ammonia
One tonne of ice when melts at 0C in 24
hours, the refrigerating effect is  Jee<he DeJeMees<eCe ØeMeerlekeâ ceW ................ keâe ØeÙeesie
equivalent to 14,000 kJ per hour ØeMeerlekeâ kesâ ™he ceW neslee nw– SkeäJee DeceesefveÙee
 Skeâ šve ØeMeerleve ceMeerve keâe leelheÙe& nw efkeâ– ♦ The refrigerant Freon–12 is a compound
consisting of– Carbon, fluorine and chlorine
Skeâ šve yeHe&â peye efheIeueleer nw Deewj 24 Iebšs ceW 0C  ØeMeerlekeâ øeâerDee@ve–12 Skeâ Ùeewefiekeâ nw pees ................ mes
hej efheIeueleer nw, lees ØeMeerleve ØeYeeJe 14,000 kJ Øeefle efceuekeâj yevee neslee nw–
IebšW kesâ yejeyej neslee nw
keâeye&ve, heäueesjerve Deewj keäueesjerve
♦ The capacity of a refrigerating machine is ♦ Ammonia is preferred as a refrigerant in large
expressed as– commercial installations because–
Rate of abstraction of heat from the space It has a low working pressure
being cooled
 yeÌ[s JÙeeJemeeefÙekeâ mebmLeeheveeW ceW ØeMeerlekeâ kesâ ™he ceW DeceesefveÙee
 Skeâ ØeMeerleve ceMeerve keâer #ecelee, JÙeòeâ keâer peeleer nw– keâes hemebo efkeâÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
"b[e nesves kesâ mLeeve mes T<cee kesâ he=LekeäkeâjCe
Fmekeâe keâeÙe&keâejer oeye efvecve neslee nw
nesves keâer oj mes ♦ In a vapour compression system, units is
♦ Properties of a refrigerant is desirable– adversely affected by the presence of moisture–
Low boiling point, low freezing point, low Expansion value

specific heat, high letent heat,  Jee<he mebheer[ve ØeCeeueer ceW, FkeâeF& veceer keâer GheefmLeefle mes
 ØeMeerleve keâe Jen iegCe pees JeebÚveerÙe nw– Øeefleketâue ™he mes ØeYeeefJele nesleer nw– Øemeej JeeuJe
efvecve keäJeLeveebkeâ efyevog ♦ In a vapour absorption system lithium bromide is
used as– Absorbent
efvecve efnceebkeâ efyevog, efvecve efJeefMe° leehe  Jee<he DeJeMees<eCe ØeCeeueer ceW efueefLeÙece yeÇesceeF[ keâe GheÙeesie
GÛÛe ieghle T<cee efkeâme kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeJeMees<ekeâ
♦ Various desirable properties which should be ♦ Vapour absorption refrigeration systems have the
advantages of–
possessed by refrigerants are that–
Absence of moving parts, universal power
Non–corrosive and non–inflammability, non– source
toxic and freedom from objectionable odour
with low working pressure  Jee<he DeJeMees<eCe ØeMeerleve ØeCeeueer keâe ueeYe nw–
 efJeefYeVe JeebÚveerÙe iegCe pees jseføeâpejWš kesâ DeOeerve nesvee ÛeeefnS ieefleceeve Yeeie keâer DevegheefmLeefle,
Jen nw- meeJe&ef$ekeâ Meefòeâ œeesle
iewj meb#eejkeâ Deewj iewj pJeueveMeeruelee, iewj efJe<ewuee leLee ♦ Thermoelectric refrigeration system has the
advantages of–
efvecve keâeÙe&keâejer oeye kesâ meeLe
Absence of moving parts, ease of
Deeheefòepevekeâ iebOe mes cegòeâ
automatic control by variation of
♦ In a refrigeration cycle, the flow of refrigerant is magnitude of current
controlled by– Expansion value
 leeheerÙe efJeÅegle ØeMeerleve ØeCeeueer kesâ ueeYe nQ–
 Skeâ ØeMeerleve Ûe›eâ ceW, ØeMeerlekeâ keâe ØeJeen.......kesâ Éeje
ieefleceeve Yeeie keâer DevegheefmLeefle, Oeeje kesâ heefjceeCe keâes
efveÙebef$ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– Øemeej JeeuJe
heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ mJeÛeeefuele
♦ The vapour compression refrigeration cycle,
efveÙeb$eCe ceW Deemeeveer
produces the refrigeration effect– Evaporator
♦ Motors used in household refrigerators–
 Jee<he mebheer[ve ØeMeerleve Ûe›eâ ......... ØeMeerleve ØeYeeJe GlheVe
keâjlee nw– Jee<hekeâ Single–phase induction motor

 Iejsuet ØeMeerleve ceW ceesšj GheÙeesie keâer peeleer nw– ♦ ................. is a process which is generally used
for summer air–conditioning–
Skeâue keâuee ØesjCe ceesšj
Cooling with dehumidification
Iejsuet-jseføeâpejsšj  .................. Skeâ Øeef›eâÙee nw pees meeceevÙele: ieceea kesâ
(Domestic Refrigerator) Jeeleevegketâueve ceW ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw– efvejeõeakeâjCe kesâ meeLe "b[e
♦ ................. is a process that is generally used in
 Fmekeâe cegKÙe keâeÙe& Yeespeve keâes Kejeye nesves mes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS winter air–conditioning–
Yeespeve keâes mšesj keâjves kesâ mLeeve keâes keâce leeheceeve hej yeveeS
Heating and humidification
jKevee neslee nw~
 ................. Skeâ Øeef›eâÙee nw pees meeceevÙele: meefo&ÙeeW kesâ
Jeeleevegketâueve ceW ØeÙegkeäle neslee nw– leeheve Deewj Deeõer&keâjCe
♦ Air is dehumidified by–
Cooling, chemical absorption
 JeeÙeg efvejeõeake=âle keâer peeleer nw–
Meerleueve, jemeeÙeefvekeâ DeJeMees<eCe
♦ Compared to individual systems, the central air–
conditioning system has .............. overall
efficiency– Higher
 DeefOekeâlej leepes YeespeveeW keâes Kejeye nesves mes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS
meblees<epevekeâ leeheceeve ØeeÙe: 0C mes 4C neslee nw~  Deueie–Deueie ØeCeeueer keâer leguevee ceW kesâvõerÙe ........
Jeeleevegketâueve ØeCeeueer ceW mece«e o#elee nesleer nw– GÛÛe
 Iejsuet jseføeâpejsšj cewkesâefvekeâue keâcØesMeve efmemšce hej keâeÙe& keâjlee
nw~ ♦ Unitary–central systems are in common use–
Fan coil units, Induction units, All
 Iejsuet jseføeâpejsšj keâer ceesšj 1/4 H.P. mes 1/3 H.P. keâer nesleer
nw~ pees efkeâ øeâerpej kewâefyevesš keâer mšesjspe #ecelee hej efveYe&j air high velocity systems
keâjleer nw~  Skeâelcekeâ keWâõerÙe ØeCeeueer meeceevÙe GheÙeesie ceW ......... nw–
♦ The compressor of a domestic refrigerator has
hebKee kegâC[ueer FkeâeFÙeeB, ØesjCe FkeâeFÙeeB, meYeer JeeÙeg
been noted to run for comparatively large GÛÛe Jesie ØeCeeueer
durations, it indicated that– ♦ The conditions conduction to comfort depends
The machine is overloaded upon– Humidity, temperature, air
 Skeâ Iejsuet ØeMeerleve kesâ mebheer[keâ keâes legueveelcekeâ ™he ceW yeÌ[er movement, air purity
DeJeefOe kesâ efueS Ûeueeves kesâ efueS veesš efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Ùen  Deejece kesâ efueS ØeJeenkeâerÙe efmLeefleÙeeB efveYe&j keâjleer nw–
Fbefiele keâjlee nw efkeâ– ceMeerve DeefleYeeefjle nw
Deeõ&lee, leeheceeve, JeeÙeg keâer ieefle, JeeÙeg keâer Megælee
♦ Types of water coolers are–
ØeMeerlekeâ
Instantaneous or pressure type, storage type
(Refrigerants)
 Jeešj ketâuej kesâ Øekeâej nQ–
leelkeâeefuekeâ Ùee oeye Øekeâej, meb«eefnle Øekeâej ØeMeerlekeâ Skeâ keâeÙe&keâejer heoeLe& nw peesefkeâ ØeMeerleve ceMeerveeW ceW
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Fmekesâ Éeje Meerle efheC[ mes T<cee
♦ Air–conditioning is the simultaneous control of
................ in a confined space–
efvekeâeuekeâj iece& efheC[ keâes oer peeleer nw~
Temperature, humidity, purity ØeMeerleve efkeâ ef›eâÙee ceW T<cee mLeeveeblejCe ceeOÙece keâer
and movement of air
 Jeeleevegketâueve Skeâ meerefcele mLeeve ceW .................. keâe Skeâ ØeMeerlekeâ keâes cegKÙele: oes ßesefCeÙeeW ceW yeeBše ieÙee nw~
meeLe efveÙeb$eCe nw– (1) ØeeLeefcekeâ ØeMeerlekeâ
leehe, Deeõ&lee, Megælee Deewj JeeÙeg keâer ieefle (2) efÉleerÙekeâ ØeMeerlekeâ

(1) ØeeLeefcekeâ ØeMeerlekeâ- Fmekesâ Debleie&le DeceesefveÙee  ›eâeefvlekeâ leeheceeve efvecve neslee nw
(NH3) keâeye&ve[eF& DeekeämeeF[ (CO2) Freon-12 FlÙeeefo ØeMeerlekeâ  Ùen efJe<ewuee vener nw
Deeles nw pees mechetCe& ØeMeerleve Ûe›eâ ceW iegpejles nQ~  Ùen pJeueveMeerue vener neslee nw
(2) efÉleerÙekeâ ØeMeerlekeâ- Fme ßesCeer ceW Jes "C[s heoeLe&  Fmekeâe ueesns, leeByeW FlÙeeefo hej meb#eejCe hej ØeYeeJe neslee nw~
Deeles nw pees efkeâmeer otjmLe efyevog mes ØeCeeueer kesâ Jee<hekeâ keâer G<cee
GheÙeesie- Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Skeâ ØeMeerlekeâ kesâ ™he ceW keâce neslee pee
mLeeveeblejCe keâjles nw~
jne nw~ Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Meg<keâ yehe&â kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~
cegKÙe ØeMeerlekeâ (Main Refrigerants)
Jeeleevegketâueve
DeceesefveÙee (NH3)
(Air Conditioning)
 ieghle Je ›eâeefvlekeâ leeheceeve GÛÛe nesves kesâ keâejCe Ùen yengle GheÙeesieer
nw~  Ùen Øeef›eâÙee leehe kesâ efve<keâemeve Éeje nesleer nw~
 Fmekeâe JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe oeye hej keäJeLeveebkeâ –33 C nw~  efkeâmeer mLeue hej JeeleeJejCe kesâ leeheceeve, Deeõ&lee, heefjmebÛejCe SJeb
 DevÙe ØeMeerlekeâ keâer Dehes#ee KeÛeeauee neslee nw~ heefjMegælee kesâ mecekeâ#e efveÙeb$eCe keâes Jeeleevegketâueve keânles nQ~
 Ùen efJeMewuee neslee nw  Jeeleevegketâueve kesâ Éeje efkeâmeer JeebefÚle yevo mLeeve hej leeheceeve,
 Ùen lesue kesâ meeLe efceefßele veneR nesleer nw~ veceer, JeeÙeg kesâ mebÛeej SJeb Megælee keâes Fme Øekeâej efveÙebef$ele
efkeâÙee peelee nw efkeâ Jen JeebefÚle DeeJeMÙekeâleeDeeW keâes hetCe& keâj
 GÛÛe leeheceeve hej FmeceW efJemheâesš neslee nw~ mekesâ~
 Fmekeâe IevelJe JeeÙeg SJeb lesue kesâ IevelJe mes keâce neslee nw~  Jeeleevegkeâtueve ceW keâece keâjves Jeeues JÙeefòeâÙeeW keâes Deejece hengBÛelee
GheÙeesie- nw, leLee veepegkeâ GheÙeb$eeW keâer Megælee SJeb ØeÛeeueve ceW yeÌ{esòejer
Fmekeâe GheÙeesie efvecve peieneW hej efkeâÙee peelee nw~ nesleer nw Deewj Fmemes cenlJehetCe& KeeÅe meeceef«eÙeeW keâes Kejeye nesves
mes yeÛeeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
(i) yehe&â yeveeves ceW
 Jeeleevegketâueve Éeje DeewÅeesefiekeâ keâeÙeeX ceW ueies keâce&ÛeeefjÙeeW keâer
(ii) keâesu[ mšesjspe mebÙeb$e ceW o#elee SJeb ceveesyeue ceW megOeej neslee nw, efpememes GÅeesie ceW
(iii) megKeo Jeeleevegketâueve kesâ efueS Glheeokeâlee SJeb ueeYe yeÌ{lee nw~
meuheâj [eF& DeekeämeeF&[ (SO2)  Jeeleevegketâueve cekeâeve kesâ hetjs/DeebefMekeâ Yeeie Deewj YeJeve ceW
 JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe oeye hej Fmekeâe keäJeLeveebkeâ -10C nw~
Meerleueve, (Cooling) mebJeeleve (ventilation) Deewj Deeõ&lee
hej efveÙeb$eCe Øeoeve keâjlee nw~
 Fmekeâer ieghle T<cee Je ›eâebeflekeâ leehe oesveeW GÛÛe nesles nw~
 Jeeleevegketâueve kesâ Debleie&le mebÛejCe keâjves Jeeuee hebKee,
 Ùen DelÙeefOekeâ efJe<ewuee neslee nw~ Jeeleevegketâueve FkeâeF&, Deehetefle& keâjves Jeeueer JeeefnefveÙeeB (ducts),
 Ùen pJeueveMeerue neslee nw hejvleg efJemheâesškeâ veneR~ Deehetefle& ceeie&, Jeehemeer ceeie& Deewj ÚVeer (filter) Jeeleevegketâuekeâ
GheÙeesie - kesâ cegKÙe DeJeÙeJe nesles nw~
 Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Iejsuet ØeMeerleveeW efpeveceW mecegefõle mecheer[keâ Je ceesšj
nesles nw, ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ efJev[es šeFhe Jeeleevegketâueve
keäueesjes ceerLesve (CH3Cl) (Window Type Air Conditioning)
 Fmekeâe keäJeLeveebkeâ -23.7C nw~ ∎ Jeeleevegketâueve keâes mejuelee mes efKeÌ[keâer ceW ueieeves kesâ keâejCe
 ›eâeefvlekeâ leeheceeve Je ieghle T<cee GÛÛe nesleer nw~ Fmes efJev[es šeFhe Øekeâej keâe Jeeleevegketâueve keânles nQ~
 Ùen pJeueveMeerue nw hejbleg mejuelee mes veneR peuelee~ 1
∎ Fmekeâer #ecelee ØeeÙe: šve mes 2 šve lekeâ nesleer nw~
 Ùen meYeer Øekeâej kesâ lesue Je efiuemejerve ceW Iegue peelee nw~ 2
GheÙeesie- ∎ Skeâ meeceevÙe keâcejs ceW Skeâ Ùetefveš heÙee&hle nes mekeâleer nw,
hejvleg yeÌ[s keâcejs ceW keâF& ÙetefvešeW keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee heÌ[ mekeâleer
 Ùen Úesšs SJeb Iejsuet FkeâeF&ÙeeW kesâ ØeMeerleveeW ceW ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee pee
nw~
mekeâlee nw~
keâeye&ve [eF& DeekeämeeF[ (CO2) ∎ efJev[es Øekeâej keâe SÙej kebâ[erMeefvebie, Ùetveeršjer Øekeâej kesâ SÙej
kebâ[erMeefvebie keâe GoenjCe nw~

 Study the figure and identify the type of collector
hewkesâp[ Ùee keâvmeesue Øekeâej keâe Jeeleevegketâueve
used for overhead lines in electric traction-
(Packaged or Console Type Air Conditioning)
Bow Collector
∎ hewkesâp[ Ùee keâvmeesue ÙetefvešeW Ùee JeeleevegketâuekeâeW keâer #ecelee  efoS ieS efÛe$e keâe DeOÙeÙeve keâjW Deewj efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce ceW DeesJejns[
ØeeÙe: 3 mes 5 šve lekeâ nesleer nw Deewj FvnW keâcejs kesâ HeâMe& ueeFveeW kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues meb«eenkeâ kesâ Øekeâej keâer
hej ueieeles nQ~ henÛeeve keâjW- yees keâueskeäšj
∎ Ùen Skeâ mšerue keâer Deueceejer keâer YeeBefle efoKelee nw SJeb leerve (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
KeC[eW ceW efJeYeeefpele jnlee nw, meyemes veerÛes Jeeues KeC[ ceW
 The overhead wire of special cross section in a
mebIeefve$e (condenser) SJeb mecheer[keâ (compressor)
traction system is known as- Catenary
neslee nw~
 keâ<e&Ce efmemšce ceW efJeMes<e ›eâe@me meskeäMeve kesâ DeesJejns[ JeeÙej kesâ
∎ yeerÛe kesâ KeC[ ceW ceesšj, efHeâušj SJeb Jee<hekeâ neslee nw
™he ceW peevee peelee nw- kewâšsvejer
SJeb Thej kesâ KeC[ ceW JeeÙeg efJemepe&ve kesâ efueS ef«eue
ueieer nesleer nw efpememes keâcejs ceW Meerleue JeeÙeg keâer Deehetefle& (UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)
nesleer nw~
∎ Fme Øekeâej kesâ Jeeleevegketâuekeâ keâe GheÙeesie yeQkeâeW, Úesšs  Internal combustion engine drive used for road
Dee@efHeâmeeW Deeefo ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ transport is a type of - Non-electric traction system
kesâvõerÙe Jeeleevegketâueve  meÌ[keâ heefjJenve kesâ efueÙes ØeÙegòeâ Deevleefjkeâ onve Fbpeve Ûeeueve …..
(Central Air Conditioning) keâe Skeâ Øekeâej nw~ - iewj efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce ØeCeeueer
∎ kesâvõerÙe Jeeleevegketâueve keâe efJeefYeVe Yeeie Skeâ kesâvõerÙe keâ#e
ceW Skeâ mecetn kesâ ™he ceW ueiee jnlee nw~  Monorail system often makes use of– Elevated track
∎ kesâvõerÙe keâ#e mes Jeeleevegketâefuele JeeÙeg keâes Gve mLeeveeW hej  ceesveesjsue ØeCeeueer ØeeÙe: ...... keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw–
Yespeer peeleer nw, peneB Devegketâueve keâjvee neslee nw~ SueerJesšs[ š^wkeâ
∎ Ùen efJeefYeVe JeeefnefveÙeeW mes ØeJeeefnle nesleer nw~ Ùen efvekeâeÙe (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
ceW, 25 šve mes DeefOekeâ #ecelee kesâ efueS keâece ceW ueeÙee  What happens in kando system–
peelee nw~
Single phase supply is converted to
5. JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce Deewj Ûeeueve three phase supply
 kewâC[es ØeCeeueer ceW keäÙee neslee nw– 1- mehueeF& keâes 3- ceW
(Electric Traction and Drives)
yeouelee nw
heefjÛeÙe Introduction
 In systems of track electrification in electric traction,
single-phase to three-phase composite system is  Which locomotives has less requirement of
called- Kando system maintenance– Gas turbine electric locomotive
 efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce ces š^wkeâ efJeÅegleerkeâjCe keâer ØeCeeefueÙeeW ceW, Skeâue-ÛejCe  keâewve mes jsue Fbpeve keâe Devegj#eCe ceebie keâce nw– iewme šjyeeFve
mes leerve-ÛejCe efceefßele ØeCeeueer keâes keâne peelee nw- keâQ[es ØeCeeueer efJeÅegle jsue Fbpeve keâe
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
 In a single phase traction system, which three phase
supply is fed into the induction motor to drive a train-
Kando system
 efmebieue hesâpe keâ<e&Ce ØeCeeueer ces, š^sve keâes Ûeueeves kesâ efueS ØesjCe
ceesšj ces keâewve-meer 3-hesâpe Deehetefle& oer peeleer nw- kewâC[es ØeCeeueer
 In a travelling crane three motors are used : one  JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce kesâ kewâC[es ØeCeeueer ceW meyemšsMeve mes .........
for hoisting, another one for long travel motion mehueeF& ueeskeâesceesefšJe Éeje Skeâue efMejesheefj mecheke&â leej kesâ ceeOÙece
and third for cross travel motion. What types of mes efueÙee peelee nw– 16 kV, 50 Hz
drive is applied here– Multi motor driving
 Skeâ š^sJeefuebie ›esâve ceW leerve ceesšjeW keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 Basic element of electrical drive are -
Skeâ G"eves kesâ efueS otmejer uecyeer Ùee$ee ieefle kesâ efueS Deewj
leermejer ›eâe@me Ùee$ee ieefle kesâ efueS lees ÙeneB efkeâme Øekeâej keâer Electric motor and control system
[êFJe ueeiet neWieer- ceušer ceesšj [êFefJebie  JewÅegle Ûeeueve kesâ cetueYetle lelJe nw-
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021) JewÅegle ceesšj Deewj efveÙeb$eCe heæefle
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje leLee efo° Oeeje mebkeâ<e&Ce ØeCeeefueÙeeW keâer
leguevee (Comparission Between A.C. & D.C.
 Belt conveyors offer -
Traction System)
High starting torque
efo°Oeeje mebkeâ<e&Ce ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje  yesuš keâvJesÙej oslee nw -
mebkeâ<e&Ce
GÛÛe ØeejefcYekeâ yeueeIetCe&
(1) efo° Oeeje mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšj (1) Fvekeâe ØeejbefYekeâ (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
keâe meceeve Deekeâej kesâ ØelÙeeJeleea yeueeIetCe& [er.meer. ceesšj
Oeeje mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšj mes keâer Dehes#ee keâce neslee nw,  To save energy during braking, ........... braking is
ØeejbefYekeâ SJeb Ûeeueve yeueeIetCe& efpememes keâce lJejCe Øeoeve used -
DeefOekeâ neslee nw efpememes Ùen keâjles nQ~ Regenerative
DeefOekeâ lJejCe Øeoeve keâjves ceW
 yeÇsefkebâie kesâ oewjeve Tpee& yeÛele nsleg ............ yeÇsefkebâie GheÙeesie
me#ece nw~
efkeâÙee peelee nw -
(2) efo° Oeeje ßesCeer ceesšj mes (2) ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ßesCeer efjpevejsefšJe
Ûeeshej efJeefOe mes Deefleefjkeäle ceesšj ceW šshe heefjJele&keâ kesâ (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
meerefcele ieefleÙeeb Øeehle nesleer nQ~ Éeje DeefOekeâ ieefleÙeeB Øeehle
keâjvee mecYeJe nw~
 The type of d.c motor used in electric traction is
(3) efo° Oeeje ßesCeer ceesšj keâer (3) ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ßesCeer Series motor
oMee ceW hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie ceesšj ceW hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie
peefšue veneR neslee nw~ (Regenerative  efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce ces efkeâme Øekeâej keâe [ermeer ceesšj ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw
braking) peefšue neslee ßesCeer ceesšj
nw~ (HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
(4) Skeâ FkeâeF& jsue heLe kesâ (4) ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje  In which cities do tram services exist- Kolkata
efueÙes efo° Oeeje ØeCeeueer ceW ØeCeeueer ceW efo° Oeeje keâer  efkeâve MenjeW ceW šê@ce mesJee efJeÅeceeve nw– keâesuekeâelee
ØelÙeeJeleea Oeeje ØeCeeueer keâer Dehes#ee keâce Yeej Jeeueer (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
Dehes#ee keâce efJeÅegle Ghekesâvõ keâer leLe memleer nesleer nw~
 The suburban train operating voltage in case of
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ direct current system is– 600-750V
(5) mebÛeej ueeFveeW ceW efJeIve (5) mebÛeej ueeFveeW ceW  efo° Oeeje ØeCeeueer kesâ ceeceues ceW GheveiejerÙe š^sve ØeÛeeueve
veneR GlheVe neslee nw~ efJeIve GlheVe neslee nw~ Jeesušlee nw– 600-750V
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 In the Kando system of electrical traction a .........
supply from the sub-station is picked up by the ♦ Power requirements of a train lighting and air–
locomotive through the single overhead contact conditioning is met by–
wire– Axle driven generators in
16 kV, 50 Hz conjunction with batteries
 š^sve ueeFefšbie Deewj Jeeleevegketâueve kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Meefòeâ keâer ♦ The wheel of a train, engine as well as bogies, are
hetefle& keâer peeleer nw– slightly tapered so as to–
yewefš^ÙeeW kesâ meeLe mebÙeespeve ceW Facilitate in taking turns
Oegje Ûeeefuele peefve$e Éeje  š^sve keâe heefnÙee, Fbpeve Deewj yeesieer nukeâe mee šshej…… kesâ
♦ Coach air–conditioning equipment includes– efueS nesleer nw,– šve& uesves ceW megefJeOee
Standard refrigeration equipment, mechanical ♦ B0B0 locomotives have two bogies with–
power generation equipment and electrical Two driving axles with individual
equipment for control with accessories
drive motors
 keâesÛe Jeeleevegketâueve GhekeâjCeeW ceW neslee nw–
 B 0B 0 jsue Fbpeve ceW oes yeesieer kesâ meeLe nesleer nw–
ceevekeâ Meerleueve GhekeâjCe, Ùeebef$ekeâ Meefòeâ Glheeove
Deueie–Deueie Ûeeueve ceesšj kesâ meeLe oes Ûeeueve Oegje
GhekeâjCe Deewj meeceeve kesâ meeLe efveÙeb$eCe
♦ Locomotive with manometer bogies–
kesâ efueS efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe
Are suited both for passengers as well as
♦ ...........Is a separately–excited generator whose
freight service, have better coefficient of
armature is connected to negative busbar at the
far end of the track through negative feeder and adhesion, have better riding qualities owing to
creates low voltage level in the track to allow all reduction of lateral forces
current to flow through it– Negative booster  cewveesceeršj yeesefieÙeeW kesâ meeLe jsue Fbpeve ceW–
 ...........Skeâ Deueie mes Gòesefpele peefve$e nw efpemekeâe DeecexÛej Ùeeef$eÙeeW kesâ meeLe–meeLe ceeue {gueeF& mesJee oesveeW kesâ efueS
$e+Ceelcekeâ heâer[j kesâ ceeOÙece mes $e+Ceelcekeâ yemeyeej Deewj heLe Devegketâue nw, yesnlej Deemebpekeâ iegCeebkeâ neslee nw, heeÕe&
kesâ otj efmejs mes pegÌ[e ngDee neslee nw Deewj heLe ceW efvecve Jeesušlee yeueeW keâer keâceer kesâ keâejCe yesnlej meJeejer kesâ iegCe nw
mlej GlheVe keâjlee nw leeefkeâ meYeer Oeeje Fmekesâ ceeOÙece mes
ØeJeeefnle nes ♦ Series traction motor operating on undulating dc
I max  I min
$e+Ceelcekeâ yetmšj supply has undulation–
I max  I min
♦ Electrical circuit breaker is–
 [er0meer0 Deehetefle& keâes Deheveeves hej Ûeueves Jeeueer ëe=bKeuee keâ<e&Ce
Provided on the electric locomotive to protect
I max  I min
the electrical equipment against excessive ceesšj ceW Gleej-ÛeÌ{eJe neslee nw–
overloads automatically I max  I min
 JewÅegle heefjheLe efJeÙeespekeâ– ♦ The number of passanger coaches that can be
mJeÛeeefuele ™he mes DelÙeefOekeâ DeefleYeej kesâ efKeueeheâ attached to a diesel engine locomotive on broad
gauge is usually restricted to– 17
efJeÅegle kesâ GhekeâjCeeW keâer megj#ee kesâ efueS efJeÅegle jsue
Fbpeve hej Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw  yeÇe@[ iespe hej Skeâ [erpeue Fbpeve ueeskeâesceesefšJe mes pegÌ[s Ùee$eer
♦ In electric traction if contact voltage exceeds ef[yyeeW keâer mebKÙee Deeceleewj hej...........meerefcele nesleer nw– 17
1500V current collection is invariable by– ♦ DC shunt motors are not suitable for traction
Overhead wire services because of their–
 JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW Ùeefo mecheke&â Jeesušspe 1500V mes DeefOekeâ
Hard characteristics, large time constant,
neslee nw lees Oeeje meb«en yeouelee nw– power varying directly with developed torque,
efMejesheefj leej Éeje wide variation in torque and flux due to
variation in voltage in electric traction
♦ Conductor rail system of supply is–
Cheap and easy to repair and inspection,
 [er.meer. heeMJe& ceesšj Deheves...............kesâ keâejCe mebkeâ<e&Ce
suitable for heavy current collection at voltages keâeÙeeX kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ veneR nesleer nw–
up to 1200 V
keâ"esj DeefYeue#eCe, DeefOekeâ meceÙe efmLejebkeâ, efJekeâefmele
 Ûeeuekeâ jsue ØeCeeueer............keâer Deehetefle& kesâ efueS nesleer nw– DeeIetCe& kesâ meeLe Meefòeâ meerOes yeoueleer nw, JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce
cejccele Deewj efvejer#eCe nsleg memlee Deewj Deemeeve, 1200 V ceW Jeesušlee heefjJele&ve kesâ keâejCe DeeIetCe& Deewj heäuekeäme ceW
lekeâ kesâ Jeesušspe Yeejer Oeeje meb«en nsleg Deemeeve JÙeehekeâ heefjJele&ve
♦ The electric motor used for traction work should ♦ The selection of an electric motor for any
be mechanically– application depends on factors–
Small in overall dimensions (specially in its Electrical characteristics, Mechanical
overall diameter), light in weight and robust in characteristics, Size and rating of
construction, capable to withstand motors, Cost
continuous vibration  efkeâmeer Yeer DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS Skeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâ ceesšj keâe ÛeÙeve
 mebkeâ<e&Ce keâeÙe& kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ ceesšj Ùeebef$ekeâ ™he mes…… hewâkeäšj hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
nesvee ÛeeefnS– efJeÅegle DeefYeue#eCe, Ùeebef$ekeâ DeefYeue#eCe, ceesšj kesâ
meYeer efJeceeDeeW ceW Úesše (efJeMes<ele: Fmekesâ mechetCe& JÙeeme Deekeâej Deewj jseEšie, ueeiele
ceW), Yeej ceW nukeâe Deewj efvecee&Ce ceW cepeyetle, ♦ For a particular application the type of electric
and control gear are determined by consideration–
efvejblej keâcheve keâes menve keâjves ceW me#ece
Starting torque, Conditions of environment,
♦ In underground traction, the supply system is– Limitation on starting current, Speed control
range and its nature
500 V to 1000 V dc
 efkeâmeer efJeMes<e DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS Fuesefkeäš^keâ Deewj kebâšêsue efieÙej
 Yetefceiele mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW Deehetefle&& ØeCeeueer neslee nw–
keâe Øekeâej efJeÛeej mes efveOee&efjle neslee nw–
500 V mes 1000 V dc
ØeejefcYekeâ yeueeIetCe&, heÙee&JejCe keâer efmLeefle, ØeejefcYekeâ
♦ Battery driven vehicles– meerefcele Oeeje, ieefle efveÙeb$eCe jWpe (hejeme)
Are easy to control and very convenient to use, Deewj Fmekeâer Øeke=âefle
have low maintenance cost
♦ Suri transmission is– Hydro-mechanical
and cause no pollution
 metjer mebÛejCe neslee nw– neF[ês Ùeebef$ekeâ
 yewšêr Éeje Ûeeefuele Jeenve–
♦ The load, for which the motor always starts on
efveÙebef$ele keâjves nsleg Deemeeve Deewj GheÙeesie keâjves nsleg load is–
yengle megefJeOeepevekeâ nesles nQ, jKe-jKeeJe ueeiele efvecve
Fan motor, conveyor motor, flour mill motor
nesleer nw leLee keâesF& Øeot<eCe veneR keâjles nQ  Jen Yeej efpemekesâ efueS ceesšj meowJe Yeej hej mšeš& nesleer nw–
♦ Battery operated trucks are used– hebKee ceesšj, keâvJesÙej ceesšj, Deeše Ûekeäkeâer ceesšj
For local delivery of goods in large towns ♦ The load cycle for a motor driving a power press
maximum daily run up to 50–60 km will be– Continuous but periodical
 yewšêr Éeje ØeÛeeefuele š^keâ ................ ØeÙegòeâ nesles nQ–  Meefòeâ Øesme Ûeueeves Jeeues ceesšj kesâ efueS Yeej Ûe›eâ nesiee–
yeÌ[s MenjeW ceW meeceeveeW keâer mLeeveerÙe efJelejCe kesâ efueS efvejblej uesefkeâve DeeJeefOekeâ
DeefOekeâlece 50–60 km lekeâ keâer owefvekeâ Ûeeueve kesâ meeLe ♦ Introduction of automation in production
♦ Main traction systems used in India are those processes has become possible only because of
use of–
using ............ locomotives–
Individual or multimotor drive
Steam engine, diesel engine and diesel–electric
 Glheeove Øeef›eâÙee ceW mJeÛeeueve keâe heefjÛeÙe kesâJeue ......... kesâ
 Yeejle ceW ØeÙegòeâ cegKÙe mebkeâ<e&Ce ØeCeeueer nw efpeveceW .............. GheÙeesie keâejCe mecYeJe nw–
jsue Fbpeve keâe ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
JÙeefòeâiele Ùee ceušerceesšj Ûeeueve
Yeehe Fbpeve , [erpeue Fbpeve Deewj [erpeue–efJeÅegle
♦ The voltage for single phase A.C. system, is–
♦ For quick speed reversal the motor preferred is– 230 V
DC motor  eEmeieue hesâpe A.C. efmemšce kesâ efueS Jeesušlee neslee nw–230 V
 efJehejerle lJeefjle ieefle nsleg, hemebo keâer peeves Jeeueer ceesšj nw– ♦ In India diesel locomotives are manufactured at–
[er0meer0 ceesšj Varanasi

 Yeejle ceW [erpeue Fbpeve keâe efvecee&Ce efkeâÙee peelee nw– JeejeCemeer ♦ In case of steam locomotives the tractive effort is
provided by–
♦ High starting torque is required in– Locomotive
Double cylinder, double acting
 GÛÛe ØeejbefYekeâ še@ke&â DeeJeMÙekeâ nw– ueeskeâesceesefšJe
steam engine
(UPPCL JE 2016)
 Yeehe jsue Fbpeve kesâ ceeceues ceW š^wefkeäšJe ØeÙeeme ................
♦ The drive that is suitable for mines where
explosive gases exist is a– Battery engine Éeje Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Jen Ûeeueve pees KeoeveeW kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ nesleer nw, peneB ognje efmeefueC[j, ognje ef›eâÙeeMeerue Yeehe Fbpeve
efJemHeâesškeâ iewmeW ceewpeto nesleer nw– yewšjer Fbpeve ♦ The maximum horse power of steam locomotive
(M.P. Sub Engineer 2018) is– Up to 1500 HP
♦ Motor is preferred as a traction motor for electric  Yeehe jsue Fbpeve keâer DeefOekeâlece DeÕe Meefòeâ nw–
trains– DC series motor
1500 HP lekeâ
 efJeÅegle jsueJes ceW mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšj keâer lejn GheÙeesie keâjves nsleg
♦ The speed of a steam locomotive is controlled by–
ceesšj meyemes GheÙeg&òeâ nw– DC ßesCeer ceesšj
Regulating steam flow to engine
(PGCIL E.R.1 2018)
 Yeehe jsue Fbpeve keâer ieefle ...............kesâ Éeje efveÙebef$ele keâer
(SSC JE 2007)
peeleer nw–
♦ The motors is extensively used for electric
traction in railways, trams and trolleys– Fbpeve kesâ efueS Jee<he ØeJeen keâes efJeefveÙece
DC series motor ♦ The pulsating torque exerted by steam
locomotives causes– Jolting and skidding
 jsueJes, šê@ce Deewj šê@ueer ceW Fuesefkeäš^keâ š^wkeäMeve kesâ efueS ceesšme&
JÙeehekeâ ™he mes ØeÙegòeâ efkeâS peeles nw– DC meerjerpe ceesšj  Yeehe jsue Fbpeve Éeje ueieeÙee ieÙee mhebefole DeeIetCe& keâe keâejCe
neslee nw– Peškeâe Deewj mkeâeref[bie
(BSPHCL JE 2019)
♦ Steam engine drive–
Yeehe Fbpeve (Steam Engine) Has limited overload capacity, is not clean
♦ In case of steam engines the steam pressure is– drive, is not suitable for urban or suburban
services or for hauling heavy loads on steep
10 to 15 kgf/cm2 gradients
 Yeehe Fbpeve kesâ mecyevOe ceW Yeehe ØesMej neslee nw–  Yeehe Fbpeve Ûeeueve ceW–
10 mes 15 kgf/cm 2
DeefleYeej #ecelee meerefcele nesleer nw, meeheâ Ûeeueve veneR
♦ Unbalanced force are maximum in case of– nesleer nw, veiejerÙe Deewj GheveiejerÙe mesJeeDeeW kesâ efueS Ùee
Ùen KeÌ[er {eue hej Yeejer Yeej G"eves kesâ efueS
Steam – locomotive
GheÙegòeâ veneR nesleer nw
 ......... kesâ ceeceues ceW Demeblegefuele yeue DeefOekeâlece neslee nw–
♦ Steam locomotives–
Yeehe-jsue Fbpeve Cannot be put into service at any moment,
♦ Maintenance requirements are minimum is case cause considerable wear on the track, need
of– Electric locomotives more repair and maintenance
 ......... kesâ ceeceues ceW jKe-jKeeJe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee vÙetvelece  Yeehe jsue Fbpeve–
nesleer nw– efJeÅegle jsue Fbpeve efkeâmeer Yeer #eCe mesJee ceW veneR ueeÙee pee mekeâlee nw, heLe
hej keâeheâer štš–hetâš keâe keâejCe neslee nw, DeefOekeâ
♦ The steam engine provided on steam locomotive
cejccele Deewj jKe-jKeeJe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw
is– Double acting non–condensing type
♦ In case of a steam engine an average coal
 Yeehe jsue FbpeveeW hej Øeoeve efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee Yeehe Fbpeve- consumption per km is nearly– 28 to 30 kg
ognje ef›eâÙeeMeerue vee@ve mebIeefve$e
 Skeâ mšerce Fbpeve kesâ mecyevOe ceW Øeefle efkeâueesceeršj Deewmele
Øekeâej keâe neslee nw~ keâesÙeues keâer Kehele ueieYeie nesleer nw– 28 to 30 kg

♦ The overall efficiency of steam locomotive is ♦ Diesel electric traction has comparatively limited
around– 5 to 10 percent overload capacity because–
 Yeehe jsue Fbpeve keâer mechetCe& o#elee ueieYeie nesleer nw– Diesel engine is constant output
5 mes 10 ØeefleMele prime mover
efJeÅegle [erpeue Fbpeve  [erpeue efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce (š^wkeäMeve) ceW Dehes#eeke=âle meerefcele DeefOeYeej
#ecelee nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
(Electric Diesel Engine) [erpeue Fbpeve meleled DeeGšhegš
♦ Vacuum is created by–
ØeeFce cetJej neslee nw~
Vacuum pump or ejector
(SSC JE- 2017)
 efveJee&led mLeeefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw–
efveJee&led heche Ùee Fpeskeäšj Éeje efJeÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce
♦ Braking system employed in diesel electric Electric traction
traction is– Vacuum type
♦ The characteristics of OHE depend on–
 [erpeue JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW ØeÙegòeâ yeÇsefkebâie ØeCeeueer nw–
Loss of contact and its duration, temperature
efveJee&led Øee™heer and wear of contact wire, quality of current
♦ The efficiency of diesel locomotives is nearly– collection and pantograph pressure on contact
wire, height, stagger, push up of an gradient of
20 to 25 percent contact wire
 [erpeue jsue Fbpeve keâer o#elee ueieYeie nesleer nw–  OHE keâe DeefYeue#eCe efveYe&j keâjlee nw–
20 mes 25 ØeefleMele mecheke&â keâer neefve Deewj Fmekeâer DeJeefOe, leehe Deewj mecheke&â
♦ In diesel–electric drive–
leej keâe štšvee–hetâšvee, Oeeje meb«en keâe iegCe Deewj
mecheke&â leej hej hewvšes«eeheâ oeye, GBâÛeeF& , mecheke&â leej kesâ
Initial investment required low, locomotive
and train is a self–contained unit, power loss in
{eue keâe ØeYeeJe
speed control is low ♦ Insulated overlaps are employed in electric
 [erpeue–efJeÅegle Ûeeueve ceW– traction to provide–
ØeejefcYekeâ efveJesMe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee keâce nesleer nw, jsue Isolating facilities required for the
Fbpeve Deewj š^sve Skeâ mJeefveefnle FkeâeF& nw, maintenance and operation of OHE
ieefle efveÙeb$eCe ceW Meefòeâ neefve efvecve nesleer nw  JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW efJeÅeglejesOeer DeefleÚeove Øeoeve efkeâS peeles nQ–
♦ ........... locomotive has the highest operational OHE kesâ jKe-jKeeJe Deewj ØeÛeeueve kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ
availability– Electric DeeFmeesuesefšbie (Deueie) megefJeOeeS
 ........... jsue Fbpeve keâer GÛÛelece heefjÛeeueve GheueyOelee nesleer ♦ Neutral sections are provided in single–phase ac
nw– efJeÅegle traction as–
♦ For diesel locomotives the range of horse-power Adjacent substations tap different phases of
is– 1500 to 2500 three–phase system to achieve balancing
 [erpeue jsue Fbpeve kesâ efueS DeÕe Meefòeâ keâer jWpe nesleer nw–  Skeâue-keâuee S0meer0 mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW Goemeerve meskeäMeve GheueyOe
1500 mes 2500 keâjeÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
♦ In traction mechanics the gear ratio (γ) is equal
DeemeVe Ghekesâvõ meblegueve Øeehle keâjves nsleg leerve-keâuee
to– (Speed of motor pinion in rpm) ØeCeeueer kesâ Deueie–Deueie keâueeDeeW keâes šwhe keâjlee nw
/Speed of driving axle in rpm) ♦ Use of booster transformers is restricted to urban
areas because–
 keâ<e&Ce Ùeebef$ekeâer ceW efieÙej Devegheele kesâ yejeyej nw–
They complicated the OHE and cause more
(ceesšj pekeâÌ[ve keâer ieefle (rpm))/ faults in the system and thus reduce the system
([êFefJebie Oegje keâer ieefle (rpm)) reliability, they increase the impedance and
need feeding posts to be located at close
(MP JE- 2015) intervals
 yetmšj heefjCeeefce$e keâe GheÙeesie Menjer #es$eeW lekeâ meerefcele neslee nw  JewÅegle jsueJes, Yeehe jsueJes kesâ meeLe mebYeJe ogiegves ÙeeleeÙeele keâes
keäÙeeWefkeâ– mebYeeue mekeâlee nw~ Fmekeâer Jepen Ùen nw–
Ùess OHE keâes peefšue yeveeles nw Deewj ØeCeeueer ceW DelÙeefOekeâ Ùee$eer {esves keâer #ecelee,
DeefOekeâ Øeoes<e hewoe keâjles nQ Deewj Fme Øekeâej ØeCeeueer GÛÛelece DevegmetÛeer ieefle
keâer efJeÕemeveerÙelee Iešleer nQ, Jes ØeefleyeeOee yeÌ{eles nQ Deewj ♦ The most vital factor against electric traction is–
vepeoerkeâer Deblejeue hej efmLele keâjves nsleg
Yeeefjle heesmš keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw High initial cost in laying out overhead electric
supply system
♦ Braking used in electric traction is–
 efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce kesâ efKeueeheâ meyemes cenòJehetCe& keâejkeâ nw–
Electro pneumatic braking
efMejesheefj efJeÅegle Deehetefle&& ØeCeeueer keâes efyeÚeves ceW
 JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW ØeÙegòeâ yeÇsefkebâie nw–
JewÅegle JeeÙegÛeeefuele yeÇsefkebâie Yeejer ØeejefcYekeâ ueeiele
♦ The disadvantage of electric traction over other ♦ For...........locomotives the maintenance
systems of traction– requirements are the least– Electric
Corrosion problems in the underground pipe  .......... jsue Fbpeve kesâ efueS jKejKeeJe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee keâce
work, Short time power failure interrupts mes keâce nesleer nw– JewÅegle
traffic for hours, High capital outlay in fixed
installations beside route limitation, ♦ In India, electrification of railway track was done
Interference with communication lines for the first time in years– 1925–1932
 DevÙe mebkeâ<e&Ce ØeCeeefueÙees keâer leguevee ceW efJeÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce  Yeejle ceW, jsueJes š^wkeâ keâe efJeÅegleerkeâjCe, Je<e& ceW henueer yeej
ØeCeeueer keâer neefve nw– efkeâÙee ieÙee Lee– 1925–1932 ceW
Yetefceiele heeFhe keâeÙe& ceW pebie keâer mecemÙee, Mee@š& šeFce ♦. .......... was the first city in India to adopt electric
hee@Jej efJeheâuelee IebšeW kesâ efueS ÙeeleeÙeele ceW yeeOee traction– Bombay
[eueleer nw, ceeie& meercee kesâ yeieue ceW efveefMÛele mLeeheveeDeeW
 ........... efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce keâes Deheveeves Jeeuee Yeejle keâe henuee
ceW GÛÛe hetBpeeriele JÙeÙe, mebÛeej ueeFveeW kesâ meeLe nmle#eshe
Menj Lee– yecyeF&
♦ Electric locomotives in India are manufactured
at– ♦ The electric locomotive run faster at curved routes
as compared to steam locomotive as–
Chittranjan
The centre of gravity of electric locomotive is
 Yeejle ceW efJeÅegle jsue Fbpeve keâe efvecee&Ce efkeâÙee peelee nw–
lower than that of steam locomotive
efÛelejbpeve
 efJeÅegle jsueFbpeve IegceeJeoej jemleeW hej Yeehe jsueFbpeve keâer leguevee
♦ Electric traction in comparison to other traction
systems has the advantages of– ceW lespe oewÌ[les nQ–
Higher acceleration and braking retardation, efJeÅegle jsueFbpeve keâe ieg®lJe kesâvõ Yeehe
cleanest system and so ideally suitable for the
underground and tube railways, jsueFbpeve keâer leguevee ceW keâce neslee nw
better speed control (MP JE- 2015)
 DevÙe mebkeâ<e&CeeW keâer leguevee ceW JewÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce kesâ ueeYe nQ– ♦ In steam locomotive, electric power is provided
through– Small turbo generator
GÛÛe lJejCe Deewj yeÇsefkebâie cebove, mJeÛÚ ØeCeeueer nw Deewj
FmeefueS DeeoMe& ™he mes Yetefceiele Deewj šŸetye jsueJes kesâ  Yeehe jsue Fbpeve ceW, efJeÅegle Meefòeâ Øeoeve keâer peeleer nw–
efueS GheÙegòeâ nesleer nw, yesnlej ieefle efveÙeb$eCe Úesšs šyeex pevejsšj Éeje
(SSC JE -2017) (UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013)
♦ Electric railway can handle the traffic upto double ♦ An ideal traction system should have–
the amount possible with steam railway. It is
because of– Larger passenger carrying High starting tractive effort, equipment
capable of withstanding large temporary
capacity, higher schedule speed overloads, easy speed control
 Skeâ DeeoMe& keâ<e&Ce ØeCeeueer ceW nesvee ÛeeefnS– Ùen S0meer0 ceesšj kesâ efokedâheefjJele&ve iegCe keâes megOeejleer
GÛÛe DeejefcYekeâ keâe|<ele ØeÙeeme, GhekeâjCe DeefOekeâ nw, Ùen S0meer0 ceesšj keâer o#elee keâess yeÌ{elee nw,
DemLeeÙeer DeefOeYeej menve keâjves ceW me#ece, Ùen S0meer0 ceesšj keâer Meefòeâ iegCekeâ keâes megOeejlee nw
Deemeeve ieefle efveÙeb$eCe
♦ At low frequency the order of 1/2 Hz to 10 Hz,
(SSC JE- 2017) the induction motor develops–
♦ If the designation of Indian Railways locomotive High starting torque without excessive starting
is known as WAM1, then in this the letter W current
indicates–
 efvecve DeeJe=efòe 1/2 Hz – 10 Hz hej ØesjCe ceesšj efJekeâefmele
Broad gauge track keâjleer nw–
 Ùeefo YeejleerÙe jsueJes ueeskeâesceesefšJe keâes WAM1 kesâ veece mes efyevee DelÙeefOekeâ ØeejbYeve Oeeje kesâ GÛÛe
peevee peelee nw, lees Meyo W Fbefiele keâjlee nw–
ØeejefcYekeâ DeeIetCe&
yeÇe@[ iespe š^wkeâ
♦ The frequency of a single phase traction system
(SSC JE 2017) is–
♦ For lighting a passenger coach of a long distance 16.67 Hz
train, power is provided–  Skeâ efmebieue hesâpe š^wkeäMeve ØeCeeueer keâer DeeJe=efòe nw– 16.67 Hz
From individual generator of bogie and
batteries Skeâue keâuee GÛÛe DeeJe=efòe S.meer. ØeCeeueer
 uebyeer otjer Jeeueer jsueieeÌ[er kesâ Skeâ Ùee$eer ef[yyes ceW ueeFefšbie kesâ Single Phase High Frequency AC System
efueS, hee@Jej Øeoeve keâer peeleer nw– ♦ Single–phase ac system is preferred for main line
yeesieer kesâ Deueie pevejsšj leLee yewšefjÙeeW mes railway service because–
(M.P. Sub Engineer 2018) The initial, maintenance and operating

costs of ac substations are less as the
efo° Oeeje ØeCeeueer
substation equipment required in
Direct current system single–phase ac system is less, cheap
♦ Motors preferred when quick speed reversal is the and efficient, number of substations
main consideration– D.C. motor
required is less, of reduced cost of
 peye cegKÙe ØeeLeefcekeâlee lJeefjle ieefle keâes JÙegl›eâce keâjvee nes
distribution system
leye............ ceesšj hemevo keâer peeleer nw, D.C. ceesšj
 cegKÙe ueeFve jsueJes mesJee kesâ efueS Skeâue-keâuee S0meer0 keâes
♦ Motors preferred when smooth and precise speed hemebo efkeâÙee peelee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ–
control over a wide range is desired– D.C. motor
S0meer0 Ghekesâvõ keâer ØeejefcYekeâ Deewj jKe-jKeeJe leLee
 ceesšj hemevo efkeâÙee peelee nw, peye efJemle=le jWpe hej megÛee® Deewj
ØeÛeeueve ueeiele keâce neslee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ Skeâue-keâuee
mešerkeâ ieefle efveÙeb$eCe JeebefÚle neslee nw– D.C. ceesšj
S0meer0 ceW Ghekesâvõ hej DeeJeMÙekeâ GhekeâjCe keâce memles
Skeâue keâuee efvecve DeeJe=efòe ØeCeeueer Deewj o#e nesles nQ, keâce GhekesâvõeW keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer
nw, efJelejCe ØeCeeueer keâer keâce ueeiele
Single Phase Low Frequency System
♦ Problems of single–phase traction systems are–
♦ For single–phase ac system of track
Current and voltage unbalance, electrostatic
electrification, low frequency is desirable as–
and electromagnetic induction,
It improves commutation properties of ac generation of harmonics
motors, it increases efficiency of ac motors, it
improves power factor of ac motors  Skeâue-keâuee mebkeâ<e&Ce ØeCeeueer keâer mecemÙeeSB nQ–
Oeeje Deewj Jeesušspe Demeblegefuele, efmLej JewÅegle
 efJeÅegleerkeâjCe heLe kesâ Skeâue-keâuee S0meer0 ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS
efvecve DeeJe=efòe JeebÚveerÙe nesleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ– Deewj JewÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe ØesjCe, neceexefvekeäme keâe Glheeove
♦ Method used to control speed of 25 kV, 50 Hz ♦ The advantage of electric breaking is–
single phase traction–
Motor continue to remain
Tap changing control of transformer
loaded during braking
 efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie 25 kV, 50 Hz eEmeieue hesâpe keâ<e&Ce keâer
 JewÅegle yeÇskeâve keâe ueeYe nw–
ieefle keâes efveÙebef$ele keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw–
šêbmeheâece&j keâer šshe ÛeseEpeie efveÙeb$eCe yeÇskeâve kesâ oewjeve ceesšj uees[s[ jnleer nw
♦ For 25 kV single phase system power supply (SSC JE- 2010), (M.P. Sub Engineer- 2018)
frequency is– 50 Hz ♦ Electric braking preferred is–
 25 kV eEmeieue hesâpe ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS hee@Jej mehueeF& DeeJe=efòe It is smooth, Its maintenance cost is less, The
nesleer nw– 50 Hz energy is saved in regenerative braking
♦ Long distance railways use for their electric  efJeÅegle yeÇsefkebâie keâes ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer peeleer nw–
traction– 25 k V single phase ac
Ùen Deemeeve nesleer nw, Fmekesâ jKe-jKeeJe keâer ueeiele keâce
 uebyeer otjer kesâ jsueceeie& hej efJeÅegle keâ<e&Ce kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie keâer nesleer nw, efjpevejsefšbJe yeÇsefkebâie ceW Tpee& keâer yeÛele nesleer nw
peeleer nw– 25 k V Skeâue keâuee S.meer
(SSC JE- 2017)
hueefiebie yeÇsefkebâie
kewâC[es efmemšce
Plugging Braking
Kando system ♦ The electric braking system commonly employed
in rolling mills, elevators and printing presses is–
♦ In Kando system of track electrification–
Plugging
Single–phase ac is converted into 3–phase ac
 efJeÅegle yeÇsefkebâie ØeCeeueer pees meeceevÙele: jesefuebie ceerue, SueerJesšj
 efJeÅegleerkeâjCe heLe kesâ kewâC[es ØeCeeueer ceW–
Deewj efØeefšbie Øesme ceW ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw, hueefiebie
Skeâue-keâuee S0meer0, leerve-keâuee S0meer0
♦ Battery operated trucks are used in–
ceW heefjJeefle&le nesleer nw
Factories for material transportation
JewÅegle DeJejesOeve  yewšjer mebÛeeefuele š^keâ keâe GheÙeesie ........... ceW neslee nw–
cešsefjÙeue heefjJenve kesâ efueS keâejKeeveeW
Electric braking
♦ Plugging provides– Highest torque braking
♦ The braking system employed with steam
locomotives is– Vacuum system  hueefiebie Øeoeve keâjlee nw– GÛÛe DeeIetCe& yeÇsefkebâie
 Yeehe jsue Fbpeve kesâ meeLe ØeÙegòeâ yeÇsefkebâie ØeCeeueer nw– (UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
efveJee&led ØeCeeueer ♦ The plugging provides..............braking torque in

comparison to rheostatic and regenerative braking
♦ The advantage of electric braking– systems– Highest
It avoids wear of track  Oeeje efveÙeb$ekeâ Deewj hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsefkebâie ØeCeeueer keâer leguevee cebs
hueefiebie ...............yeÇsefkebâie yeueeIetCe& Øeoeve keâjlee nw– GÛÛe
 Fuesefkeäš^keâ yeÇseEkeâie keâe ueeYe nw–
Ùen š^wkeâ keâes jieÌ[ mes yeÛeelee nw (SSC JE- 2017)
♦ The method of braking, in which motor armature
♦ Battery operated scooter for braking uses– remains connected to the supply and draws power
Mechanical braking from it producing torque opposite to the direction
of motion is– Plugging
 yewšjer Ûeeefuele mketâšj ceW yeÇskeâ ueieeves nsleg ØeÙeesie neslee nw–
 yesÇefkebâie keâer Skeâ efJeefOe nw efpemeceW ceesšj keâe DeecexÛej mehueeF& mes
Ùeebef$ekeâ yeÇsefkebâie mebÙeesefpele jnlee nw Deewj Fmemes Meefòeâ «enCe keâjkesâ ceesšj kesâ
(UTTARAKHAND JE-II 2013) Ietceves kesâ efJehejerle efoMee ceW DeeIetCe& GlheVe keâjlee nw– hueefiebie
(UPPCL JE 2016) (PGCIL E.R.1 2018)

 leerve hesâpe ØesjCe ceesšme& kesâ efueS, ieefle efveÙeb$eCe keâer meyemes
hueefiebie
keâce ØeYeeefJele efJeefOe nw– efjÙeesmšwefškeâ efveÙeb$eCe
(Plugging)
♦ _______breaking of electric motors occurs when
 Fmes JÙegl›eâce Oeeje yeÇsefkebâie Yeer keânles nQ~ the energy stored in the rotating mass is dissipated
in an electrical resistance– Dynamic
 Fme efJeefOe ceW Fbpeve keâes Ûeueeves Jeeueer ceesšj keâer mehueeF& keâes
 _______yeÇskeâ leye ueielee nw peye IetCe&ve õJÙeceeve ceW meb«enerle
Fme Øekeâej mebÙeesefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw efkeâ DeeJeMÙekeâlee heÌ[ves hej
Gmes Gušer efoMee ceW Yeer ÛeueeÙee pee mekesâ~ Tpee& keâes Skeâ efJeÅegle ØeeflejesOe ceW DeheJÙeÙe efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 yeÇsefkebâie kesâ meceÙe ceesšj ceW GlheVe yeueeIetCe& keâer efoMee ieeÌ[er kesâ ieefleMeerue
Ûeueves keâer efoMee kesâ efJehejerle nesleer nw~ efpemekesâ keâejCe Oeerjs-Oeerjs (MP JE- 2016) +
ceesšj keâer ieefle MetvÙe neskeâj efJehejerle efoMee ceW Ûeueves ueieleer
nw~ efjDeesmšsefškeâ yeÇsefkebâie
 FmeefueS š^sve keâer ieefle MetvÙe nesves hej Ùee MetvÙe nesves mes LeesÌ[e (Rheostatic Braking)
henues efJeÅegle mehueeF& yevo keâj oer peeleer nw Deewj Ùeebef$ekeâ yeÇskeâ
ueiee efoS peeles nQ, efpememes š^sve ™keâ peeleer nw~  Ùen efJeefOe dynamic braking Yeer keânueeleer nw~
 Fme efJeefOe ceW yeÇsefkebâie kesâ meceÙe Yeer JewÅegle Tpee& mehueeF& mes ueer peeleer  Fme efJeefOe ceW yeÇsefkebâie kesâ meceÙe ceesšj keâes JewÅegle mehueeF& mes
nw Deewj š^sve keâer ieeflepe Tpee& JÙeLe& Ûeueer peeleer nw~ Deueie (Disconnect) keâj efoÙee peelee nw Deewj š^sve keâer
ieeflepe Tpee& keâes JewÅegle Tpee& ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS
 mebhueeF& hesâue nes peeves hej Ùen ØeCeeueer keâeÙe& veneR keâj mekeâleer
ceesšj, Skeâ peefve$e keâer lejn keâeÙe& keâjves ueieleer nw~
nw~
 ceesšj kesâ šefce&veueeW keâes Skeâ ØeeflejesOe mes peesÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw
 Fme ØeCeeueer keâer o#elee keâce nesleer nw~
pees GlheVe efJeÅegle Tpee& keâes T<cee I2R ceW heefjJeefle&le keâj osleer
 efo° Oeeje ßesCeer ceesšj ceW hueefiebie keâjles meceÙe DeecexÛej kesâ nw~ Ùen ØeeflejesOe JewÅegle Yeej keâe keâeÙe& keâjlee nw~
mebÙeespeve keâes efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~
 yeÇskeâve keâeue ceW jerDeesmšsefškeâ yeÇsefkebâie kesâ #es$e Gòespeve kesâ efueS
 3- ØesjCe ceesšjes ceW ceesšj keâer ieefle keâes efJehejerle (Reverse) efo°Oeeje ØeoeÙe keâer GheefmLeefle DeefveJeeÙe& nesleer nw~
keâjves kesâ efueS leervees hesâpees ceW mes efkeâvneR oes hesâpees keâes Deeheme
ceW Gueš efoÙee peelee nw efpememes ceesšj efJehejerle efoMee ceW Ûeueves  Induction motor ceW, jerDeesmšsefškeâ yeÇskeâve kesâ efueS D.C.
supply keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ I.M. Pure
keâe ØeÙeeme keâjleer nw~
A.C. motor nw~
efjÙeesmšsefškeâ yeÇsefkebâie  yeÇskeâve keâeue ceW efJeÅegle-ØeoeÙe kesâ Ûeues peeves hej jerDeesmšsefškeâ
yeÇskeâve ueeiet veneR nesleer nw~
Rheostatic braking
♦ Rheostatic braking may be applied to an induction  yee¢e Gòespeve kesâ meceÙe Fme yeele keâe OÙeeve jKevee heÌ[lee nw efkeâ
motor provided– #es$e kegâC[ueer keâer mehueeF& keâe mecyevOe štšves ve heeS DevÙeLee
JewÅegle peveve ef›eâÙee ™keâ peeSieer Deewj yeÇsefkebâie veneR nes heeSieer~
Separate dc source for field excitation
is available efjpevejsefšJe yeÇsefkebâie
 efjnesmšwefškeâ yeÇsefkebâie Skeâ GheueyOe ØesjCe ceesšj ceW ØeÙegkeäle keâer
pee mekeâleer nw– Regenerative Braking
♦ The condition of regenerative braking can be
#es$e Gòespeve nsleg Deueie mes [er0meer0 œeesle GheueyOe nes
achieved by–
♦ For rheostatic braking of two series motors
Speed higher than no-load speed of
connected in parallel–
overhauling load, increasing the excitation
Cross–connection is better while supply voltage remains constant
 meceeblej ceW pegÌ[er ngF& oes ßesCeer ceesšj kesâ efjÙeesmšwefškeâ yeÇsefkebâie  hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsefkebâie keâer Mele& Øeehle keâer pee mekeâleer nw–
nsleg– ›eâe@me mebÙeespeve yesnlej neslee nw
DeesJej neefuebie keâer ieefle MetvÙe Yeej keâer Dehes#ee GÛÛe
♦ For three-phase induction motors, the least
efficient method of speed control– nesves hej, Gòespeve yeÌ{evee peyeefkeâ Deehetefle& Jeesušspe
Rheostatic control efmLej jnlee nw~
♦ In a dc shunt motor, regenerative braking is  efJeÅegle š^sve kesâ hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsefkebâie kesâ oewjeve kegâue Tpee& keâer yeÛele
limited by– Saturation of flux at low speed nesleer nw– GÛÛe [eGve ØeJeCelee
 [er0meer0 heeMJe& ceesšj ceW hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsefkebâie meerefcele nesleer nw– kesâ meeLe GÛÛe
efvecve ieefle hej heäuekeäme keâer meble=hlelee Éeje
(PGCIL E.R.1 2018)
♦ For regenerative braking with dc series motors, its
♦ Electrical braking is used in Industrial
field windings are ............... excited– Separately
applications– Regenerative braking
 [er0meer0 ßesCeer ceesšj kesâ meeLe hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsef›ebâie kesâ efueS Fmekeâer  DeewÅeesefiekeâ DevegØeÙeesiees ceW efJeÅegle yeÇsefkebâie keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee
#es$e kegâC[ueve .......... Gòesefpele nesleer nw– Deueie mes peelee nw– hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsefkebâie
♦ A ............... is an energy recovery mechanism
(DDA JE 2018)
which slows a vehicle or object by converting its
kinetic energy into a form which can be either ♦ The speed of the motor exceeds the synchronous
used immediately or stored until needed– speed. This braking method is called–
Regenerative brake Regenerative Braking
 .................. Skeâ Tpee& hegveuee&Ye Ùegefòeâ nw pees ieeflepe Tpee& cebs  ceesšj keâer ieefle leguÙekeâeefuekeâ ieefle mes DeefOekeâ nes peeleer nw~ Ùen
heefjJeefle&le neskeâj Jeenve Ùee Jemleg keâes Oeercee keâj osleer nw efpemekeâe yeÇsefkebâie efJeefOe keânueelee nw– hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsefkebâie
GheÙeesie Ùee lees legjble efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw Ùee pe™jle mJe™he (SSC-JE 2018)
meb«enerle efkeâÙee peelee nw– hegveÙeexpeer yesÇkeâ
(UPPCL JE- 2016) hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie
♦ In method of breaking torque generated in the (Regenerative Braking)
motor is in opposite direction of rotation of rotor–
Regenerative breaking  JewÅegle hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie kesâ meceÙe mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšj peefve$e keâer
 yeÇsefkebâie keâer efkeâme efJeefOe ceW yeÇsefkebâie kesâ meceÙe ceesšj ceW GlheVe lejn keâeÙe& keâjleer nw, efpemeceW Skeâef$ele ieeflepe Tpee& keâe ØeÙeesie
yeue DeeIetCe& keâer efoMee jesšj Ietceves keâer efoMee kesâ efJehejerle neslee neslee nw~
nw– hegveÙeexpeer yeÇsefkebâie  hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie ceW ieeÌ[er keâer ieeflepe Tpee& keâes JewÅegle Tpee& ceW
(UJVNL-2016) heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ mehueeF& ØeCeeueer keâes Jeeheme Yespe efoÙee peelee
♦ In regenerative braking, the motor energy is– nw~
Returned to the supply mains hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie ØeÙeesie keâjves kesâ efueS efvecve MeleeX keâe hetCe&
 hegveÙeexpeer jesOeve (yeÇsefkebâie) ceW, ceesšj Tpee& ...........nesleer nw– nesvee DeeJeMÙekeâ nw–
cegKÙe mehueeF& ceW Jeeheme  JewÅegle hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie kesâ meceÙe mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšj peefve$e keâer
lejn keâeÙe& keâjleer nw, efpemeceW Skeâef$ele ieeflepe Tpee& keâe ØeÙeesie
(SSC JE- 2017)
neslee nw~
♦ The most economical method of electrical braking
is– Regenerative braking  hegvepe&veve yeÇsefkebâie ceW ieeÌ[er keâer ieeflepe Tpee& keâes JewÅegle Tpee& ceW
heefjJeefle&le keâjkesâ mehueeF& ØeCeeueer keâes Jeeheme Yespe efoÙee peelee nw~
 efJeÅegle yeÇseEkeâie keâer meyemes efkeâ]heâeÙeleer efJeefOe nw–
 yeÇsefkebâie kesâ meceÙe ceesšj ceW GlheVe efJejesOe efJeÅegleJeekeâ yeue keâe
hegveÙeexpeer yeÇseEkeâie
ceeve mehueeF& Jeesušlee kesâ ceeve mes DeefOekeâ nesvee DeeJeMÙekeâ nw~
(SSC JE- 2017) i.e. Eb > V
♦ What happens during regenerative braking–  megj#ee keâer Âef° mes yeÇsefkebâie ØeCeeueer ceW Ùeebef$ekeâ efmLejlee nesveer
The DC machine acts as a generator ÛeeefnS Ùeeveer DeefOekeâ mes DeefOekeâ yeÇsefkebâie yeueeIetCe& Øeehle nesvee
 hegveÙeexpeer DeejesOeve (efjpesvejsefšJe yeÇsefkebâie) kesâ oewjeve neslee nw– ÛeeefnS~
[ermeer ceMeerve Skeâ peefve$e kesâ ™he ceW keâeÙe& keâjleer nw  yeÇsefkebâie ØeCeeueer ceW JewÅegle efmLejlee nesveer ÛeeefnS DeLee&led yeueeIetCe&
mehueeF& Jeesušlee keâer DeefmLejlee hej efveYe&j veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS~
(M.P. Sub Engineer- 2018)
♦ Net energy saved during regenerative braking of  Ùeefo efkeâmeer efJeMes<e oMee ceW yeÇsefkebâie mes Øeehle Tpee& DelÙeefOekeâ nes
an electric train– peeÙes lees Ssmee ØeyevOe nesvee ÛeeefnS efkeâ kegâÚ Tpee& JÙeÙe keâer pee
Is high with a high down gradient
mekesâ DevÙeLee yeÇsefkebâie ØeCeeueer efve<ØeYeeJeer nes peeSieer~
ieefle meceÙe Je›eâ Speed Time Curve Ûeueleer nw, Dele: t3 lekeâ ieeÌ[er efmLej jnleer nw~
(iv) keâesefmšbie (Coasting Period)
ieefle-meceÙe Je›eâ
 Fme meceÙe ieeÌ[er keâes oer peeves Jeeueer efJeÅegle Meefòeâ yevo keâj
(speed time curves)
oer peeleer nw leLee ieeÌ[er kesâJeue mebJesie kesâ keâejCe Ûeueleer nw
Deewj Oeerjs-Oeerjs hešjer leLee JeeÙeg kesâ Ie<e&Ce keâs keâejCe ieefle keâce
nesleer jnleer nw~
 ieeÌ[er keâer ieefle leLee GmeceW Tpee& JÙeÙe keâe DeOÙeÙeve ieefle-
meceÙe leLee ieefle-otjer Je›eâ mes mejuelee mes efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee  t3 mes t4 lekeâ ieeÌ[er keâe keâesefmšbie meceÙe ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee ieÙee
nw~ nw~
(v) yeÇsefkebâie (Braking)
 efyevog t4 hej yeÇks eâ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw leLee efyevog t3 lekeâ
ieeÌ[er keâer ieefle MetvÙe nes peeleer nw~
2
 yeÇsefkebâie keâe ceeve GheveiejerÙe mesJeeDeeW ceW ueieYeie mes 1
3
ceer./mes. neslee nw~ keäÙeeWefkeâ Fve mLeeveeW ceW leer›e yeÇskeâ keâer
♦ If the speed-time curves are similar (not
identical), the specific energy consumption of the
curve having higher maximum speed is ................
than that of lower maximum speed– Equal
 ieefle meceÙe Je›eâ DeefOekeâ ueeYeØeo neslee nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Fme Je›eâ  Ùeefo ieefle–meceÙe Je›eâ Skeâ meceeve nes (DeeoMe& ve nes) lees GÛÛe
keâe {eue lJejCe keâes leLee Je›eâ keâe Deevleefjkeâ #es$eheâue ieeÌ[er DeefOekeâlece ieefle Jeeues Je›eâ keâer efJeefMe° Tpee& Kehele, keâce
Éeje Ûeueer ieÙeer otjer keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw~ DeefOekeâlece ieefle Jeeues Je›eâ kesâ .............. nesleer nw– yejeyej
efÛe$e ceW cegKÙe ueeFve mesJee kesâ efueÙes Øeefle™heer ♦ Area under the speed–time curve represents–
(Typical) ieefle-meceÙe Je›eâ efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw efpemes 5 YeeieeW Total distance traveled
ceW efJeYeeefpele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–  ieefle–meceÙe Je›eâ kesâ Devleie&le #es$eheâue ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw–
(i) veesefÛebie Dehe DeJeefOe ceW lJejCe leÙe keâer ieF& kegâue otjer
(Acceleration during notching up period)(0-t1)– ♦ Free running and coasting periods are generally
long in case of– Main line service
 Fme meceÙe kesâ Devlejeue ceW ØeejbefYekeâ ØeeflejesOe keâes heefjheLe mes
nše efueÙee peelee nw efpemekesâ keâejCe Oeeje leLee Tractive  cegòeâ Ûeeueve Deewj keâe@efmšbie DeJeefOe meeceevÙele: uecyeer nesleer nw–
cegKÙe ueeFve mesJee ceW
effort efmLej nes peeles nQ Deewj efmLej lJejCe GlheVe neslee nw
leLee ueieYeie 1 ceer./mes. keâe lJejCe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ ♦ Longer coasting period for a train results in–
Lower specific energy consumption
 Je›eâ ceW lJejCe keâeue 0 mes t1 lekeâ efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~
 Skeâ š^sve keâer uecyeer keâe@efmšbie DeJeefOe keâe heefjCeece nw–
(ii) ieefle kesâ meeLe lJejCe Je›eâ
efvecve efJeefMe° Tpee& Kehele
(Acceleration On Speed Curve)
♦ In suburban services as compared to urban
 Ùen Je›eâ t1 mes t2 lekeâ ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ services– The coasting period is longer
 Fme meceÙe ieeÌ[er Oeerjs-Oeerjs lJeefjle neslee nw leLee ieefle yeÌ{ves mes  veiejerÙe mesJee keâer leguevee ceW GheveiejerÙe mesJee ceW–
yeueeIetCe& keâce nes peelee nw~ keâe@efmšbie DeJeefOe uecyeer nesleer nw
(iii) mJeleb$e Ûeeueve DeJeefOe (SSC JE-2014)
(Free Running Period) ♦ Specific energy consumption is maximum in
................... services– Urban
 Ùen Je›eâ t2 mes t3 lekeâ ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~
 efJeefMe° Tpee& Kehele .............. mesJee ceW DeefOekeâlece nesleer nw–
 efyevog t2 lekeâ Øeehle keâer ieÙeer ieefle mes ieeÌ[er efyevog t3 lekeâ veiejerÙe
♦ The acceleration rate for urban or suburban ♦ The usual specific energy consumption for
services is– 1.5–4 kmphps. suburban train service–
 veiejerÙe SJeb GheveiejerÙe mesJeeDeeW kesâ efueS lJejCe oj nw– 50 to 75 watt-hours per tonne km
1.5–4 kmphps.  meeceevÙe efJeefMe° Tpee& GheYeesie GheveiejerÙe jsue mesJee kesâ efueS
♦ In main line service as compared to urban and neslee nw– 50 mes 75 Jee@š Iebše Øeefle šve efkeâueesceeršj
suburban service– (SSC JE- 2017)
Distance between the stops is more, maximum ♦ The specific energy consumption for main line
speed reached is high, acceleration services is around .............. watt–hours per–
and retardation rates are low tonne–km– 20–30
 Menjer Deewj Ghe-Menjer mesJee keâer leguevee ceW cegKÙe ueeFve mesJee  cegKÙe ueeFve mesJee kesâ efueS efJeefMe° Tpee& Kehele ueieYeie
ceW– ............... Jeeš Iebše Øeefle šve efkeâceer nesleer nw– 20–30
mšeheeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer DeefOekeâ nesleer nw, DeefOekeâlece ♦ The coasting retardation for main line railway
services is about– 0.16 kmphps
ieefle hengBÛeves lekeâ GÛÛe nesleer nw, lJejCe Deewj
 cegKÙe ueeFve jsue mesJee kesâ efueS keâe@efmšbie cebove ueieYeie nesleer
DeJejesOe oj keâce nesleer nw nw– 0.16 kmphps
♦ The rate of acceleration on suburban or urban
services is restricted by the consideration of– ØelÙeskeâ Øekeâej keâer mesJee kesâ DeefYeue#eCe
Passenger discomfort efJeJejCe veiejerÙe mesJee GheveiejerÙe cegKÙe ueeFve
 Ghe-Menjer Deewj Menjer mesJeeDeeW hej lJejCe keâer oj keâe efJeÛeej mesJee
ØeefleyebefOele neslee nw– Ùee$eer DemegefJeOee Éeje
lJejCe 1.5 - 4 1.5 mes 4 0.6 – 0.8
♦ Automatic signalling is used for trains– kmphps kmphps
kmphps
Suburban and Urban electric trains
 š^sveeW kesâ efueS mJeÛeeefuele eEmeiveeEueie keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee DeJecebove 3-4 3 mes 4 1.5 kmphps
nw– GheveiejerÙe Deewj Menjer efyepeueer keâer š^sveeW kmphps kmphps
♦ In suburban trains, the traction motors are
installed on– Locomotive DeefOekeâlece 120kmph 120 160 kmph
ieefle kmph
 GheveiejerÙe š^sveeW ceW, mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšjs ................ hej mLeeefhele
keâer peeleer nw– jsue Fbpeve oes mšsMeveeW 1km 2.5 mes 3.5 More than 10
♦ The braking retardation for urban or suburban kesâ ceOÙe keâer km km
services is– 3–4 kmphps otjer
 veiejerÙe SJeb GheveiejerÙe mesJeeDeeW kesâ efueS yeÇsefkebâie cebove neslee efJeMes<e mJeleb$e ™he mes mJeleb$e ™he mJeleb$e ™he mes
nw– 3–4 kmphps
efšhheCeer Ùeefo š^sve kesâ Ûeueves mes š^sve kesâ š^sve kesâ Ûeueves keâer
♦ The specific energy consumption of a train keâesF& nes keâer DeJeefOe = Ûeueves keâer DeJeefOe = uecyeer
depends on– kegâÚ veneR DeJeefOe = lJejCe, keâe@efmšbie
Acceleration and retardation, leLee keâeefmšbie kegâÚ veneR DeJecebove DeJeefOe
Gradient, Distance covered DeJeefOe keâce leLee Dehes#eeke=âle keâce
keâeefmšbie
 š^sve keâer efJeefMe<š Tpee& keâer Kehele efveYe&j keâjleer nw–
DeJeefOe
lJejCe Deewj cebove, {eue, otjer keâJej (Coasting
period)
♦ Sub urban railway system in India use voltage–
DeefOekeâ
1500 V, D.C
♦ The maximum speed at which trains run on main
 Ghe- veiejerÙe mesJee nsleg jsueJes ØeÙegòeâ keâjlee nw– line railway service is– 160 kmph
1500 V, D.C  Jen DeefOekeâlece ieefle efpeme hej š^sve cegKÙe ueeFve jsue mesJee ceW
(UJVNL-2016) oewÌ[leer nw Jen nw– 160 kmph

♦ The chief requirements of main line railways
jsueJes mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW š^wkeâ keâe iespe kesâ Devegmeej
services are–
JeieeakeâjCe (Classification of track According
High maximum speed, minimum cost of to Gauge in Railway Traction)
overhead structure
 cegKÙe ueeFve jsue mesJee keâer cegKÙe DeeJeMÙekeâleeSB nQ–  yeÇe@[ iespe (Broad gauge or B.G.) 
GÛÛe DeefOekeâlece ieefle, efMejesheefj mebjÛevee 1.676m  5.587ft  56
keâer vÙetvelece ueeiele  ceeršj iespe (meter gauge or M.G.) 
♦ The main requirements of suburban railways 1m  3.334ft  33 / 4
services are–
 vewjes iespe (Narrow gauge or N.G.) 
Rapid acceleration and braking retardation,
no interference to the communication circuits 0.762meter  2.64ft  (26)
running along the track
 GheveiejerÙe jsue mesJee keâer cegKÙe DeeJeMÙekeâleeSB nQ– mebkeâ<e&Ce ØeÙeeme
leer›e lJejCe leLee yeÇsefkebâie cebove, heLe kesâ meeLe Ûeueles ngS Traction Effort
mebÛeej heefjheLe ceW keâesF& nmle#eshe veneR
♦ Tractive effort is required to–
♦ Specific energy consumption is least in–
Overcome the gravity component of train
Main-Line service mass, overcome friction, windage and curve
 efJeefMe° Tpee& Kehele meyemes keâce neslee nw– resistance, accelerate the train mass
cegKÙe-ueeFve mesJee ceW  š^wefkeäšJe ØeÙeeme kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw–
(IOF- 2014) š^sve õJÙeceeve kesâ ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce Ieškeâ hej efveÙeb$eCe heeves,
Ie<e&Ce, JeeÙeg Deewj Je›eâ ØeeflejesOe hej efveÙeb$eCe
♦ The average speed of a train is independent of–
Duration of stops heeves, š^sve õJÙeceeve lJejCe
 š^sve keâer Deewmele ieefle mJeleb$e nesleer nw– ™keâves keâer DeJeefOe ♦ For given maximum axle load tractive efforts of
A.C. locomotive will be–
♦ In addition to the actual running time between
stops, the speed of the train that is estimated More than that D.C. locomotive
taking into account the time of stop at a station, is  A.C. jsue Fbpeve kesâ š^wefkeäšJe ØeÙeeme kesâ efueS DeefOekeâlece
known as– Scheduled speed
Skeämeue uees[ efoÙee peeS lees nesvee ÛeeefnS–
 "njeJe kesâ yeerÛe ceW JeemleefJekeâ Ûeeueve meceÙe kesâ meeLe š^sve keâer,
D.C. jsue Fbpeve mes DeefOekeâ
mšsMeve ceW ®keâves kesâ meceÙe keâes pees[Ì keâj Devegceeefvele ieefle keäÙee
keânueeleer nw– efveOee&efjle ieefle ♦ In case of locomotives the tractive power is
provided by–
(SSC JE 2017)
Double cylinder, double acting steam engine
♦ The schedule speed of a given train when running
on a given service (with given distance between  jsue Fbpeve kesâ mecyevOe ceW š^wefkeäšJe hee@Jej, kesâ Éeje Øeoeve keâer
stations) is affected by– peeleer nw– [yeue efmeuesC[j, [yeue SeEkeäšie Yeehe Fbpeve
Acceleration and braking retardation, ♦ Two locomotives having identical tractive effort–
maximum or crest speed, duration of stop slip characteristics haul a heavy train. The
 Skeâ oer ngF& š^sve keâer efveOee&efjle ieefle peye Jen oer ngF& mesJee hej locomotive with larger diameter shares ..............
tractive effort– Larger
oewÌ[ jner nw~ (mšsMeveeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer oer ieF& otjer kesâ meeLe)
ØeYeeefJele nesleer nw–  Skeâmeceeve š^wefkeäšJe ØeÙeeme Deewj meheea DeefYeue#eCe Jeeues oes jsue
Fbpeve Skeâ Yeejer š^sve keâes yeuehetJe&keâ KeerÛe jns nw yeÌ[s JÙeeme kesâ
lJejCe Deewj yeÇsefkebâie cebove, DeefOekeâlece
meeLe jsue Fbpeve ................ š^wefkeäšJe ØeÙeeme meePee keâjles
Ùee efMeKej ieefle, ™keâves keâer DeJeefOe nQ– yeÌ[e
♦ Tractive effort of an electric locomotive can be  Deemebpekeâ Yeej nw– Ûeeueve heefnÙeeW hej Deeves Jeeuee Yeej
increased by–
♦ The value of co-efficient of adhesion will be high
Using high output motors, increasing dead when rails are– Cleaned with sand
weight over the driving axles
 Deemebpeve iegCeebkeâ keâe ceeve GÛÛe nesiee, peye jsue nesleer nw–
 efJeÅegle jsue Fbpeve keâe š^wefkeäšJe ØeÙeeme yeÌ{eÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
jsle kesâ meeLe meeheâ
GÛÛe efveie&le ceesšjeW keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ,
♦ Coefficient of adhesion improves due to presence
Ûeeueve OegjeW hej ce=le Yeej yeÌ{ekeâj of–
♦ Specific energy consumption becomes– Dry sand on rails, rust on rails, dust on rails
More with high train resistance  ……. keâer GheefmLeefle kesâ keâejCe Deemebpekeâ iegCeebkeâ megOejlee nw–
 efJeefMe° Tpee& Kehele nesleer nw– jsueeW hej Meg<keâ yeeuet, jsueeW hej pebie, jsueeW hej Oetue
GÛÛe š^sve ØeeflejesOe kesâ meeLe DeefOekeâ ♦ The coefficient of adhesion for wet or greasy rails
♦ The resistance encountered by a train in motion is is– 0.08
on account of–  vece Ùee «eÇerme keâer ngF& jsue kesâ efueS Deemebpekeâ iegCeebkeâ neslee nw–
Resistance offered by air, friction at the track, 0.08
friction at various parts of
♦ Coefficient of adhesion is the ratio of tractive
the rolling stock effort to slip the wheels and– Adhesive weight
 ieefle ceW š^sve Éeje meecevee efkeâÙee ieÙee ØeeflejesOe keâe keâejCe neslee  Deemebpekeâ iegCeebkeâ heefnÙeeW keâes efKemekeâeves kesâ efueS mebkeâ<e&Ce
nw– ØeÙeeme leLee ............... keâe Devegheele nw– Deemebpekeâ Yeej
JeeÙeg Éeje ØemleeefJele ØeeflejesOe, heLe hej Ie<e&Ce, jsue kesâ ♦ The normal value of coefficient of adhesion is–
ef[yyes Deewj Fbpeve kesâ efJeefYeVe YeeieeW hej Ie<e&Ce 0.25
♦ The air resistance to the movement of the train is  Deemebpekeâ iegCebekeâ keâe meeceevÙe ceeve neslee nw– 0.25
proportional to– (Speed)2
♦ .......... method can bring the locomotive to dead
 š^sve keâer ieefle kesâ efueS JeeÙeg ØeeflejesOe meceevegheeleer neslee nw– stop– Plugging braking
ieefle2  .......... efJeefOe Éeje jsue Fbpeve keâes [s[ mše@he efkeâÙee pee
mekeâlee nw– hueeEieie yeÇseEkeâie
♦ The friction at the track is proportional to– Speed
♦ Co–efficient of adhesion is–
 heLe hej Ie<e&Ce meceevegheeleer neslee nw– ieefle
Low in case of D.C traction than in case of A.C
♦ Energy consumption in propelling the train is traction
required for–
 Deemebpeve keâe iegCeebkeâ nw–
Work against the resistance to motion, Work
against gravity while moving up S.meer. š^skeäMeve keâer leguevee ceW [er.meer. š^skeäMeve ceW keâce
the gradient, Acceleration (IOF 2014)
 š^sveeW keâes Deeies yeÌ{eves ceW Tpee& Kehele kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ nw– ♦ The co-efficient of adhesion is high when–
The rails are dry
ØeeflejesOe mes ieefle kesâ efKeueeheâ keâeÙe&, ØeJeCelee kesâ Thej
ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce kesâ efKeueeheâ keâeÙe&, lJejCe  Deemebpeve kesâ menkeâejer keâejkeâ GÛÛe nesles nw, peye–
♦ Skidding of a vehicle always occurs when– jsue metKeer neW
Braking effort exceeds its adhesive weight (M.P. Sub Engineer 2018)
♦ Quadrilateral speed–time curve is the close
 JeenveeW keâer efmkeâef[bie meowJe nesleer nw peye– approximation for– Urban/suburban service
yeÇsefkebâie ØeÙeeme Fmekesâ Deemebpekeâ Yeej mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw  ÛelegYeg&pe ieefle–meceÙe Je›eâ meefVekeâš nw–
♦ The adhesive weight is the– veiejerÙe/GheveiejerÙe mesJee
Weight coming over the driving wheels (MPJE 2015)
♦ Trapezoidal speed–time curve pertains to– ♦ In motor–generator locomotive control–
Main line service The output voltage of generator is regulated by
means of field control from exciter
 meceuecyeekeâej ieefle–meceÙe Je›eâ mebyebefOele nw–cegKÙe ueeFve mesJee
 ceesšj–peefve$e jsue Fbpeve efveÙeb$eCe ceW–
♦ Specific energy consumption– peefve$e kesâ efveie&le Jeesušspe keâes Gòespekeâ mes #es$e efveÙeb$eCe
Increases with the increase in maximum speed kesâ ceeOÙece mes efveÙebef$ele efkeâÙee peelee nw
 efJeefMe° Tpee& Kehele– ♦ Parallel operation of traction motors is easier
with– DC series motors
DeefOekeâlece ieefle yeÌ{ves kesâ meeLe yeÌ{leer nw
 mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšjeW keâe meceeblej ØeÛeeueve ................. kesâ meeLe
♦ When a bogie negotiates a curve, reduction in
adhesion occurs resulting is sliding. This sliding
Deemeeve neslee nw– [er0meer0 ßesCeer ceesšj
is acute when– ♦ When two or more motors are used for traction
service, the method of speed control used will be–
Degree of curvature is more,
Series–parallel control
wheel base of axles is more
 peye oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ ceesšj mebkeâ<e&Ce mesJee kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ
 peye Skeâ yeesieer Skeâ Je›eâ hej heefj›eâceCe keâjlee nw lees Deemebpekeâ
keâer peeleer nw lees ieefle efveÙeb$eCe keâer ØeÙegòeâ efJeefOe nesieer–
ceW keâceer efheâmeueves kesâ heefjCeecemJe™he nesleer nw efheâmeueve leer›e
nesleer nw peye– ßesCeer-meceeblej efveÙeb$eCe
Je›eâlee keâer ef[«eer DeefOekeâ nesleer nw, Oegje heefnÙeW ♦ The advantages of series–parallel starting are–
keâe yesme DeefOekeâ neslee nw Small energy loss and higher efficiency,
economical speed control, higher
mebkeâ<e&Ce ceesšj kesâ efueS ieefle efveÙeb$eCe reliability of operation
Speed Control for Traction Motor  ßesCeer–meceeblej ØeejcYeve kesâ ueeYe nwb–
♦ In metadyne control– keâce Tpee& neefve Deewj GÛÛe o#elee, efceleJÙeÙeer ieefle
efveÙeb$eCe, ØeÛeeueve keâer GÛÛe efJeÕemeveerÙelee
Current throughout the accelerating period
remains constant, tractive effort developed ♦ For speed control of dc motors using controlled
is uniform, there is no wastage of energy rectifiers, armature voltage control gives speed–
in starting rheostat Below rated speed
 cesše[eFve efveÙeb$eCe ceW–  efveÙebef$ele efo°keâejer keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ [er0meer0 ceesšj kesâ ieefle
efveÙeb$eCe kesâ efueS, DeecexÛej Jeesušspe kebâšêsue ieefle Øeoeve keâjlee
lJeefjle DeJeefOe kesâ oewjeve Oeeje efmLej jnleer nw, efJekeâefmele nw– efveOee&efjle ieefle mes veerÛes
š^wefkeäšJe ØeÙeeme Skeâmeceeve jnlee nw, ØeejefcYekeâ
♦ Electronic variable frequency drive (VFD)
efjÙeesmšsš ceW Tpee& keâe keâesF& DeheJÙeÙe veneR neslee nw connected to motors–
♦ The method of speed control adopted in 25 kV, Provides variable speed with high efficiency
single–phase 50 Hz traction is–  efJeÅegle heefjJeleea DeeJe=efòe [êFJe (JeerSheâ[er) ceesšj mes pegÌ[e jnlee
Tap changing control of transformer nw– GÛÛe o#elee kesâ meeLe heefjJeleea ieefle Øeoeve keâjlee nw
 25 kV, Skeâue-keâuee 50 Hz mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW ieefle efveÙeb$eCe keâer (MP JE 2016)
ØeÙegòeâ efJeefOe nw– ♦ Low frequency operation of a.c. series motor in
heefjCeeefce$e keâer šWhe Ûesefvpebie efveÙeb$eCe traction application–
Improve its commutation, power
♦ The preferable method of speed control of linear
induction motor is– factor and efficiency
Variable frequency and constant  mebkeâ<e&Ce DevegØeÙeesie ceW S.meer. ëe=bKeuee keâer ceesšj keâe efvecve
voltage control DeeJe=efòe mebÛeeueve Fmekeâer –
 jsKeerÙe ØesjCe ceesšj kesâ ieefle efveÙeb$eCe keâer GheÙegòeâ efJeefOe nw– efokeâdheefjJele&ve, Meefòeâ iegCekeâ Deewj o#elee yeÌ{eleer nw
heefjJele&veerÙe DeeJe=efòe Deewj efmLej Jeesušlee efveÙeb$eCe (SSC JE- 2014)

♦ Which Traction system employs the metadyne  efJeÅegle mebkeâ<e&Ce ceW DeeuebyeeW kesâ yeerÛe mheeve uecyeeF& efveOee&efjle keâer
control method– Underground peeleer nw–
 keâewve mebkeâ<e&Ce ØeCeeueer ‘cesše[eFve keâvšêsue efJeefOe’ keâes efveÙeesefpele Øeefle Ùetefveš uecyeeF& kesâ leej keâe Yeej, DeefOekeâlece JeeÙeg
keâjleer nw– Yetefceiele oeye, DevegcevÙe š^sve keâer ieefle Deewj leej ceW leveeJe Éeje
♦ Low frequency supply is obtained by– ♦ The current collector that can be employed with
different speeds under all wind conditions and
Either Motor-generator set or stiffness of OHE is known as the–
Frequency changer Pantograph collector
 keâce DeeJe=eflle keâer Deehetefle& ……Éeje Øeehle keâer peeleer nw–  Oeeje meb«eenkeâ efpemes meYeer JeeÙeg heefjefmLeefleÙeeW SJeb OHE keâer
Ùee lees ceesšj-pevejsšj mesš Ùee lees DeeJe=eflle heefjJele&keâ keâ"esjlee kesâ Devleie&le Deueie–Deueie ieefle kesâ meeLe efveÙeesefpele
(SSC JE- 2018)
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– hewvšes«eeheâ meb«eenkeâ
♦ In case of bow and pantograph current collectors–
hesvše«eeheâ meb«eenkeâ
The pantograph current collector is employed
Pantograph Collector for large currents at higher speeds
♦ Contact with wire is maintained by–  yees Deewj hewvšes«eeheâ Oeeje meb«eenkeâ kesâ ceeceues ceW–
Springs in both bow and pantograph hewvšês«eeheâ Oeeje meb«eenkeâ GÛÛe ieefle hej
current collectors DeefOekeâ Oeeje kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ neslee nw
 leej kesâ meeLe mecheke&â …… yeveeS jKee peelee nw– ♦ In electric traction system, the device used to
yees Deewj hewvšes«eeheâ oesvees Oeeje collect current from trolley wire is known as–
Pantograph
meb«eenkeâ efmØebie mes
 efyepeueer mes Ûeeefuele jsueJes š^wkeämeve efmemšce ceW šê@ueer JeeÙej mes
♦ Factors affecting quality of current collection in
pantograph are–
Oeeje keâes Øeehle keâjves Jeeues keâes keânles nQ– hewvšes«eeheâ
Contact pressure, effective mass of frame and (SJVNL 2018)
span, adequate damping in the frame
Oeeje meb«eenkeâeW kesâ Øee™he
 hewvšes«eeheâ ceW Oeeje meb«en kesâ iegCe keâes ØeYeeefJele keâjves Jeeues
(Types of Current Collectors)
keâejkeâ nQ–
mecheke&â oeye, {eBÛee Deewj hewâueeJe keâe ØeYeeJeer õJÙeceeve, (i) kesâefyeue meb«eenkeâ (Cable Collector)-
{eBÛee ceW heÙee&hle [wefchebie  FmeceW efJeÅeglejesOeer leej (kesâefyeue) Oeeje meb«eenkeâ keâe keâeÙe& keâjlee
♦ Advantages of two–stage pantograph are– nw~
Inertia forces are reduced, takes care of  Fme Øekeâej kesâ meb«eenkeâ keâe GheÙeesie keâesÙeuee keâer Keevees, lesue
variation in contact height and displacement of kesâ keâejKeevees Deeefo ceW peneB Deeie ueieves keâe YeÙe neslee nw
contact wire between supports, takes care of efkeâÙee peelee nw~
low amplitude displacement of contact wire
between droppers  FmeceW kesâefyeue Oeeje meb«enCe kesâ meeLe jerue hej efuehešleer Deewj
Kegueleer jnleer nw~
 oes–ÛejCe hewvšes«eeheâ kesâ ueeYe nw–
peÌ[lJe yeue Ieš peelee nw, DeeuecyeeW kesâ yeerÛe mecheke&â  Fmekeâe GheÙeesie keâce otjer kesâ keâeÙeeX ceW GheÙegòeâ mecePee peelee nw~
TBÛeeF& ceW heefjJele&ve leLee mecheke&â leejeW kesâ efJemLeeheve keâe (ii) KecYee meb«eenkeâ Ùee šê@ueer meb«eenkeâ
OÙeeve jKelee nw, [êhejeW kesâ yeerÛe mecheke&â leej kesâ keâce (Pole Collector or Trolly Collector)
DeeÙeece efJemLeeheve keâe OÙeeve jKelee nw
 FmeceW Jeenkeâ Fbpeve keâer Úle hej KecYes kesâ Deekeâej keâe keâeye&ve
♦ Span length between supports in electric traction Ùegòeâ KeeBÛesoej mejkeâve veeue (Grooved Sliding Shoe)
is determined by– heefnÙee (Wheel of Gun Metal) ueiee neslee nw pees efMejesheefj
Weight of wire per unit length, maximum wind Ûeeuekeâ mes mecheke&â yeveeles ngÙes 30 mes 35 efkeâceer/IeCše keâer ieefle
pressure, permissible tension in the wire and mes Ûeueves Jeeues Jeenvees ceW mejueleehetJe&keâ keâeÙe& keâj mekeâlee nw~
speed of train
 Trolly Collector ceW efÉleerÙe efJeefOe ceW Yeer Oeeje meb«en efkeâÙee 4. Ùes Jeenve kesâ De«e SJeb he§e (DeLee&le oesveeW efoMeeDeeW) ceW ieefle
pee mekeâlee nw efpemeceW KeeBÛesoej ieve cesšue Ûekeâleer (gun keâjves hej Yeer Oeeje meb«enCe keâjves keâer #ecelee jKeles nQ~
metal wheel) Ietceles ngS mecheke&â efMejeshejer Ûeeuekeâ mes mecheke&â 5. Fvekeâer TBÛeeF& keâes Jeenve keâ#e mes meceeÙeesefpele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee
yeveelee nw~ nw~
 mecheke&â oeye Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS meb«eenkeâ DeeOeej hej efmØebie 6. Fvekeâe mecheke&â oeye DeefOekeâ nesves kesâ keâejCe mheeefkeËâie keâer
ueieeÙes peeles nQ~ mecYeeJevee keâce jnleer nw~
 Fme ØeCeeueer ceW Skeâ oes<e nw Fmes ieeÌ[er kesâ Ûeueves keâer efoMee
efJehejerle keâjves keâer oMee ceW mecheke&â keâes 180o Ietceevee heÌ[lee nw~
 Fmekeâe GheÙeesie šêueer yemees SJeb šêce ieeefÌ[ÙeeW ceW efkeâÙee peelee šêcekeâej Tramcar
nw~
♦ Overhead lines for power supply to tram cars are
(iii) keâceeve meb«eenkeâ (Bow Collector) at a minimum height of a– 10 m
 Fme Øekeâej kesâ mebmLeehekeâ keâe Deekeâej Oeveg<e DeLeJee keâceeve keâer  šêcekeâejeW nsleg Meefòeâ Deehetefle&& kesâ efueS efMejesheefj leej
lejn neslee nw~ ................. keâer vÙetvelece TBÛeeF& hej nesvee ÛeeefnS– 10 m
 FmeceW oes Deeuecyees kesâ menejs keâceeve Deeke=âefle keâer Skeâ heòeer
ueieer nesleer nw pees ueieYeie Skeâ ceeršj uecyeer, nukeâer SJeb
cegueeÙece Oeeleg mes efveefce&le nesleer nw~ ♦ Ordinary tramway is the most economical means
of transport for–Very dense traffic in large cities
 keâceeve cegueeÙece Oeeleg kesâ yeves nesves kesâ keâejCe Ùes mJeÙeb efIemekeâj
ve° nes peeleer nw Deewj efMejesheefj ueeFve keâes keâesF& vegkeâmeeve vener  meeOeejCe šê@ceJes heefjJenve keâe meyemes efkeâheâeÙeleer meeOeve kesâ efueS
hengBÛeeleer nw~ neslee nw– yeÌ[s MenjeW ceW yengle Ievee ÙeeleeÙeele
 keâceeve keâe oeye Ûeeuekeâ hej yeveeÙes jKeves kesâ efueS KecYeeW kesâ ♦ Unlike a tramway, a trolley bus needs to–
meeLe efmØebie ueies jnles nQ~ Running rail
 šê@ceJes mesJeeDeeW ceW, šê@ueer Ûeeuekeâ ceeie& kesâ kesâvõ hej ueieYeie  šêceJess kesâ efJehejerle Skeâ šêueer yeme keâes..........keâer pe™jle nesleer
15cm keâer Staggering Ûeeuekeâ hej ueškeâeÙeer peeleer nw leeefkeâ
nw–
Oeeleg heòeer meceeve ™he mes efIemes~
jefvebie jsue
 meb«eenkeâ heóer cegueeÙece Oeeleg pewmes leeByee, ievecesšue, keâeye&ve
Deeefo keâer yeveer nesleer nw~ ♦ The direct current system employed for tramways
operates on– 600 –750 V
 keâceeve meb«eenkeâ, šê@ueer meb«eenkeâ keâer YeeBefle meowJe Ie<e&Ce kesâ
meeLe Ûeueleer nw~  efo° Oeeje ØeCeeueer pees šêceJes kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw
(iv) hewvšes«eeheâ meb«eenkeâ (Pantograph Collector)- ................ hej ØeÛeeefuele nesleer nw– 600 –750 V
 Fmheele kesâ Ûewveuees mes yevee ngDee hebÛeYegpeerÙe Deekeâej keâe Skeâ ♦ For 600 V dc line for tramcars, track is connected
{eBÛee neslee nw efpeme hej meeceevÙe leeceü Oeeleg kesâ heòeer mes yeves to the– Negative of the supply
Skeâ Ùee oes hewve (Pan) ueies nesles nQ~  šê@cekeâej kesâ efueS 600 V [er0meer0 ueeFve kesâ efueS heLe
 efMejesheefj Ûeeuekeâ mes Oeeje meb«enCe keâer #ecelee hesvšes«eeheâ hej ................ mes mebÙeesefpele neslee nw–
ueies hewve keâer mebKÙee hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw~
Deehetefle&& kesâ $e+Ceelcekeâ efmejs
 hewvšes«eeheâ meb«eenkeâ meJe&ßes‰ meb«eenkeâ nesles nQ~
♦ In tramways–
hewvšes«eeheâ meb«eenkeâ keâer efJeMes<eleeSB–
The power is supplied at 600 V dc from a
1. GÛÛe ieefle hej Yeer efMejesheefj Ûeeuekeâ mes mecheke&â yevee jnlee nw~ single overhead conductor of + ve polarity,
2. Fvekeâe GheÙeesie GÛÛe ieefle (160 km/H) Jeeues Jeenvees hej Yeer the speed is controlled by field weakening
mejueleehetJe&keâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~ or series–parallel control, rheostatic
3. Fvekeâer Oeeje meb«enCe #ecelee (2000A to 3000A lekeâ ) nesleer and mechanical brakings are
nw~ employed for normal service
 šêceJes ceW–  mJe-Ûeeueve nsleg ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer peeleer nw–
Oeveelcekeâ OeÇgJelee kesâ Skeâue efMejesheefj Ûeeuekeâ mes Meefòeâ Jee[& efueÙeesvee[& efveÙebef$ele [er0meer0
600 V [er0meer0 hej Deehetefle&& keâer peeleer nw, #es$e keâcepeesj heeMJe& ceesšjeW keâes
yeveekeâj Ùee ßesCeer–meceeblej kebâšêsue Éeje ieefle efveÙebef$ele
keâer peeleer nw, meeceevÙe mesJee kesâ efueS jerDeesmšsefškeâ Deewj ♦ A four quadrant operation requires–
Ùeebef$ekeâ yeÇsefkebâie ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw Two full converters connected back to back
♦ The main drawback of tramways is that–  ÛelegLe& ÛelegLeeËme ØeÛeeueve kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee nw–
It needs laying overhead supply system yewkeâ–št–yewkeâ mebÙeesefpele oes heefjJele&keâ
and track for its use, which is costly to ♦ The converters can feed power in any of the four
maintain and constitutes a source quadrants– Dual converter
of danger to other road users  efkeâme heefjJele&keâ mes ÛelegLe& ÛelegLeeËme ceW Meefòeâ heâer[ keâj mekeâlee
 šêceJes keâer cegKÙe keâceer nw efkeâ– nw–
Fmekesâ GheÙeesie kesâ efueS efMejesheefj Deehetefle&& [gDeue heefjJele&keâ
ØeCeeueer Deewj heLe efyeÚeves keâer pe®jle nesleer nw pees ♦ For estimation of power rating of an electric
drive, its losses can be considered to be
DevÙe meÌ[keâ GheÙeesiekeâòee&DeeW kesâ efueS Kelejs keâe proportional to–
Skeâ œeesle yeveeS jKelee nw leLee yeveeves kesâ (Power)2
efueS cenbiee neslee nw  Skeâ efJeÅegle Ûeeueve kesâ Meefòeâ efveOee&jCe kesâ DeeieCeve nsleg …..
♦ The return circuit for tramcars is through– Rails neefveÙeeW kesâ meceevegheeleer ceeveer pee mekeâleer nw– (Meefòeâ)2
 šêcekeâej kesâ efueS efjšve& mee|keâš, .............. kesâ ceeOÙece mes
neslee nw– jsueeW ♦ Essentially needed while selecting a motor–
♦ An elevator drive is required to operate in–
Starter
Four quadrants
 Skeâ ceesšj keâe ÛeÙeve keâjles meceÙe pe™jer nw– mšeš&j
 Skeâ SueerJesšj [êFJe ØeÛeeefuele nesves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ neslee
nw– meYeer ÛeejeW ÛelegLeeËme ♦ The basic elements of an electric drive are–
♦ Load torque constant at all speeds is represented Electric motor, the transmission and control
by a– Compressor system
 meYeer ieefleÙeeW hej efmLej Yeej DeeIetCe&.................. Éeje  efkeâmeer efJeÅegle Ûeeueve kesâ cetue DeJeÙeJe nQ–
ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw– mebheer[keâ efJeÅegle ceesšj mebÛejCe Deewj efveÙeb$eCe ØeCeeueer
♦ An example of a motor having short–time duty is ♦ Electric drive is becoming more and more popular
found in– Crane drives because–
 Meeš& šeFce [Ÿetšer Jeeueer ceesšj keâe Skeâ GoenjCe It is simple, clean , compact and reliable, it
................ ceW heeÙee peelee nw– ›esâve [êFJe provides easy and smooth control, flexibility in
efJeÅegle [êFJe layout, easy starting and facility for remote
control, it is cheaper in initial as well as in
Electric Drive maintenance cost
♦ A submarine is provided driving power through  efJeÅegle Ûeeueve DelÙeefOekeâ ueeskeâefØeÙe nes jner nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–
(while moving under water)– Batteries
Ùen meeOeejCe, mJeÛÚ, meIeve Deewj efJeÕemeveerÙe nw, Ùen
 Skeâ heve[gyyeer keâes, ............. kesâ ceeOÙece mes Meefòeâ Øeoeve keâer Deemeeve Deewj menpe efveÙeb$eCe, uesDeeGš ceW ueÛeerueeheve,
peeleer nw (heeveer kesâ Devoj ieefle kesâ meceÙe)– yewefš^ÙeeB Deemeeve ØeejcYeve Deewj efjceesš kebâšêsue nsleg megefJeOee Øeoeve
♦ For automatic drives the preference is– keâjlee nw, Ùen ØeejbefYekeâ kesâ meeLe–meeLe jKe-jKeeJe
Ward–Leonard controlled dc shunt motors ueeiele ceW Yeer memlee nesleer nw
♦ The main drawback of electric drive is that– ♦ Group drive has power factor– Low
Electrical power supply failure makes the  mecetn [êFJe keâe Meeqkeäle iegCekeâ neslee nw– keâce
drive standstill
(MP JE 2016)
 efJeÅegle Ûeeueve keâer cegKÙe keâceer nw efkeâ–
♦ In a paper mill where constant speed is required–
efJeÅegle Deehetefle&& keâe hesâue nesvee Ûeeueve keâes
Individual drive is preferred
efmLej yevee oslee nw
 Skeâ heshej efceue ceW peneb efmLej ieefle keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw–
♦ What are the different facts for the selection of JÙeefòeâiele [êFJe keâes ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer peeleer nw
electric drives–
♦ The least expensive drive is– Belt drive
Transient operation requirements, Reliability,
Steady state operation requirements  meyemes keâce KeÛeeauee Ûeeueve nw– yesuš Ûeeueve
 Fueseqkeäš^keâ [êFJme kesâ ÛegveeJe kesâ efJeefYeVe keâejkeâ nesles nQ– ♦ For very high speed ratio the indispensable drive
is– Rope drive
šêbefpeSbš Dee@hejsMeve efjkeäJeeÙejceWšdme, efjueeÙeefyeefuešer,
mšs[er mšsš Dee@hejsMeve  yengle GÛÛe ieefle Devegheele kesâ efueS yengle DeeJeMÙekeâ Ûeeueve nw–
(MP JE- 2016) jeshe Ûeeueve
♦ Devices is used in a DC drive– Thyristor efJeefYeVe Øekeâej kesâ DeeJejCe
 Skeâ DC [êFJe ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– LeeÙeefjmšj
Different Type of Encloser
(UPPCL JE- 2016)
♦ The heating time constant of a totally enclosed
♦ The electric driver possess drawback–Requires a motor is relatively– Higher
continuous power supply
 hetCe&le: mebueive ceesšj nsleg meehes#ele: leeheve meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ neslee
 efJeÅegle Ûeeueve ceW DeJeiegCe neslee nw– nw– GÛÛe
FmeceW melele efJeÅegle mehueeF& keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nQ ♦ The motor enclosure used in wood working
(SSC JE- 2015) industry is– Totally enclosed fan cooled type
♦ The quadrant of operation of a DC drive, if  uekeâÌ[er kesâ GÅeesieeW ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee ceesšj DeeJejCe
polarity of voltage is positive and polarity of nw–
current is negative– Second quadrant
hetjer lejn mes mebueive hebKee Meereflele Øekeâej
 Skeâ DC [êFJe kesâ mebÛeeueve keâe ÛelegLeeËme …… nesiee, Ùeefo
Jeesušlee keâer OeÇgJeerÙelee Oeveelcekeâ nw Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje keâer ♦ Which Types of motor enclosure is safest–
OeÇgJeerÙelee $e+Ceelcekeâ nw– efÉleerÙe ÛelegLeeËMe Totally enclosed fan cooled
(BSPHCL JE- 2019)  ceesšj DeeJejCe meyemes megjef#ele neslee nw–

hetjer lejn mes mebueive hewâve ketâu[
♦ In fourth quadrant of operation of electrical
drives, the nature of operation of DC motor is– ♦ For which applications D.C. motors are still
preferred– Variable speed drive
Reverse regeneration
 efkeâme DevegØeÙeesieeW kesâ efueS D.C. ceesšj DeYeer Yeer hemevo efkeâÙee
 efJeÅegle [êFJe kesâ mebÛeeueve kesâ ÛeewLes ÛelegLeeËMe ceW, DC ceesšj kesâ
peelee nw– DeefmLej ieefle [êFJe
mebÛeeueve keâe mJeYeeJe nw– efjJeme& efjpevejsMeve
♦ The motor used in mines is–
(BSPHCL JE- 2019)
Flame–proof squirrel cage induction or wound
♦ An existing workshop is to be changed over from rotor motor
an engine drive to an electric drive. The type of
drive likely to be adopted is–  KeeveeW ceW ØeÙegòeâ ceesšj nw–
Group drive heäuewce-Øetheâ mkeäJewjue kesâpe ØesjCe ceesšj Ùee JeeGC[ jesšj
ceesšj
 Skeâ ceewpetoe keâeÙe&Meeuee keâes Fbpeve [êFJe mes efJeÅegle [êFJe ceW
yeouevee nw~ efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ [êFJe keâes Deheveeves keâer mebYeeJevee ♦ The motor enclosure used for industrial purpose
nw– mecetn Ûeeueve is– Protected type

 DeewÅeesefiekeâ GösMÙeeW kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ Fvkeäueespej nw–  [er0meer0 ceesšj keâer efyeÙeefjbie ................ kesâ keâejCe iece& nes
mebjef#ele Øekeâej mekeâleer nw– keâceer Ùee ievoe mvesnve
♦ The motor enclosure used for collieries, chemical ♦ Excessive motor vibration is caused by–
plants is– Flame proof type Worn bearings
 keâesÙeues keâer Keeve Deewj jemeeÙeefvekeâ hueebšeW ceW GheÙeesie nesves  ceesšj keâe DelÙeefOekeâ keâcheve ...........kesâ keâejCe neslee nw–
Jeeuee DeeJejCe nw– pJeeueejesOeer Øekeâej efIemes ngS efyeÙeefjbie
♦ Flame proof motors are used in– ♦ Which part of Motor needs maximum attention
Explosive atmospheres for maintenance–
 heäuesce Øetheâ ceesšj keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Bearing
efJemheâesškeâ JeeleeJejCe  ceesšj kesâ efkeâme Yeeie kesâ jKe-jKeeJe kesâ efueS DeefOekeâlece OÙeeve
osves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw– efyeÙeefjbie
♦ ______ is used in mines where there is a danger
of explosion– Air motor ♦ For a certain industrial application, an overrated
ac motor was selected. It will lead to operation
 ______ keâe ØeÙeesie KeeveeW (Mines) ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw, peneB
with–
efJemheâesš keâe Keleje neslee nw– nJee ceesšj
Lower efficiency and poorer Power factor
(UPPCL 2016)
 Skeâ efveef§ele DeewÅeesefiekeâ DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS Skeâ DeesJejjsšs[
♦ Rotor of a motor is usually supported on–
S0meer0 ceesšj ÛeÙeefvele keâer ieF& nw~ Ùen efkeâmekesâ meeLe ØeÛeeefuele
Ball or roller bearings nesiee– efvecve o#elee Deewj Kejeye Meefòeâ iegCekeâ
 ceesšj keâe jesšj meeceevÙele: ...........hej meheesšx[ neslee nw– ♦ A flywheel is generally used in–
yeeue Ùee jesuej efyeÙeefjbie A rolling mill drive
♦ Ball–bearings are–  heäueeFJnerue keâe ØeÙeesie meeceevÙele: ……ceW neslee nw–
Used up to 75 kW motors, of long life and low jesefuebie ceerue [êFJe
friction loss, costlier and noisy particularly at
high motor speed ♦ In overhead travelling cranes–
Short–time rating motors are used
 yeeue efyeÙeefjbie nesleer nw–
 efMejesheefj š^sJeefuebie ›esâve ceW–
75 kW lekeâ GheÙeesie keâer peeleer nw, peerJevekeâeue DeefOekeâ
Deewj Ie<e&Ce neefve keâce neslee nw, efJeMes<ele: GÛÛe ceesšj ueIeg meceÙe efveOee&jCe Jeeueer ceesšj ØeÙegòeâ nesleer nw
ieefle hej cenbieer Deewj Meesj Jeeueer nesleer nQ ♦ 15 minute rated motors are suitable for–
♦ Sleeve bearings– Light duty cranes
Are normally of bronze, have self–lubricating  15 efceveš efveOee&jCe ceesšj Devegketâue nesleer nw–
properties, are used where noise is to be
nukeâer [Ÿetšer ›esâve
avoided
 mueerJe efyeÙeefjbie– ♦ For medium duty cranes the short–time rating
motor used is– 30 minutes
meeceevÙele: yeüe@vpe keâer yeveer nesleer nw, mJele: mvesnve keâe
 ceOÙece [Ÿetšer ›esâve kesâ efueS ueIeg–meceÙe efveOee&jCe Jeeueer ceMeerve
iegCe neslee nw, JeneB GheÙeesie keâer peeleer nw peneB Meesj otj
GheÙeesie keâer peeleer nw– 30 efceveš
keâjvee nes
♦ Load equalization is desirable in the case of–
♦ Hot bearings of a dc motor may be caused by–
Rolling mills, electric hammers, presses,
Lack of or dirty lubricant reciprocating pumps
 Yeej yejeyej kesâ efmLeefle ceW JeebÚveerÙe neslee nw–  Skeâ Gleej–ÛeÌ{eJe Jeeues Jeesušspe keâer Deehetefle& Skeâ jseføeâpejsšj
jesefuebie ceerue, efJeÅegle nLeewÌ[s, Øesme, jsmeerØeeskesâefšbie hebhe ceesšj kesâ efueS neefvekeâejkeâ nw uesefkeâve Úle kesâ hebKes nsleg veneR,
♦ The phase controlled rectifiers used in speed ÙeÅeefhe oesveeW Skeâue keâuee ØesjCe ceesšj ner nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ
control of dc motors converts fixed a.c. supply jseføeâpejsšj ceesšj–
voltage into ............... output voltage–
Variable dc Yeej efmLej jnlee nw, uesefkeâve hebKee ceesšj keâe
 keâuee efveÙebef$ele efo°keâejer pees [er0meer0 ceesšj kesâ ieefle efveÙeb$eCe Yeej Jeesušspe hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw
ceW GheÙeesie neslee nw, efmLej S0meer0 Deehetefle&& Jeesušspe keâes
♦ Ward–Leonard controlled dc drives are usually
................ efveie&le Jeesušspe ceW heefjJeefle&le keâjlee nw–
used for ......... duty excavators– Heavy
heefjJele&veerÙe [er0meer0
♦ In rotating electrical machines, the insulation
 Jee[& efueÙeesvee[& efveÙebef$ele [er0meer0 Ûeeueve meeceevÙele:
temperature limit for class B type is– 1300 C ............... [Ÿetšer GlKeveve ceMeerve nsleg ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
nw– Yeejer
 IetCeea efJeÅegle ceMeerveeW ceW Jeie& B nsleg efJeÅeglejesOeve leehe meercee nw–
♦ Belted wound induction motors are preferred for–
1300 C
♦ For a particular motor, the cooling time constant Gyratory crushers
is usually–  yesušs[ JeeGC[ ØesjCe ceesšj ................ kesâ efueS hebmeo
Greater than the heating time constant efkeâÙee peelee nw– peeFjsšjer ›eâMej
 Skeâ efJeMes<e ceesšj kesâ efueS Meerleueve meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ ♦ Variable speed operation is preferred in–
meeceevÙele:– leeheve meceÙe efveÙeleebkeâ mes pÙeeoe neslee nw Ceiling fan
 heefjJele&veerÙe ieefle ØeÛeeueve hemebo keâer peeleer nw–
♦ Excessive sparking at the brushes may be caused meerefuebie (Úle keâe) hebKee
due to– Dirt on commutator
♦ The application in which the motor is to start with
 yeÇMeeW hej DelÙeefOekeâ efÛebieejer ............... kesâ keâejCe GlheVe high acceleration is– Lifts and hoists
nesleer nw– keâcÙetšsšj hej ieboieer
 Jes DevegØeÙeesie efpemeceW ceesšj keâes GÛÛe lJejCe kesâ meeLe mšeš&
♦ The slip power recovery scheme is used in
induction motor for speed control in the range–
keâjvee heÌ[lee nw– efueheäš Deewj GòeesuekeâeW
Both above and below synchronous speed ♦ While selecting a motor for air–conditioner the
feature of almost importance is– Noise
 ØesjCe ceesšj ceW efkeâme meercee lekeâ ieefle efveÙeb$eCe nsleg efmuehe Meefòeâ
efjkeâJejer Ùeespevee ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw–  Jeeleevegketâueve kesâ efueS ceesšj keâe ÛeÙeve keâjles meceÙe hejce
leguÙekeâeueer ieefle kesâ Thej Deewj veerÛes oesveeW cenòJehetCe& efJeMes<elee nesleer nw– Meesj
♦ In variable speed DC motor drive the armature ♦ Belt conveyors offer ............. starting torque–
voltage control leads to– High
Constant torque operation  yesuš keâvJesÙej ................ ØeejefcYekeâ DeeIetCe& Øemlegle keâjles
 heefjJele&veerÙe ieefle [er0meer0 ceesšj Ûeeueve ceW DeecexÛej Jeesušspe nQ– GÛÛe
efveÙeb$eCe neslee nw– efmLej DeeIetCe& ØeÛeeueve ♦ The travelling speed of a crane varies from–
♦ A fluctuating voltage supply is detrimental to a 1.0 to 2.5 m/s
refrigerator motor but not to a ceiling fan,
although both are single–phase induction motors
 Skeâ ›esâve keâer š^sJeefuebie ieefle ................. lekeâ heefjJeefle&le
because, the refrigerator motor– nesleer jnleer nw– 1.0 to 2.5 m/s
Load is constant, but the fan motor load is ♦ The range of rating of electric motor used for
voltage dependent rolling mills is of the order of– 85 to 400 kW

 jesefuebie ceerue ceW ØeÙegkeäle ceesšj kesâ efveOee&jCe keâer meercee JÙeòeâ keâer  Yeejer [dÙetšer ›esâve keâe GheÙeesie …… ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw–
peeleer nw– 85 to 400 kW
DeÙemkeâ nQ[eEueie hueevšeW, mšerue hueebšeW, Yeejer
♦ In synthetic fibre mills motors with–
FbpeerefveÙeeEjie keâeÙe&MeeueeDeeW
Constant speeds are preferred
 mebMuesef<ele heâeFyej ceerue ceW ceesšj– ♦ Besides a constant speed a synchronous rotor
possesses advantages– High power factor
efmLej ieefle Jeeueer hemebo keâer peeleer nw
 efmLej ieefle kesâ DeueeJee Skeâ leguÙekeâeefuekeâ jesšj kesâ ueeYe nw–
♦ In case of kiln drives, starting torque is–
GÛÛe Meefòeâ iegCeebkeâ
More than double of the running torque
 Yeªe [êFJe kesâ ceeceues ceW ØeejefcYekeâ DeeIetCe& neslee nw– ♦ In application the load on motor changes in cyclic
order–
Ûeeueve DeeIetCe& kesâ ogiegves mes pÙeeoe
Electric shovels, Cranes, Rolling mills
♦ The diameter of the rotor shaft for an electric
motor depends upon– Speed and power output  .......... DevegØeÙeesie ceW Ûe›eâerÙe ›eâce ceW ceesšj hej uees[ yeouelee
nw–
 Skeâ efJeÅegle ceesšj kesâ efueS jesšj Meeheäš keâe JÙeeme efveYe&j
keâjlee nw– ieefle Deewj efveie&le Meefòeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâ MeesJesume, ›esâve, jeseEueie efceume
♦ Motors preferred for boom hoist of a travelling ♦ Which Machines has heavy fluctuation of load–
crane– A.C. slip ring motor Punching machine
 Skeâ Ùee$ee ›esâve kesâ yetce-ne@Ùemš kesâ efueS, ceesšj hemevo efkeâÙee  efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ ceMeerveeW ceW uees[ keâe Yeejer Gleej-ÛeÌ{eJe neslee
peelee nw– A.C. efmuehe eEjie ceesšj nw–
♦ For crane travel, motors is normally used– hebeEÛeie ceMeerve
A.C. slip ring motor
♦ For a motor-generator set, will be preferred–
 ›esâve Ùee$ee kesâ efueS ceesšj meeceevÙe ™he mes GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee Synchronous motor
nw– A.C. efmuehe eEjie ceesšj  Skeâ ceesšj pevejsšj mesš kesâ efueS,......... keâes ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer
♦ The capacity of a crane is expressed in terms of– peeSieer– leguÙekeâeefuekeâ ceesšj
Tonnes ♦ Heat control switches are used in–
 Skeâ ›esâve keâer #ecelee kesâ mevoYe& ceW JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw– šve Cooling ranges
♦ ...... characteristics of drive for crane hoisting and  T<cee efveÙebv$eCe efmJeÛe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
lowering are–
Meerleueve hejeme
Precise control, Smooth movement,
♦ The size of an excavator is usually expressed in
Fast speed control terms of– Cubic meter
 ›esâve GòeesuekeâeW Deewj ueesJeefjbie kesâ efueS, [êFJe keâer ……  GlKevekeâ keâe Deekeâej Deeceleewj hej JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw–
efJeMes<eleeS nesleer nw– Ieve ceeršj
mešerkeâ efveÙeb$eCe, mcetLe ieefle, lespe ieefle efveÙeb$eCe ♦ For blowers, motors is preferred–
♦ Heavy duty cranes are used in– Squirrel cage induction motor
Ore handling plants, steel plants, heavy  yueesDeme& kesâ efueS ......... hemevo keâer peeleer nw–
engineering workshops efhebpeje Øee™heer ØesjCe ceesšj
♦. .......... need frequent starting and stopping of  šêceJes ceW ceesšj GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
electric motors– Lifts and hoists
D.C. meerjerpe ceesšj
 ............ efJeÅegle ceesšme& keâer MeerIeÇ Meg™Deele Deewj jeskeâLeece
♦ The selection of an electric motor is governed by–
keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw– efueheäšeW Deewj GòeesuekeâeW ceW
Nature of load to be handled, environmental
♦ The starting torque in case of centrifugal pumps is conditions, nature of electric supply available
generally– Less than running torque
 efJeÅegle ceesšj keâe ÛeÙeve, kesâ Éeje efveÙebef$ele neslee nw–
 DehekesâvõerÙe heche kesâ mecyevOe ceW ØeejefcYekeâ yeue DeeIetCe& Deeceleewj
hej neslee nw– jeEveie yeue DeeIetCe& mes keâce Jenve efkeâS peeves Jeeues Yeej keâer Øeke=âefle, JeeleeJejCeerÙe
efmLeefle, GheueyOe efJeÅegle Deehetefle&& keâer Øeke=âefle
♦ Motors are best for the rolling mills–
♦ The least significant feature while selecting a
D.C. motor
motor for centrifugal pump is– Speed control
 ceesšj jesefuebie efceume kesâ efueS meyemes DeÛÚer nesleer nw–
 mesvšêrheäÙetieue hebhe kesâ efueS ceesšj keâe ÛeÙeve keâjles meceÙe meyemes
D.C. ceesšj keâce cenòJehetCe& efJeMes<elee nw– ieefle efveÙeb$eCe
♦ When the load is above ......... a synchronous ♦ A typical active load is– Hoist
motor is found to be more economical– 100 kW
 Skeâ meeceevÙe (typical) meef›eâÙe Yeej nw– ne@Ùemš
 peye uees[ ........... mes Thej nw, lees Skeâ leguÙekeâeefuekeâ ceesšj
DeefOekeâ efkeâheâeÙeleer heeÙee peelee nw– 100 kW ♦ The worst type of load on a supply system is–
Arc furnace load

♦ Light duty cranes are used in–
Power houses, Pumping stations,

 Deehetefle&& ØeCeeueer hej meyemes Kejeye (worst) Øekeâej keâe Yeej nw–
Deeke&â Yeúer Yeej
Automobile workshops
(U.P.S.C. I.E.S. E.E.–II, 2002)
 nukesâ [dÙetšer ›esâve keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
♦ The type of drive used for a paper mill requiring
hee@Jej neGme, heeEcheie mšsMeve, constant speed operation and flexibility of control
is– Individual or multimotor drive
Dee@šes ceesyeeFue keâeÙe&MeeueeDeeW
 heshej ceerue efpemeceW efmLej ieefle ØeÛeeueve Deewj kebâšêsue kesâ
♦ While selecting an electric motor for a floor mill, ueÛeerueeheve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee ……. Øekeâej keâer Ûeeueve GheÙeesie
electrical characteristics will be of least
nesieer– JÙeefòeâiele Ùee ceušerceesšj Ûeeueve
significance– Braking
♦ Ward Leonard controlled D.C. drives are
 Skeâ heäueesj efceue kesâ efueS Skeâ efJeÅegle ceesšj keâe ÛeÙeve keâjles generally used for ............ excavators–
meceÙe, meyemes keâce cenlJehetCe& DeefYeue#eCe nw– yeÇseEkeâie Heavy duty
♦ Motor is used for elevators– Induction motor  Jee[& efueÙeesvee[& efveÙebef$ele [er.meer. [êFJme keâe GheÙeesie Deece leewj
 efueheäšeW kesâ efueS ceesšj ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– ØesjCe ceesšj hej ......... kesâ efueS GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
nsJeer [dÙetšer
♦ Braking systems is used on steam locomotives–
(UPRVUNL JE- 2015)
Vacuum system
♦ In AC operated electromechanical contactors, the
 Yeehe jsue Fbpeve kesâ yeÇsefkebâie ceW .......... keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee problem of chattering is eliminated by–
peelee nw– efveJee&le (JewkeäÙetce) ØeCeeueer
Placing copper shading band on pole face of
♦ In tramways, motors is used– D.C. series motor electromagnet

 AC mebÛeeefuele JewÅegle Ùeebef$ekeâ mebheefke&â$e ceW, ÛeÌ[ÛeÌ[enš keâer Skeâ mebOeeefj$e Øekeâej meb«enerle Tpee& Jesu[j Skeâ heejbheefjkeâ
DeeJeepe keâer mecemÙee kewâmes otj keâer peeleer nw– Jesu[j kesâ ™he ceW Skeâ ner T<cee keâes Skeâ Jesu[ ceW
JewÅegle Ûegbyekeâ keâes OeÇgJe-heâuekeâ hej leeByes keâer Úeove-heóer efJeleefjle keâjvee nw pees 0.0625 meskeâC[/Jesu[ kesâ efueS
jKekeâj 0.8 Meefòeâ iegCekeâ hej 20 kVA ueslee nw~ Ùeefo C
(SSC JE- 2012) =2000 μF nw lees efpeme Jeesušlee mes Fmes DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee
♦ An example of short time intermittent loads– peelee nw, Jen nw–
Cranes
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 ueIeg meceÙe Deefvejblej Yeej keâe Skeâ GoenjCe nw– ›esâvme
Sol. Energy supplied per weld
(UJVNL-2016)
W = VAcos×time
♦ The load characteristics of rolling mill–
Fluctuate widely within short W = 20000×0.8×0.0625 = 1000 J
intervals of time 1
W  CV 2
 jesefuebie efceue keâe Yeej DeefYeue#eCe– 2
meceÙe kesâ keâce Devlejeue kesâ meeLe ØeeÙe: 1

1000   2000  106  V 2
2
heäuekeäÛegSš keâjlee nw
From Here V=1000V Ans.
(UJVNL-2016)
2. A half wave rectifier is used to supply 50 V DC
♦ Battery operated trucks are used–
to a resistive load of 80
. The diode has a
For local delivery of goods in large towns with resistance of 12
. The AC voltage required is:
maximum daily run upto 50-60 km
Skeâ Deæ& lejbie efo°keâejer, 80
kesâ ØeeflejesOeer Yeej keâes
 yewšjer ØeÛeeefuele š^keâeW keâe GheÙeesie neslee nw– 50 V DC mehueeF& keâjves nsleg ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~
yeÌ[s keâmyeeW ceW meceeve keâes mLeeveerÙe efJelejCe kesâ efueS, [eÙees[ keâe ØeeflejesOe 12
 nw~ lees DeeJeMÙekeâ Smeer
peneB 50-60 efkeâ.ceer. keâer DeefOekeâlece otjer leÙe keâer peeleer Jeesušlee nesieer–
nes
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
(SSC JE- 2017)
Vavg 50
♦ Fork lift truck is used for– Lifting and lowering Sol. i avg     0.625 A
R 80
 heâeske&â efueheäš š^keâ keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
Voltage drop across diode = iavg × 12
G"eves Deewj veerÛes keâjves kesâ efueS = 0.625 × 12
(UPPCL JE- 2018) = 7.5 volt
mebKÙeelcekeâ ØeMve Total output voltage available = 50 + 7.5

= 57.5 volt
Numerical Question
Vm
Vavg =  57.5
1. A capacitor-type stored-energy welder is to 
deliver the same heat to a single weld as a
Vm = 57.5 
conventional welder that draws 20 kVA at 0.8
pf for 0.0625 second/weld. If C =2000 μF, then
= 180.71 volt Ans.
the voltage to which it is charged is:
10.
JeeÙeefjbie leLee Yet- mecheke&âve
( Wiring and Earthing)
 Equipment earthing is necessary to give protection  Which system of wiring is the costliest ?
against– The danger of electric shocks -Conduit wiring
 ------ mes megj#ee Øeoeve keâjves kesâ efueS GhekeâjCe keâe Yetmecheke&âve  JeeÙeefjbie ceW keâewve meer ØeCeeueer meyemes DeefOekeâ cenBieer nesleer nw~
keâjvee DeeJeMÙekeâ nw– efyepeueer kesâ Peškesâ kesâ Kelejs -kebâ[Ùetš JeeÙeefjbie
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
(RRB JE-01-09-2019)  Channel wiring materials is made of ______– PVC
 Resonant grounding is also know as–  Ûewveue JeeÙeeEjie meece«eer ............ mes yeveer nesleer nw – PVC
Arc suppression coil earthing [RRB JE Electrical 30.08.2019]
 jspeesveWš «eeGef[bie keâes ....... Yeer keâne peelee nw– Deeke&â meØesMeve  Which system of wiring has poor durability
keâe@Fue DeefLeËie -Cleat wiring
 JeeÙeefjbie keâer ØeCeeueer ceW keâewve meer meyemes keâce efškeâeT nesleer nw~
 For domestic wiring, the most extensively used
-keäueerš JeeÙeefjbie
material is– Copper or aluminium (SSC JE-28.10.20 Shift-II)
 Which wiring is suitable lighting in low voltage
 Iejsuet JeeÙeeEjie ceW, efkeâme heoeLe& keâe GheÙeesie meyemes DeefOekeâ neslee nw installations– TRS wiring
– leebyee Ùee SuÙegceerefveÙece  efvecve Jeesušspe FbmšeuesMeve ceW ØekeâeMe JÙeJemLee kesâ efueS keâewve meer
(RRB JE-01-09-2019) JeeÙeeEjie GheÙegkeäle nw– TRS JeeÙeeEjie
 Good earth continuity implies– Low resistance (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
 DeÛÚe DeefLeËie efvejblejlee keâe keäÙee DeLe& nw– efvecve ØeeflejesOe Yet-mecheefke&âle efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues efyevog
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I) (Points to be Earthed)
 The wire of 2 SWG is equivalent to diameter of–
YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece 61 (I.E.R. 61) kesâ Devegmeej efkeâmeer
7.01 mm
 2 SWG leej keâe JÙeeme ...... kesâ yejeyej neslee nw– 7.01 mm
efJeÅegle mebmLeeve ceW efvecveefueefKele efyevogDeeW Yet-mecheefke&âle efkeâÙee peevee Deefle
DeeJeMÙekeâ nw-
 3 efheve mee@kesâš leLee 4 efheve hee@Jej hueie mee@kesâš~
 Ceiling rose is used to take supply for a–
Fluroscent lamp  4 leej efJeÅegle efJelejCe ØeCeeueer ceW Goemeerve leej keâes~
 meerefuebie jespe keâe GheÙeesie ............ keâes Deehetefle& osves kesâ efueS  meYeer GhekeâjCe pewmes ceesšj, pevejsšj, ketâuej, jsøeâerpejsšj,
efkeâÙee peelee nw– Øeefleoerefhle uewche ieerpej kesâ Oeeleg Yeeie~
(RRB JE-01-09-2019)  meYeer Iejsuet GhekeâjCe pewmes-šsefyeue uewche, Øesme, efJeÅegle kesâleueer,
 What must be the minimum size of a GI earth neršj, leLee DeesJeve Deefeo kesâ Oeeleg Yeeie keâes leerve efheve hueie
electrode to be used to earth a 15 - hp motor? mee@kesâš Éeje~
60 cm × 60 cm × 6 mm  meYeer OeeeflJekeâ efmJeÛe, efJelejCe yees[&, efmJeÛe yees[&, yewšve
 15 HP ceesšj keâer DeefLeËie nsleg Fmlesceeue efkeâS peeves Jeeues nesu[j leLee hebKes kesâ Oeeleg Yeeie~
peer.DeeF&. DeLe& Fueskeäšês[ keâe vÙetvelece Deekeâej keäÙee nesvee ÛeeefnS -  meYeer efmJeÛe efieÙej, kesâefyeue, efJeÅegle ceMeerveW leLee kesâefyeue Deeefo
60 cm × 60 cm × 6 mm kesâ Oeeleg Yeeie~
(SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II)  efMejesheefj ueeFve kesâ Oeeleg DeeOeej, šskeâ leej, kesâefyeue yeekeäme kesâ
 The ground wire is used to -
Oeeleg Yeeie~
Connect a circuit conductor or other device to
rating of 15A Socket
an earth plate  For domestic wiring, - 10
 Yet-leej ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw - rating of 5A Socket
efkeâmeer heefjheLe Ûeeuekeâ Ùee DevÙe Ùegefòeâ keâes 15Amee@keâsš keâer jsefšbie
 Iejsuet JeeÙeefjbie kesâ efueS, - 10
Yet-huesš mes mebÙeesefpele keâjves kesâ efueS~ 5Amee@keâsš keâer jsefšbie
(SSC JE-10.12.2020, Shift -II) (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
Wiring and Earthing 651 YCT

 In earthing, which is referred to as waterman pipe- yeÌ[s Meefòeâ kesâvõ 0.5
GI Pipe
Úesšs Meefòeâ kesâvõ 1.0
 DeefLeËie ceW, efkeâmes Jeešjcewve heeFhe keâne peelee nw- GI heeFhe
Úesšs Ghekesâvõ 2.0
(UPPCL JE 29.03.2022 Shift-II)
 The most serious result of a major uncleared short Iejsuet leej mLeeheve mebmLeeve
1.0
circuit fault could be – Fire DevÙe efJeÅegle mebmLeeve
8.0
 "erkeâ ve efkeâÙes ieS Mee@š& meefke&âš keâe meyemes iebYeerj heefjCeece keäÙee nes  Identify the wiring component shown in the given
mekeâlee nw– Deeie image. It is used in small residential building
(UPRVUNL JE - 2015) electrical installation- Pendent holder
 In plate earthing, which is the only difference, if we
use GI plate instead of copper plate-
Thickness of the plate
 huesš DeefLeËie ceW, keâewve mee Skeâcee$e Deblej nw, Ùeefo nce leebyes keâer
huesš kesâ yepeeÙe GI huesš keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nw- huesš keâer ceesšeF&
 efoS ieS efÛe$e ceW efoKeeS ieS JeeÙeefjbie GhekeâjCe keâes henÛeeveW~
 What is required to remove static electricity from
machinery– Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Úesšs DeeJeemeerÙe YeJeve efJeÅegle mLeehevee ceW efkeâÙee
Grounding the frame work has to be done peelee nw- ueškeâve Oeejkeâ
 ceMeervejer mes mLeweflekeâ efJeÅegle keâes nševes kesâ efueS........... (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
øesâce Jeke&â keâes Yet-mecheke&âve («eeGbeE[ie) keâjvee heÌ[lee nw  What should be the cross section when a copper
(SSC JE-3 March 2017 2.45) strip is used as an earth wire–
 Lead sheathed wiring come under the category of Not less than 25 mm  1.6 mm
which systems of wiring- Batten wiring  leebyes keâer heóer keâes Yetmebheke&âve leej kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeves kesâ
 ues[ MeerLes[ JeeÙeefjbie, efkeâme JeeÙeefjbie efmemšce keâer ßesCeer ceW Deeleer efueS Fmekeâer DevegØemLe keâeš keâe Deekeâej efkeâlevee nesvee ÛeeefnS
nw- yewšve JeeÙeefjbie – 25 mm × 1.6 mm mes keâce veneR
(UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II) [UPPCL JE-28.03.2022 (9-12 AM)]
efJeÅegle mebmLeeheve ceW Yet-mecheke&âve nsleg efJeef°leeÙeW  For performing pipe earthing, which materials is
(IS Specifications regarding Earthing of required-
Electrical Installations) Salt and charcoal, Funnel with wire mesh,
ISI kesâ megPeeJe kesâ Deveg™he Yet-mecheke&âve nsleg efvecveefueefKele 38mm dia GI pipe
efJeefMe°leeÙeW GheÙeesie ceW ueeÙeer peeleer nw–  heeFhe DeefLeËie keâjves kesâ efueS, efkeâme meece«eer keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer
 efpeme efJeÅegle mebmLeeve keâe Yet-mecheke&âve efkeâÙee peevee nw, Gme nw-
mebmLeeve mes Yet-mecheke&âve keâer otjer keâce mes keâce 1.5 ceer. vecekeâ Deewj Ûeejkeâesue, leej peeue kesâ meeLe keâerhe, 38efceceer
nesveer ÛeeefnS~ JÙeeme GI heeFhe
 Yet-melelelee leej (Earth Continuity wire) keâer ceehe (UPPCL JE -29.03.2022 Shift-II)
keâe@hej leej 14SWG mes keâce veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS DeLeJee  What is the minimum factor of safety for wooden
cegKÙe leej pees mebmLeeheve ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee ieÙee nw kesâ DeeOes supports as per the CEA (Central Electricity
Authority) Regulations, 2010? - 3.0
DevegØemLe keâeš keâe nesvee ÛeeefnS~
 meer F& S efJeefveÙece 2010 kesâ Devegmeej uekeâÌ[er kesâ meceLe&ve kesâ
 Yet-leej leLee Yet-mecheke&âve Fueskeäšês[ Skeâ ner heoeLe& keâe
efueS megj#ee keâe vÙetvelece keâejkeâ keäÙee nw- 3.0
nesvee ÛeeefnS~
 Yet-leej keâes 60 mesceer. Yetleue mes veerÛes jKevee ÛeeefnS leLee
 ........factor does not affect the earth resistivity? -
12.7 efceceer. JÙeeme kesâ G.I. heeFhe ceW mes ues peevee ÛeeefnS Voltage level
leeefkeâ Ùeebef$ekeâ #eefle mes megj#ee keâer pee mekesâ~  Yet-mecheke&âve kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâes ...... Ieškeâ ØeYeeefJele vener keâjlee
 mebmLeeve kesâ efJeefYeVe heefjheLeeW kesâ Yet-leej keâes Skeâ ner peien nw- Jeesušspe mlej
Ùeeveer cegKÙe efJelejCe yees[& mes peesÌ[ osvee ÛeeefnS~ Fmekesâ (UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)
yeeo Yet-leej keâes efJelejCe yees[& mes Yet-mecheke&âve kesâ Fueskeäšês[  Which wiring is suitable for places exposed to sun
mes peesÌ[vee ÛeeefnS~ and rain and damp places ? - Lead sheathed wiring
 meeceevÙe: Yet-mecheke&âve keâe ØeeflejesOe veceer Je mLeeve kesâ  metÙe& kesâ mecheke&â ceW Deeves Jeeues mLeeveeW Deewj yeeefjMe Deewj vece mLeeveeW
Devegmeej yeouelee jnlee nw~ DeeoMe& efmLeefle ceW Yet-mecheke&âve kesâ efueS keâewve meer JeeÙeefjbie GheÙegòeâ nw-
keâe ØeeflejesOe (Earth Rasistance) MetvÙe neslee nw uesefkeâve ues[ MeerLes[ JeeÙeefjbie
ØeYeeJeer Yet-ØeeflejesOe efvecve neslee nw~ (UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)
 ____ is the process in which the instantaneous Note :
discharge of electrical energy takes place by
transferring charges directly to the earth through a
low resistance wire- Earthing
 .........Jen Øeef›eâÙee nw efpemeceW keâce ØeeflejesOe Jeeues leej kesâ ceeOÙece Bracket Fan
mes DeeJesefMele keâes meerOes Yet-hej mLeeveevleefjle keâjkesâ efJeÅegle Tpee& keâe
lelkeâeefuekeâ efveJe&nve neslee nw- Yet-mecheke&âve
 The electrical earthing is done with the help of–
Low resistance wire connected between non-
carrying current part of the equipment and  Which of the following factors does NOT have to be
ground considered before the actual wiring installation work
 efJeÅegle DeefLeËie ........ keâer meneÙelee mes keâer peeleer nw– is to be done for a residential home?-
GhekeâjCe Deewj peceerve kesâ yeerÛe efyevee Oeeje Jeeueer Yeeie mes Type of colour of building
pegÌ[e keâce ØeeflejesOe Jeeueer leej  DeeJeemeerÙe Iej kesâ efueS JeemleefJekeâ JeeÙeefjbie mLeehevee keâeÙe& keâjves mes
(DSSSB JE-22.06.2022 Time 4:30 to 6:30 PM) henues efkeâme keâejkeâ hej efJeÛeej veneR efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS-
 Which is the safest method of wiring in residential YeJeve kesâ jbie kesâ Øekeâej hej
buildings? - Concealed wiring (UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)
 DeeJeemeerÙe YeJeveeW ces JeeÙeefjbie keâe meyemes megjef#ele lejerkeâe keâewve mee nw-  Which type of wiring is known as old wiring
Úgheer JeeÙeefjbie system?- Batten wiring
(UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)  efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie keâes hegjeves JeeÙeefjbie efmemšce kesâ veece mes
 What should be the smallest aluminium conductor peevee peelee nw- yewšve JeeÙeefjbie
(cross sectional area) for the house wiring–Not less (UPPCL JE-30.03.2022 Shift-II)
than 1.5 mm2 ÚÌ[ Yet-mecheke&âve
 Iejsuet JeeÙeefjbie kesâ efueS meyemes Úesše SuÙetceerefveÙece Ûeeuekeâ (Rod Earthing)
(DevegØemLe keâeš kesâ #es$eHeâue kesâ ceeceues ceW) efkeâlevee nesvee ÛeeefnS –  Rod Earthing yeuegDee peceerve (Sandy Earth) kesâ
1.5 mm2 mes keâce veneR efueS GheÙeesie ceW ueeF& peeleer nw~
[UPPCL JE-28.03.22(2-5 PM)]  ÙeneB hej ieºe Keesoves keâer pe™jle veneR nesleer ÚÌ[ keâes
Note :- Meefòeâ nLeewÌ[e (Power Hammer) keâer meneÙelee mes
Specification Light & fan Power circuit peceerve ceW ieeÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw~
circuit (House  Yet-Fueskeäšês[ keâer ienjeF& veceer hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw~
wiring)
 meeceevÙele: Yet-Fueskeäšês[ keâer ienjeF& 2.5 ceer. mes 6
Aluminium 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
ceer. lekeâ jKeer peeleer nw~
Copper 1 mm2 1.25 mm2
Fueskeäšês[ Øekeâej ceehe
Point 10 2
leeceü ÚÌ[ "esme 12 mm JÙeeme
Max. load 800 watt 3000 watt
GI ÚÌ[ "esme 19 mm JÙeeme
Standard supply voltage-
Single phase – 240V GI ÚÌ[ Kees K eueer 25 mm JÙeeme
Three phase – 415 V  As per the standard electrical design and estimation,
 What should be minimum height of an overhead line the numbers of 5 A and 15 A socket outlet for a
that is used to supply power to tram cars ? - 3m dining room should be ___ and ___, respectively-
 šêce keâejeW keâes efyepeueer keâer Deehetefle& keâjves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie keâer peeves Two; one
 ceevekeâ efJeÅegleerÙe ef[peeFve Deewj Deekeâueve kesâ Devegmeej, Yeespeve keâ#e
Jeeueer DeesJejns[ ueeFve keâer vÙetvelece TbÛeeF& efkeâleveer nesveer ÛeeefnS-
kesâ efueS 5 A Deewj 15 A mee@kesâš DeeGšuesšeW keâer mebKÙee
3 ceeršj ›eâceMe:–––––Deewj–––––nesveer ÛeeefnS~ oes, Skeâ
 What does the given symbol used in electrical  Which type of wiring is mostly preferred for
engineering drawing represent– Exhaust fan temporary installations?- Cleat wiring
 efJeÅegle DeeefYeÙeebef$ekeâer [êbFie ceW efoÙee ieÙee Øeleerkeâ ØeoefMe&le keâjlee  DemLeeF& mLeeheveeW (temporary installation) kesâ efueS efkeâme
nw– efvekeâeme hebKee Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie keâes meJee&efOekeâ JejerÙelee oer peeleer nw?
keäueerš JeeÙeefjbie
[UPPCL JE-28.03.2022 (9-12 AM)] (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
 In case of strip earthing, if the electrode is made of  Thej oMee&S Devegmeej JeeÙeefjbie DeejsKe kesâ efueS ØeefleefveefOelJe keâer
copper, then its cross-sectional area should NOT be efJeefOe keâer henÛeeve keâjW -
less than ______ . 25 mm×1.6 mm
 efmš^he Dee|Lebie kesâ ceeceues ceW Ùeefo Fueskeäšês[ leebyes keâe yevee nw, lees uetefhebie yewkeâ efmemšce
Fmekesâ DevegØemLe keâeš keâe #es$eheâue–––––mes keâce veneR nesvee (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)
ÛeeefnS~ 25 mm × 1.6 mm  What should be the resistance between the consumer
earth terminal and earth continuity conductor (at the
end)?
(SSC JE-2 March 2017 2.45 pm) Should be less than 1 Ω
 When the soil moisture content reduces below ____,  kebâpÙetcej DeLe& šefce&veue Deewj DeLe& kesâ yeerÛe ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesvee
the resistivity of the earth increases sharply- 20% ÛeeefnS - 1 Ω mes keâce nesvee ÛeeefnS
 peye ce=oe ceW veceer keâer cee$ee–––––mes keâce nes peeleer nw, lees Yet- (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
ØeeflejesOekeâlee lespeer mes yeÌ{leer nw~ 20%  What should be the smallest aluminium conductor
(UPPCL JE-29.03.2022 Shift-I) (cross sectional area) for the house wiring?Not less
kegâC[ueer Yet-mecheke&âve than 1.5 mm2
(Coil Earthing)  neGme JeeÙeefjbie kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ SuÙegefceefveÙece Ûeeuekeâ keâe
 Coil Earthing keâe GheÙeesie ueeFve heesueeW keâes Yet- DevegØemLe-keâe@š #es$eheâue..............nesvee ÛeeefnS -
mecheefke&âle keâjves kesâ efueS GheÙeesie ceW ueeÙee peelee nw~ 1.5 mm2 mes keâce veneR
 8 SWG GI leej keâer 50 mm JÙeeme 460 mm uecyeer
kegâC[ueer keâes 1.5 m ienjeF& ceW Fmekesâ ÛeejeW lejheâ vecekeâ  Earthing for high power installations may require
Je Ûeejkeâesue keâer heleeX mes yebo keâj osles nQ~ several earth electrodes. How are the electrodes
 ÙeÅeefhe Ùen Yet-mecheke&âve kegâÚ efoveeW ceW DeØeYeeJeer nes peeves connected if more than one is used?
kesâ keâejCe Fme Yet-mecheke&âve keâe GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee Parallel to each other
peelee nw~heeFhe Ùee huesš Yet-mecheke&âve ner ØeYeeJeer neslee  GÛÛe Meefòeâ Øeefle‰eveeW kesâ efueS DeefLeËie nsleg keâF& DeLe& Fueskeäšês[
nw~ keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nes mekeâleer nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ Fueskeäšês[
 What should be the minimum height of the switch keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw lees Fueskeäšês[..........pegÌ[s nesles nQ~
board from floor for house wiring?
Skeâ otmejs kesâ meceevlej
1.5 m
 Iejsueg JeeÙeefjbie kesâ efueS heâMe& mes efmJeÛe yees[& keâer vÙetvelece T@ÛeeF& (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)
 The test are required to be performed to check the
efkeâleveer nesveer ÛeeefnS - 1.5 ceeršj
efficiency of the earthing installation-
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I) Measurement of resistance of earth electrode,
 Which insulating material is widely used for small Measurement of resistance of earthing grid
molded parts such as lamp holder, terminal blocks
and small panels? Bakelite
 DeefLeËie Fbmše@uesMeve keâer o#elee keâer peebÛe kesâ efueS, hejer#eCe efkeâS
 uewche nesu[j, šefce&veue yuee@keäme Deewj Úesšs hewveue Deeefo Úesšs peeves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw-
ceesu[s[ YeeieeW kesâ efueS efkeâme efJeÅegle jesOeer meece«eer keâe JÙeehekeâ ™he Yet-Fueskeäšês[ kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeheve, DeefLeËie ef«e[ kesâ
mes ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw - yewkesâueeFš ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeheve
(UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -I)  According to IE rule, the number of light/fan points
 connected in one sub circuit should not exceed to–
10
 IE efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ meye-meefke&âš ces pegÌ[s ØekeâeMe/hebKes kesâ
efyevogDeeW keâer mebKÙee .........mes DeefOekeâ veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS– 10
 What should be the cross-section of the earth
continuity conductor -
It shared not be either less than 2.9 mm2 or half
of the installation conductor size
 he=LJeer efvejblejlee kebâ[keäšj keâe ›eâe@me-meskeämeve keäÙee nesvee ÛeeefnS-
Ùen Ùee lees 2.9 mm2 mes keâce vener Ùee FbmšeuesMeve kebâ[keäšj
Identify the method of representation for wiring
diagram as depicted above.
kesâ Deekeâej keâe DeeOee nesvee ÛeeefnS~
Looping back system (UPPCL JE - 28.03.2022, Shift -II)

 A temporary wiring system is -  efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW JeeÙeefjbie DeJeÙeJe keâes henÛeeves~ Ùen Úesšs
Cleat wiring DeeJeemeerÙe YeJeveeW kesâ efJeÅegle mebmLeeheve ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee
 Skeâ DemLeeÙeer JeeÙeefjbie ØeCeeueer nw nw~– hesv[svš nesu[j
keäueerš JeeÙeefjbie (UPPCL JE 29-03-2022, Shift- II)
(SJVN JE 24.10.2021 Shift -I)  The depth of the pole to be planted in the ground is
(RRB JE Electrical 19. 09.2019) taken as ....... of the pole length- 1/6
 Given diagram is an example of-  peceerve ces ueieeS peeves Jeeues heesue keâer ienjeF& keâes heesue kesâ efkeâleves
Schematic diagram
uecyeeF& kesâ ™he ces efueÙee peelee nw- 1/6
(UPPCL JE- 08.09.2021 Shift-I)
 What is the correct preventive measure to be applied
for homes-
Provide proper earthing for the building/house,
Use switches of the correct current rating, Allow
only qualified person to attend to your electrical
 efoÙee ieÙee DeejsKe ....... keâe Skeâ GoenjCe nw- JÙeJemLee DeejsKe repairs.
(UPPCL JE- 08.09.2021 Shift-I)  Iejes ceW ueeiet keâjves kesâ efueÙes mener efveJeejkeâ GheeÙe keäÙee nw-
 The resistance of an earthing electrode should be- YeJeve/Iej kesâ efueÙes GefÛele DeefLeËie Øeoeve keâjs, mener keâjWš
Very low
jsefšbie kesâ efmJeÛe keâe GheÙeesie keâjs, kesâJeue ÙeesiÙe JÙeefòeâÙeeW
 Skeâ DeefLeËie Fueskeäšêsue keâe ØeeflejesOe nesvee ÛeeefnS-
keâes Deheveer efJeÅegle cejccele ces Yeeie uesves keâer Devegceefle os~
yengle efvecve
(CSPHCL JE-06.01.2022)
 In electrical drawings, the given symbol is used to
 As per the IE 1956, a clear space of not less than
indicate a ________– bell
______ in width shall be provided in front of a
switchboard- 1 m  efJeÅegle [êFbie cebs efoÙee ieÙee Øeleerkeâ ...... keâes metefÛele keâjves kesâ efueS
 IE 1956 kesâ Devegmeej, Skeâ efmJeÛeyees[& kesâ meeceves keâce mes GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– Iebšer
keâce........ÛeewÌ[eF& keâe Skeâ efkeäueÙej mhesme (Clear space) Øeoeve
efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS- 1m
(NHPC JE Elect. 05.04.2022, Shift-II)
rating of 15A socket
 For domestic wiring, = (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)
rating of 5A socket
Note :-
10
15A meekeâsš keâe efveOeej&Ce
 Iejsuet leej-mLeeheve kesâ efueS = 10
5A meekeâsš keâe efveOeej&Ce
(UPPCL JE 29-03-2022, Shift- II)
 Lead sheathed wiring comes under the category of
which systems of wiring– Batten wiring
 ues[ MeerL[ JeeÙeefjbie efkeâme leej mLeeheve ßesCeer kesâ Devleie&le Deelee
nw– yewšve JeeÙeefjbie
 ............. is indicated by the given symbol–

Two-pole switch
 efoÙes ieÙes Øeleerkeâ Éeje .......... Øekeâej keâs efmJeÛe keâes metefÛele efkeâÙee
ieÙee nw– efÉ-OegÇJe efmJeÛe
(UPPCL JE 29-03-2022, Shift- II)
 Identify the wiring component shown in the given
image. It is used in small residential building
electrical installation– Pendent holder (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)
Note :- kegâÚ cenlJehetCe& efmJeÛe kesâ Øeleerkeâ  According to CPWD guidelines on electrical work
Symbol indication Symbol name 2013, the minimum distance between blades of fan
and roof should be - 0.3 m
Two pole switch
 efJeÅegle keâeÙe& hej meerheer[yuÙet[er 2013 kesâ efoMee efveoxMeeW kesâ
Devegmeej, hebKes kesâ yues[ Deewj Úle kesâ yeerÛe vÙetvelece........ otjer
Three pole switch
nesveer ÛeeefnS- 0.3 ceeršj
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift IIst)
Single pole switch  The rod and pipe electrodes should not be less than
........ in lengths- 2.5 m
Multi pole switch
 je[ Deewj heeFhe Fueskeäšês[ keâer uecyeeF& ....... mes keâce vener nesveer
ÛeeefnS- 2.5 m
 The name of figure is given below:–  According to IE rules, final sub circuits beyond the
 veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e keâe veece nw– distribution board for light, fan and 5A socket
outlet_____-
Should not exceed 10 points/800watts
 IE efveÙeceeW kesâ Devegmeej, yeòeer, hebKes Deewj 5 A mee@kesâš DeeGšuesš
kesâ efueS efJelejCe yees[& hej Debeflece Ghe heefjheLe ceW............-
10 hJee@Fbšdme/800 Jee@š mes DeefOekeâ veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift II)
(UPPCL JE 28.03.2022 Shift-III)
Three winding transformer  As per IE rules the nominal cross sectional area of
3-JeeFbef[bie šêbmeHeâece&j the conductor should not be less than _____ if
copper is used for sub circuit wiring- 1.0 mm2
 The name of figure is given below:–  IE efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, kebâ[keäšj keâe Debefkeâle ›eâe@me meskeäMeveue #es$e
 veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e keâe veece nw– ...... mes keâce veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS, Ùeefo keâe@hej keâe GheÙeesie Ghe
heefjheLe JeeÙeeEjie kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– 1.0 mm2
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift IIst)
 Which type of wiring cannot be implemented easily
once the construction of the house is completed-
Concealed conduit wiring
Two winding transformer  Iej keâe efvecee&Ce hetCe& nes peeves kesâ yeeo efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie
oes-JeeFbef[bie šêbmeHeâece&j keâes Deemeeveer mes mLeeefhele vener efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw -
(PGCIL DT-NR 1-13.08.2021) Úghee veueer JeeÙeefjbie
 The most suitable place to install the main switch (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
board is- At/near the entrance of the building  Which is true for earth wire -
 cegKÙe efmJeÛe yees[& keâes mLeeefhele keâjves kesâ efueÙes meyemes GheÙegòeâ Only fault current flows
mLeeve .............. neslee nw-  Yet-leej kesâ efueS melÙe nw - kesâJeue Heâe@uš keâjbš ØeJeeefnle
(PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022)
efyeefu[bie kesâ ØeJesMe Éej hej/Gmekesâ heeme  Points to be considered while estimating the
(UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II) electrical equipment total cost-
 According to which rule all metal parts should be Create your own estimate, Review the
properly grounded - IER 90 specification, Review the drawing, Perform a
 meYeer Oeeleg YeeieeW keâes efkeâme efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej "erkeâ mes «eeGefv[bie quantify take off, Request supplier quotes.
 efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe keâer kegâue ueeiele keâe Deebkeâueve keâjles meceÙe OÙeeve
keâjvee ÛeeefnS-
osves ÙeesiÙe efyevog-
DeeF&F&Deej 90
Dehevee Kego keâe Devegceeve yeveeSb, efJeefveoxMe keâer meceer#ee
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift Ist) keâjvee, [êFbie keâer meceer#ee keâjvee, Skeâ cee$ee šskeâDee@heâ
 According to CPWD guidelines on electrical work
keâjvee, Deehetefle&keâlee& GæjCeeW keâe DevegjesOe keâjvee
2013, the size of plate type copper earth electrode
(UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
should be- 60cm  60cm  3mm
 Bulk head fittings in electrical symbols represent-
 2013 kesâ efJeÅegle keâeÙe& hej meerheer[yuÙet[er kesâ efoMee efveoxMeeW kesâ
Devegmeej, huesš šeFhe keâe@hej DeLe& Fueskeäšês[eW keâe Deekeâej nesvee  efJeÅegle ØeleerkeâeW ceW yeukeâ ns[ efHeâefšbie keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nQ-
ÛeeefnS- 60cm  60cm  3mm
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift IIst) (PGCIL NR-II 12.03.2022)
leej Je efmš^he Yet-mecheke&âve  Guard electrodes are used in capacitance
(Wire or Strip Earthing) measurement to minimize– Dielectric loss
 leej Je efmš^he Yet-mecheke&âve heLejerueer (Rocky) efceóer ceW  Oeeefjlee ceeheve ceW j#ekeâ Fueskeäšês[eW keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw,
GheÙeesie keâer peeleer nw keäÙeeWefkeâ ÙeneB hej ieºe Keesovee vÙetvelece keâjves kesâ efueS– hejeJewÅegle neefve keâes
keâef"ve neslee nw~ (SSC JE- 2011)
 Indian Electricity Rules specify the cases where
 Yet-mecheke&âve 5ceer. mes keâce veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS ÙeÅeefhe earthing is required. The resistance of the ground to
ienjeF& veceer hej efveYe&j keâjleer nw~ these earthing connections should be checked for–
 meeceevÙele: ienjeF& 8 mes 15ceer. jKeer peeleer nw~ Fme At least once a year
Yet-mecheke&âve ceW Fueskeäšês[ leej Ùee efmš^he kesâ ™he ceW  YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece Gve ceeceueeW keâes efveefo&° keâjlee nw peneB
Yetmecheke&âve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ Fve Yet-mecheke&âvees kesâ Yetefce
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâer peeBÛe....keâer peeveer ÛeeefnS
Fueskeäšês[ Øekeâej ceehe
- Je<e& ceW keâce mes keâce Skeâ yeej
leeceü leej 3mm2 (UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021)
GI leej 6 mm2  To hold the lamp and connect it electrically to
leeceü efmš^he 25 mm  1.6 mm supply terminal......is used - Lamp holder
 uewche keâes hekeâÌ[ves leLee Fmes JewÅegle ®he mes mehueeF& šefce&veue mes
GI efmš^he 25 mm  2 mm
mebÙeesefpele keâjves nsleg ............ ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw-
 In domestic wiring, each sub-circuit with a load
uewche nesu[j
greater than ..........watts must be protected by a
separate fuse or MCB– 800 (UPPCL JE -25.11.2019 Shift II)
 Which is the most commonly used power rating in
 Iejsuet JeeÙeeEjie ceW ........Jeeš mes DeefOekeâ uees[ Jeeues ØelÙeskeâ Ghe large building (India)–  AC
50 Hz, 3-
heefjheLe keâes Deueie HeäÙetpe Ùee MCB Éeje mebjef#ele efkeâÙee peevee  keâewve yeÌ[er Fceejle (Yeejle) ceW meyemes DeefOekeâ ØeÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer
ÛeeefnS- 800 heeJej jsefšbie nw- 50 Hz, 3-  AC
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021) (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
 Under IE Rule. What is the correct terminal voltage  Which type of wiring system has very long life–
range– 394.25 V to 435.75 for Conduit wiring
nominal voltage of 415 Vott.  efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ JeeÙeeEjie efmemšce keâe peerJevekeâeue yengle uecyee neslee
 YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece kesâ lenle mener šefce&veue Jeesušspe jWpe keäÙee nw- kebâ[dÙetš JeeÙeefjbie
nw- 415 Jeesuš kesâ Debefkeâle Jeesušlee kesâ (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)
 The earthing electrode shall always be placed in–
efueÙes 394.25 mes 435.75 Jeesuš
Vertical position
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-II)  Yet-Fueskeäšês[ keâes ncesMee .........ceW jKee peevee ÛeeefnS-
 Which type of wiring is suitable for places exposed GOJee&Oej efmLeefle
to sun or rain– Lead sheathed wiring
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I)
 metÙe& Ùee yeeefjMe kesâ mecheke&â ceW Deeves Jeeues mLeeveeW kesâ efueS efkeâme  Danger boards should be at a height of ......... from
Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie GheÙegòeâ nw- ues[ MeerL[ JeeÙeefjbie ground– 3 metre
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021)  Kelejs keâe yees[& peceerve mes ......... keâer TBÛeeF& hej nesves ÛeeefnS-
 Opposition to the flow of leakage current is called– 3 ceeršj
Leakage resistance (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I)
 #ejCe efJeÅegle Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen kesâ efJejesOe keâes keäÙee keâne peelee nw–  According to IS 4648 : 1968, Ceiling fans should be
#eefjle ØeeflejesOe hung at least ..........above the floor–
2.75 meter
(UPPCL JE- 27.08.2018)
 IS4648 : 1968 kesâ Devegmeej, Úle kesâ hebKes HeâMe& mes keâce mes keâce
 Magnitude of the electric shock on human body
depend on– The line current ............Thej ueškeâeS peeves ÛeeefnS- 2.75 ceeršj
 ceveg<Ùe kesâ Mejerj hej efyepeueer kesâ Peškesâ keâer cee$ee efveYe&j keâjleer nw– (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I)
 In a power sub-circuit, the maximum connected load
ueeFve Oeeje is– 3000 Watt
(FCI- 4.10.2015  heeJej meye-meefke&âš ceW, DeefOekeâlece keâveskeäšs[ uees[ neslee nw-
 Earth potential is takes as – Zero 3000 Watt
 he=LJeer kesâ efJeYeJe keâes efueÙee peelee nw– MetvÙe (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I)
(BSNL TTA- 26.09.2016_3 pm) (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45)
 Intermediate switch is also called the........–  How many power points can be allowed in one
Four-way switch circuit– Two
 ceOÙeJeleea efmJeÛe keâes ............Yeer keâne peelee nw-  Skeâ heefjheLe ceW efkeâleves Meefòeâ efyevog Devegcele nes mekeâles nQ– oes
Ûeej-ceeieeaÙe efmJeÛe (Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021)
(UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)  Which wiring systems is most economical for house
 All metallic parts should be earthed properly wiring– Cleat wiring
according to.....– IE Rule 90  Iej keâer JeeÙeefjbie keâs efueÙes keâewve meer JeeÙeefjbie ØeCeeueer meyemes DeefOekeâ
 ........kesâ Devegmeej meYeer Oeeleg Yeeie "erkeâ mes Yet mes pegÌ[e nesvee efceleJÙeÙeer nw– keäueerš JeeÙeefjbie
ÛeeefnS- IE efveÙece 90 (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II)
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift-I) (PGCIL DT-NR 1-13.08.2021)
 For determination of load of an installation, if not  Which consideration is included in the preparation
specified, the rating assumed for power socket outlet of wiring–
is ________– 1000 W Wiring manufacturer, Specifications of the wire,
 Øeeflem"eheve kesâ Yeej kesâ efveOee&jCe kesâ efueS Ùeefo efveefo&„ veneR nw lees Colour code mentioned
hee@Jej mee@kesâš kesâ efueS ceeve ueer ieÙeer jsefšbie ----- nw– 1000 W  JeeÙeefjbie keâer lewÙeejer ceW efkeâme hej efJeÛeej efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(PGCIL NRI DT EE-2020) leej efvecee&lee, leej keâe efJeJejCe, GuuesefKele jbie keâes[
 The board on which the energy meter, cut-out, [UPPCL JE 07.09.2021 Shift-I]
neutral link are installed is called– Service board  A category of electrical wiring system–
 Jen yees[& efpeme hej Tpee& ceeheer, keâš-DeeGš, vÙetšûe efuebkeâ Cleat wiring, Conduit wiring, Concealed wiring
mLeeefhele nesles nw, Gmes .........keâne peelee nw- meefJe&me yees[&  efJeÅegle JeeÙeefjbie ØeCeeueer keâer ßesCeer nw–
(UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II) keäueerš JeeÙeefjbie, keâe@v[gFš JeeÙeefjbie, kebâmeeru[ JeeÙeefjbie
Note :- efpeme yees[& hej Tpee& ceeršj, keâš-DeeGš, vÙetš@ûe efuebkeâ [UPPCL JE 07.09.2021 Shift-I]
ueiee neslee nw, Gmes meefJe&me yees[& keânles nw~  The type of wiring, Vulcanized Indian Rubber (VIR)
 Tpee&ceeheer keâer HeâMe& mes TBÛeeF& 1.5 ceer. nesleer nw~ and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) insulated wires are
used as conductors is–
 Tpee&ceeheer kesâ legjble yeeo cegKÙe efmJeÛe Je efJelejCe yees[& ueieevee
Cleat wiring
ÛeeefnÙes efpemekeâer HeâMe& mes TBÛeeF& 1.5 ceer. nesieer~
 efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ leej-mLeeheve ceW, Jeukeâefvele YeejleerÙe jyej (VIR)
 ueeFš-hebKee Je 5A mee@kesâš kesâ Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ efueS 10
Deewj heesueerefJeveeFue keäueesjeF[ (PVC) efJeÅegle-jesefOele leejeW keâe
efyevog Ùee 800 W mes DeefOekeâ veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS~
GheÙeesie ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Meefòeâ heefjheLe ceW Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ efueS 15 A kesâ oes efyevog
Ùee 3000 W mes DeefOekeâ veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS~ keäueerš leej-mLeeheve
(PGCIL DT -SR-I-22.08.2021)
 Polystyrene is an example of– An insulator
 ______ is an assembly of a pair of bi-pin holders.
 heeueermšeFefjve ........ keâe GoenjCe neslee nw– efJeÅeglejesOekeâ
Fluorescent lamp holder
(SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)  oes efheve nesu[j kesâ Ùegice keâe Skeâ mebÙeespeve nw-
 In domestic supply potential difference between the
live wire and neutral wire is ........- Heäueesjesmesvš uewche nesu[j
220 V (SJVN JE 24.10.2021 Shift -I)
 Iejsuet Deehetefle& ceW ueeFJe leLee Goemeerve leej kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeevlej  Celling rose are made of circular porcelain in or
bakelite, it have ............ other terminal instead of an
neslee nw-
earth terminal-
220 V
Two or Three
(SJVN JE 24.10.2021 Shift -I)
 meerefuebie jespe Je=òeekeâej heesmeeaueerve Ùee yeskesâueeFš kesâ yeves nesles nQ,
 In which kind of wiring, single core or double or
three core TRS cables with a circular oral shape efpemeceW DeLe& šefce&veue kesâ DeJeeuee ....... šefce&veue Deewj nesles nw-
cable is used oes Ùee leerve
Batten wiring (SJVN JE 24.10.2021 Shift -I)
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie ceW Skeâ Je=òeekeâej Deeke=âefle Jeeues Skeâ keâesj  TRS cables on batten are suitable for–
oes keâesj DeLeJee leerve keâesj yeeues TRS kesâyeue keâe ØeÛeÙeesie efkeâÙee Low voltage
peelee nw-  yew š ve hej TRS kes â yeue ............. kes â ef ueS GheÙeg keäle nesleer nw–
yewšve JeeÙeefjbie efvecve Jeesušspe
(SJVN JE 24.10.2021 Shift -I) [RRB JE(Electrical) 19.09.2019]
 Which indicates black and green wires respectively  efkeâme heoeLe& keâe GheÙeesie heäÙetpe DeJeÙeJe kesâ ™he ceW veneR efkeâÙee
in house wiring– Neutral and earth peelee nw? - keâeye&ve
 Iej keâer JeeÙeeEjie ceW keâeuee Deewj njs leejeW keâes ›eâceMe: oMee&lee nw– (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
Goemeerve Deewj Yetmebheefke&âle  Internal wiring installations should be inspected-
Once in 5 years
 According to IS 4648:1968, ceiling fans should be  Deevleef j keâ JeeÙeef j i
b e meb m Leeheve keâe ef v ejer
# eCe ef k eâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS–
hung at least_____ above the floor- 2.75 5 Je<e& ceW 1 yeej
 IS 4648 : 1968 kesâ Devegmeej, Úle kesâ hebKes HeâMe& mes keâce mes (UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift Ist)
keâce ––––– Thej ueškeâeS peeves ÛeeefnS- 2.75  TRS cables on batten are suitable for places-
Not exposed to sun and rain
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift Ist)
 yewšve hej TRS kesâyeue ------ mLeevees kesâ efueS GheÙegòeâ nesles nw-
 Which wiring system is required for public
building– 3 phase 4 wire
metÙe& Deewj Je<ee& kesâ mecheke&â ceW ve Deeves Jeeues
 meeJe&peefvekeâ FceejleeW kesâ efueS keâewve meer JeeÙeeEjie heæefle DeeJeMÙekeâ (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 Which protects buildings, machinery and appliances
nw– 3 keâuee 4 leej under fault conditions-
(Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021) Earthing
 Height of lamp from floor level is– 2.5 m  keäÙee oes<e keâer efmLeefle ceW FceejleeW, ceMeervejer Deewj GhekeâjCeeW keâer
 Oejeleue melen mes uewche keâer TBÛeeF& nesleer nw– 2.5 ceer megj#ee keâjlee nw-
(Pune Metro SC/TO- 19.10.2021) Yet-mebheke&âve
 ............. is constituted for making porcelain (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
insulators– Quartz, kaolin and feldspar  Joint box wiring method might be cheaper with
 heesefme&uesve Fbmeguesšj yeveeves kesâ efueS Ieškeâ nw– respect to - Cable length
keäJeeš&dpe, kesâDeesefueve Deewj mheâleerÙe  JeeÙeefjbie keâer pJeeFbš yee@keäme efJeefOe ------ kesâ mecyevOe ceW DeefOekeâ
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) efkeâheâeÙeleer nesleer nw- kesâefyeue keâer uecyeeF&
 Which materials has the highest value of dielectric (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
constant– Ceramics  Channel wiring material is made of - PVC
 efkeâme heoeLe& ceW hejeJewÅegle efveÙeleebkeâ keâe ceeve GÛÛelece neslee nw–  Ûewveue JeeÙeefjbie meece«eer ------ mes yeveer nesleer nw- PVC
efmejsefcekeäme (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) heeFhe Yet-mecheke&âve
 A 10 SWG electrode usually operates in the current (Pipe Earthing)
range of– 95-135 amperes  Pipe Earthing memleer SJeb efškeâeT nesleer nw Deewj
 Skeâ 10 SWG Fueskeäšês[ Deeceleewj hej ........ keâer Oeeje meercee ceW Fmemes DeÛÚe Yet-mecheke&âve Øeehle neslee nw~
mebÛeeefuele neslee nw– 95-135 SefcheÙej  Fme efJeefOe ceW 2 ceer. uecyes 38 efceceer. JÙeeme keâe
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) iewuJesveeFp[ Fmheele (GI) efÚõceÙe heeFhe Fueskeäšês[ kesâ
 What is the thermal conductivity of the aluminium
metal– 235 W/mk
™he ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 peceerve Meg<keâ nesves hej Fme Fueskeäšês[ keâer uecyeeF& 2ceer.
 SuÙegceerefveÙece Oeeleg keâer leeheerÙe Ûeeuekeâlee keäÙee nw– 235 W/mk
(PGCIL NR-III, 22.08.2021) mes yeÌ{ekeâj 2.75 ceer. lekeâ keâj oer peeleer nw~
 Which type of cable is used for underground service  Fme heeFhe keâes peceerve kesâ Devoj 4.75 ceer. ienjeF& lekeâ
connection- Low tension 3.5 core cable [eue osles nQ~
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâe kesâyeue, Yetefceiele mesJee mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS GheÙeesie  Ùen ieñe (30cm  30cm) keâe 4.75 ceer. ienje
neslee nw- keâce leveeJe 3.5 ›eâes[ kesâefyeue neslee nw~
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  Fme Fueskeäšês[ ceW 10 efceceer. JÙeeme kesâ leLee 15 mesceer.
 For distribution board the rating of MCB for light keâer Skeâ meceeve otjer hej mecekeâesCeerÙe efÚõ nesles nQ~
circuit shall be 6A
 Fueskeäšês[ kesâ Ûeejes lejheâ mes 15 efceceer. ceesšer ›eâceMe:
 ØekeâeMe heefjheLe kesâ efueS efJelejCe yees[& kesâ MCB keâe efveOee&jCe
vecekeâ Ûeejkeâesue mes heeš osles nQ~
(jsefšbie) ------ nesiee- 6 SefcheÙej
 38 efceceer  19 efceceer. kesâ mee@kesâš kesâ Éeje Skeâ 19
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 AWG stands for- American wire Gauge efceceer. JÙeeme keâe heeFhe Fme Fueskeäšês[ mes peesÌ[ efoÙee
 AWG keâe hetCe& ™he nw- Decesefjkeâve JeeÙej iespe peelee nw~
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  peceerve keâer melen hej (30mesceer.  30 mesceer.) keâer
 Which materials is not used as fuse element- meerceWš kebâ›eâerš keâer šbkeâer yevee oer peeleer nQ, šbkeâer hej
Corbon keâemš DeeÙejve keâe {keäkeâve jKe efoÙee peelee nw~
 19 efceceer. JÙeeme kesâ heeFhe mes Yet-leej peesÌ[ efoÙee peelee  What is the expansion of DPIC switch–
nw~ Double Pole Iron Clad Switch
 DPIC efmJeÛe keâe hetCe& ™he keäÙee nw –
[yeue heesue DeeÙejve keäuew[ efmJeÛe
 Solder is an alloy of - Lead and tin
 meesu[j ------ keâer efceße Oeeleg nw- ues[ Deewj efšve
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
 _______ are normally used to connect pendant
lamps. Ceiling roses
 hesve[sCš uewche keâes mebÙeesefpele keâjves kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: ØeÙegòeâ
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ meerefuebie jespe
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 Multi strand conductors are preferred over solid
conductors because they are: Durable
 "esme ÛeeuekeâeW keâer Dehes#ee ceušermšwC[ Ûeeuekeâ pÙeeoe hemebo efkeâS
peeles nQ keäÙeeWefkeâ Jes nesles nQ- efškeâeT
(DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
meye-mšsMeve mLeeefhele keâjves kesâ efueS efveOee&efjle Yetefce keâe
#es$eheâue
 Fme Yet-leej keâes Ùeebef$ekeâ #eefle mes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS Fmes meyemšsMeve keâe #es$eHeâue keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
12.7 efceceer. GI heeFhe kesâ Devoj mes ues peeÙee peelee Øekeâej
nw efpemes peceerve mes 60 mesceer. veerÛes jKeles nQ~ 33 kV meyemšsMeve 5 SkeâÌ[
 19 efceceer. JÙeeme kesâ heeFhe kesâ cegbn hej peeueer Ùegkeäle 132 kV meyemšsMeve 10 SkeâÌ[
keâerhe ueieeÙeer peeleer nw efpememes meceÙe-meceÙe hej heeveer 220 kV meyemšsMeve 25 SkeâÌ[
[euee peelee nw pees efÚefõle Yet-Fueskeäšês[ kesâ Ûeejes lejheâ
 To provide service connection to a consumer having
hewâuekeâj veceer yeveeÙes jKelee nw~ a load of 1 kW, the size of the copper conductor
 -------- wiring is used to draw TRS cables on teak should be- 10 SWG
wood- Batten  1 efkeâueesJeeš Yeej Jeeues GheYeesòeâe keâes mesJee keâveskeäMeve Øeoeve keâjves
 ------- JeeÙeefjbie keâe ØeÙeesie meeieewve keâer uekeâÌ[er hej TRS kesâyeue kesâ efueS keâe@hej kebâ[keäšj keâe Deekeâej nesvee ÛeeefnS-
KeeRÛeves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw- yewšve 10 SWG
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
 An ----- is used in electrical installation to joint  According to the Indian system of frequency, the
some conductors and provide different path for frequency at which most of the domestic and
different conductors- Junction box industrial loads operate is: 50 Hz
 efJeÅegle FbmšeuesMeve ceW kegâÚ ÛeeuekeâeW keâes peesÌ[ves Deewj efJeefYeVe  DeeJe=efòe kesâ YeejleerÙe ØeCeeueer kesâ Devegmeej DeeJe=efòe efpeme hej pÙeeoe
ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ efueS Deueie-Deueie heLe Øeoeve keâjves kesâ -------- Iejsuet Deewj DeewÅeesefiekeâ Yeej ØeÛeeefuele nesles nQ,–50 Hz
keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- pebkeäMeve yee@keäme (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019)  What are the terminals in a single phase 3-pin plug.
 Which wiring systems is normally used in domestic Phase, Neutral, Ground
purpose- Conduit  Skeâue keâuee 3-efheve hueie ceW šefce&veue keäÙee nesles nQ -
 Iejsuet GösMÙeeW kesâ efueS meeceevÙele: efkeâme JeeÙeefjbie ØeCeeueer keâe hesâpe, vÙetšûe, «eeGC[
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- kebâ[dÙetš (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
[RRB JE Electrical 30.08.2019]  What is the prescribed voltage level for resistance or
 Which types of wiring are aesthetically appealing - reactance grounding.
Conduit concealed wiring 3.3 kV - 33kV
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie meewvoÙe& keâer Âef° mes Deekeâ<e&keâ nesleer nw–  ØeeflejesOe Ùee Øeefleef›eâÙee «eebGef[bie kesâ efueS efveOee&efjle Jeesušspe mlej
kebâ[dÙetš kebâmeeru[ JeeÙeefjbie neslee nw - 3.3 kV - 33kV
(RRB JE - 30.08.2019) (DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
 Which materials is a diamagnatic material -  Resonant Grounding is also known as–
Copper Arc suppression coil earthing
 keâewve mee heoeLe& ØeefleÛegcyekeâerÙe heoeLe& nw - keâe@hej  Devegveeoer Yetefceiele keâes .......... Yeer keâne peelee nw–
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) Deeke&â Meceve keâe@Fue DeefLeËie
 Why is copper the material of choice for (RRB JE-01-09-2019)
underground cable - Low resistance  The basic purpose of earthing is -
 Yetefceiele kesâyeue kesâ efueS keâe@hej meece«eer keâes keäÙeeW hemebo efkeâÙee peelee To protect the operator from electric shock
nw - keâce ØeeflejesOe  Yet-mecheke&âve keâe cetue GösMÙe nw -
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020) Dee@hejsšj keâes efyepeueer kesâ Peškesâ mes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS
 Which electrodes will have least diameter given 16 (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
SWG , 14 SWG, 20 SWG, 4 SWG–  How many earth connections are required for the
20 SWG motor frame as per IE 61 rule -
 efkeâme Fueskeäšês[ keâe JÙeeme meyemes keâce nesiee~ efoÙee nw 16 SWG Two separate and distinct
, 14 SWG, 20 SWG, 4 SWG –  IE 61 ef v eÙece kes â Deveg meej cees šj øesâce kesâ efueS efkeâleves DeLe&
20 Sme[yuÙetpeer keâveskeäMeve keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw - oes Deueie Deewj otjmLe
(PGCIL DT-NR 3-22.08.2021) (RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
 Moisture content in the soil ………… the soil
Note :-
resistance - Decreases
SWG JÙeeme (mm) #es$eHeâue (mm2)  efceóer ceW veceer keâer cee$ee efceóer kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâes ............. keâj
1 7.620 45.60 osleer nw - keâce
4 5.893 27.27
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)
8 4.064 12.97  The resistance of earthing electrode should be -Low
10 3.251 8.30  DeefLeËie Fueskeäšês[ keâe ØeeflejesOe nesvee ÛeeefnS~ -keâce
12 2.642 5.48
(HPSSC JE-18.07.2021)
14 2.032 3.24  The given figure is -
16 1.626 2.07  efoÙee ieÙee efÛe$e nw~
20 0.914 0.65
 The process of electro deposition of metal upon
metallic surface is called - Electroplating
 OeeeflJekeâ meleneW hej Oeeleg kesâ efJeÅegle efve#esheCe keâer Øeef›eâÙee keânueeleer or
nw - Fueskeäšêshuesefšbie
(DMRC JE-20.02.2020)
 For proper earthing, according to I.E. rules, of power Three phase winding Transformer
equipments - ef$ekeâuee JeeFbef[bie šêbmeHeâece&j
Double earthing system has to be adopted (PGCIL JE-13.08.2021)
 efyepeueer GhekeâjCeeW kesâ I.E. efveÙeceeW kesâ Devegmeej GefÛele DeefLeËie kesâ  Current efficiency in chromium plating is -
efueS - oesnjs DeefLeËie ØeCeeueer keâes Deheveevee nesiee 12%-15%
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020)  ›eâesefceÙece uesheve ceW Oeeje o#elee keäÙee nw - 12%-15%
 The types of earthing system are– (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
Wire earthing, Pipe earthing, Plate earthing  The cross sectional area of aluminum conductor2
 DeefLeËie efmemšce keâs Øekeâej nQ– for power wiring should be - 2.5 mm
JeeÙej DeefLeËie, heeFhe DeefLeËie, huesš DeefLeËie  hee@ Jej JeeÙeef j b i e kes
â ef ueS SuÙeg e f c eef v eÙece Ûeeuekeâ keâe Deveg ØemLe keâeš
(RRB JE-01-09-2019)
#es$eHeâue nesvee ÛeeefnS - 2.5 mm2
 During raceway wiring, which colour wire is always (DMRC JE - 20.02.2020)
used for neutral connections– White Yeej keâer ieCevee
 jsmeJes JeeÙeeEjie kesâ oewjeve, vÙetšûe keâveskeäMeve kesâ efueS ncesMee efkeâme (Calculation of Load)
jbie kesâ leej keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw – mehesâo ef J eÅeg l e ef y evog Yeej (Watt)
(RRB JE-01-09-2019) efJeÅegle yeuye 60
 The appliances are always controlled by the switch šŸetye ueeFš 40
connected in - Phase wire
 GhekeâjCeeW keâes ncesMee .......... mebÙeesefpele efmJeÛe Éeje efveÙebef$ele hebKee 60
efkeâÙee peelee nw - hesâpe JeeBÙej 5A mee@kesâš 100
(RSMSSB JE-29.11.2020) 15A mee@kesâš 1000

 Which type of bulbs are used for lights and wall  he=LJeer keâe ØeeflejesOe neslee nw– ueieYeie MetvÙe
lights - Mercury vapour (HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019 [Time 2:30-4:30])
 Úle keâer jesMeveer Deewj oerJeej keâer jesMeveer kesâ efueS efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ  In which combination, the electrical appliances are
yeuyeeW keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw - ceke&âjer Jee<he connected at home– Parallel
 Iej hej, efyepeueer kesâ GhekeâjCe efkeâme mebÙeespeve ceW pegÌ[s ngS nesles nQ–
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021)
 Which shape of bulb is most suitable for wall light
meceeveeblej
& ceiling lights - Arbitrary (SSC-JE-Morning 23-01-2018)
 The type of wiring that is highly suitable for a
 oerJeej keâer jesMeveer Deewj Úle keâer jesMeveer kesâ efueS yeuye keâe keâewve temporary shed is– Cleat wiring
mee Deekeâej meyemes GheÙegòeâ nw - Skeâhe#eerÙe  DemLeeÙeer Mes[ kesâ efueS efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeeEjie DelÙeefOekeâ
(PGCIL SR-II, 22.08.2021) GheÙegkeäle nesleer nw– keäueerš JeeÙeeEjie
 The resistance of the earth is– About zero (SSC-JE-Evening 22-01-2018)
Type of Wiring and Application

Type of Wiring Name of Wiring Application
Temporary Flexible wiring Decoration purpose in marriages exhibitions, fairs
Temporary Cleat wiring Small places, shops and residential building for a period
of not more than one year
Permanent Casing capping wiring Used for the light and fan in shop and houses
Permanent Batten wiring Used in ship, hall, house and other big buildings
Permanent PVC wiring Used in damp places and where the wiring is necessary
required to be water and fire proof.
Permanent Conduit pipe wiring Used in godowns cinema halls workshops and industries
Permanent Concealed wiring Used in hospital drawing rooms, high precision
workshop etc.
 Cheapest system of wiring is– Cleat wiring  Deepekeâue YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle #es$e keâes efveÙeefv$ele keâjves kesâ efueS keâewve
 JeeÙeefjbie keâer meyemes memleer ØeCeeueer nw– keäueerš JeeÙeefjbie mee DeefOeefveÙece ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
(SSC-JE-Evening 23-01-2018) YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle DeefOeefveÙece, 2003
 Replacement of wiring is not easy in which type of (EDCIL DDA JE- 25.04.2018, 2st Shift)
wiring– Concealed wiring  Standard wire gauge used for earthing should not be
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie ØeCeeueer ceW JeeÙeefjbie keâes ØeeflemLeeefhele thinner than– 8 SWG wire
keâjvee Deemeeve veneR neslee nw– efÚheer ngF& JeeÙeefjbie  ceevekeâ leej iespe pees DeefLeËie kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie ceW ueeF& peeleer nw Jees
(SSC-JE-Evening 25-01-2018) Dehes#eeke=âle heleueer veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS– 8 SWG wire
 In wiring and winding an Abbreviation for S.W.G. (DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 3rd Shift)
is– Standard Wire Gauge  At a pressure of 1000 V applied between each live
 JeeÙeefjbie Deewj JeeFbef[bie ceW S.W.G efkeâmekeâe mebef#ehle ™he nw– conductor and earth for a period of one minute. the
mšQ[[& JeeÙej iespe insulation resistance of HV installations shall be at
(SSC-JE-Morning 29-01-2018) least– 1 Mega ohm
 Earth wire is connected to the– Ground  ØelÙeskeâ peerefJele Ûeeuekeâ leLee DeLe& kesâ yeerÛe Skeâ efceveš kesâ meceÙe kesâ
 DeLe& JeeÙej efkeâmemes pegÌ[e neslee nw– Yetefce efueS 1000 V keâe oeye Deejesefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees HV
(SSC-JE-Morning 29-01-2018) DeJemLeeheve kesâ kegâÛeeuekeâ ØeeflejesOe keâce mes keâce efkeâlevee nesiee–
 The factor on which earth resistance value depends 1 cesiee Deesåce
on– (DMRC JE- 09.04.2018, 2nd Shift)
Condition of soil, Moisture contant of soil,  Solid grounding is adopted for voltage below–
Temperature of soil 660 V
 Yetmebheke&âve ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeve efkeâme keâejkeâ hej efveYe&j keâjles nw–  "esme Yet-mecheke&âve efkeâleveer Jeesušlee lekeâ Devegcele nw– 660 V
ce=oe keâer efmLeefle hej, ce=oe ceW veceer keâer cee$ee hej, ce=oe kesâ (PGCIL ER 1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
leeheceeve hej  What is the maximum permissible voltage drop from
(SSC-JE-Evening 29-01-2018) supply terminals to any point on the installation for
 Which act is used to regulate Indian power sector light load wiring–
today– Indian Electricity Act, 2003 5% of the declared supply voltage + 1V
 ØekeâeMe leej-mLeeheve ceW Deehetefle& šefce&veue mes efkeâmeer efyevog kesâ ceOÙe-  efJeÅegle ueeFve cebs efmJeÛe keâewve-mes leej hej ueieeÙee peelee nw–
DeefOekeâlece Devegcele Jeesušlee heele keäÙee nesiee– Hesâpe
Ieesef<ele Deehetefle& Jeesušlee keâe 5% + 1V (UPPCL JE-13.11.2016)
(PGCIL ER 1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift ) (RRB JE-2014)
huesš Yet-mecheke&âve  According to the IS code, the colour of earth wire is
usually– Green
(Plate Earthing)
 IS keâes[ kesâ Devegmeej, DeLe& JeeÙej keâe jbie neslee nw– nje
 Plate Earthing ceW 60 mesceer.60 mesceer.3.18 (UPPCL JE-13.11.2016)
efceceer. keâer leeByes keâer huesš Ùee (UPPCL JE-11.11.2016)
60mesceer.60mesceer.6.35 efceceer. GI huesš keâes  Earth electrode used in Plate Earthing is a– Plate
peceerve keâer melen mes 2.5ceer. veerÛes jKekeâj 15 mesceer.  huesš DeefLeËie ceW ØeÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer DeLe& Fueskeäšês[
ceesšer vecekeâ leLee Ûeejkeâesue keâer ›eâceMe: meleneW mes heeš Skeâ............nesleer nw– huesš
(UPPCL JE- 11.11.2016)
efoÙee peelee nw~ Ùen huesš Fueskeäšes[ keânueeleer nw~  In earthed neutral system, the magnitude of transient
 efpeme heoeLe& keâer huesš nesleer nw],Gmeer heoeLe& keâer Yet-leej voltage is– Very small
GheÙeesie ceW ueeÙee peelee nw~  DeefLeËie vÙetšûe ØeCeeueer ceW, #eefCekeâ Jeesušlee keâe ceeve neslee nw–
 Yet-leej keâes Ùeebef$ekeâ #eefle mes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS 12.7 yengle efvecve
mesceer. heeFhe kesâ Devoj mes ues peeÙee peelee nw Deewj (UPPCL JE-11.11.2016)
peceerve melen mes 60 mesceer. veerÛes jKeles nQ~  For what voltage levels are the screwed conduit
circuits used– Between 250V-600V
 efkeâme Jeesušlee mlej kesâ efueS m›eât[ veefuekeâe heefjheLe keâe ØeÙeesie
neslee nw– 250V-600V kesâ yeerÛe
(MP Sub Engineer- 01/09/2018)
 Which is true, with respect to the motor installation–
All equipment used in power wiring shall be of
iron clad
 ceesšj mebmLeeheve kesâ mecyevOe ceW, keâewve-mee melÙe nw–
heeJej JeeÙeeEjie ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues meYeer GhekeâjCe
ueewn DeeÛÚeefole neWies
(SSC JE-3 March 2017 2.45)
 What is the maximum load that can be connected in
a circuit connecting only lighting points–800 Watts
 kesâJeue ØekeâeMe efyevogDeeW keâes peesÌ[ves Jeeues heefjheLe ceW DeefOekeâlece
Yeej efkeâlevee pees[Ì e pee mekeâlee nw– 800 Watts
 Yet-leej keâes veš yeesuš keâer meneÙelee mes huesš ceW keâme (DSSSB JE-19.03.2021)
efoÙee peelee nQ~ (SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am)
 19mesceer. GI heeFhe keâe Skeâ efmeje huesš mes keâme osles nQ  What is the maximum length of the flexible conduit
in motor installation– Less than 1.25m
leLee otmeje efMeje Thej 30mesceer.30mesceer. {keäkeâve  ceesšj mebmLeeheve cebs ueÛeerueer (Heäuesefkeämeyeue) kebâ[Ÿetš keâer DeefOekeâlece
Ùegòeâ meerceWš kebâ›eâerš keâer šbkeâer ceW Keguelee nw efpeme hej uebyeeF& efkeâleveer nesleer nw– 1.25m mes keâce
peeueeroej keâerhe ueiee oer peeleer nw efpememes meceÙe-meceÙe (SSC JE-1 march 2017 2.45 pm)
hej heeveer [euee peelee nw pees huesš kesâ ÛeejeW lejheâ veceer  What is the factor of safety used for current ratings
yeveeÙes jKelee nw~ in a power installation– 2
 Meefòeâ mebmLeeheve cebs Oeeje jsefšbie kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves keâe
 The size of an earth wire is determined by– megj#ee Hewâkeäšj keäÙee neslee nw– 2
Ampere capacity of the service wires (SSC JE-1 march 2017 2.45 pm)
 Yet-leej keâe Deekeâej efkeâmekesâ Éeje efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee peelee nww–  What type of earthing is used for transmission lines–
Strip earthing
meefJe&me leej kesâ SefcheÙej #ecelee hej
 šêbmeefceMeve ueeFve ceW efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ Yet-mecheke&âve keâe GheÙeesie
(PGCIL ER 1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
 In an electric line, switch is connected to which of
neslee nw– efmš^he Yet-mecheke&âve
the following wire– Phase (SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm)
 What should be the value of earthing resistance for 9. Ùeefo efmJeÛe yees[&, efJelejCe yees[& Deeefo mšwC[ hej mLeeefhele
large power stations– 0.5  efkeâÙes ieÙes nQ lees efmJeÛe yees[& Deeefo kesâ heerÚs keâce mes keâce
 yeÌ[s Meefòeâ mebÙeb$eeW kesâ efueS Yet-mecheke&âve ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve keäÙee 0.70 ceer. keâer Kegueer peien nesveer ÛeeefnS~
nesvee ÛeeefnS– 0.5  10. ceesšj keâer efmLeefle Yeer oerJeej mes keâce mes keâce 0.70 ceer.
keâer otjer hej nesveer ÛeeefnS~
 What is the diameter of the GI pipe through which
the earth wire needs to be taken out– 11. cegKÙe efmJeÛe, efJelejCe yees[&, ceesšj efmJeÛe Je mšeš&j keâer
13mm diameter heâMe& mes TBÛeeF& 1.5ceer. jKeer peeleer nw~
 GI heeFhe, efpemekesâ ceeOÙece mes DeLe& Jee@Ùej keâes efvekeâeuee peelee nw, 12. efveefce&le veeRJe mes heâMe& keâer TBÛeeF& 20 mesceer. mes 50mesceer.
keâe JÙeeme efkeâlevee neslee nw– JÙeeme 13mm lekeâ jKeer peeleer nw~
(SSC JE-2 March 2017 2.45 pm) 13. JeeÙeeEjie keâe #eweflepe jve heâMe& mes 2.5 ceer. Ùee cegKÙe efmJeÛe
 Which set of rules are to be verified on completion keâer TBÛeeF& hej nesvee ÛeeefnS~
of wiring on any new installation–
Indian Electricity rules, 1956
14. Ùeefo JeeÙeeEjie Yetefceiele š^bÛe (Trunch) mes ues peeÙeer peeleer
 efkeâmeer Yeer veÙes mebmLeeheve ceW JeeÙeefjbie keâer hetCe&lee keâes efkeâme efveÙece nw, lees š^bÛe keâer ienjeF& 20cm jKeer peeleer nw~
kesâ mesš mes peeBÛee peelee nw– 15. Meefòeâ leej mLeeheve ceW Ûeeuekeâ keâe vÙetvelece ceehe, keâehej kesâ
YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle DeefOeefveÙece, 1956 efueÙes 1.25 mm2 leLee SuecegefveÙece kesâ efueÙes 2.5
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm) mm2 nesvee ÛeeefnS~
 ..............should be provided as the working space  What is the maximum distance between the two
the main switchboard according to Indian Electricity successive cleats– 0.6 m
Rule 51– 0.914m  oes ›eâefcekeâ iegškeâe (keäueerš) kesâ ceOÙe DeefOekeâlece otjer keäÙee nesleer
 YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle DeefOeefveÙece 51 kesâ Devegmeej cegKÙe efmJeÛeyees[& kesâ nw– 0.6 m
Deemeheeme..............peien keâeÙe&mLeue kesâ ™he ceW Øeoeve keâer peeveer (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45)
ÛeefnS– 0.914m  How many outlets are permitted in a power circuit–2
(SSC JE- 2 March 2017 2.45 pm) Points
 Which is a type of batten wiring–  Skeâ heeJej heefjheLe ceW efkeâleves efveie&ce (DeeGšuesšdme) mJeerke=âle nQ–
Both metal sheathed wiring and TRS wires 2 hJeeFbšdme
 keâewve-mee yewšve JeeÙeeEjie keâe Øekeâej nw– (SSC JE- 3 March 2017 2.45)
Oeeleg DeeÛÚefole JeeÙeefjbie Deewj TRS leej oesveeW  Highly skilled labour is required in–
Conduit and casing-capping wiring
 efkeâme keâeÙe& kesâ efueS DelÙeefOekeâ kegâMeue cepeotjeW keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
Meefòeâ leej mLeeheve kesâ meeceevÙe efveÙece
nesleer nw– kebâ[dÙetš Deewj kesâefmebie-kesâefhebie JeeÙeefjbie
(General Rules for Power Wiring)
1. Meefòeâ leej mLeeheve ceW Yeejer iespe Oeeleg Jeenkeâ veueer  Resistivity of earth increases sharply when moisture
(Metal conduit pipe) ÂÌ{ Je megvecÙe (Rigid & falls below– 20%
flexible) keâe GheÙeesie ÛeeuekeâeW keâes ues peeves ceW efkeâÙee  he=LJeer keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee DelÙeefOekeâ lespeer mes yeÌ{leer nw, peye
peevee ÛeeefnS~ Deeõ&lee...........mes keâce nesleer nw– 20%
2. efmJeÛe, efJelejCe yees[&, mšeš&j Oeeleg DeeJejCe Ùegòeâ nesves (SSC JE- 4 March 2017 10 am)
ÛeeefnS~  Which wiring is preferred for workshop lighting–
Concealed conduit wiring
3. meYeer efmJeÛe, efJelejCe yees[&, mšeš&j Deeefo keâes ueesns kesâ  keâeÙe&Meeuee ØekeâeMeceÙe keâjves kesâ efueS keâewve meer JeeÙeefjbie ßesÙemkeâj
yees[eX (Iron clad board) hej ueieeves ÛeeefnS~ nw– efÚheer keâb[dÙetš JeeÙeefjbie
(SSC JE-2014 (Morning Shift)
4. Jeenkeâ veueer kesâ Deboj kesâefyeuees ceW peesÌ[ veneR ueiee nesvee (SSC JE-4 March 2017 2.45 pm)
ÛeeefnS~  The loop earth wire used shall not be of size less
5. ceesšj kesâ efueS keâce mes keâce oes Yet-mecheke&âve keâe GheÙeesie keâjvee than–
14 SWG (2.9mm2) or half of the size of the sub–
ÛeeefnS~ circuit wire
6. ceesšj efmJeÛe Je mšeš&j, ceesšj kesâ heeme ner ueiee nesvee  GheÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues uethe DeLe& JeeÙej keâe Deekeâej ............mes
ÛeeefnS~ keâce veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS–
7. ceesšj keâes efveefce&le veeRJe hej mLeeefhele keâjvee ÛeeefnS~ 14 SWG (2.9mm2) DeLeJee Ghe–heefjheLe JeeÙej keâe
8. cegKÙe efmJeÛe, efJelejCe yees[&, ceesšj efmJeÛe Je mšeš&j DeeOee~
oerJeej hej Ùee mšwC[ hej mLeeefhele efkeâÙes peeles nQ~ (SSC JE-4 March 2017 2.45 pm)

 As per recommendation of ISI the maximum  The purpose of earthing electric appliances is–
number of points of lights, fans, and socket that can To provide safety against shock
be connected in one sub–circuit is– 10  efJeÅegle Ùev$eeW keâes Yet mecheefkeËâle keâjves keâe GösMÙe nw–
 DeeF&SmeDeeF& keâer efme]HeâeefjMeeW kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ Ghe-heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle Peškesâ mes megj#ee osvee
ueeFš, Hewâve Deewj mee@kesâš kesâ DeefOekeâlece .............hJee@Fbšdme peesÌ[s (UJVNL-2016)
pee mekeâles nw– 10 (PGCIL ER 1- 13.09.2018 IInd shift )
(SSC JE-2014 )  In case of electric fire, which extinguisher is used–
(SSC JE-2015) CO2
(SSC JE-01 March 2017 10.00 am)  efyepeueer keâer Deeie ueieves hej efkeâme DeefiveMeecekeâ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee
(SSC JE-4 March 2017 2.45 pm) peelee nw – CO2
 Third pin in a 3–pin plug is provided so as to– (FCI- 4.10.2015)
Provide an earth connection  The addition of ground rods in the earthing grid–
 3–efheve hueie ceW leermeje efheve Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw– Slightly decrease the earth resistance
Yetefceiele keâveskeäMeve Øeoeve keâjves kesâ efueS~  Yet – meb h eke& âve ef «e[ ceW Yet–ÚÌ[eW keâes peesÌ[ves hej –
(SSC JE-4 March 2017 2.45 pm) Yet–ØeeflejesOe LeesÌ[e keâce nes peeleer nw
SN. Function Colour Code (FCI- 4.10.2015)
1. Single phase line Red/Brown  What colour MCB knob is selected for moter circuit
2. Single phase neutral Black - Blue
3. Single phase protective Green  ceesšj heefjheLe kesâ efueS keâewve mes jbie keâer MCB vee@ye keâe ÛeÙeve
ground wire or earth wire efkeâÙee peelee nw– veeruee
4. Three phase line 1 Red (UPPCL JE-2015)
5. Three phase line 2 Yellow  To estimate domestic instalation, on what basis is the
6. Three phase line 3 Blue load stimating while making estimates ? -
7. Three phase neutral Black Total of the ratings of all electrical
8. Three phase protective Green fittings in kW
Ground or earth wire  Iejsuet mebmLeeheve (domestic installation) keâe Deekeâueve
(estimates) yeveeles meceÙe Yeej keâe Deekeâueve efkeâme DeeOeej hej
 In practice, Earth is chosen as a place of zero electric
potential because it–Has almost constant potential efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 JÙeJenej ceW he=LJeer keâes MetvÙe efJeÅegle efJeYeJe Jeeues mLeeve kesâ ™he ceW meejs efJeÅegle GhekeâjCeeW kesâ meefveOee&jCe keâe kW ceW Ùeesie
peevee peelee nw~ keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen– (UPPCL JE-2013)
 According to the IE rule, the distance of the lowest
Ùen ueieYeie efveÙele efJeYeJe keâer nesleer nw~ wire in the high voltage line from the groaund should
(UPPCL AE-12.11.2016) not be less than - 20 Feet
 Which type of neutral grounding method has high  IE efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej GÛÛeoeye ueeFve (High voltage line)
transient voltages appear under fault conditions–
ceW meyemes veerÛes Jeeues leej keâer peceerve mes otjer ....... mes keâce veneR
Reactance grounding
nesvee ÛeeefnS– 20 Feet
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâer Goemeerve Yet-mecheke&âve efJeefOe ceW GÛÛe #eefCekeâ Øeoes<e
(UPPCL JE-2013)
keâer efmLeefle GlheVe nesleer nw– ØeefleIeele Yet-mecheke&âve  In which category-the load of the house is considered
(MPPKVVCL -2017) while preparing the estimate of home installation -
 Mixture preferred for filling around the earth Resistive and Inductive
electrode for effective earthing is–  Iejsuet mebmLeeheve keâe Deekeâueve lewÙeej keâjles meceÙe Iej keâe Yeej
Coal-salt mixture (load) efkeâme ßesCeer ceW efJeÛeej efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 DeLe& Fueskeäšês[ DeefLeËie ceW ØeYeeJeer Yet-Ùeespeve kesâ efueS Yeje peeves
ØeeflejesOekeâ Deewj ØesjCeer Yeej
Jeeuee efceßeCe keäÙee neslee nw– keâesÙeuee-vecekeâ efceßeCe (UPPCL JE-2013)
(NMRC JE-05.03.2017)  If the working voltage less then 1000 V, then at what
 Normally the human body resistance in totally wet voltage should the voltage test we done as per IE rule -
and dry condition is ------ respectively– 2000 V
1k  and 1M   Ùeefo keâeÙe& keâjves keâer Jeesušlee 1000 V mes keâce nes, lees IE
 meeOeejCeleÙee ceeveJe Mejerj ØeeflejesOe hetCe&le: ieerues leLee metKes efmLeefle efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej Jeesušlee hejer#eCe (voltage test) efkeâleveer
ceW ›eâceMe:......... nesles nQ– 1k  and 1M  Jeesušlee hej keâjvee ÛeeefnS– 2000 V
(Coal India Ltd.-26.03.2017) (UPPCL JE-2013)
 Where is the 3 phase, 4 wire system under the IE rule 7. Meefòeâ heefjheLe kesâ efueS 15A kesâ oes efyevog Ùee
must be earthed- 3000W mes DeefOekeâ Yeej veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS~
At generating station, substation and distribution
system 8. Deebleefjkeâ leej mLeeheve ceW Ûeeuekeâ leej keâe vÙetvelece
 IE efveÙece kesâ Debleie&le 3 Hesâpe 4 Jee@Ùej efmemšce efkeâme mLeeve hej ceehe, leeceü Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueÙes 1mm2 leLee
Yetefce mes mebyebefOele (earthed) nesvee ÛeeefnS– SuÙegefceefveÙece Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueÙes 1.50 mm2 nesvee
Glheeove mšsMeve, Ghekesâvõ Deewj efJelejCe ØeCeeueer hej ÛeeefnS~
(UPPCL JE- 2013) 9. JeeÙeefjbie keâjles meceÙe iegefuueÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe Deblejeue
 If the earth resistance is more than the accepted value, 30 mes 45 mesceer lekeâ jKee peelee nw~
then which step should be taken ? -
Connect another electrode in parallel with earth
10. ØekeâeMe-hebKee heefjheLe ceW JeeÙeeEjie keâe #eweflepe jve, heâMe&
electrode mes 3.5 ceer. TBÛeeF& Ùee 4ceer. mes DeefOekeâ meerefuebie hej
 Ùeefo Yetefce ØeeflejesOe (earth resistance) mJeerke=âle ceeve mes DeefOekeâ meerefuebie mes 0.5ceer. veerÛes jKevee ÛeeefnS~
nes lees keâewve mee keâoce G"evee ÛeeefnS– 11. Meefòeâ heefjheLe nsleg JeeÙeeEjie keâe #eweflepe jve heâMe& mes
Skeâ Deefleefjòeâ Fueskeäšês[, Yetefce Fueskeäšês[ kesâ meceeblej ceW 2.5 ceer. TBÛeeF& hej nesvee ÛeeefnS~
ueieevee ÛeeefnS 12. yewšve JeeÙeeEjie efkeäueheeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer, #eweflepe jve
(UPPCL JE-2013) ceW 10mesceer. leLee TOJee&Oej jve ceW 15mesceer. nesveer
 Which rule is required to be followed while
installastion of electrical machines as per IE rule-
ÛeeefnS~
Height of main switch to be 1.5 meters and an 13. meYeer GhekeâjCeeW kesâ Oeeleg Yeeie Je leerve efheve mee@kesâš keâe
earth wire to run along the length of the conduit Skeâ efheve Yet-mecheefke&âle nesvee ÛeeefnS~
 IE efveÙeceeW kesâ Devegmeej Fuesefkeäš^keâue ceMeerveeW keâe mebmLeeheve keâjles meceÙe 14. ØekeâeMe efyevog keâer heâMe& mes TBÛeeF& 2.5ceer. nesveer
efkeâme efveÙece keâe heeueve DeeJeMÙekeâ nw– ÛeeefnS~
cesve efmJeÛe 1.5 ceeršj TBÛeeF& hej nes Deewj DeLe& JeeÙej
15. hebKes keâer heâMe& mes TBÛeeF& 2.75 ceer. nesveer ÛeeefnS~
ueieeleej keâv[dÙetš heeFhe mes pegÌ[e nes
(UPPCL JE-2013)
16. 5A mee@kesâš/efmJeÛe yees[&/efmJeÛe keâer heâMe& mes TBÛeeF&
 The top most conductors in high voltage 1.25 ceer. nesveer ÛeeefnS~
transmission lines, indentify it– Earth conductor 17. 15A mee@kesâš keâer heâMe& mes TBÛeeF& 1.50ceer. Ùee 25
 keâewve mee Ûeeuekeâ GÛÛe Jeesušlee mebÛejCe ueeFve (high voltage mesceer. nesveer ÛeeefnS~
transmission line) ceW meyemes Thej jnlee nw– Yet-Ûeeuekeâ
18. 14 SWG, GI JeeÙej Yet-mecheke&âve kesâ efueS hetjer
(UPRVUNL JE-2014)
 In which type of wiring vulcanized indian rubber
JeeÙeeEjie ceW GheÙeesie keâjvee ÛeeefnS~
(VIR) and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulated wires 19. peneB lekeâ mecYeJe nes ojJeepes ceW Iegmeles meceÙe oeÙeeR
are used as conductors– Cleat wiring lejheâ efmJeÛe yees[& ueiee nesvee ÛeeefnS~
 efkeâme lejn keâer JeeÙeefjbie ceW, JeukesâveeFp[ Fbef[Ùeve jyej Deewj 20. ojJeepes mes 0.5ceer. otj efmJeÛe yees[& ueieevee ÛeeefnS~
hee@ueerefJeveeÙeue keäueesjeF[ Éeje Fvmeguesšs[ leej keâe Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ™he
ceW Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee peelee nw– keäueerš JeeÙeefjbie
21. yewšve JeeÙeeEjie keâes oerJeej mes heej keâjles meceÙe
(MP JE- 2016 Evening Shift)
heesme&ueerve heeFhe keâe GheÙeesie keâjvee ÛeeefnS~
leej mLeeheve kesâ meeceevÙe efveÙece 22. oerJeej keâer ceesšeF& meeceevÙele: 25mesceer. nesleer nw~
(General Rules of Wiring) 23. yeeLe™ce ceW mee@kesâš keâer TBÛeeF& heâMe& mes 1.3 ceer. nesveer
1. Tpee&ceeheer keâer heâMe& mes TBÛeeF& 1.5ceer. nesleer nww~ ÛeeefnS~
2. Tpee&ceeheer kesâ legjble yeeo cegKÙe efmJeÛe Je efJelejCe yees[& 24. SÙej kebâ[erMeveme& kesâ efueS Deueie mes efmJeÛe Je mee@kesâš
ueieevee ÛeeefnS~ ueieevee ÛeeefnS Deewj JeeÙeefjbie Yeer Deueie mes nesveer
3. cegKÙe efmJeÛe Je efJelejCe yees[& heäÙetpe Ùetefveš meefnle nesves ÛeeefnS~
ÛeeefnS~  In a 3-pin plug–
Two pins are of the same size but third one is
4. otj efmLele keâ#eeW kesâ efueS Ghe-efJelejCe yees[& keâe GheÙeesie
thicker and longer
keâjvee ÛeeefnS~  3- efheve hueie ceW–
5. ØekeâeMe-hebKee heefjheLe Je Meefòeâ heefjheLe Deueie-Deueie oes efheve meceeve ceehe keâer nesleer nw uesefkeâve leermejer efheve ceesšer
nesves ÛeeefnS~ Deewj uebyeer nesleer nw~
6. ØekeâeMe-hebKee Je 5A keâe mee@kesâš Skeâ heefjheLe kesâ efueS (SSC JE-2014 Morning Shift)
10 efyevog Ùee 800W mes DeefOekeâ Yeej veneR nesvee  The acceptable value of grounding resistance to
ÛeeefnS~ domestic application is– 1Ω

 Iejsuet DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueS Yetmebheke&âve ØeeflejesOe keâe mJeerkeâeÙe& ceeve  The aluminium conductor of size_____is used for a
keäÙee nw– 1Ω 1
subcircuit in domestic wiring– mm
(SSC JE-2014 Morning Shift) 1.4
 Inside the earth pit, the earthing electrode should be  Iejsuet leej mLeeheve ceW Ghe-heefjheLe kesâ efueS efkeâme Deekeâej keâe
placed– Vertical
1
 Yetmebheke&âve iele& kesâ Yeerlej, Yetmebheke&âve Fueskeäšês[ kewâmes jKee peevee SuÙegefceefveÙece Ûeeuekeâ keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– mm
ÛeeefnS– TOJee&Oej 1.4
(SSC JE-2015)
(SSC JE-2014 Morning Shift)  For painful shock, what is the range of electric shock
 The earthing electrodes should be placed within current at 50Hz– 5-10 mA
what distance in meters from the building whose
installation system is being earthed– 1.5  keâ°het Ce& ØeIeele kes â ef ueS, 50 Hz hej ef JeÅeg le ØeIeele Oeeje keâe
 efpeme Fceejle kesâ efJeÅegle-jesOeve leb$e keâes Yetmebheefke&âle efkeâÙee pee jne hejeme keäÙee nw– 5-10 mA
nes, Gme Fceejle mes efkeâleves ceeršj keâer otjer kesâ Yeerlej Yetmebheke&âve (SSC JE-2015)
Fueskeäšês[ jKes peeves ÛeeefnS– 1.5  In house wiring, Black & Green wires indicate–
(SSC JE-2014 Morning Shift) Neutral & Earth respectively
 Which insulation is most widely used for covering  Iej keâer JeeÙeef j b i e ceW keâeuee leLee nje leej Fbefiele keâjlee nw–
wires/cables used in internal wiring– PVC ›eâceMe: vÙetšûe leLee DeLe&
 Deelebefjkeâ leej-mLeeheve ceW ØeÙegòeâ leejeW/kesâefyeueeW keâes keâJej keâjves kesâ (UTTRAKHAND JE-II 2013)
efueS efkeâme efJeÅegled jesOeve keâe ØeÙeesie JÙeehekeâ mlej hej efkeâÙee peelee (RRB JE - 30.08.2019)
nw– heer.Jeer.meer.  Minimum distance of underground cable from the
(SSC JE-2014 Morning Shift) foundation of building should be– 10 cm
 As per IE rules the permissible variation of voltage  efkeâmeer YeJeve keâer veeRJe mes Yetefceiele kesâefyeue keâer keâce mes keâce otjer
at the consumer end is– 6% nesveer ÛeeefnS– 10 mesceer
 IE efveÙeceeW kesâ Devegmeej GheYeesòeâe kesâ efueS Deveg%esÙe Jeesušspe (UTTRAKHAND JE-II 2013)
efJeefYeVelee efkeâleveer nw–  6 %  Official systematic, scientific study of energy
(SSC JE-2014 Evening Shift) consumption by the related organisation for cost
 The rated voltage of a 3-phase power system is reduction and energy conservation is–
given as– RMS line to line voltage Energy Audit
 3- Hesâpe efJeÅegle ØeCeeueer kesâ efveOee&efjle Jeesušspe keâes efkeâme Øekeâej  KeÛee& keâce keâjves SJeb Tpee& mebj#eCe kesâ efueS, mebyebefOele mebie"ve
oMee&Ùee peelee nw– RMS ueeFve mes ueeFve Jeesušspe Éeje efkeâÙee ieÙee DeeefOekeâeefjkeâ ÛejCeyeæ, Jew%eeefvekeâ DeOÙeÙeve nw–
(SSC JE-2014 Evening Shift) Tpee& uesKee-hejer#eCe
 For reducing tower footing resistance, is better to
use– (UTTRAKHAND JE-II 2013)
Ground rod and counterpoise only  Which type of lamp holder is fitted directly on the
 šeJej hegâefšbie ØeeflejesOe keâce keâjves kesâ efueS ............ GheÙeesie wooden board– Batten Holder
yesnlej nw– kesâJeue «eeGb[ je@[ Deewj keâeGbšj hJee@Fpe  efkeâme lejn keâe uewche nesu[j meerOes uekeâÌ[er kesâ yees[& hej ueieeÙee
(IOF 2014) peelee nw– yewšsve nesu[j
 As per IE rules the maximum allowable variation (MP JE-2016 Evening Shift)
between declared and actual frequency at consumer's  Materials used in plate earthing are–
premises should be–  3% Wood coal, Salt, Earthing plate
 IE efveÙeceeW kesâ Devegmeej efkeâmeer GheYeesòeâe kesâ heefjmej cesb Ieesef<ele leLee  huesš DeefLeËie ceW ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeues heoeLe& nQ–
JeemleefJekeâ DeeJe=efòe kesâ yeerÛe keâe DeefOekeâlece Deveg%esÙe Deblej efkeâlevee uekeâÌ[er keâesÙeuee, vecekeâ, DeefLeËie huesš
nesvee ÛeeefnS–  3%
(UTTRAKHAND JE-II 2013)
(SSC JE-2012)  From the point of view of safety, the resistance of
 Humans are more vulnerable to electric shock earthing electrode should be– Low
current at– 50 Hz  megj#ee keâer Âef° mes, Yet-Ùeespeve Fueskeäšês[ keâe ØeeflejesOe nesvee
 efkeâleves efJeÅegle Mee@keâ keâjWš hej Deeoceer keâes DeefOekeâ Keleje neslee ÛeeefnS– keâce
nw– 50 Hz
(UTTRAKHAND JE-II 2013)
(SSC JE-2015)
 For proper earthing, what should be the maximum
 For cleat wiring and 250 volts supply, the cables will
value of earth resistance while carrying out the
be placed_____a part centre to centre for single core
cables– 2.5 cm testing of earth continuity path– 1Ω
 keäueerš leej mLeeheve Deewj 250 Jeesuš mehueeF& kesâ efueS Skeâ ›eâes[  ÙeLeesefÛele DeefLeËie kesâ efueS, Yet-ØeeflejesOe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve keäÙee
kesâefyeue kesâ efueS kesâefyeueeW keâes keWâõ mes keWâõ lekeâ efkeâleveer otjer hej nesvee ÛeeefnS peye Yet-efvejvlejlee heLe keâe hejer#eCe efkeâÙee pee jne
ueieeÙee peevee ÛeeefnS– 2.5 cm nes– 1Ω
(SSC JE-2015) (UTTRAKHAND JE-II 2013)

 What first action will be taken if a person faints–  Goemeerve leej (Nutral wire) keâes Skeâ efJeÅegle efyevog mes
Check the person's breathe otmejs Deewj otmejs mes leermejs mes pees[Ì e peelee nw~
 Deiej keâesF& JÙeefòeâ yesnesMe nes peelee nw lees henueer keâeÙe&Jeener keäÙee  Goemeerve leej ceW Yeer peesÌ[ veneR heÌ[les nQ, keäÙeeWefkeâ Skeâ
nesieer– JÙeefòeâ keâer meeb@me peeBÛe keâjW mes otmejs efyevog lekeâ peeves kesâ efueS yeuye nesu[j Ùee
 The indirect cost of an accident is–
Cost of the unproductive time of the injured
meerefuebie jespe Deeefo kesâ šefce&veueeW mes uethe efkeâÙee peelee
 efkeâmeer ogIe&švee keâer DeØelÙe#e ueeiele keäÙee nesleer nw– nw~
IeeÙeueeW kesâ Deveglheeokeâ meceÙe keâer ueeiele  Which type of fire extinguisher is suited for
 What is the role of Class A extinguisher– extinguishing electrical fire–
Used on ordinary combustibles such as wood and Carbon–Dioxide Fire Extinguisher
paper  JewÅegle Deeie yegPeeves nsleg keâewve-mee DeefiveMeecekeâ GheÙegòeâ nw–
 Jeie& A DeefiveMeecekeâ keâer keäÙee Yetefcekeâe nw– keâeye&ve [eF&-Dee@keämeeF[ DeefiveMeecekeâ
uekeâÌ[er Deewj keâeiepe pewmes meeOeejCe  A hospital's essential electrical system must be
pJeueveMeerue heoeLeeX hej GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw comprised of which two separate systems–
 Which colored band denotes the 'Carbon dioxide' An emergency system and an equipment system
content in the fire extinguisher– Black  efkeâmeer Demheleeue keâer DeefveJeeÙe& efJeÅegle ØeCeeueer cesW oes Deueie-Deueie
 Deeie yegPeeves keâer ceMeerve ceW, keâewve mee jbieerve yeQ[, ‘keâeye&ve ØeCeeefueÙeeW ceW mes keâewve mee nesvee ÛeeefnS–
[eFDee@keämeeF[’ meece«eer keâes oMee&lee nw– keâeuee Skeâ Deeheelekeâeueerve ØeCeeueer Deewj Skeâ GhekeâjCe ØeCeeueer
 Which classes of fires are caused by flammable  Which of the quantity is responsible for electric
liquids such as petrol, tar, paint– Class B fires current phenomena– Charge
 hesšêsue, šej, heWš pewmes pJeueveMeerue lejue heoeLeeX kesâ keâejCe efkeâme  efJeÅegle Oeeje Iešvee kesâ efueS keâewve mee Yeeie efpeccesoej nw–
Jeie& keâer Deeie ueieleer nw– Jeie& B Deeie DeeJesMe (Ûeepe&)
 What is the main element used in Wet chemical Fire  Which is the cause of an accident–
extinguisher– Potassium
Lack of awareness about danger
 Jesš kesâefcekeâue heâeÙej DeefiveMeecekeâ ceW Fmlesceeue nesves Jeeuee cegKÙe
 keâewve mee ogIe&švee nesves keâe keâejCe nw–
lelJe keâewve mee nw– heesšwefMeÙece
Kelejs kesâ Øeefle mepeie ve nesvee
leej mLeeheve efJeefOeÙeeB  Which is a precaution to be taken while using
(Methods of Wiring) electrical equipments–
leej mLeeheve ceW efJelejCe keâjves kesâ yeeo heefjheLe ceW efJeÅegle No naked wire should not be grasped
efyevogDeeW kesâ mebÙeespeve keâjves kesâ efueS oes efJeefOeÙeeB nw–  JewÅegle GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie keâjles meceÙe keâewve meer meeJeOeeveer
(i) mebiece yee@keäme efJeefOe (Junction Box Method) Deheveeveer ÛeeefnS– keâesF& vebiee leej veneR hekeâÌ[vee ÛeeefnS
 During electrical work which avoids electrical
shock– Dry wood
 efyepeueer kesâ keâece kesâ oewjeve pees efyepeueer kesâ Peškesâ mes yeÛeelee nw–
metKeer uekeâÌ[er
 Which can be used to extinguish an electric fire–Dry
sand
 Fuesefkeäš^keâ heâeÙej kesâ ceeceues ceW Deeie yegPeeves kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee
 Fme efJeefOe ceW ØekeâeMe efyevog leLee DevÙe efyevogDeeW keâes pee mekeâlee nw– metKee yeeuet
peesÌ[ves kesâ efueS heefjheLe ceW peien-peien mebiece yee@keäme  What is the cause of sparking in an electrical
ueiee efoÙes peeles nQ Deewj mebiece yee@keäme mes leej peesÌ[keâj appliance– Loose connection
efJeÅegle efyevog efvekeâeues peeles nw~  efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe ceW mheeefkeËâie keâe keâejCe keäÙee nes mekeâlee nw–
 Fme efJeefOe ceW Ûeeuekeâ leej keâer yeÛele nesleer nw pewmee efkeâ {eruee keâveskeäMeve
efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~  ISO stands for–
 Fme efJeefOe ceW peien-peien leejeW ceW peesÌ[ Dee peeles nQ International organization for standardization
efpememes JeeÙeefjbie keâcepeesj jnleer nw~  ISO keâe leelheÙe& nw– Debleje&<šêrÙe ceevekeâerkeâjCe mebie"ve
(ii) heeMe efJeefOe (Loop in Method)–  A tube of ________ is kept in a first aid box for
healing of wounds– Betadine
 IeeJeeW keâes Yejves kesâ efueS ØeeLeefcekeâ GheÛeej kesâ [yyes ceW
.................. keâer šdÙetye nesveer ÛeeefnS– yeerše[erve
 If the fire is caused due to oil, petrol or eletric faults,
 Fme efJeefOe ceW hesâpe JeeÙej keâes lees yees[& cebs ueies efmJeÛe mes the type of extinguisher used is– C.T.C
ner iegpeeje peelee nw leLee Deieues efmJeÛe kesâ efueS henues efmJeÛe  Ùeefo lesue, hesšêsue Ùee efJeÅegle oes<e keâer Jepen mes Deeie ueieer nes, lees
mes peeÙesiee~ Fme keâejCe keâneR pees[Ì veneR heÌ[les nw~ ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes peeves Jeeuee DeefiveMeecekeâ nesiee– meer.šer.meer.
 For which classes of fire CO2 Extinguisher are used–  When the 3-phase Generator is not grounded and if
Class B & Class D Single line to Earth fault occurs, the voltage of the
 CO2 Deefive Meecekeâ efkeâme Øekeâej keâer Deefive keâes yegPeeves kesâ keâece other two healthy phases will– Increases
Deelee nw– Jeie& B SJeb Jeie& D  peye 3-keâuee peefve$e ceW Yet-mebheefke&âle veneR nes leLee Skeâ ueeFve mes
 In an effluent treatment plant, acid waste is Yet-oes<e Ieefšle nes peeS lees DevÙe oes mJemLe ueeFveeW keâe efJeYeJe–
neutralized by combining it with– Alkali yeÌ{siee
 yeefn:œeeJe GheÛeej huee@vš ceW Decue DeheefMe° keâes ......mes efceueeves  The material used for the manufacture of ground
hej efve<ØeYeeJeer efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw– #eej wire is– Galvanized steel
DemLeeÙeer JeeÙeefjbie  Yet-leej kesâ efvecee&Ce nsleg ØeÙegòeâ leej nw– pemleerke=âle Fmheele
Temporary Wiring  In Pipe Earthing, the length of the pipe to be placed
Heäuewefkeämeyeue ■ Fme JeeÙeefjbie ceW Heäuewefkeämeyeue DeLeJee in earth is decided by–
kesâefyeue heer.Jeer.meer. DeLeJee meer.šer.Sme. kesâefyeue ØeÙeesie Moisture of the Soil
JeeÙeefjbie efkeâÙee peelee nw~  heeFhe Yet mecheke&âve Yetefce ceW [eues peeves Jeeues heeFhe keâer uecyeeF&
■ Fme JeeÙeefjbie ceW yengOee efJeefYeVe uewcheeW kesâ ...... mes leÙe keâer peeleer nw– efceóer keâer Deeõ&lee
efueS Skeâ ner efmJeÛe ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~  Charcoal and Salt is used around the pipe earthing
■ Ùen megj#ee keâer Âef° mes Ùen DevegheÙegòeâ nw~ to– Decrease Earth Resistance
Dele: Fmekeâe ØeÙeesie yengle keâce efkeâÙee peelee nw~  heeFhe Yet mecheke&âve ceW Ûeejkeâesue leLee vecekeâ keâe GheÙeesie -------
keäueerš ■ 30 mes 60 cm keâer otjer hej heWÛe keâer meneÙelee
kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– Yet ØeeflejesOe keâce keâjves
JeeÙeefjbie mes oerJeej hej ieguueer ueieeÙeer peeleer nw~  The earth leakage relay trips when the neutral to
ground voltage limit–
■ Fve iegefuueÙeeW hej VIR Ùee PVC kesâefyeue
Exceeds certain set limit
keäueerš ceW mes ues peeÙeer peeleer nw~  Yet-#ejCe efjues efš^he nes peeleer nw peye vÙetšûe mes «eeGC[ Jeesušlee
■ Ùen JeeÙeefjbie memleer nesleer nw~ meercee– efveef§ele mesš meercee mes DeefOekeâ nes peeleer nw~
 The background colour of Informative sign is
______and is________is shape– Green, Square  What is the maximum limit of earth leakage current
according to international standard IEC 60601-1–
 metÛeveelcekeâ efÛevn keâer he=‰Yetefce __________ jbie keâer SJeb
0.2 mA
Deekeâej __________ neslee nw– njs, Jeiee&keâej
 Debleje&°êrÙe ceevekeâ IEC 60601-1 kesâ Devegmeej DeLe& ueerkesâpe keâjWš
 Which signs have both border and a cross in between,
painted with red colour– Prohibitive sign keâer DeefOekeâlece meercee efkeâleveer nw– 0.2 mA
 efkeâve efÛevneW ceW yee@[&j SJeb yeerÛe ceW yevee ›eâe@me ueeue jbie mes heWšs[  Which is used for earthing of L.T. Feeder Pillar–GI
neslee nw– efve<esOeelcekeâ efÛevn Strip
 After an electric shock, in which methods of  Sue .šer.Heâer[j efheuej keâer DeefLeËie ceW keäÙee ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw–
artificial respiration, the affected person in made to peer.DeeF&.efmš^he
lie on the ground keeping the chest downwards–  The earthing equipments are used to avoid–
Shaffer's method Leakage current
 efJeÅegle Peškesâ kesâ heMÛeeled ke=âef$ece MJeeme ef›eâÙee keâer efkeâme efJeefOe ceW  Yet-GhekeâjCe ........... keâes otj keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ efkeâS peeles
jesieer keâes Úeleer kesâ yeue ]peceerve hej efuešeÙee peelee nw– nQ– #ejCe Oeeje
MewHeâj efJeefOe 
As per the Indian Electricity Rules 1956, all the
 Which factor does not affect the type of wire that medium voltage equipments must–
will be installed in any electrical device– Be earthed by atleast two seperate and distinct
Colour Code connections with earth
 keâewve mee keâejkeâ efkeâmeer Yeer efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe ceW mLeeefhele nesves Jeeues  YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece 1956 kesâ Devegmeej, meYeer ceOÙece Jeesušspe
leej kesâ Øekeâej keâes ØeYeeefJele veneR keâjlee nw– jbie keâes[ GhekeâjCeeW keâes–
 What is the amount of charcoal and salt needed for
GI pipe earthing– Charcoal 10 kg, salt 10 kg
keâce mes keâce oes Deueie-Deueie Deewj efJeefMe<š keâveskeäMeveeW
 GI heeFhe DeefLeËie ceW Ûeejkeâesue leLee vecekeâ keâer cee$ee keäÙee nesleer nw– Éeje DeLe& mes peesÌ[e peevee ÛeeefnS
10 efkeâ«ee Ûeejkeâesue, 10 efkeâ«ee vecekeâ  For performing megger test on low voltage
 The size of earth wire is determined on the basis of– equipments (440V), the sufficient voltage rating is–
Current carrying capacity of line 500 V
 DeLe& JeeÙej keâe ceehe ...... kesâ DeeOeej hej efveOee&efjle keâjles nQ–  keâce Jeesušlee (440 Jeesuš) GhekeâjCeeW ceW cesiej šsmš keâjves kesâ
ueeFve Oeeje kesâ ØeJeen #ecelee efueS heÙee&hle Jeesušlee jsefšbie nesieer– 500 V
 Moisture content in the soil________the earth soil  All earth wires and earth continuity conductors are
resistance– Decreases generally made of – Galvanized steel
 efceóer ceW veceer keâer cee$ee Yet-ØeeflejesOe keâes _________keâjleer nw–  meYeer Yet-leej Deewj Yet-melelee Ûeeuekeâ Deeceleewj hej yeves nesles nQ–
keâce iewuJesveeFp[ mšerue
mLeeÙeer JeeÙeefjbie  Which meter is regarded as insulation tester–
(Permanent Wiring) Megger
1. kesâefmebie kesâefhebie JeeÙeefjbie oes Øekeâej keâer nesleer nw  keâewve-mee ceeršj efJeÅeglejesOeve hejer#ekeâ kesâ ™he ceW ceevee peelee nw–
kesâefmebie- a- uekeâÌ[er keâer kesâefmebie kesâefhebie JeeÙeefjbie cesiej
b- heer.Jeer.meer. kesâefmebie kesâefhebie JeeÙeefjbie  When does earth fault occur–
kesâefhebie
Voltage potential of the earth surface increases
JeeÙeefjbie due to grounding
(a). ■ Fme efJeefOe ceW šerkeâ (meeieewve) keâer uekeâÌ[er mes  peye Yet-mebheke&âve oes<e GlheVe neslee nw–
uekeâÌ[er yeveer ognjer veueer Jeeueer ‘kesâefmebie keâes’, kesâefhebie «eeGef[bie kesâ keâejCe he=LJeer keâer melen keâer Jeesušspe #ecelee yeÌ{
keâer Éeje {keâ oer peeleer nw, FmeceW Fvmeguesšs[ peeleer nw~
kesâefmebie- kesâefyeume mLeeefhele efkeâS peeles nQ~  Metallic casing of electrical apparatus is always
kesâefhebie ■ Fme JeeÙeefjbie ceW VIR Ùee PVC kesâefyeue GheÙeesie earthed to ensure– Installation safety
JeeÙeefjbie ceW ueeÙeer peeleer nw~  efyepeueer kesâ GhekeâjCe keâer Oeeleg keâer kesâefmebie keâes meowJe ...........
■ oerJeej hej 60cm-60cm keâer otjer hej ieguueer megefveefMÛele keâjves kesâ efueS Yet-mebheefke&âle efkeâÙee peelee nw–Fbmše@uesMeve
kesâ menejs Jet[ve kesâefmebie ueieeÙeer peeleer nw leLee keâer megj#ee
kesâefmebie ceW leej/kesâefyeue efyeÚekeâj Thej mes kewâefhebie
 In plate earthing the plate used is made of–
ueiee osles nQ~
G.I. or copper
■ Jele&ceeve ceW Jet[ve kesâefmebie kewâefhebie keâer peien PVC  huesš DeefLe&bie cesb huesš yeveeF& peeleer nw–
kesâefmebie kesâefhebie keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw~ pemleerke=âle ueesne Ùee keâe@hej
(b) ■ FmeceW heer.Jeer.meer. (hee@ueer efJeveeÙeue keäueesjeF[)  Earthing is necessary– For human safety
heer.Jeer.meer. mes yeveer ‘kesâefmebie-kesâefhebie ’ ØeÙeesie keâer peeleer nw~  Yet-mebheke&âve DeeJeMÙekeâ nw–
kesâefmebie- ■ FmeceW ‘efuebkeâ-efkeäuehme’ Deeefo keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee ceeveJe megj#ee kesâ efueS
kesâefhebie veneR nesleer nw~
 What minimum distance should be there between
JeeÙeefjbie ■ FmeceW DelÙeefOekeâ kegâMeue cepeotjeW keâer two earthing electrodes– 3 meter
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~  oes Yet-mebheke&â Fueskeäšês[eW kesâ yeerÛe vÙetvelece otjer nesveer ÛeeefnS–
■ Fmekeâer keâeÙe&keâejer DeeÙeg uekeâÌ[er keâer kesâefmebie- 3 meter
kesâefhebie JeeÙeefjbie keâer leguevee ceW DeefOekeâ veneR  In conduit surface wiring the distance between two
nesleer nw~ saddles should not be greater than– 60 cm
2. yewšve ■ yewšve keâer ÛeewÌ[eF& Ûeeuekeâ keâer mebKÙee hej efveYe&j  kebâ[dÙetš mehexâme JeeÙeefjbie ceW oes mew[ueeW kesâ yeerÛe otjer DeefOekeâ veneR
JeeÙeefjbie keâjleer nw~ nesveer ÛeeefnS– 60 cm mes
■ yewšve keâer ÛeewÌ[eF& 13,19,25,31,38,  In house wiring employing looping in and looping
44,50,56,63,69,75 mm ceehe ceW GheueyOe nQ~ out system, neutral is looped in and out from–
■ yewšve oerJeej hej 45 mesceer. keâer Skeâ meceeve otjer Ceiling rose, Lamp holder, Socket
hej ieguueer mes efheâš keâer peeleer nw~  uetefhebie Fve Deewj uetefhebie DeeGš efmemšce Jeeueer Iejsuet JeeÙeefjbie ceW
■ yewšve meeieewve keâer uekeâÌ[er keâe yevee neslee nw~ vÙetšûe keâes uethe Fve Deewj uethe DeeGš keâer peeleer nw–
3. meermee ■ Fme lejn keâer JeeÙeefjbie ceW ieguueer kesâ menejs meerefuebie jespe, uewche nesu[j, mee@kesâš
keâesef<ele meermee keâesef<ele kesâefyeue keâes ueieeÙee peelee nw~  A 3-pin socket has the largest hole of– Earthing
leej ■ Ùen JeeÙeefjbie kesâJeue 250V lekeâ kesâ efueS ner  Skeâ 3-efheve mee@kesâš ceW meyemes yeÌ[e efÚõ . . . neslee nw–
JeeÙeefjbie GheÙegòeâ nesleer nw leLee kesâefmebie–kesâefhebie SJeb DeefLeËie keâe
yewšve JeeÙeefjbie keâer leguevee ceW cenbieer heÌ[leer nw~  When a large flat surface in electroplated–
4. ■ Jeenkeâ veueer JeeÙeefjib e meyemes pÙeeoe efškeâeT , There will be more deposition at
keâv[Ÿetš Gòece, Deewj, Deeie mes megjef#ele nesleer nw~ edges than at centre
JeeÙeefjbie ■ meeceevÙele: PVC Jeenkeâ veueer GheÙeesie ceW  peye Skeâ yeÌ[s melen keâes efJeÅegleuesefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw leye–
ueeÙeer peeleer nw uesefkeâve pe™jle kesâ Devegmeej Oeeleg keâesj ceW kesâvõ mes DeefOekeâ efve#eshe nesiee~
Ùee ueÛeeruee heeFhe (Flexible Conduit) Yeer ÛeeuekeâeW kesâ ceOÙe FvmeguesMeve hejer#eCe
GheÙeesie ceW ueeÙeer peeleer nw~ (Insulation Test Between Conductors)
5. ■ Fmes oerJeej kesâ Devoj efÚheer ngF& JeeÙeefjbie Ùee █ Fme hejer#eCe kesâ Devleie&le Hesâpe SJeb vÙetšûe kesâefyeue kesâ ceOÙe
keâvmeeru[ [keäš JeeÙeefjbie Yeer keânles nQ~ FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe ceehee peelee nw~
JeeÙeefjbie ■ keâvmeeru[ JeeÙeefjbie efÚheer jnleer nw~ FmeceW leejeW █ FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeve 1M mes DeefOekeâ veneR nesvee
keâes megj#ee efceueleer nw~ ÛeeefnS~
■ FmeceW DeefOekeâ mebKÙee ceW leej ueieeÙeW pee mekeâles nw~ █ Ùen hejer#eCe cesiej Éeje efkeâÙee peelee nw~
■ Fme JeeÙeefjbie efJeefOe keâes Jeke&âMee@he ceW JejerÙelee oer █ Fme hejer#eCe kesâ efueS 500 V DeeGšhegš Øeoeve keâjves Jeeuee
peeleer nw~ cesiej ØeÙeesie keâjvee ÛeeefnS~
 An electrical earth connection is done to–  Wiring clips are usually made of– Steel
Reduce shock risk  JeeÙeeEjie efkeäuehe Deeceleewj hej yeves nesles nQ– Fmheele
 JewÅegle Yet–mebheke&âve keâe ØeÙeespeve neslee nw–  The switch unit need not be on the what type of
efyepeueer kesâ PeškeâeW kesâ KelejeW keâes keâce keâjvee wire– Neutral
 Extent of corrosion in the underground metal work  efmJeÛe FkeâeF& keâe efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ leej hej nesvee DeeJeMÙekeâ veneR
depends upon– nw– Goemeerve
Amount of moisture, type of metals, type of soil  In house wiring which type of insulation is used–
chemicals
P.V.C.
 Yetefceiele Oeeleg keâer mebjÛevee ceW meb#eejCe keâer meercee efveYe&j keâjleer nw–  Iej ceW keâer peeves Jeeueer JeeÙeefjbie ceW efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ jesOeve keâe
veceer keâer cee$ee, Oeeleg keâer efkeâmce, efceóer ceW
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– heer.Jeer.meer.
jmeeÙeve keâer efkeâmce  At what level of current flow during electric shock
 Electrode pipe used in Pipe earthing is surrounded by death is possible– 50 to 100 milli amp.
salt layers. This is done because–Salt absorbs
 efkeâme mlej kesâ Oeeje ØeJeen ceW efyepeueer keâe Peškeâe ueieves mes ce=lÙeg
moisture from the soil
 heeFhe DeefLeËie ceW Fueskeäšês[ heeFhe vecekeâ keâer hejleeW mes efIejer ngF& nes mekeâleer nw– 50 mes 100 efceueer SefcheÙej
jnleer nw~ Ssmee efkeâÙee peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ–  The air delivery of fan is indicated by– m3/min
vecekeâ ce=oe mes veceer DeJeMeesef<ele keâj uesleer nw  hebKes keâe JeeÙeg efJelejCe efkeâmekesâ Éeje efveefo&<š efkeâÙee peelee nw– 3
 In rod earthing, earth resitance varies with– m /min
The depth upto which the rod is inserted  For household wiring and small units, which should
 je@[ DeefLeËie ceW, Yetefce ØeeflejesOe_____kesâ meeLe yeouelee jnlee nw– be used as safety measure– MCB
ienjeF& hej peneB lekeâ Yetefce ceW je@[ ØeefJe° keâer ieÙeer nes  Iejsuet JeeÙeefjbie SJeb Úesšer FkeâeFÙeeW kesâ efueS megj#ee GheeÙe kesâ ™he
 For the measurement of the earth resistance of a ceW efkeâmekeâe Fmlesceeue efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS– MCB
given earth electrode– [RRB JE(Electrical) 19.09.2019]
Collecting electrode should be far away the  Which type of conduit pipe is used in industrial
electrode under test wiring– Galvanized rigid conduit pipe
 efkeâmeer Skeâ Yet-Fueskeäšês[ keâe Yet-ØeeflejesOe ceeheves kesâ efueS–  efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ keâb[Ÿetš heeFhe keâe GheÙeesie DeewÅeesefiekeâ JeeÙeefjbie ceW
«eener Fueskeäšês[ hejer#eCeeOeerve Fueskeäšês[ mes yengle otj nesvee keâer peeleer nw– pemleerke=âle ÂÌ{ kebâ[Ÿetš heeFhe
ÛeeefnS~  For a given length, metallic conduit in comparison
 In places where acids and alkalies are present, the to PVC conduit–
type of wiring used is– PVC Is heavy in weight
 Jen mLeeve peneB hej Decue Deewj #eej ceewpeto nesles nQ, JeneB efkeâme  efkeâmeer efveefMÛele uecyeeF& kesâ efueS, heerJeermeer kebâ[dÙetš keâer leguevee ceW
Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw– PVC OeeeflJekeâ kebâ[dÙetš– Jepeve ceW Yeejer nesles nQ
 The earth pit should not be located near–  In V.I.R. wires, the copper conductor is always
Roads, rail tracks, pavements tinned in order to–
 Yetmebheke&âve keâe ie[d{e efkeâmekesâ heeme veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS– Prevent the attack of sulphur content of the
meÌ[keâ, jsue hešjer, hegâšheeLe copper conductor
 The another name of neutral earthing is–  V.I.R. JeeÙejeW ceW keâe@hej Ûeeuekeâ keâes meowJe efšv[ (DeLee&le ef[yyee
System earthing yebo) efkeâÙee peelee nw efpemekeâe ØeÙeespeve nw–
 Goemeerve Yetmebheke&âve keâe otmeje veece keäÙee nw– keâe@hej Ûeeuekeâ keâes meuheâj DebMe kesâ ØeYeeJe mes yeÛeevee
ØeCeeueer Yetmebheke&âve  Which type of wiring shall be done where
 Flexible wire is not used– In cement factory mechanical and fire safety is required–
 ueÛeerues leej keâe GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee peelee nw–meerceWš hewâkeäšêr ceW Conduit wiring
 Cutting plier use for electrical work must have–  peneb Ùeebef$ekeâ Deewj Deefive megj#ee keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw, JeneB efkeâme
Insulation Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie keâer peeÙesieer– veefuekeâe JeeÙeefjbie
 efJeÅegle kesâ keâeÙe& kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ keâefšbie hueeÙej ceW keäÙee nesvee  The standard height between floor and electrical
pe™jer nw– FbmeguesMeve switches is– 1.3 m
 In case of stair case wiring which type of switch is  heâMe& Deew j ef
y epeueer kes â ef mJeÛe kes â yeer Ûe ceevekeâ TB ÛeeF& ef k eâleveer nesleer
used– Two way switch nw– 1.3 m
 mšerÙej kesâme JeeÙeefjbie ceW efkeâme Øekeâej kesâ efmJeÛe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee  If the wiring of a building consists of 20 points of 60
peelee nw– oes ceeieea efmJeÛe W lamps and 4 fans of 100 W each, for a240 V
[RRB JE(Electrical) 19.09.2019] supply system, the permissible insulation resistance
 Replacement of wiring is not easy in which type of would be– 2.08 M 
wiring– Concealed wiring  Ùeef o ef k eâmeer YeJeve keâer JeeÙeeE j ie ceW 60 W kes â yeuyeeW kes â 20 hJeeFb š
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie ØeCeeueer ceW JeeÙeefjbie keâes ØeeflemLeeefhele Deew j 100 W kes â 4 heb K es nQ lees 240 V mehueeF& ef memšce ceW ,
keâjvee Deemeeve veneR neslee nw– efÚheer ngF& JeeÙeefjbie Devegceesefole FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee– 2.08 M 
 According to Part 4-44 of IEC 60364, electrical  PVC conduits can be joined by–
installations of buildings refers to– Welding, Threading, Solvent cement
Protection against voltage disturbance and  PVC Jeenkeâ veueer (keâv[Ÿetš) pees[ Ì s pee mekeâles nw–
electromagnetic Jesefu[bie, met$eCe (LeÇsef[bie), efJeueeÙekeâ meerceWš
 IEC 60364 kesâ Yeeie 4-44 kesâ Devegmeej, YeJeveeW kesâ  PVC cables are usually used for–
Fuesefkeäš^keâue mLeeheve keäÙee meboefYe&le keâjlee nw– Internal wiring of buildings and workshops
Jeesušspe mecemÙee Deewj efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe mecemÙee mes mebj#eCe  PVC kesâyeue keâe ØeÙeesie Deeceleewj hej efkeâÙee peelee nw–
 Which type of wiring is the most popular, the FceejleeW Deewj keâeÙe&Meeuee keâer Deebleefjkeâ leej mLeeheve
strongest and most commonly used– (JeeÙeefjbie)
Concealed Conduit wiring  PVC is preferred over VIR in extreme environments
 efkeâme Øekeâej keâer JeeÙeefjbie meyemes ueeskeâefØeÙe meyemes cepeyetle Deewj such as in cement/chemical facotry. This is because–
meyemes DeefOekeâ GheÙeesieer nw– PVC is inert to oxygen and almost inert to oils
keâvmeeru[ kebâ[Ÿetš JeeÙeefjbie and to many alkalines and acids
 PVC keâes VIR Ûejce JeeleeJejCe pewmes meerceWš/jemeeÙeefvekeâ
Ûeeuekeâ leLee ‘DeLe&’ kesâ ceOÙe FvmeguesMeve hejer#eCe
keâejKeeves ceW hemebo efkeâÙee peelee nw~ keäÙeeWefkeâ–
(Insulation Test between conductor and Earth)
PVC Dee@keämeerpeve kesâ efueÙes efveef<›eâÙe nw Deewj ueieYeie lesue,
█ BIS Yeeie-II 1982 kesâ Devegmeej Ùen hejer#eCe mechetCe&
JeeÙeefjbie DeLeJee Gmekesâ Ghe-heefjheLe kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee keâF& #eej leLee Decue kesâ efueÙes Yeer efveef<›eâÙe nw~
 The insulation on a current carrying conductor is
nw~ provided to prevent– Current leakage, shock
█ Ùen hejer#eCe cesiej Éeje efkeâÙee peelee nw~  Skeâ Oeeje Jeener Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Thej efJeÅegle jesOeve Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee
█ I.E. Rule 48 kesâ lenle efkeâmeer JeeÙeefjbie heefjheLe ceW nw ........ keâes jeskeâves kesâ efueÙes– #ejCe Oeeje, Peškeâe
ueerkesâpe Oeeje keâe ceeve hetCe& Yeej-Oeeje kesâ 1/5000 JeW  The thickness of insulation provided on the
Yeeie mes DeefOekeâ veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS~ conductor depends upon– Voltage rating
50  Ûeeuekeâ hej Øeoeve keâer ieÙeer FvmeguesMeve keâer ceesšeF& efveYe&j keâjleer
FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe  M
nw– efJeYeJe efveOee&jCe
heefjheLe keâs GheYeesie efyevogDeesW keâer mebKÙee
 The insulation resistance of complete installation
should not be less than– 0.5 MΩ
 The maximum disturbance levels acceptable for  hetjs mebmLeeheve keâe efJeÅeglejesOeve ØeeflejesOe ------– mes keâce veneR nesvee
Industrial environments are defined by–
ÛeeefnS– 0.5 MΩ
IEC 61000_6 standard
 When a heater is connected to the power supply, the
 DeewÅeesefiekeâ heefjJesMe kesâ efueS mJeerkeâeÙe& DeefOekeâlece yeeOee kesâ mlej
heater coil will glow but the supply wiring does not
keâes efkeâmekesâ Éeje heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw– glow. This is because–
IEC 61000_6 ceevekeâ Resistance of heater coils is very high in
 All switches should be installed on the– comparison to internal wiring
Live wire  peye Skeâ ner šj keâes ef
y epeueer keâer Deehetefle& mes peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees
 meYeer efmJeÛe .......... hej ueieeS peeves ÛeeefnS – ner šj keâe leej Ûecekeâ peeÙes i ee uesefkeâve Deehetefle& leejes ceW Ûecekeâ veneR
efJeÅegleceÙe leej nesleer nw~ Ssmee keäÙeeW–
[RRB JE(Electrical) 19.09.2019] Deevleefjkeâ JeeÙeefjbie keâer Dehes#ee neršj kegbâ[ueer keâe ØeeflejesOe
 In CTS wiring, the cables are run on well seasoned yengle DeefOekeâ neslee nw
and straight teak wood batten with a thickness not  Lamps in street lighting are all connected in–
less than– 10 mm Parallel
 CTS JeeÙeefjbie ceW, kesâyeume DeÛÚer lejn mes heefjhekeäJe (Jesue  meÌ[keâ/ieueer ceW ueies ngÙes meYeer ØekeâeefMekeâ uewche pegÌ[s nesles nQ–
meer]pev[) Deewj meerOeer meeieewve keâer uekeâÌ[er hej ueieeS peeles nQ, meceeveevlej
efpemekeâer ceesšeF& ........... keâce veneR nesleer nw– 10 mm  Energy meter, for connection, has ....................
 Which appliances installed at the premisas of a terminals– 4
domestic consumer will offer the highest load– Hot  keâveskeäMeve kesâ efueÙes Tpee& ceeršj ceW, ........ šefce&veue nesles nw– 4
plate  Supplier's fuse, which is provided in domestic
 efkeâmeer GheYeesòeâe kesâ Iej hej ueies efkeâme efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe Éeje meyemes wiring system– After the energy meter
DeefOekeâ Yeej (uees[) Glhevve nesiee– lehle huesš  Deehetefle&keâlee& keâe HeäÙetpe, pees Iejsuet JeeÙeefjbie ØeCeeueer ceW peesÌ[e peelee
 Insulation is provided on current carrying nw– Tpee& ceeršj kesâ yeeo
conductors for domestic wiring to–  An aerial fuse is connected in service connection for
Protect against shocks safety of– Consumer installation
 Iejsuet JeeÙeefjbie kesâ efueS Oeeje Jeenkeâ ÛeeuekeâeW keâe FbmeguesMeve efkeâÙee  Skeâ SefjÙeue HeäÙetpe------ keâer megj#ee kesâ efueÙes mesJee keâveskeäMeve ceW
peelee nw– DeeIeeleeW mes yeÛeeJe kesâ efueS pegÌ[e ngDee neslee nw– GheYeesòeâe mLeehevee
 MCB stands for– Miniature circuit breaker  The earthing electrodes should be placed within a
 MCB keâe celeueye nw– efceefveÙesÛej heefjheLe efJeÙeespekeâ distance of ----------- metres from the building
 MCB is a device that provides definite protection to whose installation system is being earthed– 1.5
the wiring installation and sophisticted equipment  Deef L eË i e Fues k eäš^ e s [ keâes YeJeve keâer ot j er mes ....... ceer šj keâer ot j er hej
against– Over current, short-circuit jKee peevee ÛeeefnS, efpemekeâer mLeehevee ØeCeeueer keâes DeLe& efkeâÙee pee
 MCB Skeâ Ssmee GhekeâjCe nw pees JeeÙeefjbie mebmLeeve Deewj Fmekesâ jne nes– 1.5
efJe®æ heefj<ke=âle GhekeâjCeeW keâes efveefMÛele megj#ee Øeoeve keâjlee nw–  The distance between two electrodes in pipe
DelÙeefOekeâ Oeeje (DeesJej keâjsvš), ueIeg heefjheLe earthing should not be less than the electrode
 The safety of electrical appliances and wiring is length– 2 Times
ensured by–  heeFhe DeefLeËie ceW oes Fueskeäšês[ kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer Fueskeäšês[ keâer
Insulation, earthing, Providing a fuse wire in the uecyeeF& mes keâce veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS– 2 iegvee
electric circuit  According to BIS rule, the resistance of the earth
 efyepeueer kesâ GhekeâjCeeW Deewj JeeÙeefjbie keâer megj#ee keâes megefveefMÛele electrode should be measured in ............... weather–
keâjlee nw– Dry
efJeÅeglejesOeve, DeefLeËie, efJeÅegle heefjheLe ceW HeäÙetpe leej Øeoeve  BIS efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, DeLe& Fueskeäšês[ keâe ØeeflejesOe .........
keâjkesâ ceewmece ceW ceehee peevee ÛeeefnS– Meg<keâ
 An electrical installation is earthed for–  Loop in system of wiring is generally employed in–
Safety to personnel, fire protection, protection Domestic wiring
against electric shock  JeeÙeefjbie keâer ØeCeeueer ceW uethe meeceevÙele: keâeÙe&jle neslee nw–
 Skeâ efJeÅegle mebmLeeheve kesâ efueÙes DeLe& efkeâÙee peelee nw– Iejsuet JeeÙeefjbie ceW
keâefce&Ùees keâer megj#ee, Deeie megj#ee, efJeÅegle Peškeâe kesâ efJe®æ  According to NE code neutral wire is of ..........
megj#ee colour– Black
 The earth wire should be–  NE keâes[ kesâ Devegmeej, Goemeerve leej ........ jbie keâe neslee nw–
Good conductor of electricity, mechanically keâeuee
strong
 Standard domestic ac supply voltage in India is–230
 DeefLeËie leej nesvee ÛeeefnS– V
efJeÅegle keâe DeÛÚe Ûeeuekeâ, Ùeeefv$ekeâer cepeyetle  Yeejle ceW ceevekeâ Iejsuet A.C. Deehetefle& Jeesušspe nw–
230 V
 Earth wires are made of–  The most suitable way of providing electric supply
Galvanised stranded steel to a multistorey building is by means of– Rising
 DeefLeËie kesâ leej yeves nesles nQ– pemleerke=âle IegceeJeoej mšerue main
 Which site will be preferred for earthing–  Skeâ ceušermšesjer efyeefu[bie ceW efyepeueer keâer Deehetefle& Øeoeve keâjves keâe
Wet mashy ground meyemes GheÙegòeâ lejerkeâe nw– jeFefpebie cesve
 keâewve mee mLeeve DeefLeËie kesâ efueÙes GheÙegòeâ nw–  Transmission of power by ac cables is impossible
ieeruee cewMeer cewoeve beyond– 40-60 km
 Which is least preferred for earthing– Dry earth  AC kesâyeue Éeje efJeÅegle hee@Jej keâe mebÛejCe ......... kesâ Thej
 keâewve–meer DeefLeËie kesâ efueÙes meyemes keâce hemebo efkeâÙee peelee nw–megKeer DemecYeJe nw– 40-60 km
peceerve (efceóer)  Galvanised steel wire is usually used as–
 Earth electrodes can be in the form of– Stay wire, Earth wire, Structural components
Strip or Wire, Rod, Pipe  pemleerke=âle Fmheele leej Deece–leewj hej.............kesâ ™he ceW ØeÙeesie
 DeLe& Fueskeäšês[ kesâ ™he ceW neslee nw– efkeâÙee peelee nw– mšs leej, DeLe& leej, mebjÛeveelcekeâ Ieškeâ
heóer Ùee leej, je@[, veefuekeâe  What will happen when a line conductor of an
 Which is not used as earth continuity conductor– overhead supply line breaks down and touches the
Gas pipe, Water pipe, Structural steel members earth– Current will flow to earth
 keâewve mee DeLe& efvejblejlee Ûeeuekeâ kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee  keäÙee nesiee peye, Skeâ efMejesheefj Deehetefle& ueeFve keâe Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ
peelee nw– štš peelee nw, Deewj he=LJeer keâes Útlee nw–
iewme heeFhe, peue heeFhe, mebjÛeveelcekeâ mhee@le {ebÛee Oeeje he=LJeer hej ØeJeeefnle nesieer
 Inside the earth or pit, the earthing electrode should  The insulation resistance test is performed on power
be placed– Vertically line with– Meggar
 he=LJeer Ùee ieÑs kesâ Devoj DeefLeËie Fueskeäšês[ jKee peevee ÛeeefnS–  Meefòeâ ueeFve hej efJeÅeglejesOeve ØeeflejesOe hejer#eCe ---–efkeâÙee peelee
uecyeJele nw– cesiej Éeje
1. Determine the circuit current for the following 3. Find the difference of power consumed by a
loads connected in building if supply voltages 100 W light bulb at 100 V versus at 150 V.
are 230 V AC - 100 Jeesuš keâer leguevee ceW 150 Jeesuš hej 100 Jeeš
1. 4 lamps each of 500 watt kesâ ØekeâeMe yeuye Éeje Kehele keâer ieÙeer Meefòeâ keâe Devlej
2. 4 fans each of 100 watt
3. 1 T.V. of 200 watt %eele keâerefpeS~ (UPSSSC JE-19/12/2021)
YeJeve ceW pegÌ[s efvecve YeejeW kesâ efueS heefjheLe Oeeje %eele Sol:- efoÙee nw,
keâerefpeS Ùeefo 230 Jeesuš A.C. keâer Deehetefle& Jeesušlee nw - V = 100V, Rating of bulb = 100W
1. 4 uewche ØelÙeskeâ 500 watt keâe V2
2. 4 hebKee ØelÙeskeâ 100 watt keâe Rating of bulb P  mes
R
3. 1 T.V. 200 watt keâe
Sol. efoÙee nw - V 2 100 
2
Jeesušspe · 230 Jeesuš R    100

P 100
Yeej, (a) = 500 Jeeš kesâ 4 uewche  Resistance of bulb = 100
b = 100 Jeeš kesâ 4 hebKes Power consumed at 150 V
c = 200 Jeeš keâe Skeâ šer.Jeer. V 2 150  150
heefjheLe keâe kegâue Yeej = 500 × 4 + 100 × 4 + 200 × 1  P  = 225W
R 100
= 2600 watt
Power consumed at 100 V
P = VI mes,
2600 = 230 × I V 2 100  100
P 
I = 11.3 Amp. Ans. R 100 = 100W
Difference = 225 – 100 = 125W
2. Find the current carrying of wire from meter Ans.
to main distribution board having three light/
fan circuits of 800 W each and two 15A power 4. If the wiring in a 2.4 kW load what will be the
circuit of 1.5 kW each take the permissible permissible insulation resistance to earth for a
power factor as .8 and safety factor as 1.5. 240 volts system of supply–
Skeâ cegKÙe efJelejCe yees[& ceW leerve ueeFš/hebKes kesâ heefjheLe efkeâmeer YeJeve ceW Ùeefo JeeÙeeEjie keâe Yeej 2.4 kW nw lees
nw efpeveceW ØelÙeskeâ 800 W keâe nw Deewj oes 15A kesâ hee@Jej 240 volt keâer mehueeF& ØeCeeueer nsleg Yet mes Devegcele
meefke&âš nw~ efpeveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ 1.5 kW keâe nw~ ceeršj mes JewÅeglejesOeve ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee–
cegKÙe efJelejCe yees[& lekeâ leej keâer Oeeje Jenve #ecelee %eele (SSC JE-24.03.2021 Shift-I)
keâjs~ DevegceWÙe Meefòeâ iegCekeâ 0.8 Deewj megj#ee iegCekeâ 1.5 Sol.–YeJeve ceW Ùeefo JeeÙeeEjie keâe Yeej 2.4 kW nw, lees 240 volt
ceeve ueW (PGCIL NR-2 12.03.2022) keâer mehueeF& ØeCeeueer nsleg Yet mes Devegcele JewÅegle jesOeve ØeeflejesOe 0.12
Solution : Total wattage = light/fan circuit + power m nesiee~
circuit efoÙee nw,
= 3 × 0.8 + 1.5 × 2 P = 2.4 kW = 2400 watt, V = 240 volts
= 2.4 + 3 2400
= 5.4 kW IFL =  10 Ampere
P = VI 240
P 1.5  1000 I 10
V   100 V Ileakage = FL   0.002 Ampere
I 15 5000 5000
P V
kegâue ØeJeeefnle Oeeje   total Insulation Resistance (IR) =
Ileakage
V cos
5.4  1000 540 240
  =  120000 = 0.12 M- Ans.
100  0.8 8 0.002
megj#ee iegCekeâ · 1.5 5. A single phase 240V AC supply is used in a have
keâgue ØeJeeefnle Oeeje consisting of 4 fans of 100 watts each and 20 lamp
leej keâer OeejeJeener #ecelee 
megj#ee iegCekeâ points of 60 watts each. What will be maximum
permissible leakage current for the house wiring?
540 Skeâ Iej efpemeceW ØelÙeskeâ 100 Jee@š kesâ 4 hebKeW Deewj
 8
1.5 ØelÙeskeâ 60Jee@š kesâ 20 uewche efyevog ueies neW lees efmebieue-
I
540 hesâpe 240 Jeesuš S.meer. mehueeF& ØeÙegòeâ keâer peeleer nw~
1.5  8 neGme JeeÙeeEjie kesâ efueS DeefOekeâlece Devegcele #ejCe Oeeje
I = 45 Amper Ans. keäÙee nesieer? (SSC JE-24.03.2021, Shift -II)
Sol. efoÙee nw - V = 240 volt Sol. efoÙee nw– kegâue hebKes = 4 × 3 = 12
kegâue Jeešspe = 4 × 100 + 60 × 20 12 hebKeeW keâe 12 IeCšs ceW efJeÅegle Kehele = 12 × 12 × 50
= 400 + 1200 = 144 50
= 1600 W
= 7200 Jeeš
P = VI
P hebKeeW keâe petve cenerves keâe efJeÅegle Kehele = 7200×30
I
V P1 = 216000 Jeeš-Iebše
1600 3 A.C. keâe 2 Ieb šs keâe ef JeÅeg le Kehele = 3000 × 2 × 3
I = 18000 Jeeš-Iebše
240
IfL= 6.67 Ampere A.C. keâe petve cenerves keâe efJeÅegle Kehele = 18000 × 30
#ejCe Oeeje =
1
 IfL P2 = 540000 Jeeš-Iebše
5000 kegâue Meefòeâ Kehele = P1 + P2
6.67 = 216000 + 540000
  1.33 mA Ans.
5000 = 756000 Jeeš-Iebše
6. To operate a 6 V bulb in a 240 V supply, the = 756 kilowatt hours
number of bulbs required is– Ans.
240 V Deehetefle& ceW 6 V kesâ yeuye mebÛeeefuele keâjves kesâ 9. Calculate the January month electricity bill for
efueS, DeeJeMÙekeâ yeuyeeW keâer mebKÙee............. nw? a room containing 40W lamp working 10 hours
(HPCL A.M.T. 20.04.2019 [Time 2:30-4:30]) daily and unit cost is 1 rupee.
Deehetefle& Jeesušspe  240  40 Skeâ keâceje efpemeceW 40 Jee@š keâe yeuye Øeefleove 10 Iebšs
Sol. yeuyeeW keâer mebKÙee  peuelee nw Deewj efpemekeâer keâercele 1 ®heS Øeefle FkeâeF& nw
Skeâ yeuye keâe Jeesušspe 6
Ans. Gmekesâ peveJejer ceen kesâ efyepeueer keâe Deekeâueve keâjW~
7. A house has 5 fans of 70 W each that operate for (SSC-JE-Morning 29-01-2018)
16 hours a day and one washing machine of 2000 Sol. efoÙee nw,
W that operates for 1 hour per day in the month of
June. What is the energy consumption (in kWh) of KeÛe& hee@Jej, P = 40 watt
the house in the month of June ? Period = 10 IeCšs ØelÙeskeâ efove
Skeâ Iej ceW 70 Jeeš kesâ 5 hebKes nQ pees nj efove 16 Iebšs keâece peveJejer cenerves keâe efyeue · ?
keâjles nQ Deewj 2000 Jeeš keâer Skeâ JeeefMebie ceMeerve nw pees petve Per unit cost = 1Rs.
kesâ cenerves ceW 1 Iebšs Øeefle efove keâece keâjlee nw~ petve kesâ cenerves ceW 1 unit = 1kWh
Iej keâer Tpee& Kehele (efkeâuees–JeešDee@Jej ceW) keäÙee nw? Total kWh = 401031
(SSC-JE-Evening 23-01-2018) = 12400
Sol. 12400
Q petve ceW 30 efove nesles nQ~
kegâue KeÛe& FkeâeF& ·
1000
FmeefueÙes hebKes keâer kegâue Meefkeäle = 70  5  16  30 · 12.4
= 350  480 Q Cost of per unit = 1Rs.
P1 = 168000 Jeeš Total cost = 12.4  1
leLee JeeefMebie ceMeerve keâer kegâue Meefkeäle = 2000  1  30 kegâue KeÛe& · 12.4 ®heÙes Ans.
P2 = 60000
Deye kegâue Kehele = P1 + P2 = 168000 + 60000 10. A lighting sub-circuit has 100W lamps. If the
Ptotal = 228000 Jeeš IeCše rated current of the fused in this circuit is 5A,
the maximum number of light points on this
Ptotal  228kWh Q 1kWh  1000 Jee@š IeCše  circuit without violating regulations and safety
Ans. should be..............:
8. A building has 3 floors and each floor has 4 Skeâ ØekeâeMe Ghe-heefjheLe ceW 100W uewche nQ~ Ùeefo Fme
fans of 50 W that operates for 12 hours a day heefjheLe ceW HeäÙetpe keâer efveOee&efjle Oeeje 5A nes, lees efveÙeceeW
and one air conditioner of 3000 W that
operates for 2 hours per day in the month of Deewj megj#ee keâe GuuebIeve efkeâS efyevee Fme meefke&âš hej
the June. Determine the energy consumption ØekeâeMe efyebogDeeW keâer DeefOekeâlece mebKÙee keäÙee nesvee ÛeeefnS?
(in kWh) of the building in June. (SSC JE-2 March 2017 10 am)
Skeâ Fceejle ceW 3 cebefpeue nw Deewj ØelÙeskeâ cebefpeue ceW 50 Jeeš
Sol. ØekeâeMe Ghe–heefjheLe ceW DeefOekeâlece 10 efyebvog (Point) Deewj 800
kesâ 4 hebKes nw pees petve kesâ cenerves ceW Øeefleefove 12 Iebšs kesâ
efueS Ûeueles nQ Deewj Øeefleefove 2 Iebšs kesâ efueS Ûeueves Jeeuee Jee@š nesles nQ~
3000 Jeeš keâe Jeeleevegketâuekeâ nw~ petve ceW Fceejle keâer Tpee& Dele: 1 uewche 100 Jee@š keâe nw lees–
keâer Kehele (efkeâuees–Jeeš–Dee@Jej ceW) efveOee&efjle keâjW~ 800
kegâue uewcheeW keâer mebKÙee = 8 Ans.
(SSC-JE-Morning 27-01-2018) 100

11.
efJeÅegle GhekeâjCeeW keâe mebmLeeheve,
Devegj#eCe Deewj cejccele
(Installation, Maintenance and Repair of
Electrical Equipment)
 To detect position error in a position control system,
1. heefjÛeÙe (Introduction) can be used– Potentiometer, Synchros, LVDT
 Skeâ efmLeefle efveÙeb$eCe leb$e ceW efmLeefle $egefš keâe helee ueieeves kesâ efueS
 Which maintenance tools is used to provide grip to ØeÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw–
apply torque for turning objects such as nut or bolts– heesšQefMeÙeesceeršj, efmeb›eâesme, LVDT
Spanner RPSC Lect (Tech. Edu. Dept)16.03.2021, Paper-II
 efkeâme jKe-jKeeJe Ùeb$e keâe GheÙeesie veš Ùee yeesuš pewmeer JemlegDeeW
keâes ceesÌ[ves DeLeJee yeueeIetCe& ueieeves kesâ efueS Ùee ef«ehe Øeoeve keâjves  No conductor of an overhead line including service
lines erected elsewhere than along or across any
kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw– mhewvej street for low, medium and high voltages lines up to
(PGCIL DT-SR 2-22.08.2021) 11000 Volts , If where conductor shall be at a hieght
ke=âef$ece Õemeve less than.- 4.6 m
(Artificial Respiration)  11,000 Jeesuš meefnle efvecve, ceOÙece Deewj GÛÛe Jeesušlee Jeeueer
ueeFveeW kesâ efueS meefJe&me ueeFve meefnle efMejesheefj ueeFve keâe keâesF&
Yeer Ûeeuekeâ, Ùeefo Keguee neW lees ––––– mes keâce TbÛeeF& hej veneR
nesiee- 4.6 m
 No conductor of an overhead line, Including service
lines, erected across a street for low and medium
voltage lines shall at any part there of be at a height
of less than- 5.8 m
 efvecve Deewj ceOÙece Jeesušspe ueeFve kesâ efueS meÌ[keâ kesâ Deej-heej
KeÌ[er (eqmLele) keâer ieF& meefJe&me ueeFve meefnle efMejesheefj ueeFve keâe
keâesF& Yeer Ûeeuekeâ Gmekesâ efkeâmeer Yeer Yeeie ceW ........ mes keâce keâer
TBÛeeF& hej veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS- 5.8 ceeršj
 Under Indian Electricity Rule. .........is the terminal
 Silver article become black on prolonged exposure voltage range -
to air. This is due to formation of– Ag2S 394.25 V to 435.75 V for nominal voltage of 415 V
 uebyes meceÙe lekeâ nJee kesâ mebheke&â ceW jnves hej Ûeeboer keâer yeveer JemlegSb  YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece kesâ lenle mener šefce&veue Jeesušspe jbspe
keâeueer nes peeleer nQ~ Ùen Iešvee .......... kesâ yeveves kesâ keâejCe nesleer ........... nw-
nw – Ag2S 415 Jeesuš kesâ Debefkeâle Jeesušlee kesâ efueS 394.25 mes
[RRB JE 19.09.2019] 435.75 Jeesuš
 A cutting tool is used to finish and enlarge a hole is (UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift IIst)
known as-
Reamer  As per the IEEE-112, identify the specific value of
Stray loss for the motor rating of 125 – 500 hp-1.5%
 Skeâ Úso keâes "erkeâ keâjves Deewj yeÌ[e keâjves kesâ efueS Fmlesceeue
efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee Skeâ keâefšbie Deewpeej.......nw-  IEEE-112 kesâ Devegmeej, 125-500 hp keâer ceesšj jsefšbie kesâ
heefjJesOekeâ efueS mš^s neefve kesâ efJeefMe° ceeve keâer henÛeeve keâjW- 1.5%
st
(UPRVUNL JE-21.10.2021 Shift II )
(UPPCL JE -25.11.2019 Shift II)
Installation, Maintenance and Repair of Electrical Equipment 676 YCT
 The loads in metal cutting and drilling tool drives, 2. kesâpe ieeef[Ëie (Cage Guarding)
for fork lift trucks, mine hoist etc. are considered to
be -
Intermittent periodic duty in the starting
 Oeeleg keâefšbie Deewj efÚõCe Deewpeej ceW Heâeke&â efueHeäš š^keâ Deewj Keeve
ne@Ùemš keâes Ûeueeles ngS Yeej .............. kesâ ™he ceW ceeves peeles
nw- ØeejcYe ceW DeevlejeefÙekeâ DeeJeefOekeâ [Ÿetšer
 Which standards has to be followed for drawing
electrical installation plan-
IS: 375-1951
 JewÅegle mebmLeeheve Ùeespevee kesâ efueS efkeâme ceevekeâ keâe Devegheeueve
efkeâÙee peelee nw- IS: 375-1951
∎ Ùen Jeefš&keâue heâe@jcesMeve kesâ meeLe L.T. ueeFveeW hej Øeoeve
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift Ist) efkeâÙee peelee nw iee[& keâes Gmeer heoeLe& mes yeveeÙee peevee
 Which Indian Electrical Rules describes about the ÛeeefnS efpeme heoeLe& mes Yet-leej yevee neslee nw, efpememes L.T.
periodical inspection and testing of consumer's ueeFve ceW iee[& vÙetšûe mes pegÌ[e neslee nw efpemes jerue
installation- Rule 46 Fbmeguesšj Éeje Fbmeguesšs[ efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 keâewve mee YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece DeeJeefOekeâ peeBÛe Deewj GheYeesòeâe kesâ
∎ Ùeefo Skeâ ueeFJe kebâ[keäšj štšlee nw lees Ùen iee[& kesâ mebheke&â
mebmLeeheve kesâ hejer#eCe keâer JÙeeKÙee keâjlee nw-
efveÙece 46 ceW Dee peelee nw efpememes ueeFJe kebâ[keäšj Deewj vÙetšûe kesâ
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift Ist) yeerÛe Mee@š& meefke&âš nes peelee nw efpemekesâ keâejCe heäÙetpe ieue
 Which Indian Electrical Rules describes the peelee nw Ùee heefjheLe efJeÙeespekeâ efš^he keâj peelee nw~
guarding in an electrical system- Rule 88 3. ye[& ieeef[Ëie (Bird Guarding)
 keâewve-mee YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece efJeÅegleerÙe leb$e keâer j#ekeâ heóer keâer  E.H.T. ueeFveeW kesâ mecheke&â ceW Deeves Jeeues heef#eÙeeW kesâ
JÙeeKÙee keâjlee nw- efveÙece 88 keâejCe nesves Jeeueer heâe@uš (oes<e) keâer efmLeefle keâes otj keâjves
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift Ist) kesâ efueS ye[& iee[ddme& keâes Sawtooth kesâ ™he ceW memheWMeve
ieeef[Ëie kesâ Øekeâej
Fbmeguesšj efmš^bime hej efheâkeäme efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(Types of Guarding)
1. ›esâ[ue ieeef[Ëie (Cradle Guarding)
ieeef[Ëie kesâ ueeYe (Advantages of Guarding)

∎ ceeveJe keâes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS~
∎ peeveJejeW keâes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS~
∎ H.V. ueeFve kesâ DeeJesMe mes L.V. ueeFveeW kesâ GhekeâjCeeW
keâes yeÛeeves kesâ efueS~
∎ H.V. ueeFve kesâ DeeJesMe mes šsueerheâesve GhekeâjCeeW keâes yeÛeeves
kesâ efueS~
 Identify the plier displayed in the figure-
∎ ›esâ[ue ieeef[Ëie leye Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw peye kebâ[keäšj Long nose pliers
#eweflepe Ùee [suše mebjÛevee ceW nesles nQ pewmee efkeâ 11 kV
ueeFve ceW neslee nw~
∎ ›esâ[ue ieeef[Ëie meerOes DeLe& JeeÙej mes peg[
Ì e neslee nw~
∎ Ùeefo ueeFve kebâ[keäšj štš peelee nw, lees Ùen iee[& hej efiej  efÛe$e ceW ØeoefMe&le hueeÙej keâer henÛeeve keâjW–
peeSiee, efpememes Skeâ heäÙetpe GÌ[ peeSiee Ùee meefke&âš yeÇskeâj uecyes veeskeâoej hueeÙej
efš^he nes peeSiee~ (UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift IIst)
}cyes veeskeâoej hueeÙeme&  According to IE rules for service connection for low
(Long Nose Pliers) and medium voltage line, the height of service line
 uecyes veeskeâoej hueeÙeme& keâe GheÙeesie mebkeâerCe& peieneW ceW keâece conductors erected across a street must NOT be less
than- 5.975 m
keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~  IE kesâ efveÙeceeW kesâ Devegmeej, efvecve Deewj ceOÙece Jeesušspe ueeFve nsleg
 Fme hueeÙeme& keâes meerOes SJeb Je›eâ pee@ kesâ ™he ceW yeveeÙee
mesJee mebÙeespeve kesâ efueS meÌ[keâ hej mLeeefhele meefJe&me ueeFve ÛeeuekeâeW
peelee nw~ keâer TbÛeeF& ................ mes keâce veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS~
 Fmekeâe GheÙeesie efJeMes<e ™he mes Úesšs YeeieeW keâes meerefcele 5.975 ceeršj
heefj#es$e ceW hekeâÌ[ves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~ (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift Ist)
 meeceevÙele: Fmekeâer uecyeeF& 160, 180, 200 SJeb 220
 Which tools are necessary for alignment-
efceceer nesleer nw~ Spirit level, Trisquare
 According to CPWD guidelines on electrical work  mebjsKeCe kesâ efueS keâewve mes GhekeâjCe DeeJeMÙekeâ nesles nQ-
2013, Exhaust fans for installation in corrosive efmØeš uesJeue, šêF&mkeäJeeÙej
atmosphere. shall be painted with-
Special PVC paint or chlorinated rubber paint  Which tools are necessary for foundation-
 2013 kesâ efJeÅegle keâeÙe& hej meer heer [yuÙet [er kesâ efoMee efveoxMeeW kesâ Spirit level
Devegmeej, meb#eejkeâ JeeleeJejCe ceW mebmLeeheve kesâ efueS efvekeâeme hebKes  veeR Je kes â ef ueS keâew
v e mes GhekeâjCe DeeJeMÙekeâ nes les nw -
keâes .............. mes jbiee peeSiee- efmØeš uesJeue
efJeMes<e heer Jeer meer hesbš Ùee keäueesjerveÙegòeâ jyej heWš Note. efmØeš uesJeue, Skeâ ceeheve GhekeâjCe neslee nw pees Ùen oMee&lee nw
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift IIst) efkeâ keâesF& meceleue #eweflepe nw Ùee veneR nw~ efJeefYeVe GheÙeesiees kesâ efueS
[Wpej veesefšme huesš efJeefYeVe Øekeâej kesâ efmØeš uesJeue nesles nw~
(Danger Notice Plate)  meJexÙej keâe meceleueve Ùeb$e (surveyor's level)
∎ ueeFve kesâ keâeÙe&Meerue Jeesušspe Deewj ‘‘Kelejs’’ Meyo keâes  cesmeve keâe mlej (Mason's level)
Fbefiele keâjves Jeeues ÛesleeJeveer kesâ ™he ceW ØelÙeskeâ heesue hej  šejheer[es mlej (Torpedo level)
Skeâ Kelejs keâer huesš peceerve mes 2.5 ceeršj keâer TBÛeeF&  heesmš mlej (post level)
hej ueieeÙee peelee nw~  ueeFve mlej (line level)
 FbpeerefveÙej keâe mešerkeâ mlej (Engineer's precision level)
 Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ mlej (electronics level)
 keâesCe veeheves keâe mlej (Angle level)
 heÛeea keâe mlej (slip level)
 yewue kesâ DeeBKe keâe mlej (Bull's Eye level)
 In high voltage distribution of power, the system 2. mebÛejCe Deewj efJelejCe ueeFve keâe
voltage is- Between 651V to 33 kV
 Meefòeâ kesâ GÛÛe Jeesušlee efJelejCe ceW ØeCeeueer Jeesušlee nesleer nw– mebmLeeheve
651V mes 33 kV kesâ ceOÙe
(Installation of Transmission and
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift Ist)
Distribution lines)
 Under the Indian Electricity Rules, the maximum
permissible frequency fluctuation is-  Considering installation of transmission and
 1% of the declared frequency distribution equipment, what is 'ROW'–
 YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece kesâ lenle DeefOekeâlece Devegcele DeeJe=efòe Gleej- Right of way
ÛeÌ{eJe neslee nw–  1% efveOee&efjle DeeJe=efòe keâe  mebÛejCe Deewj efJelejCe GhekeâjCe keâs mebmLeeheve keâes OÙeeve ceW jKeles
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift Ist) ngS ROW keäÙee nw– jeFš Dee@Heâ Jes
 For high voltage lines according to 1956 I.E.R 77(1) (DSSSB JE-22.06.2022 Time 12:30 to 2:30 PM)
the height of overhead line should not be less than  What is the vertical clearance where a low or
......... including service line to be errected in any medium voltage overhead line passes above the
part of the road- 6.10 meters building according to IE rule 79–
 GÛÛe Jeesušlee ueeFveeW kesâ efueS 1956 kesâ YeejleerÙe efJeÅegle efveÙece 8 feet from the highest point
77(1) kesâ Devegmeej, ‘‘meÌ[keâ kesâ heej efkeâmeer Yeer Yeeie ceW KeÌ[er keâer  IE efveÙece 79 kesâ Devegmeej, peneb efvecve Ùee ceOÙece Jeesušspe Jeeueer
peeves Jeeueer meefJe&me ueeFveeW meefnle, efMejesheefj ueeFve keâer TBÛeeF& DeesJejns[ ueeFve Fceejle kesâ Thej mes iegpejleer nw, JeneB TOJe&
......... mes keâce veneR nesveer ÛeeefnS~’’- Deblejeue efkeâlevee neslee nw –
6.10 meters GÛÛelece efyebog mes 8 Heâerš
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift IIst) [UPPCL JE-28.03.22(2-5 PM)]
Note :- Ground Clearance:- IE-Rule-77  efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW efkeâme Øekeâej keâe efJeÅeglejesOekeâ oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw-
Line Voltage Along the Across memheWMeve Fbmeguesšj
street the street (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
Low voltage 18 feet 19 feet  Which is necessary to be checked while maintaining
& medium voltage cross arms of lines-
upto 11 kV 19 feet 20 feet Creeper on cross arms, Rusting of cross arms,
Clearance from building LV, MV & service main Tilting of cross arms
IE Rule 79  ueeFve keâer ›eâe@me Deece& kesâ jKejKeeJe ceW keâewve-meer peeBÛe DeeJeMÙekeâ
Building kesâ Thej - 8 feet nw-
Building kesâ yeieue ceW - 4 feet ›eâe@me Deece& hej ›eâerhej, ›eâe@me Deece& ceW pebie ueievee, ›eâe@me
 The position of the HV/LV is to be shifted to the Deece& keâe Pegkeâvee
other side so that the clearance between the live (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-I)
jumper and earthed metal parts should not less than–  Why is the barbed wire wrapped on poles at a height
12 inches of about 2.5 m from the ground for at least 1 metre -
 HV/LV kesâ efmLeefle keâes otmejer lejHeâ efMeHeäš efkeâÙee peeÙes leeefkeâ Anticlimbing devices
ueeFJe pechej Deewj DeefLeËie efkeâÙes ieÙes OeeeflJekeâ YeeieeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe  peceerve mes ueieYeie 2.5 ceeršj keâer TBÛeeF& hej KecYeeW kesâ Thej
efkeäueÙejWme ........... mes keâce ve nesves heeÙes– 12 FbÛe kebâšerues leej keâes keâce mes keâce 1 ceeršj lekeâ keäÙeeW uehesše peelee nww-
(PGCIL DT-SR 2-22.08.2021) Svšer keäueeFefcyebie ef[JeeFme
 Steel towers are required to be painted in order to- (UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-I)
Prevent corrosion Sbšer keäueeFbefyebie ef[JeeFme
 ............. kesâ efueS mšerue šeJeme& keâes hesvš keâjves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
(Anti-Climbing Devices)
nesleer nw- #ejCe jeskeâves
(DSSSB JE-19.03.21)
 Which insulator will be selected for high voltage
application - Suspension type
 keâewve mee kegâÛeeuekeâ GÛÛe Jeesušlee DevegØeÙeesie kesâ efueÙes Ûegvee
peeÙesiee- efveuecyeve Øekeâej
( PUNE METRO SC/TO JE-19.10.2021)
 As per IE Rules, the terminal voltage must be within
the ________ range, if the nominal voltage is 240
V– 228 V to 252 V
 Ùeefo vee@efceveue Jeesušspe 240 Jeesuš nw lees IE efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej
šefce&veue Jeesušspe efkeâme meercee kesâ Devoj nesvee ÛeeefnS– ∎ Sbšer keäueeFbefyebie ef[JeeFme keâes Yetefce melen mes 2.5 ceeršj
228 V mes 252 V keâer TBÛeeF& hej yeeyes&[ leej keâes 1 ceeršj lekeâ uehesše
(PGCIL NRI DT EE-2020) peelee nw efpemekesâ Éeje DeveeefOeke=âle ™he mes efkeâmeer JÙeefòeâ
 Neutral is a circuit conductor that normally carries keâes heesue hej ÛeÌ{ves mes jeskeâe pee mekeâlee nw~
______ back to the source– Current  Factor affecting deterioration of insulation resistance
 Goemeerve Ûeeuekeâ, heefjheLe ceW peg[Ì e Jen Ûeeuekeâ nw, pees meeceevÙele: of insulating materials-
........... keâes œeesle lekeâ Jeeheme ueelee nw– Oeeje Ageing, Over Voltage, Absorption of grease by
[RRB JE 30.08.2019] material
 Which type of insulator is shown in the given figure-  efJeÅeglejesefOele meece«eer kesâ FvmeguesMeve ØeeflejesOe kesâ efiejeJeš keâes
Suspension insulator ØeYeeefJele keâjves Jeeues keâejkeâ-
Sefpebie, DeesJej Jeesušspe, meece«eer Éeje «eerme keâe
DeJeMees<eCe
 Which points to be considered before the unloading
the equipment-
Overall size, Weight, Fragile parts
 GhekeâjCe keâes Gleejves mes henues efkeâve efyebogDeeW hej efJeÛeej efkeâÙee
peevee ÛeeefnS- mece«e Deekeâej, Jepeve, veepegkeâ Yeeie
 Which factors is more important in height of the
foundation-
Place of use, Weight, Easy maintenance
 veeRJe keâer TbÛeeF& ceW keâewve mes keâejkeâ DeefOekeâ cenlJehetCe& nesles nQ-  Which safety and monitoring devices is provided to
GheÙeesie keâer peien, Jepeve, Deemeeveer mes jKejKeeJe a power transformer as a safety instrument-
 What is the temperature limit for the storage of Pressure/vacuum switch, Gas temperature
machines at site before installation- indicator, Fluid level gauge
Temperature above 15ºC  keâewve-mee megj#ee Deewj efveiejeveer GhekeâjCe megj#ee GhekeâjCe kesâ ™he
 mebmLeeheve mes henues meeFš hej ceMeerveeW kesâ Yeb[ejCe kesâ efueS ceW Skeâ hee@Jej šêbmeheâece&j keâes Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw-
leeheceeve meercee keäÙee nw- oeye/ JewkeäÙetce efmJeÛe,iewme leeheceeve metÛekeâ, õJe mlej iespe
leeheceeve 15 ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme mes Thej (UPPCL JE 08.09.2021, Shift-I)
 Which is necessary to check in air break switches
3. Yetefceiele kesâefyeueeW keâes efyeÚevee maintenance-
Damage of earth wire, Blades/ contact burning
(Laying of Underground Cables)  SÙej yesÇkeâ efmJeÛe jKejKeeJe ceW, peebÛe kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ nw-
 As per IS: 3043, plate electrodes thickness of Cu Yet-leej keâer #eefle, yues[/mebheke&â pJeueve
shall not be less than – 3.15 mm (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-II)
 IS: 3043 kesâ Devegmeej keâe@hej kesâ huesš Fueskeäšês[ keâer ceesšeF& Deesheefvebie Deewj keäueesefpebie kesâ oewjeve DeeFmeesuesšj meefke&âš
........... mes keâce vener nesvee ÛeeefnS– 3.15 mm yeÇskeâme& Deewj DeefLeËie eqmJeÛe kesâ Dee@hejsMeve keâe Deveg›eâce
(PGCIL DT-SR 2-22.08.2021) (Sequence of Operation of Isolator Circuit
 The jumper should always be connected by– Breakers and Earthing Switch While Opening
and Closing)
Parallel groove clamps
 pechej keâes ncesMee .......... kesâ Éeje peesÌ[e peelee nw– Keesueles meceÙe (While Opening)
meceeveevlej «etJe keäuewcheme 1. Deesheve meefke&âš yeÇskeâj 2. DeeFmeesuesšj KeesueW
(PGCIL DT-SR 2-22.08.2021) 3. DeefLeËie eqmJeÛe yebo keâjW
 The wire of 2 SWG is equivalent to diameter of– yebo keâjles meceÙe (While Closing)
7.01 mm 1. megefveef§ele keâjW efkeâ meefke&âš yeÇskeâj Keguee nw
 2 SWG leej keâe JÙeeme .......... kesâ yejeyej neslee nw – 2. DeefLeËie eqmJeÛe Keesues
7.01 efceceer 3. DeeFmeesuesšj yebo keâjW
(RRB JE-01-09-2019) 4. meefke&âš yeÇskeâj yebo keâjW
 In design of underground cables the mode of meefke&âš Deye yebo nes ieÙee nw~ Ghejesòeâ Deveg›eâce megefveef§ele keâjves
installation determines– kesâ efueS Fbšjuee@keâ Øeoeve efkeâS peeles nQ~
Type of cable to be used  What is sufficient distance from wall, where
 Yetefceiele kesâefyeueeW kesâ ef[peeFve ceW mebmLeeheve keâe efmLeefle efveOee&efjle transformer should be place between three side wall-
keâjlee nw– ØeÙegòeâ nesves Jeeues kesâefyeue keâe Øekeâej 1m
(UPPCL JE- 25.11.2019 Shift-II)  oerJeej mes heÙee&hle otjer keäÙee nesveer ÛeeefnS peneB leerve lejheâ keâer
 Which are the lifting devices for loading and oerJeej kesâ yeerÛe šêbmeheâece&j ueieeÙee peevee nw- 1m
unloading-  Rope pulley used for lifting load to ......... kg While
Rope pulley, Chain pulley, Power chain pulley chain pulley is used for lifting load up to .......... kg. -
 ueesef[bie Deewj Deveueesef[bie kesâ efueS efueefHeäšbie ef[JeeFme nQ- 250, 1000
jeshe efIejveer, Ûesve efIejveer, hee@Jej Ûesve efIejveer  jeshe efIejveer keâe GheÙeesie ........ efkeâ«ee lekeâ Yeej G"eves kesâ efueS
efkeâÙee peelee nw peyeefkeâ Ûesve efIejveer keâe GheÙeesie .......... efkeâ«ee.
4. nwC[efuebie leLee šêbmeHeâece&j keâe Yeej G"eves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw- 250,1000
efvejer#eCe (Handling and Inspection  Which the tools are necessary for installation of
transformer- Tri square
of Transformers)  šêbmeHeâe@ce&j keâes mLeeefhele keâjves kesâ efueS keâewve mes GhekeâjCe
 For transformers above 1000 KVA rating, inspection DeeJeMÙekeâ nesles nQ- šêF& mkeäJeeÙej
of Buchholz relay is carried out–  Which points to be considered while installing
every 2 years transformers-
 1000 KVA mes DeefOekeâ jsefšbie Jeeues šêbmeheâece&j kesâ efueS, Location of transformer, Foundation,
yegKeesupe efjues keâe efvejer#eCe ......... keâer DeJeefOe hej efkeâÙee peelee Connection
nw–  šêbmeHeâe@ce&j keâes mebmLeeefhele keâjles meceÙe efkeâve yeeleeW keâe OÙeeve jKevee
ØelÙeskeâ 2 Je<e& ÛeeefnS-
(UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-II) šêbmeHeâe@ce&j keâe mLeeve, HeâeGb[sMeve, keâveskeäMeve
 What is the minimum deionization time necessary  What is the value of R and C in RC surge
for auto reclosing in a circuit breaker if the voltage suppressor- R = 100 , C= 0.1
F
of transmission line is 132 kV- 9 cycles  RC mepe& meØesmej ceW R Deewj C keâe ceeve keäÙee nw-
 Ùeefo šêbmeefceMeve ueeFve keâe Jeesušspe 132 kV nw, lees meefke&âš R = 100 , C= 0.1
F
yeÇskeâj ceW mJele: yebo nesves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ vÙetvelece
efJeDeeÙeveerkeâjCe meceÙe keäÙee nw- 9 Ûe›eâ
5. efJeefYeVe JewÅegle GhekeâjCeeW keâe hejer#eCe
 What is the function of control cables-
For protective circuits between CTs, VTs, and (Testing of Various Electrical
relays Equipment)
 efveÙeb$eCe kesâyeue keâe keâeÙe& keäÙee nw-  The purpose of the SYNC control in a CRO is to –
CTs, VTs, Deewj efjues kesâ yeerÛe megj#eelcekeâ meefke&âš kesâ efueS Lock the display of signal
 What is the use of current transformers-  Skeâ CRO ceW SYNCkebâšêsue keâe GösMÙe nw –
Measuring and protection, efmeiveue kesâ ØeoMe&ve keâes uee@keâ keâjvee
Step down AC current HPSSSC JE 18.07.2021
 Oeeje šêbmeHeâece&j keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw-  Which methods of cleaning is suitable for electrical
ceeheve Deewj megj#ee, S.meer. keâjbš keâes keâce keâjvee equipment–
 What is rated burden in current transformers- Brushing, Non-conductive sandblasting,
A specification by the manufacturer at which CT Vacuum cleaning
performs with the specified accuracy  meheâeF& keâer keâewve-meer efJeefOe efJeÅegle GhekeâjCeeW kesâ efueS GheÙe&gòeâ nesleer
 Oeeje šêbmeHeâece&j ceW jsšs[ Yeej keäÙee nw- nw–
efvecee&lee Éeje Skeâ efJeefveoxMe efpeme hej Oeeje šêvmeheâece&j yeÇefMebie, vee@ve-keâv[efkeäšJe meQ[yueeefmšbie, JewkeäÙetce
efveefo&° mešerkeâlee kesâ meeLe ØeoMe&ve keâjlee nw~ keäueerefvebie
 What is over current factor-
The ratio of rated short time current to  The ballistic galvanometer is designed to deflect its
needle proportional to _____ passing through its
rated primary current
moving coil– Charge
 DeesJej keâjbš Hewâkeäšj keäÙee nw-
jsšs[ Mee@š& šeFce keâjbš mes jsšs[ ØeeFcejer keâjbš  yewefueefmškeâ iewuJesveesceeršj kesâ megF& keâes Gmekeâer Ûeue kegbâ[ueer ceW
ØeJeeefnle ........... kesâ meceevegheele ceW efJe#esefhele keâjves kesâ efueS
keâe Devegheele
ef[peeFve efkeâÙee peelee nw– DeeJesMe
 Which connection is preferred for connecting line (RRB JE-01-09-2019)
tap changers to transformers-
 A multimeter can measure–
4 wire 3 phase AC system
Votage, Current, Resistance
 ueeFve šwhe ÛeWpej keâes šêbmeHeâe@ce&j mes peesÌ[ves kesâ efueS keâewve mee
 ceušerceeršj ceehe mekeâlee nw – Jeesušspe, Oeeje, ØeeflejesOe
mebÙeespeve hemebo efkeâÙee peelee nw-
[RRB JE 30.08.2019]
4 leej 3 keâuee S.meer. ØeCeeueer
 _____ maintenance is regular period planned
 Which is the essential part for a CT- maintenance which eliminate breakdowns and
Insulation over the core by tape, Support outages – Preventiv
porcelain or epoxy insulator, Synthetic resin or  ............. jKejKeeJe efveÙeefcele DeJeefOe ÙeespeveeÙegòeâ jKe-jKeeJe nw
oil insulation pees Yebpeve Deewj DeeGšspe (outages) keâes otj keâjlee nw–
 meer.šer. kesâ efueS keâewve mee Skeâ DeeJeMÙekeâ efnmmee nw- efveJeejkeâ
šshe Éeje keâesj hej FvmeguesMeve, heesme&efueve keâe meneje Ùee (UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift II)
Shee@keämeer Fvmeguesšj, efmebLesefškeâ jsefpeve Ùee lesue FvmeguesMeve  Tests performed on I.M.-
 What are the type of voltage transformers- Voltage ratio test, Slip test, Locked rotor test
Electromagnetic potential transformers,  I.M. hej hejer#eCe efkeâS peeles nw-
Capacitor potential transformers and optical Jeesušspe Devegheele hejer#eCe, efmuehe hejer#eCe, yebo jesšj
voltage transformer. hejer#eCe
 Jeesušspe šêbmeHeâece&j efkeâleves Øekeâej kesâ nesles nQ-
 Specific test on alternator is-
efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe efJeYeJe šêbmeHeâece&j, mebOeeefj$e efJeYeJe Testing synchronizing circuit, Testing of voltage
šêbmeHeâece&j Deewj Dee@efhškeâue Jeesušspe šêbmeheâece&j regulator, Testing on excitation system
 Deušjvesšj hej efJeefMe° hejer#eCe nw-  R60/R15 is known as- Polarization index
leguÙekeâeueve heefjheLe hejer#eCe, Jeesušspe efveÙeecekeâ keâe  R60/R15 keâes ............ kesâ ™he ceW peevee peelee nw-
hejer#eCe, Gòespevee ØeCeeueer hej hejer#eCe OeÇgJeerkeâjCe metÛekeâebkeâ
 Which circuit requires a supply of 48 V DC source-  Minimum flash point value of transformer oil is-
Micro wave protection and communication 140ºC
 efkeâme meefke&âš ceW 48 V DC œeesle Deehetefle& keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer  šêbmeHeâe@ce&j lesue keâe vÙetvelece HeäuewMe hJeeFbš ceeve neslee nw-
nw- met#ce lejbie mebj#eCe Deewj mebÛeej 140ºC
Note. šêbmeheâece&j lesue keâe vÙetvelece heäuewMe hJeeFbš 140ºC neslee nw~
6. šêbmeHeâece&j keâe hejer#eCe  šêbmeHeâe@ce&j lesue keâe heäuewMe hJeeFbš Jen leeheceeve neslee nw efpeme hej
(Testing of Transformer) lesue nJee kesâ meeLe pJeveueMeerue efceßeCe yeveeves kesâ efueS heÙee&hle
Jee<he oslee nw~
 Low resistance value can be measured accurately by  heäuewMe hJeeFbš keâer peevekeâejer nesvee yengle ner cenlJehetCe& neslee nw~
using a– Kelvin double bridge keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùen šêbmeheâece&j ceW Deeie kesâ Kelejs keâer mebYeeJevee keâes efveefo&°
 efvecve ØeeflejesOe ceeveeW keâes ............ keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ mešerkeâlee keâjlee nw~
mes ceehee pee mekeâlee nw – kesâefuJeve [yeue efyeÇpe  šêbmeheâece&j keâe lesue mJeÛÚ leLee veceer mes cegòeâ nesvee ÛeeefnS leLee
[RRB JE 30.08.2019] Fmekeâe hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& 30kV/mm neslee nw~
 With the increase in cost of preventive maintenance,  The standard dielectric strength of oil-
the breakdown maintenance cost will _____.
30kV/mm
Decreases
 efveJeejkeâ jKejKeeJe keâer ueeiele ceW Je=efæ nesves hej, yeÇskeâ[eGve  lesue keâe ceevekeâ hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe& neslee nw- 30kV/mm
jKejKeeJe ueeiele ..........~  Which enclosures are preferred for preventing entry
keâce nes peeleer nw of falling water or dirt-
(UPPCL JE-27.11.2019 Shift II) Drip splash or hose proof
 The methods are used for checking phase sequence  efiejles heeveer Ùee ieboieer kesâ ØeJesMe keâes jeskeâves kesâ efueS keâewve mes
in 3- phase a.c. system- mebueive he$e keâes ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer peeleer nw-
Phase sequence indicator ef[^he mheuewMe Ùee veueer ØetHeâ
 3 Hesâpe S.meer. ØeCeeueer ceW Hesâpe Deveg›eâce Ûeskeâ keâjves kesâ efueS,
efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw-
keâuee Deveg›eâce metÛekeâ 7. Devegj#eCe kesâ Øekeâej, efveOee&efjle Devegj#eCe,
 Which special test performed on transformer- Øeef›eâÙee (Types of Maintenance,
Voltage ratios, Voltage vector short circuit test Maintenance Schedule, Procedures)
 šêbmeHeâe@ce&j hej keâewve mes efJeMes<e hejer#eCe efkeâS peeles nQ-
Jeesušspe Devegheele, Jeesušspe Jeskeäšj ueIeg heefjheLe hejer#eCe
 Methods of purifying insulating oil is -
Devegj#eCe kesâ Øekeâej
Filter press (Types of Maintenance)
 Fvmeguesefšbie lesue keâes Megæ keâjves keâer efJeefOe nQ-
efHeâušj Øesme
 Dielectric constant of insulating oil should be- 2.2
 jesOekeâ lesue keâe hejeJewÅegle efveÙeleebkeâ nesvee ÛeeefnS- 2.2

 Transformer oil acidity should be-
0.4 mg KOH/g
 šêbmeHeâe@ce&j lesue keâer Decuelee nesveer ÛeeefnS- Devegj#eCe
0.4 mg KOH/g
Note.
 Ùeefo lesue keâer Decuelee 0.2 mg KOH/gram nes lees lesue "erkeâ nw~
 Ùeefo lesue keâer Decuelee 0.2 to 0.5 mg KOH/gram nes lees
hejer#eCe mes efveef§ele keâerefpeS~
 Ùeefo lesue keâer Decuelee 0.5 to 1.0 mg KOH/gram nes lees lesue  The strategy which involves repair or replacement
keâes meeheâ keâerefpeS~ only when deterioration of the condition caused
 Ùeefo lesue keâer Decuelee 1.0 mg KOH/gram mes DeefOekeâ nes leye functional failure is known as-
lesue yeoue osvee ÛeeefnS DeLeJee YeueerYeeBefle meeheâ keâjsb~ Reactive maintenance

 Jen jCeveerefle, efpemeceW kesâJeue leYeer cejccele Ùee ØeeflemLeeheve Meeefceue  Which steps is included in preventive maintenance
nesleer nw, peye efmLeefle efyeieÌ[ves kesâ keâejCe keâeÙee&lcekeâ efJeheâuelee nesleer of electrical machine-
nw; keânueeleer nw- Planning, Evaluation, Testing
Øeefleef›eâÙeeMeerue jKejKeeJe  keâew v e-mee keâeÙe& ef JeÅeg le ceMeer ve kesâ efveJeejkeâ Devegj#eCe ceW Meeefceue
(UPPCL JE 07.09.2021, Shift-II) neslee nw-
ceeveJe Mejerj hej, JewÅegle OeejeDeeW kesâ ØeYeeJe Ùeespevee, cetuÙeebkeâve, hejer#eCe
›eâ.meb. Oeeje JewÅegle Oeeje keâe ØeYeeJe (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
meefJe&efmebie leLee DeesJejne@efuebie keâe legueveelcekeâ DeOÙeÙeve
1. 1 – 8 mA Fmemes Peškesâ keâer DevegYetefle nesleer nw, hejvleg Ùen
keâ°oeÙekeâ veneR neslee nw~ DeLee&led ceeveJe Fmes (Difference between Servicing and Overhauling)
menve keâj mekeâlee nw~ ›eâce legueveelcekeâ keâejkeâ meefJe&efmebie DeesJejne@efuebie
2. 8 – 15 Fmemes keâ°oeÙekeâ Peškeâe ueielee nw, hejvleg mebKÙee
mA mveeÙeg mecyevOeer vemeeW keâe efveÙev$eCe keâeÙece jnlee 1. Devegj#eCe keâeÙe& meeOeejCe DemeeOeejCe
nw, FmeefueÙes Fmekeâe menve keâjvee ceeveJe kesâ 2. keâeÙe& keâer ieefle DeefOekeâ keâce
mJeemLÙe hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~ 3. keâeÙe& keâe mLeue mebmLeeheve Jeke&âMee@he
3. 15 – 20 Fmemes keâ°oeÙekeâ Peškeâe ueielee nw~ mveeÙeg
4. keâeÙe& keâer Øeke=âefle mejue keâef"ve
mA mecyevOeer vemeeW keâe efveÙeb$eCe keâeÙece veneR jnlee,
FmeefueÙes ceeveJe Fmes menve veneR keâj mekeâlee nw~ 5. keâeÙe& keâer cee$ee keâce DeefOekeâ
4. 20 – 50 FmeceW mveeÙeg mecyevOeer vemeeW kesâ DelÙeeefOekeâ 6. Jeke&âj meeceevÙe kegâMeue
mA mebkegâÛeve kesâ keâejCe, meeBme uesvee keâef"ve nes ØeefMeef#ele ØeefMeef#ele
peelee nw~ 7. GhekeâjCe keâes Keesuevee DeebefMekeâ hetCe&
5. 50 – 100 FmeceW meeBme ™keâves kesâ keâejCe, efoue keâer 8. Devegj#eCe DeJeÙeJe kegâÚ meYeer
mA OeÌ[keâve yevo nes peeleer nw DeLee&led FmeceW ce=lÙeg 9. efvejer#eCe keâeÙe& keâce DeefOekeâ
mecYeJe nw~
10. hejer#eCe keâeÙe& keâce DeefOekeâ
6. 100 mA FmeceW Mejerj peue peelee nw~ efyepeueer kesâ Peškesâ
mes DeefOekeâ kesâ oewjeve mveeÙeg mecyevOeer vemeW Fleveer efmekegâÌ[ 11. peeBÛe keâeÙe& keâce DeefOekeâ
peeleer nQ, efoue keâe OeÌ[keâve yevo nes peelee nw~  Which process completes the work of removing the
heefjCeecemJe™he ce=lÙeg efveef§ele nw~ dust, dirt and other unwanted impurities from
 Battery maintenance requirement of transmission electrical equipment-
Cleaning
substation–
 efkeâme Øeef›eâÙee Éeje efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe mes Oetue, ieboieer Deewj DevÙe
Discharge test, Cell termination cleaning,
Battery-monitoring relay test DeJeebefÚle DeMegefæÙeeW keâes efvekeâeueves keâe keâeÙe& hetCe& neslee nw-
 mebÛejCe GhekeWâõ ceW GheÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer yewšjer kesâ jKe-jKeeJe keäueerefvebie
keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
ef[mÛeepe& hejer#eCe, mesue šefce&vesmeve keâer meeHeâ-meHeâeF&, yewšjer  The process of taking measures to check the quality,
cee@efvešefjbie efjues hejer#eCe performance or reliability of the equipment is called
-
(PGCIL DT-SR 2-22.08.2021)
Testing
 The decrease in the value of the power  GhekeâjCe keâer iegCeJeòee, efve<heeove Ùee efJeMJemeveerÙelee keâer peeBÛe nsleg
plant/electrical equipment and building due to
continuously use is known as-
ceeheve keâjves keâer Øeef›eâÙee keâes ......... keâne peelee nw -
Depreciation hejer#eCe
 melele GheÙeesie kesâ keâejCe efJeÅegle mebÙeb$e/efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe Deewj YeJeve (UPPCL JE-07.09.2021 Shift-I)
kesâ cetuÙe ceW nesves Jeeueer keâceer keâes keânles nQ- ef v eÙeef cele Devegj#eCe
cetuÙeÜeme (Routine Maintenance)
(SSC JE-29.10.2020 Shift-II)  Fmes meeOeejCe Devegj#eCe (general maintenance),
 Which is also known as 'condition based ef v eOee& e f j le Deveg j #eCe (schedule maintenance) leLee
maintenance' strategy- meeceefÙekeâ Devegj#eCe (periodic maintenance) Deeefo
Predictive maintenance veeceeW mes Yeer peevee peelee nw~
 efkeâmes ‘efmLeefle DeeOeeefjle jKejKeeJe’ keâer jCeveerefle kesâ ™he ceW Yeer  Fmekeâe cegKÙe ue#Ùe efveÙeefcele efvejer#eCe ceW heeF& ieF& keâefceÙeeW
peevee peelee nw- YeefJe<ÙeJeeÛeer jKejKeeJe keâes otj keâjvee leLee Keespes ieS Heâe@ušeW (oes<eeW) keâes mener
(UPPCL JE-08.09.2021 Shift-I) ("erkeâ) keâjvee neslee nw~
 Fmes Skeâ efveef§ele meceÙeevlejeue hej efveÙeefcele ™he mes Note. Kejeye jKejKeeJe kesâ keâejCe efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe keâer efJeheâuelee keâe
DeheveeÙee peelee nw~ cegKÙe keâejCe štš-hetâš neslee nw~
 efveÙeefcele Devegj#eCe kesâ Debleie&le meHeâeF& mebyebOeer keâeÙe&, ceecetueer  ØeeÙe: yeÇskeâ[eGve (štš-hetâš) kesâ meceÙe hej ner Ùegefòeâ keâer hetCe&
Heâe@ušeW leLee keâefceÙeeW keâes otj keâjves keâe keâeÙe&, veš, yeesuš, m›etâ cejccele keâjkesâ, DeesJejne@efuebie Yeer keâj oer peeleer nw~ Fmemes meceÙe
Deeefo meeceevÙe keâuehegpeeX keâes yeoueves keâe keâeÙe& Deelee nw~ keâer yeÛele keâer pee mekeâleer nQ
 efveÙeefcele Devegj#eCe ceWs GhekeâjCeeW keâes efyevee Keesues, hejvleg  yeÇskeâ[eGve Devegj#eCe mes YeefJe<Ùe ceW nesves Jeeues mecYeeefJele oes<eeW leLee
efyepeueer keâes hetjer lejn yebo (off) keâjkesâ, efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Gvekesâ keâejCeeW keâe helee ueieeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
 efveÙeefcele Devegj#eCe keâe mechetCe& keâeÙe& Fueseqkeäš^keâue,  The activities performed during periodic
GhemkeâjeW leLee GhekeâjCeesWb keâes osKeYeeue keâjves Jeeues maintenance in all machine are-
keâejeriejeW Éeje mJeÙeb efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj Gme hej JÙeÙe Replacement of worn out parts
(KeÛe&) keâer ieF& Oeve jeefMe Devegj#eCe Hebâ[ mes ueer peeleer nw~  meYeer ceMeerveeW ceW DeeJeefOekeâ jKejKeeJe kesâ oewjeve, ieefleefJeefOeÙeeB keâer
 JeemleJe ceW efveÙeefcele Devegj#eCe Skeâ Ssmeer efveÙeefcele cejccele peeleer nQ- Kejeye nes Ûegkesâ efnmmeeW keâes yeouevee
JÙeJemLee nw, efpemeceW keâce mes keâce keâeÙe& Éeje meeOeejCe cejccele efJeefYeVe efmLeefleÙeeW ceW ceeveJe Mejerj kesâ ØeeflejesOe
keâj leLee efkeâmeer DeJeÙeJe keâes yeoue keâj DeLeJee GhekeâjCe keâes "erkeâ ›eâ.meb. ceeveJe Mejerj keâer efmLeefle ceeveJe Mejerj keâe
lejn mes JÙeJeeqmLele (adjust) keâjkesâ, Fme ÙeesiÙe yevee efoÙee peelee ØeeflejesOe
nw efkeâ Jen Deieues DeesJejneefuebie lekeâ keâece keâj mekesâ~ 1. hetCe& ieeruee Mejerj 1 k = 1000 
™šerve Devegj#eCe kesâ efvecveefueefKele keâeÙe&– 2. DeebefMekeâ ieeruee Mejerj 5 k = 5000 
 GhekeâjCe mes Oetue, ievoieer nševee, mechekeâeX leLee mebÙeespeve 3. Deewmele Meg<keâ Mejerj 50 k = 50000 
efmejeW keâes meeHeâ keâjvee DeLeJee Gvekeâes yeouevee~ 4. hetCe& Meg<keâ Mejerj 100 k = 100000 
 efyeÙeefEjbie keâer OegueeF&, lesue keâes yeouevee, «eerme keâer Deehetefle&
 In routine maintenance, The activities performed-
SJeb uegefyeÇkeWâš mebyebOeer keâeÙe& Deeefo ~ Lubrication
 {erues veš, yeesuš, m›etâ Deeefo keâuehegpeeX keâes keâmevee leLee  efveÙeefcele jKejKeeJe ceW, ieefleefJeefOeÙeeB keâer peeleer nw- mvesnve
GvnW meeHeâ keâjvee~
 In breakdown maintenance, The activities
 keâeye&ve-yeÇMeeW keâe ØeeflemLeeheve DeLeJee cejccele DeLee&led Gvekeâer performed-
mecheke&â yeveeves Jeeueer melen keâes meceleue keâjvee~ Trouble shooting, Replacement of parts, Locating
 yewšjer kesâ šefce&veueeW keâer meHeâeF& keâjvee, yewšjer ceW Deemegle problems
(distilled) peue [euevee, yewšjer keâes Ûeepe& keâjvee Deeefo~  yeÇskeâ[eGve Devegj#eCe ceW ieefleefJeefOeÙeeW keâe ØeoMe&ve efkeâÙee peelee nw-
 hee@Jej šêbmeHeâe@ce&j kesâ {keäkeâve (keâJej), efmeje Fbmeguesšjes mecemÙee efveJeejCe, YeeieeW keâe ØeeflemLeeheve, mecemÙeeDeeW keâe
(yegefMebime) leLee keâuehegpeeX keâer meHeâeF& keâjvee Deeefo~ helee ueieevee
 The minimum factor of safety for different material  Which Factor to be considered while preparing
for overhead lines is prescribed by IE rules 70. the maintenance schedule-
value for guard wires is- 2.5 Type of machine, Accessories of the equipment,
 efMejesheefj ueeFveeW kesâ efueS efJeefYeVe meece«eer kesâ efueS megj#ee keâe Cost of stand by unit
vÙetvelece keâejkeâ IE efveÙece 70 Éeje efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee ieÙee nw, lees  Devegj#eCe keâeÙe&›eâce lewÙeej keâjles meceÙe efkeâme keâejkeâ hej efJeÛeej
iee[& leej kesâ efueS ceeve nw- 2.5
efkeâÙee peeS-
(UPRVUNL JE-24.10.2021)
ceMeerve keâe Øekeâej, GhekeâjCe kesâ meneÙekeâ meece«eer, mšQ[yeeF&
Ùetefveš keâer ueeiele
 The maintenance cost for the electrical equipment is
called- Operating cost yeÇskeâ[eGve Devegj#eCe
 JewÅegle GhekeâjCeeW kesâ efueS jKe-jKeeJe ueeiele keânueelee nw– (Breakdown maintenance)
ØeÛeeueve ueeiele  Fmes efveJeejkeâerÙe Devegj#eCe Yeer keânles nw, efpemekeâe leelheÙe&
(UPPCL JE-25.11.2019 Shift Ist) Heâe@uš FJeWš Devegj#eCe DeLee&led Heâe@uš keâes cegòeâ (otj Ùee
 The activities performed during periodic meceehle) keâjves Jeeues Devegj#eCe mes nw~
maintenance are- Testing, Recording, Drying  yeÇskeâ[eGve Devegj#eCe keâes yeÇskeâ[eGve nes peeves kesâ yeeo
 meceÙe-meceÙe hej jKejKeeJe kesâ oewjeve, ieefleefJeefOeÙeeb keâer peeleer nQ- efkeâÙee peelee nw~
hejer#eCe, efjkeâe@ef[Ëie, megKeeves  yeÇskeâ[eGve keâe leelheÙe& štš-Hetâš nes peeves DeLeJee Heâe@uš
 Main causes of failure of an electrical equipment Ieefšle nes peeves mes nw, efpemekesâ keâejCe mebmLeeve (Hewâkeäšêr
due to poor maintenance- Wear and tear Ùee Fb[mšêr) keâe keâeÙe& Skeâoce ®keâ peelee nw DeLee&led
 Kejeye jKejKeeJe kesâ keâejCe efJeÅegle GhekeâjCe keâer efJeHeâuelee kesâ Glheeove (production) yebo nes peelee nw~ leye Fme
cegKÙe keâejCe nesles nw- štš-Hetâš Øekeâej kesâ Devegj#eCe keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~
 FmeceW Heâe@ušer ef[JeeFmespe DeLee&led ceMeerve Ùee Ghemkeâj  Drying of winding should be done during-
DeLeJee GhekeâjCe keâes DeebefMekeâ DeLeJee mechetCe& ™he mes Preventive maintenance
DeesJejne@ue Yeer keâjvee heÌ[ mekeâlee nw, efpemeceW Heâe@ušer  JeeFbef[bie keâes megKeevee ........... kesâ oewjeve efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS-
ef[JeeFmespe kesâ heeš&dme (parts), Ùetefveš (units) leLee efveJeejkeâ jKejKeeJe
SefueceWš (elements) keâes yeouevee Yeer heÌ[ mekeâlee nw~  Servicing can be done during-
 Ùeefo yeÇskeâ[eGve (Heâe@uš) ceW cejccele keâeÙe& keâce nw, lees Breakdown maintenance
Fmes mebmLeeheve mLeue hej ner efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw Deewj  meefJe&efmebie ............ kesâ oewjeve keâer pee mekeâleer nw-
Ùeefo keâeÙe& DeefOekeâ nes lees Fmekeâer cejccele keâeÙe&Meeuee ceW yeÇskeâ[eGve jKejKeeJe
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ Note. DeesJej ne@efuebie 6 cenerves kesâ Devlejeue hej efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
 The part of preventive maintenance are- DeesJej ne@efuebie- DeesJej ne@efuebie keâe leelheÙe& ceMeerve kesâ meYeer DebieeW kesâ
Routine maintenance, Periodic maintenance, Devegj#eCe SJeb cejccele mes nw~ Fme Øeef›eâÙee ceW ceMeerve kesâ cegKÙe leLee
Overhaul ØeeÙe: peefšuelece efnmmes, Ùetefveš leLee keâuehegpeex keâer cejccele DeLeJee
 efveJeejkeâ jKejKeeJe keâe efnmmee nw- yeoueer keâer peeleer nw~
efveÙeefcele jKejKeeJe, DeeJeefOekeâ jKejKeeJe, DeesJejneue  DeesJej ne@efuebie kesâ lenle ceMeerve keâes hetCe& ™he mes DeLeJee DeebefMekeâ
(cejccele) ™he mes Keesuekeâj ef[mceWšue (dismantled) efkeâÙee peelee nw
 The main factors to be consider which preparing the DeLee&le ceMeerve kesâ DebieeW keâes Deueie-Deueie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
maintenance schedule- Size  Fmekesâ yeeo ØelÙeskeâ Debie keâe efvejer#eCe keâjkesâ, oes<eeW keâe helee
 jKejKeeJe DevegmetÛeer lewÙeej keâjves Jeeues cegKÙe keâejkeâ nw efpeme hej ueieeÙee peelee nw~ pees heeš& Ùee Ùetefveš DeLeJee DeJeÙeJe keâce Kejeye
efJeÛeej efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS- Deekeâej neslee nw~ Gmes cejccele keâj mener keâj efoÙee peelee nw Deewj pees Debie
DeefOekeâ [wcespe (Kejeye) neslee DeLee&le efpemes cejccele keâjkesâ mener
 In monthly maintenance of storage batteries which
activity performed-
veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw DeLeJee efpemekeâer cejccele ceW ßece, meceÙe
Voltages, Cleaning, Terminals leLee ueeiele DeefOekeâ Deelee nw Gmes yeoue efoÙee peelee nw~
 mšesjspe yewšefjÙeeW kesâ ceeefmekeâ jKejKeeJe ceW efkeâme ieefleefJeefOe keâe  Due to lack of maintenance, inventory cost_____
heeueve efkeâÙee peelee nw- Jeesušspe, meHeâeF&, šefce&veue Becomes high
jKejKeeJe keâer keâceer kesâ keâejCe, metÛeer ueeiele ..........

 Which activities performed in monthly inspection of
I.M- Bearing, Controller GÛÛe nes peeleer nw
 I.M. kesâ ceeefmekeâ efvejer#eCe ceW keâewve-keâewve meer ieefleefJeefOeÙeeb keâer  Advantages of preventive maintenance-
peeleer nw- efyeÙeefjbie, efveÙeb$ekeâ Damage is prevented, Repairs decreases,
Production become uniform
 Testing and recording activity is cover under which  efveJeejkeâ jKejKeeJe kesâ ueeYe-
maintenance- Preventive maintenance
vegkeâmeeve nesvee ®keâ peelee nw, cejccele Ieš peeleer nw,
 Hejer#eCe Deewj efjkeâe@ef[Ëie ieefleefJeefOe efkeâme jKejKeeJe kesâ Debleie&le
Glheeove Skeâ meceeve nes peelee nw
Deeles nw- efveJeejkeâ jKejKeeJe
 Replacement of worn out part can done during____
 Engineering analysis activity is cover under which Breakdown maintenance
maintenance- Breakdown maintenance
 efIemes-efhešs efnmmes keâes .......... kesâ oewjeve yeouee pee mekeâlee nw-
 FbpeerefveÙeefjbie efJeMues<eCe ieefleefJeefOe efkeâme jKejKeeJe kesâ Debleie&le
yeÇskeâ[eGve jKejKeeJe
Deeleer nw- yeÇskeâ[eGve jKejKeeJe
Note.  yeÇskeâ[eGve Devegj#eCe keâes yesÇkeâ[eGve nes peeves kesâ yeeo efkeâÙee
efveOee&efjle Devegj#eCe peelee nw~ yeÇskeâ[eGve keâe leelheÙe& štš-hetâš nes peeves DeLeJee heâe@uš
(Scheduled maintenance) Ieefšle nes peeves mes nw, efpemekesâ keâejCe mebmLeeve (hewâkeäšêr Ùee Fb[mšêr) keâe
 efveOee&efjle-Devegj#eCe meceÙe-yeæ Øekeâej keâer efJeefOe nw Deewj keâeÙe& Skeâoce ™keâ peelee nw~ DeLee&led Glheeove yevo nes peelee nw~
Fmekeâe GösMÙe yeÇskeâ[eGve ve nesves osvee neslee nw~ yeÇskeâ[eGve Devegj#eCe kesâ ueeYe-
 yeÇskeâ[eGve peerJeve kesâ efueS Yeer YeÙeevekeâ nes mekeâlee nw FmeefueS (1) Fmemes mebmLeeve (hewâkeäšêr Ùee FC[mšêr) keâe Glheeove Deefle MeerIeÇ
Ùen mebYeJeleÙee vÙetvelece nesvee ÛeeefnS~ Ûeeuet efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
 efveOee&efjle-Devegj#eCe Øewefkeäšme ceW efvejer#eCe, mvesnve, cejccele (2) ØeeÙe: yeÇskeâ[eGve (štš-hetâš) kesâ meceÙe hej ner Ùegefòeâ keâer hetCe&
leLee kegâÚ Ssmes GhekeâjCeeW keâe DeesJejne@ue Deelee nw efpevnsb vepej cejccele keâjkesâ, DeesJej ne@efuebie Yeer keâj oer peeleer nw Fmemes meceÙe
Devoepe keâjves mes yeÇskeâ[eGve nes mekeâlee nw~ keâer yeÛele keâer pee mekeâleer nw~
 Fmekesâ Devleie&le GhekeâjCeeW keâe efvejer#eCe, mvesnve, meefJe&efmebie (3) yeÇskeâ[eGve mes YeefJe<Ùe ceW nesves Jeeues mecYeeefJele oes<eeW leLee Gvekesâ
Deeefo henues mes efveef§ele efkeâS ieS meceÙe kesâ Devegmeej keâer keâejCeeW keâe helee ueieeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
peeleer nw (4) yeÇskeâ[eGve mes ceMeerve keâer keâefceÙeeW keâe helee ueie peelee nw~
 Which tests are performed periodically-  neF& Jeesušspe eqmJeÛe (DeeFmeesuesšj Ùee meefke&âš yeÇskeâj) kesâ
Maintenance testing efmeje-yegefMebie (bushings) keâes yeouevee~
 keâewve mee hejer#eCe meceÙe-meceÙe hej efkeâÙee peelee nw-  jesšsefšbie ceMeerveeW (ceesšj leLee pevejsšj kesâ Mee@Heäš efyeÙeefjbie,
jKejKeeJe hejer#eCe eqmuehe efjbie, yeÇMe leLee yeÇMe nesu[me& keâes yeouevee~
 Which element is used as the cathode in lead acid  eqmJeÛeefieÙej kesâ keâebšskeäšesW (contacts) keâes yeouevee~
battery- Sponge lead  Fuesefkeäš^keâue neršj kesâ nerefšbie SefueceWš (heating
 ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer ceW kewâLees[ kesâ ™he ceW efkeâme lelJe keâe GheÙeesie element) keâes yeouevee~
efkeâÙee peelee nw- mheeBpe ues[  The solutions are added into the lead acid battery-
 What is the value of open circuit voltage in a dry Distilled water, Acid water solution
cell- 1.6 V  ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer ceW efJeueÙeve efceueeÙes peeles nQ-
 Meg<keâ mesue ceW Deesheve meefke&âš Jeesušspe keâe ceeve keäÙee neslee nw- Deemegle peue, Decue peue efJeueÙeve
1.6 V
 How is the maximum discharge current calculated-
 The charging method is employed for charging a Maximum discharge current = (Continuous load
lead acid battery-
+ Short time load)/( rated voltage)
Tapper charging, Constant voltage charging,
 DeefOekeâlece ef[mÛeepe& keâjbš keâer ieCevee kewâmes keâer peeleer nw-
Two rate method of charging
 ues[ Sefme[ yewšjer keâes Ûeepe& keâjves kesâ efueS ÛeeefpeËie efJeefOe keâe DeefOekeâlece ef[mÛeepe& keâjbš · (efvejblej uees[ + keâce meceÙe
GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw- keâe Yeej)/ (jsšs[ Jeesušspe)
šwhej ÛeeefpeËie, efmLej Jeesušlee ÛeeefpeËie, Ûeepe& keâjves keâer oes  What is the permissible value of temperature of the
oj efJeefOe machine part while drying out by resistance method-
hetCe& Devegj#eCe DeLeJee DeesJejne@efuebie 80ºC
 ØeeflejesOe efJeefOe mes megKeeves kesâ oewjeve ceMeerve kesâ hegpeeX kesâ leeheceeve
(Total Maintenance or Overhauling)
keâe DevegcesÙe ceeve keäÙee nw- 80ºC
 hetCe& Devegj#eCe keâe leelheÙe& ceMeerve kesâ meYeer DebieesW kesâ
Devegj#eCe SJeb cejccele mes nw DeLee&led DeesJejne@efuebie  Which tests are pre start test on an electrical
(overhauling) mes nw, efpemeceW ceMeerve kesâ cegKÙe leLee machine-
Measurement of winding resistance, On load test,
ØeeÙe: peefšuelece efnmmeeW, Ùetefveš (units) leLee DeJeÙeJeeW
Tests on cooling system
(keâue hegpeeX) keâer cejccele DeLeJee yeoueves mes nw~
 keâewve mes hejer#eCe efJeÅegle ceMeerve hej Øeer-mšeš& šsmš nQ-
 FmeceW ceMeerve keâes hetCe&™he mes DeLeJee DebeefMekeâ ™he mes
JeeFbef[bie kesâ ØeeflejesOe keâe ceeheve, uees[ hej hejer#eCe,
Keesuekeâj, ef[mceWšue (dismantled) efkeâÙee peelee nw
Meerleueve ØeCeeueer hej hejer#eCe
DeLee&led ceMeerve kesâ DebieeW keâes Deueie-Deueie efkeâÙee peelee nw~
 ØelÙeskeâ Debie keâe efvejer#eCe (inspection) keâjkesâ, Heâe@ušeW  What does S in 'IP 11S' represent-
keâe helee ueieeÙee peelee nw~ pees Yeeie (part) Ùee FkeâeF& Machine was tested when not running condition
(unit) DeLeJee DeJeÙeJe (element) keâce [wcespe (less  DeeF& .heer. 11Sme ceW Sme keäÙee oMee&lee nw-
damage) neslee nw, Gmes cejccele keâjkesâ mener keâj efoÙee ceMeer ve keâe hejer#eCe leye efkeâÙee ieÙee peye Jen ieefleceeve DeJemLee
peelee nw Deewj pees Debie DeefOekeâ [wcespe (Kejeye) neslee nw, ceW veneR Leer
Gmes yeoue efoÙee peelee nw~ Fmekesâ yeeo ceMeerve kesâ meYeer  The charging method is preferred to avoid
DebieeW keâes pÙeeW keâe lÙeeW meceeÙeesefpele (assembled) keâjkesâ, sulphating of batteries- Trickle charging
Deble ceW mhesÇ hesvš Éeje jbieerve (coloured) keâj efoÙee peelee  yewšefjÙeeW keâer meuHesâefšbie mes yeÛeves kesâ efueS ÛeeefpeËie efJeefOe keâes
nw Fme Øekeâej DeesJejne@efuebie ceW ceMeerve keâes Skeâ veÙee ™he ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer peeleer nw- efš^keâue ÛeeefpeËie
os efoÙee peelee nw~  The main cause of sulphating is-
DeesJejne@efuebie ceWšsvesvme kesâ Delebie&le efvecveefueefKele keâeÙe&– Partial charging, Discharged for longer period,
 Fueseqkeäš^keâ jesšsefšbie ceMeerveeW (pevejsšj leLee ceesšj) kesâ High specific gravity
mšsšj leLee jesšj keâes efjJeeFbef[bie (Rewinding) keâjvee~  meuHesâefšbie keâe cegKÙe keâejCe keäÙee nw-
 šêbmeHeâece&j keâer ØeeFcejer leLee meskesâC[jer kegâC[ueveeW keâer DeebefMekeâ ÛeeefpeËie, uebyeer DeJeefOe kesâ efueS ef[mÛeepe&, GÛÛe
jerJeeFbef[bie (Rewinding) keâjvee~ efJeefMe° ieg®lJe
 hee@Jej šêbmeHeâece&j kesâ eqmJeefÛebie ef[JeeFmeeW ceW Glhevve HeâeušeW  What is the average value of a lead acid cell-
keâe efveJeejCe keâjvee~ 2 V (DC)
 hee@Jej š^bemeHeâece&j kesâ šshe-ÛeWpej keâes yeouevee DeLeJee  ues[ Sefme[ mesue keâe Deewmele ceeve keäÙee neslee nw-
cejccele keâjvee~ 2 V (DC)
 What is the maximum temperature of the electrolyte  meyeceefme&yeue ceMeerve mes keäÙee leelheÙe& nw-
in case of nickel cadmium battery- 46ºC peye ceMeerve heeveer ceW [tyeeÙee peelee nw lees ceMeerve ceW
 efvekeâue kewâ[efceÙece yewšjer kesâ ceeceues ceW FueskeäšêsueeFš keâe neefvekeâejkeâ cee$ee ceW heeveer keâe ØeJesMe mebYeJe vener nesiee
DeefOekeâlece leeheceeve keäÙee neslee nw- 46ºC
 What is the polarization index value for class A type
 What is meant by submersible machine- insulation- 1.5
Ingress of water into the machine in a harmful
quantity shall not be possible when the machine
 Jeie& A Øekeâej kesâ efJeÅeglejesOeve kesâ efueS OeÇgJeerkeâjCe metÛekeâebkeâ keâe
is immersed in water ceeve keäÙee nesiee- 1.5
hee@Jej šêbmeHeâe@ce&j kesâ efueS Devegj#eCe DevegmetÛeer

(Maintenance Schedule for Power Transformer)
›eâ. efkeâS peeves Jeeues keâeÙe& DeJeefOe Ùeefo efvejer#eCe Demeblees<epevekeâ eqmLeefle ØeoefMe&le
meb keâjlee nw lees keâeÙe&Jeener DeeJeMÙekeâ nw
1. JeeFbef[bie ceW leeheceeve Je=efæ keâer peeBÛe keâjW~ Øeefle Iebše šêbmeHeâece&j keâes Meš [eGve keâjW Deewj peeBÛe keâjW efkeâ keäÙee
Ùes leeheceeve ueieeleej meeceevÙe mes DeefOekeâ nw~
2. lesue kesâ leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ keâer peeBÛe keâjW~ Øeefle Iebše šêbmeHeâece&j keâes Meš [eGve keâjW Deewj peeBÛeW efkeâ keäÙee Ùes
leeheceeve ueieeleej meeceevÙe m

Electrical Engineering BULLET Point To Point Quick Revision

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Engineering BULLET Point To Point Quick Revision

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

All India (English-efnvoer)

(Point to Point Quick Revision)

nesieer~ 10. iueeme 1012

Basic Concept of Electricity 15 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 30 YCT

kesâ ™he ceW nesleer nw? d 2  d1  

Basic Concept of Electricity 32 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 36 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 38 YCT

i = V/R mes V = 6 volt, R = 3k

94. A liquid resistor consists of two concentric V  1.5  12.4

Basic Concept of Electricity 42 YCT

Sol. Sol. efoÙee nw -

Basic Concept of Electricity 43 YCT

peneB m = mass of electron connected to a 230 V supply, if the coils of the

Basic Concept of Electricity 46 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 47 YCT

ØeeflejesOe keâe leeheiegCeebkeâ (0) = 0.00305 Øeefle ef[«eer mesefumeÙeme

Qt  30o  20o C 10o C 

Basic Concept of Electricity 48 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 49 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 50 YCT

Ûeeuekeâlee ›eâceMe: 0.6 ceeršj Deewj 12 cnes/ceeršj nw~

Basic Concept of Electricity 51 YCT

ØeLece leej keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee 1 = 3-m t  10 minutes (10  60 sec)  W  Pt

Basic Concept of Electricity 52 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 53 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 59 YCT

4 efÛe$e keâes meboefYe&le keâjles ngS 50 keâe ceeve nesiee-

Basic Concept of Electricity 63 YCT

Sol. R2 = 0.2  2 = 0.4  Ans.

Basic Concept of Electricity 64 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 68 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 69 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 70 YCT

250. At 00C, a specimen of copper has a resistance of

Basic Concept of Electricity 73 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 74 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 75 YCT

ØeeflejesOe (yeuye)    264.5 Ans.  0.16 109 W

Basic Concept of Electricity 78 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 79 YCT

Basic Concept of Electricity 80 YCT

(M.P. Sub Engineer 01.09.2018)

Oeeje Deeefßele Jeesušspe œeesle

Jeesušspe Deeefßele Oeeje œeesle

 œeesle ®heevlejCe DeeoMe& Jeesušlee œeesle leLee DeeoMe& Oeeje œeesle

2. [suše-mšej Deewj mšej-[suše heefjJele&ve

D.C. Circuit and Network 97 YCT

 Ùen ØecesÙe efkeâjÛee@heâ efveÙece hej DeeOeeefjle neslee nw~

Two Port Network

Sr. Parameter Dependent Independent Equation Matrix Form

2. Z-Parameter I 1, I 2 V1,V2 I1=Y11V1+Y12V2 Y Y12 

3. Z-Parameter V1,I2 I1,V2 V1=h11I1+h12V2 h h12 

4. Z-Parameter I1,V2 V1,I2 I1=g11V1+g12I2 g g12 

5. ABCD Parameter V1,–I1 V1,–I2 V1=AV2–BI2 A B 

mece™helee Deewj heejmheefjkeâlee keâer Mele&

D.C. Circuit and Network 101 YCT

D.C. Circuit and Network 102 YCT

D.C. Circuit and Network 103 YCT

Sol. efoÙee nw–

Appling KVL in loop (I)

Sol. peye Skeâ Voltage Source leLee Skeâ Current Source